FORM 10-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549-1004

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998

OR

[] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

For the transition period from ________ to ________

Commission      Registrant; State of Incorporation;          I.R.S. Employer
File Number       Address; and Telephone Number              Identification No.

1-5324          NORTHEAST UTILITIES                          04-2147929
                (a Massachusetts voluntary association)
                174 Brush Hill Avenue
                West Springfield, Massachusetts  01090-2010
                Telephone:  (413) 785-5871

0-11419         THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY      06-0303850
                (a Connecticut corporation)
                107 Selden Street
                Berlin, Connecticut 06037-1616
                Telephone:  (860) 665-5000

1-6392          PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE      02-0181050
                (a New Hampshire corporation)
                1000 Elm Street
                Manchester, New Hampshire 03105-0330
                Telephone:  (603) 669-4000

0-7624          WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY       04-1961130
                (a Massachusetts corporation)
                174 Brush Hill Avenue
                West Springfield, Massachusetts 01090-2010
                Telephone:  (413) 785-5871

33-43508        NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION            06-1339460
                (a New Hampshire corporation)
                1000 Elm Street
                Manchester, New Hampshire 03105-0330
                Telephone:  (603) 669-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                     Name of Each Exchange
   Registrant          Title of Each Class            on Which Registered

Northeast Utilities    Common Shares,             New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
                         $5.00 par value

The Connecticut Light  9.3% Cumulative Monthly    New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
  and Power Company      Income Preferred
                         Securities Series A (1)

(1) Issued by CL&P Capital, L.P., a wholly owned subsidiary of The Connecticut Light and Power Company ("CL&P"), and guaranteed by CL&P.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

        Registrant            Title of Each Class

The Connecticut Light   Preferred Stock, par value $50.00 per share,
  and Power Company     issuable in series, of which the following series
                        are outstanding:

                        $1.90   Series   of 1947      4.96%   Series   of 1958
                        $2.00   Series   of 1947      4.50%   Series   of 1963
                        $2.04   Series   of 1949      5.28%   Series   of 1967
                        $2.20   Series   of 1949      6.56%   Series   of 1968

3.90% Series of 1949 $3.24 Series G of 1968
$2.06 Series E of 1954 7.23% Series of 1992
$2.09 Series F of 1955 5.30% Series of 1993
4.50% Series of 1956

Public Service Company  Preferred Stock, par value $25.00 per share, issuable
  of New Hampshire      in series, of which the following series is outstanding:

                          10.60%  Series A of 1991


Western Massachusetts   Preferred Stock, par value $100.00 per share, issuable
  Electric Company      in series, of which the following series is outstanding:

                          7.72%   Series B of 1971

                        Class A Preferred Stock, par value $25.00 per share,
                        issuable in series, of which the following series is
                        outstanding:

                          7.60%   Series of 1987

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to file such reports), and (2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes X No ___

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

The aggregate market value of Northeast Utilities' Common Share, $5.00 Par Value, held by nonaffiliates, was $2,056,807,290 based on a closing sales price of $15.00 per share for the 137,120,486 common shares outstanding on February 26, 1999. Northeast Utilities holds all of the 12,222,930 shares, 1,000 shares, 1,072,471 shares and 1,000 shares of the outstanding common stock of The Connecticut Light and Power Company, Public Service Company of New Hampshire, Western Massachusetts Electric Company, and North Atlantic Energy Corporation, respectively.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

                                                    Part of Form 10-K
                                                   into Which Document
                   Description                       is Incorporated

Portions of Annual Reports to Shareholders of
the following companies for the year ended
December 31, 1998:

     Northeast Utilities                                Part II
     The Connecticut Light and Power Company            Part II
     Public Service Company of New Hampshire            Part II
     Western Massachusetts Electric Company             Part II
     North Atlantic Energy Corporation                  Part II

Portions of the Northeast Utilities Proxy
Statement dated March 31, 1999                          Part III

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The following is a glossary of frequently used abbreviations or acronyms that are found throughout this report:

COMPANIES

NU...............................  Northeast Utilities
CL&P.............................  The Connecticut Light and Power Company
Charter Oak or COE...............  Charter Oak Energy, Inc.
WMECO............................  Western Massachusetts Electric Company
HWP..............................  Holyoke Water Power Company
NUSCO or the Service Company.....  Northeast Utilities Service Company
NNECO............................  Northeast Nuclear Energy Company
NAEC.............................  North Atlantic Energy Corporation
NAESCO or North Atlantic.........  North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation
PSNH.............................  Public Service Company of New Hampshire
RRR..............................  The Rocky River Realty Company
Select Energy....................  Select Energy, Inc.
Mode 1...........................  Mode 1 Communications, Inc.
HEC..............................  HEC Inc.
Quinnehtuk.......................  The Quinnehtuk Company
the System.......................  The Northeast Utilities System
CYAPC............................  Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company
MYAPC............................  Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company
VYNPC............................  Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation
YAEC.............................  Yankee Atomic Electric Company
the Yankee Companies.............  CYAPC, MYAPC, VYNPC and YAEC

GENERATING UNITS

Millstone 1......................  Millstone Unit No. 1, a 660-MW nuclear
                                   generating unit completed in 1970
Millstone 2......................  Millstone Unit No. 2, an 870-MW nuclear
                                   electric generating unit completed in 1975
Millstone 3......................  Millstone Unit No. 3, a 1,154-MW nuclear
                                   electric generating unit completed in 1986
Seabrook or Seabrook 1...........  Seabrook Unit No. 1, a 1,148-MW nuclear
                                   electric generating unit completed in 1986.
                                   Seabrook 1 went into service in 1990.

REGULATORS

DOE..............................  U.S. Department of Energy
DTE..............................  Massachusetts Department of
                                   Telecommunications and Energy
DPUC.............................  Connecticut Department of Public Utility
                                   Control
MDEP.............................  Massachusetts Department of Environmental
                                   Protection

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

REGULATORS (Continued)

CDEP.............................  Connecticut Department of Environmental
                                   Protection
EPA..............................  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FERC.............................  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
NHDES............................  New Hampshire Department of Environmental
                                   Services
NHPUC............................  New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission
NRC..............................  Nuclear Regulatory Commission
SEC..............................  Securities and Exchange Commission

OTHER

1935 Act.........................  Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935
CAAA.............................  Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990
DSM..............................  Demand-Side Management
Energy Act.......................  Energy Policy Act of 1992
EWG..............................  Exempt wholesale generator
EAC..............................  Energy Adjustment Clause (CL&P)
FAC..............................  Fuel Adjustment Clause (CL&P)
FPPAC............................  Fuel and purchased power adjustment
                                   clause (PSNH)
FUCO.............................  Foreign utility company
GUAC.............................  Generation Utilization Adjustment Clause
                                   (CL&P)
IRM..............................  Integrated resource management
kWh..............................  Kilowatt-hour
MW...............................  Megawatt
NBFT.............................  Niantic Bay Fuel Trust, lessor of nuclear
                                   fuel used by CL&P and WMECO
NEPOOL...........................  New England Power Pool
NUGs.............................  Nonutility generators
NUG&T............................  Northeast Utilities Generation and
                                   Transmission Agreement
QF...............................  Qualifying facility

NORTHEAST UTILITIES
THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY
NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION

1998 Form 10-K Annual Report
Table of Contents

                               PART I
                                                                   Page

Item 1.  Business...............................................     1

         The Northeast Utilities System.........................     1

         Safe Harbor Statement..................................     2

         Electric Industry Restructuring........................     3

              General...........................................     3
              Connecticut Restructuring.........................     4
              Massachusetts Restructuring.......................     5
              New Hampshire Restructuring.......................     6


         Rates..................................................     7

              Connecticut Retail Rates..........................     7
              New Hampshire Retail Rates........................     8
              Massachusetts Retail Rates........................    10

         Competitive System Businesses..........................    11

              Energy-Related Products and Services..............    11
              Energy Management Services........................    11
              Telecommunications................................    11


         Financing Program......................................    12

              1998 Financings...................................    12
              1999 Financing Requirements.......................    13
              1999 Financing Plans..............................    14
              Financing Limitations.............................    14

         Construction Program...................................    18

         Electric Operations....................................    20

              Distribution and Sales............................    20
              Regional and System Coordination..................    21
              Transmission Access and FERC Regulatory Changes...    21




         Nuclear Generation.....................................    22

              General...........................................    22
              Nuclear Plant Performance and Regulatory Oversight    24
              Nuclear Insurance.................................    25
              Nuclear Fuel......................................    25
              Decommissioning...................................    27

         Other Regulatory and Environmental Matters.............    31

              Environmental Regulation..........................    31
              Electric and Magnetic Fields......................    34
              FERC Hydro Project Licensing......................    35

         Employees..............................................    36

         Year 2000..............................................    36

Item 2.  Properties.............................................    37

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings......................................    42

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders....    47


                                 PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrants' Common Equity and Related
         Shareholder Matters....................................    47

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data................................    47

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
         Condition and Results of Operations....................    48

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
         Market Risk............................................    48

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data............    49

Item 9.  Changes in Disagreements with Accountants on
         Accounting and Financial Disclosure....................    49


                                 PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrants....    50

Item 11. Executive Compensation.................................    54

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
         Management.............................................    66

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.........    69


                                 PART IV

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
         Reports on Form 8-K....................................     7

NORTHEAST UTILITIES
THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY
NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

THE NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM

Northeast Utilities (NU) is the parent of a number of companies comprising the Northeast Utilities system (the System) and is not itself an operating company. The System has traditionally furnished franchised retail electric service in Connecticut, New Hampshire and western Massachusetts through three of NU's wholly owned subsidiaries (The Connecticut Light and Power Company [CL&P], Public Service Company of New Hampshire [PSNH] and Western Massachusetts Electric Company [WMECO]) and has additionally furnished retail electric service to a limited number of customers through another wholly owned subsidiary, Holyoke Water Power Company [HWP]. In addition to their retail electric service, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and HWP
(including its wholly owned subsidiary, Holyoke Power and Electric Company)
together furnish wholesale electric service to various municipalities and other utilities and participate in limited retail access programs, providing off-system retail service. The System serves in excess of 30 percent of New England's electric needs is and one of the 24 largest electric utility systems in the country as measured by revenues.

As of January 4, 1999, NU added three new corporations to the System:
NU Enterprises, Inc. (NUEI), Northeast Generation Company (NGC) and Northeast Generation Services Company (NGS). NUEI, a direct subsidiary of NU, will act as the new holding company for the System's unregulated businesses. NGC, a subsidiary of NUEI, will acquire and manage generating facilities. NGS, another subsidiary of NUEI, will provide services to the electric generation market as well as to large commercial and industrial customers in the Northeast. Also, as of January 4, 1999, NU transferred three subsidiaries, Select Energy, Inc. (Select Energy), HEC Inc. (HEC) and Mode 1 Communications, Inc. (Mode 1) to NUEI. These companies engage, either directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, in a variety of energy- related and telecommunications activities, as applicable. For information regarding the energy-related activities of these subsidiaries, see "Competitive System Businesses."

North Atlantic Energy Corporation (NAEC) is a special-purpose operating subsidiary of NU that owns a 35.98 percent interest in the Seabrook nuclear generating facility (Seabrook) in Seabrook, New Hampshire, and sells its share of the capacity and output from Seabrook to PSNH under two life-of- unit, full-cost recovery contracts.

Several wholly owned subsidiaries of NU provide support services for the System companies and, in some cases, for other New England utilities. Northeast Utilities Service Company (NUSCO) provides centralized accounting, administrative, information resources, engineering, financial, legal, operational, planning, purchasing and other services to the System companies. North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation (NAESCO) has operational responsibility for Seabrook. Northeast Nuclear Energy Company (NNECO) acts as agent for the System companies and other New England utilities in operating the Millstone nuclear generating facilities (Millstone) in Waterford, Connecticut. Three other subsidiaries construct, acquire or lease some of the property and facilities used by the System companies.

The System is regulated in virtually all aspects of its business by various federal and state agencies, including the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC), the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and various state and/or local regulatory authorities with jurisdiction over the industry and the service areas in which each company operates, including the Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control (DPUC), the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission (NHPUC) and the Massachusetts Department of Telecommunications and Energy (DTE). In recent years, there has been significant activity at both the legislative and regulatory levels, particularly in New England, to change the nature of regulation of the industry. For more information regarding these restructuring initiatives, see "Electric Utility Restructuring," "Rates," and "Electric Operations."

SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM
ACT OF 1995

In connection with the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (Reform Act), NU and its reporting subsidiaries are hereby filing cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause NU or its subsidiaries' actual results to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements (as such term is defined in the Reform Act) made by or on behalf of NU or its subsidiaries in this combined Form 10-K, in any subsequent filings with the SEC, in presentations, in response to questions or otherwise. Any statements that express or involve discussions as to expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance (often, but not always, through the use of words or phrases such as will likely result, are expected to, will continue, is anticipated, estimated, projection, outlook) are not statements of historical facts and may be forward-looking. Forward- looking statements involve estimates, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, any such statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and are accompanied by, the following important factors that could cause NU or its subsidiaries' actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements of NU or its subsidiaries made by or on behalf of NU or its subsidiaries.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and NU and its subsidiaries undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for management to predict all of such factors, nor can it assess the impact of each such factor on the business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Some important factors that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include prevailing governmental policies and regulatory actions, including those of the SEC, the NRC, the FERC and state regulatory agencies, with respect to allowed rates of return, industry and rate structure, operation of nuclear power facilities, acquisition and disposal of assets and facilities, operation and construction of plant facilities, recovery of purchased-power costs, stranded costs, decommissioning costs and present or prospective wholesale and retail competition (including but not limited to retail wheeling and transmission costs).

The business and profitability of NU and its subsidiaries are also influenced by economic and geographic factors including political and economic risks, changes with environmental and safety laws and policies, weather conditions (including natural disasters), population growth rates and demographic patterns, competition for retail and wholesale customers, pricing and transportation of commodities, market demand for energy from plants or facilities, changes in tax rates or policies or in rates of inflation, changes in project costs, unanticipated changes in certain expenses and capital expenditures, capital market conditions, competition for new energy development opportunities, and legal and administrative proceedings (whether, civil or criminal) and settlements.

All such factors are difficult to predict, contain uncertainties which may materially affect actual results and are beyond the control of NU or its subsidiaries.

ELECTRIC INDUSTRY RESTRUCTURING

GENERAL

Competition in the energy industry continues to grow as a result of legislative and regulatory action, technological advances, relatively high electric rates in certain regions of the country, including New England, and the increased availability of natural gas. These competitive pressures are particularly strong in New England, where legislatures and regulatory agencies in these states have been at the forefront of restructuring of the electric industry. Changes in this industry are expected to place downward pressure on prices and to increase customer choice through competition.

Restructuring initiatives in the System companies' service territories have created uncertainty with respect to future rates and the recovery of "stranded costs." Stranded costs are expenditures incurred, or commitments for future expenditures made, on behalf of customers with the expectation such expenditures would continue to be recoverable in the future through rates. However, under certain circumstances these costs might not be recoverable from customers in a fully competitive electric utility industry (i.e., the costs may result in above-market energy prices). The System is particularly vulnerable to stranded costs because of (i) the System's relatively high investment in nuclear generating capacity, which has a high cost to build and maintain, (ii) significant regulatory assets, which are those costs that have been deferred by state regulators for future collection from customers, and (iii) state and federal government mandated purchased-power contracts priced above market.

As of December 31, 1998, the System operating companies' net investment in nuclear generating capacity, excluding its investment in certain regional nuclear companies, was approximately $2.9 billion ($ 1.9 billion for CL&P, $83 million for PSNH, $591 million for NAEC and $365 million for WMECO) and its regulatory assets were approximately $2.3 billion ($1.4 billion for CL&P, $610.2 million for PSNH, and $322.4 million for WMECO). In addition, based on current market prices, the System companies have above-market purchase power obligations, the combined net present value of which is in excess of a billion dollars. The bulk of these purchase power obligations are held by CL&P and PSNH.

The System's financial strength and resulting ability to compete in a restructured environment will be negatively affected if the System companies are unable to recover their past investments and commitments. Even if the NU System companies are given the opportunity to recover a large portion of their stranded costs, earnings prospects in a restructured environment will be affected in ways which cannot be estimated at this time.

As discussed more fully below, Connecticut and Massachusetts have enacted restructuring legislation that permits CL&P and WMECO to recover their prudently incurred stranded costs. PSNH's ability to recover its stranded costs is currently the subject of litigation.

CONNECTICUT RESTRUCTURING

In April 1998, Connecticut enacted comprehensive electric utility restructuring legislation. The legislation provides a clear path to competition in the state, while permitting, subject to mitigation requirements, utilities to recover their stranded costs. CL&P is subject to this legislation.

In particular, the bill provides, among other things, that:

(i) Retail choice will occur in two phases: beginning in January 2000, up to 35 percent of CL&P's customers will be able to choose their electric supplier; and in July 2000, 100 percent of CL&P's customers will have this ability; rates will be capped at December 31, 1996 levels from July 1, 1998 until December 31, 1999;

(ii) Customers who do not choose an alternate supplier may take standard offer service from CL&P beginning January 1, 2000 until January 2004, at a rate which must initially be at least 10 percent less than rates in effect on December 31, 1996;

(iii) Rates will be unbundled into several components, including charges for transmission, distribution, generation, the recovery of stranded costs, public policy costs and new conservation and renewable programs; CL&P will be permitted to recover stranded costs through a competitive transition assessment (CTA);

(iv) CL&P will be required to divest its non-nuclear generating assets by January 2000 and its nuclear generating assets by January 2004 in order to recover its stranded costs; affiliates of CL&P will be allowed to bid at both auctions; if CL&P cannot sell its nuclear plants above the minimum price set by the DPUC then it must transfer them to an affiliate at a value determined by the DPUC; in this circumstance, CL&P will be entitled to recover nuclear stranded costs equal to the difference between the book value of its nuclear assets and the minimum price set by the DPUC; until CL&P's nuclear assets can be sold, CL&P plans, subject to DPUC approval, to maintain them in a separate corporate division; and

(v) "Securitization" is allowed for generation-related regulatory assets (other than nuclear assets) and the costs associated with renegotiated above-market purchased-power contracts; securitization is the refinancing of stranded costs through the sale of debt securities by an independent entity, collateralized by the System companies' interests in their stranded cost recoveries; the above-market portion of purchased-power contracts that have not been renegotiated can be collected through the CTA.

On October 1, 1998, CL&P filed a plan with the DPUC to auction its non-nuclear generating assets and purchased-power contracts and a plan to functionally unbundle its operations. On January 8, 1999, the DPUC authorized CL&P to proceed with the sale of approximately 3500 MW of fossil-fueled and hydroelectric plants. The DPUC also imposed a March 15, 1999 deadline on any buyout, buydown or renegotiation of all of its above- market purchased-power contracts, aggregating approximately 435 MW. Those contracts as to which no agreement is reached will be auctioned off in a parallel but separate auction this year. The sale of the non-nuclear generating plants and the purchased-power contracts is expected to close before January 1, 2000, the date when CL&P's customer bills are unbundled and a segment of its customers can choose alternative suppliers for generation services. Any sale proceeds above book value will be applied to offset CL&P's stranded costs. The first phase of the auction was launched on February 10, 1999. Certain intervening parties have appealed this order with respect to the auction of CL&P's above-market purchased-power contracts.

Additional restructuring proceedings, including the determination of the standard offer rate, the CTA and securitization, are ongoing, or expected to commence, before the DPUC in early 1999.

Following divestiture and unbundling, CL&P will continue to operate and maintain its transmission and distribution network and deliver electricity to its customers.

MASSACHUSETTS RESTRUCTURING

Massachusetts enacted comprehensive electric utility industry restructuring legislation in November 1997. Pursuant to the legislation, on March 1, 1998, WMECO decreased its rates by 10 percent from August 1997 levels net of a 2.4 percent rate increase that was scheduled to take effect on March 1, 1998 and allowed its customers to choose an alternative retail electricity supplier. The statute requires a further five percent rate reduction, adjusted for inflation, by September 1, 1999. In addition, the legislation provides, among other things, for: (i) recovery of stranded costs through a "transition charge" to customers, subject to review by the DTE; (ii) a possible limitation on WMECO's return on equity should its stranded cost charge go above a certain level; (iii) securitization of allowed stranded costs; and (iv) divestiture of non-nuclear generation.

The statute also provides that an electric company must transfer or separate ownership of generation, transmission and distribution facilities into independent affiliates or "functionally separate such facilities within 30 business days of federal approval." Additionally, marketing companies formed by an electric company are to be separate from the electric company and separate from generation, transmission or distribution affiliates. On December 31, 1997, WMECO filed a comprehensive restructuring plan with the DTE. On February 20, 1998 the DTE issued an interim order approving in all material respects WMECO's restructuring plan with the DTE, including the 10 percent reduction in permanent rates and customer choice of supplier, effective March 1, 1998. Effective July 1, 1998, the DTE approved an additional reduction in rates of approximately 2.4 percent to make permanent a temporary rate credit that expired in February 1998. The DTE is currently reviewing WMECO's restructuring plan and a final decision is expected in 1999.

On January 22, 1999, WMECO announced an agreement to sell 290 MW of fossil-fired and hydroelectric generation to Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc., a New York Company, for $47 million. Various federal and state regulatory approvals are needed before the transaction can be finalized; these are expected by mid-1999. The current sale does not include WMECO's interests in Millstone 1, 2 and 3, WMECO's 19 percent interest in the 1,120 MW Northfield Mountain pumped storage project and related hydroelectric facilities or any purchased-power contracts. These assets will be auctioned in connection with CL&P's non-nuclear and nuclear auctions, discussed above. WMECO has also requested authorization in its restructuring filing to securitize approximately $500 million of stranded costs. A portion of the proceeds from the asset sales discussed above will be used to lower the total amount of stranded costs that WMECO will need to recover.

Following divestiture and unbundling, WMECO will continue to operate and maintain its transmission and distribution network and deliver electricity to its customers.

NEW HAMPSHIRE RESTRUCTURING

The State of New Hampshire's attempts to restructure the electric utility industry in that state have resulted in extensive litigation in various federal and state courts. In 1996, New Hampshire enacted legislation requiring a competitive electric industry beginning in 1997. In February 1997, the NHPUC issued restructuring orders that would have forced PSNH and NAEC to write off all of their regulatory assets and possibly seek protection under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy laws. Following the issuance of these orders, PSNH immediately sought declaratory and injunctive relief on various grounds in federal district court and has received a preliminary injunction that freezes implementation of the NHPUC's restructuring orders. The trial in the federal district court is expected to begin in mid- to late-1999, subject to the court's ruling on summary judgment motions.

On December 23, 1998, the New Hampshire Supreme Court issued a decision which addresses issues transferred to it by the NHPUC concerning PSNH's ability to recover all of its stranded costs under the New Hampshire restructuring legislation. The court ruled that under the restructuring statute, the NHPUC can implement a stranded cost recovery charge that collects less than 100 percent of PSNH's stranded costs, but left open for the federal court the issue of whether PSNH and NU can assert contractual and constitutional claims against the State of New Hampshire to the extent that a stranded cost recovery charge provides less than full recovery.

In January 1999, the NHPUC issued an order stating that it intends to reopen restructuring hearings. PSNH has requested the federal court to enforce its preliminary injunction barring the NHPUC from proceeding with restructuring efforts pending the court's decision on the merits after trial. The NHPUC has agreed to delay this new proceeding until the federal court has had an opportunity to rule on PSNH's enforcement motion.

PSNH continues to be involved in settlement discussions with representatives from the State of New Hampshire. PSNH hopes to reach a settlement that would include, among other things, substantial rate reductions, customer choice, an auction of PSNH's generating units and securitization of PSNH's stranded costs.

RATES

CONNECTICUT RETAIL RATES

GENERAL

As of December 31, 1998, approximately 63 percent of System revenues was derived from CL&P, and 58 percent of the book value of the System's electric utility assets was owned by CL&P.

CL&P's retail rates are subject to the jurisdiction of the DPUC.

On February 25, 1998, the DPUC issued a decision in CL&P's interim rate case, which set rates for CL&P from March 1, 1998 through September 27, 1998. CL&P's rates, effective September 28, 1998 through December 31, 1999 were set according to its base rate case discussed below. The interim rate case decision required a $30.5 million credit to customer bills (representing a 1.39 percent rate decrease) to reflect the removal of Millstone 1 from rates. CL&P rates had been set prior to the interim rate decision pursuant to a rate settlement approved by the DPUC in 1996. The interim rate case decision also required CL&P to accelerate the amortization of regulatory assets by approximately $110.5 million. The interim rates were effective as of March 1, 1998.

On April 29, 1998, the DPUC issued a decision to remove Millstone 2 from CL&P's rate base, effective May 1, 1998. The decision further concluded that the DPUC would remove Millstone 3 from CL&P's rate base, effective July 1, 1998 if the unit had not been operating for 100 continuous hours at 95 percent capacity by that date. On July 18, 1998, Millstone 3 returned to rate base after meeting the operating requirements set forth in the DPUC order.

The removal of Millstone 2 from rate base between May 1, 1998 and September 27, 1998 resulted in a reduction of CL&P's annual revenues of about $3.1 million a month. This reduction reflects the removal from rates of the O&M, depreciation, and investment return related to the unit, net of costs incurred for power purchased to replace Millstone 2 power, which CL&P has been allowed to recover. The net reduction of revenue requirements associated with the removal of Millstone 3 from rates was approximately $7.4 million for the period July 1, 1998 through July 18, 1998. The DPUC allowed these reductions to be offset against the potential ratepayer liability for deferred replacement power costs associated with the shutdown of the Connecticut Yankee nuclear plant (CY). As a result, there was no incremental change in rates. CL&P has accounted for these reductions as a reserve against revenues until the regulatory asset balances are reduced. Management currently estimates that Millstone 2 will return to service in the spring of 1999. For more information regarding the outages at Millstone, see "Electric Operations--Nuclear Generation."

On February 5, 1999, the DPUC issued its final decision in CL&P's rate case. The DPUC concluded that CL&P's annual revenue requirements should be reduced by approximately $232 million or 9.68 percent. The revenue requirement reduction will be achieved through a combination of a $96 million or 4 percent reduction to CL&P's base rates; and accelerated amortization of approximately $136 million of its deferred tax regulatory asset. The decision is retroactive to September 28, 1998, with the revenue requirement reductions for the period from September 28, 1998 to February 5, 1999 being applied to accelerate recovery of the deferred tax regulatory asset. The rate order allowed CL&P to earn a return on equity of 10.3 percent.

The DPUC also determined that CL&P will be allowed to recover $126 million of its investment in Millstone 1 over a three year period commencing in October 1998. The portion to be collected in the years 2000 - 2001 will be collected through CL&P's CTA. See "Electric Utility Restructuring- Connecticut Restructuring," above. The DPUC, however, disallowed recovery of $116 million of CL&P's investment in Millstone 1 based upon the benefits that the DPUC determined customers would have received if the unit had continued to operate for 1999 and 2000, rather than being retired in 1998.

The DPUC also ordered CL&P to continue the non-cash accrual related to the Millstone 2 out-of-rate-base disallowance at a revised rate of $6.6 million per month, beginning September 28, 1999, with the accrual being applied to reduce the CY replacement power cost deferral. Millstone 2 will be considered in-service when the unit has operated at no less than 75 percent for 100 continuous hours.

For information regarding the financial impact of the February 5, 1999 rate decision on CL&P's ability to meet certain financial covenants, see "Financial Program-Financing Limitations," below. For information regarding decommissioning matters, including the decommissioning of Millstone 1, see "Electric Operations-Nuclear Generation-Decommissioning." For information regarding CL&P's appeal of the DPUC's 1997 rulings related to the deferral of certain CY replacement power costs, see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

ENERGY ADJUSTMENT CLAUSE

CL&P is subject to an Energy Adjustment Clause (EAC), which is designed to reconcile and adjust every six months the difference between actual fuel costs and the fuel revenue collected through base rates.

For more information regarding this matter see "Recoverable Energy Costs," in the notes to NU's and CL&P's financial statements.

NEW HAMPSHIRE RETAIL RATES

GENERAL

As of December 31, 1998, approximately 25 percent of System revenues was derived from PSNH, and 18 percent of the book value of the System's electric utility assets was owned by PSNH.

PSNH's rate agreement (Rate Agreement) between NU, PSNH and the State of New Hampshire, entered into in 1989 in connection with NU's reorganization plan to resolve PSNH's bankruptcy, provided for seven base rate increases of 5.5 percent per year beginning in 1990 and a comprehensive fuel and purchased- power adjustment clause (FPPAC). The final base rate increase went into effect on June 1, 1996. The Rate Agreement contemplates that PSNH's rates are subject to traditional rate regulation after the fixed rate period, which expired on May 31, 1997. The FPPAC, however, would continue through May 31, 2001, and the Rate Agreement continues in place concerning recovery of various regulatory assets.

A PSNH base rate case has been pending at the NHPUC since May 1997, but an order has been delayed due to the restructuring proceedings discussed above. The base rate proceedings were reopened in late October 1998. A final decision, which will be reconciled to July 1, 1997, is currently expected to be issued by June 1, 1999. PSNH's ongoing settlement negotiations with the State of New Hampshire could resolve this matter and the FPPAC proceedings discussed below.

FPPAC

The FPPAC provides for the recovery or refund by PSNH, for the ten-year period beginning on May 16, 1991, of the difference between its actual prudently incurred energy and purchased-power costs and the estimated amounts of such costs included in base rates established by the Rate Agreement. The FPPAC amount is calculated for a six-month period based on forecasted data and is reconciled to actual data in subsequent FPPAC billing periods.

On May 29, 1998, the NHPUC approved an FPPAC rate of $.00725 per kWh for the period June 1, 1998 through November 30, 1998, which resulted in an overall rate increase of approximately 1 percent. This rate includes, among other things, an offset of the reduced PSNH acquisition premium amortization with the Seabrook deferred returns that were scheduled to come into rates.

On December 1, 1998, the NHPUC approved a settlement agreement that recommended that PSNH's FPPAC rate discussed above be continued for another six month FPPAC period - December 1, 1998 through May 31, 1999. The FPPAC rate currently in effect will produce an estimated $80 million underrecovery as of May 31, 1999, comprised of $64 million of underrecovery that existed as of November 30, 1998, $9 million of "light loading" costs which are subject to an open docket before the NHPUC, and $7 million of Seabrook refueling outage costs (to spread the cost of the refueling over 12 months instead of six months). All other FPPAC costs, including certain purchased- power obligations discussed below, are being recovered on a current basis.

For more information regarding this matter see "Recoverable Energy Costs" and "Rate Matters" in the notes to NU's and PSNH's financial statements. For more information regarding deferred-PSNH acquisition costs and Seabrook costs, see "PSNH Acquisition Costs" and "Deferred Costs-Nuclear Plants" in the notes to NU's financial statements and "Acquisition Costs" and "Deferred Costs-Nuclear Plants" in the notes to PSNH's financial statements.

PURCHASED-POWER CONTRACTS

The costs associated with purchases by PSNH from certain NUGs at prices above the level assumed in base rates were deferred during the fixed rate period and are recovered through the FPPAC. As of December 31, 1998, NUG deferrals, including previously approved buy-out costs, totaled approximately $156 million, compared to approximately $191.7 million as of December 31, 1997.

Under the Rate Agreement, PSNH and the State of New Hampshire have an obligation to use their best efforts to renegotiate burdensome purchased- power arrangements with certain specified hydroelectric and wood-burning NUGs that were selling their output to PSNH under long-term NHPUC rate orders. The NHPUC reopened a proceeding in late January 1999 to review whether PSNH has met its obligations to use its "best efforts" to renegotiate these arrangements. As part of its restructuring-related litigation, PSNH has requested the federal court to enforce its preliminary injunction barring the NHPUC from proceeding with efforts to adjudicate provisions of the Rate Agreement, including "best efforts" pending the court's decision on the merits after trial.

PSNH had reached agreements with the six remaining wood-fired NUGs. The NHPUC conditionally approved one of these agreements, but due to the uncertainties of PSNH's recovery of the costs to be incurred, it was determined that the agreement could not be financed. The five remaining agreements were rejected by the NHPUC in 1998. PSNH hopes to resolve this issue in connection with a restructuring settlement.

The New Hampshire Legislature is also considering a number of proposals that could impact PSNH's ability to renegotiate and refinance NUGs rate orders.

MASSACHUSETTS RETAIL RATES

As of December 31, 1998, approximately 10 percent of System revenues was derived from WMECO, and 12 percent of the book value of the System's electric utility assets was owned by WMECO.

WMECO's retail rates are subject to the jurisdiction of the DTE. The DTE has stated that, pursuant to the restructuring legislation, distribution rates for WMECO and all other Massachusetts utilities will be "performance- based" rates (PBR). That is, instead of rate recovery based solely on cost-of-service, recovery will be based, in part, upon achieving certain performance levels (for example, a certain level of reliability and customer satisfaction). The DTE has announced no timetable for the implementation of PBR.

In accordance with DTE approval, on January 1, 1999, WMECO implemented changes to components of its rates to increase its standard offer energy charge in accordance with its restructuring plan and to reduce its transition charge in a manner that did not change overall rates. During 1999, WMECO is authorized by the restructuring legislation to apply an inflation adjustment to its overall rates in March and to implement an additional five percent reduction, adjusted for inflation, by September 1, 1999.

The rates charged under HWP's contracts with its industrial customers, which produced revenues in 1998 of approximately $6 million, are not subject to the ratemaking jurisdiction of any state or federal regulatory agency.

COMPETITIVE SYSTEM BUSINESSES

ENERGY-RELATED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Select Energy was created to participate in retail pilot programs and open-access retail electric markets in the Northeast and other appropriate areas of the country. Select Energy also recently received FERC approval to sell electricity at wholesale at market-based rates.

In June 1998, Select Energy won the right to supply the retail electric service to an organization, NEChoice LLC, that represents an aggregation of certain commercial and industrial businesses in Massachusetts and Rhode Island. This aggregation is expected to yield approximately $100 million in contracted revenue over a five-year period. In November 1998, Select Energy was awarded through a competitive bid process, the right to supply wholesale power for all Boston Edison Company (BECO) customers who remain on "standard offer" service, as well as BECO's existing wholesale power customers. Standard offer service is for those BECO customers who have not chosen an alternative competitive energy supplier and are allowing BECO to arrange a power supply for them. These wholesale power arrangements are estimated to be worth more than $300 million in revenues to Select Energy over an aggregate 13-month period, which ends December 31, 1999. In November 1998, Select Energy was awarded a three-year, $17 million power contract by Shaw's Supermarkets for approximately 60 locations in Massachusetts and Rhode Island.

In addition, Select Energy also markets natural gas and develops and markets energy-related products and services. These include energy services, productivity services, business and financial services, and residential services. Select Energy continues to take steps to establish strategic alliances with other companies in various energy-related fields including fuel supply and management, power quality, energy efficiency and load management services. In 1998, Select Energy contracted with several chambers of commerce and business organizations in Connecticut and Massachusetts to provide their members (approximately 10,000) with comprehensive educational, energy and energy services packages. NU's aggregate equity investment in Select Energy was approximately $5 million as of December 31, 1998.

ENERGY MANAGEMENT SERVICES

In general, HEC contracts to reduce its customers' energy costs and/or conserve energy and other resources. HEC's energy management and consulting services have primarily been directed to the commercial, industrial and institutional markets and utilities in New England and New York. In 1998, HEC was awarded energy-saving contracts for certain federal installations throughout the United States. NU's aggregate equity investment in HEC was approximately $3 million as of December 31, 1998.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

Mode 1 was established in 1996 to participate in a wide range of telecommunications activities both within and outside New England. NU's total investment in Mode 1 was approximately $13.8 million as of December 31, 1998.

Mode 1 currently owns approximately 27 percent of the outstanding common shares, fully diluted, of NorthEast Optic Network, Inc.("NEON"), which is constructing an approximately 900 mile fiber optic communications network through New England and New York, including over the System's transmission facilities. An officer of NU and an officer of NUSCO are members of the Board of Directors of NEON. In addition, NU is a party to an agreement with Central Maine Power Company (CMP), an owner of approximately 33 percent of NEON's common shares, fully diluted, wherein NU and CMP each agree that, as long as NU owns at least 10 percent of the outstanding common stock of NEON, fully diluted, and the cumulative holdings of NU and CMP are at least 33 1/3 percent, fully diluted, neither NU nor CMP will take any action which will allow NEON to merge, consolidate, liquidate or sell, lease or transfer substantially all of its assets or commence or acquiesce any action or proceeding under any bankruptcy laws.

FINANCING PROGRAM

1998 FINANCINGS

NU entered into a $25 million, 364-day revolving credit facility on February 10, 1998 (NU Credit Agreement), which was extended to September 9, 1999.

On April 23, 1998, PSNH entered into a $75 million revolving credit agreement that will expire in April 1999. PSNH's borrowings under this agreement are secured, per dollar of borrowing, by $75 million of first mortgage bonds and substantially all of PSNH's accounts receivable.

On April 23, 1998, PSNH amended and extended letters of credit and reimbursement agreements that provide credit support for $39.5 million principal amount of taxable Pollution Control Refunding Revenue Bonds (PCRB), 1991 Series D, due May 1, 2021, and $69.7 million principal amount of taxable PCRB, 1991 Series E, due 2021. The Series D and E taxable PCRB's are special limited obligations of the Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire (BFA) and are payable solely by PSNH under the applicable loan and trust agreements. PSNH's obligations to make payments under the loan and trust agreements, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements are secured by approximately $110 million of first mortgage bonds and substantially all of PSNH's accounts receivable.

On May 1, 1998, the $75 million principal amount of tax-exempt PCRB, 1992 Series D, due May 1, 2021, and $44.8 million principal amount of tax- exempt PCRB, 1993 Series E, due May 1, 2021, which were previously issued by the BFA on PSNH's behalf as variable rate bonds, were converted to fixed rate bonds bearing interest at 6 percent per annum. These bonds are special limited obligations of the BFA and are payable solely by PSNH under the applicable loan and trust agreement.

CL&P and WMECO utilize the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (NBFT) to finance their nuclear fuel requirements for the Millstone units. On June 5, 1998, the NBFT issued $180 million of Series G intermediate term notes (ITNs) to refinance the $80 million Series F ITNs which matured on June 5, 1998, to repay outstanding advances and interest under the NBFT Credit Agreement, which expired in July 1998 and to be used as cash collateral for future purchases of nuclear fuel. The Series G ITNs are secured by $72.9 million and $17.3 million of first mortgage bonds of CL&P and WMECO, respectively. For information regarding proposed amendments related to this transaction, see "1999 Financing Plans," below.

In the fall of 1998, CL&P and WMECO completed the conversion of $415.7 million of tax-exempt pollution control revenue refunding bonds from floating to fixed interest rates. CL&P converted $315.5 million of 30-year bonds, which carry interest rates ranging from 5.85 percent to 5.95 percent. CL&P also converted $21 million of such bonds, which mature December 1, 2022, at an interest rate of 5.85 percent, as well as $25.4 million of 5.9 percent bonds, some of which will mature November 1, 2016 and others on August 1, 2018. WMECO converted $53.8 million of tax-exempt pollution control bonds that mature September 1, 2028 to a fixed rate of 5.85 percent. All of the bonds had been issued previously on behalf of CL&P and WMECO by the Connecticut Development Authority and the Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire. The proceeds from the original issuances were used primarily to finance pollution control equipment at Millstone 3 and Seabrook.

On November 30, 1998, Select Energy obtained a $50 million letter of credit to satisfy the credit assurance requirements of two power supply agreements with BECO (BECO Agreements). The letter of credit was collateralized by a pledge of all the rights, claims and proceeds from the BECO Agreements. In addition, NU guaranteed Select Energy's repayment obligations under the letter of credit. NU also guaranteed Select Energy's performance obligations under the BECO Agreements.

Total System debt, including short-term and capitalized lease obligations, was $3.87 billion as of December 31, 1998, compared with $4.15 billion as of December 31, 1997 and $4.15 billion as of December 31, 1996. For more information regarding System financing, see "Notes to Consolidated Statements of Capitalization" in NU's financial statements, other footnotes related to long-term debt, short-term debt and the sale of accounts receivables, as applicable, in the notes to NU's, CL&P's, PSNH's, WMECO's and NAEC's financial statements and "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

1999 FINANCING REQUIREMENTS

The System's aggregate capital requirements for 1999 are approximately as follows:

                     CL&P      PSNH   WMECO     NAEC    Other   System
                                        (Millions)

Construction        $230.9    $67.9   $33.6    $ 8.2    $23.1   $363.7
Nuclear Fuel          25.2      1.4     5.8      1.6       -      34.0
Maturities           214.0       -     40.0       -        -     254.0
Cash Sinking Funds    19.8     25.0     1.5     70.0     26.9    143.2
       Total        $489.9    $94.3   $80.9    $79.8    $50.0   $794.9

For further information on the System's 1999 and five-year financing requirements, see "Notes to Consolidated Statements of Capitalization" in NU's financial statements, "Long-Term Debt" in the notes to CL&P's, PSNH's, WMECO's and NAEC's financial statements and "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

1999 FINANCING PLANS

The System companies generally propose to finance their 1999 requirements through internally generated funds and short-term borrowings.

PSNH's revolving credit agreement expires on April 22, 1999 and the company currently does not intend to renew it, instead funding its needs through operating cash flows or through other short term credit arrangements. PSNH is attempting to renew the bank letters of credit that support nearly $110 million of taxable variable-rate pollution control bonds. Those letters of credit also expire April 22, 1999. NU, CL&P and WMECO's $313.75 million revolving credit line, discussed more fully below, will expire on November 21, 1999. The NU Credit Agreement has been extended to September 9, 1999. Select Energy and other NU unregulated businesses are likely to require additional financial support as they expand their business in 1999. Management also hopes in 1999 to begin the process of securitizing CL&P and WMECO's stranded costs.

The permanent shutdown of Millstone 1 in July 1998 afforded the NBFT ITN holders the right to seek repurchase of a pro rata share of their notes based upon the stipulated loss value of the Millstone 1 fuel compared to the stipulated loss value of all fuel then under the NBFT, approximately $80 million. The shutdown also obligates CL&P and WMECO to pay such amount to the NBFT under the NBFT lease whether or not any ITN holders request repurchase. The companies are seeking consents from the ITN holders to amend this lease provision so that they will not be obligated to make this payment, but instead expect to issue an additional $80 million of collateral first mortgage bonds in mid-1999.

On July 14, 1998, the NU Board of Trustees authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million NU common shares through July 1, 2000 in connection with the implementation of utility restructuring in New England. Share repurchases may be accomplished through a variety of means, including open market purchases and possibly the use of certain derivative financial instruments or agreements. To date, no shares have been repurchased.

FINANCING LIMITATIONS

Many of the System companies' charters and borrowing facilities contain financial limitations that must be satisfied before borrowings can be made and for outstanding borrowings to remain outstanding.

CL&P and WMECO are parties to a revolving credit agreement (Revolving Credit Agreement) which expires in November 1999 and allows borrowings on a consolidated basis of $313.75 million. NU had been a party to this agreement from its inception but withdrew from it in March 1999. In September 1998 and again in March 1999, the agreement was amended to adjust certain financial covenants. Under the agreement, as amended through September 1998, NU, CL&P and WMECO were required to maintain a ratio of common equity to total capitalization of at least 31 percent. At December 31, 1998, CL&P'S and WMECO's common equity ratios were 29.86 percent and 32.20 percent, respectively, while NU's common equity ratio was 33.27 percent.

The Revolving Credit Agreement, as amended through September 1998, also required, beginning in the fourth quarter of 1998, each of CL&P and WMECO to maintain a quarterly ratio of operating income to interest expense (interest coverage ratio) of at least 1.35 to 1 through December 31, 1998; 1.75 to 1 for the quarter ended March 31, 1999 and 2.00 to 1 at the end of each quarter thereafter. NU was required to maintain a quarterly interest coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1. For the quarter ended December 31, 1998, CL&P's and WMECO's interest coverage ratios were 2.21 to 1 and 1.40 to 1, respectively while NU's consolidated interest coverage ratio was 2.58 to 1 percent.

As a result of CL&P's February 5, 1999 rate case decision, CL&P was required to obtain waivers of or amendments to certain of their common equity and interest coverage tests. WMECO sought a change to the common equity test as well. In March 1999, both companies' common equity ratio tests were reduced to 28 percent for the remaining term of the Revolving Credit Agreement, and CL&P's interest coverage test for the period beginning April 1, 1999 was reduced to 1.75 to 1.

Under the NU Credit Agreement, NU was required to maintain a common equity ratio of at least 32 percent. In addition, NU was required to maintain a quarterly interest coverage ratio of 2.50 to 1 for the quarter ending December 31, 1998. NU met these requirements in 1998. In March 1999, the NU Credit Agreement was amended to reduce the common equity ratio test to 31 percent for the remaining term of the agreement and to impose a 2.0 to 1 interest coverage ratio test for the first quarter of 1999 and a 1.75 to 1 test for the second quarter.

NU's guarantee of Select Energy's payment obligations under its letter of credit presently requires it to maintain an interest coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1 and a common equity ratio of 31 percent.

In addition to the Select guarantees, NU has provided credit assurance, including guarantees of letters of credit, performance guarantees and other assurances for the financial and performance obligations of certain of its unregulated subsidiaries. NU currently is limited by the SEC to an aggregate of $75 million of such credit assurance arrangements. NU expects to increase this limitation in the future.

PSNH and NAEC are parties to a variety of financing agreements which provide that the credit thereunder can be terminated or accelerated if each does not maintain specified minimum ratios of common equity to capitalization (as defined in each agreement). For PSNH, the minimum common equity ratio required in certain letters of credit and reimbursement agreements and its $75 million revolving credit agreement is not less than 32.5 percent. At December 31, 1998, PSNH's common equity ratio was 53.41 percent. For NAEC, the minimum common equity ratio required under its term loan agreement is 25 percent; at December 31, 1998, NAEC's common equity ratio was 30.06 percent.

In addition, PSNH's revolving credit agreement and letters of credit and reimbursement agreements require that for PSNH to obtain and maintain borrowings thereunder, it must demonstrate that its ratio of operating income to interest expense will be at least 2.35 to 1 at the end of each fiscal quarter for the remaining term of the agreements. The NAEC term loan agreement requires a ratio of adjusted net income to interest expense of 1.50 to 1 at the end of each fiscal quarter for the remaining term of the agreement. For the 12-month period ended December 31, 1998 the corresponding ratios for PSNH and NAEC were 4.07 to 1 and 2.02 to 1, respectively.

In addition, PSNH and NAEC are parties to a variety of financing agreements providing in effect that the credit thereunder can be terminated or accelerated if there are actions taken, either by PSNH or NAEC or by the State of New Hampshire, that deprive PSNH and/or NAEC of the benefits of the Rate Agreement and/or the Seabrook Power Contracts.

The amounts of short-term borrowings that may be incurred by NU, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO, HWP and NAEC are also subject to periodic approval by the SEC under the 1935 Act. The following table shows the amount of short-term borrowings authorized by the SEC for each company as of January 1, 1999 and the net amounts of outstanding short-term debt and cash investments of those companies at the end of 1998 and as of March 1, 1999:

                                                   Short-Term Debt
                         Maximum Authorized          Outstanding
                          Short-Term Debt      and (Cash Investments)*
                                                12/31/98     3/1/99
                                               (Millions)

NU..................           $200              $(34.4)    $ (27.9)
CL&P ...............            375                  3.4      138.5
PSNH**..............            125                (58.7)    (110.7)
WMECO...............            150                 50.9      102.1
HWP.................              5                (10.1)     (11.4)
NAEC................             60                (30.3)     (64.1)
OTHER...............            N/A                 (3.0)      (9.3)
           Total                                  $(82.2)   $  17.2

* These columns include borrowings of or cash investments by various System companies from NU and other System companies. Total System short-term indebtedness to unaffiliated lenders was $30 million at December 31, 1998 and $225 million at March 1, 1999.

** The NHPUC has approved short term borrowings by PSNH under the $75 million secured revolving credit agreement that will expire in April 1999. When the revolving credit agreement expires, PSNH's maximum authorized short term debt pursuant to New Hampshire law will be approximately $66 million.

The supplemental indentures under which NU issued $175 million in principal amount of 8.58 percent amortizing notes in December 1991 and $75 million in principal amount of 8.38 percent amortizing notes in March 1992 contain restrictions on dispositions of certain System companies' stock, limitations of liens on NU assets and restrictions on distributions on and acquisitions of NU stock. Under these provisions, NU, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO may not dispose of voting stock of CL&P, PSNH or WMECO other than to NU or another System company, except that CL&P may sell voting stock for cash to third persons if so ordered by a regulatory agency so long as the amount sold is not more than 19 percent of CL&P's voting stock after the sale. The restrictions also generally prohibit NU from pledging voting stock of CL&P, PSNH or WMECO or granting liens on its other assets in amounts greater than five percent of the total common equity of NU. The Revolving Credit Agreement, the NU Credit Agreement and NU's guarantee of Select Energy's obligations under its letter of credit have similar restrictions. As of December 31, 1998, no NU debt was secured by liens on NU assets. Finally, NU may not declare or make distributions on its capital stock, acquire its capital stock (or rights thereto), or permit a System company to do the same, at times when there is an event of default under the supplemental indentures under which the amortizing notes were issued.

The charters of CL&P and WMECO contain preferred stock provisions restricting the amount of unsecured debt those companies may incur. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P's and WMECO's charters permit CL&P and WMECO to incur an additional $466 million and $96 million, respectively, of unsecured debt.

The indentures securing the outstanding first mortgage bonds of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC provide that additional bonds may not be issued, except for certain refunding purposes, unless earnings (as defined in each indenture and before income taxes, and, in the case of PSNH, without deducting the amortization of PSNH's regulatory asset), are at least twice the pro forma annual interest charges on outstanding bonds and certain prior lien obligations and the bonds to be issued. CL&P and WMECO's 1998 earnings do not permit them to meet those earnings coverage tests, but as of December 31, 1998, CL&P and WMECO would be able to issue up to $91.6 million and $6.4 million of additional first mortgage bonds, respectively, on the basis of previously issued but refunded bonds, without having to meet the earnings coverage test.

The preferred stock provisions of CL&P's and WMECO's charters also prohibit the issuance of additional preferred stock (except for refinancing purposes) unless income before interest charges (as defined and after income taxes and depreciation) is at least 1.5 times the pro forma annual interest charges on indebtedness and the annual dividend requirements on preferred stock that will be outstanding after the additional stock is issued. CL&P and WMECO are currently unable to issue additional preferred stock under these provisions.

SEC rules under the 1935 Act require that dividends on NU's shares be based on the amount of dividends received from subsidiaries, not on the undistributed retained earnings of subsidiaries. NU suspended the payment of dividends beginning with the quarter ended June 30, 1997.

The supplemental indentures under which CL&P's and WMECO's first mortgage bonds have been issued limit the amount of cash dividends and other distributions these subsidiaries can make to NU out of their retained earnings. As of December 31, 1998, WMECO had $46.0 million of unrestricted retained earnings. As of the same date, CL&P had an accumulated deficit of approximately $330.0 million that must be made up before it is able to pay dividends to NU. The indenture under which NAEC's Series A Bonds have been issued also limits the amount of cash dividends or distributions NAEC can make to NU to retained earnings plus $10 million. At December 31, 1998, approximately $53.2 million was available to be paid under this provision.

PSNH's revolving credit agreement and letters of credit and reimbursement agreements prohibit it from declaring or paying any cash dividends or distributions on any of its capital stock, except for dividends on the preferred stock, unless minimum interest coverage and common equity ratio tests discussed above are satisfied. These agreements also require creditor approval to pay more than $25 million in dividends to NU. PSNH's preferred stock provisions also limit the amount of cash dividends and other distributions PSNH can make to NU if, after taking the dividend or other distribution into account, PSNH's common stock equity is less than 25 percent of total capitalization. At December 31, 1998, approximately $293.2 million was available to be paid under these provisions. If NAEC could not meet the common equity covenant referred to above, it would also be unable to pay common dividends. At December 31, 1998, $45.1 million was available to be paid by NAEC under this provision.

On March 20, 1998, in connection with the approval of PSNH's revolving credit agreement, the NHPUC issued an order requiring PSNH to obtain NHPUC approval before paying any dividends on its common stock and before investing any PSNH funds in the NU System Money Pool during the expected 364-day term of the facilities.

Certain System financing agreements also have covenants or trigger events tied to credit ratings of certain System companies.

The downgrade by Moody's of WMECO's first mortgage bonds to Ba2 in December 1997 brought those ratings to a level at which the sponsor of WMECO's $40 million accounts receivable program can take various actions, in its discretion, which would have the practical effect of limiting WMECO's ability to utilize the facility. The WMECO accounts receivable program could be terminated if WMECO's first mortgage bond credit ratings experience one more level of downgrade. CL&P's $200 million accounts receivable program could be terminated if its senior secured debt is downgraded two more steps from its current ratings.

CL&P is party to an operating lease with General Electric Capital Corporation related to the use of four turbine generators having an installed cost of approximately $70 million and a stipulated loss value of $59 million. CL&P must meet certain financial covenants that are similar to the Revolving Credit Agreement. As a result of CL&P's February 5, 1999 rate decision, CL&P was required to obtain a waiver of these covenants for the fourth quarter of 1998 and is in the process of renegotiating the requirements.

For information regarding the effect of downgrades on certain fossil- fuel hedging agreements of CL&P, see "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM

The System's construction program expenditures, including allowance for funds used during construction (AFUDC), in the period 1999 through 2003 are estimated to be as follows:

                           1999    2000   2001   2002    2003
                                  (Millions of Dollars)
PRODUCTION

CL&P.................     $38.8  $ 67.4   $39.5   $26.8   $31.6
PSNH.................      20.0     4.9     6.6     2.4     7.7
WMECO................       8.7    18.6    11.8     8.9     7.7
NAEC.................       8.2     8.4     4.5     4.3     1.9
Other................       0.8     3.2     4.3     2.0     0.4
                          -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
  System Total.......     $76.6  $102.5   $66.7   $44.4   $49.3

SUBSTATIONS AND TRANSMISSION LINES

     CL&P.................     $ 8.0   $ 3.3   $ 7.0   $ 8.2   $33.1
     PSNH.................       5.8     2.1     2.1     2.2     2.3
     WMECO................       6.0     3.0     0.3     0.1     0.1
     NAEC.................        -       -       -       -       -
     Other................       0.1      -       -       -       -
                               -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
       System Total.......     $19.9   $ 8.4   $ 9.4   $10.5   $35.5

DISTRIBUTION OPERATIONS

     CL&P.................    $171.4  $236.5  $261.2  $255.0  $248.6
     PSNH.................      32.4    57.5    55.7    57.7    58.9
     WMECO................      16.9    20.3    21.1    20.6    19.3
     NAEC.................        -       -       -       -       -
     Other................       0.3     0.2     0.1     0.2     0.1
                              ------  ------  ------  ------  ------
       System Total.......    $221.0  $314.5  $338.1  $333.5  $326.9

GENERAL

     CL&P.................    $ 12.7  $  4.4  $ 43.3  $  2.8  $  3.4
     PSNH.................       9.7     0.8     0.9     0.9     0.9
     WMECO................       2.0     1.0     0.5     0.5     0.5
     NAEC.................        -       -       -       -       -
     Other................      21.9    20.3    21.0      -       -
                              ------  ------  ------  ------  ------
       System Total.......    $ 46.3  $ 26.5  $ 25.7  $ 30.1  $ 25.4

TOTAL CONSTRUCTION

     CL&P.................    $230.9  $311.6  $311.0  $292.8  $316.7
     PSNH.................      67.9    65.3    65.3    63.2    69.8
     WMECO................      33.6    42.9    33.7    30.1    27.6
     NAEC.................       8.2     8.4     4.5     4.3     1.9
     Other................      23.1    23.7    25.4    28.1    21.1
                              ------  ------  ------  ------  ------
       System Total.......    $363.7  $451.9  $439.9  $418.5  $437.1

The construction program data shown above includes all anticipated capital costs necessary for committed projects and for those reasonably expected to become committed, regardless of whether the need for the project arises from environmental compliance, nuclear safety, reliability requirements or other causes. The construction program's main focus is maintaining and upgrading the existing transmission and distribution system and nuclear and fossil-generating facilities. The increase in construction expenditures after 1999 is primarily related to projected capital improvements for the distribution system. System companies' construction needs, however, may change substantially in light of their commitment to sell their non-nuclear generating units in connection with restructuring in Massachusetts and Connecticut. It is possible that the System companies will no longer construct any new generating facilities, but instead contract with third parties for capacity in a competitive generation market.

ELECTRIC OPERATIONS

DISTRIBUTION AND SALES

The System companies traditionally have owned and operated a fully integrated electric utility business. Restructuring legislation in New Hampshire, Massachusetts and Connecticut, however, requires PSNH, WMECO and CL&P, respectively, to separate the distribution, transmission and generation functions of their business.

The System companies furnish retail franchise service in 149, 198 and 59 cities and towns in Connecticut, New Hampshire and Massachusetts, respectively. In December 1998, CL&P furnished retail franchise service to approximately 1.11 million customers in Connecticut, PSNH provided retail service to approximately 422,000 customers in New Hampshire and WMECO served approximately 196,000 retail franchise customers in Massachusetts. HWP serves 32 retail customers in Holyoke, Massachusetts.

The following table shows the sources of 1998 electric revenues based on categories of customers:

                       CL&P   PSNH**  WMECO   NAEC   Total System

Residential........     41%    32%      39%     -        41%
Commercial.........     37     27       35      -        34
Industrial.........     13     17       20      -        15
Wholesale*.........      7     23        5    100%        9
Other..............      2      1        1      -         1
Total..............    100%   100%     100%   100%      100%

* Includes capacity sales and sales from PSNH to CL&P and WMECO. ** Excludes sales related to the retail pilot program in New Hampshire.

NAEC's 1998 electric revenues were derived entirely from sales to PSNH under the Seabrook power contracts. See "Rates--New Hampshire Retail Rates-- Seabrook Power Contracts" for a discussion of the contracts.

The actual changes in retail kWh sales for the last two years and the forecasted sales growth estimates for the ten-year period 1998 through 2008, in each case exclusive of wholesale sales, non-franchised retail sales and sales related to the retail pilot program in New Hampshire, for the System, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO are set forth below:

                1998 over      1997 over     Forecast 1998-2008
                  1997           1996      Compound Rate of Growth

System.........   1.9%          (.3)%              1.3%
CL&P...........   2.2%            0 %              1.1%
PSNH...........   2.3%          (.1)%              1.9%
WMECO..........   1.3%         (1.0)%              0.8%

Consolidated NU retail sales rose by 1.9 percent in 1998 compared with 1997 primarily due to the continuing strengthening of the regional economy. This growth occurred despite the negative impact of weather constraining sales by an estimated 1.0 percent. Residential electric sales were up .5 percent. Commercial sales were up by 3.2 percent for the year and industrial sales increased by 2.2 percent. Retail sales for all of the System companies increased in 1998 with CL&P, WMECO and PSNH sales up 2.2 percent, 2.3 percent and 1.3 percent, respectively.

REGIONAL AND SYSTEM COORDINATION

The System companies and most other New England utilities are parties to an agreement (NEPOOL Agreement), which provides for coordinated planning and operation of the region's generation and transmission facilities. The NEPOOL Agreement was restated and revised as of March 1997 to provide for a pool-wide open access transmission tariff and for the creation of an Independent System Operator (ISO). Under these new arrangements: (i) the ISO, a non-profit corporation whose board of directors and staff is not controlled by or affiliated with market participants, ensures the reliability of the NEPOOL transmission system, administers the NEPOOL tariff and oversees the efficient and competitive functioning of the regional power market; (ii) the NEPOOL tariff provides for non-discriminatory open access to the regional transmission network at one rate regardless of transmitting distance for all transactions; and (iii) a broader governance structure for NEPOOL and a more open, competitive market structure are established.

Pursuant to the NEPOOL Agreement, if a participant is unable to meet its capacity responsibility obligations, the participant is required to purchase capacity through the ISO at a market clearing price as set forth in the NEPOOL Agreement. The System has been meeting its capacity responsibility while the Millstone units were shut down through purchased- power contracts with other utilities. The cost of these arrangements for 1998 was approximately $27 million. Assuming Millstone 2 returns to service in April 1999, the further costs related to the System's capacity responsibility obligations are estimated to be approximately $6 million.

There are two agreements that determine the manner in which costs and savings are allocated among the System companies. Under an agreement (NUG&T) among CL&P, WMECO and HWP (Initial System Companies), these companies pool their electric production costs and the costs of their principal transmission facilities. Pursuant to the merger agreement between NU and PSNH, the Initial System Companies and PSNH entered into a ten-year sharing agreement (Sharing Agreement), expiring in June 2002, that provides, among other things, for the allocation of the capability responsibility savings and energy expense savings resulting from a single-system dispatch through NEPOOL. It is expected that these agreements will be terminated and/or modified in connection with restructuring.

TRANSMISSION ACCESS AND FERC REGULATORY CHANGES

In April 1996, FERC issued its final open access rule (Order 888) to promote competition in the electric industry. Order 888 requires, among other things, all public utilities that own, control or operate facilities used for transmitting electric energy in interstate commerce to file an open-access, nondiscriminatory transmission tariff and to take transmission service for their own new wholesale sales and purchases under the open access tariffs. Order 888 also supports full recovery of legitimate, prudent and verifiable wholesale stranded costs, but indicates that FERC will not interfere with state determinations of retail stranded costs.

On May 2, 1997, the System companies, along with other parties, filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals an appeal of Order 888, challenging FERC's abdication of its responsibility to ensure uniform recovery of full stranded costs at the wholesale and retail level, including FERC's refusal to endorse stranded costs payments (e.g., exit fees) for customers physically bypassing their former supplier, as well as FERC's imposition of an ordinary negligence standard of liability on transmission providers. This matter is still pending.

In a companion order to Order 888 (Order 889), FERC also required electric utilities to develop and maintain a same-time information system that will give existing and potential transmission users the same access to transmission information that the electric utility enjoys, and required electric utilities to separate transmission from generation marketing functions pursuant to standards of conduct. The System companies are complying with the requirements of Order 889.

In 1998, the System companies collected approximately $34 million in incremental transmission revenues from other electric utility generators.

For information regarding certain disputes between PSNH and NHEC, which have been the subject of various FERC proceedings, see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

NUCLEAR GENERATION

GENERAL

Certain System companies have ownership interests in four nuclear units, Millstone 1, 2 and 3 and Seabrook 1, and equity interests in four regional nuclear companies (the Yankee Companies) that separately own CY, MY, Vermont Yankee (VY) and Yankee Rowe. System companies operate the three Millstone units and Seabrook 1. Yankee Rowe, CY, MY and Millstone 1 have been permanently removed from service. For information regarding the decommissioning of these units, see " Electric Operations -- Nuclear Plant Performance and Regulatory Oversight - Decommissioning," below.

CL&P and WMECO own 100 percent of Millstone 1 and 2 as tenants in common. Their respective ownership interests in each unit are 81 percent and 19 percent.

CL&P, PSNH and WMECO have agreements with other New England utilities covering their joint ownership as tenants in common of Millstone 3. CL&P's, PSNH's and WMECO's ownership interests in the unit are 52.93, 2.85 and 12.24 percent, respectively. NAEC and CL&P have 35.98 percent and 4.06 percent ownership interests, respectively, in Seabrook.

In 1996, one of the joint owners of Millstone 3, Vermont Electric Generation and Transmission Cooperative, Inc. (VEG&T), filed for bankruptcy. The subsequent liquidation resulted in the offering of VEG&T's .035 percent share of Millstone 3 for sale to the joint owners of Millstone 3. None of the non-NU joint owners accepted the offer. CL&P expects to make the necessary regulatory filings to acquire ownership of the VEG&T share in 1999.

The Millstone 3 and Seabrook joint ownership agreements provide for pro-rata sharing by the owners of each unit of the construction and operating costs, the electrical output and the associated transmission costs. CL&P and WMECO, through NNECO as agent, operate Millstone 3 at cost, and without profit, under a sharing agreement that obligates them to utilize good utility operating practice and requires the joint owners to share the risk of employee negligence and other risks pro rata in accordance with their ownership shares. The sharing agreement provides that CL&P and WMECO would only be liable for damages to the non-NU owners for a deliberate breach of the agreement pursuant to authorized corporate action.

For information regarding lawsuits filed against NU by the non-NU owners of Millstone 3 regarding the sharing agreement and certain arbitration proceedings related to the ongoing Millstone outages, see "Item 3 - Legal Proceedings."

CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and other New England electric utilities are the stockholders of the Yankee companies. Each Yankee company owns a single nuclear generating unit. The stockholder-sponsors of each Yankee company are responsible for proportional shares of the operating and decommissioning costs of the respective Yankee company and are entitled to proportional shares of the electrical output in the case of Vermont Yankee (VY), which is the only operating unit of the four Yankee companies set forth below. The relative rights and obligations with respect to the Yankee companies are approximately proportional to the stockholders' percentage stock holdings, but vary slightly to reflect arrangements under which nonstockholder electric utilities have contractual rights to some of the output of particular units. The Yankee companies and CL&P's, PSNH's and WMECO's stock ownership percentages in the Yankee companies are set forth below:

                                  CL&P       PSNH      WMECO    System
Connecticut Yankee Atomic
 Power Company (CYAPC) ......     34.5%       5.0%      9.5%     49.0%
Maine Yankee Atomic Power
 Company (MYAPC) ............     12.0%       5.0%      3.0%     20.0%
Vermont Yankee Nuclear
 Power Corporation (VYNPC)...      9.5%       4.0%      2.5%     16.0%
Yankee Atomic Electric
 Company (YAEC)  ............     24.5%       7.0%      7.0%     38.5%

CL&P, PSNH and WMECO are obligated to provide their percentages of any additional equity capital necessary for VY, but do not expect to need to contribute additional equity capital in the future. CL&P, PSNH and WMECO believe that VY could require additional external financing in the next several years to finance construction expenditures, nuclear fuel and for other purposes. Although the way in which VYNPC would attempt to finance these expenditures, if they are needed, has not been determined, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO could be asked to provide further direct or indirect financial support. CYAPC, YAEC and MYAPC could also request their sponsors to provide future financial support necessary in connection with the decommissioning of their respective units, the level of which support cannot be estimated at this time, but could be material.

The operators of Millstone 2 and 3, VY and Seabrook 1 hold full term operating licenses from the NRC and are subject to the jurisdiction of the NRC. The NRC has broad jurisdiction over the design, construction and operation of nuclear generating stations, including matters of public health and safety, financial qualifications, antitrust considerations and environmental impact. The NRC issues 40-year initial operating licenses to nuclear units and NRC regulations permit renewal of licenses for an additional 20-year period. The NRC also has jurisdiction over the decommissioning activities at Yankee Rowe, CY, MY, and Millstone 1.

The NRC also regularly conducts generic reviews of technical and other issues, a number of which may affect the nuclear plants in which System companies have interests. The cost of complying with any new requirements that may result from these reviews cannot be estimated at this time, but such costs could be substantial. For more information regarding recent actions taken by the NRC with respect to the System's nuclear units, see "Nuclear Plant Performance and Regulatory Oversight" below.

NUCLEAR PLANT PERFORMANCE AND REGULATORY OVERSIGHT

MILLSTONE 2 AND 3

Millstone 2 and 3 are located in Waterford, Connecticut, and have license expirations of July 31, 2015 and November 25, 2025, respectively. Millstone Station has been the subject of intense regulatory scrutiny over the last several years. Millstone 3, the largest plant, was returned to service in July 1998, after having been shutdown since March 30, 1996. The unit operated at a capacity factor of 70.5 percent from the time it returned from its extended outage in July 1998 through December 31, 1998. The unit was shutdown from December 11, 1998 to December 31, 1998 to modify certain valves that had failed during routine surveillance testing. The unit is scheduled to begin a refueling outage on May 1, 1999. Millstone 3 remains on the NRC's watch list as a Category 2 facility, which indicates that the NRC intends to continue to closely monitor the facility.

Millstone 2 has been out of service since February 21, 1996. This unit is presently on the NRC's watch list as a Category 3 plant. Plants in this category are required to receive formal NRC commissioners' approval to resume operations. Key steps before restart include final verification that the unit is in conformance with its design and licensing basis; that management processes support safe and conservative operations; and that the employees are effective at identifying and correcting deficiencies at the unit. Management currently hopes to restart Millstone 2 in the spring of 1999.

In addition to the various technical and design basis issues at Millstone, the NRC continues to focus on the System's response to employee concerns at the units. In October 1996, the NRC issued an order that requires NNECO to develop and implement a comprehensive plan for handling safety concerns raised by Millstone employees and for assuring an environment free from retaliation and discrimination. The NRC also ordered NNECO to contract for an independent third party to oversee the implementation of the comprehensive plan. At an NRC Commissioners' briefing on January 19, 1999, the NRC Staff recommended that the third party oversight contractor was no longer necessary.

For information regarding criminal investigations by the NRC's Office of Investigations (OI) and the Office of the U. S. Attorney for the District of Connecticut related to various matters at Millstone and CY, a citizens' petition related to nuclear operations and potential joint owner litigation related to the extended outages, see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

SEABROOK

Seabrook, a 1148-MW pressurized-water reactor, has a license expiration date of October 17, 2026. The Seabrook operating license expires 40 years from the date of issuance of authorization to load fuel, which was about three and one-half years before Seabrook's full-power operating license was issued. The System will determine at the appropriate time whether to seek recapture of some or all of this period from the NRC and thus add up to an additional three and one-half years to the operating term for Seabrook. Seabrook had no planned refueling and maintenance outage in 1998. In 1998, Seabrook operated at a capacity factor of 82.7 percent. Seabrook experienced two unplanned outages in 1998 (December 5, 1997 - January 17, 1998 and June 11, 1998 - July 11, 1998). During the course of repairing a leak during the first outage, problems occurred in the control building air conditioning system. Modifications were made to the air conditioning system at that time, but required additional modifications and the replacement of two refrigeration compressors. The unit is scheduled to begin a 45-day refueling outage on March 26, 1999.

VERMONT YANKEE

VY, a 514-MW boiling water reactor, has a license expiration date of March 21, 2012. In 1998, VY operated at a capacity factor of 75.2 percent. VY had a planned refueling outage from March 20, 1998 to June 3, 1998.

NUCLEAR INSURANCE

For information regarding nuclear insurance, see "Commitments and Contingencies--Nuclear Insurance Contingencies" in the notes to NU's, CL&P's, PSNH's, WMECO's and NAEC's financial statements.

NUCLEAR FUEL

GENERAL

The supply of nuclear fuel for the System's existing units requires the procurement of uranium concentrates, followed by the conversion, enrichment and fabrication of the uranium into fuel assemblies suitable for use in the System's units. Fuel may also be purchased at a point after any of the above processes are completed. The System expects that uranium concentrates and related services for the units operated by the System and for the other units in which the System companies are participating that are not covered by existing contracts, will be available for the foreseeable future on reasonable terms and prices.

As a result of the Energy Policy Act, the United States commercial nuclear power industry is required to pay the United States Department of Energy (DOE), through a special assessment, for the costs of the decontamination and decommissioning of uranium enrichment plants owned by the United States government, no more than $150 million per annum for 15 years beginning in 1993. Each domestic nuclear utility's payment is based on its pro rata share of all enrichment services received by the United States commercial nuclear power industry from the United States government through October 1992. Each year, the DOE adjusts the annual assessment using the Consumer Price Index. The Energy Policy Act provides that the assessments are to be treated as reasonable and necessary current costs of fuel, which costs shall be fully recoverable in rates in all jurisdictions. The System's remaining share to be recovered, assuming no escalation, is approximately $60 million as of December 31, 1998. Management believes that the DOE assessments against CL&P, WMECO, PSNH and NAEC will be recoverable in future rates. Accordingly, each of these companies has recognized these costs as a regulatory asset, with a corresponding obligation on its balance sheet.

On October 22, 1998, an action was initiated by the owners of the Millstone units in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims against the DOE regarding the special annual assessment that DOE imposes on purchasers of enriched uranium to meet the future costs of decontaminating and decommissioning government owned uranium enrichment facilities. Similar actions for Seabrook and Connecticut Yankee were filed on October 23, 1998. The lawsuits challenge the imposition of the D&D assessment on federal constitutional grounds, and are similar to actions filed by a number of other utilities against DOE. As of December 31, 1998, the System companies had paid approximately $28 million into the fund.

Nuclear fuel costs associated with nuclear plant operations include amounts for disposal of spent nuclear fuel. The System companies include in their nuclear fuel expense spent fuel disposal costs accepted by the DPUC, NHPUC and DTE in rate case or fuel adjustment decisions. Spent fuel disposal costs also are reflected in FERC-approved wholesale charges.

HIGH-LEVEL RADIOACTIVE WASTE

The Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982 (NWPA) provides that the federal government is responsible for the permanent disposal of spent nuclear reactor fuel (SNF) and high-level waste. As required by the NWPA, electric utilities generating SNF and high-level waste are obligated to pay fees into a fund which would be used to cover the cost of siting, constructing, developing and operating a permanent disposal facility for this waste. The System companies have been paying for such services for fuel burned on or after April 7, 1983 on a quarterly basis since July 1983. The DPUC, NHPUC and DTE permit the fee to be recovered through rates. For nuclear fuel used to generate electricity prior to April 7, 1983 (prior-period fuel), payment must be made prior to the first delivery of spent fuel to the DOE. The DOE's current estimate for an available site is 2010. For more information regarding payments related to the prior-period fuel, see "Spent Nuclear Fuel Disposal Costs" in the notes to NU's, CL&P's, PSNH's, WMECO's and NAEC's financial statements.

In return for payment of the fees prescribed by the NWPA, the federal government is to take title to and dispose of the utilities' high-level wastes and SNF. There has been numerous litigation involving the DOE's statutory and contractual obligation to accept high-level waste and SNF. While the courts have declined to order DOE to begin accepting spent fuel for disposal on January 31, 1998, the courts left open the utilities' ability to bring damage claims against the DOE.

On February 18, 1998, YAEC filed a complaint against DOE in the United States Court of Federal Claims seeking damages in excess of $70 million resulting from DOE's failure to accept spent nuclear fuel for disposal. CYAPC and MYAPC filed similar complaints on March 4, 1998 and June 2, 1998 seeking damages of over $90 million and $128 million, respectively. On October 29, 1998, the court found liability on the part of DOE to YAEC for breach of the Standard Contract, based upon DOE's failure to begin disposal of SNF. In separate orders dated October 30, 1998 and November 3, 1998, respectively, the court extended its rulings in the YAEC case to the damage claim cases filed by CYAPC and MYAPC. DOE is expected to appeal the claims court decision.

Until the federal government begins accepting nuclear waste for disposal, nuclear generating plants will need to retain high-level waste and spent fuel onsite or make some other provisions for their storage. With the addition of new storage racks, storage facilities for Millstone 3 are expected to be adequate for the projected life of the unit. With the implementation of currently planned modifications, the storage facilities for Millstone 2 are expected to be adequate (maintaining the capacity to accommodate a full-core discharge from the reactor) until 2005. Fuel consolidation, which has been licensed for Millstone 2, could provide adequate storage capability for its projected life. Seabrook is expected to have spent fuel storage capacity until at least 2010.

The available capacity of the VY spent fuel pool is expected to be able to accommodate full-core removal until 2001. Full core discharge ability through the year 2008 could be achieved with the installation of additional storage racks in the spent fuel pool, subject to approval of a pending NRC license amendment. VYNPC is also investigating other options for additional storage capacity beyond the year 2001.

Adequate storage capacity exists to accommodate all of the SNF at Millstone 1, CY, MY and Yankee Rowe until that fuel is removed by the DOE.

LOW-LEVEL RADIOACTIVE WASTE

The System currently has contracts to dispose its low-level radioactive waste (LLRW) at two privately operated facilities in Clive, Utah, and in Barnwell, South Carolina. The current political situation in South Carolina makes it difficult to predict whether the Barnwell facility will remain open. Because access to LLRW disposal may be lost at any time, the System has plans that will allow for onsite storage of LLRW for at least five years.

DECOMMISSIONING

Based upon the System's most recent comprehensive site-specific updates of the decommissioning costs for each of the three Millstone units and for Seabrook, the recommended decommissioning method continues to be immediate and complete dismantlement of those units at their retirement. The table below sets forth the estimated Millstone and Seabrook decommissioning costs for the System companies. The estimates are based on the latest site studies, stated in December 31, 1998 dollars.

                       CL&P      PSNH      WMECO       NAEC     System
                                         (Millions)
Millstone 1.......  $  560.5     $  -      $131.5      $  -    $  692.0
Millstone 2.......     322.0        -        75.5         -       397.5
Millstone 3.......     296.2      15.9       68.5         -       380.6
Seabrook..........      19.9        -         -        175.9      195.8
  Total...........  $1,198.6     $15.9     $275.5     $175.9   $1,665.9

As of December 31, 1998, the System recorded balances (at market) in its external decommissioning trust funds are as follows:

                       CL&P       PSNH     WMECO       NAEC     System
                                         (Millions)
Millstone 1.......    $210.5      $ -     $ 58.7       $  -      $269.2
Millstone 2.......     142.1        -       40.9          -       183.0
Millstone 3.......      96.3       5.6      26.0          -       127.9
Seabrook..........       3.8        -         -         35.2       39.0
  Total...........    $452.7      $5.6    $125.6       $35.2     $619.1

In 1986, the DPUC approved the establishment of separate external trusts for the currently tax-deductible portions of decommissioning expense accruals for Millstone 1 and 2 and for all expense accruals for Millstone 3.

WMECO has established independent trusts to hold all decommissioning expense collections from customers. The DTE has authorized WMECO to collect its current decommissioning estimate for the three Millstone units.

New Hampshire enacted a law in 1981 requiring the creation of a state- managed fund to finance decommissioning of any units in that state. NAEC's costs for decommissioning are billed by it to PSNH and recovered by PSNH under the Rate Agreement. Under the Rate Agreement, PSNH is entitled to a base rate increase to recover increased decommissioning costs. In its recent restructuring orders, the NHPUC determined that PSNH would be allowed to recover decommissioning costs through stranded cost charges. See "Rates-- New Hampshire Retail Rates" for further information on the Rate Agreement and restructuring.

The decommissioning cost estimates for the System nuclear units are reviewed and updated regularly to reflect inflation and changes in decommissioning requirements and technology. Changes in requirements or technology, or adoption of a decommissioning method other than immediate dismantlement, could change these estimates. CL&P, PSNH and WMECO attempt to recover sufficient amounts through their allowed rates to cover their expected decommissioning costs. Only the portion of currently estimated total decommissioning costs that has been accepted by regulatory agencies is reflected in rates of the System companies. Based on present estimates, and assuming its nuclear units operate to the end of their respective license periods, the System expects that the decommissioning trust funds will be substantially funded when those expenditures have to be made.

Based on a continued unit operation study filed with the DPUC in 1998, CL&P and WMECO decided to shutdown Millstone 1 and instead prepare for final decommissioning. The total estimated decommissioning costs, which have been updated to reflect the early shutdown of the unit, are approximately $692.0 million as of December 31, 1998 ($560.5 million for CL&P and $131.5 million for WMECO). CL&P and WMECO use external trusts to fund the estimated decommissioning costs of Millstone 1. At December 31, 1998, the fair market value of the balance in the trusts was approximately $269.2 million ($210.5 million for CL&P and $58.7 million for WMECO). In addition, CL&P had previously established a decommissioning reserve on its books which represents amounts which have been collected by CL&P, but not funded to the external decommissioning trust, and will also be used to fund the total estimated decommissioning obligation of Millstone 1. At December 31, 1998, the balance of this account was approximately $21.9 million.

In the February 5, 1999 rate decision, the DPUC allowed for the recovery of CL&P's decommissioning and closure obligations for Millstone 1. A proceeding to determine the decommissioning amounts to be recovered for Millstone 1 will be commenced in 1999. CL&P expects to seek recovery of decommissioning related costs for its interests in other nuclear units in restructuring proceedings to be commenced in 1999.

WMECO is seeking recovery of decommissioning related costs as part of their restructuring regulatory proceedings. Based upon the restructuring law in Massachusetts, management believes it is probable that WMECO will be allowed to recover from customers the estimated remaining costs associated with Millstone 1 which have been recorded on their balance sheets as a deferred asset, including decommissioning, unrecovered plant and related assets, and other expenditures. WMECO has recorded a liability on its balance sheets for its share of the total estimated obligation to decommission the plant.

CYAPC, YAEC, VYNPC and MYAPC are all collecting revenues for decommissioning from their power purchasers. The table below sets forth the System companies' estimated share of decommissioning costs (and closure costs where applicable) of the Yankee units. The estimates are based on the latest site studies. For information on the equity ownership of the System companies in each of the Yankee units, see "Electric Operations--Nuclear

Generation--General."

                            CL&P       PSNH      WMECO     System
                                        (Millions)
     VY................   $  54.4     $21.2      $13.3     $ 84.8
     Yankee Rowe*......      20.0       5.7        5.7       31.5
     CY*...............     172.0      24.9       47.4      244.3
     MY*...............      85.8      35.8       21.5      143.0
       Total...........   $ 328.2     $87.6      $87.8     $503.6

* As discussed more fully below, the costs shown include all of the expected future billings associated with the funding of decommissioning, recovery of remaining assets and other closure costs associated with the early retirement of Yankee Rowe, CY and MY as of December 31, 1998 which have been recorded as an obligation on the books of the System companies.

As of December 31, 1998 the System's share of the external decommissioning trust fund balances (at market), which have been recorded on the books of the Yankee Companies, is as follows:

                       CL&P       PSNH      WMECO     System
                                    (Millions)
VY................    $ 21.7     $ 9.1      $ 5.7     $ 36.5
Yankee Rowe.......      36.4      10.4       10.4       57.2
CY................      89.9      13.0       24.8      127.7
MY................      25.5      10.6        6.4       42.5
  Total...........    $173.5     $43.2      $47.2     $264.0

CYAPC accrues decommissioning costs on the basis of immediate dismantlement at retirement. In late December 1996, CYAPC made a filing with FERC to amend the wholesale power contracts between the owners of the facility and revise decommissioning cost estimates and other cost estimates for the facility. The amendments clarify the owners' entitlement to full recovery of sunk costs and the ongoing costs of maintaining the plant in accordance with NRC rules until decommissioning begins and ensures that decommissioning will continue to be funded through June 2007, the full license term, despite the unit's earlier shutdown.

On August 31, 1998, the FERC Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) released an initial decision regarding the December 1996 filing. The decision contained provisions which would allow for the recovery, through rates, of the balance of the NU System companies' net unamortized investment in CY, which was approximately $51.7 million as of December 31, 1998. The decision also called for the disallowance of the recovery of a portion of the return on the CY investment. The ALJ's decision also stated that decommissioning collections should continue to be based on the previously approved estimate of $309.1 million (in 1992 dollars), with an inflation adjustment of 3.8 percent per year, until a new, more reliable estimate has been prepared and tested.

During October 1998, both CYAPC and the NU Owners filed briefs on exceptions to the ALJ decision. If the initial ALJ decision is upheld, CYAPC could be required to write off a portion of the regulatory asset associated with the plant closing.

If upheld, CYAPC's management has estimated the effect of the ALJ decision on CYAPC's earnings to be approximately $37.5 million, of which the NU Owners' share would be approximately $18.4 million. NU management cannot predict the outcome of the hearing at this time, however, NU will continue to support CYAPC's efforts to contest this initial decision.

MYAPC also accrues decommissioning costs on the basis of immediate dismantlement at retirement. On January 14, 1998, MYAPC made a filing with FERC to amend its power contracts with the owners/purchasers and revise its decommissioning and other charges. FERC accepted the proposed application for filing, and made the amendments and the proposed charges under the contracts effective on January 15, 1998 subject to refund after hearings. On January 18, 1999, MYAPC filed an offer of settlement which, if accepted by the FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. The settlement provides, among other things, the following:
(1) MYAPC will collect $33.6 million annually to pay for decommissioning and spent fuel; (2) its return on equity will be set at 6.5 percent; (3) MYAPC is permitted full recovery of all unamortized investment in MY, including fuel, and (4) an incentive budget for decommissioning is set at $436.3 million. For information regarding a dispute between the sponsors of MY and a number of municipalities and cooperatives which had purchase agreements with MYAPC, see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

Effective January 1996, YAEC began billing its sponsors, including CL&P, WMECO and PSNH, amounts based on a revised estimate approved by FERC that assumes decommissioning by the year 2000.

For more information regarding nuclear decommissioning, see "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs" in the notes to NU's, CL&P's, PSNH's, WMECO's and NAEC's financial statements.

OTHER REGULATORY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

GENERAL

The System and its subsidiaries are subject to federal, state and local regulations with respect to water quality, air quality, toxic substances, hazardous waste and other environmental matters. Additionally, the System's major generation and transmission facilities may not be constructed or significantly modified without a review by the applicable state agency of the environmental impact of the proposed construction or modification. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations, particularly air and water pollution control requirements, may limit operations or require substantial investments in new equipment at existing facilities.

SURFACE WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

The federal Clean Water Act (CWA) requires every "point source" discharger of pollutants into navigable waters to obtain a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit from the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or state environmental agency specifying the allowable quantity and characteristics of its effluent. System facilities have all required NPDES permits in effect, but several of these permits are currently in the renewal process. Compliance with NPDES and state water discharge permits has necessitated substantial expenditures, which are difficult to estimate, and may require further expenditures because of additional requirements that could be imposed in the future. For information regarding a lawsuit related to alleged violations of certain facilities' NPDES permits, see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

The Federal Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA 90) sets out the requirements for facility response plans and periodic inspections of spill response equipment at facilities that can cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging oil or hazardous substances into the navigable waters of the United States and onto adjoining shorelines. The System companies are currently in compliance with the requirements of OPA 90. OPA 90 includes limits on the liability that may be imposed on persons deemed responsible for release of oil. The limits do not apply to oil spills caused by negligence or violation of laws or regulations. OPA 90 also does not preempt state laws regarding liability for oil spills. In general, the laws of the states in which the System owns facilities and through which the System transports oil could be interpreted to impose strict liability for the cost of remediating releases of oil and for damages caused by releases. The System currently carries general liability insurance in the total amount of $100 million annual coverage for oil spills.

AIR QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (CAAA) impose stringent requirements on emissions of sulfur dioxide (SO2) and nitrogen oxide (NOX) for the purpose of controlling acid rain and ground level ozone. In addition, the CAAA address the control of toxic air pollutants. Installation of continuous emissions monitors and expanded permitting provisions also are included. Compliance with CAAA requirements has cost the System approximately $48 million as of December 31, 1998: $11 million for CL&P, $33 million for PSNH, $1 million for WMECO and $3 million for HWP. Compliance costs for additional federal and state NOX control requirements to be effective in 1999 are currently estimated to be approximately $10 million for both CL&P and PSNH. In addition, PSNH expects to spend approximately $2 million a year for SO2 allowances.

Existing and future federal and state air quality regulations, including Connecticut and Massachusetts restructuring legislation, which requires development of generator performance standards, and recently proposed regulations seeking to impose new source standards on existing units, could hinder or possibly preclude the construction of new, or the modification of existing, fossil units in the System's service area and could raise the capital and operating cost of existing units. The ultimate cost impact of these requirements on the System cannot be estimated because of uncertainties about how EPA and the states will implement various requirements of the CAAA.

Section 126 of the Clean Air Act provides for parties to request that the EPA take action against emissions sources whose emissions may be atmospherically transported and contribute to nonattainment of the National Ambient Air Quality Standards in other states. In accordance with this, a group of northeastern states filed a petition with EPA in 1997 asking them to take action against a broadly defined group of emissions sources in several midwestern states which are believed to be contributing to the nonattainment of the ozone standard in the Northeast. EPA has deferred specific action on the Section 126 petitions until its call for state implementation plans in the affected states is complete, probably about 2003. A final decision by the EPA could have a significant effect on NOX reduction requirements imposed on System companies after 1999.

HAZARDOUS WASTE REGULATIONS

As many other industrial companies have done in the past, System companies disposed of residues from operations by depositing or burying such materials on-site or disposing of them at off-site landfills or facilities. Typical materials disposed of include coal gasification waste, fuel oils, gasoline and other hazardous materials that might contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). It has since been determined that deposited or buried wastes, under certain circumstances, could cause groundwater contamination or create other environmental risks. The System has recorded a liability for what it believes is, based upon currently available information, its estimated environmental remediation costs for waste disposal sites for which the System companies expect to bear legal liability, and continues to evaluate the environmental impact of its former disposal practices. Under federal and state law, government agencies and private parties can attempt to impose liability on System companies for such past disposal. At December 31, 1998, the liability recorded by the System for its estimated environmental remediation costs for known sites needing remediation including those sites described below, exclusive of recoveries from insurance or from third parties, was approximately $21.5 million, within the range of $21.5 million to $36.4 million. These costs could be significantly higher if alternative remedies become necessary.

Under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, commonly known as Superfund, EPA has the authority to clean up or order clean up of hazardous waste sites and to impose the clean up costs on parties deemed responsible for the hazardous waste activities on the sites. Responsible parties include the current owner of a site, past owners of a site at the time of waste disposal, waste transporters and waste generators. The System currently is involved in one Superfund site in New Jersey, one in New Hampshire and one in Kentucky, which could have a material impact on the System. The System has committed in the aggregate approximately $1.3 million to its share of the clean up of these sites.

As discussed below, in addition to the remediation efforts for the above-mentioned Superfund sites, the System has been named as a potentially responsible party (PRP) and is monitoring developments in connection with several state environmental actions. The level of study of each site and the information about the waste contributed to the site by the System and other parties differs from site to site. Where reliable information is available that permits the System to make a reasonable estimate of the expected total costs of remedial action and/or the System's likely share of remediation costs for a particular site, those cost estimates are provided below. All cost estimates were made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles where remediation costs were probable and reasonably estimable.

In 1987, the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection (CDEP) published a list of 567 hazardous waste disposal sites in Connecticut. The System owns two sites, in Stamford and Rockville, which are on this list. Both sites were formerly used by CL&P predecessor companies for the manufacture of coal gas (also known as town gas sites) from the late 1800s to the 1950s. Site investigations have been completed at these sites and discussions with state regulators are in progress to address the need for and extent of remediation necessary to protect public health and the environment. The total reserve established for these two sites is $6.5 million.

CL&P owns two sections of an abandoned railroad bed in Portland and Ridgefield, Connecticut. Past studies of portions of the railroad bed have indicated elevated levels of arsenic in the upper two to three feet of soil at both locations. A portion of the Portland site was cleaned up in 1997, but the System reserved approximately $1.8 million for future remediation efforts.

PSNH contacted New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services (NHDES) in December 1993 concerning possible coal tar contamination in Laconia, New Hampshire, in Lake Opechee and the Winnipesaukee River near an area where PSNH and a second PRP formerly owned and operated a coal gasification plant from the late 1800's to the 1950's. A comprehensive site investigation was completed in December 1996. This study has shown that byproducts from the operation of the former manufactured gas plant are present in groundwater, subsurface soil and in the sediments of the adjacent Winnipesaukee River. A remediation action plan is currently under review by the NHDES. A reserve of $3.8 million has been established for this site. PSNH has also recently received requests from NHDES to conduct site investigations at three additional former manufactured gas plant sites. These sites are located in Keene, Nashua, and Dover, New Hampshire. Studies are now being planned to understand site conditions and any environmental impacts. PSNH is also involved in other site studies to assess contamination, but PSNH's liability at these sites is not expected to be material.

Environmental contaminants have been identified at the former Manchester Steam generating station in Manchester, New Hampshire. The NHDES has requested additional studies to occur at the site in 1999. A reserve of $4.1 million has been established for abatement and remediation at the site.

In Massachusetts, System companies have been designated by the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MDEP) as a PRP for twelve sites under MDEP's hazardous waste and spill remediation program. At two sites, the System may incur remediation costs that may be material to HWP depending on the remediation requirements. At one site, HWP has been identified by MDEP as one of three PRPs in a coal tar site in Holyoke, Massachusetts. HWP owned and operated the Holyoke Gas Works from 1859 to 1902. The site is located on the east side of Holyoke, adjacent to the Connecticut River and immediately downstream of HWP's Hadley Falls Station. MDEP has designated both the land and river deposit areas as priority waste disposal sites. The PRPs have been notified of the need to remove tar deposits from the river. To date, HWP has spent approximately $1 million for river studies and construction costs related to the site. The total estimated costs for removal of tar patches in the river range from $2 million to $3 million. HWP has agreed to complete the removal of tar patches following negotiations of a consent decree with various state and federal regulatory agencies.

The second site is a former manufactured gas plant facility in Easthampton, Massachusetts. WMECO predecessor companies owned and operated the Easthampton Gas Works from 1864 to 1924. Previous investigations have identified coal tar deposits on the land portion of the site. An analysis of the human, health and ecological risks at the site and a remedial action plan will be submitted to the MDEP in 1999. WMECO has reserved approximately $1.3 million for remediation costs for the site.

In the past, the System has received other claims from government agencies and third parties for the cost of remediating sites not currently owned by the System but affected by past System disposal activities and may receive more such claims in the future. The System expects that the costs of resolving claims for remediating sites about which it has been notified will not be material, but cannot estimate the costs with respect to sites about which it has not been notified.

ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELDS

Published reports have discussed the possibility of adverse health effects from electric and magnetic fields (EMF) associated with electric transmission and distribution facilities and appliances and wiring in buildings and homes. Most researchers, as well as numerous scientific review panels considering all significant EMF epidemiological and laboratory studies to date, agree that current information remains inconclusive, inconsistent and insufficient for characterizing EMF as a health risk.

Based on this information, management does not believe that a causal relationship between EMF exposure and adverse health effects has been established or that significant capital expenditures are appropriate to minimize unsubstantiated risks. The System companies have closely monitored research and government policy developments for many years and will continue to do so.

If further investigation were to demonstrate that the present electricity delivery system is contributing to increased risk of cancer or other health problems, the industry could be faced with the difficult problem of delivering reliable electric service in a cost-effective manner while managing EMF exposures. To date, no courts have concluded that individuals have been harmed by EMF from electric utility facilities, but if utilities were to be found liable for damages, the potential monetary exposure for all utilities, including the System companies, could be enormous. Without definitive scientific evidence of a causal relationship between EMF and health effects, and without reliable information about the kinds of changes in utilities' transmission and distribution systems that might be needed to address the problem, if one is found, no estimates of the cost impacts of remedial actions and liability awards are available.

See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings" for information about lawsuits brought against NU by plaintiffs regarding EMF exposure.

FERC HYDRO PROJECT LICENSING

Federal Power Act licenses may be issued for hydroelectric projects for terms of 30 to 50 years as determined by FERC. Upon the expiration of a license, any hydroelectric project so licensed is subject to reissuance by FERC to the existing licensee or to others upon payment to the licensee of the lesser of fair value or the net investment in the project plus severance damages less certain amounts earned by the licensee in excess of a reasonable rate of return.

The System companies currently hold FERC licenses for 19 hydroelectric projects aggregating approximately 1,375 MW of capacity, located in Connecticut, Massachusetts and New Hampshire. CL&P, WMECO and PSNH have proposed to auction their hydroelectric projects in the future.

The license for HWP's Holyoke Project expires in late 1999. On September 3, 1997, HWP filed its application for a new license for the Holyoke Project. On August 29, 1997, a competing application for the project was submitted by the Ashburnham Municipal Light Plant and the Massachusetts Municipal Wholesale Electric Company. The competing application proposes to add an additional 15 MW of generating capacity at the site, as well as additional changes, modifications and improvements to the facility. The competing license application was amended to add the City of Holyoke Gas and Electric Department as an additional applicant.

Absent significant differences in the competing license applications the Federal Power Act gives a preference to an existing licensee for the new license. If the license is awarded to a competing applicant, HWP is entitled to compensation equal to the lesser of book value or fair market value and severance damages pursuant to the Federal Power Act. Completion of all licensing activities and issuance of a new license is expected by September 1, 1999.

CL&P's FERC licenses for operation of the Falls Village and Housatonic Hydro Projects expire in 2001. A draft license application, which proposes to combine both projects under one license is scheduled to be completed in the first quarter of 1999. A final license application is expected to be submitted to FERC in the third quarter of 1999.

FERC has issued a notice indicating that it has authority to order project licensees to decommission projects that are no longer economic to operate. The potential costs of decommissioning a project, however, could be substantial. FERC has recently ordered its first project decommissioning under this authority. It is likely that this FERC decision will be appealed.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 1998, the System companies had 9,077 full and part- time employees on their payrolls, of which 2,379 were employed by CL&P, 1,265 by PSNH, 533 by WMECO, 77 by HWP, 1,624 by NNECO, 2,355 by NUSCO and 844 by NAESCO. NU, NAEC, Mode 1, NUEI, NGC, NGS, and Select Energy have no employees.

Approximately 2,300 employees of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO, NAESCO and HWP are covered by ten union agreements, which expire between May 31, 1999 and October 1, 2001.

YEAR 2000

For information regarding the System's efforts to address this issue, see "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

ITEM 2. Properties

The physical properties of the NU System are owned or leased by subsidiaries of NU. CL&P's principal plants and other properties are located either on land which is owned in fee or on land, as to which CL&P owns perpetual occupancy rights adequate to exclude all parties except possibly state and federal governments, which has been reclaimed and filled pursuant to permits issued by the United States Army Corps of Engineers. The principal properties of PSNH are held by it in fee. In addition, PSNH leases space in an office building under a 30-year lease expiring in 2002. WMECO's principal plants and a major portion of its other properties are owned in fee, although one hydroelectric plant is leased. NAEC owns a 35.98 percent interest in Seabrook 1 and approximately 560 acres of exclusion area land located around the unit. In addition, CL&P, PSNH, and WMECO have certain substation equipment, data processing equipment, nuclear fuel, gas turbines, nuclear control room simulators, vehicles, and office space that are leased. With few exceptions, the NU System companies' lines are located on or under streets or highways, or on properties either owned or leased, or in which the company has appropriate rights, easements, or permits from the owners.

CL&P's properties and PSNH's properties are subject to the lien of each company's respective first mortgage indenture. WMECO's properties are subject to the lien of its first mortgage indenture. NAEC's First Mortgage Bonds are secured by a lien on the Seabrook 1 interest described above, and all rights of NAEC under the Seabrook Power Contracts. In addition, CL&P's and WMECO's interests in Millstone 1 are subject to second liens for the benefit of lenders under agreements related to pollution control revenue bonds. Various of these properties are also subject to minor encumbrances which do not substantially impair the usefulness of the properties to the owning company.

The NU System companies' properties are well maintained and are in good operating condition.

Transmission and Distribution System

At December 31, 1998, the NU System companies owned 103 transmission and 400 distribution substations that had an aggregate transformer capacity of 25,186,669 kilovoltamperes (kVa) and 9,153,470 kVa, respectively; 3,074 circuit miles of overhead transmission lines ranging from 69 kilovolt (kV) to 345 kV, and 192 cable miles of underground transmission lines ranging from 69 kV to 138 kV; 32,952 pole miles of overhead and 2,060 conduit bank miles of underground distribution lines; and 409,210 line transformers in service with an aggregate capacity of 17,399,000 kVa.

Electric Generating Plants

As of December 31, 1998, the electric generating plants of the NU System companies and the NU System companies' entitlement in the generating plant of the Vermont Yankee regional generating company were as follows (See "Item 1. Business - Electric Operations, Nuclear Generation" for information on ownership and operating results for the year.):

                                                                      Claimed
                                                          Year      Capability*
Owner      Plant Name (Location)           Type        Installed    (kilowatts)

CL&P       Millstone (Waterford, CT)
             Unit 2**                     Nuclear         1975        708,345
             Unit 3                       Nuclear         1986        603,436
           Seabrook (Seabrook, NH)        Nuclear         1990         47,175
           VT Yankee (Vernon, VT)         Nuclear         1972         45,189
           Total Nuclear-Steam Plants     ( 4 units)                1,404,145
           Total Fossil-Steam Plants      (10 units)    1954-73     1,883,000
           Total Hydro-Conventional       (25 units)    1903-55        98,970
           Total Hydro-Pumped Storage     ( 7 units)    1928-73       937,100
           Total Internal Combustion      (20 units)    1966-96       567,540
           Total CL&P Generating Plant    (66 units)                4,890,755

PSNH       Millstone (Waterford, CT)
             Unit 3                       Nuclear          1986        32,461
           VT Yankee (Vernon, VT)         Nuclear          1972        18,999
           Total Nuclear-Steam Plants    ( 2 units)                    51,460
           Total Fossil-Steam Plants     ( 7 units)      1952-78    1,056,918
           Total Hydro-Conventional      (20 units)      1917-83       67,930
           Total Internal Combustion     ( 5 units)      1968-70      101,850
           Total PSNH Generating Plant   (34 units)                 1,278,158

WMECO      Millstone (Waterford, CT)
             Unit 2**                     Nuclear          1975       166,155
             Unit 3                       Nuclear          1986       139,519
           VT Yankee (Vernon, VT)         Nuclear          1972        11,904
           Total Nuclear-Steam Plants     ( 3 units)                  317,578
           Total Fossil-Steam Plants      ( 3 units)      1949-57     209,460
           Total Hydro-Conventional       (27 units)     1904-34      110,910***
           Total Hydro-Pumped Storage     ( 4 units)     1972-73      212,800
           Total Internal Combustion      ( 3 units)     1968-69       63,500
           Total WMECO Generating Plant   (40 units)                  914,248


                                                                      Claimed
                                                          Year      Capability*
Owner      Plant Name (Location)           Type        Installed    (kilowatts)

NAEC       Seabrook (Seabrook, NH)        Nuclear          1990       418,111

HWP        Mt. Tom (Holyoke, MA)          Fossil-Steam     1960       147,000
           Total Hydro-Conventional       (15 units)    1905-1983      43,560
           Total HWP Generating Plant     (16 units)                  190,560

NU System  Millstone (Waterford, CT)
             Unit 2**                     Nuclear          1975       874,500
             Unit 3                       Nuclear          1986       775,416
           Seabrook (Seabrook, NH)        Nuclear          1990       465,286
           VT Yankee (Vernon, VT)         Nuclear          1972        76,092
           Total Nuclear-Steam Plants     ( 4 units)                2,191,294
           Total Fossil-Steam Plants      (21 units)     1952-78    3,296,378
           Total Hydro-Conventional       (87 units)     1903-83      321,370
           Total Hydro-Pumped Storage     ( 7 units)     1928-73    1,149,900
           Total Internal Combustion      (28 units)     1966-96      732,890
           Total NU System Generating Plant
           Including Vermont Yankee      (147 units)                7,691,832
           Excluding Vermont Yankee      (146 units)                7,615,740

*Claimed capability represents winter ratings as of December 31, 1998.

**The number shown represents claimed capability at December 31, 1996.
Millstone 2 has been out of service since February 21, 1996. The company has restructured its nuclear organization and is currently implementing comprehensive plans to restart the unit. The actual date of the return to service for the unit is dependent, in part, upon the completion of independent inspections and reviews by the NRC and a vote by the NRC Commissioners. Millstone 2 is expected to be ready to restart in the spring of 1999.

***Total Hydro-Conventional capability includes the Cobble Mtn. plant's 33,960 kW which is leased from the City of Springfield, MA.

Franchises

NU's operating subsidiaries hold numerous franchises in the territories served by them. For more information regarding recent judicial, regulatory and legislative decisions and initiatives that may affect the terms under which the System companies provide electric service in their franchised territories, see Item 1. "Business - Electric Industry Restructuring" and "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

CL&P. Subject to the power of alteration, amendment or repeal by the General Assembly of Connecticut and subject to certain approvals, permits and consents of public authority and others prescribed by statute, CL&P has, subject to certain exceptions not deemed material, valid franchises free from burdensome restrictions to provide electric transmission and distribution services, and, until January 2000, to sell electricity, in the respective areas in which it is now supplying such service.

In addition to the right to provide electric transmission and distribution services as set forth above, the franchises of CL&P include, among others, limited rights and powers, as set forth in Public Act 98-28, to manufacture, generate, purchase and sell electricity at retail, including to provide standard offer, backup and default service, to sell electricity at wholesale to other utility companies and municipalities and to erect and maintain certain facilities on public highways and grounds, all subject to such consents and approvals of public authority and others as may be required by law. The franchises of CL&P include the power of eminent domain. For a more detailed discussion of Public Act 98-28, see "Item 1. Business - Electric Industry Restructuring."

PSNH. Subject to the power of alteration, amendment or repeal by the General Court (legislature) of the State of New Hampshire and subject to certain approvals, permits and consents of public authority and others prescribed by statute, PSNH has, subject to certain exceptions not deemed material, valid franchises free from burdensome restrictions to sell electricity in the respective areas in which it is now supplying such service.

In addition to the right to sell electricity as set forth above, the franchises of PSNH include, among others, rights and powers to manufacture, generate, purchase, transmit and distribute electricity, to sell electricity at wholesale to other utility companies and municipalities and to erect and maintain certain facilities on certain public highways and grounds, all subject to such consents and approvals of public authority and others as may be required by law. The franchises of PSNH include the power of eminent domain.

NNECO. Subject to the power of alteration, amendment or repeal by the General Assembly of Connecticut and subject to certain approvals, permits and consents of public authority and others prescribed by statute, NNECO has a valid franchise free from burdensome restrictions to sell electricity to utility companies doing an electric business in Connecticut and other states.

In addition to the right to sell electricity as set forth above, the franchise of NNECO includes, among others, rights and powers to manufacture, generate and transmit electricity, and to erect and maintain facilities on certain public highways and grounds, all subject to such consents and approvals of public authority and others as may be required by law.

WMECO. WMECO is authorized by its charter to conduct its electric business in the territories served by it, and has locations in the public highways for transmission and distribution lines. Such locations are granted pursuant to the laws of Massachusetts by the Department of Public Works of Massachusetts or local municipal authorities and are of unlimited duration, but the rights thereby granted are not vested. Such locations are for specific lines only, and, for extensions of lines in public highways, further similar locations must be obtained from the Department of Public Works of Massachusetts or the local municipal authorities. In addition, WMECO has been granted easements for its lines in the Massachusetts Turnpike by the Massachusetts Turnpike Authority.

Pursuant to the Massachusetts restructuring legislation, the DTE is required to define service territories for each distribution company, including WMECO, based on the service territories actually served on July 1, 1997, and following to the extent possible municipal boundaries. After established by the DTE, until terminated by effect of law or otherwise, the distribution company shall have the exclusive obligation to provide distribution service to all retail customers within its service territory, and no other person shall provide distribution service within such service territory without the written consent of such distribution company.

HWP and Holyoke Power and Electric Company (HP&E). HWP, and its wholly owned subsidiary HP&E, are authorized by their charters to conduct their businesses in the territories served by them. HWP's electric business is subject to the restriction that sales be made by written contract in amounts of not less than 100 horsepower, except for municipal customers in the counties of Hampden or Hampshire, Massachusetts and except for customers who occupy property in which HWP has a financial interest, by ownership or purchase money mortgage. HWP also has certain dam and canal and related rights, all subject to such consents and approvals of public authorities and others as may be required by law. The two companies have locations in the public highways for their transmission and distribution lines. Such locations are granted pursuant to the laws of Massachusetts by the Department of Public Works of Massachusetts or local municipal authorities and are of unlimited duration, but the rights thereby granted are not vested. Such locations are for specific lines only and, for extensions of lines in public highways, further similar locations must be obtained from the Department of Public Works of Massachusetts or the local municipal authorities. The two companies have no other utility franchises.

NAEC. NAEC is authorized by the NHPUC to own and operate its interest in Seabrook 1.

ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

1. Litigation Relating to Electric and Magnetic Fields

On October 14, 1998, the plaintiffs withdrew the remaining lawsuit pending in Connecticut Superior Court alleging physical and emotional damages from exposure to EMF in which NU and CL&P were defendants, thus ending all material litigation against NU and CL&P relating to EMF.

2. Connecticut DPUC - CL&P's Petition for Declaratory Ruling Regarding Proposed Retail Sales of Electricity by Texas-Ohio Power, Inc. (TOP).

In February 1998 the Connecticut Supreme Court ruled that TOP was a foreign electric company and therefore was prohibited from making retail sales of electricity in Connecticut. The Court also ruled that the DPUC was correct in finding that because TOP did not use public streets it was not an electric light company prohibited by Connecticut corporate law from making retail electric sales. The Court made it clear that it would have ruled differently on this issue if TOP were using public streets.

On September 3, 1998, the bankruptcy court for the Southern District of Texas - Houston Division granted a Joint Motion to Dismiss filed by the parties to a related lawsuit. CL&P had been sued in the fall of 1997 by Triple C Power, Inc., the successor of the bankrupt TOP. The lawsuit stemmed from CL&P's petition for declaratory rulings from the DPUC.

3. Connecticut Attorney General - Civil Environmental Lawsuit

On October 5, 1998, the Connecticut Superior Court, after hearing arguments, approved a settlement which resolved a civil lawsuit by the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection (CDEP) against NNECO and NUSCO for violations of the Millstone Station water permit and Connecticut water discharge regulations. The settlement required NNECO to pay a $700,000 civil penalty and expend $500,000 to fund three supplemental environmental projects. NNECO is also required to perform and have third- party review of two environmental audits of its water compliance program and to inform the CDEP of major changes to its environmental management system. An intervening party has appealed the approval of the settlement to Connecticut Appellate Court.

4. Connecticut Municipal Electric Energy Cooperative (CMEEC) Dispute

In mid-April 1998, the FERC issued an order accepting CL&P's filing of a settlement with the Connecticut Municipal Electric Energy Cooperative (CMEEC) over issues arising under the Millstone Units 1 and 2 life of unit contract. The filing had requested a March 3, 1998 termination date for the Millstone Units 1 and 2 contract, and a date of October 31, 1998 for the termination of several CL&P fossil/hydro contracts with CMEEC. In accordance with the settlement, CL&P received a lump sum payment of $24 million from CMEEC, which had been held in escrow pending FERC approval of the settlement and the completion of certain additional steps related to the court and arbitration proceedings.

5. FERC - Transmission Charges Disputes

On May 18, 1998, the FERC issued an order requiring certain NU system companies, primarily CL&P and WMECO, to refund disputed transmission charges to MMWEC, United Illuminating and other customers whose transmission rates are subject to this order. Refunds amounting to approximately $10 million have been paid to customers and a refund compliance report has been submitted to the FERC, which report is pending final approval.

6. Shareholder Securities Class Actions

Consolidated Federal Court Actions: Pursuant to a court order dated October 1, 1997, the six class actions separately filed against NU in 1996 were consolidated for pre-trial and trial purposes. The actions are based on various Federal securities law and common law theories alleging misrepresentations and omissions in public disclosures related to the System's nuclear situation. These complaints represent classes of plaintiffs who purchased or otherwise acquired NU common stock during periods ranging from March 1994 to April 1996. This matter is currently in mediation.

State Court Actions: NU has been served with two separately filed class actions based on various state securities law and common law theories alleging misrepresentations and omissions in public disclosures related to the System's nuclear situation. These complaints represent classes of plaintiffs who purchased or otherwise acquired NU common stock during periods ranging from December 1993 to April 1996. Plaintiffs' counsel in both state actions agreed to stay the actions pending the outcome of the consolidated federal court actions described above.

NU believes that all of these class actions are without merit and intends to vigorously defend in all such actions.

7. Millstone 3 - Joint Owner Litigation

CL&P and WMECO, through NNECO as agent, operate Millstone 3, at cost and without profit, under a Sharing Agreement. On August 7, 1997, the non-NU owners of Millstone 3 filed demands for arbitration with CL&P and WMECO as well as three lawsuits in Massachusetts Superior Court against NU and its current and many of its former trustees. The non-NU owners raise a number of contract, tort and statutory claims, arising out of the operation of Millstone 3. The demands and lawsuits seek to recover compensatory damages, punitive damages, treble damages and attorneys' fees. Owners representing approximately two-thirds of the non-NU interests in Millstone 3 have claimed compensatory damages in excess of $200 million. The NU companies believe there is no legal basis for the claims and intend to defend against them vigorously. An arbitrator to hear the claims against CL&P and WMECO has been appointed and hearings are scheduled to commence in the fall of 1999. The defendants, including NU, in the three lawsuits requested consolidation of those actions, which request was granted. Additionally, NU filed motions for summary judgment in December 1998, which motions are still pending.

8. Maine Yankee - Secondary Purchasers Dispute

A number of municipalities and cooperatives (Secondary Purchasers) notified the sponsors of MY, including CL&P, WMECO and PSNH, that they consider their purchase and payment obligations under their purchase agreements to have been terminated as a result of the August 6, 1997 decision by the MYAPC Board of Directors (MY Board) to retire MY. Accordingly, these Secondary Purchasers informed the sponsors that they would be making no further payments under the contracts for the period following the MY Board's decision. Through such contracts, the sponsors agreed to deliver a portion of the capacity and electrical output from MY until the year 2003 in exchange for payment by the Secondary Purchasers of a pro rata share of the plant's costs and expenses.

Following a series of regulatory and legal proceedings related to this matter at the FERC and in Maine state courts, on February 5, 1999, the parties filed a settlement with the FERC in this matter. A separate settlement related to the MY decommissioning rate case was filed with the FERC on January 18, 1999. Upon an order from the FERC accepting the settlements, the Secondary Purchasers will make a total settlement payment of $16.5 million in full satisfaction of their obligations with respect to all past and future MY-related operations and decommissioning costs.

9. Southeastern Connecticut Regional Resources Recovery Authority (SCRRRA) Contract Disputes

On March 31, 1998, the Connecticut Supreme Court issued a decision in connection with one of three disputes involving CL&P and SCRRRA. In its decision, the Court ruled that CL&P was obligated to pay the contract rate specified in their electricity purchase agreement for the entire net electric output of SCRRRA's trash-to-energy plant in Preston rather than for the lower output level specified in the agreement. As a result of this decision, CL&P agreed to a payment schedule which obligated it to pay SCRRRA approximately $3.8 million plus accrued interest of approximately $700,000. Most of the amount paid will be recovered through CL&P's energy adjustment clause.

On November 25, 1998, the DPUC approved a settlement and an associated amendment, providing for alternative rates, to the SCRRRA contract. This resolved the second SCRRRA dispute, which related to Connecticut's so-called "municipal rate law." The amendment lowered the rate CL&P pays to SCRRRA for electricity. As a result of this contract amendment and settlement, CL&P withdrew the litigation it had initiated in the remaining dispute involving SCRRRA.

10. Connecticut DPUC - Energy Adjustment Clause (EAC)

CL&P has appealed to Connecticut Superior Court a DPUC order that, pending a final ruling in CY's decommissioning proceeding currently before the FERC, CL&P exclude from its EAC rate the replacement power costs resulting from the retirement of CY. The appeal has been briefed and argued and a decision is pending. Pursuant to the February 5, 1999 CL&P rate decision, DPUC permitted CL&P to collect CY replacement power costs on a current basis effective September 28, 1998. The deferred amount prior to September 28, 1998 was approximately $75 million.

11. Amended Partial Requirements Agreement (APRA)

On May 29, 1998, FERC issued an order rejecting PSNH's complaint against the New Hampshire Electric Cooperative, Inc. (NHEC) concerning NHEC's solicitation of bids from qualifying facilities (QFs) to supplant wholesale purchase obligations it has with PSNH under the APRA. FERC ruled that NHEC's purchase obligations under the APRA expressly allow it to purchase QF power and that the price for such purchases may be determined by negotiation between NHEC and the individual QF. Additionally, the decision ordered PSNH to refund to NHEC any overcollections with interest. On October 6, 1998, FERC issued a final decision rejecting PSNH's request for clarification and rehearing of the May 1998 order. Refunds were made in the amount of approximately $98,000. The financial impact of this decision in the future will vary depending upon the level of purchases from the QFs made by NHEC.

On February 24, 1999, FERC issued a decision in a separate proceeding concerning a dispute between PSNH and NHEC over the requirements of the APRA after the initiation of competition within NHEC's service territory. The FERC held that the APRA requires NHEC to pay PSNH for all capacity metered at the delivery points, but that NHEC is not required to pay PSNH for energy purchased by its members from competitive sources. The financial impact of this decision in the future will depend upon the implementation of restructuring in NHEC's service area.

On March 23, 1998, NHEC requested that FERC initiate another proceeding relating to the APRA's wholesale Fuel and Purchased Power Adjustment Clause (FPPAC). NHEC's complaint is based on actions taken by the NHPUC concerning PSNH's retail FPPAC charge. On November 30, 1998, FERC issued an order rejecting most of NHEC's arguments. With respect to issues concerning the prudence of post-retirement expenditures for MY and CY, FERC deferred any ruling pending its decisions in hearings related to those plants. FERC determined a hearing is necessary to determine the prudence of pre- retirement costs related to MY and CY. In December 1998, a tentative settlement was reached with NHEC on the remaining issues which were set for hearing before the FERC. Under the settlement, PSNH will provide NHEC with a credit toward current or future obligations. The amount of the credit is not expected to be material.

In 1998, PSNH had sales to NHEC, under the APRA, of approximately $60.7 million. During 1998, NHEC paid PSNH an average of 10.8 cents per kWh for these sales.

12. NRC Office of Investigations and U.S. Attorney Investigations and Related Matters

The NRC's Office of Investigations (OI) has been examining various matters at Millstone and CY, including but not limited to procedural and technical compliance matters and employee concerns. One of these matters was referred, and others may be referred, to the Office of the U.S. Attorney for the District of Connecticut (U.S. Attorney) for possible criminal prosecution. The referred matter concerned full core off-load procedures and related matters at Millstone. On October 2, 1998, the Company was informed that the U.S. Attorney had declined prosecution of this matter. Also, in July 1998, the Company was informed that the U.S. Attorney's Office had declined prosecution of issues arising from the 1996 nuclear workforce reduction. The U.S. Attorney is also reviewing possible criminal violations arising out of certain other activities at Millstone and CY, including its licensed operator training programs. NU has been informed by the government that it is a target of the investigation, but that no one in senior management is either a target or a subject of their investigations.

The U.S. Attorney, together with the U.S. EPA, is also investigating possible criminal violations of federal environmental laws at certain NU facilities, including Millstone and Devon. NU has been informed by the government that it is a target of the investigation, but that no one in senior management is either a target or a subject of their investigations.

Management does not believe that any System company or officer has engaged in conduct that would warrant a federal criminal prosecution. NU intends to continue to fully cooperate with the OI and the U.S. Attorney in their ongoing investigations.

13. NRC - Spent Fuel Pool Off-Load Practices 2.206 Petition

In August 1995, a petition was filed with the NRC under Section 2.206 of the NRC's regulations by the organization We the People and a NUSCO employee. The petitioners maintained that NU's historic practice of off- loading the full reactor core at Millstone 1 resulted in spent fuel pool heat loads in excess of the pool's NRC-approved cooling capability, and asserted that the practice was a knowing and willful violation of NRC requirements. The petitioners also filed a supplemental petition concerning refueling practices at Millstone 2 and 3 and Seabrook Station.

On December 26, 1996, the Acting Director of the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation issued a partial decision granting, in part, the petition. The decision concluded that the design of the spent fuel pool and related system at Millstone 1 was adequate, and that the full core offload practices at that unit, Millstone 3 and Seabrook were safe. The petitioners' assertions regarding Millstone 2 were not substantiated. On October 15, 1998, NNECO waived the five year statute of limitations with respect to the NRC's ability to initiate a civil penalty action for a reporting issue related to the Millstone 1 full-core offload issue. The NRC is presently reviewing the matter and is expected to take action on this issue in the near future.

14. Other Legal Proceedings

The following sections of Item 1. "Business" discuss additional legal proceedings: See "Electric Industry Restructuring" and "Rates" for information about CL&P's rate and energy adjustment clause proceedings, various state restructuring proceedings and civil lawsuits related thereto and NHPUC proceedings involving PSNH's franchise rights; "Electric Operations-- Transmission Access and FERC Regulatory Changes" for information about proceedings relating to power and transmission issues; "Electric Operations-- Nuclear Generation" and "Electric Operations--Nuclear Plant Performance and Regulatory Oversight" for information related to nuclear plant performance, nuclear fuel enrichment pricing, high-level and low-level radioactive waste disposal, decommissioning matters and NRC regulation; "Other Regulatory and Environmental Matters" for information about proceedings involving surface water and air quality, toxic substances and hazardous waste, electric and magnetic fields, licensing of hydroelectric projects, and other matters.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No Event that would be described in response to this item occurred with respect to NU, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO or NAEC.

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrants' Common Equity and Related

Shareholder Matters

NU. The common shares of NU are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The ticket symbol is "NU," although it is frequently presented as "Noeast Util" and/or "NE Util" in various financial publications. The high and low sales prices for the past two years, by quarters, are shown below.

Year       Quarter         High           Low

1998       First         $14 5/16      $11 11/16
           Second         17            13 5/8
           Third          17 1/16       14 3/8
           Fourth         17 1/4        15 7/16

1997       First         $14 1/4      $  7 5/8
           Second          9 7/8         7 3/4
           Third          10 9/16        9
           Fourth         13 15/16       9 1/2

As of January 29, 1999, there were 89,130 common shareholders of record of NU. As of the same date, there were a total of 137,031,264 common shares issued, including 6,029,984 million unallocated ESOP shares held in the ESOP trust.

No dividends were declared on NU common shares during 1998. NU declared and paid a quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share during the first quarter of 1997. On March 25, 1997, the NU Board of Trustees adopted a resolution suspending the quarterly dividends on NU's common shares, indefinitely. The declaration of future dividends may vary depending on capital requirements and income, as well as financial and other conditions existing at the time.

Information with respect to dividend restrictions for NU and its subsidiaries is contained in Item 1. Business under the caption "Financing Program - Financing Limitations" and in Note (b) to the "Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity" on page 25 of NU's 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

CL&P, PSNH, WMECO, and NAEC. The information required by this item is not applicable because the common stock of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO, and NAEC is held solely by NU.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

NU. Reference is made to information under the heading "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" contained on page 48 of NU's 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

CL&P. Reference is made to information under the heading "Selected Financial Data" contained on page 53 of CL&P's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

PSNH. Reference is made to information under the heading "Selected Financial Data" contained on pages 50 and 51 of PSNH's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

WMECO. Reference is made to information under the heading "Selected Financial Data" contained on page 45 of WMECO's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

NAEC. Reference is made to information under the heading "Selected Financial Data" contained on page 30 of NAEC's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; and

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

NU. Reference is made to information under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis" contained on pages 12 through 19 in NU's 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

CL&P. Reference is made to information under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained on pages 41 through 52 in CL&P's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

PSNH. Reference is made to information under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained on pages 41 through 49 in PSNH's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

WMECO. Reference is made to information under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained on pages 37 through 44 in WMECO's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

NAEC. Reference is made to information under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained on pages 24 through 29 in NAEC's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

NU. Reference is made to information under the headings "Company Report," "Report of Independent Public Accountants," "Consolidated Statements of Income," "Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income," "Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows," "Consolidated Statements of Income Taxes," "Consolidated Balance Sheets," "Consolidated Statements of Capitalization," "Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity," "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," and "Consolidated Statements of Quarterly Financial Data" contained on pages 20 through 47 in NU's 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

CL&P. Reference is made to information under the headings "Consolidated Balance Sheets," "Consolidated Statements of Income," "Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income," "Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows," "Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholder's Equity," "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," "Report of Independent Public Accountants," and "Statements of Quarterly Financial Data" contained on pages 2 through 40 and page 53 in CL&P's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

PSNH. Reference is made to information under the headings "Balance Sheets," "Statements of Income," "Statements of Comprehensive Income," "Statements of Cash Flows," "Statements of Common Equity," "Notes to Financial Statements," "Report of Independent Public Accountants," and "Statements of Quarterly Financial Data" contained on pages 2 through 40 and page 52 in PSNH's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

WMECO. Reference is made to information under the headings "Consolidated Balance Sheets," "Consolidated Statements of Income," "Consoldidated Statements of Comprehensive Income," "Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows," "Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholder's Equity," "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," "Report of Independent Public Accountants," and "Statements of Quarterly Financial Data" contained on pages 2 through 36 and page 45 in WMECO's 1998 Annual Report, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

NAEC. Reference is made to information under the headings "Balance Sheets," "Statements of Income," "Statements of Cash Flows," "Statements of Common Stockholder's Equity," "Notes to Financial Statements," "Report of Independent Public Accountants," and "Statements of Quarterly Financial Data" contained on pages 2 through 23 and page 30 in NAEC's 1998 Annual Report which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

No event that would be described in response to this item has occurred with respect to NU, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO, or NAEC.

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrants

NU.
In addition to the information provided below concerning the executive officers of NU, incorporated herein by reference is the information contained in the sections "Proxy Statement", "Committee Composition and Responsibility", "Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners", "Common Stock Ownership of Management", "Compensation of Trustees", "Executive Compensation", "Pension Benefits", and "Report on Executive Compensation" of the definitive proxy statement for solicitation of proxies by NU's Board of Trustees, dated March 31, 1999, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-6 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act).

                                             First           First
                        Positions           Elected         Elected
         Name             Held             an Officer      a Trustee

John H. Forsgren        EVP, CFO           02/01/96           n/a
William T. Frain, Jr.   OTH                02/01/94           n/a
Cheryl W. Grise'        SVP, SEC, GC       06/01/91           n/a
Bruce D. Kenyon         P                  09/03/96           n/a
Hugh C. MacKenzie       P                  07/01/88           n/a
Michael G. Morris       CHB, P, CEO, T     08/19/97        08/19/97
Gary D. Simon           OTH                04/15/98           n/a
Lisa J. Thibdaue        OTH                01/01/98           n/a

CL&P.

                                             First           First
                        Positions           Elected         Elected
         Name             Held             an Officer      a Director


John H. Forsgren        EVP, CFO, D        02/01/96        06/10/96
Cheryl W. Grise'        SVP, SEC, GC       06/01/91           n/a
Bruce D. Kenyon         P, D               09/03/96        09/03/96
Hugh C. MacKenzie       P, D               07/01/88        06/06/90
Michael G. Morris       CH, D              08/19/97        08/19/97
Lisa J. Thibdaue        VP                 01/01/98           n/a

PSNH.

                                             First           First
                        Positions           Elected         Elected
         Name             Held             an Officer      a Director

John C. Collins         D                     n/a          10/19/92
John H. Forsgren        EVP, CFO, D        02/01/96        08/05/96
William T. Frain, Jr.   P, COO, D          03/18/71        02/01/94
Cheryl W. Grise'        SVP, SEC, GC       07/31/98           n/a
Bruce D. Kenyon         P, D               09/03/96        11/24/97
Gerald Letendre         D                     n/a          10/19/92
Hugh C. MacKenzie       D                     n/a          02/01/94
Michael G. Morris       CH, CEO, D         08/19/97        08/19/97
Jane E. Newman          D                     n/a          10/19/92
Lisa J. Thibdaue        VP                 01/01/98           n/a

WMECO.

                                             First           First
                        Positions           Elected         Elected
         Name             Held             an Officer      a Director

John H. Forsgren        EVP, CFO, D        02/01/96        06/10/96
Cheryl W. Grise'        SVP, SEC, AC, GC   06/01/91           n/a
Bruce D. Kenyon         P, D               09/03/96        09/03/96
Hugh C. MacKenzie       P, D               07/01/88        06/06/90
Michael G. Morris       CH, D              08/19/97        08/19/97
Lisa J. Thibdaue        VP                 01/01/98           n/a

NAEC.

                                             First           First
                        Positions           Elected         Elected
         Name             Held             an Officer      a Director

Ted C. Feigenbaum       EVP, CNO           10/21/91           n/a
John H. Forsgren        EVP, CFO, D        02/01/96        11/01/97
Cheryl W. Grise'        SVP, SEC, GC       10/21/91           n/a
Bruce D. Kenyon         P, CEO, D          09/03/96        09/03/96
Michael G. Morris       CH, D              08/19/97        08/19/97




Key:
AC    -   Assistant Clerk               EVP  -  Executive Vice President
CAO   -   Chief Administrative Officer  GC   -  General Counsel
CEO   -   Chief Executive Officer       OTH  -  Executive Officer of NU system
CFO   -   Chief Financial Officer       P    -  President
CH    -   Chairman                      SEC  -  Secretary
CHB   -   Chairman of the Board         SVP  -  Senior Vice President
COO   -   Chief Operating Officer       T    -  Trustee
D     -   Director                      VP   -  Vice President

          Name             Age   Business Experience During Past 5 Years

John C. Collins (1)        53    Chief Executive Officer, The Hitchcock
                                 Clinic, Dartmouth - Hitchcock Medical
                                 Center since 1977.

Ted C. Feigenbaum (2)      48    Executive Vice President and Chief Nuclear
                                 Officer of NAEC since February, 1996;
                                 previously Senior Vice President of NAEC
                                 since 1991; Senior Vice President and Chief
                                 Nuclear Officer of PSNH June, 1992 to August,
                                 1992; President and Chief Executive Officer -
                                 New Hampshire Yankee Division of PSNH
                                 October, 1990 to June, 1992 and Chief Nuclear
                                 Production Officer of PSNH January, 1990 to
                                 June, 1992.

John H. Forsgren (3)       52    Executive Vice President and Chief
                                 Financial Officer of NU, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO
                                 and NAEC since February, 1996; previously
                                 Managing Director of Chase Manhattan Bank
                                 from 1995 to 1996 and Senior Vice President
                                 of The Walt Disney Company from 1990 to 1994.

William T. Frain, Jr.(4)   57    President and Chief Operating Officer of PSNH
                                 since February, 1994; previously Senior Vice
                                 President of PSNH from 1992 to 1994.

Cheryl W. Grise'           46    Senior Vice President, Secretary and
                                 General Counsel of NU, CL&P, PSNH and NAEC and
                                 Senior Vice President, Secretary, Assistant
                                 Clerk and General Counsel of WMECO since July,
                                 1998; previously Senior Vice President and
                                 Chief Administrative Officer of CL&P, PSNH
                                 and NAEC, and Senior Vice President of WMECO
                                 from December, 1995 to July 1998; previously
                                 Senior Vice President-Human Resources and
                                 Administrative Services of CL&P, WMECO and
                                 NAEC from 1994 to 1995 and Vice President-
                                 Human Resources of CL&P, WMECO and NAEC from
                                 1992 to 1994.

Bruce D. Kenyon (5)        56    President and Chief Executive Officer of NAEC
                                 since September, 1996 and President-Generation
                                 Group of NU, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO since March,
                                 1999; previously President-Nuclear Group of NU,
                                 CL&P, PSNH and WMECO from September, 1996 to
                                 March, 1999; previously President and Chief
                                 Operating Officer of South Carolina Electric
                                 and Gas Company from 1990 to 1996.

Gerald Letendre            57    President, Diamond Casting & Machine Co., Inc.
                                 since 1972.



Hugh C. MacKenzie (6)      56    President-Retail Business Group of NU since
                                 February, 1996 and President of CL&P and WMECO
                                 since January, 1994; previously Senior Vice
                                 President-Customer Service Operations of CL&P
                                 and WMECO from 1990 to 1994.

Michael G. Morris (7)      52    Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                                 Executive Officer of NU, Chairman and Chief
                                 Executive Officer of PSNH, and Chairman of
                                 CL&P, NAEC and WMECO since August, 1997;
                                 previously President and Chief Executive
                                 Officer of Consumers Power Company from 1994
                                 to 1997 and Executive Vice President and Chief
                                 Operating Officer of Consumers Power Company
                                 from 1992 to 1994.

Jane E. Newman (8)         53    Managing Director, The Commerce Group since
                                 January 10, 1999; formerly Dean, Whittemore
                                 School of Business and Economics of the
                                 University of New Hampshire from January, 1998
                                 to January 5, 1999; previously Executive Vice
                                 President and Director, Exeter Trust Company
                                 from 1995 to 1997 and President, Coastal
                                 Broadcasting Corporation from 1992 to 1995.

Gary D. Simon (9)          50    Senior Vice President-Strategy and Development
                                 of Northeast Utilities Service Company since
                                 April, 1998.

Lisa J. Thibdaue           45    Vice President-Rates, Regulatory Affairs and
                                 Compliance of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO since
                                 January, 1998; previously Executive Director,
                                 Rates and Regulatory Affairs, Consumers Power
                                 Company from 1996 to 1998 and Director of
                                 Regulatory Affairs, Consumers Power Company
                                 from 1991 to 1996.

(1) Director of Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Vermont, Fleet Bank - New Hampshire, Hamden Assurance Company Limited and the Business and Industry Association of New Hampshire.
(2) Director of Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company, Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company, Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation, and Yankee Atomic Electric Company.
(3) Director of Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company and NorthEast Optic Network, Inc.
(4) Director of the Business and Industry Association of New Hampshire and the Greater Manchester Chamber of Commerce; Trustee of Saint Anselm College.
(5) Trustee of Columbia College and Director of Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company.
(6) Director of Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company.
(7) Director of Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company.
(8) Director of Exeter Trust Company, Perini Corporation and Consumers Water Company.
(9) Director of NorthEast Optic Network, Inc.

There are no family relationships between any director or executive officer and any other director or executive officer of NU, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO or NAEC.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

NU.

Incorporated herein by reference is the information contained in the sections "Executive Compensation", "Summary Compensation Table", "Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year", "Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values", "Pension Benefits", and "Report on Executive Compensation" of the definitive proxy statement for solicitation of proxies by NU, dated March 31, 1999, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-6 under the Act.

CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

     The following tables present the cash and non-cash compensation received by the Chief Executive Officer and the next
four highest paid executive officers of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC, in accordance with rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC):

                           Annual Compensation                             Long Term Compensation
                                                                           Awards             Payouts
                                                                                Securities        Long
                                                       Other        Restrict-   Underlying        Term        All
                                                       Annual       ed Stock     Options/       Incentive    Other
                                                      Compensa-     Award(s)      Stock         Program      Compen-
     Name and                   Salary                 tion($)        ($)       Appreciation    Payouts     sation($)
Principal Position      Year    ($)        Bonus($)   (Note 1)     (Note 2)      Rights (#)      ($)         (Note 3)
Michael G. Morris       1998    757,692     891,000    134,376      255,261       64,574          -            4,800
Chairman of the
Board, President        1997    258,333   1,350,000       -            -         500,000          -             -
and Chief Executive
Officer                 1996       -           -          -            -            -             -             -


Bruce D. Kenyon         1998    500,000     300,000       -            -          21,236          -            4,800
President -
Nuclear Group           1997    500,000     300,000       -         306,522      139,745          -             -

                        1996    144,231     400,000       -         499,762         -             -             -


John H. Forsgren        1998    373,077        -          -            -          73,183          -          104,800
Executive Vice
President and           1997    350,000        -          -         378,787      184,382          -           50,000
Chief Financial
Officer                 1996    305,577        -        62,390       80,380         -             -             -


Hugh C. MacKenzie       1998    270,000        -          -            -          15,496        37,652         7,500
President - Retail
Business Group          1997    270,000        -          -         189,778      142,549        26,998         4,800

                        1996    264,904        -          -            -            -           19,834         7,500


Cheryl W. Grise'        1998    209,231        -          -            -          12,916        20,720         6,123
Senior Vice
President,              1997    200,000        -          -         119,109       89,468        15,188         4,800
Secretary and
General Counsel         1996    200,000        -          -            -            -           10,937         6,000
(in CL&P, PSNH and
WMECO tables only)

Ted C. Feigenbaum       1998    260,000      48,750       -          40,961       10,044        20,723         7,800
Executive Vice
President and           1997    260,000      30,119       -            -            -           21,498         4,800
Chief Nuclear Officer
of NAEC                 1996    248,858        -          -            -            -           14,770         7,222
(in NAEC table only)

                             OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

                                        Individual Grants                        Grant Date Value

                      Number of
                      Securities       % of Total
                      Underlying      Options/SARs                                     Grant Date
                     Options/SARs      Granted to      Exercise or                       Present
                      Granted (#)       Employees      Base Price       Expiration      Value ($)
Name                   (Note 4)       in Fiscal Year     ($/sh)            Date          (Note 4)

Michael G. Morris       64,574            8.18%          16.3125         5/12/2008       255,417

Bruce D. Kenyon         21,236            2.69%          16.3125         5/12/2008        84,098

John H. Forsgren        73,183            9.28%          16.3125         5/12/2008       289,599

Hugh C. MacKenzie       15,496            1.96%          16.3125         5/12/2008        61,367

Cheryl W. Grise'        12,916            1.64%          16.3125         5/12/2008        51,150

Ted C. Feigenbaum       10,044            1.28%          16.3125         5/12/2008        39,776

                                   FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES

                            Number of Securities                    Value of Unexercised
                           Underlying Unexercised                       In-the-Money
                                Options/SARS                            Options/SARs
                            at Fiscal Year-End (#)                  at Fiscal Year-End ($)

                       Exercisable     Unexercisable           Exercisable     Unexercisable
Michael G. Morris       21,524             543,050                 0              3,187,500

Bruce D. Kenyon          7,079             150,919                 0                442,445

John H. Forsgren        24,394             229,234                 0                583,766

Hugh C. MacKenzie        5,166             149,836                 0                451,323

Cheryl W. Grise'         4,306              96,167                 0                283,260

Ted C. Feigenbaum        3,348               6,696                 0                      0

Notes to Summary Compensation and Option/SAR Grants Tables:

1. Other annual compensation for Mr. Morris consists of 1998 relocation expense reimbursements, and for Mr. Forsgren consists of 1996 tax payments on a restricted stock award.

2. The aggregate restricted stock holdings by the five individuals named in the table were, at December 31, 1998, 137,719 shares with a value of $2,203,504 (CL&P, PSNH and WMECO) and 130,699 shares with a value of $2,091,184 (NAEC). Awards shown for 1997 (except for additional awards made for Messrs. Kenyon and Forsgren - see below) were restricted stock unit grants under the Stock Price Recovery Incentive Program made on January 1, 1997 and vested on January 4, 1999. Mr. Kenyon also received 12,200 Restricted Stock Units on July 8, 1997, with a value at date of grant of $120,475, which will vest, as will the restricted shares granted to him in 1996, when Millstone Station is removed from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's "watch list," provided that this occurs within three years of Mr. Kenyon's commencement of employment (September 3, 1996) and the Systematic Assessment of Licensee Performance and Institute of Nuclear Power Operations ratings of Seabrook Station have not materially changed from their 1996 levels, or, if earlier, when he is transferred to a new position at the Company or an affiliate, as defined. Mr. Forsgren also received 13,500 Restricted Stock Units on July 8, 1997, with a value at grant of $133,313, which vested, as did the restricted stock granted to him in 1996, on January 1, 1999. Any dividends paid on restricted stock and units are reinvested into additional restricted stock and units, respectively, subject to the same vesting schedule.

3. "All Other Compensation" consists of employer matching contributions under the Northeast Utilities Service Company 401k Plan, generally available to all eligible employees, special matching contributions under the Northeast Utilities Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (Mr. Morris: $17,931, Mr. Kenyon: $10,000, Mr. MacKenzie: $2,700, Mrs. Grise': $1,323, Mr. Feigenbaum: $3,000), and in the case of Mr. Forsgren, retention payments ($100,000 in 1998, $50,000 in 1997).

4. These options were granted on May 12, 1998 under the Incentive Plan (except for Mr. Morris's options, and 45,919 of Mr. Forsgren's options, which were granted May 19, 1998). All options granted vest one-third on grant date, one-third on May 12, 1999 and one-third on May 12, 2000. Valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the following assumptions: Volatility: 34.97 percent (36 months of monthly data); Risk-free rate: 5.88 percent; Dividend yield: 5.54 percent (36 months of monthly data); Exercise date: May 12, 2008.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Overview and Strategy

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Trustees (the Committee) is the administrator of executive compensation for the executives of the Northeast Utilities system (the Company) with authority to establish and interpret the terms of the Company's executive salary and incentive programs. The goal of the Committee's executive compensation program for 1998 was to provide a competitive compensation package to enable the Company to attract and retain key executives both during this critical turnaround period for the Company and with an eye towards the future in a more competitive environment. The Committee further sought to align executive interests with those of Northeast Utilities' shareholders and with Company performance by increased use of share- based incentives.

To help achieve these goals, the Committee drew upon information from a variety of sources, including compensation consultants, utility and general industry surveys, and other publicly available information, including proxy statements. In 1998, the Company's comparison groups for purposes of executive compensation consisted of a consultant's database of roughly 700 companies from a broad variety of industries, a consultant's database of over 90 electric and combination electric and gas utilities, and a smaller group of ten electric utilities whose operating characteristics were substantially similar to those of the Company in terms of generation mix and customer size. Nine of the ten companies are included in the Standard & Poor's (S&P) Electric Companies Index, which is the index used in the share performance chart shown in the NU Proxy Statement.

Base Salary

The Committee sets base salary ranges for all executive officers and sets the annual base salary for each executive officer except for the Chief Executive Officer (CEO), whose base salary is set by the Board of Trustees following a recommendation by the Committee. In 1998, the Committee reviewed the base salary levels of the Company's entire officer group against those of the 90 utility market comparison group with a goal of targeting aggregate officer base salary to the median. The Committee periodically adjusts officers' base salaries to reflect considerations such as changes in responsibility, market sensitivity, individual performance and internal equity. The CEO's base salary was increased by 3.33 percent in 1998 based on the market review and the Committee's judgment as to his past and expected future performance.

Stock Price Recovery Incentive Program

During 1996, the Committee established a special Stock Price Recovery Incentive Program for eight senior officers, including the four executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table other than the CEO, in lieu of other executive incentive programs for 1996-1998. The purpose of the program was to focus these senior officers on achieving fundamental business goals relative to the challenges of nuclear operations and industry restructuring, with a net effect of advancing shareholder interests through share price recovery. Awards under the program vested on January 1, 1999, in the form of common shares and stock appreciation rights.

Annual Incentive Awards

The Committee established an Annual Incentive Bonus Program during 1998 for officers not participating in the Stock Price Recovery Incentive Program. The bonus payout target was 80 percent of base salary for the CEO, and varied from 20 to 25 percent of base salary for those officers that did not participate in the Stock Price Recovery Incentive Program. The Annual Incentive Bonus Program was designed to calculate actual aggregate payouts based on the Company's performance against an earnings per share goal. Individual awards were made from this bonus pool in cash in February, 1999 and for participants other than the CEO were based upon individual performance as measured against pre-established individual goals. The CEO received a cash award under this program at his target level. Based on Company performance during 1998, the Board also approved an award of common shares for the CEO having a value equal to 35 percent of his base salary.

Long-Term Incentive Grants

Long-term incentive grants were made in May 1998 to each executive officer and other officers and key employees of the Company. The Committee targeted these awards such that the total of base pay, target annual incentive awards, and long-term incentive awards for the officer group would be at the 75th percentile of the 90 utility market comparison group. Except for participants in the Stock Price Recovery Incentive Program, one-half of the grants' intended value was made in restricted stock and one-half was made in stock options. Grants under this program to participants in the Stock Price Recovery Incentive Program were reduced to reflect their participation in that program and were made entirely in stock options. The CEO's grant was targeted at 60 percent of base salary, as required by his employment agreement.

Long Term Incentive Payouts

During 1998, the Committee made awards under the 1995-1997 long-term incentive program. Awards, in common shares, were based on the Company's relative ranking against a group of electric utilities with respect to shareholder return and cost of service. Achievement of goals was less than target and resulted in awards that were 49.5 percent of target.

Internal Revenue Service Limitation on Deductibility of Executive Compensation

The Committee believes that its compensation program will adequately respond to issues raised by the deductibility cap placed on executive salaries by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code because of the use of stock options and qualified performance-based compensation in Company incentive programs.

Dated: February 23, 1999

Respectfully submitted,

Robert E. Patricelli, Chairman
William J. Pape II, Vice Chairman
Cotton Mather Cleveland
E. Gail de Planque
Elizabeth T. Kennan
John F. Swope

PENSION BENEFITS
The following table shows the estimated annual retirement benefits payable to an executive officer of Northeast Utilities upon retirement, assuming that retirement occurs at age 65 and that the officer is at that time not only eligible for a pension benefit under the Northeast Utilities Service Company Retirement Plan (the Retirement Plan) but also eligible for the make-whole benefit and the target benefit under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Officers of Northeast Utilities System Companies (the Supplemental Plan). The Supplemental Plan is a non-qualified pension plan providing supplemental retirement income to system officers. The make-whole benefit under the Supplemental Plan, available to all officers, makes up for benefits lost through application of certain tax code limitations on the benefits that may be provided under the Retirement Plan, and includes as "compensation" awards under the executive incentive plans and deferred compensation (as earned). The target benefit further supplements these benefits and is available to officers at the Senior Vice President level and higher who are selected by the Board of Trustees to participate in the target benefit and who remain in the employ of Northeast Utilities companies until at least age 60 (unless the Board of Trustees sets an earlier age).

The benefits presented below are based on a straight life annuity beginning at age 65 and do not take into account any reduction for joint and survivorship annuity payments. Final average compensation for purposes of calculating the target benefit is the highest average annual compensation of the participant during any 36 consecutive months compensation was earned. Compensation taken into account under the target benefit described above includes salary, bonus, restricted stock awards, and long-term incentive payouts shown in the Summary Compensation Table, but does not include employer matching contributions under the 401k Plan. In the event that an officer's employment terminates because of disability, the retirement benefits shown above would be offset by the amount of any disability benefits payable to the recipient that are attributable to contributions made by Northeast Utilities and its subsidiaries under long term disability plans and policies.

ANNUAL BENEFIT

Final Average           Years of Credited Service
Compensation

                  15           20            25            30            35

 $200,000      $72,000       $96,000      $120,000      $120,000      $120,000
  250,000       90,000       120,000       150,000       150,000       150,000
  300,000      108,000       144,000       180,000       180,000       180,000
  350,000      126,000       168,000       210,000       210,000       210,000
  400,000      144,000       192,000       240,000       240,000       240,000
  450,000      162,000       216,000       270,000       270,000       270,000
  500,000      180,000       240,000       300,000       300,000       300,000
  600,000      216,000       288,000       360,000       360,000       360,000
  700,000      252,000       336,000       420,000       420,000       420,000
  800,000      288,000       384,000       480,000       480,000       480,000
  900,000      324,000       432,000       540,000       540,000       540,000
1,000,000      360,000       480,000       600,000       600,000       600,000
1,100,000      396,000       528,000       660,000       660,000       660,000
1,200,000      432,000       576,000       720,000       720,000       720,000

Each of the executive officers of Northeast Utilities named in the Summary Compensation Table is currently eligible for a target benefit, except Messrs. Morris and Kenyon, whose Employment Agreements provide specially calculated retirement benefits, based on their previous arrangements with CMS Energy/Consumers Energy Company (CMS) and South Carolina Electric and Gas, respectively. Mr. Morris's agreement provides that upon retirement after reaching the fifth anniversary of his employment date with the Company (or upon disability or termination without cause or following a change in control, as defined, of the Company) he will be entitled to receive a special retirement benefit calculated by applying the benefit formula of the CMS Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to all compensation earned from the Company and to all service rendered to the Company and CMS. If Mr. Kenyon retires with at least three years but less than five years of service with the Company, he will be deemed to have five years of service for purpose of his special retirement benefit, and if he retires with at least three years of service with the Company, he will receive a lump sum payment of $500,000.

As of December 31, 1998, the five current executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table had the following years of credited service for purposes of calculating target benefits under the Supplemental Plan (or in the case of Messrs. Morris and Kenyon, for purposes of calculating the special retirement benefits under their respective Employment Agreements): Mr. Morris - 10, Mr. Kenyon
- 2, Mr. Forsgren - 2, Mr. MacKenzie - 33, and for CL&P, WMECO and PSNH, Mrs. Grise' - 18, and for NAEC, Mr. Feigenbaum - 12. Assuming that retirement were to occur at age 65 for these officers, retirement would occur with 23, 11, 15, 41, 37, and 29 years of credited service, respectively.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

Northeast Utilities Service Company (NUSCO) has entered into employment agreements (the Officer Agreements) with each of the named executive officers. The Officer Agreements are also binding on Northeast Utilities and on each majority-owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities.

Each Officer Agreement obligates the officer to perform such duties as may be directed by the NUSCO Board of Directors or the Northeast Utilities Board of Trustees, protect the Company's confidential information, and refrain, while employed by the Company and for a period of time thereafter, from competing with the Company in a specified geographic area. Each Officer Agreement provides that the officer's base salary will not be reduced below certain levels without the consent of the officer, and that the officer will participate in specified benefits under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan or other supplemental retirement programs (see Pension Benefits, above) and/or in certain executive incentive programs at specified incentive opportunity levels.

Each Officer Agreement provides for a specified employment term and for automatic one-year extensions of the employment term unless at least six months' notice of non-renewal is given by either party. The employment term may also be ended by the Company for "cause", as defined, at any time (in which case no supplemental retirement benefit, if any, shall be due), or by the officer on thirty days' prior written notice for any reason. Absent "cause", the Company may remove the officer from his or her position on sixty days' prior written notice, but in the event the officer is so removed and signs a release of all claims against the Company, the officer will receive one or two years' base salary and annual incentive payments, specified employee welfare and pension benefits, and vesting of stock appreciation rights, options and restricted stock.

Under the terms of an Officer Agreement, upon any termination of employment following a change of control, as defined, between (a) the earlier of the date shareholders approve a change of control transaction or a change of control transaction occurs and (b) the earlier of the date, if any, on which the Board of Trustees abandons the transaction or the date two years following the change of control, if the officer signs a release of all claims against the Company the officer will be entitled to certain payments including a multiple (not to exceed four) of annual base salary, annual incentive payments, specified employee welfare and pension benefits, and vesting of stock appreciation rights, options and restricted stock. Certain of the change in control provisions may be modified by the Board of Trustees prior to a change in control, on at least two years' notice to the affected officer(s).

Besides the terms described above, the Officer Agreements of Messrs. Morris, Kenyon, Forsgren and Feigenbaum provide for a specified salary, cash, restricted stock and/or stock options upon employment, special incentive programs and/or special retirement benefits. See Summary Compensation Table and Pension Benefits, above, for further description of these provisions. Mr. Kenyon's Officer Agreement also provides for a special short term incentive compensation program in lieu of a portion of the Stock Price Recovery Incentive Program. Under this special program Mr. Kenyon is eligible to receive a payment up to 100 percent of base salary depending on his fulfillment of certain incentive goals for each of the years ending August 31, 1997 and August 31, 1998, and for the 16 month period ending December 31, 1999.

The descriptions of the various agreements set forth above are for purpose of disclosure in accordance with the proxy and other disclosure rules of the SEC and shall not be controlling on any party; the actual terms of the agreements themselves determine the rights and obligations of the parties.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

NU.

Incorporated herein by reference is the information contained in the sections "Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners", "Common Stock Ownership of Management", "Compensation of Trustees", "Executive Compensation", "Pension Benefits", and "Report on Executive Compensation" of the definitive proxy statement for solicitation of proxies by NU, dated March 31, 1999 which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-6 under the Act.

CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC.

NU owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of registrants CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC. As of February 25, 1999, the Directors and Executive Officers of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC beneficially owned the number of shares of each class of equity securities of NU listed below. No equity securities of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO or NAEC are owned by the Directors and Executive Officers of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC. Unless otherwise noted, each Director and Executive Officer of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC has sole voting and investment power with respect to the listed shares.

CL&P, PSNH, WMECO, and NAEC DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Title of                          Amount and Nature of    Percent of
Class             Name            Beneficial Ownership    Class (1)


NU Common     John C. Collins                 0
NU Common     Ted C. Feigenbaum          12,273               (2)
NU Common     John H. Forsgren           43,995               (3)
NU Common     William T. Frain, Jr.      11,503               (4)
NU Common     Cheryl W. Grise'           22,008               (5)
NU Common     Bruce D. Kenyon            60,133               (6)
NU Common     Gerald Letendre                 0
NU Common     Hugh C. MacKenzie          23,782               (7)
NU Common     Michael G. Morris          72,566               (8)
NU Common     Jane E. Newman                  0

Amount beneficially owned by Directors and Executive Officers as a group:

                                   Amount and Nature of
Company    Number of Persons       Beneficial Ownership

CL&P             6                      248,904              (9)
PSNH            10                      260,407             (10)
WMECO            6                      248,904              (9)
NAEC             7                      261,177             (11)

(1) As of February 25, 1999 there were 137,120,486 common shares of NU outstanding. The percentage of such shares beneficially owned by any Director or Executive Officer, and by all Directors and Executive Officers of CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC as a group, does not exceed one percent.
(2) These shares include 3,348 shares that could be acquired by Mr. Feigenbaum pursuant to currently exercisable options. These shares also include 3,596 restricted shares as to which Mr. Feigenbaum has voting but no investment power.
(3) These shares include 24,394 shares that could be acquired by Mr. Forsgren pursuant to currently exercisable options. These shares also include 8,213 restricted shares as to which Mr. Forsgren has voting but no investment power.
(4) These shares include 2,395 shares that could be acquired by Mr. Frain pursuant to currently exercisable options. These shares also include 3,524 restricted shares as to which Mr. Frain has voting but no investment power.
(5) Mrs. Grise' shares voting and investment power with respect to 259 of these shares, which are held by her husband as custodian for their minor children. These shares also include 4,306 shares that could be acquired by Mrs. Grise' pursuant to currently exercisable options. These shares also include 4,928 restricted shares as to which Mrs. Grise' has voting but no investment power.
(6) These shares also include 7,079 shares that could be acquired by Mr. Kenyon pursuant to currently exercisable options. These shares also include 39,544 restricted shares as to which Mr. Kenyon has voting but no investment power.
(7) These shares also include 5,166 shares that could be acquired by Mr. MacKenzie pursuant to currently exercisable options. These shares also include 4,928 restricted shares as to which Mr. MacKenzie has voting but no investment power.
(8) Mr. Morris shares voting and investment power with respect to 1,333 of these shares with his wife. These shares also include 21,524 shares that could be acquired by Mr. Morris pursuant to currently exercisable options. These shares also include 34,100 restricted shares as to which Mr. Morris has voting but no investment power.
(9) Included in the group total are 2,511 shares that could be acquired by executive officers other than the named executive officers pursuant to currently exercisable options. The group total also includes 3,308 restricted shares as to which executive officers other than the named executive officers have voting but no investment power.
(10) Included in the group total are 4,906 shares that could be acquired by executive officers other than the named executive officers pursuant to currently exercisable options. The group total also includes 6,832 restricted shares as to which executive officers other than the named executive officers have voting but no investment power.
(11) Included in the group total are 5,859 shares that could be acquired by executive officers other than the named executive officers pursuant to currently exercisable options. The group total also includes 6,898 restricted shares as to which executive officers other than the named executive officers have voting but no investment power.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

NU.

Incorporated herein by reference is the information contained in the section "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" of the definitive proxy statement for solicitation of proxies by NU's Board of Trustees, dated March 31, 1999, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-6 under the Act.

CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC.

No relationships or transactions that would be described in response to this item exist now or existed during 1998 with respect to CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC.

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a) 1. Financial Statements:

The Report of Independent Public Accountants and financial statements of NU, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this report (see "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data").

          Report of Independent Public Accountants
          on Schedules                                                  S-1

          Consent of Independent Public Accountants                     S-3

     2.   Schedules:

          Financial Statement Schedules for NU (Parent),
          NU and Subsidiaries, CL&P and Subsidiaries,
          PSNH and WMECO and Subsidiary are listed in
          the Index to Financial Statements Schedules                   S-4

     3.   Exhibits Index                                                E-1

(b)       Reports on Form 8-K:

          NU and CL&P filed 8-Ks dated January 28, 1999 with
          the SEC on January 29, 1999.  This 8-K filing
          disclosed the details and the impacts of the DPUC
          January 19, 1999 draft rate decision.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES
(Registrant)

Date:  March 9, 1999                             By /s/ Michael G. Morris
                                                        Michael G. Morris
                                                        Chairman of the Board,
                                                        President and
                                                        Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date                   Title                             Signature


March 9, 1999       Chairman of the Board,          /s/ Michael G. Morris
                    President and                       Michael G. Morris
                    Chief Executive Officer
                    and a Trustee


March 9, 1999       Executive Vice                  /s/ John H. Forsgren
                    President and Chief                 John H. Forsgren
                    Financial Officer


March 9, 1999       Vice President and              /s/ John J. Roman
                    Controller                          John J. Roman


March 9, 1999       Trustee                         /s/ Cotton M. Cleveland
                                                        Cotton M. Cleveland

                    Trustee
                                                        William F. Conway

March 9, 1999       Trustee                        /s/ E. Gail de Planque
                                                       E. Gail de Planque

March 9, 1999       Trustee                        /s/ Elizabeth T. Kennan
                                                       Elizabeth T. Kennan

March 9, 1999       Trustee                        /s/ William J. Pape II
                                                       William J. Pape II

March 9, 1999       Trustee                        /s/ Robert E. Patricelli
                                                       Robert E. Patricelli

March 9, 1999       Trustee                        /s/ John F. Swope
                                                       John F. Swope

March 9, 1999       Trustee                        /s/ John F. Turner
                                                       John F. Turner

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
(Registrant)

Date:  March 9, 1999                              By /s/ Michael G. Morris
                                                         Michael G. Morris
                                                         Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date                  Title                              Signature

March 9, 1999         Chairman and                   /s/ Michael G. Morris
                      a Director                         Michael G. Morris

March 9, 1999         President and                  /s/ Hugh C. MacKenzie
                      a Director                         Hugh C. MacKenzie

March 9, 1999         Executive Vice                 /s/ John H. Forsgren
                      President and                      John H. Forsgren
                      Chief Financial
                      Officer and a
                      Director

March 9, 1999         Vice President                 /s/ John J. Roman
                      and Controller                     John J. Roman

March 9, 1999         Director                       /s/ Bruce D. Kenyon
                                                         Bruce D. Kenyon

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
(Registrant)

Date:  March 9, 1999                             By /s/ Michael G. Morris
                                                        Michael G. Morris
                                                        Chairman and
                                                        Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date                   Title                           Signature


March 9, 1999          Chairman and Chief           /s/ Michael G. Morris
                       Executive Officer                Michael G. Morris
                       and a Director

March 9, 1999          President and                /s/ William T. Frain, Jr.
                       Chief Operating                  William T. Frain, Jr.
                       Officer and
                       a Director

March 9, 1999          Executive Vice               /s/ John H. Forsgren
                       President and                    John H. Forsgren
                       Chief Financial
                       Officer and a
                       Director

March 9, 1999          Vice President               /s/ John J. Roman
                       and Controller                   John J. Roman

March 9, 1999          Director                     /s/ John C. Collins
                                                        John C. Collins

March 9, 1999          Director                     /s/ Bruce D. Kenyon
                                                        Bruce D. Kenyon

March 9, 1999          Director                     /s/ Gerald Letendre
                                                        Gerald Letendre

March 9, 1999          Director                     /s/ Hugh C. MacKenzie
                                                        Hugh C. MacKenzie

March 9, 1999          Director                     /s/ Jane E. Newman
                                                        Jane E. Newman

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY
(Registrant)

Date:  March 9, 1999                            By  /s/ Michael G. Morris
                                                        Michael G. Morris
                                                        Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date                   Title                        Signature


March 9, 1999          Chairman and                 /s/ Michael G. Morris
                       a Director                       Michael G. Morris

March 9, 1999          President and                /s/ Hugh C. MacKenzie
                       a Director                       Hugh C. MacKenzie

March 9, 1999          Executive Vice               /s/ John H. Forsgren
                       President and                    John H. Forsgren
                       Chief Financial
                       Officer and a
                       Director

March 9, 1999          Vice President               /s/ John J. Roman
                       and Controller                   John J. Roman

March 9, 1999          Director                     /s/ Bruce D. Kenyon
                                                        Bruce D. Kenyon

NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION
(Registrant)

Date:  March 9, 1999                             By /s/ Michael G. Morris
                                                        Michael G. Morris
                                                        Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date                   Title                            Signature

March 9, 1999          Chairman and                 /s/ Michael G. Morris
                       a Director                       Michael G. Morris

March 9, 1999          President and                /s/ Bruce D. Kenyon
                       Chief Executive                  Bruce D. Kenyon
                       Officer and
                       a Director

March 9, 1999          Executive Vice               /s/ John H. Forsgren
                       President and                    John H. Forsgren
                       Chief Financial
                       Officer and a
                       Director

March 9, 1999          Vice President               /s/ John J. Roman
                       and Controller                   John J. Roman

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS ON SCHEDULES

We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the financial statements included in Northeast Utilities' annual report to shareholders and The Connecticut Light and Power Company's and Western Massachusetts Electric Company's annual reports, incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, and have issued our reports thereon dated February 23, 1999. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The schedules listed in the accompanying Index to Financial Statements Schedules are the responsibility of the companies' management and are presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and are not a required part of the basic financial statements. These schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

                                                    /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

                                                        Arthur Andersen LLP

Hartford, Connecticut
February 23, 1999

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS ON SCHEDULES

We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the financial statements included in North Atlantic Energy Corporation's and Public Service Company of New Hampshire's annual reports, incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K and have issued our reports thereon dated February 23, 1999. Our reports included an explanatory paragraph regarding the existence of conditions which raise substantial doubt about the companies' abilities to continue as going concerns. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The schedules listed in the accompanying Index to Financial Statements Schedules are the responsibility of the companies' management and are presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and are not a required part of the basic financial statements. These schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

                                                    /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

                                                        Arthur Andersen LLP

Hartford, Connecticut
February 23, 1999

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our reports included (or incorporated by reference) in this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed Registration Statements No. 33-55279 of The Connecticut Light and Power Company, No. 33-56537 of CL&P Capital, LP and No. 33-34622, No. 33-44814, No. 33-63023, No. 33-40156, No. 333-52413, and No. 338-52415 of Northeast Utilities.

                                                    /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

                                                        Arthur Andersen LLP


Hartford, Connecticut
March 16, 199

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATMENTS SCHEDULES

Schedule

I. Financial Information of Registrant:

       Northeast Utilities (Parent) Balance
       Sheets 1998 and 1997                                       S-5

       Northeast Utilities (Parent) Statements
       of Income 1998, 1997, and 1996                             S-6

       Northeast Utilities (Parent) Statements
       of Cash Flows 1998, 1997, and 1996                         S-7

II.   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
      1998, 1997, and 1996:

       Northeast Utilities and Subsidiaries                   S-8 - S-10
       The Connecticut Light and Power Company
        and Subsidiaries                                     S-11 - S-13
       Public Service Company of New Hampshire               S-14 - S-16
       Western Massachusetts Electric Company
        and Subsidiary                                       S-17 - S-19

All other schedules of the companies' for which provision is made in the applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are not applicable, and therefore have been omitted.

SCHEDULE I
NORTHEAST UTILITIES (PARENT)

FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

BALANCE SHEETS

AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

(Thousands of Dollars)

                                                                  1998           1997
                                                               ----------     ----------

ASSETS
------
Other Property and Investments:
  Investments in subsidiary companies, at
   equity...................................................  $2,161,901     $2,314,746
  Investments in transmission companies, at equity..........      17,692         19,635
  Other, at cost............................................          67            402
                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                               2,179,660      2,334,783
                                                              -----------    -----------
Current Assets:
  Cash......................................................        -                10
  Notes receivable from affiliated companies................      34,400         34,200
  Notes and accounts receivable............................          723            711
  Receivables from affiliated companies.....................       1,033            961
  Taxes receivable......................................           7,969           -
  Prepayments...............................................          96            265
                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                  44,221         36,147
                                                              -----------    -----------
Deferred Charges:
  Accumulated deferred income taxes.........................       5,236          5,692
  Unamortized debt expense..................................         101            232
  Other.....................................................         256             47
                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                   5,593          5,971
                                                              -----------    -----------
       Total Assets.........................................  $2,229,474     $2,376,901
                                                              ===========    ===========

CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
------------------------------
Capitalization:
  Common Shareholders' Equity:
    Common shares, $5 par value--Authorized
    225,000,000 shares; 137,031,264 shares issued and
    130,954,740 shares outstanding in 1998 and
    136,842,170 shares issued and
    130,182,736 outstanding in 1997.........................  $  685,156     $  684,211
  Capital surplus, paid in..................................     940,661        932,494
  Deferred contribution plan--employee stock ownership plan.    (140,619)      (154,141)
  Retained earnings.........................................     560,769        707,522
  Accumulated other comprehensive income....................       1,405             (1)
                                                              -----------    -----------
    Total common shareholders' equity.......................   2,047,372      2,170,085
  Long-term debt............................................     158,000        177,000
                                                              -----------    -----------
    Total capitalization....................................   2,205,372      2,347,085
                                                              -----------    -----------
Current Liabilities:
  Long-term debt--current portion...........................      19,000         17,000
  Accounts payable..........................................       1,882          1,857
  Accounts payable to affiliated companies..................         714            216
  Accrued taxes.............................................          15          7,860
  Accrued interest..........................................       2,097          2,343
  Dividend reinvestment plan................................        -                90
                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                  23,708         29,366
                                                              -----------    -----------
Other Deferred Credits......................................         394            450
                                                              -----------    -----------
    Total Capitalization and Liabilities                      $2,229,474     $2,376,901
                                                              ===========    ===========

SCHEDULE I
NORTHEAST UTILITIES (PARENT)

FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997, AND 1996

(Thousands of Dollars Except Share Information)

                                       1998           1997           1996
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------

Operating Revenues............... $       -      $       -      $       -
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
Operating Expenses:
  Other..........................        7,674          8,657          8,920
  Federal income taxes...........        1,569        (10,697)       (10,390)
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
   Total operating expenses......        9,243         (2,040)        (1,470)
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
Operating (Loss)/Income..........       (9,243)         2,040          1,470
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
Other Income/(Loss):
  Equity in earnings of
   subsidiaries..................     (145,874)      (118,195)        55,370
  Equity in earnings of
   transmission companies........        2,903          2,968          3,306
  Other, net.....................       21,995          2,184            368
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Other (loss)/income, net.....     (120,976)      (113,043)        59,044
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
    (Loss)/income before interest
     charges.....................     (130,219)      (111,003)        60,514
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
Interest Charges.................       16,534         18,959         21,585
                                  -------------  -------------  -------------
(Loss)/Earnings for Common Shares $   (146,753)  $   (129,962)  $     38,929
                                  =============  =============  =============

(Loss)/Earnings Per Common Share
  Basic and Diluted.............. $      (1.12)  $      (1.01)  $       0.30
                                  =============  =============  =============
Common Shares Outstanding
 (average).......................  130,549,760    129,567,708    127,960,382
                                  =============  =============  =============

SCHEDULE I
NORTHEAST UTILITIES (PARENT)
FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997, 1996
(Thousands of Dollars)

                                                               1998          1997           1996
                                                           ------------ -------------- --------------
Operating Activities:
  Net (loss)/income......................................  $  (146,753) $    (135,708) $       1,831
  Adjustments to reconcile to net cash
   from operating activities:
    Equity in earnings of subsidiary companies...........      145,874        123,941        (18,272)
    Cash dividends received from subsidiary companies....       47,000        132,994        247,101
    Deferred income taxes................................          777          1,558          3,868
    Other sources of cash................................       21,512         11,738         17,961
    Other uses of cash...................................         (586)        (2,101)        (3,065)
    Changes in working capital:
      Receivables........................................          (84)         6,247         (7,312)
      Accounts payable...................................          523        (14,031)        (3,183)
      Other working capital (excludes cash)..............      (15,981)         5,490        (13,724)
                                                           ------------ -------------- --------------
Net cash flows from operating activities.................       52,282        130,128        225,205
                                                           ------------ -------------- --------------

Financing Activities:
  Issuance of common shares..............................        2,659          6,502         10,622
  Net decrease in short-term debt........................         -           (38,750)       (18,750)
  Reacquisitions and retirements of long-term debt.......      (17,000)       (16,000)       (14,000)
  Cash dividends on common shares........................         -           (32,134)      (176,276)
                                                           ------------ -------------- --------------
Net cash flows used for financing activities.............      (14,341)       (80,382)      (198,404)
                                                           ------------ -------------- --------------

Investment Activities:
  NU System Money Pool...................................         (200)       (28,725)         4,200
  Investment in subsidiaries.............................      (40,029)       (22,583)       (33,217)
  Other investment activities, net.......................        2,278          1,562          2,208
                                                           ------------ -------------- --------------
Net cash flows used for investments......................      (37,951)       (49,746)       (26,809)
                                                           ------------ -------------- --------------
Net decrease in cash for the period......................          (10)          -                (8)
Cash - beginning of period...............................           10             10             18
                                                           ------------ -------------- --------------
Cash - end of period.....................................  $      -     $          10  $          10
                                                           ============ ============== ==============

Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid/(refunded) during the year for:
  Interest, net of amounts capitalized...................  $    18,960  $      18,960  $      21,770
                                                           ============ ============== ==============
  Income taxes...........................................  $   (16,000) $     (16,000) $      (7,700)
                                                           ============ ============== ==============

                           NORTHEAST UTILITIES AND SUBSIDIARIES                          SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                                Column B         Column C            Column D      Column E

                                                         Additions
                                                    --------------------
                                                       (1)         (2)

                                                               Charged to
                                        Balance at  Charged to   other                       Balance
                                        beginning   costs and  accounts-     Deductions-     at end
Description                             of period   expenses   describe      describe       of period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts $    2,052 $     3,042 $     -       $    2,677 (a)$    2,417
                                        =========   =========  =========     =========     =========
RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                  $   34,437 $    12,427 $     -       $    6,426 (b)$   40,438
                                        =========   =========  =========     =========     =========

</TABLE)

(a)  Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b)  Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and
     damages, and expenses in connection therewith.

                           NORTHEAST UTILITIES AND SUBSIDIARIES                         SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                                  Column B        Column C         Column D       Column E

                                                          Additions
                                                     --------------------
                                                        (1)         (2)

                                                                Charged to
                                          Balance at Charged to   other                     Balance
                                          beginning  costs and  accounts-  Deductions-      at end
Description                               of period  expenses   describe   describe        of period
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts   $   17,062 $   14,854 $     -    $   29,864 (a) $    2,052
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========      =========
RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                    $   36,260 $    9,542 $     -    $   11,365 (b) $   34,437
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========      =========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, employee medical expenses, and expenses in connection therewith.

                           NORTHEAST UTILITIES AND SUBSIDIARIES                       SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                               Column B       Column C          Column D       Column E

                                                      Additions
                                                 --------------------
                                                    (1)         (2)

                                                            Charged to
                                       Balance atCharged to   other                      Balance
                                       beginning costs and  accounts-   Deductions-      at end
Description                            of period expenses   describe    describe        of period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts $  14,379 $  21,761 $     -      $   19,078 (a) $   17,062
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========
  Asset valuation reserves            $  10,266 $         $     -      $   10,266     $     -
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========
RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                  $  38,409 $   8,397 $     -      $   10,546 (b) $   36,260
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, employee medical expenses, and expenses in connection therewith.

                  THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES               SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                                Column B         Column C            Column D      Column E

                                                         Additions
                                                    --------------------
                                                       (1)         (2)

                                                               Charged to
                                        Balance at  Charged to   other                       Balance
                                        beginning   costs and  accounts-     Deductions-     at end
Description                             of period   expenses   describe      describe       of period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts $      300 $       183 $     -       $      183 (a)$      300
                                        =========   =========  =========     =========     =========
RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                  $   14,962 $     5,612 $     -       $    3,918 (b)$   16,656
                                        =========   =========  =========     =========     =========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, and expenses in connection therewith.

                  THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES              SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                                  Column B        Column C         Column D       Column E

                                                          Additions
                                                     --------------------
                                                        (1)         (2)

                                                                Charged to
                                          Balance at Charged to   other                     Balance
                                          beginning  costs and  accounts-  Deductions-      at end
Description                               of period  expenses   describe   describe        of period
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts   $   13,241 $   10,509 $     -    $   23,450 (a) $      300
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========      =========
RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                    $   18,879 $    4,458 $     -    $    8,375 (b) $   14,962
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========      =========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, employee medical expenses, and expenses in connection therewith.

                  THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES            SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                               Column B       Column C          Column D       Column E

                                                      Additions
                                                 --------------------
                                                    (1)         (2)

                                                            Charged to
                                       Balance atCharged to   other                      Balance
                                       beginning costs and  accounts-   Deductions-      at end
Description                            of period expenses   describe    describe        of period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts $  10,567 $  15,704 $     -      $   13,030 (a) $   13,241
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========
  Asset valuation reserves            $  10,266 $    -    $     -      $   10,266     $     -
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========
RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                  $  19,874 $   5,709 $     -      $    6,704 (b) $   18,879
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, employee medical expenses, and expenses in connection therewith.

                           PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE                       SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                                Column B         Column C            Column D      Column E

                                                         Additions
                                                    --------------------
                                                       (1)         (2)

                                                               Charged to
                                        Balance at  Charged to   other                       Balance
                                        beginning   costs and  accounts-     Deductions-     at end
Description                             of period   expenses   describe      describe       of period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts $    1,702 $     2,726 $     -       $    2,387 (a)$    2,041
                                        =========   =========  =========     =========     =========
RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                  $    7,788 $     4,136 $     -       $    2,018 (b)$    9,906
                                        =========   =========  =========     =========     =========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, and expenses in connection therewith.

                           PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE                      SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                                  Column B        Column C         Column D       Column E

                                                          Additions
                                                     --------------------
                                                        (1)         (2)

                                                                Charged to
                                          Balance at Charged to   other                     Balance
                                          beginning  costs and  accounts-  Deductions-      at end
Description                               of period  expenses   describe   describe        of period
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts   $    1,700 $    3,259 $     -    $    3,257 (a) $    1,702
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========      =========

RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                    $    7,265 $    1,647 $     -    $    1,124 (b) $    7,788
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========      =========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, employee medical expenses, and expenses in connection therewith.

                           PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE                    SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                               Column B       Column C          Column D       Column E

                                                      Additions
                                                 --------------------
                                                    (1)         (2)

                                                            Charged to
                                       Balance atCharged to   other                      Balance
                                       beginning costs and  accounts-   Deductions-      at end
Description                            of period expenses   describe    describe        of period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts $   1,582 $   2,906 $     -      $    2,788 (a) $    1,700
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========
RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                  $   8,142     1,040 $     -      $    1,917 (b) $    7,265
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, employee medical expenses, and expenses in connection therewith.

                    WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY                SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                                Column B         Column C            Column D      Column E

                                                         Additions
                                                    --------------------
                                                       (1)         (2)

                                                               Charged to
                                        Balance at  Charged to   other                       Balance
                                        beginning   costs and  accounts-     Deductions-     at end
Description                             of period   expenses   describe      describe       of period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts $       50 $       106 $     -       $      106 (a)$       50
                                        =========   =========  =========     =========     =========


RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                  $    5,503 $       816 $     -       $      359 (b)$    5,960
                                        =========   =========  =========     =========     =========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, and expenses in connection therewith.

                    WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY               SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                                  Column B        Column C         Column D       Column E

                                                          Additions
                                                     --------------------
                                                        (1)         (2)

                                                                Charged to
                                          Balance at Charged to   other                     Balance
                                          beginning  costs and  accounts-  Deductions-      at end
Description                               of period  expenses   describe   describe        of period
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts   $    2,121 $    1,086 $     -    $    3,157 (a) $       50
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========      =========

RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                    $    5,575 $    1,093 $     -    $    1,165 (b) $    5,503
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========      =========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, employee medical expenses, and expenses in connection therewith.

                             WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY                   SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column A                               Column B       Column C          Column D       Column E

                                                      Additions
                                                 --------------------
                                                    (1)         (2)

                                                            Charged to
                                       Balance atCharged to   other                      Balance
                                       beginning costs and  accounts-   Deductions-      at end
Description                            of period expenses   describe    describe        of period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESERVES DEDUCTED FROM ASSETS
 TO WHICH THEY APPLY:

  Reserves for uncollectible accounts $   2,230 $   3,097 $     -      $    3,206 (a) $    2,121
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========


RESERVES NOT APPLIED AGAINST ASSETS:

  Operating reserves                  $   5,144 $   1,222 $     -      $      791 (b) $    5,575
                                       ========= =========  =========   ==========     ==========

(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.
(b) Principally payments for environmental remediation, various injuries and damages, employee medical expenses, and expenses in connection therewith.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Each document described below is incorporated by reference to the files of the Securities and Exchange Commission, unless the reference to the document is marked as follows:

* - Filed with the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for NU and herein incorporated by reference from the 1998 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324 into the 1998 Annual Reports on Form 10-K for CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and
NAEC.

# - Filed with the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for NU and herein incorporated by reference from the 1998 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324 into the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for CL&P.

@ - Filed with the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for NU and herein incorporated by reference from the 1998 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324 into the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for PSNH.

** - Filed with the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for NU and herein incorporated by reference from the 1998 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324 into the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for WMECO.

## - Filed with the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for NU and herein incorporated by reference from the 1998 Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324 into the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K for NAEC.

Exhibit
Number Description

3 Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws

3.1 Northeast Utilities

3.1.1 Declaration of Trust of NU, as amended through May 24, 1988. (Exhibit 3.1.1, 1988 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

3.2 The Connecticut Light and Power Company

           3.2.1   Certificate of Incorporation of CL&P, restated to March
                   22, 1994.  (Exhibit 3.2.1, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-
                   5324)

           3.2.2   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
                   of CL&P, dated December 26, 1996. (Exhibit 3.2.2, 1996 NU
                   Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

#          3.2.3   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation
                   of CL&P, dated April 27, 1998.

           3.2.4   By-laws of CL&P, as amended to January 1, 1997. (Exhibit
                   3.2.3, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

3.3 Public Service Company of New Hampshire

3.3.1   Articles of Incorporation, as amended to May 16, 1991.
        (Exhibit 3.3.1, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

3.3.2   By-laws of PSNH, as amended to November 1, 1993.
        (Exhibit 3.3.2, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

3.4 Western Massachusetts Electric Company

3.4.1   Articles of Organization of WMECO, restated to February
        23, 1995.  (Exhibit 3.4.1, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-
        5324)

3.4.2   By-laws of WMECO, as amended to February 11, 1998.
        (Exhibit 3.4.2, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

3.5 North Atlantic Energy Corporation

3.5.1   Articles of Incorporation of NAEC dated September 20,
        1991. (Exhibit 3.5.1, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

3.5.2   Articles of Amendment dated October 16, 1991 and June 2,
        1992 to Articles of Incorporation of NAEC. (Exhibit
        3.5.2, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

3.5.3   By-laws of NAEC, as amended to November 8, 1993.
        (Exhibit 3.5.3, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

4 Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures

4.1 Northeast Utilities

4.1.1   Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991 between Northeast
        Utilities and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, with
        respect to the issuance of Debt Securities.  (Exhibit
        4.1.1, 1991 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

4.1.2   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991
        between Northeast Utilities and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
        Company, with respect to the issuance of Series A Notes.
        (Exhibit 4.1.2, 1991 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

4.1.3   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 1, 1992
        between Northeast Utilities and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
        Company with respect to the issuance of 8.38% Amortizing
        Notes.  (Exhibit 4.1.3, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-
        5324)

4.1.4   Credit Agreement among NU, CL&P and WMECO and several
        commercial banks, dated as of November 21, 1996.
        (Exhibit No. B.1, File No. 70-8875)

4.1.5   First Amendment and Waiver dated as of May 30, 1997 to
        Credit Agreement dated as of November 21, 1996 among NU,
        CL&P, WMECO, and the Co-Agents and Banks named therein.
        (Exhibit B.4(a) (Execution Copy), File No. 70-8875)

4.1.6   Second Amendment and Waiver dated as of September 11,
        1998 to Credit Agreement dated as of November 21, 1996
        among NU, CL&P, WMECO, and the Co-Agents and Banks named
        therein.  (Exhibit B.10 (Execution Copy), File No. 70-
        8875)

4.1.7   Third Amendment and Waiver dated as of March 3, 1999 to
        Credit Agreement dated as of November 21, 1996 among NU,
        CL&P, WMECO, and the Co-Agents and Banks named therein.
        (Exhibit B.11 (Execution Copy), File No. 70-8875)

4.1.8   Credit Agreement dated as of February 10, 1998 among NU,
        the Lenders named therein, and Toronto Dominion (Texas),
        Inc., as Administrative Agent, TD Securities (USA) Inc.,
        as Arranger. (Exhibit B.9 (Execution Copy), File No. 70-
        8875)

4.1.9   First Amendment dated as of February 8, 1999 to Credit
        Agreement dated as of February 10, 1998 among NU, the
        Lenders named therein, and Toronto Dominion (Texas),
        Inc., as Administrative Agent, TD Securities (USA) Inc.,
        as Arranger. (Exhibit A (Execution Copy), File No. 70-
        8875)

4.1.10  Second Amendment dated as of March 9, 1999 to Credit
        Agreement dated as of February 10, 1998 among NU, the
        Lenders named therein, and Toronto Dominion (Texas),
        Inc., as Administrative Agent, TD Securities (USA) Inc.,
        as Arranger. (Exhibit B.12 (Execution Copy), File No.70-
        8875)

4.2 The Connecticut Light and Power Company

           4.2.1   Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust between CL&P and
                   Bankers Trust Company, Trustee, dated as of May 1, 1921.
                   (Composite including all twenty-four amendments to May 1,
                   1967.)  (Exhibit 4.1.1, 1989 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-
                   5324)

                   Supplemental Indentures to the Composite May 1, 1921
                   Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust between CL&P and
                   Bankers Trust Company, dated as of:

#          4.2.2   December 1, 1969. (Exhibit 4.20, File No. 2-60806)

           4.2.3   June 30, 1982. (Exhibit 4.33, File No. 2-79235)

           4.2.4   December 1, 1989. (Exhibit 4.1.26, 1989 NU Form 10-K,
                   File No. 1-5324)

           4.2.5   July 1, 1992. (Exhibit 4.31, File No. 33-59430)

           4.2.6   July 1, 1993. (Exhibit A.10(b),  File No. 70-8249)

           4.2.7   July 1, 1993. (Exhibit A.10(b),  File No. 70-8249)

           4.2.8   December 1, 1993. (Exhibit 4.2.14, 1993 NU Form 10-K,
                   File No. 1-5324)

           4.2.9   February 1, 1994. (Exhibit 4.2.16, 1993 NU Form 10-K,
                   File No. 1-5324)

           4.2.10  June 1, 1994. (Exhibit 4.2.15, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File
                   No. 1-5324)

           4.2.11  October 1, 1994. (Exhibit 4.2.16, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File
                   No. 1-5324)

           4.2.12  June 1, 1996. (Exhibit 4.2.16, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File
                   No. 1-5324)

           4.2.13  January 1, 1997. (Exhibit 4.2.17, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File
                   No. 1-5324)

           4.2.14  May 1, 1997.    (Exhibit 4.19, File No. 333-30911)

           4.2.15  June 1, 1997. (Exhibit 4.20, File No. 333-30911)

           4.2.16  June 1, 1997. (Exhibit 4.2.17, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File
                   No. 1-5324)

#          4.2.17  May 1, 1998.

#          4.2.18  May 1, 1998.

           4.2.19  Financing Agreement between Industrial Development
                   Authority of the State of New Hampshire and CL&P
                   (Pollution Control Bonds, 1986 Series) dated as of
                   December 1, 1986.  (Exhibit C.1.47, 1986 NU Form U5S,
                   File No. 30-246)

           4.2.20  Financing Agreement between Industrial Development
                   Authority of the State of New Hampshire and CL&P
                   (Pollution Control Bonds, 1988 Series) dated as of
                   October 1, 1988.  (Exhibit C.1.55, 1988 NU Form U5S, File
                   No. 30-246)

           4.2.21  Financing Agreement between Industrial Development
                   Authority of the State of New Hampshire and CL&P
                   (Pollution Control Bonds) dated as of December 1, 1989.
                   (Exhibit C.1.39, 1989 NU Form U5S, File No. 30-246)

           4.2.22  Loan and Trust Agreement among Business Finance Authority
                   of the State of New Hampshire, CL&P and the Trustee
                   (Pollution Control Bonds, 1992 Series A) dated as of
                   December 1, 1992.(Exhibit C.2.33, 1992 NU Form U5S, File
                   No. 30-246)

           4.2.23  Loan Agreement between Connecticut Development Authority
                   and CL&P (Pollution Control Bonds - Series A, Tax Exempt
                   Refunding) dated as of September 1, 1993.  (Exhibit
                   4.2.21, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

           4.2.24  Loan Agreement between Connecticut Development Authority
                   and CL&P (Pollution Control Bonds - Series B, Tax Exempt
                   Refunding) dated as of September 1, 1993.  (Exhibit
                   4.2.22, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

           4.2.25  Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between Connecticut
                   Development Authority and CL&P (Pollution Control Revenue
                   Bond - 1996A Series) dated as of May 1, 1996 and Amended
                   and Restated as of January 1, 1997.  (Exhibit 4.2.24,
                   1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

                   4.2.25.1   Amended and Restated Indenture of Trust between
                              Connecticut Development Authority and the
                              Trustee (CL&P Pollution Control Revenue Bond-
                              1996A Series), dated as of May 1, 1996 and
                              Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1997.
                              (Exhibit 4.2.24.1, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No.
                              1-5324)

                   4.2.25.2   Standby Bond Purchase Agreement among CL&P,
                              Societe Generale, New York Branch and the
                              Trustee, dated January 23, 1997. (Exhibit
                              4.2.24.2, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

                   4.2.25.3   Amendment No. 1, dated January 21, 1998, to the
                              Standby Bond Purchase Agreement, dated January
                              23, 1997.  (Exhibit 4.2.24.3, 1997 NU Form 10-
                              K, File No. 1-5324)

        #          4.2.25.4   Amendment No. 2, dated December 9, 1998, to the
                              Standby Bond Purchase Agreement, dated January
                              23, 1997.

                   4.2.25.5   AMBAC Municipal Bond Insurance Policy issued by
                              the Connecticut Development Authority (CL&P
                              Pollution Control Revenue Bond-1996A Series),
                              effective January 23, 1997.  (Exhibit 4.2.24.3,
                              1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

          4.2.26  Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement (CL&P
                  Capital, L.P.) among CL&P, NUSCO, and the persons who
                  became limited partners of CL&P Capital, L.P. in
                  accordance with the provisions thereof dated as of
                  January 23, 1995 (MIPS).  (Exhibit A.1 (Execution Copy),
                  File No. 70-8451)

          4.2.27  Indenture between CL&P and Bankers Trust Company, Trustee
                  (Series A Subordinated Debentures), dated as of
                  January 1, 1995 (MIPS).  (Exhibit B.1 (Execution Copy),
                  File No. 70-8451)

          4.2.28  Payment and Guaranty Agreement of CL&P dated as of
                  January 23, 1995 (MIPS).  (Exhibit B.3 (Execution Copy),
                  File No. 70-8451)

4.3 Public Service Company of New Hampshire

          4.3.1   First Mortgage Indenture dated as of August 15, 1978
                  between PSNH and First Fidelity Bank, National
                  Association, New Jersey, Trustee, (Composite including
                  all amendments to May 16, 1991).  (Exhibit 4.4.1, 1992 NU
                  Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

                  4.3.1.1 Tenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1,
                          1991 between PSNH and First Fidelity Bank,
                          National Association. (Exhibit 4.1, PSNH
                          Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10,
                          1992, File No. 1-6392)

@         4.3.2   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 23, 1998
                  (includes an Assignment and Security Agreement related to
                  Accounts Receivable).

          4.3.3   Series A (Tax Exempt New Issue) PCRB Loan and Trust
                  Agreement dated as of May 1, 1991.  (Exhibit 4.2, PSNH
                  Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 1992, File
                  No. 1-6392)

          4.3.4   Series B (Tax Exempt Refunding) PCRB Loan and Trust
                  Agreement dated as of May 1, 1991.  (Exhibit 4.3, PSNH
                  Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 1992, File
                  No. 1-6392)

          4.3.5   Series C (Tax Exempt Refunding) PCRB Loan and Trust
                  Agreement dated as of May 1, 1991.  (Exhibit 4.4, PSNH
                  Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 1992, File
                  No. 1-6392)

          4.3.6   Series D (Taxable New Issue) PCRB Loan and Trust
                  Agreement dated as of May 1, 1991.  (Exhibit 4.5, PSNH
                  Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 1992, File
                  No. 1-6392)

                  4.3.6.1 First Supplement to Series D (Tax Exempt
                          Refunding Issue) PCRB Loan and Trust Agreement
                          dated as of December 1, 1992. (Exhibit
                          4.4.5.1, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

@                 4.3.6.2 Second Supplement to Series D PCRB Loan and
                          Trust Agreement dated as of May 1, 1995.

@                 4.3.6.3 Amended and Restated Second Series D (May 1,
                          1991 Taxable New Issue) PCRB Letter of Credit
                          and Reimbursement Agreement dated as of
                          April 23, 1998.

          4.3.7   Series E (Taxable New Issue) PCRB Loan and Trust
                  Agreement dated as of May 1, 1991.  (Exhibit 4.6, PSNH
                  Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 1992, File
                  No. 1-6392)

                  4.3.7.1 First Supplement to Series E (Tax Exempt
                          Refunding Issue) PCRB Loan and Trust Agreement
                          dated as of December 1, 1993. (Exhibit 4.3.8.1,
                          1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

@                 4.3.7.2 Second Supplement to Series E PCRB Loan and
                          Trust Agreement dated as of May 1, 1995.

@                 4.3.7.3 Amended and Restated Second Series E (May 1,
                          1991 Taxable New Issue) PCRB Letter of Credit
                          and Reimbursement Agreement dated as of
                          April 23, 1998.

4.4 Western Massachusetts Electric Company

          4.4.1   First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust between WMECO
                  and Old Colony Trust Company, Trustee, dated as of
                  August 1, 1954.  (Exhibit 4.4.1, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File
                  No. 1-5324)

                  Supplemental Indentures thereto dated as of:

**        4.4.2   October 1, 1954.

          4.4.3   March 1, 1967.  (Exhibit 4.4.3, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File
                  No. 1-5324)

          4.4.4   July 1, 1973.   (Exhibit 2.10, File No. 2-68808)

          4.4.5   December 1, 1992. (Exhibit 4.15, File No. 33-55772)

          4.4.6   January 1, 1993. (Exhibit 4.5.13, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File
                  No. 1-5324)

          4.4.7   March 1, 1994. (Exhibit 4.4.12, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File
                  No. 1-5324)

          4.4.8   May 1, 1997. (Exhibit 4.11, File No. 33-51185)

          4.4.9   July 1, 1997.  (Exhibit 4.4.10, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File
                  No. 1-5324)

**        4.4.10  May 1, 1998.

**        4.4.11  May 1, 1998.

          4.4.12  Loan Agreement between Connecticut Development Authority
                  and WMECO, (Pollution Control Bonds - Series A, Tax
                  Exempt Refunding) dated as of September 1, 1993.
                  (Exhibit 4.4.13, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

4.5 North Atlantic Energy Corporation

4.5.1   First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust between NAEC and
        United States Trust Company of New York, Trustee, dated as
        of June 1, 1992.  (Exhibit 4.6.1, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File
        No. 1-5324)

4.5.2   Term Credit Agreement dated as of November 9, 1995.  (Exhibit
        4.5.2, 1995 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10 Material Contracts

10.1 Stockholder Agreement dated as of July 1, 1964 among the stockholders of Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (CYAPC).
(Exhibit 10.1, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.2 Form of Power Contract dated as of July 1, 1964 between CYAPC and each of CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.2, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.2.1  Form of Additional Power Contract dated as of April 30,
        1984, between CYAPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.
        (Exhibit 10.2.1, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.2.2  Form of 1987 Supplementary Power Contract dated as of
        April 1, 1987, between CYAPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and
        WMECO. (Exhibit 10.2.6, 1987 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-
        5324)

10.3 Capital Funds Agreement dated as of September 1, 1964 between CYAPC and CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.3, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.4 Stockholder Agreement dated December 10, 1958 between Yankee Atomic Electric Company (YAEC) and CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.4, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.5 Form of Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 1, 1985, to Power Contract between YAEC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO, including a composite restatement of original Power Contract dated June 30, 1959 and Amendment No. 1 dated April 1, 1975 and Amendment No. 2 dated October 1, 1980. (Exhibit 10.5, 1988 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324.)

10.5.1  Form of Amendment No. 4 to Power Contract, dated May 6,1988,
        between YAEC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.  (Exhibit
        10.5.1, 1989 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.5.2  Form of Amendment No. 5 to Power Contract, dated June 26,
        1989, between YAEC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.
        (Exhibit 10.5.2, 1989 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.5.3  Form of Amendment No. 6 to Power Contract, dated July 1,1989,
        between YAEC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.  (Exhibit
        10.5.3, 1989 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.5.4  Form of Amendment No. 7 to Power Contract, dated
        February 1, 1992, between YAEC and each of CL&P, PSNH and
        WMECO.  (Exhibit 10.5.4, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-
        5324)

10.6 Stockholder Agreement dated as of May 20, 1968 among stockholders of MYAPC. (Exhibit 10.6, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.7 Form of Power Contract dated as of May 20, 1968 between MYAPC and each of CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.7, 1997 Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.7.1  Form of Amendment No. 1 to Power Contract dated as of March 1,
        1983 between MYAPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.  (Exhibit
        10.7.1, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.7.2  Form of Amendment No. 2 to Power Contract dated as of
        January 1, 1984 between MYAPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and
        WMECO.  (Exhibit 10.7.2, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.7.3  Form of Amendment No. 3 to Power Contract dated as of
        October 1, 1984 between MYAPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and
        WMECO.  (Exhibit No. 10.7.3, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No.
        1-5324)

10.7.4  Form of Additional Power Contract dated as of February 1,
        1984 between MYAPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.
        (Exhibit 10.7.4, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.8 Capital Funds Agreement dated as of May 20, 1968 between MYAPC and CL&P, PSNH, HELCO and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.8, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.8.1  Amendment No. 1 to Capital Funds Agreement, dated as of
        August 1, 1985, between MYAPC, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.
        (Exhibit No. 10.8.1, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.9 Sponsor Agreement dated as of August 1, 1968 among the sponsors of Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (VYNPC). (Exhibit 10.9, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10 Form of Power Contract dated as of February 1, 1968 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.10, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10.1 Form of Amendment to Power Contract dated as of June 1, 1972 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO.
(Exhibit 5.22, File No. 2-47038)

10.10.2 Form of Second Amendment to Power Contract dated as of April 15, 1983 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.
(Exhibit 10.10.2, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10.3 Form of Third Amendment to Power Contract dated as of April 24, 1985 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit No. 10.10.3, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10.4 Form of Fourth Amendment to Power Contract dated as of June 1, 1985 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.
(Exhibit No. 10.10.4, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10.5 Form of Fifth Amendment to Power Contract dated as of May 6, 1988 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.
(Exhibit 10.10.5, 1990 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10.6 Form of Sixth Amendment to Power Contract dated as of May 6, 1988 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO.
(Exhibit 10.10.6, 1990 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10.7 Form of Seventh Amendment to Power Contract dated as of June 15, 1989 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.10.7, 1990 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10.8 Form of Eighth Amendment to Power Contract dated as of December 1, 1989 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.10.8, 1990 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.10.9 Form of Additional Power Contract dated as of February 1, 1984 between VYNPC and each of CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.10.9, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.11 Capital Funds Agreement dated as of February 1, 1968 between VYNPC and CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.11, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.11.1 Form of First Amendment to Capital Funds Agreement dated as of March 12, 1968 between VYNPC and CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.11.1, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.11.2 Form of Second Amendment to Capital Funds Agreement dated as of September 1, 1993 between VYNPC and CL&P, HELCO, PSNH and WMECO. (Exhibit 10.11.2, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.12 Amended and Restated Millstone Plant Agreement dated as of December 1, 1984 by and among CL&P, WMECO and Northeast Nuclear Energy Company
(NNECO). (Exhibit 10.12, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.13 Sharing Agreement dated as of September 1, 1973 with respect to 1979 Connecticut nuclear generating unit (Millstone 3). (Exhibit 6.43, File No. 2-50142)

10.13.1 Amendment dated August 1, 1974 to Sharing Agreement - 1979 Connecticut Nuclear Unit. (Exhibit 5.45, File No. 2-52392)

10.13.2 Amendment dated December 15, 1975 to Sharing Agreement - 1979 Connecticut Nuclear Unit. (Exhibit 7.47, File No. 2-60806)

10.13.3 Amendment dated April 1, 1986 to Sharing Agreement - 1979 Connecticut Nuclear Unit. (Exhibit 10.17.3, 1990 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.14 Agreement dated July 19, 1990, among NAESCO and Seabrook Joint owners with respect to operation of Seabrook. (Exhibit 10.53, 1990 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.15 Sharing Agreement between CL&P, WMECO, HP&E, HWP and PSNH dated as of June 1, 1992. (Exhibit 10.17, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.16 Rate Agreement by and between NUSCO, on behalf of NU, and the Governor of the State of New Hampshire and the New Hampshire Attorney General dated as of November 22, 1989. (Exhibit 10.44,1989 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.16.1 First Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 5, 1989. (Exhibit 10.16.1, 1995 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.16.2 Second Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 12, 1989. (Exhibit 10.16.2, 1995 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.16.3 Third Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 3, 1993. (Exhibit 10.16.3, 1995 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.16.4 Fourth Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of September 21, 1994. (Exhibit 10.16.4, 1995 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.16.5 Fifth Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994. (Exhibit 10.16.5, 1995 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.17 Form of Seabrook Power Contract between PSNH and NAEC, as amended and restated. (Exhibit 10.45, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.18 Agreement (composite) for joint ownership, construction and operation of New Hampshire nuclear unit, as amended through the November 1, 1990 twenty-third amendment. (Exhibit No. 10.17, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.18.1 Memorandum of Understanding dated November 7, 1988 between PSNH and Massachusetts Municipal Wholesale Electric Company
(Exhibit 10.17, PSNH 1989 Form 10-K, File No. 1-6392)

10.18.2 Agreement of Settlement among Joint Owners dated as of January 13, 1989. (Exhibit 10.13.21, 1988 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.18.2.1  Supplement to Settlement Agreement, dated as of
           February 7, 1989, between PSNH and Central
           Maine Power Company.  (Exhibit 10.18.1, PSNH
           1989 Form 10-K, File No. 1-6392)

10.19 Amended and Restated Agreement for Seabrook Project Disbursing Agent dated as of November 1, 1990. (Exhibit 10.4.7, File No. 33-35312)

10.19.1 Form of First Amendment to Exhibit 10.19. (Exhibit 10.4.8, File No. 33-35312)

10.19.2 Form (Composite) of Second Amendment to Exhibit 10.19.
(Exhibit 10.18.2, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.20 Agreement dated November 1, 1974 for Joint Ownership, Construction and Operation of William F. Wyman Unit No. 4 among PSNH, Central Maine Power Company and other utilities. (Exhibit 5.16 , File No. 2-52900)

10.20.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.20 dated June 30, 1975. (Exhibit 5.48, File No. 2-55458)

10.20.2 Amendment to Exhibit 10.20 dated as of August 16, 1976.
(Exhibit 5.19, File No. 2-58251)

10.20.3 Amendment to Exhibit 10.20 dated as of December 31, 1978.
(Exhibit 5.10.3, File No. 2-64294)

10.21 Form of Service Contract dated as of July 1, 1966 between each of NU, CL&P and WMECO and the Service Company. (Exhibit 10.20, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.21.1 Service Contract dated as of June 5, 1992 between PSNH and the Service Company. (Exhibit 10.12.4, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.21.2 Service Contract dated as of June 5, 1992 between NAEC and the Service Company. (Exhibit 10.12.5, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.21.3 Form of Service Agreement dated as of June 29, 1992 between PSNH and North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation, and the First Amendment thereto. (Exhibits B.7 and B.7.1, File No. 70-7787)

10.21.4 Form of Annual Renewal of Service Contract. (Exhibit 10.20.3, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.22 Memorandum of Understanding between CL&P, HELCO, HP&E, HWP and WMECO dated as of June 1, 1970 with respect to pooling of generation and transmission. (Exhibit 13.32, File No. 2-38177)

10.22.1 Amendment to Memorandum of Understanding between CL&P, HELCO, HP&E, HWP and WMECO dated as of February 2, 1982 with respect to pooling of generation and transmission. (Exhibit 10.21.1, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.22.2 Amendment to Memorandum of Understanding between CL&P, HELCO, HP&E, HWP and WMECO dated as of January 1, 1984 with respect to pooling of generation and transmission. (Exhibit 10.21.2, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.23 New England Power Pool (NEPOOL) Agreement effective as of November 1, 1971, as amended to December 1, 1996. (Exhibit 10.15, 1988 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324.)

10.23.1 Form of Interim Independent System Operator (ISO) Agreement (Attachment to Thirty-Third Amendment to Exhibit 10.23 dated as of December 31, 1996). (Exhibit 10.23.6, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

* 10.23.2 Restated NEPOOL Power Pool Agreement (restated by the Thirty-Sixth Agreement dated as of July 20, 1998 and includes the Restated NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff).

* 10.23.3 Thirty-Seventh Agreement dated as of August 15, 1998 amending Exhibit 10.23.2.

* 10.23.4 Thirty-Eighth Agreement dated as of October 30, 1998 amending Exhibit 10.23.2.

* 10.23.5 Thirty-Ninth Agreement dated as of November 13, 1998 amending Exhibit 10.23.2.

* 10.23.6 Fortieth Agreement dated as of December 15, 1998 amending Exhibit 10.23.2.

* 10.23.7 ISO New England Inc., FERC Tariff for Transmission Dispatch and Power Administration Services.

10.24 Agreements among New England Utilities with respect to the Hydro- Quebec interconnection projects. (See Exhibits 10(u) and 10(v);
10(w), 10(x), and 10(y), 1990 and 1988, respectively, Form 10-K of New England Electric System, File No. 1-3446.)

10.25 Trust Agreement dated February 11, 1992, between State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, as Trustor, and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, and CL&P and WMECO, with respect to NBFT.
(Exhibit 10.23, 1991 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.25.1 Nuclear Fuel Lease Agreement dated as of February 11, 1992, between Bankers Trust Company, Trustee, as Lessor, and CL&P and WMECO, as Lessees. (Exhibit 10.23.1, 1991 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.26 Simulator Financing Lease Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1985, by and between ComPlan and NNECO. (Exhibit 10.25, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.27 Simulator Financing Lease Agreement, dated as of May 2, 1985, by and between The Prudential Insurance Company of America and NNECO.
(Exhibit No. 10.26, 1994 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.28 Lease dated as of April 14, 1992 between The Rocky River Realty Company (RRR) and Northeast Utilities Service Company (NUSCO) with respect to the Berlin, Connecticut headquarters (office lease).
(Exhibit 10.29, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.28.1 Lease dated as of April 14, 1992 between RRR and NUSCO with respect to the Berlin, Connecticut headquarters (project lease). (Exhibit 10.29.1, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.29 Millstone Technical Building Note Agreement dated as of December 21, 1993 by and between The Prudential Insurance Company of America and NNECO. (Exhibit 10.28, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.30 Lease and Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1988, by and between WMECO and Bank of New England, N.A., with BNE Realty Leasing Corporation of North Carolina. (Exhibit 10.63, 1988 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324.)

10.31 Note Agreement dated April 14, 1992, by and between The Rocky River Realty Company (RRR) and Purchasers named therein (Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of North America, INA Life Insurance Company of New York, Life Insurance Company of Georgia), with respect to RRR's sale of $15 million of guaranteed senior secured notes due 2007 and $28 million of guaranteed senior secured notes due 2017. (Exhibit 10.52, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.31.1 Amendment to Note Agreement, dated September 26, 1997.
(Exhibit 10.31.1, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.31.2 Note Guaranty dated April 14, 1992 by Northeast Utilities pursuant to Note Agreement dated April 14, 1992 between RRR and Note Purchasers, for the benefit of The Connecticut National Bank as Trustee, the Purchasers and the owners of the notes. (Exhibit 10.52.1, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.31.2.1  Extension of Note Guaranty, dated September 26,
           1997. (Exhibit 10.31.2.1, 1997 NU Form 10-K,
           File No. 1-5324)

10.31.3 Assignment of Leases, Rents and Profits, Security Agreement and Negative Pledge, dated as of April 14, 1992 among RRR, NUSCO and The Connecticut National Bank as Trustee, securing notes sold by RRR pursuant to April 14, 1992 Note Agreement.
(Exhibit 10.52.2, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.31.3.1  Modification of and Confirmation of Assignment
           of Leases, Rents and Profits, Security Agreement
           and Negative Pledge, dated as of September 26,
           1997. (Exhibit 10.31.3.1, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File
           No. 1-5324)

10.31.4 Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July 28, 1997 by and between RRR and the Sellers and Purchasers named therein.
(Exhibit 10.31.4, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.31.5 Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 26, 1997 by and between RRR and the Purchaser named therein. (Exhibit 10.31.5, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.32 Master Trust Agreement dated as of September 2, 1986 between CL&P and WMECO and Colonial Bank as Trustee, with respect to reserve funds for Millstone 1 decommissioning costs. (Exhibit No. 10.32, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.32.1 Notice of Appointment of Mellon Bank, N.A. as Successor Trustee, dated November 20, 1990, and Acceptance of Appointment. (Exhibit 10.41.1, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.33 Master Trust Agreement dated as of September 2, 1986 between CL&P and WMECO and Colonial Bank as Trustee, with respect to reserve funds for Millstone 2 decommissioning costs. (Exhibit No. 10.33, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.33.1 Notice of Appointment of Mellon Bank, N.A. as Successor Trustee, dated November 20, 1990, and Acceptance of Appointment. (Exhibit 10.42.1, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.34 Master Trust Agreement dated as of April 23, 1986 between CL&P and WMECO and Colonial Bank as Trustee, with respect to reserve funds for Millstone 3 decommissioning costs. (Exhibit No. 10.34, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.34.1 Notice of Appointment of Mellon Bank, N.A. as Successor Trustee, dated November 20, 1990, and Acceptance of Appointment. (Exhibit 10.43.1, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

10.35 NU Executive Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 1991.
Exhibit 10.44, NU 1991 Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

* 10.35.1 NU Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 1998.

* 10.35.1.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.35.1, effective as of

                             February 23, 1999.

    10.36 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Officers of NU System
          Companies, Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 1992.
          (Exhibit 10.45.1, NU Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 1992,
          File No. 1-5324)

          10.36.1 Amendment 1 to Exhibit 10.36, effective as of August 1, 1993.
                  (Exhibit 10.35.1, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

          10.36.2 Amendment 2 to Exhibit 10.36, effective as of January 1,
                  1994.  (Exhibit 10.35.2, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

          10.36.3 Amendment 3 to Exhibit 10.36, effective as of January 1, 1996.
                  (Exhibit 10.36.3, 1995 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

*   10.37 Special Severance Program for Officers of NU System Companies, as
          adopted on July 15, 1998.

*         10.37.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.37, effective as of February 23, 1999.

    10.38 Loan Agreement dated as of December 2, 1991, by and between NU and
          Mellon Bank, N.A., as Trustee, with respect to NU's loan of $175
          million to an ESOP Trust.  (Exhibit 10.46, 1991 NU Form 10-K, File
          No. 1-5324)

          10.38.1 First Amendment to Exhibit 10.38 dated February 7, 1992.
                  (Exhibit 10.36.1, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

          10.38.2 Loan Agreement dated as of March 19, 1992 by and between
                  NU and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Trustee, with respect to
                  NU's loan of $75 million to the ESOP Trust.  (Exhibit
                  10.49.1, 1992 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

          10.38.3 Second Amendment to Exhibit 10.38 dated April 9, 1992.
                  (Exhibit 10.36.3, 1993 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

    10.39 Employment Agreement with Michael G. Morris. (Exhibit 10.39, 1997
          NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

*       10.39.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.39, dated as of February 23,
                1999.

    10.40 Transition and Retirement Agreement with Bernard M. Fox.  (Exhibit
          10.39, 1996 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

    10.41 Employment Agreement with Bruce M. Kenyon.  (Exhibit 10.40, 1996 NU
          Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

*         10.41.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.41, dated as of January 13, 1998.

*         10.41.2 Amendment to Exhibit 10.41, dated as of February 23, 1999.

    10.42 Employment Agreement with John H. Forsgren.  (Exhibit 10.41, 1996
          NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

*         10.42.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.42, dated as of January 13, 1998.

*         10.42.2 Amendment to Exhibit 10.42, dated as of February 23, 1999.

    10.43 Employment Agreement with Hugh C. MacKenzie.  (Exhibit 10.42, 1996
          NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

*         10.43.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.43, dated as of January 13, 1998.

*         10.43.2 Amendment to Exhibit 10.43, dated as of February 23, 1999.

*   10.44 Employment Agreement with Cheryl W. Grise'.

*         10.44.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.44, dated as of January 13, 1998.

*         10.44.2 Amendment to Exhibit 10.44, dated as of February 23, 1999.

    10.45 Northeast Utilities Deferred Compensation Plan for Trustees,
          Amended and Restated December 13, 1994.  (Exhibit 10.39, 1995 NU
          Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

    10.46 Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers of Northeast Utilities
          System Companies adopted September 23, 1986.  (Exhibit 10.40, 1995
          NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

    10.47 Northeast Utilities Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives,
          adopted January 13, 1998.  (Exhibit A.5, File No. 70-09185)

    10.48 Reciprocal Support Agreement Among NNECO, NAESCO, CYAPC, YAEC and
          NUSCO dated January 1, 1996.  (Exhibit 10.41, 1995 NU Form 10K,
          File No. 1-5324)

    10.49 Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement (CL&P and CL&P Receivables
          Corporation), dated as of September 30, 1997. (Exhibit 10.49, 1997
          NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

#         10.49.1 Amendment to Exhibit 10.49 dated September 29, 1998.

          10.49.2 Purchase and Contribution Agreement (CL&P and CL&P
                  Receivables Corporation), dated as of September 30, 1997.
                  (Exhibit 10.49.1, 1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

    10.50 Receivables Purchase Agreement (WMECO and WMECO Receivables
          Corporation), dated as of May 22, 1997. (Exhibit 10.50, 1997 NU
          Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

          10.50.1 Purchase and Sale Agreement (WMECO and WMECO Receivables
                  Corporation), dated as of May 22, 1997. (Exhibit 10.50.1,
                  1997 NU Form 10-K, File No. 1-5324)

    10.51 Master Lease Agreement between General Electric Capital Corporation
          and CL&P, dated as of June 21, 1996.  (Exhibit 10.50, 1996 NU Form
          10-K, File No. 1-5324)

          10.51.1 Amendment No. 1 to Master Lease Agreement, dated as of
                  August 29, 1997. (Exhibit 10.51.1, 1997 NU Form 10-K,
                  File No. 1-5324)


    10.52 NU Guaranty, dated as of November 30, 1998, made by NU, in favor of
          the Participating Banks, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative
          Agent, all named in a $50,000,000 Letter of Credit and
          Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1998, among
          Select Energy, Inc., the Participating Banks, the Administrative
          Agent, the Issuing Bank and Documentation Agent, and the
          Syndication Agent named therein. (Exhibit B.1 (Execution Copy),
          File No. 70-9343)

          10.52.1 Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 30, 1998 to Exhibit
                  10.52. (Exhibit B.3 (Execution Copy), File No. 70-9343)

13  Annual Report to Security Holders  (Each of the Annual Reports is filed
    only with the Form 10-K of that respective registrant.)

* 13.1 Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders of NU (pages 12-49) that have been incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

13.2 Annual Report of CL&P.

13.3 Annual Report of WMECO.

13.4 Annual Report of PSNH.

13.5 Annual Report of NAEC.

*21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

27 Financial Data Schedules (Each Financial Data Schedule is filed only with the Form 10-K of that respective registrant.)

27.1 Financial Data Schedule of NU.

27.2 Financial Data Schedule of CL&P.

27.3 Financial Data Schedule of WMECO.

27.4 Financial Data Schedule of PSNH.

27.5 Financial Data Schedule of NAEC.


Exhibit 3.2.3
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

STOCK CORPORATION

Office of the Secretary of the State

30 Trinity Street/P.O. Box 150470/Hartford, CT 06115-0470/new 1-97

Space for Office Use Only

1. NAME OF CORPORATION

The Connecticut Light and Power Company

2. THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION IS (check A., B. or C.):

X A. AMENDED.

B. AMENDED AND RESTATED.

C. RESTATED.

3. TEXT OF EACH AMENDMENT/RESTATEMENT:

SEE ATTACHMENT A

(Please reference an 8 1/2 X 11 attachment if additional space is needed)

Space for Office Use Only

4. VOTE INFORMATION (check A., B. or C.)

X. A. The resolution was approved by shareholders as follows:

(set forth all voting information required by Conn. Gen. Stat. section 33-800 as amended in the space provided below)

1. There are three classes of capital stock as follows:

Preferred Stock, $50 par value, 5,424,000 shares outstanding; Class A Preferred Stock, $25 par value, 0 shares outstanding; and Common Stock, $10 par value, 12,222,930 shares outstanding.

2. No shares are entitled to be voted as a group.

3. The shareholders vote was as follows:

Vote required for adoption: 8,148,620

Vote favoring adoption: 12,222,930

B. The amendment was adopted by the board of directors without shareholder action. No shareholder vote was required for adoption.

C. The amendment was adopted by the incorporators without shareholder action. No shareholder vote was required for adoption.

5. EXECUTION

Dated this 27 th day of April, 1998

Print or type name of signatory

O. Kay Comendul

Capacity of signatory

Assistant Secretary

Signature

/s/O. Kay Comendul


                                                ATTACHMENT A

(The Connecticut Light and Power Company)

RESOLVED, that Section IX of Part Two of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended on December 26, 1996, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new Section IX of Part Two of Article IV to read as follows:

SECTION IX INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS
EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

Effective January 1, 1997, the Company shall indemnify and advance reasonable expenses to an individual made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding because he/she is or was a Director of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law under Section 33-771 and Section 33-773 of the Connecticut General Statutes, as may be amended from time to time ("Connecticut General Statutes"). The Company shall also indemnify and advance reasonable expenses under Connecticut General Statutes Sections 33- 770 to 33-778, inclusive, as amended, to any officer, employee or agent of the company who is not a Director to the same extent as a Director and to such further extent, consistent with public policy, as may be provided by contract, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws of the Company or a resolution of the Board of Directors. In connection with any advance for such expenses, the Company may, but need not, require any such officer, employee or agent to deliver a written affirmation of his/her good faith belief that he/she has met the relevant standard of conduct or a written undertaking to repay any funds advanced for expenses if it is ultimately determined that he/she is not entitled to indemnification. The Board of Directors, by resolution, the general counsel of the Company, or such additional officer or officers as the Board of Directors may specify, shall have the authority to determine that indemnification or advance for such expenses to any such officer, employee or agent is permissible and to authorize payment of such indemnification or advance for expenses. The Board of Directors, by resolution, the general counsel of the Company, or such additional officer or officers as the Board of Directors may specify, shall also have the authority to determine the terms on which the Company shall advance expenses to any such officer, employee or agent, which terms need not require delivery by such officer, employee or agent of a written affirmation of his/her good faith belief that he/she has met the relevant standard of conduct or a written undertaking to repay any funds advanced for such expenses if it is ultimately determined that he/she is not entitled to indemnification.

The indemnification and advance for expenses provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified or eligible for advance for expenses may be entitled under Connecticut law as in effect on the effective date hereof and as thereafter amended or any Bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

No lawful repeal or modification of this Section IX or the adoption of any provision inconsistent herewith by the Board of Directors and shareholders of the Company or change in statute shall apply to or have any effect on the obligations of the Company to indemnify or to pay for or reimburse in advance expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company in defending any proceeding arising out of or with respect to any acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the effective date of such repeal, modification or adoption of a provision or statutes change inconsistent

herewith.


Exhibit 4.2.2

Supplemental Indenture

Dated as of December 1, 1969

TO

Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust

Dated as of May 1, 1921

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY

TO

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

Trustee

`

Northfield Mountain Property

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY

Supplemental Indenture, Dated as of December 1, 1969

Table of Contents

Parties

Recitals

Granting Clauses

Habendum

Grant in Trust

SEC. 1.01. Benefits of Supplemental Indenture

SEC. 1.02. Effect of Table of Contents and Headings

SEC. 1.03 Counterparts

TESTIMONIUM

SIGNATURES

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

SCHEDULE A - Property Subject to the Lien of the Mortgage

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of the first day of December, 1969, between THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (hereinafter called "Company"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (hereinafter called "Trustee"),

WHEREAS, the Company heretofore duly executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Trustee a certain Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust dated as of May 1, 1921 and twenty-six Supplemental Indentures thereto dated respectively as of May 1, 1921, February 1, 1924, July 1, 1926, June 20, 1928, June 1, 1932, July 1, 1932, July 1, 1935, September 1, 1936, October 20, 1936, December 1, 1936, December 1, 1938, August 31, 1944, September 1, 1944, May 1, 1945, October 1, 1945, November 1, 1949, December 1, 1952, December 1, 1955, January 1, 1958, February 1, 1960, April 1, 1961, September 1, 1963, April 1, 1967, May 1, 1967, January 1, 1968 and October 1, 1968 (said Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust (i) as heretofore amended, being hereinafter generally called the "Mortgage Indenture", and (ii) together with said Supplemental Indentures thereto, being hereinafter generally called the "Mortgage"), all of which have been duly recorded as required by law, for the purpose of securing its First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds (of which $285,600,000 aggregate principal amount are outstanding at the date of this Supplemental Indenture) to an unlimited amount, issued and to be issued for the purposes and in the manner therein provided, of which Mortgage this Supplemental Indenture is intended to be made a part, as fully as if therein recited at length; and

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to confirm the lien of the Mortgage on the property referred to below, as permitted by Section 14.01 of the Mortgage Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and other necessary actions have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to constitute this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal instrument have been authorized and performed;

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OF MORTGAGE AND DEED OF

TRUST WITNESSETH:

That in order to secure the payment of the principal of and interest on all bonds issued and to be issued under the Mortgage, according to their tenor and effect, and according to the terms of the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, and to secure the performance of the covenants and obligations in said bonds and in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture respectively contained, and for the better assuring and confirming unto the Trustee, its successor or successors and its or their assigns, upon the trusts and for the purposes expressed in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, all and singular the hereditaments, premises, estates and property of the Company thereby conveyed or assigned or intended so to be, or which the Company may thereafter have become bound to convey or assign to the Trustee, as security for said bonds (except such hereditaments, premises, estates and property as shall have been disposed of or released or withdrawn from the lien of the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, in accordance with the provisions thereof and subject to alterations, modifications and changes in said hereditaments, premises, estates and property as permitted under the provisions thereof), the Company, for and in consideration of the premises and the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to it in hand paid by the Trustee, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and of other valuable considerations, has granted, bargained, sold, assigned, mortgaged, pledged, transferred, set over, aliened, enfeoffed, released, conveyed and confirmed, and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell, assign, mortgage, pledge, transfer, set over, alien, enfeoff, release, convey and confirm unto said Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, and its successor or successors in the trusts created by the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, and its and their assigns, all of said hereditaments, premises, estates and property (except and subject as aforesaid), as fully as though described at length herein including, without limitation of the foregoing, the property, rights and privileges of the Company described or referred to in Schedule A hereto.

Together with all plants, buildings, structures, improvements and machinery located upon said real estate or any portion thereof, and all rights, privileges and easements of every kind and nature appurtenant thereto, and all and singular the tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances belonging to the real estate or any part thereof described or referred to in Schedule A or intended so to be, or in anywise appertaining thereto, and the reversions, remainders, rents, issues and profits thereof, and also all the estate, right, title, interest, property, possession, claim and demand whatsoever, as well in law as in equity, of the Company, of, in and to the same and any and every part thereof, with the appurtenances; except and subject as aforesaid.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all and singular the property, rights and privileges hereby granted or mentioned or intended so to be, together with all and singular the reversions, remainders, rents, revenues, income, issues and profits, privileges and appurtenances, now or hereafter belonging or in any way appertaining thereto, unto the Trustee and its successor or successors in the trusts created by the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, and its and their assigns, forever, and with like effect as if the above described property, rights and privileges had been specifically described at length in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture.

Subject, however, to permitted liens, as defined in the Mortgage Indenture.

IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, upon the terms and trusts of the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture for those who shall hold the bonds and coupons issued and to be issued thereunder, or any of them, without preference, priority or distinction as to lien of any said bonds and coupons over any others thereof by reason of priority in the time of the issue or negotiation thereof, or otherwise howsoever, subject, however, to the provisions in reference to extended, transferred or pledged coupons and claims for interest set forth in the Mortgage (and subject to any sinking fund that may be hereafter created for the benefit of any particular series).

And it is hereby covenanted that the mortgaged premises are to be held by the Trustee, upon and subject to the trusts, covenants, provisions and conditions and for the uses and purposes set forth in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Company hereby ratifies, approves and confirms the Mortgage in all respects as fully as if all the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions thereof were herein again set forth at length.

SECTION 1.01. Benefits of Supplemental Indenture. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or of any covenant, condition or provision herein contained. All the covenants, conditions and provisions hereof are and shall be held to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 1.02. Effect of Table of Contents and Headings. The table of contents and the descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Supplemental Indenture are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken to be any part of this Supplemental Indenture or to control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of the same.

SECTION 1.03. Counterparts. For the purpose of facilitating the record hereof, this Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be and shall be taken to be an original and all collectively but one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Connecticut Light and Power Company has caused these presents to be executed by its President or a Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, duly attested by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and Bankers Trust Company has caused these presents to be executed by a Vice President or Assistant Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, duly attested by one of its Assistant Secretaries, as of the Day and year first above written.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY,

(CORPORATE SEAL)

A. E. WALLACE
President.

Attest:

F. L. Kinney
Secretary.

Sealed, signed and delivered in the presence of:

D. R. Greim
R. E. Griswold

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

(CORPORATE SEAL)

C. D. Blakely
Vice President

Attest:

A. D. Fass
Assistant Secretary.

Sealed, signed and delivered in the presence of:

P.J. Monaghan

Jerry G. Caden

STATE OF CONNECTICUT

ss:

COUNTY OF HARTFORD

On this 22 nd day of December, 1969, before me, DOROTHY R. GREIM, the undersigned officer, personally appeared A. E. WALLACE and F. L. KINNEY, who acknowledged themselves to be President, and Secretary of THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation, and that they, as such President, and Secretary, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by themselves as President, and Secretary and affixing the seal of the corporation, and acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be the free act and deed of the corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

DOROTHY R. GREIM
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

My Commission Expires April 1, 1972

STATE OF NEW YORK

ss:

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

On this the 22nd day of December, 1969, before me, BETTY A. BOLAND, the undersigned officer, personally appeared C.D. BLAKELY and A.D. FASS, who acknowledged themselves to be Vice President, and Assistant Secretary of BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a corporation; and that they, as such Vice President, and Assistant Secretary, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by themselves as Vice President, and Assistant Secretary and affixing the seal of the corporation, and acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be the free act and deed of the corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

BETTY A. BOLAND
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

My Commission Expires

BETTY A. BOLAND

Notary Public, State of New York
No. 43-0344990
Qualified in Richmond County
Certificate filed in New York County
Commission Expires March 30, 1971

SCHEDULE A

PROPERTY SUBJECT TO THE LIEN OF THE MORTGAGE

An undivided fifty three (53) per cent interest as tenant in common in and to the following parcels of land together with all buildings and improvements thereon in the Towns of Erving and Northfield, in the County of Franklin and Commonwealth of Massachusetts:

PARCEL 1.

A certain parcel of land situated in Erving, bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at the northeasterly corner of said parcel at a point approximately 3420.89 feet westerly from Mountain Road in the Town of Erving and County of Franklin; thence South 16 degrees 33' 10" East 3323.51 feet to a point; thence South 21 degrees 10' 34" West 3738.71 feet more or less to an iron pin in stones; thence South 67 degrees 39' 08" West 299.98 feet more or less to a stone bound in stones; thence South 73 degrees 20' 20" West 1128.95 feet more or less to a stone in stones; thence South 16 degrees 13' 40" East 328.52 feet more or less to a stone bound in stones; thence South 71 degrees 33' 07" West 1519.10 feet more or less to a stone bound in stones; thence South 14 degrees 33' 07" West 1519.10 feet more or less to a stone bound in stones; thence South 14 degrees 53' 04" East 669.42 feet to a point "A"; thence continuing along the above course 300 feet to a point; thence North 79 degrees 56' 08" West 250 feet more or less to point, which is South 35 degrees 00' 48" West 300 feet from Point "A"; thence South 35 degrees 00' 48" West 1086.20 feet more or less to an iron pin in stones; thence South 3 degrees 28' 05" West 545.74 feet more or less to a pile of stones; thence South 15 degrees 14' 20" East 1326.95 feet more or less to a stone bound; thence South 74 degrees 08' 40" West 1344.65 feet more or less to a stone bound; thence North 16 degrees 35' 37" West 2333.88 feet more or less to an iron pin; thence North 16 degrees 30' 42" West 317.45 feet more or less to an iron pin; thence North 16 degrees 37' 27" West 660.81 feet more or less to a stone bound; thence South 72 degrees 52' 14" West 173.80 feet more less to an iron pin; thence South 73 degrees 06' 33" West 205.62 feet more or less to an iron pin; thence South 73 degrees 01' 08" West 296.89 feet more or less to an iron pin; thence South 73 degrees 57' 35" West 272.83 feet more or less to a stone bound; thence North 22 degrees 47' 24" West 771.68 feet to a point; thence North 72 degrees 46' 02" East 554.28 feet to a point; thence North 15 degrees 00' 47" West 376.63 feet to a point; thence South 72 degrees 55' 20" West 634.26 feet more or less to a stake and stones; thence North 14 degrees 59' 03" West 345.18 feet to a point; thence South 73 degrees 03' 14" West 1211.04 feet more or less to a point; thence North 4 degrees 49' 00" West 539.43 feet to a stone bound at a corner in the Erving-Northfield Town Line; thence North 4 degrees 40' 00" West 4932.76 feet along said Town Line to a stone bound; thence North 73 degrees 59' 32" East along said Town Line 5371.89 feet to a stone bound; thence North 73 degrees 46' 23" East along said Town Line 1410.84 feet to a stone bound; thence North 73 degrees 46' 09" East along said Town Line 1394.60 feet to a point; thence South 14 degrees 49' 50" East 21.65 feet to an iron pin; thence North 73 degrees 26' 15" East 234.77 feet to a point; thence North 73 degrees 20' 05" East 581.97 feet to an iron pin; thence North 73 degrees 05' 00" East 102.38 feet to the point of beginning. Containing 1,496 acres more or less.

Subject to the right of way for transmission lines in favor of Western Massachusetts Electric Company hereinafter described leading northeasterly across the northwesterly portion of the above parcel, together with the right to use and travel over any and all extensions on the above parcel of the road described in the description of Parcel 2.

Parcel 2

A certain parcel of land situated in the southerly part of the Town of Northfield and lying between Route 63 and the Northfield-Erving Town Line, bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at the southeasterly corner of the land herein conveyed at a stone in stones in the Town Line between Erving and Northfield, said stone and stones being North 4 degrees 49' East 1063.21 feet from a stone bound at a corner in said Town Line; thence South 85 degrees 17' 10" West 1335.08 feet to a point; thence North 13 degrees 35' 50" West 475.58 feet to a point; thence North 8 degrees 00' 00" East 570.41 feet to a point; thence North 82 degrees 00' 00" West 530.00 feet to a point; thence South 87 degrees 11' 00" West 330.00 feet to a point; thence South 8 degrees 00' 00" West 850.00 feet to a point; thence South 85 degrees 31' 50" West 916.63 feet to a point in the easterly line of the Massachusetts State Highway known as Route 63, said point being 333.04 feet northerly from a stone bound at the southwesterly corner of land formerly of Roger W. Billings; thence North 4 degrees 39' 27" East 818.89 feet along said highway to a Massachusetts Highway Bound; thence North 4 degrees 48' 08" East 150.87 feet more or less to a point in the south line of land of Inhabitants of Town of Northfield known as the Northfield Farms Cemetery; thence North 87 degrees 35' 23" East 22.00 feet to a point; thence North 4 degrees 48' 08" East 22.00 feet to a point; thence North 87 degrees 35' 23" East 504.52 feet to a concrete bound; thence North 3 degrees 51' 53" East 245.88 feet to a concrete bound; thence South 85 degrees 40' 20" West 250.54 feet to a concrete post; thence South 85 degrees 44' 46" West 74.66 feet more or less to a concrete bound (the last mentioned six courses being along said Cemetery); thence North 5 degrees 26' 49" East along land retained by Eugene J. Galvis 450.00 feet to a concrete bound; thence South 85 degrees 44' 46" West along land of said Galvis 200 feet to a concrete bound in the easterly line of the aforesaid Route 63; thence North 5 degrees 26' 49" East along said Highway 149.41 feet to a Massachusetts Highway Bound; (the description of the last four courses in a warranty deed from Eugene J. Galvis dated September 24, 1965, being as follows: "thence South 85 degrees 47' 21" West along the Northfield Farms Cemetery 82.97 feet to a point in the north line of the Northfield Farms Cemetery; thence North 6 degrees 13' 58" East along land of Eugene J. Galvis 449.99 feet; thence South 85 degrees 47' 21" West along land of Eugene J. Galvis 200 feet to Route 63; thence North 6 degrees 13' 58" East along Route 63 a distance of 150.59 feet to Route 63;") thence North 5 degrees 38' 13" East 233.82 feet to a point in the south line of land formerly of Frank Fuller; thence North 85 degrees 34' 45" East along said southerly line of land formerly of Fuller 861.88 feet to a point; thence North 8 degrees 37' 06" East 1214.80 feet to a point in the southerly line of land now or formerly of Norman F. Fowler; thence north 74 degrees 14' 02" East 1769.94 feet to a stone bound at a corner in the Town Line between Erving and Northfield; thence South 4 degrees 49' West 3869.55 feet to the place of beginning, containing 190 acres more or less.

Subject to the right of way for transmission lines in favor of Western Massachusetts Electric Company hereinafter described, leading northerly and easterly across the above parcel and subject to the right of Western Massachusetts Electric Company to use and travel over the road leading from Route 63 to the access tunnel and thence to other land of Western Massachusetts Electric Company.

Said parcel of land is conveyed subject to a thirty foot right of way for the Inhabitants of the Town of Northfield leading easterly from Route 63, said right of way being 8 feet in width at the aforesaid Route 63.

The above reserved right of way for transmission lines in favor of Western Massachusetts Electric Company is described as follows:

A right of way 250 feet in width being on the westerly and northerly side 170 feet and on the southerly and easterly side 80 feet from the following described survey line.

Beginning at a point in Parcel 2 which is North 82 degrees 00' 00" West 387 feet from the northerly end of the third course described in said Parcel; thence North 8 degrees 00' 00" East 2161.63 feet to an angle point; thence North 72 degrees 00' 00" East 3076.88 feet crossing the line dividing Parcel 2 and Parcel 1 to an angle point; thence North 54 degrees 30' 00" East 894.07 feet to a point in the Town Line between Erving and Northfield, said point being North 73 degrees 59' 32" East 2636.05 feet from a stone bound at a corner in said Town Line, said corner being the northwesterly corner of Parcel No. 1 and the northeasterly corner of Parcel No. 2.

PARCEL 3

A certain parcel of land situated in the Town of Northfield and lying westerly of Route 63 bounded and described as follows:
Beginning at a concrete bound at the intersection of the westerly line of the Massachusetts State Highway known as Route 63 and the southerly line of Ferry Road; thence South 5 degrees 34' 01" West along said Route 63 261.60 feet to a Massachusetts Highway Bound; thence South 4 degrees 39' 27" West 905 feet more or less along said Highway to the center line of a culvert at the southeasterly corner of the first tract of land conveyed by Frank S. Fuller et ux. to Western Massachusetts Electric Company; thence South 84 degrees 20' West 584.32 feet more or less to land of the Central Vermont Railways Inc.; thence continuing the same course and crossing land of said Railroad 82.5 feet to the Railroad's westerly line; thence continuing South 84 degrees 20' West 412.28 feet to an iron pin; thence South 83 degrees 03' West 608.23 feet to a pile of stones; thence North 17 degrees 30' East 392.30 feet to a fence post in the southerly line of land conveyed by Sobieski to Western Massachusetts Electric Company; thence South 83 degrees 47' West 96.28 feet to a point in the southeasterly line of the relocation of River Road by the Commissioners of Franklin County as evidenced by an instrument of taking by eminent domain by said Commissioners dated December 16, 1969, and recorded in the said Registry of Deeds in Book 1250, Page 662 (hereinafter referred to as "layout"); thence northeasterly along said relocated Road by a curve to the right, having a radius of 770.00 feet 100.55 feet to Bound 3 of said layout; thence North 64 degrees 01' 50" East 303.96 feet to Bound 4; thence by a curve to the left having a radius of 830.00 feet 480 feet more or less to a point which is North 88 degrees 04' East from center line Station
13 + 78.46 of said layout; thence South 88 degrees 04' West 72 feet more or less across said Road and passing through Station 13 + 78.46 on the center line of said layout to a point on the westerly side of said layout; thence southwesterly by a curve to the right having a radius of 770.00 feet 410 feet more or less to Bound 4A; thence South 64 degrees 01' 50" West 303.96 feet to Bound 3A; thence southwesterly by a curve to the left having a radius of 830.00 feet 212.45 feet to the southerly line of land conveyed by Sobieski to Western Massachusetts Electric Company; thence South 83 degrees 47' 00" West 71.28 feet to a stump in the northeasterly line of River Road a County Road now abandoned and discontinued; thence continuing the same course 38 feet more or less across said abandoned County Road to other land of Western Massachusetts Electric Company; thence northerly along the northwesterly side of said abandoned County Road about 520 feet more or less to a concrete bound; thence North 24 degrees 45' 22" East along said other land of Western Massachusetts Electric Company 557.86 feet to a concrete bound; thence North 16 degrees 05' 43" East 541.29 feet to a concrete bound; thence North 28 degrees 54' 45" East 62.86 feet to a fence corner; thence South 77 degrees 49' 45" East 290 feet more or less to the westerly line of said layout; thence by a curve to the left having a radius of 830.00 feet 274.14 feet more or less to Bound 6A; thence South 9 degrees 45' 00" East 130.36 feet to Bound 5A; thence by a curve to the right having a radius of 770.00 feet 156 feet more or less to a point which is South 88" 04' West of Station 18+06.26 of the center line of said layout; thence North 88 degrees 04' East across said County Road and passing through Station 18+06.26 of the center line of said layout 60 feet more or less to the easterly side of said layout; thence by a curve to the left having a radius of 830.00 feet 129 feet more or less to Bound 5 of said layout at the southeasterly line of the relocation of Ferry Road; thence North 80 degrees 15' East along said road 20.11 feet to Bound 6 of said layout; thence North 89 degrees 25' East 46.52 feet to Bound 7 of said layout at the end of the relocation of Ferry Road; thence southeasterly along Ferry Road about 90 feet to land of said Central Vermont Railways Inc.; thence continuing southeasterly along said Road and across land of said Railroad 82.5 feet to the easterly line of said Railroad; thence continuing southeasterly along said Ferry Road and across the Old County Road leading from Northfield to Millers Falls about 500 feet to a concrete bound at the westerly end of the 1967 extension of said Ferry Road; thence South 86 degrees 13' 50" East along said road 132.50 feet to a concrete bound; thence South 84 degrees 25' 59" East along said Road 49.06 feet to the place of beginning; containing 50 acres more or less, including that portion of the Old County Highway leading from Northfield to Millers Falls which was discontinued and abandoned by the County Commissioners November 14, 1967 by instrument recorded by said Registry of Deeds Book 1218 Page 166, also those portions of Ferry Road and River Road which were discontinued and abandoned by the County Commissioners by the instrument of taking dated December 16, 1969 aforesaid.

Excepting therefrom land of the Central Vermont Railways Inc. which runs in a northerly direction across land formerly of Fuller and Sobieski.

There is also hereby assigned certain perpetual easements consisting of the right to construct, operate, maintain and repair two tailrace tunnels under said Route 63 granted to Western Massachusetts Electric Company, its successors and assigns, by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts by instrument dated December 10, 1969 to be recorded herewith but prior to the recording hereof.

There is also hereby assigned like perpetual easements under the right of way in said Town of Northfield of Central Vermont Railway, Inc., a corporation of Vermont, granted to Western Massachusetts Electric Company, its successors and assigns, by said railroad corporation by deed dated January 29, 1969, recorded with said Registry of Deeds, Book 1237 Page 511.

Said land is conveyed subject to an easement 60 feet in width for a County highway between Stations 13+78.46 and 18+06.26 of the County highway layout dated December 16, 1969, recorded in said Registry of Deeds Book 1250 Page 662.

PARCEL 4

A certain parcel of land situated in Erving bounded and described as follows:

Beginning at an iron pin in the westerly side of Mountain Road South 16 degrees 12' 25" East a distance of 138.67 feet from a point marking the southeast corner of land formerly of Francis A. Coutu and now of Western Massachusetts Electric Company; thence South 66 degrees 25' 04" West 679.39 feet to a concrete bound; thence South 56 degrees 04' 34" West 2871.50 feet to a concrete bound; thence South 16 degrees 33' 10" East 209.59 feet to a concrete bound; thence north 56 degrees 04' 34" East 2638.50 feet to a concrete bound; thence North 66 degrees 25' 04" East 635.25 feet to a concrete bound; thence North 16 degrees 12' 25" West 201.67 feet to the point of beginning, containing 15.667 acres.

Subject to a right of way over said strip for passage by vehicle or on foot in common with Western Massachusetts Electric Company.

The interest of The Connecticut Light and Power Company in all of the above described property consists of a tenancy in common with Western Massachusetts Electric Company and The Hartford Electric Light Company with rights of partition reciprocally suspended (pursuant to G.L. c. 164, Section 99A) so long as said property is used or useful for electric utility company

purposes.


Exhibit 4.2.17
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of May 1, 1998
To
Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust
Dated as of May 1, 1921
THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
TO
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, Trustee

1998 Series A Bonds, Due June 1, 1999

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
Supplemental Indenture, Dated as of May 1, 1998

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Parties
Recitals
Granting Clause
Habendum
Grant in Trust

ARTICLE 1.   FORM AND PROVISIONS OF BONDS OF 1998 SERIES A

SECTION 1.01.   Designation; Amount
SECTION 1.02.   Form of Bonds of 1998 Series A
SECTION 1.03.   Provisions of Bonds of 1998 Series A; Interest Accrual
SECTION 1.04.   Transfer and Exchange of Bonds of 1998 Series A;
Collateral Agent as

Registered Holder: Restriction on Transfer of Bonds of 1998 Series A
SECTION 1.05. Conditions under which 1998 Series A Bond Not Entitled to Benefits of Mortgage
SECTION 1.06. No Redemption

ARTICLE 2. REPAYMENT OF BONDS OF 1998 SERIES A

SECTION 2.01. Repayment upon reduction of aggregate commitment under the Facility

ARTICLE 3. MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.01. Benefits of Supplemental Indenture and Bonds of 1998 Series A
SECTION 3.02. Effect of Table of Contents and Headings
SECTION 3.03. Counterparts
SECTION 3.04. Payment Due on Holidays

TESTIMONIUM
SIGNATURES
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

SCHEDULE A - Form of Bond of 1998 Series A; Form of Trustee's Certificate

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of the first day of May, 1998, between THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (hereinafter called "CL&P"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (hereinafter called the "Trustee").

WHEREAS, CL&P heretofore duly executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Trustee a certain Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust dated as of May 1, 1921, and sixty-eight Supplemental Indentures thereto dated respectively as of May 1, 1921, February 1, 1924, July 1, 1926, June 20, 1928, June 1, 1932, July 1, 1932, July 1, 1935, September 1, 1936, October 20, 1936, December 1, 1936, December 1, 1938, August 31, 1944, September 1, 1944, May 1, 1945, October 1, 1945, November 1, 1949, December 1, 1952, December 1, 1955, January 1, 1958, February 1, 1960, April 1, 1961, September 1, 1963, April 1, 1967, May 1, 1967, January 1, 1968, October 1, 1968, December 1, 1969, January 1, 1970, October 1, 1970, December 1, 1971, August 1, 1972, April 1, 1973, March 1, 1974, February 1, 1975, September 1, 1975, May 1, 1977, March 1, 1978, September 1, 1980, October 1, 1981, June 30, 1982, October 1, 1982, July 1, 1983, January 1, 1984, October 1, 1985, September 1, 1986, April 1, 1987, October 1, 1987, November 1, 1987, April 1, 1988, November 1, 1988, June 1, 1989, September 1, 1989 , December 1, 1989, April 1, 1992, July 1, 1992, October 1, 1992, July 1, 1993, July 1, 1993, December 1, 1993, February 1, 1994, February 1, 1994, June 1, 1994, October 1, 1994, June 1, 1996, January 1, 1997, May 1, 1997, June 1, 1997 and June 1, 1997 (said Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust (i) as heretofore amended, being hereinafter generally called the "Mortgage Indenture," and (ii) together with said Supplemental Indentures thereto, being hereinafter generally called the "Mortgage"), all of which have been duly recorded as required by law, for the purpose of securing its First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds (of which $1,726,000,000 aggregate principal amount are outstanding at the date of this Supplemental Indenture) in an unlimited amount, issued and to be issued for the purposes and in the manner therein provided, of which Mortgage this Supplemental Indenture is intended to be made a part, as fully as if therein recited at length;

WHEREAS, in order to provide a single, comprehensive, efficient framework for the financing of nuclear fuel for Millstone 1 and Millstone 2, as well as CL&P's and Western Massachusetts Electric Company's ("WMECO" and, together with CL&P, the "Companies") approximately 65.172% ownership interest in the nuclear fuel for Millstone 3, the Companies entered into arrangements with Bankers Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee (the "NBFT Trustee") of the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (the "Trust") which was specially created for the purpose of such financing pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated as of February 11, 1992 (the "Trust Agreement"), among Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (which is the successor trustor to the New Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association, as assignee of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as receiver of The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association), as Trustor (the "Trustor"), and CL&P, WMECO and The Hartford Electric Light Company (which merged with and into CL&P on June 30, 1982), as beneficiaries;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Nuclear Fuel Lease Agreement (the "Lease Agreement") dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated as of February 11, 1992, between CL&P and WMECO, The Hartford Electric Light Company, and the NBFT Trustee, the Companies have assigned to the NBFT Trustee all of their right, title, and interest in and to all or part of certain nuclear fuel contracts and nuclear fuel and the NBFT Trustee, in turn, has agreed to either reimburse the Companies for payments made to contractors under the assigned nuclear fuel contracts or to make such payments directly to the contractors;

WHEREAS, as part of the nuclear fuel financing arrangements for the Millstone Units, the NBFT Trustee entered into a revolving credit facility (the "Facility") with a syndicate of banks which, pursuant to its terms, was scheduled to expire on February 19, 1998 and, in connection therewith, a credit agreement dated as of February 11, 1992, as amended pursuant to a First Amendment dated as of April 30, 1993 and a Second Amendment dated as of May 12, 1995, with each of the financial institutions party thereto, and The First National Bank of Chicago (the "Bank Agent"), as agent for such financial institutions (as so named and as it may have been otherwise supplemented, amended or modified through the date hereof the "Current Credit Agreement" and together with any replacement therefor, the "Credit Agreement");

WHEREAS, in order to induce the banks to extend the Facility through July 31, 1998, the Companies were required to agree to provide additional collateral, equal to 50 percent of the banks' commitment under the Facility, by May 1, 1998 in the form of first mortgage bonds, as set forth in a Third Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of February 19, 1998 (the "Amendment");

WHEREAS, to satisfy the requirement under the Amendment and to meet a contractual requirement that the holders of the Trust's Intermediate Term Notes (the "IT Notes") are entitled to equal treatment with the banks, CL&P agreed, by appropriate and sufficient corporate action in conformity with the provisions of the Mortgage to create a further series of bonds under the Mortgage, First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A (hereinafter generally referred to as the "1998 Series A Bonds" or the "bonds of 1998 Series A"), limited in principal amount to $72,900,000 to be issued to secure CL&P's obligations under the Lease Agreement and to be assigned by the NBFT Trustee to The First National Bank of Chicago as Collateral Agent and Pledgee (the "Collateral Agent") under a certain Security Agreement and Assignment of Contracts dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated February 11, 1992, (the "Security Agreement") between the NBFT Trustee and the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein (the "Secured Parties"). The 1998 Series A Bonds shall consist of fully registered bonds containing terms and provisions duly fixed and determined by the Board of Directors of CL&P and expressed in this Supplemental Indenture, including terms and provisions with respect to maturity, interest payment, interest rate and repayment as provided herein. Such fully registered bonds and the Trustee's certificate of its authentication thereof to be substantially in the forms thereof respectively set forth in Schedule A appended hereto and made a part hereof;

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and the issue of not exceeding Seventy-Two Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($72,900,000) in aggregate principal amount of bonds of 1998 Series A and other necessary actions have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of CL&P;

WHEREAS, CL&P proposes to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to provide for the issue of the bonds of 1998 Series A and to confirm the lien of the Mortgage on the property referred to below, all as permitted by
Section 14.01 of the Mortgage Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to constitute this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal instrument and to make the bonds of 1998 Series A when executed by CL&P and authenticated by the Trustee valid, binding and legal obligations of CL&P have been authorized and performed;

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OF MORTGAGE AND DEED OF TRUST WITNESSETH:

That in order to secure the payment of the principal of and interest on all bonds issued and to be issued under the Mortgage, according to their tenor and effect, and according to the terms of the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, and to secure the performance of the covenants and obligations in said bonds and in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture respectively contained, and for the better assuring and confirming unto the Trustee, its successor or successors and its or their assigns, upon the trusts and for the purposes expressed in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, all and singular the hereditaments, premises, estates and property of CL&P thereby conveyed or assigned or intended so to be, or which CL&P may thereafter have become bound to convey or assign to the Trustee, as security for said bonds (except such hereditaments, premises, estates and property as shall have been disposed of or released or withdrawn from the lien of the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, in accordance with the provisions thereof and subject to alterations, modifications and changes in said hereditaments, premises, estates and property as permitted under the provisions thereof), CL&P, for and in consideration of the premises and the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to it in hand paid by the Trustee, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and of other valuable consideration, has granted, bargained, sold, assigned, mortgaged, pledged, transferred, set over, aliened, enfeoffed, released, conveyed and confirmed, and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell, assign, mortgage, pledge, transfer, set over, alien, enfeoff, release, convey and confirm unto said Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, and its successor or successors in the trust created by the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, and its and their assigns, all of said hereditaments, premises, estates and property (except and subject as aforesaid), as fully as though described at length herein. Together with all plants, buildings, structures, improvements and machinery located upon said real estate or any portion thereof, and all rights, privileges and easements of every kind and nature appurtenant thereto, and all and singular the tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances belonging to the real estate or any part thereof described or referred to therein or intended so to be, or in any wise appertaining thereto, and the reversions, remainders, rents, issues and profits thereof, and also all the estate, right, title, interest, property, possession, claim and demand whatsoever, as well in law as in equity, of CL&P, of, in and to the same and any and every part thereof, with the appurtenances; except and subject as aforesaid.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all and singular the property, rights and privileges hereby granted or mentioned or intended so to be, together with all and singular the reversions, remainders, rents, revenues, income, issues and profits, privileges and appurtenances, now or hereafter belonging or in any way appertaining thereto, unto the Trustee and its successor or successors in the trust created by the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, and its and their assigns, forever, and with like effect as if the above described property, rights and privileges had been specifically described at length in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture.

Subject, however, to permitted liens, as defined in the Mortgage Indenture.

IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, upon the terms and trusts of the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture for those who shall hold the bonds and coupons issued and to be issued thereunder, or any of them, without preference, priority or distinction as to lien of any of said bonds and coupons over any others thereof by reason of priority in the time of the issue or negotiation thereof, or otherwise howsoever, subject, however, to the provisions in reference to extended, transferred or pledged coupons and claims for interest set forth in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture (and subject to any sinking fund that may heretofore have been or hereafter be created for the benefit of any particular series).

And it is hereby covenanted that all such bonds of 1998 Series A are to be issued, authenticated and delivered, and that the mortgaged premises are to be held by the Trustee, upon and subject to the trusts, covenants, provisions and conditions and for the uses and purposes set forth in the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture and upon and subject to the further covenants, provisions and conditions and for the uses and purposes hereinafter set forth, as follows, to wit:

ARTICLE 1.
FORM AND PROVISIONS OF BONDS OF 1998 SERIES A

SECTION 1.01. Designation; Amount. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be designated "First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A" and, subject to Section 2.08 of the Mortgage Indenture, shall not exceed Seventy-Two Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($72,900,000) in aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding. The initial issue of the bonds of 1998 Series A may be effected upon compliance with the applicable provisions of the Mortgage Indenture.

SECTION 1.02. Form of Bonds of 1998 Series A. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be issued only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) and multiples thereof.

The bonds of 1998 Series A and the certificate of the Trustee upon said bonds shall be substantially in the forms thereof respectively set forth in Schedule A appended hereto.

SECTION 1.03. Provisions of Bonds of 1998 Series A; Interest Accrual. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall mature on June 1, 1999 and shall bear interest at the Lease Rate (as defined below), as applicable from time to time, but such interest shall accrue only upon and following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Accelerating Event (as defined below); provided, however, that in no event shall the interest rate payable on the 1998 Series A Bonds exceed 11% per annum; and shall be payable both as to principal and interest at the office or agency of CL&P in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. After a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice from the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Accelerating Event, specifying in reasonable detail the events giving rise to the Accelerating Event and the date of its occurrence, interest on the outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds shall be due and payable on demand; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Accelerating Event which is an Insolvency Event, interest shall be immediately due and payable on demand whether or not the Trustee has received notice of the occurrence of such Accelerating Event. Interest shall accrue from and including the date of occurrence of an Accelerating Event and shall continue to accrue during the continuance of such Accelerating Event. Interest on the outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds shall cease to accrue following the discontinuance of any such Accelerating Event as evidenced by a written notice from an officer of the Collateral Agent to a responsible officer of the Trustee, and any interest on the outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds that has accrued but has not yet become due and payable at the time such notice is given shall be extinguished and shall not be required to be paid at any time thereafter.

Except as specified in the preceding paragraph, no interest shall accrue or be payable on the 1998 Series A Bonds.

An "Accelerating Event" shall be deemed to have occurred on any date on which an Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing.

An "Insolvency Event" shall be deemed to have occurred on any date an Event of Default described in Section 7.1.1 or 7.1.2 of the Current Credit Agreement, or an Event of Default of the same nature described in any Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement, (as defined in the Lease Agreement), shall have occurred and be continuing.

The term "Lease Rate" shall mean for any day that rate sufficient to generate interest due on the outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds for such day in an aggregate amount equal to that portion of the Daily Lease Charge (as defined in the Lease Agreement) for such day which is the obligation of CL&P under the Lease Agreement, but in no event shall such rate exceed 11% per annum. From time to time following the occurrence of an Accelerating Event, CL&P at the request of the Collateral Agent shall certify to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the NBFT Trustee the applicable Lease Rate for each day of the period covered by such certificate.

If any amounts due under the Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as defined in the Lease Agreement) shall become, or any bank acting as agent on behalf of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement or the holder or holders of any IT Notes shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, to be, forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, the entire principal of the bonds of 1998 Series A, together with interest accrued but unpaid thereon, shall without notice or demand of any kind, become immediately due and payable.

Anything in the Mortgage, this Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be deemed paid, and all obligations of CL&P to pay at the times provided herein the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be satisfied and discharged, if and to the extent, that (A) the Current Credit Agreement is terminated in its entirety and all obligations thereunder shall have been paid in full and CL&P shall not have given notice to the Trustee that such 1998 Series A Bonds shall remain outstanding, (B) each of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement has agreed in writing that the 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed paid, or (C) on June 1, 1999, no Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing; it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 81% of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 81% of the Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Mortgage. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on written notice from the Collateral Agent that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Security Agreement.

Each bond of 1998 Series A shall be dated as of May 1, 1998 and shall bear interest on the principal amount thereof as provided herein.

The person in whose name any bond of 1998 Series A is registered at the close of business on any record date (as hereinafter defined) with respect to any interest payment date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such interest payment date notwithstanding the cancellation of such bond upon any registration of transfer or exchange thereof subsequent to the record date and prior to such interest payment date, except that if and to the extent CL&P shall default in the payment of the interest due on such interest payment date, then such defaulted interest shall be paid to the person in whose name such bond is registered on a subsequent record date for the payment of defaulted interest if one shall have been established as hereinafter provided and otherwise on the date of payment of such defaulted interest. A subsequent record date may be established by CL&P by notice mailed to the owners of the bonds of 1998 Series A not less than ten (10) days preceding such record date, which record date shall not be more than five (5) days prior to the subsequent interest payment date. The term "record date" as used in this Section with respect to any regular interest payment date shall mean the day next preceding such interest payment date, or if such day shall not be a Business Day, the next preceding day which shall be a Business Day.

SECTION 1.04. Transfer and Exchange of Bonds of 1998 Series A; Agent as Registered Holder: Restriction on Transfer of Bonds of 1998 Series A. The bonds of 1998 Series A may be surrendered for registration of transfer as provided in Section 2.06 of the Mortgage Indenture at the office or agency of CL&P in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and may be surrendered at said office for exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of bonds of 1998 Series A of other authorized denominations. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.06 of the Mortgage Indenture, no charge, except for taxes or other governmental charges, shall be made by CL&P for any registration of transfer of bonds of 1998 Series A or for the exchange of any bonds of 1998 Series A for such bonds of other authorized denominations.

The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be issued to and registered in the name of THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as Pledgee and Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties named in the Security Agreement and, anything in the Mortgage, this Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall not be sold, assigned, pledged or transferred, except to effect the transfer to any successor Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement.

SECTION 1.05. Conditions under which 1998 Series A Bond Not Entitled to Benefits of Mortgage. Anything in the Mortgage, this Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 81% of the amount of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) as determined at such time; (ii) at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 81% of the amount of such Secured Obligations as determined at such time; and (iii) to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Collateral Agent nor the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Mortgage.

SECTION 1.06. No Redemption. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall not be redeemable.

ARTICLE 2.
REPAYMENT OF BONDS OF 1998 SERIES A.

SECTION 2.01. Repayment upon reduction of Aggregate Commitment under the Facility. Upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee (i) that the Current Credit Agreement has been amended to reduce or cancel the Aggregate Commitment (as defined in the Current Credit Agreement) of the banks thereunder, and (ii) that upon the making of any repayment of outstanding advances, if any, required pursuant to the terms of the Current Credit Agreement as a result of such reduction or cancellation, the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement equals less than $90,000,000, bonds of the 1998 Series A, in a principal amount equal to 81% of the amount by which the principal amount of the then outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds held by the Collateral Agent exceeds the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement, shall be deemed paid and all obligations of CL&P hereunder and thereunder with respect to such principal amount of 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed satisfied and discharged.

ARTICLE 3.
MISCELLANEOUS.

SECTION 3.01. Benefits of Supplemental Indenture and Bonds of 1998 Series A. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture, or in the bonds of 1998 Series A, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than CL&P, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or of any covenant, condition or provision herein contained. All the covenants, conditions and provisions hereof are and shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of CL&P, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Mortgage and this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 3.02. Effect of Table of Contents and Headings. The table of contents and the descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken to be any part of this Supplemental Indenture or to control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of the same.

SECTION 3.03. Counterparts. For the purpose of facilitating the recording hereof, this Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be and shall be taken to be an original and all collectively but one instrument.

SECTION 3.04. Payment Due on Holidays. If the date for making any payment or the last date for performance of any act or the exercise of any right, as provided in this Supplemental Indenture, is not a Business Day, such payment may be made or act performed or right exercised on the next succeeding Business Day unless otherwise provided herein, with the same force and effect as if done on the nominal date provided in this Supplemental Indenture.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Connecticut Light and Power Company has caused these presents to be executed by a Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, duly attested by an Assistant Secretary, and Bankers Trust Company has caused these presents to be executed by an Assistant Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, duly attested by an Assistant Treasurer, as of the day and year first above written.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND
POWER COMPANY
Attest:

By: /s/  O. Kay Comendul                        By: /s/  John B. Keane

Name:   O. Kay Comendul                 Name:   John B. Keane
Title:     Assistant Secretary  Title:     Vice President and Treasurer

(SEAL)
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:

/s/ Tracy A. DeCredico
Tracy A. DeCredico

/s/ Marion Bloomquist
Marion Bloomquist
STATE OF CONNECTICUT)
)       ss: BERLIN
COUNTY OF HARTFORD      )

On this 27th day of April, 1998, before me, Carole J. Kobrzycki, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John B. Keane and O. Kay Comendul, who acknowledged themselves to be Vice President and Treasurer and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation, and that they, as such Vice President and Treasurer and such Assistant Secretary, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purpose therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by themselves as Vice President and Treasurer and Assistant Secretary, and as their free act and deed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

/s/  Carole J. Kobrzycki
Carole J. Kobrzycki
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:   January 31, 2003


BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
Attest:

/s/  Jason C. Theriault                 By: /s/  Vincent Chorney
Name:   Jason C. Theriault              Name:   Vincent Chorney
Title:    Assistant Treasurer           Title:     Assistant Vice President

(SEAL)
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:

 /s/  David Beane
David Beane

 /s/  Sonia Egge
Sonia Egge

STATE OF NEW YORK   )
)       ss: NEW YORK
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

On this 27th day of April, 1998, before me, Sharon V. Alston, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Vincent Chorney and Jason C. Theriault, who acknowledged themselves to be an Assistant Vice President and an Assistant Treasurer, respectively, of BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a corporation, and that they, as such Assistant Vice President and such Assistant Treasurer, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by themselves as Assistant Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, and as their free act and deed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

/s/  Sharon V. Alston
Sharon V. Alston
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:   May 7, 1998

SCHEDULE A

(FORM OF BONDS OF 1998 SERIES A)

THIS BOND IS TRANSFERABLE ONLY AS PROVIDED HEREIN

No. $

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Connecticut
FIRST AND REFUNDING MORTGAGE BOND, 1998 Series A PRINCIPAL DUE JUNE 1, 1999

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (hereinafter called the Company) hereby promises to pay to THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, or registered assigns, in each case as Pledgee and Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement referred to on the reverse hereof), the principal sum of or, if less, 81% of the aggregate Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to on the reverse hereof) outstanding on June 1, 1999 or any date before June 1, 1999 on which the principal hereof becomes due and payable. The Company further agrees to pay interest on said sum at the Lease Rate (as such term and all other capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Mortgage referred to on the reverse hereof) as applicable from time to time, but such interest shall accrue only upon and following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Accelerating Event; provided, however, that in no event shall the interest rate payable on the 1998 Series A Bonds exceed 11% per annum. After a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice from the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Accelerating Event, specifying in reasonable detail the events giving rise to the Accelerating Event and the date of its occurrence, interest hereon shall be due and payable on demand; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Accelerating Event which is an Insolvency Event, interest shall be immediately due and payable on demand whether or not the Trustee has received notice of the occurrence of such Accelerating Event. Interest shall accrue from and including the date of occurrence of an Accelerating Event and shall continue to accrue during the continuance of such Accelerating Event. Interest hereon shall cease to accrue following the discontinuance of the Accelerating Event as evidenced by written notice from an officer of the Collateral Agent to a responsible officer of the Trustee, and any interest hereon that has accrued but has not yet become due and payable at the time such notice is given shall be extinguished and shall not be required to be paid at any time thereafter. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be payable both as to principal and interest at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. The interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A, whether in temporary or definitive form, shall be payable without presentation of such bonds; and only to or upon the written order of the registered holders thereof of record at the applicable record date. If any amounts due under the Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as defined in the Lease Agreement) shall become, or any bank acting as agent on behalf of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement or the holder or holders of any IT Note shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, to be, forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, the entire principal of the bonds of 1998 Series A, together with interest accrued but unpaid thereon, shall without notice or demand of any kind, become immediately due and payable.

Anything in the Mortgage referred to on the reverse hereof, the supplemental indenture establishing the terms and conditions of bonds of this Series (the "Supplemental Indenture") or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be deemed paid, and all obligations of the Company to pay at the times provided herein the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be satisfied and discharged, if and to the extent, that (A) the Current Credit Agreement is terminated in its entirety and all obligations thereunder shall have been paid in full and the Company shall not have given notice to the Trustee that such 1998 Series A Bonds shall remain outstanding, (B) each of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement has agreed in writing that the 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed paid, or (C) on June 1, 1999, no Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing; it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 81% of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 81% of such Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Mortgage. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on written notice from the Collateral Agent, that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under such Security Agreement. By its acceptance of this Bond, the Collateral Agent agrees upon request of the Company to provide such notice to the Trustee so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Each installment of interest hereon shall be payable to the person who shall be the registered owner of this bond at the close of business on the record date, which shall be the day next preceding such interest payment date, or if such day shall not be a Business Day (as defined on the reverse hereof), the next preceding day which is a Business Day.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, and the registration of transfer and exchangeability of this bond, and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

This bond shall not become or be valid or obligatory until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by Bankers Trust Company (hereinafter with its successors as defined in the Mortgage, generally called the Trustee), or by such a successor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Connecticut Light and Power Company has caused this bond to be executed in its corporate name and on its behalf by its Vice President by his signature or a facsimile thereof, and its corporate seal to be affixed or imprinted hereon and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Assistant Secretary.

Dated as of , 1998.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY

By
Name:
Title: Vice President

Attest:

Name:
Title: Assistant Secretary

[FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE]

Bankers Trust Company hereby certifies that this bond is one of the bonds described in the within mentioned Mortgage.

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, TRUSTEE

By
Name:
Title: Authorized Officer

[FORM OF BOND]

[REVERSE]

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY

FIRST AND REFUNDING MORTGAGE BOND, 1998 Series A

This bond is one of an issue of bonds of the Company, of an unlimited authorized amount of coupon bonds or registered bonds without coupons, or both, known as its First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, all issued or to be issued in one or more series, and is one of a series of said bonds limited in principal amount to Seventy-Two Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($72,900,000), consisting only of registered bonds without coupons and designated "First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A," all of which bonds are issued or are to be issued under, and equally and ratably secured by, a certain Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust dated as of May 1, 1921, and by sixty-nine Supplemental Indentures dated respectively as of May 1, 1921, February 1, 1924, July 1, 1926, June 20, 1928, June 1, 1932, July 1, 1932, July 1, 1935, September 1, 1936, October 20, 1936, December 1, 1936, December 1, 1938, August 31, 1944, September 1, 1944, May 1, 1945, October 1, 1945, November 1, 1949, December 1, 1952, December 1, 1955, January 1, 1958, February 1, 1960, April 1, 1961, September 1, 1963, April 1, 1967, May 1, 1967, January 1, 1968, October 1, 1968, December 1, 1969, January 1, 1970, October 1, 1970, December 1, 1971, August 1, 1972, April 1, 1973, March 1, 1974, February 1, 1975, September 1, 1975, May 1, 1977, March 1, 1978, September 1, 1980, October 1, 1981, June 30, 1982, October 1, 1982, July 1, 1983, January 1, 1984, October 1, 1985, September 1, 1986, April 1, 1987, October 1, 1987, November 1, 1987, April 1, 1988, November 1, 1988, June 1, 1989, September 1, 1989, December 1, 1989, April 1, 1992, July 1, 1992, October 1, 1992, July 1, 1993, July 1, 1993, December 1, 1993, February 1, 1994, February 1, 1994, June 1, 1994, October 1, 1994, June 1, 1996, January 1, 1997, May 1, 1997, June 1, 1997, June 1, 1997 and May 1, 1998 (said Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust and Supplemental Indentures being collectively referred to herein as the "Mortgage"), all executed by the Company to Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, all as provided in the Mortgage to which reference is made for a statement of the property mortgaged and pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the rights of the holders of the bonds in respect thereof and the terms and conditions upon which the bonds may be issued and are secured; but neither the foregoing reference to the Mortgage nor any provision of this bond or of the Mortgage (other than the last sentence of the next paragraph and Section 1.03 of the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and conditions of the bonds of this Series) shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute, unconditional and unalterable, to pay at the maturity herein provided the principal of and interest on this bond as herein provided. The principal of this bond may be declared or may become due on the conditions, in the manner and at the time set forth in the Mortgage, upon the happening of an event of default as in the Mortgage provided or if any amounts due under the Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement referred to below) shall become, or any bank acting as agent on behalf of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement or the holder or holders of any IT Note shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or such IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, to be, forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be.

This bond, together with all other bonds of this series, if any, is issued to evidence and secure the Company's obligations pursuant to the Lease Agreement, it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 81% of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement hereinbelow referred to) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 81% of such Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Mortgage.

The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be issued to and registered in the name of THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as Pledgee and Collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent") under a Security Agreement and Assignment of Contracts dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated February 11, 1992 between Bankers Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee of the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust which was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated as of February 11, 1992, among Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (which is the successor trustor to the New Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association, as assignee of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as receiver of The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association), as Trustor, and the Company, Western Massachusetts Electric Company ("WMECO") and The Hartford Electric Light Company (which merged with and into the Company on June 30, 1982), as beneficiaries, and the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein (the "Security Agreement"). Anything in the Mortgage, the Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall not be sold, assigned, pledged or transferred, except to effect the transfer to any successor Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this bond the Company and the Trustee may deem and treat the registered owner hereof as the absolute owner hereof, whether or not this bond be overdue, for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee (i) that the Current Credit Agreement has been amended to reduce or cancel the Aggregate Commitment (as defined in the Current Credit Agreement) of the banks thereunder, and (ii) that upon the making of any repayment of outstanding advances, if any, required pursuant to the terms of the Current Credit Agreement as a result of such reduction or cancellation, the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Note and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement equals less than $90,000,000, bonds of the 1998 Series A, in a principal amount equal to 81% of the amount by which the principal amount of the then outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds held by the Collateral Agent exceeds the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement, shall be deemed paid and all obligations of CL&P hereunder and thereunder with respect to such principal amount of 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed satisfied and discharged.

This bond is exchangeable at the option of the registered holder hereof upon surrender hereof, at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, for an equal principal amount of bonds of this series of other authorized denominations, in the manner and on the terms provided in the Mortgage.

The 1998 Series A Bonds shall not be redeemable.

The Mortgage provides that the Company and the Trustee, with consent of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the bonds at the time outstanding which would be affected by the action proposed to be taken, may by supplemental indenture add any provisions to or change or eliminate any of the provisions of the Mortgage or modify the rights of the holders of the bonds and coupons issued thereunder; provided, however, that without the consent of the holder hereof no such supplemental indenture shall affect the terms of payment of the principal of or interest or premium on this bond, or reduce the aforesaid percentage of the bonds the holders of which are required to consent to such a supplemental indenture, or permit the creation by the Company of any mortgage or pledge or lien in the nature thereof ranking prior to or equal with the lien of the Mortgage or deprive the holder hereof of the lien of the Mortgage on any of the property which is subject to the lien thereof.

If the date for making any payment or the last date for performance of any act or the exercise of any right, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and series of the bonds of this series, is not a Business Day, such payment may be made or act performed or right exercised on the next succeeding Business Day unless otherwise provided herein, with the same force and effect as if done on the nominal date provided in the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and series of the bonds of this series.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this bond, or any part thereof, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, to any incorporator or any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director of the Company, either directly or indirectly, by virtue of any statute or by enforcement of any assessment or otherwise, and any and all liability of the said incorporators, stockholders, officers or directors of the Company in respect to this bond is hereby expressly waived and released by every holder hereof.

SCHEDULE B

THIS SCHEDULE IS A TABLE OF ALL THE EASEMENTS GRANTED BY THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY SINCE THE PREVIOUS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WAS

EXECUTED - IT IS NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF THIS FILING.


Exhibit 4.2.18

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of May 1, 1998
To
Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust
Dated as of May 1, 1921
THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
TO
BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, Trustee

Amending First Supplemental Indenture Dated as of May 1, 1998

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
Supplemental Indenture, Dated as of May 1, 1998

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARTIES
RECITALS


ARTICLE 1 AMENDMENT OF MORTGAGE

SECTION 1.01.  Amendment of Section 2.01 of First May 1, 1998 Supplemental
Indenture
SECTION 1.02.  Amendment of Schedule A to First May 1, 1998 Supplemental
Indenture

ARTICLE 2 MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 2.01.  Benefits of Supplemental Indenture.
SECTION 2.02.  Effect of Table of Contents and Headings.
SECTION 2.03.  Counterparts.


TESTIMONIUM
SIGNATURES
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

SCHEDULE A - Form of Bond of 1998 Series A; Form of Trustee's Certificate

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of the first day of May, 1998, between THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (hereinafter called "CL&P"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (hereinafter called the "Trustee").

WHEREAS, CL&P heretofore duly executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Trustee a certain Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust dated as of May 1, 1921, and sixty-nine Supplemental Indentures thereto dated respectively as of May 1, 1921, February 1, 1924, July 1, 1926, June 20, 1928, June 1, 1932, July 1, 1932, July 1, 1935, September 1, 1936, October 20, 1936, December 1, 1936, December 1, 1938, August 31, 1944, September 1, 1944, May 1, 1945, October 1, 1945, November 1, 1949, December 1, 1952, December 1, 1955, January 1, 1958, February 1, 1960, April 1, 1961, September 1, 1963, April 1, 1967, May 1, 1967, January 1, 1968, October 1, 1968, December 1, 1969, January 1, 1970, October 1, 1970, December 1, 1971, August 1, 1972, April 1, 1973, March 1, 1974, February 1, 1975, September 1, 1975, May 1, 1977, March 1, 1978, September 1, 1980, October 1, 1981, June 30, 1982, October 1, 1982, July 1, 1983, January 1, 1984, October 1, 1985, September 1, 1986, April 1, 1987, October 1, 1987, November 1, 1987, April 1, 1988, November 1, 1988, June 1, 1989, September 1, 1989 , December 1, 1989, April 1, 1992, July 1, 1992, October 1, 1992, July 1, 1993, July 1, 1993, December 1, 1993, February 1, 1994, February 1, 1994, June 1, 1994, October 1, 1994, June 1, 1996, January 1, 1997, May 1, 1997, June 1, 1997, June 1, 1997 and May 1, 1998 (said Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust (i) as heretofore amended, being hereinafter generally called the "Mortgage Indenture," and (ii) together with said Supplemental Indentures thereto, being hereinafter generally called the "Mortgage"), all of which have been duly recorded as required by law, for the purpose of securing its First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds (of which $1,726,000,000 aggregate principal amount are outstanding at the date of this Supplemental Indenture) in an unlimited amount, issued and to be issued for the purposes and in the manner therein provided, of which Mortgage this Supplemental Indenture is intended to be made a part, as fully as if therein recited at length;

WHEREAS, CL&P executed and delivered a Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 (the "First May 1, 1998 Supplemental Indenture") to provide for the issue of the bonds of 1998 Series A;

WHEREAS, CL&P proposes to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend Section 2.01 of, and Schedule A to, the First May 1, 1998 Supplemental Indenture to correct a typographical error appearing in such Section 2.01 of, and Schedule A to, the First May 1, 1998 Supplemental Indenture, all as permitted by Section 14.01(e) of the Mortgage Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to constitute this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal instrument have been authorized and performed;

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OF MORTGAGE AND DEED OF TRUST WITNESSETH:

ARTICLE 1.
AMENDMENT OF MORTGAGE

SECTION 1.01. Amendment of Section 2.01 of First May 1, 1998 Supplemental Indenture. The Mortgage shall be, and hereby is, amended to correct a typographical error by deleting Section 2.01 of the First May 1, 1998 Supplemental Indenture in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

SECTION 2.01. Repayment upon reduction of Aggregate Commitment under the Facility. Upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee (i) that the Current Credit Agreement has been amended to reduce or cancel the Aggregate Commitment (as defined in the Current Credit Agreement) of the banks thereunder, and (ii) that upon the making of any repayment of outstanding advances, if any, required pursuant to the terms of the Current Credit Agreement as a result of such reduction or cancellation, the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement equals less than $90,000,000, bonds of the 1998 Series A, in a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of the then outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds held by the Collateral Agent exceeds 81% of the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement, shall be deemed paid and all obligations of CL&P hereunder and thereunder with respect to such principal amount of 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed satisfied and discharged.

SECTION 1.02. Amendment of Schedule A to the First May 1, 1998 Supplemental Indenture. The Mortgage shall be, and hereby is, amended to correct a typographical error by deleting Schedule A to the First May 1, 1998 Supplemental Indenture in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof Schedule A appended hereto.

ARTICLE 2.
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 2.01. Benefits of Supplemental Indenture. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than CL&P, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Mortgage, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or of any covenant, condition or provision herein contained. All the covenants, conditions and provisions hereof are and shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of CL&P, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Mortgage.

SECTION 2.02. Effect of Table of Contents and Headings. The table of contents and the descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken to be any part of this Supplemental Indenture or to control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of the same.

SECTION 2.03. Counterparts. For the purpose of facilitating the recording hereof, this Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be and shall be taken to be an original and all collectively but one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Connecticut Light and Power Company has caused these presents to be executed by a Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, duly attested by an Assistant Secretary, and Bankers Trust Company has caused these presents to be executed by an Assistant Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, duly attested by an Assistant Treasurer, as of the day and year first above written.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
Attest:

/s/ O. Kay Comendul                             By: /s/ John B. Keane
Name:   O. Kay Comendul                 Name:   John B. Keane
Title:     Assistant Secretary  Title:     Vice President and Treasurer

(SEAL)
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:

/s/ Tracy A. DeCredico
Tracy A. DeCredico

/s/ Marion Bloomquist
Marion Bloomquist

STATE OF CONNECTICUT)
)       ss: BERLIN
COUNTY OF HARTFORD      )

On this 4th day of May, 1998, before me, Susan L. Cifaldi, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John B. Keane and O. Kay Comendul, who acknowledged themselves to be Vice President and Treasurer and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation, and that they, as such Vice President and Treasurer and such Assistant Secretary, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purpose therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by themselves as Vice President and Treasurer and Assistant Secretary, and as their free act and deed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

/s/ Susan L. Cifaldi
Carole J. Kobrzycki, Notary Public
My Commission Expires:   May 31, 1999


BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
Attest:

/s/ Jason C. Theriault                  By: /s/ Vincent Chorney
Name:    Jason C. Theriault             Name:    Vincent Chorney
Title:     Assistant Treasurer  Title:      Assistant Vice President

(SEAL)
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:

/s/ David Beane
David Beane

/s/ Sonia Egge
Sonia Egge

STATE OF NEW YORK       )
)       ss: NEW YORK
COUNTY OF NEW YORK   )

On this 4th day of May, 1998, before me, Sharon V. Alston, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Vincent Chorney and Jason C. Theriault, who acknowledged themselves to be an Assistant Vice President and an Assistant Treasurer, respectively, of BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a corporation, and that they, as such Assistant Vice President and such Assistant Treasurer, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by themselves as Assistant Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, and as their free act and deed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

/s/ Sharon V. Alston
Sharon V. Alston
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:   May 7, 1998

SCHEDULE A
(FORM OF BONDS OF 1998 SERIES A)

THIS BOND IS TRANSFERABLE ONLY AS PROVIDED HEREIN

No. $

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Connecticut
FIRST AND REFUNDING MORTGAGE BOND, 1998 Series A PRINCIPAL DUE JUNE 1, 1999

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Connecticut (hereinafter called the Company) hereby promises to pay to THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, or registered assigns, in each case as Pledgee and Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement referred to on the reverse hereof), the principal sum of or, if less, 81% of the aggregate Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to on the reverse hereof) outstanding on June 1, 1999 or any date before June 1, 1999 on which the principal hereof becomes due and payable. The Company further agrees to pay interest on said sum at the Lease Rate (as such term and all other capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Mortgage referred to on the reverse hereof) as applicable from time to time, but such interest shall accrue only upon and following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Accelerating Event; provided, however, that in no event shall the interest rate payable on the 1998 Series A Bonds exceed 11% per annum. After a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice from the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Accelerating Event, specifying in reasonable detail the events giving rise to the Accelerating Event and the date of its occurrence, interest hereon shall be due and payable on demand; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Accelerating Event which is an Insolvency Event, interest shall be immediately due and payable on demand whether or not the Trustee has received notice of the occurrence of such Accelerating Event. Interest shall accrue from and including the date of occurrence of an Accelerating Event and shall continue to accrue during the continuance of such Accelerating Event. Interest hereon shall cease to accrue following the discontinuance of the Accelerating Event as evidenced by written notice from an officer of the Collateral Agent to a responsible officer of the Trustee, and any interest hereon that has accrued but has not yet become due and payable at the time such notice is given shall be extinguished and shall not be required to be paid at any time thereafter. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be payable both as to principal and interest at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. The interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A, whether in temporary or definitive form, shall be payable without presentation of such bonds; and only to or upon the written order of the registered holders thereof of record at the applicable record date. If any amounts due under the Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as defined in the Lease Agreement) shall become, or any bank acting as agent on behalf of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement or the holder or holders of any IT Note shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, to be, forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, the entire principal of the bonds of 1998 Series A, together with interest accrued but unpaid thereon, shall without notice or demand of any kind, become immediately due and payable.

Anything in the Mortgage referred to on the reverse hereof, the supplemental indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 establishing the terms and conditions of bonds of this Series (the "Supplemental Indenture"), the supplemental indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 amending the Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be deemed paid, and all obligations of the Company to pay at the times provided herein the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be satisfied and discharged, if and to the extent, that (A) the Current Credit Agreement is terminated in its entirety and all obligations thereunder shall have been paid in full and the Company shall not have given notice to the Trustee that such 1998 Series A Bonds shall remain outstanding, (B) each of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement has agreed in writing that the 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed paid, or (C) on June 1, 1999, no Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing; it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 81% of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 81% of such Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Mortgage. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on written notice from the Collateral Agent, that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under such Security Agreement. By its acceptance of this Bond, the Collateral Agent agrees upon request of the Company to provide such notice to the Trustee so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Each installment of interest hereon shall be payable to the person who shall be the registered owner of this bond at the close of business on the record date, which shall be the day next preceding such interest payment date, or if such day shall not be a Business Day (as defined on the reverse hereof), the next preceding day which is a Business Day.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, and the registration of transfer and exchangeability of this bond, and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

This bond shall not become or be valid or obligatory until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by Bankers Trust Company (hereinafter with its successors as defined in the Mortgage, generally called the Trustee), or by such a successor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Connecticut Light and Power Company has caused this bond to be executed in its corporate name and on its behalf by its President by his signature or a facsimile thereof and its corporate seal to be affixed or imprinted hereon and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary.

Dated as of , 1998.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY

By
Name:
Title: President

Attest:

Name:
Title: Secretary

[FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE]

Bankers Trust Company hereby certifies that this bond is one of the bonds described in the within mentioned Mortgage.

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, TRUSTEE

By
Name:
Title: Authorized Officer

[FORM OF BOND]
[REVERSE]
THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY
FIRST AND REFUNDING MORTGAGE BOND, 1998 Series A

This bond is one of an issue of bonds of the Company, of an unlimited authorized amount of coupon bonds or registered bonds without coupons, or both, known as its First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, all issued or to be issued in one or more series, and is one of a series of said bonds limited in principal amount to Seventy-Two Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($72,900,000), consisting only of registered bonds without coupons and designated "First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A," all of which bonds are issued or are to be issued under, and equally and ratably secured by, a certain Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust dated as of May 1, 1921, and by seventy Supplemental Indentures dated respectively as of May 1, 1921, February 1, 1924, July 1, 1926, June 20, 1928, June 1, 1932, July 1, 1932, July 1, 1935, September 1, 1936, October 20, 1936, December 1, 1936, December 1, 1938, August 31, 1944, September 1, 1944, May 1, 1945, October 1, 1945, November 1, 1949, December 1, 1952, December 1, 1955, January 1, 1958, February 1, 1960, April 1, 1961, September 1, 1963, April 1, 1967, May 1, 1967, January 1, 1968, October 1, 1968, December 1, 1969, January 1, 1970, October 1, 1970, December 1, 1971, August 1, 1972, April 1, 1973, March 1, 1974, February 1, 1975, September 1, 1975, May 1, 1977, March 1, 1978, September 1, 1980, October 1, 1981, June 30, 1982, October 1, 1982, July 1, 1983, January 1, 1984, October 1, 1985, September 1, 1986, April 1, 1987, October 1, 1987, November 1, 1987, April 1, 1988, November 1, 1988, June 1, 1989, September 1, 1989, December 1, 1989, April 1, 1992, July 1, 1992, October 1, 1992, July 1, 1993, July 1, 1993, December 1, 1993, February 1, 1994, February 1, 1994, June 1, 1994, October 1, 1994, June 1, 1996, January 1, 1997, May 1, 1997, June 1, 1997, June 1, 1997, May 1, 1998 and May 1, 1998 (said Indenture of Mortgage and Deed of Trust and Supplemental Indentures being collectively referred to herein as the "Mortgage"), all executed by the Company to Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, all as provided in the Mortgage to which reference is made for a statement of the property mortgaged and pledged, the nature and extent of the security, the rights of the holders of the bonds in respect thereof and the terms and conditions upon which the bonds may be issued and are secured; but neither the foregoing reference to the Mortgage nor any provision of this bond or of the Mortgage (other than the last sentence of the next paragraph and Section 1.03 of the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and conditions of the bonds of this Series) shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute, unconditional and unalterable, to pay at the maturity herein provided the principal of and interest on this bond as herein provided. The principal of this bond may be declared or may become due on the conditions, in the manner and at the time set forth in the Mortgage, upon the happening of an event of default as in the Mortgage provided or if any amounts due under the Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement referred to below) shall become, or any bank acting as agent on behalf of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement or the holder or holders of any IT Note shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or such IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, to be, forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be.

This bond, together with all other bonds of this series, if any, is issued to evidence and secure the Company's obligations pursuant to the Lease Agreement, it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 81% of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement hereinbelow referred to) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 81% of such Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Mortgage.

The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be issued to and registered in the name of THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as Pledgee and Collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent") under a Security Agreement and Assignment of Contracts dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated February 11, 1992 between Bankers Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee of the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust which was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated as of February 11, 1992, among Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (which is the successor trustor to the New Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association, as assignee of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as receiver of The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association), as Trustor, and the Company, Western Massachusetts Electric Company ("WMECO") and The Hartford Electric Light Company (which merged with and into the Company on June 30, 1982), as beneficiaries, and the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein (the "Security Agreement"). Anything in the Mortgage, the Supplemental Indenture, the supplemental indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 amending the Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall not be sold, assigned, pledged or transferred, except to effect the transfer to any successor Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this bond the Company and the Trustee may deem and treat the registered owner hereof as the absolute owner hereof, whether or not this bond be overdue, for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee (i) that the Current Credit Agreement has been amended to reduce or cancel the Aggregate Commitment (as defined in the Current Credit Agreement) of the banks thereunder, and (ii) that upon the making of any repayment of outstanding advances, if any, required pursuant to the terms of the Current Credit Agreement as a result of such reduction or cancellation, the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement equals less than $90,000,000, bonds of the 1998 Series A, in a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of the then outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds held by the Collateral Agent exceeds 81% of the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement, shall be deemed paid and all obligations of CL&P hereunder and thereunder with respect to such principal amount of 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed satisfied and discharged.

This bond is exchangeable at the option of the registered holder hereof upon surrender hereof, at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, for an equal principal amount of bonds of this series of other authorized denominations, in the manner and on the terms provided in the Mortgage.

The 1998 Series A Bonds shall not be redeemable.

The Mortgage provides that the Company and the Trustee, with consent of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the bonds at the time outstanding which would be affected by the action proposed to be taken, may by supplemental indenture add any provisions to or change or eliminate any of the provisions of the Mortgage or modify the rights of the holders of the bonds and coupons issued thereunder; provided, however, that without the consent of the holder hereof no such supplemental indenture shall affect the terms of payment of the principal of or interest or premium on this bond, or reduce the aforesaid percentage of the bonds the holders of which are required to consent to such a supplemental indenture, or permit the creation by the Company of any mortgage or pledge or lien in the nature thereof ranking prior to or equal with the lien of the Mortgage or deprive the holder hereof of the lien of the Mortgage on any of the property which is subject to the lien thereof.

If the date for making any payment or the last date for performance of any act or the exercise of any right, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and series of the bonds of this series, as amended by the supplemental indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 amending the Supplemental Indenture, is not a Business Day, such payment may be made or act performed or right exercised on the next succeeding Business Day unless otherwise provided herein, with the same force and effect as if done on the nominal date provided in the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and series of the bonds of this series, as amended by the supplemental indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 amending the Supplemental Indenture.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this bond, or any part thereof, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, to any incorporator or any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director of the Company, either directly or indirectly, by virtue of any statute or by enforcement of any assessment or otherwise, and any and all liability of the said incorporators, stockholders, officers or directors of the Company in respect to this bond is hereby

expressly waived and released by every holder hereof.


Exhibit 4.2.25.4
AMENDMENT NO. 2
to the
STANDBY BOND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated December 9, 1998 ("Amendment No. 2"), to the Standby Bond Purchase Agreement, dated January 23, 1997, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated January 21, 1998 (the "Original Agreement"), among THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, a corporation organized and qualified to do business as a public utility in the State of Connecticut (the "Company"), SOCIETE GENERALE, a banking corporation organized under the laws of France, acting through its New York Branch (the "Bank"), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a national banking associated, as successor trustee under the Indenture referred to below (including any successor trustee, the "Trustee").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the liquidity facility (the "Liquidity Facility") provided by the Bank pursuit to the Original Agreement is scheduled to expire on January 19, 1999;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Bank extend the Stated Expiration Date for on additional period, to expire 364 days from the date hereof, on December 7, 1999 (the "Second Extension"), and the Bank has agreed to do so on the terms and conditions contained herein and, to the extent applicable and not superseded by this Amendment No. 2, according to the terms and condition of the Original Agreement;

WHEREAS, certain conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Amendment No. 2 have been or will be fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Bank and its compel as of He date of this Amendment No. 2;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used heresy shall have the same respective meanings as in the Original Agreement. From and after the date of this Amendment No. 2, the term "Agreement" shall be deemed to mean The Original Agreement as amended by this Amendment No. 2. References in the Original Agreement to "this Agreement" and the words "hereof", "herein", "hereto" and the like shall refer to the Original Agreement, Amendment No. 2, and the Original Agreement as amended by the Amendment No. 2; provided, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this Amendment No. 2, the words "the date of this Agreement" and "the date hereof" shall continue to refer to the date of the Orison Agreement;

2. Amendments to the Original Agent. Effective upon fulfillment of the conditions specified in Section 4 hereof, the Original Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

A. The Stated Expiration Date is hereby extended for an additional period, to expire 364 days from the date hereof, on December 7, 1999, and the definition of "Stated Expiration Date" contained in Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Stated Expiration Date" means did later of (i) December 7, 1999, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day, and
(ii) the last day of any extension of such date pursuant to Section 2.6 or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

B. The definition of "Bank Purchase Period" contained in Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Blank Purchase Period" means the period from the date of this Amendment No. 2 to and including the earliest of (a) the Stated Expiration Date then in effect, (b) the close of business on the fifth Business Day follow the Conversion Date on which all of the Bonds shall have been converted to a Fixed Rate or a Multiannual Rate (provided, however, that if less than all of the Bonds shall have been converted to a Fixed Rate or Multiannual Rate, the Bank's Available Commitment shall extend only to those Bonds not bearing interest at the Fixed Rate or the Multiannual Rate), (c) the fifth Business Day following the mandatory tender for purchase in connection with a Substitution Date, or (d) the Purchase Termination Date.

C. At the end of Article 6 of the Standby Bond Purchase Agreement, there shall be added a new Section 6.9 as follows:

Section 6.9, Year 2000 Compliance. The Company shall ensure that it will be Year 2000 Compliant on or before December 31, 1999 and at all times thereafter. As used (i) in the preceding sentence, "Year 2000 Compliant" means the ability of the software and other information processing capabilities of the Company to correctly interpret and process all data in whatever form so as to avoid material errors that may otherwise occur because of the inability of software or other information processing capabilities to recognize accurately the year 2000 or subsequent dates and (ii) in this sentence, "material errors" means errors that could, if not corrected, have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or final condition.

3. Representatives and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants that all of the Presentations and warranties, contained in Article 5 of the Original Agreement are true and correct, including any statements made regarding the Related Documents as they may have been or will be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in connection with this Second Extension, as of the date hereof (except that (i) the dates contained us
Section 5.5 shall be deemed to refer to the end of the Company's most recently completed fiscal quarter, respectively, (ii) the references in
Section 5.5 to the Company's Annual Report, Quarterly Report and Current Reports shall be deemed to refer to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, Company's Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 1998 and the Company's Current Reports on Form 8-K dated March 25, 1998, April 15, 1998 and September 10, 1998, and (iii) "prior to the date hereof" in Section 5.6 shall be deemed to refer to on or prior to the date of this Amendment No. 2). The Company further represents and warrants that no Event of Default or Event of Termination has occurred or is occurring, and that no event has occurred which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default or Event of Termination, as the case may be.

4. Conditions Precedent to the Effectiveness of this Amendment No. 2. The Bank's obligation to enter into and perform its obligations under this Amendment No. 2 is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of the Bank and its counsel, of each of the following conditions as of the date of this Amendment No. 2:

(a) The Act; the Resolution. Neither the Act nor the Resolution shall have been revoked or rescinded, or modified or amended in any material respect adverse to the interests of the Bank or the holders of the Bonds.

(b) Receipt of Documents. The Bank shall have received an executed copy of this Amendment No. 2 as well as any other documents and instruments as the Bank shall reasonably request.

(c) Certificate. The Bank shall have received a certificate from the Company, dated the date of this Agreement and duly executed by an Authorized Officer, stating that on and as of the date thereof, except as otherwise disclosed to the Bank as of the date of this Amendment No. 2;

(i) the Company has obtained all consents, fits, licenses and approvals of, has made all registrations arid declarations with, and has taken all other actions with respect to, governmental authorities required under law to be obtained, made or taken by the Company, to maintain the Bonds and to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment No. 2;

(ii) that the Insurance Policy is currently effective and provides for (i) the payment of interest on the Bank Bonds at the Bank Rate and (ii) amortization of the Bank Bonds in equal semiannual installments during the Amortization Period.

(iii) to the best knowledge of the Authorized Officer executing the certificate, no Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or would occur after giving effect to the issuance of the Bonds or this Amendment No. 2 or the Original Agreement as amended by this Amendment No. 2.

(iv) all representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the Original Agreement and the Related Documents to which the Company is a party are true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty relates solely to a prior date;

(v) the Company is not in default of its obligations under this Amendment No. 2 or the Original Agreement or any of the Related Documents to which it is a party;

(vi) except for any pending or threatened action, suit, investigation or proceeding disclosed in the Reoffering Circular or otherwise disclosed to the Bank in writing on or prior to the date hereof (as to which certification is not being made), there is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the best knowledge of the Authorized Officer executing the certificate, threatened (A) in connection with the Bonds, the replacement of the Letter of Credit, the Original Agreement, this Amendment No. 2 or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Amendment No. 2 or the Related Documents, or (B) against or affecting the Company, the result of which is reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company or the ability of the Company to perform or observe any of its duties, liabilities or obligations under this Amendment No. 2 or any of the Related Documents.

(d) Proceedings and Certifications. The Bank shall have received a copy, certified by an Authorized Officer, of all proceedings taken by the Company authorizing the transactions hereunder and contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of this Amendment No. 2 and all other documents and agreements contemplated hereby, together with such other certifications as to matters of fact as shall reasonably be requested by the Bank or its counsel.

(e) Incumbency Certificate. The Bank shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company certifying the names and true signatures of the officials of the Company authorized to sign this Amendment No. 2 and the other documents to be delivered by the Company hereunder, and shall also cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Bank or its counsel may request.

(f) Opinion of Company CounseI. The Bank shall have received an opinion addressed to it of Day, Berry & Howard, counsel to the Company, dated the closing date on which the extension of the Liquidity Facility provided by this Amendment No. 2 shall have become effective, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and its counsel.

(g) Other Documents, Etc. The Bank shall have received such other documents, certificates, and opinions as the Bank; or its counsel may reasonably request, including, without limitation, organizational documents of the Authority, the Company, and the Bond Insurer, and all matters relating to this Amendment No. 2 and the Bonds shall be satisfactory to the Bank.

5. Fees and Expenses.

(a) Expenses Relating to Amendment No. 2. The Company hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses of the Bank (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, but excluding, overhead and other internal costs of the Bank) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, review, execution and delivery of this Amendment No. 2. The Company hereby also agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Bank, if any, in connection with the enforcement of this Amendment No. 2 and in connection the amendment or enforcement of any Related Documents, and the protection of the rights of the Bank hereunder and thereunder (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements but excluding overhead and other internal costs of the Bank).

(b) Amendment and Extension Fee. The Company hereby also agrees to pay a one time amendment and extension fee (the "Amendment and Extension Fee"), calculated at 7.5 basis points on the total Liquidity Facility amount of sixty-two million nine hundred eighteen thousand dollars ($62,918,000) for a total Amendment and Extension Fee of forty-seven thousand one hundred ninety dollars ($47,190,000).

6. Continued Effectiveness. This Amendment No. 2 is to be narrowly construed. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment No. 2, all terms and provisions of the Original Agreement are and shall continue in full force and effect. Any references to the Original Agreement in any of the Related Documents shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the Original Agreement, as amended by this Amendment No. 2.

7. Governing Law. This Amendment No. 2 shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

9. Counterparts. This Amendment No. 2 may be expected by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 2 to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto authorized as of the date first written above.

                                                /S/THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER
                                                  COMPANY
Payment Instructions:
Societe Generale                        /S/SOCIETE GENERALE
New York                                        New York Branch
ABA No. 026004226
Re:  The Connecticut Light and
        Power Company
Acct. No. 902 5855
                                                /S/STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST
                                                COMPANY, as Trustee


Exhibit 4.3.2 U.S. $75,000,000
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of April 23, 1998
Among
PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
as Borrower
THE BANKS NAMED HEREIN
as Banks
and
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
as Administrative Agent

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 23, 1998

This REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made by and among:

(i) PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire (the "Borrower"),

(ii) CHASE SECURITIES, INC. ("CSI"), as Arranger for the Lenders hereunder,

(iii) THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK ("Chase"), as Administrative Agent and Documentation Agent for the Lenders hereunder, and

(iv) the financial institutions (the "Banks") listed on the signature pages hereof and the other Lenders (as hereinafter defined) from time to time party hereto.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Accounting Terms

Section I.1 Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below (such meanings to be applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

"Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof and refers to a Eurodollar Rate Advance or a Base Rate Advance (each of which shall be a "Type" of Advance). For purposes of this Agreement, all Advances of a Lender (or portions thereof) of the same Type and Interest Period made on the same day shall be deemed to be a single Advance by such Lender until repaid.

"Administrative Agent" means Chase or any successor thereto as provided herein.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is, directly or indirectly, under common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"Agreement for Capacity Transfer" means the Agreement for Capacity Transfer, dated as of December 1, 1989, between The Connecticut Light and Power Company and the Borrower as amended by the First Amendment to Agreement for Capacity Transfer, dated as of May 1, 1992, which provides for capacity transfers from the Borrower to The Connecticut Light and Power Company.

"Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/8 of 1%) equal to the greater of:

(a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day; and

(b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% per annum.

For purposes hereof, the term "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Chase as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is publicly announced. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, respectively.

"Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to each Lender:

(i) (A) such Lender's "Eurodollar Lending Office" in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, or (B) such Lender's "Domestic Lending Office" in the case of a Base Rate Advance, in each case as specified opposite such Lender's name on Schedule I hereto or in the Lender Assignment pursuant to which it became a Lender; or

(ii) in each case, such other office or affiliate of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

"Applicable Margin" means, for any day for any outstanding Advance, (i) 2.25% for each Eurodollar Rate Advance and (ii) 1.25% for each Base Rate Advance.

"Applicable Rate" means:

(ii) in the case of each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, a rate per annum during each Interest Period equal at all times to the sum of the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time during such Interest Period; and

(iii) in the case of each Base Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time;

"Available Commitment" means, for each Lender, the unused portion of such Lender's Commitment (which shall be equal to the excess, if any, of such Lender's Commitment over such Lender's Advances outstanding). "Available Commitments" shall refer to the aggregate of the Lenders' Available Commitments hereunder.

"Barclays" means Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, in its capacity as issuing bank and agent under the Series D Reimbursement Agreement.

"Base Rate Advance" means an Advance in respect of which the Borrower has selected in accordance with Article III hereof, or this Agreement provides for, interest to be computed on the basis of the Alternate Base Rate.

"Bond Conversion" means the conversion of the $119.8 million Pollution Control Revenue Bonds to an unsupported fixed rate mode with a final maturity of May 1, 2021.

"Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of Advances of the same Type and Interest Period made on the same day by the Lenders, ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. A Borrowing may be referred to herein as being a "Type" of Borrowing, corresponding to the Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing. For purposes of this Agreement, all Advances of the same Type and Interest Period made on the same day shall hereunder be deemed a single Borrowing until repaid.

"Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are not required or authorized to close in New York City and which is not a day listed on Schedule II hereto and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.

"Closing" means the fulfillment of each of the conditions precedent enumerated in Section 5.1 hereof to the satisfaction of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. All transactions contemplated by the Closing shall take place on or prior to April 23, 1998, at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, at 12:01 a.m. (New York time), or such other place and time as the parties hereto may mutually agree (the "Closing Date").

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"Collateral" means all of the Collateral FMB and the Security Agreement Collateral.

"Collateral Agent" means Chase in its capacity as collateral agent, or any successor thereto, as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Collateral FMB" means that certain First Mortgage Bond, Series H, issued by the Borrower on the date hereof pursuant to the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture to the First Mortgage Indenture to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.1D attached hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Commitment" means, for each Lender, the aggregate amount set forth opposite such Lender's name on the signature pages hereof or, if such Lender has entered into one or more Lender Assignments, set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.7(c), in each such case as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to
Section 2.3 hereof. "Commitments" shall refer to the aggregate of the Lenders' Commitments hereunder.

"Commitment Fee Rate" means, for any date, 0.50% per annum on each Lender's Available Commitment.

"Common Equity" means, at any date, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the aggregate of the par value of, or stated capital represented by, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Borrower and (ii) the surplus, paid-in, earned and other, if any, of the Borrower.

"Confidential Information" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.8.

"Debt" means, for any Person, without duplication, (i) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (iv) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which shall have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases (but excluding the Unit Contract), (v) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person under reimbursement or similar agreements with respect to the issuance of letters of credit, (vi) net obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person under interest rate swap, "cap," "collar" or other hedging agreements, (vii) obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under leases entered into in connection with sale and leaseback transactions involving assets of such Person being sold in connection therewith, (viii) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (vii), above, and (ix) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under ERISA Plans.

"Debt Limit" means the limitation on the incurrence of short-term debt applicable to the Borrower in effect from time to time either in accordance with applicable law or a waiver thereof granted by competent governmental authority, including without limitation, the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission.

"Default" means the event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

"Disclosure Documents" means the Information Memorandum, the Borrower's 1997 Annual Report, the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, and any Current Report on Form 8-K of the Borrower, filed by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission after December 31, 1997, and any Current Report on Form 8-K of NU which has been furnished to the Banks prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

"Documentation Agent" means Chase or any successor thereto.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

"ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

"ERISA Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" subject to Title IV of ERISA.

"ERISA Plan" means an employee benefit plan (other than an ERISA Multiemployer Plan) maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA.

"ERISA Event" means: (i) a "reportable event", as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived) with respect to an ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multi-employer Plan, or (ii) the existence with respect to any ERISA plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (iii) the filing pursuant to
Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any ERISA Plan; (iv) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any ERISA Plan; (v) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA or to appoint a trustee to administer any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any ERISA Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of liability due to any withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from an ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multiemployer Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or a determination that an ERISA Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or (vii) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan.

"Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

"Eurodollar Rate" means, for each Interest Period and each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to the average (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1% per annum, if such average is not such a multiple) of the rates per annum at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered by the principal office of each of the Reference Banks in London, England to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period in an amount of $1,000,000 and for a period equal to such Interest Period. The Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be determined by the Administrative Agent on the basis of applicable rates furnished to and received by the Administrative Agent from the Reference Banks, two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period, subject, however, to the provisions of Sections 3.5(d) and 4.3(g).

"Eurodollar Rate Advance" means an Advance in respect of which the Borrower has selected in accordance with Article III hereof, and this Agreement provides for, interest to be computed on the basis of the Eurodollar Rate.

"Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" of any Lender for each Interest Period and each Eurodollar Rate Advance means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under Regulation D or other regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement, without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets) for such Lender with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period. "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

"Existing Collateral Agency Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1996, between the Borrower and Chase, as Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent.

"Existing Revolving Credit Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1996, among the Borrower, Chase, as Administrative Agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto, as the same may have been amended or supple-mented.

"Facility" means the facility made available to the Borrower by each of the Lenders under Sections 2.1(a) and 3.1 to request, prepay and repay Advances in connection with each Lender's Commitment.

"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Fee Letter" means the Fee Letter, dated as of February 25, 1998, among the Borrower, Chase and CSI.

"Final Plan" means the "Final Plan" implementing Chapter 374-F of the Revised Statutes Annotated of New Hampshire, adopted by the NHPUC on February 28, 1997, and any successor plan or proposal.

"First Mortgage Indenture" means the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture, between the Borrower and New England Merchants National Bank, as trustee and to which First Union National Bank, is successor trustee, dated as of August 15, 1978, as amended and supplemented through the date hereof, as the same may hereafter be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time including pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture.

"Funding Suspension" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Governmental Approval" means any authorization, consent, approval, license, permit, certificate, exemption of, or filing or registration with, any governmental authority or other legal or regulatory body, required in connection with any of (i) the execution, delivery or performance of the Rate Agreement, any Loan Document or any Significant Contract, (ii) the grant and perfection of any security interest, lien or mortgage contemplated by the Security Documents, (iii) the nature of the Borrower's business as conducted or the nature of the property owned or leased by it or (iv) any NUG Settlement. For purposes of this Agreement, Chapter 362-C of the Revised Statutes Annotated of New Hampshire, as in effect on the date hereof, shall be deemed to be a Governmental Approval.

"Hazardous Substance" means any waste, substance or material identified as hazardous, dangerous or toxic by any office, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of the United States of America or of the State or locality in which the same is located having or exercising jurisdiction over such waste, substance or material.

"Indemnified Person" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.4(b) hereof.

"Indenture Assets" means any fixed assets of the Borrower (including related Governmental Approvals and regulatory assets, but excluding Seabrook) which from time to time are subject to the first-priority lien under the First Mortgage Indenture.

"Information Memorandum" means the Confidential Information Memorandum, dated February 1998, regarding the Borrower, as distributed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, including all schedules, attachments and supplements, if any, thereto.

"Intercreditor Agreement" means the Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among Chase, in its capacities as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Barclays and Swiss Bank, each acting in its capacity as agent of the Other Credit Documents.

"Interest Expense" means, for any period, the aggregate amount of any interest on Debt (including long-term and short-term Debt).

"Interest Period" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.5(a).

"Lender Assignment" means an assignment and agreement entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit 10.7 hereto.

"Lenders" means the financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof, and each assignee that shall become a party hereto pursuant to
Section 10.7.

"Lien" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.2(a) hereof.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents (as each may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).

"Major Electric Generating Plants" means the following generating stations of the Borrower: the Merrimack generating station located in Bow, New Hampshire; the Newington generating station located in Newington, New Hampshire; the Schiller generating station located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire; the White Lake combustion turbine located in Tamworth, New Hampshire; the Millstone Unit No. 3 generating station located in Waterford, Connecticut, and the Wyman Unit No. 4 generating station located in Yarmouth, Maine.

"Majority Lenders" means, on any date of determination, Lenders who, collectively, on such date (i) hold at least 66-2/3% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of Advances owing to the Lenders and (ii) have Percentages in the aggregate of at least 66-2/3% (whether such Commitments are used or unused). Determination of those Lenders satisfying the criteria specified above for action by the Majority Lenders shall be made by the Administrative Agent and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties absent manifest error.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, its successors and assigns.

"NAEC" means North Atlantic Energy Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of
NU.

"NHPUC" means the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission.

"Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of a

Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.1A hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Advances made by such Lender.

"Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.1 hereof.

"NU" means Northeast Utilities, an unincorporated voluntary business association organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

"NUG Settlement" means any buy-out, buy-down or other transaction, or any other arrangement or agreement, entered into or proposed to be entered into by the Borrower to terminate or reduce, or to resolve a dispute concerning, an obligation of the Borrower to purchase power and/or capacity from a non- utility generator.

"NUSCO" means Northeast Utilities Service Company, a Connecticut corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of NU.

"Obligations" shall mean all obligations of every nature of the Borrower from time to time owed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, or any of them, under the Loan Documents.

"Operating Income" means, for any period, the Borrower's operating income for such period, adjusted as follows:

(ii) increased by the amount of income taxes (including New Hampshire Business Profits Tax and other comparable taxes) paid by the Borrower during such period, if and to the extent they are deducted in the computation of the Borrower's operating income for such period; and

(iii) increased by the amount of any depreciation deducted by the Borrower during such period; and

(iv) increased by the amount of any amortization of acquisition adjustment deducted by the Borrower during such period; and

(v) decreased by the amount of any capital expenditures paid by the Borrower during such period.

"Other Credit Agreements" means each of the Series D Reimbursement Agreement and the Series E Reimbursement Agreement.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor entity) established under ERISA.

"Percentage" means, in respect of any Lender on any date of determination, the percentage obtained by dividing such Lender's Commitment on such day by the total aggregate amount of the Commitments on such day, and multiplying the quotient so obtained by 100%.

"Permitted Investments" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than six (6) months from the date of acquisition by such Person; (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit, with maturities of not more than six (6) months from the date of acquisition by such Person, of any international commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and having a rating on its commercial paper of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's; (iii) commercial paper issued by any Person, which commercial paper is rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's and matures not more than six (6) months after the date of acquisition by such Person; (iv) investments in money market funds substantially all the assets of which are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and (v) United States Securities and Exchange Commission registered money market mutual funds conforming to Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 if effect in the United States, that invest primarily in direct obligations issued by the United States Treasury and repurchase obligations backed by those obligations, and rated in the highest category by S&P and Moody's. "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

"Preferred Stock" means 5,000,000 shares of the Borrower's Series A Preferred Stock (par value $25 per share).

"PSNH Mortgage" means the Mortgage, Assignment, Security Agreement and Financing Statement, dated as of May 1, 1991, by the Borrower to The Chase Manhattan Bank (as successor to Chemical Bank and Bankers Trust Company), as amended.

"Rate Agreement" means the Agreement dated as of November 22, 1989, as amended by the First Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 5, 1989, the Second Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 12, 1989, the Third Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 28, 1993, the Fourth Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of September 21, 1994 and the Fifth Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994, among NUSCO, the Governor and Attorney General of the State of New Hampshire and adopted by the Borrower as of July 10, 1990 (excluding the Unit Contract appended as Exhibit A thereto subsequent to the effectiveness of such contract).

"Rate Proceeding" means all regulatory proceedings relating to the Borrower and resulting from the NHPUC's adoption of the Final Plan, together with the Federal litigation commenced by the Borrower and certain of its Affiliates in response thereto.

"Recipient" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.8 hereof.

"Reference Banks" means Chase, Citibank, N.A. and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association.

"Register" has the meaning specified in Section 10.7(c).

"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Companies Inc., its successors and assigns.

"Seabrook" means the nuclear-fueled steam-electric generating plant located in Seabrook, New Hampshire, and the real property interests and other fixed assets of such plant.

"Secured Party" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Inter-creditor Agreement.

"Security Agreement" means the Assignment and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

"Security Agreement Collateral" means the "Collateral" as defined in the Security Agreement.

"Security Documents" means the Collateral FMB, the Security Agreement, the First Mortgage Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).

"Series D Reimbursement Agreement" means (a) the Second Series D Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1995, among the Borrower, Barclays and the banks parties thereto from time to time and named therein relating to the Business Finance Authority (formerly the Industrial Development Authority) of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1991 Taxable Series D) and Pollution Control Revenue Refunding Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1992 Tax-Exempt Series D), as amended by the Series D Reimbursement Agreement Amendment and as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified or supplemented and (b) any reimbursement agreement or similar agreement relating to a substitute credit facility applicable to such bonds.

"Series D Reimbursement Agreement Amendment" means the First Amendment, dated as of April 23, 1998, to the Series D Reimbursement Agreement.

"Series E Reimbursement Agreement" means (a) the Second Series E Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1995, among the Borrower, Swiss Bank and the banks parties thereto from time to time and named therein relating to the Business Finance Authority (formerly the Industrial Development Authority) of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1991 Taxable Series E) and Pollution Control Revenue Refunding Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1993 Tax-Exempt Series E), as amended by the Series E Reimbursement Agreement Amendment and as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified or supplemented and (b) any reimbursement agreement or similar agreement relating to a substitute credit facility applicable to such bonds.

"Series E Reimbursement Agreement Amendment" means the First Amendment, dated as of April 23, 1998, to the Series E Reimbursement Agreement.

"Sharing Agreement" means the Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1992, among The Connecticut Light and Power Company, Western Massachusetts Electric Company, Holyoke Water Power Company, Holyoke Power and Electric Company, the Borrower and NUSCO.

"Significant Contracts" means the following contracts, in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement:

(ii) the Agreement for Capacity Transfer;

(iii) the Sharing Agreement;

(iv) the Tax Allocation Agreement; and

(v) the Unit Contract.

"Supplemental Indenture" means the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 23, 1998 to the First Mortgage Indenture.

"Swiss Bank" means Swiss Bank Corporation, New York Branch, in its capacity as issuing bank and agent under the Series E Reimbursement Agreement.

"Tax Allocation Agreement" means the Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of January 1, 1990 among NU and the members of the consolidated group of which NU is the common parent, including, without limitation, the Borrower.

"Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of (i) April 22, 1999, (ii) April 30, 1998, if the Closing Date shall not have occurred on or prior to such date, (iii) the date of termination or reduction in whole of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.3 or 8.2 or (iv) the date of acceleration of all amounts payable hereunder and under the Notes pursuant to Section 8.2.

"Total Capitalization" means, as of any day, the aggregate of all amounts that would, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals applied on a basis consistent with the standards referred to in Section 1.3 hereof, appear on the balance sheet of the Borrower as of such day as the sum of (i) the principal amount of all long-term Debt of the Borrower on such day, (ii) the par value of, or stated capital represented by, the outstanding shares of the all classes of common and preferred shares of the Borrower on such day, (iii) the surplus of the Borrower, paid-in, earned and other, if any, on such day and (iv) the unpaid principal amount of all short-term Debt of the Borrower on such day.

"Transaction Documents" means the Loan Documents, the Other Credit Agreements and the other documents to be delivered to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the Closing.

"Type" has the meaning assigned to such term (i) in the definition of "Advance" when used in the such context and (ii) in the definition of "Borrowing" when used in such context.

"Unit Contract" means the Unit Contract, dated as of June 5, 1992, between the Borrower and NAEC.

Section I.2 Computation of Time Periods. In the computation of periods of time under this Agreement any period of a specified number of days or months shall be computed by including the first day or month occurring during such period and excluding the last such day or month. In the case of a period of time "from" a specified date "to" or "until" a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" each means "to but excluding."

Section I.3 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the application employed in the preparation of the financial projections referred to in
Section 5.1 hereof.

Section I.4 Computations of Outstandings. Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the principal amount outstanding on any date under this Agreement, such reference shall refer to the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Advances outstanding on such date in each case after giving effect to all Advances to be made on such date and the application of the proceeds thereof.

ARTICLE II

Commitments

Section II.1 The Commitments. (a) Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Advances to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Termination Date in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed on any day such Lender's Available Commitment (after giving effect to all Advances to be made on such day and the application of the proceeds thereof). Within the limits of each Lender's Available Commitment, the Borrower may request Advances hereunder, repay or prepay Advances and utilize the resulting increase in the Available Commitments for further Advances in accordance with the terms hereof, including, without limitation, the conditions set forth in Section 5.2.

(b) In no event shall the Borrower be entitled to request or receive any Advance under subsection (a) that would cause the total principal amount advanced pursuant thereto to exceed the Available Commitment. In no event shall the Borrower be entitled to request or receive any Advance that would cause the total principal amount outstanding hereunder to exceed the Commitments.

Section II.2 Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee on the amount of such Lender's Available Commitment at the Commitment Fee Rate, effective as of the Closing Date, in the case of each Bank, and from the effective date specified in the Lender Assignment pursuant to which it became a Lender, in the case of each other Lender, until the Termination Date, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing the first such date following the Closing Date, with final payment payable on the Termination Date.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent and to CSI or Chase the fees specified in the Fee Letter, together with such other fees as may be separately agreed to between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Section II.3 Reduction of the Commitments. (a) The Borrower may, upon at least five Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate in whole or reduce ratably in part the Available Commitments of the respective Lenders; provided (i) that any such partial reduction shall be in the aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (ii) that in no event shall the aggregate Commitments be reduced hereunder to an amount less than the principal amount outstanding hereunder and (iii) that in no event shall the Commitments be reduced to an amount less than the aggregate principal amount of Advances then outstanding.

(b) If the Closing Date does not occur on or prior to April 30, 1998, the Commitments of each Lender shall automatically terminate.

ARTICLE III

Advances

Section III.1 Advances. Each Borrowing shall consist of Advances of the same Type and Interest Period made on the same Business Day by the Lenders ratably according to their respective Commitments. The Borrower may request that more than one borrowing be made on the same day. Each Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (i) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances, on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing and (ii) in the case of Base Rate Advances, one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing, by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, who shall give to each Lender prompt notice thereof on the same day such notice is received. Each such notice of a Borrowing (a "Notice of Borrowing") shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit 3.1A hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Borrowing, (ii) Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing and (iii) Interest Period for each such Advance. Each proposed Borrowing shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.2, 4.3 and Article V hereof.

Section III.2 Terms Relating to the Making of Advances. (a) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 above to the contrary:

(i) at no time shall more than ten different Borrowings be outstanding hereunder;

(ii) each Borrowing hereunder shall be in an aggregate principal amount of not less than $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, or such lesser amount as shall be equal to the total amount of the Available Commitments for Advances on such date after giving effect to all other Borrowings to be made on such date; and

(iii) each Borrowing hereunder which is to be comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be in an aggregate principal amount of not less than $10,000,000.

(b) Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.

Section III.3 Making of Advances. (a) Each Lender shall, before 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing, make available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's address referred to in Section 10.2, in same day funds, such Lender's portion of such Borrowing. After the Administrative Agent's receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article V, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower at the Administrative Agent aforesaid address.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's ratable portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 3.3, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that any such Lender (a "non-performing Lender") shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the Administrative Agent, the non-performing Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to Advances comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate. Nothing herein shall in any way limit, waive or otherwise reduce any claims that any party hereto may have against any non-performing Lender.

(c) The failure of any Lender to make the Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

Section III.4 Repayment of Advances. The Borrower shall repay the principal amount of each Advance on the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance, which last day shall be the maturity date for such Advance.

Section III.5 Interest. (a) Interest Periods. The period commencing on the date of each Advance and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower with respect to such Advance pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 3.5 is referred to herein as an Interest Period (the "Interest Period"). The duration of each Interest Period shall be (i) in the case of any Eurodollar Rate Advance 1, 2 or 3 months, and (ii) in the case of any Base Rate Advance, 90 days following the date on which such Advance was made; provided, however, that no Interest Period may be selected by the Borrower if such Interest Period would end after the Termination Date.

(b) Interest Rates. The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender from the date of such Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the Applicable Rate for such Advance (except as otherwise provided in this subsection (b)), payable as follows:

(i) Eurodollar Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, interest thereon shall be payable on the last day of the Interest Period therefor; provided that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, any principal amounts outstanding shall bear interest during such period, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to (A) for the remaining term, if any, of the Interest Period for such Advance, 2% per annum above the Applicable Rate for such Advance for such Interest Period, and (B) thereafter, 2% per annum above the Applicable Rate in effect from time to time for Base Rate Advances.

(ii) Base Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, interest thereon shall be payable quarterly on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be paid in full; provided that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, any principal amounts outstanding shall bear interest during such period, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the Applicable Rate in effect from time to time for Base Rate Advances.

(c) Other Amounts. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, any other amounts payable hereunder during such time shall (to the fullest extent permitted by law) bear interest at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the Applicable Rate in effect from time to time for Base Rate Advances, payable on demand.

(d) Interest Rate Determinations. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and the Lenders of the Applicable Rate determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent for each Advance. Each Reference Bank agrees to furnish to the Administra-tive Agent timely information for the purpose of determining the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period. If any one Reference Bank shall not furnish such timely information, the Administrative Agent shall determine such interest rate on the basis of the timely information furnished by the other two Reference Banks.

ARTICLE IV

Payments

Section IV.1 Payments and Computations. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and under the other Loan Documents not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the day when due in U.S. Dollars to the Administrative Agent at its address referred to in Section 10.2 in same day funds. The Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to the Lenders, to the respective Lenders to whom the same are payable, for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon its acceptance of a Lender Assignment and recording of the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to Section 10.7, from and after the effective date specified in such Lender Assignment, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Lender Assignment shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.

(b) The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent and each Lender, if and to the extent payment owed to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is not made when due hereunder (or, in the case of a Lender, under the Note held by such Lender), to charge from time to time against any or all of the Borrower's accounts with the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, any amount so due.

(c) All computations of interest based on the Alternate Base Rate when based on the Prime Rate and of fees payable pursuant to Section 2.2(a) shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be. All computations of interest and other amounts pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be made by the Lender claiming such interest or other amount, on the basis of a year of 360 days. All other computations of interest and fees hereunder (including computations of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate and the Federal Funds Rate (including the Alternate Base Rate if and so long as such Rate is based on the Federal Funds Rate)) shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days. In each such case, such computation shall be made for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or fees are payable. Each such determination by the Administrative Agent or a Lender shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d) Whenever any payment hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be stated to be due, or the last day of an Interest Period hereunder shall be stated to occur, on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made and the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest and fees hereunder; provided, however, that if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made, or the last day of an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Advance to occur, in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day and such reduction of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest hereunder.

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

Section IV.2 Prepayments and Repayments. (a) The Borrower shall have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Advances except in accordance with subsection (b) below.

(b) The Borrower may, upon at least one Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice is given, the Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal amounts of Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing, in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid; provided, however, that each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount not less than $5,000,000.

(c) The Advances shall be repaid, and the Commitments permanently reduced, by an amount equal to the amount by which any of the Other Credit Agreements shall have been repaid or prepaid (provided such amounts are not available to be reborrowed under any such Other Credit Agreements), in connection with a resolution of a Funding Suspension under any of such Other Credit Agreements.

Section IV.3 Yield Protection. (a) Change in Circumstances. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if after the date hereof, the adoption of or any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law) shall (i) change the basis of taxation of payments to any Lender of the principal of or interest on any Eurodollar Rate Advance made by such Lender or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder (other than changes in respect of taxes imposed on the overall net income of such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office by the jurisdiction in which such Lender has its principal office or in which such Applicable Lending Office is located or by any political subdivision or taxing authority therein), or (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against commitments or assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, such Lender, or (iii) shall impose on such Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Advances made by such Lender, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make, making or maintaining any Advance or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder or under the Notes (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital. If any Lender shall have determined that any change after the date hereof in any law, rule, regulation or guideline adopted pursuant to or arising out of the July 1988 report of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards", or the adoption after the date hereof of any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any of the foregoing or in the interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or any Applicable Lending Office of such Lender) or any Lender's holding company with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect (i) of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's capital or on the capital of such Lender's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of such Lender hereunder or the Advances made by such Lender pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender's holding company could have achieved, but for such applicability, adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's policies and the policies of such Lender's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), or (ii) of increasing or otherwise determining the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or such Lender's holding company based upon the existence of this Agreement, the Commitment of such Lender hereunder, the Advances made by such Lender pursuant hereto and other similar such commitments, agreements or assets, then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Lender upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender's holding company for any such reduction or allocable capital cost suffered.

(c) Eurodollar Reserves. The Borrower shall pay to each Lender upon demand, so long as such Lender shall be required under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Advance of such Lender, from the date of such Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period for such Advance from (ii) the rate obtained by dividing such Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage of such Lender for such Interest Period. Such additional interest shall be determined by such Lender and notified to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) Breakage Indemnity. The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss, cost or reasonable expense which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) any failure by the Borrower to fulfill on the date of any Borrowing hereunder of Eurodollar Rate Advances the applicable conditions set forth in Article V, (ii) any failure by the Borrower to borrow any Eurodollar Rate Advance hereunder after irrevocable Notice of Borrowing has been given pursuant to Section 3.1, (iii) any payment or prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Advance required or permitted by any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise made or deemed made on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iv) any default in payment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Eurodollar Rate Advance or any part thereof or interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at the due date thereof, by irrevocable notice of prepayment or otherwise) or (v) the occurrence of any Event of Default, including, in each such case, any loss or reasonable expense sustained or incurred or to be sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain any Advance or any part thereof as a Eurodollar Rate Advance. Such loss, cost or reasonable expense shall include an amount equal to the excess, if any, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (A) its cost of obtaining the funds for the Eurodollar Rate Advance being paid, prepaid or not borrowed for the period from the date of such payment, prepayment or failure to borrow to the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, the Interest Period for such Advance which would have commenced on the date of such failure) over (B) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would be realized by such Lender in reemploying the funds so paid, prepaid or not borrowed for such period or Interest Period, as the case may be. For purposes of this subsection (d), it shall be presumed that in the case of any Eurodollar Rate Advance, each Lender shall have funded each such Advance with a fixed-rate instrument bearing the rates and maturities designated in the determination of the Applicable Rate for such Advance.

(e) Notices. A certificate of each Lender setting forth such Lender's claim for compensation hereunder and the amount necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company pursuant to subsections (a) through (d) of this
Section 4.3 shall be submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay each Lender directly the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after its receipt of the same. The failure of any Lender to provide such notice or to make demand for payment under this
Section 4.3 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's rights hereunder; provided that such Lender shall not be entitled to demand payment pursuant to subsections (a) through (d) of this Section 4.3, in respect of any loss, cost, expense, reduction or reserve, if such demand is made more than six months following the later of such Lender's incurrence or sufferance thereof or such Lender's actual knowledge of the event giving rise to such Lender's rights pursuant to such subsections. Each Lender shall use reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy and validity of any claim made by it hereunder, but the foregoing shall not obligate any Lender to assert any possible invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed.

(f) Change in Legality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Rate Advance or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, then, by written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, such Lender may:

(i) declare that Eurodollar Rate Advances will not thereafter be made by such Lender hereunder, whereupon the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate Advances for any Borrowing shall be forthwith suspended until such Lender shall withdraw such notice as provided hereinbelow or shall cease to be a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 10.7(g) hereof; and

(ii) require that all outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances made by it be repaid as of the effective date of such notice as provided herein below.

Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the other Lenders. Promptly upon becoming aware that the circumstances that caused such Lender to deliver such notice no longer exist, such Lender shall deliver notice thereof to the Borrower and the Administra- tive Agent withdrawing such prior notice (but the failure to do so shall impose no liability upon such Lender). Promptly upon receipt of such withdrawing notice from such Lender (or upon such Lender assigning all of its Commitments, Advances, participation and other rights and obligations hereunder in accordance with Section 10.7(g)), the Administrative Agent shall deliver notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders and such suspension shall terminate. Prior to any Lender giving notice to the Borrower under this subsection (f), such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office, if such change would avoid such unlawfulness and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. Any notice to the Borrower by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Rate Advance on the last day of the Interest Period currently applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Advance; provided that if such notice shall state that the maintenance of such Advance until such last day would be unlawful, such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(g) Market Rate Disruptions. If (i) less than two Reference Banks furnish timely information to the Administrative Agent for determining the Eurodollar Rate for Eurodollar Rate Advances in connection with any proposed Borrowing or (ii) if the Majority Lenders shall notify the Administrative Agent that the Eurodollar Rate will not adequately reflect the cost to such Majority Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Eurodollar Rate Advances, the right of the Borrower to select or receive Eurodollar Rate Advances for any Borrowing shall be forthwith suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and until such notification from the Administrative Agent, each requested Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder shall be deemed to be a request for Base Rate Advances.

Section IV.4 Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise, but excluding any proceeds received by assignments or sales of participation in accordance with Section 10.7 hereof to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower) on account of the Advances owing to it (other than pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof) in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of the Advances obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participation in the Advances owing to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 4.4 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Lender shall obtain any such excess payment involuntarily, such Lender may, in lieu of purchasing participation from the other Lenders in accordance with this Section 4.4, on the date of receipt of such excess payment, return such excess payment to the Administrative Agent for distribution in accordance with Section 4.1(a).

Section IV.5 Taxes. (a) All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be made in accordance with Section 4.1 free and clear of and without deduction for all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and the Administrative Agent, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of such Lender's Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.5) such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

(c) The Borrower will indemnify each Lender and the Administrative Agent for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 4.5) paid by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Any Lender's claim for such indemnification shall be set forth in a certificate of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the amount necessary to indemnify such Lender pursuant to this subsection (c) and shall be submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay each Lender directly the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after the receipt of same. If any Taxes or Other Taxes for which a Lender or the Administrative Agent has received payments from the Borrower hereunder shall be finally determined to have been incorrectly or illegally asserted and are refunded to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly forward to the Borrower any such refunded amount. The Borrower's, the Administrative Agent's and each Lender's obligations under this Section 4.5 shall survive the payment in full of the Advances.

(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in Section 10.2, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(e) Each Lender shall, on or prior to the date it becomes a Lender hereunder, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such certificates, documents or other evidence, as required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code"), or treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto, including Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 and any other certificate or statement of exemption required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1(a) or Section 1.1441-6(c) or any subsequent version thereof, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender establishing that it is (i) not subject to withholding under the Code or (ii) totally exempt from United States of America tax under a provision of an applicable tax treaty. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in its Applicable Lending Office and shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent together with such notice such certificates, documents or other evidence referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Each Lender will use good faith efforts to appraise the Borrower as promptly as practicable of any impending change in its tax status that would give rise to any obligation by the Borrower to pay any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.5. Unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have received forms or other documents satisfactory to them indicating that payments hereunder or under the Notes are not subject to United States of America withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall withhold taxes from such payments at the applicable statutory rate in the case of payments to or for any Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States of America. Each Lender represents and warrants that each such form supplied by it to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower pursuant to this Section 4.5, and not superseded by another form supplied by it, is or will be, as the case may be, complete and accurate.

(f) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this
Section 4.5 shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested by the Borrower or to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a filing or change would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any such additional amounts which may thereafter accrue and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4.5, the failure or inability of any Lender to provide any of the forms referred to therein shall not relieve the Borrower from its obligations under Sections 4.5(a), 4.5(b) and 4.5(c).

ARTICLE V

Conditions Precedent

Section V.1 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to fulfillment of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received on or before the Closing Date the following, each dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to each Lender and in sufficient copies for each Lender except for the Notes:

(i) This Agreement, duly executed by the Borrower.

(ii) The Notes made to the order of the respective Lenders, duly executed by the Borrower.

(iii) The Intercreditor Agreement, duly executed by Barclays, Swiss Bank, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent.

(iv) The Security Agreement, duly executed by the Borrower and by Chase as the Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent, together with all Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements requested by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, duly executed by the Borrower. In addition, all other actions, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the Liens created by the Security Agreement shall have been taken.

(v) The Collateral FMB, duly executed by the Borrower, and authenti-cated by the Trustee.

(vi) A copy of the results of a record search of the appropriate filing offices in each jurisdiction in which the Borrower has an office or in which assets of the Borrower are located shall have revealed no filings or recordings, including, without limitation, judgment liens or tax liens, with respect to any of the Collateral (other than Liens permitted under Section 7.2 hereof and filings which are being terminated on the Closing Date).

(vii) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower certifying (A) that attached thereto are true and correct copies of
(1) the Articles of Incorporation of the Borrower, and all amendments thereto, as in effect on such date, (2) the By-laws of the Borrower, as in effect on such date, and (3) resolutions of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Borrower approving this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the First Mortgage Indenture and Intercreditor Agreement) and the other documents to be delivered by the Borrower hereunder and thereunder, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action, if any, with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the First Mortgage Indenture and Intercreditor Agreement), (B) that such resolutions have not been modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect on such date and (C) the names and true signatures of the officers of the Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the First Mortgage Indenture and Intercreditor Agreement) and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder.

(viii) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower certifying that (i) the Borrower has no investments in, or loans to, either directly or indirectly, any Affiliate of the Borrower other than such investments or loans outstanding as of April 23, 1998 and (ii) the assumptions on which the financial projections (contained in the Information Memorandum) were based continue to be valid.

(ix) Financial projections (contained in the Information Memorandum), demonstrating projected compliance with Section 7.1(j) hereof.

(x) An audited balance sheet of the Borrower as at December 31, 1997 and the related statements of the Borrower's results of operations, changes in retained earnings and cash flows as of and for the year then ended, together with copies of all Disclosure Documents (other than the Information Memorandum, the prior receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the Banks).

(xi) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower certifying that attached thereto are true and correct copies of all Governmental Approvals referred to in clause (i) of the definition of "Governmental Approval" required to be obtained or made by the Borrower in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Loan Document (other than the First Mortgage Indenture and Intercreditor Agreement).

(xii) Copies of all orders, approvals, or items of similar import of the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission or other state regulatory authorities required to be obtained or made by the Borrower in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Loan Document (other than the First Mortgage Indenture and Intercreditor Agreement), certified by the applicable state regulatory authority.

(xiii) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower setting forth all material pending or known threatened action or proceeding (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding relating to any environmental protections laws or regulations) affecting the Borrower or its properties before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator to the extent such action or proceeding has not previously been disclosed in any of the Disclosure Documents.

(xiv) A certificate signed by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Borrower, certifying as to the absence of any material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Borrower since December 31, 1997 except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents; provided, however, that the existence of the Rate Proceeding shall not be deemed in and of itself to be a material adverse change; provided further, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a material adverse change shall be deemed to have occurred and be continuing upon the occurrence of a material adverse development or determination in the Rate Proceeding.

(xv) A certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of NU, certifying as to the absence of any material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of NU since December 31, 1997 except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.

(xvi) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower stating that (i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.1 are correct, in all material respects, on and as of the Closing Date before and after giving effect to any Advances to be made on such date and the application of the proceeds thereof, and (ii) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, or would result from any such initial Advances or the application of the proceeds thereof.

(xvii) Favorable opinions of each of the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(A) Catherine E. Shively, Senior Counsel to the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.1A and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request;

(B) Sulloway & Hollis, special New Hampshire counsel to the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.1B and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Administra-tive Agent, may reasonably request;

(C) Drummond Woodsum & MacMahon, special Maine counsel to the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.1C and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request;

(D) Zuccaro, Willis & Bent, special Vermont counsel to the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.1D and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request;

(E) Day, Berry & Howard, special Connecticut counsel to the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.1E and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request; and

(F) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel to the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.F and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request.

(xviii) The Other Credit Agreements shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower and the other parties thereto and shall be in full force and effect.

(b) The Existing Revolving Credit Agreement and Existing Collateral Agency Agreement shall have been terminated, all outstanding obligations thereunder shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and all Liens granted in favor of the agent thereto, including the PSNH Mortgage, shall have been terminated and released and the Administrative Agent shall have received all instruments of release, including, without limitation all Form UCC-3 termination statements and mortgage satisfactions to evidence such termination and release.

(c) All fees and other amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof or pursuant to the Fee Letter shall have been paid (to the extent then due and payable).

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions and documents as the Majority Lenders, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request as to the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the financial condition, properties, operations or prospects of the Borrower.

Section V.2 Conditions Precedent to Certain Advances. The obligation of any Lender to make any Advance to the Borrower (except as set forth in
Section 5.3) including the initial Advance to the Borrower, shall be subject to the conditions precedent that, on the date of such Advance and after giving effect thereto:

(a) the following statement shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable notice or request with respect to such Advance and the performance of such Advance without prior correction by the Borrower shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Advance such statements are true):

(i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.1 of this Agreement and in the Security Agreement are correct on and as of the date of such Advance, before and after giving effect to such Advance and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date,

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Advance or from the application of the proceeds thereof, and

(iii) the making of such Advance, when aggregated with all other outstanding and requested Advances and all other short-term debt of the Borrower would not cause the Borrower's Debt Limit then in effect to be exceeded; and

(b) the Borrower shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent such other approvals, opinions or documents as any Lender, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request as to the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Document;

(c) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower certifying that the Borrower has made no investments in, or loans to, either directly or indirectly, any Affiliate of the Borrower after April 23, 1998;

(d) the Bond Conversion shall have occurred and each Letter of Credit under and as defined in the Other Credit Agreements shall have been issued; and

(e) no material adverse change in the financial condition, operation, properties or prospects of the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing; provided, however, that the existence of the Rate Proceeding shall not be deemed in and of itself to be a material adverse change; provided, further, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, a material adverse change shall be deemed to have occurred and be continuing upon the occurrence of a material adverse development or determination in the Rate Proceeding.

Section V.3 Conditions Precedent to Other Advances. The obligation of each Lender to make any Advance that would not cause the aggregate outstanding amount of the Advances made by such Lender (outstanding immediately prior to and after the making of such Advance) to increase shall be subject to the conditions precedent that, on the date of such Advance and after giving effect thereto:

(a) the following statement shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable notice or request with respect to such Advance and the acceptance of such Advance without prior correction by the Borrower shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Advance such statements are true):

(i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.1 of this Agreement (other than those set forth in the last sentence of Section 6.1(e) and in Section 6.1(f)) and the Security Agreement are correct on and as of the date of such Advance, before and after giving effect to such Advance and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, and

(ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Advance or from the application of the proceeds thereof, and

(iii) the making of such Advance, when aggregated with all other outstanding and requested Advances and all other short-term debt of the Borrower would not cause the Borrower's Debt Limit then in effect to be exceeded; and

(b) the Borrower shall have furnished to the Administrative Agent such other approvals, opinions or documents as any Lender, through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably request as to the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents.

Section V.4 Reliance on Certificates. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon the certificates delivered from time to time by officers of the Borrower, NU and the other parties to the Significant Contracts as to the names, incumbency, authority and signatures of the respective persons named therein until such time as the Administra-tive Agent may receive a replacement certificate, in form acceptable to the Administrative Agent, from an officer of such Person identified to the Administrative Agent as having authority to deliver such certificate, setting forth the names and true signatures of the officers and other representatives of such Person thereafter authorized to act on behalf of such Person, and, in all cases, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent may rely on the information set forth in any such certificate including, without limitation, information relating to the Debt Limit.

ARTICLE VI

Representations and Warranties

Section VI.1 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower. The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire. The Borrower is duly qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business or the nature of property owned or used by it makes such qualifications necessary.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Rate Agreement, each Loan Document and each Significant Contract to which it is a party are within the Borrower's corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and will not contravene (i) the Borrower's charter or by-laws or (ii) any legal or contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower; and such execution, delivery and performance do not and will not result in or require the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant hereto or pursuant to the Security Documents or the First Mortgage Indenture) upon or with respect to any of its properties.

(c) All Governmental Approvals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of "Governmental Approvals" have been duly obtained or made, and all applicable periods of time for review, rehearing or appeal with respect thereto have expired. The Borrower has obtained all Governmental Approvals referred to in clause (iii) of the definition of "Governmental Approvals," except those not yet required but which are obtainable in the ordinary course of business as and when required and those the absence of which would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Borrower as a whole.

(d) This Agreement, the Rate Agreement, each other Transaction Document, each other Loan Document and each Significant Contract are legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; subject to the qualifications, however, that the enforcement of the rights and remedies herein and therein is subject to bankruptcy and other similar laws of general application affecting rights and remedies of creditors and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law), that the remedy of specific performance or injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought, and that indemnifica-tion against violations of securities and similar laws may be subject to matters of public policy.

(e) The audited balance sheet of the Borrower as at December 31, 1997, and the related statements of the Borrower setting forth the results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows of the Borrower for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to each Bank, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows of the Borrower at and for the year ended on such date, and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Except as reflected in such financial statements, the Borrower has no material non-contingent liabilities, and all contingent liabilities have been appropriately reserved. The financial projections referred to in Section 5.1(a)(ix) have each been prepared in good faith and on reasonable assumptions. Since December 31, 1997, there has been no material adverse change in the Borrower's financial condition, operations, properties or prospects other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents; provided, however, that the existence of the Rate Proceeding shall not be deemed in an of itself to be a material adverse change; provided, further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a material adverse change shall be deemed to have occurred and be continuing upon the occurrence of a material adverse change or development in the Rate Proceeding.

(f) Except as set forth in the Disclosure Documents, there is no pending or known threatened action or proceeding (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding relating to any environmental protection laws or regulations) affecting the Borrower or its properties before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, (i) which affects or purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents, the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract or (ii) which, if adversely determined, would materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any material adverse development in respect of the Rate Proceeding, the existing Rate Agreement or the Final Plan that results, or would reasonably be expected to result, in a material adverse effect on the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Borrower shall be deemed to be an event within clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

(g) All insurance required by Section 7.1(c) hereof will be in full force and effect.

(h) No ERISA Event has occurred nor is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any ERISA Plan which would materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Borrower, except as disclosed to and consented by the Majority Lenders in writing. Since the date of the most recent Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report of the Borrower (Form 5500 Series), if any, there has been no material adverse change in the funding status of the ERISA Plans referred to therein and no "prohibited transaction" has occurred with respect thereto, except as described in the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 and except as the same may be exempt pursuant to
Section 408 of ERISA and regulations and orders thereunder. Neither the Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred nor reasonably expects to incur any material withdrawal liability under ERISA to any ERISA Multiemployer Plan, except as disclosed to and consented by the Majority Lenders in writing.

(i) The Major Electric Generating Plants are on land in which the Borrower owns a full or an undivided fee interest subject only to Liens permitted by
Section 7.2(a) hereof, which do not materially impair the usefulness to the Borrower of such properties; the electric transmission and distribution lines of the Borrower in the main are located in New Hampshire and on land owned in fee by the Borrower or over which the Borrower has easements, or are in or over public highways or public waters pursuant to adequate statutory or regulatory authority, and any defects in the title to such transmission and distribution lands or easements are in the main curable by the exercise of the Borrower's right of eminent domain upon a finding that such eminent domain proceedings are necessary to meet the reasonable requirements of service to the public; the Borrower enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all of the leases under which it is operating, none of which contains any unusual or burdensome provision which will materially affect or impair the operation of the Borrower; and the Security Documents create valid Liens in the Collateral, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.2(a) hereof, and all filings and other actions necessary to perfect and protect such security interests (to the extent such security interests may be perfected or protected by filing) have been taken.

(j) No material part of the properties, business or operations of the Borrower are materially adversely affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout, or other labor disputes, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (except for any such circumstance, if any, which is covered by insurance, which coverage has been confirmed and not disputed by the relevant insurer or by fully-funded self-insurance programs).

(k) The Borrower has filed all tax returns (Federal, state and local) required to be filed and paid taxes shown thereon to be due, including interest and penalties, or, to the extent the Borrower is contesting in good faith an assertion of liability based on such returns, has provided adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for payment thereof.

(l) No exhibit, schedule, report or other written information provided by the Borrower or its agents to the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, execution and closing of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, the Information Memorandum) knowingly contained when made any material misstatement of fact or knowingly omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(m) No event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a material default under the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract.

(n) All proceeds of the Advances shall be used (i) for general working capital, (ii) for the partial repayment of $170,000,000 outstanding first mortgage bonds, (iii) for payments to redeem up to $25,000,000 of Preferred Stock and (iv) upon the prior written consent of all Lenders, for payments for approved NUG Settlements which have received all requisite Governmental Approvals. Except for the acquisition of preferred stock in anticipation of the payments referred to in subclause (iii) of this clause (n), no proceeds of any Advance will be used (i) to acquire any equity security of a class which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or (ii) to buy or carry any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to others for such purpose.

(o) The Borrower (i) is not an "investment company" within the meaning ascribed to that term in the Investment Company Act of 1940 and (ii) is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying margin stock.

(p) Each of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents is a valid and enforceable, perfected, first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(a)) with respect to the Collateral covered by such Security Document.

ARTICLE VII

Covenants of the Borrower

Section VII.1 Affirmative Covenants. So long as any Note shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower shall, unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a) Use of Proceeds. Apply all proceeds of each Advance solely as specified in Section 6.1(n) hereof.

(b) Payment of Taxes, Etc. Pay and discharge before the same shall become delinquent, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges, royalties or levies imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent the Borrower is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for the payment thereof.

(c) Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, or cause to be maintained, insurance (including appropriate plans of self-insurance) covering the Borrower and its properties in effect at all times in such amounts and covering such risks as may be required by law and in addition as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties.

(d) Preservation of Existence, Etc. Preserve and maintain its corporate existence, material rights (statutory and otherwise) and franchises except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Security Documents.

(e) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, including without limitation any such laws, rules, regulations and orders relating to utilities, zoning, environmental protection, use and disposal of Hazardous Substances, land use, construction and building restrictions, and employee safety and health matters relating to business operations, except to the extent (i) that the Borrower is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (ii) that any such non- compliance, and the enforcement or correction thereof, would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Borrower as a whole.

(f) Inspection Rights. At any time and from time to time upon reasonable notice, permit the Administrative Agent and its agents and representatives to examine and make copies and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and the properties of, the Borrower and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower with the Borrower and any of its officers, directors and accountants.

(g) Keeping of Books. Keep proper records and books of account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions of the Borrower and the assets and business of the Borrower, in accordance with good accounting practices consistently applied.

(h) Performance of Related Agreements. From and after the effective date of the Rate Agreement and each Significant Contract, (i) perform and observe all material terms and provisions of such agreements to be performed and observed by the Borrower and (ii) take all reasonable steps to enforce such agreements substantially in accordance with their terms and to preserve the rights of the Borrower thereunder; provided, that the foregoing provisions of this
Section 7.1(h) shall not preclude the Borrower from any waiver, amendment, modification, consent or termination permitted under Section 7.2(g) hereof.

(i) Collection of Accounts Receivable. Promptly bill, and diligently pursue collection of, in accordance with customary utility practices, all accounts receivable owing to the Borrower and all other amounts that may from time to time be owing to the Borrower for services rendered or goods sold.

(j) Maintenance of Financial Covenants.

(i) Operating Income to Interest Expense. Maintain a ratio of Operating Income to Interest Expense of not less than 2.35 to 1.00 for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters on each quarter-end ending after December 31, 1997.

(ii) Common Equity to Total Capitalization. Maintain at all times a ratio of Common Equity to Total Capitalization of not less than 0.325 to 1.00.

(k) Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Except as otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(d), (i) as to properties of the type described in
Section 6.1(i) hereof, maintain title of the quality described therein; and
(ii) preserve, maintain, develop, and operate in substantial conformity with all laws, material contractual obligations and prudent practices prevailing in the industry, all of its properties which are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent such non-conformity would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Borrower as a whole.

(l) Governmental Approvals. Duly obtain on or prior to such date as the same may become legally required, and thereafter maintain in effect at all times, all Governmental Approvals on its part to be obtained, except those the absence of which would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Borrower as a whole.

(m) Further Assurances. Promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that any Lender through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to fully give effect to the interests and properties purported to be covered by the Security Documents.

Section VII.2 Negative Covenants. So long as any Note shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders:

(a) Liens, Etc. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien, security interest, or other charge or encumbrance (including the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor) of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement the intent or effect of which is to assure a creditor against loss or to prefer one creditor over another upon or with respect to any of its properties of any character (any of the foregoing being referred to herein as a "Lien") whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction a financing statement which names the Borrower as debtor, sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, or assign accounts, excluding, however, from the operations of the foregoing restrictions the Liens created or perfected under the Loan Documents and the following, whether now existing or hereafter created or perfected:

(i) Liens created by the First Mortgage Indenture;

(ii) Permitted Liens (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) on the Indenture Assets; provided, however, that (A) the exclusion contained in clause (a) of such definition with respect to Liens junior to the Lien of the First Mortgage Indenture shall not apply to any Lien created after the date hereof; (B) the exclusion contained in clauses
(g) and (h) of such definition shall apply only to the extent that all Liens of the type described therein from time to time existing do not, in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the value of the security granted under the First Mortgage Indenture and no such Lien secures Debt of the Borrower for borrowed money; and (C) the Borrower shall not, on or after the date hereof, create, incur or assume any purchase money Debt secured by Liens of the type described in clause (o) of such definition;

(iii) Liens created or perfected under or in connection with the Pledge Agreements referred to in the Series D Reimbursement Agreement, the Series E Reimburse-ment Agreement, the Series D Reimbursement Agreement Amendment and the Series E Reimbursement Agreement Amendment; and
(iv) Liens created or perfected under or in connection with the Security Documents;

provided, however, that this Section 7.2(a) shall not be construed to authorize the Borrower to incur, assume, be liable for or suffer to exist any Debt not otherwise permitted hereunder.

(b) Debt. (i) Create, incur or assume any Debt other than Debt incurred pursuant to this Agreement, the Other Credit Agreements and unsecured Debt in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any one time outstanding and then only if, at such time and after giving effect thereto, (i) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such creation, incurrence or assumption and (ii) the Borrower shall have determined that on the basis of the assumptions and forecasts set forth in the most recent operating budget/forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(v) hereof (which the Borrower continues to believe to be reasonable), the Borrower will continue to be in compliance at all times with the provisions of Section 7.1(j) hereof. The Borrower will furnish evidence of its compliance with this subsection (b) for each fiscal quarter pursuant to
Section 7.3(ii) hereof.

(c) Mergers, Etc. Merge with or into or consolidate with or into, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person.

(d) Sales, Etc., of Assets. Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of its assets whether in a single transaction or series of transactions during any consecutive 12-month period except for (i) the sale of the Borrower's generating assets on an arms' length basis in a transaction (or series of transactions) subject to approval by the NHPUC as part of a settlement agreement related to the Rate Proceeding and (ii) sales, leases, transfers or other dispositions in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business in accordance with ordinary and customary terms and conditions.

For purposes of this subsection (d) any transaction or series of transactions during any consecutive 12-month period shall be deemed to involve a "substantial part" of the Borrower's assets if, in the aggregate, (A) the book value of such assets equals or exceeds 7.5% of the total assets (net of regulatory assets) of the Borrower reflected in the financial statements of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(ii) or 7.3(iii) hereof in respect of the fiscal quarter or year ending on or immediately prior to the commencement of such 12-month period or (B) for the four calendar quarters ending on or immediately prior to commencement of such 12 month period, the gross revenue derived by the Borrower from such assets shall equal or exceed 7.5% of the total gross revenue of the Borrower. .
(e) Restricted Payments and NUG Settlements. Declare or pay any dividend, or make any payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any share of any class of capital stock of the Borrower (other than stock splits and dividends payable solely in equity securities of the Borrower), or purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire for value any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or any warrants, rights, or options to acquire any such Debt or shares, now or hereafter outstanding, or make any distribution of assets to any of its shareholders (any such transaction being a "Restricted Payment") or make any payment of or on account of any NUG Settlement (a "NUG Settlement Payment"), provided that the Borrower may make one or more Restricted Payments and NUG Settlement Payments after July 1, 1998 if:

(i) at the time such payment is made and after giving effect thereto, no Advances will be outstanding;

(ii) the aggregate amount of all such payments shall not exceed $40,000,000;

(iii) without limitation of the foregoing, the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments shall not exceed $25,000,000;

(iv) in the case of a NUG Settlement Payment, such NUG Settlement shall have been approved by the NHPUC and all other Governmental Approvals related thereto shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect;

(v) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(vi) after giving effect to such payment, the Borrower shall be in full compliance with Section 7.1(j) hereof (for purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.1(j) under this clause (vi), computations under Section 7.1(j) shall be made as of the date of such payment, except that, retained earnings shall be determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter (adjusted for all Restricted Payments made after the last day of such preceding fiscal quarter)); and

(vii) the Borrower shall have determined that, on the basis of the assumptions and forecasts set forth in the most recent operating budget forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(iv) hereof (which the Borrower continues to believe to be reasonable) and after giving effect to such payment, the Borrower will continue to be in compliance at all times with the provisions of Section 7.1(j) hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.2(g), the Borrower shall be permitted to make Restricted Payments in accordance with Section 6.1(n)(iii) hereof in respect of redemption payments to holders of the Borrower's Preferred Stock and may declare and pay regularly scheduled quarterly dividends on the Preferred Stock if, immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(f) Compliance with ERISA. (i) Terminate, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to terminate, any ERISA Plan so as to result in any material (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders) liability of the Borrower to the PBGC, or (ii) permit to exist any occurrence of any event referred to in clause (i) of the definition of ERISA Event), or any other event or condition, which presents a material(in the opinion of the Majority Lenders) risk of such termination by the PBGC of any ERISA Plan and such a material liability to the Borrower.

(g) Related Agreements.

(i) Amendments. Amend, modify or supplement or give any consent, acceptance or approval to any amendment, modification or supplement or deviation by any party from the terms of, the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, except, with respect only to the Significant Contracts, any amendment, modification or supplement thereto that would not reduce the rights or entitlements of the Borrower thereunder in any material way.

(ii) Termination. Cancel or terminate (or consent to any cancellation or termination of) the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract prior to the expiration of its stated term, provided that this subsection (ii) shall not restrict the rights of the Borrower to enforce any remedy against any obligor under any Significant Contract in the event of a material breach or default by such obligor thereunder if and so long as the Borrower shall have provided to the Administrative Agent at least 30 days prior written notice of the enforcement action proposed to be undertaken by the Borrower.

(h) Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material business activity other than those established and engaged in on the date hereof.

(i) Ownership in Nuclear Plants. Acquire, directly or indirectly, any ownership interest or any additional ownership interest of any kind in any nuclear-powered electric generating plant.

(j) Subsidiaries. Create or suffer to exist any active subsidiaries other than Properties, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation; or permit any material assets or business to be maintained at or conducted by any subsidiary except for the assets owned by Properties, Inc. not exceeding $20,000,000.

(k) Debt Limit. At any time, cause or permit the Debt Limit to be exceeded, by voluntary incurrence of short-term debt or by other means.

(l) Affiliate Investments. Make any loans to, or investments in, either directly or indirectly, any other entities, unless such investment is a Permitted Investment.

(m) Affiliate Receivables. Permit the aggregate balance of accounts receivables from Affiliates (other than such receivables constituting receivables for the wholesale sale of power) to equal or exceed $12,500,000 as at the end of any month.

(n) Prepayment or Alteration of Debt. (i) Prepay, redeem reduce or voluntarily retire, or make or agree to make any change in the terms of, any Debt of the Borrower (other than Debt under this Agreement), other than repayments and prepayments of advances under, and modifications of, the Other Credit Agreements, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 7.4; (ii) without limitation of the foregoing, amend, modify or supplement the Indenture (as defined in the Other Credit Agreements) or the First Mortgage Indenture or (iii) issue any First Mortgage Bonds as collateral security for any existing or future debt, or grant any other security to any holder of existing Debt of the Borrower, except to the extent permitted by Section 7.4.

Section VII.3 Reporting Obligations. So long as any Note shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower shall, unless the Majority shall otherwise consent in writing, furnish to the Administrative Agent in sufficient copies for each Lender, the following:

(i) as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) days after the occurrence of each Default or Event of Default continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Borrower setting forth details of such Default or Event of Default and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within fifty (50) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (A) if and so long as the Borrower is required to submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission a report on Form 10-Q, a copy of the Borrower's report on Form 10-Q submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such quarter and (B) if the Borrower ceases to be required to submit such report, a balance sheet of the Borrower as of the end of such quarter and statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Borrower for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, all in reasonable detail and duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Borrower as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(e) hereof, in each such case, delivered together with a certificate of said officer (1) stating that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (2) (y) demonstrating compliance with Section 7.1(j) for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter and compliance with Section 7.2(b), as of the dates on which any Debt was created, incurred or assumed (using the Borrower's most recent annual actuarial determinations in the computation of Debt referred to in clause (ix) in the definition of "Debt"), and (z) demonstrating, after giving effect to the incurrence of any Debt created, incurred or assumed during such fiscal quarter (using the Borrower's most recent annual actuarial determinations in the computation of Debt referred to in clause (ix) in the definition of "Debt"), compliance with Section 7.1(j) for the remainder of the fiscal year of the Borrower based on the operating budget/forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.3(iv) hereof for such fiscal year, in each case, such demonstration to be in a schedule (in form satisfactory to the Majority Lenders) which sets forth the computations used by the Borrower in determining such compliance;

(iii) as soon as available and in any event within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (A) if and so long as the Borrower is required to submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission a report on Form 10-K, a copy of the Borrower's report on Form 10-K submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such year and (B) if the Borrower ceases to be required to submit such report, a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Borrower including therein a balance sheet of the Borrower as of the end of such fiscal year and statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Borrower for such fiscal year, in each case certified by a nationally-recognized independent public accountant, in each such case delivered together with a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer (A) (1) stating that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the preparation of financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(e) hereto, and
(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (B) demonstrating compliance with Section 7.1(j) for and as of the end of such fiscal year and compliance with Section 7.2(b), as of the dates on which any Debt was created, incurred or assumed (using the Borrower's most recent annual actuarial determina-tions in the computation of Debt referred to in clause (ix) in the definition of "Debt"), such demonstration to be in a schedule (in form satisfactory to the Majority Lenders) which sets forth the computations used by the Borrower in determining such compliance.

(iv) as soon as available and in any event before March 31 of each fiscal year a copy of an operating budget/forecast of operations of the Borrower as approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in form satisfactory to the Lenders for the next fiscal year of the Borrower, together with a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Borrower stating that such budget/forecast was prepared in good faith and on reasonable assumptions;

(v) as soon as available and in any event no later than the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission shall have received the Borrower's annual submission, if any, relating to the "return on equity collar"' referred to in the Rate Agreement, a copy of such annual submission of the Borrower;

(vi) as soon as possible and in any event (A) within 30 days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event described in clause
(i) of the definition of ERISA Event with respect to any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan has occurred and (B) within 10 days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know that any other ERISA Event with respect to any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan has occurred, a statement of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

(vii) promptly after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC, copies of each notice received by the Borrower or any such ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC's intention to terminate any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan;

(viii) promptly and in any event within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) with respect to each ERISA Plan (if any) to which the Borrower is a contributing employer;

(ix) promptly after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from an ERISA Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a copy of each notice received by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA in respect of which the Borrower may be liable;

(x) promptly after the Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, notice of all actions, suits, proceedings or other events (A) of the type described in Section 6.1(f), or (B) which purport to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents, the Rate Agreement, any Transaction Document or Significant Contracts;

(xi) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all such proxy statements, financial statements, and reports which the Borrower sends to its public security holders (if any) or files with, and copies of all regular, periodic and special reports and all registration statements and periodic or special reports, if any, which the Borrower files with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority which may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange;

(xii) promptly after receipt thereof, any assertion of the character described in Section 8.1(h) hereof and the action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

(xiii) promptly after knowledge of any material default under the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, notice of such default and the action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

(xiv) promptly after knowledge of any amendment, modification, or other change to the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract or to any Governmental Approval affecting the Rate Agreement, notice of such amendment, modification or other change, it being understood that for purposes of this clause (xiv) any filing by the Borrower in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business with, or order issued or action taken by, a governmental authority or regulatory body to implement the terms of the Rate Agreement shall not be considered an amendment, modification or change to a Governmental Approval affecting the Rate Agreement;

(xv) promptly after requested, such other information respecting the financial condition, operations, properties, prospects or otherwise, of the Borrower as the Administrative Agent or Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request in writing; and

(xvi) not later than ten days following the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, a report on the progress of and developments in the Rate Proceeding, the Final Plan and any negotiations concerning the foregoing.

Section VII.4 Most Favored Lender Covenants. So long as any Note shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Lender shall have any Commitment;

(a) The Borrower will not amend, modify or supplement, or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement to, the Other Credit Agreements (whether the same relates to pricing, tenor, reduction, prepayment, covenants, other credit terms or otherwise), unless the Borrower shall first have offered to amend, modify or supplement the Loan Documents in a like manner, subject however, to the provisions of subsection (b), to the extent applicable.

(b) If at any time the Borrower shall be unable to borrow under the Other Credit Agreements (or any successor facility) because the Borrower is unable to satisfy any "material adverse change" or other condition precedent to borrowing (a "Funding Suspension"), and (x) the failure to satisfy such condition does not itself constitute an Event of Default hereunder and (y) no other Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, the provisions of subsection (a) shall be subject to the following:

(i) The Borrower will be free to negotiate with the lenders under the Other Credit Agreements (or the lenders under such successor facility) (the "Non- Funding Lenders") and may resolve or not resolve such Funding Suspension in such manner as it may see fit, without any requirement that the Agent or the Lenders consent thereto;

(ii) Any improvement in pricing, covenants or other credit terms afforded to the Non-Funding Lenders to resolve the Funding Suspension shall be offered to the Agent and the Lenders in the manner prescribed by subsection (a). Any additional security granted to the Non-Funding Lenders to resolve the Funding Suspension shall be afforded equally and ratably to the Agent and Lenders;

(iii) If in connection with the resolution of a Funding Suspension, the Non-Funding Lenders' facility shall be permanently reduced such that any amounts repaid or prepaid as part of such resolution are not available to be re-borrowed, the Borrower will pay to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders an amount equal to such repayment or prepayment, dollar-for-dollar, to be applied to the reduction of the Available Commitment or to be held as cash collateral for the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents. For the avoidance of doubt:

(A) a reduction in the unfunded portion of the Non-Funding Lenders' commit- ments will not, by itself, entitle the Agent and the Lenders to any such payment or to any reduction in the Available Amount; and

(B) the Agent and the Lenders will not be entitled to any payment or reduction in the Available Amount solely as a result of repayments and prepayments of advances under such facility, if such repayment or prepayment results in the Non-Funding Lenders' commitments becoming again available to the Borrower in at least the amount of the repayment or prepayment.

ARTICLE VIII

Defaults

Section VIII.1 Events of Default. The following events shall each constitute an "Event of Default" if the same shall occur and be continuing after the grace period and notice requirement (if any) applicable thereto:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Note or Collateral FMB when due or shall fail to pay any interest on any Note or Collateral FMB, fees or other amounts within two days after the same becomes due; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower (or any of its officers or agents) in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or Transaction Document, certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(c) The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term or covenant on its part to be performed or observed contained in Sections 7.1 (a), (d) or
(j), Section 7.2 or Section 7.3(i) hereof; or

(d) The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any other term or covenant on its part to be performed or observed contained in this Agreement or any Loan Document and any such failure shall remain unremedied, after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, for a period of 30 days; or

(e) The Borrower shall fail to pay any of its Debt when due (including any interest or premium thereon but excluding Debt evidenced by the Notes and excluding other Debt aggregating in no event more than $10,000,000 in principal amount at any one time) whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise, and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other default under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt, or any other event, shall occur and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such default or event is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled prepayment or as a result of the Borrower's exercise of a prepayment option) prior to the stated maturity thereof; unless in each such case the obligee under or holder of such Debt or the trustee with respect to such Debt shall have waived in writing such circumstance without consideration having been paid by the Borrower so that such circumstance is no longer continuing; or

(f) The Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of a proceeding instituted against the Borrower, either the Borrower shall consent thereto or such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 90 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including without limitation the entry of an order for relief against the Borrower or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Borrower or any of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower shall take any corporate or other action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (f); or

(g) Any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower or its properties and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order and shall not have been stayed or (ii) there shall be any period of 15 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(h) Any material provision of any Loan Document, the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract shall for any reason other than the express terms thereof or the exercise of any right or option expressly contained therein cease to be valid and binding on any party thereto except as otherwise expressly permitted by the exceptions and provisos contained in Section 7.2(g) hereof; or any party thereto other than the Lenders shall so assert in writing provided that in the case of any party other than the Borrower making such assertion in respect of the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, such assertion shall not in and of itself constitute an Event of Default hereunder until (i) such asserting party shall cease to perform under and in compliance with the Rate Agreement or such Significant Contract, (ii) the Borrower shall fail to diligently prosecute, by appropriate action or proceedings, a rescission of such assertion or a binding determination as to the merits thereof or (iii) such a binding determination shall have been made in favor of such asserting party's position; or

(i) The Security Documents after delivery under Article V hereof shall for any reason, except to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, fail or cease to create valid and perfected Liens (to the extent purported to be granted by such documents and subject to the exceptions permitted thereunder) in any of the applicable Collateral, provided, that such failure or cessation relating to any non-material portion of such applicable Collateral shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder unless the same shall not have been corrected within 30 days after the Borrower becomes aware thereof; or

(j) The Borrower shall not have in full force and effect any or all insurance required under Section 7.1(c) hereof or there shall be incurred any uninsured damage, loss or destruction of or to the Borrower's properties in an amount not covered by insurance (including fully-funded self-insurance programs) which the Majority Lenders consider to be material; or

(k) Any "Event of Default" (as therein defined) shall occur and be continuing under the Other Credit Agreements, or a default by the Borrower shall have occurred under the Rate Agreement and shall not have been effectively cured within the time period specified therein for such cure; or a default by any party shall have occurred under any Significant Contract and such default shall not have been effectively cured within 30 days after notice from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower stating that, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, such default may have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Borrower as a whole; or

(l) Any Governmental Approval (whether federal, state or local) required to give effect to the Rate Agreement (including, without limitation, Chapter 362-C of the New Hampshire Revised Statutes and the enabling order of The New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission issued pursuant thereto) shall be amended, modified or supplemented, or any other regulatory or legislative action or change (whether federal, state, or local) having the effect, directly or indirectly, of modifying the benefits or entitlements of the Borrower under the Rate Agreement shall occur, and in any such case such amendment, modification, supplement, action or change may have, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Borrower as a whole;

(m) NU shall cease to own all of the outstanding common stock of the Borrower, free and clear of any Liens; or

(n) The Bond Conversion shall fail to be consummated on May 1, 1998.

Section VIII.2 Remedies Upon Events of Default. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, upon notice to the Borrower (i) declare the Commitments and the obligation of each Lender to make Advances to be terminated, provided, that any such request or consent shall be made solely by the Lenders having Percentages in the aggregate of not less 66-2/3 %, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, (ii) declare the Notes, all interest thereon and other amounts payable under this Agreement and the applicable Security Documents to be forthwith due and payable, provided, that any such request or consent shall be made solely by the Lenders holding at least 66-2/3 % of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances owing to the Lenders, whereupon the Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, and (iii) exercise in respect of any and all collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein and in the Security Documents or otherwise available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York and in effect in any other jurisdiction in which Collateral is located at that time; provided, however, that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, (A) the Commitments and the obligation of each Lender to make Advances shall automatically be terminated and (B) the Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

ARTICLE IX

The Administrative Agent

Section IX.1 Authorization and Action. Each Lender hereby appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. As to any matters not expressly provided for by any Loan Documents (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection thereof), the Administrative Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action which exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. The Administrative Agent agrees to deliver promptly to each Lender notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Section IX.2 Administrative Agent's Reliance, Etc. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with any Loan Document, except for its or their own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent: (i) may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Administrative Agent receives and accepts a Lender Assignment entered into by the Lender which is the payee of such Note, as assignor, and an assignee, as provided in Section 10.7; (ii) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for the Information Memorandum or any other statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with any Loan Documents; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any Loan Document on the part of the Borrower to be performed or observed, or to inspect any property (including the books and records) of the Borrower;
(v) shall not be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of any Loan Document, Significant Contract or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and (vi) shall incur no liability under or in respect of any Loan Document by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

Section IX.3 Chase and Affiliates. With respect to its Commitment and the Note issued to it, Chase shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Chase in its individual capacity. Chase and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, art as trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower, any of its subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Borrower or any such subsidiary, all as if Chase was not the Administrative Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section IX.4 Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on the Information Memorandum and other financial information referred to in Section 6.1(e) and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

Section IX.5 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify CSI and the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower), ratably according to the respective principal amounts of the Notes then held by each of them (or if no Notes are at the time outstanding, ratably according to the respective Commitments of the Lenders or if any Notes or Commitments are held by the Borrower or Affiliates thereof, any ratable apportionment hereunder shall exclude the principal among of the Notes held by the Borrower or its Commitment hereunder), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursement of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against CSI or the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by CSI or the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from CSI's or the Administrative Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse CSI and the Administrative Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) by CSI or the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement to the extent that CSI or the Administrative Agent are entitled to reimbursement for such expenses pursuant to Section 10.4 but is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower.

Section IX.6 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, with any such resignation to become effective only upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.6. Upon any such resignation, the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a Lender or another commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Borrower organized or licensed under the laws of the United States, or of any State thereof. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be Lender or shall be another commercial bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. In addition to the' foregoing right of the Administrative Agent to resign, the Majority Lenders may remove the Administrative Agent at any time, with or without cause, concurrently with the appointment by the Majority Lenders or a successor Administrative Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent and the execution and delivery by the Borrower and the successor Administrative Agent of an agreement relating to the fees to be paid to the successor Administrative Agent under Section 2.2(b) hereof in connection with its acting as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

Section IX.7 Certain Authorizations and Consent. Each Lender by its acceptance hereof, and each other Lender by its execution and delivery of a Lender Assignment pursuant to which it became a Lender, consents to, authorizes, ratifies and confirms in all respects;

(i) the execution, delivery, acceptance and performance by the Agent and by the Collateral Agent of the Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be from time to time amended in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof;

(ii) the execution, delivery and acceptance by the Collateral Agent of, and the taking by the collateral Agent of all actions under, the Security Agreement, as the same may be from time to time amended in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof;

the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Lenders, or the execution and delivery of such Lender Assignment by such Lender, as the case may be, constituting (without further act or deed) the Lender's acceptance and approval of, and agreement to the terms of, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement with the same effect as if the Lender were itself a party thereto.

ARTICLE IXA

Security

Section 9.1A Purpose of Article. This Article sets forth the duties and powers of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral FMB and its exercise for the benefit of the Lenders of its rights and remedies thereunder and under the other Loan Documents or otherwise available to the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.2A Collateral. The Lenders are entitled, pursuant to the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents, to the benefits of any Collateral held or to be held by or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, promptly upon the execution and delivery thereof, an originally executed and authenticated Collateral FMB. The Administrative Agent shall keep the Collateral FMB delivered to it at its Principal Office and shall permit any Lender to inspect the Collateral FMBs upon prior written request during business hours.

Section 9.3A Default. (a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to take any action under this Agreement or any of the Security Documents, except for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein or therein.

(b) If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may with the consent of, the Required Lenders entitled to make such request, exercise in respect of the Collateral FMB, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent under the applicable Security Documents and under the other Loan Documents or otherwise available to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Subject to paragraph (e) below, the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent shall include (without limitation of the other rights and remedies available to the Administra-tive Agent under the Loan Documents or otherwise available to it), (i) the right to collect all amounts payable by the Borrower under the Collateral FMB for the benefit of the Lenders, and
(ii) the right to exercise all rights and remedies of a "holder" of a First Mortgage Bond under the First Mortgage Indenture.

(d) Notwithstanding any written instructions received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) above, and except as expressly provided in the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not release any Collateral or portion thereof or lien thereon without the consent of the Lenders.

(e) It is understood that (i) the actual indebtedness evidenced by the Collateral FMB as of any time shall be limited on a dollar-for-dollar basis to the outstandings at such time, (ii) at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on that principal amount of the Collateral FMB in excess of the outstandings at such time, (iii) to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the Collateral FMB exceeds such amount, neither the Lenders nor the Administrative Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess amount of Collateral FMB under, the First Mortgage Indenture, and (iv) to the extent of any collection on the amounts outstanding under this Agreement or any collection of the Collateral, other than the Collateral FMB, such collection, in either case, shall result in a reduction of the principal amount of the Collateral FMB that may be recovered in respect of the Obligations.

Section 9.4A Distributions. If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and if the Administrative Agent shall have declared the Notes of the Borrower, all interest thereon and all other Obligations to be immediately due and payable thereunder (or if such amounts have otherwise automatically become immediately due and payable), all Collateral FMBs held by the Administrative Agent and all cash proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral FMBs may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be distributed in whole or in part to the Administrative Agent for the payment of principal, interest, fees and all other Obligations to the respective Lenders to whom the same are payable for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, unless otherwise directed by the Lenders.

In the event that funds to be distributed by the Administrative Agent shall be insufficient to pay in full the Obligations the Borrower shall remain liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral and the aggregate amount of Obligations owed by such Borrower to the Lenders.

Section 9.5A Collateral FMB. (a) Except for the safe custody of the Collateral FMB and for the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking of any action to be taken by a "holder" of the Collateral FMB under the First Mortgage Indenture or other matters relative to the Collateral, whether or not the Administrative Agent or any Lender has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and presentation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.

(b) The Borrower shall promptly forward to the Administrative Agent copies of all notices, certificates and other documents required to be delivered by it to the Trustee pursuant to the terms of the First Mortgage Indenture. The only obligation which the Administrative Agent shall have hereunder with respect to such notices, certificates and other documents shall be to promptly forward to the Lenders copies of any such notices, certificates or documents.

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

Section X.1 Amendments, Etc. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, any Note or any Security Document, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders, do any of the following:
(a) waive, modify or eliminate any of the conditions specified in Article V,
(b) increase the Commitment of any Lender hereunder or increase the Commitments of the Lenders that may be hereunder or subject the Lenders to any additional obligations, (c) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes, any Applicable Margin or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder,
(d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder (other than fees payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2(b) hereof), (e) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes, or the number of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder. (f) amend this Agreement, any Note or any Security Document in a manner intended to prefer one or more Lenders over any other Lenders, (g) amend this Section 10.1, or (h) release any of the Collateral otherwise than in accordance with the provisions for such release contained in the Security Documents, or change any provision of any Security Document providing for the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral; and provided, further, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any Note.

Section X.2 Notices, Etc. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3 hereof, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telex, telecopy or cable communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied, cabled or delivered, (i) if to the Borrower, at its address at 1000 Elm Street, Manchester, New Hampshire 03105 (telecopy no. (603) 669- 2438), Attention: Treasurer, with a copy to Northeast Utilities Service Company at its address at 107 Selden Street, Berlin, Connecticut 06037 (telecopy no. (203) 665-5457), Attention: Assistant Treasurer; (ii) if to any Bank, at its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its name on Schedule I hereto; (iii) if to any Lender other than a Bank, at its Domestic Lending Office specified in the Lender Assignment pursuant to which it became a Lender; and (iv) if to the Administrative Agent, at its address at 1 Chase Plaza, New York, New York 10081, Attention: Janet Belden, with a copy to Paul Farrell at his address at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied or cabled, be effective five days after when deposited in the mails, or when delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback, telecopied or delivered to the cable company, respectively, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article II, III, IV or IX shall not be effective until received by the Administrative Agent. With respect to any telephone notice given or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 3.3 hereof, the records of the Administra-tive Agent shall be conclusive for all purposes.

Section X.3 No Waiver Remedies. No failure on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section X.4 Costs, Expenses and Indemnification. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay when due, in accordance with the terms hereof, all costs and expenses, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses), of (i) the Administrative Agent and CSI in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the administration of the Loan Documents, the care and custody of any and all collateral, and any proposed modification, amendment, or consent relating thereto; and (ii) the Administrative Agent, CSI and each Lender in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document.

(b) Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold each Lender, CSI, the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees, professional advisors and affiliates (each, an "Indemnified Person") harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses, whether or not such Indemnified Person is named as a party to any proceeding or investigation or is otherwise subjected to judicial or legal process arising from any such proceeding or investigation) which any of them may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by any person or entity (except to the extent such claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Person):

(i) by reason of or in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated thereby, or the use by the Borrower of the proceeds of any Advance;

(ii) in connection with or resulting from the utilization, storage, disposal, treatment, generation, transportation, release or ownership of any Hazardous Substance (A) at, upon or under any property of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or (B) by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates at any time and in any place; or

(iii) in connection with any documentary taxes, assessments or charges made by any governmental authority by reason of the execution and delivery of any of the Loan Documents.

(c) The Borrower's obligations under this Section 10.4 shall survive the assignment by any Lender pursuant to Section 10.7 and shall survive as well the repayment of all amounts owing to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitment of any Lender and the termination of the Commitments. If and to the extent that the obligations of the Borrower under this Section 10.4 are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction thereof which is permissible under applicable law.

Section X.5 Right of Set-off. (a) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 8.2 to authorize the Administrative Agent to declare the Notes due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the Note held by such Lender, including obligations owed to such Lender as a result of a purchase of participations or otherwise, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such Note and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which such Lender may have.

(b) The Borrower agrees that it shall have no right of off-set, deduction or counterclaim in respect of its obligations hereunder, and that the obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a relinquishment or waiver of the Borrower's rights to any independent claim that the Borrower may have against the Administrative Agent or any Lender, but no Lender shall be liable for the conduct of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for the conduct of any Lender.

Section X.6 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Bank that such Bank has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

Section X.7 Assignments and Participation. (a) Each Lender may assign to one or more banks or other entities all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to the extent the assignee thereunder is not then a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (each of which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that
(i) each such assignment shall be of the same percentage of all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, (ii) to the extent the assignee thereunder is not then a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, the amount of the Commitment or Note of the assigning Lender being assigned pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the Lender Assignment with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than the lesser of the amount of such Lender's Commitment and $5,000,000, and (iii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, a Lender Assignment, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and a processing and recordation fee of $2,500. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Lender Assignment, which effective date shall be at least five Business Days after the execution thereof or such earlier date as the Administrative Agent may agree, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Lender Assignment, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the Lender assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it to an assignee pursuant to such Lender Assignment, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of a Lender Assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto); provided, however, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing a Lender may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations without the prior written consent of the Borrower but otherwise in accordance with this Section.

(b) By executing and delivering a Lender Assignment, the Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Lender Assignment, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with an Loan Document or the execution, legality, validity, enforce-ability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of each Loan Document, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(e) and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Lender Assignment; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents are required to be performed by it as Lender.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in
Section 10.2 a copy of each Lender Assignment delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to, each Lender from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Upon its receipt of a Lender Assignment executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Lender Assignment has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit 10.07 hereto, accept such Lender Assignment, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and
(iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower. Within five Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent in exchange for the surrendered Note or Notes a new Note to the order of such assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such Lender Assignment and, if the assigning Lender has retained a Commitment hereunder, a new Note to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment retained by it hereunder. Such new Note or Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such surrendered Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such Lender Assignment and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of the Exhibit 1.01A or Exhibit 1.01B hereto, as the case may be.

(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment, the Advances owning to it and the Note or Notes held by it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment hereunder) shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes of this Agreement,
(iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (v) the holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of such Lender, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder, except action (A) extending the time for payment of interest on, or the final maturity of any portion of the principal amount, the Notes (B) reducing the principal amount of or the rate of interest payable on the Notes or (C) releasing or substantially all of the Collateral otherwise than in accordance with the provisions for such release contained in the Security Documents.

(f) Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 10.7, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree, in accordance with the terms of Section 10.8, to preserve the confidentiality of any Confidential Information received by it from such Lender.

(g) If any Lender shall have delivered a notice to the Administrative Agent described in Section 4.3(a), (b), (c) or (f) hereof, or shall become a non- performing Lender under Section 3.4(b) hereof, and if and so long as such Lender shall not have withdrawn such notice or corrected such non-performance in accordance with Section 3.4(b), the Borrower or the Administrative Agent may demand that such Lender assign in accordance with Section 10.7 hereof, to one or more assignees designated by either the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (and reasonably acceptable to the other), all (but not less than all) of such Lender's Commitment, Advances, participation and other rights and obligations hereunder; provided that any such demand by the Borrower during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default shall be ineffective without the consent of the Majority Lenders. If, within 30 days following any such demand by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, any such assignee so designated shall fail to tender such assignment on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, or the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have failed to designate any such assignee, then such demand by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall become ineffective, it being understood for purposes of this provision that such assignment shall be conclusively deemed to be on terms reasonably satisfactory to such Lender, and such Lender shall be compelled to tender such assignment forthwith, if such assignee (1) shall agree to such assignment in substantially the form of the Lender Assignment and (2) shall tender payment to such Lender in an amount equal to the full outstanding dollar amount accrued in favor of such Lender hereunder (as computed in accordance with the records of the Administrative Agent).

(h) Anything in this Section 10.7 to the contrary notwithstanding, any Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of its Commitment and the Advances owing to it to any Federal Reserve Bank (and its transferees) as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall release the assigning Lender from its obligations hereunder.

Section X.8 Confidentiality. In connection with the negotiation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Borrower has furnished and will from time to time furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (each, a "Recipient") written information which is identified to the Recipient when delivered as confidential (such information, other than any such information which (i) was publicly available, or otherwise known to the Recipient, at the time of disclosure, (ii) subsequently becomes publicly available other than through any act or omission by the Recipient or (iii) otherwise subsequently becomes known to the Recipient other than through a Person whom the Recipient knows to be acting in violation of his or its obligations to the Borrower, being hereinafter referred to as "Confidential Information"). The Recipient will not knowingly disclose any such Confidential Information to any third party (other than to those persons who have a confidential relationship with the Recipient), and will take all reasonable steps to restrict access to such information in a manner designed to maintain the confidential nature of such information, in each case until such time as the same ceases to be Confidential Information or as the Borrower may otherwise instruct. It is understood, however, that the foregoing will not restrict the Recipient's ability to freely exchange such Confidential Information with prospective participants in or assignees of the Recipient's position herein, but the Recipient's ability to so exchange Confidential Information shall be conditioned upon any such prospective participant's entering into an understanding as to confidentiality similar to this provision. It is further understood that the foregoing will not prohibit the disclosure of any or all Confidential Information if and to the extent that such disclosure may be required (i) by a regulatory agency or otherwise in connection with an examination of the Recipient's records by appropriate authorities, (ii) pursuant to court order, subpoena or other legal process or (iii) otherwise, as required by law; in the event of any required disclosure under clause (ii) or (iii), above, the Recipient agrees to use reasonable efforts to inform the Borrower as promptly as practicable.

Section X.9 Certain Authorizations and Consent. Each Bank by its acceptance hereof, and each other Lender by its execution and delivery of the Lender Assignment pursuant to which it became a Lender, consents to, authorizes, ratifies and confirms in all respects:

(i) the execution, delivery, acceptance and performance by the Administrative Agent and by the Collateral Agent of the Collateral Agency Agreement, as the same may be from time to time amended in accordance with the terms thereof;

(ii) the execution, delivery and acceptance by the Collateral Agent of, and the taking by the Collateral Agent of all actions under, the Security Documents, as the same may be from time to time amended in accordance with
Section 10.1 hereof, and any and all documents that may from time to time after the date hereof constitute Security Documents; and

(iii) that upon the Closing hereunder, the Collateral Agency Agreement shall supersede the Existing Collateral Agency Agreement;

the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Bank, or the execution and delivery of such Lender Assignment by such Lender, as the case may be, constituting (without further act or deed) such Bank's or Lender's, as the case may be, acceptance and approval of, and agreement to the terms of, the Collateral Agency Agreement and the other Security Documents.

Section X.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, AND THE LENDERS EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT DELIVERED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

Section X.11 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent each (i) irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York State Court or Federal court sitting in New York City in any action arising out of any Loan Document, (ii) agrees that all claims in such action may be decided in such court, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum and (iv) consents to the service of process by mail. A final judgment in any such action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law or affect its right to bring any action in any court.

Section X.12 Relation of the Parties; No Beneficiary. No term, provisions or requirement, whether express or implied, of any Loan Document, or actions taken or to be taken by any party thereunder, shall be construed to create a partnership, association, or joint venture between such parties or any of them. No term or provision of the Loan Documents shall be construed to confer a benefit upon, or grant a right or privilege to, any Person other than the parties hereto.

Section X.13 Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which wen so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

By

   Name: /s/David R. McHale
   Title: Assistant Treasurer

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
   as Administrative Agent

By

   Name:  /s/Paul V. Farrell
   Title: Vice President

Commitment      Lender

$7,500,000.00 THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
By

  Name:  /s/Paul V. Farrell
  Title: Vice President

Commitment      Lender

$6,666,666.66 BANK OF AMERICA
By

  Name:  /s/ R. Vernon Howard, Jr.
  Title: Managing Director

Commitment      Lender

$6,666,666.66 CITIBANK, N.A.
By

Name: /s/Robert J. Harrity, Jr.
 Title: Managing Director
Commitment      Lender

$6,666,666.66 CREDIT LYONNAIS,
NEW YORK BRANCH
By

   Name:  /s/Alan Sidrane
   Title: Senior Vice President

Commitment      Lender

$6,666,666.66 THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF
JAPAN, LIMITED, NEW YORK BRANCH
By

   Name:  /s/Hiroshi Kitada
   Title:  Deputy General Manager

Commitment      Lender

$3,333,333.34 FLEET NATIONAL BANK

By

   Name: /s/Daniel Butler
   Title: Vice President

Commitment      Lender

$3,333,333.34 THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED,
NEW YORK BRANCH

By

   Name: /s/Raymond Ventura
   Title: Vice President and Manager

Commitment      Lender

$3,333,333.34 THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN
TRUST COMPANY
By

   Name:  /s/John Dippo
   Title: Senior Vice President

Commitment      Lender

$3,333,333.34 MELLON BANK, N.A.
By

  Name:  /s/Kurt L. Hewett
  Title: Vice President
Commitment      Lender

$3,333,333.34 THE NIPPON CREDIT BANK, LTD.
By

  Name: /s/Koichi Sunagawa
  Title:  Representative

Commitment      Lender

$6,666,666.66 CIBC INC.
By

  Name:  /s/Denis P. O'Meara
  Title: Executive Director

Commitment      Lender

$6,666,666.66 TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC.

By

  Name:  /s/Debbie A. Greene
  Title: Vice President

Commitment      Lender

$2,500,000.00 BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By

 Name:  /s/Sydney G. Dennis
 Title: Director

Commitment      Lender

$2,500,000.00   THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                          CHICAGO

By

  Name:  /s/Madeleine N. Pember
  Title: Assistant Vice President

Commitment      Lender

$3,333,333.34 THE YASUDA TRUST AND BANKING

COMPANY, LIMITED, NEW YORK BRANCH

By

  Name:  /s/ Rohn Laudenschlager
  Title: Senior Vice President

Commitment      Lender
$2,500,000.00   THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON
By
  Name:  /s/Michael M. Parker

  Title: Managing Director


Exhibit 4.3.6.2
SECOND SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of May 1, 1995
among
BUSINESS FINANCE AUTHORITY OF THE
STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
and
PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

Supplementing and Amending the Series D Loan and Trust Agreement Dated as of May 1, 1991, as amended by a First Supplement Dated as of December 1, 1992

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I: INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS
Section 101. Description of the Agreement and the Parties
Section 102. Definitions
ARTICLE II: BOOK-ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM
Section 201. Registration of Bonds in the Book-Entry Only System
ARTICLE III: MISCELLANEOUS
Section 301. Subparagraph 301(e)(iv)(A) Amended
Section 302. Section 315 of First Supplement Amended
Section 303. Section 405 of Original Agreement Amended
Section 304. Original Agreement Affirmed
Section 305. Severability
Section 306. Counterparts
Section 307. Receipt of Documents
Section 308. Captions
Section 309. Governing Law
EXHIBIT A
EXHIBIT B

ARTICLE I: INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS

Section 101. Description of the Agreement and the Parties. This SECOND SUPPLEMENT (the "Second Supplement") is entered into as of May 1, 1995 by the Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire (with its successors, the "Authority"), a body corporate and politic created under New Hampshire Revised Statutes Annotated 162-A:3 formerly known as The Industrial Development Authority of the State of New Hampshire; Public Service Company of New Hampshire (with its successors, the "Company"), a New Hampshire corporation, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, as Trustee (with its successors, the "Trustee"). This Second Supplement supplements and amends the Series D Loan and Trust Agreement dated as of May 1, 1991 (the "Original Agreement") among the Authority, the Company and the Trustee, as previously amended by a First Supplement dated as of December 1, 1992 (the "First Supplement" and collectively with the Original Agreement and this Second Supplement, the "Agreement"), and is entered into pursuant to Clauses 1101(a)(v) and (viii) of the Original Agreement. The primary purpose of this Second Supplement is to provide for the establishment of a book-entry system of registration for the outstanding $39,500,000 principal amount of The Industrial Development Authority of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project-1991 Taxable Series D), and at the election of the Company, for other Bonds outstanding under the Agreement from time to time.

In consideration of the mutual promises contained in this Second Supplement, the rights conferred and the obligations assumed hereby, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Company, the Authority and the Trustee agree, assign, covenant, grant, pledge, promise, represent and warrant as set forth herein for their own benefit and for the benefit of the Bondowners and the Bank.

Section 102. Definitions. (a) Words. Unless otherwise defined in this Second Supplement, or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in the Original Agreement, as amended by the First Supplement, shall have the same meaning in this Second Supplement.

ARTICLE II: BOOK-ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM

Section 201. Registration of Bonds in the Book-Entry Only System. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 201 shall apply with respect to any Bonds (except the 1992 Series D Bonds) registered to CEDE & CO. or any other nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") while the Book-Entry Only System (meaning the system of registration described in this Section 201) is in effect. The Book-Entry Only System shall be in effect for any series of Bonds or portion thereof issued in or converted to any Mode or Rate Period within the Multiannual Mode if so specified by the Company prior to the issuance in or conversion to that Mode or Rate Period, subject to the provisions below concerning termination of the Book-Entry Only System. Until it revokes such specification in its discretion, the Company hereby specifies that the Book- Entry Only System shall be in effect while the 1991 Series D Bonds are in Flexible Mode. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 201 to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 201 shall not apply to the 1992 Series D Bonds, which are subject to the Book-Entry Only System described in
Section 303 of the First Supplement.

(b) The Bonds in or to be in the Book-Entry Only System shall be issued in the form of a separate single authenticated fully registered Bond for each separate Mode or Rate Period. Any legend required to be on the Bonds by DTC may be added by the Trustee or Paying Agent. The form of Book-Entry Only System 1991 Series D Bond in the Flexible Mode is attached hereto as Exhibit
A. On the date of original delivery thereof or date of conversion of the any
[sic] Bonds to a Mode or Rate Period in which the Book-Entry Only System is in effect, as applicable, such Bonds shall be registered in the registry books of the Paying Agent in the name of CEDE & CO., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company as agent for the Authority in maintaining the Book- Entry Only System. With respect to Bonds registered in the registry books kept by the Paying Agent in the name of CEDE & CO., as nominee of DTC, the Authority, the Paying Agent, the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Participant (which means securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and various other entities, some of whom or their representatives own DTC) or to any Beneficial Owner (which means, when used with reference to the Book-Entry Only System, the person who is considered the beneficial owner of the Bonds pursuant to the arrangements for book entry determination of ownership applicable to DTC) with respect to the following:
(A) the accuracy of the records of DTC, CEDE & CO. or any Participant with respect to any ownership interest in the Bonds, (B) the delivery to or from any Participant, any Beneficial Owner or any other person, other than DTC, of any notice with respect to the Bonds, including any notice of redemption or tender (whether mandatory or optional), or (C) the payment to any Participant, any Beneficial Owner or any other person, other than DTC, of any amount with respect to the principal or premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds. The Paying Agent shall pay all principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds only to or upon the order of DTC, and all such payments shall be valid and effective fully to satisfy and discharge the Authority's obligations with respect to the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on Bonds to the extent of the sum or sums so paid. No person other than DTC shall be entitled to receive an authenticated Bond evidencing the obligation of the Authority to make payments of principal and premium, if any, and interest pursuant to this Agreement. Upon delivery by DTC to the Paying Agent of written notice to the effect that DTC has determined to substitute a new nominee in place of CEDE & CO., the words "CEDE & CO." in the Agreement shall refer to such new nominee of DTC.

(c) Upon receipt by the Trustee or the Paying Agent of written notice from DTC to the effect that DTC is unable or unwilling to discharge its responsibilities with respect to any Bonds, the Authority shall issue and the Paying Agent shall transfer and exchange such Bonds as requested by DTC in appropriate amounts and in authorized denominations, and whenever DTC requests the Authority, the Paying Agent and the Trustee to do so, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Authority will, at the expense of the Company, cooperate with DTC in taking appropriate action after reasonable notice (A) to arrange for a substitute bond depository willing and able upon reasonable and customary terms to maintain custody of such Bonds or (B) to make available for transfer and exchange such Bonds registered in whatever name or names and in whatever authorized denominations as DTC shall designate.

(d) In the event the Company determines that the Beneficial Owners of any Bonds in the Book-Entry Only System should be able to obtain Bond certificates, the Company may so notify DTC, the Paying Agent and the Trustee, whereupon DTC will notify the Participants of the availability through DTC of such Bond certificates. In such event, the Authority shall issue and the Paying Agent shall transfer and exchange Bond certificates as requested by DTC in appropriate amounts and in authorized denominations. Whenever DTC requests the Paying Agent to do so, the Paying Agent will cooperate with DTC in taking appropriate action after reasonable notice to make available for transfer and exchange Bonds registered in whatever name or names and in whatever authorized denominations as DTC shall designate.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement to the contrary, so long as any 1991 Series D Bond is registered in the name of CEDE & CO., as nominee of DTC, all payments with respect to the principal of, Purchase Price, premium, if any, and interest on such 1991 Series D Bond and all notices with respect to such 1991 Series D Bond shall be made and given, respectively, to DTC as provided in the Letter of Representation (the "Representation Letter"), the form of which is included as Exhibit B attached to this Second Supplement. The form of such Representation Letter may be modified or replaced in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Agreement upon conversion or reconversion of the 1991 Series D Bonds to a Mode or Rate Period in which the Book-Entry Only System is in effect.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision in Subsection 301(h) or Section 310 of the Original Agreement to the contrary, so long as any of the Bonds outstanding are held in the Book-Entry Only System, if less than all of such Bonds are to be converted or redeemed upon any conversion or redemption of Bonds hereunder, the particular Bonds or portions of Bonds to be converted or redeemed shall be selected by DTC in such manner as DTC may determine.

(g) So long as the Book-Entry Only System is in effect, a Beneficial Owner who elects to have its Bonds purchased or tendered pursuant to the Agreement shall effect delivery by causing a Participant to transfer the Beneficial Owner's interest in the Bonds pursuant to the Book-Entry Only System. The requirement for physical delivery of Bonds in connection with a demand for purchase or a mandatory purchase will be deemed satisfied when the ownership rights in the Bonds are transferred in accordance with the Book-Entry Only System.

(h) So long as the Book-Entry Only System is in effect, the Remarketing Agent shall communicate to DTC information concerning the purchasers of Tendered Bonds as may be necessary or appropriate, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Representation Letter to the contrary, the Remarketing Agent shall continue to remit to the Paying Agent interest rate determination information pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

ARTICLE III: MISCELLANEOUS

Section 301. Subparagraph 301(e)(iv)(A) Amended. The last sentence of Subparagraph 301(e)(iv)(A) of the Original Agreement is amended to read as follows:

At least forty (40) days prior to the mandatory tender date, the Trustee shall give notice to the Paying Agent as to whether or not it has received the notices described in the immediately preceding sentence from Moody's and S&P, and if the Trustee has not received such notices or if the Credit Facility is expiring without substitution or replacement, the Paying Agent shall give notice to the Bondowners of the mandatory tender of the Bonds at least thirty (30) days prior to the mandatory tender date.

Section 302. Section 315 of First Supplement Amended. Section 315 of the First Supplement is amended by deleting the words "sixth sentence" and inserting in lieu thereof the words "fifth sentence."

Section 303. Section 405 of Original Agreement Amended. Section 405 of the Original Agreement is amended by adding at the end thereof the following sentence:

At least forty (40) days prior to any redemption pursuant to this Section 405, the Trustee shall notify the Paying Agent of the redemption date and the principal amount of Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds to be redeemed.

Section 304. Original Agreement Affirmed. Except as otherwise expressly supplemented and amended by this Second Supplement, the provisions of the Original Agreement, the First Supplement and the Assumption Agreement remain unchanged, binding, and in full force and effect.

Section 305. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Second Supplement shall be held to be invalid in any circumstance, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions or circumstances.

Section 306. Counterparts. This Second Supplement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 307. Receipt of Documents. By its execution and delivery of this Second Supplement the Trustee acknowledges receipt of the opinion of Bond Counsel required to accompany this Second Supplement pursuant to Subsection 1101(c) of the Original Agreement.

Section 308. Captions. The captions and table of contents of this Second Supplement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 309. Governing Law. This instrument shall be governed by the laws of State of New Hampshire.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire has caused this Second Supplement to be signed and its official seal to be impressed hereon by its Executive Director; Public Service Company of New Hampshire has caused this Second Supplement to be signed and its corporate seal to be impressed hereon by an authorized officer; and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, has caused this Second Supplement to be signed and its corporate seal to be impressed hereon by an authorized officer.

BUSINESS FINANCE AUTHORITY OF THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

By:

/s/Jack Donovan
Executive Director

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

(Seal)
By:

/s/John B. Keane
Treasurer

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
as Trustee

By:

/s/Daniel Golden
Assistant Vice President

The undersigned hereby consents
to this Second Supplement.

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH

By:

Name:/s/Vijay Rajguru

Title: Associate Director


Exhibit 4.3.6.3
EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECOND SERIES D LETTER OF CREDIT
AND REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
Dated as of April 23, 1998
Among
PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
as Account Party
BARCLAYS BANK PLC, NEW YORK BRANCH
as Issuing Bank and as Agent
and
THE PARTICIPATING BANKS
REFERRED TO HEREIN

Relating to

The Industrial Development Authority of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1991 Taxable Series D)

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECOND SERIES D LETTER OF CREDIT
AND REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 23, 1998

This AMENDED AND RESTATED SECOND SERIES D LETTER OF CREDIT AND REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 23, 1998 (this "Agreement") is made by and among:

(i) Public Service Company of New Hampshire, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire (the "Account Party");

(ii) Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch ("Barclays"), as issuer of the Letter of Credit (the "Issuing Bank");

(iii) The Participating Banks (as hereinafter defined) from time to time party hereto; and

(iv) Barclays as agent (together with any successor agent hereunder, the "Agent") for such Participating Banks and the Issuing Bank.

and restates in its entirety the Existing Reimbursement Agreement referred to herein.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Business Finance Authority (formerly The Industrial Development Authority) of the State of New Hampshire (the "Issuer"), pursuant to a Series D Loan and Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1991 (the "Original Indenture"), by and among the Issuer, the Account Party and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (such entity, or its successor as trustee, being the "Trustee"), previously issued $114,500,000 aggregate principal amount of The Industrial Development Authority of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1991 Taxable Series D) (such bonds being herein referred to as the "Taxable Bonds"). Pursuant to the Original Indenture, a First Supplement thereto, dated as of December 1, 1992 and a Second Supplement thereto, dated as of May 1, 1995 (the Original Indenture, as so supplemented by such First Supplement and such Second Supplement and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or modified from time to time with the written consent of the Issuing Bank, being herein referred to as the "Indenture"), the Issuer refunded $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Taxable Bonds through the issuance of $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Refunding Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1992 Tax-Exempt Series D) (such bonds being herein referred to as the "Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds").

The Account Party previously caused Barclays to issue its Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. 839136, dated May 2, 1995 in a stated amount of $117,858,000 (the "Existing Letter of Credit"), in support of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, and, in connection therewith, the Account Party entered into a Second Series D Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement dated as of May 1, 1995 (the "Existing Reimbursement Agreement") with Barclays as issuing bank and agent thereunder and the participating banks referred to therein.

The Account Party now wishes to extend and amend the Existing Letter of Credit and, in furtherance thereof, the Account Party has requested the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment (as defined herein) to the Paying Agent. Following such extension and amendment and the Fixed-Rate Conversion described herein, the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit, as so amended, will be $41,748,000 (the "Stated Amount"), of which (i) $39,500,000 shall support the payment of principal of the Taxable Bonds (or the portion of the purchase or redemption price of Bonds corresponding to principal), (ii) $2,248,000 shall support the payment of up to 128 days' interest on the principal amount of Taxable Bonds (or the portion of the purchase or redemption price of Taxable Bonds corresponding to interest), computed at a maximum interest rate of 16% per annum on the basis of the actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days, subject to modification as provided in Section 2.06 hereof, and (iii) $0.00 shall support the payment of premium on Taxable Bonds. The Issuing Bank has agreed to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Amendment to which this Agreement is appended as Exhibit A (including the terms and conditions relating to the rights and obligations of the Participating Banks).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION I.1. Certain Defined Terms. In addition to the terms defined in the Preliminary Statement hereto, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

"Advances" means Initial Advances and Term Advances, without differentiation; individually, an "Advance".

"Affiliate" means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is directly or indirectly under common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another entity if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"Agreement for Capacity Transfer" means the Agreement for Capacity Transfer, dated as of December 1, 1989, between The Connecticut Light and Power Company ("CL&P") and the Account Party, as amended by the First Amendment to Agreement for Capacity Transfer, dated as of May 1, 1992 between CL&P and the Account Party, which provides for capacity transfers from the Account Party to CL&P.

"Alternate Base Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal at all times to the higher from time to time of:

(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by Barclays in New York, New York, from time to time, as Barclays' prime rate; and

(b) 1/2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate from time to time;

plus, in either case, the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Advances. Each change in the Alternate Base Rate shall take effect concurrently with any change in such prime rate or Federal Funds Rate, as the case may be.

"Amendment" means the First Amendment to the Existing Reimbursement Agreement, to which this Agreement is appended as Exhibit A.

"Amendment Closing Date" means the Business Day upon which each of the conditions precedent enumerated in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 of the Amendment shall be fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Participating Banks and the Account Party. All transactions contemplated to occur on the Amendment Closing Date shall occur contemporaneously on or prior to April 23, 1998, at the offices of King & Spalding, 1185 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, at 12:01 A.M. (New York City time), or at such other place and time as the parties hereto may mutually agree.

"Applicable Commission" means, for any day, two and one-quarter percent (2.25%).

"Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to each Participating Bank,
(i) (A) such Participating Bank's "Domestic Lending Office", in the case of a Base Rate Advance, and (B) such Participating Bank's "Eurodollar Lending Office," in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, in each case as specified opposite such Participating Bank's name on Schedule I hereto (in the case of a Participating Bank initially party to this Agreement) or in the Participation Assignment pursuant to which such Participating Bank became a Participating Bank (in the case of any other Participating Bank), or (ii) such other office or affiliate of such Participating Bank as such Participating Bank may from time to time specify to the Account Party and the Agent.

"Applicable Margin" means, for any day: (i) two and one-quarter percent (2.25%), for any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advance, and (ii) one and one- quarter percent (1.25%), for any outstanding Base Rate Advance.

"Arrangers" means Barclays Bank PLC and SBC Warburg Dillon Read, Inc.

"Available Amount" in effect at any time means the maximum aggregate amount available to be drawn at such time under the Letter of Credit, the determination of such maximum amount to assume compliance with all conditions for drawing and no reduction for (i) any amount drawn by the Paying Agent to make a regularly scheduled payment of interest on the Bonds (unless such amount will not be reinstated under the Letter of Credit) or (ii) any amount not available to be drawn because Bonds are held by or for the account of the Account Party and/or in pledge for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, but after giving effect nevertheless, to any reduction in the Stated Amount effected pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof.

"Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor bankruptcy law of the United States.

"Base Rate Advance" means an Advance in respect of which the Account Party has selected in accordance with Article III hereof, or this Agreement otherwise provides for, interest to be computed on the basis of the Alternate Base Rate.

"Bonds" means (i) the Taxable Bonds outstanding as of the date hereof, (ii) the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds and (iii) any further Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds (as defined in the Indenture) that may be issued in accordance with the Indenture and this Agreement to refund any of such remaining Taxable Bonds; provided, however, that upon the Fixed-Rate Conversion and reimbursement to the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks of the Fixed-Rate Conversion Drawing, the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds shall cease to be Bonds hereunder.

"Business Day" means a day of the year that is not a Sunday, legal holiday or a day on which banks are required or authorized to close in New York City and, (i) if the applicable Business Day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, is a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market and/or (ii) if the applicable Business Day relates to any action to be taken by, or notice furnished to or by, or payment to be made to or by, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Remarketing Agent or the First Mortgage Trustee, is a day on which (A) banking institutions are not authorized pursuant to law to close, (B) the corporate trust office of the First Mortgage Trustee is open for business, (C) banking institutions in all of the cities in which the principal offices of the Issuing Bank, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the First Mortgage Trustee and, if applicable, the Remarketing Agent are located are not required or authorized to remain closed and (D) the New York Stock Exchange is not closed.

"Cash Account" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.05(a).

"CL&P" has the meaning assigned to that term in the definition of Agreement for Capacity Transfer.

"Citibank" means Citibank, N.A.

"Collateral" means all of the collateral in which liens, mortgages or security interests are purported to be granted by any or all of the Security Documents.

"Collateral Agent" means The Chase Manhattan Bank and any successor as collateral agent under the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Commitment" means, for each Participating Bank, such Participating Bank's Percentage of the Available Amount. "Commitments" shall refer to the aggregate of the Commitments.

"Common Equity" means, at any date, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate of the par value of or stated capital represented by, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Account Party and the surplus, paid-in, earned and other, if any, of the Account Party.

"Confidential Information" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.09 hereof.

"Conversion", "Convert" or "Converted" each refers to a conversion of Term Advances pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof, including, but not limited to any selection of a longer or shorter Interest Period to be applicable to such Term Advances or any conversion of a Term Advance as described in Section 3.04(c) hereof.

"Credit Termination Date" means the date on which the Letter of Credit shall terminate in accordance with its terms.

"date hereof" means April 23, 1998.

"Debt" means, for any Person, without duplication, (i) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (iv) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which shall have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases (not including the Unit Contract), (v) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person under reimbursement or similar agreements with respect to the issuance of letters of credit (vi) net obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person under interest rate swap, "cap", "collar" or other hedging agreements, (vii) obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under leases entered into in connection with sale and leaseback transactions involving assets of such Person being sold in connection therewith, (viii) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (vii), above, and (ix) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under ERISA Plans.

"Default Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate applicable to Base Rate Advances at such time.

"Disclosure Documents" means the Information Memorandum, the 1997 10-K and any Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Account Party with the Securities and Exchange Commission after December 31, 1997 furnished to the Participating Banks prior to the execution and delivery of the Amendment.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

"ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated, that, together with the Account Party is treated as a single employer under
Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

"ERISA Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" subject to Title IV of ERISA.

"ERISA Plan" means an employee benefit plan (other than an ERISA Multiemployer Plan) maintained for employees of the Account Party or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA.

"ERISA Plan Termination Event" means (i) a "reportable event", as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived) with respect to an ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multiemployer Plan, or (ii) the existence with respect to any ERISA plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (iii) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any ERISA Plan; (iv) the incurrence by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV or ERISA with respect to the termination of any ERISA Plan; (v) the receipt by Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA or to appoint a trustee to administer any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the receipt by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by an ERISA Multiemployer Plan from the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of liability due to any withdrawal of the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from an ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multiemployer Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or a determination that an ERISA Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or (vii) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan.

"Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

"Eurodollar Rate" means for any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Term Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal at all times during such Interest Period to the sum of:

(i) the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1% per annum, if such rate is not such a multiple) determined by the Agent at which deposits in United States dollars in amounts comparable to the Eurodollar Rate Advance of Barclays comprising part of such Term Borrowing and for comparable periods as such Interest Period are offered by the principal office of Barclays in London, England to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period, plus

(ii) the Applicable Margin.

"Eurodollar Rate Advance" means an Advance in respect of which the Account Party has selected in accordance with Article III hereof, and this Agreement provides for, interest to be computed on the basis of the Eurodollar Rate.

"Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" of any Participating Bank for each Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under Regulation D or other regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement, without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets) for such Participating Bank with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including "eurocurrency liabilities" having a term equal to such Interest Period.

"Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 8.01.

"Existing Letter of Credit" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Existing Reimbursement Agreement" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Extension Collateral" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.05(b).

"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published on the next succeeding Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Final Plan" means the "Final Plan" implementing Chapter 374-F of the Revised Statutes Annotated of New Hampshire, adopted by the NHPUC on February 28, 1997, and any successor plan or proposal.

"First Mortgage Bonds" means first mortgage bonds issued or to be issued by the Account Party and secured, directly or indirectly, collectively or severally, by one or more first-priority liens on all or part of the Indenture Assets pursuant to the First Mortgage Indenture or another indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders. For purposes hereof, all or part of the First Mortgage Bonds may be issued as collateral for pollution control revenue bonds or industrial revenue bonds, whether taxable or tax exempt issued by the Account Party or by a governmental authority at the Account Party's request.

"First Mortgage Indenture" means the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture, between the Account Party and New England Merchants National Bank, as trustee and to which First Union National Bank is successor trustee, dated as of August 15, 1978, as amended and supplemented through the date hereof and as the same may thereafter be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

"First Mortgage Trustee" means the trustee from time to time under the First Mortgage Indenture.

"Fixed-Rate Conversion" means the Conversion (as defined in the Indenture) of the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds to the Fixed-Rate Mode (as defined in the Indenture), which Conversion is proposed to occur on May 1, 1998.

"Fixed-Rate Conversion Drawing" means the Tender Drawing and the related Interest Drawing (as those terms are defined in the Letter of Credit) to effect the purchase on May 1, 1998 of the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds immediately prior to the Fixed-Rate Conversion.

"Governmental Approval" means any authorization, consent, approval, license, permit, certificate, exemption of, or filing or registration with, any governmental authority or other legal or regulatory body required in connection with any of: (i) the execution, delivery or performance of the Rate Agreement, any Transaction Document, Loan Document, Related Document or Significant Contract, (ii) the grant and perfection of any security interest, lien or mortgage contemplated by the Security Documents, (iii) the nature of the Account Party's business as conducted or the nature of the property owned or leased by it or (iv) any NUG Settlement. For purposes of this Agreement, Chapter 362-C of the Revised Statutes Annotated of New Hampshire, in effect on the Original Closing Date, shall be deemed to be a Governmental Approval.

"Hazardous Substance" means any waste, substance or material identified as hazardous, dangerous or toxic by any office, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of the United States of America or of the State or locality in which the same is located having or exercising jurisdiction over such waste, substance or material.

"Indemnified Person" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.04(b) hereof.

"Indenture" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Indenture Assets" means fixed assets of the Account Party (including related Governmental Approvals and regulatory assets) which from time to time are subject to the first-priority lien under the First Mortgage Indenture. "Information Memorandum" means the Confidential Information Memorandum, dated February, 1998 regarding the Account Party, as distributed to the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks, including, without limitation, all schedules, attachments and supplements, if any, thereto.

"Initial Advance" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.02(a) hereof.

"Initial Repayment Date" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.02(a) hereof.

"Intercreditor Agreement" means the Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Agent, Swiss Bank Corporation, Stamford Branch as "Agent" under the Other Reimbursement Agreement and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement and as Collateral Agent.

"Interest Component" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Interest Drawing" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Interest Expense" means, for any period, the aggregate amount of any interest on Debt (including long-term and short-term Debt).

"Interest Period" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.03(b) hereof.

"Issuer" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Issuer Resolution" means the resolution adopted by the Issuer that authorized the issuance of the Bonds, approved the terms and provisions of the Bonds, and approved those of the documents related to the Bonds to which the Issuer is a party.

"Letter of Credit" means the Existing Letter of Credit, issued in the form of Exhibit 1.01A to the Existing Agreement, as extended and amended by the Letter of Credit Amendment, and as it may from time to time be further extended, amended or otherwise modified pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Letter of Credit Amendment" means the First Amendment to Irrevocable Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank in favor of the Paying Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.01A-2 hereto.

"Lien" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.02(a) hereof.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement and the Security Documents, as each may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Major Electric Generating Plants" means the following nuclear, combustion turbine and coal, oil or diesel-fired generating stations of the Account Party: the Merrimack generating station located in Bow, New Hampshire; the Newington generating station located in Newington, New Hampshire; the Schiller generating station located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire; the White Lake combustion turbine located in Tamworth, New Hampshire; the Millstone Unit No. 3 generating station located in Waterford, Connecticut, and the Wyman Unit No. 4 generating station located in Yarmouth, Maine.

"Majority Lenders" means on any date of determination, (i) the Issuing Bank and (ii) Participating Banks who, collectively, on such date, have Participation Percentages in the aggregate of at least 66-2/3%. Determination of those Participating Banks satisfying the criteria specified above for action by the Majority Lenders shall be made by the Agent and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties absent manifest error.

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the Account Party's business, prospects, operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise), (ii) the Account Party's ability to perform under any Loan Document, Related Document, the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, (iii) the value, validity, perfection and enforceability of the any Lien granted under or in connection with any Security Document, or (iv) the ability of the Collateral Agent, the Agent or the Issuing Bank to enforce any of the obligations or any of their material rights and remedies under the Loan Documents; provided, that, any material adverse development with respect to the Rate Proceeding, the Rate Agreement or the Final Plan that results in a material adverse effect on the Account Party other than as described in the Disclosure Documents shall automatically be deemed to be a Material Adverse Effect.

"Merger" means (i) the merger on June 5, 1992 of NU Acquisition Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of NU, with and into the Account Party and (ii) the transfer on the same date by the Account Party, as so merged, of its right, title and interest in Seabrook to NAEC.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

"NAEC" means North Atlantic Energy Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of
NU.

"NHPUC" means the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission.

"1997 10-K" means the Account Party's 1997 Annual Report and its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997. "NU" means Northeast Utilities, an unincorporated voluntary business association organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

"NUG Settlement" means any buy-out, buy-down or other transaction, or any other arrangement or agreement, entered into or proposed to be entered into by the Account Party to terminate or reduce, or to resolve a dispute concerning, an obligation of the Account Party to purchase power and/or capacity from a non-utility generator.

"NUSCO" means Northeast Utilities Service Company, a Connecticut corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of NU.

"Official Statement" means any Official Statement, Preliminary Official Statement or similar disclosure document relating to the Bonds (including in connection with the Fixed-Rate Conversion), and shall include any amendment, supplement or "sticker" thereto.

"Operating Income" means, for any period, the Account Party's operating income for such period, adjusted as follows:

(i) increased by the amount of income taxes (including New Hampshire Business Profits Tax and other comparable taxes) paid by the Account Party during such period, if and to the extent they are deducted in the computation of the Account Party's operating income for such period; and

(ii) increased by the amount of any depreciation deducted by the Account Party during such period; and

(iii) increased by the amount of any amortization of acquisition adjustment deducted by the Account Party during such period; and

(iv) decreased by the amount of any capital expenditures paid by the Account Party during such period.

"Original Closing Date" means the Business Day upon which each of the conditions precedent enumerated in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of the Existing Reimbursement Agreement were fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Participating Banks and the Account Party, which date was May 2, 1995.

"Original Indenture" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Other Reimbursement Agreement" means (i) the Second Series E Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1995, among the Account Party, Swiss Bank Corporation, New York Branch, as issuing bank and agent thereunder and the Participating Banks referred to therein relating to the Issuer's Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project-1991 Taxable Series E) and the Issuer's Pollution Control Refunding Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project-1993 Tax-Exempt Series E), as amended by the Other Reimbursement Agreement Amendment and as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified or supplemented or (ii) any reimbursement agreement or similar agreement relating to a substitute credit facility applicable to such bonds.

"Other Reimbursement Agreement Amendment" means the First Amendment, dated the date hereof, to the Other Reimbursement Agreement.

"Participant" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.06(b) hereof.

"Participating Banks" means: (i) as of any date of determination prior to the Letter of Credit Amendment becoming effective in accordance with its terms, the Participating Banks parties to the Existing Reimbursement Agreement and
(ii) thereafter, the Persons listed on the signature pages to the Amendment following the heading "Participating Banks" and any other Person who becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.06 hereof.

"Participation Assignment" means a participation assignment entered into pursuant to Section 10.06 hereof by any Participating Bank and an assignee, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.01B hereto.

"Participation Percentage" means, with respect to any Participating Bank: (i) as of any date of determination prior to the Letter of Credit Amendment becoming effective in accordance with its terms, such Participating Bank's Participation Percentage as determined pursuant to the Existing Reimbursement Agreement (which, in the case of Swiss Bank Corporation, Stamford Branch is zero); (ii) thereafter, (A) with respect to a Participating Bank initially a party to this Agreement, the percentage set forth opposite such Participating Bank's name on Schedule II to the Amendment, except as provided in clause
(iii), below and (B) with respect to a Participating Bank that becomes a party hereto by operation of Section 10.06(a) hereof, the Participation Percentage stated to be assumed by such assignee Participating Bank in the relevant Participation Assignment, except as provided in clause (iii), below, and (iii) at any time, with respect to any Participating Bank that assigns a percentage of its interests in accordance with Section 10.06(a) hereof, its Participation Percentage determined in accordance with clause (i) or clause
(ii), above, as reduced by the percentage so assigned.

"Paying Agent" means (i) U.S. Bank Trust National Association (formerly First Trust of New York, National Association), and (ii) any successor paying agent for the Bonds under the Indenture.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor entity) established under ERISA.

"Permitted Investments" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than six (6) months from the date of acquisition by such Person; (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit, with maturities of not more than six (6) months from the date of acquisition by such Person, of any international commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and having a rating on its commercial paper of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's; (iii) commercial paper issued by any Person, which commercial paper is rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's and matures not more than six (6) months after the date of acquisition by such Person; (iv) investments in money market funds substantially all the assets of which are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and (v) United States Securities and Exchange Commission registered money market mutual funds conforming to Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 in effect in the United States, that invest primarily in direct obligations issued by the United States Treasury and repurchase obligations backed by those obligations, and rated in the highest category by S&P and Moody's.

"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

"Plan" means that certain Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Account Party, dated December 28, 1989, as confirmed by order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Hampshire on April 20, 1990.

"Pledge Agreement" means the Series D Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1991, by the Account Party in favor of Citibank, as amended by a First Amendment thereto, dated as of October 1, 1992, and by a Second Amendment thereto, dated as of May 1, 1995 among the Account Party, Citibank and Barclays, as agent and issuing bank under the Existing Reimbursement Agreement, and as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented.

"Pledged Bonds" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge Agreement.

"Preferred Stock" means 5,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Account Party (par value $25).

"Premium Component" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Principal Component" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Rate Agreement" means the Agreement dated as of November 22, 1989, as amended by the First Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 5, 1989, the Second Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 12, 1989, the Third Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 28, 1993, the Fourth Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of September 21, 1994 and the Fifth Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994, among NUSCO, the Governor and Attorney General of the State of New Hampshire and adopted by the Account Party as of July 10,1990 (excluding the Unit Contract appended as Exhibit A thereto subsequent to the effectiveness of such contract).

"Rate Proceeding" means all regulatory proceedings relating to the Account Party and resulting from the NHPUC's adoption of the Final Plan, together with the Federal litigation commenced by the Account Party and certain of its Affiliates in response thereto.

"Recipient" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.09 hereto.

"Related Documents" means the Letter of Credit, the Bonds, the Indenture and any Remarketing Agreement.

"Remarketing Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Indenture.

"Remarketing Agreement" means (i) the Remarketing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1991, between the Account Party and Goldman, Sachs Money Markets Inc. relating to the Taxable Bonds, (ii) the Remarketing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1992, between the Account Party and Goldman, Sachs & Co. relating to the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, (iii) any similar agreement subsequently entered into with respect to any other Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds and (iv) any successor agreement to any of the foregoing or any similar agreement between the Account Party and a successor Remarketing Agent as shall be in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

"Restricted Payment" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.02(e) hereof.

"Revolving Credit Agent" means The Chase Manhattan Bank and any successor as "Administrative Agent" under (and as defined in) the Revolving Credit Agreement.

"Revolving Credit Agreement" means the $75,000,000 (original principal amount) Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Account Party, the Banks and Co-Agents named therein, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent; in each case as amended, modified or supplemented to the date hereof and as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from and after the date hereof.

"Revolving Credit Lenders" means the Lenders from time to time under (and as defined in) the Revolving Credit Agreement.

"S&P" means Standard and Poor's Ratings Group or any successor thereto.

"Seabrook" means the nuclear-fueled, steam-electric generating plant at a site located in Seabrook, New Hampshire, and the related real property interests and other fixed assets of such plant.

"Secured Party" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Security Agreement" means the Assignment and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Account Party and the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Account Party has granted to the Collateral Agent a security interest in certain of the Account Party's accounts receivable, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Security Documents" means the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Indenture, the First Mortgage Indenture and the Series F First Mortgage Bonds.

"Series F First Mortgage Bonds" means the Account Party's Series F First Mortgage Bonds.

"Sharing Agreement" means the Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1992, among CL&P, Western Massachusetts Electric Company, Holyoke Water Power Company, Holyoke Power and Electric Company, the Account Party and NUSCO.

"Significant Contract" means the following contracts, in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement:

(i) the Agreement for Capacity Transfer;

(ii) the Sharing Agreement;

(iii) the Tax Allocation Agreement; and

(iv) the Unit Contract.

"Stated Amount" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement hereto.

"Stated Termination Date" means the expiration date specified in clause (i) of the first paragraph of Paragraph (1) of the Letter of Credit, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.05 hereof

"Tax Allocation Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Tax Allocation Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1990, among NU and the members of the consolidated group of which NU is the common parent, including, without limitation, the Account Party.

"Taxable Bonds" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Tender Drawing" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Term Advance" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.02(b) hereof, and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Rate Advance (each of which shall be a "Type" of Term Advance). The Type of a Term Advance may change from time to time when such Term Advance is Converted. For purposes of this Agreement, all Term Advances of a Participating Bank (or portions thereof) made as, or Converted to, the same Type and Interest Period on the same day shall be deemed a single Term Advance by such Participating Bank until repaid or next Converted.

"Term Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of Term Advances of the same Type and Interest Period made on the same day by the Participating Banks, ratably in accordance with their respective Participation Percentages. A Term Borrowing may be referred to herein as being a "Type" of Term Borrowing, corresponding to the Type of Term Advances comprising such Term Borrowing. For purposes of this Agreement, all Term Advances made as, or Converted to, the same Type and Interest Period on the same day shall be deemed a single Term Borrowing until repaid or next Converted.

"Termination Date" means the Stated Termination Date or the earlier date of termination of the Commitments pursuant to Sections 2.02 or 8.02 hereunder.

"Total Capitalization" means, as of any day, the aggregate of all amounts that would, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the standards referred to in Section 1.03 hereof, appear on the balance sheet of the Account Party as at such day as the sum of (i) the principal amount of all long-term Debt of the Account Party on such day, (ii) the par value of, or stated capital represented by, the outstanding shares of all classes of common and preferred shares of the Account Party on such day, (iii) the surplus of the Account Party, paid-in, earned and other, if any, on such day and (iv) the unpaid principal amount of all short-term Debt of the Account Party on such day.

"Transaction Documents" means the Amendment, this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Other Reimbursement Agreement Amendment and the other documents to be delivered by or on behalf of the Account Party on or in connection with the Amendment Closing Date.

"Trustee" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement hereto.

"Type" has the meaning assigned to such term in the definitions of "Term Advance" and "Term Borrowing" herein.

"Unit Contract" means the Unit Contract, dated as of June 1, 1992, between the Account Party and NAEC.

"Unmatured Default" means the occurrence and continuance of an event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

SECTION I.2. Computation of Time Periods. In the computation of periods of time under this Agreement any period of a specified number of days or months shall be computed by including the first day or month occurring during such period and excluding the last such day or month. In the case of a period of time "from" a specified date "to" or "until" a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" each means "to but excluding".

SECTION I.3. Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the application employed in the preparation of the financial projections and pro formas referred to in
Section 5.01 hereof.

SECTION I.4. Computations of Outstandings. Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the principal amount outstanding on any date under this Agreement, such reference shall refer to the sum of (i) the Available Amount on such date, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances outstanding on such date and (iii) the aggregate amount of all demand loans under Section 3.01 hereunder on such date, in each case after giving effect to all transactions to be made on such date and the application of the proceeds thereof.

ARTICLE II
THE LETTER OF CREDIT

SECTION II.1. The Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank issued the Existing Letter of Credit on the Original Closing Date. The Issuing Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (including, without limitation, the applicable conditions precedent set forth in the Amendment), to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment to the Paying Agent, upon not less than three Business Days prior notice from the Account Party, on the Amendment Closing Date.

SECTION II.2. Termination of the Commitments. The obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment shall automatically terminate if not delivered at or prior to 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on May 1, 1998.

SECTION II.3. Commissions and Fees. (a) The Account Party hereby agrees to pay to the Agent, for the account of the Participating Banks ratably in accordance with their respective Participation Percentages, a letter of credit commission on the Available Amount in effect from time to time from the date hereof until the Letter of Credit shall be surrendered for cancellation (disregarding for such purpose any temporary diminution thereof arising from drawings under the Letter of Credit to pay interest (or purchase price corresponding to interest) on the Bonds, regardless of whether the amount so drawn shall be thereafter reinstated), at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Commission, payable on the last business day of each month and upon such surrender ; provided that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Commission in effect from time to time shall be increased by a further 2%.

(b) The Account Party also agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the Participating Banks ratably in accordance with their respective Participation Percentages, such participation fees as have been agreed among them, the Account Party and the Agent, such participation fee to be payable in full simultaneously with the issuance of the Letter of Credit Amendment.

(c) The Account Party also agrees to pay to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such other fees as have been agreed upon by the Account Party and the Issuing Bank in that certain Fee Letter, dated February 25, 1998, between the Account Party and the Arrangers (the "Fee Agreement").

(d) The Account Party also agrees to pay to the Agent, for its own account and/or the account of Barclays, such other fees as have been agreed upon by the Account Party and the Agent in the Fee Agreement.

SECTION II.4. Reinstatement of the Letter of Credit. (a) The Interest Component and the Principal Component shall, from time to time, be reinstated by the Issuing Bank in accordance with, and only to the extent provided in, the Letter of Credit. In no event shall reductions in the Premium Component be reinstated.

(b) Interest Component. With respect to reinstatement of reductions in the Interest Component resulting from Interest Drawings:

(i) The Issuing Bank may only deliver to the Paying Agent any notice of non- reinstatement pursuant to Paragraph 5(i)(A) of the Letter of Credit if (A) the Issuing Bank and/or the Participating Banks have not been reimbursed in full by the Account Party for one or more drawings, together with interest if any, owing thereon pursuant to this Agreement or (B) an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing.

(ii) if, subsequent to any such delivery of a notice of non-reinstatement, the circumstances giving rise to the delivery of such notice of non- reinstatement shall have ceased to exist (whether as a result of reimbursement of unreimbursed drawings, or waiver or cure of an Event of Default, or otherwise), then, provided that no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Paying Agent, by hand delivery or facsimile transmission, a Notice of Reinstatement in the form of Exhibit 5 to the Letter of Credit reinstating that portion of the Interest Component in respect of which such notice of non-reinstatement was given.

(c) Principal Component. With respect to reinstatement of a reduction in the Principal Component resulting from any Tender Drawing, IF:

(i) such reduction has not been reinstated pursuant to Paragraph 5(ii)(A) of the Letter of Credit;

(ii) the Issuing Bank and/or the Participating Banks shall have been reimbursed by the Account Party for such Tender Drawing;

(iii) any demand loan(s) and Advance(s) made in respect of such Tender Drawing shall have been repaid by the Account Party, together with any interest thereon and any other amounts payable hereunder in connection therewith; AND

(iv) no Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing;

THEN, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Paying Agent, by hand delivery or facsimile transmission, a Notice of Reinstatement in the form of Exhibit 5 to the Letter of Credit reinstating the Principal Component to the extent of such Tender Drawing.

SECTION II.5. Extension of the Stated Termination Date. Unless the Letter of Credit shall have previously expired in accordance with its terms, at least 105 days but not more than 120 days before the Stated Termination Date, the Account Party may, by notice to the Agent (any such notice being irrevocable), request the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks to extend the Stated Termination Date of the Letter of Credit for a period of one year. If the Account Party shall make such request, the Agent shall promptly inform the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and, no later than 60 days prior to the Stated Termination Date, the Agent shall notify the Account Party in writing (with a copy of such notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent) if the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks consent to such request and the conditions of such consent (including conditions relating to legal documentation). The granting of any such consent shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks, and if the Agent shall not so notify the Account Party, such lack of notification shall be deemed to be a determination not to consent to such request. No such extension shall occur unless the Issuing Bank and all of the Participating Banks consent thereto (or if less than all the Participating Banks consent thereto, unless one or more other Participating Banks agree to assume all of the Commitments of the non-consenting Participating Banks).

SECTION II.6. Modification of the Letter of Credit. In the event that the Account Party elects to cause the issuance of any additional series of Tax- Exempt Refunding Bonds (as defined in the Indenture) pursuant to Article IV of the Indenture, the Account Party may, but shall not be obligated to, propose amendments to the Letter of Credit to change the method of computing the Interest Component or such other terms thereof as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with such issuance. Any such proposal shall be furnished to the Issuing Bank in writing not later than 60 days prior to the date proposed for such issuance. If the Issuing Bank shall consent to such amendments (which consent, subject to the provisions of the next succeeding sentence, shall not be unreasonably withheld) the Issuing Bank shall, upon surrender of the Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof for amendment (or replacement, as the Issuing Bank may elect), amend the Letter of Credit accordingly (or issue a replacement Letter of Credit therefor reflecting such amendments but otherwise identical to the Letter of Credit so surrendered). Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of the requisite Participating Banks as determined in accordance with Section 10.01, the Issuing Bank shall not consent to any amendment or amendments that (i) increase the Stated Amount or the then-existing Available Amount, (ii) change or modify in any respect the Credit Termination Date or any provision for determining the expiry or other termination of the Letter of Credit, (iii) change or modify in any respect the times, places or manner at or in which drawings under the Letter of Credit are to be presented or paid, (iv) change or modify in any respect the forms of drawing certificates and other annexes to the Letter of Credit, (v) change the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit or the method prescribed therein for the transfer of the Letter of Credit or
(vi) as determined in the good faith discretion of the Issuing Bank and its counsel, increase or enlarge the scope, or modify the nature, of the Issuing Bank's and the Participating Banks' credit exposure to the Account Party or any legal risks related thereto or expose the Issuing Bank to any additional liability. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may condition the granting of such consent on the receipt by the Issuing Bank of such certificates, opinions of counsel and other assurances of the Account Party and its counsel, or bond counsel or the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require. Each Participating Bank, by its execution of this Agreement, or of the Participation Assignment pursuant to which it became a Participating Bank, consents to, ratifies and affirms all actions taken and to be taken by the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.06.

ARTICLE III
REIMBURSEMENT AND ADVANCES

SECTION III.1. Reimbursement on Demand. Subject to the provisions of
Section 3.02 hereof, the Account Party hereby agrees to pay (whether with the proceeds of Initial Advances made pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) to the Issuing Bank on demand (a) on and after each date on which the Issuing Bank shall pay any amount under the Letter of Credit pursuant to any draft, but only after so paid by the Issuing Bank, a sum equal to such amount so paid (which sum shall constitute a demand loan from the Issuing Bank to the Account Party from the date of such payment by the Issuing Bank until so paid by the Account Party), plus (b) interest on any amount remaining unpaid by the Account Party to the Issuing Bank under clause (a), above, from the date such amount becomes payable on demand until payment in full, at the Default Rate in effect from time to time. No reinstatement of the Interest Component or the Principal Component despite the failure by the Account Party to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any previous drawing to pay interest on the Bonds shall limit or impair the Account Party's obligations under this
Section 3.01.

SECTION III.2. Advances. Each Participating Bank agrees to make Initial Advances and Term Advances for the account of the Account Party from time to time upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; provided, that no Initial Advance or Term Advance shall be made in respect of the Fixed-Rate Conversion Drawing without the consent of the Issuing Bank and all of the Participating Banks.

(a) Initial Advances; Repayment of Initial Advances. If the Issuing Bank shall honor any Tender Drawing and if the conditions precedent set forth in
Section 5.03 of this Agreement have been satisfied as of the date of such honor, then, each Participating Bank's payment made to the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof in respect of such Tender Drawing shall be deemed to constitute an advance made for the account of the Account Party by such Participating Bank (each such advance being an "Initial Advance" made by such Participating Bank). Each Initial Advance shall be made as a Base Rate Advance, shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate and shall not be entitled to be Converted. Subject to Article VIII of this Agreement, each Initial Advance and all interest thereon shall be due and payable on the earlier to occur of (i) the date 30 days from the date of such Initial Advance (such repayment date being the "Initial Repayment Date" for such Initial Advance) and (ii) the Termination Date. The Account Party may repay the principal amount of any Initial Advance with (and to the extent of) the proceeds of a Term Advance made pursuant to subsection (b), below, and may prepay Initial Advances in accordance with Section 3.06 hereof.

(b) Term Advances; Repayment. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.04 hereof and the other conditions of this subsection (b), each Participating Bank agrees to make one or more advances for the account of the Account Party ("Term Advances") on each Initial Repayment Date in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of such Participating Bank's Initial Advances maturing on such Initial Repayment Date. All Term Advances comprising a single Term Borrowing shall be made upon written notice given by the Account Party to the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) (A) in the case of a Term Borrowing comprised of Base Rate Advances, on the Business Day of such proposed Term Borrowing or (B) in the case of a Term Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, three Business Days prior to the date of such proposed Term Borrowing. The Agent shall notify each Participating Bank of the contents of such notice promptly after receipt thereof. Each such notice shall specify therein the following information: (W) the date on which such Term Borrowing is to be made, (X) the principal amount of Term Advances comprising such Term Borrowing, (Y) the Type of Term Borrowing and (Z) subject to Section 3.05(c), the duration of the initial Interest Period, if applicable, proposed to apply to the Term Advances comprising such Term Borrowing. The proceeds of each Participating Bank's Term Advances shall be applied solely to the repayment of the Initial Advances made by such Participating Bank and shall in no event be made available to the Account Party. The principal amount of each Term Advance, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable on the earlier to occur of (x) the same calendar date occurring 12 months following the date upon which such Term Advance is made (or, if such month does not have a corresponding date, on the last day of such month) and (y) the Termination Date.

SECTION III.3. Interest on Advances. The Account Party shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal amount is paid in full at the applicable rate set forth below:

(a) Alternate Base Rate. Except to the extent that the Account Party shall elect to pay interest on any Advance for any Interest Period pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 3.03, the Account Party shall pay interest on each Advance (including all Initial Advances) from the date thereof until the date such Advance is due, at a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time equal to the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time. The Account Party shall pay interest on each Advance bearing interest in accordance with this subsection monthly in arrears on the last business day of each month and on the Termination Date or the earlier date for repayment of such Advance (including the Initial Repayment Date therefor, in the case of an Initial Advance); provided that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, any principal amounts outstanding shall bear interest during such period, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time.

(b) Interest Periods. Subject to the other requirements of this Section 3.03 and to Section 3.05(c), the Account Party may from time to time elect to have the interest on all Term Advances comprising part of the same Term Borrowing determined and payable for a specified period (an "Interest Period" for such Term Advances) in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section
3.03. The first day of an Interest Period for such Term Advances shall be the date such Advance is made or most recently Converted, which shall be a Business Day. All Interest Periods shall end on or prior to the Stated Termination Date. Any Interest Period for a Term Advance that would otherwise end after the Termination Date or earlier date for the repayment of such Advance shall be deemed to end on the Termination Date or such earlier repayment date, as the case may be.

(c) Eurodollar Rate. Subject to the requirements of this Section 3.03 and Article V hereof, the Account Party may from time to time elect to have any Term Advances comprising part of the same Term Borrowing made as, or Converted to, Eurodollar Rate Advances. Subject to Section 3.05(c), the Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be of one, two, three or six whole months' duration, as the Account Party shall select in its notice delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 3.02(b) or 3.04 hereof, as applicable. If the Account Party shall have made such election, the Account Party shall pay interest on such Eurodollar Rate Advances at the Eurodollar Rate for the applicable Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advances, which interest shall be payable on the last day of such Interest Period, on the date for repayment for such Eurodollar Rate Advances and also, in the case of any Interest Period of six months' duration, on that day of the third month of such Interest Period which corresponds with the first day of such Interest Period (or, if any such month does not have a corresponding day, then on the last day of such month); provided that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, any principal amounts outstanding shall bear interest during such period, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to (A) for the remaining term, if any, of the Interest Period for such Advance, 2% per annum above the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, and (B) thereafter, 2% per annum above the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time. Any Interest Period pertaining to Eurodollar Rate Advances that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month.

(d) Interest Rate Determinations. The Agent shall give prompt notice to the Account Party and the Participating Banks of the Eurodollar Rate determined from time to time by the Agent to be applicable to each Eurodollar Rate Advance.

SECTION III.4. Conversion of Term Advances. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.03 hereof, the Account Party may elect to Convert one or more Term Advances of any Type to one or more Term Advances of the same or any other Type on the following terms and subject to the following conditions:

(a) Each Conversion shall be made as to all Term Advances comprising a single Term Borrowing upon written notice given by the Account Party to the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion. The Agent shall notify each Participating Bank of the contents of such notice promptly after receipt thereof. Each such notice shall specify therein the following information:
(A) the date of such proposed Conversion (which in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Term Advances to be Converted), (B) Type of, and Interest Period, if any, applicable to the Term Advances proposed to be Converted, (C) the aggregate principal amount of Term Advances proposed to be Converted, and (D) the Type of Term Advances to which such Term Advances are proposed to be Converted and, subject to Section 3.05(c), the Interest Period, if any, to be applicable thereto.

(b) During the continuance of an Unmatured Default or an Event of Default, the right of the Account Party to Convert Term Advances to Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended, and all Eurodollar Rate Advances then outstanding shall be Converted to Base Rate Advances on the last day of the Interest Period then in effect, if, on such day, an Unmatured Default or an Event of Default shall be continuing.

(c) If no notice of Conversion is received by the Agent as provided in subsection (a) above with respect to any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Agent shall treat such absence of notice as a deemed notice of Conversion providing for such Advances to be Converted to Base Rate Advances on the last day of the Interest Period then in effect for such Eurodollar Rate Advances.

SECTION III.5. Other Terms Relating to the Making and Conversion of Advances. (a) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, above, to the contrary:

(i) at no time shall more than six different Term Borrowings be outstanding hereunder; and

(ii) each Term Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Each notice of borrowing pursuant to Section 3.02(b) hereof and each notice of Conversion pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof shall be irrevocable and binding on the Account Party.

(c) Until such time, if any, as the Majority Lenders shall otherwise agree, the Interest Period for all Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be one month.

SECTION III.6. Prepayment of Advances. (a) The Account Party shall have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Advances except in accordance with subsections (b) and (c) below.

(b) The Account Party may, upon at least one Business Day's notice to the Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment (and if such notice is given the Account Party shall), prepay, in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid, the outstanding principal amount of (i) all Initial Advances made on the same date or (ii) all Term Advances comprising the same Term Borrowing, in each case as the Account Party shall designate in such notice; provided, however, that each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount not less than $10,000,000, or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of all Advances then outstanding.

(c) Prior to or simultaneously with the resale of all of the Bonds purchased with the proceeds of a Tender Drawing, the Account Party shall prepay, or cause to be prepaid, in full, the then outstanding principal amount of all Initial Advances and of all Term Advances comprising the same Term Borrowing(s) arising pursuant to such Tender Drawing, together with all interest thereon to the date of such prepayment. If less than all of such Bonds are resold, then prior to or simultaneously with such resale the Account Party shall prepay or cause to be prepaid that portion of such Advances, together with all interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, equal to the then outstanding principal amount thereof multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the principal amount of the Bonds resold and the denominator of which shall be the principal amount of all of the Bonds purchased with the proceeds of the relevant Tender Drawing.

SECTION III.7. Participation; Reimbursement of Issuing Bank. (a) The Issuing Bank hereby sells and transfers to each Participating Bank, and each Participating Bank hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, an undivided interest and participation to the extent of such Participating Bank's Participation Percentage in and to (i) the Letter of Credit, including the obligations of the Issuing Bank under and in respect thereof and the Account Party's reimbursement and other obligations in respect thereof and (ii) each demand loan or deemed demand loan made by the Issuing Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising.

(b) if the Issuing Bank (i) shall not have been reimbursed in full for any payment made by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit on the date of such payment or (ii) shall make any demand loan to the Account Party, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent and the Agent shall promptly notify each Participating Bank of such non-reimbursement or demand loan and the amount thereof. Upon receipt of such notice from the Agent, each Participating Bank shall pay to the Issuing Bank, directly, an amount equal to such Participating Bank's ratable portion (according to such Participating Bank's Participation Percentage) of such unreimbursed amount or demand loan paid or made by the Issuing Bank, plus interest on such amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from the date of such payment by the Issuing Bank to the date of payment to the Issuing Bank by such Participating Bank. All such payments by each Participating Bank shall be made in United States dollars and in same day funds:

(x) not later than 2:45 P.M. (New York City time) on the day such notice is received by such Participating Bank if such notice is received at or prior to 12:30 P.M. (New York City nine) on a Business Day; or

(y) not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the Business Day next succeeding the day such notice is received by such Participating Bank, if such notice is received after 12:30 P.M. (New York City time) on a Business Day.

If a Participating Bank shall have paid to the Issuing Bank its ratable portion of any unreimbursed amount or demand loan paid or made by the Issuing Bank, together with all interest thereon required by the second sentence of this subsection (b), such Participating Bank shall be entitled to receive its ratable share of all interest paid by the Account Party in respect of such unreimbursed amount or demand loan from the date paid or made by the Issuing Bank. If such Participating Bank shall have made such payment to the Issuing Bank, but without all such interest thereon required by the second sentence of this subsection (b), such Participating Bank shall be entitled to receive its ratable share of the interest paid by the Account Party in respect of such unreimbursed amount or demand loan only from the date it shall have paid all interest required by the second sentence of this subsection (b).

(c) Each Participating Bank's obligation to make each payment to the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank's right to receive the same, shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, the foregoing or Section 4.06 hereof, or the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default, or the non-satisfaction of any condition precedent set forth in Sections 5.03 or 5.04 hereof, or the failure of any other Participating Bank to make any payment under this
Section 3.07. Each Participating Bank further agrees that each such payment shall be made without any offset abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(d) The failure of any Participating Bank to make any payment to the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (b) above, shall not relieve any other Participating Bank of its obligation to make payment, but neither the Issuing Bank nor any Participating Bank shall be responsible for the failure of any other Participating Bank to make such payment. If any Participating Bank shall fail to make any payment to the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (b) above, then such Participating Bank shall pay to the Issuing Bank forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day until the date such amount is repaid to the Issuing Bank at the Federal Funds Rate. Nothing herein shall in any way limit, waive or otherwise reduce any claims that any party hereto may have against any non-performing Participating Bank.

(e) If any Participating Bank shall fail to make any payment to the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (b) above, then, in addition to other rights and remedies which the Issuing Bank may have, the Agent is hereby authorized, at the request of the Issuing Bank, to withhold and to apply the payment of such amounts owing to such Participating Bank to the Issuing Bank and any related interest, that portion of any payment received by the Agent that would otherwise be payable to such Participating Bank. In furtherance of the foregoing, if any Participating Bank shall fail to make any payment to the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (b), above, and such failure shall continue for five Business Days following written notice of such failure from the Issuing Bank to such Participating Bank, the Issuing Bank may acquire, or transfer to a third party in exchange for the sum or sums due from such Participating Bank, such Participating Bank's interest in the related unreimbursed amounts and demand loans and all other rights of such Participating Bank hereunder in respect thereof, without, however, relieving such Participating Bank from any liability for damages, costs and expenses suffered by the Issuing Bank as a result of such failure. The purchaser of any such interest shall be deemed to have acquired an interest senior to the interest of such Participating Bank and shall be entitled to receive all subsequent payments which the Issuing Bank or the Agent would otherwise have made hereunder to such Participating Bank in respect of such interest.

ARTICLE IV
PAYMENTS

SECTION IV.1. Payments and Computations. (a) The Account Party shall make each payment hereunder (i) in the case of reimbursement obligations pursuant to Section 3.01 hereof (excluding any portion thereof in respect of which an Initial Advance is to be made), not later than 2:30 P.M. (New York City time) on the day the related drawing under the Letter of Credit is paid by the Issuing Bank, and (ii) in all other cases, not later than 12:30 P.M. (New York City time) on the day when due, in each case in lawful money of the United States of America to the Agent at its address referred to in Section 10.02 hereof in same day funds. The Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of reimbursements, principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks to whom the same are payable, ratably, at its address set forth in Section 10.02 hereof (in the case of the Issuing Bank) or for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices (in the case of the Participating Banks), in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) The Account Party hereby authorizes the Issuing Bank, and each Participating Bank, if and to the extent payment owed to the Issuing Bank, or such Participating Bank, as the case may be, is not made when due hereunder, to charge from time to time against any or all of the Account Party's accounts with the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, as the case may be, any amount so due.

(c) All computations of interest based on the Alternate Base Rate when based on Barclays' prime rate referred to in the definition of "Alternate Base Rate" shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual days elapsed. All other computations of interest hereunder (including computations of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate and the Federal Funds Rate (including the Alternate Base Rate if and so long as such Rate is based on the Federal Funds Rate)), all computations of commissions and fees hereunder and all computations of other amounts pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, shall be made by the Agent or the party claiming such other amounts, as the case may be, on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual days elapsed. In each such case, such computation shall be made for the actual number of days (including the first day, but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest, commissions or fees are payable. Each such determination by the Agent or a Participating Bank, as the case may be, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d) Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due, or the last day of an Interest Period hereunder shall be stated to occur, on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made and the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest, commissions and fees hereunder; provided, however, that if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made, or the last day of an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Advance to occur, in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day and such reduction of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest hereunder.

(e) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Account Party prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks hereunder that the Account Party will not make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that the Account Party has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to the Issuing Bank and/or each Participating Bank on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank. If and to the extent the Account Party shall not have so made such payment in full to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and/or each such Participating Bank shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank, together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank until the date the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank repays such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

(f) If, after the Agent has paid to the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank any amount pursuant to subsection (a) above, such payment is rescinded or must otherwise be returned or must be paid over by the Agent or the Issuing Bank to any Person, whether pursuant to any bankruptcy or insolvency law, Section 4.04 hereof or otherwise, such Participating Bank shall, at the request of the Agent or the Issuing Bank, promptly repay to the Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, an amount equal to its ratable share of such payment, together with any interest required to be paid by the Agent or the Issuing Bank with respect to such payment.

SECTION IV.2. Default Interest. Any amounts payable hereunder that are not paid when due shall (to the fullest extent permitted by law) bear interest, from the date when due until paid in full, at the Default Rate, payable on demand.

SECTION IV.3. Yield Protection. (a) Change in Circumstances. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if after the date hereof; the adoption of or any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law) shall (i) change the basis of taxation of payments to the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank of the principal of or interest on any Eurodollar Rate Advance made by such Participating Bank or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder (other than changes in respect of taxes imposed on the overall net income of the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, or its Applicable Lending Office, by the jurisdiction in which the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank has its principal office or in which such Applicable Lending Office is located or by any political subdivision or taxing authority therein), or (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against letters of credit (or participatory interests therein) issued by, commitments or assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, or (iii) shall impose on the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank any other condition affecting this Agreement, the Letter of Credit or participatory interests therein or Eurodollar Rate Advances, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be (A) to increase the cost to the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank of issuing, maintaining or participating in this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or of agreeing to make, making or maintaining any Advance or (B) to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Account Party will pay to the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, upon demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital. If the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank shall have determined that the applicability of any law, rule, regulation or guideline adopted pursuant to or arising out of the July 1988 report of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards", or the adoption after the date hereof of any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any of the foregoing or in the interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank (or any Applicable Lending Office of the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank), or any holding company of any such entity, with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect (i) of reducing the rate of return on such entity's capital or on the capital of such entity's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Letter of Credit or such entity's participatory interest therein, any Commitment hereunder or the portion of the Advances made by such entity pursuant hereto to a level below that which such entity or such entity's holding company could have achieved, but for such applicability, adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such entity's policies and the policies of such entity's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), or (ii) of increasing or otherwise determining the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such entity or such entity's holding company based upon the existence of this Agreement, the Letter of Credit or such entity's participatory interest therein, any Commitment hereunder, the portion of the Advances made by such entity pursuant hereto and other similar such credits, participations, commitments, agreements or assets, then from time to time the Account Party shall pay to the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, upon demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such entity or such entity's holding company for any such reduction or allocable capital cost suffered.

(c) Eurodollar Reserves. The Account Party shall pay to each Participating Bank upon demand, so long as such Participating Bank shall be required under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Participating Bank's portion of each Eurodollar Rate Advance, from the date of such Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the rate described in clause (i) of the definition of "Eurodollar Rate" for the Interest Period for such Advance from
(ii) the rate obtained by dividing such rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage of such Participating Bank for such Interest Period. Such additional interest shall be determined by such Participating Bank and notified to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank.

(d) Breakage Indemnity. The Account Party shall indemnify each Participating Bank against any loss, cost or reasonable expense which such Participating Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) any failure by the Account Party to fulfill on the date of any Advance or Conversion hereunder the applicable conditions set forth in Articles III and V, (ii) any failure by the Account Party to Convert any Advance hereunder after irrevocable notice of Conversion has been given pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof, (iii) any payment, prepayment or Conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Advance required or permitted by any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise made or deemed made on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iv) any default in payment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Advance or any part thereof or interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at the due date thereof, by irrevocable notice of prepayment or otherwise) or (v) the occurrence of any Event of Default, including, in each such case, any loss or reasonable expense sustained or incurred or to be sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain such Advance or any part thereof as a Eurodollar Rate Advance. Such loss, cost or reasonable expense shall include an amount equal to the excess, if any, as reasonably determined by such Participating Bank, of (A) its cost of obtaining the funds for the Advance being paid, prepaid, Converted or not borrowed (based on the Eurodollar Rate) for the period from the date of such payment, prepayment, Conversion or failure to borrow to the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, the Interest Period for such Advance which would have commenced on the date of such failure) over (B) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Participating Bank) that would be realized by such Participating Bank in reemploying the funds so paid, prepaid, Converted or not borrowed for such period or Interest Period, as the case may be. For purposes of this subsection (d), it shall be presumed that each Participating Bank shall have funded each such Advance with a fixed-rate instrument bearing the rates and maturities designated in the determination of the applicable interest rate for such Advance.

(e) Notices. A certificate of the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank setting forth such entity's claim for compensation hereunder and the amount necessary to compensate such entity or its holding company pursuant to subsections (a) through (d) of this Section 4.03 shall be submitted to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. The Account Party shall pay the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank directly the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten days after its receipt of the same. The failure of any entity to provide such notice or to make demand for payment under this
Section 4.03 shall not constitute a waiver of such Participating Bank's rights hereunder; provided, that such entity shall not be entitled to demand payment pursuant to subsections (a) through (d) of this Section 4.03 in respect of any loss, cost, expense, reduction or reserve if such demand is made more than one year following the later of such entity's incurrence or sufferance thereof or such entity's actual knowledge of the event giving rise to such entity's rights pursuant to such subsections. The protection of this
Section 4.03 shall be available to the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed.

(f) Change in Legality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any Participating Bank to make or maintain any Eurodollar Rate Advance or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, then, by written notice to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank, such Participating Bank may:

(i) declare that Eurodollar Rate Advances will not thereafter be made by such Participating Bank hereunder, whereupon the right of the Account Party to select Eurodollar Rate Advances for any Advance or Conversion shall be forthwith suspended until such Participating Bank shall withdraw such notice as provided hereinbelow or shall cease to be a Participating Bank hereunder; and

(ii) require that all outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances be Converted to Base Rate Advances, in which event all Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be automatically Converted to Base Rate Advances as of the effective date of such notice as provided hereinbelow.

Upon receipt of any such notice, the Agent shall promptly notify the Participating Banks thereof. Promptly upon becoming aware that the circumstances that caused such Participating Bank to deliver such notice no longer exist, such Participating Bank shall deliver notice thereof to the Account Party and the Agent withdrawing such prior notice (but the failure to do so shall impose no liability upon such Participating Bank). Promptly upon receipt of such withdrawing notice from such Participating Bank, the Agent shall deliver notice thereof to the Account Party and the Participating Banks and such suspension shall terminate. Prior to any Participating Bank giving notice to the Account Party under this subsection (f), such Participating Bank shall use reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office, if such change would avoid such unlawfulness and would not, in the sole determination of such Participating Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Participating Bank. Any notice to the Account Party by any Participating Bank shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Rate Advance on the last day of the Interest Period currently applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Advance; provided that if such notice shall state that the maintenance of such Advance until such last day would be unlawful, such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Account Party and the Agent.

(g) Market Rate Disruptions. If, (i) the Agent determines that an adequate basis does not exist for the determination of the Eurodollar Rate for Eurodollar Rate Advances or (ii) if the Majority Lenders shall notify the Agent that the Eurodollar Rate will not adequately reflect the cost to such Majority Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Eurodollar Rate Advances, the right of the Account Party to select or receive or Convert into Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be forthwith suspended until the Agent shall notify the Account Party and the Participating Banks that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and until such notification from the Agent, each request for or Conversion into Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder shall be deemed to be a request for or Conversion into Base Rate Advances.

SECTION IV.4. Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Participating Bank shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise, but excluding any proceeds received by assignments or sales of participations in accordance with Section 10.06 hereof to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Account Party) on account of the Advances owing to it (other than pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof) in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of the Advances obtained by all the Participating Banks, such Participating Batik shall forthwith purchase from the other Participating Banks such participation in the portions of the Advances owing to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Participating Bank to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Participating Bank, such purchase from each Participating Bank shall be rescinded and such Participating Bank shall repay to the purchasing Participating Bank the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Participating Bank's ratable share (according to the proportion of
(i) the amount of such Participating Bank's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Participating Bank) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Participating Bank in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Account Party agrees that any Participating Bank so purchasing a participation from another Participating Bank pursuant to this Section 4.04 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Participating Bank were the direct creditor of the Account Party in the amount of such participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Participating Bank shall obtain any such excess payment involuntarily, such Participating Bank may, in lieu of purchasing participation from the other Participating Banks in accordance with this Section 4.04, on the date of receipt of such excess payment, return such excess payment to the Agent for distribution in accordance with Section 4.01(a) hereof.

SECTION IV.5. Taxes. (a) All payments by the Account Party hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 4.01, free and clear of and without deduction for all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Participating Bank and the Issuing Bank, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) is organized or any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Participating Bank, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of such Participating Bank's Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Account Party shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.05) such Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Account Party shall make such deductions and (iii) the Account Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Account Party agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

(c) The Account Party will indemnify each Participating Bank and the Issuing Bank for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes and any Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 4.05) paid by such Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor. If any Taxes or Other Taxes for which a Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank has received payments from the Account Party hereunder shall be finally determined to have been incorrectly or illegally asserted and are refunded to such Participating Bank, such Participating Bank shall promptly forward to the Account Party any such refunded amount. The Account Party's, the Issuing Bank's and each Participating Bank's obligations under this Section 4.05 shall survive the payment in full of the Advances.

(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Account Party will furnish to the Issuing Bank, at its address referred to in Section 10.02 hereof the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(e) Each Participating Bank not incorporated in the United States or a jurisdiction within the United States shall, on or prior to the date it becomes a Participating Bank hereunder, deliver to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank such certificates, documents or other evidence, as required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code"), or treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto, including Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 and any other certificate or statement of exemption required by Treasury Regulation Section l.1441-1(a) or Section 1.1441-6(c) or any subsequent version thereof, properly completed and duly executed by such Participating Bank establishing that it is (i) not subject to withholding under the Code or (ii) totally exempt from United States of America tax under a provision of an applicable tax treaty. Each Participating Bank shall promptly notify the Account Party and the Issuing Bank of any change in its Applicable Lending Office and shall deliver to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank together with such notice such certificates, documents or other evidence referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Unless the Account Party and the Issuing Bank have received forms or other documents satisfactory to them indicating that payments hereunder are not subject to United States of America withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Account Party or the Issuing Bank shall withhold taxes from such payments at the applicable statutory rate in the case of payments to or for any Participating Bank organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States of America. Each Participating Bank represents and warrants that each such form supplied by it to the Issuing Bank and the Account Party pursuant to this Section 4.05, and not superseded by another form supplied by it is or will be, as the case may be, complete and accurate.

(f) Any Participating Bank claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.05 shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested by the Account Party or to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a filing or change would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any such additional amounts which may thereafter accrue and would not, in the sole determination of such Participating Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Participating Bank.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4.05, the failure of any Participating Bank to provide any of the forms referred to therein shall not relieve the Account Party from its obligations under Sections 4.05(a), 4.05(b) and 4.05(c).

SECTION IV.6. Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Account Party under this Agreement shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time) under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or Related Documents or any document or agreement delivered in connection therewith;

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Account Party in respect of the Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the Loan Documents or the Related Documents or any document or agreement delivered in connection therewith;

(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Account Party may have at any time against the Paying Agent, the Trustee or any other beneficiary, or any transferee, of the Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities for whom the Paying Agent, the Trustee, any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Issuing Bank, or any other person or entity, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated in any of the Loan Documents or the Related Documents, or any unrelated transaction;

(iv) any statement or any other document presented under the Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that the Issuing Bank shall have engaged in gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect thereto;

(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate which does not comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit, except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that the Issuing Bank shall have engaged in gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect thereto;

(vi) any exchange of, release of or non-perfection of any interest in any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Account Party in respect of the Letter of Credit; or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

SECTION IV.7. Evidence of Indebtedness. The Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank shall maintain, in accordance with their usual practice, an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Account Party resulting from each drawing under the Letter of Credit (in the case of the Issuing Bank) and from each Advance (in the case of each Participating Bank) made from time to time hereunder and the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid from time to time hereunder. In any legal action or proceeding in respect of this Agreement, the entries made in such account or accounts shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Account Party therein recorded.

ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION V.1. Conditions Precedent to the Issuance of the Letter of Credit. The obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit and of each Participating Bank to make the Advances to be made by it is subject to the fulfillment of the conditions precedent that the Agent shall have received on or before the day of such issuance the following, each dated such day (except where specified otherwise below), in form and substance satisfactory to each Participating Bank (except where specified otherwise below) and in sufficient copies for each Participating Bank:

(a) Agreements:

(i) Counterparts of this Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Account Party, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank.

(ii) Counterparts of the Pledge Amendment, duly executed by the Account Party, Barclays, the Agent and the Issuing Bank, and copies of the Pledge Agreement.

(iii) For each Participating Bank who shall so request, executed copies (or duplicate copies thereof certified as of the Closing Date by the Account Party in a manner satisfactory to the Agent to be a true copy) of each other Security Document, duly executed by the parties thereto.

(iv) For each Participating Bank who shall so request, executed copies (or duplicate copies thereof certified as of the Closing Date by the Account Party in a manner satisfactory to the Agent to be a true copy) of the Rate Agreement and each Significant Contract and all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, in each such case duly executed by the respective parties thereto.

(b) Corporate Matters:

(i) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Account Party certifying that (A) there has been delivered to the Agent, and to each other Participating Bank known to such officers to have so requested, true and correct copies of the Articles of Incorporation of the Account Party and the By-laws of the Account Party, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date and (B) attached to such certificate are true and correct copies of the resolutions of the Boards of Directors of the Account Party approving, if and to the extent necessary, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Related Documents to which it is a party and the other documents to be delivered by or on behalf of the Account Party hereunder and thereunder, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action, if any, with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by or on behalf of the Account Party of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and such Related Documents and certifying that such resolutions and other corporate actions, if any, are in full force and effect and have not been revoked, rescinded or modified.

(ii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Account Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Account Party authorized to sign this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder.

(c) Governmental Approvals, Litigation and the Merger:

(i) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Account Party certifying that attached thereto are true and correct copies of all Governmental Approvals referred to in clause (i) of the definition of "Governmental Approval" required to be obtained or made by the Account Party in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of the Letter of Credit.

(ii) A certificate signed by the Assistant General Counsel of NUSCO certifying that no court has granted a motion for stay or any request for similar relief in connection with the Plan, the Merger, the Loan Documents, the Related Documents or the transactions contemplated thereunder.

(iii) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Account Party to the effect that there is no pending or known threatened action or proceeding (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding relating to any environmental protection laws or regulations) affecting the Account Party or its properties before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator (A) which affects or purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the Related Documents or any of them or (B) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and which, if adversely determined, would materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party; except, for purposes of clause (B) only, such as is described in the Account Party's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 or in Schedule II hereto.

(iv) Certificates signed by duly authorized officers of the Account Party and NU to the effect that all conditions to the occurrence of the Merger were satisfied or waived and the Merger was consummated on June 5, 1992.

(d) Financial Accounting and Compliance Matters:

(i) An audited balance sheet of the Account Party as at December 31, 1994 and the related statements of the Account Party's results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows for and as of the year then ended, together with copies of all Current Reports, if any, filed by the Account Party with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or after December 31, 1994.

(ii) A certificate signed by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party, certifying as to the absence of any material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party since December 31, 1994.

(iii) Financial projections, on assumptions acceptable to the Participating Banks, demonstrating projected compliance with Section 7.01(i) of the Existing Agreement and the terms of this Agreement and the Financing Agreements.

(iv) A certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of NU, certifying as to the absence of any material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of NU since December 31, 1994.

(v) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Account Party to the effect that:

(A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.01 are correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date before and after giving effect to the issuance of the Letter of Credit;

(B) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes an Event of Default or Unmatured Default, or would result from the issuance of the Letter of Credit;

(C) the Financing Agreements are in full force and effect and no "Event of Default" or "Unmatured Default" (as defined therein) has occurred and is continuing; and

(D) the Series F First Mortgage Bonds were duly issued to the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, are presently outstanding, and no "Event of Default" (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture) has occurred and is continuing.

(e) Relating to the Issuance of the Bonds:

(i) A letter from Palmer & Dodge, Bond Counsel, addressed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and stating therein that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks may rely on the opinions of such firm rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, together with copies of all such opinions.

(ii) A letter from Palmer & Dodge, counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and stating therein that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks may rely on the opinions of such firm rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, together with copies of all such opinions.

(iii) A letter from Sulloway & Hollis, New Hampshire counsel to the Account Party, addressed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and stating therein that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks may rely on the opinion of such firm rendered in connection with the issuance of the Taxable Bonds, together with a copy of such opinion.

(iv) A letter from Day, Berry & Howard, counsel to the Account Party, addressed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and stating therein that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks may rely on the opinions of such firm rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, together with copies of all such opinions.

(v) Copies of the opinions of Drummond Woodsum & MacMahon, special Maine counsel to the Account Party, rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, authorizing reliance thereon by (A) Day, Berry & Howard in connection with the corresponding opinions of that firm referred to in clause (iv), above, and (B) by any party authorized to rely on such opinions of Day, Berry & Howard.

(vi) Copies of the opinions of Zuccaro, Willis & Bent special Vermont counsel to the Account Party, rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, authorizing reliance thereon by (A) Day, Berry & Howard in connection with the corresponding opinions of that firm referred to in clause (iv), above, and (B) by any party authorized to rely on such opinions of Day, Berry & Howard.

(vii) Copies of all such other agreements, documents and materials (including opinions of counsel or reliance letters in respect thereof) as the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank may reasonably request relating to the issuance, offering and sale of the Taxable Bonds, the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds and the Series F First Mortgage Bonds.

(f) Opinions of Counsel:

Favorable opinions of:

(i) Day, Berry & Howard, counsel to the Account Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01A and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request;

(ii) Rath, Young and Pignatelli, P.A., special New Hampshire counsel to the Account Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01B and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request;

(iii) Jeffrey C. Miller, Assistant General Counsel of NUSCO, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01C and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request;

(iv) Drummond Woodsum & MacMahon, special Maine counsel to the Account Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01D and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request;

(v) Zuccaro Willis & Bent, special Vermont counsel to the Account Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01E and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request; and

(vi) King & Spalding, special New York counsel to the Agent and the Issuing Bank, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01F.

(g) Miscellaneous:

(i) A certificate of Barclays, as agent thereunder, to the effect that (A) all amounts payable in connection with the Existing Reimbursement Agreement and the letter of credit issued thereunder have been paid to it and (B) it thereby surrenders any and all rights it may have under the Related Documents arising in connection with the Existing Reimbursement Agreement and the letter of credit issued thereunder, except for any such rights it may have as an indemnified party thereunder.

(ii) Letters from S&P and Moody's to the effect that the Taxable Bonds have been rated A-1+ and P-1, respectively, and the Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds have been rated A-1+ and VMIG-1, respectively, and that the issuance of the Letter of Credit in substitution for the Existing Letter of Credit will not, by itself, result in a lowering of such ratings, such letters to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Bank.

(iii) Such other approvals, opinions and documents as the Majority Lenders, through the Issuing Bank, may reasonably request as to the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the financial condition, properties, operations or prospects of the Account Party.

SECTION V.2. Additional Conditions Precedent to the Issuance of the Letter of Credit. The obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit and of each Participating Bank to make the Advances to be made by it shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that, on the date of the issuance of the Letter of Credit:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.01 shall be correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date before and after giving effect to the issuance of the Letter of Credit;

(b) no event shall have occurred and be continuing which constitutes an Event of Default or Unmatured Default, or would result from the issuance of the Letter of Credit;

(c) no "Event of Default" (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing;

(d) the Series F First Mortgage Bonds shall have been duly issued to the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, and be outstanding, and no "Event of Default" (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(e) The Account Party shall have paid all fees under or referenced in
Section 2.03 hereof, to the extent then due and payable.

SECTION V.3. Conditions Precedent to Initial Advances and Conversions of Advances. The obligation of each Participating Bank to make any Initial Advance or to Convert any Term Advance shall be subject to the conditions precedent that, on the date of such Initial Advance or Conversion, the following statements shall be true:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.01 of this Agreement (other than the last sentence of subsection (e) and clause (ii) of subsection (f) thereof) are true and correct on and as of the date of such Initial Advance or Conversion, before and after giving effect to such Initial Advance or Conversion and to the application of the proceeds (if any) therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and

(b) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes an Event of Default.

Unless the Account Party shall have previously advised the Agent in writing that one or more of the statements contained in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 5.03 is no longer true, the Account Party shall be deemed to have represented and warranted, on and as of the date of any Initial Advance or Conversion, that the above statements are true.

SECTION V.4. Conditions Precedent to Term Advances. The obligation of each Participating Bank to make any Term Advance shall be subject to the conditions precedent that, on the date of such Term Advance the following statements shall be true:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.01 of this Agreement (including the last sentence of subsection (e) and clause (ii) of subsection (f) thereof) are true and correct on and as of the date of such Term Advance, before and after giving effect to such Term Advance and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and

(b) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes an Event of Default or an Unmatured Default.

Unless the Account Party shall have previously advised the Agent in writing that one or more of the statements contained in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04 is no longer true, the Account Party shall be deemed to have represented and warranted, on and as of the date of any Term Advance, that the above statements are true.

SECTION V.5. Reliance on Certificates. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon the certificates delivered from time to time by officers of the Account Party, NU, NUSCO and the other parties to the Loan Documents, Related Documents and the Significant Contracts as to the names, incumbency, authority and signatures of the respective persons named therein until such time as the Agent may receive a replacement certificate, in form acceptable to the Agent, from an officer of such Person identified to the Agent as having authority to deliver such certificate, setting forth the names and true signatures of the officers and other representatives of such Person thereafter authorized to act on behalf of such Person.

ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION VI.1. Representations and Warranties of the Account Party. The Account Party represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Account Party is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire. The Account Party is duly qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business or the nature of property owned or used by it makes such qualifications necessary.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Account Party of the Rate Agreement and of each Transaction Document, Loan Document, Related Document and Significant Contract to which it is a party, are within the Account Party's corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and will not contravene (i) the Account Party's charter or bylaws or (ii) any law or legal or contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Account Party; and such execution, delivery and performance do not or will not result in or require the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant hereto or pursuant to the Security Documents) upon or with respect to any of its properties.

(c) All Governmental Approvals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of "Governmental Approvals" have been duly obtained or made, and all applicable periods of time for review, rehearing or appeal with respect thereto have expired, except as described in the several opinions of counsel delivered pursuant to Article III of the Amendment. The Account Party has obtained or made all Governmental Approvals referred to in clause (iii) of the definition of "Governmental Approvals", except those which are not yet required but which are obtainable in the ordinary course of business as and when required and those the absence of which would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party as a whole.

(d) This Agreement, the Rate Agreement, each other Transaction Document, Loan Document, Related Document and each Significant Contract to which the Account Party is a party have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Account Party and are legal, valid and binding obligations of the Account Party enforceable against the Account Party in accordance with their respective terms; subject to the qualifications, however, that the enforcement of the rights and remedies herein and therein is subject to bankruptcy and other similar laws of general application affecting rights and remedies of creditors and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law), that the remedy of specific performance or of injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought and that indemnification against violations of securities and similar laws may be subject to matters of public policy.

(e) The audited balance sheet of the Account Party as at December 31, 1997 and the related statements of the Account Party setting forth the results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows of the Account Party for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to each Participating Bank, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows of the Account Party at and for the year ended on such date, and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Except as reflected in such financial statements, the Account Party has no material non-contingent liabilities, and all contingent liabilities have been appropriately reserved. The financial projections referred to in
Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Amendment have been prepared in good faith and on reasonable assumptions. Since December 31, 1997, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party, other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents; provided, however, that the existence of the Rate Proceeding shall not be deemed in and of itself to be a material adverse change; provided, further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a material adverse change shall be deemed to have occurred and be continuing upon the occurrence of a material adverse change or development in the Rate Proceeding.

(f) Except as set forth in the Disclosure Documents, there is no pending or known threatened action or proceeding (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding relating to any environmental protection laws or regulations) affecting the Account Party or its properties before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator (i) which affects or purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Loan Documents or the Related Documents, the Rate Agreement, or any Significant Contract, or any of them or (ii) which, if adversely determined, would materially adversely affect the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party as a whole. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any material adverse development in respect of the Rate Proceeding, the Rate Agreement or the Final Plan that results, or would reasonably be expected to result, in a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party as a whole, shall be deemed to be an event within clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

(g) All insurance required by Section 7.01(c) hereof is in full force and effect.

(h) No ERISA Plan Termination Event has occurred nor is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any ERISA Plan which would materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party, except as disclosed to and consented by the Majority Lenders in writing. Since the date of the most recent Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report of the Account Party (Form 5500 Series), if any, there has been no material adverse change in the funding status of the ERISA Plans referred to therein and no "prohibited transaction" has occurred with respect thereto, except as described in the 1997 10-K and except as the same may be exempt pursuant to Section 408 of ERISA and regulations and orders thereunder. Neither the Account Party nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred nor reasonably expects to incur any material withdrawal liability under ERISA to any ERISA Multiemployer Plan, except as disclosed to and consented by the Majority Lenders in writing.

(i) The Major Electric Generating Plants are on land in which the Account Party owns a full or an undivided fee interest subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.02(a) hereof, which do not materially impair the usefulness to the Account Party of such properties; the electric transmission and distribution lines of the Account Party in the main are located in New Hampshire and on land owned in fee by the Account Party or over which the Account Party has easements, or are in or over public highways or public waters pursuant to adequate statutory or regulatory authority, and any defects in the title to such transmission and distribution lands or easements are in the main curable by the exercise of the Account Party's right of eminent domain upon a finding that such eminent domain proceedings are necessary to meet the reasonable requirements of service to the public; the Account Party enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all of the leases under which it is operating, none of which contains any unusual or burdensome provision which will materially affect or impair the operation of the Account Party; and the Security Documents will create valid Liens in the Collateral, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.02(a) hereof, and all filings and other actions necessary to perfect and protect such security interests (to the extent such security interests may be perfected or protected by filing) have been taken; provided, however, that no representation is made as to any Lien purported to be created in favor of the Trustee with respect to any interest of the Issuer in the Indenture.

(j) No material part of the properties, business or operations of the Account Party are materially adversely affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor disputes, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (except for any such circumstance, if any, which is covered by insurance which coverage has been confirmed and not disputed by the relevant insurer or by fully-funded self-insurance programs).

(k) The Account Party has filed all tax returns (Federal, state and local) required to be filed and paid taxes shown thereon to be due, including interest and penalties, or, to the extent the Account Party is contesting in good faith an assertion of liability based on such returns, has provided adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for payment thereof.

(l) No exhibit, schedule, report or other written information provided by the Account Party or its agents to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks in connection with the negotiation, execution and closing of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, or the issuance of the Bonds (including, without limitation, the Information Memorandum and the Official Statements) knowingly contained when made any material misstatement of fact or knowingly omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(m) No event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a material default under the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract.

(n) The Account Party has not, either directly or indirectly, made any investment in, or loans to, any Affiliate of the Account Party, other than such investments or loans as were outstanding on the date hereof.

(o) No proceeds of any Advance will be used (i) to acquire any equity security of a class which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or (ii) to buy or carry any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to others for such purpose. The Account Party (X) is not an "investment company" within the meaning ascribed to that term in the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (Y) is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying margin stock.

ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS OF THE ACCOUNT PARTY

SECTION VII.1. Affirmative Covenants. So long as any amounts shall remain available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Advance or other amounts shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Participating Bank shall have any Commitment, the Account Party will, unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a) Use of Proceeds. Apply all proceeds of each Advance solely as specified in Section 3.02 and Section 6.01(o) hereof.

(b) Payment of Taxes, Etc. Pay and discharge before the same shall become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges, royalties or levies imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent the Account Party is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for the payment thereof.

(c) Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, or cause to be maintained, insurance (including appropriate plans of seif-insurance) covering the Account Party and its properties in effect at all times in such amounts and covering such risks as may be required by law and in addition as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties.

(d) Preservation of Existence, Etc. Preserve and maintain its corporate existence, material rights (statutory and otherwise) and franchises except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Security Documents.

(e) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, including without limitation any such laws, rules, regulations and orders relating to utilities, zoning, environmental protection, use and disposal of Hazardous Substances, land use, construction and building restrictions, and employee safety and health matters relating to business operations, except to the extent (i) that the Account Party is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (ii) that any such non-compliance, and the enforcement or correction thereof, would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party as a whole.

(f) Inspection Rights. At any time and from time to time upon reasonable notice, permit the Agent and its agents and representatives to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and the properties of, the Account Party and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Account Party with the Account Party and of its officers, directors and accountants.

(g) Keeping of Books. Keep proper records and books of account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions of the Account Party and the assets and business of the Account Party, in accordance with good accounting practices consistently applied.

(h) Performance of Related Agreements. Perform and observe all material terms and provisions of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Rate Agreement and each Significant Contract to be performed or observed by the Account Party and take all reasonable steps to enforce such agreements substantially in accordance with their terms and to preserve the rights of the Account Party thereunder; provided, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.01(h) shall not preclude the Account Party from any waiver, amendment, modification, consent or termination (i) made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04 hereof (in the case of the Revolving Credit Agreement) or (ii) permitted under Section 7.02(g) hereof (in the case of the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract).

(i) Collection of Accounts Receivable. Promptly bill, and diligently pursue collection of, in accordance with customary utility practices, all accounts receivable owing to the Account Party and all other amounts that may from time to time be owing to the Account Party for services rendered or goods sold.

(j) Maintenance of Financial Covenants:

(i) Operating Income to Interest Expense. Maintain a ratio of Operating Income to Interest Expense of not less than 2.35 to 1.00 for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters on each quarter-end ending after December 31, 1997.

(ii) Common Equity to Total Capitalization Ratio. Maintain at all times a ratio of Common Equity to Total Capitalization of not less than 0.325 to 1.00.

(k) Maintenance of Properties, Etc. (i) As to properties of the type described in Section 6.01(i) hereof, maintain title of the quality described therein; and (ii) preserve, maintain, develop, and operate in substantial conformity with all laws, material contractual obligations and prudent practices prevailing in the industry, all of its properties which are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent such non-conformity would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party as a whole.

(l) Governmental Approvals. Duly obtain on or prior to such date as the same may become legally required, and thereafter maintain in effect at all times, all Governmental Approvals on its part to be obtained, except those the absence of which would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party as a whole.

(m) Further Assurances. Promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that any Participating Bank through the Issuing Bank may reasonably request in order to fully give effect to the interests and properties purported to be covered by the Security Documents.

(n) Related Documents. Perform and comply in all material respects with each of the provisions of each Related Document to which it is a party.

SECTION VII.2. Negative Covenants. So long as any amount shall remain available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Advance or other amounts shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Participating Bank shall have any Commitment, the Account Party will not without the written consent of the Majority Lenders:

(a) Liens, Etc. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien, security interest, or other charge or encumbrance (including the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor) of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement the intent or effect of which is to assure a creditor against loss or to prefer one creditor over another creditor upon or with respect to any of its properties of any character (any of the foregoing being referred to herein as a "Lien") whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction a financing statement which names the Account Party as debtor, sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, or assign accounts, excluding, however, from the operation of the foregoing restrictions the following, whether now existing or hereafter created or perfected:

(i) The Liens of the First Mortgage Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the "Pledge Agreement" referred to in the Other Reimbursement Agreement, and any lien created pursuant hereto; and

(ii) Permitted Liens (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) on the Indenture Assets; provided, however, that (A) the exclusion contained in clause (a) of such definition with respect to Liens junior to the Lien of the First Mortgage Indenture shall not apply to any Lien created after the date hereof; (B) the exclusion contained in clauses (g) and (h) of such definition shall apply only to the extent that all Liens of the type described therein from time to time existing do not, in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the value of the security granted under the First Mortgage Indenture and no such Lien secures Debt of the Account Party for borrowed money; and (C) the Account Party shall not, on or after the date hereof, create, incur or assume any purchase money Debt secured by Liens of the type described in clause (o) of such definition;

provided, however, that this Section 7.02(a) shall not be construed to authorize the Account Party to incur, assume, be liable for or suffer to exist any Debt not otherwise permitted hereunder.

(b) Debt. From and after the Amendment Closing Date, create, incur or assume any Debt, other than pursuant to this Agreement, the Other Reimbursement Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement and unsecured debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000, and then only if, after giving effect thereto, (i) no Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such creation, incurrence or assumption and (ii) the Account Party shall have determined that on the basis of the assumptions and forecasts set forth in the most recent operating budget/forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.03(iv) hereof (which the Account Party continues to believe to be reasonable), the Account Party will continue to be in compliance at all times with the provisions of
Section 7.01(j) hereof. The Account Party will furnish evidence of its compliance with this subsection (b) for each fiscal quarter pursuant to
Section 7.03(ii) hereof.

(c) Mergers, Etc. Merge with or into or consolidate with or into, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person.

(d) Sales, Etc., of Assets. Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of its assets, whether in a single transaction or series of transactions during any consecutive 12-month period, except for (i) the sale of the Account Party's generating assets on an arms'-length basis in a transaction (or series of transactions) subject to approval by the NHPUC as part of a settlement of the Rate Proceeding and (ii) sales, leases, transfers or other dispositions in the ordinary course of the Account Party's business in accordance with ordinary and customary terms and conditions. For purposes of this subsection (d), any transaction or series of transactions during any consecutive 12-month period shall be deemed to involve a "substantial part" of the Account Party's assets if, in the aggregate, (A) the book value of such assets equals or exceeds 7.5% of the total assets, net of regulatory assets, of the Account Party reflected in the financial statements of the Account Party delivered pursuant to Section 7.03(ii) or 7.03(iii) hereof in respect of the fiscal quarter or year ending on or immediately prior to the commencement of such 12-month period or (B) for the four calendar quarters ending on or immediately prior to commencement of such 12-month period, the gross revenue derived by the Account Party from such assets shall equal or exceed 7.5% of the total gross revenue of the Account Party.

(e) Restricted Payments and NUG Settlements. Declare or pay any dividend, or make any payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any share of any class of capital stock of the Account Party (other than stock splits and dividends payable solely in equity securities of the Account Party), or purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire for value any shares of any class of capital stock of the Account Party or any warrants, rights, or options to acquire any such Debt or shares, now or hereafter outstanding, or make any distribution of assets to any of its shareholders (any such transaction being a "Restricted Payment"), or make any payment of or on account of any NUG Settlement (a "NUG Settlement Payment"); provided, that the Account Party may make one or more Restricted Payments or NUG Settlement Payments after July 1, 1998 if:

(i) at the time such payment is made and after giving effect thereto, no advances will be outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement;

(ii) the aggregate amount of all such payments shall not exceed $40,000,000;

(iii) without limitation of the foregoing, the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments shall not exceed $25,000,000;

(iv) in the case of a NUG Settlement Payment, such NUG Settlement shall have been approved by the NHPUC and all other Governmental Approvals related thereto shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect;

(v) no Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(vi) after giving effect to such payment, the Account Party shall be in full compliance with Section 7.01(j) hereof (for purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.01(j) under this clause (vi), computations under
Section 7.01(j) shall be made as of the date of such payment, except that, retained earnings shall be determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter (adjusted for all Restricted Payments made after the last day of such preceding fiscal quarter)); and

(vii) the Account Party shall have determined that, on the basis of the assumptions and forecasts set forth in the most recent operating budget/forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.03(iv) hereof (which the Account Party continues to believe to be reasonable) and after giving effect to such payment, the Account Party will continue to be in compliance at all times with the provisions of Section 7.01(j) hereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.02(e), the Account Party may declare and pay regularly scheduled quarterly dividends and regularly scheduled sinking fund payments on the Preferred Stock, if, immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such payment, no Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(f) Compliance with ERISA. (i) terminate, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to terminate, any ERISA Plan so as to result in any material (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders) liability of the Account Party to the PBGC, or (ii) permit to exist any occurrence of any event described in clause (i) of the definition of ERISA Plan Termination Event, or any other event or condition, which presents a material (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders) risk of such a termination by the PBGC of any ERISA Plan and such a material liability to the Account Party.

(g) Related Agreements.

(i) Amendments. Amend, modify or supplement or give any consent, acceptance or approval to any amendment, modification or supplement or deviation by any party from the terms of, the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, except, with respect only to the Significant Contracts, any amendment, modification or supplement thereto that would not reduce the rights or entitlements of the Account Party thereunder in any material way.

(ii) Termination. Cancel or terminate (or consent to any cancellation or termination of) the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract prior to the expiration of its stated term, provided that this subsection (ii) shall not restrict the rights of the Account Party to enforce any remedy against any obligor under any Significant Contract in the event of a material breach or default by such obligor thereunder if and so long as the Account Party shall have provided to the Agent at least 30 days prior written notice of the enforcement action proposed to be undertaken by the Account Party.

(h) Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material business activity other than those established and engaged in on the date hereof.

(i) Ownership in Nuclear Plants. Acquire, directly or indirectly, any ownership interest or any additional ownership interest of any kind in any nuclear-powered electric generating plant.

(j) Subsidiaries. Create or suffer to exist any active subsidiaries other than Properties, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation; or permit any material assets or business to be maintained at or conducted by any subsidiary except for the assets owned by Properties, Inc. not exceeding $20,000,000.

(k) Prepayment or Alteration of Debt. (i) Prepay, redeem, reduce or voluntarily retire, or make or agree to make any change in the terms of, any Debt of the Account Party, other than repayments and prepayments of advances under, and modifications of, the Revolving Credit Agreement, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 7.04; (ii) without limitation of the foregoing, amend, modify or supplement the Indenture or the First Mortgage Indenture or (iii) issue any First Mortgage Bonds as collateral security for any existing or future debt, or grant any other security to any holder of existing Debt of the Account Party, except to the extent permitted by Section 7.04.

(l) Loans and Investments. Make any loans to or investments in any Person, other than investments in Permitted Investments.

(m) Affiliate Receivables. Permit the aggregate balance of accounts receivable from Affiliates (other than such receivables constituting receivables for wholesale sales of power) to equal or exceed $12,500,000 as of the end of any calendar month.

SECTION VII.3. Reporting Obligations. So long as any amount shall remain available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Advance or other amounts shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Participating Bank shall have any Commitment, the Account Party will, unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, furnish to the Agent in sufficient copies for the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank, the following:

(i) as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) days after the occurrence of each Event of Default or Unmatured Default continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party setting forth details of such Event of Default or Unmatured Default and the action which the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within fifty (50) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Account Party, (A) if and so long as the Account Party is required to submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission a report on Form 10-Q, a copy of the Account Party's report on Form 10-Q submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such quarter and (B) if the Account Party ceases to be required to submit such report, a balance sheet of the Account Party as of the end of such quarter and statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Account Party for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, all in reasonable detail and duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(e) hereof, in each such case, delivered together with a certificate of said officer (x) stating that no Event of Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing or, if an Event of Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action which the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto, (y) demonstrating compliance with
Section 7.01(j) hereof for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter and compliance with Sections 7.02(b) and (e) hereof, as of the dates on which any Debt was created, incurred or assumed (using the Account Party's most recent annual actuarial determinations in the computation of Debt referred to in clause (ix) in the definition of "Debt") or any Restricted Payment or NUG Settlement Payment was made during such quarter, and (z) demonstrating, after giving effect to the incurrence of any Debt created, incurred or assumed during such fiscal quarter (using the Account Party's most recent annual actuarial determinations in the computation of Debt referred to in clause
(ix) in the definition of "Debt") and after giving effect to any Restricted Payments or NUG Settlement Payments made during such fiscal quarter, compliance with Section 7.01(j) hereof for the remainder of the fiscal year of the Account Party based on the operating budget/forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.03 (iv) hereof for such fiscal year, such demonstrations to be in a schedule (in form satisfactory to the Majority Lenders) which sets forth the computations used by the Account Party in determining such compliance;

(iii) as soon as available and in any event within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Account Party, (A) if and so long as the Account Party is required to submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission a report on Form 10-K, a copy of the Account Party's report on Form 10-K submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such year and (B) if the Account Party ceases to be required to submit such report, a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Account Party including therein a balance sheet of the Account Party as of the end of such fiscal year and statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Account Party for such fiscal year, in each case certified by a nationally- recognized independent public accountant, in each such case delivered together with a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer (x) stating that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the preparation of financial statements referred to in
Section 6.01(e) hereof, and that no Event of Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, or if an Event of Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, stating the nature thereof and the action which the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto and (y) demonstrating compliance with Section 7.01(j) hereof for and as of the end of such fiscal year and compliance with Sections 7.02(b) and (e) hereof, as of the dates on which any Debt was created, incurred or assumed (using the Account Party's most recent annual actuarial determinations in the computation of Debt referred to in clause (ix) in the definition of "Debt") or any Restricted Payment or NUG Settlement Payment was made during the last fiscal quarter of the Account Party, such demonstrations to be in a schedule (in form satisfactory to the Majority Lenders) which sets forth the computations used by the Account Party in determining such compliance.

(iv) as soon as available and in any event before March 31 of each fiscal year, a copy of an operating budget/forecast of operations of the Account Party as approved by the Board of Directors of the Account Party in form satisfactory to the Participating Banks for such fiscal year of the Account Party, together with a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party stating that such budget/forecast was prepared in good faith and on reasonable assumptions;
(v) not later than ten days following the end of each fiscal quarter of the Account Party, a report on the progress of and developments in the Rate Proceeding, the Final Plan and any negotiations concerning the foregoing;

(vi) as soon as available and in any event no later than the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission shall have received the Account Party's annual submission, if any, relating to the "return on equity collar" referred to in the Rate Agreement, a copy of such annual submission of the Account Party;

(vii) as soon as possible and in any event (A) within 30 days after the Account Party knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Plan Termination Event described in clause (i) of the definition of ERISA Plan Termination Event with respect to any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan has occurred and (B) within 10 days after the Account Party knows or has reason to know that any other ERISA Plan Termination Event with respect to any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan has occurred, a statement of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party describing such ERISA Plan Termination Event and the action, if any, which the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

(viii) promptly after receipt thereof by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC, copies of each notice received by the Account Party or any such ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC's intention to terminate any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan;

(ix) promptly and in any event within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) with respect to each ERISA Plan (if any) to which the Account Party is a contributing employer;

(x) promptly after receipt thereof by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from an ERISA Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a copy of each notice received by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA in respect of which the Account Party may be liable;

(xi) promptly after the Account Party becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, notice of all actions, suits, proceedings or other events (A) of the type described in Section 6.01(f), or (B) which purport to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Rate Agreement, or any Transaction Document, Loan Document, Related Document or Significant Contract;

(xii) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all such proxy statements, financial statements, and reports which the Account Party sends to its public security holders (if any) or files with, and copies of all regular, periodic and special reports and all registration statements and periodic or special reports, if any, which the Account Party files with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority which may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange;

(xiii) promptly after receipt thereof, any assertion of the character described in Section 8.01(h) hereof and the action the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

(xiv) promptly after knowledge of any material default under the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, notice of such default and the action the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

(xv) promptly after knowledge of any amendment, modification, or other change to the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract or to any Governmental Approval affecting the Rate Agreement, notice of such amendment, modification or other change, it being understood that for purposes of this clause (xiv) any filing by the Account Party in the ordinary course of the Account Party's business with, or order issued or action taken by, a governmental authority or regulatory body after May 16, 1991 to implement the terms of the Rate Agreement shall not be considered an amendment, modification or change to a Governmental Approval affecting the Rate Agreement; and

(xvi) promptly after requested, such other information respecting the financial condition, operations, properties, prospects or otherwise, of the Account Party as the Issuing Bank or Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

SECTION VII.4. Most Favored Lender Covenants. So long as any amount shall remain available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Advance or other amounts shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Participating Bank shall have any Commitment:

(a) The Account Party will not amend, modify or supplement, or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement to, the Other Reimbursement Agreement or the Revolving Credit Agreement (whether the same relates to pricing, tenor, reduction, prepayment, covenants, other credit terms or otherwise), unless the Account Party shall first have offered to amend, modify or supplement the Loan Documents in a like manner, subject however, to the provisions of subsection (b), to the extent applicable.

(b) If at any time the Account Party shall be unable to borrow under the Revolving Credit Agreement (or any successor revolving facility) because the Account Party is unable to satisfy any "material adverse change" or other condition precedent to borrowing (a "Funding Suspension"), and (x) the failure to satisfy such condition does not itself constitute an Event of Default hereunder and (y) no Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, the provisions of subsection (a) shall be subject to the following:

(i) The Account Party will be free to negotiate with the lenders under the Revolving Credit Agreement (or the lenders under such successor facility) (the"Non-Funding Lenders") and may resolve or not resolve such Funding Suspension in such manner as it may see fit, without any requirement that the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks consent thereto;

(ii) Any improvement in pricing, covenants or other credit terms afforded to the Non-Funding Lenders to resolve the Funding Suspension shall be offered to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks in the manner prescribed by subsection (a). Any additional security granted to the Non-Funding Lenders to resolve the Funding Suspension shall be afforded equally and ratably to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks, subject to the provisions of Section 7.05; and

(iii) If in connection with the resolution of a Funding Suspension, the Non-Funding Lenders' facility shall be permanently reduced such that any amounts repaid or prepaid as part of such resolution are not available to be re-borrowed, the Account Party will pay to the Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks an amount equal to such repayment or prepayment, dollar-for-dollar, to be applied to the reduction of the Available Amount or to be held as cash collateral for the obligations of the Account Party under the Loan Documents. For the avoidance of doubt:

(A) a reduction in the unfunded portion of the Non-Funding Lenders' commitments will not, by itself, entitle the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks to any such payment or to any reduction in the Available Amount; and

(B) the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks will not be entitled to any payment or reduction in the Available Amount solely as a result of repayments and prepayments of advances under such facility, if such repayment or prepayment results in the Non-Funding Lenders' commitments becoming again available to the Account Party in at least the amount of the repayment or prepayment.

(c) The provisions of subsection (b) shall not apply during the continuance of an Event of Default.

SECTION VII.5. Covenants Concerning Certain Collateral.

(a) Cash Account. Subject to the provisions of subsection (b), below, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, direct the Account Party to, and if so directed, the Account Party shall, deposit with the Agent an amount in the cash account (the "Cash Account") described below equal to the Available Amount of the Letter of Credit. Such Cash Account shall at all times be free and clear of all rights or claims of third parties. The Cash Account shall be maintained with the Agent in the name of, and under the sole dominion and control of, the Agent, and amounts deposited in the Cash Account shall bear interest at a rate equal to the rate generally offered by Barclays for deposits equal to the balance in the Cash Account, for a term to be agreed to between the Account Party and the Agent. If any Letter of Credit drawings then outstanding or thereafter made are not reimbursed in full immediately after being made and upon demand, then, in any such event, the Agent may apply the amounts then on deposit in the Cash Account, in such priority as the Agent shall elect, toward the payment in full of any or all of the Account Party's obligations hereunder as and when such obligations shall become due and payable. Upon payment in full, after the termination of the Letters of Credit, of all such obligations, the Agent will repay to the Account Party any cash then on deposit in the Cash Account. The Issuing Bank hereby confirms its obligation as set forth in the Letter of Credit to make all payments under the Letter of Credit with its own funds and not with any funds of the Account Party or the Issuer, and nothing in this subsection (a) or otherwise shall in any way limit such obligation.

(b) Waiver and Surrender of Rights to Certain Collateral. Without in any way modifying the payment provisions of Article III, and subject in all respects to the provisions of subsection (c), below, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks hereby waive and surrender, effective upon the commencement of any case by or against the Account Party seeking relief in respect of the Account Party under the Bankruptcy Code, any and all right, title and interest of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks in and to the Cash Account, the Collateral described in the Security Agreement and all other collateral security, if any, granted to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks on or after April 23, 1998 (all of the foregoing being hereinafter referred to as the "Extension Collateral", which term shall exclude absolutely the Account Party's Series F First Mortgage Bonds), and agree that upon any such commencement, the rights of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks in and to the Extension Collateral shall be null and void and the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks shall not thereafter seek or accept any benefits they may have in and to the Extension Collateral; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any benefit to Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank of any Extension Collateral, if and only if: (i) a valid and perfected lien on or security interest in such Extension Collateral was granted to one or more other Secured Parties under the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) such benefit to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank is no greater than such as derives from its rights under the Intercreditor Agreement to share in the benefits of all Collateral referred to therein on the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, and (iii) after giving effect to such sharing, the aggregate amount of secured claims against the bankruptcy estate of the Account Party would not be increased.

(c) The waiver, surrender and agreement set forth in subsection (b), above, shall terminate and be of no force and effect (i) if and to the extent that such termination and the retention and enjoyment by the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks of such right, title and interest would not result in the grant of the Extension Collateral to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks being deemed to (X) constitute a transfer of property of the Account Party avoidable under Section 547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or (Y) otherwise constitute a basis for the recovery of any amounts realized with respect to the Collateral or the value thereof from the Trustee or any holder of the Bonds as an avoidable transfer under Section 547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) in any case, as to any item of Extension Collateral, on the 91st day following the date on which a lien on or security interest in such Extension Collateral in favor of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks was first perfected under applicable law, so long as no such case has been commenced and is pending.

(d) Acknowledgment. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks, each by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, acknowledge and agree to the provisions of this Section 7.05.

ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULTS

SECTION VIII.1. Events of Default. The following events shall each constitute an "Event of Default" if the same shall occur and be continuing after the grace period and notice requirement (if any) applicable thereto:

(a) The Account Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance or pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof within two days after the same becomes due; the Account Party shall fail to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any Interest Drawing (as defined in the Letter of Credit) within two days after such reimbursement becomes due; or the Account Party shall fail to make any other payment required to be made pursuant to Article II or Article III hereof when due; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made by the Account Party (or any of its officers or agents) in any Loan Document or Transaction Document or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant to any Loan Document or Transaction Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(c) The Account Party shall fail to perform or observe any term or covenant on its part to be performed or observed contained in Sections 7.01(a), (d) or
(j), Section 7.02 or Section 7.03(i) hereof; or

(d) The Account Party shall fail to perform or observe any other term or covenant on its part to be performed or observed contained in any Loan Document or Transaction Document and such failure shall remain unremedied, after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Account Party by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank, for a period of 30 days; or

(e) The Account Party shall fail to pay any of its Debt when due (including any interest or premium thereon but excluding Debt arising hereunder and excluding other Debt aggregating in no event more than $10,000,000 in principal amount at any one time) whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise, and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other default under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt, or any other event, shall occur and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such default or event is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a result of the Account Party's exercise of a prepayment option) prior to the stated maturity thereof; unless in each such case the obligee under or holder of such Debt or the trustee with respect to such Debt shall have waived in writing such circumstance without consideration having been paid by the Account Party so that such circumstance is no longer continuing; or

(f) The Account Party shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Account Party seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of a proceeding instituted against the Account Party, either the Account Party shall consent thereto or such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 90 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including without limitation the entry of an order for relief against the Account Party or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Account Party or any of its property) shall occur; or the Account Party shall take any corporate or other action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (f); or

(g) Any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 shall be rendered against the Account Party or its properties and either enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order and shall not have been stayed or there shall be any period of 15 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(h) Any material provision of any Loan Document, the Rate Agreement, any Significant Contract or any Related Document shall for any reason other than the express terms thereof or the exercise of any right or option expressly contained therein cease to be valid and binding on any party thereto except as otherwise expressly permitted by the exceptions and provisions contained in Section 7.02(g) hereof; or any party thereto other than the Participating Banks shall so assert in writing, provided that in the case of any party other than the Account Party making such assertion in respect of the Rate Agreement, any Significant Contract or any Related Document, such assertion shall not in and of itself constitute an Event of Default hereunder until (i) such asserting party shall cease to perform under and in compliance with the Rate Agreement, such Significant Contract or such Related Document, (ii) the Account Party shall fail to diligently prosecute, by appropriate action or proceedings, a rescission of such assertion or a binding determination as to the merits thereof or (iii) such a binding determination shall have been made in favor of such asserting party's position; or

(i) The Security Documents shall for any reason, except to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, fail or cease to create valid and perfected Liens (to the extent purported to be granted by such documents and subject to the exceptions permitted thereunder) in any of the applicable Collateral (other than Liens in favor of the Trustee with respect to the interests of the Issuer under the Indenture), provided, that such failure or cessation relating to any non-material portion of such Collateral shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder unless the same shall not have been corrected within 30 days after the Account Party becomes aware thereof; or

(j) The Account Party shall not have in full force and effect any or all insurance required under Section 7.01(c) hereof or there shall be incurred any uninsured damage, loss or destruction of or to the Account Party's properties in an amount not covered by insurance (including fully-funded self-insurance programs) which the Majority Lenders consider to be material; or

(k) A default by the Account Party shall have occurred under the Rate Agreement and shall not have been effectively cured within the time period specified therein for such cure (or, if no such time period is specified therein, 10 days); or a default by any party shall have occurred under any Significant Contract and such default shall not have been effectively cured within 30 days after notice from the Agent to the Account Party stating that, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, such default may have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party as a whole; or

(l) Any Governmental Approval (whether federal, state or local) required to give effect to the Rate Agreement (including, without limitation, Chapter 362-C of the New Hampshire Revised Statutes and the enabling order of the NHPUC issued pursuant thereto) shall be amended, modified or supplemented, or any other regulatory or legislative action or change (whether federal, state or local) having the effect, directly or indirectly, of modifying the benefits or entitlements of the Account Party under the Rate Agreement shall occur, and in any such case such amendment, modification, supplement, action or change may have, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party as a whole; or

(m) NU shall cease to own all of the outstanding common stock of the Account Party, free and clear of any Liens; or

(n) An event of default (as defined therein) shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture or the First Mortgage Indenture; or

(o) An event of default (as defined therein) shall have occurred and be continuing under the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Other Reimbursement Agreement; or

(p) The Fixed-Rate Conversion shall fail to be consummated on May 1,1998.

SECTION VIII.2. Remedies Upon Events of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, then, and in any such event the Agent with the concurrence of the Issuing Bank may, and upon the direction of the Majority Lenders the Agent shall (i) if the Letter of Credit Amendment shall not have been issued, instruct the Issuing Bank to (whereupon the Issuing Bank shall) by notice to the Account Party declare its commitment to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, (ii) instruct the Issuing Bank to (whereupon the Issuing Bank shall) furnish to the Trustee and the Paying Agent written notice of such Event of Default in accordance with Section 6.01(a)(iv) of the Indenture and of the Issuing Bank's determination to terminate the Letter of Credit on the fifth business day (as defined in the Indenture) following the Trustee's and Paying Agent's receipt of such notice, (iii) instruct the Issuing Bank to (whereupon the Issuing Bank shall) furnish to the Trustee and the Paying Agent written notice that the Interest Component will not be reinstated in the amount of one or more Interest Drawings, all as provided in the Letter of Credit; (iv) direct the Account party to pay cash into the Cash Account in accordance with Section 7.05(a); (v) declare the Advances and all other principal amounts outstanding hereunder, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable hereunder to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Advances and all other principal amounts outstanding hereunder, all such interest and all such other amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Account Party, and (vi) instruct the Issuing Bank to (whereupon the Issuing Bank shall) exercise all the rights and remedies provided herein and under and in respect of the Security Documents; provided, however, that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Account Party under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, (A) the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit, the Commitments and the obligations of the Participating Banks to make Advances shall automatically be terminated, and (B) the Advances and all other principal amounts outstanding hereunder, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable hereunder shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Account Party.

SECTION VIII.3. Issuing Bank to Notify First Mortgage Trustee, Others. The Issuing Bank shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, promptly notify the First Mortgage Trustee by telephone, confirmed in writing, of the occurrence of any Event of Default. In addition, the Issuing Bank shall furnish to the Agent, the Account Party, the Paying Agent and the Issuer a copy of (a) any notice furnished to the First Mortgage Trustee pursuant to the preceding sentence and (b) any notice delivered to the Trustee pursuant to clause (ii) or clause (iii) of Section 8.02. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure of the Issuing Bank to give any notice (or copy of a notice) as contemplated by this Section 8.03 shall limit or impair any rights of the Issuing Bank, the Agent or any Participating Bank or the exercise of any remedy hereunder, nor shall the Issuing Bank, the Agent or any Participating Bank incur any liability as a result of any such failure.

ARTICLE IX
THE AGENT, THE PARTICIPATING BANKS AND THE ISSUING BANK

SECTION IX.1. Authorization of Agent; Actions of Agent and Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank hereby appoint and authorize the Agent to take such action as agent on their behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; provided, however, that neither the Agent nor the Issuing Bank shall be required to take any action which exposes the Agent or the Issuing Bank to personal liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. As to any matters not expressly provided for by any Related Document (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection thereof), neither the Agent nor the Issuing Bank shall be required to exercise any discretion or take any action. The Agent agrees to deliver promptly (i) to the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank copies of each notice delivered to it by the Account Party and (ii) to each Participating Bank copies of each notice delivered to it by the Issuing Bank, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION IX.2. Reliance, Etc. Neither the Agent, the Issuing Bank, nor any of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement or any Related Document, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, each of the Agent and the Issuing Bank (i) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Account Party), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (ii) makes no warranty or representation to any Participating Bank and shall not be responsible to any Participating Bank for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any Related Document; (iii) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or any Related Document on the part of the Account Party to be performed or observed, or to inspect any property (including the books and records) of the Account Party; (iv) shall not be responsible to any Participating Bank for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any Related Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto and thereto; and (v) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or any Related Document by acting upon any notice, consent certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telegram, cable or telex), including, without limitation, any thereof from time to time purporting to be from the Trustee, believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

SECTION IX.3. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and Affiliates. The Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Participating Bank and may exercise (or omit from exercising) the same as though they were not the Agent and the Issuing Bank, respectively, and the term "Participating Bank" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Barclays in its individual capacity. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Account Party, any of its subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Account Party or any such subsidiary, all as if Barclays was not the Agent or the Issuing Bank, and without any duty to account therefor to the Participating Banks.

SECTION IX.4. Participating Bank Credit Decision. Each of the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Participating Bank and based on the financial information referred to in
Section 6.01(e) hereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Participating Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

SECTION IX.5. Indemnification. The Participating Banks agree to indemnity the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank (to the extent not reimbursed by the Account Party), ratably according to their respective Participation Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Arrangers, the Agent or the Issuing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Arrangers, the Agent or the Issuing Bank under or in connection with this Agreement, provided that no Participating Bank shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Arrangers', the Agent's or the Issuing Bank's (as the case may be) gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Participating Bank agrees to reimburse the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, waiver or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement to the extent that the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) are entitled to reimbursement for such expenses pursuant to Section 10.04 hereof but are not reimbursed for such expenses by the Account Party.

SECTION IX.6. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuing Bank, the Participating Banks and the Account Party, with any such resignation to become effective only upon the appointment of a successor Agent pursuant to this Section 9.06. Upon any such resignation, the Issuing Bank shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent, which shall be another commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Account Party, organized or licensed under the laws of the United States, or of any State thereof. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent and the execution and delivery by the Account Party and the successor Agent of an agreement relating to the fees, if any, to be paid to the successor Agent in connection with its acting as Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.

SECTION IX.7. Issuing Bank. (a) All notices received by the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement or any Related Document (other than the Letter of Credit) shall be promptly delivered to the Agent for distribution to the Participating Banks.

(b) Except to the extent permitted by Section 2.06, the Issuing Bank shall not amend or waive any provision or consent to the amendment or waiver of any Related Document without the written consent of the Majority Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Participating Bank, by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, authorizes and directs the Issuing Bank to execute and deliver the Second Supplement, dated as of May 1, 1995, to the Original Indenture.

(c) Upon receipt by the Issuing Bank from time to time of any amount pursuant to the terms of any Related Document (other than pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), the Issuing Bank shall promptly deliver to the Agent such amount.

SECTION IX.8. Certain Authorizations and Consent. The Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank, by its acceptance hereof, and each other Participating Bank by its execution and delivery of the Participant Assignment pursuant to which it became a Participating Bank, consents to, authorizes, ratifies and confirms in all respects:

(i) the execution, delivery, acceptance and performance by the Agent and by the Collateral Agent of the Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be from time to time amended in accordance with the terms thereof and Section 10.01 hereof;

(ii) the execution, delivery and acceptance by the Collateral Agent of, and the taking by the Collateral Agent of all actions under, the Security Agreement, as the same may be from time to time amended in accordance with the terms thereof and Section 10.01 hereof;

the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, or the execution and delivery of such Participant Assignment by such Participating Bank, as the case may be, constituting (without further act or deed) the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank's acceptance and approval of, and agreement to the terms of, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement with the same effect as if the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank were itself a party thereto.

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION X.1. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, nor consent to any departure by the Account Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Bank and all the Participating Banks, do any of the following: (a) waive, modify or eliminate any of the conditions specified in Article V of this Agreement or Article III of the Amendment, (b) increase the Commitments of the Participating Banks that may be maintained hereunder or subject the Participating Banks to any additional obligations, (c) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Advances, any amount reimbursable on demand pursuant to Section 3.01, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances, such reimbursable amounts or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder (other than fees payable to the Issuing Bank or the Agent pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof), (e) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances, or the number of Participating Banks which shall be required for the Participating Banks or any of them to take any action hereunder, (f) amend this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement in a manner intended to prefer one or more Participating Banks over any other Participating Banks, (g) amend this Section 10.01, or
(h) release any of the Collateral otherwise than in accordance with any provisions for such release contained in the Security Documents, or change any provision of any Security Document providing for the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral; and provided, further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Bank or the Agent in addition to the Participating Banks required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, under this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement and (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the "Majority Lenders" under the Other Reimbursement Agreement and the "Majority Lenders" under the Revolving Credit Agreement, shall change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances, or the number of Participating Banks which shall be required for the Participating Banks or any of them to take, or to direct the Collateral Agent to take, any action under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement.

SECTION X.2. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telex, telecopy or cable communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied, cabled or delivered:

(i) if to the Account Party, to it in care of NUSCO at NUSCO's address at 107 Selden Street, Berlin, Connecticut 06037 (telecopy: (860) 665-5457), Attention: Assistant Treasurer - Finance;

(ii) if to the Issuing Bank or the Agent, to it at its address at 222 Broadway, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10038, Attention: Customer Service Unit, (telephone: (212) 412-3363, telecopy: (212) 412-3080, Telex: 12-6946), with a copy to: Utilities Finance Group, (telephone (212) 412-2551, telecopy:
(212) 412-7575) and with a further copy to Credit Enhancement Unit (telephone
(212) 412-3578, telecopy (212) 412-6969);

(iii) if to any Participating Bank, to it at its address set forth on the signature pages to the Amendment or in the Participation Assignment pursuant to which it became a Participating Bank; or

as to each party other than any Participating Bank, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties, and, as to any Participating Bank, at such other address as shall be designated by such Participating Bank in a written notice to the Account Party and the Agent. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied or cabled, be effective five days after when deposited in the mails, or when delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback, telecopied or delivered to the cable company, respectively, except that notices and communications to the Agent or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II, III or IV shall not be effective until received by the Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

SECTION X.3. No Waiver of Remedies. No failure on the part of any Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION X.4. Cost; Expenses and Indemnification. (a) The Account Party agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses), of (i) the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and Transaction Documents and the administration of the Loan Documents and Transaction Documents, the care and custody of any and all collateral, and any proposed modification, amendment, or consent relating thereto; and (ii) the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or Transaction Document.

(b) The Account Party hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank and their respective officers, directors, employees, professional advisors and affiliates (each, an "Indemnified Person") harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses, whether or not such Indemnified Person is named as a party to any proceeding or investigation or is otherwise subjected to judicial or legal process arising from any such proceeding or investigation) which any of them may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by any person or entity (except to the extent such claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Person):

(i) by reason of or in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Loan Documents, the Transaction Documents or the Related Documents or any transaction contemplated thereby, or the use by the Account Party of the proceeds of any Advance or the use by the Paying Agent or the Trustee of the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit;

(ii) in connection with or resulting from the utilization, storage, disposal, treatment, generation, transportation, release or ownership of any Hazardous Substance (A) at, upon or under any property of the Account Party or any of its Affiliates or (B) by or on behalf of the Account Party or any of its Affiliates at any time and in any place;

(iii) in connection with any documentary taxes, assessments or charges made by any governmental authority by reason of the execution and delivery of any of the Loan Documents;

(iv) by reason of or in connection with the execution and delivery or transfer of, or payment or failure to make payment under, the Letter of Credit; provided, however, that the Account Party shall not be required to indemnity the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank pursuant to this Section for any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses to the extent caused by (A) the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in determining whether documents presented under the Letter of Credit are genuine or comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit or (B) the Issuing Bank's willful or grossly negligent failure, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, to make lawful payment under the Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the Paying Agent of a draft and certificate strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit; or

(v) by reason of any inaccuracy or alleged inaccuracy in any material respect, or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact, contained in any Official Statement, except to the extent contained in or arising from information in such Official Statement supplied in writing by and describing the Issuing Bank or any previous issuer of a letter of credit relating to the Bonds.

(c) Nothing contained in this Section 10.04 is intended to limit the Account Party's obligations set forth in Articles II, III and IV. The Account Party's obligations under this Section 10.04 shall survive the creation and sale of any participation interest pursuant to Section 10.06 hereof and shall survive as well the repayment of all amounts owing to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitments. If and to the extent that the obligations of the Account Party under this Section 10.04 are unenforceable for any reason, the Account Party agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction thereof which is permissible under applicable law.

SECTION X.5. Right of Set-off. (a) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the taking of any action or the giving of any instruction by the Agent as specified by Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Account Party against any and all of the obligations of the Account Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement in favor of the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank agrees promptly to notify the Account Party after any such set-off and application provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank may have.

(b) The Account Party agrees that it shall have no right of off-set, deduction or counterclaim in respect of its obligations hereunder, and that the obligations of the Issuing Bank and of the several Participating Banks hereunder are several and not joint. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a relinquishment or waiver of the Account Party's rights to any independent claim that the Account Party may have against the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank, but no Participating Bank shall be liable for the conduct of the Issuing Bank or any other Participating Bank, and the Issuing Bank shall not be liable for the conduct of any Participating Bank.

SECTION X.6. Binding Effect; Assignments and Participants. (a) This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed and delivered by the Account Party, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank named on the signature pages to the Amendment and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Account Party, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Account Party shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank, and the Issuing Bank may not assign its commitment to issue the Letter of Credit or its obligations under or in respect of the Letter of Credit.

(b) Each Participating Bank may assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, under the Letter of Credit or in any security hereunder, including, without limitation, any instruments securing the Account Party's obligations hereunder; provided that (i) no assignment by any Participating Bank may be made to any Person, other than to another Participating Bank, except with the prior written consent of the Issuing Bank and the Account Party (which consent in the case of the Account Party, (A) shall not be unreasonably withheld and (B) shall not be required if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Agent or the Issuing Bank shall have exercised any remedy described in clause (ii), (iii) or (v) of Section 8.02), (ii) any assignment shall be of a constant and not a varying percentage of all of the assignor's rights and obligations hereunder and (iii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent a Participation Assignment, together with a processing fee of $2,500. Upon receipt of a completed Participation Assignment and the processing fee, the Agent will record in a register maintained for such purpose the name of the assignee and the percentage participation interest assigned by the assignor and assumed by the assignee for purposes of the determination of such assignor's and assignee's respective Participation Percentages. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Participation Assignment, which effective date shall be at least five Business Days after the execution thereof, the assignee shall, to the extent of such assignment, become a party hereto and have all of the rights and obligations of a Participating Bank hereunder and, to the extent of such assignment, such assigning Participating Bank shall be released from its obligations hereunder (without relieving such Participating Bank from any liability for damages, costs and expenses suffered by the Issuing Bank or the Account Party as a result of the failure by such Participating Bank to perform its obligations hereunder).

(c) Each Participating Bank may grant participations to one or more Persons in all or any part of, or any interest (undivided or divided) in, such Participating Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement (any such Person being referred to hereinafter as a "Participant" and such interests are collectively, referred to hereinafter as the "Rights"); provided, however, that (i) such Participating Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (ii) any such Participant shall be entitled to the benefits and cost protections provided for in Section 4.03 hereof on the same basis as if it were a Participating Bank hereunder; (iii) the Account Party, the Agent and the Issuing Bank shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Participating Bank in connection with such Participating Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement; and (iv) no such Participant, other than an Affiliate of such Participating Bank, shall be entitled to require such Participating Bank to take or omit to take any action hereunder, unless such action or omission would have an effect of the type described in subsections (c), (d) or (h) of Section 10.01 hereof.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 10.06 to the contrary, the Issuing Bank and any Participating Bank may assign and pledge all or any portion of the Advances (or participating interests therein) owing to the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank to any Federal Reserve Bank (and its transferees) as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall release the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION X.7. Relation of the Parties; No Beneficiary. No term, provision or requirement, whether express or implied, of any Loan Document, or actions taken or to be taken by any party thereunder, shall be construed to create a partnership, association, or joint venture between such parties or any of them. No term or provision of the Loan Documents shall be construed to confer a benefit upon, or grant a right or privilege to, any Person other than the parties hereto.

SECTION X.8. Issuing Bank Not Liable. As between the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks on the one hand, and the Account Party on the other, the Account Party assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of the Paying Agent, the Trustee and any other beneficiary or transferee of the Letter of Credit with respect to its use of the Letter of Credit. Neither the Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Participating Bank, nor any of their respective officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for: (a) the use which may be made of the Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of the Paying Agent, the Trustee and any other beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith; (b) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (c) payment by the Issuing Bank against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to the Letter of Credit; or (d) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under the Letter of Credit, except that the Account Party shall have a claim against the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Account Party, to the extent of any direct, as opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Account Party which the Account Party proves were caused by (i) the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in determining whether documents presented under the Letter of Credit are genuine or comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit or (ii) the Issuing Bank's willful or grossly negligent failure, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, to make lawful payment under the Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the Paying Agent of a draft and certificate strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may accept original or facsimile (including telecopy) sight drafts and accompanying certificates presented under the Letter of Credit that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

SECTION X.9. Confidentiality. In connection with the negotiation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Account Party has furnished and will from time to time furnish to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks (each, a "Recipient") written information which is identified to the Recipient when delivered as confidential (such information, other than any such information which (i) was publicly available, or otherwise known to the Recipient at the time of disclosure, (ii) subsequently becomes publicly available other than through any act or omission by the Recipient or (iii) otherwise subsequently becomes known to the Recipient other than through a Person whom the Recipient knows to be acting in violation of his or its obligations to the Account Party, being hereinafter referred to as "Confidential Information"). The Recipient will not knowingly disclose any such Confidential Information to any third party (other than to those persons who have a confidential relationship with the Recipient), and will take all reasonable steps to restrict access to such information in a manner designed to maintain the confidential nature of such information, in each case until such time as the same ceases to be Confidential Information or as the Account Party may otherwise instruct. It is understood, however, that the foregoing will not restrict the Recipient's ability to freely exchange such Confidential Information with prospective assignees of or participants in the Recipient's position herein, but the Recipient's ability to so exchange Confidential Information shall be conditioned upon any such prospective assignee's or participant's entering into an understanding as to confidentiality similar to this provision. It is further understood that the foregoing will not prohibit the disclosure of any or all Confidential Information if and to the extent that such disclosure may be required (i) by a regulatory agency or otherwise in connection with an examination of the Recipient's records by appropriate authorities, (ii) pursuant to court order, subpoena or other legal process or (iii) otherwise, as required by law; in the event of any required disclosure under clause (ii) or (iii) above, the Recipient agrees to use reasonable efforts to inform the Account Party as promptly as practicable.

SECTION X.10. Waiver of Jury Trial. The Account Party, the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the Participating Banks each hereby irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any Transaction Document or any other instrument or document delivered hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION X.11. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Amendment and the Pledge Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Account Party, the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank each (i) irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York State Court or Federal court sitting in New York City in any action arising out of any Loan Document, (ii) agrees that all claims in such action may be decided in such court, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum and (iv) consents to the service of process by mail. A final judgment in any such action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law or affect its right to bring any action in any other court.

SECTION X.12. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written, such execution being conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery by such parties of the Amendment to which this Amended and Restated Second Series D Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement is attached.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

THE ACCOUNT PARTY:

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF
NEW HAMPSHIRE

By: /S/David R. McHale

     Title: Assistant Treasurer

THE AGENT AND ISSUING BANK:
BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Agent and as Issuing Bank

By: /S/ Managing Director


THE PARTICIPATING BANKS:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
NEW YORK BRANCH

By: /S/ SYDNEY DENNIS

    Title: Managing Director

Address for Notices

Barclays Bank PLC
222 Broadway
New York, New York 10038
Attention:      Sydney Dennis
Telephone:      (212) 412-2570
Fax:            (212) 412-6709

SWISS BANK CORPORATION,
STAMFORD BRANCH

                                        By: /S/ WILLIAM A. ROCHE

                                             Title: Director

By: /S/ DAVID C. HEMINGWAY
                                             Title: Director

                                        Address for Notices

                                        Swiss Bank Corporation
                                        677 Washington Boulevard
Stamford, Connecticut   06912

                                        Attention:      Darryl M. Monasebian
                                        Telephone:      (203) 819-8005
                                        Fax:            (203) 819-8610

BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

By: /S/ VERN HOWARD

     Title: Managing Director

Address for Notices

Bank of America NT & SA
555 California Street
San Francisco, California 94104
Attention:      Vern Howard
Telephone:      (415) 953-0590
Fax:            (415) 622-0632

LTCB TRUST COMPANY

By: /S/ GREGORY L. HONG

     Title: Senior Vice President

Address for Notices

LTCB Trust Company
165 Broadway, 49th Floor
New York, New York 10006
Attention:      Gregory H. Hong
Telephone:      (212) 335-4534
Fax:            (212) 608-2371

TORONTO DOMINION (NEW YORK), INC.

By: /S/ DEBBIE A. GREENE

     Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

The Toronto-Dominion Bank
909 Fannin Street, Suite 1700
Houston, Texas 77010
Attention:      Debbie Greene
Telephone:      (713) 653-8250
Fax:            (713) 951-9921

UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA

By: /S/ KARYSSA M. BRITTON

     Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

Union Bank of California
445 S. Figueroa Street, 15th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention:      John M. Edmonston
Telephone:      (213) 236-5809
Fax:            (213) 236-4096

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

By: /S/FRAN PITCHLEY

     Title:

Address for Notices

The Bank of Nova Scotia
28 State Street, 17th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention:      Paula A. MacDonald
Telephone:      (617) 624-7613
Fax:            (617) 624-7607

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK

By: /S/ PAUL V. FARRELL

     Title: Vice President

                                        Address for Notices

                                        The Chase Manhattan Bank
                                        270 Park Avenue
                                        New York, New York 10017
                                        Attention:      Paul V. Farrell
                                        Telephone:      (212) 270-7653
                                        Fax:            (212) 270-3089

                                        CITIBANK, N.A.


                                        By: /S/ ROBERT J. HARRITY, JR.

                                             Title: Managing Director



                                        Address for Notices

                                        Citibank, N.A.
                                        399 Park Avenue
4th Floor, Zone 20
                                        New York, New York 10043
                                        Attention:      Robert J. Harrity, Jr.
                                        Telephone:      (212) 559-6482
                                        Fax:            (212) 793-6130

BANKBOSTON, N.A.

By: /S/ MICHAEL M. PARKER

     Title: Managing Director

Address for Notices

BankBoston, N.A.
100 Federal Street, M/S 01-08-04
Boston, MA 02110
Attention:      Michael M. Parker
Telephone:      (617) 434-7829
Fax:            (617) 434-3652

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

By: /S/ MADELEINE N. PEMBER

     Title: Assistant Vice President

Address for Notices

The First National Bank of Chicago
One First National Plaza, Suite 0363
Chicago, Illinois 60670
Attention:      Kenneth J. Bauer
Telephone:      (312) 732-6282
Fax:            (312) 732-3055

THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED

By: /S/ RAYMOND VENTURA

     Title: Vice President & Manager

Address for Notices

The Fuji Bank, Limited
Two World Trade Center
New York, New York 10048
Attention:      Michael Gebauer
Telephone:      (212) 898-2064
Fax:            (212) 321-9407

THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN
TRUST COMPANY

By: /S/ JOHN DIPPO

     Title: Senior Vice President

Address for Notices

The Industrial Bank of Japan Trust Company
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020-1104
Attention:      John Cunningham
Telephone:      (212) 282-3411
Fax:            (212) 282-4988

THE NIPPON CREDIT BANK, LTD.

By: /S/ KOICHI SUNAGAWA

     Title: Representative

Address for Notices

The Nippon Credit Bank, Ltd.
101 East 52nd Street, 14th Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attention:      Koichi Sunagawa
Telephone:      (212) 751-7330
Fax:            (212) 751-0987

FLEET NATIONAL BANK

By: /S/ DANIEL D. BUTLER

     Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

Fleet Bank
40 Westminster Street
Mail Stop: RI OP T05A

Providence, Rhode Island 02903-4963

Attention:      Fred N. Manning
Telephone:      (401) 459-4845
Fax:            (401) 459-4963

SOCIETE GENERALE


By: /S/GORDON EADON

     Title:VICE PRESIDENT

Address for Notices

Societe Generale
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
Attention: Gordon Eadon
Telephone: (212) 278-6880
Fax: (212) 278-7430
THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
NEW YORK BRANCH

By: /S/ KAZUYOSHI OGAWA

     Title: Joint General Manager

Address for Notices

The Sumitomo Bank, Limited,
New York Branch
277 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10172
Attention:      J. Bruce Meredith
Telephone:      (212) 244-4129
Fax:            (212) 224-5188

MELLON BANK, N.A.

By: /S/ KURT HEWETT

     Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

Mellon Bank, N.A.
One Mellon Bank Center, Room 4425
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15258
Attention:      Kurt Hewett
Telephone:      (412) 234-7355
Fax:            (412) 234-0286

CREDIT LYONNAIS (NEW YORK)

By: /S/ ALAN SIDRANE

                                             Title: Senior Vice President

Address for Notices

Credit Lyonnais (New York)
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Attention:      David Bonington
Telephone:      (212) 261-7861
Fax:            (212) 261-3259

THE YASUDA TRUST AND BANKING

CO., LTD., NEW YORK BRANCH

By: /S/ ROHN LAUDENSCHLAGER

     Title: Senior Vice President

Address for Notices

The Yasuda Trust and Banking Co., Ltd.,
New York Branch
666 Fifth Avenue, Suite 801
New York, New York 10103
Attention:      Rohn Laudenschlager
Telephone:      (212) 373-5713
Fax:            (212) 373-5796


Exhibit 4.3.7.2
SECOND SUPPLEMENT
Dated as of May 1, 1995
among
BUSINESS FINANCE AUTHORITY OF THE
STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
and
PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

Supplementing and Amending the Series E Loan and Trust Agreement Dated as of May 1, 1991, as amended by a First Supplement Dated as of December 1, 1993

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I: INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS
Section 101. Description of the Agreement and the Parties
Section 102. Definitions
ARTICLE II: BOOK-ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM
Section 201. Registration of Bonds in the Book-Entry Only System
ARTICLE III: MISCELLANEOUS
Section 301. Original Agreement Affirmed
Section 302. Severability
Section 303. Counterparts
Section 304. Receipt of Documents
Section 305. Captions
Section 306. Governing Law
EXHIBIT A
EXHIBIT B

ARTICLE I: INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS

Section 101. Description of the Agreement and the Parties. This SECOND SUPPLEMENT (the "Second Supplement") is entered into as of May 1, 1995 by the Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire (with its successors, the "Authority"), a body corporate and politic created under New Hampshire Revised Statutes Annotated 162-A:3 formerly known as The Industrial Development Authority of the State of New Hampshire; Public Service Company of New Hampshire (with its successors, the "Company"), a New Hampshire corporation, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, as Trustee (with its successors, the "Trustee"). This Second Supplement supplements and amends the Series E Loan and Trust Agreement dated as of May 1, 1991 (the "Original Agreement") among the Authority, the Company and the Trustee, as previously amended by a First Supplement dated as of December 1, 1993 (the "First Supplement" and collectively with the Original Agreement and this Second Supplement, the "Agreement"), and is entered into pursuant to Clauses 1101(a)(v) and (viii) of the Original Agreement. The primary purpose of this Second Supplement is to provide for the establishment of a book-entry system of registration for the outstanding $69,700,000 principal amount of The Industrial Development Authority of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project-1991 Taxable Series E), and at the election of the Company, for other Bonds outstanding under the Agreement from time to time.

In consideration of the mutual promises contained in this Second Supplement, the rights conferred and the obligations assumed hereby, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Company, the Authority and the Trustee agree, assign, covenant, grant, pledge, promise, represent and warrant as set forth herein for their own benefit and for the benefit of the Bondowners and the Bank.

Section 102. Definitions. (a) Words. Unless otherwise defined in this Second Supplement, or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in the Original Agreement, as amended by the First Supplement, shall have the same meaning in this Second Supplement.

ARTICLE II: BOOK-ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM

Section 201. Registration of Bonds in the Book-Entry Only System.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 201 shall apply with respect to any Bonds (except the 1993 Series E Bonds) registered to CEDE & CO. or any other nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") while the Book-Entry Only System (meaning the system of registration described in this Section 201) is in effect. The Book-Entry Only System shall be in effect for any series of Bonds or portion thereof issued in or converted to any Mode or Rate Period within the Multiannual Mode if so specified by the Company prior to the issuance in or conversion to that Mode or Rate Period, subject to the provisions below concerning termination of the Book-Entry Only System. Until it revokes such specification in its discretion, the Company hereby specifies that the Book- Entry Only System shall be in effect while the 1991 Series E Bonds are in Flexible Mode. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 201 to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 201 shall not apply to the 1993 Series E Bonds, which are subject to the Book-Entry Only System described in
Section 303 of the First Supplement.

(b) The Bonds in or to be in the Book-Entry Only System shall be issued in the form of a separate single authenticated fully registered Bond for each separate Mode or Rate Period. Any legend required to be on the Bonds by DTC may be added by the Trustee or Paying Agent. The form of Book-Entry Only System 1991 Series E Bond in the Flexible Mode is attached hereto as Exhibit
A. On the date of original delivery thereof or date of conversion of the any Bonds to a Mode or Rate Period in which the Book-Entry Only System is in effect, as applicable, such Bonds shall be registered in the registry books of the Paying Agent in the name of CEDE & CO., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company as agent for the Authority in maintaining the Book-Entry Only System. With respect to Bonds registered in the registry books kept by the Paying Agent in the name of CEDE & CO., as nominee of DTC, the Authority, the Paying Agent, the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Participant (which means securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and various other entities, some of whom or their representatives own DTC) or to any Beneficial Owner (which means, when used with reference to the Book-Entry Only System, the person who is considered the beneficial owner of the Bonds pursuant to the arrangements for book entry determination of ownership applicable to DTC) with respect to the following: (A) the accuracy of the records of DTC, CEDE & CO. or any Participant with respect to any ownership interest in the Bonds, (B) the delivery to or from any Participant, any Beneficial Owner or any other person, other than DTC, of any notice with respect to the Bonds, including any notice of redemption or tender (whether mandatory or optional), or (C) the payment to any Participant, any Beneficial Owner or any other person, other than DTC, of any amount with respect to the principal or premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds. The Paying Agent shall pay all principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds only to or upon the order of DTC, and all such payments shall be valid and effective fully to satisfy and discharge the Authority's obligations with respect to the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on Bonds to the extent of the sum or sums so paid. No person other than DTC shall be entitled to receive an authenticated Bond evidencing the obligation of the Authority to make payments of principal and premium, if any, and interest pursuant to this Agreement. Upon delivery by DTC to the Paying Agent of written notice to the effect that DTC has determined to substitute a new nominee in place of CEDE & CO., the words "CEDE & CO." in the Agreement shall refer to such new nominee of DTC.

(c) Upon receipt by the Trustee or the Paying Agent of written notice from DTC to the effect that DTC is unable or unwilling to discharge its responsibilities with respect to any Bonds, the Authority shall issue and the Paying Agent shall transfer and exchange such Bonds as requested by DTC in appropriate amounts and in authorized denominations, and whenever DTC requests the Authority, the Paying Agent and the Trustee to do so, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Authority will, at the expense of the Company, cooperate with DTC in taking appropriate action after reasonable notice (A) to arrange for a substitute bond depository willing and able upon reasonable and customary terms to maintain custody of such Bonds or (B) to make available for transfer and exchange such Bonds registered in whatever name or names and in whatever authorized denominations as DTC shall designate.

(d) In the event the Company determines that the Beneficial Owners of any Bonds in the Book-Entry Only System should be able to obtain Bond certificates, the Company may so notify DTC, the Paying Agent and the Trustee, whereupon DTC will notify the Participants of the availability through DTC of such Bond certificates. In such event, the Authority shall issue and the Paying Agent shall transfer and exchange Bond certificates as requested by DTC in appropriate amounts and in authorized denominations. Whenever DTC requests the Paying Agent to do so, the Paying Agent will cooperate with DTC in taking appropriate action after reasonable notice to make available for transfer and exchange Bonds registered in whatever name or names and in whatever authorized denominations as DTC shall designate.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement to the contrary, so long as any 1991 Series E Bond is registered in the name of CEDE & CO., as nominee of DTC, all payments with respect to the principal of, Purchase Price, premium, if any, and interest on such 1991 Series E Bond and all notices with respect to such 1991 Series E Bond shall be made and given, respectively, to DTC as provided in the Letter of Representation (the "Representation Letter"), the form of which is included as Exhibit B attached to this Second Supplement. The form of such Representation Letter may be modified or replaced in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Agreement upon conversion or reconversion of the 1991 Series E Bonds to a Mode or Rate Period in which the Book-Entry Only System is in effect.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision in Subsection 301(h) or Section 310 of the Original Agreement to the contrary, so long as any of the Bonds outstanding are held in the Book-Entry Only System, if less than all of such Bonds are to be converted or redeemed upon any conversion or redemption of Bonds hereunder, the particular Bonds or portions of Bonds to be converted or redeemed shall be selected by DTC in such manner as DTC may determine.

(g) So long as the Book-Entry Only System is in effect, a Beneficial Owner who elects to have its Bonds purchased or tendered pursuant to the Agreement shall effect delivery by causing a Participant to transfer the Beneficial Owner's interest in the Bonds pursuant to the Book-Entry Only System. The requirement for physical delivery of Bonds in connection with a demand for purchase or a mandatory purchase will be deemed satisfied when the ownership rights in the Bonds are transferred in accordance with the Book-Entry Only System.

(h) So long as the Book-Entry Only System is in effect, the Remarketing Agent shall communicate to DTC information concerning the purchasers of Tendered Bonds as may be necessary or appropriate, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Representation Letter to the contrary, the Remarketing Agent shall continue to remit to the Paying Agent interest rate determination information pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.

ARTICLE III: MISCELLANEOUS

Section 301. Original Agreement Affirmed. Except as otherwise expressly supplemented and amended by this Second Supplement, the provisions of the Original Agreement, the First Supplement and the Assumption Agreement remain unchanged, binding, and in full force and effect.

Section 302. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Second Supplement shall be held to be invalid in any circumstance, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions or circumstances.

Section 303. Counterparts. This Second Supplement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 304. Receipt of Documents. By its execution and delivery of this Second Supplement the Trustee acknowledges receipt of the opinion of Bond Counsel required to accompany this Second Supplement pursuant to Subsection 1101(c) of the Original Agreement.

Section 305. Captions. The captions and table of contents of this Second Supplement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 306. Governing Law. This instrument shall be governed by the laws of State of New Hampshire.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire has caused this Second Supplement to be signed and its official seal to be impressed hereon by its Executive Director; Public Service Company of New Hampshire has caused this Second Supplement to be signed and its corporate seal to be impressed hereon by an authorized officer; and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, has caused this Second Supplement to be signed and its corporate seal to be impressed hereon by an authorized officer.

BUSINESS FINANCE AUTHORITY OF
THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

(Seal)
By:

/s/Jack Donovan
Executive Director

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF
NEW HAMPSHIRE

(Seal)
By:

/s/John B. Keane
Treasurer

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
as Trustee

(Seal)
By:

/s/Daniel Golden
Assistant Vice President

The undersigned hereby consents
to this Second Supplement.

SWISS BANK CORPORATION, NEW YORK BRANCH

By:

Name:/s/Darryl M. Monasebian
Title:Associate Director
           /s/Teresa A. Portela

           Associate Director


Exhibit 4.3.7.3
EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECOND SERIES E LETTER OF CREDIT
AND REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
Dated as of April 23, 1998
Among
PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
as Account Party

SWISS BANK CORPORATION, STAMFORD BRANCH
(Successor to Swiss Bank Corporation, New York Branch)

as Issuing Bank and as Agent

and

THE PARTICIPATING BANKS
REFERRED TO HEREIN

Relating to

The Industrial Development Authority of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1991 Taxable Series E)

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECOND SERIES E LETTER OF CREDIT
AND REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 23, 1998

This AMENDED AND RESTATED SECOND SERIES E LETTER OF CREDIT AND REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 23, 1998 (this "Agreement") is made by and among:

(i) Public Service Company of New Hampshire, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire (the "Account Party");

(ii) Swiss Bank Corporation, Stamford Branch (as successor to Swiss Bank Corporation, New York Branch) ("Swiss Bank"), as issuer of the Letter of Credit (the "Issuing Bank");

(iii) The Participating Banks (as hereinafter defined) from time to time party hereto; and

(iv) Swiss Bank as agent (together with any successor agent hereunder, the "Agent") for such Participating Banks and the Issuing Bank.

and restates in its entirety the Existing Reimbursement Agreement referred to herein.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Business Finance Authority (formerly The Industrial Development Authority) of the State of New Hampshire (the "Issuer"), pursuant to a Series E Loan and Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1991 (the "Original Indenture"), by and among the Issuer, the Account Party and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (such entity, or its successor as trustee, being the "Trustee"), previously issued $114,500,000 aggregate principal amount of The Industrial Development Authority of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1991 Taxable Series E) (such bonds being herein referred to as the "Taxable Bonds"). Pursuant to the Original Indenture, a First Supplement thereto, dated as of December 1, 1993 and a Second Supplement thereto, dated as of May 1, 1995 (the Original Indenture, as so supplemented by such First Supplement and such Second Supplement and as the same may be further supplemented, amended or modified from time to time with the written consent of the Issuing Bank, being herein referred to as the "Indenture"), the Issuer refunded $44,800,000 aggregate principal amount of the Taxable Bonds through the issuance of $44,800,000 aggregate principal amount of Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire Pollution Control Refunding Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project - 1993 Tax-Exempt Series E) (such bonds being herein referred to as the "Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds").

The Account Party previously caused Swiss Bank to issue its Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. S561992, dated May 2, 1995 in a stated amount of $119,129,000 (the "Existing Letter of Credit"), in support of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, and, in connection therewith, the Account Party entered into a Second Series E Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement dated as of May 1, 1995 (the "Existing Reimbursement Agreement") with Swiss Bank as issuing bank and agent thereunder and the participating banks referred to therein.

The Account Party now wishes to extend and amend the Existing Letter of Credit and, in furtherance thereof, the Account Party has requested the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment (as defined herein) to the Paying Agent. Following such extension and amendment and the Fixed-Rate Conversion described herein, the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit, as so amended, will be $73,666,000 (the "Stated Amount"), of which (i) $69,700,000 shall support the payment of principal of the Taxable Bonds (or the portion of the purchase or redemption price of Bonds corresponding to principal), (ii) $3,966,000 shall support the payment of up to 128 days' interest on the principal amount of Taxable Bonds (or the portion of the purchase or redemption price of Taxable Bonds corresponding to interest), computed at a maximum interest rate of 16% per annum on the basis of the actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days, subject to modification as provided in Section 2.06 hereof, and (iii) $0.00 shall support the payment of premium on Taxable Bonds. The Issuing Bank has agreed to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Amendment to which this Agreement is appended as Exhibit A (including the terms and conditions relating to the rights and obligations of the Participating Banks).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION I.1. Certain Defined Terms. In addition to the terms defined in the Preliminary Statement hereto, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

"Advances" means Initial Advances and Term Advances, without differentiation; individually, an "Advance".

"Affiliate" means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is directly or indirectly under common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another entity if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"Agreement for Capacity Transfer" means the Agreement for Capacity Transfer, dated as of December 1, 1989, between The Connecticut Light and Power Company ("CL&P") and the Account Party, as amended by the First Amendment to Agreement for Capacity Transfer, dated as of May 1, 1992 between CL&P and the Account Party, which provides for capacity transfers from the Account Party to CL&P.

"Alternate Base Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal at all times to the higher from time to time of:

(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by Swiss Bank in New York, New York, from time to time, as Swiss Bank's prime rate; and

(b) 1/2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate from time to time;

plus, in either case, the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Advances. Each change in the Alternate Base Rate shall take effect concurrently with any change in such prime rate or Federal Funds Rate, as the case may be.

"Amendment" means the First Amendment to the Existing Reimbursement Agreement, to which this Agreement is appended as Exhibit A.

"Amendment Closing Date" means the Business Day upon which each of the conditions precedent enumerated in Sections 3.01 and 3.02 of the Amendment shall be fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Participating Banks and the Account Party. All transactions contemplated to occur on the Amendment Closing Date shall occur contemporaneously on or prior to April 23, 1998, at the offices of King & Spalding, 1185 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, at 12:01 A.M. (New York City time), or at such other place and time as the parties hereto may mutually agree.

"Applicable Commission" means, for any day, two and one-quarter percent (2.25%).

"Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to each Participating Bank,
(i) (A) such Participating Bank's "Domestic Lending Office", in the case of a Base Rate Advance, and (B) such Participating Bank's "Eurodollar Lending Office," in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance, in each case as specified opposite such Participating Bank's name on Schedule I hereto (in the case of a Participating Bank initially party to this Agreement) or in the Participation Assignment pursuant to which such Participating Bank became a Participating Bank (in the case of any other Participating Bank), or (ii) such other office or affiliate of such Participating Bank as such Participating Bank may from time to time specify to the Account Party and the Agent.

"Applicable Margin" means, for any day: (i) two and one-quarter percent (2.25%), for any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advance, and (ii) one and one- quarter percent (1.25%), for any outstanding Base Rate Advance.

"Arrangers" means Barclays Bank PLC and SBC Warburg Dillon Read, Inc.

"Available Amount" in effect at any time means the maximum aggregate amount available to be drawn at such time under the Letter of Credit, the determination of such maximum amount to assume compliance with all conditions for drawing and no reduction for (i) any amount drawn by the Paying Agent to make a regularly scheduled payment of interest on the Bonds (unless such amount will not be reinstated under the Letter of Credit) or (ii) any amount not available to be drawn because Bonds are held by or for the account of the Account Party and/or in pledge for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, but after giving effect nevertheless, to any reduction in the Stated Amount effected pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof.

"Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor bankruptcy law of the United States.

"Base Rate Advance" means an Advance in respect of which the Account Party has selected in accordance with Article III hereof, or this Agreement otherwise provides for, interest to be computed on the basis of the Alternate Base Rate.

"Bonds" means (i) the Taxable Bonds outstanding as of the date hereof, (ii) the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds and (iii) any further Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds (as defined in the Indenture) that may be issued in accordance with the Indenture and this Agreement to refund any of such remaining Taxable Bonds; provided, however, that upon the Fixed-Rate Conversion and reimbursement to the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks of the Fixed-Rate Conversion Drawing, the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds shall cease to be Bonds hereunder.

"Business Day" means a day of the year that is not a Sunday, legal holiday or a day on which banks are required or authorized to close in New York City and, (i) if the applicable Business Day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, is a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market and/or (ii) if the applicable Business Day relates to any action to be taken by, or notice furnished to or by, or payment to be made to or by, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Remarketing Agent or the First Mortgage Trustee, is a day on which (A) banking institutions are not authorized pursuant to law to close, (B) the corporate trust office of the First Mortgage Trustee is open for business, (C) banking institutions in all of the cities in which the principal offices of the Issuing Bank, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the First Mortgage Trustee and, if applicable, the Remarketing Agent are located are not required or authorized to remain closed and (D) the New York Stock Exchange is not closed.

"Cash Account" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.05(a).

"CL&P" has the meaning assigned to that term in the definition of Agreement for Capacity Transfer.

"Citibank" means Citibank, N.A.

"Collateral" means all of the collateral in which liens, mortgages or security interests are purported to be granted by any or all of the Security Documents.

"Collateral Agent" means The Chase Manhattan Bank and any successor as collateral agent under the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Commitment" means, for each Participating Bank, such Participating Bank's Percentage of the Available Amount. "Commitments" shall refer to the aggregate of the Commitments.

"Common Equity" means, at any date, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate of the par value of or stated capital represented by, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Account Party and the surplus, paid-in, earned and other, if any, of the Account Party.

"Confidential Information" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.09 hereof.

"Conversion", "Convert" or "Converted" each refers to a conversion of Term Advances pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof, including, but not limited to any selection of a longer or shorter Interest Period to be applicable to such Term Advances or any conversion of a Term Advance as described in Section 3.04(c) hereof.

"Credit Termination Date" means the date on which the Letter of Credit shall terminate in accordance with its terms.

"date hereof" means April 23, 1998.

"Debt" means, for any Person, without duplication, (i) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (iv) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which shall have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases (not including the Unit Contract), (v) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person under reimbursement or similar agreements with respect to the issuance of letters of credit (vi) net obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person under interest rate swap, "cap", "collar" or other hedging agreements, (vii) obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under leases entered into in connection with sale and leaseback transactions involving assets of such Person being sold in connection therewith, (viii) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (vii), above, and (ix) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under ERISA Plans.

"Default Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate applicable to Base Rate Advances at such time.

"Disclosure Documents" means the Information Memorandum, the 1997 10-K and any Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Account Party with the Securities and Exchange Commission after December 31, 1997 furnished to the Participating Banks prior to the execution and delivery of the Amendment.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

"ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated, that, together with the Account Party is treated as a single employer under
Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

"ERISA Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" subject to Title IV of ERISA.

"ERISA Plan" means an employee benefit plan (other than an ERISA Multiemployer Plan) maintained for employees of the Account Party or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA.

"ERISA Plan Termination Event" means (i) a "reportable event", as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived) with respect to an ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multiemployer Plan, or (ii) the existence with respect to any ERISA plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (iii) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any ERISA Plan; (iv) the incurrence by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV or ERISA with respect to the termination of any ERISA Plan; (v) the receipt by Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA or to appoint a trustee to administer any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the receipt by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by an ERISA Multiemployer Plan from the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of liability due to any withdrawal of the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from an ERISA Plan or an ERISA Multiemployer Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or a determination that an ERISA Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or (vii) any other event or condition which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan.

"Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

"Eurodollar Rate" means for any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Term Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal at all times during such Interest Period to the sum of:

(i) the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1% per annum, if such rate is not such a multiple) determined by the Agent at which deposits in United States dollars in amounts comparable to the Eurodollar Rate Advance of Swiss Bank comprising part of such Term Borrowing and for comparable periods as such Interest Period are offered by the principal office of Swiss Bank in London, England to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period, plus

(ii) the Applicable Margin.

"Eurodollar Rate Advance" means an Advance in respect of which the Account Party has selected in accordance with Article III hereof, and this Agreement provides for, interest to be computed on the basis of the Eurodollar Rate.

"Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" of any Participating Bank for each Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under Regulation D or other regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement, without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets) for such Participating Bank with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including "eurocurrency liabilities" having a term equal to such Interest Period.

"Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 8.01.

"Existing Letter of Credit" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Existing Reimbursement Agreement" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Extension Collateral" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.05(b).

"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published on the next succeeding Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Final Plan" means the "Final Plan" implementing Chapter 374-F of the Revised Statutes Annotated of New Hampshire, adopted by the NHPUC on February 28, 1997, and any successor plan or proposal.

"First Mortgage Bonds" means first mortgage bonds issued or to be issued by the Account Party and secured, directly or indirectly, collectively or severally, by one or more first-priority liens on all or part of the Indenture Assets pursuant to the First Mortgage Indenture or another indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders. For purposes hereof, all or part of the First Mortgage Bonds may be issued as collateral for pollution control revenue bonds or industrial revenue bonds, whether taxable or tax exempt issued by the Account Party or by a governmental authority at the Account Party's request.

"First Mortgage Indenture" means the General and Refunding Mortgage Indenture, between the Account Party and New England Merchants National Bank, as trustee and to which First Union National Bank is successor trustee, dated as of August 15, 1978, as amended and supplemented through the date hereof and as the same may thereafter be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

"First Mortgage Trustee" means the trustee from time to time under the First Mortgage Indenture.

"Fixed-Rate Conversion" means the Conversion (as defined in the Indenture) of the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds to the Fixed-Rate Mode (as defined in the Indenture), which Conversion is proposed to occur on May 1, 1998.

"Fixed-Rate Conversion Drawing" means the Tender Drawing and the related Interest Drawing (as those terms are defined in the Letter of Credit) to effect the purchase on May 1, 1998 of the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds immediately prior to the Fixed-Rate Conversion.

"Governmental Approval" means any authorization, consent, approval, license, permit, certificate, exemption of, or filing or registration with, any governmental authority or other legal or regulatory body required in connection with any of: (i) the execution, delivery or performance of the Rate Agreement, any Transaction Document, Loan Document, Related Document or Significant Contract, (ii) the grant and perfection of any security interest, lien or mortgage contemplated by the Security Documents, (iii) the nature of the Account Party's business as conducted or the nature of the property owned or leased by it or (iv) any NUG Settlement. For purposes of this Agreement, Chapter 362-C of the Revised Statutes Annotated of New Hampshire, in effect on the Original Closing Date, shall be deemed to be a Governmental Approval.

"Hazardous Substance" means any waste, substance or material identified as hazardous, dangerous or toxic by any office, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of the United States of America or of the State or locality in which the same is located having or exercising jurisdiction over such waste, substance or material.

"Indemnified Person" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.04(b) hereof.

"Indenture" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Indenture Assets" means fixed assets of the Account Party (including related Governmental Approvals and regulatory assets) which from time to time are subject to the first-priority lien under the First Mortgage Indenture.

"Information Memorandum" means the Confidential Information Memorandum, dated February, 1998 regarding the Account Party, as distributed to the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks, including, without limitation, all schedules, attachments and supplements, if any, thereto.

"Initial Advance" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.02(a) hereof.

"Initial Repayment Date" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.02(a) hereof.

"Intercreditor Agreement" means the Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Agent, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch as "Agent" under the Other Reimbursement Agreement and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement and as Collateral Agent.

"Interest Component" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Interest Drawing" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Interest Expense" means, for any period, the aggregate amount of any interest on Debt (including long-term and short-term Debt).

"Interest Period" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.03(b) hereof.

"Issuer" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Issuer Resolution" means the resolution adopted by the Issuer that authorized the issuance of the Bonds, approved the terms and provisions of the Bonds, and approved those of the documents related to the Bonds to which the Issuer is a party.

"Letter of Credit" means the Existing Letter of Credit, issued in the form of Exhibit 1.01A to the Existing Agreement, as extended and amended by the Letter of Credit Amendment, and as it may from time to time be further extended, amended or otherwise modified pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

"Letter of Credit Amendment" means the First Amendment to Irrevocable Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank in favor of the Paying Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.01A-2 hereto.

"Lien" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.02(a) hereof.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement and the Security Documents, as each may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Major Electric Generating Plants" means the following nuclear, combustion turbine and coal, oil or diesel-fired generating stations of the Account Party: the Merrimack generating station located in Bow, New Hampshire; the Newington generating station located in Newington, New Hampshire; the Schiller generating station located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire; the White Lake combustion turbine located in Tamworth, New Hampshire; the Millstone Unit No. 3 generating station located in Waterford, Connecticut, and the Wyman Unit No. 4 generating station located in Yarmouth, Maine.

"Majority Lenders" means on any date of determination, (i) the Issuing Bank and (ii) Participating Banks who, collectively, on such date, have Participation Percentages in the aggregate of at least 66-2/3%. Determination of those Participating Banks satisfying the criteria specified above for action by the Majority Lenders shall be made by the Agent and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties absent manifest error.

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the Account Party's business, prospects, operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise), (ii) the Account Party's ability to perform under any Loan Document, Related Document, the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, (iii) the value, validity, perfection and enforceability of the any Lien granted under or in connection with any Security Document, or (iv) the ability of the Collateral Agent, the Agent or the Issuing Bank to enforce any of the obligations or any of their material rights and remedies under the Loan Documents; provided, that, any material adverse development with respect to the Rate Proceeding, the Rate Agreement or the Final Plan that results in a material adverse effect on the Account Party other than as described in the Disclosure Documents shall automatically be deemed to be a Material Adverse Effect.

"Merger" means (i) the merger on June 5, 1992 of NU Acquisition Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of NU, with and into the Account Party and (ii) the transfer on the same date by the Account Party, as so merged, of its right, title and interest in Seabrook to NAEC.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

"NAEC" means North Atlantic Energy Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of
NU.

"NHPUC" means the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission.

"1997 10-K" means the Account Party's 1997 Annual Report and its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

"NU" means Northeast Utilities, an unincorporated voluntary business association organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

"NUG Settlement" means any buy-out, buy-down or other transaction, or any other arrangement or agreement, entered into or proposed to be entered into by the Account Party to terminate or reduce, or to resolve a dispute concerning, an obligation of the Account Party to purchase power and/or capacity from a non-utility generator.

"NUSCO" means Northeast Utilities Service Company, a Connecticut corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of NU.

"Official Statement" means any Official Statement, Preliminary Official Statement or similar disclosure document relating to the Bonds (including in connection with the Fixed-Rate Conversion), and shall include any amendment, supplement or "sticker" thereto.

"Operating Income" means, for any period, the Account Party's operating income for such period, adjusted as follows:

(i) increased by the amount of income taxes (including New Hampshire Business Profits Tax and other comparable taxes) paid by the Account Party during such period, if and to the extent they are deducted in the computation of the Account Party's operating income for such period; and

(ii) increased by the amount of any depreciation deducted by the Account Party during such period; and

(iii) increased by the amount of any amortization of acquisition adjustment deducted by the Account Party during such period; and

(iv) decreased by the amount of any capital expenditures paid by the Account Party during such period.

"Original Closing Date" means the Business Day upon which each of the conditions precedent enumerated in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of the Existing Reimbursement Agreement were fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Participating Banks and the Account Party, which date was May 2, 1995.

"Original Indenture" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Other Reimbursement Agreement" means (i) the Second Series D Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1995, among the Account Party, Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as issuing bank and agent thereunder and the Participating Banks referred to therein relating to the Issuer's Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project-1991 Taxable Series D) and the Issuer's Pollution Control Refunding Revenue Bonds (Public Service Company of New Hampshire Project-1992 Tax-Exempt Series D), as amended by the Other Reimbursement Agreement Amendment and as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified or supplemented or (ii) any reimbursement agreement or similar agreement relating to a substitute credit facility applicable to such bonds.

"Other Reimbursement Agreement Amendment" means the First Amendment, dated the date hereof, to the Other Reimbursement Agreement.

"Participant" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.06(b) hereof.

"Participating Banks" means: (i) as of any date of determination prior to the Letter of Credit Amendment becoming effective in accordance with its terms, the Participating Banks parties to the Existing Reimbursement Agreement and
(ii) thereafter, the Persons listed on the signature pages to the Amendment following the heading "Participating Banks" and any other Person who becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 10.06 hereof.

"Participation Assignment" means a participation assignment entered into pursuant to Section 10.06 hereof by any Participating Bank and an assignee, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.01B hereto.

"Participation Percentage" means, with respect to any Participating Bank: (i) as of any date of determination prior to the Letter of Credit Amendment becoming effective in accordance with its terms, such Participating Bank's Participation Percentage as determined pursuant to the Existing Reimbursement Agreement (which, in the case of Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch is zero);
(ii) thereafter, (A) with respect to a Participating Bank initially a party to this Agreement, the percentage set forth opposite such Participating Bank's name on Schedule II to the Amendment, except as provided in clause
(iii), below and (B) with respect to a Participating Bank that becomes a party hereto by operation of Section 10.06(a) hereof, the Participation Percentage stated to be assumed by such assignee Participating Bank in the relevant Participation Assignment, except as provided in clause (iii), below, and (iii) at any time, with respect to any Participating Bank that assigns a percentage of its interests in accordance with Section 10.06(a) hereof, its Participation Percentage determined in accordance with clause (i) or clause
(ii), above, as reduced by the percentage so assigned.

"Paying Agent" means (i) U.S. Bank Trust National Association (formerly First Trust of New York, National Association), as the paying agent for the Bonds under the Indenture, and (ii) any successor paying agent for the Bonds under the Indenture.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor entity) established under ERISA.

"Permitted Investments" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than six (6) months from the date of acquisition by such Person; (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit, with maturities of not more than six (6) months from the date of acquisition by such Person, of any international commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and having a rating on its commercial paper of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's; (iii) commercial paper issued by any Person, which commercial paper is rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's and matures not more than six (6) months after the date of acquisition by such Person; (iv) investments in money market funds substantially all the assets of which are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and (v) United States Securities and Exchange Commission registered money market mutual funds conforming to Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 in effect in the United States, that invest primarily in direct obligations issued by the United States Treasury and repurchase obligations backed by those obligations, and rated in the highest category by S&P and Moody's.

"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

"Plan" means that certain Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Account Party, dated December 28, 1989, as confirmed by order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Hampshire on April 20, 1990.

"Pledge Agreement" means the Series E Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1991, by the Account Party in favor of Citibank, as amended by a First Amendment thereto, dated as of May 1, 1995 among the Account Party, Citibank and Swiss Bank, as agent and issuing bank under the Existing Reimbursement Agreement, and as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented.

"Pledged Bonds" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge Agreement.

"Preferred Stock" means 5,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Account Party (par value $25).

"Premium Component" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Principal Component" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Rate Agreement" means the Agreement dated as of November 22, 1989, as amended by the First Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 5, 1989, the Second Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 12, 1989, the Third Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of December 28, 1993, the Fourth Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of September 21, 1994 and the Fifth Amendment to Rate Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994, among NUSCO, the Governor and Attorney General of the State of New Hampshire and adopted by the Account Party as of July 10,1990 (excluding the Unit Contract appended as Exhibit A thereto subsequent to the effectiveness of such contract).

"Rate Proceeding" means all regulatory proceedings relating to the Account Party and resulting from the NHPUC's adoption of the Final Plan, together with the Federal litigation commenced by the Account Party and certain of its Affiliates in response thereto.

"Recipient" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 10.09 hereto.

"Related Documents" means the Letter of Credit, the Bonds, the Indenture and any Remarketing Agreement.

"Remarketing Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Indenture.

"Remarketing Agreement" means (i) the Remarketing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1991, between the Account Party and Goldman, Sachs Money Markets Inc. relating to the Taxable Bonds, (ii) the Remarketing Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1992, between the Account Party and Goldman, Sachs & Co. relating to the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, (iii) any similar agreement subsequently entered into with respect to any other Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds and (iv) any successor agreement to any of the foregoing or any similar agreement between the Account Party and a successor Remarketing Agent as shall be in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

"Restricted Payment" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.02(e) hereof.

"Revolving Credit Agent" means The Chase Manhattan Bank and any successor as "Administrative Agent" under (and as defined in) the Revolving Credit Agreement.

"Revolving Credit Agreement" means the $75,000,000 (original principal amount) Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Account Party, the Banks and Co-Agents named therein, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent; in each case as amended, modified or supplemented to the date hereof and as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented from and after the date hereof.

"Revolving Credit Lenders" means the Lenders from time to time under (and as defined in) the Revolving Credit Agreement.

"S&P" means Standard and Poor's Ratings Group or any successor thereto.

"Seabrook" means the nuclear-fueled, steam-electric generating plant at a site located in Seabrook, New Hampshire, and the related real property interests and other fixed assets of such plant.

"Secured Party" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Security Agreement" means the Assignment and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Account Party and the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Account Party has granted to the Collateral Agent a security interest in certain of the Account Party's accounts receivable, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

"Security Documents" means the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Indenture, the First Mortgage Indenture and the Series F First Mortgage Bonds.

"Series F First Mortgage Bonds" means the Account Party's Series F First Mortgage Bonds.

"Sharing Agreement" means the Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1992, among CL&P, Western Massachusetts Electric Company, Holyoke Water Power Company, Holyoke Power and Electric Company, the Account Party and NUSCO.

"Significant Contract" means the following contracts, in each case as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with this Agreement:

(i) the Agreement for Capacity Transfer;

(ii) the Sharing Agreement;

(iii) the Tax Allocation Agreement; and

(iv) the Unit Contract.

"Stated Amount" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement hereto.

"Stated Termination Date" means the expiration date specified in clause (i) of the first paragraph of Paragraph (1) of the Letter of Credit, as such date may be extended pursuant to Section 2.05 hereof

"Tax Allocation Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Tax Allocation Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1990, among NU and the members of the consolidated group of which NU is the common parent, including, without limitation, the Account Party.

"Taxable Bonds" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement.

"Tender Drawing" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Letter of Credit.

"Term Advance" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.02(b) hereof, and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Rate Advance (each of which shall be a "Type" of Term Advance). The Type of a Term Advance may change from time to time when such Term Advance is Converted. For purposes of this Agreement, all Term Advances of a Participating Bank (or portions thereof) made as, or Converted to, the same Type and Interest Period on the same day shall be deemed a single Term Advance by such Participating Bank until repaid or next Converted.

"Term Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of Term Advances of the same Type and Interest Period made on the same day by the Participating Banks, ratably in accordance with their respective Participation Percentages. A Term Borrowing may be referred to herein as being a "Type" of Term Borrowing, corresponding to the Type of Term Advances comprising such Term Borrowing. For purposes of this Agreement, all Term Advances made as, or Converted to, the same Type and Interest Period on the same day shall be deemed a single Term Borrowing until repaid or next Converted.

"Termination Date" means the Stated Termination Date or the earlier date of termination of the Commitments pursuant to Sections 2.02 or 8.02 hereunder.

"Total Capitalization" means, as of any day, the aggregate of all amounts that would, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the standards referred to in Section 1.03 hereof, appear on the balance sheet of the Account Party as at such day as the sum of (i) the principal amount of all long-term Debt of the Account Party on such day, (ii) the par value of, or stated capital represented by, the outstanding shares of all classes of common and preferred shares of the Account Party on such day, (iii) the surplus of the Account Party, paid-in, earned and other, if any, on such day and (iv) the unpaid principal amount of all short-term Debt of the Account Party on such day.

"Transaction Documents" means the Amendment, this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Other Reimbursement Agreement Amendment and the other documents to be delivered by or on behalf of the Account Party on or in connection with the Amendment Closing Date.

"Trustee" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Preliminary Statement hereto.

"Type" has the meaning assigned to such term in the definitions of "Term Advance" and "Term Borrowing" herein.

"Unit Contract" means the Unit Contract, dated as of June 1, 1992, between the Account Party and NAEC.

"Unmatured Default" means the occurrence and continuance of an event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

SECTION I.2. Computation of Time Periods. In the computation of periods of time under this Agreement any period of a specified number of days or months shall be computed by including the first day or month occurring during such period and excluding the last such day or month. In the case of a period of time "from" a specified date "to" or "until" a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" each means "to but excluding".

SECTION I.3. Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the application employed in the preparation of the financial projections and pro formas referred to in
Section 5.01 hereof.

SECTION I.4. Computations of Outstandings. Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the principal amount outstanding on any date under this Agreement, such reference shall refer to the sum of (i) the Available Amount on such date, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances outstanding on such date and (iii) the aggregate amount of all demand loans under Section 3.01 hereunder on such date, in each case after giving effect to all transactions to be made on such date and the application of the proceeds thereof.

ARTICLE II
THE LETTER OF CREDIT

SECTION II.1. The Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank issued the Existing Letter of Credit on the Original Closing Date. The Issuing Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (including, without limitation, the applicable conditions precedent set forth in the Amendment), to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment to the Paying Agent, upon not less than three Business Days prior notice from the Account Party, on the Amendment Closing Date.

SECTION II.2. Termination of the Commitments. The obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment shall automatically terminate if not delivered at or prior to 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on May 1, 1998.

SECTION II.3. Commissions and Fees. (a) The Account Party hereby agrees to pay to the Agent, for the account of the Participating Banks ratably in accordance with their respective Participation Percentages, a letter of credit commission on the Available Amount in effect from time to time from the date hereof until the Letter of Credit shall be surrendered for cancellation (disregarding for such purpose any temporary diminution thereof arising from drawings under the Letter of Credit to pay interest (or purchase price corresponding to interest) on the Bonds, regardless of whether the amount so drawn shall be thereafter reinstated), at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Commission, payable on the last business day of each month and upon such surrender ; provided that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Commission in effect from time to time shall be increased by a further 2%.

(b) The Account Party also agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the Participating Banks ratably in accordance with their respective Participation Percentages, such participation fees as have been agreed among them, the Account Party and the Agent, such participation fee to be payable in full simultaneously with the issuance of the Letter of Credit Amendment.

(c) The Account Party also agrees to pay to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such other fees as have been agreed upon by the Account Party and the Issuing Bank in that certain Fee Letter, dated February 25, 1998, between the Account Party and the Arrangers (the "Fee Agreement").

(d) The Account Party also agrees to pay to the Agent, for its own account and/or the account of Swiss Bank, such other fees as have been agreed upon by the Account Party and the Agent in the Fee Agreement.

SECTION II.4. Reinstatement of the Letter of Credit. (a) The Interest Component and the Principal Component shall, from time to time, be reinstated by the Issuing Bank in accordance with, and only to the extent provided in, the Letter of Credit. In no event shall reductions in the Premium Component be reinstated.

(b) Interest Component. With respect to reinstatement of reductions in the Interest Component resulting from Interest Drawings:

(i) The Issuing Bank may only deliver to the Paying Agent any notice of non- reinstatement pursuant to Paragraph 5(i)(A) of the Letter of Credit if (A) the Issuing Bank and/or the Participating Banks have not been reimbursed in full by the Account Party for one or more drawings, together with interest if any, owing thereon pursuant to this Agreement or (B) an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing.

(ii) if, subsequent to any such delivery of a notice of non-reinstatement, the circumstances giving rise to the delivery of such notice of non- reinstatement shall have ceased to exist (whether as a result of reimbursement of unreimbursed drawings, or waiver or cure of an Event of Default, or otherwise), then, provided that no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Paying Agent, by hand delivery or facsimile transmission, a Notice of Reinstatement in the form of Exhibit 5 to the Letter of Credit reinstating that portion of the Interest Component in respect of which such notice of non-reinstatement was given.

(c) Principal Component. With respect to reinstatement of a reduction in the Principal Component resulting from any Tender Drawing, IF:

(i) such reduction has not been reinstated pursuant to Paragraph 5(ii)(A) of the Letter of Credit;

(ii) the Issuing Bank and/or the Participating Banks shall have been reimbursed by the Account Party for such Tender Drawing;

(iii) any demand loan(s) and Advance(s) made in respect of such Tender Drawing shall have been repaid by the Account Party, together with any interest thereon and any other amounts payable hereunder in connection therewith; AND

(iv) no Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing;

THEN, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Paying Agent, by hand delivery or facsimile transmission, a Notice of Reinstatement in the form of Exhibit 5 to the Letter of Credit reinstating the Principal Component to the extent of such Tender Drawing.

SECTION II.5. Extension of the Stated Termination Date. Unless the Letter of Credit shall have previously expired in accordance with its terms, at least 105 days but not more than 120 days before the Stated Termination Date, the Account Party may, by notice to the Agent (any such notice being irrevocable), request the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks to extend the Stated Termination Date of the Letter of Credit for a period of one year. If the Account Party shall make such request, the Agent shall promptly inform the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and, no later than 60 days prior to the Stated Termination Date, the Agent shall notify the Account Party in writing (with a copy of such notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent) if the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks consent to such request and the conditions of such consent (including conditions relating to legal documentation). The granting of any such consent shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks, and if the Agent shall not so notify the Account Party, such lack of notification shall be deemed to be a determination not to consent to such request. No such extension shall occur unless the Issuing Bank and all of the Participating Banks consent thereto (or if less than all the Participating Banks consent thereto, unless one or more other Participating Banks agree to assume all of the Commitments of the non-consenting Participating Banks).

SECTION II.6. Modification of the Letter of Credit. In the event that the Account Party elects to cause the issuance of any additional series of Tax- Exempt Refunding Bonds (as defined in the Indenture) pursuant to Article IV of the Indenture, the Account Party may, but shall not be obligated to, propose amendments to the Letter of Credit to change the method of computing the Interest Component or such other terms thereof as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with such issuance. Any such proposal shall be furnished to the Issuing Bank in writing not later than 60 days prior to the date proposed for such issuance. If the Issuing Bank shall consent to such amendments (which consent, subject to the provisions of the next succeeding sentence, shall not be unreasonably withheld) the Issuing Bank shall, upon surrender of the Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof for amendment (or replacement, as the Issuing Bank may elect), amend the Letter of Credit accordingly (or issue a replacement Letter of Credit therefor reflecting such amendments but otherwise identical to the Letter of Credit so surrendered). Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of the requisite Participating Banks as determined in accordance with Section 10.01, the Issuing Bank shall not consent to any amendment or amendments that (i) increase the Stated Amount or the then-existing Available Amount, (ii) change or modify in any respect the Credit Termination Date or any provision for determining the expiry or other termination of the Letter of Credit, (iii) change or modify in any respect the times, places or manner at or in which drawings under the Letter of Credit are to be presented or paid, (iv) change or modify in any respect the forms of drawing certificates and other annexes to the Letter of Credit, (v) change the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit or the method prescribed therein for the transfer of the Letter of Credit or
(vi) as determined in the good faith discretion of the Issuing Bank and its counsel, increase or enlarge the scope, or modify the nature, of the Issuing Bank's and the Participating Banks' credit exposure to the Account Party or any legal risks related thereto or expose the Issuing Bank to any additional liability. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may condition the granting of such consent on the receipt by the Issuing Bank of such certificates, opinions of counsel and other assurances of the Account Party and its counsel, or bond counsel or the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require. Each Participating Bank, by its execution of this Agreement, or of the Participation Assignment pursuant to which it became a Participating Bank, consents to, ratifies and affirms all actions taken and to be taken by the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.06.

ARTICLE III
REIMBURSEMENT AND ADVANCES

SECTION III.1. Reimbursement on Demand. Subject to the provisions of
Section 3.02 hereof, the Account Party hereby agrees to pay (whether with the proceeds of Initial Advances made pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) to the Issuing Bank on demand (a) on and after each date on which the Issuing Bank shall pay any amount under the Letter of Credit pursuant to any draft, but only after so paid by the Issuing Bank, a sum equal to such amount so paid (which sum shall constitute a demand loan from the Issuing Bank to the Account Party from the date of such payment by the Issuing Bank until so paid by the Account Party), plus (b) interest on any amount remaining unpaid by the Account Party to the Issuing Bank under clause (a), above, from the date such amount becomes payable on demand until payment in full, at the Default Rate in effect from time to time. No reinstatement of the Interest Component or the Principal Component despite the failure by the Account Party to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any previous drawing to pay interest on the Bonds shall limit or impair the Account Party's obligations under this
Section 3.01.

SECTION III.2. Advances. Each Participating Bank agrees to make Initial Advances and Term Advances for the account of the Account Party from time to time upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; provided, that no Initial Advance or Term Advance shall be made in respect of the Fixed-Rate Conversion Drawing without the consent of the Issuing Bank and all of the Participating Banks.

(a) Initial Advances; Repayment of Initial Advances. If the Issuing Bank shall honor any Tender Drawing and if the conditions precedent set forth in
Section 5.03 of this Agreement have been satisfied as of the date of such honor, then, each Participating Bank's payment made to the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof in respect of such Tender Drawing shall be deemed to constitute an advance made for the account of the Account Party by such Participating Bank (each such advance being an "Initial Advance" made by such Participating Bank). Each Initial Advance shall be made as a Base Rate Advance, shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate and shall not be entitled to be Converted. Subject to Article VIII of this Agreement, each Initial Advance and all interest thereon shall be due and payable on the earlier to occur of (i) the date 30 days from the date of such Initial Advance (such repayment date being the "Initial Repayment Date" for such Initial Advance) and (ii) the Termination Date. The Account Party may repay the principal amount of any Initial Advance with (and to the extent of) the proceeds of a Term Advance made pursuant to subsection (b), below, and may prepay Initial Advances in accordance with Section 3.06 hereof.

(b) Term Advances; Repayment. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.04 hereof and the other conditions of this subsection (b), each Participating Bank agrees to make one or more advances for the account of the Account Party ("Term Advances") on each Initial Repayment Date in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of such Participating Bank's Initial Advances maturing on such Initial Repayment Date. All Term Advances comprising a single Term Borrowing shall be made upon written notice given by the Account Party to the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) (A) in the case of a Term Borrowing comprised of Base Rate Advances, on the Business Day of such proposed Term Borrowing or (B) in the case of a Term Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, three Business Days prior to the date of such proposed Term Borrowing. The Agent shall notify each Participating Bank of the contents of such notice promptly after receipt thereof. Each such notice shall specify therein the following information: (W) the date on which such Term Borrowing is to be made, (X) the principal amount of Term Advances comprising such Term Borrowing, (Y) the Type of Term Borrowing and (Z) subject to Section 3.05(c), the duration of the initial Interest Period, if applicable, proposed to apply to the Term Advances comprising such Term Borrowing. The proceeds of each Participating Bank's Term Advances shall be applied solely to the repayment of the Initial Advances made by such Participating Bank and shall in no event be made available to the Account Party. The principal amount of each Term Advance, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable on the earlier to occur of (x) the same calendar date occurring 12 months following the date upon which such Term Advance is made (or, if such month does not have a corresponding date, on the last day of such month) and (y) the Termination Date.

SECTION III.3. Interest on Advances. The Account Party shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal amount is paid in full at the applicable rate set forth below:

(a) Alternate Base Rate. Except to the extent that the Account Party shall elect to pay interest on any Advance for any Interest Period pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 3.03, the Account Party shall pay interest on each Advance (including all Initial Advances) from the date thereof until the date such Advance is due, at a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time equal to the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time. The Account Party shall pay interest on each Advance bearing interest in accordance with this subsection monthly in arrears on the last business day of each month and on the Termination Date or the earlier date for repayment of such Advance (including the Initial Repayment Date therefor, in the case of an Initial Advance); provided that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, any principal amounts outstanding shall bear interest during such period, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time.

(b) Interest Periods. Subject to the other requirements of this Section 3.03 and to Section 3.05(c), the Account Party may from time to time elect to have the interest on all Term Advances comprising part of the same Term Borrowing determined and payable for a specified period (an "Interest Period" for such Term Advances) in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section
3.03. The first day of an Interest Period for such Term Advances shall be the date such Advance is made or most recently Converted, which shall be a Business Day. All Interest Periods shall end on or prior to the Stated Termination Date. Any Interest Period for a Term Advance that would otherwise end after the Termination Date or earlier date for the repayment of such Advance shall be deemed to end on the Termination Date or such earlier repayment date, as the case may be.

(c) Eurodollar Rate. Subject to the requirements of this Section 3.03 and Article V hereof, the Account Party may from time to time elect to have any Term Advances comprising part of the same Term Borrowing made as, or Converted to, Eurodollar Rate Advances. Subject to Section 3.05(c), the Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be of one, two, three or six whole months' duration, as the Account Party shall select in its notice delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 3.02(b) or 3.04 hereof, as applicable. If the Account Party shall have made such election, the Account Party shall pay interest on such Eurodollar Rate Advances at the Eurodollar Rate for the applicable Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advances, which interest shall be payable on the last day of such Interest Period, on the date for repayment for such Eurodollar Rate Advances and also, in the case of any Interest Period of six months' duration, on that day of the third month of such Interest Period which corresponds with the first day of such Interest Period (or, if any such month does not have a corresponding day, then on the last day of such month); provided that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, any principal amounts outstanding shall bear interest during such period, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to (A) for the remaining term, if any, of the Interest Period for such Advance, 2% per annum above the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, and (B) thereafter, 2% per annum above the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time. Any Interest Period pertaining to Eurodollar Rate Advances that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month.

(d) Interest Rate Determinations. The Agent shall give prompt notice to the Account Party and the Participating Banks of the Eurodollar Rate determined from time to time by the Agent to be applicable to each Eurodollar Rate Advance.

SECTION III.4. Conversion of Term Advances. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.03 hereof, the Account Party may elect to Convert one or more Term Advances of any Type to one or more Term Advances of the same or any other Type on the following terms and subject to the following conditions:

(a) Each Conversion shall be made as to all Term Advances comprising a single Term Borrowing upon written notice given by the Account Party to the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion. The Agent shall notify each Participating Bank of the contents of such notice promptly after receipt thereof. Each such notice shall specify therein the following information:
(A) the date of such proposed Conversion (which in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Term Advances to be Converted), (B) Type of, and Interest Period, if any, applicable to the Term Advances proposed to be Converted, (C) the aggregate principal amount of Term Advances proposed to be Converted, and (D) the Type of Term Advances to which such Term Advances are proposed to be Converted and, subject to Section 3.05(c), the Interest Period, if any, to be applicable thereto.

(b) During the continuance of an Unmatured Default or an Event of Default, the right of the Account Party to Convert Term Advances to Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended, and all Eurodollar Rate Advances then outstanding shall be Converted to Base Rate Advances on the last day of the Interest Period then in effect, if, on such day, an Unmatured Default or an Event of Default shall be continuing.

(c) If no notice of Conversion is received by the Agent as provided in subsection (a) above with respect to any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Agent shall treat such absence of notice as a deemed notice of Conversion providing for such Advances to be Converted to Base Rate Advances on the last day of the Interest Period then in effect for such Eurodollar Rate Advances.

SECTION III.5. Other Terms Relating to the Making and Conversion of Advances. (a) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, above, to the contrary:

(i) at no time shall more than six different Term Borrowings be outstanding hereunder; and

(ii) each Term Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Each notice of borrowing pursuant to Section 3.02(b) hereof and each notice of Conversion pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof shall be irrevocable and binding on the Account Party.

(c) Until such time, if any, as the Majority Lenders shall otherwise agree, the Interest Period for all Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be one month.

SECTION III.6. Prepayment of Advances. (a) The Account Party shall have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Advances except in accordance with subsections (b) and (c) below.

(b) The Account Party may, upon at least one Business Day's notice to the Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment (and if such notice is given the Account Party shall), prepay, in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid, the outstanding principal amount of (i) all Initial Advances made on the same date or (ii) all Term Advances comprising the same Term Borrowing, in each case as the Account Party shall designate in such notice; provided, however, that each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount not less than $10,000,000, or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of all Advances then outstanding.

(c) Prior to or simultaneously with the resale of all of the Bonds purchased with the proceeds of a Tender Drawing, the Account Party shall prepay, or cause to be prepaid, in full, the then outstanding principal amount of all Initial Advances and of all Term Advances comprising the same Term Borrowing(s) arising pursuant to such Tender Drawing, together with all interest thereon to the date of such prepayment. If less than all of such Bonds are resold, then prior to or simultaneously with such resale the Account Party shall prepay or cause to be prepaid that portion of such Advances, together with all interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, equal to the then outstanding principal amount thereof multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the principal amount of the Bonds resold and the denominator of which shall be the principal amount of all of the Bonds purchased with the proceeds of the relevant Tender Drawing.

SECTION III.7. Participation; Reimbursement of Issuing Bank. (a) The Issuing Bank hereby sells and transfers to each Participating Bank, and each Participating Bank hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, an undivided interest and participation to the extent of such Participating Bank's Participation Percentage in and to (i) the Letter of Credit, including the obligations of the Issuing Bank under and in respect thereof and the Account Party's reimbursement and other obligations in respect thereof and (ii) each demand loan or deemed demand loan made by the Issuing Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising.

(b) if the Issuing Bank (i) shall not have been reimbursed in full for any payment made by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit on the date of such payment or (ii) shall make any demand loan to the Account Party, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent and the Agent shall promptly notify each Participating Bank of such non-reimbursement or demand loan and the amount thereof. Upon receipt of such notice from the Agent, each Participating Bank shall pay to the Issuing Bank, directly, an amount equal to such Participating Bank's ratable portion (according to such Participating Bank's Participation Percentage) of such unreimbursed amount or demand loan paid or made by the Issuing Bank, plus interest on such amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from the date of such payment by the Issuing Bank to the date of payment to the Issuing Bank by such Participating Bank. All such payments by each Participating Bank shall be made in United States dollars and in same day funds:

(x) not later than 2:45 P.M. (New York City time) on the day such notice is received by such Participating Bank if such notice is received at or prior to 12:30 P.M. (New York City nine) on a Business Day; or

(y) not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the Business Day next succeeding the day such notice is received by such Participating Bank, if such notice is received after 12:30 P.M. (New York City time) on a Business Day.

If a Participating Bank shall have paid to the Issuing Bank its ratable portion of any unreimbursed amount or demand loan paid or made by the Issuing Bank, together with all interest thereon required by the second sentence of this subsection (b), such Participating Bank shall be entitled to receive its ratable share of all interest paid by the Account Party in respect of such unreimbursed amount or demand loan from the date paid or made by the Issuing Bank. If such Participating Bank shall have made such payment to the Issuing Bank, but without all such interest thereon required by the second sentence of this subsection (b), such Participating Bank shall be entitled to receive its ratable share of the interest paid by the Account Party in respect of such unreimbursed amount or demand loan only from the date it shall have paid all interest required by the second sentence of this subsection (b).

(c) Each Participating Bank's obligation to make each payment to the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank's right to receive the same, shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, the foregoing or Section 4.06 hereof, or the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default, or the non-satisfaction of any condition precedent set forth in Sections 5.03 or 5.04 hereof, or the failure of any other Participating Bank to make any payment under this
Section 3.07. Each Participating Bank further agrees that each such payment shall be made without any offset abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(d) The failure of any Participating Bank to make any payment to the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (b) above, shall not relieve any other Participating Bank of its obligation to make payment, but neither the Issuing Bank nor any Participating Bank shall be responsible for the failure of any other Participating Bank to make such payment. If any Participating Bank shall fail to make any payment to the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (b) above, then such Participating Bank shall pay to the Issuing Bank forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day until the date such amount is repaid to the Issuing Bank at the Federal Funds Rate. Nothing herein shall in any way limit, waive or otherwise reduce any claims that any party hereto may have against any non-performing Participating Bank.

(e) If any Participating Bank shall fail to make any payment to the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (b) above, then, in addition to other rights and remedies which the Issuing Bank may have, the Agent is hereby authorized, at the request of the Issuing Bank, to withhold and to apply the payment of such amounts owing to such Participating Bank to the Issuing Bank and any related interest, that portion of any payment received by the Agent that would otherwise be payable to such Participating Bank. In furtherance of the foregoing, if any Participating Bank shall fail to make any payment to the Issuing Bank in accordance with subsection (b), above, and such failure shall continue for five Business Days following written notice of such failure from the Issuing Bank to such Participating Bank, the Issuing Bank may acquire, or transfer to a third party in exchange for the sum or sums due from such Participating Bank, such Participating Bank's interest in the related unreimbursed amounts and demand loans and all other rights of such Participating Bank hereunder in respect thereof, without, however, relieving such Participating Bank from any liability for damages, costs and expenses suffered by the Issuing Bank as a result of such failure. The purchaser of any such interest shall be deemed to have acquired an interest senior to the interest of such Participating Bank and shall be entitled to receive all subsequent payments which the Issuing Bank or the Agent would otherwise have made hereunder to such Participating Bank in respect of such interest.

ARTICLE IV
PAYMENTS

SECTION IV.1. Payments and Computations. (a) The Account Party shall make each payment hereunder (i) in the case of reimbursement obligations pursuant to Section 3.01 hereof (excluding any portion thereof in respect of which an Initial Advance is to be made), not later than 2:30 P.M. (New York City time) on the day the related drawing under the Letter of Credit is paid by the Issuing Bank, and (ii) in all other cases, not later than 12:30 P.M. (New York City time) on the day when due, in each case in lawful money of the United States of America to the Agent at its address referred to in Section 10.02 hereof in same day funds. The Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of reimbursements, principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks to whom the same are payable, ratably, at its address set forth in Section 10.02 hereof (in the case of the Issuing Bank) or for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices (in the case of the Participating Banks), in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) The Account Party hereby authorizes the Issuing Bank, and each Participating Bank, if and to the extent payment owed to the Issuing Bank, or such Participating Bank, as the case may be, is not made when due hereunder, to charge from time to time against any or all of the Account Party's accounts with the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, as the case may be, any amount so due.

(c) All computations of interest based on the Alternate Base Rate when based on Swiss Bank's prime rate referred to in the definition of "Alternate Base Rate" shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual days elapsed. All other computations of interest hereunder (including computations of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate and the Federal Funds Rate (including the Alternate Base Rate if and so long as such Rate is based on the Federal Funds Rate)), all computations of commissions and fees hereunder and all computations of other amounts pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, shall be made by the Agent or the party claiming such other amounts, as the case may be, on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual days elapsed. In each such case, such computation shall be made for the actual number of days (including the first day, but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest, commissions or fees are payable. Each such determination by the Agent or a Participating Bank, as the case may be, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d) Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due, or the last day of an Interest Period hereunder shall be stated to occur, on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made and the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest, commissions and fees hereunder; provided, however, that if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made, or the last day of an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Advance to occur, in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day and such reduction of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest hereunder.

(e) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Account Party prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks hereunder that the Account Party will not make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that the Account Party has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to the Issuing Bank and/or each Participating Bank on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank. If and to the extent the Account Party shall not have so made such payment in full to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and/or each such Participating Bank shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank, together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank until the date the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank repays such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

(f) If, after the Agent has paid to the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank any amount pursuant to subsection (a) above, such payment is rescinded or must otherwise be returned or must be paid over by the Agent or the Issuing Bank to any Person, whether pursuant to any bankruptcy or insolvency law, Section 4.04 hereof or otherwise, such Participating Bank shall, at the request of the Agent or the Issuing Bank, promptly repay to the Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, an amount equal to its ratable share of such payment, together with any interest required to be paid by the Agent or the Issuing Bank with respect to such payment.

SECTION IV.2. Default Interest. Any amounts payable hereunder that are not paid when due shall (to the fullest extent permitted by law) bear interest, from the date when due until paid in full, at the Default Rate, payable on demand.

SECTION IV.3. Yield Protection. (a) Change in Circumstances. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if after the date hereof; the adoption of or any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law) shall (i) change the basis of taxation of payments to the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank of the principal of or interest on any Eurodollar Rate Advance made by such Participating Bank or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder (other than changes in respect of taxes imposed on the overall net income of the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, or its Applicable Lending Office, by the jurisdiction in which the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank has its principal office or in which such Applicable Lending Office is located or by any political subdivision or taxing authority therein), or (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against letters of credit (or participatory interests therein) issued by, commitments or assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, or (iii) shall impose on the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank any other condition affecting this Agreement, the Letter of Credit or participatory interests therein or Eurodollar Rate Advances, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be (A) to increase the cost to the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank of issuing, maintaining or participating in this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or of agreeing to make, making or maintaining any Advance or (B) to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Account Party will pay to the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, upon demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital. If the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank shall have determined that the applicability of any law, rule, regulation or guideline adopted pursuant to or arising out of the July 1988 report of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards", or the adoption after the date hereof of any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any of the foregoing or in the interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank (or any Applicable Lending Office of the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank), or any holding company of any such entity, with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect (i) of reducing the rate of return on such entity's capital or on the capital of such entity's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Letter of Credit or such entity's participatory interest therein, any Commitment hereunder or the portion of the Advances made by such entity pursuant hereto to a level below that which such entity or such entity's holding company could have achieved, but for such applicability, adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such entity's policies and the policies of such entity's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), or (ii) of increasing or otherwise determining the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such entity or such entity's holding company based upon the existence of this Agreement, the Letter of Credit or such entity's participatory interest therein, any Commitment hereunder, the portion of the Advances made by such entity pursuant hereto and other similar such credits, participations, commitments, agreements or assets, then from time to time the Account Party shall pay to the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, upon demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such entity or such entity's holding company for any such reduction or allocable capital cost suffered.

(c) Eurodollar Reserves. The Account Party shall pay to each Participating Bank upon demand, so long as such Participating Bank shall be required under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Participating Bank's portion of each Eurodollar Rate Advance, from the date of such Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the rate described in clause (i) of the definition of "Eurodollar Rate" for the Interest Period for such Advance from
(ii) the rate obtained by dividing such rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage of such Participating Bank for such Interest Period. Such additional interest shall be determined by such Participating Bank and notified to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank.

(d) Breakage Indemnity. The Account Party shall indemnify each Participating Bank against any loss, cost or reasonable expense which such Participating Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) any failure by the Account Party to fulfill on the date of any Advance or Conversion hereunder the applicable conditions set forth in Articles III and V, (ii) any failure by the Account Party to Convert any Advance hereunder after irrevocable notice of Conversion has been given pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof, (iii) any payment, prepayment or Conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Advance required or permitted by any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise made or deemed made on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iv) any default in payment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Advance or any part thereof or interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at the due date thereof, by irrevocable notice of prepayment or otherwise) or (v) the occurrence of any Event of Default, including, in each such case, any loss or reasonable expense sustained or incurred or to be sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain such Advance or any part thereof as a Eurodollar Rate Advance. Such loss, cost or reasonable expense shall include an amount equal to the excess, if any, as reasonably determined by such Participating Bank, of (A) its cost of obtaining the funds for the Advance being paid, prepaid, Converted or not borrowed (based on the Eurodollar Rate) for the period from the date of such payment, prepayment, Conversion or failure to borrow to the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, the Interest Period for such Advance which would have commenced on the date of such failure) over (B) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Participating Bank) that would be realized by such Participating Bank in reemploying the funds so paid, prepaid, Converted or not borrowed for such period or Interest Period, as the case may be. For purposes of this subsection (d), it shall be presumed that each Participating Bank shall have funded each such Advance with a fixed-rate instrument bearing the rates and maturities designated in the determination of the applicable interest rate for such Advance.

(e) Notices. A certificate of the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank setting forth such entity's claim for compensation hereunder and the amount necessary to compensate such entity or its holding company pursuant to subsections (a) through (d) of this Section 4.03 shall be submitted to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. The Account Party shall pay the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank directly the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten days after its receipt of the same. The failure of any entity to provide such notice or to make demand for payment under this
Section 4.03 shall not constitute a waiver of such Participating Bank's rights hereunder; provided, that such entity shall not be entitled to demand payment pursuant to subsections (a) through (d) of this Section 4.03 in respect of any loss, cost, expense, reduction or reserve if such demand is made more than one year following the later of such entity's incurrence or sufferance thereof or such entity's actual knowledge of the event giving rise to such entity's rights pursuant to such subsections. The protection of this
Section 4.03 shall be available to the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed.

(f) Change in Legality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any Participating Bank to make or maintain any Eurodollar Rate Advance or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance, then, by written notice to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank, such Participating Bank may:

(i) declare that Eurodollar Rate Advances will not thereafter be made by such Participating Bank hereunder, whereupon the right of the Account Party to select Eurodollar Rate Advances for any Advance or Conversion shall be forthwith suspended until such Participating Bank shall withdraw such notice as provided hereinbelow or shall cease to be a Participating Bank hereunder; and

(ii) require that all outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances be Converted to Base Rate Advances, in which event all Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be automatically Converted to Base Rate Advances as of the effective date of such notice as provided hereinbelow.

Upon receipt of any such notice, the Agent shall promptly notify the Participating Banks thereof. Promptly upon becoming aware that the circumstances that caused such Participating Bank to deliver such notice no longer exist, such Participating Bank shall deliver notice thereof to the Account Party and the Agent withdrawing such prior notice (but the failure to do so shall impose no liability upon such Participating Bank). Promptly upon receipt of such withdrawing notice from such Participating Bank, the Agent shall deliver notice thereof to the Account Party and the Participating Banks and such suspension shall terminate. Prior to any Participating Bank giving notice to the Account Party under this subsection (f), such Participating Bank shall use reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office, if such change would avoid such unlawfulness and would not, in the sole determination of such Participating Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Participating Bank. Any notice to the Account Party by any Participating Bank shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Rate Advance on the last day of the Interest Period currently applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Advance; provided that if such notice shall state that the maintenance of such Advance until such last day would be unlawful, such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Account Party and the Agent.

(g) Market Rate Disruptions. If, (i) the Agent determines that an adequate basis does not exist for the determination of the Eurodollar Rate for Eurodollar Rate Advances or (ii) if the Majority Lenders shall notify the Agent that the Eurodollar Rate will not adequately reflect the cost to such Majority Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Eurodollar Rate Advances, the right of the Account Party to select or receive or Convert into Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be forthwith suspended until the Agent shall notify the Account Party and the Participating Banks that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and until such notification from the Agent, each request for or Conversion into Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder shall be deemed to be a request for or Conversion into Base Rate Advances.

SECTION IV.4. Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Participating Bank shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise, but excluding any proceeds received by assignments or sales of participations in accordance with Section 10.06 hereof to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Account Party) on account of the Advances owing to it (other than pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof) in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of the Advances obtained by all the Participating Banks, such Participating Batik shall forthwith purchase from the other Participating Banks such participation in the portions of the Advances owing to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Participating Bank to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Participating Bank, such purchase from each Participating Bank shall be rescinded and such Participating Bank shall repay to the purchasing Participating Bank the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Participating Bank's ratable share (according to the proportion of
(i) the amount of such Participating Bank's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Participating Bank) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Participating Bank in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Account Party agrees that any Participating Bank so purchasing a participation from another Participating Bank pursuant to this Section 4.04 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Participating Bank were the direct creditor of the Account Party in the amount of such participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Participating Bank shall obtain any such excess payment involuntarily, such Participating Bank may, in lieu of purchasing participation from the other Participating Banks in accordance with this Section 4.04, on the date of receipt of such excess payment, return such excess payment to the Agent for distribution in accordance with Section 4.01(a) hereof.

SECTION IV.5. Taxes. (a) All payments by the Account Party hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 4.01, free and clear of and without deduction for all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Participating Bank and the Issuing Bank, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) is organized or any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Participating Bank, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of such Participating Bank's Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Account Party shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.05) such Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Account Party shall make such deductions and (iii) the Account Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Account Party agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

(c) The Account Party will indemnify each Participating Bank and the Issuing Bank for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes and any Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 4.05) paid by such Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor. If any Taxes or Other Taxes for which a Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank has received payments from the Account Party hereunder shall be finally determined to have been incorrectly or illegally asserted and are refunded to such Participating Bank, such Participating Bank shall promptly forward to the Account Party any such refunded amount. The Account Party's, the Issuing Bank's and each Participating Bank's obligations under this Section 4.05 shall survive the payment in full of the Advances.

(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Account Party will furnish to the Issuing Bank, at its address referred to in Section 10.02 hereof the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(e) Each Participating Bank not incorporated in the United States or a jurisdiction within the United States shall, on or prior to the date it becomes a Participating Bank hereunder, deliver to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank such certificates, documents or other evidence, as required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code"), or treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto, including Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 and any other certificate or statement of exemption required by Treasury Regulation Section l.1441-1(a) or Section 1.1441-6(c) or any subsequent version thereof, properly completed and duly executed by such Participating Bank establishing that it is (i) not subject to withholding under the Code or (ii) totally exempt from United States of America tax under a provision of an applicable tax treaty. Each Participating Bank shall promptly notify the Account Party and the Issuing Bank of any change in its Applicable Lending Office and shall deliver to the Account Party and the Issuing Bank together with such notice such certificates, documents or other evidence referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Unless the Account Party and the Issuing Bank have received forms or other documents satisfactory to them indicating that payments hereunder are not subject to United States of America withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Account Party or the Issuing Bank shall withhold taxes from such payments at the applicable statutory rate in the case of payments to or for any Participating Bank organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States of America. Each Participating Bank represents and warrants that each such form supplied by it to the Issuing Bank and the Account Party pursuant to this Section 4.05, and not superseded by another form supplied by it is or will be, as the case may be, complete and accurate.

(f) Any Participating Bank claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.05 shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested by the Account Party or to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a filing or change would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any such additional amounts which may thereafter accrue and would not, in the sole determination of such Participating Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Participating Bank.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4.05, the failure or inability of any Participating Bank to provide any of the forms referred to therein shall not relieve the Account Party from its obligations under Sections 4.05(a), 4.05(b) and 4.05(c).

SECTION IV.6. Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Account Party under this Agreement shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time) under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents or Related Documents or any document or agreement delivered in connection therewith;

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Account Party in respect of the Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the Loan Documents or the Related Documents or any document or agreement delivered in connection therewith;

(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Account Party may have at any time against the Paying Agent, the Trustee or any other beneficiary, or any transferee, of the Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities for whom the Paying Agent, the Trustee, any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Issuing Bank, or any other person or entity, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated in any of the Loan Documents or the Related Documents, or any unrelated transaction;

(iv) any statement or any other document presented under the Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that the Issuing Bank shall have engaged in gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect thereto;

(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate which does not comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit, except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that the Issuing Bank shall have engaged in gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect thereto;

(vi) any exchange of, release of or non-perfection of any interest in any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Account Party in respect of the Letter of Credit; or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

SECTION IV.7. Evidence of Indebtedness. The Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank shall maintain, in accordance with their usual practice, an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Account Party resulting from each drawing under the Letter of Credit (in the case of the Issuing Bank) and from each Advance (in the case of each Participating Bank) made from time to time hereunder and the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid from time to time hereunder. In any legal action or proceeding in respect of this Agreement, the entries made in such account or accounts shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Account Party therein recorded.

ARTICLE V
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION V.1. Conditions Precedent to the Issuance of the Letter of Credit. The obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit and of each Participating Bank to make the Advances to be made by it is subject to the fulfillment of the conditions precedent that the Agent shall have received on or before the day of such issuance the following, each dated such day (except where specified otherwise below), in form and substance satisfactory to each Participating Bank (except where specified otherwise below) and in sufficient copies for each Participating Bank:

(a) Agreements:

(i) Counterparts of this Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Account Party, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank.

(ii) Counterparts of the Pledge Amendment, duly executed by the Account Party, Citibank, the Agent and the Issuing Bank, and copies of the Pledge Agreement.

(iii) For each Participating Bank who shall so request, executed copies (or duplicate copies thereof certified as of the Closing Date by the Account Party in a manner satisfactory to the Agent to be a true copy) of each other Security Document, duly executed by the parties thereto.

(iv) For each Participating Bank who shall so request, executed copies (or duplicate copies thereof certified as of the Closing Date by the Account Party in a manner satisfactory to the Agent to be a true copy) of the Rate Agreement and each Significant Contract and all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, in each such case duly executed by the respective parties thereto.

(b) Corporate Matters:

(i) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Account Party certifying that (A) there has been delivered to the Agent, and to each other Participating Bank known to such officers to have so requested, true and correct copies of the Articles of Incorporation of the Account Party and the By-laws of the Account Party, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date and (B) attached to such certificate are true and correct copies of the resolutions of the Boards of Directors of the Account Party approving, if and to the extent necessary, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Related Documents to which it is a party and the other documents to be delivered by or on behalf of the Account Party hereunder and thereunder, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action, if any, with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by or on behalf of the Account Party of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and such Related Documents and certifying that such resolutions and other corporate actions, if any, are in full force and effect and have not been revoked, rescinded or modified.

(ii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Account Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Account Party authorized to sign this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder.

(c) Governmental Approvals, Litigation and the Merger:

(i) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Account Party certifying that attached thereto are true and correct copies of all Governmental Approvals referred to in clause (i) of the definition of "Governmental Approval" required to be obtained or made by the Account Party in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of the Letter of Credit.

(ii) A certificate signed by the Assistant General Counsel of NUSCO certifying that no court has granted a motion for stay or any request for similar relief in connection with the Plan, the Merger, the Loan Documents, the Related Documents or the transactions contemplated thereunder.

(iii) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Account Party to the effect that there is no pending or known threatened action or proceeding (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding relating to any environmental protection laws or regulations) affecting the Account Party or its properties before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator (A) which affects or purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the Related Documents or any of them or (B) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and which, if adversely determined, would materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party; except, for purposes of clause (B) only, such as is described in the Account Party's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 or in Schedule II hereto.

(iv) Certificates signed by duly authorized officers of the Account Party and NU to the effect that all conditions to the occurrence of the Merger were satisfied or waived and the Merger was consummated on June 5, 1992.

(d) Financial Accounting and Compliance Matters:

(i) An audited balance sheet of the Account Party as at December 31, 1994 and the related statements of the Account Party's results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows for and as of the year then ended, together with copies of all Current Reports, if any, filed by the Account Party with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or after December 31, 1994.

(ii) A certificate signed by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party, certifying as to the absence of any material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party since December 31, 1994.

(iii) Financial projections, on assumptions acceptable to the Participating Banks, demonstrating projected compliance with Section 7.01(i) of the Existing Agreement and the terms of this Agreement and the Financing Agreements.

(iv) A certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of NU, certifying as to the absence of any material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of NU since December 31, 1994.

(v) A certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Account Party to the effect that:

(A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.01 are correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date before and after giving effect to the issuance of the Letter of Credit;

(B) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes an Event of Default or Unmatured Default, or would result from the issuance of the Letter of Credit;

(C) the Financing Agreements are in full force and effect and no "Event of Default" or "Unmatured Default" (as defined therein) has occurred and is continuing; and

(D) the Series F First Mortgage Bonds were duly issued to the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, are presently outstanding, and no "Event of Default" (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture) has occurred and is continuing.

(e) Relating to the Issuance of the Bonds:

(i) A letter from Palmer & Dodge, Bond Counsel, addressed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and stating therein that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks may rely on the opinions of such firm rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, together with copies of all such opinions.

(ii) A letter from Palmer & Dodge, counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and stating therein that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks may rely on the opinions of such firm rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, together with copies of all such opinions.

(iii) A letter from Sulloway & Hollis, New Hampshire counsel to the Account Party, addressed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and stating therein that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks may rely on the opinion of such firm rendered in connection with the issuance of the Taxable Bonds, together with a copy of such opinion.

(iv) A letter from Day, Berry & Howard, counsel to the Account Party, addressed to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks and stating therein that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks may rely on the opinions of such firm rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, together with copies of all such opinions.

(v) Copies of the opinions of Drummond Woodsum & MacMahon, special Maine counsel to the Account Party, rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, authorizing reliance thereon by (A) Day, Berry & Howard in connection with the corresponding opinions of that firm referred to in clause (iv), above, and (B) by any party authorized to rely on such opinions of Day, Berry & Howard.

(vi) Copies of the opinions of Zuccaro, Willis & Bent special Vermont counsel to the Account Party, rendered in connection with the respective issuances of the Taxable Bonds and the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds, authorizing reliance thereon by (A) Day, Berry & Howard in connection with the corresponding opinions of that firm referred to in clause (iv), above, and (B) by any party authorized to rely on such opinions of Day, Berry & Howard.

(vii) Copies of all such other agreements, documents and materials (including opinions of counsel or reliance letters in respect thereof) as the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank may reasonably request relating to the issuance, offering and sale of the Taxable Bonds, the Existing Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds and the Series F First Mortgage Bonds.

(f) Opinions of Counsel:

Favorable opinions of:

(i) Day, Berry & Howard, counsel to the Account Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01A and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request;

(ii) Rath, Young and Pignatelli, P.A., special New Hampshire counsel to the Account Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01B and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request;

(iii) Jeffrey C. Miller, Assistant General Counsel of NUSCO, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01C and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request;

(iv) Drummond Woodsum & MacMahon, special Maine counsel to the Account Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01D and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request;

(v) Zuccaro Willis & Bent, special Vermont counsel to the Account Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01E and as to such other matters as the Majority Lenders, through the Agent, may reasonably request; and

(vi) King & Spalding, special New York counsel to the Agent and the Issuing Bank, in substantially the form of Exhibit 5.01F.

(g) Miscellaneous:

(i) A certificate of Citibank, as agent thereunder, to the effect that (A) all amounts payable in connection with the Existing Reimbursement Agreement and the letter of credit issued thereunder have been paid to it and (B) it thereby surrenders any and all rights it may have under the Related Documents arising in connection with the Existing Reimbursement Agreement and the letter of credit issued thereunder, except for any such rights it may have as an indemnified party thereunder.

(ii) Letters from S&P and Moody's to the effect that the Taxable Bonds have been rated A-1+ and P-1, respectively, and the Tax-Exempt Refunding Bonds have been rated A-1+ and VMIG-1, respectively, and that the issuance of the Letter of Credit in substitution for the Existing Letter of Credit will not, by itself, result in a lowering of such ratings, such letters to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Bank.

(iii) Such other approvals, opinions and documents as the Majority Lenders, through the Issuing Bank, may reasonably request as to the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the financial condition, properties, operations or prospects of the Account Party.

SECTION V.2. Additional Conditions Precedent to the Issuance of the Letter of Credit. The obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit and of each Participating Bank to make the Advances to be made by it shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that, on the date of the issuance of the Letter of Credit:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.01 shall be correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date before and after giving effect to the issuance of the Letter of Credit;

(b) no event shall have occurred and be continuing which constitutes an Event of Default or Unmatured Default, or would result from the issuance of the Letter of Credit;

(c) no "Event of Default" (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing;

(d) the Series F First Mortgage Bonds shall have been duly issued to the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, and be outstanding, and no "Event of Default" (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(e) The Account Party shall have paid all fees under or referenced in
Section 2.03 hereof, to the extent then due and payable.

SECTION V.3. Conditions Precedent to Initial Advances and Conversions of Advances. The obligation of each Participating Bank to make any Initial Advance or to Convert any Term Advance shall be subject to the conditions precedent that, on the date of such Initial Advance or Conversion, the following statements shall be true:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.01 of this Agreement (other than the last sentence of subsection (e) and clause (ii) of subsection (f) thereof) are true and correct on and as of the date of such Initial Advance or Conversion, before and after giving effect to such Initial Advance or Conversion and to the application of the proceeds (if any) therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and

(b) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes an Event of Default.

Unless the Account Party shall have previously advised the Agent in writing that one or more of the statements contained in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 5.03 is no longer true, the Account Party shall be deemed to have represented and warranted, on and as of the date of any Initial Advance or Conversion, that the above statements are true.

SECTION V.4. Conditions Precedent to Term Advances. The obligation of each Participating Bank to make any Term Advance shall be subject to the conditions precedent that, on the date of such Term Advance the following statements shall be true:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.01 of this Agreement (including the last sentence of subsection (e) and clause (ii) of subsection (f) thereof) are true and correct on and as of the date of such Term Advance, before and after giving effect to such Term Advance and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and

(b) no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes an Event of Default or an Unmatured Default.

Unless the Account Party shall have previously advised the Agent in writing that one or more of the statements contained in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 5.04 is no longer true, the Account Party shall be deemed to have represented and warranted, on and as of the date of any Term Advance, that the above statements are true.

SECTION V.5. Reliance on Certificates. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon the certificates delivered from time to time by officers of the Account Party, NU, NUSCO and the other parties to the Loan Documents, Related Documents and the Significant Contracts as to the names, incumbency, authority and signatures of the respective persons named therein until such time as the Agent may receive a replacement certificate, in form acceptable to the Agent, from an officer of such Person identified to the Agent as having authority to deliver such certificate, setting forth the names and true signatures of the officers and other representatives of such Person thereafter authorized to act on behalf of such Person.

ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION VI.1. Representations and Warranties of the Account Party. The Account Party represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Account Party is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire. The Account Party is duly qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business or the nature of property owned or used by it makes such qualifications necessary.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Account Party of the Rate Agreement and of each Transaction Document, Loan Document, Related Document and Significant Contract to which it is a party, are within the Account Party's corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and will not contravene (i) the Account Party's charter or bylaws or (ii) any law or legal or contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Account Party; and such execution, delivery and performance do not or will not result in or require the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant hereto or pursuant to the Security Documents) upon or with respect to any of its properties.

(c) All Governmental Approvals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of "Governmental Approvals" have been duly obtained or made, and all applicable periods of time for review, rehearing or appeal with respect thereto have expired, except as described in the several opinions of counsel delivered pursuant to Article III of the Amendment. The Account Party has obtained or made all Governmental Approvals referred to in clause (iii) of the definition of "Governmental Approvals", except those which are not yet required but which are obtainable in the ordinary course of business as and when required and those the absence of which would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party as a whole.

(d) This Agreement, the Rate Agreement, each other Transaction Document, Loan Document, Related Document and each Significant Contract to which the Account Party is a party have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Account Party and are legal, valid and binding obligations of the Account Party enforceable against the Account Party in accordance with their respective terms; subject to the qualifications, however, that the enforcement of the rights and remedies herein and therein is subject to bankruptcy and other similar laws of general application affecting rights and remedies of creditors and the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law), that the remedy of specific performance or of injunctive relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings therefor may be brought and that indemnification against violations of securities and similar laws may be subject to matters of public policy.

(e) The audited balance sheet of the Account Party as at December 31, 1997 and the related statements of the Account Party setting forth the results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows of the Account Party for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to each Participating Bank, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows of the Account Party at and for the year ended on such date, and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Except as reflected in such financial statements, the Account Party has no material non-contingent liabilities, and all contingent liabilities have been appropriately reserved. The financial projections referred to in
Section 3.02(d)(ii) of the Amendment have been prepared in good faith and on reasonable assumptions. Since December 31, 1997, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party, other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents; provided, however, that the existence of the Rate Proceeding shall not be deemed in and of itself to be a material adverse change; provided, further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a material adverse change shall be deemed to have occurred and be continuing upon the occurrence of a material adverse change or development in the Rate Proceeding.

(f) Except as set forth in the Disclosure Documents, there is no pending or known threatened action or proceeding (including, without limitation, any action or proceeding relating to any environmental protection laws or regulations) affecting the Account Party or its properties before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator (i) which affects or purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Loan Documents or the Related Documents, the Rate Agreement, or any Significant Contract, or any of them or (ii) which, if adversely determined, would materially adversely affect the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party as a whole. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any material adverse development in respect of the Rate Proceeding, the Rate Agreement or the Final Plan that results, or would reasonably be expected to result, in a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party as a whole, shall be deemed to be an event within clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

(g) All insurance required by Section 7.01(c) hereof is in full force and effect.

(h) No ERISA Plan Termination Event has occurred nor is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any ERISA Plan which would materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party, except as disclosed to and consented by the Majority Lenders in writing. Since the date of the most recent Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report of the Account Party (Form 5500 Series), if any, there has been no material adverse change in the funding status of the ERISA Plans referred to therein and no "prohibited transaction" has occurred with respect thereto, except as described in the 1997 10-K and except as the same may be exempt pursuant to Section 408 of ERISA and regulations and orders thereunder. Neither the Account Party nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred nor reasonably expects to incur any material withdrawal liability under ERISA to any ERISA Multiemployer Plan, except as disclosed to and consented by the Majority Lenders in writing.

(i) The Major Electric Generating Plants are on land in which the Account Party owns a full or an undivided fee interest subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.02(a) hereof, which do not materially impair the usefulness to the Account Party of such properties; the electric transmission and distribution lines of the Account Party in the main are located in New Hampshire and on land owned in fee by the Account Party or over which the Account Party has easements, or are in or over public highways or public waters pursuant to adequate statutory or regulatory authority, and any defects in the title to such transmission and distribution lands or easements are in the main curable by the exercise of the Account Party's right of eminent domain upon a finding that such eminent domain proceedings are necessary to meet the reasonable requirements of service to the public; the Account Party enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all of the leases under which it is operating, none of which contains any unusual or burdensome provision which will materially affect or impair the operation of the Account Party; and the Security Documents will create valid Liens in the Collateral, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.02(a) hereof, and all filings and other actions necessary to perfect and protect such security interests (to the extent such security interests may be perfected or protected by filing) have been taken; provided, however, that no representation is made as to any Lien purported to be created in favor of the Trustee with respect to any interest of the Issuer in the Indenture.

(j) No material part of the properties, business or operations of the Account Party are materially adversely affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor disputes, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (except for any such circumstance, if any, which is covered by insurance which coverage has been confirmed and not disputed by the relevant insurer or by fully-funded self-insurance programs).

(k) The Account Party has filed all tax returns (Federal, state and local) required to be filed and paid taxes shown thereon to be due, including interest and penalties, or, to the extent the Account Party is contesting in good faith an assertion of liability based on such returns, has provided adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for payment thereof.

(l) No exhibit, schedule, report or other written information provided by the Account Party or its agents to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks in connection with the negotiation, execution and closing of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, or the issuance of the Bonds (including, without limitation, the Information Memorandum and the Official Statements) knowingly contained when made any material misstatement of fact or knowingly omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(m) No event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a material default under the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract.

(n) The Account Party has not, either directly or indirectly, made any investment in, or loans to, any Affiliate of the Account Party, other than such investments or loans as were outstanding on the date hereof.

(o) No proceeds of any Advance will be used (i) to acquire any equity security of a class which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or (ii) to buy or carry any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to others for such purpose. The Account Party (X) is not an "investment company" within the meaning ascribed to that term in the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (Y) is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying margin stock.

ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS OF THE ACCOUNT PARTY

SECTION VII.1. Affirmative Covenants. So long as any amounts shall remain available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Advance or other amounts shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Participating Bank shall have any Commitment, the Account Party will, unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a) Use of Proceeds. Apply all proceeds of each Advance solely as specified in Section 3.02 and Section 6.01(o) hereof.

(b) Payment of Taxes, Etc. Pay and discharge before the same shall become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges, royalties or levies imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent the Account Party is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for the payment thereof.

(c) Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, or cause to be maintained, insurance (including appropriate plans of seif-insurance) covering the Account Party and its properties in effect at all times in such amounts and covering such risks as may be required by law and in addition as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties.

(d) Preservation of Existence, Etc. Preserve and maintain its corporate existence, material rights (statutory and otherwise) and franchises except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Security Documents.

(e) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, including without limitation any such laws, rules, regulations and orders relating to utilities, zoning, environmental protection, use and disposal of Hazardous Substances, land use, construction and building restrictions, and employee safety and health matters relating to business operations, except to the extent (i) that the Account Party is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (ii) that any such non-compliance, and the enforcement or correction thereof, would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party as a whole.

(f) Inspection Rights. At any time and from time to time upon reasonable notice, permit the Agent and its agents and representatives to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and the properties of, the Account Party and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Account Party with the Account Party and of its officers, directors and accountants.

(g) Keeping of Books. Keep proper records and books of account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions of the Account Party and the assets and business of the Account Party, in accordance with good accounting practices consistently applied.

(h) Performance of Related Agreements. Perform and observe all material terms and provisions of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Rate Agreement and each Significant Contract to be performed or observed by the Account Party and take all reasonable steps to enforce such agreements substantially in accordance with their terms and to preserve the rights of the Account Party thereunder; provided, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.01(h) shall not preclude the Account Party from any waiver, amendment, modification, consent or termination (i) made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04 hereof (in the case of the Revolving Credit Agreement) or (ii) permitted under Section 7.02(g) hereof (in the case of the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract).

(i) Collection of Accounts Receivable. Promptly bill, and diligently pursue collection of, in accordance with customary utility practices, all accounts receivable owing to the Account Party and all other amounts that may from time to time be owing to the Account Party for services rendered or goods sold.

(j) Maintenance of Financial Covenants:

(i) Operating Income to Interest Expense. Maintain a ratio of Operating Income to Interest Expense of not less than 2.35 to 1.00 for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters on each quarter-end ending after December 31, 1997.

(ii) Common Equity to Total Capitalization Ratio. Maintain at all times a ratio of Common Equity to Total Capitalization of not less than 0.325 to 1.00.

(k) Maintenance of Properties, Etc. (i) As to properties of the type described in Section 6.01(i) hereof, maintain title of the quality described therein; and (ii) preserve, maintain, develop, and operate in substantial conformity with all laws, material contractual obligations and prudent practices prevailing in the industry, all of its properties which are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent such non-conformity would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party as a whole.

(l) Governmental Approvals. Duly obtain on or prior to such date as the same may become legally required, and thereafter maintain in effect at all times, all Governmental Approvals on its part to be obtained, except those the absence of which would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, properties, prospects or operations of the Account Party as a whole.

(m) Further Assurances. Promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that any Participating Bank through the Issuing Bank may reasonably request in order to fully give effect to the interests and properties purported to be covered by the Security Documents.

(n) Related Documents. Perform and comply in all material respects with each of the provisions of each Related Document to which it is a party.

SECTION VII.2. Negative Covenants. So long as any amount shall remain available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Advance or other amounts shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Participating Bank shall have any Commitment, the Account Party will not without the written consent of the Majority Lenders:

(a) Liens, Etc. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien, security interest, or other charge or encumbrance (including the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor) of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement the intent or effect of which is to assure a creditor against loss or to prefer one creditor over another creditor upon or with respect to any of its properties of any character (any of the foregoing being referred to herein as a "Lien") whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction a financing statement which names the Account Party as debtor, sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, or assign accounts, excluding, however, from the operation of the foregoing restrictions the following, whether now existing or hereafter created or perfected:

(i) The Liens of the First Mortgage Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the "Pledge Agreement" referred to in the Other Reimbursement Agreement, and any lien created pursuant hereto; and

(ii) Permitted Liens (as defined in the First Mortgage Indenture as in effect on the date hereof) on the Indenture Assets; provided, however, that (A) the exclusion contained in clause (a) of such definition with respect to Liens junior to the Lien of the First Mortgage Indenture shall not apply to any Lien created after the date hereof; (B) the exclusion contained in clauses (g) and (h) of such definition shall apply only to the extent that all Liens of the type described therein from time to time existing do not, in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the value of the security granted under the First Mortgage Indenture and no such Lien secures Debt of the Account Party for borrowed money; and (C) the Account Party shall not, on or after the date hereof, create, incur or assume any purchase money Debt secured by Liens of the type described in clause (o) of such definition; provided, however, that this Section 7.02(a) shall not be construed to authorize the Account Party to incur, assume, be liable for or suffer to exist any Debt not otherwise permitted hereunder.

(b) Debt. From and after the Amendment Closing Date, create, incur or assume any Debt, other than pursuant to this Agreement, the Other Reimbursement Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement and unsecured debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000, and then only if, after giving effect thereto, (i) no Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such creation, incurrence or assumption and (ii) the Account Party shall have determined that on the basis of the assumptions and forecasts set forth in the most recent operating budget/forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.03(iv) hereof (which the Account Party continues to believe to be reasonable), the Account Party will continue to be in compliance at all times with the provisions of
Section 7.01(j) hereof. The Account Party will furnish evidence of its compliance with this subsection (b) for each fiscal quarter pursuant to
Section 7.03(ii) hereof.

(c) Mergers, Etc. Merge with or into or consolidate with or into, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person.

(d) Sales, Etc., of Assets. Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of its assets, whether in a single transaction or series of transactions during any consecutive 12-month period, except for (i) the sale of the Account Party's generating assets on an arms'-length basis in a transaction (or series of transactions) subject to approval by the NHPUC as part of a settlement of the Rate Proceeding and (ii) sales, leases, transfers or other dispositions in the ordinary course of the Account Party's business in accordance with ordinary and customary terms and conditions. For purposes of this subsection (d), any transaction or series of transactions during any consecutive 12-month period shall be deemed to involve a "substantial part" of the Account Party's assets if, in the aggregate, (A) the book value of such assets equals or exceeds 7.5% of the total assets, net of regulatory assets, of the Account Party reflected in the financial statements of the Account Party delivered pursuant to Section 7.03(ii) or 7.03(iii) hereof in respect of the fiscal quarter or year ending on or immediately prior to the commencement of such 12-month period or (B) for the four calendar quarters ending on or immediately prior to commencement of such 12-month period, the gross revenue derived by the Account Party from such assets shall equal or exceed 7.5% of the total gross revenue of the Account Party.

(e) Restricted Payments and NUG Settlements. Declare or pay any dividend, or make any payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any share of any class of capital stock of the Account Party (other than stock splits and dividends payable solely in equity securities of the Account Party), or purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire for value any shares of any class of capital stock of the Account Party or any warrants, rights, or options to acquire any such Debt or shares, now or hereafter outstanding, or make any distribution of assets to any of its shareholders (any such transaction being a "Restricted Payment"), or make any payment of or on account of any NUG Settlement (a "NUG Settlement Payment"); provided, that the Account Party may make one or more Restricted Payments or NUG Settlement Payments after July 1, 1998 if:

(i) at the time such payment is made and after giving effect thereto, no advances will be outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement;

(ii) the aggregate amount of all such payments shall not exceed $40,000,000;

(iii) without limitation of the foregoing, the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments shall not exceed $25,000,000;

(iv) in the case of a NUG Settlement Payment, such NUG Settlement shall have been approved by the NHPUC and all other Governmental Approvals related thereto shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect;

(v) no Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(vi) after giving effect to such payment, the Account Party shall be in full compliance with Section 7.01(j) hereof (for purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.01(j) under this clause (vi), computations under
Section 7.01(j) shall be made as of the date of such payment, except that, retained earnings shall be determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter (adjusted for all Restricted Payments made after the last day of such preceding fiscal quarter)); and

(vii) the Account Party shall have determined that, on the basis of the assumptions and forecasts set forth in the most recent operating budget/forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.03(iv) hereof (which the Account Party continues to believe to be reasonable) and after giving effect to such payment, the Account Party will continue to be in compliance at all times with the provisions of Section 7.01(j) hereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.02(e), the Account Party may declare and pay regularly scheduled quarterly dividends and regularly scheduled sinking fund payments on the Preferred Stock, if, immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such payment, no Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(f) Compliance with ERISA. (i) terminate, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to terminate, any ERISA Plan so as to result in any material (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders) liability of the Account Party to the PBGC, or (ii) permit to exist any occurrence of any event described in clause (i) of the definition of ERISA Plan Termination Event, or any other event or condition, which presents a material (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders) risk of such a termination by the PBGC of any ERISA Plan and such a material liability to the Account Party.

(g) Related Agreements.

(i) Amendments. Amend, modify or supplement or give any consent, acceptance or approval to any amendment, modification or supplement or deviation by any party from the terms of, the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, except, with respect only to the Significant Contracts, any amendment, modification or supplement thereto that would not reduce the rights or entitlements of the Account Party thereunder in any material way.

(ii) Termination. Cancel or terminate (or consent to any cancellation or termination of) the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract prior to the expiration of its stated term, provided that this subsection (ii) shall not restrict the rights of the Account Party to enforce any remedy against any obligor under any Significant Contract in the event of a material breach or default by such obligor thereunder if and so long as the Account Party shall have provided to the Agent at least 30 days prior written notice of the enforcement action proposed to be undertaken by the Account Party.

(h) Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material business activity other than those established and engaged in on the date hereof.

(i) Ownership in Nuclear Plants. Acquire, directly or indirectly, any ownership interest or any additional ownership interest of any kind in any nuclear-powered electric generating plant.

(j) Subsidiaries. Create or suffer to exist any active subsidiaries other than Properties, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation; or permit any material assets or business to be maintained at or conducted by any subsidiary except for the assets owned by Properties, Inc. not exceeding $20,000,000.

(k) Prepayment or Alteration of Debt. (i) Prepay, redeem, reduce or voluntarily retire, or make or agree to make any change in the terms of, any Debt of the Account Party, other than repayments and prepayments of advances under, and modifications of, the Revolving Credit Agreement, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 7.04; (ii) without limitation of the foregoing, amend, modify or supplement the Indenture or the First Mortgage Indenture or (iii) issue any First Mortgage Bonds as collateral security for any existing or future debt, or grant any other security to any holder of existing Debt of the Account Party, except to the extent permitted by Section 7.04.

(l) Loans and Investments. Make any loans to or investments in any Person, other than investments in Permitted Investments.

(m) Affiliate Receivables. Permit the aggregate balance of accounts receivable from Affiliates (other than such receivables constituting receivables for wholesale sales of power) to equal or exceed $12,500,000 as of the end of any calendar month.

SECTION VII.3. Reporting Obligations. So long as any amount shall remain available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Advance or other amounts shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Participating Bank shall have any Commitment, the Account Party will, unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, furnish to the Agent in sufficient copies for the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank, the following:

(i) as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) days after the occurrence of each Event of Default or Unmatured Default continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party setting forth details of such Event of Default or Unmatured Default and the action which the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within fifty (50) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Account Party, (A) if and so long as the Account Party is required to submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission a report on Form 10-Q, a copy of the Account Party's report on Form 10-Q submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such quarter and (B) if the Account Party ceases to be required to submit such report, a balance sheet of the Account Party as of the end of such quarter and statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Account Party for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, all in reasonable detail and duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(e) hereof, in each such case, delivered together with a certificate of said officer (x) stating that no Event of Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing or, if an Event of Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action which the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto, (y) demonstrating compliance with
Section 7.01(j) hereof for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter and compliance with Sections 7.02(b) and (e) hereof, as of the dates on which any Debt was created, incurred or assumed (using the Account Party's most recent annual actuarial determinations in the computation of Debt referred to in clause (ix) in the definition of "Debt") or any Restricted Payment or NUG Settlement Payment was made during such quarter, and (z) demonstrating, after giving effect to the incurrence of any Debt created, incurred or assumed during such fiscal quarter (using the Account Party's most recent annual actuarial determinations in the computation of Debt referred to in clause
(ix) in the definition of "Debt") and after giving effect to any Restricted Payments or NUG Settlement Payments made during such fiscal quarter, compliance with Section 7.01(j) hereof for the remainder of the fiscal year of the Account Party based on the operating budget/forecast of operations delivered pursuant to Section 7.03 (iv) hereof for such fiscal year, such demonstrations to be in a schedule (in form satisfactory to the Majority Lenders) which sets forth the computations used by the Account Party in determining such compliance;

(iii) as soon as available and in any event within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Account Party, (A) if and so long as the Account Party is required to submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission a report on Form 10-K, a copy of the Account Party's report on Form 10-K submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such year and (B) if the Account Party ceases to be required to submit such report, a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Account Party including therein a balance sheet of the Account Party as of the end of such fiscal year and statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Account Party for such fiscal year, in each case certified by a nationally- recognized independent public accountant, in each such case delivered together with a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer (x) stating that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the preparation of financial statements referred to in
Section 6.01(e) hereof, and that no Event of Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, or if an Event of Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, stating the nature thereof and the action which the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto and (y) demonstrating compliance with Section 7.01(j) hereof for and as of the end of such fiscal year and compliance with Sections 7.02(b) and (e) hereof, as of the dates on which any Debt was created, incurred or assumed (using the Account Party's most recent annual actuarial determinations in the computation of Debt referred to in clause (ix) in the definition of "Debt") or any Restricted Payment or NUG Settlement Payment was made during the last fiscal quarter of the Account Party, such demonstrations to be in a schedule (in form satisfactory to the Majority Lenders) which sets forth the computations used by the Account Party in determining such compliance.

(iv) as soon as available and in any event before March 31 of each fiscal year, a copy of an operating budget/forecast of operations of the Account Party as approved by the Board of Directors of the Account Party in form satisfactory to the Participating Banks for such fiscal year of the Account Party, together with a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party stating that such budget/forecast was prepared in good faith and on reasonable assumptions;

(v) not later than ten days following the end of each fiscal quarter of the Account Party, a report on the progress of and developments in the Rate Proceeding, the Final Plan and any negotiations concerning the foregoing;

(vi) as soon as available and in any event no later than the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission shall have received the Account Party's annual submission, if any, relating to the "return on equity collar" referred to in the Rate Agreement, a copy of such annual submission of the Account Party;

(vii) as soon as possible and in any event (A) within 30 days after the Account Party knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Plan Termination Event described in clause (i) of the definition of ERISA Plan Termination Event with respect to any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan has occurred and (B) within 10 days after the Account Party knows or has reason to know that any other ERISA Plan Termination Event with respect to any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan has occurred, a statement of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of the Account Party describing such ERISA Plan Termination Event and the action, if any, which the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

(viii) promptly after receipt thereof by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC, copies of each notice received by the Account Party or any such ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC's intention to terminate any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any ERISA Plan or ERISA Multiemployer Plan;

(ix) promptly and in any event within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) with respect to each ERISA Plan (if any) to which the Account Party is a contributing employer;

(x) promptly after receipt thereof by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from an ERISA Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a copy of each notice received by the Account Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability in an aggregate principal amount of at least $10,000,000 pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA in respect of which the Account Party may be liable;

(xi) promptly after the Account Party becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, notice of all actions, suits, proceedings or other events (A) of the type described in Section 6.01(f), or (B) which purport to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the Rate Agreement, or any Transaction Document, Loan Document, Related Document or Significant Contract;

(xii) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all such proxy statements, financial statements, and reports which the Account Party sends to its public security holders (if any) or files with, and copies of all regular, periodic and special reports and all registration statements and periodic or special reports, if any, which the Account Party files with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority which may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange;

(xiii) promptly after receipt thereof, any assertion of the character described in Section 8.01(h) hereof and the action the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

(xiv) promptly after knowledge of any material default under the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract, notice of such default and the action the Account Party proposes to take with respect thereto;

(xv) promptly after knowledge of any amendment, modification, or other change to the Rate Agreement or any Significant Contract or to any Governmental Approval affecting the Rate Agreement, notice of such amendment, modification or other change, it being understood that for purposes of this clause (xiv) any filing by the Account Party in the ordinary course of the Account Party's business with, or order issued or action taken by, a governmental authority or regulatory body after May 16, 1991 to implement the terms of the Rate Agreement shall not be considered an amendment, modification or change to a Governmental Approval affecting the Rate Agreement; and

(xvi) promptly after requested, such other information respecting the financial condition, operations, properties, prospects or otherwise, of the Account Party as the Issuing Bank or Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

SECTION VII.4. Most Favored Lender Covenants. So long as any amount shall remain available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Advance or other amounts shall remain unpaid hereunder or any Participating Bank shall have any Commitment:

(a) The Account Party will not amend, modify or supplement, or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement to, the Other Reimbursement Agreement or the Revolving Credit Agreement (whether the same relates to pricing, tenor, reduction, prepayment, covenants, other credit terms or otherwise), unless the Account Party shall first have offered to amend, modify or supplement the Loan Documents in a like manner, subject however, to the provisions of subsection (b), to the extent applicable.

(b) If at any time the Account Party shall be unable to borrow under the Revolving Credit Agreement (or any successor revolving facility) because the Account Party is unable to satisfy any "material adverse change" or other condition precedent to borrowing (a "Funding Suspension"), and (x) the failure to satisfy such condition does not itself constitute an Event of Default hereunder and (y) no Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, the provisions of subsection (a) shall be subject to the following:

(i) The Account Party will be free to negotiate with the lenders under the Revolving Credit Agreement (or the lenders under such successor facility) (the"Non-Funding Lenders") and may resolve or not resolve such Funding Suspension in such manner as it may see fit, without any requirement that the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks consent thereto;

(ii) Any improvement in pricing, covenants or other credit terms afforded to the Non-Funding Lenders to resolve the Funding Suspension shall be offered to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks in the manner prescribed by subsection (a). Any additional security granted to the Non-Funding Lenders to resolve the Funding Suspension shall be afforded equally and ratably to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks, subject to the provisions of Section 7.05; and

(iii) If in connection with the resolution of a Funding Suspension, the Non-Funding Lenders' facility shall be permanently reduced such that any amounts repaid or prepaid as part of such resolution are not available to be re-borrowed, the Account Party will pay to the Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks an amount equal to such repayment or prepayment, dollar-for-dollar, to be applied to the reduction of the Available Amount or to be held as cash collateral for the obligations of the Account Party under the Loan Documents. For the avoidance of doubt:

(A) a reduction in the unfunded portion of the Non-Funding Lenders' commitments will not, by itself, entitle the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks to any such payment or to any reduction in the Available Amount; and

(B) the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks will not be entitled to any payment or reduction in the Available Amount solely as a result of repayments and prepayments of advances under such facility, if such repayment or prepayment results in the Non-Funding Lenders' commitments becoming again available to the Account Party in at least the amount of the repayment or prepayment.

(c) The provisions of subsection (b) shall not apply during the continuance of an Event of Default.

SECTION VII.5. Covenants Concerning Certain Collateral.

(a) Cash Account. Subject to the provisions of subsection (b), below, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, direct the Account Party to, and if so directed, the Account Party shall, deposit with the Agent an amount in the cash account (the "Cash Account") described below equal to the Available Amount of the Letter of Credit. Such Cash Account shall at all times be free and clear of all rights or claims of third parties. The Cash Account shall be maintained with the Agent in the name of, and under the sole dominion and control of, the Agent, and amounts deposited in the Cash Account shall bear interest at a rate equal to the rate generally offered by Swiss Bank for deposits equal to the balance in the Cash Account, for a term to be agreed to between the Account Party and the Agent. If any Letter of Credit drawings then outstanding or thereafter made are not reimbursed in full immediately after being made and upon demand, then, in any such event, the Agent may apply the amounts then on deposit in the Cash Account, in such priority as the Agent shall elect, toward the payment in full of any or all of the Account Party's obligations hereunder as and when such obligations shall become due and payable. Upon payment in full, after the termination of the Letters of Credit, of all such obligations, the Agent will repay to the Account Party any cash then on deposit in the Cash Account. The Issuing Bank hereby confirms its obligation as set forth in the Letter of Credit to make all payments under the Letter of Credit with its own funds and not with any funds of the Account Party or the Issuer, and nothing in this subsection (a) or otherwise shall in any way limit such obligation.

(b) Waiver and Surrender of Rights to Certain Collateral. Without in any way modifying the payment provisions of Article III, and subject in all respects to the provisions of subsection (c), below, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks hereby waive and surrender, effective upon the commencement of any case by or against the Account Party seeking relief in respect of the Account Party under the Bankruptcy Code, any and all right, title and interest of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks in and to the Cash Account, the Collateral described in the Security Agreement and all other collateral security, if any, granted to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks on or after April 23, 1998 (all of the foregoing being hereinafter referred to as the "Extension Collateral", which term shall exclude absolutely the Account Party's Series G First Mortgage Bonds), and agree that upon any such commencement, the rights of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks in and to the Extension Collateral shall be null and void and the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks shall not thereafter seek or accept any benefits they may have in and to the Extension Collateral; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any benefit to Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank of any Extension Collateral, if and only if: (i) a valid and perfected lien on or security interest in such Extension Collateral was granted to one or more other Secured Parties under the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) such benefit to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank is no greater than such as derives from its rights under the Intercreditor Agreement to share in the benefits of all Collateral referred to therein on the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, and (iii) after giving effect to such sharing, the aggregate amount of secured claims against the bankruptcy estate of the Account Party would not be increased.

(c) The waiver, surrender and agreement set forth in subsection (b), above, shall terminate and be of no force and effect (i) if and to the extent that such termination and the retention and enjoyment by the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks of such right, title and interest would not result in the grant of the Extension Collateral to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks being deemed to (X) constitute a transfer of property of the Account Party avoidable under Section 547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or (Y) otherwise constitute a basis for the recovery of any amounts realized with respect to the Collateral or the value thereof from the Trustee or any holder of the Bonds as an avoidable transfer under Section 547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) in any case, as to any item of Extension Collateral, on the 91st day following the date on which a lien on or security interest in such Extension Collateral in favor of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Participating Banks was first perfected under applicable law, so long as no such case has been commenced and is pending.

(d) Acknowledgment. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks, each by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, acknowledge and agree to the provisions of this Section 7.05.

ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULTS

SECTION VIII.1. Events of Default. The following events shall each constitute an "Event of Default" if the same shall occur and be continuing after the grace period and notice requirement (if any) applicable thereto:

(a) The Account Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance or pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof within two days after the same becomes due; the Account Party shall fail to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any Interest Drawing (as defined in the Letter of Credit) within two days after such reimbursement becomes due; or the Account Party shall fail to make any other payment required to be made pursuant to Article II or Article III hereof when due; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made by the Account Party (or any of its officers or agents) in any Loan Document or Transaction Document or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant to any Loan Document or Transaction Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(c) The Account Party shall fail to perform or observe any term or covenant on its part to be performed or observed contained in Sections 7.01(a), (d) or
(j), Section 7.02 or Section 7.03(i) hereof; or

(d) The Account Party shall fail to perform or observe any other term or covenant on its part to be performed or observed contained in any Loan Document or Transaction Document and such failure shall remain unremedied, after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Account Party by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank, for a period of 30 days; or

(e) The Account Party shall fail to pay any of its Debt when due (including any interest or premium thereon but excluding Debt arising hereunder and excluding other Debt aggregating in no event more than $10,000,000 in principal amount at any one time) whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise, and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other default under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt, or any other event, shall occur and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such default or event is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a result of the Account Party's exercise of a prepayment option) prior to the stated maturity thereof; unless in each such case the obligee under or holder of such Debt or the trustee with respect to such Debt shall have waived in writing such circumstance without consideration having been paid by the Account Party so that such circumstance is no longer continuing; or

(f) The Account Party shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Account Party seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of a proceeding instituted against the Account Party, either the Account Party shall consent thereto or such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 90 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including without limitation the entry of an order for relief against the Account Party or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Account Party or any of its property) shall occur; or the Account Party shall take any corporate or other action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (f); or

(g) Any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 shall be rendered against the Account Party or its properties and either enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order and shall not have been stayed or there shall be any period of 15 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(h) Any material provision of any Loan Document, the Rate Agreement, any Significant Contract or any Related Document shall for any reason other than the express terms thereof or the exercise of any right or option expressly contained therein cease to be valid and binding on any party thereto except as otherwise expressly permitted by the exceptions and provisions contained in Section 7.02(g) hereof; or any party thereto other than the Participating Banks shall so assert in writing, provided that in the case of any party other than the Account Party making such assertion in respect of the Rate Agreement, any Significant Contract or any Related Document, such assertion shall not in and of itself constitute an Event of Default hereunder until (i) such asserting party shall cease to perform under and in compliance with the Rate Agreement, such Significant Contract or such Related Document, (ii) the Account Party shall fail to diligently prosecute, by appropriate action or proceedings, a rescission of such assertion or a binding determination as to the merits thereof or (iii) such a binding determination shall have been made in favor of such asserting party's position; or

(i) The Security Documents shall for any reason, except to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, fail or cease to create valid and perfected Liens (to the extent purported to be granted by such documents and subject to the exceptions permitted thereunder) in any of the applicable Collateral (other than Liens in favor of the Trustee with respect to the interests of the Issuer under the Indenture), provided, that such failure or cessation relating to any non-material portion of such Collateral shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder unless the same shall not have been corrected within 30 days after the Account Party becomes aware thereof; or

(j) The Account Party shall not have in full force and effect any or all insurance required under Section 7.01(c) hereof or there shall be incurred any uninsured damage, loss or destruction of or to the Account Party's properties in an amount not covered by insurance (including fully-funded self-insurance programs) which the Majority Lenders consider to be material; or

(k) A default by the Account Party shall have occurred under the Rate Agreement and shall not have been effectively cured within the time period specified therein for such cure (or, if no such time period is specified therein, 10 days); or a default by any party shall have occurred under any Significant Contract and such default shall not have been effectively cured within 30 days after notice from the Agent to the Account Party stating that, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, such default may have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party as a whole; or

(l) Any Governmental Approval (whether federal, state or local) required to give effect to the Rate Agreement (including, without limitation, Chapter 362-C of the New Hampshire Revised Statutes and the enabling order of the NHPUC issued pursuant thereto) shall be amended, modified or supplemented, or any other regulatory or legislative action or change (whether federal, state or local) having the effect, directly or indirectly, of modifying the benefits or entitlements of the Account Party under the Rate Agreement shall occur, and in any such case such amendment, modification, supplement, action or change may have, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of the Account Party as a whole; or

(m) NU shall cease to own all of the outstanding common stock of the Account Party, free and clear of any Liens; or

(n) An event of default (as defined therein) shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture or the First Mortgage Indenture; or

(o) An event of default (as defined therein) shall have occurred and be continuing under the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Other Reimbursement Agreement; or

(p) The Fixed-Rate Conversion shall fail to be consummated on May 1,1998.

SECTION VIII.2. Remedies Upon Events of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, then, and in any such event the Agent with the concurrence of the Issuing Bank may, and upon the direction of the Majority Lenders the Agent shall (i) if the Letter of Credit Amendment shall not have been issued, instruct the Issuing Bank to (whereupon the Issuing Bank shall) by notice to the Account Party declare its commitment to issue the Letter of Credit Amendment to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, (ii) instruct the Issuing Bank to (whereupon the Issuing Bank shall) furnish to the Trustee and the Paying Agent written notice of such Event of Default in accordance with Section 6.01(a)(iv) of the Indenture and of the Issuing Bank's determination to terminate the Letter of Credit on the fifth business day (as defined in the Indenture) following the Trustee's and Paying Agent's receipt of such notice, (iii) instruct the Issuing Bank to (whereupon the Issuing Bank shall) furnish to the Trustee and the Paying Agent written notice that the Interest Component will not be reinstated in the amount of one or more Interest Drawings, all as provided in the Letter of Credit; (iv) direct the Account party to pay cash into the Cash Account in accordance with Section 7.05(a); (v) declare the Advances and all other principal amounts outstanding hereunder, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable hereunder to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Advances and all other principal amounts outstanding hereunder, all such interest and all such other amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Account Party, and (vi) instruct the Issuing Bank to (whereupon the Issuing Bank shall) exercise all the rights and remedies provided herein and under and in respect of the Security Documents; provided, however, that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Account Party under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, (A) the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue the Letter of Credit, the Commitments and the obligations of the Participating Banks to make Advances shall automatically be terminated, and (B) the Advances and all other principal amounts outstanding hereunder, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable hereunder shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Account Party.

SECTION VIII.3. Issuing Bank to Notify First Mortgage Trustee, Others. The Issuing Bank shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, promptly notify the First Mortgage Trustee by telephone, confirmed in writing, of the occurrence of any Event of Default. In addition, the Issuing Bank shall furnish to the Agent, the Account Party, the Paying Agent and the Issuer a copy of (a) any notice furnished to the First Mortgage Trustee pursuant to the preceding sentence and (b) any notice delivered to the Trustee pursuant to clause (ii) or clause (iii) of Section 8.02. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure of the Issuing Bank to give any notice (or copy of a notice) as contemplated by this Section 8.03 shall limit or impair any rights of the Issuing Bank, the Agent or any Participating Bank or the exercise of any remedy hereunder, nor shall the Issuing Bank, the Agent or any Participating Bank incur any liability as a result of any such failure.

ARTICLE IX
THE AGENT, THE PARTICIPATING BANKS AND THE ISSUING BANK

SECTION IX.1. Authorization of Agent; Actions of Agent and Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank hereby appoint and authorize the Agent to take such action as agent on their behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; provided, however, that neither the Agent nor the Issuing Bank shall be required to take any action which exposes the Agent or the Issuing Bank to personal liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. As to any matters not expressly provided for by any Related Document (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection thereof), neither the Agent nor the Issuing Bank shall be required to exercise any discretion or take any action. The Agent agrees to deliver promptly (i) to the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank copies of each notice delivered to it by the Account Party and (ii) to each Participating Bank copies of each notice delivered to it by the Issuing Bank, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION IX.2. Reliance, Etc. Neither the Agent, the Issuing Bank, nor any of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement or any Related Document, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, each of the Agent and the Issuing Bank (i) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Account Party), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (ii) makes no warranty or representation to any Participating Bank and shall not be responsible to any Participating Bank for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any Related Document; (iii) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or any Related Document on the part of the Account Party to be performed or observed, or to inspect any property (including the books and records) of the Account Party; (iv) shall not be responsible to any Participating Bank for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any Related Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto and thereto; and (v) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or any Related Document by acting upon any notice, consent certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telegram, cable or telex), including, without limitation, any thereof from time to time purporting to be from the Trustee, believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

SECTION IX.3. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and Affiliates. The Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Participating Bank and may exercise (or omit from exercising) the same as though they were not the Agent and the Issuing Bank, respectively, and the term "Participating Bank" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Swiss Bank in its individual capacity. The Agent, the Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Account Party, any of its subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Account Party or any such subsidiary, all as if Swiss Bank was not the Agent or the Issuing Bank, and without any duty to account therefor to the Participating Banks.

SECTION IX.4. Participating Bank Credit Decision. Each of the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Participating Bank and based on the financial information referred to in
Section 6.01(e) hereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Participating Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

SECTION IX.5. Indemnification. The Participating Banks agree to indemnity the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank (to the extent not reimbursed by the Account Party), ratably according to their respective Participation Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Arrangers, the Agent or the Issuing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Arrangers, the Agent or the Issuing Bank under or in connection with this Agreement, provided that no Participating Bank shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Arrangers', the Agent's or the Issuing Bank's (as the case may be) gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Participating Bank agrees to reimburse the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, waiver or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement to the extent that the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) are entitled to reimbursement for such expenses pursuant to Section 10.04 hereof but are not reimbursed for such expenses by the Account Party.

SECTION IX.6. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuing Bank, the Participating Banks and the Account Party, with any such resignation to become effective only upon the appointment of a successor Agent pursuant to this Section 9.06. Upon any such resignation, the Issuing Bank shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent, which shall be another commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Account Party, organized or licensed under the laws of the United States, or of any State thereof. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent and the execution and delivery by the Account Party and the successor Agent of an agreement relating to the fees, if any, to be paid to the successor Agent in connection with its acting as Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.

SECTION IX.7. Issuing Bank. (a) All notices received by the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement or any Related Document (other than the Letter of Credit) shall be promptly delivered to the Agent for distribution to the Participating Banks.

(b) Except to the extent permitted by Section 2.06, the Issuing Bank shall not amend or waive any provision or consent to the amendment or waiver of any Related Document without the written consent of the Majority Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Participating Bank, by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, authorizes and directs the Issuing Bank to execute and deliver the Second Supplement, dated as of May 1, 1995, to the Original Indenture.

(c) Upon receipt by the Issuing Bank from time to time of any amount pursuant to the terms of any Related Document (other than pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), the Issuing Bank shall promptly deliver to the Agent such amount.

SECTION IX.8. Certain Authorizations and Consent. The Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank, by its acceptance hereof, and each other Participating Bank by its execution and delivery of the Participant Assignment pursuant to which it became a Participating Bank, consents to, authorizes, ratifies and confirms in all respects:

(i) the execution, delivery, acceptance and performance by the Agent and by the Collateral Agent of the Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be from time to time amended in accordance with the terms thereof and Section 10.01 hereof;

(ii) the execution, delivery and acceptance by the Collateral Agent of, and the taking by the Collateral Agent of all actions under, the Security Agreement, as the same may be from time to time amended in accordance with the terms thereof and Section 10.01 hereof;

the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, or the execution and delivery of such Participant Assignment by such Participating Bank, as the case may be, constituting (without further act or deed) the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank's acceptance and approval of, and agreement to the terms of, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement with the same effect as if the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank were itself a party thereto.

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION X.1. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, nor consent to any departure by the Account Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Bank and all the Participating Banks, do any of the following: (a) waive, modify or eliminate any of the conditions specified in Article V of this Agreement or Article III of the Amendment, (b) increase the Commitments of the Participating Banks that may be maintained hereunder or subject the Participating Banks to any additional obligations, (c) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Advances, any amount reimbursable on demand pursuant to Section 3.01, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances, such reimbursable amounts or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder (other than fees payable to the Issuing Bank or the Agent pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof), (e) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances, or the number of Participating Banks which shall be required for the Participating Banks or any of them to take any action hereunder, (f) amend this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement in a manner intended to prefer one or more Participating Banks over any other Participating Banks, (g) amend this Section 10.01, or
(h) release any of the Collateral otherwise than in accordance with any provisions for such release contained in the Security Documents, or change any provision of any Security Document providing for the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral; and provided, further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Bank or the Agent in addition to the Participating Banks required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, under this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement and (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the "Majority Lenders" under the Other Reimbursement Agreement and the "Majority Lenders" under the Revolving Credit Agreement, shall change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances, or the number of Participating Banks which shall be required for the Participating Banks or any of them to take, or to direct the Collateral Agent to take, any action under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement.

SECTION X.2. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telex, telecopy or cable communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied, cabled or delivered:

(i) if to the Account Party, to it in care of NUSCO at NUSCO's address at 107 Selden Street, Berlin, Connecticut 06037 (telecopy: (860) 665-5457), Attention: Assistant Treasurer - Finance;

(ii) if to the Issuing Bank or the Agent, to it at its address at 222 Broadway, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10038, Attention: Customer Service Unit, (telephone: (212) 412-3363, telecopy: (212) 412-3080, Telex: 12-6946), with a copy to: Utilities Finance Group, (telephone (212) 412-2551, telecopy:
(212) 412-7575) and with a further copy to Credit Enhancement Unit (telephone
(212) 412-3578, telecopy (212) 412-6969);

(iii) if to any Participating Bank, to it at its address set forth on the signature pages to the Amendment or in the Participation Assignment pursuant to which it became a Participating Bank; or

as to each party other than any Participating Bank, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties, and, as to any Participating Bank, at such other address as shall be designated by such Participating Bank in a written notice to the Account Party and the Agent. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied or cabled, be effective five days after when deposited in the mails, or when delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback, telecopied or delivered to the cable company, respectively, except that notices and communications to the Agent or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II, III or IV shall not be effective until received by the Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

SECTION X.3. No Waiver of Remedies. No failure on the part of any Participating Bank or the Issuing Bank to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION X.4. Cost; Expenses and Indemnification. (a) The Account Party agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses), of (i) the Arrangers, the Agent and the Issuing Bank in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and Transaction Documents and the administration of the Loan Documents and Transaction Documents, the care and custody of any and all collateral, and any proposed modification, amendment, or consent relating thereto; and (ii) the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or Transaction Document.

(b) The Account Party hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank and their respective officers, directors, employees, professional advisors and affiliates (each, an "Indemnified Person") harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses, whether or not such Indemnified Person is named as a party to any proceeding or investigation or is otherwise subjected to judicial or legal process arising from any such proceeding or investigation) which any of them may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by any person or entity (except to the extent such claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Person):

(i) by reason of or in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Loan Documents, the Transaction Documents or the Related Documents or any transaction contemplated thereby, or the use by the Account Party of the proceeds of any Advance or the use by the Paying Agent or the Trustee of the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit;

(ii) in connection with or resulting from the utilization, storage, disposal, treatment, generation, transportation, release or ownership of any Hazardous Substance (A) at, upon or under any property of the Account Party or any of its Affiliates or (B) by or on behalf of the Account Party or any of its Affiliates at any time and in any place;

(iii) in connection with any documentary taxes, assessments or charges made by any governmental authority by reason of the execution and delivery of any of the Loan Documents;

(iv) by reason of or in connection with the execution and delivery or transfer of, or payment or failure to make payment under, the Letter of Credit; provided, however, that the Account Party shall not be required to indemnity the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank pursuant to this Section for any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses to the extent caused by (A) the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in determining whether documents presented under the Letter of Credit are genuine or comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit or (B) the Issuing Bank's willful or grossly negligent failure, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, to make lawful payment under the Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the Paying Agent of a draft and certificate strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit; or

(v) by reason of any inaccuracy or alleged inaccuracy in any material respect, or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact, contained in any Official Statement, except to the extent contained in or arising from information in such Official Statement supplied in writing by and describing the Issuing Bank or any previous issuer of a letter of credit relating to the Bonds.

(c) Nothing contained in this Section 10.04 is intended to limit the Account Party's obligations set forth in Articles II, III and IV. The Account Party's obligations under this Section 10.04 shall survive the creation and sale of any participation interest pursuant to Section 10.06 hereof and shall survive as well the repayment of all amounts owing to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks under the Loan Documents and the termination of the Commitments. If and to the extent that the obligations of the Account Party under this Section 10.04 are unenforceable for any reason, the Account Party agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction thereof which is permissible under applicable law.

SECTION X.5. Right of Set-off. (a) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the taking of any action or the giving of any instruction by the Agent as specified by Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank are hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Account Party against any and all of the obligations of the Account Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement in favor of the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank agrees promptly to notify the Account Party after any such set-off and application provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which the Issuing Bank and/or such Participating Bank may have.

(b) The Account Party agrees that it shall have no right of off-set, deduction or counterclaim in respect of its obligations hereunder, and that the obligations of the Issuing Bank and of the several Participating Banks hereunder are several and not joint. Nothing contained herein shall constitute a relinquishment or waiver of the Account Party's rights to any independent claim that the Account Party may have against the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank, but no Participating Bank shall be liable for the conduct of the Issuing Bank or any other Participating Bank, and the Issuing Bank shall not be liable for the conduct of any Participating Bank.

SECTION X.6. Binding Effect; Assignments and Participants. (a) This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed and delivered by the Account Party, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank named on the signature pages to the Amendment and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Account Party, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Account Party shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank, and the Issuing Bank may not assign its commitment to issue the Letter of Credit or its obligations under or in respect of the Letter of Credit.

(b) Each Participating Bank may assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, under the Letter of Credit or in any security hereunder, including, without limitation, any instruments securing the Account Party's obligations hereunder; provided that (i) no assignment by any Participating Bank may be made to any Person, other than to another Participating Bank, except with the prior written consent of the Issuing Bank and the Account Party (which consent in the case of the Account Party, (A) shall not be unreasonably withheld and (B) shall not be required if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Agent or the Issuing Bank shall have exercised any remedy described in clause (ii), (iii) or (v) of Section 8.02), (ii) any assignment shall be of a constant and not a varying percentage of all of the assignor's rights and obligations hereunder and (iii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent a Participation Assignment, together with a processing fee of $2,500. Upon receipt of a completed Participation Assignment and the processing fee, the Agent will record in a register maintained for such purpose the name of the assignee and the percentage participation interest assigned by the assignor and assumed by the assignee for purposes of the determination of such assignor's and assignee's respective Participation Percentages. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Participation Assignment, which effective date shall be at least five Business Days after the execution thereof, the assignee shall, to the extent of such assignment, become a party hereto and have all of the rights and obligations of a Participating Bank hereunder and, to the extent of such assignment, such assigning Participating Bank shall be released from its obligations hereunder (without relieving such Participating Bank from any liability for damages, costs and expenses suffered by the Issuing Bank or the Account Party as a result of the failure by such Participating Bank to perform its obligations hereunder).

(c) Each Participating Bank may grant participations to one or more Persons in all or any part of, or any interest (undivided or divided) in, such Participating Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement (any such Person being referred to hereinafter as a "Participant" and such interests are collectively, referred to hereinafter as the "Rights"); provided, however, that (i) such Participating Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (ii) any such Participant shall be entitled to the benefits and cost protections provided for in Section 4.03 hereof on the same basis as if it were a Participating Bank hereunder; (iii) the Account Party, the Agent and the Issuing Bank shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Participating Bank in connection with such Participating Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement; and (iv) no such Participant, other than an Affiliate of such Participating Bank, shall be entitled to require such Participating Bank to take or omit to take any action hereunder, unless such action or omission would have an effect of the type described in subsections (c), (d) or (h) of Section 10.01 hereof.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 10.06 to the contrary, the Issuing Bank and any Participating Bank may assign and pledge all or any portion of the Advances (or participating interests therein) owing to the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank to any Federal Reserve Bank (and its transferees) as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall release the Issuing Bank or such Participating Bank from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION X.7. Relation of the Parties; No Beneficiary. No term, provision or requirement, whether express or implied, of any Loan Document, or actions taken or to be taken by any party thereunder, shall be construed to create a partnership, association, or joint venture between such parties or any of them. No term or provision of the Loan Documents shall be construed to confer a benefit upon, or grant a right or privilege to, any Person other than the parties hereto.

SECTION X.8. Issuing Bank Not Liable. As between the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks on the one hand, and the Account Party on the other, the Account Party assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of the Paying Agent, the Trustee and any other beneficiary or transferee of the Letter of Credit with respect to its use of the Letter of Credit. Neither the Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Participating Bank, nor any of their respective officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for: (a) the use which may be made of the Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of the Paying Agent, the Trustee and any other beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith; (b) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (c) payment by the Issuing Bank against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to the Letter of Credit; or (d) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under the Letter of Credit, except that the Account Party shall have a claim against the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Account Party, to the extent of any direct, as opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Account Party which the Account Party proves were caused by (i) the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in determining whether documents presented under the Letter of Credit are genuine or comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit or (ii) the Issuing Bank's willful or grossly negligent failure, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, to make lawful payment under the Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the Paying Agent of a draft and certificate strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may accept original or facsimile (including telecopy) sight drafts and accompanying certificates presented under the Letter of Credit that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

SECTION X.9. Confidentiality. In connection with the negotiation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Account Party has furnished and will from time to time furnish to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Participating Banks (each, a "Recipient") written information which is identified to the Recipient when delivered as confidential (such information, other than any such information which (i) was publicly available, or otherwise known to the Recipient at the time of disclosure, (ii) subsequently becomes publicly available other than through any act or omission by the Recipient or (iii) otherwise subsequently becomes known to the Recipient other than through a Person whom the Recipient knows to be acting in violation of his or its obligations to the Account Party, being hereinafter referred to as "Confidential Information"). The Recipient will not knowingly disclose any such Confidential Information to any third party (other than to those persons who have a confidential relationship with the Recipient), and will take all reasonable steps to restrict access to such information in a manner designed to maintain the confidential nature of such information, in each case until such time as the same ceases to be Confidential Information or as the Account Party may otherwise instruct. It is understood, however, that the foregoing will not restrict the Recipient's ability to freely exchange such Confidential Information with prospective assignees of or participants in the Recipient's position herein, but the Recipient's ability to so exchange Confidential Information shall be conditioned upon any such prospective assignee's or participant's entering into an understanding as to confidentiality similar to this provision. It is further understood that the foregoing will not prohibit the disclosure of any or all Confidential Information if and to the extent that such disclosure may be required (i) by a regulatory agency or otherwise in connection with an examination of the Recipient's records by appropriate authorities, (ii) pursuant to court order, subpoena or other legal process or (iii) otherwise, as required by law; in the event of any required disclosure under clause (ii) or (iii) above, the Recipient agrees to use reasonable efforts to inform the Account Party as promptly as practicable.

SECTION X.10. Waiver of Jury Trial. The Account Party, the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the Participating Banks each hereby irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any Transaction Document or any other instrument or document delivered hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION X.11. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Amendment and the Pledge Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Account Party, the Arrangers, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Participating Bank each (i) irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York State Court or Federal court sitting in New York City in any action arising out of any Loan Document, (ii) agrees that all claims in such action may be decided in such court, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum and (iv) consents to the service of process by mail. A final judgment in any such action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law or affect its right to bring any action in any other court.

SECTION X.12. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written, such execution being conclusively evidenced by the execution and delivery by such parties of the Amendment to which this Amended and Restated Second Series E Letter of Credit and Reimbursement Agreement is attached.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

THE ACCOUNT PARTY:

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF
NEW HAMPSHIRE

By: /S/David R. McHale

     Title: Assistant Treasurer

THE AGENT AND ISSUING BANK:
SWISS BANK CORPORATION,
STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Agent and as Issuing Bank

By: /S/ PETER V. MATTON

     Title: Executive Director


By: /S/ WILLIAM A. ROCHE

     Title: Director

THE PARTICIPATING BANKS:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
NEW YORK BRANCH

By: /S/ SYDNEY DENNIS

    Title: Managing Director

Address for Notices

Barclays Bank PLC
222 Broadway
New York, New York 10038
Attention:      Sydney Dennis
Telephone:      (212) 412-2570
Fax:            (212) 412-6709

SWISS BANK CORPORATION,
STAMFORD BRANCH

                                        By: /S/ WILLIAM A. ROCHE

                                             Title: Director

By: /S/ DAVID C. HEMINGWAY

                                             Title: Director

                                        Address for Notices

                                        Swiss Bank Corporation
                                        677 Washington Boulevard
Stamford, Connecticut   06912

                                        Attention:      Darryl M. Monasebian
                                        Telephone:      (203) 819-8005
                                        Fax:            (203) 819-8610

BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

By: /S/ VERN HOWARD

     Title: Managing Director

Address for Notices

Bank of America NT & SA
555 California Street
San Francisco, California 94104
Attention:      Vern Howard
Telephone:      (415) 953-0590
Fax:            (415) 622-0632

LTCB TRUST COMPANY

By: /S/ GREGORY L. HONG

     Title: Senior Vice President

Address for Notices

LTCB Trust Company
165 Broadway, 49th Floor
New York, New York 10006
Attention:      Gregory H. Hong
Telephone:      (212) 335-4534
Fax:            (212) 608-2371

TORONTO DOMINION (NEW YORK), INC.

By: /S/ DEBBIE A. GREENE

     Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

The Toronto-Dominion Bank
909 Fannin Street, Suite 1700
Houston, Texas 77010
Attention:      Debbie Greene
Telephone:      (713) 653-8250
Fax:            (713) 951-9921

UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA

By: /S/ KARYSSA M. BRITTON

     Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

Union Bank of California
445 S. Figueroa Street, 15th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention:      John M. Edmonston
Telephone:      (213) 236-5809
Fax:            (213) 236-4096

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

By: /S/FRAN PITCHLEY

     Title:

Address for Notices

The Bank of Nova Scotia
28 State Street, 17th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention:      Paula A. MacDonald
Telephone:      (617) 624-7613
Fax:            (617) 624-7607

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK

By: /S/ PAUL V. FARRELL

     Title: Vice President

                                        Address for Notices

                                        The Chase Manhattan Bank
                                        270 Park Avenue
                                        New York, New York 10017
                                        Attention:      Paul V. Farrell
                                        Telephone:      (212) 270-7653
                                        Fax:            (212) 270-3089

                                        CITIBANK, N.A.


                                        By: /S/ ROBERT J. HARRITY, JR.

                                             Title: Managing Director



                                        Address for Notices

                                        Citibank, N.A.
                                        399 Park Avenue
4th Floor, Zone 20
                                        New York, New York 10043
                                        Attention:      Robert J. Harrity, Jr.
                                        Telephone:      (212) 559-6482
                                        Fax:            (212) 793-6130

BANKBOSTON, N.A.

By: /S/ MICHAEL M. PARKER

     Title: Managing Director

Address for Notices

BankBoston, N.A.
100 Federal Street, M/S 01-08-04
Boston, MA 02110
Attention:      Michael M. Parker
Telephone:      (617) 434-7829
Fax:            (617) 434-3652

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

By: /S/ MADELEINE N. PEMBER

     Title: Assistant Vice President

Address for Notices

The First National Bank of Chicago
One First National Plaza, Suite 0363
Chicago, Illinois 60670
Attention:      Kenneth J. Bauer
Telephone:      (312) 732-6282
Fax:            (312) 732-3055

THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED

By: /S/ RAYMOND VENTURA

     Title: Vice President & Manager

Address for Notices

The Fuji Bank, Limited
Two World Trade Center
New York, New York 10048
Attention:      Michael Gebauer
Telephone:      (212) 898-2064
Fax:            (212) 321-9407

THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN
TRUST COMPANY

By: /S/ JOHN DIPPO

     Title: Senior Vice President

Address for Notices

The Industrial Bank of Japan Trust Company
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020-1104
Attention:      John Cunningham
Telephone:      (212) 282-3411
Fax:            (212) 282-4988

THE NIPPON CREDIT BANK, LTD.

By: /S/ KOICHI SUNAGAWA

     Title: Representative

Address for Notices

The Nippon Credit Bank, Ltd.
101 East 52nd Street, 14th Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attention:      Koichi Sunagawa
Telephone:      (212) 751-7330
Fax:            (212) 751-0987

FLEET NATIONAL BANK

By: /S/ DANIEL D. BUTLER

     Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

Fleet Bank
40 Westminster Street
Mail Stop: RI OP T05A

Providence, Rhode Island 02903-4963

Attention:      Fred N. Manning
Telephone:      (401) 459-4845
Fax:            (401) 459-4963

SOCIETE GENERALE


By: /S/GORDON EADON

     Title:

Address for Notices

Societe Generale
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
Attention: Gordon Eadon
Telephone: (212) 278-6880
Fax: (212) 278-7430
THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
NEW YORK BRANCH

By: /S/ KAZUYOSHI OGAWA

     Title: Joint General Manager

Address for Notices

The Sumitomo Bank, Limited,
New York Branch
277 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10172
Attention:      J. Bruce Meredith
Telephone:      (212) 244-4129
Fax:            (212) 224-5188

MELLON BANK, N.A.

By: /S/ KURT HEWETT

     Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

Mellon Bank, N.A.
One Mellon Bank Center, Room 4425
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15258
Attention:      Kurt Hewett
Telephone:      (412) 234-7355
Fax:            (412) 234-0286

CREDIT LYONNAIS (NEW YORK)

By: /S/ ALAN SIDRANE

                                             Title: Senior Vice President

Address for Notices

Credit Lyonnais (New York)
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Attention:      David Bonington
Telephone:      (212) 261-7861
Fax:            (212) 261-3259

THE YASUDA TRUST AND BANKING

CO., LTD., NEW YORK BRANCH

By: /S/ ROHN LAUDENSCHLAGER

     Title: Senior Vice President

Address for Notices

The Yasuda Trust and Banking Co., Ltd.,
New York Branch
666 Fifth Avenue, Suite 801
New York, New York 10103
Attention:      Rohn Laudenschlager
Telephone:      (212) 373-5713
Fax:            (212) 373-5796


Exhibit 4.4.2 FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of the first day of October, 1954, made and entered into by and between WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts having principal places of business at Greenfield and Turners Falls in the Country of Franklin, Springfield in the County of Hampden, Pittsfield in the County of Berkshire, and Boston in the County of Suffolk, all in said Commonwealth, (hereinafter called the Company) and OLD COLONY TRUST COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and having its principal office and usual place of business in said Boston, (hereinafter called the Trustee).

WITNESSETH that:

WHEREAS the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee its First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust dated as of August 1, 1954, (hereinafter singularly called the Original Indenture and with this and all other indentures supplemental thereto collectively called the Indenture) conveying certain property therein described in trust as security for the Bonds of the Company to be issued thereunder as therein provided, and for other purposes more particularly specified therein, and the Trustee has accepted said Trust; and

WHEREAS the Company has issued and there are now outstanding under the Indenture $11,000,000 aggregate principal amount of First Mortgage Bonds, Series A, 2.95%, due October 1, 1973, (hereinafter called the 2.95% Bonds); and

WHEREAS pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.03 of the Original Indenture, the Company has authorized the issue of an additional series of its First Mortgage Bonds under the Indenture to be designated "First Mortgage Bonds, Series B, 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984" (hereinafter called the Series B Bonds) to be limited in aggregate principal amount to $6,000,000, being the entire issue of the Series B Bonds but constituting only the initial issue of the Bonds referred to for convenience in said Section 3.03 of the Original Indenture as "Series B Bonds"; and

WHEREAS the Company, pursuant to votes or resolutions duly and legally adopted by its Board of Directors, by its Executive Committee and by its stockholder at meetings duly and regularly called and held for the purpose, has been duly authorized the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture, and the issue of Series B Bonds in the aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000; and

WHEREAS the Department of Public Utilities of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts has in due form of law authorized the issue of the Series B Bonds in the aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000 by its Order dated September 16, 1954; and

WHEREAS the permanent form of the Series B Bonds in coupon form, of the coupons thereon, and of the registration as to principal thereof, and the permanent form of the Series B Bonds in fully registered form without coupons, and of the transfer thereof, and the form of the certificate of authentication of and of the stamp tax legend to be affixed to the Series B Bonds in either form shall be substantially as follows:

FORM OF BOND
No. BM $1,000

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

First Mortgage Bond, Series B, 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY, a corporation of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, (hereinafter called the Company) hereby promises to pay to the bearer or, if this Bond be registered as to principal otherwise than to bearer, then to the registered owner hereof, the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000) on the first day of October, 1984, and semi-annually on the first days of April and October in each year to pay interest on said sum at the rate of three and one-eighth percentum (3 1/8%) per annum from the date hereof until the Company's obligation in respect of said sum shall be discharged, but until maturity, only upon presentation and surrender of the annexed coupons as they severally mature. Both principal and interest shall be payable at the principal office in Boston in the County of Suffolk and said Commonwealth of Old Colony Trust Company, a corporation organized under the laws of said Commonwealth, (hereinafter with its successors, as defined in the Indenture mentioned below, generally called the Trustee), or of such successors, or, at the option of the bearer or registered owner, at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for public and private debts.

This Bond is one of a series of Bonds known as the "First Mortgage Bonds, Series B, 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984" of the Company, limited to six million dollars ($6,000,000) in aggregate principal amount (except as provided by the terms of Section 2.13 of the Indenture mentioned below), and issued under and secured by a First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust between the Company and the said Old Colony Trust Company, as Trustee, dated as of August 1, 1954, (hereinafter, with all indentures stated to be supplemental thereto to which the Trustee shall be a party, including the First Supplemental Indenture mentioned below, generally called the Indenture) and a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 1954, an executed counterpart of each of which is on file at the principal office of the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the nature and extent of the security, the rights thereunder of the bearers or registered owners of Bonds issued and to be issued thereunder and of the coupons appertaining thereto, the rights, duties, and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the rights and obligations thereunder of the Company, and the terms and conditions upon which said Bonds, and other and further Bonds of other series, are issued and are to be issued; but neither the foregoing reference to the Indenture nor any provision of this Bond or of the Indenture shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute, unconditional and unalterable, to pay at the maturities herein provided the principal of and interest on this Bond as herein provided.

The coupon Bonds of this series in permanent form are issuable in the denomination of one thousand dollars ($1,000). The fully registered Bonds of this series in permanent form are issuable in denominations of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and any multiple thereof.

This Bond, singly or together with other coupon Bonds of this series, may be exchanged at the option of the bearer or registered owner for fully registered bonds of this series of an equal principal amount, in the manner and on the terms provided in said Indenture.

This Bond, except while registered as to principal, and the coupons annexed hereto shall be transferable by delivery. The bearer hereof may have the ownership of the principal of this Bond registered upon presentation hereof for that purpose at the principal office of the Trustee, such registration to be noted hereon. After such registration no transfer hereof shall be valid unless made on the registration books at said office by the registered owner in person or by his duly authorized attorney and similarly noted hereon; but this Bond may be discharged from registry by like transfer to bearer similarly registered and noted hereon, and thereupon transferability by delivery shall be restored and this Bond may again and from time to time be registered or transferred as before. The coupons annexed hereto, whether or not this Bond be registered as to principal, shall remain payable to bearer and shall continue to be transferable by delivery. The Company and the Trustee may deem and treat the bearer of this Bond, if it be not then registered as to principal, or if this Bond be registered as to principal as herein authorized, the person in whose name the same is registered, as the absolute owner hereof and the bearer of any coupon hereto appertaining as the absolute owner thereof, whether or not this Bond or such coupon shall be overdue, for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

The Bonds of this series are subject to redemption prior to maturity upon not less than thirty (30) days' prior notice, as a whole at any time, or in part from time to time, at the option of the Company or for the purposes of the Improvement Fund for Bonds of this series or of any other provision of the Indenture, in the manner and with the effect provided in said Indenture,
(i) if from Improvement Fund moneys pursuant to Article IV of said First Supplemental Indenture or moneys to be applied by the Trustee as provided in
Section 8.05 of the original Indenture, at the applicable percentages specified under the column headed Special Redemption Price, below, of the principal amount thereof, and (ii) if at the option of the Company or pursuant to any provisions of the Indenture other than those in respect of said Improvement Fund or said Section 8.05 of the original Indenture, at the applicable percentages specified under the column headed Optional Redemption Price, below, of the principal amount thereof, together in each chase with accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption:

12 Months'                                              12 Months'
Period  Optional                Special         Period  Optional                Special
Starting        Redemption      Redemption      Starting        Redemption      Redemption
October 1       Price           Price           October 1       Price           Price

1954            104.47%         101.47%         1969            102.16%         100.90%
1955            104.32          101.44          1970            102.01          100.85
1956            104.16          101.41          1971            101.85          100.80
1957            104.01          101.38          1972            101.70          100.75
1958            103.86          101.34          1973            101.55          100.70
1959            103.70          101.31          1974            101.39          100.65
1960            103.55          101.27          1975            101.24          100.59
1961            103.39          101.24          1976            101.08          100.53
1962            103.24          101.20          1977            100.93          100.47
1963            103.09          101.16          1978            100.78          100.41
1964            102.93          101.12          1979            100.62          100.35
1965            102.78          101.08          1980            100.47          100.29
1966            102.62          101.04          1981            100.31          100.22
1967            102.47          100.99          1982            100.16          100.15
1968            102.32          100.95          1983            100.00          100.00

Notice of redemption as aforesaid shall be given by publication at least once in each of three (3) successive weeks, the first publication to be at least thirty (30) days before the date set for redemption, in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language one of which shall be published in said Boston, and by mailing, at least thirty
(30) days prior to the date set for redemption, by registered mail, to the registered owners of all fully registered Bonds and to the registered owners of all coupon Bonds registered as to principal, which have been called for redemption, a copy of said notice.

If this Bond shall be called for redemption, or provision for such call shall have been made, as provided in said Indenture, and payment of the redemption price shall have been duly provided for by the Company, interest shall cease to accrue hereon from and after the redemption date, the coupons appertaining hereto thereafter maturing shall be void, the Company shall from the time provided in said Indenture be under no further liability in respect of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, this Bond and the bearer or registered owner hereof shall from and after such time look for payment hereof solely to the money so provided.

The said Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the bearers or registered owners of not less than seventy percentum (70%) in principal amount of the Bonds at the time outstanding (except Bonds held by or for the benefit of the Company), including if more than one series of Bonds shall be at the time outstanding, not less than seventy percentum (70%) in principal amount of the Bonds (except Bonds held by or for the benefit of the Company) of each series affected differently from those of other series, to effect by supplemental indenture modifications or alterations of said Indenture and of the rights and obligations of the Company and of the bearers and registered owners of the Bonds and coupons; but no such modification or alteration shall be made which, without the written approval or consent of the bearer or registered owner hereof, will extend the maturity hereof or reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest hereon or reduce the amount of the principal hereof or of any premium payable on the redemption hereof, or which will reduce the percentage of the principal amount of Bonds required for the adoption of the modifications or alterations as aforesaid, or authorize the creation by the Company, except as expressly authorized by the Indenture, of any mortgage, pledge, or lien upon the property subjected thereto ranking prior to or on an equality with the lien thereof.

If a default as defined in said Indenture shall occur, the principal of this Bond may become or be declared due and payable before maturity, in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture; but any default and the consequences thereof may be waived by certain percentages of the bearers or registered owners of Bonds, all as provided in said Indenture.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Bond or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof or of the said Indenture against any incorporator, stockholder, director, or officer, past, present, or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation under any constitution, statute, or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment, penalty, or otherwise, all such liability being waived and released by the holder hereof by the acceptance of this Bond.

This Bond shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

Neither this Bond nor any of the annexed coupons shall become or be valid or obligatory until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by the Trustee.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY has caused this Bond to be executed in its name and on its behalf, by its President or a Vice President and its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be impressed or imprinted hereon, and the coupons annexed thereto to bear the facsimile signature of its Treasurer, as of the first day of October, 1954.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

By

By

FORM OF COUPON

On , 19 , WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY upon surrender hereof, unless the Bond hereinafter mentioned shall have been called for previous redemption and payment duly provided therefor, will pay to the bearer, at the principal office in Boston, Massachusetts, of Old Colony Trust Company or of any successor as Trustee under the Indenture securing said Bond, or, at the option of the bearer, at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York fifteen and 63/100* dollars, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of such payment is legal tender for public and private debts, being six (6) months' interest on its First Mortgage Bond, Series B, 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984, Numbered .

Treasurer

*NOTE: April coupons will be in the amount of $15.63; October coupons will be in the amount of $15.62.

FORM FOR REGISTRATION

NOTICE: No writing below except by a duly authorized office of the Registrar.

Date of Registration
Name of Registered Owner

Signature of Registrar

FORM OF FULLY REGISTERED BOND
No. BR $

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

First Mortgage Bond, Series B, 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY, a corporation of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, (hereinafter called the Company) hereby promises to pay to , or registered assigns, the sum of dollars ($ ), on the first day of October, 1984, and semi-annually on the first days of April and October in each year to pay interest on said sum at the rate of three and one-eighth percentum (3 1/8%) per annum from the date hereof until the Company's obligation with respect to said sum shall be discharged. Both principal and interest shall be payable at the principal office in Boston in the County of Suffolk and said Commonwealth of Old Colony Trust Company, a corporation organized under the laws of said Commonwealth (hereinafter with its successors, as defined in the Indenture mentioned below, generally called the Trustee), or of such successors, or, at the option of the registered owner or registered assigns, at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for public and private debts.

This Bond is one of a series of Bonds known as the "First Mortgage Bonds, Series B, 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984" of the Company, limited to six million ($6,000,000) in aggregate principal amount (except as provided by the terms of Section 2.13 of the Indenture mentioned below), and issued under and secured by a First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust between the Company and said Old Colony Trust Company, as Trustee, dated as of August 1, 1954, (hereinafter with all indentures stated to be supplemental thereto to which the Trustee shall be a party, including the First Supplemental Indenture mentioned below, generally called the Indenture) and a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 1954, an executed counterpart of each of which is on file at the principal office of the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the nature and extent of the security, the rights thereunder of the bearers or registered owners of Bonds issued and to be issued thereunder, the rights, duties, and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the rights and obligations thereunder of the Company, and the terms and conditions upon which said Bonds, and other and further Bonds of other series are issued and are to be issued; but neither the foregoing reference to the Indenture nor any provision of this Bond or of the Indenture shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute, unconditional and unalterable, to pay at the maturities herein provided the principal of and interest on this Bond as herein provided.

The fully registered Bonds of this series in permanent form are issuable in denominations of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and any multiple thereof. The coupon Bonds of this series in permanent form are issuable in the denomination of one thousand dollars ($1,000).

This Bond is transferable by the registered owner hereof in person or by his duly authorized attorney at the principal office of the Trustee upon surrender and cancellation hereof, and thereupon a new Bond or Bonds of this series for a like principal amount will be issued in exchange, all as provided in said Indenture. The Company and the Trustee may deem and treat the registered owner hereof as the absolute owner hereof, whether or not this Bond be overdue, for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Bond is exchangeable at the option of the registered owner hereof at the principal office of the Trustee for coupon Bonds of this series of an equal principal amount, upon transfer and surrender hereof to the Trustee as hereinbefore provided, in the manner and on the terms provided in said Indenture, and upon such transfer and surrender, coupon Bonds of this series, with all coupons for interest unpaid hereon and none others attached, will be issued in lieu hereof.

This Bond is also exchangeable at the option of the registered owner hereof at the principal office of the Trustee for an equal principal amount of fully registered Bonds of this series of other denominations, in the manner and on the terms provided in said Indenture.

The Bonds of this series are subject to redemption prior to maturity upon not less than thirty (30) days' prior notice as a whole at any time, or in part from time to time, at the option of the Company or for the purposes of the Improvement Fund for Bonds of this series or of any other provision of the Indenture, in the manner and with the effect provided in said Indenture,
(i) if from Improvement Fund moneys pursuant to Article IV of said First Supplemental Indenture or moneys to be applied by the Trustee as provided in
Section 8.05 of the original Indenture, at the applicable percentages specified under the column headed Special Redemption Price, below, of the principal amount thereof, and (ii) if at the option of the Company or pursuant to any provisions of the Indenture other than those in respect of said Improvement Fund or said Section 8.05 of the original Indenture, at the applicable percentages specified under the column headed Optional Redemption Price, below, of the principal amount thereof, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption:

12 Months'                                              12 Months'
Period  Optional                Special         Period  Optional                Special
Starting        Redemption      Redemption      Starting        Redemption      Redemption
October 1       Price           Price           October 1       Price           Price

1954            104.47%         101.47%         1969            102.16%         100.90%
1955            104.32          101.44          1970            102.01          100.85
1956            104.16          101.41          1971            101.85          100.80
1957            104.01          101.38          1972            101.70          100.75
1958            103.86          101.34          1973            101.55          100.70
1959            103.70          101.31          1974            101.39          100.65
1960            103.55          101.27          1975            101.24          100.59
1961            103.39          101.24          1976            101.08          100.53
1962            103.24          101.20          1977            100.93          100.47
1963            103.09          101.16          1978            100.78          100.41
1964            102.93          101.12          1979            100.62          100.35
1965            102.78          101.08          1980            100.47          100.29
1966            102.62          101.04          1981            100.31          100.22
1967            102.47          100.99          1982            100.16          100.15
1968            102.32          100.95          1983            100.00          100.00

Notice of redemption as aforesaid shall be given by publication at least once in each of three (3) successive weeks, the first publication to be at least thirty (30) days before the date set for redemption, in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language one of which shall be published in said Boston, and by mailing, at least thirty
(30) days prior to the date set for redemption, by registered mail, to the registered owners of all coupon Bonds registered as to principal, which have been called for redemption, a copy of said notice.

If this Bond, or a part hereof, shall be called for redemption, or provision for such call shall have been made, as provided in said Indenture, and payment of the redemption price shall have been duly provided for by the Company, interest shall cease to accrue hereon, or on such called part, from and after the redemption date, the Company shall from the time provided in said Indenture be under no further liability in respect of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, this Bond, or such called part, and the registered owner hereof shall from and after such time look for payment hereof solely to the money so provided.

The said Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the bearers of registered owners of not less than seventy percentum (70%) in principal amount of the Bonds at the time outstanding (except Bonds held by or for the benefit of the Company), including, if more than one series of Bonds shall be at the time outstanding, not less than seventy percentum (70%) in principal amount of the Bonds (except Bonds held by or for the benefit of the Company) of each series affected differently from those of other series, to effect by supplemental indenture modifications or alterations of said Indenture and of the rights and obligations of the Company and of the bearers and registered owners of the Bonds; but no such modification or alteration shall be made which, without the written approval or consent of the registered owner hereof, will extend the maturity hereof or reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest hereon or reduce the amount of the principal hereof or of any premium payable on the redemption hereof, or which will reduce the percentage of the principal amount of Bonds required for the adoption of the modifications or alterations as aforesaid, or authorize the creation by the Company, except as expressly authorized by the Indenture, of any mortgage, pledge, or lien upon the property subjected thereto ranking prior to or on an equality with the lien thereof.

If a default as defined in said Indenture shall occur, the principal of this Bond may become or be declared due and payable before maturity, in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture; but any default and the consequences thereof may be waived by certain percentages of the bearers or registered owners of Bonds, all as provided in said Indenture.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Bond or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof or of the said Indenture against any incorporator, stockholder, director, or officer, past, present, or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation under any constitution, statute, or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment, penalty, or otherwise, all such liability being waived and released by the holder hereof by the acceptance of this Bond.

This Bond shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

This Bond shall not become or be valid or obligatory until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by the Trustee.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY has caused this Bond to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its President or a Vice President and its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be impressed or imprinted hereon, as of the day of , 19 .

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

By

By

FORM FOR TRANSFER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED

hereby sell, assign, and transfer the within Bond to and hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney to transfer said Bond on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated this day of , 19 .

In presence of:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Bond is one of the First Mortgage Bonds, Series B, 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984, described and provided for in the within mentioned Indenture.

OLD COLONY TRUST COMPANY, TRUSTEE

By
Authorized Officer

FORM OF STAMP TAX LEGEND

Any Federal Revenue Tax on the issue of this Bond has been paid by affixing to an original counterpart of the Indenture under which it is issued, and duly canceling, the required stamps.

AND WHEREAS all requirements of law and of the Certificate of Incorporation as amended, and of the By-Laws of the Company, including all requisite action on the part of directors and officers, and all things necessary to make the Series B Bonds, when duly executed by the Company and delivered, the valid, binding, and legal obligations of the Company, and the covenants and stipulations herein contained valid and binding obligations of the Company, have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery hereof have been in all respects duly authorized;

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH: In consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained and of the purchase and acceptance by the bearers and registered owners thereof of the Series B Bonds at any time issued hereunder, and of one dollar ($1) duly paid to the Company by the Trustee and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt whereof at or before the ensealing and delivery of these presents is hereby acknowledged, and in confirmation of and supplementing the Indenture, and in the performance and observance of the provisions thereof, and in order to establish the forms and characteristics of the Series B Bonds, and to secure the payment of the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Bonds from time to time outstanding under the Indenture according to their tenor and effect, and to secure the performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions therein contained, the Company has executed and delivered this First Supplemental Indenture, and does hereby confirm the conveyance, transfer, assignment and mortgage of the franchises and properties as set forth in the Original Indenture and has granted, bargained, sold, conveyed, assigned, transferred, mortgaged, and confirmed, and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, and confirm unto Old Colony Trust Company, as Trustee, as provided in the Indenture, its successors in the trusts thereof and hereof, and its and their assigns, all and singular the franchises and properties of the character described and defined in the Original Indenture as Mortgaged Property, acquired after the execution of the Original Indenture, subject, however, to Permitted Encumbrances and to any mortgages or other liens or encumbrances thereon of the character described in Section 4.10 of the Original Indenture existing at the time of the acquisition of such franchises and properties by the Company or created contemporaneously to secure or to raise a part of the purchase price thereof and to any renewals or extensions of such mortgages or other liens or encumbrances.

There is furthermore expressly excepted and excluded from the lien and operation of this First Supplemental Indenture, and from the definition of Mortgaged Property, all the property of the Company described in clauses A to J, both inclusive, of the granting clauses of the Original Indenture, whether owned at the time of the execution of this First Supplemental Indenture or hereafter acquired by it.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all and singular the above described franchises and properties unto the said Old Colony Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture, its successors in the trusts thereof and hereof, and its and their assigns, to its and their own use forever.

BUT IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, upon the terms and trusts set forth in the Indenture for the equal pro rata benefit, security, and protection of the bearers or registered owners of the Bonds from time to time certified, issued, and outstanding under the Indenture, without any discrimination, preference, priority, or distinction of any Bond or coupon over any other Bond or coupon by reason of series, priority in the time of issue, sale, or negotiation thereof, or otherwise howsoever, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, and these presents are upon the condition that if the Company, its successors or assigns, shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of and the premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds outstanding under the Indenture at the times and in the manner stipulated therein and in the Indenture and shall keep, perform and observe all and singular the covenants and promises in said Bonds and in the Indenture expressed to be kept, performed, and observed by or on the part of the Company, then this First Supplemental Indenture, and the estate and rights hereby granted shall, pursuant to the provisions of Article XV of the Original Indenture, cease, determine and be void, but only if the Original Indenture shall have ceased, determined and become void, as therein provided, otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE I.
DESCRIPTION AND ISSUE OF SERIES B BONDS

Section 1.01 The permanent Series B Bonds shall be substantially in the forms hereinbefore set forth, with such changes therein as shall be approved by the Company and the Trustee, shall be designated as the First Mortgage Bonds, Series B 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984, of the Company, shall be issuable in the aggregate principal amount of six million dollars ($6,000,000) and not more except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Original Indenture, if in coupon form shall be dated as of October 1, 1954, and if in fully registered form shall be dated as provided in the Original Indenture, shall mature October 1, 1984, shall bear interest at the rate of three and one-eighth percentum (3 1/8%) per annum from the date thereof until the Company's obligation in respect of the principal thereof shall be discharged, payable semi-annually on the first days of April and October in each year (the principal, premium, if any, and interest thereon being payable at the principal office of the Trustee in the City of Boston, Massachusetts, or, at the option of the holder, at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, in coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for public and private debts), shall be issued in coupon form registerable as to principal only, in the denomination of one thousand dollars ($1,000) each, and in fully registered form in denominations of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and any multiple thereof shall be redeemable at the times and in the manner provided in Article V of the Original Indenture and as hereinafter provided in this First Supplemental Indenture and shall be entitled to the benefit of the Improvement Fund described in Article IV of this First Supplemental Indenture.

Section 1.02 The Series B Bonds in coupon form may be exchanged for Series B Bonds in fully registered form of a like aggregate principal amount, and upon surrender at the principal office of the Trustee of any such Bond or Bonds with all unpaid coupons appertaining thereto, and if registered as to principal, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer signed by the registered owner thereof or by his duly authorized attorney, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall certify and deliver in exchange therefor one or more fully registered Series B Bonds in a like aggregate principal amount in the name or names designated by the holder of the coupon Bond or Bonds so surrendered.

Series B Bonds in fully registered form may be exchanged at the principal office of the Trustee for a like aggregate principal amount of Series B Bonds in fully registered form of other denominations and, upon surrender to the Trustee for exchange of one more of such Series B Bonds, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall certify and shall deliver in exchange therefor a like aggregate principal amount of such Series B Bonds of other denominations.

The Series B Bonds in fully registered form may also be exchanged for Series B Bonds in coupon form of a like aggregate principal amount, and upon surrender at the principal office of the Trustee of any such Bond or Bonds accompanied by a written instrument of transfer signed by the registered owner thereof or by his duly authorized attorney, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall certify (unless coupon Bonds previously certified shall be available) and deliver in exchange therefor Series B Bonds in coupon form in a like aggregate principal amount, with such coupons annexed thereto as may be necessary in order that no gain or less of interest shall result from such exchange.

ARTICLE II
DIVIDEND COVENANT

Section 2.01 The Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Trustee and with the respective bearers and owners of Series B Bonds that so long as any of the Series B Bonds shall be outstanding, the Company will not on or after October 1, 1954, declare or pay a dividend upon its capital stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of its capital stock) or make any other distribution on any shares of its capital stock, or purchase any shares of its capital stock in an amount or amounts exceeding the Dividend Fund hereinafter described, as constituted at the time of the declaration or payment of such dividend or distribution or at the time of such purchase.

The Dividend Fund shall be computed by adding to

(a) the sum of $2,639,760.58

(b) the net earnings of the Company, determined as hereinafter defined, for the period, considered as a unit, from January 1, 1954, to the close of that quarter which last precedes the date of the declaration of any such proposed dividend or distribution, or date of such purchase;

and by subtracting from the total thereof

(c) the aggregate amounts theretofore paid out or declared or agreed to be paid out during said period in respect of such dividends, distributions, or purchases.

For the purposes of this Covenant, the net earnings of the Company for any such period shall be computed on an accrual basis in accordance with sound accounting practice then current by deducting from the total revenues for such period the total operating expenses and other proper charges to income for such period, including (without in any respect limiting the generality of the foregoing) all taxes, interest on all outstanding indebtedness, amortization of debt discount and expense amortization of all other deferred charges properly subject to amortization, all charges on the Company's books to expense or income to provide for depreciation and all charges for maintenance, but excluding any provision for any Improvement Fund or any Sinking or similar fund for the retirement of debt and any profits and losses from the sale or other disposition of capital assets made in said period; provided however that

(1) the charge to earnings and credit to depreciation reserve for said period shall comply with the provisions of Section 4.12 of the Original Indenture, except that for any period less than a year the charge for such period shall be apportioned, at a rate which shall not be less than the annual rate required by Section 4.12 of the Original Indenture, on the balance of the depreciable property as described in said Section 4.12 owned by the Company at the beginning of said year; and

(2) net margins shall be adjusted by debits or credits thereto which are offset by adjustments of the hydro-equalization reserve of the Company and, except for said adjustments, net earnings shall not reflect as revenues or as a deduction from revenues any adjustment made during such period (whether made through surplus or income accounts) properly attributable to operations prior to January 1, 1954.

In the event that the Company shall merge or consolidate with any other corporation or corporations pursuant to Article XIV of the Original Indenture, the Dividend Fund shall not be increased or diminished by the surplus or deficit of such other corporation or corporations or by its or their earnings, dividends, distributions, or purchases prior to the date of such merger or consolidation.

ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION OF SERIES B BONDS

Section 3.01 The Series B Bonds shall be redeemable as a whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the option of the Company or for the purposes of the Improvement Fund provided for in Article IV hereof or of any other provisions of the Indenture including this First Supplemental Indenture
(i) if from Improvement Fund moneys pursuant to said Article IV or moneys to be applied by the Trustee as provided in Section 8.05 of the Original Indenture, at the applicable percentages of the called principal amount thereof specified under the column headed Special Redemption Price in the forms of Series B Bonds hereinabove contained, and (ii) if at the option of the Company or pursuant to any provisions of the Indenture including this First Supplemental Indenture, other than those in respect of said Improvement Fund or said Section 8.05 of the Original Indenture, at the applicable percentages of the called principal amount thereof specified under the column headed Optional Redemption Price in the forms of Series B Bonds hereinable contained, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest to the date set for redemption, all in the manner provided in Article V of the Original Indenture. Unless all the Series B Bonds then Outstanding shall be in fully registered form, failure by the Company to give notice by mail, as therein provided, shall not invalidate or affect the validity of the redemption proceedings.

ARTICLE IV
IMPROVEMENT FUND

Section 4.01 The Company covenants that so long as any Series B Bonds are Outstanding hereunder it will on the first day of November, 1955, and on the first day of November in each calendar year thereafter pay to the Trustee the sum of sixty thousand dollars ($60,000), as an Improvement Fund to be held and applied by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of Section 4.03 of this Article IV; provided however, that the Company may, at its option, irrevocably allocate, upon filing the application and other documents described in Section 4.02 of this Article IV, Net Property Additions towards the satisfaction of the obligation aforesaid in an amount equal to sixty percentum (60%) of the Available Net Property Additions as set forth in Item G of the Certificate of Available Net Property Additions filed in connection with said application.

Section 4.02 For the purpose of determining the amount of money if any, to be paid to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.01, the Company shall file with the Trustee on or before each said first day of November the following:

(a) an application consisting of an Officers' Certificate conforming to the requirements of Section 17.02 of the Original Indenture and otherwise substantially in the following form:

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

To Old Colony Trust Company, Trustee
under Indenture dated as of August 1, 1954.

Improvement Fund Application
under First Supplemental Indenture
filed November , 19

In conformity with the provisions of Article IV of the First Supplemental Indenture providing for an annual Improvement Fund in the amount of $60,000 for the benefit of the holders or registered owners of the First Mortgage Bonds, Series B, 3 1/8%, due October 1, 1984, of the aforesaid Company issued under the aforesaid Indenture, we hereby certify that the sum of $60,000 is due at this time from the Company to you as Trustee as aforesaid on account of said Improvement Fund obligation now due and payable.

(If irrevocable allocation of Net Property Additions is in full satisfaction of the Improvement Fund obligation then current, the following should be used)

Application is hereby made irrevocably to allocate in the amount of $100,000 the Available Net Property Additions set forth in Item G of the accompanying Certificate of Available Net Property Additions in full satisfaction of said obligation.

(If in partial satisfaction, the following should be used)

Application is hereby made irrevocably to allocate Net Property Additions shown in the accompanying Certificate of Available Net Property Additions, in partial satisfaction of said obligation, by application of an amount equal to sixty percentum (60%) of the Available Net Property Additions set forth in Item G of said Certificate, the balance of $ being transmitted herewith in cash in full satisfaction of said obligation.

(If there is no allocation of Net Property Additions the following should be used)

The sum of $60,000 is transmitted herewith in cash in full satisfaction of said obligation.

Office held

Office held

(b) if irrevocable allocation of any Net Property Additions be made

(1) a Directors Resolution authorizing the execution of a Supplemental Indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee conveying, transferring and/or assigning to the Trustee all Fundable Property not previously so conveyed, transferred and/or assigned;

(2) said Supplemental Indenture duly executed by the Company, and if necessary by the Trustee, in as many counterparts as the Trustee shall require;

(3) a Certificate of Available Net Property Additions;

(4) an Accountant's Certificate similar, except for necessary variations, to the Accountant's Certificate described in subparagraph (f) of
Section 3.08 of the Original Indenture;

(5) an Engineer's Certificate similar, except for necessary variations, to the Engineer's Certificate described in subparagraph (g) of
Section 3.08 of the Original Indenture;

(6) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the amount of the Improvement Fund obligation then due pursuant to this Section is correctly stated in said application, and that the documents described in this Section and/or the sum of money paid to the Trustee pursuant to this Section fully satisfy the liability of the Company upon the Improvement Fund obligation then due pursuant to this Section and if any Fundable Property be conveyed, assigned, and/or transferred to the Trustee, that all corporate action prerequisite or necessary for the execution and delivery of the Supplemental Indenture has been taken; that the Property Additions described in Item B of said Certificate are Fundable Property within the definition thereof contained in the Original Indenture; and that all recording and filing in respect of said Supplemental Indenture necessary for the security of any and all Bonds has been or will be completed.

The Company shall also pay to the Trustee with the documents aforesaid the sum of money, if any, set forth in the said application.

Section 4.08 If at the close of the first day of November, 1955, and of the first day of November in any calendar year thereafter, there shall be in the hands of the Trustee any cash paid to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.02, in the aggregate amount of five thousand dollars ($5,000) or more, said cash shall be set aside by the Trustee for the call and redemption of Series B Bonds then Outstanding and the Trustee, on behalf of and in the name of the Company and at the Company's expense, shall call for redemption on or prior to the next succeeding thirty-first day of December, at a redemption price in respect of each Bond so called for redemption consisting of the applicable percentage of the called principal amount thereof specified under the column headed Special Redemption Price in the forms of Series B Bonds hereinabove contained and interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption, Series B Bonds to a principal amount sufficient (exclusive of accrued interest) to exhaust as nearly as may be the cash so set aside. Notice to bearers or registered owners of the Series B Bonds called for redemption under this Section shall be given in the manner provided in Section 5.04 of the Original Indenture; the particular Series B Bonds to be redeemed shall, unless they shall include all the Series B Bonds then Outstanding, be chosen by lot as provided in Section 5.02 of the Original Indenture; and the provisions of Section 5.05 of the Original Indenture shall be applicable to the redemption of such Series B Bonds and all matters related thereto.

The Company shall reimburse the Trustee, forthwith upon its request, for all sums paid or to be paid out as interest upon Series B Bonds redeemed pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

ARTICLE V
THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01 The Trustee shall be entitled to, may exercise, and shall be protected by, where and to the full extent that the same are applicable, all the rights, powers, privileges, immunities and exemptions provided in the Indenture, as if the provisions concerning the same were incorporated herein at length. The remedies and provisions of the Indenture applicable in case of any default by the Company thereunder are hereby adopted and made applicable in case of any default with respect to the properties included herein and, without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, there are hereby conferred upon the Trustee the same powers of sale and other powers over the properties described herein as are expressed to be conferred by the Indenture.

ARTICLE VI
DEFEASANCE

This Supplemental Indenture shall become void when the Indenture shall be void.

ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS OF ORIGINAL INDENTURE

Section 7.01 The Original Indenture is hereby amended pursuant to subparagraph (f) of Section 16.01 of the Original Indenture, as follows:

(a) there are hereby added to the end of the last sentence of Section 4.14 of the Original Indenture the words "or consolidation"; and

(b) there are hereby inserted the words "in principal amount" between the word "majority" and the word "of" in the first sentence of the last paragraph of Section 9.01 of the Original Indenture.

Section 7.02 The Original Indenture is hereby amended pursuant to sub- paragraph (j) of Section 16.01 of the Original Indenture, as follows:

(a) there are hereby inserted at the end of Section 4.06 of the Original Indenture three additional paragraphs reading as follows:

"The Company will annually, within thirty (30) days after the thirty- first day of July, 1955, and within thirty (30) days after the thirty-first day of July in each calendar year thereafter, cause an examination of the Mortgaged Property to be made by an Engineer qualified as to the operation and maintenance of the Mortgaged Property, and will file with the Trustee an Engineer's Certificate signed by such Engineer stating whether or not the Mortgaged Property (exclusive of retired property and property which the Company has disposed of or ceased to operate or is contemplating disposing of or ceasing to operate in the near future, as permitted by Article VII hereof) owned by the Company on May 31, 1954, or the date of the last preceding similar Engineer's Certificate, if any, and Mortgaged Property subsequently acquired, whether as replacements or renewals or as entirely new property, has been since May 31, 1954, or the date of such preceding Engineer's Certificate, if any, and Mortgaged Property subsequently acquired, whether as replacements or renewals or as entirely new property, has been since May 31, 1954, or the date of such preceding Engineer's Certificate, if any, maintained at a standard of efficiency approved by good engineering practice and in compliance with the Company's covenants in this Section 4.06, and whether or not all such Mortgaged Property that is no longer used or useful in the Company's business has been duly recorded as retired on the books of the Company. Such Engineer's Certificate shall also state whether or not any deficiency previously reported in the performance by the Company of its covenants in this Section 4.06 has been made good, and whether or not since May 31, 1954, or the date of such preceding Engineer's Certificate, if any, there has been charged to current operating expense accounts sufficient amounts to cover that portion of the cost of all repairs, replacements, and renewals necessary to maintain the Mortgaged Property at such standard which is required to be so charged in accordance with sound accounting practice. If such Engineer's Certificate shall indicate that the Mortgaged Property has not been properly maintained pursuant to the Company's covenants in this
Section 4.06 or shall indicate that sufficient charges have not been made to current operating expense accounts such Engineer's Certificate shall further state the amount of the deficiency in such maintenance and/or charges from May 31, 1954, or from the date of such last preceding Engineer's Certificate, if any.

"If such Engineer's Certificate shall indicate that any such deficiency exists, the Company will with all reasonable speed make such repairs and/or do such other maintenance work and/or make such charges to current operating expense accounts or to earned surplus as may be necessary to make good such deficiency, whereupon such Engineer (or, in the case of his refusal or inability to act, some other Engineer) shall file an Engineer's Certificate with the Trustee that such deficiency has been made good; and if such Engineer's Certificate shall state that there has not been recorded as retired on the books of the Company Mortgaged Property which is no longer used or useful in the Company's business, the Company will forthwith make appropriate entries on its books recording the retirement of such property and will file with the Trustee a certificate signed by its Treasurer stating that such entrees have been made.

"Any such Engineer's Certificate filed with the Trustee shall be open to inspection by any Bondholder at any reasonable time. Subject to the provisions of Sections 13.02 and 13.03, the Trustee may treat any such Engineer's Certificate as sufficient evidence of compliance or non-compliance with the covenants in this Section 4.06 and of the extent of such non- compliance, if any, or may make, or cause to be made, with respect thereto such further investigations and reports or may obtain such further evidence with respect thereto as it may deem advisable."

(b) there are hereby inserted the words "or any other Obligor upon the Bonds" between the word "Company" and the words "for the whole amount" in the first sentence of Section 9.11 of the Original Indenture;

(c) there is hereby inserted at the beginning of Section 17.02 of the Original Indenture an additional paragraph reading as follows:

"The Company shall furnish to the Trustee evidence of compliance with conditions precedent, if any, provided for in the Indenture (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) which relate to the authentication and delivery of the Bonds, to the release or the release and substitution of property subject to the lien of the Indenture, to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, or to any other action to be taken by the Trustee at the request or upon the application of the Company. Such evidence shall consist of the following:

(1) An Officers' Certificate stating that such conditions precedent have been complied with;

(2) An Opinion of Counsel stating that in his opinion such conditions precedent have been complied with; and

(3) In the case of conditions precedent compliance with which is subject to verification by accountants, an Accountant's Certificate, which, in the case of any such conditions precedent to the authentication and delivery of the Bonds, and not otherwise, shall be an Independent Accountant's Certificate, if the aggregate principal amount of such Bonds and of other Bonds authenticated and delivered since the commencement of the then current calendar year (other than those with respect to which a certificate or opinion of an independent public accountant is not required, or with respect to which a certificate or opinion of an independent public accountant has previously been furnished) is ten per centum (10%) or more of the aggregate amount of Bonds at the time Outstanding, but no certificate or opinion need be made by any person other than an officer or employee of the Company who is specified in this Indenture as to (A) dates or periods not covered by annual reports required to be filed by the Company in the case of conditions precedent which depend on a state of facts as of a date or dates or for a period or periods different from that required to be covered by such annual reports, or (B) the amount and value of Property Additions, except as provided in the last paragraph of Section 3.08, or (C) the adequacy of depreciation, maintenance or repairs."

Section 7.03 The Original Indenture is hereby amended pursuant to
Section 16.02 of the Original Indenture, as follows:

(a) Section 9.17 off the Original Indenture is hereby amended to read as follows:

"Section 9.17 In case more than one series of Bonds be Outstanding hereunder and an event of default shall have happened because of any default in the payment of the principal of, or of the interest on, or of any Sinking Fund, Maintenance and Renewal Fund, Improvement Fund, or analogous fund installment in respect of, the Bonds of any one or more of such series and not in respect of the Bonds of one or more of the other series, and such event of default shall be subsisting, then whatever action in this Article it is provided may or shall be taken upon the happening of such an event of default (continuing or subsisting as in this Indenture provided) by or upon the request of the holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding (excluding Company-owned Bonds), may or shall be taken only if such holders of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding (excluding Company-owned Bonds) of the series as to which such default shall have been made."

such amendment having been approved by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and by the written consent, filed with the Trustee, of the holders of one hundred per centum (100%) in principal amount of the Bonds at the time Outstanding (there being no Company-owned Bonds).

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 8.01 The recitals in this First Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as recitals by the Company alone, and shall not be considered as made by or as imposing any obligation or liability upon the Trustee, nor shall the Trustee be held responsible for the legality or validity of this First Supplemental Indenture, and the Trustee makes no covenants or representations, and shall not be responsible, as to or for the effect, authorization, execution, delivery, or recording of this First Supplemental Indenture, except as expressly set forth in the Original Indenture. The Trustee shall not be taken impliedly to waive by this First Supplemental Indenture any right it would otherwise have. As provided in the Original Indenture, this First Supplemental Indenture shall hereafter form a part of the Indenture.

Section 8.02 If and to the extent that any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture required by any of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 to be included in an indenture to be qualified under said Act, such required provision shall control.

Section 8.03 This First Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original; and all said counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, shall constitute but one and the same instrument, which shall for all purposes be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Western Massachusetts Electric Company has caused this instrument to be executed in its corporate name by its President or one of its Vice-Presidents, thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, attested by its Clerk or an Assistant Clerk, and said Old Colony Trust Company has caused this instrument to be executed in its corporate name by one of its Vice-Presidents, thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, all on and as of the day and year first above written.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

By ROBERT R. HABBERLEY
        Vice-President

Attest:                                                                         (CORPORATE SEAL)

JAMES GRAY
        Clerk

Signed sealed and delivered by
Western Massachusetts Electric
Company in our presence:
        R. D. FISHER
        A. W. WILKINSON

OLD COLONY TRUST COMPANY
By J. J. WALSH
        Vice-President

Signed sealed and delivered by
Old Colony Trust Company
in our presence:
        R. D. FISHER
        A. W. WILKINSON                                                 (CORPORATE SEAL)

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

SUFFOLK, SS.

On this first day of October in the year 1954 before me personally came Robert R. Habberley and James Gray, both to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that they reside in Greenfield, Massachusetts and in Springfield, Massachusetts, respectively; that they are respectively a vice-president and clerk of Western Massachusetts Electric Company, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that they know the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument opposite the execution was affixed thereto pursuant to the authority of its Board of Directors; that they signed their respective names thereto by like authority; and each of them acknowledged said instrument to be his free act and deed in his said capacity and the free act and deed of Western Massachusetts Electric Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, at Boston in said Commonwealth, the day and year first above written.

                                                                        Elliot G. Kelley
(NOTARIAL                                                               Notary Public for
    SEAL)                                                       the Commonwealth of Massachusetts

My commission expires:
                November 14, 1958

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

SUFFOLK, SS.

On this first day of October in the year 1954 before me personally came J. J. Walsh to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides in Dorchester, Massachusetts; that he is a vice-president of Old Colony Trust Company, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument opposite the execution was affixed thereto pursuant to the authority of its Board of Directors; that he signed his name thereto by like authority; and he acknowledged said instrument to be his free act and deed in his said capacity and the free act and deed of Old Colony Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set may hand and affixed my official seal, at Boston in said Commonwealth, the day and year first above written.

                                                        Elliot G. Kelley                (NOTARIAL
                                                        Notary Public for               Seal)
                                                the Commonwealth of Massachusetts

My commission expires:
        November 14, 1958

I, the undersigned, Clerk of WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY, hereby CERTIFY that at a special meeting of the stockholders of said Company, duly called and held at Boston, Massachusetts, on September 28, 1954, the following vote was duly adopted by the affirmative vote of all the outstanding stock of said Company; and I, the undersigned, FURTHER CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of said Company, duly called and held on September 28, 1954, at which a quorum was present and voting, the same identical vote was unanimously passed by said Board of Directors:

Further
Voted: That the form, as presented to this meeting, of the proposed First Supplemental Indenture to be dated as of October 1, 1954, between the Company and Old Colony Trust Company, as Trustee, is hereby approved; that the President or any Vice President of the Company is each hereby authorized to execute the same for and on behalf of the Company and under its corporate seal, which the Clerk or an Assistant Clerk of the Company is hereby authorized to affix and attest; that the President or any Vice President of the Company is each hereby authorized to deliver the same in as many counterparts as may be deemed desirable by the said Trustee; and that the execution as aforesaid of the First Supplemental Indenture shall be conclusive evidence that it is the First Supplemental Indenture approved at this meeting and the execution of which is hereby authorized.

And I FURTHER CERTIFY that Robert R. Habberley is a Vice President of said Company, duly authorized to execute in the name and on behalf of said Company, the foregoing First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 1954; that I am the Clerk of said Company, duly authorized to attest the ensealing of said First Supplemental Indenture; that the First Supplemental Indenture to which this certificate is attached is substantially in the form presented to and approved at each of said meetings held September 28, 1954; that the foregoing is a correct copy of the vote adopted at each of said meetings; and that the foregoing vote remains in full force and effect without alteration.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name as Clerk and have caused the corporate seal of the Company to be hereunto affixed on October 1, 1954.

JAMES GRAY
JAMES GRAY, Clerk

(Corporate Seal)

RECORDING NOTE

The First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 1954, from Western Massachusetts Electric Company to Old Colony Trust Company as Trustee, has been duly filed for record as follows:

in the following Registries of Deeds:


County of Franklin

County of Hampden
County of Hampshire
County of Berkshire - Middle District County of Berkshire - Northern District County of Berkshire - Southern District all in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts County of Cheshire
in the State of New Hampshire Vernon Land Records
in the State of Vermont and in the following Land Court Registration Districts:


County of Hampden

County of Hampshire
County of Berkshire - Middle District all in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts

A Second Confirmatory Indenture of Mortgage dated October 1, 1954, from said Company to Old Colony Trust Company as Trustee, incorporating by reference the terms and provisions of said First Supplemental Indenture, was duly filed for record in the offices of the clerks of the following cities and towns:

City of Boston
City of Springfield
City of Chicopee
City of Pittsfield
Town of West Springfield City of Westfield
Town of Lee
Town of Greenfield
Town of Easthampton
Town of Dalton
Town of Montague

all in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


Exhibit 4.4.10
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 1, 1998

To

First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust

Dated as of August 1, 1954

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

TO

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, Trustee

1998 Series A Bonds, Due June 1, 1999

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

Supplemental Indenture, Dated as of May 1, 1998

EIGHTY-SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of the first day of May, 1998, made and entered into by and between WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with its principal place of business at 174 Brush Hill Avenue, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089 (hereinafter generally called the "Company" or "WMECO"), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a trust company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as successor to The First National Bank of Boston, as TRUSTEE under the Mortgage Indenture described below, with its principal corporate trust office at Two International Place, 4th Floor, Boston, MA 02110 (said State Street Bank and Trust Company or, as applied to action antedating the effective date of said succession, said The First National Bank of Boston, or its predecessor by merger, Old Colony Trust Company, being hereinafter generally called the Trustee).

WITNESSETH that:

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee its First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust [1] dated as of August 1, 1954 (hereinafter as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 1954, called the Original Indenture, the Original Indenture with all indentures supplemental thereto being hereinafter generally called the Indenture), conveying certain property therein described in trust as security for the Bonds of the Company to be issued thereunder as therein provided and for other purposes more particularly specified therein, and the Trustee has accepted said Trust; and

[1] For details as to the filing and recording of this instrument in Massachusetts, see Schedule C.

WHEREAS, there are outstanding $385,000,000 aggregate principal amount of First Mortgage Bonds which have been issued at various times and in various amounts and with various dates of maturity and rates of interest and have been denominated Series V, Series W, Series X, Series Y, 1997 Series A and 1997 Series B; and

WHEREAS, in order to provide a single, comprehensive, efficient framework for the financing of nuclear fuel for Millstone 1 and Millstone 2, as well as The Connecticut Light and Power Company's ("CL&P") and WMECO's (together with CL&P, the "Companies") approximately 65.172% ownership interest in the nuclear fuel for Millstone 3, the Companies entered into arrangements with Bankers Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee (the "NBFT Trustee") of the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (the "Trust") which was specially created for the purpose of such financing pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of January 4, 1982 as amended and restated as of February 11, 1992 (the "Trust Agreement") among Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, (which is the successor trustor to the New Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association, as assignee of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as receiver of The Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association), as Trustor (the "Trustor"), and CL&P, WMECO and The Hartford Electric Light Company (which merged with and into CL&P on June 30, 1982), as beneficiaries;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Nuclear Fuel Lease Agreement (the "Lease Agreement) dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated as of February 11, 1992, between CL&P and WMECO, The Hartford Electric Light Company, and the NBFT Trustee, the Companies have assigned to the NBFT Trustee all of their right, title, and interest in and to all or part of certain nuclear fuel contracts and nuclear fuel and the NBFT Trustee, in turn, has agreed to either reimburse the Companies for payments made to contractors under the assigned nuclear fuel contracts or to make such payments directly to the contractors;

WHEREAS, as part of the nuclear fuel financing arrangements for the Millstone Units, the NBFT Trustee entered into a revolving credit facility (the "Facility") with a syndicate of banks which, pursuant to its terms, was scheduled to expire on February 19, 1998 and, in connection therewith, a credit agreement dated as of February 11, 1992, as amended pursuant to a First Amendment dated as of April 30, 1993 and a Second Amendment dated as of May 12, 1995, with each of the financial institutions party thereto, and The First National Bank of Chicago (the "Bank Agent"), as agent for such financial institutions (as so named and as it may have been otherwise supplemented, amended or modified through the date hereof the "Current Credit Agreement", and together with any replacement thereof, the "Credit Agreement");

WHEREAS, in order to induce the banks to extend the Facility through July 31, 1998, the Companies were required to agree to provide additional collateral, equal to 50 percent of the banks' commitment under the Facility, by May 1, 1998 in the form of first mortgage bonds, as set forth in a Third Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of February 19, 1998 (the "Amendment");

WHEREAS, to satisfy the requirements under the Amendment and to meet a contractual requirement that the holders of the Trust's Intermediate Term Notes (the "IT Notes") are entitled to equal treatment with the banks, WMECO agreed, by appropriate and sufficient corporate action in conformity with the provisions of the Indenture to create a further series of bonds (hereinafter generally referred to as the "1998 Series A Bonds" or the "bonds of 1998 Series A"), limited in principal amount to $17,300,000 to be issued to secure WMECO's obligations under the Lease Agreement and to be assigned by the NBFT Trustee to The First National Bank of Chicago as Collateral Agent and Pledgee (the "Collateral Agent") under a certain Security Agreement and Assignment of Contracts dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated February 11, 1992, (the "Security Agreement") between the NBFT Trustee and the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein (the "Secured Parties"). The 1998 Series A Bonds shall consist of fully registered bonds containing terms and provisions duly fixed and determined by the Board of Directors of WMECO and expressed in this Supplemental Indenture, including terms and provisions with respect to maturity, interest payment, interest rate and repayment as provided herein. Such fully registered bonds and the Trustee's certificate of authentication thereof to be substantially in the forms thereof respectively set forth in Schedule A appended hereto and made a part hereof;

WHEREAS, WMECO proposes to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to provide for the issue of the bonds of 1998 Series A and to confirm the lien of the Indenture on the property referred to below, all as permitted by Section 3.04 of the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to resolutions duly and legally adopted by its Board of Directors at a meeting duly called and held for the purpose, has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture and the issue of the 1998 Series A Bonds in the aggregate principal amount not exceeding $17,300,000; and

WHEREAS, the issue of the 1998 Series A Bonds in said aggregate principal amount not exceeding $17,300,000 and the execution and delivery of this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture have been duly approved to the extent required by law by the Department of Telecommunications and Energy of said Commonwealth and by the Department of Public Utility Control of the State of Connecticut; and

WHEREAS, all requirements of law and of the articles of organization, as amended, and of the by-laws of WMECO, including all requisite action on the part of directors and officers, and all things necessary to make the 1998 Series A Bonds, when duly executed by WMECO and delivered, the valid, binding, and legal obligations of WMECO, and the covenants and stipulations herein contained valid and binding obligations of WMECO, have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery hereof have been in all respects duly authorized; and

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS EIGHTY-SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
In consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained and of the purchase and acceptance by the registered owners thereof of the 1998 Series A Bonds at any time issued hereunder, and of one dollar ($1) duly paid to the Company by the Trustee and for other good and valuable considerations, the receipt whereof at or before the ensealing and delivery of these presents is hereby acknowledged, and in confirmation of and supplementing the Indenture, and in the performance and observance of the provisions thereof, and in order to establish the form and characteristics of the 1998 Series A Bonds, and to secure the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on all Bonds from time to time outstanding under the Indenture according to their tenor and effect, and to secure the performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions contained therein and in this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture, the Company has executed and delivered this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture, and does hereby confirm the conveyance, transfer, assignment, and mortgage of the franchises and properties as set forth in the Original Indenture and in all supplemental indentures prior hereto, excepting only such as have been released in accordance with Article VII of the Indenture and has granted, bargained, sold, conveyed, assigned, transferred, mortgaged, and confirmed, and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, and confirm unto State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, as provided in the Indenture, its successors in the trusts thereof and hereof, and its and their assigns, all and singular the franchises and properties of the Company of the character described and defined in the Original Indenture as Mortgaged Property (including all and singular such franchises and properties which may hereafter be acquired by the Company) acquired after the execution of the Original Indenture including all real property conveyed to the Company prior to the date hereof, including, but not limited to, the property set forth in Schedule B appended hereto, subject, however, to Permitted Encumbrances and to any mortgages or other liens or encumbrances thereon of the character described in Section 4.10 of the Indenture existing at the time of the acquisition of such franchises and properties by the Company or created contemporaneously to secure or to raise a part of the purchase price thereof and to any renewals or extensions of such Permitted Encumbrances, mortgages or other liens or encumbrances.

There is furthermore expressly excepted and excluded from the lien and operation of this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture, and from the definition of the Mortgaged Property, all the property of the Company described in clauses A to J, both inclusive, of the granting clauses of the Original Indenture, whether owned at the time of the execution of this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture or thereafter acquired by it.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all and singular the above described franchises and properties unto the said State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture, its successors in the trusts thereof and hereof, and its and their assigns, to its and their own use forever.

BUT IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, upon the terms and trusts set forth in the Indenture for the equal pro rata benefit, security, and protection of the bearers or registered owners of the Bonds from time to time certified, issued, and outstanding under the Indenture, without any discrimination, preference, priority, or distinction of any Bond or coupon over any other Bond or coupon by reason of series, priority in the time of issue, sale, or negotiation thereof, or otherwise howsoever, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, and these presents are upon the condition that if the Company, its successors or assigns, shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of and the premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Bonds outstanding under the Indenture at the times and in the manner stipulated therein and in the Indenture and shall keep, perform, and observe all and singular the covenants and promises in said Bonds and in the Indenture expressed to be kept, performed, and observed by or on the part of the Company, then this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture and the estate and rights hereby granted shall, pursuant to the provisions of Article XV of the Original Indenture, cease, determine and be void, but only if the Indenture shall have ceased, determined and become void, as therein provided, otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE I

DESCRIPTION AND ISSUE OF THE 1998 SERIES A BONDS

Section 1.01. Designation; Amount; Form of Bonds of 1998 Series A. The 1998 Series A Bonds and the certificate of authentication of the Trustee upon said Bonds shall be substantially in the forms thereof respectively set forth in Schedule A appended hereto, with such changes therein as shall be approved by the Company and the Trustee. The 1998 Series A Bonds shall be designated as the First Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A, due June 1, 1999 of the Company, shall be issuable in the aggregate principal amount not exceeding seventeen million three hundred thousand dollars ($17,300,000) and no more except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Original Indenture. The Bonds shall be issued in fully registered form in denominations of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and any multiple thereof, and shall be redeemable in the manner provided in Section 1.05 of this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.11 of the Original Indenture, no charge, except for taxes or governmental charges, shall be made by the Company upon any registration of transfer or exchange of the 1998 Series A Bonds.

Section 1.02. Provisions of Bonds of 1998 Series A; Interest Accrual. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall mature on June 1, 1999 and shall bear interest at the Lease Rate (as defined below), as applicable from time to time, but such interest shall accrue only upon and following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Accelerating Event (as defined below); provided, however, that in no event shall the interest rate payable on the 1998 Series A Bonds exceed 6.89% per annum; and shall be payable both as to principal and interest at the office or agency of WMECO in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. After a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice from the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Accelerating Event, specifying in reasonable detail the events giving rise to the Accelerating Event and the date of its occurrence, interest on the outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds shall be due and payable on demand, provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Accelerating Event which is an Insolvency Event, interest shall be immediately due and payable on demand whether or not the Trustee has received notice of the occurrence of such Accelerating Event. Interest shall accrue from and including the date of occurrence of an Accelerating Event and shall continue to accrue during the continuance of such Accelerating Event. Interest on the outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds shall cease to accrue following the discontinuance of any such Accelerating Event as evidenced by a written notice from an officer of the Collateral Agent to a responsible officer of the Trustee, and any interest on the outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds that has accrued but has not yet become due and payable at the time such notice is given shall be extinguished and shall not be required to be paid at any time thereafter.

Except as specified in the preceding paragraph, no interest shall accrue or be payable on the 1998 Series A Bonds.

An "Accelerating Event" shall be deemed to have occurred on any date on which the Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing.

An "Insolvency Event" shall be deemed to have occurred on any date an Event of Default described in Section 7.1.1 or 7.1.2 of the Current Credit Agreement or an Event of Default of the same nature described in any Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as defined in the Lease Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing.

The term "Lease Rate" shall mean for any day, that rate sufficient to generate interest due on the outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds for such day in an aggregate amount equal to that portion of the Daily Lease Charge (as defined in the Lease Agreement) for such day which is the obligation of WMECO under the Lease Agreement, but in no event shall such rate exceed 6.89% per annum. From time to time following the occurrence of an Accelerating Event, WMECO at the request of the Collateral Agent, shall certify to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the NBFT Trustee the applicable Lease Rate for each day of the period covered by such certificate.

If any amounts due under the Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as defined in the Lease Agreement) shall become, or any bank acting as agent on behalf of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement or the holder or holders of any IT Notes shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, to be forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, the entire principal of the bonds of 1998 Series A, together with interest accrued but unpaid thereon, shall without notice or demand of any kind, become immediately due and payable.

Anything in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be deemed paid, and all obligations of WMECO to pay at the times provided herein the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be satisfied and discharged, if and to the extent, that (A) the Current Credit Agreement is terminated in its entirety and all obligations thereunder shall have been paid in full and WMECO shall not have given notice to the Trustee that such 1998 Series A Bonds shall remain outstanding, (B) each of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement has agreed in writing that the 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed paid, or (C) on June 1, 1999, no Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing; it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 19% of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 19% of the Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on written notice from the Collateral Agent that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Security Agreement.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.01 and Section 2.12 of the Original Indenture, each bond of 1998 Series A shall be dated as of May 1, 1998 and shall bear interest on the principal amount thereof as provided herein.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.12 of the Original Indenture, the person in whose name any bond of 1998 Series A is registered at the close of business on any record date (as hereinafter defined) with respect to any interest payment date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such interest payment date notwithstanding the cancellation of such bond upon any registration of transfer or exchange thereof subsequent to the record date and prior to such interest payment date, except that if and to the extent the Company shall default in the payment of the interest due on such interest payment date, then such defaulted interest shall be paid to the person in whose name such bond is registered on a subsequent record date for the payment of defaulted interest if one shall have been established as hereinafter provided and otherwise on the date of payment of such defaulted interest. A subsequent record date may be established by the Company by notice mailed to the owners of the bonds of 1998 Series A not less than ten (10) days preceding such record date, which record date shall not be more than five (5) days prior to the subsequent interest payment date. The term "record date" as used in this Section with respect to any regular interest payment date shall mean the day next preceding such interest payment date, or if such day shall not be a Business Day, the next preceding day which shall be a Business Day.

Section 1.03. Transfer and Exchange of the 1998 Series A Bonds; Agent as Registered Holder; Restriction on Transfer of 1998 Series A Bonds. The bonds of 1998 Series A may be surrendered for registration of transfer as provided in the Indenture at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and may be surrendered at said office for exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of bonds of 1998 Series A of other authorized denominations. Pursuant to provisions of Section 2.07 of the Original Indenture, the Company appoints State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A. and its successors as the agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, New York, for the registration of transfer and exchange of the 1998 Series A Bonds.

The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be issued to and registered in the name of THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as Pledgee and Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties named in the Security Agreement and, anything in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall not be sold, assigned, pledged or transferred, except to effect the transfer to any successor Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement.

Section 1.04. Conditions under which the 1998 Series A Bonds Not Entitled to Benefits of Indenture. Anything in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 19% of the amount of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) as determined at such time; (ii) at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 19% of the amount of such Secured Obligations as determined at such time; and (iii) to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Collateral Agent nor the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Indenture.

Section 1.05. No Redemption. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall not be redeemable.

Section 1.06.Issuance of Bonds Against Bonds to be Retired or Redeemed. Each initial and successive holder of any bond of the 1998 Series A, solely by virtue of its acquisition thereof, shall have and be deemed to have given written consent, without the need for any further action or consent by such holder, to the following amendment to the Original Indenture, and each said holder hereby authorizes the Trustee, on behalf of the holder, to waive any notice contemplated by the Indenture and to give written consent to such amendment. The amendment modifies Section 3.04(h) of the Original Indenture to read as follows:

(h) in the event that (i) the total annual interest requirements of the Bonds then to be issued under this Section exceed the total annual interest requirements of the Bonds in respect of the payment, retirement, redemption, Cancellation or surrender to the Trustee for Cancellation of which said Bonds are then to be issued and (ii) such Bonds in respect of the payment, retirement, redemption, Cancellation or surrender to the Trustee for Cancellation of which said Bonds are then to be issued are then Outstanding and mature more than two years from the date of the Officers' Certificate contemplated by paragraph (d) of this Section, an Earnings Certificate.

ARTICLE II

DIVIDEND COVENANT

Section 2.01 Dividend Covenant. This Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture imposes no additional restrictions on the Company's right to declare or pay any dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its common stock or to purchase or otherwise acquire for a consideration any shares of its common stock beyond those created by prior supplemental indentures and those in the Company's preferred stock provisions, by-laws and those otherwise required by law.

ARTICLE III

REPAYMENT OF THE 1998 SERIES A BONDS

Section 3.01. Repayment Upon Reduction of Aggregate Commitment Under the Facility. Upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee (i) that the Current Credit Agreement has been amended to reduce or cancel the Aggregate Commitment (as defined in the Current Credit Agreement) of the banks thereunder, and (ii) that upon the making of any repayment of outstanding advances, if any, required pursuant to the terms of the Current Credit Agreement as a result of such reduction or cancellation, the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement equals less than $90,000,000, bonds of the 1998 Series A, in a principal amount equal to 19% of the amount by which the principal amount of the then outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds held by the Collateral Agent exceeds the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement shall be deemed paid and all obligations of WMECO hereunder and thereunder with respect to such principal amount of 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed satisfied and discharged.

ARTICLE IV

THE TRUSTEE

Section 4.01. Trustee. The Trustee shall be entitled to, may exercise, and shall be protected by, where and to the full extent that the same are applicable, all the rights, powers, privileges, immunities and exemptions provided in the Indenture, as if the provisions concerning the same were incorporated herein at length. The remedies and provisions of the Indenture applicable in case of any default by the Company thereunder are hereby adopted and made applicable in case of any default with respect to the properties included herein and, without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, there are hereby conferred upon the Trustee the same powers of sale and other powers over the properties described herein as are expressed to be conferred by the Indenture.

ARTICLE V

DEFEASANCE

Section 5.01. Defeasance. This Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture shall become void when the Indenture shall be void.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 6.01. Effect of Recitals

The recitals in this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as recitals by the Company alone, and shall not be considered as made by or as imposing any obligation or liability upon the Trustee, nor shall the Trustee be held responsible for the legality or validity of this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture, and the Trustee makes no covenants or representations, and shall not be responsible, as to or for the effect, authorization, execution, delivery, or recording of this Supplemental Indenture, except as expressly set forth in the Original Indenture. The Trustee shall not be taken impliedly to waive by this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture any right it would otherwise have as provided in the Original Indenture, this Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture shall hereafter form a part of the Indenture.

Section 6.02. Counterparts. This Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original; and all said counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, shall constitute but one and the same instrument, which shall for all purposes be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.

Section 6.03. Benefits of Supplemental Indenture and 1998 Series A Bonds. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture, or in the bonds of 1998 Series A, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than WMECO, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or of any covenant, condition or provision herein contained. All the covenants, conditions and provisions hereof are and shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of WMECO, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 6.04. Effect of Table of Contents and Headings. The table of contents and the descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken to be any part of this Supplemental Indenture or to control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of the same.

Section 6.05. Payment Due on Holidays. If the date for making any payment or the last date for performance of any act or the exercise of any right, as provided in this Supplemental Indenture, is not a Business Day, such payment may be made or act performed or right exercised on the next succeeding Business Day unless otherwise provided herein, with the same force and effect as if done on the nominal date provided in this Supplemental Indenture.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Western Massachusetts Electric Company has caused this instrument to be executed in its corporate name by its President or one of its Vice Presidents and by its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed and attested by its Clerk or an Assistant Clerk, and said State Street Bank and Trust Company has caused this instrument to be executed in its corporate name by one of its Vice Presidents or Assistant Vice Presidents, thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, all as of the day and year first above written.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

By:

        /s/John B. Keane
        Vice President and Treasurer

        and by
        /s/David R. McHale
        Assistant Treasurer

Attest:

/s/O. Kay Comendul
Clerk or Assistant Clerk

Signed, sealed and delivered by
Western Massachusetts Electric
Company in our presence:

/s/Tracy A. DeCredico


STATE OF CONNECTICUT
COUNTY OF HARTFORD      BERLIN

On this 27 th day of April in the year 1998 before me personally came John B. Keane and David R. McHale, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that they are respectively a Vice President and an Assistant Treasurer of Western Massachusetts Electric Company, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that they know the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument opposite the execution was affixed thereto pursuant to the authority of its Board of Directors; that they signed their names thereto by like authority; and they acknowledged said instrument to be their free act and deed in their said respective capacities and the free act and deed of Western Massachusetts Electric Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, at Berlin, in said State, the day and year first above written.

        /s/Carole J. Kobrzycki
        Notary Public for the
        State of Connecticut
My commission expires 1/31/2003

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, Trustee

        By/s/Ruth A. Smith
                Authorized Officer

Signed, sealed and delivered by         (CORPORATE SEAL)
State Street Bank and Trust
Company in our presence:

/s/witness
/s/witness


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
        BOSTON
COUNTY OF SUFFOLK

On this 20 th day of April in the year 1998 before me personally came Ruth A. Smith to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he is an Vice President of State Street Bank and Trust Company one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument opposite the execution was affixed thereto pursuant to the authority of its Board of Directors; that he signed his name thereto by like authority; and he acknowledged said instrument to be his free act and deed in his said capacity and the free act and deed of State Street Bank and Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and my official seal, at Boston in said Commonwealth, the day and year first above written.

/s/Rose Marie Mogauro
Notary Public for the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts

My commission expires: 1/14/2005

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

Schedule A

(FORM OF BOND)

No. R-1 $17,300,000

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

First Mortgage Bond, 1998 Series A, due June 1, 1999

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY, a corporation of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter called the Company) hereby promises to pay to THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, or registered assigns, in each case as Pledgee and Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement referred to on the reverse hereof), the principal sum of $17,300,000 or, if less, 19% of the aggregate Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to on the reverse hereof) outstanding on June 1, 1999 or any date on or before June 1, 1999 on which the principal hereof becomes due and payable. The Company further agrees to pay interest on said sum at the Lease Rate (as such term and all other capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof) as applicable from time to time, but such interest shall accrue only upon and following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Accelerating Event; provided, however, that in no event shall the interest rate payable on the 1998 Series A Bonds exceed 6.89% per annum. After a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice from the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Accelerating Event specifying in reasonable detail the events giving rise to the Accelerating Event and the date of its occurrence, interest hereon shall be due and payable on demand; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Accelerating Event which is an Insolvency Event, interest shall be immediately due and payable on demand whether or not the Trustee has received notice of the occurrence of such Accelerating Event. Interest shall accrue from and including the date of occurrence of an Accelerating Event and shall continue to accrue during the continuance of an Accelerating Event. Interest hereon shall cease to accrue following the discontinuance of the Accelerating Event as evidenced by written notice from an officer of the Collateral Agent to a responsible officer of the Trustee, and any interest hereon that has accrued but has not yet become due and payable at the time such notice is given shall be extinguished and shall not be required to be paid at any time thereafter. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be payable both as to principal and interest at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. The interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A, whether in temporary or definitive form, shall be payable without presentation of such bonds; and only to or upon the written order of the registered holders thereof of record at the applicable record date. If any amounts due under the Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as defined in the Lease Agreement) shall become, or any bank acting as agent on behalf of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement or the holder or holders of any IT Notes shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, to be forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, the entire principal of the bonds of 1998 Series A, together with interest accrued but unpaid thereon, shall without notice or demand of any kind, become immediately due and payable.

Anything in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, the supplemental indenture establishing the terms and conditions of bonds of this Series (the "Supplemental Indenture") or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be deemed paid, and all obligations of the Company to pay at the times provided herein the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be satisfied and discharged, if and to the extent, that (A) the Current Credit Agreement is terminated in its entirety and all obligations thereunder shall have been paid in full and the Company shall not have given notice to the Trustee that such 1998 Series A Bonds shall remain outstanding, (B) each of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement has agreed in writing that the 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed paid, or (C) on June 1, 1999, no Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing; it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 19% of the amount of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 19% of such Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on written notice from the Collateral Agent that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under such Security Agreement. By its acceptance of this Bond, the Collateral Agent agrees upon request of the Company to provide such notice to the Trustee so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Each installment of interest hereon shall be payable to the person who shall be the registered owner of this Bond at the close of business on the record date, which shall be the day next preceding such interest payment date, or if such date shall not be a Business Day (as defined on the reverse hereof), the next preceding day which is a Business Day.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, and the registration of transfer and exchangeability of this Bond, and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

This Bond shall not become or be valid or obligatory until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by State Street Bank and Trust Company (hereinafter with its successors as defined in the Indenture, generally called the Trustee), or by such a successor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Western Massachusetts Electric Company has caused this Bond to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its President or a Vice President and its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be impressed or imprinted hereon.

Dated as of , 1998.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

By
By

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Bond is one of the First Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A, due June 1, 1999, described and provided for in the within mentioned Indenture.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

By:
Authorized Signatory

[FORM OF BOND]

[REVERSE]

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

First Mortgage Bond, 1998 Series A

The Bond is one of a series of Bonds in fully registered form known as the "First Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A, due June 1, 1999" of the Company, limited to seventeen million three hundred thousand dollars ($17,300,000) in aggregate principal amount (except as provided by the terms of Section2.13 of the Original Indenture mentioned below), and issued under and secured by a First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust between the Company and Old Colony Trust Company (now State Street Bank and Trust Company, successor Trustee) as Trustee, dated as of August 1, 1954 (herein as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 1954, called the Original Indenture, the Original Indenture with all indentures supplemental thereto, including specifically the Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998, being herein generally called the Indenture) and said Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture, an executed counterpart of each of which is on file at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the nature and extent of the security, the rights thereunder of the bearers or registered owners of Bonds issued and to be issued thereunder, the rights, duties, and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the rights and obligations thereunder of the Company, and the terms and conditions upon which said Bonds, and other and further Bonds of other series, are issued and are to be issued; but neither the foregoing reference to the Indenture nor any provision of this Bond or of the Indenture establishing the terms and conditions of the bonds of this Series shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute, unconditional and unalterable, to pay the principal of and interest on this Bond as herein provided. The principal of this bond may be declared or may become due on the conditions, in the manner and at the time set forth in the Indenture, upon the happening of an event of default as in the Indenture provided or if any amounts due under the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) or any IT Note Agreement (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement referred to below) shall become, or the Bank Agent or the holder or holders of any IT Note shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or such IT Note Agreement, to be forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be.

This Bond, together with all other Bonds of this series, if any, is issued to evidence and secure the Company's obligations pursuant to the Lease Agreement, it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 19% of the amount of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 19% of the amount of the Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Indenture.

The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be issued to and registered in the name of THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as Pledgee and Collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent") under the Security Agreement and Assignment of Contracts dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated February 11, 1992 between Bankers Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee of the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust which was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated as of February 11, 1992 among Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (which is the successor trustor to the New Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association, as assignee of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as receiver of the Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association), as Trustor and the Company, The Connecticut Light & Power Company ("CL&P") and The Hartford Electric Light Company (which merged with and into CL&P on June 30, 1982), as beneficiaries, and the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein (the "Security Agreement"). Anything in the Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall not be sold, assigned, pledged or transferred, except to effect the transfer to any successor Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Bond, the Company and the Trustee may deem and treat the registered owner hereof as the absolute owner hereof, whether or not this Bond be overdue, for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee (i) that the Current Credit Agreement has been amended to reduce or cancel the Aggregate Commitment (as defined in the Current Credit Agreement) of the banks thereunder, and (ii) that upon the making of any repayment of outstanding advances, required pursuant to the terms of the Current Credit Agreement as a result of such reduction or cancellation, the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement equals less than $90,000,000, bonds of the 1998 Series A, in a principal amount equal to 19% of the amount by which the principal amount of the then outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds held by the Collateral Agent exceeds the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement, shall be deemed paid and all obligations of WMECO hereunder and thereunder with respect to such principal amount of 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed satisfied and discharged.

This Bond is exchangeable at the option of the registered owner hereof at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, for an equal principal amount of fully registered bonds of this series of other authorized denominations, in the manner and on the terms provided in the Indenture.

The 1998 Series A Bonds shall not be redeemable.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the bearers or registered owners of not less than seventy percentum (70%) in principal amount of the Bonds at the time outstanding (except Bonds held by or for the benefit of the Company), including, if more than one Series of Bonds shall be at the time outstanding, not less than seventy percentum (70%) in principal amount of the Bonds (except Bonds held by or for the benefit of the Company) of each series affected differently from those of other series, to effect by supplemental indenture modifications or alterations of the Indenture and of the rights and obligations of the Company and of the bearers and registered owners of the Bonds; but no such modification or alteration shall be made which, without the written approval or consent of the registered owner hereof, will extend the maturity hereof or reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest hereon or change the amount of the principal hereof or of any premium payable on the redemption hereof, or which will reduce the percentage of the principal amount of Bonds or the percentage of the principal amount of Bonds of any one series required for the adoption of the modifications or alterations as aforesaid, or authorize the creation by the Company, except as expressly authorized by the Indenture, of any mortgage, pledge, or lien upon the property subjected thereto ranking prior to or on an equality with the lien thereof.

Each initial and successive holder of any bond of the 1998 Series A, solely by virtue of its acquisition thereof, shall have and be deemed to have given written consent, without the need for any further action or consent by such holder, to the following amendment to the Original Indenture, and each said holder hereby authorizes the Trustee, on behalf of the holder, to waive any notice contemplated by the Indenture and to give written consent to such amendment. The amendment modifies Section 3.04(h) of the Original Indenture to read as follows:

(h) in the event that (i) the total annual interest requirements of the Bonds then to be issued under this Section exceed the total annual interest requirements of the Bonds in respect of the payment, retirement, redemption, Cancellation or surrender to the Trustee for Cancellation of which said Bonds are then to be issued and (ii) such Bonds in respect of the payment, retirement, redemption, Cancellation or surrender to the Trustee for Cancellation of which said Bonds are then to be issued are then Outstanding and mature more than two years from the date of the Officers' Certificate contemplated by paragraph (d) of this Section, an Earnings Certificate.

If a default as defined in the Indenture shall occur, the principal of this Bond may become or be declared due and payable before maturity, in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture; but any default and the consequences thereof may be waived by certain percentages of the bearers or registered owners of Bonds, all as provided in the Indenture.

If the date for making any payment or the last date for performance of any act or the exercise of any right, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and series of the bonds of this 1998 Series A, is not a Business Day, such payment may be made or act performed or right exercised on the next succeeding Business Day, unless otherwise provided herein, with the same force and effect as if done on the nominal date provided in the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and series of the bonds of this 1998 Series A.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Bond, or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof, or of the Indenture against any incorporator, stockholder, director, or officer, past, present, or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation under any constitution, statute, or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment, penalty, or otherwise, all such liability being waived and released by the holder hereof by the acceptance of this Bond.

Schedule B

All of the following real estate and rights in real estate, the titles to the various sites being those acquired by the Company by the respective deeds below mentioned.

NONE

Schedule C
(NOT INCLUDED)

Detail of Filing and Recording of First Mortgage Indenture and Deed

Trust dated as of August 1, 1954 in Massachusetts.


Exhibit 4.4.11
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 1, 1998

To

First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust

Dated as of August 1, 1954

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

TO

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, Trustee

1998 Series A Bonds, Due June 1, 1999

Amending the Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

Supplemental Indenture, Dated as of May 1, 1998

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Parties
Recitals

ARTICLE I
AMENDMENT OF INDENTURE

Section 1.01.   Amendment of Section 3.01 of the Eighty-Second Supplemental
Indenture

Section 1.02.   Amendment of Schedule A to the Eighty-Second Supplemental
Indenture

ARTICLE II
THE TRUSTEE

Section 2.01.   Trustee

ARTICLE III
DEFEASANCE

Section 3.01.   Defeasance

ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 4.01.   Effect of Recitals

Section 4.02.   Counterparts

Section 4.03.   Benefits of Supplemental Indenture and the 1998 Series A Bonds

Section 4.04.   Effect of Table of Contents and Headings

TESTIMONIUM

SIGNATURES

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

SCHEDULE A -    Form of Bond for the 1998 Series A; Form of Trustee's
Certificate

SCHEDULE C -    Detail of Filing and Recording of First Mortgage Indenture and
Deed of Trust

EIGHTY-THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of the first day of May, 1998, made and entered into by and between WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with its principal place of business at 174 Brush Hill Avenue, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089 (hereinafter generally called the "Company" or "WMECO"), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a trust company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as successor to The First National Bank of Boston, as TRUSTEE under the Mortgage Indenture described below, with its principal corporate trust office at Two International Place, 4th Floor, Boston, MA 02110 (said State Street Bank and Trust Company or, as applied to action antedating the effective date of said succession, said The First National Bank of Boston, or its predecessor by merger, Old Colony Trust Company, being hereinafter generally called the Trustee).

WITNESSETH that:

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee its First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust1 dated as of August 1, 1954 (hereinafter as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 1954, called the Original Indenture, the Original Indenture with all indentures supplemental thereto being hereinafter generally called the Indenture), conveying certain property therein described in trust as security for the Bonds of the Company to be issued thereunder as therein provided and for other purposes more particularly specified therein, and the Trustee has accepted said Trust; and

WHEREAS, there are outstanding $385,000,000 aggregate principal amount of First Mortgage Bonds which have been issued at various times and in various amounts and with various dates of maturity and rates of interest and have been denominated Series V, Series W, Series X, Series Y, 1997 Series A and 1997 Series B; and

WHEREAS, WMECO executed and delivered an Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 to provide for the issue of the bonds of 1998 Series A; and

WHEREAS, WMECO proposes to execute and deliver this Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture to correct a typographical error appearing in Section 3.01 and Schedule A of the Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture, all as permitted by Section 16.01(f) of the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to constitute this Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture as a valid, binding and legal instrument have been authorized and performed.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS EIGHTY-THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENT OF INDENTURE

Section 1.01. Amendment of Section 3.01 of the Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture. The Indenture shall be, and hereby is, amended to correct a typographical error by deleting Section 3.01 of the Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

Section 3.01. Repayment Upon Reduction of Aggregate Commitment Under the Facility. Upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee (i) that the Current Credit Agreement has been amended to reduce or cancel the Aggregate Commitment (as defined in the Current Credit Agreement) of the banks thereunder, and (ii) that upon the making of any repayment of outstanding advances, if any, required pursuant to the terms of the Current Credit Agreement as a result of such reduction or cancellation, the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement equals less than $90,000,000, bonds of the 1998 Series A, in a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of the then outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds held by the Collateral Agent exceeds 19% of the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement, shall be deemed paid and all obligations of WMECO hereunder and thereunder with respect to such principal amount of 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed satisfied and discharged.

Section 1.02. Amendment of Schedule A to the Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture. The Indenture shall be, and hereby is, amended to correct a typographical error by deleting Schedule A to the Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof Schedule A appended hereto.

ARTICLE II

THE TRUSTEE

Section 2.01. Trustee. The Trustee shall be entitled to, may exercise, and shall be protected by, where and to the full extent that the same are applicable, all the rights, powers, privileges, immunities and exemptions provided in the Indenture, as if the provisions concerning the same were incorporated herein at length. The remedies and provisions of the Indenture applicable in case of any default by the Company thereunder are hereby adopted and made applicable in case of any default with respect to the properties included herein and, without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, there are hereby conferred upon the Trustee the same powers of sale and other powers over the properties described herein as are expressed to be conferred by the Indenture.

ARTICLE III

DEFEASANCE

Section 3.01. Defeasance. This Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture shall become void when the Indenture shall be void.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 4.01. Effect of Recitals. The recitals in this Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as recitals by the Company alone, and shall not be considered as made by or as imposing any obligation or liability upon the Trustee, nor shall the Trustee be held responsible for the legality or validity of this Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture, and the Trustee makes no covenants or representations, and shall not be responsible, as to or for the effect, authorization, execution, delivery, or recording of this Supplemental Indenture, except as expressly set forth in the Original Indenture. The Trustee shall not be taken impliedly to waive by this Eighty- Third Supplemental Indenture any right it would otherwise have as provided in the Original Indenture, this Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture shall hereafter form a part of the Indenture.

Section 4.02. Counterparts. This Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original; and all said counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, shall constitute but one and the same instrument, which shall for all purposes be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.

Section 4.03. Benefits of Supplemental Indenture and 1998 Series A Bonds. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture, or in the bonds of 1998 Series A, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than WMECO, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or of any covenant, condition or provision herein contained. All the covenants, conditions and provisions hereof are and shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of WMECO, the Trustee and the holders of the bonds and interest obligations secured by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 4.04. Effect of Table of Contents and Headings. The table of contents and the descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken to be any part of this Supplemental Indenture or to control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of the same.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Western Massachusetts Electric Company has caused this instrument to be executed in its corporate name by its President or one of its Vice Presidents and by its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed and attested by its Clerk or an Assistant Clerk, and said State Street Bank and Trust Company has caused this instrument to be executed in its corporate name by one of its Vice Presidents or Assistant Vice Presidents, thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, all as of the day and year first above written.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

        By/s/John B. Keane
        Vice President and Treasurer

        and by/s/David R. McHale
        Assistant Treasurer

Attest:/s/O. Kay Comendul
Clerk or Assistant Clerk

Signed, sealed and delivered by
Western Massachusetts Electric
Company in our presence:
/s/Tracy A. DeCredico
/s/Marion C. Bloomquist

STATE OF CONNECTICUT
COUNTY OF HARTFORD      BERLIN

On this 4 th day of May in the year 1998 before me personally came John B. Keane and David R. McHale, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that they are respectively a Vice President and an Assistant Treasurer of Western Massachusetts Electric Company, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that they know the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument opposite the execution was affixed thereto pursuant to the authority of its Board of Directors; that they signed their names thereto by like authority; and they acknowledged said instrument to be their free act and deed in their said respective capacities and the free act and deed of Western Massachusetts Electric Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, at Berlin, in said State, the day and year first above written.

/s/Susan L. Cifaldi
Notary Public for the
State of Connecticut

My commission expires May 31, 1999

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, Trustee

        By:/s/ Ruth A. Smith
                Authorized Officer

Signed, sealed and delivered by         (CORPORATE SEAL)
State Street Bank and Trust
Company in our presence:

/s/James E. Schultz
/s/Rene Regland
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
        BOSTON
COUNTY OF SUFFOLK

On this 5 th day of May in the year 1998 before me personally came Ruth
A. Smith to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that she is a Vice President of State Street Bank and Trust Company, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that she knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument opposite the execution was affixed thereto pursuant to the authority of its Board of Directors; that she signed his name thereto by like authority; and he acknowledged said instrument to be his free act and deed in she said capacity and the free act and deed of State Street Bank and Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and my official seal, at Boston in said Commonwealth, the day and year first above written.

/s/James M. Coolidge
Notary Public for the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts

My commission expires: June 19, 2003

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

Schedule A

(FORM OF BOND)

No. R-1 $17,300,000

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

First Mortgage Bond, 1998 Series A, due June 1, 1999

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY, a corporation of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter called the Company) hereby promises to pay to THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, or registered assigns, in each case as Pledgee and Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement referred to on the reverse hereof), the principal sum of $17,300,000 or, if less, 19% of the aggregate Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to on the reverse hereof) outstanding on June 1, 1999 or any date on or before June 1, 1999 on which the principal hereof becomes due and payable. The Company further agrees to pay interest on said sum at the Lease Rate (as such term and all other capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof) as applicable from time to time, but such interest shall accrue only upon and following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Accelerating Event; provided, however, that in no event shall the interest rate payable on the 1998 Series A Bonds exceed 6.89% per annum. After a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice from the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Accelerating Event specifying in reasonable detail the events giving rise to the Accelerating Event and the date of its occurrence, interest hereon shall be due and payable on demand; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Accelerating Event which is an Insolvency Event, interest shall be immediately due and payable on demand whether or not the Trustee has received notice of the occurrence of such Accelerating Event. Interest shall accrue from and including the date of occurrence of an Accelerating Event and shall continue to accrue during the continuance of an Accelerating Event. Interest hereon shall cease to accrue following the discontinuance of the Accelerating Event as evidenced by written notice from an officer of the Collateral Agent to a responsible officer of the Trustee, and any interest hereon that has accrued but has not yet become due and payable at the time such notice is given shall be extinguished and shall not be required to be paid at any time thereafter. The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be payable both as to principal and interest at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. The interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A, whether in temporary or definitive form, shall be payable without presentation of such bonds; and only to or upon the written order of the registered holders thereof of record at the applicable record date. If any amounts due under the Credit Agreement or any IT Note Agreement (as defined in the Lease Agreement) shall become, or any bank acting as agent on behalf of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement or the holder or holders of any IT Notes shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, to be forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be, the entire principal of the bonds of 1998 Series A, together with interest accrued but unpaid thereon, shall without notice or demand of any kind, become immediately due and payable.

Anything in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, the eighty- second supplemental indenture establishing the terms and conditions of bonds of this Series (the "Supplemental Indenture"), the eighty-third supplemental indenture amending the Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be deemed paid, and all obligations of the Company to pay at the times provided herein the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the bonds of 1998 Series A shall be satisfied and discharged, if and to the extent, that (A) the Current Credit Agreement is terminated in its entirety and all obligations thereunder shall have been paid in full and the Company shall not have given notice to the Trustee that such 1998 Series A Bonds shall remain outstanding, (B) each of the financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement has agreed in writing that the 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed paid, or (C) on June 1, 1999, no Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing; it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 19% of the amount of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 19% of such Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on written notice from the Collateral Agent that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under such Security Agreement. By its acceptance of this Bond, the Collateral Agent agrees upon request of the Company to provide such notice to the Trustee so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Each installment of interest hereon shall be payable to the person who shall be the registered owner of this Bond at the close of business on the record date, which shall be the day next preceding such interest payment date, or if such date shall not be a Business Day (as defined on the reverse hereof), the next preceding day which is a Business Day.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, and the registration of transfer and exchangeability of this Bond, and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth in this place.

This Bond shall not become or be valid or obligatory until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by State Street Bank and Trust Company (hereinafter with its successors as defined in the Indenture, generally called the Trustee), or by such a successor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Western Massachusetts Electric Company has caused this Bond to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its President or a Vice President and its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer thereunto duly authorized, and its corporate seal to be impressed or imprinted hereon.

Dated as of , 1998.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

By:

By:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Bond is one of the First Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A, due June 1, 1999, described and provided for in the within mentioned Indenture.

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

By:
Authorized Signatory

[FORM OF BOND]

[REVERSE]

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

First Mortgage Bond, 1998 Series A

The Bond is one of a series of Bonds in fully registered form known as the "First Mortgage Bonds, 1998 Series A, due June 1, 1999" of the Company, limited to seventeen million three hundred thousand dollars ($17,300,000) in aggregate principal amount (except as provided by the terms of Section 2.13 of the Original Indenture mentioned below), and issued under and secured by a First Mortgage Indenture and Deed of Trust between the Company and Old Colony Trust Company (now State Street Bank and Trust Company, successor Trustee) as Trustee, dated as of August 1, 1954 (herein as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 1, 1954, called the Original Indenture, the Original Indenture with all indentures supplemental thereto, including specifically the Eighty-Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 and the Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998, being herein generally called the Indenture) and said Eighty-Second and Eighty-Third Supplemental Indentures, executed counterparts of each of which are on file at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a description of the nature and extent of the security, the rights thereunder of the bearers or registered owners of Bonds issued and to be issued thereunder, the rights, duties, and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the rights and obligations thereunder of the Company, and the terms and conditions upon which said Bonds, and other and further Bonds of other series, are issued and are to be issued; but neither the foregoing reference to the Indenture nor any provision of this Bond or of the Indenture establishing the terms and conditions of the bonds of this Series shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute, unconditional and unalterable, to pay the principal of and interest on this Bond as herein provided. The principal of this bond may be declared or may become due on the conditions, in the manner and at the time set forth in the Indenture, upon the happening of an event of default as in the Indenture provided or if any amounts due under the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) or any IT Note Agreement (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement referred to below) shall become, or the Bank Agent or the holder or holders of any IT Note shall so declare amounts due under such Credit Agreement or such IT Note Agreement, to be forthwith due and payable pursuant to the terms of such Credit Agreement or IT Note Agreement, as the case may be.

This Bond, together with all other Bonds of this series, if any, is issued to evidence and secure the Company's obligations pursuant to the Lease Agreement, it being understood that the actual indebtedness evidenced by the 1998 Series A Bonds as of any time shall be limited to 19% of the amount of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement referred to below) as determined at such time, that at no time shall any claim be made for principal and interest on the 1998 Series A Bonds in excess of 19% of the amount of the Secured Obligations as determined at such time, and that, to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of the 1998 Series A Bonds exceeds such amount, neither the Secured Parties nor the Collateral Agent shall have any right under, or right to exercise any right granted to the holders of such excess 1998 Series A Bonds under, the Indenture.

The bonds of 1998 Series A shall be issued to and registered in the name of THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as Pledgee and Collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent") under the Security Agreement and Assignment of Contracts dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated February 11, 1992 between Bankers Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee of the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust which was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of January 4, 1982, as amended and restated as of February 11, 1992 among Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (which is the successor trustor to the New Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association, as assignee of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as receiver of the Connecticut Bank and Trust Company, National Association), as Trustor and the Company, The Connecticut Light & Power Company ("CL&P") and The Hartford Electric Light Company (which merged with and into CL&P on June 30, 1982), as beneficiaries, and the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein (the "Security Agreement"). Anything in the Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture, the Eight-Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 amending the Supplemental Indenture or any bond of 1998 Series A to the contrary notwithstanding, the bonds of 1998 Series A shall not be sold, assigned, pledged or transferred, except to effect the transfer to any successor Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Bond, the Company and the Trustee may deem and treat the registered owner hereof as the absolute owner hereof, whether or not this Bond be overdue, for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Upon written notice by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee (i) that the Current Credit Agreement has been amended to reduce or cancel the Aggregate Commitment (as defined in the Current Credit Agreement) of the banks thereunder, and (ii) that upon the making of any repayment of outstanding advances, if any, required pursuant to the terms of the Current Credit Agreement as a result of such reduction or cancellation, the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement equals less than $90,000,000, bonds of the 1998 Series A, in a principal amount equal to the amount by which the principal amount of the then outstanding 1998 Series A Bonds held by the Collateral Agent exceeds 19% of the sum of the then outstanding principal amount of the IT Notes and the greater of the Aggregate Commitment under the Current Credit Agreement and the aggregate principal amount of all loans outstanding under the Current Credit Agreement, shall be deemed paid and all obligations of WMECO hereunder and thereunder with respect to such principal amount of 1998 Series A Bonds shall be deemed satisfied and discharged.

This Bond is exchangeable at the option of the registered owner hereof at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, for an equal principal amount of fully registered bonds of this series of other authorized denominations, in the manner and on the terms provided in the Indenture.

The 1998 Series A Bonds shall not be redeemable.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the bearers or registered owners of not less than seventy percentum (70%) in principal amount of the Bonds at the time outstanding (except Bonds held by or for the benefit of the Company), including, if more than one Series of Bonds shall be at the time outstanding, not less than seventy percentum (70%) in principal amount of the Bonds (except Bonds held by or for the benefit of the Company) of each series affected differently from those of other series, to effect by supplemental indenture modifications or alterations of the Indenture and of the rights and obligations of the Company and of the bearers and registered owners of the Bonds; but no such modification or alteration shall be made which, without the written approval or consent of the registered owner hereof, will extend the maturity hereof or reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest hereon or change the amount of the principal hereof or of any premium payable on the redemption hereof, or which will reduce the percentage of the principal amount of Bonds or the percentage of the principal amount of Bonds of any one series required for the adoption of the modifications or alterations as aforesaid, or authorize the creation by the Company, except as expressly authorized by the Indenture, of any mortgage, pledge, or lien upon the property subjected thereto ranking prior to or on an equality with the lien thereof.

Each initial and successive holder of any bond of the 1998 Series A, solely by virtue of its acquisition thereof, shall have and be deemed to have given written consent, without the need for any further action or consent by such holder, to the following amendment to the Original Indenture, and each said holder hereby authorizes the Trustee, on behalf of the holder, to waive any notice contemplated by the Indenture and to give written consent to such amendment. The amendment modifies Section 3.04(h) of the Original Indenture to read as follows:

(h) in the event that (i) the total annual interest requirements of the Bonds then to be issued under this Section exceed the total annual interest requirements of the Bonds in respect of the payment, retirement, redemption, Cancellation or surrender to the Trustee for Cancellation of which said Bonds are then to be issued and (ii) such Bonds in respect of the payment, retirement, redemption, Cancellation or surrender to the Trustee for Cancellation of which said Bonds are then to be issued are then Outstanding and mature more than two years from the date of the Officers' Certificate contemplated by paragraph (d) of this Section, an Earnings Certificate.

If a default as defined in the Indenture shall occur, the principal of this Bond may become or be declared due and payable before maturity, in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture; but any default and the consequences thereof may be waived by certain percentages of the bearers or registered owners of Bonds, all as provided in the Indenture.

If the date for making any payment or the last date for performance of any act or the exercise of any right, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and series of the bonds of this 1998 Series A, as amended by the Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 amending the Supplemental Indenture, is not a Business Day, such payment may be made or act performed or right exercised on the next succeeding Business Day, unless otherwise provided herein, with the same force and effect as if done on the nominal date provided in the Supplemental Indenture establishing the terms and series of the bonds of this 1998 Series A, as amended by the Eighty-Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 1998 amending the Supplemental Indenture.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Bond, or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof, or of the Indenture against any incorporator, stockholder, director, or officer, past, present, or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation under any constitution, statute, or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment, penalty, or otherwise, all such liability being waived and released by the holder hereof by the acceptance of this Bond.

Schedule C

Detail of Filing and Recording of First Mortgage Indenture and Deed Trust dated as of August 1, 1954 in Massachusetts.

                                                Date
        Page                                    Recorded                Doc. No.                Book

Registry of Deeds

County of Berkshire

        Middle District         8/18/54         22357           614     395
        Northern District               8/18/54         2684                    512      97
        Southern District               8/18/54         None Assigned   310     379

County of Franklin                      8/18/54         3501                    1007       2
County of Hampshire                     8/18/54         5070                    1175    388
County of Hampden                       8/15/54         20682           2331       1

Registry District of Land Court

County of Berkshire

        Middle District         10/4/54         8407-A
        Northern District               11/5/68         3115

County of Hampshire                     8/18/54         822
County of Hampden                       8/19/54         18800

Office of Town Clerk, 3/22/67 6917 None Assigned West Springfield*

*Confirmatory Indenture 8/18/54 None Assigned 54 121 of Mortgage filed

Secretary of the 442315 Commonwealth

1For details as to the filing and recording of this instrument in

Massachusetts, see Schedule C.


Exhibit 10.23.2

RESTATED

NEW ENGLAND

POWER POOL AGREEMENT

(Restated to reflect changes effected by the Fifth Supplement to Thirty- Third Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, and the Thirty-Sixth Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, and all prior amendments)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                              Page

PART ONE - INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
     1.1  Adjusted Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     1.2  Adjusted Monthly Peak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     1.3  Adjusted Net Interchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     1.4  AGC Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
     1.5  AGC Entitlement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
     1.6  Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
     1.7  Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements . . . . . . .4
     1.8  Automatic Generation Control or AGC. . . . . . . . . .4
     1.9  Bid Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
     1.10 Commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
     1.11 Control Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
     1.12 Curtailment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     1.13 Direct Assignment Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
     1.14 Dispatch Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
     1.15 EHV PTF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
     1.16 Electrical Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
     1.17 Eligible Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
     1.18 Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     1.19 Energy Entitlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     1.20 Entitlement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     1.21 Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     1.22 Excepted Transaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     1.23 Executive Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     1.24 Facilities Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     1.25 Firm Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     1.26 First Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     1.27 Good Utility Practice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     1.28 HQ Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     1.29 HQ Energy Banking Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     1.30 HQ Interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     1.31 HQ Interconnection Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     1.32 HQ Interconnection Capability Credit . . . . . . . . 15
     1.33 HQ Interconnection Transfer Capability . . . . . . . 16
     1.34 HQ Net Interconnection Capability Credit . . . . . . 17
     1.35 HQ Phase I Energy Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     1.36 HQ Phase I Percentage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     1.37 HQ Phase I Transfer Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     1.38 HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract . . . . . . . . . . 18
     1.39 HQ Phase II Gross Transfer Responsibility. . . . . . 18
     1.40 HQ Phase II Net Transfer Responsibility. . . . . . . 19
     1.41 HQ Phase II Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     1.42 HQ Phase II Transfer Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     1.43 HQ Use Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     1.44 Installed Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     1.45 Installed Capability Entitlement . . . . . . . . . . 20
     1.46 Installed Capability Responsibility. . . . . . . . . 21
     1.47 Installed System Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
     1.48 Interchange Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
     1.49 Internal Point-to-Point Service. . . . . . . . . . . 21
     1.50 Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
     1.51 ISO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
     1.52 Kilowatt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
     1.53 Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
     1.54 Local Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
     1.56 Lower Voltage PTF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
     1.57 Management Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     1.58 Market Reliability Planning Committee. . . . . . . . 25
     1.59 Monthly Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     1.60 NEPOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     1.61 NEPOOL Control Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     1.62 NEPOOL Installed Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     1.63 NEPOOL Installed Capability Responsibility . . . . . 27
     1.64 NEPOOL Objective Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
     1.65 New Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
     1.66 Non-Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
     1.67 Operable Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
     1.68 Operable Capability Entitlement. . . . . . . . . . . 28
     1.69 Operable Capability Requirement  . . . . . . . . . . 29
     1.70 Operable System Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
     1.71 Operating Reserve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
     1.72 Operating Reserve Entitlement. . . . . . . . . . . . 29
     1.73 Other HQ Energy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     1.74 Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     1.75 Pool-Planned Facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     1.76 Pool-Planned Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     1.77 Power Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     1.78 Prior NEPOOL Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     1.79 Proxy Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     1.80 PTF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     1.81 Regional Market Operations Committee . . . . . . . . 32
     1.82 Regional Network Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     1.83 Regional Transmission Operations Committee . . . . . 32
     1.84 Regional Transmission Planning Committee . . . . . . 32
     1.85 Related Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     1.86 Scheduled Dispatch Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     1.87 Second Effective Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     1.88 Service Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     1.89 Summer Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     1.90 Summer Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     1.91 System Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     1.92 System Impact Study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
     1.93 System Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
     1.94 Target Availability Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     1.95 Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     1.96 Third Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     1.97 Through or Out Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     1.99 Transmission Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     1.100     Transmission Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     1.101     Unit Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     1.102     Voting Share. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     1.103     Winter Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     1.104     Winter Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     1.105     10-Minute Spinning Reserve. . . . . . . . . . . 38
     1.106     10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve. . . . . . . . . 39
     1.107     30-Minute Operating Reserve . . . . . . . . . . 40
     1.108     33rd Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
     1.109     Modification of Certain Definitions When a
               Participant Purchases a Portion of Its
               Requirements from Another Participant Pursuant
               to Firm Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

SECTION 2 - PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     2.1  Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     2.2  Effective Dates; Transitional Provisions . . . . . . 45

SECTION 3 - MEMBERSHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
     3.1  Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
     3.2  Operations Outside the Control Area. . . . . . . . . 48
     3.3  Lack of Place of Business in New England . . . . . . 48
     3.4  Obligation for Deferred Expenses . . . . . . . . . . 49
     3.5  Financial Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

SECTION 4 - STATUS OF PARTICIPANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     4.1  Treatment of Certain Entities as Single Participant. 50
     4.2  Participants to Retain Separate Identities . . . . . 51

SECTION 5 - NEPOOL OBJECTIVES AND COOPERATION BY
            PARTICIPANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
     5.1  NEPOOL Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
     5.2  Cooperation by Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

PART TWO - GOVERNANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

SECTION 6 - MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
     6.1  Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
     6.2  Term of Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
     6.3  Votes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
     6.4  Number of Votes Necessary for Action . . . . . . . . 64
     6.5  Proxies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
     6.6  Alternates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
     6.7  Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
     6.8  Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     6.9  Notice of Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     6.10 Adoption of Budgets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     6.11 Adoption of Bylaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     6.12 Establishing Reliability Standards . . . . . . . . . 67
     6.13 Appointment and Compensation of NEPOOL Personnel . . 68
     6.14 Duties and Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
     6.15 Attendance of Members of Management Committee at
          Other Committee Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

SECTION 7 - EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
     7.1  Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
     7.2  Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
     7.3  Term of Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
     7.4  Alternates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
     7.5  Votes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
     7.6  Number of Votes Necessary for Action . . . . . . . . 79
     7.7  Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
     7.8  Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
     7.9  Notice of Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
     7.10 Notice to Members of Management Committee of
          Actions by Executive Committee . . . . . . . . . . . 81
     7.11 Appeal of Actions to Management Committee. . . . . . 81

SECTION 8 - MARKET RELIABILITY PLANNING COMMITTEE. . . . . . . 82
     8.1  Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
     8.2  Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
     8.3  Term of Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
     8.4  Voting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
     8.5  Alternates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
     8.6  Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
     8.7  Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
     8.8  Notice of Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
     8.9  Notice to Members of Management Committee. . . . . . 88
     8.10 Appeal of Actions to Management Committee. . . . . . 88
     8.11 Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
     8.12 Functional Planning Committees . . . . . . . . . . . 91
     8.13 Appointment of Task Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
     8.14 Consultants, Computer Time and Expenses. . . . . . . 93
     8.15 Further Powers and Duties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
     8.16 Reports to Management Committee. . . . . . . . . . . 93
     8.17 Joint Meetings With Regional Transmission Planning
          Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

SECTION 9 - REGIONAL TRANSMISSION PLANNING COMMITTEE . . . . . 94
     9.1  Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
     9.2  Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
     9.3  Term of Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
     9.4  Voting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
     9.5  Alternates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
     9.6  Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
     9.7  Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
     9.8  Notice of Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
     9.9  Notice to Members of Management Committee. . . . . .100
     9.10 Appeal of Actions to Management Committee. . . . . .101
     9.11 Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
     9.12 Functional Planning Committees . . . . . . . . . . .103
     9.13 Appointment of Task Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
     9.14 Consultants, Computer Time and Expenses. . . . . . .105
     9.15 Further Powers and Duties. . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
     9.16 Reports to Management Committee. . . . . . . . . . .106
     9.17 Joint Meetings With Market Reliability Planning
          Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
SECTION 10 - REGIONAL MARKET OPERATIONS COMMITTEE. . . . . . .106
     10.1 Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
     10.2 Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
     10.3 Terms of Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
     10.4 Voting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
     10.5 Alternates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
     10.6 Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
     10.7 Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
     10.8 Notice of Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
     10.9 Notice to Members of Management Committee. . . . . .112
     10.10     Appeal of Actions to Management Committee . . .113
     10.11     Appointment of Task Forces. . . . . . . . . . .113
     10.12     Consultants, Computer Time and Expenses . . . .114
     10.13     Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
     10.14     Further Powers and Duties . . . . . . . . . . .117
     10.15     Development of Rules Relating to Non-
               Participant Supply and Demand-side Resources. .117
     10.16     Joint Meetings with Regional Transmission
               Operations Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

SECTION 11 - REGIONAL TRANSMISSION OPERATIONS COMMITTEE. . . .118
     11.1 Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
     11.2 Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
     11.3 Terms of Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
     11.4 Voting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
     11.5 Alternates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
     11.6 Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
     11.7 Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
     11.8 Notice of Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
     11.9 Notice to Members of Management Committee. . . . . .124
     11.10     Appeal of Actions to Management Committee . . .125
     11.11     Appointment of Task Forces. . . . . . . . . . .125
     11.12     Consultants, Computer Time and Expenses . . . .126
     11.13     Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
     11.14     Further Powers and Duties . . . . . . . . . . .127
     11.15     Joint Meetings with Regional Market Operations
               Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

PART THREE - MARKET PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

SECTION 12 - INSTALLED CAPABILITY AND OPERABLE CAPABILITY
             OBLIGATIONS AND PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . .128
     12.1 Obligations to Provide Installed Capability and
          Operable Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
     12.2 Computation of Installed Capability
          Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
     12.3 Computation of Operable Capability Requirements. . .147
     12.4 Bids to Furnish Installed Capability or Operable
          Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
     12.5 Consequences of Deficiencies in Installed
          Capability Responsibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
     12.6 Consequences of Deficiencies in Operable Capability
          Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
     12.7 Payments to Participants Furnishing Installed
          Capability and Operable Capability . . . . . . . . .153

SECTION 13 - OPERATION, GENERATION, OTHER RESOURCES,
             AND INTERRUPTIBLE CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . .155
     13.1 Maintenance and Operation in Accordance with Good
          Utility Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
     13.2 Central Dispatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
     13.3 Maintenance and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
     13.4 Objectives of Day-to-Day System Operation. . . . . .157
     13.5 Satellite Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

SECTION 14 - INTERCHANGE TRANSACTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . .158
     14.1 Obligation for Energy, Operating Reserve and
          Automatic Generation Control . . . . . . . . . . . .158
     14.2 Obligation to Bid or Schedule, and Right to
          Receive Energy, Operating Reserve and Automatic
          Generation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
     14.3 Amount of Energy, Operating Reserve and Automatic
          Generation Control Received or Furnished . . . . . .168
     14.4 Payments by Participants Receiving Energy Service,

Operating Reserve and Automatic Generation Control. 171
14.5 Payments to Participants Furnishing Energy Service, Operating Reserve, and Automatic Generation Control.173

14.6 Energy Transactions with Non-Participants. . . . . .176
14.7 Participant Purchases Pursuant to Firm Contracts
     and System Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
14.8 Determination of Energy Clearing Price . . . . . . .180
14.9 Determination of Operating Reserve Selling Price
     and Clearing Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
14.10     Determination of AGC Clearing Price . . . . . .185
14.11     Funds to or from which Payments are to be Made.186
14.12     Development of Rules Relating to Nuclear and
          Hydroelectric Generating Facilities, Limited-
          Fuel Generating Facilities, and Interruptible
          Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
14.13     Dispatch and Billing Rules During Energy
          Shortages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
14.14     Congestion Uplift.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
14.15     Additional Uplift Charges.  . . . . . . . . . .202

PART FOUR - TRANSMISSION PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .203

SECTION 15 - OPERATION OF TRANSMISSION FACILITIES. . . . . . .203

     15.1 Definition of PTF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
     15.2 Maintenance and Operation in Accordance with Good
          Utility Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
     15.3 Central Dispatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
     15.4 Maintenance and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
     15.5 Additions to or Upgrades of PTF. . . . . . . . . . .208

SECTION 16 - SERVICE UNDER TARIFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
     16.1 Effect of Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
     16.2 Obligation to Provide Regional Service . . . . . . .211
     16.3 Obligation to Provide Local Network Service. . . . .212
     16.4 Transmission Service Availability. . . . . . . . . .215
     16.5 Transmission Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
     16.6 Distribution of Transmission Revenues. . . . . . . .216
     16.7 Changes to Tariff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219

SECTION 17 - POOL-PLANNED UNIT SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . .220
     17.1 Effective Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
     17.2 Obligation to Provide Service. . . . . . . . . . . .220
     17.3 Rules for Determination of Facilities Covered by
          Particular Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
     17.4 Payments for Uses of EHV PTF During the
          Transition Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
     17.5 Payments for Uses of Lower Voltage PTF . . . . . . .228
     17.6 Use of Other Transmission Facilities by
          Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
     17.7 Limits on Individual Transmission Charges. . . . . .229

PART FIVE - GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230

SECTION 18 - GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES. . . . . .230
     18.1 Designation of Pool-Planned Facilities . . . . . . .230
     18.2 Construction of Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
     18.3 Protective Devices for Transmission Facilities and
          Automatic Generation Control Equipment . . . . . . .231
     18.4 Review of Participant's Proposed Plans . . . . . . .232
     18.5 Participant to Avoid Adverse Effect. . . . . . . . .233

SECTION 19 - EXPENSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
     19.1 Annual Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
     19.2 NEPOOL Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235

SECTION 20 - INDEPENDENT SYSTEM OPERATOR . . . . . . . . . . .236

SECTION 21 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . .242
     21.1 Alternative Dispute Resolution . . . . . . . . . . .242
     21.2 Payment of Pool Charges; Termination of Status as
          Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
     21.3 Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
     21.4 Force Majeure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
     21.5 Waiver of Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
     21.6 Other Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
     21.7 Liability and Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
     21.8 Records and Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
     21.9 Consistency with NPCC and NERC Standards . . . . . .264
     21.10     Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
     21.11     Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
     21.12     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
     21.13     Notices to Participants . . . . . . . . . . . .267
     21.14     Severability and Renegotiation. . . . . . . . .269
     21.15     No Third-Party Beneficiaries. . . . . . . . . .270
     21.16     Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270


RESTATED NEPOOL POWER POOL AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT dated as of the first day of September, 1971, as amended,

was entered into by the signatories thereto for the establishment by them

of a bulk power pool to be known as NEPOOL and is restated by an amendment

dated as of July 20, 1998.

In consideration of the mutual agreements and undertakings herein, the

signatories hereby agree as follows:

PART ONE

INTRODUCTION

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, in either the singular or plural number,

the following terms shall have the following respective meanings (an

asterisk (*) indicates that the definition may be modified in certain cases

pursuant to Section 1.109):

1.1 ADJUSTED LOAD * (not less than zero) of a Participant during any

particular hour is the Participant's Load during such hour less any

Kilowatts received (or Kilowatts which would have been received except

for the application of Section 14.7(b)) by such Participant pursuant

to a Firm Contract.

1.2 ADJUSTED MONTHLY PEAK of a Participant for a month is its Monthly

Peak, provided that if there has been a transfer between Participants,

in whole or part, of the responsibilities under this Agreement during

such month pursuant to a Firm Contract, the Adjusted Monthly Peak of

each such Participant shall reflect the effect of such transaction,

but the Adjusted Monthly Peak of a Participant shall not be changed

from the Monthly Peak to reflect the effect of any other transaction.

1.3 ADJUSTED NET INTERCHANGE of a Participant for an hour is (a) the

Kilowatts produced by or delivered to the Participant from its Energy

Entitlements or pursuant to arrangements entered into under Section

14.6, as adjusted in accordance with uniform market operation rules

approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee to take account

of associated electrical losses, as appropriate, MINUS (b) the sum of

(i) the Electrical Load of the Participant for the hour, and (ii) the

kilowatthours delivered by such Participant to other Participants

pursuant to Firm Contracts or System Contracts, in accordance with the

treatment agreed to pursuant to Section 14.7(a), together with any

associated electrical losses.

1.4 AGC CAPABILITY of an electric generating unit or combination of

units is the maximum dependable ability of the unit or units to

increase or decrease the level of output within a time frame specified

by market operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee, in response to a remote direction from the System Operator

in order to maintain currently proper power flows into and out of the

NEPOOL Control Area and to control frequency.

1.5 AGC ENTITLEMENT is (a) the right to all or a portion of the AGC

Capability of a generating unit or combination of units to which an

Entity is entitled as an owner (either sole or in common) or as a

purchaser, REDUCED BY (b) any portion thereof which such Entity is

selling pursuant to a Unit Contract, and (c) further REDUCED OR

INCREASED, as appropriate, to recognize rights to receive or

obligations to supply AGC pursuant to Firm Contracts or System

Contracts in accordance with Section 14.7(a). An AGC Entitlement in a

generating unit or units may, but need not, be combined with any other

Entitlements relating to such generating unit or units and may be

transferred separately from the related Installed Capability

Entitlement, Operable Capability Entitlement, Energy Entitlement, or

Operating Reserve Entitlements.

1.6 AGREEMENT is this restated contract and attachments, including the

Tariff, as amended and restated from time to time.

1.7 ANNUAL TRANSMISSION REVENUE REQUIREMENTS of a Participant's PTF or

of all Participants' PTF for purposes of this Agreement are the

amounts determined in accordance with Attachment F to the Tariff.

1.8 AUTOMATIC GENERATION CONTROL OR AGC is a measure of the ability of a

generating unit or portion thereof to respond automatically within a

specified time to a remote direction from the System Operator to

increase or decrease the level of output in order to control frequency

and to maintain currently proper power flows into and out of the

NEPOOL Control Area.

1.9 BID PRICE is the amount which a Participant offers to accept, in a

notice furnished to the System Operator by it or on its behalf in

accordance with the market operation rules approved by the Regional

Market Operations Committee, as compensation for (i) furnishing

Installed Capability or Operable Capability to other Participants

pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) preparing the start up or starting

up or increasing the level of operation of, and thereafter operating,

a generating unit or units to provide Energy to other Participants

pursuant to this Agreement, or (iii) having a unit or units available

to provide Operating Reserve to other Participants pursuant to this

Agreement, or (iv) having a unit or units available to provide AGC to

other Participants pursuant to this Agreement, or (v) providing to

other Participants Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy,

Operating Reserve and/or AGC pursuant to a Firm Contract or System

Contract in accordance with Section 14.7.

1.10 COMMISSION is the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

1.11 CONTROL AREA is an electric power system or combination of electric

power systems to which a common automatic generation control scheme is

applied in order to:

(l) match, at all times, the power output of the generators

within the electric power system(s) and capacity and energy

purchased from entities outside the electric power

system(s), with the load within the electric power

system(s);

(2) maintain scheduled interchange with other Control Areas,

within the limits of Good Utility Practice;

(3) maintain the frequency of the electric power system(s)

within reasonable limits in accordance with Good Utility

Practice and the criteria of the applicable regional

reliability council or the North American Electric

Reliability Council; and

(4) provide sufficient generating capacity to maintain operating

reserves in accordance with Good Utility Practice.

1.12 CURTAILMENT is a reduction in firm or non-firm transmission service

in response to a transmission capacity shortage as a result of system

reliability conditions.

1.13 DIRECT ASSIGNMENT FACILITIES are facilities or portions of

facilities that are Non-PTF and are constructed for the sole

use/benefit of a particular Transmission Customer requesting service

under the Tariff or Generator Owner or Interconnection Requester

requesting an interconnection. Direct Assignment Facilities shall be

specified in a separate agreement with the Transmission Provider whose

transmission system is to be modified to include and/or interconnect

with said Facilities, shall be subject to applicable Commission

requirements and shall be paid for by the Transmission Customer or a

Generator Owner or Interconnection Requester in accordance with the

separate agreement and not under the Tariff.

1.14 DISPATCH PRICE of a generating unit or combination of units, or a

Firm Contract or System Contract permitted to be bid to supply Energy

in accordance with Section 14.7(b), is the price to provide Energy

from the unit or units or Contract, as determined pursuant to market

operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee

to incorporate the Bid Price for such Energy and any loss adjustments,

if and as appropriate under such market operation rules.

1.15 EHV PTF are PTF transmission lines which are operated at 230 kV or

above and related PTF facilities, including transformers which link

other EHV PTF facilities, but do not include transformers which step

down from 230 kV or a higher voltage to a voltage below 230 kV.

1.16 ELECTRICAL LOAD (in Kilowatts) of a Participant during any

particular hour is the total during such hour (eliminating any

distortion arising out of (i) Interchange Transactions, or (ii)

transactions across the system of such Participant, or (iii)

deliveries between Entities constituting a single Participant, or (iv)

other electrical losses, if and as appropriate), of

(a) kilowatthours provided by such Participant to its retail

customers for consumption, PLUS

(b) kilowatthours of use by such Participant, PLUS

(c) kilowatthours of electrical losses and unaccounted for use

by the Participant on its system, PLUS

(d) kilowatthours used by such Participant for pumping Energy

for its Entitlements in pumped storage hydroelectric

generating facilities, PLUS

(e) kilowatthours delivered by such Participant to Non-

Participants.

The Electrical Load of a Participant may be calculated in any

reasonable manner which substantially complies with this definition.

1.17 ELIGIBLE CUSTOMER is the following: (i) Any Participant that is

engaged, or proposes to engage, in the wholesale or retail electric

power business is an Eligible Customer under the Tariff. (ii) Any

electric utility (including any power marketer), Federal power

marketing agency, or any person generating electric energy for sale or

for resale is an Eligible Customer under the Tariff. Electric energy

sold or produced by such entity may be electric energy produced in the

United States, Canada or Mexico. However, with respect to

transmission service that the Commission is prohibited from ordering

by Section 212(h) of the Federal Power Act, such entity is eligible

only if the service is provided pursuant to a state requirement that

the Transmission Provider with which that entity is directly

interconnected offer the unbundled transmission service, or pursuant

to a voluntary offer of such service by the Transmission Provider with

which that entity is directly interconnected. (iii) Any end user

taking or eligible to take unbundled transmission service pursuant to

a state requirement that the Transmission Provider with which that end

user is directly interconnected offer the transmission service, or

pursuant to a voluntary offer of such service by the Transmission

Provider, is an Eligible Customer under the Tariff.

1.18 ENERGY is power produced in the form of electricity, measured in

kilowatthours or megawatthours.

1.19 ENERGY ENTITLEMENT is (i) a right to receive Energy under a System

Contract or a Firm Contract in accordance with Section 14.7(a), or

(ii) a right to receive all or a portion of the electric output of a

generating unit or units to which an Entity is entitled as an owner

(either sole or in common) or as a purchaser pursuant to a Unit

Contract, REDUCED BY (iii) any portion thereof which such Entity is

selling pursuant to a Unit Contract. An Energy Entitlement in a

generating unit or units may, but need not, be combined with any other

Entitlements relating to such generating unit or units and may be

transferred separately from the related Installed Capability

Entitlement, Operable Capability Entitlement, Operating Reserve

Entitlements, or AGC Entitlement.

1.20 ENTITLEMENT is an Installed Capability Entitlement, Operable

Capability Entitlement, Energy Entitlement, Operating Reserve

Entitlement, or AGC Entitlement. When used in the plural form, it may

be any or all such Entitlements or combinations thereof, as the

context requires.

1.21 ENTITY is any person or organization whether the United States of

America or Canada or a state or province or a political subdivision

thereof or a duly established agency of any of them, a private

corporation, a partnership, an individual, an electric cooperative or

any other person or organization recognized in law as capable of

owning property and contracting with respect thereto that is either:

(a) engaged in the electric power business (the

generation and/or transmission and/or distribution

of electricity for consumption by the public or

the purchase, as a principal or broker, of

Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy,

Operating Reserve, and/or AGC for resale); or

(b) an end user of electricity that is taking or eligible to

take unbundled transmission service pursuant to an effective

state requirement that the Participant that is the

Transmission Provider with which that end user is directly

interconnected offer the transmission service, or pursuant

to a voluntary offer of unbundled transmission service to

that end user by the Participant that is the Transmission

Provider with which that end user is directly

interconnected.

1.22 EXCEPTED TRANSACTION is a transaction specified in Section 25 of

the Tariff for the applicable period specified in that Section.

1.23 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE is the committee established pursuant to

Section 7.

1.24 FACILITIES STUDY is an engineering study conducted pursuant to this

Agreement or the Tariff by the System Operator and/or one or more

affected Participants to determine the required modifications to the

NEPOOL Transmission System, including the cost and scheduled

completion date for such modifications, that will be required to

provide a requested transmission service or interconnection.

1.25 FIRM CONTRACT is any contract, other than a Unit Contract, for the

purchase of Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy,

Operating Reserves, and/or AGC, pursuant to which the purchaser's

right to receive such Installed Capability, Operable Capability,

Energy, Operating Reserves, and/or AGC is subject only to the

supplier's inability to make deliveries thereunder as the result of

events beyond the supplier's reasonable control.

1.26 FIRST EFFECTIVE DATE is March 1, 1997.

1.27 GOOD UTILITY PRACTICE shall mean any of the practices, methods, and

acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric

utility industry during the relevant time period, or any of the

practices, methods, and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable

judgement in light of the facts known at the time the decision was

made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a

reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability,

safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not limited to a

single, optimum practice, method or act to the exclusion of others,

but rather is intended to include acceptable practices, methods, or

acts generally accepted in the region.

1.28 HQ CONTRACTS are the HQ Interconnection Agreement, the HQ Phase I

Energy Contract, and the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract.

1.29 HQ ENERGY BANKING AGREEMENT is the Energy Banking Agreement entered

into on March 21, 1983 by Hydro-Quebec, the Participants, New England

Electric Transmission Corporation and Vermont Electric Transmission

Company, Inc., as it may be amended from time to time.

1.30 HQ INTERCONNECTION is the United States segment of the transmission

interconnection which connects the systems of Hydro-Quebec and the

Participants. "Phase I" is the United States portion of the 450 kV

HVDC transmission line from a terminal at the Des Cantons Substation

on the Hydro-Quebec system near Sherbrooke, Quebec to a terminal

having an approximate rating of 690 MW at a substation at the

Comerford Generating Station on the Connecticut River. "Phase II" is

the United States portion of the facilities required to increase to

approximately 2000 MW the transfer capacity of the HQ Interconnection,

including an extension of the HVDC transmission line from the terminus

of Phase I at the Comerford Station through New Hampshire to a

terminal at the Sandy Pond Substation in Massachusetts. The HQ

Interconnection does not include any PTF facilities installed or

modified to effect reinforcements of the New England AC transmission

system required in connection with the HVDC transmission line and

terminals.

1.31 HQ INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT is the Interconnection Agreement

entered into on March 21, 1983 by Hydro-Quebec and the Participants,

as it may be amended from time to time.

1.32 HQ INTERCONNECTION CAPABILITY CREDIT of a Participant for a month

during the Base Term (as defined in Section 1.38) of the HQ Phase II

Firm Energy Contract is the sum in Kilowatts of (1)(a) the

Participant's percentage share, if any, of the HQ Phase I Transfer

Capability TIMES (b) the HQ Phase I Transfer Credit, PLUS (2)(a) the

Participant's percentage share, if any, of the HQ Phase II Transfer

Capability, TIMES (b) the HQ Phase II Transfer Credit. The Management

Committee shall establish appropriate HQ Interconnection Capability

Credits to apply for a Participant which has such a percentage share

(i) during an extension of the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract, and

(ii) following the expiration of the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract.

1.33 HQ INTERCONNECTION TRANSFER CAPABILITY is the transfer capacity of

the HQ Interconnection under normal operating conditions, as

determined in accordance with Good Utility Practice. The "HQ Phase I

Transfer Capability" is the transfer capacity under normal operating

conditions, as determined in accordance with Good Utility Practice, of

the Phase I terminal facilities as determined initially as of the time

immediately prior to Phase II of the Interconnection first being

placed in service, and as adjusted thereafter only to take into

account changes in the transfer capacity which are independent of any

effect of Phase II on the operation of Phase I. The "HQ Phase II

Transfer Capability" is the difference between the HQ Interconnection

Transfer Capability and the HQ Phase I Transfer Capability.

Determinations of, and any adjustment in, transfer capacity shall be

made by the Regional Market Operations Committee in accordance with a

schedule consistent with that followed by it in its determination of

the Winter Capability and Summer Capability of generating units.

1.34 HQ NET INTERCONNECTION CAPABILITY CREDIT of a Participant at a

particular time is its HQ Interconnection Capability Credit at the

time in Kilowatts, MINUS a number of Kilowatts EQUAL TO (1) the

percentage of its share of the HQ Interconnection Transfer Capability

committed or used by it for an "Entitlement Transaction" at the time

under the HQ Use Agreement, TIMES (2) its HQ Interconnection

Capability Credit for the current month.

1.35 HQ PHASE I ENERGY CONTRACT is the Energy Contract entered into on

March 21, 1983 by Hydro-Quebec and the Participants, as it may be

amended from time to time.

1.36 HQ PHASE I PERCENTAGE is the percentage of the total HQ

Interconnection Transfer Capability represented by the HQ Phase I

Transfer Capability.

1.37 HQ PHASE I TRANSFER CREDIT is 60/69 of the HQ Phase I Transfer

Capability, or such other fraction of the HQ Phase I Transfer

Capability as the Management Committee may establish.

1.38 HQ PHASE II FIRM ENERGY CONTRACT is the Firm Energy Contract dated

as of October 14, 1985 between Hydro-Quebec and certain of the

Participants, as it may be amended from time to time. The "Base Term"

of the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract is the period commencing on

the date deliveries were first made under the Contract and ending on

August 31, 2000.

1.39 HQ PHASE II GROSS TRANSFER RESPONSIBILITY of a Participant for any

month during the Base Term of the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract (as

defined in Section 1.38) is the number in Kilowatts of (a) the

Participant's percentage share, if any, of the HQ Phase II Transfer

Capability for the month TIMES (b) the HQ Phase II Transfer Credit.

Following the Base Term of the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract, and

again following the expiration of the HQ Phase II Firm Energy

Contract, the Management Committee shall establish an appropriate HQ

Phase II Gross Transfer Responsibility that shall remain in effect

concurrently with the HQ Interconnection Capability Credit.

1.40 HQ PHASE II NET TRANSFER RESPONSIBILITY of a Participant for any

month is its HQ Phase II Gross Transfer Responsibility for the month

minus a number of Kilowatts EQUAL TO (1) the highest percentage of its

share of the HQ Interconnection Transfer Capability committed or used

by it on any day of the month for an "Entitlement Transaction" under

the HQ Use Agreement, TIMES (2) its HQ Phase II Gross Transfer

Responsibility for the month.

1.41 HQ PHASE II PERCENTAGE is the percentage of the total HQ

Interconnection Transfer Capability represented by the HQ Phase II

Transfer Capability.

1.42 HQ PHASE II TRANSFER CREDIT is 90/131 of the HQ Phase II Transfer

Capability, or such other fraction of the HQ Phase II Transfer

Capability as the Management Committee may establish.

1.43 HQ USE AGREEMENT is the Agreement with Respect to Use of Quebec

Interconnection dated as of December 1, 1981 among certain of the

Participants, as amended and restated as of September 1, 1985 and as

it may be further amended from time to time.

1.44 INSTALLED CAPABILITY of an electric generating unit or combination

of units during the Winter Period is the Winter Capability of such

unit or units and during the Summer Period is the Summer Capability of

such unit or units.

1.45 INSTALLED CAPABILITY ENTITLEMENT is (a) the right to all or a

portion of the Installed Capability of a generating unit or units to

which an Entity is entitled as an owner (either sole or in common) or

as a purchaser pursuant to a Unit Contract, (b) REDUCED BY any portion

thereof which such Entity is selling pursuant to a Unit Contract, and

(c) further REDUCED OR INCREASED, as appropriate, to recognize rights

to receive or obligations to supply Installed Capability pursuant to

Firm Contracts or System Contracts in accordance with Section 14.7(a).

An Installed Capability Entitlement relating to a unit or units may,

but need not, be combined with any other Entitlements relating to such

generating unit or units and may be transferred separately from the

related Operable Capability Entitlement, Energy Entitlement, Operating

Reserve Entitlements, or AGC Entitlement.

1.46 INSTALLED CAPABILITY RESPONSIBILITY * of a Participant for any

month is the number of Kilowatts determined in accordance with Section

12.2.

1.47 INSTALLED SYSTEM CAPABILITY of a Participant at a particular time

is (1) the sum of such Participant's Installed Capability Entitlements

PLUS (2) its HQ Net Interconnection Capability Credit at the time.

1.48 INTERCHANGE TRANSACTIONS are transactions deemed to be effected

under Section 12 of the Prior NEPOOL Agreement prior to the Second

Effective Date, and transactions deemed to be effected under Section

14 of this Agreement on and after the Second Effective Date.

1.49 INTERNAL POINT-TO-POINT SERVICE is the transmission service by that

name provided pursuant to Section 19 of the Tariff.

1.50 INTERRUPTION is a reduction in non-firm transmission service due to

economic reasons pursuant to Section 28.7 of the Tariff, other than a

reduction which results from a failure to dispatch a generating

resource, including a contract, used in a transaction requiring In

Service or Through or Out Service which is out of merit order.

1.51 ISO is the Independent System Operator which is responsible for the

continued operation of the NEPOOL Control Area from the NEPOOL control

center and the administration of the Tariff, subject to regulation by

the Commission.

1.52 KILOWATT is a kilowatthour per hour.

1.53 LOAD * (in Kilowatts) of a Participant during any particular hour

is the total during such hour (eliminating any distortion arising out

of (i) Interchange Transactions, or (ii) transactions across the

system of such Participant, or (iii) deliveries between Entities

constituting a single Participant, or (iv) other electrical losses, if

and as appropriate) of

(a) kilowatthours provided by such Participant to its retail

customers for consumption (excluding any kilowatthours which

may be classified as interruptible under market operation

rules approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee),

PLUS

(b) kilowatthours delivered by such Participant pursuant to Firm

Contracts to its wholesale customers for resale, PLUS

(c) kilowatthours of use by such Participant, exclusive of use

by such Participant for the operation and maintenance of its

generating unit or units, PLUS

(d) kilowatthours of electrical losses and unaccounted for use

by the Participant on its system.

The Load of a Participant may be calculated in any reasonable manner

which substantially complies with this definition.

For the purposes of calculating a Participant's Annual Peak, Adjusted

Monthly Peak, Adjusted Annual Peak and Monthly Peak, the Load of a

Participant shall be adjusted to eliminate any distortions resulting

from voltage reductions. In addition, upon the request of any

Participant, the Regional Market Operations Committee shall make, or

supervise the making of, appropriate adjustments in the computation of

Load for the purposes of calculating any Participant's Annual Peak,

Adjusted Monthly Peak, Adjusted Annual Peak and Monthly Peak to

eliminate any distortions resulting from emergency load curtailments

which would significantly affect the Load of any Participant.

1.54 LOCAL NETWORK is the transmission facilities constituting a local

network identified on Attachment E to the Tariff, and any other local

network or change in the designation of a Local Network as a Local

Network which the Management Committee may designate or approve from

time to time. The Management Committee may not unreasonably withhold

approval of a request by a Participant that it effect such a change or

designation.

1.55 LOCAL NETWORK SERVICE is the service provided, under a separate

tariff or contract, by a Participant that is a Transmission Provider

to another Participant, or other entity connected to the Transmission

Provider's Local Network to permit the other Participant or entity to

efficiently and economically utilize its resources to serve its load.

1.56 LOWER VOLTAGE PTF are all PTF facilities other than EHV PTF.

1.57 MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE is the committee established pursuant to

Section 6.

1.58 MARKET RELIABILITY PLANNING COMMITTEE is the committee established

pursuant to Section 8.

1.59 MONTHLY PEAK of a Participant for a month is the maximum Adjusted

Load of the Participant during any hour in the month.

1.60 NEPOOL is the New England Power Pool, the power pool created under

and governed by this Agreement, and the Entities collectively

participating in the New England Power Pool as Participants.

1.61 NEPOOL CONTROL AREA is the integrated electric power system to

which a common Automatic Generation Control scheme and various

operating procedures are applied by or under the supervision of the

System Operator in order to:

(i) match, at all times, the power output of the generators

within the electric power system and capacity and Energy

purchased from entities outside the electric power system,

with the load within the electric power system;

(ii) maintain scheduled interchange with other interconnected

systems, within the limits of Good Utility Practice;

(iii)maintain the frequency of the electric power system within

reasonable limits in accordance with Good Utility Practice

and the criteria of the Northeast Power Coordinating Council

and the North American Electric Reliability Council; and

(iv) provide sufficient generating capacity to maintain operating

reserves in accordance with Good Utility Practice.

1.62 NEPOOL INSTALLED CAPABILITY at any particular time is the sum of

the Installed System Capabilities of all Participants at such time.

1.63 NEPOOL INSTALLED CAPABILITY RESPONSIBILITY for any month is the sum

of the Installed Capability Responsibilities of all Participants

during that month.

1.64 NEPOOL OBJECTIVE CAPABILITY for any year or period during a year is

the minimum NEPOOL Installed Capability, treating the reliability

benefits of the HQ Interconnection as Installed Capability, as

established by the Management Committee, required to be provided by

the Participants in aggregate for the period to meet the reliability

standards established by the Management Committee pursuant to Section

6.12.

1.65 NEW UNIT is an electric generating unit (including a unit or units

owned by a Non-Participant in which a Participant has an Entitlement

under a Unit Contract) first placed into commercial operation after

May 1, 1987 (or, in the case of a unit or units owned by a

Non-Participant, in which a Participant's Unit Contract Entitlement

became effective after May 1, 1987) and not listed on Exhibit B to the

Prior NEPOOL Agreement.

1.66 NON-PARTICIPANT is any entity which is not a Participant.

1.67 OPERABLE CAPABILITY of an electric generating unit or units in any

hour is the portion of the Installed Capability of the unit or units

which is operating or available to respond within an appropriate

period (as identified in market operation rules approved by the

Regional Market Operations Committee) to the System Operator's call to

meet the Energy and/or Operating Reserve and/or AGC requirements of

the NEPOOL Control Area during a Scheduled Dispatch Period or is

available to respond within an appropriate period to a schedule

submitted by a Participant for the hour in accordance with market

operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee.

1.68 OPERABLE CAPABILITY ENTITLEMENT is (a) the right to all or a

portion of the Operable Capability of a generating unit or units to

which an Entity is entitled as an owner (either sole or in common) or

as a purchaser pursuant to a Unit Contract, (b) REDUCED BY any portion

thereof which such Entity is selling pursuant to a Unit Contract, and

(c) further REDUCED OR INCREASED, as appropriate, to recognize rights

to receive or obligations to supply Operable Capability pursuant to

Firm Contracts or System Contracts in accordance with Section 14.7(a).

An Operable Capability Entitlement relating to a unit or units may,

but need not, be combined with any other Entitlements relating to such

generating unit or units, and may be transferred separately from the

related Installed Capability Entitlement, Energy Entitlement,

Operating Reserve Entitlements, or AGC Entitlement.

1.69 OPERABLE CAPABILITY REQUIREMENT of a Participant for any hour is

the number of Kilowatts determined in accordance with Section 12.3.

1.70 OPERABLE SYSTEM CAPABILITY of a Participant in any hour is the sum

of such Participant's Operable Capability Entitlements.

1.71 OPERATING RESERVE is any or a combination of 10-Minute Spinning

Reserve, 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve, and 30-Minute Operating

Reserve, as the context requires.

1.72 OPERATING RESERVE ENTITLEMENT is (a) the right to all or a portion

of the Operating Reserve of any category which can be provided by a

generating unit or units to which an Entity is entitled as an owner

(either sole or in common) or as a purchaser pursuant to a Unit

Contract, (b) REDUCED BY any portion thereof which such Entity is

selling pursuant to a Unit Contract, and (c) further REDUCED OR

INCREASED, as appropriate, to recognize rights to receive or

obligations to supply Operating Reserve of that category pursuant to

Firm Contracts or System Contracts in accordance with Section 14.7(a).

An Operating Reserve Entitlement in any category relating to a

generating unit or units may, but need not, be combined with any other

Entitlements relating to such generating unit or units and may be

transferred separately from the other categories of Operating Reserve

Entitlements related to such unit or units and from the related

Installed Capability Entitlement, Operable Capability Entitlement,

Energy Entitlement, or AGC Entitlement.

1.73 OTHER HQ ENERGY is Energy purchased under the HQ Phase I Energy

Contract which is classified as "Other Energy" under that contract.

1.74 PARTICIPANT is an eligible Entity (or group of Entities which has

elected to be treated as a single Participant pursuant to Section 4.1)

which is a signatory to this Agreement and has become a Participant in

accordance with Section 3.1 until such time as such Entity's status as

a Participant terminates pursuant to Section 21.2.

1.75 POOL-PLANNED FACILITY is a generation or transmission facility

designated as "pool-planned" pursuant to Section 18.1.

1.76 POOL-PLANNED UNIT is one of the following units: New Haven Harbor

Unit 1 (Coke Works), Mystic Unit 7, Canal Unit 2, Potter Unit 2, Wyman

Unit 4, Stony Brook Units 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 2A and 2B, Millstone Unit 3,

Seabrook Unit 1 and Waters River Unit 2 (to the extent of 7 megawatts

of its Summer Capability and 12 megawatts of its Winter Capability).

1.77 POWER YEAR is the period of twelve months commencing on November 1.

1.78 PRIOR NEPOOL AGREEMENT is the NEPOOL Agreement as in effect on

December 1, 1996.

1.79 PROXY UNIT is a hypothetical electric generating unit which

possesses a Winter Capability, equivalent forced outage rate, annual

maintenance outage requirement, and seasonal derating determined in

accordance with Section 12.2(a)(2).

1.80 PTF are the pool transmission facilities defined in Section 15.1,

and any other new transmission facilities which the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee determines, in accordance with

criteria approved by the Management Committee and subject to review by

the System Operator, should be included in PTF.

1.81 REGIONAL MARKET OPERATIONS COMMITTEE is the committee established

pursuant to Section 10.

1.82 REGIONAL NETWORK SERVICE is the transmission service by that name

provided pursuant to Section 14 of the Tariff.

1.83 REGIONAL TRANSMISSION OPERATIONS COMMITTEE is the committee

established pursuant to Section 11.

1.84 REGIONAL TRANSMISSION PLANNING COMMITTEE is the committee

established pursuant to Section 9.

1.85 RELATED PERSON of a Participant is either (i) a corporation,

partnership, business trust or other business organization 10% or more

of the stock or equity interest in which is owned directly or

indirectly by, or is under common control with, the Participant, or

(ii) a corporation, partnership, business trust or other business

organization which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the

stock or other equity interest in the Participant, or (iii) a

corporation, partnership, business trust or other business

organization 10% or more of the stock or other equity interest in

which is owned directly or indirectly by a corporation, partnership,

business trust or other business organization which also owns 10% or

more of the stock or other equity interest in the Participant.

1.86 SCHEDULED DISPATCH PERIOD is the shortest period for which the

System Operator performs and publishes a projected dispatch schedule

based on projected Electrical Loads and actual Bid Prices and

Participant-directed schedules for resources submitted in accordance

with Section 14.2(d).

1.87 SECOND EFFECTIVE DATE is the date on which the provisions of Part

Three of the Agreement (other than the Installed Capability

Responsibility provisions of Section 12) shall become effective and

shall be such date as the Commission may fix on its own or pursuant to

a request of the Management Committee.

1.88 SERVICE AGREEMENT is the initial agreement and any amendments or

supplements thereto entered into by the Transmission Customer and the

System Operator for service under the Tariff.

1.89 SUMMER CAPABILITY of an electric generating unit or combination of

units is the maximum dependable load carrying ability in Kilowatts of

such unit or units (exclusive of capacity required for station use)

during the Summer Period, as determined by the Regional Market

Operations Committee in accordance with Section 10.13(f).

1.90 SUMMER PERIOD in each Power Year is the four-month period from June

through September.

1.91 SYSTEM CONTRACT is any contract for the purchase of Installed

Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves and/or

AGC, other than a Unit Contract or Firm Contract, pursuant to which

the purchaser is entitled to a specifically determined or determinable

amount of such Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy,

Operating Reserves and/or AGC.

1.92 SYSTEM IMPACT STUDY is an assessment pursuant to Part V, VI or VII

of the Tariff of (i) the adequacy of the NEPOOL Transmission System to

accommodate a request for the interconnection of a new or materially

changed generating unit or a new or materially changed interconnection

to another Control Area or new Regional Network Service, Internal

Point-to-Point Service or Through or Out Service, and (ii) whether any

additional costs may be required to be incurred in order to provide

the interconnection or transmission service.

1.93 SYSTEM OPERATOR is the central dispatching agency provided for in

this Agreement which has responsibility for the operation of the

NEPOOL Control Area from the NEPOOL control center and the

administration of the Tariff. The System Operator is the ISO.

1.94 TARGET AVAILABILITY RATE is the assumed availability of a type of

generating unit utilized by the Management Committee in its

determination pursuant to Section 6.14(e) of NEPOOL Objective

Capability.

1.95 TARIFF is the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff set out in

Attachment B to the Agreement, as modified and amended from time to

time.

1.96 THIRD EFFECTIVE DATE is the date on which all Interchange

Transactions shall begin to be effected on the basis of separate Bid

Prices for each type of Entitlement. The Third Effective Date shall

be fixed at the discretion of the Management Committee to occur within

six months to one year after the Second Effective Date, or at such

later date as the Commission may fix on its own or pursuant to a

request by the Management Committee.

1.97 THROUGH OR OUT SERVICE is the transmission service by that name

provided pursuant to Section 18 of the Tariff.

1.98 TRANSITION PERIOD is the five-year period commencing on March 1,

1997.

1.99 TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER is any Eligible Customer that (i) is a

Participant which is not required to sign a Service Agreement with

respect to a service to be furnished to it in accordance with Section

48 of the Tariff or (ii) executes, on its own behalf or through its

Designated Agent, a Service Agreement, or (iii) requests in writing,

on its own behalf or through its Designated Agent, that NEPOOL file

with the Commission a proposed unexecuted Service Agreement in order

that the Eligible Customer may receive transmission service under the

Tariff.

1.100TRANSMISSION PROVIDER is the Participants, collectively, which own

PTF and are in the business of providing transmission service or

provide service under a local open access transmission tariff, or in

the case of a municipal Participant, would be required to do so if

requested pursuant to the reciprocity requirements specified in the

Tariff, or an individual such Participant, whichever is appropriate.

1.101UNIT CONTRACT is a purchase contract pursuant to which the

purchaser is in effect currently entitled either (i) to a specifically

determined or determinable portion of the Installed Capability of a

specific electric generating unit or units, or (ii) to a specifically

determined or determinable amount of Operable Capability, Energy,

Operating Reserves and/or AGC if, or to the extent that, a specific

electric generating unit or units is or can be operated.

1.102VOTING SHARE has the meaning specified in Section 6.3.

1.103WINTER CAPABILITY of an electric generating unit or combination of

units is the maximum dependable load carrying ability in Kilowatts of

such unit or units (exclusive of capacity required for station use)

during the Winter Period, as determined by the Regional Market

Operations Committee in accordance with Section 10.13(f).

1.104WINTER PERIOD in each Power Year is the seven-month period from

November through May and the month of October.

1.10510-MINUTE SPINNING RESERVE in an hour are the following resources

that are designated by the System Operator in accordance with market

operation rules, as approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee, to be available to provide contingency protection for the

system: (1) the Kilowatts of Operable Capability of an electric

generating unit or units that are synchronized to the system, unloaded

during all or part of the hour, and capable of providing contingency

protection by loading to supply Energy immediately on demand,

increasing the Energy output over no more than ten minutes to the full

amount of generating capacity so designated, and sustaining such

Energy output for so long as the System Operator determines in

accordance with market operation rules approved by the Regional Market

Operations Committee is necessary; and (2) any portion of the

Electrical Load of a Participant that the System Operator is able to

verify as capable of providing contingency protection by immediately

on demand reducing Energy requirements within ten minutes and

maintaining such reduced Energy requirements for so long as the System

Operator determines in accordance with market operation rules approved

by the Regional Market Operations Committee is necessary.

1.10610-MINUTE NON-SPINNING RESERVE in an hour are the following

resources that are designated by the System Operator in accordance

with market operation rules, as approved by the Regional Market

Operations Committee, to be available to provide contingency

protection for the system: (1) the Kilowatts of Operable Capability of

an electric generating unit or units that are not synchronized to the

system, during all or part of the hour, and capable of providing

contingency protection by loading to supply Energy within ten minutes

to the full amount of generating capacity so designated, and

sustaining such Energy output for so long as the System Operator

determines in accordance with market operation rules approved by the

Regional Market Operations Committee is necessary; (2) any portion of

a Participant's Electrical Load that the System Operator is able to

verify as capable of providing contingency protection by reducing

Energy requirements within ten minutes and maintaining such reduced

Energy requirements for so long as the System Operator determines in

accordance with market operations rules approved by the Regional

Market Operations Committee is necessary; and (3) any other resources

and requirements that were able to be designated for the hour as 10-

Minute Spinning Reserve but were not designated by the System Operator

for such purpose in the hour.

1.10730-MINUTE OPERATING RESERVE in an hour are the following resources

that are designated by the System Operator in accordance with market

operation rules, as approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee, to be available to provide contingency protection for the

system: (1) the Kilowatts of Operable Capability of an electric

generating unit or units that are capable of providing contingency

protection by loading to supply Energy within thirty minutes of demand

at an output EQUAL TO its full amount of generating capacity so

designated and sustaining such Energy output for so long as the System

Operator determines in accordance with market operation rules approved

by the Regional Market Operations Committee is necessary; (2) any

portion of the Electrical Load of a Participant that the System

Operator is able to verify as capable of providing contingency

protection by reducing Energy requirements within thirty minutes and

maintaining such reduced Energy requirements for so long as the System

Operator determines in accordance with market operation rules approved

by the Regional Market Operations Committee is necessary; and (3) any

other resources and requirements that were able to be designated for

the hour as 10-Minute Spinning Reserve or 10-Minute Non-Spinning

Reserve but were not designated by the System Operator for such

purposes in the hour.

1.10833RD AMENDMENT is the Thirty-Third Agreement Amending New England

Power Pool Agreement dated as of December 1, 1996.

1.109MODIFICATION OF CERTAIN DEFINITIONS WHEN A PARTICIPANT PURCHASES A PORTION OF ITS REQUIREMENTS FROM ANOTHER PARTICIPANT PURSUANT TO FIRM CONTRACT

Definitions marked by an asterisk (*) are modified as follows

when a Participant purchases a portion of its requirements of

electricity from another Participant pursuant to a Firm Contract:

(a) If the Firm Contract limits deliveries to a specifically

stated number of Kilowatts and requires payment of a demand

charge thereon (thus placing the responsibility for meeting

additional demands on the purchasing Participant):

(1) in computing the ADJUSTED LOAD of the purchasing

Participant, the Kilowatts received pursuant to such

Firm Contract shall be deemed to be the number of

Kilowatts specified in the Firm Contract; and

(2) in computing the LOAD of the supplying Participant, the

Kilowatts delivered pursuant to such Firm Contract

shall be deemed to be the number of Kilowatts specified

in the Firm Contract.

(b) If the Firm Contract does not limit deliveries to a

specifically stated number of Kilowatts, but entitles the

Participant to receive such amounts of electricity as it may

require to supply its electric needs (thus placing the

responsibility for meeting additional demands on the

supplying Participant):

(1) the INSTALLED CAPABILITY RESPONSIBILITY of the

purchasing Participant shall be EQUAL TO the amount of

its Installed Capability Entitlements;

(2) in computing the ADJUSTED LOAD of the purchasing

Participant, the Kilowatts received pursuant to such

Firm Contract shall be deemed to be a quantity R{l};

and

(3) in computing the LOAD of the supplying Participant, the

Kilowatts delivered pursuant to such Firm Contract

shall be deemed to be a quantity R{l}.

The quantity R{l} equals (i) the Load of the purchasing

Participant less (ii) the amount of the purchasing

Participant's Installed Capability Entitlements multiplied

by a fraction X wherein:

Y

X is the maximum Load of the purchasing Participant

in the month, and

Y is the NEPOOL Installed Capability Responsibility

multiplied by the purchasing Participant's

fraction P determined pursuant to Section

12.2(a)(1), computed as if the Firm Contract did

not exist.

Terms used in this Agreement that are not defined above, or in the

sections in which such terms are used, shall have the meanings

customarily attributed to such terms in the electric power industry in

New England.

SECTION 2

PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATES

2.1 PURPOSE. This Restated NEPOOL Agreement is intended to provide for

a restructuring of the New England Power Pool by modifying the pool's

governance and market provisions to take account of a changed

competitive environment, by modifying the transmission

responsibilities of the Participants so that the pool will perform the

functions of a regional transmission group and provide service to

Participants and Non-Participants under a regional open access

transmission tariff, and by providing for the activation of the ISO

and the execution of a contract between the ISO and NEPOOL to define

the ISO's responsibilities.

2.2 EFFECTIVE DATES; TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS. The provisions of Parts

One, Two, Four and Five of this Agreement and the Tariff became

effective on the First Effective Date and replaced on the First

Effective Date the provisions of Sections 1-8, inclusive, 10, 11, 13,

14.2, 14.3, 14.4 and 16 of the Prior NEPOOL Agreement. The provisions

of Sections 12.1(a), 12.2, 12.4 (as to Installed Capability only),

12.5 and 12.7(a) of this Agreement became effective on April 1, 1998

and replaced on such date the provisions of Section 9 of the Prior

NEPOOL Agreement.

The effectiveness of the remaining Sections of this Restated NEPOOL

Agreement shall be delayed pending the preparation of implementing

criteria, rules and standards and computer programs. These Sections

shall become effective on the Second Effective Date and shall replace

on the Second Effective Date the remaining provisions of the Prior

NEPOOL Agreement, which shall continue in effect until the Second

Effective Date.

As provided in Section 14, certain portions of Section 14 which will

become effective on the Second Effective Date will be superseded on

the Third Effective Date by other portions of Section 14.

SECTION 3

MEMBERSHIP

3.1 MEMBERSHIP. Those Entities which are Participants in NEPOOL on the

First Effective Date shall continue to be Participants.

Any other Entity may, upon compliance with such reasonable conditions

as the Management Committee may prescribe, become a Participant by

depositing a counterpart of this Agreement as theretofore amended,

duly executed by it, with the Secretary of the Management Committee,

accompanied by a certified copy of a vote of its board of directors,

or such other body or bodies as may be appropriate, duly authorizing

its execution and performance of this Agreement, and a check in

payment of the application fee described below.

Any such Entity which satisfies the requirements of this Section 3.1

shall become a Participant, and this Agreement shall become fully

binding and effective in accordance with its terms as to such Entity,

as of the first day of the second calendar month following its

satisfaction of such requirements; provided that an earlier or later

effective time may be fixed by the Management Committee with the

concurrence of such Entity or by the Commission.

The application fee to be paid by each Entity seeking to become a

Participant shall be in addition to the annual fee provided by Section

19.1 and shall be $500 or such other amount as may be fixed by the

Management Committee.

3.2 OPERATIONS OUTSIDE THE CONTROL AREA. Subject to the reciprocity

requirements of the Tariff, if a Participant serves a Load, or has

rights in supply or demand-side resources or owns transmission and/or

distribution facilities, located outside of the NEPOOL Control Area,

such Load and resources shall not be included for purposes of

determining the Participant's rights, responsibilities and obligations

under this Agreement, except that the Participant's Entitlements in

facilities or its rights in demand side-resources outside the NEPOOL

Control Area shall be included in such determinations if, to the

extent, and while such Entitlements are used for retail or wholesale

sales within the NEPOOL Control Area or such Entitlements or rights

are designated by a Participant for purposes of meeting its

obligations under Section 12 of this Agreement.

3.3 LACK OF PLACE OF BUSINESS IN NEW ENGLAND. If and for so long as a

Participant does not have a place of business located in one of the

New England states, the Participant shall be deemed to irrevocably (1)

submit to the jurisdiction of any Connecticut state court or United

States Federal court sitting in Connecticut (the state whose laws

govern this Agreement) over any action or proceeding arising out of or

relating to this Agreement that is not subject to the exclusive

jurisdiction of the Commission, (2) agree that all claims with respect

to such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such

Connecticut state court or Federal court, (3) waive any objection to

venue or any action or proceeding in Connecticut on the basis of FORUM

NON CONVENIENS, and (4) agree that service of process may be made on

the Participant outside Connecticut by certified mail, postage

prepaid, mailed to the Participant at the address of its member on the

Management Committee as set out in the NEPOOL roster or at the address

of its principal place of business.

3.4 OBLIGATION FOR DEFERRED EXPENSES. NEPOOL may provide for the

deferral on the books of the Participants from time to time of capital

or other expenditures, and the recovery of the deferred expenses in

subsequent periods. Any Entity which becomes a Participant during the

recovery period for any such deferred expenses shall be obligated,

together with the continuing Participants, for its share of the

current and deferred expenses pursuant to Section 19.2.

3.5 FINANCIAL SECURITY. For an Entity applying to become a Participant

or any continuing Participant that the Management Committee reasonably

determines may fail to meet its financial obligations under the

Agreement, the Management Committee may require reasonable credit

review procedures which shall be made in accordance with standard

commercial practices. In addition, the Management Committee may

prescribe for such Entity or Participant a requirement that the Entity

or Participant provide and maintain in effect an irrevocable letter of

credit as security to meet its responsibilities and obligations under

the Agreement, or an alternative form of security proposed by the

Entity or Participant and acceptable to the Management Committee and

consistent with commercial practices established by the Uniform

Commercial Code that protects the Participants against the risk of

non-payment.

SECTION 4

STATUS OF PARTICIPANTS

4.1 TREATMENT OF CERTAIN ENTITIES AS SINGLE PARTICIPANT. All Entities

which are controlled by a single person (such as a corporation or a

business trust) which owns at least seventy-five percent of the voting

shares of, or equity interest in, each of them shall be collectively

treated as a single Participant for purposes of this Agreement, if

they each elect such treatment. They are encouraged to do so. Such

an election shall be made in writing and shall continue in effect

until revoked in writing.

In view of the long-standing arrangements in Vermont, Vermont Electric

Power Company, Inc. and any other Vermont electric utilities which

elect in writing to be grouped with it shall be collectively treated

as a single Participant for purposes of this Agreement.

4.2 PARTICIPANTS TO RETAIN SEPARATE IDENTITIES. The signatories to this

Agreement shall not become partners by reason of this Agreement or

their activities hereunder, but as to each other and to third persons,

they shall be and remain independent contractors in all matters

relating to this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed to

create any liability on the part of any signatory to anyone not a

party to this Agreement. Each signatory shall retain its separate

identity and, to the extent not limited hereby, its individual freedom

in rendering service to its customers.

SECTION 5

NEPOOL OBJECTIVES AND COOPERATION BY PARTICIPANTS

5.1 NEPOOL OBJECTIVES. The objectives of NEPOOL are, through joint

planning, central dispatching, cooperation in environmental matters

and coordinated construction, central dispatch by the System Operator

of the operation and coordinated maintenance of electric supply and

demand-side resources and transmission facilities, the provision of an

open access regional transmission tariff and the provision of a means

for effective coordination with other power pools and utilities

situated in the United States and Canada,

(a) to assure that the bulk power supply of the NEPOOL Control

Area conforms to proper standards of reliability;

(b) to create and maintain open, non-discriminatory,

competitive, unbundled markets for Energy, capacity, and

ancillary services that function efficiently in a changing

electric power industry and have access to regional

transmission at rates that do not vary with distance;

(c) to attain maximum practicable economy, consistent with

proper standards of reliability and the maintenance of

competitive markets, in such bulk power supply; and

(d) to provide access to competitive markets within the NEPOOL

Control Area and to neighboring regions;

and to provide for equitable sharing of the resulting

responsibilities, benefits and costs.

5.2 COOPERATION BY PARTICIPANTS. In order to attain the objectives of

NEPOOL set forth in Section 5.1, each Participant shall observe the

provisions of this Agreement in good faith, shall cooperate with all

other Participants and shall not either alone or in conjunction with

one or more other Entities take advantage of the provisions of this

Agreement so as to harm another Participant or to prejudice the

position of any Participant in the electric power business.

Until the Second Effective Date, in order to assure the equitable

sharing among the Participants of the benefits contemplated by this

Agreement, no Participant shall participate, except pursuant to this

Agreement, in any transaction with one or more other Participants or

other Entities if such transaction involves an economy interchange

arrangement. The foregoing restriction shall not, however, apply to

an economy interchange or other similar arrangement between or among a

Participant and one or more Entities which are not Participants if,

and to the extent that, such arrangement is consistent with attainment

of the objectives stated in Section 5.1 and with the Participant's

obligations under this Agreement.

PART TWO

GOVERNANCE

SECTION 6

MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

6.1 MEMBERSHIP. There shall be a Management Committee which shall be

constituted as follows: each Participant shall appoint and be

represented by one member of the Management Committee.

6.2 TERM OF MEMBERS. Each member of the Management Committee shall hold

office until such member is replaced by the Participant which

appointed the member or until such Participant ceases to be a

Participant. Replacement of a member shall be effected by delivery by

a Participant of written notice of such replacement to the Secretary

of the Management Committee.

6.3 VOTES. Each member of the Management Committee shall have a Voting

Share in any month entitling the member to cast, on behalf of the

Participant which the member represents, votes representing the

percentage to which the member's Participant is entitled of the

aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants for the month. The

percentage of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants to which

a Participant is entitled in any month shall be determined in

accordance with the following formula:

V= .15833 ( P ) + .15833 ( E ) + .15833 ( C ) + .15833 ( X )

P{1} E{1} C{1} X{1}

+ .15833 ( M ) + .15833 ( R ) + .05 ( Y )

M{1} R{1} Y{1}

in which

V = the Participant's Voting Share as a percentage of the

aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants;

P    =    the average for each of the most recently completed twelve

          months of the Participant's maximum Load during any clock

          hour in a month;



P{1} =    the average of the sums for each of the most recently

          completed twelve months of the noncoincidental maximum Load

          during any clock hour in a month of all Participants;



E    =    the average for the most recently completed twelve months of

          the sum for each month of the Participant's Load for each

          hour of the month PLUS any kilowatthours delivered during

          the month to loads classified as interruptible under market

          operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations

          Committee;



E{1} =    the average for the most recently completed twelve months of

          the sum for each month of the Loads of all Participants for

          each hour of the month PLUS any kilowatthours delivered

          during the month to loads classified as interruptible under

          market operation rules approved by the Regional Market

          Operations Committee.



C    =    the average in megawatts for the most recently completed

          twelve months of the sum for each month of the Generation

          Ownership Shares, as defined in this Section, of the

          Participant;

C{1} = the average in megawatts for the most recently completed

twelve months of the sum for each month of the Generation

Ownership Shares of all Participants;

X = the average for the most recently completed twelve months of

the sum for each month of (i) a number of kilowatthours

EQUAL TO the Kilowatts of the Participant's Generation

Ownership Shares, TIMES the number of hours in the month,

PLUS (ii) the number of kilowatthours that the Participant

was entitled to receive in each hour with respect to its

Energy Entitlements under Unit Contracts or System Contracts

TIMES, in the case of each contract, the number of hours the

contract was in effect in the month, as computed without

giving effect to any resale in whole or part of any such

Energy Entitlement;

X{1} =   the average for the most recently completed twelve months of the

         sum for each month of (i) a number of kilowatthours EQUAL TO the

         Kilowatts of the Generation Ownership Shares of all Participants,

         TIMES the number of hours in the month, PLUS (ii) the number of

         kilowatthours that all Participants were entitled to receive in

         each hour with respect to their Energy Entitlements under Unit

         Contracts or System Contracts TIMES, in the case of each

         contract, the number of hours the contract was in effect in the

         month, as computed without giving effect to any resale in whole

         or part of any such Energy Entitlement;



M    =    the circuit miles of the Participant's Transmission

          Ownership Shares, as defined in this Section, of PTF

          transmission lines TIMES, in the case of each line, the

          nominal operating voltage of the line;



M{1} =    the aggregate of the circuit miles of the Transmission

          Ownership Shares of PTF transmission lines of all

          Participants TIMES, in the case of each line, the nominal

          operating voltage of the line;



R    =    the Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements of the

          Participant's PTF as of the beginning of the current

          calendar year as determined in accordance with Attachment F

          to the Tariff except that 1) such Revenue Requirements shall

          not be reduced by the transmission support revenue received

          as described in Section I of that Attachment and 2) such

          Revenue Requirements shall not include transmission support

          payments as described in Section J of that Attachment for

          support arrangements which were entered into after December

          31, 1996;



R{1} =    the aggregate Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements of

          the PTF of all Participants as of the beginning of the

          current calendar year as determined in accordance with

          Attachment F to the Tariff, except that 1) such Revenue

          Requirements shall not be reduced by the transmission

          support revenue received as described in Section I of that

          Attachment and 2) such Revenue Requirements shall not

          include transmission support payments as described in

          Section J of that Attachment for support arrangements which

          were entered into after December 31, 1996;

Y = 1; and

Y{1} = the number of NEPOOL Participants at the beginning of the

month;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Participant and its Related Persons may not have

aggregate Voting Shares exceeding 25% of the aggregate Voting Shares to

which all Participants are entitled. If the aggregate Voting Shares of a

Participant and its Related Persons would be in excess of 25% if it were

not for this limitation, the remaining Voting Shares to which such

Participant and its Related Persons would otherwise be entitled shall be

allocated to the other Participants on a pro rata basis.

For purposes of the preceding formula (i) if an Entity has been a

Participant for less than twelve months, the amounts to be taken into

account for purposes of "P", "E", "C" and "X" in the formula shall be for

the period during which the Entity has been a Participant; (ii) for

purposes of "X" and "X{1}" in the formula, the number of kilowatthours to

be taken into account with respect to the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract

for each Participant which has a share in the HQ Phase II Firm Energy

Contract shall be computed on the basis of the number of Kilowatts of its

HQ Interconnection Capability Credit, if any, for the month; and (iii) for

purposes of "X" and "X{1}" in the formula, the number of kilowatthours to

be taken into account with respect to an Energy Entitlement under a Unit

Contract or System Contract, other than the HQ Phase II Firm Energy

Contract, under which a Participant is entitled to receive Energy from

outside the NEPOOL Control Area shall be computed on the basis of the

number of Kilowatts of Installed Capability credit, or Monthly Peak

reduction, for which the Participant is given credit in determining whether

it has satisfied its Installed Capability Responsibility pursuant to

Section 12.

In the event a Participant both participates in the wholesale bulk power

market and owns PTF, the member appointed by the Participant shall be

entitled to divide the member's vote, as determined in accordance with this

Section, on any matter on the basis specified by it in a notice given to

the Secretary of the Management Committee at or prior to the meeting at

which the vote is to be cast, to reflect its market and transmission

interests. In such case the portion of the member's vote reflecting its

transmission interest may be cast by the member's alternate.

For purposes of this Section, the Generation Ownership Shares of a

Participant means and includes:

(A) the direct ownership interest which the Participant has as a sole

or joint owner in the Installed Capability of a generating unit

which is subject to NEPOOL central dispatch in accordance with

Section 13.2;

(B) the indirect ownership interest which the Participant has, as a

shareholder in Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation or a

similar corporation, or as a general or limited partner in Ocean

State Power or a similar partnership, in the Installed Capability

of a generating unit which is subject to NEPOOL central dispatch

in accordance with Section 13.2, provided the corporation or

partnership is itself not a Participant;

(C) any other interest which the Participant has in the Installed

Capability of a generating unit which is subject to NEPOOL

central dispatch in accordance with Section 13.2, under a lease

or other contractual arrangement, provided the other party to the

arrangement is itself not a Participant and the Management

Committee determines, at the request of the affected Participant,

that the Participant has benefits and rights, and assumes risks,

under the arrangement with respect to the unit which are

substantially equivalent to the benefits, rights and risks of an

owner; and

(D) an interest which the Participant shall be deemed to have in the

direct ownership interest, or the indirect ownership interest as

a shareholder or general or limited partner, of a Related Person

of the Participant in the Installed Capability of a generating

unit which is subject to NEPOOL central dispatch in accordance

with Section 13.2, provided the Related Person is itself not a

Participant.

For purposes of this Section, the Transmission Ownership Shares of a

Participant means and includes:

(W) the direct ownership interest which the Participant has as a sole

or joint owner of PTF;

(X) the indirect ownership interest which the Participant has, as a

shareholder in a corporation, or as a general or limited partner

in a partnership, in PTF owned by such corporation or

partnership, provided the corporation or partnership is not

itself a Participant;

(Y) any other interest which the Participant has in PTF under a lease

or other contractual arrangement, provided the other party to the

arrangement is not itself a Participant and the Management

Committee determines, at the request of the affected Participant,

that the Participant has benefits and rights, and assumes risks,

under the arrangement with respect to the PTF which are

substantially equivalent to the benefits, rights and risks of an

owner; and

(Z) an interest which the Participant shall be deemed to have in the

direct ownership interest, or the indirect ownership interest as

a shareholder or general or limited partner, of a Related Person

of the Participant in PTF, provided the Related Person is itself

not a Participant.

6.4 NUMBER OF VOTES NECESSARY FOR ACTION. Actions of the Management

Committee shall be effected only upon an affirmative vote of members

having at least 66% of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all

members are entitled; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the negative votes of

any three or more members representing Participants which are not

Related Persons of each other and which have at least 20% of the

aggregate Voting Shares to which all members are entitled shall defeat

any proposed action. In determining whether the negative vote total

specified above has been reached, the following limitation shall be

applied: if the member or members representing any Participant and

its Related Persons would be entitled to cast against the proposed

action more than 18% of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all

members are entitled, such member or members shall be entitled to vote

negatively only 18% of such aggregate Voting Shares.

6.5 PROXIES. The vote of any member of the Management Committee or the

member's alternate may be cast by another person pursuant to a written

proxy dated not more than one year previous to the meeting and

delivered to the Secretary of the Management Committee at or prior to

the meeting at which the proxy vote is cast.

6.6 ALTERNATES. A Participant may designate, by a written notice

delivered to the Secretary of the Management Committee, an alternate

for a member of the Management Committee appointed by it. In the

absence of the member, the alternate shall have all the powers of the

member, including the power to vote.

6.7 OFFICERS. At its annual meeting, the Management Committee shall

elect from among its members a Chair and a Vice-Chair; it shall also

elect a Secretary who need not be a member. These officers shall have

the powers and duties usually incident to such offices.

6.8 MEETINGS. The Management Committee shall hold its annual meeting in

December at such time and place as the Chair shall designate and shall

hold other meetings in accordance with a schedule adopted by the

Management Committee or at the call of the Chair. One or more members

who represent Participants having in the aggregate at least 3% of the

aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants may call a special meeting

of the Management Committee in the event that the Chair shall fail to

call such a meeting within three business days following the Chair's

receipt from such member or members of a request specifying the

subject matters to be acted upon at the meeting.

6.9 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of each meeting of the

Management Committee shall be given to each member not less than five

business days prior to the date of the meeting, which notice shall

specify the principal subject matter expected to be acted upon at the

meeting.

6.10 ADOPTION OF BUDGETS. At each annual meeting, the Management

Committee shall adopt a NEPOOL budget for the ensuing calendar year.

In adopting budgets the Management Committee shall give due

consideration to the budgetary requests of each committee and shall

include the budget of the ISO as determined in accordance with

NEPOOL's contract between NEPOOL and the ISO. The Management

Committee may modify any NEPOOL budget from time to time after its

adoption and shall modify the NEPOOL budget if and as required to

support changes to the ISO budget adopted in accordance with the

contract between NEPOOL and the ISO.

6.11 ADOPTION OF BYLAWS. The Management Committee may adopt bylaws,

consistent with this Agreement, governing procedural matters including

the conduct of its meetings and those of the other committees.

6.12 ESTABLISHING RELIABILITY STANDARDS. It shall be the duty of the

Management Committee, after review of reports or actions of the System

Operator and the Market Reliability Planning Committee and Regional

Transmission Planning Committee and such other matters as the

Management Committee deems pertinent, to establish or approve proper

standards of reliability for the bulk power supply of NEPOOL. Such

standards shall be consistent with the directives of the North

American Electric Reliability Council and the Northeast Power

Coordinating Council and shall be reviewed periodically by the

Management Committee and revised as the Management Committee deems

appropriate.

6.13 APPOINTMENT AND COMPENSATION OF NEPOOL PERSONNEL. The Management

Committee shall determine what personnel are desirable for the

effective operation and administration of NEPOOL and shall fix or

authorize the fixing of the compensation for such persons.

6.14 DUTIES AND AUTHORITY.

(a) The Management Committee shall have the duty and requisite

authority to administer, enforce and interpret the

provisions of this Agreement in order to accomplish the

objectives of NEPOOL including the making of any decision or

determination necessary under any provision of this

Agreement and not expressly specified to be decided or

determined by any other body.

(b) The Management Committee shall have the authority to provide

for such facilities, materials and supplies as the

Management Committee may determine are necessary or

desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) The Management Committee shall have, in addition to the

authority provided in Section 6.12, the authority, after

consultation with other NEPOOL committees and the System

Operator, to establish or approve consistent standards with

respect to any aspect of arrangements between Participants

and Non-Participants which it determines may adversely

affect the reliability of NEPOOL, and to review such

arrangements to determine compliance with such standards.

(d) The Management Committee, or its designee, shall have the

authority to act on behalf of all Participants in carrying

out any action properly taken pursuant to the provisions of

this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing general

authority, the Management Committee, or its designee, shall

have the authority on behalf of all Participants to execute

any contract, lease or other instrument which has been

properly authorized pursuant to this Agreement including,

but not limited to, one or more contracts with the ISO, and

to file with the Commission and other appropriate regulatory

bodies: (i) this Agreement and documents amending or

supplementing this Agreement, including the Tariff, (ii)

contracts with Non-Participants or the ISO, and (iii)

related tariffs, rate schedules and certificates of

concurrence. The Management Committee shall, in addition,

have the authority to represent NEPOOL in proceedings before

the Commission.

(e) The Management Committee shall have the duty and requisite

authority, after consultation with other NEPOOL committees

and the System Operator, to fix the NEPOOL Objective

Capability for each month of each Power Year prior to the

beginning of the Power Year and thereafter to review at

least annually the anticipated Load of the NEPOOL

Participants and NEPOOL Installed Capability for each month

of such Power Year and to make such adjustments in the

NEPOOL Objective Capability as the Management Committee may

determine on the basis of such review. Since changes in the

circumstances which must be assumed by the Management

Committee in fixing NEPOOL Objective Capability for a future

period can significantly affect the required level of NEPOOL

Objective Capability for that period, the Management

Committee shall, where appropriate, also determine the

effect on NEPOOL Objective Capability of significant changes

in circumstances from those assumed, either by fixing

alternative NEPOOL Objective Capabilities, or by adopting

adjustment factors or formulas.

(f) The Management Committee shall have the duty and requisite

authority to establish or approve schedules fixing the

amounts to be paid by Participants and Non-Participants to

permit the recovery of expenses incurred in furnishing some

or all of the services furnished by NEPOOL either directly

or through the System Operator.

(g) The Management Committee shall have the duty and requisite

authority to provide for the sharing by Participants, on

such basis as the Management Committee may deem appropriate,

of payments and costs which are not otherwise reimbursed

under this Agreement and which are incurred by Participants

or under arrangements with Non-Participants and approved or

authorized by the Committee as necessary in order to meet or

avoid short-term deficiencies in the amount of resources

available to meet the pool's reliability objectives.

(h) The Management Committee shall have the authority, at the

time that it acts on an Entity's application pursuant to

Section 3.1 to become a Participant, to waive, conditionally

or unconditionally, compliance by such Entity with one or

more of the obligations imposed by this Agreement if the

Management Committee determines that such compliance would

be unnecessary or inappropriate for such Entity and the

waiver for such Entity will not impose an additional burden

on other Participants.

(i) Until the Second Effective Date, the Management Committee

shall have the duty and requisite authority to determine

which generating facilities should be equipped for Automatic

Generation Control in order to maintain proper frequency for

the interconnected bulk power system of the Participants and

to control power flows on interconnections between

Participants and non-Participants. The Management Committee

shall establish a system for sharing by the Participants

until the Second Effective Date, on such basis as the

Committee may deem appropriate, of the costs, including loss

of generator efficiency, that are incurred by Participants

in installing, maintaining and operating Automatic

Generation Control equipment required by the Committee and

are not otherwise reimbursed under this Agreement.

(j) The Management Committee shall have the duty and requisite

authority to act on appeals to it from the actions of other

NEPOOL committees and to appoint a special committee to

administer NEPOOL's alternate dispute resolution procedures

or to take any other action if it determines that such

action is necessary or appropriate to achieve a prompt

resolution of disputes under the provisions of Section 21.1.

(k) The Management Committee shall have such further powers and

duties as are conferred or imposed upon it by other sections

of this Agreement.

6.15 ATTENDANCE OF MEMBERS OF MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AT OTHER COMMITTEE

MEETINGS. Each member of the Management Committee or that member's

designee shall be entitled to attend any meeting of any other NEPOOL

committee, and shall have a reasonable opportunity to express views on

any matter to be acted upon at the meeting.

SECTION 7

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

7.1 ORGANIZATION. There shall be an Executive Committee which shall

have all the powers and duties of the Management Committee (except as

provided below), subject to appeal to the Management Committee

pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.11. Between meetings of the

Management Committee, the Executive Committee shall exercise the

powers and perform the duties of the Management Committee. The

Executive Committee shall not have any of the powers or duties of the

Management Committee under Sections 6.7 and 6.10, except that the

Executive Committee shall have the power of the Management Committee

to modify from time to time an overall NEPOOL annual budget adopted by

the Management Committee, subject to the limitation that the aggregate

amount of net increase in an overall budget which may be effected by

the Executive Committee for any year shall not exceed 10% of the

budget initially adopted by the Management Committee.

7.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Executive Committee shall be constituted as

follows: the ISO shall have the right to appoint a non-voting member

of the Committee; each Participant whose Voting Share equals or

exceeds 3% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall

have the right to appoint a voting member of the Committee; the

remaining Participants whose Voting Shares are less than 3% of the

aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall be divided into the

following five groups, with each having the right to appoint one

voting member of the Committee:

(a) One group consisting of the remaining Participants

which are municipally-owned and cooperatively-owned

utilities;

(b) One group consisting of the remaining Participants

which are not subject to traditional utility rate

regulation and which are engaged in the NEPOOL Control

Area principally in the business of owning or operating

generation facilities and selling the output of such

generation;

(c) One group consisting of the remaining Participants

which are not subject to traditional utility rate

regulation and which are engaged in the NEPOOL Control

Area principally in a business other than the business

of owning or operating generation or PTF facilities and

selling the output of such generation;

(d) One group consisting of the remaining Participants, if

any, which (i) own PTF, (ii) are not engaged in

electric generation or distribution and do not

participate in the wholesale bulk power market, and

(iii) are not Related Persons of any other Participant;

and

(e) One group consisting of the remaining Participants

which are investor-owned utilities subject to

traditional rate regulation or other Entities which do

not qualify to be included in any of the other four

groups.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Participant may elect to join

a different group than the one to which it would be assigned under the

foregoing provisions if this is acceptable to the members of the group

it elects to join. In the event any Participant is a Related Person

of another Participant which has the individual right to appoint a

member of the Committee on the basis of its individual Voting Share,

the Participant shall be represented on the Committee by the member

appointed by the Participant which is its Related Person and shall not

be assigned to any of the five groups.

7.3 TERM OF MEMBERS. The member of the Executive Committee appointed by

the ISO shall serve until replaced by the ISO. Members of the

Executive Committee appointed by a Participant or group of

Participants shall serve until replaced by the Participant or

Participants which appointed them or until such Participant or

Participants shall lose their status as Participants or otherwise lose

their right to appoint the member. Appointment or replacement of a

member shall be effected by the ISO or a Participant or group of

Participants by giving written notice of such appointment or

replacement to the Secretary of the Executive Committee.

7.4 ALTERNATES. The ISO or a Participant or group of Participants may

designate, by a written notice given to the Secretary of the Executive

Committee, an alternate for any member of the Executive Committee

appointed by the ISO or such Participant or group of Participants. In

the absence of the member, the alternate shall have all the powers of

the member, including the power to vote.

7.5 VOTES. Each voting member of the Executive Committee shall have one

vote, which may be cast in person by the member or the member's

alternate or by another person pursuant to a written proxy dated not

more than one year previous to the meeting and delivered to the

Secretary of the Executive Committee at or prior to the meeting at

which the proxy vote is cast. If a Participant which has the

individual right to appoint a member of the Executive Committee both

participates in the wholesale bulk power market and owns PTF, the

member appointed by the Participant shall be entitled to divide the

member's vote on the basis specified in a notice given by it to the

Secretary of the Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the

vote is to be cast, to reflect the Participant's market and

transmission interests. In such case the portion of the Participant

member's vote reflecting its transmission interest may be cast by the

member's alternate.

A voting member appointed by a group may divide the member's vote on

the basis specified in a notice given by it to the Secretary of the

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast,

to reflect the different positions of the members of the group.

7.6 NUMBER OF VOTES NECESSARY FOR ACTION. The adoption of actions by

the Executive Committee shall require affirmative votes by voting

members aggregating at least 60% of the number of votes which the

voting members in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present

are entitled to cast. A majority of the voting members at any time

shall constitute a quorum.

7.7 OFFICERS. At its annual meeting, the Executive Committee shall

elect from its voting members a Chair and a Vice-Chair; it shall also

elect a Secretary who need not be a member. These officers shall have

the powers and duties usually incident to such offices.

7.8 MEETINGS. The Executive Committee shall hold its annual meeting in

December or January at such time and place as the Chair shall

designate and shall hold other meetings in accordance with a schedule

adopted by the Executive Committee or at the call of the Chair. Any

two members may call a special meeting of the Executive Committee in

the event that the Chair shall fail to call such a meeting within

three business days following the Chair's receipt from such members of

a request specifying the subject matters to be acted upon at the

meeting. Any regular or special meeting of the Executive Committee

may be conducted by means of conference telephone or other

communications equipment by means of which all persons participating

in the meeting can hear each other.

7.9 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of each meeting of the Executive

Committee shall be given to each member of the Committee and each

member of the Management Committee not less than three business days

prior to the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the

principal subject matter expected to be acted upon at the meeting.

7.10 NOTICE TO MEMBERS OF MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE OF ACTIONS BY EXECUTIVE

COMMITTEE. Prior to the end of the fifth business day following a

meeting of the Executive Committee, the Secretary of the Executive

Committee shall give written notice to the ISO and each member of the

Management Committee of any action taken by the Executive Committee at

such meeting.

7.11 APPEAL OF ACTIONS TO MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. The ISO or any

Participant may appeal to the Management Committee any action taken by

the Executive Committee. Such an appeal shall be taken prior to the

end of the tenth business day following the meeting of the Executive

Committee to which the appeal relates by giving to the Secretary of

the Management Committee a signed and written notice of appeal and by

mailing a copy of the notice to the ISO and each member of the

Management Committee. Pending action on the appeal by the Management

Committee, the giving of a notice of appeal as aforesaid shall suspend

the action appealed from.

SECTION 8

MARKET RELIABILITY PLANNING COMMITTEE

8.1 ORGANIZATION. There shall be a Market Reliability Planning

Committee which shall have the responsibilities specified in Section

8.11. It may provide from time to time for the creation of one or

more Functional Planning Committees to act in particular functional

planning areas and to exercise such of the Market Reliability Planning

Committee's responsibilities as it may delegate to them.

8.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Market Reliability Planning Committee shall be

constituted as follows: the ISO shall have the right to appoint a

non-voting member of the Committee; each Participant whose Voting

Share equals or exceeds 3% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all

Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the

Committee; the remaining Participants shall be divided into the

following five groups, with each having the right to appoint one

voting member of the Committee:

(a) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

municipally-owned and cooperatively-owned utilities;

(b) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which

are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in the

business of owning or operating generation facilities and

selling the output of such generation;

(c) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which

are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in a

business other than the business of owning or operating

generation or PTF facilities and selling the output of such

generation;

(d) One group consisting of the remaining Participants, if any,

which (i) own PTF, (ii) are not engaged in electric

generation or distribution and do not participate in the

wholesale bulk power market, and (iii) are not Related

Persons of any other Participant; and

(e) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

investor-owned utilities subject to traditional rate

regulation or other Entities which do not qualify to be

included in any of the other four groups.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Participant may elect to join

a different group than the one to which it would be assigned under the

foregoing provisions if this is acceptable to the members of the group

it elects to join. In the event any Participant is a Related Person

of another Participant which has the individual right to appoint a

member of the Committee, the Participant shall be represented in the

Committee by the member appointed by the Participant which is its

Related Person and shall not be assigned to any of the five groups.

8.3 TERM OF MEMBERS. The member of the Market Reliability Planning

Committee appointed by the ISO shall serve until replaced by the ISO.

Members of the Market Reliability Planning Committee appointed by a

Participant or group of Participants shall serve until replaced by the

Participant or Participants which appointed them or until such

Participant or Participants cease to be Participants or otherwise lose

their right to appoint the member. Appointment or replacement of a

member shall be effected by the ISO or a Participant or group of

Participants by giving written notice of such appointment or

replacement to the Secretary of the Market Reliability Planning

Committee.

8.4 VOTING. Each voting member of the Market Reliability Planning

Committee shall have one vote which may be cast in person by the

member or the member's alternate or by another person pursuant to a

written proxy dated not more than one year previous to the meeting and

delivered to the Secretary of the Market Reliability Planning

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the proxy vote is cast.

If a Participant which has the individual right to appoint a voting

member of the Market Reliability Planning Committee both participates

in the wholesale bulk power market and owns PTF, the member appointed

by the Participant shall be entitled to divide the member's vote on

the basis specified in a notice given by it to the Secretary of the

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast,

to reflect the Participant's market and transmission interests. In

such case the portion of the member's vote reflecting its transmission

interest may be cast by the member's alternate.

The voting member appointed by a group may divide the member's vote on

the basis specified in a notice given by it to the Secretary of the

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast,

to reflect the different positions of the members of the group.

The adoption of actions by the Market Reliability Planning Committee

shall require affirmative votes by voting members aggregating at least

60% of the number of votes which the members in attendance at a

meeting at which a quorum is present are entitled to cast. A majority

of the voting members at any time shall constitute a quorum.

8.5 ALTERNATES. The ISO or a Participant or group of Participants may

designate, by a written notice given to the Secretary of the Market

Reliability Planning Committee, an alternate for the member of the

Market Reliability Planning Committee appointed by the ISO or such

Participant or group of Participants. In the absence of the member,

the alternate shall have all the powers of the member, including the

power to vote.

8.6 OFFICERS. At its annual meeting, the Market Reliability Planning

Committee shall elect from its voting members a Chair and a Vice-

Chair; it shall also elect a Secretary who need not be a member of the

Committee. These officers shall have the powers and duties usually

incident to such offices.

8.7 MEETINGS. The Market Reliability Planning Committee shall hold its

annual meeting in December or January at such time and place as the

Chair shall designate and shall hold other meetings in accordance with

a schedule adopted by the Committee or at the call of the Chair. Any

two members may call a special meeting of the Market Reliability

Planning Committee in the event that the Chair shall fail to call such

a meeting within three business days following the Chair's receipt

from such members of a request specifying the subject matters to be

considered at the meeting. Any regular or special meeting of the

Market Reliability Planning Committee may be conducted by means of

conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of

which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

8.8 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of each meeting of the Market

Reliability Planning Committee shall be given to each member not less

than five business days prior to the date of the meeting. The

principal subject matter expected to be acted upon at a meeting shall

be specified in the notice of the meeting whenever the meeting is not

held in accordance with the schedule adopted by the Committee.

8.9 NOTICE TO MEMBERS OF MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. Prior to the end of the

fifth business day following a meeting of the Market Reliability

Planning Committee, the Secretary of the Market Reliability Planning

Committee shall give written notice to the ISO and each member of the

Management Committee of any action taken by the Market Reliability

Planning Committee at such meeting.

8.10 APPEAL OF ACTIONS TO MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. The ISO or any

Participant may appeal to the Management Committee any action taken by

the Market Reliability Planning Committee. Such an appeal shall be

taken prior to the end of the tenth business day following the meeting

of the Market Reliability Planning Committee to which the appeal

relates by giving to the Secretary of the Management Committee a

signed and written notice of appeal and by mailing a copy of the

notice to the ISO and each member of the Management Committee.

Pending action on the appeal by the Management Committee, the giving

of a notice of appeal as aforesaid shall suspend the action appealed

from.

8.11 RESPONSIBILITIES. The Market Reliability Planning Committee shall

be responsible, either directly or through its Functional Planning

Committees, and in conjunction with the ISO and the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee, as appropriate, for the following:

(a) providing overall direction to, and coordination of, joint

studies of supply and demand-side resources and

environmental considerations in order to achieve the

objectives of NEPOOL;

(b) recommending to the Management Committee the NEPOOL

Objective Capability for each Power Year;

(c) periodically reviewing the procedures used to calculate

NEPOOL Installed Capability, NEPOOL Objective Capability and

NEPOOL Capability Responsibility;

(d) causing to be prepared periodic short and long term load

forecasts for use in NEPOOL studies and operations and to

meet requirements of regulatory agencies;

(e) overseeing communications and liaison between NEPOOL and

governmental authorities on power supply, environmental and

load forecasting issues;

(f) coordinating the collection and exchange of necessary system

data and future plans for use in NEPOOL planning and to meet

requirements of regulatory agencies;

(g) following appropriate studies, recommending to the

Management Committee reliability standards for the bulk

power system of NEPOOL; and

(h) coordinating the review of proposed supply and demand-side

resource plans of Participants pursuant to Section 18.4 and

the submission of recommendations to the Management

Committee regarding such proposed plans.

8.12 FUNCTIONAL PLANNING COMMITTEES. The Market Reliability Planning

Committee's Functional Planning Committees shall remain subject to

policy-level direction and control by the Market Reliability Planning

Committee. Functional Planning Committees may participate in joint

studies with each other and with other NEPOOL committees or task

forces, but shall submit reports and recommendations directly to the

Management Committee only pursuant to the request of the Market

Reliability Planning Committee.

The members of each Functional Planning Committee shall be appointed

in the same manner as the members of the Market Reliability Planning

Committee, and, if requested by the ISO, shall include a non-voting

member appointed by the ISO. The Chair, Vice-Chair and Secretary of

each Functional Planning Committee shall be appointed in accordance

with procedures specified by the Market Reliability Planning

Committee.

Except as expressly directed by the Market Reliability Planning

Committee, its Functional Planning Committees shall be study, research

and deliberative bodies and shall not resolve by vote differences of

opinion as to proposed plans or other matters on which they may make

reports or recommendations. Functional Planning Committees shall

regularly report the results of their work to the Market Reliability

Planning Committee, and whenever a Functional Planning Committee is

unable to reach a consensus resolution of a policy issue, that issue

shall be reported to the Market Reliability Planning Committee.

Functional Planning Committee reports shall contain such personal

opinions and conclusions as any member may request. Where a vote of a

Functional Planning Committee is required for election of officers or

other organizational matters, the action shall be effective only upon

an affirmative vote of 60% of the voting members present at the

meeting.

8.13 APPOINTMENT OF TASK FORCES. The Market Reliability Planning

Committee and its Functional Planning Committees shall have the

authority, within the Market Reliability Planning Committee's budget

or with the approval of the Management Committee if beyond its budget,

to appoint task forces for particular studies and to name thereto

available employees of Participants.

8.14 CONSULTANTS, COMPUTER TIME AND EXPENSES. The Market Reliability

Planning Committee and its Functional Planning Committees shall have

the authority, within the Market Reliability Planning Committee's

budget or with the approval of the Management Committee if beyond its

budget, to retain the services of the ISO, to hire other consultants,

to procure computer time and to incur such expenses as may be required

to enable the Market Reliability Planning Committee, its Functional

Planning Committees and their task forces properly to perform their

duties.

8.15 FURTHER POWERS AND DUTIES. The Market Reliability Planning

Committee shall have such further powers and duties as may be

prescribed by the Management Committee or as set forth in this

Agreement.

8.16 REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. The Market Reliability Planning

Committee shall report to the Management Committee periodically the

results of its work and such reports shall contain such alternative

programs as the Market Reliability Planning Committee may consider

appropriate. Market Reliability Planning Committee reports shall also

contain such minority opinions and conclusions as any member shall

request.

8.17 JOINT MEETINGS WITH REGIONAL TRANSMISSION PLANNING COMMITTEE. The

Market Reliability Planning Committee is authorized and encouraged to

hold its meetings, and to conduct studies and exercise its

responsibilities, jointly with the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee to the extent appropriate.

SECTION 9

REGIONAL TRANSMISSION PLANNING COMMITTEE

9.1 ORGANIZATION. There shall be a Regional Transmission Planning

Committee which shall have the responsibilities specified in Section

9.11. It may provide from time to time for the creation of one or

more Functional Planning Committees to act in particular functional

transmission planning areas and to exercise such of the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee's responsibilities as it may delegate

to them.

9.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Regional Transmission Planning Committee shall be

constituted as follows: the ISO shall have the right to appoint a

non-voting member of the Committee; each Participant whose Voting

Share equals or exceeds 3% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all

Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the

Committee; the remaining Participants whose Voting Shares are less

than 3% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall be

divided into the following five groups, with each having the right to

appoint one voting member of the Committee:

(a) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

municipally-owned and cooperatively-owned utilities;

(b) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which

are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in the

business of owning or operating generation facilities and

selling the output of such generation;

(c) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which

are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in a

business other than the business of owning or operating

generation or PTF facilities and selling the output of such

generation;

(d) One group consisting of the remaining Participants, if any,

which (i) own PTF, (ii) are not engaged in electric

generation or distribution and do not participate in the

wholesale bulk power market, and (iii) are not Related

Persons of any other Participant; and

(e) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

investor-owned utilities subject to traditional utility rate

regulation or other Entities which do not qualify to be

included in any of the other four groups.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Participant may elect to join

a different group than the one to which it would be assigned under the

foregoing provisions if this is acceptable to the members of the group

it elects to join. In the event any Participant is a Related Person

of another Participant which has the individual right to appoint a

member of the Committee on the basis of its individual Voting Share,

the Participant shall be represented in the Committee by the member

appointed by the Participant which is its Related Person and shall not

be assigned to any of the five groups.

9.3 TERM OF MEMBERS. The member of the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee appointed by the ISO shall serve until replaced by the ISO.

Other members of the Regional Transmission Planning Committee shall

serve until replaced by the Participant or Participants which

appointed them or until such Participant or Participants shall lose

their status as Participants or otherwise lose their right to appoint

the member. Appointment or replacement of a member shall be effected

by the ISO or a Participant or group of Participants by giving written

notice of such appointment or replacement to the Secretary of the

Regional Transmission Planning Committee.

9.4 VOTING. Each voting member of the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee shall have one vote which may be cast in person by the

member or the member's alternate or by another person pursuant to a

written proxy dated not more than one year previous to the meeting and

delivered to the Secretary of the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the proxy vote is cast.

If a Participant which has the individual right to appoint a member of

the Regional Transmission Planning Committee both participates in the

wholesale bulk power market and owns PTF, the member appointed by the

Participant shall be entitled to divide the member's vote on the basis

specified in a notice given to the Secretary of the Committee at or

prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast, to reflect the

Participant's market and transmission interests. In such case the

portion of the member's vote reflecting its transmission interest may

be cast by the member's alternate.

The voting member appointed by a group may divide the member's vote on

the basis specified in a notice given to the Secretary of the

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast,

to reflect the different positions of the members of the group.

The adoption of actions by the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee shall require affirmative votes by voting members

aggregating at least 60% of the number of votes which the members in

attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present are entitled to

cast. A majority of the voting members at any time shall constitute a

quorum.

9.5 ALTERNATES. The ISO, or a Participant or group of Participants may

designate, by a written notice given to the Secretary of the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee, an alternate for any member of the

Regional Transmission Planning Committee appointed by the ISO or such

Participant or group of Participants. In the absence of the member,

the alternate shall have all the powers of the member, including the

power to vote.

9.6 OFFICERS. At its annual meeting, the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee shall elect from its voting members a Chair and a Vice-

Chair; it shall also elect a Secretary who need not be a member of the

Committee. These officers shall have the powers and duties usually

incident to such offices.

9.7 MEETINGS. The Regional Transmission Planning Committee shall hold

its annual meeting in December or January at such time and place as

the Chair shall designate and shall hold other meetings in accordance

with a schedule adopted by the Committee or at the call of the Chair.

Any two members may call a special meeting of the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee in the event that the Chair shall fail

to call such a meeting within three business days following the

Chair's receipt from such members of a request specifying the subject

matters to be considered at the meeting. Any regular or special

meeting of the Regional Transmission Planning Committee may be

conducted by means of conference telephone or other communications

equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting

can hear each other.

9.8 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of each meeting of the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee shall be given to each member not less

than five business days prior to the date of the meeting. The

principal subject matter expected to be acted upon at a meeting shall

be specified in the notice of the meeting whenever the meeting is not

held in accordance with the schedule adopted by the Committee.

9.9 NOTICE TO MEMBERS OF MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. Prior to the end of the

fifth business day following a meeting of the Regional Transmission

Planning Committee, the Secretary of the Regional Transmission

Planning Committee shall give written notice to the ISO and each

member of the Management Committee of any action taken by the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee at such meeting.

9.10 APPEAL OF ACTIONS TO MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. The ISO or any

Participant may appeal to the Management Committee any action taken by

the Regional Transmission Planning Committee. Such an appeal shall be

taken prior to the end of the tenth business day following the meeting

of the Regional Transmission Planning Committee to which the appeal

relates by giving to the Secretary of the Management Committee a

signed and written notice of appeal and by mailing a copy of the

notice to the ISO and each member of the Management Committee.

Pending action on the appeal by the Management Committee, the delivery

of a notice of appeal as aforesaid shall suspend the action appealed

from.

9.11 RESPONSIBILITIES. The Regional Transmission Planning Committee

shall be responsible, either directly or through Functional Planning

Committees, and in conjunction with the ISO and the Market Reliability

Planning Committee, as appropriate, for the following:

(a) providing overall direction to, and coordination of, joint

studies of transmission facilities and the development of a

regional transmission plan in order to achieve the

objectives of NEPOOL;

(b) overseeing communications and liaison between NEPOOL and

governmental authorities on transmission issues;

(c) coordinating the collection and exchange of necessary system

data and future plans for use in NEPOOL planning and to meet

requirements of regulatory agencies;

(d) following appropriate studies, recommending to the

Management Committee proposed reliability standards for the

bulk power system of NEPOOL;

(e) coordinating the review of proposed transmission plans of

Participants pursuant to Section 18.4 and the submission of

recommendations to the Management Committee regarding such

proposed plans; and

(f) to the extent appropriate, establishing criteria, guidelines

and methodologies to assure consistency in monitoring and

assessing conformance of Participant and regional

transmission plans to accepted reliability criteria.

9.12 FUNCTIONAL PLANNING COMMITTEES. The Regional Transmission Planning

Committee's Functional Planning Committees shall remain subject to

policy-level direction and control by the Regional Transmission

Planning Committee. Functional Planning Committees may participate in

joint studies with each other and with other NEPOOL committees or task

forces, but shall submit reports and recommendations directly to the

Management Committee only pursuant to the request of the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee.

The members of each Functional Planning Committee shall be appointed

in the same manner as the members of the Regional Transmission

Planning Committee, and, if requested by the ISO, shall include a non-

voting member appointed by the ISO. The Chair, Vice-Chair and

Secretary of each Functional Planning Committee shall be appointed in

accordance with procedures specified by the Regional Transmission

Planning Committee.

Except as expressly directed by the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee, its Functional Planning Committees shall be study, research

and deliberative bodies and shall not resolve by vote differences of

opinion as to proposed plans or other matters on which they may make

reports or recommendations. Functional Planning Committees shall

regularly report the results of their work to the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee, and whenever a Functional Planning

Committee is unable to reach a consensus resolution of a policy issue,

that issue shall be reported to the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee. Functional Planning Committee reports shall contain such

personal opinions and conclusions as any member may request. Where a

vote of a Functional Planning Committee is required for election of

officers or other organizational matters, the action shall be

effective only upon an affirmative vote of 60% of the voting members

present at a meeting.

9.13 APPOINTMENT OF TASK FORCES. The Regional Transmission Planning

Committee and its Functional Planning Committees shall have the

authority, within the Regional Transmission Planning Committee's

budget or with the approval of the Management Committee if beyond its

budget, to appoint task forces for particular studies and to name

thereto available employees of Participants.

9.14 CONSULTANTS, COMPUTER TIME AND EXPENSES. The Regional Transmission

Planning Committee and its Functional Planning Committees shall have

the authority, within the Regional Transmission Planning Committee's

budget or with the approval of the Management Committee if beyond its

budget, to retain the services of the ISO, to hire other consultants,

to procure computer time and to incur such expenses as may be required

to enable the Regional Transmission Planning Committee, its Functional

Planning Committees and their task forces properly to perform their

duties.

9.15 FURTHER POWERS AND DUTIES. The Regional Transmission Planning

Committee shall have such further powers and duties as may be

prescribed by the Management Committee or as set forth in this

Agreement.

9.16 REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. The Regional Transmission

Planning Committee shall report to the Management Committee

periodically the results of its work and such reports shall contain

such alternative programs as the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee may consider appropriate. Regional Transmission Planning

Committee reports shall also contain such minority opinions and

conclusions as any member shall request.

9.17 JOINT MEETINGS WITH MARKET RELIABILITY PLANNING COMMITTEE. The

Regional Transmission Planning Committee is authorized and encouraged

to hold its meetings, and to conduct studies and exercise its

responsibilities, jointly with the Market Reliability Planning

Committee to the extent appropriate.

SECTION 10

REGIONAL MARKET OPERATIONS COMMITTEE

10.1 ORGANIZATION. There shall be a Regional Market Operations Committee

which shall be responsible for establishing or approving market

operation rules and for monitoring the operation of NEPOOL supply and

demand-side resources and the wholesale bulk power market.

10.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Regional Market Operations Committee shall be

constituted as follows: the ISO shall have the right to appoint a

non-voting member of the Committee; each Participant whose Voting

Share equals or exceeds 3% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all

Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the

Committee; the remaining Participants shall be divided into the

following five groups, with each having the right to appoint one

voting member of the Regional Market Operations Committee:

(a) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

municipally-owned and cooperatively-owned traditional

utilities;

(b) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which

are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in the

business of owning or operating generation facilities and

selling the output of such generation;

(c) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which

are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in a

business other than the business of owning or operating

generation or PTF facilities and selling the output of such

generation;

(d) One group consisting of the remaining Participants, if any,

which (i) own PTF, (ii) are not engaged in electric

generation or distribution and do not participate in the

wholesale bulk power market, and (iii) are not Related

Persons of any other Participant; and

(e) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

investor-owned utilities subject to traditional utility rate

regulation or other Entities which do not qualify to be

included in any of the other four groups.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Participant may elect to join

a different group than the one to which it would be assigned under the

foregoing provisions if this is acceptable to the members of the group

it elects to join. In the event any such Participant is a Related

Person of another Participant which has the individual right to

appoint a member of the Committee, the Participant shall be

represented in the Committee by the member appointed by the

Participant which is its Related Person and shall not be assigned to

any of the five groups.

10.3 TERMS OF MEMBERS. The member of the Regional Market Operations

Committee appointed by the ISO shall serve until replaced by the ISO.

Other members of the Regional Market Operations Committee shall serve

until replaced by the Participant or Participants which appointed them

or until such Participant or Participants shall lose their status as

Participants or otherwise lose the right to appoint the member.

Appointment or replacement of a member shall be effected by the ISO or

a Participant or group of Participants giving written notice of such

appointment or replacement to the Secretary of the Regional Market

Operations Committee.

10.4 VOTING. Each voting member of the Regional Market Operations

Committee shall have one vote, which may be cast in person by the

member or the member's alternate or by another person pursuant to a

written proxy dated not more than one year previous to the meeting and

delivered to the Secretary of the Regional Market Operations Committee

at or prior to the meeting at which the proxy vote is cast. If a

Participant which has the individual right to appoint a member of the

Regional Market Operations Committee both participates in the

wholesale bulk power market and owns PTF, the member appointed by the

Participant shall be entitled to divide its vote on the basis

specified in a notice given by it to the Secretary of the Committee at

or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast, to reflect

the Participant's market and transmission interests. In such case the

portion of a member's vote reflecting its transmission interest may be

cast by the member's alternate.

The voting member appointed by a group may divide the member's vote on

the basis specified in a notice given by it to the Secretary of the

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast,

to reflect the different positions of the members of the group.

The adoption of actions by the Regional Market Operations Committee

shall require affirmative votes by voting members aggregating at least

60% of the number of votes which the members in attendance at a

meeting at which a quorum is present are entitled to cast. A majority

of the voting members at any time shall constitute a quorum.

10.5 ALTERNATES. The ISO or a Participant or group of Participants may

designate, by a written notice delivered to the Secretary of the

Regional Market Operations Committee, an alternate for any member of

the Regional Market Operations Committee appointed by the ISO or such

Participant or group of Participants. In the absence of the member,

the alternate shall have all of the powers of the member, including

the power to vote.

10.6 OFFICERS. At its annual meeting, the Regional Market Operations

Committee shall elect from its voting members a Chair and a Vice-

Chair; it shall also elect a Secretary who need not be a member.

These officers shall have the powers and duties usually incident to

such offices.

10.7 MEETINGS. The Regional Market Operations Committee shall hold its

annual meeting in December or January at such time and place as the

Chair shall designate and shall hold other meetings in accordance with

a schedule adopted by the Regional Market Operations Committee or at

the call of the Chair. Any two members may call a special meeting of

the Regional Market Operations Committee in the event that the Chair

shall fail to call such a meeting within three business days following

the Chair's receipt from such members of a request specifying the

subject matters to be acted upon at the meeting. In the event of

emergency, any member may call a special meeting of the Regional

Market Operations Committee to be held forthwith. Any annual, special

or other meeting of the Regional Market Operations Committee may be

conducted by means of conference telephone or other communications

equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting

can hear each other.

10.8 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of each meeting of the Regional

Market Operations Committee shall be given to each member not less

than three business days prior to the date of the meeting. The notice

shall normally specify the principal subject matters expected to be

acted upon; provided, however, that no written notice shall be

required for a meeting called in the event of an emergency, although

the Secretary or the member calling the meeting shall use his or her

best efforts to notify every member of the meeting.

10.9 NOTICE TO MEMBERS OF MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. Prior to the end of the

fifth business day following a meeting of the Regional Market

Operations Committee, the Secretary of the Regional Market Operations

Committee shall give written notice to the ISO and each member of the

Management Committee of any action taken by the Regional Market

Operations Committee at such meeting.

10.10APPEAL OF ACTIONS TO MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. The ISO or any

Participant may appeal to the Management Committee any action taken by

the Regional Market Operations Committee. Such an appeal shall be

taken prior to the end of the tenth business day following the meeting

of the Regional Market Operations Committee to which the appeal

relates by giving to the Secretary of the Management Committee a

signed and written notice of appeal and by mailing a copy of the

notice to the ISO and each member of the Management Committee.

Pending action on the appeal by the Management Committee, the filing

of a notice of appeal as aforesaid shall suspend the action appealed

from.

10.11APPOINTMENT OF TASK FORCES. The Regional Market Operations

Committee shall have the authority, within its budget or with the

approval of the Management Committee if beyond its budget, to appoint

task forces for particular studies and may name thereto available

employees of Participants.

10.12CONSULTANTS, COMPUTER TIME AND EXPENSES. The Regional Market

Operations Committee shall have the authority, within its budget or

with the approval of the Management Committee if beyond its budget, to

retain the services of the ISO, to hire consultants, to procure

computer time, and to incur such expenses as may be required to enable

the Regional Market Operations Committee and its task forces properly

to perform their duties.

10.13RESPONSIBILITIES. The Regional Market Operations Committee, in

conjunction with the ISO and the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee, as appropriate, shall be responsible for the following:

(a) making or causing to be made, from time to time, necessary

studies and establishing or approving procedures based

thereon to assure the reliable operation and facilitate the

efficient operation of the NEPOOL Control Area bulk power

supply;

(b) performing the following: (i) coordinating studies of, and

providing information to Participants on, maintenance

schedules for the supply and demand-side resources and

transmission facilities of the Participants, and (ii)

adopting and implementing uniform rules or procedures, until

the Second Effective Date, for determining when a generating

unit's outages for maintenance shall be approved for

Scheduled Outage Service and for determining whether the

applicable Capability for a unit to be used in determining

the amount of a Participant's Scheduled Outage Service shall

be the unit's Reserve Capability or its Temporary Reserve

Capability;

(c) to the extent appropriate to assure the reliable operation

of the bulk power supply of NEPOOL, establishing or

approving reasonable standards, criteria and rules relating

to protective equipment, switching, voltage control, load

shedding, emergency and restoration procedures, and the

operation and maintenance of supply and demand-side

resources and transmission facilities of the Participants;

(d) determining the seasonal capabilities of each electric

generating unit or combination of units in which a

Participant has an Entitlement in a uniform manner applying

generally accepted engineering principles;

(e) determining as appropriate from time to time the current

Annual Peak, Adjusted Annual Peak, Monthly Peak, Adjusted

Monthly Peak, Installed Capability Responsibility, Operable

Capability Requirements, and obligations for Energy,

Operating Reserve and AGC of each Participant;

(f) until the Second Effective Date, determining the Incremental

Costs and Decremental Costs for each generating unit in

which a Participant has an Entitlement under the varying

circumstances affecting such costs;

(g) establishing or approving market operation rules governing

the submission of Bid Prices and the determination of prices

for Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, each

category of Operating Reserve and AGC, and establishing or

approving appropriate billing procedures for transactions

pursuant to this Agreement; and

(h) calculating and equitably apportioning losses incurred in

connection with Interchange Transactions.

10.14FURTHER POWERS AND DUTIES. The Regional Market Operations

Committee shall have such further powers and duties as may be

prescribed by the Management Committee or as set forth in this

Agreement.

10.15DEVELOPMENT OF RULES RELATING TO NON-PARTICIPANT SUPPLY AND DEMAND-

SIDE RESOURCES. It is recognized that arrangements between

Participants and Non-Participants with respect to the Non-

Participants' supply and demand-side resources may create special

problems in the application of Sections 12 and 14. Accordingly, the

Regional Market Operations Committee shall analyze such special

problems and develop appropriate rules for reflecting such resources

in the Installed or Operable System Capability of a Participant which

enters into such an arrangement and for the treatment of such

arrangements for Energy, Operating Reserve and AGC purposes. Upon

approval by the Regional Market Operations Committee, such rules shall

supersede the provisions of Sections 12 and 14 (and the related

definitions in Section 1) to the extent of any conflict therewith.

10.16JOINT MEETINGS WITH REGIONAL TRANSMISSION OPERATIONS COMMITTEE.

The Regional Market Operations Committee is authorized and encouraged

to hold its meetings, and to conduct studies and exercise its

responsibilities, jointly with the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee to the extent appropriate.

SECTION 11

REGIONAL TRANSMISSION OPERATIONS COMMITTEE

11.1 ORGANIZATION. There shall be a Regional Transmission Operations

Committee which shall be responsible for monitoring the operation of

NEPOOL transmission and the administration of the Tariff.

11.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Regional Transmission Operations Committee shall be

constituted as follows: the ISO shall have the right to appoint a

non-voting member of the Committee; each Participant whose Voting

Share equals or exceeds 3% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all

Participants shall have the right to appoint one voting member of the

Committee; the remaining Participants whose Voting Shares are less

than 3% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall be

divided into the following five groups, with each having the right to

appoint one voting member of the Committee:

(a) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

municipally-owned and cooperatively-owned traditional

utilities;

(b) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which

are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in the

business of owning or operating generation facilities and

selling the output of such generation;

(c) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which

are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in a

business other than the business of owning or operating PTF

or generation facilities and selling the output of such

generation;

(d) One group consisting of the remaining Participants, if any,

which (i) own PTF, (ii) are not engaged in electric

generation or distribution and do not participate in the

wholesale bulk power market, and (iii) are not Related

Persons of any other Participant; and

(e) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are

investor-owned utilities subject to traditional utility rate

regulation or other Entities which do not qualify to be

included in any of the other four groups.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Participant may elect to join

a different group than the one to which it would be assigned under the

foregoing provisions if this is acceptable to the members of the group

it elects to join. In the event any such Participant is a Related

Person of another Participant which has the individual right to

appoint a member of the Committee, the Participant shall be

represented in the Committee by the member appointed by the

Participant which is its Related Person and shall not be assigned to

any of the five groups.

11.3 TERMS OF MEMBERS. The member of the Regional Transmission

Operations Committee appointed by the ISO shall serve until replaced

by the ISO. Other members of the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee shall serve until replaced by the Participant or

Participants which appointed them or until such Participant or

Participants cease to be Participants or otherwise lose the right to

appoint the member. Appointment or replacement of a member shall be

effected by the ISO or a Participant or group of Participants by

giving written notice of such appointment or replacement to the

Secretary of the Regional Transmission Operations Committee.

11.4 VOTING. Each voting member of the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee shall have one vote, which may be cast in person by the

member or the member's alternate or by another person pursuant to a

written proxy dated not more than one year previous to the meeting and

delivered to the Secretary of the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the proxy vote is cast.

If a Participant which has the individual right to appoint a member of

the Regional Transmission Operations Committee both participates in

the wholesale bulk power market and owns PTF, the member appointed by

the Participant shall be entitled to divide the member's vote on the

basis specified in a notice given by it to the Secretary of the

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast,

to reflect its market and transmission interests. In such case the

portion of the member's vote reflecting its transmission interest may

be cast by the member's alternate.

The voting member appointed by a group may divide the member's vote on

the basis specified in a notice given by it to the Secretary of the

Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast,

to reflect the different positions of the members of the group.

The adoption of actions by the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee shall require affirmative votes of voting members

aggregating at least 60% of the number of votes which the members in

attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present are entitled to

cast. A majority of the voting members at any time shall constitute a

quorum.

11.5 ALTERNATES. The ISO or a Participant or group of Participants may

designate, by a written notice delivered to the Secretary of the

Regional Transmission Operations Committee, an alternate for any

member of the Regional Transmission Operations Committee appointed by

the ISO or such Participant or group of Participants. In the absence

of the member, the alternate shall have all of the powers of the

member, including the power to vote.

11.6 OFFICERS. At its annual meeting, the Regional Transmission

Operations Committee shall elect from its voting members a Chair and a

Vice-Chair; it shall also elect a Secretary who need not be a member.

These officers shall have the powers and duties usually incident to

such offices.

11.7 MEETINGS. The Regional Transmission Operations Committee shall hold

its annual meeting in December or January at such time and place as

the Chair shall designate and shall hold other meetings in accordance

with a schedule adopted by the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee or at the call of the Chair. Any two members may call a

special meeting of the Regional Transmission Operations Committee in

the event that the Chair shall fail to call such a meeting within

three business days following the Chair's receipt from such members of

a request specifying the subject matters to be acted upon at the

meeting. In the event of emergency, any member may call a special

meeting of the Regional Transmission Operations Committee to be held

forthwith. Any annual, special or other meeting of the Regional

Transmission Operations Committee may be conducted by means of

conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of

which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

11.8 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of each meeting of the Regional

Transmission Operations Committee shall be given to each member not

less than three business days prior to the date of the meeting. The

notice shall normally specify the principal subject matters expected

to be acted upon; provided, however, that no written notice shall be

required for a meeting called in the event of an emergency, although

the Secretary or the member calling the meeting shall use his or her

best efforts to notify every member of the meeting.

11.9 NOTICE TO MEMBERS OF MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. Prior to the end of the

fifth business day following a meeting of the Regional Transmission

Operations Committee, the Secretary of the Regional Transmission

Operations Committee shall give written notice to the ISO and each

member of the Management Committee of any action taken by the Regional

Transmission Operations Committee at such meeting.

11.10APPEAL OF ACTIONS TO MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. The ISO or any

Participant may appeal to the Management Committee any action taken by

the Regional Transmission Operations Committee. Such an appeal shall

be taken prior to the end of the tenth business day following the

meeting of the Regional Transmission Operations Committee to which the

appeal relates by giving to the Secretary of the Management Committee

a signed and written notice of appeal and by mailing a copy of the

notice to the ISO and each member of the Management Committee.

Pending action on the appeal by the Management Committee, the filing

of a notice of appeal as aforesaid shall suspend the action appealed

from.

11.11APPOINTMENT OF TASK FORCES. The Regional Transmission Operations

Committee shall have the authority, within its budget or with the

approval of the Management Committee if beyond its budget, to appoint

task forces for particular studies and may name thereto available

employees of Participants.

11.12CONSULTANTS, COMPUTER TIME AND EXPENSES. The Regional Transmission

Operations Committee shall have the authority, within its budget or

with the approval of the Management Committee if beyond its budget, to

retain the services of the ISO, to hire consultants, to procure

computer time, and to incur such expenses as may be required to enable

the Regional Transmission Operations Committee and its task forces

properly to perform their duties.

11.13RESPONSIBILITIES. The Regional Transmission Operations Committee,

in conjunction with the ISO and the Regional Market Operations

Committee, as appropriate, shall be responsible for the following:

(a) making or causing to be made, from time to time, necessary

studies and establishing or approving procedures based

thereon to assure the reliable operation and facilitate the

efficient operation of the NEPOOL Control Area bulk power

supply;

(b) coordinating studies of, and providing information to

Participants on, maintenance schedules for the supply and

demand-side resources and transmission facilities of the

Participants;

(c) to the extent appropriate to assure the reliable operation

of the bulk power supply of the NEPOOL Control Area,

establishing or approving reasonable standards, criteria and

rules relating to protective equipment, switching, voltage

control, load shedding, emergency and restoration

procedures, and the operation and maintenance of supply and

demand-side resources and transmission facilities of the

Participants; and

(d) establishing or approving appropriate billing procedures for

transmission service pursuant to this Agreement and the

Tariff.

11.14FURTHER POWERS AND DUTIES. The Regional Transmission Operations

Committee shall have such further powers and duties as may be

prescribed by the Management Committee or as set forth in this

Agreement.

11.15JOINT MEETINGS WITH REGIONAL MARKET OPERATIONS COMMITTEE. The

Regional Transmission Operations Committee is authorized and

encouraged to hold its meetings, and to conduct studies and exercise

its responsibilities, jointly with the Regional Market Operations

Committee to the extent appropriate.

PART THREE

MARKET PROVISIONS

SECTION 12

INSTALLED CAPABILITY AND OPERABLE CAPABILITY

OBLIGATIONS AND PAYMENTS

12.1 OBLIGATIONS TO PROVIDE INSTALLED CAPABILITY AND OPERABLE CAPABILITY.

(a) Each Participant shall have Installed System Capability during

each hour of each month at least sufficient to satisfy its

Installed Capability Responsibility for the month.

(b) Each Participant shall have Operable System Capability in each

hour at least sufficient to satisfy its Operable Capability

Requirement for such hour.

12.2 COMPUTATION OF INSTALLED CAPABILITY RESPONSIBILITIES.

(a) (1) At the conclusion of each month, the Regional Market

Operations Committee shall determine each Participant's

tentative Installed Capability Responsibility in Kilowatts

for such month in accordance with the following formula:

X = (P(A-N)+N{p})(1+T)

As used in this Section 12.2(a)(1), the symbols used in the

formula and the additional symbols defined below have the

following meanings:

X is the Participant's tentative Installed Capability

Responsibility for the month.

P is the value of the Participant's fraction for the

month as determined in accordance with the following

formula:

P = F{p}/F, wherein:

F{p} is the Participant's Adjusted Monthly Peak for

the month.

F is the aggregate for the month of the Adjusted

Monthly Peaks for all Participants.

A is the NEPOOL Objective Capability in megawatts for the

month as fixed by the Management Committee pursuant to

Section 6.14(e).

N is the aggregate of the New Unit Adjustments for all

Participants for the month as determined by the

Regional Market Operations Committee in accordance with

Section 12.2(a)(2).

N{p} is the aggregate of the Participant's New Unit

Adjustments for the month, as determined by the

Regional Market Operations Committee, and is EQUAL TO

the aggregate of the Participant's adjustments for each

New Unit included in its Installed System Capability

during the hour of the coincident peak load of the

Participants for the month. The Participant's

adjustment for each New Unit may be positive or

negative and shall be the product of (i) the

Participant's Installed Capability Entitlement in the

New Unit during the hour of the coincident peak load of

the Participants for the month, TIMES (ii) the New Unit

Adjustment Factor applicable to the New Unit as

determined in accordance with Section 12.2(a)(2).

T is the Participant's Unit Availability Adjustment

Factor for the month. T may be positive or negative

and shall be determined in accordance with the

following formula:

T = (I-H) x J x R, wherein:

100

I for the Participant for the month is the percentage

which represents the weighted average (using the

Installed Capability of each Installed Capability

Entitlement for such month for the weighting) of the

Four Year Installed Capability Target Availability

Rates of the Installed Capability Entitlements which

are included in the Participant's Installed System

Capability during the hour of the coincident peak load

of the Participants for the month. The Four Year

Target Availability Rate for an Installed Capability

Entitlement for any month is the average of the monthly

Target Availability Rates for the forty-eight months

which comprise the period of four consecutive calendar

years ending within the Power Year which includes such

month, as determined on the basis of the Target

Availability Rates for each of the forty-eight months,

and as applied on a basis which is consistent with the

fuel or maturity status of the unit for each of the

forty-eight months. The Target Availability Rates

shall be those utilized by the Management Committee in

its most recent determination of NEPOOL Objective

Capability pursuant to Section 6.14(e).

H for the Participant for the month is the percentage

which represents the weighted average (using the

Installed Capability of each Installed Capability

Entitlement for such month for the weighting) of the

Four Year Actual Availability Rates of the Installed

Capability Entitlements which are included in the

Participant's Installed System Capability during the

hour of the coincident peak load of the Participants

for the month. The Four Year Actual Availability Rate

for an Installed Capability Entitlement for any month

is the percentage which represents the average of the

amounts determined for H{1} for the four applicable

Twelve-Month Measurement Periods within the forty-eight

months which comprise the period of four consecutive

calendar years ending within the Power Year which

includes such month. A Twelve-Month Measurement Period

is a period of twelve sequential months. For purposes

of this sequence, the first month in the four years and

the immediately succeeding months shall be considered

to follow the forty-eighth month in the four-year

period. The four applicable Twelve-Month Measurement

Periods to be used in the determination of H{1} for an

Installed Capability Entitlement shall be the four

sequential Twelve-Month Measurement Periods out of the

twelve possible combinations which yield the highest

H{1}.

H{1} for an Installed Capability Entitlement in a unit or

combination of units for a Twelve-Month Measurement

Period is its Actual Availability Rate. The Actual

Availability Rate of an Installed Capability

Entitlement for a Twelve-Month Measurement Period is a

percentage and shall be the greater of:

(i) the percentage of (a) the amount of generation

which could have been received with respect to the

Installed Capability Entitlement if the unit or

combination of units had been fully available at

its full Installed Capability throughout the

Twelve-Month Measurement Period, which is

represented by (b) the amount of generation which

was actually available during such period, or

(ii) the average Target Availability Rate expressed as

a percentage for the Installed Capability

Entitlement for the Twelve-Month Measurement

Period less twenty percentage points. The average

Target Availability Rate of an Installed

Capability Entitlement for a Twelve-Month

Measurement Period is a percentage and is the

average of the monthly Target Availability Rates

for the months which comprise the Twelve-Month

Measurement Period, as determined on the basis of

the Target Availability Rates for each of the

twelve months, and as applied on a basis which is

consistent with the fuel or maturity status of the

unit or combination of units for each month in the

Twelve-Month Measurement Period. The Target

Availability Rates shall be those utilized by the

Management Committee in its most recent

determination of NEPOOL Objective Capability

pursuant to Section 6.14(e).

J for the month is the estimated percentage point change

in NEPOOL Objective Capability which would be required

as a result of a one percentage point change in the

weighted average equivalent availability rate of the

generating units in which the Participants have

Installed Capability Entitlements. The value for J

shall be adopted by the Management Committee each time

it fixes NEPOOL Objective Capability pursuant to

Section 6.14(e).

R for the month is the phase-out factor for the month,

which shall be as follows:

R=0.75    for the Power Year beginning November 1,

          1997.

R=0.50    for the Power Year beginning November 1,

          1998.

R=0.25    for the Power Year beginning November 1,

          1999.

R=0       for the Power Year beginning November 1, 2000

          and all subsequent Power Years.

(2) A New Unit Adjustment Factor for a New Unit shall be

determined to assign the effects of the New Unit on NEPOOL

Objective Capability to those Participants with Entitlements

in the New Unit. The New Unit Adjustment Factor for each

New Unit for each month shall be determined by the Regional

Market Operations Committee in accordance with the following

formula:

n = R(K{1}(c-C) + K{2}(f-F) + K{3}(m-M) + K{4}(d-D) +

K{5}(f-F)c{2})

As used in this Section 12.2(a)(2), the symbols used in the

formula have the following meanings:

R is the phase out factor as defined in Section

12.2(a)(1) above.

n is the New Unit Adjustment Factor, expressed as a

fraction, for the month for a New Unit.

c is the Winter Capability of the New Unit.

C is the Winter Capability of the Proxy Unit, which shall

be the number of Kilowatts, as determined by the

Management Committee, which would result in the NEPOOL

Objective Capability being approximately the same if

the generating units in which the Participants have

Installed Capability Entitlements were all units

possessing Proxy Unit characteristics.

f is the equivalent forced outage rate of the New Unit,

expressed as a fraction of a year, utilized in the

determination by the Management Committee of NEPOOL

Objective Capability for the month.

F is the equivalent forced outage rate of the Proxy Unit.

F, a fraction, shall be the weighted average equivalent

forced outage rate (using the Winter Capability of each

generating unit for such weighting) of the generating

units in which the Participants have Installed

Capability Entitlements, adjusted to compensate for the

rounding of the annual maintenance outage requirement

of the Proxy Unit.

m is the four-year average annual maintenance outage

requirement of the New Unit, expressed as a fraction of

a year. The data used to determine m shall include the

annual maintenance outage requirements for the current

Power Year and the next three Power Years, as utilized

for the New Unit in the most recent determination by

the Management Committee of NEPOOL Objective Capability

pursuant to Section 6.14(e).

M is the annual maintenance outage requirement of the

Proxy Unit. M shall be a fraction, the numerator of

which shall be the number of weeks (rounded to the

nearest full number) that most closely approximates the

weighted four-year average annual maintenance outage

requirement (using the Winter Capability of each

generating unit for such weighting) for the generating

units in which the Participants have Installed

Capability Entitlements, and the denominator of which

shall be 52 weeks.

d is the summer derating of the New Unit, expressed as a

fraction of the Winter Capability of the New Unit.

D is the summer derating of the Proxy Unit. D shall be a

fraction and shall be EQUAL TO the weighted average

fractional summer derating (using the Winter Capability

of each generating unit for such weighting) of the

generating units in which the Participants have

Installed Capability Entitlements.

K{1}, K{2}, K{3}, K{4}, and K{5}

are conversion coefficients for each of the Summer and

Winter Periods, determined by regression analysis such

that the product for the Installed Capability of a New

Unit TIMES its New Unit Adjustment Factor approximates

the effect on NEPOOL Objective Capability of the New

Unit.

Proxy Unit characteristics and conversion coefficients

contained in the formula shall be adopted by the Management

Committee and reviewed every five years (or more frequently

if the Management Committee determines that exceptional

circumstances require an earlier review) and revised as

necessary.

If a New Unit has unique characteristics affecting NEPOOL

Objective Capability which are not adequately reflected in

the New Unit Adjustment Factor formula, the Management

Committee shall determine for such New Unit a New Unit

Adjustment Factor which accounts for the New Unit's unique

characteristics.

The New Unit Adjustment Factor for any Restricted Unit (as

defined in Section 15.37B of the Prior NEPOOL Agreement) for

which proposed plans were submitted subsequent to November

1, 1990 for review pursuant to Section 18.4 or its

predecessor section in the Prior NEPOOL Agreement (or, in

the case of a unit with a rated capacity of less than 5MW,

for which notification was first given to NEPOOL subsequent

to November 1, 1990) and for the Peabody Municipal Light

Plant's Waters River #2 unit shall be determined in

accordance with the formula previously specified in Section

12.2(a)(2), modified as follows:

n = R(K{1}(c-C) + K{2}(f-F) + K{3}(m-M) + K{4}(d-D)
+K{5}(f-F)c{2}) + K{6}(2500-a)

The symbols used in the above formula, as modified, shall

have the meanings previously specified, except that the

symbols "K{6}" and "a" shall have the following meanings:

K{6} is a scaling factor of 0.0001.

a is as follows:

for units with more than 2500 annual hours available

for operation, "a" = 2500,

for units with annual hours available for operation

between 500 and 2500, inclusive, "a" = annual hours

available for operation, and

for units with annual hours available for operation

less than 500 hours, "a" = -7500;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Participant may elect to avoid, in

whole or part, the effect on its Installed Capability

Responsibility of a Restricted Unit's availability being

limited to 2500 hours or less a year by agreeing to leave

unfilled a portion of its dispatchable load allocation in

accordance with rules adopted by the Regional Market

Operations Committee.

(b) The tentative Installed Capability Responsibilities of the

Participants for any month, as determined in accordance with

Section 12.2(a), shall be adjusted in accordance with this

Section 12.2(b) in the event the value of H for any Participant

for any of the Twelve-Month Measurement Periods applicable to the

Participant for the month is increased in accordance with Section

12.2(a) because of the application of paragraph (ii) of the

definition of H{1}. In such event the Regional Market Operations

Committee shall determine each Participant's tentative Installed

Capability Responsibility for the month with and without the

application of said paragraph (ii). The difference between the

sum of all Participants' tentative Installed Capability

Responsibilities, with and without the application of said

paragraph (ii) for the month, shall be added to the tentative

Installed Capability Responsibilities of the Participants, as

determined in accordance with Section 12.2(a), in proportion to

said tentative Installed Capability Responsibilities, thereby

establishing each Participant's adjusted tentative Installed

Capability Responsibility for the month.

(c) For each month, the Regional Market Operations Committee shall

determine the sum of all Participants' adjusted tentative

Installed Capability Responsibilities, as initially determined in

accordance with Section 12.2(a) and as adjusted in accordance

with Section 12.2(b), if Section 12.2(b) is applicable for such

month. If the sum is less than, or equal to, the minimum NEPOOL

Installed Capability during the month, then the adjusted

tentative Installed Capability Responsibility as determined

pursuant to Section 12.2(a) or 12.2(b), whichever is applicable,

for each Participant is the final Installed Capability

Responsibility for each Participant. If the sum is greater than

such minimum NEPOOL Installed Capability, then each Participant's

final Installed Capability Responsibility shall be its adjusted

tentative Installed Capability Responsibility as determined

pursuant to Section 12.2(a) or 12.2(b), whichever is applicable,

multiplied by the ratio of the minimum NEPOOL Installed

Capability during the month to the sum of the adjusted tentative

Installed Capability Responsibilities for the month.

(d) It is recognized that the treatment of fuel conversions, dual

fuel units, immature units, new Installed Capability

Entitlements, cogeneration and small power-producing facilities,

Unit Contracts and other contract arrangements, units with

unusual maintenance cycles, and various other matters can result

in special problems in the determination of Unit Availability

Adjustment Factors and New Unit Adjustments. Accordingly, the

Regional Market Operations Committee shall analyze such special

problems and develop appropriate market operation rules to be

applied in taking such matters into account in the determination

of Unit Availability Adjustment Factors and New Unit Adjustments.

12.3 COMPUTATION OF OPERABLE CAPABILITY REQUIREMENTS.

For each hour, the Regional Market Operations Committee shall

determine each Participant's Operable Capability Requirement in

Kilowatts in accordance with the following formula:

OP{p} = EL{p} + OR{p}

As used in this Section 12.3, the symbols used in the formula have the

following meanings:

OP{p} is the Participant's Operable Capability Requirement for

the hour.

EL{p }is the Participant's Electrical Load during the hour.

OR{p }is the amount (in Kilowatts) of Operating Reserve which the

Participant was required to provide during the hour, as

determined in accordance with Section 14.1(b).

12.4 BIDS TO FURNISH INSTALLED CAPABILITY OR OPERABLE CAPABILITY. Each

Participant shall submit to or have on file with the System Operator,

in accordance with the market operation rules approved by the Regional

Market Operations Committee, one or more bids specifying the Bid Price

and Kilowatt amount at which it will furnish any and all surplus

Installed System Capability for a month or Operable System Capability

for an hour through NEPOOL to other Participants. If no bid is

submitted for a month for any surplus Installed System Capability or

for any hour for any surplus Operable System Capability, the Bid Price

for any such surplus for which there are no bids shall be deemed to be

zero.

12.5 CONSEQUENCES OF DEFICIENCIES IN INSTALLED CAPABILITY RESPONSIBILITY.

(a) At the conclusion of each month, the System Operator shall

determine whether each Participant has satisfied its Installed

Capability Responsibility obligation for the month. If the

minimum monthly Installed System Capability of a Participant

during the month was less than its Installed Capability

Responsibility, the number of Kilowatts of its deficiency shall

be computed and the Participant shall be deemed to purchase from

other Participants through NEPOOL Kilowatts of surplus Installed

System Capability equal to the amount of its deficiency and shall

pay to NEPOOL for the month any applicable fees for services

assessed pursuant to Section 19.2 PLUS the product of its total

Kilowatts of deficiency and the Installed Capability Clearing

Price for the month determined in accordance with Section

12.5(b). For purposes of this Section 12, the minimum monthly

Installed System Capability of a Participant for a month is the

Participant's lowest Installed System Capability for any hour

during the month. Retirements made on the last day of any month

shall not be deducted from Installed System Capability for that

month.

(b) At the end of each month, the System Operator shall determine the

Installed Capability Clearing Price for the month as follows:

(i) The System Operator shall determine the aggregate Kilowatt

shortage of Installed System Capability for the month for

all Participants that did not satisfy their Installed

Capability Responsibilities for that month.

(ii) The System Operator shall rank in the order of lowest to

highest Bid Price all Bid Prices received from Participants

having excess Installed System Capability for the month.

(iii)For each Participant, its Installed System Capability with

the lowest Bid Prices shall be deemed to have been furnished

first, to the extent required, to meet its Installed

Capability Responsibility. Any remainder starting with the

lowest Bid Prices shall be deemed to have been furnished, to

the extent required, to other Participants under this

Agreement to meet their shortages of Installed System

Capability for the month.

(iv) The Installed Capability Clearing Price for the month shall

equal the highest Bid Price for Installed System Capability

that is deemed in accordance with Section 12.5(b)(iii) to

have been furnished to another Participant for the month.

12.6 CONSEQUENCES OF DEFICIENCIES IN OPERABLE CAPABILITY REQUIREMENTS.

(a) For each hour, the System Operator shall determine whether each

Participant has satisfied its Operable Capability Requirement

obligation for that hour. If the minimum Operable System

Capability of a Participant during any hour was less than its

Operable Capability Requirement, the number of Kilowatts of its

deficiency shall be computed and the Participant shall be deemed

to purchase from other Participants through NEPOOL Kilowatts of

surplus Operable System Capability equal to the amount of its

deficiency and shall pay for the hour any applicable uplift

charge assessed under Section 14.15 and any applicable fees for

services assessed pursuant to Section 19.2 PLUS the product of

its Kilowatt deficiency for the hour and the Operable Capability

Clearing Price for the hour determined in accordance with Section

12.6(b). The minimum Operable System Capability of a Participant

for an hour is equal to the Participant's lowest Operable System

Capability at any time during the hour.

(b) For each hour, the System Operator shall determine the Operable

Capability Clearing Price as follows:

(i) The System Operator shall determine the aggregate Kilowatt

shortage of Operable System Capability for the hour for all

Participants that did not satisfy their Operable Capability

Requirements in that hour.

(ii) The System Operator shall rank in the order of lowest to

highest Bid Price all Bid Prices received from Participants

having excess Operable System Capability for the hour.

(iii)For each Participant, its Operable System Capability with

the lowest Bid Prices shall be deemed to have been furnished

first, to the extent required, to meet its Operable

Capability Requirement. Any remainder starting with the

lowest Bid Prices shall be deemed to have been furnished, to

the extent required, to other Participants under this

Agreement to meet their shortages of Operable System

Capability for that hour.

(iv) The Operable Capability Clearing Price for the hour shall be

equal to the highest Bid Price for Operable System

Capability that is deemed in accordance with Section

12.6(b)(iii) to have been furnished to another Participant

in the hour.

12.7 PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS FURNISHING INSTALLED CAPABILITY AND

OPERABLE CAPABILITY.

(a) Participants that are deemed pursuant to Section 12.5 to furnish

any surplus in their Installed System Capability to other

Participants shall receive therefor their pro rata shares on a

Kilowatt basis of all payments made by Participants for the month

under Section 12.5, excluding any applicable fees for services

assessed pursuant to Section 19.2. If two or more Participants

with excess Installed System Capability have bid Kilowatts at the

Installed Capability Clearing Price, but not all the excess

Installed System Capability bid at such price is required to meet

shortages of Installed System Capability, then the excess

Installed System Capability bid at the Installed Capability

Clearing Price that each such Participant shall be deemed to have

furnished shall be the Kilowatts of excess Installed System

Capability bid by the Participant at that price MULTIPLIED by the

ratio of (i) the total Kilowatts of excess Installed System

Capability bid at the Installed Capability Clearing Price needed

to meet the shortages to (ii) the total Kilowatts of excess

Installed System Capability bid by all Participants at the

Installed Capability Clearing Price.

(b) Participants that are deemed pursuant to Section 12.6 to furnish

any surplus in their Operable System Capability to other

Participants shall receive therefor their pro rata shares on a

Kilowatt basis of all payments made by Participants for the hour

under Section 12.6, excluding any applicable uplift charges

assessed under Section 14.15 and any applicable fees for services

assessed pursuant to Section 19.2. If two or more Participants

with excess Operable System Capability in an hour have bid

Kilowatts at the Operable Capability Clearing Price, but not all

the excess Operable System Capability bid at such price is

required to meet shortages of Operable System Capability, then

the excess Operable System Capability bid at the Operable

Capability Clearing Price that each such Participant shall be

deemed to have furnished shall be the Kilowatts of excess

Operable System Capability bid by the Participant at that price

MULTIPLIED by the ratio of (i) the total Kilowatts of excess

Operable System Capability bid at the Operable Capability

Clearing Price needed to meet the shortages to (ii) the Kilowatts

of excess Operable System Capability bid by all Participants at

the Operable Capability Clearing Price.

SECTION 13

OPERATION, GENERATION, OTHER RESOURCES,

AND INTERRUPTIBLE CONTRACTS

13.1 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD UTILITY PRACTICE.

Each Participant shall, to the fullest extent practicable, cause all

generating facilities and other resources owned or controlled by it to

be designed, constructed, maintained and operated in accordance with

Good Utility Practice.

13.2 CENTRAL DISPATCH. Subject to the following sentence, each

Participant shall, to the fullest extent practicable, subject all

generating facilities and other resources owned or controlled by it to

central dispatch by the System Operator; provided, however, that each

Participant shall at all times be the sole judge as to whether or not

and to what extent safety requires that at any time any of such

facilities will be operated at less than full capacity or not at all.

Each Participant may remove from central dispatch a generating

facility or other resources owned or controlled by it if and to the

extent such removal is permitted by rules and standards approved by

the Management Committee.

13.3 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Each Participant shall, to the fullest

extent practicable: (a) cause generating facilities and other

resources owned or controlled by it to be withdrawn from operation for

maintenance and repair only in accordance with maintenance schedules

reported to and published by the System Operator from time to time in

accordance with procedures established or approved by the Regional

Market Operations Committee, (b) restore such facilities to good

operating condition with reasonable promptness, and (c) accelerate or

delay maintenance and repair at the reasonable request of the System

Operator in accordance with market operation rules approved by the

Regional Market Operations Committee.

13.4 OBJECTIVES OF DAY-TO-DAY SYSTEM OPERATION. The day-to-day

scheduling and coordination through the System Operator of the

operation of generating units and other resources shall be designed to

assure the reliability of the bulk power system of the NEPOOL Control

Area. Such activity shall:

(a) satisfy the NEPOOL Control Area's Operating Reserve

requirements, including the proper distribution of those

Operating Reserves;

(b) satisfy the Automatic Generation Control requirements of the

NEPOOL Control Area; and

(c) satisfy the Energy requirements of all Electrical Loads of

the Participants.

all at the lowest practicable aggregate dispatch cost to the NEPOOL

Control Area in light of available Bid Prices and Participant-directed

schedules.

13.5 SATELLITE MEMBERSHIP. Each Participant which is responsible for the

operation of transmission facilities rated 69 kV or above in the

NEPOOL Control Area or generating units and other resources which are

subject to central dispatch by NEPOOL, or which is responsible for

implementing voltage reduction and load shedding procedures in the

NEPOOL Control Area, shall become a member of the appropriate

satellite dispatching center; provided that by mutual agreement among

the affected Participants and the appropriate satellite, a Participant

may be excused from joining the satellite if it has arranged with a

satellite member to assume responsibility to the satellite for its

facilities or obligations.

SECTION 14

INTERCHANGE TRANSACTIONS

14.1 OBLIGATION FOR ENERGY, OPERATING RESERVE AND AUTOMATIC GENERATION

CONTROL.

(a) Each Participant shall have for each hour an Energy obligation

equal to its Electrical Load PLUS the kilowatthours delivered by

such Participant to other Participants in the hour pursuant to

Firm Contracts or System Contracts, together with any associated

electrical losses.

(b) Each Participant shall have for each hour Operating Reserve

obligations equal to its share of the quantity of each category

of Operating Reserve required for the NEPOOL Control Area in the

hour.

Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14.6, a Participant's

share of each category of Operating Reserve required for any hour

shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

OR{p}=SA{p} + [(OR-SA) (EL{p}/EL)], wherein

OR{p}is the Participant's share of that category of

Operating Reserve for the hour.

SA{p}is the number of Kilowatts, if any, of that category

of Operating Reserve for the hour that the Regional

Market Operations Committee determines should be

assigned specifically to such Participant and not be

shared by all Participants.

OR is the aggregate number of Kilowatts of that category

of Operating Reserve determined by the System Operator

in accordance with the directions of the Regional

Market Operations Committee to be required for the

NEPOOL Control Area for the hour that is not assigned

to Non-Participants.

SA is the aggregate number of Kilowatts of that category

of Operating Reserve for the hour that the Regional

Market Operations Committee determines should not be

shared by all Participants, but not including Operating

Reserve assigned to Non-Participants.

EL{p}is the Participant's Electrical Load for the hour.

EL is the sum of EL{p} for all Participants.

(c) Each Participant shall have for each hour an AGC obligation equal

to its share of AGC required for the NEPOOL Control Area in the

hour. Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14.6, a

Participant's share of AGC required for any hour shall be

determined in accordance with the following formula:

AGC{p}=AGC (EL{p}/EL), wherein

AGC{p}is the Participant's share of AGC for the hour.

AGC is the total amount of AGC determined by the System

Operator in accordance with market operation rules

approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee to

be required for the NEPOOL Control Area for the hour

that is not assigned to Non-Participants.

EL{p} and EL are as defined in Section 14.1(b).

14.2 OBLIGATION TO BID OR SCHEDULE, AND RIGHT TO RECEIVE ENERGY, OPERATING RESERVE AND AUTOMATIC GENERATION CONTROL.

(a) A Participant which has Energy Entitlements shall submit to

or have on file with the System Operator, in accordance with

the market operation rules approved by the Regional Market

Operations Committee, one or more bids for the Energy

Entitlements for which the Participant is permitted to bid

specifying the Bid Price at which it will furnish Energy

through NEPOOL to other Participants under this Agreement or

to Non-Participants for ancillary services under the Tariff,

or pursuant to arrangements with Non-Participants entered

into under Section 14.6, except to the extent such

Entitlements are scheduled by the Participant consistent

with Section 14.2(d).

(b) A Participant which has Operating Reserve Entitlements or

AGC Entitlements shall also submit to or have on file with

the System Operator, in accordance with the market operation

rules approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee,

one or more bids for each such Entitlement for which the

Participant is permitted to bid specifying the Bid Prices at

which it will furnish 10-Minute Spinning Reserve, 10-Minute

Non-Spinning Reserve, 30-Minute Operating Reserve and/or AGC

through NEPOOL to other Participants under this Agreement or

to Non-Participants for ancillary services under the Tariff,

except to the extent such Entitlements are scheduled by the

Participant consistent with Section 14.2(d). Prior to the

Third Effective Date, Participants' rights and obligations

to submit bids for Operating Reserve Entitlements in

10-Minute Spinning Reserve shall be limited to Entitlements

in hydroelectric generating units and pumped storage

hydroelectric generating units.

(c) Except as emergency circumstances may result in the System

Operator requiring load curtailments by Participants, each

Participant shall be entitled to receive from the other

Participants (or from the service made available from Non-

Participants pursuant to arrangements entered into under

Section 14.6) such amounts, if any, of Energy, Operating

Reserve, and AGC as it requires and Non-Participants shall

be entitled to receive from Participants the amount of

ancillary services to which they are entitled pursuant to

the Tariff. If, for any hour, load curtailments are

required, the amount that Participants and Non-Participants

with shortages are entitled to receive shall be

proportionally reduced by the System Operator in a fair and

non-discriminatory manner in light of the circumstances.

(d) All Bid Prices for Entitlements shall be submitted in

accordance with market operation rules approved by the

Regional Market Operations Committee. If a Bid Price is not

submitted for any such Entitlement, the Bid Price shall be

deemed to be zero. For a generating unit in which there are

multiple Entitlement holders, only one Participant shall be

permitted to submit Bid Prices for Energy, Operating Reserve

and/or AGC Entitlements for such unit or to direct the

scheduling of the unit for any Scheduled Dispatch Period.

The Entitlement holders in each unit with multiple

Entitlement holders shall designate a single Participant

that will be permitted to submit Bid Prices and/or to direct

the scheduling of the unit. In the event that more than one

Participant is designated, or if the Entitlement holders do

not designate a single Participant, then Bid Prices for the

unit shall be based on its replacement cost of fuel, which

shall be furnished to the System Operator by the Participant

responsible for furnishing such information as of December

1, 1996. Further, any schedules for the unit will be

submitted to the System Operator by such Participant.

Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the rights of any

Entitlement holder under the contractual arrangements among

such Entitlement holders relating to the unit.

Prior to the Third Effective Date, Bid Prices must be

submitted for the next Scheduled Dispatch Period for all

Energy, Operating Reserve and AGC Entitlements in generating

unit or units and Energy Entitlements pursuant to Firm

Contracts or System Contracts which may be scheduled by the

buyer in accordance with Section 14.7(b) no later than noon

on the preceding day or such later time as is specified in

the market operation rules approved by the Regional Market

Operations Committee. On and after the Third Effective

Date, such Bid Prices shall be submitted for each hour of

the day and the notice period for such Bid Prices shall be

reduced to one hour or such shorter time as the System

Operator determines from time to time is practical while

maintaining reliability and meeting its other obligations to

the Participants, EXCEPT THAT such notice period shall be

longer than one hour if and to the extent that the System

Operator reasonably determines that such notice is the

shortest notice that is technically feasible at that time to

maintain reliability and meet its other obligations to the

Participants. The System Operator shall notify the

Participants following its receipt of all Bid Prices of the

expected dispatch schedule for the next Scheduled Dispatch

Period. The System Operator shall reduce the notice

required for Bid Prices and the applicable Scheduled

Dispatch Period to the minimum time technically and

practically feasible while maintaining reliability and

meeting its other obligations to the Participants.

Energy, Operating Reserve and/or AGC Entitlements in a

generating unit or units may also be scheduled directly by

the Participants permitted to submit Bid Prices for such

Entitlements, but only in accordance with this Section

14.2(d) and market operation rules approved by the Regional

Market Operations Committee consistent herewith. Subject to

the right of the System Operator to direct changes to

schedules in order to ensure reliability in the NEPOOL

Control Area or any neighboring control area, a Participant

permitted to bid its Energy, Operating Reserve, and/or AGC

Entitlements in a generating unit or units, or required to

make Energy deliveries, may submit an hour-to-hour schedule

for the operation or dispatch of such Entitlements during a

Scheduled Dispatch Period at or before the time that Bid

Prices are required to be submitted for such period. In

addition, prior to the Third Effective Date, a Participant

permitted to bid a unit or units may submit a short-notice

schedule for the operation or dispatch of any or all of the

Energy available from such unit or units during the current

or a subsequent Scheduled Dispatch Period following the time

that the System Operator notifies the appropriate

Participants of their expected Entitlement commitments for

that Scheduled Dispatch Period; PROVIDED THAT, for each such

short-notice schedule, the Participant has not been advised

by the System Operator that the Energy, Operating Reserve or

AGC Entitlements from the unit or units covered by the

Participant's schedule are expected to be used during the

Scheduled Dispatch Period to meet the region's Energy,

Operating Reserve and/or AGC requirements, and PROVIDED

FURTHER THAT the Participant short-notice schedule is only

to facilitate transactions during such period from resources

or to load located outside the NEPOOL Control Area; and

PROVIDED FURTHER THAT such schedule is furnished at least

one hour in advance of the start of the transaction. In

addition, a Participant may, on the same short notice,

schedule System Contracts with Non-Participants from

resources or to load located outside of the NEPOOL Control

Area.

14.3 AMOUNT OF ENERGY, OPERATING RESERVE AND AUTOMATIC GENERATION CONTROL RECEIVED OR FURNISHED.

(a) For purposes of Sections 14.4, 14.5, and 14.8, the amount of

Energy which a Participant is deemed to receive or furnish in any

hour shall be the amount of its Adjusted Net Interchange. If the

Adjusted Net Interchange is negative, the Participant shall be

deemed to be receiving Energy in the hour. If the Adjusted Net

Interchange is positive, the Participant shall be deemed to be

furnishing Energy in the hour.

(b) For purposes of Sections 14.4, 14.5, and 14.9, prior to the Third

Effective Date: the amount of each category of Operating Reserve

which a Participant is deemed to receive in any hour is the

Kilowatts of such Operating Reserve assigned to the Participant

for the hour under Section 14.1(b) LESS any Kilowatts provided in

the hour by the Participant in accordance with the market

operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee to meet any Operating Reserve requirements that were

specifically assigned to it and not shared by all Participants;

the amount of Operating Reserve of each category that the

Participant is deemed to have furnished under the Agreement in

the hour is the amount of such Operating Reserve designated by

the System Operator to be provided in the hour by the

Participant's applicable Operating Reserve Entitlements, MINUS

any Kilowatts used in the hour by the Participant in accordance

with the market operation rules to meet any Operating Reserve

requirements that were specifically assigned to it and not shared

by all Participants. For purposes of Sections 14.4, 14.5, and

14.9, on and after the Third Effective Date, the amount of each

category of Operating Reserve which a Participant is deemed to

have received or furnished in any hour is the difference between

the Kilowatts of such Operating Reserve assigned to the

Participant for the hour under Section 14.1(b) and the Kilowatts

of such Operating Reserve designated by the System Operator to be

provided in the hour by the Participant's applicable Operating

Reserve Entitlements.

(c) For purposes of Sections 14.4, 14.5, and 14.10, prior to the

Third Effective Date, the amount of AGC which a Participant is

deemed to have received in an hour is the AGC assigned to the

Participant for the hour under Section 14.1(c), and the amount a

Participant is deemed to have furnished in the hour is the AGC

designated by the System Operator to be provided in the hour by

the Participant's AGC Entitlements. For purposes of Sections

14.4, 14.5, and 14.10, on and after the Third Effective Date, the

amount of AGC which a Participant is deemed to have received or

furnished in an hour is the difference between the AGC assigned

to the Participant for the hour under Section 14.1(c) and the AGC

designated by the System Operator to be provided in the hour by

the Participant's AGC Entitlements.

14.4 PAYMENTS BY PARTICIPANTS RECEIVING ENERGY SERVICE, OPERATING RESERVE AND AUTOMATIC GENERATION CONTROL.

(a) For every hour in which a Participant's Adjusted Net Interchange

is negative, the number of megawatthours of its Energy deficiency

shall be computed and the Participant shall pay for the hour the

product of its total megawatthours of deficiency and the Energy

Clearing Price applicable for the hour as determined in

accordance with Section 14.8, together with any applicable uplift

charges assessed to the Participant under Sections 14.14 and

14.15 of this Agreement and Section 24 of the Tariff and any

applicable fees for services assessed pursuant to Section 19.2.

(b) For every hour in which a Participant is deemed to receive

Operating Reserve of any category in accordance with Section

14.3(b), the number of Kilowatts it is deemed to receive for the

hour in each category shall be computed. The Participant shall

pay therefor for the hour any applicable uplift charge assessed

under Section 14.15 and any applicable fees for services assessed

pursuant to Section 19.2 PLUS the product of (i) the aggregate

amount paid to Participants for that category of Operating

Reserve for the hour pursuant to Section 14.5(b) and (ii) a

fraction of which the numerator is the Kilowatts of that category

of Operating Reserve deemed under Section 14.3(b) to have been

received by the Participant for the hour and the denominator is

the aggregate Kilowatts of that category of Operating Reserve

deemed under Section 14.3(b) to have been received by all

Participants for the hour.

(c) For every hour in which a Participant is deemed under Section

14.3(c) to have received AGC, the amount it is deemed to receive

shall be computed and the Participant shall pay therefor any

applicable uplift charge assessed under Section 14.15 and any

applicable fees for services assessed pursuant to Section 19.2

PLUS the product of (i) the aggregate amount paid to Participants

for AGC for the hour pursuant to Section 14.5(c) and (ii) a

fraction of which the numerator is the AGC the Participant is

deemed under Section 14.3(c) to have received for the hour and

the denominator is the aggregate amount of AGC all Participants

are deemed under Section 14.3(c) to have received for the hour.

14.5 PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS FURNISHING ENERGY SERVICE, OPERATING RESERVE, AND AUTOMATIC GENERATION CONTROL.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 14.12, a Participant that is

deemed in an hour to furnish Energy service to other Participants

pursuant to Section 14.3, or to Non-Participants for ancillary

services under the Tariff or pursuant to arrangements entered

into under Section 14.6, shall receive for each megawatthour

furnished by it the Energy Clearing Price for the hour determined

in accordance with Section 14.8 or the Bid Price for that

megawatthour, if higher than the Energy Clearing Price and the

unit is either within the Energy Clearing Price Block (as defined

in Section 14.8(c)) or is operated out of merit if such higher

Bid Price is appropriately paid pursuant to market operation

rules governing out-of-merit generation approved by the Regional

Market Operations Committee. In addition, to the extent that the

System Operator reduces Energy production from a generating unit

or units in order to provide VAR support, Participants with

Entitlements in such unit or units may receive their lost

opportunity costs if and to the extent provided for by market

operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee.

(b) A Participant that is deemed in an hour to furnish Operating

Reserve under the Agreement shall receive for each Kilowatt of

each category of Operating Reserve furnished by it the applicable

Operating Reserve Selling Price as defined and determined in

accordance with Section 14.9 or the Bid Price to provide such

Kilowatt, if higher than the Operating Reserve Selling Price for

the hour.

(c) A Participant that is deemed in an hour to furnish AGC under the

Agreement shall receive therefor an amount calculated as follows:

(i) the AGC Clearing Price for the hour as defined and

determined in accordance with Section 14.10, TIMES the

change in AGC output of the Participant's AGC Entitlements

which the System Operator requested in the hour, TIMES an

appropriate unit conversion factor as determined in

accordance with market operation rules approved by the

Regional Market Operations Committee; PLUS

(ii) an AGC reservation payment for each AGC Entitlement that the

System Operator designated for AGC in the hour calculated as

(A) the AGC Clearing Price in effect for the hour, TIMES (B)

the level of AGC the System Operator determines to be

available in the hour from the Entitlement, TIMES (C) the

portion of the hour during which the System Operator had

designated the Entitlement for AGC; PLUS

(iii)a payment that compensates the Participant for its lost

opportunity cost, if any, for the operation of the

generating unit or combination of units designated for AGC

in the hour below the desired level of output in order to

provide AGC, as determined in accordance with market

operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee.

14.6 ENERGY TRANSACTIONS WITH NON-PARTICIPANTS.

(a) The Management Committee is authorized to enter into contracts on

behalf of and in the names of all Participants (i) with power

pools or other entities in one or more other control areas to

purchase or furnish emergency Energy (and related services) that

is available for the System Operator to schedule in order to

ensure reliability in the NEPOOL Control Area or neighboring

control areas, and (ii) with Non-Participants pursuant to which

ancillary services will be provided by the Participants pursuant

to the Tariff. The terms of any such contractual arrangement

shall not require the furnishing of emergency service to any

other control area until the service needs of all Participants

have been provided for with the least expensive resources

practicable. Energy purchased in any hour from Non-Participants

under a contract entered into pursuant to this Section 14.6(a)

shall be deemed to be furnished to, and paid for by, Participants

entitled to or requiring such Energy in the hour pursuant to this

Section 14 at the higher of the Energy Clearing Price for the

hour or the price paid to the Non-Participant for the Energy.

(b) The Regional Market Operations Committee is authorized to provide

for the day-to-day scheduling through the System Operator of the

HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract, in accordance with the HQ Use

Agreement, as if the Contract were a contract covering Energy

transactions with a Non-Participant entered into pursuant to

Section 14.6(a). The HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract shall not

be deemed a Firm Contract for purposes of this Agreement. Energy

received in an hour from Hydro-Quebec pursuant to the HQ Energy

Banking Agreement, and Energy purchased in any hour from Hydro-

Quebec pursuant to the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract or any

other HQ Contract shall be deemed to be Energy furnished to each

Participant entitled to such Energy for the hour in the amount

reflected for the Participant in the System Operator's scheduling

of Energy deliveries in the hour from Hydro-Quebec; EXCEPT THAT

emergency Energy received from Hydro-Quebec under the HQ

Interconnection Agreement shall be deemed to be Energy provided

to (and shall be paid for by) Participants requiring such

emergency Energy in the hour. The System Operator shall schedule

such Energy deliveries to accommodate, to the maximum extent

possible, the schedule of Energy deliveries from Hydro-Quebec

requested by the Participant. The Participants deemed to have

received such Energy shall pay therefor the higher of the Energy

Clearing Price (together with any applicable uplift charges under

Sections 14.14 and/or 14.15 of this Agreement and/or Section 24

of the Tariff and any applicable fees for services assessed

pursuant to Section 19.2) or the price paid to Hydro-Quebec for

the Energy (or in the case of Energy received under the HQ Energy

Banking Agreement, the price paid for the related Energy

deliveries to Hydro-Quebec under the Agreement and any amount

payable to Hydro-Quebec with respect to the transaction).

14.7 PARTICIPANT PURCHASES PURSUANT TO FIRM CONTRACTS AND SYSTEM CONTRACTS.

(a) For Firm Contracts and System Contracts, the treatment of

Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating

Reserve and AGC between the seller and the purchaser in

determining their respective responsibilities and Entitlements

shall be as agreed between the parties and reported to the System

Operator in accordance with market operation rules approved by

the Regional Market Operations Committee. If and to the extent

necessary to implement the agreement between the parties, such

market operation rules, upon approval by the Management

Committee, shall supersede the provisions of the Agreement that

otherwise apply for determination of the respective

responsibilities and Entitlements of the parties.

(b) In the event a Participant has the right to receive Operable

Capability, Energy, Operating Reserve and/or AGC from a Non-

Participant under a System Contract or a Firm Contract, such

Contract shall be treated as nearly as possible as if it were a

Unit Contract for an Operable Capability Entitlement, Energy

Entitlement, Operating Reserve Entitlement and/or AGC

Entitlement, as applicable, PROVIDED THAT, in the case of Energy,

Operating Reserve, and/or AGC, the System Contract or Firm

Contract permits the scheduling of deliveries of such Energy,

Operating Reserve and/or AGC to be subject in whole or part to

central dispatch through the System Operator in accordance with

market operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee.

14.8 DETERMINATION OF ENERGY CLEARING PRICE.

For each hour, the System Operator shall determine the Energy Clearing

Price as follows:

(a) The System Operator shall rank in the order of lowest to highest

(i) the Dispatch Prices derived from the Bid Prices to furnish

Energy in the hour and (ii) the cost to NEPOOL of any Energy

received from Non-Participants in the hour pursuant to contracts

referenced in Section 14.6.

(b) The Energy Clearing Price shall be the weighted average of the

Dispatch Prices (or NEPOOL cost) of the "Energy Clearing Price

Block" as defined in the next sentence. The Energy Clearing

Price Block shall be identified for each hour in accordance with

market operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee to reflect those resources with the highest Dispatch

Prices or NEPOOL cost that were centrally dispatched by the

System Operator for Energy deemed to have been furnished to the

Participants, excluding resources that were dispatched out of

merit as determined in accordance with market operation rules

approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee.

14.9 DETERMINATION OF OPERATING RESERVE SELLING PRICE AND CLEARING PRICE.

(a) For each hour as necessary, the System Operator shall determine

the Operating Reserve Clearing Price for each category of

Operating Reserve as follows:

(i) The System Operator shall determine the aggregate Kilowatts

of the applicable category of Operating Reserve that are

deemed pursuant to Section 14.3(b) to have been received by

Participants for the hour.

(ii) For 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve and 30-Minute Operating

Reserve, the System Operator shall rank in the order of

lowest to highest the Bid Prices of the resources designated

by the System Operator for that category of Operating

Reserve for the hour. The applicable Operating Reserve

Clearing Price for 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve or 30-

Minute Operating Reserve shall be the weighted average of

the highest Bid Prices for the 1000 Kilowatts (or such other

number as may be specified by the Regional Market Operations

Committee) of that category of Operating Reserve that are

designated by the System Operator for use in the hour.

(iii)For 10-Minute Spinning Reserve the System Operator shall

rank in order of lowest to highest the sum for each

Operating Reserve Entitlement of (A) the Bid Price for such

Entitlement and (B) the lost opportunity costs (as defined

in Section 14.9(d)(ii)). The Operating Reserve Clearing

Price for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve shall be the weighted

average for the 1000 Kilowatts (or such other number as may

be specified by the Regional Market Operations Committee) of

the highest sums for the hour of the Entitlements that were

designated by the System Operator for use in the hour.

(b) The Operating Reserve Selling Price for any hour for each

Kilowatt of 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve and 30-Minute

Operating Reserve deemed to be furnished by a Participant in the

hour pursuant to Section 14.3(b) shall be the applicable

Operating Reserve Clearing Price determined in accordance with

Section 14.9(a).

(c) Prior to the Third Effective Date, the Operating Reserve Selling

Price for any hour for each Kilowatt of 10-Minute Spinning

Reserve deemed to be furnished by a Participant from one of its

generating units designated for the hour by the System Operator

for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve pursuant to Section 14.3(b) shall

be an amount equal to the sum of the "Lost Opportunity Clearing

Price" and the lost opportunity cost (as defined in Section

14.9(d)(ii)), if any, for the generating unit, both as determined

pursuant to Section 14.9(d) below. On and after the Third

Effective Date, the Operating Reserve Selling Price for an hour

for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve shall be the applicable Operating

Reserve Clearing Price for that hour.

(d) Prior to the Third Effective Date, for each hour, the System

Operator shall determine a Lost Opportunity Clearing Price for

use in determining the Operating Reserve Selling Price for 10-

Minute Spinning Reserve. A Lost Opportunity Clearing Price shall

be calculated for every hour as follows:

(i) The System Operator shall determine the Kilowatts of 10-

Minute Spinning Reserve that it designated and required for

the hour.

(ii) For that hour, the System Operator shall rank in order of

lowest to highest the lost opportunity costs for generating

units designated by the System Operator to provide 10-Minute

Spinning Reserve in the hour. For purposes of this Section

14.9, the lost opportunity cost for a Participant's

generating unit shall be the amount by which the Energy

Clearing Price for the hour exceeds the unit's Dispatch

Price (not less than zero), PLUS, in the case of

hydroelectric generating facilities and pumped storage

hydroelectric generating facilities, the Bid Price in the

hour for each facility to provide 10-Minute Spinning

Reserve.

(iii)The Lost Opportunity Clearing Price for an hour shall be the

weighted average of the highest 1000 Kilowatts (or such

other number as may be specified by the Regional Market

Operations Committee) of lost opportunity costs for

generating units that were designated by the System Operator

to provide 10-Minute Spinning Reserve in the hour.

14.10DETERMINATION OF AGC CLEARING PRICE.

For each hour, the System Operator shall determine the AGC Clearing

Price. The AGC Clearing Price shall be the weighted average "AGC

Capability Price" for the "AGC Clearing Price Block," as both terms

are defined below in this Section 14.10. The AGC Capability Price for

each hour for each AGC Entitlement designated by the System Operator

to provide AGC in the hour shall be a cost per unit of AGC capability

based on the Bid Price for the Entitlement for the hour divided by the

amount of AGC available in the hour from that Entitlement. The AGC

Clearing Price Block shall be identified by the System Operator for

each hour in accordance with market operation rules approved by the

Regional Market Operations Committee to reflect those AGC resources

with the highest Bid Prices that were designated by the System

Operator to provide AGC in the hour and were deemed pursuant to

Section 14.3(c) to have been received by Participants for the hour.

14.11FUNDS TO OR FROM WHICH PAYMENTS ARE TO BE MADE.

(a) All payments for Energy, Operating Reserves or AGC furnished

or received, all uplift charges paid pursuant to this

Section 14 of this Agreement and Section 24 of the Tariff,

and all fees for services paid pursuant to Section 19.2, and

any payments by Non-Participants for ancillary services

under Schedules 2-7 to the Tariff or pursuant to

arrangements referenced in Section 14.6, shall be allocated

each month through the Pool Interchange Fund as follows:

STEP ONE. For each week in which Energy is delivered or

received under the HQ Energy Banking Agreement, all payments

with respect to transactions under that Agreement shall be

made to or from the Energy Banking Fund provided for in

Section 14.11(b).

STEP TWO. (i) For each week in which Pre-Scheduled Energy

(as defined in the HQ Phase I Energy Contract) is purchased

pursuant to the HQ Phase I Energy Contract, the aggregate

amount which is paid pursuant to Section 14.6(b) for such

Energy by each Participant which is a participant in the

Phase I arrangements with Hydro-Quebec shall be determined

and paid on the Participant's account into the Phase I

Savings Fund.

(ii) For each week in which Energy is purchased pursuant to

the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract, the aggregate amount

which is paid pursuant to Section 14.6(b) for such Energy by

each Participant which is a participant in the Phase II

arrangements with Hydro-Quebec shall be determined and paid

on the Participant's account into the Phase II Savings Fund.

STEP THREE. For each week in which Other HQ Energy is

purchased pursuant to the HQ Phase I Energy Contract or

Energy is purchased pursuant to the HQ Interconnection

Agreement, the aggregate amount paid pursuant to Section

14.6(b) for such Energy shall be determined for each

Participant which is a participant in the Phase I or Phase

II arrangements with Hydro-Quebec. Such amount shall be

allocated between the Participant's share of the Phase I

Savings Fund and the Participant's share of the Phase II

Savings Fund created under the HQ Use Agreement in the same

ratio as (A) the sum of (x) the number of kilowatthours of

Other HQ Energy deemed to be purchased by the Participant

during the week and (y) the HQ Phase I Percentage of the

number of kilowatthours deemed to be purchased by the

Participant under the HQ Interconnection Agreement during

the week, bears to (B) the HQ Phase II Percentage of the

number of kilowatthours purchased under the HQ

Interconnection Agreement during the week.

STEP FOUR. The balance remaining in the Pool Interchange

Fund after Steps One through Three shall be retained in the

Pool Interchange Fund for the month and shall be used and

disbursed after each month in the following order:

(i) (A) amounts owed to Non-Participants (other than Hydro-

Quebec) for the month under contracts entered into with

them pursuant to Section 14.6(a) shall be paid, and (B)

amounts owed to Hydro-Quebec for the month for Energy

deemed to be furnished pursuant to Section 14.6(b) to

Participants which are not participants in the Phase I

or Phase II arrangements with Hydro-Quebec shall be

paid and, in the event the price paid by any such

Participant for such Energy is the Energy Clearing

Price, the excess, if any, of the Energy Clearing Price

over the amount owed to Hydro-Quebec shall be paid to

the Participant;

(ii) amounts paid by Participants for applicable fees for

services assessed pursuant to Section 19.2 shall be

used to reduce NEPOOL expenses; and

(iii)amounts owed to Participants for the month pursuant to

Section 14.5 shall then be paid.

(b) HQ ENERGY BANKING FUND. All amounts allocated to the HQ

Energy Banking Fund for each month shall be used and

disbursed as follows:

(i) Participants which furnish Energy for delivery to

Hydro-Quebec under the HQ Energy Banking Agreement

shall receive therefor from their share of the Energy

Banking Fund the amount to which they are entitled for

such service in accordance with Section 14.5.

(ii) amounts required to be paid to Hydro-Quebec under the

HQ Energy Banking Agreement shall be paid from the

shares of the Fund of the Participants engaging in

transactions under the HQ Energy Banking Agreement for

the month in accordance with their respective interests

in the transactions for the month. If there is not

enough in any such share, the Participants with the

deficient shares shall be billed and pay into their

shares of the Fund the amounts required for payments to

Hydro-Quebec.

(iii)subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, at

the end of each month any balance remaining in each

Participant's share of the HQ Energy Banking Fund shall

(I) in the case of any Participant which is not a

participant in the Phase I or Phase II arrangements

with Hydro-Quebec, be paid to such Participant, and

(II) in the case of any Participant which is a

participant in the Phase I or Phase II arrangements

with Hydro-Quebec, be paid to the Escrow Agent under

the HQ Use Agreement to be held and disbursed by it

through the Phase I Savings Fund and Phase II Savings

Fund created under the HQ Use Agreement, and shall be

allocated between the Participant's share of said Funds

as follows:

(A) the balance remaining in the Participant's share

of the HQ Energy Banking Fund for the month shall

be divided by the number of kilowatthours deemed

to be received by the Participant under the HQ

Energy Banking Agreement during the month to

determine an average savings amount per

kilowatthour;

(B) for any hour during the month in which the number

of kilowatthours received by NEPOOL under the HQ

Energy Banking Agreement exceeded the HQ Phase I

Transfer Capability, an amount EQUAL TO (A) the

Participant's share of the excess of (1) the

number of kilowatthours received over (2) the HQ

Phase I Transfer Capability TIMES (B) the average

savings amount per kilowatthour determined for

that Participant under (i) above shall be

allocated to the Phase II Savings Fund; and

(C) the remaining balance of the Participant's share

of the HQ Energy Banking Fund for the month shall

be allocated to the Phase I Savings Fund.

It is recognized that, in view of the time which may elapse

between the delivery of Energy to or by Hydro-Quebec in an

Energy Banking transaction under the HQ Energy Banking

Agreement and the return of the Energy, the amounts of

Energy delivered to and received from Hydro-Quebec, after

adjustment for losses, may not be in balance at the end of a

particular month.

Further, if as of the end of any month and after adjustment

for electrical losses, the cumulative amount of Energy so

received from Hydro-Quebec exceeds the amount so delivered,

the aggregate amount paid by Participants for the excess

Energy pursuant to Section 14.6(b) shall be paid to the

Energy Banking Fund. The Escrow Agent under the HQ Use

Agreement shall hold and invest these funds. On the return

of the excess Energy to Hydro-Quebec, the amount so held by

the Escrow Agent shall be repaid to Hydro-Quebec and

Participants in accordance with the Energy Banking

Agreement.

(c) PHASE I HQ SAVINGS FUND. The aggregate amount allocated to

each Participant's share of the Phase I HQ Savings Fund for

each month shall be used, first, to pay to Hydro-Quebec the

amount owed to it for the month for Energy furnished under

the Phase I HQ Energy Contract and the HQ Phase I Percentage

of the amount owed to it for the month for Energy furnished

to the Participants under the HQ Interconnection Agreement.

The balance of the amount allocated to the Fund for the

month shall be paid to the Escrow Agent under the HQ Use

Agreement to be held and disbursed by it through the Phase I

HQ Savings Fund created thereunder in accordance with each

Participant's contribution to such balance.

(d) PHASE II HQ SAVINGS FUND. The aggregate amount allocated to

the Phase II HQ Savings Fund for each month shall be used,

first, to pay to Hydro-Quebec the amount owed to it for the

month for Energy deemed to be furnished to the Participant

under the Phase II HQ Firm Energy Contract and the HQ Phase

II Percentage of the amount owed to it for the month for

Energy deemed to be furnished to the Participant under the

HQ Interconnection Agreement. The balance of the amount

allocated to the Fund for the month shall be paid to the

Escrow Agent under the HQ Use Agreement to be held and

disbursed by it through the Phase II HQ Savings Fund created

thereunder in accordance with each Participant's

contribution to such balance.

14.12DEVELOPMENT OF RULES RELATING TO NUCLEAR AND HYDROELECTRIC GENERATING FACILITIES, LIMITED-FUEL GENERATING FACILITIES, AND INTERRUPTIBLE LOADS.

It is recognized that the central dispatch of Energy available from

nuclear generating facilities and from pondage associated with

hydroelectric generating facilities and from interruptible loads and

of pumping Energy for pumped storage hydroelectric generating

facilities and other limited-fuel generating facilities involves

special problems which must be resolved to assure fair and non-

discriminatory treatment of Participants having Entitlements in such

generating facilities or having such interruptible loads or any other

Participants involved in such transactions. Accordingly, the Regional

Market Operations Committee shall analyze such special problems and

develop appropriate rules for dispatching such facilities (including,

but not limited to, bids for dispatchable pumping load at pumped

storage facilities), for handling such interruptible loads and for

paying for Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserve and AGC

involved in such transactions on a basis consistent with the

principles underlying this Section 14; and upon approval by the

Management Committee such rules shall supersede the provisions of

Sections 12 and 14 to the extent of any conflict.

14.13DISPATCH AND BILLING RULES DURING ENERGY SHORTAGES. It is recognized

that Energy shortages can result in special problems which must be

resolved to assure that dispatch and billing provisions do not prevent

achievement of the objectives specified in Section 13.4. Accordingly,

the Regional Market Operations Committee shall analyze such special

problems and develop appropriate dispatch and billing rules to be

applied during periods when the Management Committee determines that

there is, or is anticipated to be, an Energy shortage which adversely

affects the bulk power supply of the NEPOOL Control Area and any

adjoining areas served by Participants. Upon approval by the

Management Committee, such rules shall supersede the economic dispatch

and billing provisions of this Agreement to the extent of any conflict

therewith for the duration of such Energy shortage period.

14.14CONGESTION UPLIFT.

(a) It shall be the responsibility of the Management Committee

to review prior to January 1, 2000 the Congestion Costs

incurred with the new market arrangements contemplated by

Section 14 of this Agreement and with retail access, and to

determine whether subsection (b) of this Section, together

with an amendment specifying the rights of Participants and

Non-Participants across a constrained interface within the

NEPOOL Control Area and to make other necessary or

appropriate changes in subsection (b), all of the provisions

of which shall be considered for modification, or some other

modified or substitute provision dealing with the allocation

of Congestion Costs in a constrained transmission area,

should be made effective on January 1, 2000 and after the

preparation of necessary implementing rules and computer

software or on an earlier or later effective date. If the

Management Committee determines that such a provision should

be made effective, it shall recommend to the Participants

any required amendment to the Agreement and/or the Tariff

and a schedule for implementation which will permit

sufficient time for the development of necessary rules and

computer software. If the Management Committee is unable to

agree on such a determination prior to January 1, 2000 any

Participant or group of Participants may propose such an

amendment and schedule in a filing with the Commission.

(b) Commencing on January 1, 2000, but subject to the adoption

of an amendment specifying the rights of Participants and

Non-Participants across constrained interfaces within the

NEPOOL Control Area and making other necessary or

appropriate changes in the language of this subsection (b),

and the preparation of necessary implementing rules and

computer software, (or on such earlier or later date as is

fixed by the Management Committee in accordance with

subsection (a) of this Section), whenever limitations in

available transmission capacity in any hour require that the

System Operator dispatch out-of-merit resources that are bid

by the Participants in any area which is determined to be a

constrained transmission area in accordance with market

operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations

Committee and the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee, the System Operator shall determine for the

constrained transmission area the aggregate Congestion Costs

for the hour.

Such Congestion Costs for each hour shall be allocated to

and paid by Participants and Non-Participants as a

congestion uplift as follows:

(i) In accordance with market operation rules approved by

the Regional Market Operations Committee and the

Regional Transmission Operations Committee, the System

Operator shall identify for each Participant and Non-

Participant the difference in megawatt hours, if any,

between (A) Electrical Load served by the Participant

or Non-Participant in the constrained area and

transactions by the Participant or Non-Participant

occurring in the hour which utilized the constrained

interface to move Energy through the constrained area

and (B) the Participant's or Non-Participant's in-merit

Energy Entitlements located in the constrained area

that were used in the hour to serve such Electrical

Load, taking into account Firm Contracts and System

Contracts between Participants and electrical losses,

if and as appropriate.

(ii) The System Operator shall identify for each Participant

and Non-Participant the megawatt hours, if any, of the

rights of that Participant or Non-Participant to use

the then effective transfer capability across the

constrained interface.

(iii)The System Operator shall identify for each Participant

and Non-Participant the megawatt hours, if any, by

which the amount determined pursuant to clause (i)

above for that Participant or Non-Participant exceeds

the amount determined for that Participant or Non-

Participant pursuant to clause (ii) above. If the

clause (i) amount exceeds the clause (ii) amount, the

Participant or Non-Participant shall be responsible for

paying a share of the aggregate Congestion Costs in

proportion to the Participant's or Non-Participant's

share of the aggregate amount of such excesses for all

Participants and Non-Participants, and such Congestion

Costs shall be included, as a transmission charge, in

the Regional Network Service, Internal Point-to-Point

Service or Through or Out Service charge, whichever is

applicable.

(c) As used in this Section 14.14, the "Congestion Cost" of an

out-of-merit resource for an hour means the product of (i)

the difference between its Dispatch Price and the Energy

Clearing Price for the hour, times (ii) the number of

megawatt hours of out-of-merit generation produced by the

resource for the hour.

14.15ADDITIONAL UPLIFT CHARGES. It is recognized that the System Operator

may be required from time to time to dispatch resources out of merit

for reasons other than those covered by Section 14.14 of this

Agreement and Section 24 of the Tariff. Accordingly, if and to the

extent appropriate, feasible and practical, dispatch and operational

costs shall be categorized and allocated as uplift costs to those

Participants and Non-Participants that are responsible for such costs.

Such allocations shall be determined in accordance with market

operation rules that are consistent with this Agreement and any

applicable regulatory requirements and approved by the Regional Market

Operations Committee.

PART FOUR

TRANSMISSION PROVISIONS

SECTION 15

OPERATION OF TRANSMISSION FACILITIES

15.1 DEFINITION OF PTF. PTF or pool transmission facilities are the

transmission facilities owned by Participants rated 69 kV or above

required to allow energy from significant power sources to move freely

on the New England transmission network, and include:

1. All transmission facilities owned by Participants classified as

PTF, but only so long as, in the case of each such facility, the

facility remains in service and continues to meet the definition

of PTF as in effect under this Agreement on April 1, 1998.

2. All other transmission lines and associated facilities owned by

Participants rated 69 kV and above, except for lines and

associated facilities that contribute little or no parallel

capability to the NEPOOL Transmission System (as defined in the

Tariff). The following do not constitute PTF:

(a) Those lines and associated facilities which are required to

serve local load only.

(b) Generator leads, which are defined as radial transmission

from a generation bus to the nearest point on the NEPOOL

Transmission System.

(c) Lines that are normally operated open.

(d) High voltage direct current lines and associated facilities

which serve to connect the PTF system to a system outside

the NEPOOL Control Area.

3. Parallel linkages in network stations owned by Participants

(including substation facilities such as transformers, circuit

breakers and associated equipment) interconnecting the lines

which constitute PTF.

4. Rights of way and land owned by Participants required for the

installation of facilities which constitute PTF under (1), (2) or

(3) above.

The Regional Transmission Planning Committee shall review at least

annually the status of transmission lines and related facilities and

determine whether such facilities constitute PTF and shall prepare and

keep current a schedule or catalogue of PTF facilities.

The following examples indicate the intent of the above definitions:

(i) Radial tap lines to local load are excluded.

(ii) Lines which loop, from two geographically separate points on

the NEPOOL Transmission System, the supply to a load bus

from the NEPOOL Transmission System are included.

(iii)Lines which loop, from two geographically separate points on

the NEPOOL Transmission System, the connections between a

generator bus and the NEPOOL Transmission System are

included.

(iv) Radial connections or connections from a generating station

to a single substation or switching station on the NEPOOL

Transmission System are excluded.

Transmission facilities owned by a Related Person of a Participant

which are rated 69 kV or above and are required to allow Energy from

significant power sources to move freely on the New England

transmission network shall also constitute PTF provided (i) such

Related Person files with the Secretary of the Management Committee

its consent to such treatment; and (ii) the Management Committee

determines that treatment of the facility as PTF will facilitate

accomplishment of NEPOOL's objectives. If a facility constitutes PTF

pursuant to this paragraph, it shall be treated as "owned" by a

Participant for purposes of the Tariff and the other provisions of

Part Four of the Agreement.

15.2 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD UTILITY PRACTICE.

Each Participant which owns or operates PTF or other transmission

facilities rated 69 kV or above shall, to the fullest extent

practicable, cause all such transmission facilities owned or operated

by it to be designed, constructed, maintained and operated in

accordance with Good Utility Practice.

15.3 CENTRAL DISPATCH. Each Participant which owns or operates PTF or

other transmission facilities rated 69 kV or above shall, to the

fullest extent practicable, subject all such transmission facilities

owned or operated by it to central dispatch by the System Operator;

provided, however, that each Participant shall at all times be the

sole judge as to whether or not and to what extent safety requires

that at any time any of such facilities will be operated at less than

their full capability or not at all.

15.4 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Each Participant shall, to the fullest extent

practicable: (a) cause transmission facilities owned or operated by it

to be withdrawn from operation for maintenance and repair only in

accordance with maintenance schedules reported to and published by the

System Operator in accordance with procedures approved or established

by the Regional Transmission Operations Committee from time to time,

(b) restore such facilities to good operating condition with

reasonable promptness, and (c) in emergency situations, accelerate

maintenance and repair at the reasonable request of the System

Operator in accordance with rules approved by the Regional

Transmission Operations Committee.

15.5 ADDITIONS TO OR UPGRADES OF PTF. The possible need for an addition to

or upgrade of PTF may be identified in connection with an application

or request for service under the Tariff, or in connection with a

request for the installation of or material change to a generation or

transmission facility, or may be separately identified by a NEPOOL

committee, a Participant or the System Operator. In such cases, a

study, if necessary, to assess available transmission capacity and, if

necessary, a System Impact Study and a Facility Study shall be

performed by the affected Participant(s) in whose Local Network(s) the

addition or upgrade would or might be effected or their designee(s),

or the Regional Transmission Planning Committee and/or the System

Operator, in the case of a System Impact Study, or the Committee's or

the System Operator's designee(s) with review of the study by the

System Operator if it does not perform the study. Studies to assess

available transmission capacity and System Impact Studies and

Facilities Studies shall be conducted, as appropriate, in accordance

with the affected Participant's Local Network Service Tariff, or in

accordance with the applicable methodology specified in Attachments C

and D to the Tariff, and the provisions of the Local Network Service

Tariff or the applicable provisions of Attachments I and J to the

Tariff shall apply, as appropriate, with respect to the payment of the

costs of the study and the other matters covered thereby.

If any of the studies referred to above indicates that new PTF

facilities or a facility modification or other PTF upgrades are

necessary to provide the requested service, or in connection with a

new or modified generation or transmission facility, or otherwise in

order to ensure adequate, economic and reliable operation of the bulk

power supply systems of the Participants for regional purposes,

whether or not a particular customer is benefited, upon approval of

the studies by the Regional Transmission Planning Committee, subject

to review by the System Operator, one or more Transmission Providers

shall be designated by the Regional Transmission Planning Committee,

subject to review by the System Operator, to design and effect the

construction or modification.

Upon the designation of a Transmission Provider to design and effect a

PTF addition or upgrade and the fixing of the cost responsibilities of

the Participants and Non-Participants and agreement as to the security

and other provisions of said arrangement, the Transmission Provider

designated to perform the construction shall, in accordance with the

terms of such arrangement and subject to Sections 18.4 and 18.5, use

its best efforts to obtain any necessary public approvals or permits,

to acquire any required rights of way or other property, and to effect

the proposed construction or modification.

Responsibility for the costs of new PTF or any modification or other

upgrade of PTF required in connection with an application or request

for service under the Tariff and any related matter shall be

determined in accordance with Parts V and VI and Schedule 11 to the

Tariff, including without limitation the provisions relating to

responsibility for the costs of new PTF or modifications or other

upgrades to PTF exceeding regional system, regulatory or other public

requirements set forth in paragraph (ii) of Schedule 11 to the Tariff.

SECTION 16

SERVICE UNDER TARIFF

16.1 EFFECT OF TARIFF. The Tariff specifies the terms and conditions under

which the Participants will provide regional transmission service

through NEPOOL. This Section 16 specifies various rights and

obligations with respect to the revenues to be collected by NEPOOL for

the Participants under the Tariff and related matters.

16.2 OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE REGIONAL SERVICE. The Participants which own

PTF shall collectively provide through NEPOOL regional transmission

service over their PTF facilities, and the facilities of their Related

Persons which constitute PTF in accordance with Section 15.1, to other

Participants and other Eligible Customers pursuant to the Tariff. The

Tariff provides open access for all of the types of regional

transmission service required by Participants and other Eligible

Customers over PTF and it is intended to be the only source of such

service, except for service provided for Excepted Transactions.

16.3 OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE LOCAL NETWORK SERVICE. Each Participant which

owns transmission facilities other than PTF shall provide service over

such facilities to other Participants or other Eligible Customers

connected to the Transmission Provider's transmission system pursuant

to a tariff (a "Local Network Service Tariff") filed by the

Transmission Provider with the Commission. A Participant is also

obligated to provide service under its Local Network Service Tariff or

otherwise (i) to permit a Participant or other Entity with an

Entitlement in a generating unit in the Participant's local network to

deliver the output of the generating unit to an interconnection point

on PTF and (ii) to permit the delivery to an Eligible Customer taking

Internal Point-to-Point Service under the Tariff of the Energy and/or

capacity covered by its Completed Application for that Internal Point-

to-Point Service.

A Local Network Service Tariff shall provide:

(i) for a pro rata allocation of monthly revenue requirements not

otherwise paid for through charges to Eligible Customers for

Local Point-to-Point Service among the Transmission Provider's

Network Customers receiving service under the tariff on the basis

of their loads during the hour in the month in which the total

connected load to the Local Network is at its maximum, without

any adjustment for credits for generation;

(ii) for the recovery under the Local Network Service Tariff from

Network Customers and Eligible Customers taking Internal Point-

to-Point Service of that portion of the Transmission Provider's

annual transmission revenue requirements with respect to PTF

which is not recovered through the distribution of revenues from

Regional Network Service or Internal Point-to-Point Service

pursuant to Section 16.6;

(iii)that where all or a part of the load of a Participant or other

Eligible Customers taking service under the tariff is connected

directly to PTF, the Participant or other Eligible Customers

receiving the service shall pay each Year during the Transition

Period for such service with respect to the load directly

connected to PTF the percentage specified in the schedule below

of the applicable Local Network Service Tariff charge for service

across non-PTF transmission facilities and shall have no

obligation to pay charges for service across non-PTF transmission

facilities with respect to that portion of the connected load

after the Transition Period, but shall continue to pay its share

of any other Local Network Service costs directly associated with

the PTF-connected load; provided that in the event of any

inconsistency between the foregoing provisions and the terms of

any Excepted Transaction which is listed in Attachment G-1 to the

Tariff, the Excepted Transaction shall control:

                 YEAR ONE    YEAR TWO    YEAR THREE    YEAR FOUR    YEAR FIVE
% of charge
to be paid         100%        80%          60%           40%          20%

(iv) that if the Transmission Provider receives a distribution

pursuant to Section 16.6 from NEPOOL out of revenues paid for

Through or Out Service, the amounts received shall reduce its

Local Network Service revenue requirements; and

(v) that if the Transmission Provider receives transmission revenues

from an Eligible Customer taking Local Network Service from that

Transmission Provider with respect to an Excepted Transaction,

the amounts received shall reduce the amount due from such

Eligible Customer connected to the Transmission Provider's

transmission system for Local Network Service provided thereto by

the Transmission Provider rather than reducing the Transmission

Provider's total cost of service.

16.4 TRANSMISSION SERVICE AVAILABILITY. The availability of transmission

capacity to provide transmission service under the Tariff shall be

determined in accordance with the Tariff. In determining the

availability of transmission capacity, existing committed uses of the

Participants' transmission facilities shall include uses for existing

firm loads and reasonably forecasted changes in such loads, and for

Excepted Transactions.

16.5 TRANSMISSION INFORMATION. Information concerning (i) available

transmission capacity, (ii) transmission rates and (iii) system

conditions that may give rise to Interruptions or Curtailments shall

be made available to all Participants and Non-Participants through the

OASIS on a timely and non-discriminatory basis. All Participants

owning PTF or other transmission facilities rated 69 kV or higher

shall make available to the System Operator the information required

to permit the maintenance of the OASIS in compliance with Commission

Order 889 and any other applicable Commission orders; provided that no

Participant shall be required to furnish information which is required

to be treated as confidential in accordance with NEPOOL policy without

appropriate arrangements to protect the confidentiality of such

information.

16.6 DISTRIBUTION OF TRANSMISSION REVENUES. Payments required by the

Tariff for the use of the NEPOOL Transmission System shall be made to

NEPOOL and shall be distributed by it in accordance with this Section

16.6.

A. REGIONAL NETWORK SERVICE REVENUES. Revenues received by NEPOOL

for providing Regional Network Service each month during the

Transition Period shall be distributed to the Participants owning

or supporting PTF in part on the basis of allocated flows for the

region as determined in accordance with the methodology specified

in Attachment A to this Agreement and in part in proportion to

the respective Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements for PTF

of the owners and supporters, in accordance with the following

Schedule:

                YEAR ONE     YEAR TWO     YEAR THREE     YEAR FOUR     YEAR FIVE
Allocated
flows:            25%          20%           15%            10%            5%

Annual
Transmission
Revenue
Requirements      75%          80%           85%            90%           95%

Revenues received by NEPOOL for providing Regional Network

Service each month after the Transition Period shall be

distributed to the Participants owning or supporting PTF in

proportion to their respective Annual Transmission Revenue

Requirements for PTF.

B. THROUGH OR OUT SERVICE REVENUES. The revenues received by NEPOOL

each month for providing Through or Out Service shall be

distributed among the Participants owning PTF on the basis of

allocated flows for the transaction determined in accordance with

the methodology specified in Attachment A to this Agreement;

provided that for service provided during the Transition Period

but not thereafter, for an "Out" transaction which originates on

the system of a Participant which owns the PTF interconnection

facilities on the New England side of the interface with the

other Control Area over which the transaction is delivered, 100%

of the megawatt mile flows with respect to the transaction shall

be deemed to occur on such Participant's system.

C. INTERNAL POINT-TO-POINT SERVICE REVENUES. The revenues received

by NEPOOL each month for providing Internal Point-to-Point

Service shall be distributed among the Transmission Providers

owning or supporting PTF and the Network Customers supporting PTF

on the basis of the respective Annual Transmission Revenue

Requirements for PTF under Attachment F to the Tariff.

D. ANCILLARY SERVICE PAYMENTS. The revenues received by NEPOOL

pursuant to Schedule 1 to the Tariff (scheduling, system control

and dispatch service) will be used to reimburse NEPOOL, the

System Operator (if the System Operator does not receive revenues

for that service under a separate tariff) and Participants for

the costs which are reflected in the charges for such service.

The revenues received by NEPOOL pursuant to Schedules 2-7 to the

Tariff shall be distributed prior to the Second Effective Date in

accordance with the continuing provisions of the Prior NEPOOL

Agreement and the rules adopted thereunder, and shall be

distributed on or after the Second Effective Date in accordance

with Section 14.

E. CONGESTION PAYMENTS. Any congestion uplift charge received as a

payment for transmission service pursuant to Section 24 of the

Tariff for any hour shall be applied in accordance with Section

14.5(a) in payment for Energy service.

16.7 CHANGES TO TARIFF. The Tariff constitutes part of the Agreement and

shall be subject to change either in accordance with Section 21.11 or

by an affirmative vote of members of the Management Committee having

at least 70% of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all members are

entitled; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the negative votes of any two or

more members representing Participants which are not Related Persons

of each other and which have at least 20% of the aggregate Voting

Shares to which all members are entitled shall defeat any proposed

change. In determining whether the negative vote total specified

above has been reached, the following limitation shall be applied: if

the member or members representing any Participant and its Related

Persons would be entitled to cast against the proposed action more

than 18% of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all members are

entitled, such member or members shall be entitled to vote negatively

only 18% of such aggregate Voting Shares. Nothing in this Agreement

shall be deemed to affect in any way the ability of any Participant or

Non-Participant to apply to the Commission under Section 205 or 206 of

the Federal Power Act for a change in any rate, charge, term,

condition or classification of service under the Tariff.

SECTION 17

POOL-PLANNED UNIT SERVICE

17.1 EFFECTIVE PERIOD. The provisions contained in this Section 17 shall

continue in effect until the fifth anniversary of the effective date

of the Tariff, and shall be of no effect after that date.

17.2 OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE SERVICE. Until the fifth anniversary of the

effective date of the Tariff, each Participant shall provide service

over its PTF facilities under this Section 17 rather than under the

Tariff, for the following purposes:

(a) the transfer to a Participant's system of its ownership

interest or its Unit Contract Entitlement under a contract

entered into by it before November 1, 1996 in a Pool-Planned

Unit which is off its system;

(b) the transfer to a Participant's system of its Entitlement in

a purchase under a contract entered into by it before

November 1, 1996 (including a purchase under the HQ Phase II

Firm Energy Contract) from Hydro-Quebec where the line over

which the transfer is made into New England is the HQ

Interconnection; and

(c) the transfer to a Non-Participant of its Entitlement in a

Pool-Planned Unit pursuant to an arrangement which has been

approved prior to November 1, 1996 by the Management

Committee.

17.3 RULES FOR DETERMINATION OF FACILITIES COVERED BY PARTICULAR

TRANSACTIONS. It is anticipated that it may be necessary with respect

to a particular transmission use under subsection (a), (b) or (c) of

Section 17.2 to determine whether the transaction is effected entirely

over PTF, entirely over facilities that are not PTF, or partially over

each.

The following rules shall be controlling in the determination of the

facilities required to effect the use:

(a) To the extent that EHV PTF is available to effect the

transaction, over all or part of the distance to be covered,

the use shall be deemed to be effected on such EHV PTF over

such portion of the distance to be covered.

(b) To the extent that EHV PTF is not available for the entire

distance to be covered by the use, but Lower Voltage PTF is

available to cover all or part of the distance not covered

by EHV PTF, the transaction shall be deemed to be effected

on such Lower Voltage PTF.

If a Participant has ownership or contractual rights with respect

to an Excepted Transaction which are independent of this

Agreement and the Tariff and are adequate to provide for a

transfer of the types specified in subsections 17.2(a), (b) or

(c), and such rights are not limited to the transfer in question,

the transfer shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to

such rights and not pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

A copy of each instrument establishing such rights, or an opinion

of counsel describing and authenticating such rights, shall be

filed with the Secretary of the Management Committee.

17.4 PAYMENTS FOR USES OF EHV PTF DURING THE TRANSITION PERIOD.

(a) Each Participant shall pay each month for its uses of EHV PTF for

transfers of Entitlements pursuant to subsections (a) or (b) of

Section 17.2, one-twelfth of the NEPOOL EHV PTF Participant

Summer or Winter Wheeling Rate in effect for the calendar year

ending December 31, 1996, as determined in accordance with the

Prior NEPOOL Agreement, for each Kilowatt of its current

Entitlements which qualify for transfer pursuant to subsections

(a) or (b) of Section 17.2, except as otherwise provided in

Section 17.3; provided that such payment shall be required with

respect to only one-half the Kilowatts covered by a NEPOOL

Exchange Arrangement (as hereinafter defined).

Each Participant which is a party to the HQ Phase II Firm Energy

Contract (other than a Participant (i) whose system is directly

interconnected to the HQ Interconnection or (ii) which has

contractual rights independent of this Agreement and the Tariff

which give it direct access to the HQ Interconnection and which

are not limited to transfers of Energy delivered over the HQ

Interconnection) shall also pay each month for the use of EHV PTF

for deliveries under the Phase II Firm Energy Contract during the

Base Term of the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract, one-twelfth of

the NEPOOL EHV PTF Participant Summer or Winter Wheeling Rate in

effect for the calendar year ending December 31, 1996, as

determined in accordance with the Prior NEPOOL Agreement, for

each Kilowatt of its HQ Phase II Net Transfer Responsibility for

the month. If, and to the extent that, such Responsibility

continues for any period by which the term of said Contract

extends beyond the Base Term, each such Participant shall

continue to pay the above rate during the extension period with

respect to its continuing Responsibility. A Participant shall

not be deemed to be directly interconnected to the HQ

Interconnection for purposes of this paragraph solely because of

its participation in arrangements for the support and/or use of

PTF facilities installed or modified to effect reinforcements of

the New England AC transmission system required in connection

with the HQ Interconnection. A copy of each contract

establishing rights independent of this Agreement and the Tariff

which provides direct access to the HQ Interconnection, or an

opinion of counsel describing and authenticating such rights,

shall be filed with the Secretary of the Management Committee.

The NEPOOL EHV PTF Participant Summer Wheeling Rate for any

calendar year shall be applicable to the months in the Summer

Period.

The NEPOOL EHV PTF Participant Winter Wheeling Rate for any

calendar year shall be applicable to the months in the Winter

Period.

A NEPOOL Exchange Arrangement is one entered into by two

Participants each of which has an ownership interest in a Pool-

Planned Unit on its own system pursuant to which each sells out

of its ownership interest, a Unit Contract Entitlement to the

other for a period of time which is, in whole or part, the same

for both sales. Such an arrangement shall constitute a NEPOOL

Exchange Arrangement even though the beginning and ending dates

of the two Unit Contract sale periods are different, but only for

the period for which both sales are in effect. If for any period

the number of Kilowatts covered by the two Unit Contract

Entitlements of a NEPOOL Exchange Agreement are not the same, the

portion of the larger Entitlement which exceeds the amount of the

smaller Entitlement shall not be deemed to be covered by such

NEPOOL Exchange Arrangement for purposes of this Section 17.4.

(b) Each Participant shall pay each month for its use of EHV PTF for

a transfer of an Entitlement in a Pool-Planned Unit to a Non-

Participant pursuant to Section 17.2(c) such charge as is fixed

by the Management Committee at the time of its approval of the

sale, and filed with the Commission.

(c) Fifty percent of all amounts required to be paid with respect to

transfers by a Participant pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of

Section 17.2 shall be paid to a pool transmission fund and

distributed monthly among the Participants in proportion to the

respective amounts of their costs with respect to EHV PTF for the

calendar year 1996 as determined in accordance with the Prior

NEPOOL Agreement.

(d) The remaining 50% of all amounts required to be paid with respect

to transfers by a Participant pursuant to subsections (a) or (b)

of Section 17.2 shall be paid to, and retained by, the

Participant on whose system the transfer originates, or in the

event the EHV PTF system of such Participant is supported in part

by other Participants, then to the Participant on whose system

the transfer originates and such other Participants in proportion

to the respective shares of the costs of such EHV PTF system

borne by each of them or in such other manner as the Participants

involved may jointly direct; provided that the Participant on

whose system the transfer originates shall have the right to

waive such 50% payment in whole or part as to a particular

transfer except that no such waiver may adversely affect the

payments to any other Participant which is supporting in part the

originating system's EHV PTF system.

17.5 PAYMENTS FOR USES OF LOWER VOLTAGE PTF. Each Participant which uses

another Participant's Lower Voltage PTF pursuant to this Section 17

shall pay each month to the owner of such Lower Voltage PTF (1) for

each Kilowatt of its use of such Lower Voltage PTF for transfer of

Entitlements pursuant to Subsections 17.2(a), (b) or (c) during the

month, and (2) during the Base Term of the HQ Phase II Firm Energy

Contract (and during any extension of the term of said Contract if and

to the extent its HQ Phase II Net Transfer Responsibility continues

during the extension period) for each Kilowatt of its HQ Phase II Net

Transfer Responsibility for the month, the owner's Lower Voltage PTF

Winter Wheeling Rate or Summer Wheeling Rate for the 1996 calendar

year, as determined in accordance with the Prior NEPOOL Agreement.

17.6 USE OF OTHER TRANSMISSION FACILITIES BY PARTICIPANTS. Each

Participant which has no direct connection between its system and PTF

shall be entitled to use the non-PTF transmission facilities of any

other Participant required to reach its system for any of the purposes

for which PTF may be used under Section 17.2. Such use shall be

effected, and payment made, in accordance with the other Participant's

filed open access tariff.

17.7 LIMITS ON INDIVIDUAL TRANSMISSION CHARGES.

Any charges for transmission service pursuant to this Section 17 by

any Participant to another Participant shall be just, reasonable and

not unduly discriminatory or preferential. No provision of this

Section 17 shall be construed to waive the right of any Participant to

seek review of any charge, term or condition applicable to such

transmission service by another Participant by the Commission or any

other regulatory authority having jurisdiction of the transaction.

PART FIVE

GENERAL

SECTION 18

GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES

18.1 DESIGNATION OF POOL-PLANNED FACILITIES.

At the request of a Participant, the Management Committee shall

designate as "pool-planned" a generating or transmission facility to

be constructed by the Participant or its Related Person if the

Management Committee determines that the facility is consistent with

NEPOOL planning. The Management Committee may not unreasonably

withhold designation as a Pool-Planned Facility of a generation unit

or other facility proposed by one or more Participants in order to

satisfy their anticipated Installed Capability Responsibilities with a

mix of generation and other resources reasonably comparable as to

economics and types to that being developed for New England.

18.2 CONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES.

Subject to Sections 13.1, 15.2, 15.5, 18.3, 18.4 and 18.5, and to the

provisions of the Tariff, each Participant shall have the right to

determine whether, and to what extent, additions to and modifications

in its generating and transmission facilities shall be made. However,

each Participant shall give due consideration to recommendations made

to it by the Management Committee or the System Operator for any such

additions or modifications and shall follow such recommendations

unless it determines in good faith that the recommended actions would

not be in its best interest.

18.3 PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR TRANSMISSION FACILITIES AND AUTOMATIC GENERATION CONTROL EQUIPMENT.

Each Participant shall install, maintain and operate such protective

equipment and switching, voltage control, load shedding and emergency

facilities as the Management Committee may determine to be required in

order to assure continuity of service and the stability of the

interconnected transmission facilities of the Participants. Until the

Second Effective Date, each Participant shall also install, maintain

and operate such Automatic Generation Control equipment as the

Management Committee may determine to be required in order to maintain

proper frequency for the interconnected bulk power system of the

Participants and to maintain proper power flows into and out of the

NEPOOL Control Area.

18.4 REVIEW OF PARTICIPANT'S PROPOSED PLANS.

Each Participant shall submit to the System Operator, Management

Committee, the Market Reliability Planning Committee or the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee, as appropriate, and the Regional

Market Operations Committee or the Regional Transmission Operations

Committee, as appropriate, for review by them, in such form, manner

and detail as the Management Committee may reasonably prescribe, (i)

any new or materially changed plan for additions to, retirements of,

or changes in the capacity of any supply and demand-side resources or

transmission facilities rated 69 kV or above subject to control of

such Participant, and (ii) any new or materially changed plan for any

other action to be taken by the Participant which may have a

significant effect on the stability, reliability or operating

characteristics of its system or the system of any other Participant.

No significant action (other than preliminary engineering action)

leading toward implementation of any such new or changed plan shall be

taken earlier than sixty days (or ninety days, if the System Operator

or the Management Committee determines that it requires additional

time to consider the plan and so notifies the Participant in writing

within the sixty days) after the plan has been submitted to the

Committees. Unless prior to the expiration of the sixty or ninety

days, whichever is applicable, the Management Committee notifies the

Participant in writing that it has determined that implementation of

the plan will have a significant adverse effect upon the reliability

or operating characteristics of its system or of the systems of one or

more other Participants, the Participant shall be free to proceed.

The time limits provided by this Section 18.4 may be changed with

respect to any such submission by agreement between the Management

Committee and the Participant required to submit the plan.

18.5 PARTICIPANT TO AVOID ADVERSE EFFECT.

If the Management Committee notifies a Participant pursuant to Section

18.4 that implementation of the Participant's plan has been determined

to have a significant adverse effect upon the reliability or operating

characteristics of its system or the systems of one or more other

Participants, the Participant shall not proceed to implement such plan

unless the Participant takes such action or constructs at its expense

such facilities as the Management Committee determines to be

reasonably necessary to avoid such adverse effect; provided that if

the plan is for the retirement of a supply or demand-side resource,

the Participant may proceed with its plan only if, after engaging in

good faith negotiations with persons designated by the Management

Committee to address the adverse effects on reliability or operating

characteristics, the negotiations either address the adverse effects

to the satisfaction of the Management Committee, or no satisfactory

resolution can be achieved on terms acceptable to the parties within

90 days of the Participant's receipt of the Management Committee's

notice. Any agreement resulting from such negotiations shall be in

writing and shall be filed in accordance with the Commission's filing

requirements if it requires any payment.

SECTION 19

EXPENSES

19.1 ANNUAL FEE.

Each Participant shall pay to NEPOOL in January of each year an annual

fee of $500, which shall be applied toward NEPOOL expenses.

19.2 NEPOOL EXPENSES.

It is an objective of the Participants to work with the System

Operator to establish to the maximum extent possible fees for services

rendered that fairly allocate NEPOOL and System Operator costs

directly to the Participants and Non-Participants responsible for such

costs, rather than through the general expense allocation identified

below. Subject to the continued payment of a portion of NEPEX

Expenses from the Savings Fund until the Second Effective Date in

accordance with the Prior NEPOOL Agreement, the balance of NEPOOL

expenses remaining to be paid after the application of (i) the annual

fee to be paid pursuant to Section 19.1, and (ii) any fees or other

charges for services or other revenues received by NEPOOL, or

collected on its behalf by the System Operator, shall be allocated

among and paid monthly by the Participants in accordance with their

respective Voting Shares.

SECTION 20

INDEPENDENT SYSTEM OPERATOR

(a) The Management Committee is authorized and directed to approve

one or more agreements to be entered into with the ISO (the "ISO

Agreement") and any amendments to the ISO Agreement which the

Committee may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time.

The ISO Agreement shall specify the rights and responsibilities

of NEPOOL and the ISO, for the continued operation of the NEPOOL

control center by the ISO as the control center operator for the

NEPOOL Control Area and the administration of the Tariff. In

addition, the ISO shall be responsible for the furnishing of

billing and other services required by NEPOOL.

(b) The fees and charges of the ISO (other than fees and charges for

services which are separately billed), and any indemnification

payable under the ISO Agreement, shall be shared by the

Participants in accordance with Section 19.

(c) The Participants shall provide to the ISO the financial support,

information and other resources necessary to enable the ISO to

provide the services specified in the ISO Agreement, or in this

Agreement, in accordance with Good Utility Practice and subject

to the budgeting, approval and dispute resolution provisions of

the ISO Agreement and this Agreement.

(d) The Participants shall provide appropriate funding for the

acquisition of land, structures, fixtures, equipment and

facilities, and other capital expenditures for the ISO, which are

included in the annual budget for the ISO in accordance with the

provisions of the ISO Agreement, or otherwise specifically

approved by the Management Committee. All such land, structures,

fixtures, equipment and facilities, and other capital assets, and

all software or other intellectual property or rights to

intellectual property or other assets, acquired or developed by

the ISO in order to carry out its responsibilities under the ISO

Agreement shall be the property of the Participants or shall be

acquired by the Participants under lease in accordance with

arrangements approved by the Management Committee. Unless

otherwise agreed by the Participants, the funding of the

acquisition, or lease, of land, structures, fixtures, equipment

and facilities, and other capital expenditures, or the

acquisition of other assets, and the ownership thereof, or the

obligations of Participants as lessees, shall be in proportion to

the Voting Shares of each Participant in effect from time to

time. The Participants shall make all such assets (including the

assets of the existing NEPOOL headquarters and control center)

available for use by the ISO in carrying out its responsibilities

under the ISO Agreement. The ISO Agreement shall require the

ISO, on behalf of the Participants, to maintain and care for,

insure as appropriate, and pay any property taxes relating to,

assets made available for its use.

(e) The ISO Agreement shall require the ISO to refrain from any

action that would create any lien, security interest or

encumbrance of any kind upon the facilities, equipment or other

assets of any Participant, or upon anything that becomes affixed

to such facilities, equipment or other assets. The Participants

and the ISO shall include in the ISO Agreement a provision that,

upon the request of any Participant, the ISO shall (i) provide a

written statement that it has taken no action that would create

any such lien, security interest or encumbrance, and (ii) take

all actions within the control of the ISO, at the direction and

expense of the requesting Participant, required for compliance by

such Participant with the provisions of its mortgage relating to

such facilities, equipment or other assets.

(f) The ISO shall have the right to appoint a non-voting member and

an alternate to each NEPOOL committee other than the Management

Committee. The member appointed to each committee shall have all

of the rights of any other member of the committee except the

right to vote.

(g) The ISO shall have the same rights as a Participant to appeal to

the Management Committee any action taken by any other NEPOOL

committee, and shall be entitled to appear before the Management

Committee on any such appeal. Further, the ISO shall be entitled

to submit any dispute with respect to a vote of the Management

Committee to approve, modify, or reject a proposed action to

resolution in accordance with Section 21.1, whether or not the

action could have been submitted by a Participant in accordance

with Section 21.1A. In addition, the ISO shall be entitled to

submit any dispute with respect to a vote of the Management

Committee which denies an appeal to the Management Committee by

the ISO or which takes action on any rulemaking issue to the

Board of Directors of the ISO for determination, subject to the

right of the Management Committee to seek a review in accordance

with the Alternate Dispute Resolution procedures or by the

Commission. The ISO shall give notice of any such submission to

the Secretary of the Management Committee within ten days of the

action of the Management Committee and shall mail a copy of such

notice to each member of the Management Committee. Pending final

action on the submission in accordance with Section 21.1 or by

the Board of Directors of the ISO or the Commission, as

appropriate, the giving of notice of the submission shall suspend

the Management Committee's action. Unless the Board of Directors

of the ISO acts within 60 days of the ISO's notice to the

Management Committee, the Management Committee action will be

deemed to be approved.

(h) The ISO Agreement shall specify the ISO's independent authority

with respect to rulemaking.

(i) NEPOOL and its committees and the ISO shall consult and

coordinate from time to time with the relevant state regulatory,

siting and other authorities of the six New England states on

operating, planning and other issues of concern to the states.

The New England Conference of Public Utilities Commissioners,

Inc. (NECPUC) or its designee shall be furnished notices of

meetings of all NEPOOL committees and the Board of Directors of

the ISO, and minutes of their meetings. NECPUC and other state

authorities shall be provided an appropriate opportunity to

appear at meetings of the NEPOOL committees and the Board of

Directors of the ISO and to present their views. Representatives

of NEPOOL and the ISO shall be designated to attend meetings of

NECPUC or any committee or task force of NECPUC, to the extent

NECPUC or its committee or task force may deem such attendance

appropriate.

SECTION 21

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

21.1 ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

A. GENERAL:

If the ISO is aggrieved by a vote of the Management Committee to

approve, modify or reject a proposed action under this Agreement,

including the Tariff, it may submit the matter for resolution

hereunder. If the Management Committee is aggrieved by an action

of the ISO Board of Directors ("ISO Board") under this Agreement,

including the Tariff or the ISO Agreement (as defined in Section

20(a)), the Management Committee may submit the matter for

resolution hereunder; provided, however, that if the action of

the ISO relates to rulemaking, the Management Committee may

submit the matters for resolution under this Section 21.1 only

with the concurrence of the ISO. Any Participant which is

aggrieved by a vote of the Management Committee to approve,

modify or reject a proposed action under this Agreement,

including the Tariff, may, as provided below, submit the matter

for resolution hereunder if the vote:

(1) requires such Participant to make a payment or to take any

action pursuant to this Agreement; or

(2) reduces the amount of any receipt or forbids, pursuant to

this Agreement, the taking of any action by the Participant;

or

(3) fails to afford it any right to which it is entitled under

the provisions of this Agreement or imposes on it a burden

to which it is not subject under the provisions of this

Agreement; or

(4) results in the termination of the Participant's status as a

Participant or imposes any penalty on the Participant; or

(5) results in an allocation of transmission or other facilities

support obligations; or

(6) fails to grant in full an application for transmission

service pursuant to the Tariff.

No legal or regulatory proceeding (except those reasonably

necessary to toll statutes of limitations, claims for laches or

other bars to later legal or regulatory action) shall be

initiated by any Participant with respect to any such matter

while proceedings are pending under this Section with respect to

the matter.

B. PROCEDURE:

(1) SUBMISSION OF A DISPUTE: The ISO or a Participant seeking

review of a vote of the Management Committee shall give

written notice to the Secretary of the Management Committee

within ten business days of the vote, and shall mail or

telecopy a copy of its notice to each member of the

Management Committee. Where the Management Committee is

seeking review of an action of the ISO Board, the Management

Committee shall give written notice to the Secretary of the

ISO Board. The provider of notice under this Section shall

be referred to herein as the "Aggrieved Party."

(2) SUSPENSION OF ACTION: If the ISO seeks review of a vote of

the Management Committee pursuant to this Section, the vote

to be reviewed shall be suspended pending resolution of such

review by the arbitrator or the Commission if raised in

regulatory proceedings. If a Participant seeks such a

review, the vote to be reviewed shall be suspended for up to

90 days following the giving of the Participant's notice

pending resolution of any arbitration proceeding unless the

Management Committee determines that the suspension will

imperil the stability or reliability of the NEPOOL Control

Area bulk power supply.

(3) AGGRIEVED PARTY OPTIONS: (i) If the notice is to seek review

of a vote of the Management Committee, the Aggrieved Party's

notice to the Management Committee shall invoke arbitration

as described herein in its notice pursuant to paragraph

B(1), and may also initiate mediation with the agreement of

the Management Committee, while reserving such Party's right

to proceed with the arbitration if mediation does not

resolve the matter within 20 days of the giving of the

Party's notice or such longer period as may be fixed by

mutual agreement of the Management Committee and the

Aggrieved Party. Notwithstanding the initiation of

mediation, the arbitration proceeding shall proceed

concurrently with the selection of the arbitrator pursuant

to paragraph C(1) of this Section 21.1.

(ii) If the notice is to seek review of an ISO action, the

Management Committee's notice to the ISO Board shall

(subject to the concurrence of the ISO for actions relating

to rulemaking as provided in Section 21.1A) invoke

arbitration as described herein in its notice pursuant to

paragraph B(1), and may also initiate mediation with the

agreement of the ISO Board, while reserving the Management

Committee's right to proceed with the arbitration if

mediation does not resolve the matter within 20 days of the

giving of the Management Committee's notice or such longer

period as may be fixed by mutual agreement of the ISO Board

and the Management Committee. Notwithstanding the initiation

of mediation, the arbitration proceeding shall proceed

concurrently with the selection of the arbitrator pursuant

to paragraph C(1) of this Section 21.1.

(4) MEDIATION POSITIONS NOT TO BE USED ELSEWHERE: All mediation

proceedings pursuant to this Section are confidential and

shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations

for purposes of applicable rules of evidence.

(5) TIME LIMITS; DURATION: Any other Participant that wishes to

participate in an arbitration proceeding hereunder shall

give signed written notice to the Secretary of the

Management Committee, and to the Secretary of the ISO Board

if the ISO is involved in such arbitration, no later than

ten calendar days after the giving of the notice of

arbitration. The arbitration procedure shall not exceed 90

calendar days from the date of the Aggrieved Party's notice

invoking arbitration to the arbitrator's decision unless the

parties agree upon a longer or shorter time. All agreements

by the ISO or the aggrieved Participant and the Management

Committee to use mediation shall establish a schedule which

will control unless later changed by mutual agreement.

C. ARBITRATION:

(1) SELECTION OF ARBITRATOR: The ISO or the aggrieved

Participant and the Management Committee shall attempt

to choose by mutual agreement a single neutral

arbitrator to hear the dispute. If the ISO or the

Participant and the Management Committee fail to agree

upon a single arbitrator within ten calendar days of

the giving of notice of arbitration to the Secretary of

the Management Committee or the Secretary of the ISO

Board, as the case may be, the American Arbitration

Association shall be asked to appoint an arbitrator.

In either case, the arbitrator shall be knowledgeable

in matters involving the electric power industry,

including the operation of control areas and bulk power

systems, and shall not have any substantial business or

financial relationships with the ISO, NEPOOL or its

Participants (other than previous experience as an

arbitrator) unless otherwise mutually agreed by the ISO

or the aggrieved Participant and the Management

Committee.

(2) COSTS: NEPOOL shall be responsible for all of the costs

of the proceeding if it is initiated by the ISO or by

the Management Committee. If a proceeding is initiated

by an aggrieved Participant, each party shall be

responsible for the following costs, if applicable:

(i) its own costs incurred during the arbitration

process (except that this does not preclude

billing the aggrieved Participant for its share of

NEPOOL Expenses that may include the Management

Committee's arbitration costs); PLUS

(ii) One half of the common costs of the arbitration

including, but not limited to, the arbitrator's

fee and expenses, the rental charge for a hearing

room and the cost of a court reporter and

transcript, if required.

(3) HEARING LOCATION: Unless otherwise mutually agreed,

the site for all arbitration hearings shall be NEPOOL

counsel's office.

D. RULES AND PROCEDURES:

(1) PROCEDURE AND DISCOVERY: The procedural rules (if

any), the conduct of the arbitration and the

availability, extent and duration of pre-hearing

discovery (if any), which shall be limited to the

minimum necessary to resolve the matters in dispute,

shall be determined by the arbitrator in his/her sole

discretion at or prior to the initial hearing.

(2) PRE-HEARING SUBMISSIONS: The Aggrieved Party shall

provide the arbitrator with a brief written statement

of its complaint and a statement of the remedy or

remedies it seeks, accompanied by copies of any

documents or other materials it wishes the arbitrator

to review. The Management Committee will provide the

arbitrator with a copy of this Agreement and all

relevant implementing documents, a brief description of

the action being arbitrated, copies of the minutes of

all NEPOOL committee meetings at which the matter was

discussed, a brief statement explaining why the

Management Committee believes its decision should be

upheld by the arbitrator, and copies of any documents

or other materials the Management Committee wishes the

arbitrator to review. If the Management Committee is

the Aggrieved Party, the ISO Board will provide copies

of minutes of the ISO Board meetings at which the

matter was discussed, a brief statement explaining why

the ISO Board believes its decision should be upheld by

the arbitrator, and copies of any documents or other

materials the ISO Board wishes the arbitrator to

review. These submissions shall be made within five

days after the selection of the arbitrator.

In addition, each party shall designate one or more

individuals to be available to answer questions the

arbitrator may have on the documents or other materials

submitted by that party. The answers to all such

questions shall be reduced to writing by the party

providing the answer and a copy shall be furnished to

the other party.

(3) INITIAL HEARING: An initial hearing will be held no

later than 10 days after the selection of the

arbitrator and shall be limited to issues raised in the

pre-hearing filings. The scheduling of further

hearings at the request of either party or on the

arbitrator's own motion shall be within the sole

discretion of the arbitrator.

(4) DECISION: The arbitrator's decision shall be due,

unless the deadline is extended by mutual agreement of

the ISO or the aggrieved Participant and the Management

Committee, within sixty days of the initial hearing or

within ninety days of the Aggrieved Party's initiation

of arbitration, whichever occurs first. The arbitrator

shall be authorized only to interpret and apply the

provisions of this Agreement and the arbitrator shall

have no power to modify or change the Agreement in any

manner.

(5) EFFECT OF ARBITRATION DECISION: The decision of the

arbitrator will be conclusive in a subsequent

regulatory or legal proceeding as to the facts

determined by the arbitrator but will not be conclusive

as to the law or constitute precedent on issues of law

in any subsequent regulatory or legal proceedings.

An aggrieved party may initiate a proceeding with a court or

with the Commission with respect to the arbitration or

arbitrator's decision only:

<circle>if the arbitration process does not result in a

decision within the time period specified and the

proceeding is initiated within thirty days after

the expiration of such time period; or

<circle>on the grounds specified in Sections 10 and 11

of Title 9 of the United States Code for judicial

vacation or modification of an arbitration award

and the proceeding is initiated within thirty days

of the issuance of the arbitrator's decision.

(6) OTHER DISPUTES: In the event a dispute arises with a

Non-Participant which receives or is eligible to

receive service under this Agreement or the Tariff with

respect to such service, the Non-Participant shall have

the right to have the dispute considered by the

Management Committee. In the event the Non-Participant

is aggrieved by the Management Committee's vote on the

dispute, and the vote has any of the effects specified

in paragraph A of this Section 21.1, the aggrieved Non-

Participant may require that the dispute be resolved in

accordance with this Section 21.1. To the extent that

NEPOOL provides services to Non-Participants under

separate agreements, the Management Committee shall

incorporate the provisions of this Section by reference

in any such agreement, in which case the term

"Participant" shall be deemed for purposes of the

dispute resolution provisions to include such Non-

Participant purchasers of NEPOOL services.

21.2 PAYMENT OF POOL CHARGES; TERMINATION OF STATUS AS PARTICIPANT.

(a) Any Participant shall have the right to terminate its status as a

Participant upon no less than six months' prior written notice

given to the Secretary of the Management Committee.

(b) If at any time during the term of this Agreement a receiver or

trustee of a Participant is appointed or a Participant is

adjudicated bankrupt or an order for relief is entered under the

Federal Bankruptcy Code against a Participant or if there shall

be filed against any Participant in any court (pursuant to the

Federal Bankruptcy Code or any statute of Canada or any state or

province) a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for

reorganization or for appointment of a receiver or trustee of all

or a portion of the Participant's property, and within ninety

days after the filing of such a petition against the Participant,

the Participant shall fail to secure a discharge thereof, or if

any Participant shall file a petition in voluntary bankruptcy or

seeking relief under any provision of any bankruptcy or

insolvency law or shall make an assignment for the benefit of

creditors, the Management Committee may terminate such

Participant's status as a Participant as of any time thereafter.

(c) Each Participant is obligated to pay when due in accordance with

NEPOOL procedures all amounts invoiced to it by NEPOOL, or by the

ISO on behalf of NEPOOL. If a Participant disputes a NEPOOL

invoice in whole or part, it shall be entitled to continue to

receive service under the Agreement and the Tariff, so long as

the Participant (i) continues to make all payments not in

dispute, and (ii) pays into an independent escrow account the

portion of the invoice in dispute, pending resolution of the

dispute. If the Participant fails to meet these two requirements

for continuation of service, NEPOOL may suspend service, in whole

or part, to the Participant sixty days after the giving of notice

to the Participant of NEPOOL's intention to suspend service, in

accordance with Commission policy.

(d) In the event a Participant fails, for any reason other than a

billing dispute as described in subsection (c) of this Section

21.2, to pay when due in accordance with NEPOOL procedures all

amounts invoiced to it by NEPOOL, or by the ISO on behalf of

NEPOOL, or the Participant fails to perform any other obligation

under the Agreement or the Tariff, and such failure continues for

at least ten days, NEPOOL may notify the Participant that it is

in default and may initiate a proceeding before the Commission to

terminate such Participant's status as a Participant. Pending

Commission action on such termination, NEPOOL may suspend

service, in whole or part, to the Participant on or after 50 days

after the giving of such notice and the initiation of such

proceeding, in accordance with Commission policy, unless the

Participant cures the default within such 50-day period.

(e) If the status of a Participant as a Participant is terminated

pursuant to this Section 21.2 or any other provision of this

Agreement, such former Participant's generation and transmission

facilities shall continue to be subject to such NEPOOL or other

requirements relating to reliability as the Commission may

approve in acting on the termination, for so long as the

Commission may direct. Further, if any of such former

Participant's transmission facilities are required in order to

permit transactions among any of the remaining Participants

pursuant to this Agreement or the Tariff, all pending requests

for transmission service under the Tariff relating to such

Participant's facilities shall be followed to completion under

the Participant's own tariff and all existing service over the

Participant's facilities shall continue to be provided under the

Tariff for a period of three years. It is the intent of this

subsection that no such termination should be allowed to

jeopardize the reliability of the bulk power facilities of any

remaining Participant or should be allowed to impose any

unreasonable financial burden on any remaining Participant.

(f) No such termination of a Participant's status as a Participant

shall affect any obligation of, or to, such former Participant

arising prior to the effective time of such termination.

21.3 ASSIGNMENT. The Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be

binding upon, the successors and assigns of the respective signatories

hereto, but no assignment of a signatory's interests or obligations

under the Agreement or any portion thereof shall be made without the

written consent of the Management Committee, except as otherwise

permitted by the Tariff, or except in connection with a sale, merger,

or consolidation which results in the transfer of all or a portion of

a signatory's generation or transmission assets to, and the assumption

of all of the obligations of the signatory under this Agreement (or in

the case of a transfer of a portion of a signatory's generation or

transmission assets, the assumption of obligations of the signatory

under this Agreement with respect to such assets) by, an acquiring or

surviving Entity which either is, or concurrently becomes, a

Participant, or agrees to assume such of the signatory's obligations

with respect to such assets as the Management Committee may reasonably

require, or except in connection with the grant of a security interest

in a Participant's assets as security for bonds or other financing.

21.4 FORCE MAJEURE. A Participant shall not be considered to be in default

in respect of any obligation hereunder if prevented from fulfilling

such obligation by an event of Force Majeure. An event of Force

Majeure means any act of God, labor disturbance, act of the public

enemy, war, insurrection, riot, fire, storm or flood, explosion,

breakage or accident to machinery or equipment, any Curtailment, any

order, regulation or restriction imposed by a court or governmental

military or lawfully established civilian authorities, or any other

cause beyond a Participant's control, provided that no event of Force

Majeure affecting any Participant shall excuse that Participant from

making any payment that it is obligated to make under this Agreement.

A Participant whose performance under this Agreement is hindered by an

event of Force Majeure shall make all reasonable efforts to perform

its obligations under this Agreement, and shall promptly notify the

Management Committee of the commencement and end of any event of Force

Majeure.

21.5 WAIVER OF DEFAULTS. No waiver of the performance by a Participant of

any obligation under this Agreement or with respect to any default or

any other matter arising in connection with this Agreement shall be

effective unless given by the Management Committee. Any such waiver

by the Management Committee in any particular instance shall not be

deemed a waiver with respect to any subsequent performance, default or

matter.

21.6 OTHER CONTRACTS. No Participant shall be a party to any other

agreement which in any manner is inconsistent with its obligations

under this Agreement.

21.7 LIABILITY AND INSURANCE.

(a) Each Participant will indemnify and save each of the other

Participants, its officers, directors and Related Persons (each

an "Indemnified Party") harmless from and against all actions,

claims, demands, costs, damages and liabilities asserted by a

third party against the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification

and arising out of or relating to bodily injury, death or damage

to property caused by or sustained on facilities owned or

controlled by such Participant that are the subject of this

Agreement, or caused by a failure to act in accordance with this

Agreement by the Participant from which indemnification is

sought, except (i) to the extent that such liabilities result

from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Participant

seeking indemnification, and (ii) each Participant shall be

responsible for all claims of its own employees, agents and

servants growing out of any workmen's compensation law. The

amount of any indemnity payment under the provisions of this

Section 21.7 shall be reduced (including, without limitation,

retroactively) by any insurance proceeds or other amounts

actually recovered by the Indemnified Party in respect of the

indemnified action, claim, demand, cost, damage or liability.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant shall be liable to

any Indemnified Party for any claim for loss of profits or

revenues, attorneys' fees or costs, cost of capital or financing,

loss of goodwill or cost of replacement power arising from a

Participant's carrying out, or failing to carry out, any

obligations contemplated by this Agreement or for any other

indirect, incidental, special, consequential, punitive, or

multiple damages or loss; provided, however, that nothing herein

shall reduce or limit the obligations of any Participant to Non-

Participants.

(b) Each Participant shall furnish, at its sole expense, such

insurance coverage as the Management Committee may reasonably

require with respect to its obligation pursuant to Section

21.7(a).

21.8 RECORDS AND INFORMATION. Each Participant shall keep such records as

may reasonably be required by a NEPOOL committee or the System

Operator, and shall furnish to such committee or the System Operator

such records, reports and information (including forecasts) as it may

reasonably require, provided the confidentiality thereof is protected

in accordance with NEPOOL's information policy.

21.9 CONSISTENCY WITH NPCC AND NERC STANDARDS. The standards, criteria and

rules adopted by NEPOOL committees under this Agreement shall be

consistent with those adopted by the Northeast Power Coordinating

Council and the North American Electric Reliability Council or any

successor to either.

21.10CONSTRUCTION.

(a) The Table of Contents contained in this Agreement and the

headings of the Sections of this Agreement are intended for

convenience only and shall not be deemed to be part of this

Agreement or considered in construing it.

(b) This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed in

accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

21.11AMENDMENT. This Agreement, including the Tariff, and any attachment

or exhibit hereto may be amended from time to time by an instrument

signed by Participants having aggregate Voting Shares equal to at

least 70% of the Voting Shares of all Participants; provided that an

amendment shall not become effective if two or more Participants which

are not Related Persons of each other and which have aggregate Voting

Shares at least equal to 20% of the Voting Shares of all Participants

give notice to the Secretary of the Management Committee that they

object to the amendment within thirty days after the giving of notice

to them of the prospective effectiveness of the amendment. In

determining whether the 20% requirement has been met, the following

limitation shall be applied: if the aggregate Voting Share of any

objecting Participant and its Related Persons exceeds 18%, the

aggregate Voting Share of such Participant and its Related Persons for

this purpose shall be reduced to 18%.

Any amendment to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall become

effective on the date specified in the amendment, subject to

acceptance or approval by the Commission, whether or not the remaining

Participants agree, provided that the remaining Participants shall

have been given written notice of the prospective effectiveness of

such amendment at least thirty days prior to the effective date of

such amendment, and provided further, that such an amendment does not

impose a burden on such remaining Participants which is materially

different in nature or materially greater in degree than that imposed

on the Participants which have agreed to such amendment. Such notice

shall be accompanied by a form of notice which may be signed and

returned to the Secretary of the Management Committee to state a

Participant's objection to the amendment. Any Participant which has

given notice of its objection to such amendment shall be entitled to

terminate its status as a Participant effective as of the effective

date of such amendment by giving to the Secretary of the Management

Committee written notice of such termination within thirty days after

notice has been given to it of the prospective effectiveness of such

amendment. Effective as of thirty days after the giving of such

notice of the prospective effectiveness of such amendment, any

Participant which has not previously given notice of its objection to

such amendment and which does not give notice of termination of status

as herein provided within such thirty-day period shall thereafter be

bound by such amendment; provided that nothing herein shall be

construed to prevent any Participant from challenging any proposed

amendment before a court or regulatory agency on the ground that the

proposed amendment or its application to the Participant is in

violation of law or of this Section 21.11.

21.12TERMINATION. This Agreement shall continue in effect until

terminated, in accordance with the Commission's regulations, by

Participants represented by members of the Management Committee having

Voting Shares equal to at least 70% of the Voting Shares of all

Participants. No such termination shall relieve any party of any

obligation arising prior to the effective time of such termination.

21.13NOTICES TO PARTICIPANTS.

(a) Any notice, demand, request or other communication required or

authorized by this Agreement to be given to any Participant shall

be in writing, and shall be (1) personally delivered to the

Management Committee member or alternate appointed by the

Participant; (2) mailed, postage prepaid, to the Participant at

the address of its member on the Management Committee as set out

in the NEPOOL roster; (3) sent by facsimile ("faxed") to the

Participant at the fax number of its member on the Management

Committee as set out in the NEPOOL roster; or (4) delivered

electronically to the Participant at the electronic mail address

of its member on the Management Committee or at the address of

its principal office. The designation of any such address may be

changed at any time by written notice delivered to the Secretary

of the Management Committee, who shall cause such change to be

reflected in the NEPOOL roster.

(b) Any notice, demand, request or other communication required or

authorized by this Agreement to be given to any NEPOOL committee

shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Secretary of

the committee. Each such notice shall either be personally

delivered to the Secretary, mailed, postage prepaid, or sent by

facsimile ("faxed") to the Secretary at the address or fax number

set out in the NEPOOL roster, or delivered electronically to the

Secretary. The designation of such address may be changed at any

time by written notice delivered to each Participant.

(c) Any such notice, demand or request so addressed and mailed by

registered or certified mail shall be deemed to be given when so

mailed. Any such notice, demand, request or other communication

sent by regular mail or by facsimile ("faxed") or delivered

electronically shall be deemed given when received by the

Participant or by the Secretary of the committee, whichever is

applicable.

21.14SEVERABILITY AND RENEGOTIATION. If any provision of this Agreement is

held by a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction to

be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms,

provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall

continue in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected,

impaired or invalidated, except as otherwise explicitly provided in

this Section.

If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court or regulatory

authority of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or

unenforceable, or if the Agreement is modified or conditioned by a

regulatory authority exercising jurisdiction over this Agreement, the

Participants shall endeavor in good faith to negotiate such amendment

or amendments to this Agreement as will restore the relative benefits

and obligations of the Participants under this Agreement immediately

prior to such holding, modification or condition. If after sixty days

such negotiations are unsuccessful the Participants may exercise their

withdrawal or termination rights under this Agreement.

21.15NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Except for the provisions of this

Agreement and the Tariff which provide for service to Non-

Participants, this Agreement is intended to be solely for the benefit

of the Participants and their respective successors and permitted

assigns and, unless expressly stated herein, is not intended to and

shall not confer any rights or benefits on any third party (other than

successors and permitted assigns) not a signatory hereto.

21.16COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of

counterparts, and each executed counterpart shall have the same force

and effect as an original instrument and as if all the parties to all

of the counterparts had signed the same instrument. Any signature

page of this Agreement may be detached from any counterpart of this

Agreement without impairing the legal effect of any signatures

thereon, and may be attached to another counterpart of this Agreement

identical in form hereto but having attached to it one or more

signature pages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the signatories have caused this Agreement to be

executed by their duly authorized officers or representatives.


ATTACHMENT A
TO RESTATED
NEPOOL AGREEMENT

METHODOLOGY FOR
DETERMINATION OF
TRANSMISSION FLOWS


The methodology for determining parallel path transmission flows to be

used in determining the distribution of revenues received for Regional

Network Service provided during the Transition Period, or for Through or

Out Service, is as follows, and shall be determined (1) on the basis of the

flows for all transactions in the NEPOOL Control Area ("Regional Flows")

for the purpose of allocating during the Transition Period Regional Network

Service revenues, and (2) on the basis of the flows for the particular

transaction ("Transaction Flows") for the purpose of allocating revenues

during or after the Transition Period from the furnishing of Through or Out

Service:

A. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CALCULATIONS

The calculation of megawatt mile allocations in accordance with this

methodology shall be performed under the direction of the Regional

Transmission Planning Committee ("RTPC").

B. PERIODIC REVIEW

Calculations of MW-Mile allocations shall be performed whenever

significant changes to the transmission system load flows, as determined by

the RTPC, occur.

C. FACILITIES INCLUDED IN THE ANALYSIS

1. Transmission Lines

A calculation of MW-miles shall be determined for all PTF

lines.

2. Generators

The analysis shall include all generators with a Winter

Capability equal to or greater than 10.0 MW. Multiple

generators connected to a single bus with a total Winter

Capability equal to or greater than 10.0 MW shall also be

included.

3. Transformers

All transformers connecting PTF transmission lines shall be

included in the analysis.

D. DETERMINATION OF RATE DISTRIBUTION

1. General

Modeling of the transmission system shall be performed using

a system simulation program and associated cases as approved

by the RTPC.

2. Determination of Regional Flows

The change in real power flow (MW) over each transmission

line and transformer shall be determined for each generator

(or group of generators on a single bus) by determining the

absolute value of the difference between the flows on each

facility with the generator(s) modeled off and while

operating at its net Winter Capability. In addition, a

generator shall be simulated at each transmission line tie

to the NEPOOL Control Area and changes in flow determined

for this generator off or while generating at a level of 100

MW. Loads throughout the NEPOOL Control Area shall be

proportionally scaled to account for differences in

generator output and electrical losses. The changes in flow

shall be multiplied by the length of each respective line.

Changes in flow through transformers shall be multiplied by

a factor of five. Changes in flow through phase-shifting

transformers shall be multiplied by a factor of ten. The

resulting values represent the MW-miles associated with each

facility.

3. Determination of Transaction Flows

a. Definition of Supply and Receipt Areas

For the purposes of these calculations, areas of supply

and receipt shall be determined by the RTPC. These

areas shall be based on the system boundaries of each

Local Network.

b. Calculation of MW-Miles

The change in real power flow (MW) over each

transmission line and transformer shall be determined

for each combination of supply and receipt areas by

determining the absolute value of the difference

between the flows on each facility following a scaled

increase of the supplying areas generation by 100 MW.

Loads in the area of receipt shall be scaled to account

for changes in generation and electrical losses. In

instances where the areas of supply and/or receipt are

outside the NEPOOL Control Area, the changes in real

power flow will be determined only for facilities

within the NEPOOL Control Area. The changes in flow

shall then be multiplied by the length of each

respective line. Changes in flow through transformers

shall be multiplied by a factor of five. Changes in

flow through phase-shifting transformers shall be

multiplied by a factor of ten. The resulting values

represent the MW-miles associated with each facility.

4. Assignment of MW-Miles to Participants

Each Participant shall have assigned to it the MW-miles

associated with each PTF facility for which it has full

ownership. Each Participant shall also be assigned MW-miles

in proportion to the percentage of its ownership of jointly-

owned facilities or the percentage of its support for

facilities for which it provides support.


RESTATED NEPOOL OPEN ACCESS

TRANSMISSION TARIFF


NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.  COMMON SERVICE PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

1 Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
    1.1  Administrative Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
    1.2  Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
    1.3  Ancillary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
    1.4  Annual Transmission Revenue
           Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    1.5  Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    1.6  Backyard Generation:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    1.7  Business Day. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    1.8  Commission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    1.9  Completed Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    1.10 Compliance Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    1.11 Control Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
    1.12 Curtailment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    1.13 Delivering Party. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    1.14 Designated Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    1.15 Direct Assignment Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    1.16 Eligible Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
    1.17 Energy Imbalance Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
    1.18 Entitlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
    1.19 Excepted Transaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
    1.20 Facilities Study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
    1.21 Firm Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
    1.22 Firm Point-To-Point Transmission
           Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
    1.23 Firm Transmission Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
    1.24 Generator Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
    1.25 Good Utility Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
    1.26 HQ Interconnection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
    1.27 HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract. . . . . . . . . . . 22
    1.28 In Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
    1.29 Interchange Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
    1.30 0MITTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
    1.31 Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
    1.32 Internal Point-to-Point Service . . . . . . . . . . . 23
    1.33 Internal Point-to-Point Service . . . . . . . . . . . 23

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 2

    1.34 Interruption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
    1.35 ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
    1.36 Load Ratio Share. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
    1.37 Load Shedding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
    1.38 Local Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
    1.39 Local Network Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
    1.40 Local Point-To-Point Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
    1.41 Long-Term Firm Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
    1.42 Management Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
    1.43 Monthly Network Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
    1.44 Monthly Peak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
    1.45 Native Load Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
    1.46 NEPOOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
    1.47 NEPOOL Control Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
    1.48 NEPOOL Transmission System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
    1.49 Network Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
    1.50 Network Integration Transmission
           Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
    1.51 Network Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
    1.52 Network Operating Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
    1.53 Network Operating Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
    1.54 Network Resource. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
    1.55 Network Upgrades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
    1.56 Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission
           Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
    1.57 Non-Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
    1.58 Non-PTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
    1.59 Open Access Same-Time Information
           System (OASIS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
    1.60 Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve
           Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
    1.61 Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Spinning
           Reserve Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
    1.62 Operating Reserve - 30-Minute Reserve
           Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
    1.63 Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
    1.64 Participant RNS Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
    1.65 Point(s) of Delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
    1.66 Point(s) of Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
    1.67 Point-To-Point Transmission Service . . . . . . . . . 33
    1.68 Pool-Planned Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 3

    1.69 Pool PTF Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
    1.70 Pool RNS Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
    1.71 Power Purchaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
    1.72 Prior NEPOOL Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
    1.73 PTF or Pool Transmission Facilities . . . . . . . . . 34
    1.74 Pre-1997 PTF Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
    1.75 Reactive Supply and Voltage Control From
           Generation Sources Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
    1.76 Receiving Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
    1.77 Regional Network Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
    1.78 Regulation and Frequency Response Service . . . . . . 35
    1.79 Reserved Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
    1.80 Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service . . . 36
    1.81 Second Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
    1.82 Service Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
    1.83 Service Commencement Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
    1.84 Short-Term Firm Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
    1.85 System Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
    1.86 System Impact Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
    1.87 System Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
    1.88 Tariff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
    1.89 Third-Party Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
    1.90 Through or Out Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
    1.91 Third Effective Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
    1.92 Ties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
    1.93 Transition Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
    1.94 Transmission Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
    1.95 Transmission Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
    1.96 Unit Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
    1.97 Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
    1.98 Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

2 Purpose of This Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

3 Initial Allocation and Renewal Procedures. . . . . . . . . . 44
    3.1  Initial Allocation of Available Transmission
           Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
    3.2  Reservation Priority For Existing Firm
           Service Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
    3.3  Initial Election of Optional Internal
           Point-to-Point Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
    3.4  Election as to In Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 4


4 Ancillary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
    4.1  Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service . . . 50
    4.2  Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from
           Generation Sources Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
    4.3  Regulation and Frequency Response Service . . . . . . 50
    4.4  Energy Imbalance Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
    4.5  Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Spinning
           Reserve Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
    4.6  Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve
           Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
    4.7  Operating Reserve - 30-Minute Reserve
           Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

5 Open Access Same-Time Information System (OASIS) . . . . . . 51

6 Local Furnishing and Other Tax-Exempt Bonds. . . . . . . . . 51
    6.1  Participants That Own Facilities Financed
           by Local Furnishing or Other Tax-Exempt Bonds . . . 51
    6.2  Alternative Procedures for Requesting Transmission
         Service - Local Furnishing Bonds. . . . . . . . . . . 52
    6.3  Alternative Procedures for Requesting Transmission
         Service - Other Tax-Exempt Bonds. . . . . . . . . . . 54

7 Reciprocity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

8 Billing and Payment; Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
    8.1  Participant Billing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
    8.2  Non-Participant Billing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 56
    8.3  Interest on Unpaid Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
    8.4  Customer Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
    8.5  Study Costs and Revenues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

9 Regulatory Filings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60


10 Force Majeure and Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
    10.1 Force Majeure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
    10.2 Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

11 Creditworthiness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

12 Dispute Resolution Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
    12.1 Internal Dispute Resolution Procedures. . . . . . . . 63
    12.2 Rights Under The Federal Power Act. . . . . . . . . . 65

13 Stranded Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 5

    13.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
    13.2 Commission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
    13.3 Wholesale Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

13.4 Right to Seek or Contest Recovery Unimpaired. . . . . 66

II. REGIONAL NETWORK SERVICE (NETWORK INTEGRATION
    TRANSMISSION SERVICE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

14 Nature of Regional Network Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

15 Availability of Regional Network Service. . . . . . . . . . 67
    15.1 Provision of Regional Network Service . . . . . . . . 67
    15.2 Eligibility to Receive Regional Network Service . . . 68

16 Payment for Regional Network Service. . . . . . . . . . . . 68

17 Procedure for Obtaining Regional Network Service. . . . . . 69


III. THROUGH OR OUT SERVICE; INTERNAL POINT-TO-POINT
       SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

18 Through or Out Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
    18.1 Provision of Through or Out Service . . . . . . . . . 70
    18.2 Use of Through or Out Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

19 Internal Point-to-Point Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
    19.1 Provision of Internal Point-to-Point Service. . . . . 71
    19.2 Use of Internal Point-to-Point Service. . . . . . . . 71
    19.3 Use by a Transmission Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . 72

20 Payment for Through or Out Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

21 Payment for Internal Point-to-Point Service . . . . . . . . 75

22 Reservation of Capacity for Point-to-Point Transmission
   Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
22A In Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 6

IV. SERVICE DURING THE TRANSITION PERIOD; CONGESTION
      COSTS; EXCEPTED TRANSACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

23 Transition Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

24 Congestion Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

25 Excepted Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87


V. POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE; IN SERVICE . . . . . . 92
     Preamble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

26 Scope of Application of Part V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

27 Nature of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. . . . . 94
    27.1 Term. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
    27.2 Reservation Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
    27.3 Use of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service by
           the Participants That Own PTF . . . . . . . . . . . 96
    27.4 Service Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
    27.5 Transmission Customer Obligations for Facility
           Additions or Redispatch Costs. . . . . . . . . . .  97
    27.6 Curtailment of Firm Transmission Service. . . . . . . 98
    27.7 Classification of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission
           Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
    27.8 Scheduling of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission
           Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

28 Nature of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service. . .105
    28.1 Term. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
    28.2 Reservation Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
    28.3 Use of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission
           Service by the Transmission Provider. . . . . . . .108
    28.4 Service Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
    28.5 Classification of Non-Firm Point-To-Point
           Transmission Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
    28.6 Scheduling of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission
           Service:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
    28.7 Curtailment or Interruption of Service. . . . . . . .113

29 Service Availability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
    29.1 General Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 7

29.2 Determination of Available Transmission Capability. .116

    29.3 Initiating Service in the Absence of an Executed
           Service Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
    29.4 Obligation to Provide Transmission Service that
           Requires Expansion or Modification of the
           Transmission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
    29.5 Deferral of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
    29.6 Real Power Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
    29.7 Load Shedding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

30 Transmission Customer Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . .120
    30.1 Conditions Required of Transmission Customers . . . .120
    30.2 Transmission Customer Responsibility for Third-
           Party Arrangements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
31 Procedures for Arranging Firm Point-To-Point Transmission
   Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
    31.1 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
    31.2 Completed Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
    31.3 Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
    31.4 Notice of Deficient Application . . . . . . . . . . .126
    31.5 Response to a Completed Application . . . . . . . . .127
    31.6 Execution of Service Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . .128
    31.7 Extensions for Commencement of Service. . . . . . . .129

32 Procedures for Arranging Non-Firm Point-To-Point
   Transmission Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
    32.1 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
    32.2 Completed Application:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
    32.3 Reservation of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission
          Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
    32.4 Determination of Available Transmission Capability. .132

33 Additional Study Procedures For Firm Point-To-Point
   Transmission Service Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
    33.1 Notice of Need for System Impact Study. . . . . . . .133
    33.2 System Impact Study Agreement and Cost
           Reimbursement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
    33.3 System Impact Study Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . .136
    33.4 Facilities Study Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
    33.5 Facilities Study Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . .140
    33.6 Due Diligence in Completing New

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 8

           Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
    33.7 Partial Interim Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
    33.8 Expedited Procedures for New Facilities . . . . . . .142

34 Procedures if New Transmission Facilities for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service Cannot be Completed . .143

    34.1 Delays in Construction of New Facilities. . . . . . .143
    34.2 Alternatives to the Original Facility Additions . . .144
    34.3 Refund Obligation for Unfinished Facility
           Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

35 Provisions Relating to Transmission Construction and
   Services on the Systems of Other Utilities. . . . . . . . .146
    35.1 Responsibility for Third-Party System Additions . . .146
    35.2 Coordination of Third-Party System  Additions . . . .147

36 Changes in Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
    36.1 Modifications on a Non-Firm Basis . . . . . . . . . .148
    36.2 Modification on a Firm Basis. . . . . . . . . . . . .150

37 Sale, Assignment or Transfer of Transmission Service. . . .151
    37.1 Procedures for Sale, Assignment or
           Transfer of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
    37.2 Limitations on Assignment or Transfer of Service. . .152
    37.3 Information on Assignment or Transfer of Service. . .153

38 Metering and Power Factor Correction at Receipt and
   Delivery Points(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
    38.1 Transmission Customer Obligations . . . . . . . . . .153
    38.2 NEPOOL Access to Metering Data. . . . . . . . . . . .154
    38.3 Power Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

39 Compensation for New Facilities and Redispatch Costs. . . .154

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 9

VI. REGIONAL NETWORK SERVICE (NETWORK INTEGRATION
    TRANSMISSION SERVICE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

40 Nature of Regional Network Service. . . . . . . . . . . . .155
    40.1 Scope of Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
    40.2 Transmission Provider Responsibilities. . . . . . . .156
    40.3 Network Integration Transmission Service. . . . . . .157
    40.4 Secondary Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
    40.5 Real Power Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
    40.6 Restrictions on Use of Service. . . . . . . . . . . .159

41 Initiating Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
    41.1 Condition Precedent for Receiving Service . . . . . .159
    41.2 Application Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
    41.3 Technical Arrangements to be Completed Prior to
           Commencement of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
    41.4 Network Customer Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
    41.5 Filing of Service Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

42 Network Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
    42.1 Designation of Network Resources. . . . . . . . . . .165
    42.2 Designation of New Network Resources. . . . . . . . .166
    42.3 Termination of Network Resources. . . . . . . . . . .167
    42.4 Network Customer Redispatch Obligation. . . . . . . .167
    42.5 Transmission Arrangements for Network Resources Not
           Physically Interconnected With The NEPOOL
           Transmission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
    42.6 Limitation on Designation of Resources. . . . . . . .168
    42.7 Use of Interface Capacity by the Network Customer . .169

43 Designation of Network Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
    43.1 Network Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
    43.2 New Network Loads Connected With the NEPOOL
           Transmission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
    43.3 Network Load Not Physically Interconnected with
           the NEPOOL Transmission System. . . . . . . . . . .170
    43.4 New Interconnection Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
    43.5 Changes in Service Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
    43.6 Annual Load and Resource Information
           Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

44 Additional Study Procedures For Network Integration
   Transmission Service Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
    44.1 Notice of Need for System Impact Study. . . . . . . .173


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 10

    44.2 System Impact Study Agreement and Cost
           Reimbursement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
    44.3 System Impact Study Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . .176
    44.4 Facilities Study Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

45 Load Shedding and Curtailments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
    45.1 Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
    45.2 Transmission Constraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
    45.3 Cost Responsibility for Relieving Transmission
           Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
    45.4 Curtailments of Scheduled Deliveries. . . . . . . . .183
    45.5 Allocation of Curtailments. . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
    45.6 Load Shedding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
    45.7 System Reliability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

46 Rates and Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
    46.1 Determination of Network Customer's Monthly
           Network Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

47 Operating Arrangements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
    47.1 Operation under The Network Operating Agreement . . .186
    47.2 Network Operating Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
    47.3 Network Operating Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . .189


48 Scope of Application of Part VI to Participants . . . . . .189


VII.  INTERCONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

49  Interconnection Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

50  Rights of Generator Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

51  New Interconnection to Other Control Area. . . . . . . . .199



NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 11

SCHEDULE 1 -  Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service.201
SCHEDULE 2 -  Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from
              Generation Sources Service . . . . . . . . . . .204
SCHEDULE 3 -  Regulation and Frequency Response Service
              (Automatic Generator Control). . . . . . . . . .208
SCHEDULE 4 -  Energy Imbalance Service . . . . . . . . . . . .211
SCHEDULE 5 -  Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Spinning
              Reserve Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
SCHEDULE 6 -  Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Non-Spinning
              Reserve Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
SCHEDULE 7 -  Operating Reserve - 30-Minute Reserve Service. .219
SCHEDULE 8 -  Through or Out Service -The Pool PTF Rate. . . .222
SCHEDULE 9 -  Regional Network Service . . . . . . . . . . . .225
SCHEDULE 10 - Internal Point-to-Point Service. . . . . . . . .232
SCHEDULE 11 - Additions to or Upgrades of PTF. . . . . . . . .234

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 12

ATTACHMENT A - Form of Service Agreement for Through or Out
               Service or Internal Point-To-Point Service. . .245
ATTACHMENT B - Form Of Service Agreement For Regional
               Network Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
ATTACHMENT C - Methodology To Assess Available Transmission
               Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
ATTACHMENT D - Methodology for Completing a System Impact
               Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
ATTACHMENT E - Local Networks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
ATTACHMENT F - Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements. . . .264
Attachment G - List of Excepted Transaction Agreements . . . .278
Attachment G-1 - List of Excepted Agreements . . . . . . . . .283
Attachment G-2 - List of Certain Arrangements over External
                 Ties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
ATTACHMENT H - Form of Network Operating Agreement . . . . . .287
ATTACHMENT I - Form of System Impact Study Agreement . . . . .310
ATTACHMENT J - Form of Facilities Study Agreement. . . . . . .326


NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 13

I. COMMON SERVICE PROVISIONS

1 Definitions

Whenever used in this Tariff, in either the singular or plural number, the

following capitalized terms shall have the meanings specified in this

Section 1. Terms used in this Tariff that are not defined in this Tariff

shall have the meanings customarily attributed to such terms by the

electric utility industry in New England.

1.1 Administrative Costs: Those costs incurred in connection with the

review of Applications for transmission service and the carrying out

of System Impact Studies and Facilities Studies.

1.2 Agreement: The Restated New England Power Pool Agreement dated as

of September 1, 1971, as amended and restated from time to time, of

which this Tariff forms a part.

1.3 Ancillary Services: Those services that are necessary to support

the transmission of electric capacity and energy from resources to

loads while maintaining reliable operation of the NEPOOL

Transmission System in accordance with Good Utility Practice.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 14

     1.4   Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements:  The annual revenue

           requirements of a Participant's PTF or of all Participants' PTF for

           purposes of this Tariff shall be the amount determined in accordance

           with Attachment F to this Tariff.

     1.5   Application:  A written request by an Eligible Customer for

           transmission service pursuant to the provisions of this Tariff.

     1.6   Backyard Generation: Generation which interconnects directly with

           distribution facilities dedicated solely to load not designated as

           Network Load.  Any distribution facilities which are shared with

           Network Load will not qualify.

     1.7   Business Day:  Any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a

           national or Massachusetts holiday.

     1.8   Commission:  The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

     1.9   Completed Application:  An Application that satisfies all of the

           information and other requirements of this Tariff, including any

           required deposit.

     1.10  Compliance Effective Date:  The date upon which the changes in

           this Tariff which have been reflected


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 15

           herein to comply with the Commission's Order of April 20, 1998 in the

           NEPOOL restructuring proceedings become effective.

     1.11  Control Area:  An electric power system or combination of electric

           power systems to which a common automatic generation control scheme

           is applied in order to:

           (l) match, at all times, the power output of the generators within

               the electric power system(s) and capacity and energy purchased

               from entities outside the electric power system(s), with the

               load within the electric power system(s);

           (2) maintain scheduled interchange with other Control Areas, within

               the limits of Good Utility Practice;

           (3) maintain the frequency of the electric power system(s) within

               reasonable limits in accordance with Good Utility Practice and

               the criteria of the applicable regional reliability council or

               the North American Electric Reliability Council; and


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 16

           (4) provide sufficient generating capacity to maintain operating

               reserves in accordance with Good Utility Practice.

     1.12  Curtailment:  A reduction in firm or non-firm transmission service

           in response to a transmission capacity shortage as a result of

           system reliability conditions.

     1.13  Delivering Party:  The entity supplying capacity and/or energy to

           be transmitted at Point(s) of Receipt under this Tariff.

     1.14  Designated Agent:  Any entity that performs actions or functions

           required under the Tariff on behalf of NEPOOL, an Eligible Customer,

           or a Transmission Customer.

     1.15  Direct Assignment Facilities:  Facilities or portions of

           facilities that are Non-PTF and are constructed for the sole

           use/benefit of a particular Transmission Customer requesting service

           under this Tariff or a Generator Owner requesting an

           interconnection.  Direct Assignment Facilities shall be specified in

           a separate agreement with the Transmission Provider whose


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 17

           transmission system is to be modified to include and/or interconnect

           with said Facilities, shall be subject to applicable Commission

           requirements and shall be paid for by the Transmission Customer or a

           Generator Owner or Interconnection Requester in accordance with the

           separate agreement and not under this Tariff.

     1.16  Eligible Customer: (i) Any Participant that is engaged, or

           proposes to engage, in the wholesale or retail electric power

           business is an Eligible Customer under the Tariff.  (ii) Any

           electric utility (including any power marketer), Federal power

           marketing agency, or any other entity generating electric energy for

           sale or for resale is an Eligible Customer under the Tariff.

           Electric energy sold or produced by such entity may be electric

           energy produced in the United States, Canada or Mexico.  However,

           with respect to transmission service that the Commission is

           prohibited from ordering by Section 212(h) of the Federal Power Act,

           such entity is eligible only if the service is provided pursuant to a


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 18

           state requirement that the Transmission Provider with which that

           entity is directly interconnected offer the unbundled transmission

           service, or pursuant to a voluntary offer of such service by the

           Transmission Provider with which that entity is directly

           interconnected.  (iii) Any end user taking or eligible to take

           unbundled transmission service pursuant to a state requirement that

           the Transmission Provider with which that end user is directly

           interconnected offer the transmission service, or pursuant to a

           voluntary offer of such service by the Transmission Provider with

           which that end user is directly interconnected, is an Eligible

           Customer under the Tariff.

     1.17  Energy Imbalance Service:  This service is the form of Ancillary

           Service described in Schedule 4.

     1.18  Entitlement:  An Installed Capability Entitlement, Operable

           Capability Entitlement, Energy Entitlement, Operating Reserve

           Entitlement, or AGC Entitlement, in each case as defined in the

           Agreement.  When used in the plural form, it may be any or all such


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 19

           Entitlements or combinations thereof, as the context requires.

     1.19  Excepted Transaction:  A transaction specified in Section 25 for

           the applicable period specified in that Section.

     1.20  Facilities Study:  An engineering study conducted pursuant to the

           Agreement or this Tariff by the System Operator and/or one or more

           affected Participants to determine the required modifications to the

           NEPOOL Transmission System, including the cost and scheduled
           completion date for such modifications, that will be required to

           provide a requested transmission service or interconnection.

     1.21  Firm Contract:  Any contract, other than a Unit Contract, for the

           purchase of Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy,

           Operating Reserves, and/or AGC (as defined in the Agreement),

           pursuant to which the purchaser's right to receive such Installed

           Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves, and/or

           AGC is subject only to the supplier's


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 20

           inability to make deliveries thereunder as the result of events

           beyond the supplier's reasonable control.

     1.22  Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service:  Point-To-Point

           Transmission Service which is reserved and/or scheduled between

           specified Points of Receipt and Delivery in accordance with the

           applicable procedure specified in Part V of this Tariff.

     1.23  Firm Transmission Service:  Service for Native Load Customers,

           firm Regional Network Service (Network Integration Transmission

           Service), service for Excepted Transactions, Firm Internal Point-To-

           Point Transmission Service, or Firm Through or Out Service.

     1.24  Generator Owner:  The owner, in whole or part, of a generating

           unit whether located within or outside the NEPOOL Control Area.

     1.25  Good Utility Practice:  Any of the practices, methods and acts

           engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric

           utility industry during the relevant time period, or any of the

           practices, methods and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable

           judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 21

           was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result

           at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices,

           reliability, safety and expedition.  Good Utility Practice is not

           intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method, or act to

           the exclusion of all others, but rather includes all acceptable

           practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region.

     1.26  HQ Interconnection:  The United States segment of the transmission

           interconnection which connects the systems of Hydro-Quebec and the

           Participants.  "Phase I" is the United States portion of the 450 kV

           HVDC transmission line from a terminal at the Des Cantons Substation

           on the Hydro-Quebec system near Sherbrooke, Quebec to a terminal

           having an approximate rating of 690 MW at a substation at the

           Comerford Generating Station on the Connecticut River.  "Phase II"

           is the United States portion of the facilities required to increase

           to approximately 2000 MW the transfer capacity of the HQ

           Interconnection, including an extension of the HVDC transmission

           line from the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 22

           terminus of Phase I at the Comerford Station through New Hampshire to

           a terminal at the Sandy Pond Substation in Massachusetts.  The HQ

           Interconnection does not include any PTF facilities installed or

           modified to effect reinforcements of the New England AC transmission

           system required in connection with the HVDC transmission line and

           terminals.

     1.27  HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract:  The Firm Energy Contract dated

           as of October 14, 1985 between Hydro-Quebec and certain of the

           Participants, as it may be amended from time to time.

     1.28  In Service:  The service provided by NEPOOL with respect to an

           import transaction which requires the use of PTF and goes into the

           NEPOOL Transmission System from the Maine Electric Power Company

           line or New York, or into the NEPOOL Control Area on any new

           interconnection constructed after the Compliance Effective Date in

           accordance with Section 22A of this Tariff.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 23

     1.29  Interchange Transactions:  Transactions deemed to be effected

           under Section 12 of the Prior NEPOOL Agreement prior to the Second

           Effective Date, and transactions deemed to be effected under Section

           14 of the Agreement on and after the Second Effective Date.

     1.30  0MITTED

     1.31  Interest:  Interest calculated in the manner specified in Section

           8.3.

     1.32  Internal Point-to-Point Service:  Point-to-Point Transmission

           Service with respect to a transaction where the Point of Receipt is

           at the boundary of or within the NEPOOL Control area and the Point

           of Delivery is within the NEPOOL Control Area.

     1.33  Internal Point-to-Point Service Rate: The rate applicable to

           Internal Point-to-Point Service, which shall be equal for each

           delivery to the Participant RNS Rate per Kilowatt for the current

           Year for the Participant which owns the Local Network from which the

           Customer's load is served.

     1.34  Interruption:  A reduction in non-firm transmission service due to

           economic reasons pursuant to Section


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 24

           28.7, other than a reduction which results from a failure to dispatch

           a generating resource (including a contract used in a transaction

           requiring In Service or Through or Out Service) which is out of merit

           order.

     1.35  ISO:  The Independent System Operator which is responsible for the

           continued operation of the NEPOOL Control Area from the NEPOOL

           control center and the administration of this Tariff, subject to

           regulation by the Commission.

     1.36  Load Ratio Share:  Ratio of a Transmission Customer's most

           recently reported Monthly Network Load in the case of Network

           Customers and including where applicable Point-to-Point Customers'

           Reserved Capacity, to the total load of Network Customers and Point-

           to-Point customers, computed in accordance with Part VI of the

           Tariff.

     1.37  Load Shedding:  The systematic reduction of system demand by

           temporarily decreasing load in response to transmission system or
           area capacity shortages, system instability, or for voltage control

           considerations under Part VI of the Tariff.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 25

     1.38  Local Network:  The transmission facilities constituting a local

           network identified on Attachment E, and any other local network or

           change in the designation of a Local Network as a Local Network

           which the Management Committee may designate or approve from time to

           time.  The Management Committee may not unreasonably withhold

           approval of a request by a Participant that it effect such a change

           or designation.

     1.39  Local Network Service:  Local Network Service is the service

           provided, under a separate tariff or contract, by a Participant that

           is a Transmission Provider to another Participant or other entity

           connected to the Transmission Provider's Local Network to permit the

           other Participant or entity to efficiently and economically utilize

           its resources to serve its load.

     1.40  Local Point-To-Point Service:  Local Point-To-Point service is

           Point-to-Point Transmission Service provided, under a separate

           tariff or contract, by a Participant that is a Transmission Provider

           over Non-PTF or distribution facilities to permit deliveries to


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 26

           or from an interconnection point on the NEPOOL Transmission System.

     1.41  Long-Term Firm Service:  Firm Transmission Service with a term of

           one year or more.

     1.42  Management Committee:  The committee established pursuant to

           Section 6 of the Agreement.

     1.43  Monthly Network Load:  Has the meaning specified in Section 46.1.

     1.44  Monthly Peak:  Has the meaning specified in Section 46.1.

     1.45  Native Load Customers:  The wholesale and retail power customers

           of a Participant or other entity which is a Transmission Provider on

           whose behalf the Participant or other entity, by statute, franchise,

           regulatory requirement, or contract, has undertaken an obligation to

           construct and operate its system to meet the reliable electric needs

           of such customers.

     1.46  NEPOOL:  The New England Power Pool, the power pool created under

           and governed by the Agreement, and the entities collectively

           participating in the New England Power Pool.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 27

     1.47  NEPOOL Control Area:  The Control Area (as defined in Section

           1.11) for NEPOOL.

     1.48  NEPOOL Transmission System:  The PTF transmission facilities.

     1.49  Network Customer:  A Participant or Non-Participant receiving

           transmission service pursuant to the terms of the Network

           Integration Transmission Service under Part II and Part VI of the

           Tariff.

     1.50  Network Integration Transmission Service:  Regional Network

           Service, which may be used with respect to Network Resources or

           Network Load not physically interconnected with the NEPOOL

           Transmission System.

     1.51  Network Load:  The load that a Network Customer designates for

           Network Integration Transmission Service under Part II and Part VI

           of the Tariff.  The Network Customer's Network Load shall include

           all load designated by the Network Customer (including losses) and

           shall not be credited or reduced for any behind-the-meter generation.

           A Network Customer may elect to designate less than its total load as

           Network Load but may not designate only part of the load at a

           discrete


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 28

           Point of Delivery.  Where an Eligible Customer has elected not to

           designate a particular load at discrete Points of Delivery as Network

           Load, the Eligible Customer is responsible for making separate

           arrangements under Part III and Part V of the Tariff for any

           Point-to-Point Transmission Service that may be necessary for such

           non-designated load.

     1.52  Network Operating Agreement:  An executed agreement in the form of

           Attachment H, or any other form that is mutually agreed to, that

           contains the terms and conditions under which the Network Customer

           shall operate its facilities and the technical and operational

           matters associated with the implementation of Network Integration

           Transmission Service under Part II and Part VI of this Tariff. The

           Agreement and the rules adopted thereunder shall constitute the

           Network Operating Agreement for Participants.

     1.53  Network Operating Committee:  A group made up of representatives

           from the Network Customer(s) and the System Operator established to

           coordinate operating criteria and other technical considerations

           required


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 29

           for implementation of Network Integration Transmission Service under

           Part II and Part VI of this Tariff.  The Network Operating Committee

           for Network Customers that are Participants shall be the NEPOOL

           Regional Transmission Operations Committee and the NEPOOL Regional

           Transmission Planning Committee, meeting jointly in a meeting

           designated as the annual Network Operating Committee

           meeting.  Notice of each meeting of the Committee pursuant to

           Section 47.3 shall be given to each Non-Participant receiving

           Regional Network Service under this Tariff and the Non-Participant

           shall have the right to be represented at each of such meetings.

     1.54  Network Resource: (1) With respect to Participants, (a) any

           generating resource located in the NEPOOL Control Area which has

           been placed in service prior to the Compliance Effective Date

           (including a unit that has lost its capacity value when its capacity

           value is restored and a deactivated unit which may be reactivated

           without satisfying the requirements of Section 49 of this Tariff in

           accordance with the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 30
           provisions thereof) until retired; (b) any generating resource

           located in the NEPOOL Control Area which is placed in service after

           the Compliance Effective Date until retired, provided that (i) the

           Generator Owner has complied with the requirements of Section 49 of

           the Tariff, and (ii) the output of the unit shall be limited in

           accordance with Section 49, if required; and (c) any generating

           resource or combination of resources (including bilateral purchases)

           located outside the NEPOOL Control Area for so long as any

           Participant has an Entitlement in the resource or resources which is

           being delivered to it in the NEPOOL Control Area to serve Network

           Load located in the NEPOOL Control Area or other designated Network

           Loads contemplated by Section 43.3 of this Tariff taking Regional

           Network Service.  (2) With respect to Non-Participant Network

           Customers, any generating resource owned, purchased or leased by the

           Network Customer which it designates to serve Network Load.

     1.55  Network Upgrades:  Modifications or additions to transmission-

           related facilities that are integrated


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 31

           with and support the overall NEPOOL Transmission System for the

           general benefit of all users of such Transmission System.

     1.56  Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service:  Point-To-Point

           Transmission Service under this Tariff that is subject to

           Curtailment or Interruption under the circumstances specified in

           Section 28.7 of this Tariff.

     1.57  Non-Participant:  Any entity that is not a Participant.

     1.58  Non-PTF:  The transmission facilities owned by the Participants

           that do not constitute PTF.

     1.59  Open Access Same-Time Information System (OASIS):  The NEPOOL

           information system and standards of conduct responding to

           requirements of 18 C.F.R. <section>37 of the Commission's

           regulations and all additional requirements implemented by

           subsequent Commission orders dealing with OASIS.

     1.60  Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve Service:  This

           service is the form of Ancillary Service described in Schedule 6.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 32

     1.61  Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service:  This

           service is the form of Ancillary Service described in Schedule 5.

     1.62  Operating Reserve - 30-Minute Reserve Service:  This service is

           the form of Ancillary Service described in Schedule 7.

     1.63  Participant: A participant in NEPOOL under the Agreement.

     1.64  Participant RNS Rate:  The rate applicable to Regional Network

           Service to effect a delivery to load in a particular Local Network,

           as determined in accordance with Schedule 9 to this Tariff.

     1.65  Point(s) of Delivery:  Point(s) where capacity and/or energy

           transmitted by the Participants will be made available to the

           Receiving Party under this Tariff.  The Point of Delivery may be

           designated as the NEPOOL power exchange.  The Point(s) of Delivery

           shall be specified in the Service Agreement, if applicable, for

           Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service.

     1.66  Point(s) of Receipt:  Point(s) of interconnection where capacity

           and/or energy to be transmitted by the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 33

           Participants will be made available to NEPOOL by the Delivering Party

           under this Tariff.  The Point of Receipt may be designated as the

           NEPOOL power exchange in circumstances where the System Operator does

           not require greater specificity.  The Point(s) of Receipt shall be

           specified in the Service Agreement, if applicable, for Long-Term Firm

           Point-To-Point Transmission Service.

     1.67  Point-To-Point Transmission Service:  The transmission of capacity

           and/or energy on either a firm or non-firm basis from the Point(s)

           of Receipt to the Point(s) of Delivery under this Tariff.  NEPOOL

           Point-to-Point Transmission Service includes both Internal Point-to-

           Point Service and Through or Out Service.

     1.68  Pool-Planned Unit: One of the following units: New Haven Harbor

           Unit 1 (Coke Works), Mystic Unit 7, Canal Unit 2, Potter Unit 2,

           Wyman Unit 4, Stony Brook Units 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 2A and 2B, Millstone

           Unit 3, Seabrook Unit 1 and Waters River Unit 2 (to the extent of 7

           megawatts of its Summer Capability and 12 megawatts of its Winter

           Capability).


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 34

     1.69  Pool PTF Rate:  The transmission rate determined in accordance

           with Schedule 8 to this Tariff.

     1.70  Pool RNS Rate:  The transmission rate determined in accordance

           with paragraph (2) of Schedule 9 to this Tariff.

     1.71  Power Purchaser:  The entity that is purchasing the capacity

           and/or energy to be transmitted under the Tariff.

     1.72  Prior NEPOOL Agreement:  The NEPOOL Agreement as in effect on

           December 1, 1996.

     1.73  PTF or Pool Transmission Facilities:  (i) The transmission

           facilities owned by the Participants and their Related Persons which

           constitute PTF pursuant to the Agreement, and (ii) the static VAR

           compensator installed at Chester, Maine at the request of the

           Participants.

     1.74  Pre-1997 PTF Rate:  The transmission rate of a Participant

           determined in accordance with paragraph (5) of Schedule 9 to this

           Tariff.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 35

     1.75  Reactive Supply and Voltage Control From Generation Sources

           Service:  This service is the form of Ancillary Service described in

           Schedule 2.

     1.76  Receiving Party:  The entity receiving the capacity and/or energy

           transmitted to Point(s) of Delivery under this Tariff.

     1.77  Regional Network Service:  The transmission service described in

           Section 14 and Part VI of this Tariff.

     1.78  Regulation and Frequency Response Service:  This service is the

           form of Ancillary Service described in Schedule 3.
     1.79  Reserved Capacity:  The maximum amount of capacity and energy that

           is committed to the Transmission Customer for transmission over the

           NEPOOL Transmission System between the Point(s) of Receipt and the

           Point(s) of Delivery under Part V of this Tariff.  Reserved Capacity

           shall be expressed in terms of whole kilowatts on a sixty-minute

           interval (commencing on the clock hour) basis.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 36

     1.80  Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service:  This service is

           the form of Ancillary Service described in Schedule 1.

     1.81  Second Effective Date:  The date on which the provisions of Part

           Three of the Agreement (other than the Installed Capability

           Responsibility provisions of Section 12) shall become effective and

           shall be such date as the Commission may fix on its own or pursuant

           to a request of the Management Committee.

     1.82  Service Agreement:  The initial agreement and any amendments or

           supplements thereto entered into by the Transmission Customer and

           the System Operator for service under this Tariff.

     1.83  Service Commencement Date:  The date service is to begin pursuant

           to the terms of an executed Service Agreement, or the date service

           begins in accordance with Section 29.3 or Section 41.1 under this

           Tariff, or in the case of Regional Network Service which is not

           required to be furnished under a Service Agreement pursuant to

           Section 48 of this Tariff, the date service actually commences.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 37

     1.84  Short-Term Firm Service:  Firm Transmission Service with a term of

           less than one year.

     1.85  System Contract: Any contract for the purchase of Installed

           Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves and/or

           AGC (as defined in the Agreement), other than a Unit Contract or

           Firm Contract, pursuant to which the purchaser is entitled to a

           specifically determined or determinable amount of such Installed

           Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves and/or

           AGC.

     1.86  System Impact Study:  An assessment pursuant to Part V, VI or VII

           of this Tariff of (i) the adequacy of the NEPOOL Transmission System

           to accommodate a request for the interconnection of a new or

           materially changed generating unit or a new or materially changed

           interconnection to another Control Area or new Regional Network

           Service, Internal Point-to-Point Service or Through or Out Service,

           and (ii) whether any additional costs may be required to be incurred

           in order to provide the interconnection or transmission service.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 38

     1.87  System Operator:  The central dispatching agency provided for in

           the Agreement which has responsibility for the operation of the

           NEPOOL Control Area from the control center and the administration

           of this Tariff.  The System Operator is the ISO.

     1.88  Tariff:  This NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff and

           accompanying schedules and attachments, as modified and amended from

           time to time.

     1.89  Third-Party Sale:  Any sale for resale in interstate commerce to a

           Power Purchaser that is not designated as part of Network Load under

           the Regional Network Service.

     1.90  Through or Out Service: Point-to-Point Transmission Service

           provided by NEPOOL with respect to a transaction which requires the

           use of PTF and which goes through the NEPOOL Control Area, as, for

           example, from the Maine Electric Power Company line or New Brunswick

           to New York, or from one point on the NEPOOL Control Area boundary

           with New York to another point on the Control Area boundary with New

           York, or with respect to a transaction which goes out of the NEPOOL


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 39

           Control Area from a point in the NEPOOL Control Area, as, for

           example, from Boston to New York.

     1.91  Third Effective Date: The date on which all Interchange

           Transactions shall begin to be effected on the basis of separate Bid

           Prices for each type of Entitlement.  The Third Effective Date shall

           be fixed at the discretion of the Management Committee to occur

           within six months to one year after the Second Effective Date, or at

           such later date as the Commission may fix on its own or pursuant to

           a request by the Management Committee.

     1.92  Ties: (1) The PTF lines and facilities which connect the NEPOOL

           Transmission System to the transmission line owned by Maine Electric

           Power Company, which is in turn connected to the transmission system

           in New Brunswick, (2) the PTF lines and facilities which connect the

           NEPOOL Transmission System to the transmission system in New York

           and (3) any new PTF lines and facilities which connect the NEPOOL

           Transmission System to the transmission system in another Control

           Area.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 40

     1.93  Transition Period:  The five-year period commencing on March 1,

           1997.

     1.94  Transmission Customer:  Any Eligible Customer that (i) is a

           Participant which is not required to sign a Service Agreement with

           respect to a service to be furnished to it in accordance with

           Section 48 of this Tariff, or (ii) executes, on its own behalf or

           through its Designated Agent, a Service Agreement, or (iii) requests

           in writing, on its own behalf or through its Designated Agent, that

           NEPOOL file with the Commission, a proposed unexecuted Service

           Agreement in order that the Eligible Customer may receive

           transmission service under this Tariff.  This term is used in Part I

           to include customers receiving transmission service under this

           Tariff.

     1.95  Transmission Provider:  The Participants, collectively, which own

           PTF and are in the business of providing transmission service or

           provide service under a local open access transmission tariff, or in

           the case of a municipal Participant, would be required to do so if

           requested pursuant to the reciprocity

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 41

           requirements specified in the Tariff, or an individual such

           Participant, whichever is appropriate.

     1.96  Unit Contract:  A purchase contract pursuant to which the

           purchaser is in effect currently entitled either (i) to a

           specifically determined or determinable portion of the Installed

           Capability of a specific electric generating unit or units, or (ii)

           to a specifically determined or determinable amount of Operable

           Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves and/or AGC if, or to the

           extent that, a specific electric generating unit or units is or can

           be operated.

     1.97  Use: For a Transmission Customer which has exercised its option to

           take Internal Point-to-Point Service to serve all or a portion of

           its load at any Point of Delivery, the greatest for the hour of (i)

           the maximum amount that it will receive in the hour, as determined

           from meters and adjusted for losses, at that Point of Delivery from

           the resources covered by its Completed Applications and from

           Interchange Transactions, or (ii) the portion of its Installed

           Capability Responsibility (as determined in accordance with the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 42

           Agreement) for the month which must be satisfied at that Point of

           Delivery with such resources if the Transmission Customer is a

           Participant, or (iii) the portion of its Operable Capability

           Responsibility (as determined in accordance with the Agreement) for

           the hour which must be satisfied at that Point of Delivery with such

           resources if the Transmission Customer is a Participant, or (iv) the

           amount of capacity from such resources that the Transmission

           Customer must receive, adjusted to include losses, at such Point of

           Delivery for the hour to meet its reliability obligations if the

           Transmission Customer is a Non-Participant.  Use shall be expressed

           in terms of whole kilowatts on a sixty-minute interval (commencing

           on the clock hour) basis.

     1.98  Year:  A period of 365 or 366 days, whichever is appropriate,

           commencing on, or on the anniversary of, March 1, 1997.  Year One is

           the Year commencing on March 1, 1997, and Years Two and higher

           follow it in sequence.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 43

2 Purpose of This Tariff

This Tariff, together with the transmission provisions in Part Four of the

Agreement, is intended to provide a regional arrangement which will cover

new uses of the NEPOOL Transmission System. The arrangement is designed

and shall be operated in such a manner as to encourage and promote

competition in the electric market to the benefit of ultimate users of

electric energy. New uses of transmission facilities which require the use

of a single Participant Local Network will continue to be provided in part

under that Participant's filed tariff. Any new regional use of the NEPOOL

Transmission System must be obtained from NEPOOL pursuant to this Tariff

and not from individual Participants. Ancillary Services will be supplied

in accordance with Section 4 of this Tariff.

A five-year transitional arrangement, which is described in Part IV of this

Tariff, and continuing service for Excepted Transactions, have been

negotiated to phase in the financial impacts of the change from the

historic regime in which uses of the NEPOOL Transmission System had to be

obtained and paid for under the individual tariffs of the Participants to a

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 44

regime in which the service will be obtained from the Participants through

NEPOOL at a rate which will not vary with distance. This Tariff is

intended to provide for comparable, non-discriminatory treatment of all

similarly situated Transmission Providers and all Participants and Non-

Participants that are transmission users, and it shall be construed in the

manner which best achieves this objective. This Tariff, and the provisions

of Part Four of the Agreement, provide for a two-tier transmission

arrangement integrating regional service which is provided under this

Tariff, and local service which is provided under the Participants'

individual system tariffs.

3 Initial Allocation and Renewal Procedures

3.1 Initial Allocation of Available Transmission Capability: For

purposes of determining whether existing capability on the NEPOOL

Transmission System is adequate to accommodate a request for new

Through or Out Service under Part V of this Tariff, all Completed

Applications for new service received during the initial sixty-day

period of the Transition Period will be deemed to have been filed

simultaneously. A lottery system conducted by

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 45

         an independent accounting firm shall be used to assign priorities for

         Completed Applications filed simultaneously.  All Completed

         Applications for Through or Out Service received after the initial

         sixty-day period shall be assigned a priority pursuant to Section 27.2.


    3.2  Reservation Priority For Existing Firm Service Customers:  Existing

         firm service customers receiving service with respect to Excepted

         Transactions and any other existing firm service customers of the

         Participants (wholesale requirements customers and transmission-only

         customers) with a contract term of one year or more have the right to

         continue to take transmission service at the same or a reduced level

         under this Tariff at the time when the existing contract terminates

         during or after the Transition Period.  This transmission reservation

         priority is independent of whether the existing customer continues to

         purchase capacity and energy from its existing supplier or elects to

         purchase capacity and energy from another supplier.  If, at the end of

         the contract term, the NEPOOL Transmission System cannot


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 46

         accommodate all of the requests for transmission service, the existing

         firm service customer must agree to accept a contract term at least

         equal to a competing request by any new Eligible Customer and to pay

         the current just and reasonable rate, filed with the Commission, for

         such service.  This transmission reservation priority for existing firm

         service customers is an ongoing right that may be exercised as to any

         firm contract with a term of one year or longer by filing an

         Application in accordance with this Tariff at least sixty days in

         advance of the first day of the calendar month in which the existing

         contract term is to terminate.

    3.3  Initial Election of Optional Internal Point-to-Point Service:

         Participants and Non-Participants receiving Regional Network Service

         under the Tariff on the Compliance Effective Date shall have sixty

         days to make an initial election to receive Internal Point-to-Point

         Service in lieu of, in whole or part, Regional Network Service.  The

         election shall take effect as to such service at the end of such

         sixty-day period and shall be made by delivering an application to the

         System Operator,


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 47

         together with a deposit, if required, pursuant to Part V of this

         Tariff.

Participants and Non-Participants receiving Regional Network Service

which do not make such an initial election within such sixty-day

period shall continue to receive Regional Network Service, subject to

their right to elect at any time later to receive Internal Point-to-

Point Service.

3.4 Election as to In Service: If a Transmission Customer has in effect

on the Compliance Effective Date a reservation for capacity for In

Service on the Ties effective under the provisions of the Tariff

(other than a reservation for an Excepted Transaction) it shall be

obligated, on or prior to the Compliance Effective Date, either (i) to

terminate in whole or part the reservation by notice to the System

Operator, or (ii) effect compliance, for the period commencing on the

Compliance Effective Date, with the applicable requirements of Section

22A of this Tariff.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 48

4 Ancillary Services

Ancillary Services are needed with transmission service to maintain

reliability within the NEPOOL Control Area. The Participants are required

to provide through NEPOOL, and the Transmission Customer is required to

purchase from NEPOOL, Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service, and

Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation Sources Service.

The Participants offer to provide or arrange for, through NEPOOL, the

following Ancillary Services, but only to a Transmission Customer serving

load within the NEPOOL Control Area (i) Regulation and Frequency Response

(Automatic Generator Control), (ii) Energy Imbalance, (iii) Operating

Reserve - 10-Minute Spinning, (iv) Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Non-

Spinning and (v) Operating Reserve - 30-Minute. A Participant or other

Transmission Customer serving load within the NEPOOL Control Area is

required to provide these Ancillary Services, whether from the System

Operator, from a third party, or by self-supply. A Transmission Customer

may not decline NEPOOL's offer of these Ancillary Services unless the

Transmission Customer demonstrates to the System Operator that the

Transmission Customer has acquired Ancillary Services of

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 49

equal quality from another source. The Transmission Customer that is not a

Participant must list in its Application which Ancillary Services it will

purchase through NEPOOL.

In the event of an unauthorized use of any Ancillary Service by the

Transmission Customer, the Transmission Customer will be required to pay

200% of the charge which would otherwise be applicable.

The specific Ancillary Services, prices and/or compensation methods are

described on the Schedules that are attached to and made a part of this

Tariff. Three principal requirements apply to discounts for Ancillary

Services provided by NEPOOL in conjunction with its provision of

transmission service as follows: (1) any offer of a discount made by NEPOOL

must be announced to all Eligible Customers solely by posting on the OASIS,

(2) any customer-initiated requests for discounts (including requests for

use by one's wholesale merchant or an affiliate's use) must occur solely by

posting on the OASIS, and (3) once a discount is negotiated, details must

be immediately posted on the OASIS. A discount agreed upon for

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 50

an Ancillary Service must be offered for the same period to all Eligible

Customers on the NEPOOL Transmission System. Sections 4.1 through 4.7

below list the seven Ancillary Services.

4.1 Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service: The rates and/or

methodology are described in Schedule 1.

4.2 Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation Sources Service:

The rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 2.

4.3 Regulation and Frequency Response Service: Where applicable, the

rates and/or methodology are described in Schedule 3.

4.4 Energy Imbalance Service: Where applicable, the rates and/or

methodology are described in Schedule 4.

4.5 Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service: Where

applicable, the rates and/or methodology for this service are

described in Schedule 5.

4.6 Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve Service: Where

applicable, the rates and/or methodology for this service are

described in Schedule 6.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 51

    4.7  Operating Reserve - 30-Minute Reserve Service:  Where applicable,

         the rates and/or methodology for this service are described in

         Schedule 7.

5 Open Access Same-Time Information System (OASIS)

Terms and conditions regarding the NEPOOL Open Access Same-Time Information

System and standards of conduct are set forth in 18 C.F.R. <section>37 of

the Commission's regulations (Open Access Same-Time Information System and

Standards of Conduct for Public Utilities). In the event available

transmission capability, as posted on OASIS, is insufficient to accommodate

a request for firm transmission service, additional studies may be required

as provided by this Tariff pursuant to Sections 33 and 44.

6 Local Furnishing and Other Tax-Exempt Bonds

6.1 Participants That Own Facilities Financed by Local Furnishing or

Other Tax-Exempt Bonds: This provision is applicable only to

Participants that have financed facilities for the local furnishing of

electric energy with tax-exempt bonds, as described in Section 142(f)

of the Internal Revenue Code ("local furnishing bonds") or other tax-

exempt bonds, as described in Section 103(b) of

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 52

         the Internal Revenue Code ("other tax-exempt bonds").  Notwithstanding

         any other provision of this Tariff, a Participant shall not be required

         to provide service to any Eligible Customer pursuant to this Tariff if

         the provision of such transmission service would jeopardize the

         tax-exempt status of any local furnishing bond(s) or other tax-exempt

         bonds used to finance the Participant's facilities that would be used

         in providing such Transmission Service.

    6.2  Alternative Procedures for Requesting Transmission Service - Local

         Furnishing Bonds:

         (i)  If a Participant determines that the provision of transmission

              service to be provided under this Tariff would jeopardize the

              tax-exempt status of any local furnishing bond(s) used to finance

              the Participant's facilities that would be used in providing such

              transmission service, the Management Committee shall be advised

              within thirty days of receipt of a Completed Application by an

              Eligible Customer requesting such service, or the date on

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 53


              which this Tariff becomes effective, whichever is applicable.

         (ii) If an Eligible Customer thereafter renews its request for the

              same transmission service referred to in (i) by tendering an

              application under Section 211 of the Federal Power Act, or the

              Management Committee tenders such an application requesting that

              service be provided under this Tariff, the Participant, within

              ten days of receiving a copy of the Section 211 application, will

              waive its rights to receive a request for service under Section

              213(a) of the Federal Power Act and to the issuance of a proposed

              order under Section 212(c) of the Federal Power Act.  The

              Commission, upon receipt of the Transmission Provider's waiver of

              its rights to a request for service under Section 213(a) of the

              Federal Power Act and to the issuance of a proposed order under

              Section 212(c) of the Federal Power Act, shall issue an order

              under Section 211 of the Federal Power Act.  Upon issuance of the

              order under Section 211 of the Federal Power Act, the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 54

              Transmission Provider shall be required to provide the requested

              transmission service in accordance with the terms and conditions

              of this Tariff.

    6.3  Alternative Procedures for Requesting Transmission Service - Other

         Tax-Exempt Bonds:

         If a Participant determines that the provision of transmission service

         to be provided under the Tariff would jeopardize the tax-exempt status

         of any other tax-exempt bonds used to finance the Participant's

         facilities that would be used in furnishing such transmission service,

         it shall notify the Management Committee within thirty days of the

         date on which this Tariff becomes effective, and shall elect in its

         notice either to comply with the procedure specified in Section

         6.2(ii) or to make its facilities unavailable under the Tariff and

         thereby waive its right to share in the distribution of revenues

         received under the Tariff derived from such facilities.  Any such

         election may be changed at any time.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 55

7 Reciprocity

A Transmission Customer receiving transmission service under this Tariff,

whether a Participant or a Non-Participant, agrees to provide comparable

transmission service that it is capable of providing to the Participants on

similar terms and conditions over facilities used for the transmission of

electric energy in Canada or used for such transmission in the United

States and that are owned, controlled or operated by, or on behalf of the

Transmission Customer and over facilities used for the transmission of

electric energy owned, controlled or operated by the Transmission

Customer's corporate affiliates. Transmission of power on the Transmission

Customer's system to the border of the NEPOOL Control Area and transfer of

ownership at that point shall not satisfy, or relieve the Transmission

Customer of, the obligation to provide reciprocal service.

This reciprocity requirement applies not only to the Transmission Customer

that obtains transmission service under the Tariff, but also to all parties

to a transaction that involves the use of transmission service under the

Tariff,

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 56

including the power seller, buyer and any intermediary, such as a

power marketer. This reciprocity requirement also applies to any Eligible

Customer that owns, controls or operates transmission facilities that uses

an intermediary, such as a power marketer, to request transmission service

under the Tariff. If the Transmission Customer does not own, control or

operate transmission facilities, the Transmission Customer must include in

its Application a sworn statement of one of its duly authorized officers or

other representatives that the purpose of its Application is not to assist

an Eligible Customer to avoid the requirements of this provision.

8 Billing and Payment; Accounting

8.1 Participant Billing Procedure: Billings to Participants for

services received under this Tariff shall be made in accordance with

the billing procedures established pursuant to the Agreement.

8.2 Non-Participant Billing Procedure: Within a reasonable time after

the first day of each month, the System Operator will submit on behalf

of the Participants an invoice to each Non-Participant Transmission

Customer for the charges for all services furnished under this Tariff

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 57

         during the preceding month.  The invoice shall be paid by the Non-

         Participant Transmission Customer to the System Operator for NEPOOL

         within ten days of receipt.  All payments shall be made, in accordance

         with the procedure specified by the System Operator, in immediately

         available funds payable to the System Operator or by wire transfer to

         a bank account designated by the System Operator.

    8.3  Interest on Unpaid Balances:  Interest on any unpaid amounts

         (including amounts placed in escrow) will be calculated in accordance

         with the methodology specified for interest on refunds in 18 C.F.R.

         <section>35.19a(a)(2)(iii) of the Commission's regulations.  Interest

         on delinquent amounts will be calculated from the due date of the bill

         to the date of payment.  When payments are made by mail, bills will be

         considered as having been paid on the date of receipt of payment by

         the System Operator or by the bank designated by the System Operator.

    8.4  Customer Default: In the event a Non-Participant Transmission

         Customer fails, for any reason other than a billing dispute as

         described below, to make payment to

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 58

         the System Operator on or before the due date as described above, and

         such failure of payment is not corrected within thirty calendar days

         after the System Operator notifies the Transmission Customer to cure

         such failure, a default by the Transmission Customer will be deemed to

         exist.  Upon the occurrence of a default, NEPOOL may initiate a

         proceeding with the Commission to terminate service but shall not

         terminate service until the Commission approves such termination.  In

         the event of a billing dispute between NEPOOL and the Transmission

         Customer, service will continue to be provided under the Service

         Agreement as long as the Transmission Customer (i) continues to make

         all payments not in dispute, and (ii) pays into an independent escrow

         account the portion of the invoice in dispute, pending resolution of

         such dispute.  If the Transmission Customer fails to meet these two

         requirements for continuation of service, then the System Operator may

         provide notice to the Transmission Customer of NEPOOL's intention to

         suspend service in sixty days, in accordance with applicable


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 59

         Commission rules and regulations, and may proceed with such suspension.

In the event a Transmission Customer that is a Participant fails to

perform its obligations under the Tariff, Section 21.2 of the

Agreement shall be applicable to that failure. That section of the

Agreement addresses defaults under both the Tariff and the Agreement

and also addresses termination of an entity's status as a Participant.

8.5 Study Costs and Revenues: A Participant which is a Transmission

Provider shall (i) include in a separate operating revenue account or

subaccount the revenues, if any, it receives from transmission service

when making Third-Party Sales under Part V of this Tariff, and (ii)

include in a separate transmission operating expense account or

subaccount, costs properly chargeable to expense that are incurred to

perform any System Impact Studies or Facilities Studies which the

Transmission Provider conducts to determine if it must construct new

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 60

         transmission facilities or upgrades necessary for its own uses,

         including Third-Party Sales, if any, under this Tariff; and include in

         a separate operating revenue account or subaccount the revenues

         received for System Impact Studies or Facilities Studies performed

         when such amounts are separately stated and identified in a billing

         under the Tariff.

9 Regulatory Filings

Nothing contained in this Tariff or any Service Agreement shall be

construed as affecting in any way the right of the Participants to file

with the Commission under Section 205 of the Federal Power Act and pursuant

to the Commission's rules and regulations promulgated thereunder for a

change in any rates, terms and conditions, charges, classification of

service, Service Agreement, rule or regulation. Nothing contained in this

Tariff or any Service Agreement shall be construed as affecting in any way

the ability of any Transmission Customer receiving service under this

Tariff or for an Excepted Transaction to exercise its rights under the

Federal Power Act and pursuant to the Commission's rules and regulations

promulgated thereunder.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 61

10 Force Majeure and Indemnification

10.1 Force Majeure: An event of Force Majeure means any act of God,

labor disturbance, act of the public enemy, war, insurrection, riot,

fire, storm or flood, explosion, breakage or accident to machinery or

equipment, any Curtailment, any order, regulation or restriction

imposed by a court or governmental military or lawfully established

civilian authorities, or any other cause beyond a party's control. A

Force Majeure event does not include an act of negligence or

intentional wrongdoing. Neither the Participants, NEPOOL, the System

Operator nor the Transmission Customer will be considered in default

as to any obligation under this Tariff if prevented from fulfilling

the obligation due to an event of Force Majeure; provided that no

event of Force Majeure affecting any entity shall excuse that entity

from making any payment that it is obligated to make hereunder or

under a Service Agreement. However, an entity whose performance under

this Tariff is hindered by an

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 62

         event of Force Majeure shall make all reasonable efforts to perform its

         obligations under this Tariff, and shall promptly notify the System

         Operator or the Transmission Customer, whichever is appropriate, of the

         commencement and end of each event of Force Majeure.

10.2 Indemnification: The Transmission Customer shall at all times

indemnify, defend, and save harmless the System Operator, NEPOOL and

each Participant from any and all damages, losses, claims, including

claims and actions relating to injury to or death of any person or

damage to property, demands, suits, recoveries, costs and expenses,

court costs, attorney fees, and all other obligations by or to third

parties, arising out of or resulting from the performance by the

System Operator, NEPOOL or any Participant of their obligations under

this Tariff on behalf of the Transmission Customer, except in cases of

negligence or intentional wrongdoing by the System Operator, NEPOOL or

a Participant, as the case may be.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 63

11 Creditworthiness

For the purpose of determining the ability of a Transmission Customer which

is a Non-Participant to meet its obligations related to service hereunder,

NEPOOL may require reasonable credit review procedures. This review shall

be made in accordance with standard commercial practices. In addition,

NEPOOL may require the Transmission Customer to provide and maintain in

effect during the term of the Service Agreement an irrevocable letter of

credit as security to meet its responsibilities and obligations under this

Tariff, or an alternative form of security proposed by the Transmission

Customer and acceptable to NEPOOL and consistent with commercial practices

established by the Uniform Commercial Code that protects the Participants

against the risk of non-payment.

12 Dispute Resolution Procedures

12.1 Internal Dispute Resolution Procedures: Any dispute between an

Eligible Customer or Transmission Customer which is a Participant and

NEPOOL involving transmission service under the Tariff may be

submitted to mediation and/or arbitration and

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 64

         resolved in accordance with the alternate dispute resolution procedures

         set forth in Section 21.1 of the Agreement.  Any dispute between a

         Non-Participant Eligible Customer or Transmission Customer and NEPOOL

         involving this Tariff excluding applications for rate changes or other

         changes to this Tariff, or to any Service Agreement entered into under

         this Tariff, which shall be presented directly to the Commission for

         resolution)shall be referred to a designated senior representative of

         the Eligible Customer or Transmission Customer and a representative of

         the Management Committee for resolution on an informal basis as

         promptly as practicable.  In the event the designated representatives


         are unable to resolve the dispute within thirty days or such other

         period as the parties may fix by mutual agreement, such dispute may be

         submitted to mediation and/or arbitration and resolved in accordance

         with the alternate dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section

         21.1 of the Agreement, with any Non-Participant being


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 65

         treated as if it were a Participant for purposes of such procedures.

12.2 Rights Under The Federal Power Act: Nothing in this section shall

restrict the rights of any party to file a complaint with the

Commission, or seek any other available remedy, under relevant

provisions of the Federal Power Act.

13 Stranded Costs

13.1 General: This Tariff shall not be used to evade or enhance in whole

or in part the stranded cost policies or charges established by law or

by the regulatory commission with jurisdiction.

13.2 Commission Requirements: A Participant which seeks to recover

stranded costs from a Transmission Customer pursuant to this Tariff

may do so in accordance with the terms, conditions and procedures in

the Commission's Order No. 888 or other relevant Commission orders.

However, the Participant must separately file any specific proposed

stranded cost charge under Section 205 of the Federal Power Act.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 66

13.3 Wholesale Contracts: Nothing in this Section 13 is intended to

affect or alter the rights or obligations of parties under wholesale

requirements contracts.

13.4 Right to Seek or Contest Recovery Unimpaired: No provision in this

Tariff shall impair a Participant's right to seek stranded cost relief

from the appropriate regulatory body or court or the right of any

Participant or other entity to contest such relief.

II. REGIONAL NETWORK SERVICE (NETWORK INTEGRATION TRANSMISSION SERVICE)

Regional Network Service or Network Integration Transmission Service will

be provided by the Participants through NEPOOL during and after the

Transition Period to Transmission Customers pursuant to the applicable

terms and conditions of this Tariff. Local Network Service will be

provided during and after the Transition Period pursuant to the applicable

terms and conditions of tariffs filed by an individual Participant that is

a Transmission Provider and/or pursuant to an agreement between a

Participant that is a Transmission

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 67

Provider and a Transmission Customer. This Tariff does not prescribe the

methodology to be used by the individual Participant in developing its Local

Network Service rate, but the Agreement prescribes certain requirements with

respect thereto.

14 Nature of Regional Network Service

Regional Network Service or Network Integration Transmission Service is the

service provided under Parts II and VI of this Tariff over the NEPOOL

Transmission System which is provided to Network Customers to serve their

loads. It includes firm transmission service for the delivery to a Network

Customer of its energy and capacity in Network Resources and secondary

service for the delivery to or by Network Customers of energy and capacity

in Interchange Transactions. Regional Network Service also includes In

Service, as provided in Section 22A.

15 Availability of Regional Network Service

15.1 Provision of Regional Network Service: Regional Network Service

shall be provided by the Participants through NEPOOL, and shall be

available to each Eligible Customer.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 68

15.2 Eligibility to Receive Regional Network Service: Regional Network

Service shall be taken and paid for by (i) each Eligible Customer

which has a load within the NEPOOL Control Area and has not elected to

take Internal Point-to-Point Service at all of its Point(s) of

Delivery, and (ii) each Non-Participant which is an Eligible Customer

and has a load within the NEPOOL Control Area unless such Non-

Participant operates its own Control Area or has elected to take

Internal Point-to-Point Service at all of its Point(s) of Delivery.

Participants and Non-Participants which take Regional Network Service

must also take Local Network Service except as otherwise provided in

Section 25.

16 Payment for Regional Network Service

Each Participant or Non-Participant which has a load in the NEPOOL Control

Area and takes Regional Network Service for a month shall pay to NEPOOL for

such month an amount equal to its Monthly Network Load for the month times

the applicable Participant RNS Rate, and shall pay in addition any amount

which it is required to pay for the service pursuant to

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 69

Section 43.3 of this Tariff. It shall also be obligated to pay any

applicable congestion or other uplift charge required to be paid pursuant to

Section 24 of this Tariff. The applicable Participant RNS Rate shall be the

rate, determined in accordance with Schedule 9, which is applicable to a

delivery to load in the particular Local Network in which the load served by

the Participant or Non-Participant is located. In the event the Participant

or Non-Participant serves Network Load located on more than one Local

Network, the amount to be paid by it shall be separately computed for the

Network Load located on each Local Network.

17 Procedure for Obtaining Regional Network Service

A Participant or Non-Participant which takes Regional Network Service shall

be subject to the applicable provisions of Part II and Part VI of this

Tariff, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in Section 48

of this Tariff.

III. THROUGH OR OUT SERVICE; INTERNAL POINT-TO-POINT SERVICE

Point-to-Point Transmission Service as Through or Out Service or Internal

Point-to-Point Service will be provided during and after the Transition

Period pursuant to the applicable terms and conditions of this Tariff.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 70

18 Through or Out Service

18.1 Provision of Through or Out Service: Through or Out Service shall

be provided by the Participants through NEPOOL, and shall be available

to any Participant and to any Non-Participant which is an Eligible

Customer.

18.2 Use of Through or Out Service: A Participant or Non-Participant

shall take Through or Out Service as Firm or Non-Firm Point-To-Point

Transmission Service for the transmission of any Unit Contract

Entitlement or System Contract transaction with respect to a

transaction which requires the use of PTF if either (i) the

transaction goes through the NEPOOL Control Area and the Point(s) of

Receipt for NEPOOL are at one point on the NEPOOL Control Area

boundary and the Point(s) of Delivery for NEPOOL are at another point

on the NEPOOL Control Area boundary, as, for example, from the Maine

Electric Power Company line or New Brunswick to New York or from one

point on the NEPOOL Control Area boundary with New York to another

point on the Control Area

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 71

         boundary with New York (which in the case of such transaction will also

         require In Service as part of the Through or Out Service in accordance

         with Section 22A of this Tariff), or (ii) the transaction goes out of

         the NEPOOL Control Area and the Point(s) of Receipt are within the

         NEPOOL Control Area and the Point(s) of Delivery for NEPOOL are at a

         NEPOOL Control Area boundary, as, for example, from Boston to New York.

19 Internal Point-to-Point Service

19.1 Provision of Internal Point-to-Point Service: Internal Point-to-

Point Service shall be provided by the Participants through NEPOOL,

and shall be available to any Participant and to any Non-Participant

which is an Eligible Customer.

19.2 Use of Internal Point-to-Point Service: A Participant or Non-

Participant which is an Eligible Customer may take Internal Point-to-

Point Service as Firm or Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service

with respect to any transaction if the Point(s) of Receipt are at the

NEPOOL Control Area boundary

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 72

         (which in the case of such transaction will also require In Service as

         part of the Internal Point-to-Point Service in accordance with Section

         22A of this Tariff) or within the NEPOOL Control Area, and the Point(s)

         of Delivery are within the NEPOOL Control Area, including Interchange

         Transactions meeting these requirements.  Non-Firm Internal

         Point-to-Point Service shall be available to serve a load that is

         served by an entity only if the entity (i) demonstrates to the

         satisfaction of the System Operator a physical ability to interrupt its

         receipt of energy and/or capacity and (ii) gives the System Operator

         physical control over such an interruption.

19.3 Use by a Transmission Customer: If a Transmission Customer elects to

take Internal Point-to-Point Service with respect to any Points of

Delivery, it may reserve transmission capacity for the service to

cover both the delivery to it of energy and capacity covered by the

Entitlements or System Contracts designated by it in Completed

Applications and the delivery to or from it in Interchange Transactions

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 73

         of energy and/or capacity.  A Transmission Customer which takes

         Internal Point-to-Point Service to serve its load must also take

         point-to-point service under the applicable Local Network Service

         tariff.  A load-serving Participant or Non-Participant which takes

         Internal Point-to-Point Service in this manner must reserve each month

         sufficient Reserved Capacity, after adjusting for any Backyard

         Generation, at a Point of Delivery to cover the greater of (i) the

         maximum amount of energy that it will receive in any hour, as

         determined from meters and adjusted for losses, or (ii) in the case of

         a Participant, the portion of its Installed Capability Responsibility

         or its Operable Capability Responsibility which must be satisfied with

         the resources covered by its Completed Applications and from

         Interchange Transactions or (iii) in the case of a Non-Participant the

         portions of its reliability obligations to be satisfied with such

         resources.  Any load-serving entity may use Internal Point-to-Point

         Service to effect sales in bilateral


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 74

         transactions, whether or not it elects to take Point-to-Point Service

         to serve load.

20 Payment for Through or Out Service

Each Participant or Non-Participant which takes firm or non-firm Through or

Out Service shall pay to NEPOOL a charge per Kilowatt of Reserved Capacity

based on an annual rate (the "T or O Rate") which shall be the highest of

(i) the Pool PTF Rate, or (ii) a rate which is derived from the annual

incremental cost, not otherwise borne by the Transmission Customer or a

Generation Owner, of any new facilities or upgrades that would not be

required but for the need to provide the requested service or (iii) a rate

which is equal to the Pool's opportunity cost (if and when available)

capped at the cost of expansion. If at any time NEPOOL proposes to charge

a rate based on opportunity cost, it shall first file with the Commission

procedures for computing opportunity cost pricing for all Transmission

Customers. The Transmission Customer shall also be obligated to pay any

applicable congestion or other uplift charge required to be paid pursuant

to Section 24 of this Tariff. The rate for firm Through or Out Service

shall be as follows:

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 75

         Per year  -    the T or O Rate

         Per month -    the T or O Rate divided by 12

         Per week  -    the T or O Rate divided by 52

         Per day   -    the T or O Rate "per week" divided by 5; provided that

                        the rate for 5 to 7 consecutive days may not exceed the

                        "per week" rate.

The rate for non-firm Through or Out Service shall be as follows:

Per year  -    the T or O Rate

Per month -    the T or O Rate divided by 12

Per week  -    the T or O Rate divided by 52

Per day   -    the T or O Rate "per week" divided by 7;

Per hour  -    the non-firm T or O Rate "per day" divided by 24.

The Pool PTF Rate shall be the Rate determined annually in accordance with

paragraph (2) of Schedule 8.

21 Payment for Internal Point-to-Point Service

Each Participant or Non-Participant which takes firm or non-firm Internal

Point-to-Point Service shall pay to NEPOOL a charge per Kilowatt of

Reserved Capacity based on an annual

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 76

rate (the "IPTP Charge") which shall be the Internal Point-to-Point Service

Rate; provided that if either or both (i) a rate which is derived from the

annual incremental cost, not otherwise borne by the Transmission Customer or

a Generator Owner, of any new facilities or upgrades that would not be

required but for the need to provide the requested service, or (ii) a rate

which is equal to the Pool's opportunity cost (if and when available) capped

at the cost of expansion is greater than the Pool PTF Rate, the IPTP Charge

shall be the higher of such amounts; provided further that no such charge

shall be payable with respect to the use of Internal Point-to-Point Service

to effect a delivery to the NEPOOL power exchange in an Interchange

Transaction. If at any time NEPOOL proposes to charge a rate based on

opportunity cost, it shall first file with the Commission procedures for

computing opportunity cost pricing for all Transmission Customers. The

Transmission Customer shall also be obligated to pay any ancillary service

charges and any applicable congestion or other uplift charge required to be

paid pursuant to Section 24 of this Tariff. The charge for firm Internal

Point-to-Point Service shall be as follows:

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 77

         Per year  -    the IPTP Charge

         Per month -    the IPTP Charge divided by 12

         Per week  -    the IPTP Charge divided by 52

         Per day   -    the IPTP Charge "per week" divided by 5; provided that

                        the rate for 5 to 7 consecutive days may not exceed the

                        "per week" rate.

The rate for non-firm Internal Point-to-Point Service shall be as follows:

Per year  -    the IPTP Charge

Per month -    the IPTP Charge divided by 12

Per week  -    the IPTP Charge divided by 52

Per day   -    the IPTP Charge "per week" divided by 7;

Per hour  -    the non-firm IPTP Charge "per day" divided by 24.

If several power marketers or other entities are involved in a series of

sales of the same energy and/or capacity, transmission service shall be

required only with respect to the delivery to the ultimate wholesale buyer,

and if an Internal Point-to-Point Service charge is payable with respect to

the transaction, the charge shall be paid only with respect

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 78

to the delivery to, and absent other arrangements the charge shall be paid

by, the ultimate wholesale buyer.

22 Reservation of Capacity for Point-to-Point Transmission Service

Compliance with the applicable requirements of Part V of this Tariff is

required for the initiation of Through or Out Service or Internal Point-to-

Point Service.

22A In Service

    22A.1     Firm or Non-Firm In Service will be provided by the Transmission

              Providers through NEPOOL to Eligible Customers in conjunction

              with Regional Network Service, Internal Point-to-Point Service or

              Through or Out Service, pursuant to the applicable terms and

              conditions of this Section 22A and the other applicable

              provisions of the Tariff.  In Service shall be required with

              Through or Out Service only if it is provided with respect to a

              transaction which goes through the NEPOOL Control Area.  In

              Service will not be provided as a separate service under this

              Tariff; it may only be provided in


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 79

              conjunction with Regional Network Service, Internal Point-to-Point

              Service or Through or Out Service.

    22A.2     An Eligible Customer requesting Reserved Capacity for In Service

              shall request the Service in an Application pursuant to Part V,

              which in the case of Through or Out Service may be included in

              the Application for Through or Out Service.

    22A.3     A Transmission Customer which receives Reserved Capacity for In

              Service shall be obligated to pay for such Service as follows:

              (1)  A Transmission Customer which has Reserved Capacity for In

                   Service as part of or in conjunction with Through or Out

                   Service shall be obligated only to pay for the Through or

                   Out Service in accordance with Section 20.

              (2)  A Transmission Customer which has Reserved Capacity for In

                   Service as part of or in conjunction with Internal Point-to-

                   Point Service or Regional Network Service shall be obligated

                   to pay the Pool PTF Rate per Kilowatt (as determined for

                   Firm and Non-Firm Service


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 80

                   for the period of the service in the manner specified in

                   Section 20 of this Tariff with respect to the rate for

                   Through or Out Service) of the Reserved Capacity, subject to

                   reduction in accordance with paragraph (3) or (4) hereof.

              (3)  A Transmission Customer which has Reserved Capacity for In

                   Service as part of or in conjunction with Internal Point-to-

                   Point Service or Regional Network Service to serve its load

                   shall be entitled to a credit against the payment required

                   by paragraph (2) above for each hour in an amount equal to

                   (a) the Pool PTF Rate per Kilowatt per hour times (b) the

                   greater of (i) the amount of Energy received for the hour

                   from the resources covered by its Completed Applications for

                   the In Service, or (ii) the Installed Capability credit

                   allowed for such resources.

              (4)  A Transmission Customer which has Reserved Capacity for In

                   Service as part of or in conjunction with Internal Point-to-

                   Point


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 81

                   Service to effect a sale to the power exchange of

                   Energy or Installed Capability imported pursuant to such

                   reservation in an Interchange Transaction shall be entitled

                   to a credit against the payment required by paragraph (2)

                   above for each hour in an amount equal to (a) the Pool PTF

                   Rate per Kilowatt per hour times (b) the greater of (i) the

                   amount of Energy delivered to the power exchange for the

                   hour from the resources covered by its Completed

                   Applications for the In Service, or (ii) the credit allowed

                   for the Installed Capability delivered by it to the power

                   exchange.

                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Transmission Customer which

                   has Reserved Capacity for In Service in conjunction with

                   Internal Point-to-Point Service or Regional Network Service,

                   shall not be obligated to pay the Pool PTF Rate for any hour

                   for which all requests for Reserved Capacity for In Service

                   have been satisfied of the same type (Firm or Non-Firm)


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 82

                   and the same duration, and this shall be so whether or not

                   the rate would be required to be paid pursuant to paragraph

                   (3) or (4) above.

                   Three principal requirements apply to discounts for In

                   Service as follows (1) any offer of a discount made by the

                   Participants must be announced to all Eligible Customers

                   solely by posting on the OASIS, (2) any customer-initiated

                   requests for discounts (including requests for use by one's

                   wholesale merchant or an affiliate's use) must occur solely

                   by posting on the OASIS, and (3) once a discount is

                   negotiated, details must be immediately posted on the OASIS.

                   For any discount agreed upon for service on a path, from

                   Point(s) of Receipt to Point(s) of Delivery, the

                   Participants must offer the same discounted transmission

                   service rate for the same time period to all Eligible

                   Customers on all unconstrained transmission paths that go to

                   the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 83

                   same Point(s) of Delivery on the NEPOOL Transmission System.

    22A.4     The provisions of Section 22A.3 are intended as an interim

              measure to discourage hoarding of capacity for import

              transactions on the Ties.  The Participants agree to attempt to

              negotiate alternate provisions to discourage hoarding to become

              effective October 1, 1999 and to file the alternate provisions by

              August 1, 1999.  If the Participants fail to make such a filing

              by August 1, 1999, any Participant may make its own filing of

              proposed provisions to discourage hoarding.  If alternate

              provisions have not become effective by October 1, 1999, Section

              22A.3 shall remain in effect until superseded.

IV. SERVICE DURING THE TRANSITION PERIOD; CONGESTION COSTS; EXCEPTED TRANSACTIONS

The five-year Transition Period, and additional arrangements to be in

effect during the succeeding five-year period, will permit the phase-in on

a negotiated basis of the Tariff rates.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 84

23 Transition Arrangements

The transition arrangements include (i) the treatment provided for certain

Excepted Transactions in Section 25, (ii) the provisions in Schedule 9 for

the phase-in of the rates for Regional Network Service, and (iii) the rules

provided in Sections 16.3 and 16.6 of the Agreement for the distribution

and application of revenues received by NEPOOL on behalf of the

Participants from the payment of the Tariff rates.

24 Congestion Costs

If limitations in available transmission capacity over any interface within

the NEPOOL Control Area in any hour require that the System Operator

dispatch resources out-of-merit, the System Operator shall determine for

the affected area or areas the aggregate of the Congestion Costs for all

such out-of-merit resources for the hour. The Congestion Costs for each

hour in any month shall be paid as a transmission charge and included in

the charge for Regional Network Service or Internal Point-to-Point Service

or Through or Out Service, whichever is applicable, by those Participants

and Non-Participants which are obligated to pay a Regional Network Service,

Internal Point-to-Point Service or Through or Out

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 85

Service charge for the month, in accordance with the following formula:

CH = CC {circle} (HL{i} + RC{i})


(HL + RC)

in which

                   CH    =   the amount to be paid by a Participant or Non-
                             Participant for the hour;

                   CC   =    the Congestion Costs for the hour to be allocated
                             and paid pursuant to this Section 24;

                   HL{i} =   the Network Load of the Participant or Non-
                             Participant for the hour, if it is obligated to
                             pay a Regional Network Service charge for the
                             month;

                   HL   =    the aggregate of the Network Loads for the hour of
                             all Participants and Non-Participants which are
                             obligated to pay a Regional Network Service charge
                             for the month;

                   RC{i} =   the Reserved Capacity, if any, for Internal Point-
                             to-Point Service or Through or Out Service of the
                             Participant or Non-Participant for the hour; and

                   RC   =    the aggregate Reserved Capacity, if any,  for
                             Internal Point-to-Point Service or Through or Out
                             Service of


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 86

                             all Participants and Non-Participants for the hour.

Except as provided in the next sentence, this Section 24 shall terminate no

later than December 31, 1999. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if prior to

January 1, 2000, Participants having in the aggregate the requisite number

of Voting Shares have executed and filed with the Commission an amendment

to the Agreement and/or the Tariff to modify subsection (b) of Section

14.14 of the Agreement or to adopt some other modified or substitute

provision dealing with the allocation of Congestion Costs in a constrained

transmission area, but such amendment has not become effective, and/or the

preparation of necessary implementing rules and computer software has not

been completed prior to January 1, 2000, if the Management Committee so

elects this Section 24 shall continue in effect until such amendment

becomes effective and such rules and computer software have been completed.

As used in this Section 24, the "Congestion Cost" of an out-of-merit

resource for an hour means the product of (i) the difference between its

Dispatch Price and the Energy Clearing

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 87

Price for the hour, times (ii) the number of megawatt hours of out-of-merit

generation produced by the resource for the hour. The "Dispatch Price" of

an out-of-merit resource for an hour is the price to provide energy from the

resource, as determined pursuant to market operation rules approved by the

NEPOOL Regional Market Operations Committee to incorporate the Bid Price for

such energy and any loss adjustments, if and as appropriate under such

market operation rules. The "Energy Clearing Price" for an hour is the

price determined for the hour in accordance with Section 14.8 of the

Agreement.

25 Excepted Transactions

Notwithstanding any other section of the Tariff, the power transfers and

other uses of the NEPOOL Transmission System effected under the

transmission agreements in effect on November 1, 1996 specified below

("Excepted Transactions") will continue to be effected under such

agreements for the respective periods specified below rather than under

this Tariff, but not thereafter, and such transfers and other uses will

continue to be effected after such period, if still occurring, under this

Tariff. Participants receiving service under the agreements listed in

Exhibit G-1 shall not be

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 88

required to take Local Network Service for such

transfers and other uses. The period for which each Excepted Transaction

will continue to be effected under such existing transmission agreements

shall be:

(1) for the Transition Period, the following transfers pursuant to Section

17 of the Agreement:

(a) the transfer to a Participant's system within the NEPOOL Control

Area of its ownership interest in a Pool-Planned Unit which is

off its system;

(b) the transfer to a Participant's system within the NEPOOL Control

Area of its Unit Contract Entitlement, under a contract entered

into by it on or before November 1, 1996, in a Pool-Planned Unit

which is off its system; and

(c) the transfer to a Participant's system within the NEPOOL Control

Area of its Entitlement in a purchase (including a purchase

under the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract) from Hydro-Quebec

under a contract entered into by it on or before November 1,

1996, where the line over which the transfer is made into New

England is the HQ Interconnection;

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 89

     (2)  for the Transition Period, the transfer to a Participant's system

          within the NEPOOL Control Area of its Unit Contract Entitlement in

          the Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation unit or the Pilgrim 1

          unit; provided the transfer is pursuant to a transmission agreement

          in effect on November 1, 1996 and is to the entity which was

          receiving the service on November 1, 1996; and

     (3)  for the period from the effective date of the Tariff until the

          termination of the transmission agreement:

          (a)  transfers and other uses within the NEPOOL Control Area, as of

               November 1, 1996, of the NEPOOL Transmission System under the

               support or exchange agreements specified in Attachment G;

          (b)  transfers and other uses within the NEPOOL Control Area, as of

               November 1, 1996, of the NEPOOL Transmission System under the

               comprehensive network service agreements specified in Attachment

               G-1; and

          (c)  transfers and other uses within the NEPOOL Control Area, as of

               November 1, 1996, of the NEPOOL Transmission System under the

               other transmission


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 90

               agreements or tariff service agreements specified in Attachment

               G.

The Management Committee is authorized to add additional agreements to

Attachment G if they have been inadvertently omitted. The transfers or

other uses under any of the transmission agreements covering the transfers

referred to in paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) above shall be in accordance

with the terms of the transmission agreement as in effect on November 1,

1996, or a modification of the terms which is expressly provided for in

the agreement as in effect on November 1, 1996 and is accomplished without

amendment of the agreement or by an amendment entered into after November

1, 1996 that does not extend the term of the agreement or increase the

amount of the service. Further, notwithstanding the foregoing restriction

on the amendment after November 1, 1996 of transmission agreements with

respect to Excepted Transactions, the transmission arrangements for the

Masspower and Altresco facilities may continue as Excepted Transactions in

accordance with transmission agreement amendments or memoranda of

understanding entered into as of December, 1996 which do not extend the

term of the agreements.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 91

For the purpose of determining priorities under this Tariff, Excepted

Transactions shall have the same priority as Firm Point-To-Point

Transmission Service transactions for resources in existence on the

effective date of this Tariff which are effected as Regional Network

Service or as Internal Point-to-Point Service or as Through or Out

Service.

When the transfers and other uses effected under the transmission

agreements that are Excepted Transactions cease to be Excepted

Transactions before the end of their term, the transactions shall be

effected under this Tariff and under any applicable Local Network Service

tariff, to the extent appropriate, but the transactions shall continue to

have a priority not less than the priority that they would have had if

Regional Network Service had been used for the transactions from the

effective date of this Tariff. New transactions entered into after

November 1, 1996 under umbrella tariff agreements then in effect will not

be Excepted Transactions.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 92

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other section of the Tariff, existing

agreements which provide for the support of the costs of transmission

facilities or for the interconnection of transmission facilities shall

continue in effect until the termination of the agreement to provide for

such support or for the rights and obligations of the parties with respect

to the interconnection arrangements. Attachment G-2 lists certain

additional agreements covering transactions, the status of which is

described in the Attachment.

V. POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE; IN SERVICE

Preamble

Firm or Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service (including any In

Service to be applied for in an Application pursuant to this Part V, which

shall be deemed to be Point-to-Point Transmission for purposes of

determining the application of this Part V to the Application for In

Service) shall be reserved by all Transmission Customers, whether

Participants or Non-Participants, for all new transfers to be effected as

Internal Point-to-Point Service or as Through or Out Service, pursuant to

the applicable terms and conditions

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 93

of Part III and this Part V of the Tariff. Point-To-Point Transmission

Service is the service required for the receipt of capacity and/or energy

at designated Point(s) of Receipt and the transmission of such capacity

and/or energy to designated Point(s) of Delivery.

26 Scope of Application of Part V

Except for the deposit and creditworthiness requirement of Section 31.3,

which will apply only to Non-Participants, all of the requirements of this

Part V shall be fully applicable to both Participants and Non-Participants

requesting In Service, Internal Point-to-Point Service or Through or Out

Service. Alternative deposit and creditworthiness requirements are

applicable to Participants under NEPOOL's Financial Assurance Policy.

Reservations under the Tariff shall not be required for the use of

Internal Point-to-Point Service for deliveries to the NEPOOL power

exchange in Interchange Transactions from a Point of Receipt within the

NEPOOL Control Area, but are required for the use of In Service for such

deliveries from a Point of Receipt at the NEPOOL Control Area boundary.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 94

27 Nature of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

27.1 Term: The minimum term of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

shall be one day and the maximum term shall be that specified in the

Service Agreement.

27.2 Reservation Priority: Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission

Service shall be available to Participants and Non-Participants on a

first-come, first-served basis, I.E., in the chronological sequence

in which each Transmission Customer's application for reserved

service is received by the System Operator pursuant to Section 31.

Reservations for Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

will be conditional based upon the length of the requested

transaction. If the NEPOOL Transmission System becomes

oversubscribed, requests for longer term service may preempt requests

for shorter term service up to the following deadlines: one day

before the commencement of daily service, one week before the

commencement of weekly service, and one month before the commencement

of monthly service. Before the conditional reservation deadline, if

available transmission capability is insufficient to satisfy all

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 95

          Applications, an Eligible Customer with a reservation for shorter

          term service has the right of first refusal to match any longer term

          reservation before losing its reservation priority.  A longer term

          competing request for Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission

          Service will be granted if the Eligible Customer with the right of

          first refusal does not agree to match the competing request within 24

          hours (or earlier if necessary to comply with the scheduling

          deadlines provided in Section 27.8) from being notified by the System

          Operator of a longer-term competing request for Short-Term Firm

          Point-To-Point Transmission Service.  After the conditional

          reservation deadline, service will commence pursuant to the terms of

          Part III of this Tariff.  Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

          will always have a reservation priority over non-firm Point-To-Point

          Transmission Service under the Tariff.  All Long-Term Firm Point-To-

          Point Transmission Service will have reservation priority with Native

          Load Customers and Excepted Transactions.  Reservation priorities for

          existing firm service customers, including customers receiving


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 96

          receiving service with respect to Excepted Transactions, are provided

          in Section 3.2.

     27.3 Use of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service by the Participants

          That Own PTF:  A Transmission Provider that owns PTF will be subject

          to the rates, terms and conditions of this Tariff when making Third-

          Party Sales to be transmitted as Point-to-Point Transmission Service

          under (i) agreements executed after November 1, 1996 or (ii)

          agreements executed on or before November 1, 1996 to the extent that

          the Commission requires them to be unbundled, by the date specified

          by the Commission.  A Transmission Provider that owns PTF will

          maintain separate accounting, pursuant to Section 8, for any use of

          Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service to make Third-Party Sales to

          the extent not paid for under this Tariff.

     27.4 Service Agreements:  A standard form Firm Point-To-Point

          Transmission Service Agreement (Attachment A) will be offered to an

          Eligible Customer when it submits a Completed Application for Long-

          Term or Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service to be

          transmitted


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 97

          pursuant to this Tariff.  Executed Service Agreements that contain the

          information required under this Tariff will be filed with the

          Commission in compliance with applicable Commission regulations.

     27.5 Transmission Customer Obligations for Facility Additions or

          Redispatch Costs:  In cases where it is determined that the NEPOOL

          Transmission System is not capable of providing new Firm Point-To-

          Point Transmission Service without (1) degrading or impairing the

          reliability of service to Native Load Customers, Network Customers,

          customers taking service for Excepted Transactions and other

          Transmission Customers taking Firm Point-To-Point Transmission

          Service, or (2) interfering with a Participant's ability to meet

          prior firm contractual commitments to others, the Transmission

          Providers will be obligated to arrange to expand or upgrade PTF for

          Long-Term Firm Service pursuant to the terms of Section 33.  The

          Transmission Customer must agree to compensate the Transmission

          Providers or any other entity designated to effect construction

          through the System Operator for any necessary transmission facility


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 98

          additions or upgrades pursuant to the terms of Section 39.  To the

          extent the System Operator can relieve any system constraint more

          economically by redispatching the Participants' resources, rather

          than through construction of additions or upgrades, it shall do so,

          provided that the Eligible Customer agrees to compensate the

          Participants pursuant to the terms of Section 39.  Any redispatch,

          addition or upgrade or Direct Assignment Facilities costs to be

          charged to the Transmission Customer on an incremental basis under

          this Tariff will be specified in the Service Agreement prior to

          initiating service.

     27.6 Curtailment of Firm Transmission Service:  In the event that a

          Curtailment on the NEPOOL Transmission System, or a portion thereof,

          is required to maintain reliable operation of the system, the

          Curtailment will be made on a non-discriminatory basis to the

          transaction(s) that effectively relieve the constraint.  If multiple

          transactions require Curtailment, to the extent practicable and

          consistent with Good Utility Practice, the System Operator will

          curtail service to Network


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 99

          Customers and Transmission Customers taking Firm Point To-Point

          Transmission Service on a basis comparable to the Curtailment of

          service to the Participants' Native Load Customers (i.e., in

          proportion to their respective Load Ratio Shares).  All Curtailments

          will be made on a non-discriminatory basis; however, Non-Firm

          Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be subordinate to Firm

          Transmission Service.  When the System Operator determines that an

          electrical emergency exists on the NEPOOL Transmission System and

          implements emergency procedures to effect a Curtailment of Firm

          Transmission Service, the Transmission Customer shall make the

          required reductions upon the System Operator's request.  However,

          NEPOOL reserves the right to effect a Curtailment, in whole or in

          part, of any Firm Transmission Service provided under this Tariff

          when, in the System Operator's sole discretion, an emergency or other

          unforeseen condition impairs or degrades the reliability of the NEPOOL

          Transmission System.  The System Operator will notify all affected

          Transmission Customers in a timely manner of any scheduled


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 100

          Curtailments.  In the event the System Operator exercises its right to

          effect a Curtailment, in whole or part, of Firm Point-to-Point
          Transmission Service, no credit or other adjustment shall be provided

          as a result of the Curtailment with respect to the charge payable by

          the Customer.

     27.7 Classification of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service:

          (a)  A Transmission Customer taking Firm Point-To-Point Transmission

               Service may (1) change its Points of Receipt and Delivery to

               obtain service on a non-firm basis consistent with the terms of

               Section 36.1 or (2) request a modification of the Points of

               Receipt or Delivery on a firm basis pursuant to the terms of

               Section 36.2; provided that if any Transmission Provider or its

               designee constructed new facilities or upgraded facilities to

               accommodate the original firm service, such Transmission

               Provider or its designee shall continue to be compensated for

               its facility costs by the Transmission Customer.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 101

          (b)  A Transmission Customer may purchase transmission service to

               make sales from multiple generating units or contracts that are

               on the NEPOOL Transmission System.  For such a purchase of

               transmission service the Point of Receipt shall be deemed to be

               the NEPOOL power exchange, unless the multiple generating units

               are at the same generating plant, in which case the units'

               interconnection point with PTF will be treated as the Point of

               Receipt.

          (c)  Firm deliveries will be provided from the Point(s) of Receipt to

               the Point(s) of Delivery.  Each Point of Receipt at which firm

               transmission capacity is reserved for Long-Term Firm Point-to-

               Point Transmission Service by the Transmission Customer shall be

               set forth in the Service Agreement for such Service along with a

               corresponding capacity reservation associated with each Point of

               Receipt.  Points of Receipt and corresponding capacity

               reservations shall be as mutually agreed upon by the System

               Operator and the Transmission Customer


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 102

               for Short-Term Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service and may

               be identified as the NEPOOL power exchange in circumstances where

               the System Operator does not require greater specificity.  Each

               Point of Delivery at which firm transmission capacity is reserved

               for Long-Term Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service by the

               Transmission Customer shall be set forth in the Service Agreement

               for such Service along with a corresponding capacity reservation

               associated with Point of Delivery and may be identified as the

               NEPOOL power exchange.  Points of Delivery and corresponding

               capacity reservations shall be as mutually agreed upon by the

               System Operator and the Transmission Customer for Short-Term Firm

               Point-to-Point Transmission Service.  The greater of either (1)

               the sum of the capacity reservations at the Point(s) of Receipt,

               or (2) the sum of the capacity reservations at the Point(s) of

               Delivery shall be the Transmission Customer's Reserved Capacity.

               The Transmission Customer will be billed for its Reserved

               Capacity


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 103

               under the terms of Schedule 8 or Schedule 10, whichever is

               applicable.  The Transmission Customer's Use may not exceed its

               firm capacity reserved at each Point of Receipt and each Point

               of Delivery except as otherwise specified in Section 36.  In

               the event that the Use by a Transmission Customer (including

               Third-Party Sales by the Participants) exceeds that Transmission

               Customer's Reserved Capacity at any Point of Receipt or Point of

               Delivery in any hour, it shall pay 200% of the charge which is

               otherwise applicable for each Kilowatt of the excess.  In

               addition, the System Operator will record all instances in which

               a Transmission Customer's Use exceeds that Transmission

               Customer's firm Reserved Capacity, and if in any calendar year

               more than 10 such instances occur with respect to any single

               Transmission Customer, then the System Operator may require such

               Transmission Customer to apply for additional Firm Point-to-

               Point Transmission Service under the Tariff in an amount equal

               to the greatest amount of


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 104

               the excess of such Transmission Customer's Use over its firm

               Reserved Capacity for the remainder of that calendar year.

               Charges for such additional Firm Point-to-Point Transmission

               Service will relate back to the first day of the month following

               the month in which the System Operator notifies such Transmission

               Customer that it is subject to the provisions of this paragraph.

     27.8 Scheduling of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service:

          Unless other schedules are permitted pursuant to NEPOOL rules,

          schedules for the Transmission Customer's Firm Point-To-Point

          Transmission Service (including schedules for resources to be self

          scheduled) must be submitted to the System Operator no later than

          noon of the day prior to commencement of such service.  In the cases

          which are bid into the power exchange, the Energy bid price must be

          submitted to the System Operator by the noon deadline.  Hour-to-hour

          schedules of any capacity and energy that is to be delivered must be

          stated in increments of 1000 kW per hour.  Transmission Customers

          with multiple requests for Firm Point-To-Point


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 105

          Transmission Service at a Point of Receipt, each of which request is

          under 1000 kW per hour, may consolidate their service requests at a

          common Point of Receipt into units of 1000 kW per hour for scheduling

          and billing purposes.  Scheduling changes will be permitted up to

          thirty-five minutes before the start of the next clock hour, provided

          that the Delivering Party and Receiving Party also agree to the

          schedule modification.  The System Operator will furnish to the

          Delivering Party's system operator hour-to-hour schedules equal to

          those furnished by the Receiving Party (unless reduced for losses) and

          will deliver the  capacity and energy provided by such schedules.

          Should the Transmission Customer, Delivering Party or Receiving Party

          revise or terminate any schedule, such party shall immediately notify

          the System Operator, and the System Operator will have the right to

          adjust accordingly the schedule for capacity and energy to be

          received and to be delivered.

28 Nature of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

28.1 Term: Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service will be

available for periods ranging from one hour to one

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 106

          month.  However, a Purchaser of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission

          Service will be entitled to reserve a sequential term of service (such


          as a sequential monthly term without having to wait for the initial

          term to expire before requesting another monthly term) so that the

          total time period for which the reservation applies is greater than

          one month, subject to the requirements of Section 32.3.

     28.2 Reservation Priority: Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

          shall be available from transmission capability in excess of that

          needed for reliable service to Native Load Customers, Network

          Customers, customers for Excepted Transactions and other Transmission

          Customers taking Long-Term and Short-Term Firm Point-To-Point

          Transmission Service.  A higher priority will be assigned to

          reservations with a longer duration of service.  In the event the

          NEPOOL Transmission System is constrained, competing requests of

          equal duration will be prioritized based on the highest price offered

          by the Eligible Customer for the Transmission Service, or in the

          event the price for all


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 107

          Eligible Customers is the same, will be prioritized on a first-come,

          first-served basis i.e., in the chronological sequence in which each

          Customer has reserved service.  Eligible Customers that have already

          reserved shorter term service have the right of first refusal to match

          any longer term reservation before being preempted.  A longer term

          competing request for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

          will be granted if the Eligible Customer with the right of first

          refusal does not agree to match the competing request: (a) immediately

          for hourly Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service after

          notification by the System Operator; and (b) within 24 hours (or

          earlier if necessary to comply with the scheduling deadlines provided

          in Section 28.6) for Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service

          other than hourly transactions after notification by the System

          Operator.  Secondary transmission service for Network Customers

          pursuant to Section 40.4 will have a higher priority than any Non-Firm

          Point-To-Point Transmission Service.  Non-Firm Point-To-Point

          Transmission Service over secondary


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 108

          Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of Delivery will have the lowest

          reservation priority under this Tariff.

     28.3 Use of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service by the

          Transmission Provider:  A Transmission Provider will be subject to

          the rates, terms and conditions of this Tariff when making Third-

          Party Sales to be transmitted as Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission

          Service under (i) agreements executed after November 1, 1996 or (ii)

          agreements executed on or before November 1, 1996 to the extent that

          the Commission requires them to be unbundled, by the date specified

          by the Commission.  A Transmission Provider will maintain separate

          accounting, pursuant to Section 8, for any use of Non-Firm Point-To-

          Point Transmission Service to make Third-Party Sales, to the extent

          not paid for under this Tariff.

     28.4 Service Agreements:  The System Operator shall offer a standard

          form Point-To-Point Transmission Service Agreement (Attachment A,

          modified to cover non-firm service) to an Eligible Customer when the

          Eligible Customer first submits a Completed Application for Non-Firm

          Point-To-Point Transmission Service pursuant to the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 109

          Tariff.  Executed Service Agreements that contain the information

          required under this Tariff shall be filed with the Commission in

          compliance with applicable Commission regulations.

     28.5 Classification of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service:

          Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall be offered under

          applicable terms and conditions contained in Part III of this Tariff.

          The NEPOOL Participants undertake no obligation under this Tariff to

          plan the NEPOOL Transmission System in order to have sufficient

          capacity for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service.  Parties

          requesting Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service for the

          transmission of firm power do so with the full realization that such

          service is subject to availability and to Curtailment or Interruption

          under the terms of this Tariff.  In the event that the Use by a

          Transmission Customer (including Third-Party Sales by a Participant)

          exceeds that Transmission Customer's non-firm Reserved Capacity at

          any Point of Receipt or Point of Delivery, it shall pay 200% of the

          charge which is otherwise applicable for


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 110

          each Kilowatt of the excess.  In addition, the System Operator will

          record all instances in which a Transmission Customer's Use exceeds

          that Transmission Customer's non-firm Reserved Capacity, and if in any

          calendar year more than 10 such instances occur with respect to any

          single Transmission Customer, then the System Operator may require

          such Transmission Customer to apply for additional Non-Firm

          Point-to-Point Transmission Service under the Tariff in an amount

          equal to the greatest amount of the excess of such Transmission

          Customer's Use over its non-firm Reserved Capacity for the remainder

          of that calendar year.  Charges for such additional Non-Firm

          Point-to-Point Transmission Service will relate back to the first day

          of the month following the month in which the System Operator notifies

          such Transmission Customer that it is subject to the provisions of

          this paragraph.

          (a)  Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall include

               transmission of energy on an hourly basis and transmission of

               scheduled short-term capacity and energy on a daily, weekly or

               monthly basis, but


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 111

               not to exceed one month's reservation for any one Application.
          (b)  Each Point of Receipt at which non-firm transmission capacity is

               reserved by the Transmission Customer shall be set forth in the

               Application along with a corresponding capacity reservation

               associated with each Point of Receipt.  The Point of Receipt or

               Point of Delivery may be identified as the NEPOOL power exchange

               in circumstances where the System Operator does not require

               greater specificity.

     28.6 Scheduling of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service: Unless

          other schedules are permitted pursuant to NEPOOL rules, and except as

          otherwise provided below with respect to the scheduling of In

          Service, schedules for Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

          must be submitted to the Transmission Provider no later than noon of

          the day prior to commencement of such service.  Schedules submitted

          after noon will be accommodated, if practicable.  Hour-to-hour

          schedules of energy that is to be delivered must be stated in

          increments of 1,000 kW


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 112

          per hour.  Transmission Customers within the NEPOOL Control Area with

          multiple requests for Transmission Service at a Point of Receipt, each

          of which is under 1,000 kW per hour, may consolidate their schedules

          at a common Point of Receipt into units of 1,000 kW per hour.

          Scheduling changes will be permitted up to thirty-five minutes before

          the start of the next clock hour provided that the Delivering Party

          and Receiving party also agree to the schedule modification.  The

          System Operator will furnish to the Delivering Party's system

          operator, hour-to-hour schedules equal to those furnished by the

          Receiving Party (unless reduced for losses) and shall deliver the

          capacity and energy provided by such schedules.  Should the

          Transmission Customer, Delivering Party or Receiving Party

          revise or terminate any schedule, such party shall immediately notify

          the System Operator, and the System Operator shall have the right to

          adjust accordingly the schedule for capacity and energy to be

          received and to be delivered.  In the event next-day capacity for In

          Service on the Ties is available at noon on any day, this shall be

          posted on


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 113

          OASIS and shall be available for reservation by Eligible

          Customers between noon and 6:00 p.m.  If not all requested

          reservations for the next-day In Service can be granted, the requests

          for the longest number of consecutive hours shall be given priority.

          If a Participant has available at the NEPOOL Control Area boundary a

          dispatchable resource for which no reservation has been made, and the

          Regional Market Operations Committee has determined that it is

          appropriate to adopt rules to provide for the service and has adopted

          such rules, the System Operator may schedule the resource for the

          next day in accordance with such rules on the basis of the bid price

          if Transmission capacity for In Service is available, notwithstanding

          the lack of a reservation.

     28.7 Curtailment or Interruption of Service: The System Operator

          reserves the right to effect a Curtailment, in whole or in part, of

          Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service provided under this

          Tariff for reliability reasons when an emergency or other unforeseen

          condition threatens to impair or degrade the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 114

          reliability of the NEPOOL Transmission System.  The System Operator

          reserves the right to effect an Interruption, in whole or in part, of

          Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service provided under this

          Tariff for economic reasons in order to accommodate (1) a request for

          Firm Transmission Service, (2) a request for Non-Firm Point-To-Point

          Transmission Service of greater duration, or (3) transmission service

          for Network Customers.  The System Operator also will discontinue or

          reduce service to the Transmission Customer to the extent that

          deliveries for transmission are discontinued or reduced at the

          Point(s) of Receipt.  Where required, Curtailments or Interruptions

          will be made on a non-discriminarty basis to the transaction(s) that

          effectively relieve the constraint; however, Non-Firm Point-To-Point

          Transmission Service shall be subordinate to Firm Transmission

          Service.  If multiple transactions require Curtailment or

          Interruption, to the extent practicable and consistent with Good

          Utility Practice, Curtailments or Interruptions will be made to

          transactions of the shortest term (e.g., hourly non-firm


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 115

          transactions will be Curtailed or Interrupted before daily non-firm

          transactions and daily non-firm transactions will be Curtailed or

          Interrupted before weekly non-firm transactions).  Transmission

          service for Network Customers will have a higher priority than any

          Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under this Tariff.

          Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service furnished over secondary

          Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of Delivery will have a lower

          priority than any other Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

          under this Tariff.  The System Operator will provide advance notice of

          Curtailment or Interruption where such notice can be provided

          consistent with Good Utility Practice.  In the event the System

          Operator exercises its right to effect a Curtailment, in whole or

          part, of Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service, no credit or

          other adjustment shall be provided as a result of the Curtailment with

          respect to the charge payable by the Customer.  In the event the

          System Operator exercises its right to effect an Interruption, in

          whole or part, of Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service, the


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 116

          charge payable by the Customer shall be computed as if the term of

          service actually rendered were the term of service reserved; provided

          that an adjustment of the charge shall be made only when the

          Interruption is initiated by the System Operator, not when the

          Customer fails to deliver energy to NEPOOL.

29 Service Availability

29.1 General Conditions: Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service over,

on or across the NEPOOL Transmission System is available to any

Transmission Customer that has met the applicable requirements of

Section 31.

29.2 Determination of Available Transmission Capability:

A description of NEPOOL's specific methodology for assessing

available transmission capability posted on the NEPOOL OASIS(Section

5) is contained in Attachment C of this Tariff. In the event

sufficient transmission capability may not exist to accommodate a

service request, a System Impact Study will be performed.

29.3 Initiating Service in the Absence of an Executed Service Agreement:

If the System Operator and the Transmission Customer requesting Firm

Point-To-Point Transmission

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 117

          Service cannot agree on all the terms and conditions of the applicable

          Service Agreement, the System Operator will file with the Commission,

          within thirty days after the date the Transmission Customer provides

          written notification directing the System Operator to file, an

          unexecuted Service Agreement containing terms and conditions deemed

          appropriate by the System Operator for such requested transmission

          service.  The service will be commenced subject to the Transmission

          Customer agreeing to (i) pay whatever rate the Commission ultimately

          determines to be just and reasonable, and (ii) comply with the terms

          and conditions of this Tariff including providing appropriate security

          deposits in accordance with the terms of Section 31.3.

     29.4 Obligation to Provide Transmission Service that Requires Expansion

          or Modification of the Transmission System:  If it is determined that

          the service requested in a Completed Application for Long-Term Firm

          Point-To-Point Transmission Service cannot be provided because of

          insufficient capability on the NEPOOL Transmission System, one or

          more Transmission Providers or other


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 118

          entities will be designated to use due diligence to expand or modify

          the NEPOOL Transmission System to provide the requested Long-Term Firm

          Point-To-Point Transmission Service, provided that the Transmission

          Customer agrees to compensate the Transmission Providers or other

          entities that will be responsible for the construction of any new

          facilities or upgrades for the costs of such new facilities or

          upgrades pursuant to the terms of Section 39.  The System Operator and

          the designated Transmission Providers or other entities will conform

          to Good Utility Practice in determining the need for new transmission

          facilities or upgrades and in coordinating the design and construction

          of such facilities.  This obligation applies only to those facilities

          that the designated Transmission Providers or other entities have the

          right to expand or modify.

     29.5 Deferral of Service: Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point Transmission

          Service may be deferred until the designated Transmission Providers

          or other entities complete construction of new transmission

          facilities or upgrades needed to provide such service whenever it is


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 119

          determined that providing the requested service would, without such

          new facilities or upgrades, impair or degrade reliability to any

          existing Firm Transmission Service.

     29.6 Real Power Losses:  Real power losses are associated with all

          transmission service.  The Transmission Provider is not obligated to

          provide real power losses.  To the extent PTF losses are not

          specifically allocated through the market procedures provided for in

          Section 14 of the Agreement, point-to-point losses will be allocated

          on the basis of PTF average losses as established by the System

          Operator.  The System Operator shall post on the OASIS the PTF

          average losses, which are initially set at 1.13% but shall be

          adjusted by the System Operator from time to time.  The applicable

          real power loss factor shall be determined, after the Second

          Effective Date, on the basis of PTF average losses.  Average losses

          shall be determined initially on an estimated basis, pending the

          accumulation of the data needed to make the determination on an

          actual basis.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 120

     29.7 Load Shedding: To the extent that a system contingency exists on

          the NEPOOL Transmission System and the System Operator determines

          that it is necessary for the Participants and the Transmission

          Customer to shed load, the Parties shall shed load in accordance with

          the procedures under the Agreement and the rules adopted thereunder,

          or in accordance with other mutually agreed-to provisions.

30 Transmission Customer Responsibilities

30.1 Conditions Required of Transmission Customers: Firm Point-To-Point

Transmission Service will be provided only if the following

conditions are satisfied by the Transmission Customer:

a. The Transmission Customer has pending a Completed Application

for service;

b. In the case of a Non-Participant, the Transmission Customer

meets the creditworthiness criteria set forth in Section 11;

c. The Transmission Customer will have arrangements in place for

any other transmission service necessary to effect the delivery

from the generating source

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 121

               to the Point of Receipt prior to the time service under the

               Tariff commences;

          d.   The Transmission Customer agrees to pay for any facilities or

               upgrades constructed or any redispatch costs chargeable to such

               Transmission Customer under this Tariff, whether or not the

               Transmission Customer takes service for the full term of its

               reservation; and

          e.   The Transmission Customer has executed a Service Agreement or

               has agreed to receive service pursuant to Section 29.3.

30.2 Transmission Customer Responsibility for Third-Party Arrangements:

Any scheduling arrangements that may be required by other electric

systems shall be the responsibility of the Transmission Customer

requesting service. (If Local Network Service will be required, the

System Operator shall notify the Transmission Customer and the

affected Participants.) The Transmission Customer shall provide,

unless waived by the System Operator, notification to the System

Operator identifying such other electric systems and authorizing

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 122

          them to schedule the capacity and energy to be transmitted pursuant to

          this Tariff on behalf of the Receiving Party at the Point of Delivery

          or the Delivering Party at the Point of Receipt.  The System Operator

          will undertake reasonable efforts to assist the Transmission Customer

          in making such arrangements, including without limitation, providing

          any information or data required by such other electric system

          pursuant to Good Utility Practice.

31 Procedures for Arranging Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

31.1 Application: A request for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission

Service for periods of one year or longer must be made in an

Application, delivered to ISO New England Inc., One Sullivan Road,

Holyoke, MA 01040-2841 or such other address as may be specified from

time to time. The request should be delivered at least sixty days in

advance of the calendar month in which service is requested to

commence. The System Operator will consider requests for such firm

service on shorter notice when practicable. Requests for firm

service for

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 123

          periods of less than one year will be subject to expedited procedures

          that will be negotiated between the System Operator and the party

          requesting service within the time constraints provided in Section

          27.8.  All Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service requests should be

          submitted by transmitting the Completed Application to NEPOOL by mail

          or telefax.  Each of these methods will provide a time-stamped record

          for establishing the priority of the Application.

     31.2 Completed Application:  A Completed Application for Firm Point-To-

          Point Transmission Service shall provide all of the information

          included at 18 C.F.R. <section>2.20 of the Commission's regulations,

          including but not limited to the following:

          (i)       The identity, address, telephone number and facsimile
                    number of the entity requesting service;

          (ii)      A statement that the entity requesting service is, or will
                    be upon commencement of service, an Eligible Customer under
                    this Tariff;

          (iii)     The location of the Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of
                    Delivery and the identities of the Delivering Parties and
                    the Receiving Parties;


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 124

          (iv)      The location of the generating facility(ies) supplying the
                    capacity and energy, and the location of the load
                    ultimately served by the capacity and energy transmitted.
                    The System Operator will treat this information as
                    confidential in accordance with the NEPOOL information
                    policy except to the extent that disclosure of this
                    information is required by this Tariff, by regulatory or
                    judicial order, or for reliability purposes pursuant to
                    Good Utility Practice. The System Operator will treat this
                    information consistent with the standards of conduct
                    contained in 18 C.F.R. Part 37 of the Commission's
                    regulations;

          (v)       A description of the supply characteristics of the capacity
                    and energy to be delivered;

          (vi)      An estimate of the capacity and energy expected to be
                    delivered to the Receiving Party;

          (vii)     The Service Commencement Date and the term of the requested
                    transmission service; and

          (viii)    The transmission capacity requested for each Point of
                    Receipt and each Point of Delivery on the NEPOOL
                    Transmission System; customers may combine their requests
                    for service in order to satisfy the minimum transmission
                    capacity requirement.

          The System Operator will treat this information consistent with the

          standards of conduct contained in 18 C.F.R. Part 37 of the

          Commission's regulations.

    31.3  Deposit:  A Completed Application for Firm Point-To-Point

          Transmission Service by a Non-Participant shall


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 125

          also include a deposit of either one month's charge for Reserved

          Capacity or the full charge for Reserved Capacity for service requests

          of less than one month.  If the Application is rejected by the System

          Operator because it does not meet the conditions for service as set

          forth herein, or in the case of requests for service arising in

          connection with losing bidders in a request for proposals (RFP), the

          deposit will be returned with Interest, less any reasonable

          Administrative Costs incurred by the System Operator or any affected

          Participants in connection with the review of the Application.  The

          deposit also will be returned with Interest less any reasonable

          Administrative Costs incurred by the System Operator or any affected

          Participants if the new facilities or upgrades needed to provide the

          service cannot be completed.  If an Application is withdrawn or the

          Eligible Customer decides not to enter into a Service Agreement for

          the Service, the deposit will be refunded in full, with Interest, less

          reasonable Administrative Costs incurred by the System Operator or any

          affected Participants


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 126

          to the extent such costs have not already been recovered from the

          Eligible Customer.  The System Operator will provide to the Eligible

          Customer a complete accounting of all costs deducted from the refunded

          deposit, which the Eligible Customer may contest if there is a dispute

          concerning the deducted costs.  Deposits associated with construction

          of new facilities or upgrades are subject to the provisions of Section

          33.  If a Service Agreement for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission

          Service is executed, the deposit, with interest, will be returned to

          the Transmission Customer upon expiration or termination of the

          Service Agreement.  Applicable Interest will be calculated from the

          day the deposit is credited to the System Operator's account.

31.4 Notice of Deficient Application: If an Application fails to meet

the requirements of this Tariff, the System Operator will notify the

entity requesting service within fifteen days of the System Operator's

receipt of the Application of the reasons for such failure. The

System Operator will attempt to remedy minor deficiencies in the

Application through informal

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 127

          communications with the Eligible Customer.  If such efforts are

          unsuccessful, the System Operator will return the Application, along

          with any deposit (less the reasonable Administrative Costs incurred by

          the System Operator or any affected Participants in connection with

          the Application), with Interest.  Upon receipt of a new or revised

          Application that fully complies with the requirements of this Tariff,

          the Eligible Customer will be assigned a new priority based upon the

          date of receipt by the System Operator of the new or revised

          Application.

31.5 Response to a Completed Application: Following receipt of a

Completed Application for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, a

determination of available transmission capability will be made

pursuant to Section 29.2. The Eligible Customer will be notified as

soon as practicable, but not later than thirty days after the date of

receipt of a Completed Application, if required, that either (i)

service will be provided without performing a System Impact Study, or

(ii) such a study is needed to evaluate the impact of the Application

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 128


         pursuant to Section 33.1.  Responses by the System Operator must be

         made as soon as practicable to all completed applications and the

         timing of such responses must be made on a non-discriminatory basis.

31.6 Execution of Service Agreement: Whenever the System Operator

determines that a System Impact Study is not required and that the

requested service can be provided, it will notify the Eligible

Customer as soon as practicable but no later than thirty days after

receipt of the Completed Application, and will tender a Service

Agreement to the Eligible Customer. Failure of an Eligible Customer

to execute and return the Service Agreement or request the filing of

an unexecuted Service Agreement pursuant to Section 29.3, within

fifteen days after it is tendered by the System Operator shall be

deemed a withdrawal and termination of the Application and any deposit

(less the reasonable Administrative Costs incurred by the System

Operator and any affected Participants in connection with the

Application) submitted will be refunded with Interest. Nothing herein

limits the right of an Eligible Customer to file

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 129

         another Application after such withdrawal and termination.  Where

         a System Impact Study is required, the provisions of Section 33 will

govern the execution of a Service Agreement.

31.7 Extensions for Commencement of Service: The Transmission Customer

can obtain up to five one-year extensions for the commencement of

service. The Transmission Customer may postpone service by paying a

non-refundable annual reservation fee equal to one-month's charge for

Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service for each year or fraction

thereof. If during any extension for the commencement of service an

Eligible Customer submits a Completed Application for Firm Point-To-

Point Transmission Service, and such request can be satisfied only by

releasing all or part of the Transmission Customer's Reserved

Capacity, the original Reserved Capacity will be released unless the

following condition is satisfied: within thirty days, the original

Transmission Customer agrees to pay the applicable rate for Firm

Point-To-Point Transmission Service for its Reserved Capacity for the

period that

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 130

         its reservation overlaps the period covered by such Eligible Customer's

         Completed Application.  In the event the Transmission Customer elects

         to release the Reserved Capacity, the reservation fees or portions

         thereof previously paid will be forfeited.

32 Procedures for Arranging Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

32.1 Application: Eligible Customers seeking Non-Firm Point-To-Point

Transmission Service must submit a Completed Application to the System

Operator. Applications should be submitted by entering the

information listed below on the NEPOOL OASIS.

32.2 Completed Application: A Completed Application shall provide all of

the information included in 18 C.F.R. <section>2.20 including but not

limited to the following:

(i) The identity, address, telephone number and facsimile number of the entity requesting service;

(ii) A statement that the entity requesting service is, or will be upon commencement of service, an Eligible Customer under this Tariff;

(iii) The Point(s) of Receipt and the Point(s) of Delivery;

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 131

         (iv)      The maximum amount of capacity requested at each Point of
                   Receipt and Point of Delivery; and


         (v)       The proposed dates and hours for initiating and terminating
                   transmission service hereunder.

In addition to the information specified above, when required to

properly evaluate system conditions, the System Operator also may ask

the Transmission Customer to provide the following:

(vi) The electrical location of the initial source of the power to be transmitted pursuant to the Transmission Customer's request for service; and

(vii) The electrical location of the ultimate load.

The System Operator will treat this information in (vi) and (vii) as

confidential at the request of the Transmission Customer except to the

extent that disclosure of this information is required by this Tariff,

by regulatory or judicial order, or for reliability purposes pursuant

to Good Utility Practice. The System Operator shall treat this

information consistent with the standards of conduct contained in Part

37 of the Commission's regulations.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 132

32.3 Reservation of Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service:

Requests for monthly service shall be submitted no earlier than sixty

days before service is to commence; requests for weekly service shall

be submitted no earlier than fourteen days before service is to

commence; requests for daily service shall be submitted no earlier

than five days before service is to commence; and requests for hourly

service shall be submitted no earlier than 9:00 a.m. the second day

before service is to commence. Requests for service received later

than noon of the day prior to the day service is scheduled to commence

will be accommodated if practicable.

32.4 Determination of Available Transmission Capability: Following

receipt of a tendered schedule the System Operator will make a

determination on a non-discriminatory basis of available transmission

capability pursuant to Section 29.2. Such determination shall be made

as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt, but not later than

the following time periods for the following terms of service (i)

thirty-five minutes for hourly service, (ii) thirty-five minutes for

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 133

         daily service, (iii) four hours for weekly service, and (iv) two days

         for monthly service.

33 Additional Study Procedures For Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service

Requests

33.1 Notice of Need for System Impact Study: After receiving a request

for Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, the System Operator will

review the effect of the proposed service on the reliability

requirements to meet existing and pending obligations of the

Participants and Non-Participants, and the obligations of the

particular Participants whose PTF facilities will be impacted by the

proposed service and determine on a non-discriminatory basis whether a

System Impact Study is needed. A description of the methodology for

completing a System Impact Study is provided in Attachment D. If the

System Operator determines that a System Impact Study is necessary to

accommodate the requested service, as soon as practicable thereafter

the System Operator will so inform the Eligible Customer and any

affected Participants if the System Impact Study is to be performed by

the Participants. If the likely

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 134

         result of the study is that a Direct Assignment Facility will be

         required, the study shall be performed by the affected Participants,

         subject to review by the System Operator.  In such cases, the System

         Operator will within thirty days of receipt of a Completed Application,

         tender a System Impact Study agreement in the form of Exhibit I to this

         Tariff, or in any other form that is mutually agreed to, pursuant to

         which the Eligible Customer shall agree to reimburse the System

         Operator and any affected Participants for performing the required

         System Impact Study.  For a service request to remain a Completed

         Application, the Eligible Customer shall execute the System Impact

         Study agreement and return it to the System Operator within fifteen

         days.  If the Eligible Customer elects not to execute a System Impact

         Study agreement, its application shall be deemed withdrawn and its

         deposit (less the reasonable Administrative Costs incurred by the

         System Operator and any affected Participants in connection with the

         Application), will be returned with Interest.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 135

33.2 System Impact Study Agreement and Cost Reimbursement:

(i) The System Impact Study agreement shall clearly specify the

System Operator's estimate of the actual cost, and time for

completion of the System Impact Study. The charge shall not

exceed the actual cost of the study. In performing the System

Impact Study, the System Operator and any affected Participants

will rely, to the extent reasonably practicable, on existing

transmission planning studies. The Eligible Customer shall not

be assessed a charge for such existing studies; however, the

Eligible Customer shall be responsible for charges associated

with any modifications to existing planning studies that are

reasonably necessary to evaluate the impact of the Eligible

Customer's request for service on the NEPOOL Transmission

System.

(ii) If in response to multiple Eligible Customers requesting service

in relation to the same competitive solicitation, a single

System Impact Study is sufficient for the System Operator to

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 136

               accommodate the requests for service, the costs of that study

               will be equitably prorated among the Eligible Customers.

         (iii) For System Impact Studies that the System Operator and any

               affected Participants conduct on behalf of the Transmission

               Providers, the Participants will record the cost of the System

Impact Studies pursuant to Section 8.5.

33.3 System Impact Study Procedures: Upon receipt of an executed System

Impact Study agreement, the System Operator and any affected

Participants will use due diligence to complete the required System

Impact Study within a sixty-day period. The System Impact Study, if

required, shall identify any system constraints and redispatch options

and the need for additional Direct Assignment Facilities or facility

additions or upgrades required to provide the requested service. In

the event that the required System Impact Study cannot be completed

within such time period, the System Operator will so notify the

Eligible Customer and provide an estimated completion date along with

an explanation of

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 137

         the reasons why additional time is required to complete the required

         study and an estimate of any increase in cost which will result from

         the delay.  A copy of the completed System Impact Study and related

         work papers shall be made available to the Eligible Customer.  The

         System Operator will use the same due diligence in completing the

         System Impact Study for an Eligible Customer that is a Non-Participant

         as it uses when completing studies for the Participants.  The System

         Operator will notify the Eligible Customer immediately upon completion

         of the System Impact Study if the NEPOOL Transmission System will be

         adequate to accommodate all or part of a request for service or that no

         costs are likely to be incurred for new transmission facilities or

         upgrades.  Within fifteen days of completion of the System Impact

         Study, the Eligible Customer must execute a Service Agreement or

         request the filing of an unexecuted Service Agreement pursuant to

         Section 29.3, or the Application shall be deemed terminated and

         withdrawn.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 138

33.4 Facilities Study Procedures: If a System Impact Study indicates

that additions or upgrades to the NEPOOL Transmission System are

needed to supply the Eligible Customer's service request, the affected

Transmission Provider(s), within thirty days of the completion of the

System Impact Study, will tender to the Eligible Customer a Facilities

Study agreement in the form of Exhibit J to this Tariff, or in any

other form that is mutually agreed to, pursuant to which the Eligible

Customer shall agree to reimburse the System Operator and any affected

Transmission Providers or other entity designated by the affected

Transmission Provider(s) for performing any required Facilities Study.

For a service request to remain a Completed Application, the Eligible

Customer shall execute the Facilities Study agreement and return it to

the System Operator within fifteen days. If the Eligible Customer

elects not to execute the Facilities Study agreement, its application

shall be deemed withdrawn and its deposit (less the reasonable

Administrative Costs incurred by the System Operator and any affected

Participants in connection with the

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 139

         Application) will be returned with Interest.  Upon receipt of an

         executed Facilities Study agreement, the affected Transmission

         Provider(s) or other designated entity will use due diligence to cause

         the required Facilities Study to be completed within a sixty-day

         period.  If a Facilities Study cannot be completed in the allotted time

         period, the affected Transmission Provider(s) will notify the

         Transmission Customer and provide an estimate of the time needed to

         reach a final determination and any resulting increase in the cost,

         along with an explanation of the reasons that additional time is

         required to complete the study.  When completed, the Facilities Study

         shall include a good faith estimate of (i) the cost of Direct

         Assignment Facilities to be charged to the Transmission Customer, or

         (ii) the Transmission Customer's appropriate share of the cost of any

         required additions or upgrades, and (iii) the time required to complete

         such construction and initiate the requested service.  The Transmission

         Customer shall provide a letter of credit or other reasonable form of

         security acceptable to the Transmission Providers or


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 140

         other entities that will be responsible for the construction of the new

         facilities or upgrades equivalent to the costs of the new facilities or

         upgrades and consistent with relevant commercial practices, as

         established by the Uniform Commercial Code.  The Transmission Customer

         shall have thirty days to execute a Service Agreement, if required, or

         request the filing of an unexecuted Service Agreement with the

         Commission and provide the required letter of credit or other form of

         security or the request will no longer be a Completed Application and

         shall be deemed terminated and withdrawn.

33.5 Facilities Study Modifications: Any change in design arising from

inability to site or construct proposed facilities will require

development of a revised good faith estimate. New good faith

estimates also will be required in the event of new statutory or

regulatory requirements that are effective before the completion of

construction or other circumstances beyond the control of the

Transmission Providers or other entities that are responsible for the

construction of the new facilities

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 141

         or upgrades and that significantly affect the final cost of the new

         facilities or upgrades to be charged to the Transmission Customer

         pursuant to the provisions of this Tariff.

33.6 Due Diligence in Completing New Facilities: The System Operator will

use due diligence to designate Transmission Providers or other

entities to add necessary facilities or upgrade the NEPOOL

Transmission System within a reasonable time. A Transmission Provider

or other entity will have no obligation to upgrade its existing or

planned transmission system in order to provide the requested Firm

Point-To-Point Transmission Service if doing so would impair system

reliability or otherwise impair or degrade existing firm service.

33.7 Partial Interim Service: If the System Operator determines that

there will not be adequate transmission capability to satisfy the full

amount of a Completed Application for Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point

Transmission Service, the portion of the requested Service that can be

accommodated without addition of any

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 142

         facilities or upgrades and through redispatch will be offered and

         provided.  However, there shall be no obligation to provide the

         incremental amount of requested Long-Term Firm Point-To-Point

         Transmission Service that requires the addition of facilities or

         upgrades to the NEPOOL Transmission System until such facilities or

         upgrades have been placed in service.

33.8 Expedited Procedures for New Facilities: In lieu of the procedures

set forth above, the Eligible Customer shall have the option to

expedite the process by requesting the System Operator to tender at

one time, together with the results of required studies, an "Expedited

Service Agreement" pursuant to which the Eligible Customer would agree

to pay for all costs incurred pursuant to the terms of this Tariff.

In order to exercise this option, the Eligible Customer shall request

in writing an Expedited Service Agreement covering all of the above-

specified items within thirty days of receiving the results of the

System Impact Study identifying the need for facility additions or

upgrades and costs to be incurred in providing the requested service.

While the

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 143

         System Operator, on behalf of the Transmission Providers or

         other entities that will be responsible for constructing the new

         facilities or upgrades, agrees to provide the Eligible Customer with

         its best estimate of the new facility costs and other charges that may

         be incurred, such estimate shall not be binding and the Eligible

         Customer shall agree in writing to pay for all costs incurred pursuant

         to the provisions of this Tariff.  The Eligible Customer shall execute

         and return such an Expedited Service Agreement within fifteen days of

         its receipt or the Eligible Customer's request for service will cease

         to be a Completed Application and will be deemed terminated and

         withdrawn.

34 Procedures if New Transmission Facilities for Firm Point-To-Point

Transmission Service Cannot be Completed

34.1 Delays in Construction of New Facilities: If any event occurs that

will materially affect the time for completion of new facilities for

Firm Point-To-Point Service, or the ability to complete such

facilities, the System Operator will promptly notify the Transmission

Customer. In such circumstances, the System Operator

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 144

         will within thirty days of notifying the Transmission Customer of such

         delays, convene a technical meeting with the Transmission Customer and

         any affected Transmission Providers or other entities responsible for

         construction to evaluate the alternatives available to the

         Transmission Customer.  The System Operator and the affected

         Transmission Providers or other entities will make available to the

         Transmission Customer studies and work papers related to the delay,

         including all information that is in the possession of the System

         Operator or the Transmission Providers or other entities that are

         responsible for the construction of the new facilities or upgrades

         that is reasonably needed by the Transmission Customer to evaluate any

         alternatives.

34.2 Alternatives to the Original Facility Additions: When the review

process of Section 34.1 determines that one or more alternatives exist

to the originally planned construction project, the System Operator

will present such alternatives for consideration by the Transmission

Customer. If, upon review of any alternatives, the Transmission

Customer desires to proceed with its

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 145

         Completed Application subject to construction of the alternative

         facilities, it may request the System Operator to submit a revised

         Service Agreement.  If the alternative approach solely involves

         Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service, the System Operator will

         promptly tender a Service Agreement for Non-Firm Point-To-Point

         Transmission Service providing for such service.  In the event the

         System Operator and the affected Participants or other entities

         responsible for construction conclude that no reasonable alternative

         exists and the Transmission Customer disagrees, the Transmission

         Customer may seek relief under the dispute resolution procedures

         pursuant to Section 12 or it may refer the dispute to the Commission

         for resolution.

34.3 Refund Obligation for Unfinished Facility Additions:

If the System Operator, the affected Transmission Providers or other

entities responsible for construction and the Transmission Customer

mutually agree that no other reasonable alternatives exist and the

requested service cannot be provided out of existing capability under

the conditions of this Tariff, the obligation to

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 146

         provide the requested Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service shall

         terminate and any deposit made by the Transmission Customer shall be

         returned, with Interest.  The Transmission Customer shall be

         responsible for all costs prudently incurred by the System Operator and

         by the Transmission Providers or other entities that have been

         responsible for the construction of the new facilities or upgrades

         through the date that any required regulatory approval is denied or

         construction is suspended and for cost of removal, if necessary, of

         facilities constructed prior to suspension.

35 Provisions Relating to Transmission Construction and Services on the

Systems of Other Utilities

35.1 Responsibility for Third-Party System Additions: Neither the System

Operator nor any Participant will be responsible for making

arrangements for any necessary engineering, permitting, and

construction of transmission or distribution facilities on the

system(s) of any other entity or for obtaining any regulatory approval

for such facilities. The System Operator will undertake reasonable

efforts to assist the Transmission

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 147

         Customer in obtaining such arrangements, including without limitation,

         providing any information or data required by such other electric

         system pursuant to Good Utility Practice.

35.2 Coordination of Third-Party System Additions: In circumstances

where the need for transmission facilities or upgrades is identified

pursuant to the provisions of this Tariff, and if such upgrades

further require the addition of transmission facilities on third-party

systems, the System Operator and the Transmission Providers or other

entities that are responsible for the construction of any new

facilities or upgrades on the NEPOOL Transmission System will have the

right to coordinate construction on the NEPOOL Transmission System

with the construction required by the third parties. The System

Operator and the Transmission Providers or other entities that are

responsible for the construction of any new facilities or upgrades on

the NEPOOL Transmission System may, after consultation with the

Transmission Customer and representatives of such other systems, defer

construction of new transmission

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 148

         facilities or upgrades  on the NEPOOL Transmission System if the new

transmission facilities on another system cannot be completed in a

timely manner. The System Operator will notify the Transmission

Customer in writing of the basis for any decision to defer construction

and the specific problems that must be resolved before the construction

of new facilities will be initiated or resumed. Within sixty days of

receiving written notification by the System Operator of a decision to

defer construction pursuant to this section, the Transmission Customer

may challenge the decision in accordance with the dispute resolution

procedures contained in Section 12 or it may refer the dispute to the

Commission for resolution.

36 Changes in Service Specifications

36.1 Modifications on a Non-Firm Basis: The Transmission Customer taking

Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service may submit a request to the

System Operator for transmission service on a non-firm basis over

Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of Delivery other than those

specified in the Service Agreement ("Secondary Receipt

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 149

         and Delivery Points"), in amounts not to exceed the Transmission

         Customer's firm capacity reservation, without incurring an additional

         Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service charge or executing a new

         Service Agreement, subject to the following conditions:

         (a)  service provided over Secondary Receipt and Delivery Points will

              be non-firm only, on an as-available basis, and will not displace

              any firm or non-firm service reserved or scheduled by

              Participants or Non-Participants under this Tariff or by the

              Participants on behalf of their Native Load Customers or Excepted

              Transactions;

         (b)  the sum of all Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service and

              Non-Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service provided to the

              Transmission Customer at any time pursuant to this section shall

              not exceed the Reserved Capacity specified in the relevant

              Service Agreement under which such services are provided;

         (c)  the Transmission Customer shall retain its right to schedule Firm

              Point-To-Point Transmission Service


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 150

              at the Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of Delivery specified in

              the relevant Service Agreement in the amount of the Transmission

              Customer's original capacity reservation; and

         (d)  service over Secondary Receipt and Delivery Points on a non-firm

              basis shall not require the filing of an Application for Non-Firm

              Point-to-Point Transmission Service under the Tariff.  However,

              all other requirements of this Tariff (except as to transmission

              rates) shall apply to transmission service on a non-firm basis

over Secondary Receipt and Delivery Points.

36.2 Modification on a Firm Basis: Any request by a Transmission

Customer to modify Point(s) of Receipt and Point(s) of Delivery on a

firm basis shall be treated as a new request for service in accordance

with Section 31, except that such Transmission Customer shall not be

obligated to pay any additional deposit if the capacity reservation

does not exceed the amount reserved in the existing Service Agreement.

While such new request is pending, the Transmission Customer shall

retain its

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 151

         priority for service at the firm Receipt Point(s) and Delivery Point(s)

         specified in the Transmission Customer's Service Agreement.

37 Sale, Assignment or Transfer of Transmission Service

37.1 Procedures for Sale, Assignment or Transfer of Service:

Subject to Commission action on any necessary filings, a Transmission

Customer may sell, assign, or transfer all or a portion of its rights

under its Service Agreement, but only to another Eligible Customer

(the "Assignee"). The Transmission Customer that sells, assigns or

transfers its rights under its Service Agreement is hereafter referred

to as the "Reseller." Compensation to the Reseller shall not exceed

the higher of (i) the original rate paid by the Reseller,(ii) the

maximum applicable rate on file under this Tariff at the time of the

assignment, or (iii) the Reseller's opportunity cost capped at the

Participants' cost of expansion. If the Assignee does not request any

change in the Point(s) of Receipt or the Point(s) of Delivery, or a

change in any other term or condition set forth in the original

Service Agreement, the Assignee shall receive the same

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 152

         services as did the Reseller and the priority of service for the

         Assignee shall be the same as that of the Reseller.  A Reseller shall

         notify the System Operator as soon as possible after any sale,

         assignment or transfer of service occurs, but in any event,

         notification must be provided prior to any provision of service to the

         Assignee.  The Assignee shall be subject to all terms and conditions of

         this Tariff.  If the Assignee requests a change in service, the

         reservation priority of service will be determined by the System

         Operator pursuant to Section 27.2.

37.2 Limitations on Assignment or Transfer of Service: If the Assignee

requests a change in the Point(s) of Receipt or Point(s) of Delivery,

or a change in any other specifications set forth in the original

Service Agreement, the System Operator will consent to such change

subject to the provisions of this Tariff, provided that the change

will not impair the operation and reliability of the Participants'

generation, transmission, or distribution systems. The Assignee shall

compensate the System Operator and any affected

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 153

         Participants for performing any System Impact Study needed to evaluate

         the capability of the NEPOOL Transmission System to accommodate the

         proposed change and any additional costs resulting from such change.

         The Reseller shall remain liable for the performance of all obligations

         under the Service Agreement, except as specifically agreed to by the

         System Operator, the Reseller and the Assignee through an amendment to

         the Service Agreement.

37.3 Information on Assignment or Transfer of Service: In accordance

with Section 5, Transmission Customers may use the NEPOOL OASIS to

post information regarding transmission capacity available for resale.

38 Metering and Power Factor Correction at Receipt and Delivery Points(s)

38.1 Transmission Customer Obligations: Unless the System Operator

otherwise agrees, the Transmission Customer shall be responsible for

installing and maintaining compatible metering and communications

equipment to accurately account for the capacity and energy being

transmitted under this Tariff and to communicate the

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 154

         information to the System Operator.  Unless otherwise agreed, such

         equipment shall remain the property of the Transmission Provider.

38.2 NEPOOL Access to Metering Data: The System Operator will have

access to such metering data as may reasonably be required to

facilitate measurements and billing under the Service Agreement.

38.3 Power Factor: Unless otherwise agreed, the Transmission Customer is

required to maintain a power factor within the same range as the

Participants maintain pursuant to Good Utility Practice and applicable

NEPOOL requirements. The power factor requirements are specified in

the Service Agreement, where applicable.

39 Compensation for New Facilities and Redispatch Costs

Whenever a System Impact Study performed in connection with the provision

of Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service identifies the need for new

facilities or upgrades, the Transmission Customer shall be responsible for

such costs to the extent they are consistent with Commission policy and

Schedule 11. Whenever a System Impact Study identifies capacity

constraints that may be relieved more economically

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 155

by redispatching the Participants' resources than by building new facilities

or upgrading existing facilities to eliminate such constraints, the

Transmission Customer shall be responsible for the redispatch costs to the

extent consistent with applicable Commission policy.

VI. REGIONAL NETWORK SERVICE (NETWORK INTEGRATION TRANSMISSION SERVICE)

The Participants will provide NEPOOL Regional Network Service (Network

Integration Transmission Service), as described in Part II of this Tariff

to Participants and Non-Participants pursuant to the applicable terms and

conditions contained in this Tariff. Part II of this Tariff specifies

certain terms and conditions which are generally applicable to the receipt

of Regional Network Service by both Participants and Non-Participants.

This Part VI specifies additional provisions with respect to the provision

of Regional Network Service.

40 Nature of Regional Network Service

40.1 Scope of Service: Regional Network Service (Network Integration

Transmission Service) is the transmission service described in Section

14 that allows Network Customers to efficiently and economically

utilize their

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 156

         resources and Interchange Transactions to serve their Network Load

         located in the NEPOOL Control Area and any additional load that may be

         designated pursuant to Section 43.3 of this Tariff.  The Network

         Customer taking Regional Network Service must obtain or provide

         Ancillary Services pursuant to Section 4.

40.2 Transmission Provider Responsibilities: The NEPOOL Participants will

plan, construct, operate and maintain the NEPOOL Transmission System

in accordance with Good Utility Practice in order to provide the

Network Customer with Regional Network Service over the NEPOOL

Transmission System. Subject to Section 48, each Participant which is

individually a Transmission Provider, on behalf of its Native Load

Customers, shall be required to designate resources and loads in the

same manner as any Network Customer under Part VI of this Tariff.

This information must be consistent with the information used by the

Transmission Provider to calculate available transmission capacity.

The Participants shall include the Network Customer's Network Load in

NEPOOL Transmission System planning and

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 157

         shall, consistent with Good Utility Practice, endeavor to construct and

         place into service sufficient transmission capacity to deliver Network

         Resources to serve the Network Customer's Network Load on a basis

         comparable to the Participants' delivery of their own generating and

purchased resources to their Native Load Customers.

40.3 Network Integration Transmission Service: The Participants that are

individually Transmission Providers will provide firm transmission

service over the NEPOOL Transmission System to the Network Customer

for the delivery of energy and/or capacity from its resources to

service its Network Loads on a basis that is comparable to the

Participants' use of the NEPOOL Transmission System to reliably serve

their Native Load Customers.

40.4 Secondary Service: The Network Customer may use the NEPOOL

Transmission System to receive or deliver energy and/or capacity in

connection with Interchange Transactions. Such energy and capacity

shall be transmitted, on an as-available basis, at no additional

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 158

         charge as part of Regional Network Service.  Deliveries from resources

         other than Network Resources will have a higher priority than any Non-

         Firm Point-To-Point Transmission Service under this Tariff.

40.5 Real Power Losses: Real Power Losses are associated with all

transmission service. The Transmission Provider is not obligated to

provide Real Power Losses. To the extent PTF losses are not

specifically allocated through the market procedures provided for in

Section 14 of the Agreement, total remaining PTF losses, minus point-

to-point losses, shall be allocated on the basis of average losses as

established by the System Operator. The System Operator shall post on

the OASIS the PTF average losses, which are initially set at 1.13%,

but shall be adjusted by the System Operator from time to time. The

applicable real power loss factor shall be determined, after the

Second Effective Date, on the basis of PTF average losses. Average

losses will be determined initially on an estimated basis, pending the

accumulation of the data needed to make the determinations on an

actual basis.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 159

40.6 Restrictions on Use of Service: The Network Customer is entitled to

use Regional Network Service for any of the uses specified in Part II

of this Tariff.

41 Initiating Service

41.1 Condition Precedent for Receiving Service: Subject to the terms and

conditions of Parts II and VI of this Tariff, the Participants will

provide Regional Network Service to any Eligible Customer, provided

that, except as otherwise provided in Section 48, (i) the Eligible

Customer completes an Application for service as provided under Part

VI of this Tariff, (ii) the Eligible Customer and the System Operator

complete the technical arrangements set forth in Sections 41.3 and

41.4, (iii) the Eligible Customer executes a Service Agreement in the

form of Attachment B for service under Part VI of this Tariff or

requests in writing that the Transmission Provider file a proposed

unexecuted Service Agreement with the Commission, and (iv) the

Eligible Customer executes a Network Operating Agreement in the form

of Exhibit H to this Tariff, or in any other form that is mutually

agreed to, with the Transmission Provider.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 160

41.2 Application Procedures: Except as otherwise provided in Section 48,

an Eligible Customer requesting Network Integration Transmission

Service under this Tariff must submit an Application, with a deposit

approximating the charge for one month of service, to the System

Operator as far as possible in advance of the month in which service

is to commence. Completed Applications for Network Integration

Transmission Service will be assigned a priority according to the date

and time the Application is received, with the earliest Application

receiving the highest priority. Applications should be submitted by

entering the information listed below on the NEPOOL OASIS to the

extent feasible. A Completed Application shall provide all of the

information included in 18 CFR <section>2.20 including but not

limited to the following:

(i) The identity, address, telephone number and facsimile number of the party requesting service;

(ii) A statement that the party requesting service is, or will be upon commencement of service, an Eligible Customer under this Tariff;

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 161

         (iii)     A description of the Network Load at each delivery point.
                   This description should separately identify and provide the
                   Eligible Customer's best estimate of the total loads to be
                   served at each transmission voltage level, and the loads to
                   be served from each Transmission Provider substation at the
                   same transmission voltage level.  The description should
                   include a ten year forecast of summer and winter load
                   resource requirements beginning with the first year after
                   the service is scheduled to commence;

         (iv)      The amount and location of any interruptible loads included
                   in the Network Load.  This shall include the summer and
                   winter capacity requirements for each interruptible load
                   (had such load not been interruptible), that portion of the
                   load subject to Interruption, the conditions under which an
                   Interruption can be implemented and any limitations on the
                   amount and frequency of Interruptions.  An Eligible Customer
                   should identify the amount of interruptible customer load
                   (if any) included in the ten year load forecast provided in
                   response to (iii) above;

           (v)     A description of Network Resources (current and ten-year
                   projection), which shall include, for each Network Resource,
                   if not otherwise available to the System Operator:

                   -    Unit size and amount of capacity from that unit to be
                        designated as Network Resource
                   -    VAR capability (both leading and lagging) of all
                        generators

- Operating restrictions
- Any periods of restricted operations throughout the year
- Maintenance schedules

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 162

                        -    Minimum loading level of unit
                        -    Normal operating level of unit
                        -    Any must-run unit designations required for system
                             reliability or contract reasons

- Approximate variable dispatch price ($/MWH) for redispatch computations
- Arrangements governing sale and delivery of power to third parties from generating facilities located in the NEPOOL Control Area, where only a portion of unit output is designated as a Network Resource
- Description of external purchased power designated as a Network Resource including source of supply, Control Area location, transmission arrangements and delivery point(s) to the Transmission Provider's Transmission System;

(vi) Description of Eligible Customer's transmission system:
- Load flow and stability data, such as real and reactive parts of the load, lines, transformers, reactive devices and load type, including normal and emergency ratings of all transmission equipment in a load flow format compatible with that used by the Participants
- Operating restrictions needed for reliability
- Operating guides employed by system operators
- Contractual restrictions or committed uses of the Eligible Customer's transmission system, other than the Eligible Customer's Network Loads and Resources
- Location of Network Resources described in subsection
(v) above
- ten-year projection of system expansions or upgrades

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 163

                   -    Transmission System maps that include any proposed
                        expansions or upgrades
                   -    Thermal ratings of Eligible Customer's Control Area
                        ties with other Control Areas; and

(vii) Service Commencement Date and the term of the requested Network Integration Transmission Service. The minimum term for Network Integration Transmission Service is one year.

Unless the Eligible Customer and the System Operator agree to a

different time frame, the System Operator must acknowledge the request

within ten days of receipt. The acknowledgment must include a date by

which a response, including a Service Agreement, will be sent to the

Eligible Customer. If an Application fails to meet the requirements

of this section, the System Operator shall notify the Eligible

Customer requesting service within fifteen days of receipt and specify

the reasons for such failure. Wherever possible, the System Operator

will attempt to remedy deficiencies in the Application through

informal communications with the Eligible Customer. If such efforts

are unsuccessful, the System Operator shall return the Application

without prejudice to the Eligible Customer, who may thereafter

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 164

         file a new or revised Application that fully complies with the

         requirements of this section.  The Eligible Customer will be assigned

         a new priority consistent with the date of the new or revised

         Application.  The System Operator shall treat this information

         consistent with the standards of conduct contained in Part 37 of the

         Commission's regulations.

41.3 Technical Arrangements to be Completed Prior to Commencement of

Service: Except as otherwise provided in Section 48, Regional Network

Service shall not commence until the Participants and the Network

Customer, or a third party, have completed installation of all

equipment specified under a Network Operating Agreement consistent

with Good Utility Practice and any additional requirements reasonably

and consistently imposed to ensure the reliable operation of the

NEPOOL Transmission System. The Participants shall exercise

reasonable efforts, in coordination with the Network Customer, to

complete such arrangements as soon as practicable taking into

consideration the Service Commencement Date.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 165

41.4 Network Customer Facilities: The provision of Regional Network

Service shall be conditioned upon the Network Customer's constructing,

maintaining and operating the facilities on its side of each delivery

point or interconnection necessary to reliably deliver capacity and

energy from the NEPOOL Transmission System to the Network Customer.

The Network Customer shall be solely responsible for constructing or

installing and operating and maintaining all facilities on the Network

Customer's side of each such delivery point or interconnection.

41.5 Filing of Service Agreement: The System Operator will file Service

Agreements with the Commission in compliance with applicable

Commission regulations.

42 Network Resources

42.1 Designation of Network Resources: The designation of generation

resources as Network Resources shall be effected automatically in

accordance with the definition thereof for Participant Network

Customers. A Network Customer shall designate to the System Operator

those Network Resources which are owned, purchased or leased by it.

The Network Resources so designated may not

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 166

         include resources, or any portion thereof, that are committed for sale

         to non-designated third party load or otherwise cannot be called upon

         to meet the Network Customer's Network Load on a non-interruptible

         basis, or to the extent that the resource is being delivered directly

         to a load being served with Internal Point-to-Point Service.  Any

         owned, purchased or leased resources that were serving the Network

         Customer's loads under firm agreements entered into on or before the

         Compliance Effective Date shall be deemed to continue to be so owned,

         purchased or leased by it until the Network Customer informs the System

         Operator of a change.  Nothing in this Section is intended to relieve

         any customer of its obligation to pay the charge for Internal Point-

to-Point Service deliveries of Network Resources to it.

42.2 Designation of New Network Resources: The Network Customer shall

identify the Network Resources which are owned, purchased or leased by

it to the System Operator with as much advance notice as practicable.

A designation of a Network Resource as owned, purchased or

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 167

         leased by the Customer must be made by a notice to the System Operator.

         Each such designation shall be effective as of the beginning of a

         month, shall remain in effect for at least one full month, and shall

         only be terminated at the end of a month.

42.3 Termination of Network Resources: The Network Customer may

terminate the designation of all or part of a Network Resource as

owned, purchased or leased by it at any time but should provide

notification to the System Operator as soon as reasonably practicable.

42.4 Network Customer Redispatch Obligation: As a condition to receiving

Network Integration Transmission Service, the Network Customer agrees

to redispatch its Network Resources as requested by the System

Operator pursuant to Section 45.2. To the extent practical, the

redispatch of resources pursuant to this section shall be on a least

cost, non-discriminatory basis between all Network Customers, and the

Participants.

42.5 Transmission Arrangements for Network Resources Not Physically

Interconnected With The NEPOOL Transmission System: The Network

Customer shall be responsible for

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 168


         any arrangements necessary to deliver capacity and energy from a

         Network Resource not physically interconnected with the NEPOOL

         Transmission System.  The System Operator will undertake reasonable

         efforts to assist the Network Customer in obtaining such arrangements,

         including without limitation, providing any information or data

         required by such other entity pursuant to Good Utility Practice.

42.6 Limitation on Designation of Resources: The Network Customer must

demonstrate that it owns, leases or has committed to purchase an

Entitlement in a generation resource pursuant to an executed contract

in order to designate the generating resource to serve its Network

Load. Alternatively, the Network Customer may establish that

execution of a contract is contingent upon the availability of

transmission service under Part II of this Tariff. An Entitlement in

a generating unit within the NEPOOL Control Area which is placed in

service after the Compliance Effective Date (other than a unit which

has lost its capacity value when its capacity value is restored or a

deactivated unit which may be reactivated

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 169

         without satisfying the requirements of Section 49 of the Tariff in

         accordance with the provisions thereof) may not be designated to serve

         a Network Customer's load unless, and only to the extent that, it has

         been determined to be integrated into the NEPOOL Transmission System in

         accordance with Section 49 of this Tariff.

42.7 Use of Interface Capacity by the Network Customer: There is no

limitation upon a Network Customer's use of the NEPOOL Transmission

System at any particular interface to integrate the Network Customer's

resources (or substitute purchases in Interchange Transactions) with

its Network Loads. However, a Network Customer's use of the NEPOOL

total interface capacity with other transmission systems to serve its

Network Load may not exceed the Network Customer's load.

43 Designation of Network Load

43.1 Network Load: Except as otherwise provided in Section 48, the

Network Customer must designate the individual Network Loads on whose

behalf the Participants will provide through NEPOOL Network

Integration Transmission

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 170

         Service.  The Network Loads shall be specified in the Service

         Agreement.

43.2 New Network Loads Connected With the NEPOOL Transmission System:

The Network Customer shall provide the System Operator with as much

advance notice as reasonably practicable of the designation of new

Network Load that will be added to the NEPOOL Transmission System. A

designation of new Network Load must be made through a modification of

service pursuant to a new Application. The Participants will use due

diligence to install or cause to be installed any transmission

facilities required to interconnect a new Network Load designated by

the Network Customer. The costs of new facilities required to

interconnect a new Network Load shall be determined in accordance

with the procedures provided in Section 44.4 and shall be charged to

the Network Customer in accordance with Commission policy and

Schedule 11.

43.3 Network Load Not Physically Interconnected with the NEPOOL

Transmission System: This section applies to both initial designation

pursuant to Section 43.1 and

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 171

         the subsequent addition of new Network Load not physically

         interconnected with the NEPOOL Transmission System.  To the

         extent that the Network Customer desires to obtain transmission

         service for a load outside the NEPOOL Control Area, the Network

         Customer shall have the option of (1) electing to include the

         entire load as Network Load for all purposes under Part VI of this

         Tariff and designating resources to serve such additional Network

         Load, or (2) excluding that entire load from its Network Load.  To the

         extent that the Network Customer gives notice of its intent to add a

         new Network Load as part of its Network Load pursuant to this section

         the request must be made through a modification of service pursuant to

         a new Application, and shall be available only so long as a scheduling

         and interconnection agreement acceptable to the System Operator shall

         be required to be in effect with the Control Area in which the load is

         located.  Charges for such portion of the service shall be based on

         the Through or Out Service rate applied to the amount


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 172

         reserved for the Network Load which is not physically interconnected

         with the NEPOOL Transmission System.

43.4 New Interconnection Points: To the extent the Network Customer

desires to add a new Delivery Point or interconnection point between

the NEPOOL Transmission System and a Network Load, the Network

Customer shall provide the System Operator with as much advance notice

as reasonably practicable.

43.5 Changes in Service Requests: Under no circumstances shall the

Network Customer's decision to cancel or delay a requested change in

Network Integration Transmission Service (the addition of a new

Network Resource, if any, or designation of a new Network Load) in any

way relieve the Network Customer of its obligation to pay the costs of

transmission facilities constructed by the Participants and charged to

the Network Customer as reflected in the Service Agreement or other

appropriate agreement. However, the System Operator must treat any

requested change in Network Integration Transmission Service in a non-

discriminatory manner.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 173

43.6 Annual Load and Resource Information Updates: The Network Customer

shall provide the System Operator with annual updates of Network Load

and Network Resource forecasts consistent with those included in its

Application under Part VI of this Tariff. The Network Customer also

shall provide the System Operator with timely written notice of

material changes in any other information provided in its Application

relating to the Network Customer's Network Load, Network Resources,

its transmission system or other aspects of its facilities or

operations affecting the Participants' ability to provide reliable

service.

44 Additional Study Procedures For Network Integration Transmission Service

Requests

44.1 Notice of Need for System Impact Study: After receiving a request

for service, the System Operator shall review the effect of the

requested service on the reliability requirements to meet existing and

pending obligations of the Participant(s) and on the obligations of

the particular Participant(s) whose PTF facilities will be impacted by

the proposed service and shall determine on

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 174

         a non-discriminatory basis whether a System Impact Study is needed.

         A description of the methodology for completing a System Impact

         Study is provided in Attachment D.  If the System Operator

         determines that a System Impact Study is necessary to accommodate

         the requested service, it shall as soon as practicable inform

         the Eligible Customer and any affected Participant(s) if

         the System Impact Study is to be performed by the Participant(s).

         If the likely result of the study is that a Direct Assignment

         Facility will be required, the study shall be performed by the

         affected Participant(s), subject to review by the System Operator.

         In such cases, the System Operator shall within thirty days of receipt

         of a Completed Application, tender a System Impact Study agreement in

         the form of Attachment I to this Tariff, or in any other form that is

         mutually agreed to, pursuant to which the Eligible Customer shall

         agree to reimburse the System Operator and any affected Participant

         for performing the required System Impact Study.  For a service

         request to remain a Completed Application, the Eligible Customer


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 175

         shall execute a System Impact Study agreement and return it to the

         System Operator within fifteen days.  If the Eligible Customer elects

         not to execute a System Impact Study agreement, its Application shall

         be deemed withdrawn and its deposit (less the reasonable Administrative

         Costs incurred by the System Operator and any affected Participant(s))

         shall be returned with Interest.

44.2 System Impact Study Agreement and Cost Reimbursement:

(i) The System Impact Study agreement, whether in the form detailed

in Attachment I or in any other form that is mutually agreed to,

will clearly specify the System Operator's actual estimate of the

actual cost, and time for completion of the System Impact Study.

The actual charge shall not exceed the actual cost of the study.

In performing the System Impact Study, the System Operator and

the affected Participants shall rely, to the extent reasonably

practicable, on existing transmission planning studies. The

Eligible Customer will not be assessed a charge for such existing

studies;

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 176

              however, the Eligible Customer will be responsible for

              charges associated with any modifications to existing planning

              studies that are reasonably necessary to evaluate the impact of

              the Eligible Customer's request for service on the NEPOOL

              Transmission System.

         (ii) If in response to multiple Eligible Customers requesting service

              in relation to the same competitive solicitation, a single System

              Impact Study is sufficient for the System Operator and the

              affected Participants to accommodate the service requests, the

              costs of that study shall be prorated among the Eligible

              Customers.

       (iii)  For System Impact Studies that the System Operator and any

              affected Participants conduct on behalf of a Participant which is

              a Transmission Provider, the Participant will record the cost of

the System Impact Studies pursuant to Section 8.5.

44.3 System Impact Study Procedures: Upon receipt of an executed System

Impact Study agreement, the System Operator and any affected

Participants will use due

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 177

         diligence to complete the required System Impact Study within

         a 60-day period.  The System Impact Study, if required, shall

         identify any system constraints, redispatch options, or the

         need for additional Direct Assignment Facilities or other facility

         additions or upgrades to provide the requested service.  In

         the event that the System Operator and any affected Participants are

         unable to complete the required System Impact Study within such time

         period, the System Operator shall so notify the Eligible Customer and

         provide an estimated completion date along with an explanation of the

         reasons why additional time is required to complete the required

         studies and an estimate of any increase in cost which will result from

         the delay.  A copy of the completed System Impact Study and related

         work papers shall be made available to the Eligible Customer.  The

         System Operator will use the same due diligence in completing the

         System Impact Study for an Eligible Customer as it uses when

         completing studies for the Participants.  The System Operator shall

         notify the Eligible Customer immediately upon completion of the System

         Impact Study


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 178

         if the NEPOOL Transmission System will be adequate to accommodate

         all or part of a request for service or that no costs are likely

         to be incurred for new transmission facilities or upgrades.  In

         order for a request to remain a Completed Application, within fifteen

         days of completion of the System Impact Study the Eligible Customer

         must execute a Service Agreement or request the filing of an

         unexecuted Service Agreement, or the Application shall be deemed

         terminated and withdrawn.

44.4 Facilities Study Procedures: If a System Impact Study indicates

that additions or upgrades to the NEPOOL Transmission System are

needed to supply the Eligible Customer's service request, the affected

Transmission Provider(s), within thirty days of the completion of the

System Impact Study, shall tender to the Eligible Customer a

Facilities Study agreement in the form of Exhibit J to this Tariff, or

in any other form that is mutually agreed to, pursuant to which the

Eligible Customer shall agree to reimburse the affected Transmission

Provider(s) for performing the required Facilities Study. For a

service request to remain a

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 179

         Completed Application, the Eligible Customer shall execute the

         Facilities Study agreement and return it to the System Operator

         within fifteen days.  If the Eligible Customer elects not to

         execute a Facilities Study agreement, its Application shall be

         deemed withdrawn and its deposit (less the reasonable Administrative

         Costs incurred by the System Operator and any affected

         Transmission Provider(s)) shall be returned with Interest.  Upon

         receipt of an executed Facilities Study agreement, the affected

         Transmission Provider(s) will use due diligence to complete the

         required Facilities Study within a sixty-day period.  If the affected

         Transmission Provider(s) are unable to complete the Facilities Study

         in the allotted time period, the affected Transmission Provider(s)

         shall notify the Eligible Customer and provide an estimate of the time

         needed to reach a final determination and any resulting increase in

         the cost, along with an explanation of the reasons that additional

         time is required to complete the study.  When completed, the

         Facilities Study will include a good faith estimate of (i) the cost of

         Direct


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 180

         Assignment Facilities to be charged to the Eligible Customer,

         (ii) the Eligible Customer's appropriate share of the cost of any

         required Network Upgrades, and (iii) the time required to complete

         such construction and initiate the requested service.  The Eligible

         Customer shall provide a letter of credit or other reasonable form of

         security acceptable to the affected Transmission Provider(s) or other

         entities that will be responsible for the construction of the new

         facilities or upgrades equivalent to the costs of new facilities or

         upgrades consistent with commercial practices as established by the

         Uniform Commercial Code.  The Eligible Customer shall have thirty days

         to execute a Service Agreement or request the filing of an unexecuted

         Service Agreement and provide the required letter of credit or other

         form of security or the request no longer will be a Completed

         Application and shall be deemed terminated and withdrawn.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 181

45 Load Shedding and Curtailments

45.1 Procedures: Prior to the Service Commencement Date, the System

Operator and the Network Customer shall establish Load Shedding and

Curtailment procedures pursuant to the Network Operating Agreement

with the objective of responding to contingencies on the NEPOOL

Transmission System. The parties will implement such programs during

any period when the System Operator determines that a system

contingency exists and such procedures are necessary to alleviate such

contingency. The System Operator will notify all affected Network

Customers in a timely manner of any scheduled Curtailment.

45.2 Transmission Constraints: During any period when the System

Operator determines that a transmission constraint exists on the

NEPOOL Transmission System, and such constraint may impair the

reliability of the NEPOOL Transmission System, the System Operator

will take whatever actions, consistent with Good Utility Practice,

that are reasonably necessary to maintain the reliability of the

system. To the extent the System Operator determines that the

reliability of the System

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 182

         can be maintained by redispatching resources, the System Operator

         will initiate procedures pursuant to a Network Operating Agreement

         to redispatch all the Network Customer's resources and the

         Participants' own resources on a least-cost basis without regard

         to the ownership of such resources.  Any redispatch under this

         section may not unduly discriminate between the Participants' use

         of the NEPOOL Transmission System on behalf of their Native Load

         Customers and any Network Customer's use of the Transmission System

         to serve its designated Network Load.

45.3 Cost Responsibility for Relieving Transmission Constraints: To the

extent not otherwise covered under the Network Operating Agreement,

whenever the System Operator implements least-cost redispatch

procedures in response to a transmission constraint, the customers

taking Internal Point-to-Point Service, Through or Out Service and/or

In Service and Network Customers will each bear a proportionate share

of the total redispatch cost.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 183

45.4 Curtailments of Scheduled Deliveries: If a transmission constraint

on the NEPOOL Transmission System cannot be relieved through the

implementation of least-cost redispatch procedures and the System

Operator determines that it is necessary to effect a Curtailment of

scheduled deliveries, such schedule shall be curtailed in accordance

with the Network Operating Agreement.

45.5 Allocation of Curtailments: The System Operator shall on a non-

discriminatory basis, effect a Curtailment of the transaction(s) that

effectively relieve the constraint. However, to the extent

practicable and consistent with Good Utility Practice, any Curtailment

will be shared by the customers taking Internal Point-to-Point

Service, Through or Out Service and/or In Service and Network

Customers in proportion to their respective Load Ratio Shares. The

System Operator shall not direct the Network Customer to effect a

Curtailment of schedules to an extent greater than the System Operator

would effect a Curtailment of the Participants' schedules under

similar circumstances.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 184

45.6 Load Shedding: To the extent that a system contingency exists on the

NEPOOL Transmission System and the System Operator determines that it

is necessary for the customers taking Internal Point-to-Point Service,

Through or Out Service and/or In Service and Network Customers to shed

load, the Parties shall shed load in accordance with previously

established procedures under the Network Operating Agreement, or in

accordance with other mutually agreed-to provisions.

45.7 System Reliability: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this

Tariff, the System Operator reserves the right, consistent with Good

Utility Practice and on a not unduly discriminatory basis, to effect a

Curtailment of Network Integration Transmission Service without

liability on the part of the System Operator or the Participants for

the purpose of making necessary adjustments to, changes in, or repairs

on the Participants' lines, substations and facilities, and in cases

where the continuance of Network Integration Transmission Service

would endanger persons or property. In the event of any adverse

condition(s) or

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 185

         disturbance(s) on the NEPOOL Transmission System or on  any other

         system(s) directly or indirectly interconnected with the NEPOOL

         Transmission System, the System Operator, consistent with Good

         Utility Practice, also may effect a Curtailment of Network Integration

         Transmission Service in order to (i) limit the extent or damage of the

         adverse condition(s) or disturbance(s), (ii) prevent damage to

         generating or transmission facilities, or (iii) expedite restoration

         of service.  The System Operator will give the Network Customer as

         much advance notice as is practicable in the event of such

         Curtailment.  Any Curtailment of Network Integration Transmission

         Service will be not unduly discriminatory relative to the

         Participants' use of the Transmission System on behalf of their Native

         Load Customers.  The Network Operating Agreement shall specify the

         rate treatment and all related terms and conditions applicable in the

         event that the Network Customer fails to respond to established Load

         Shedding and Curtailment procedures.


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 186

46 Rates and Charges

The Network Customer shall pay Transmission Providers for any Direct

Assignment Facilities and its share of the cost of any required Network

Upgrades and applicable study costs consistent with Commission policy and

Schedule 11, along with the payment to the System Operator of the charges

for Ancillary Services and the charge for Regional Network Service provided

under this Tariff.

46.1 Determination of Network Customer's Monthly Network Load: The

Network Customer's "Monthly Network Load" is its hourly Network Load

(including its designated Network Load not physically interconnected

with the Transmission Provider under Section 43.3) coincident with the

coincident aggregate Network Load of the Participants and other

Network Customers served in each Local Network in the hour in which

the coincident Network Load is at its maximum for the month ("Monthly

Peak").

47 Operating Arrangements

47.1 Operation under The Network Operating Agreement: The Network

Customer shall plan, construct, operate and

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 187

         maintain its facilities in accordance with Good Utility Practice and in

         conformance with the Network Operating Agreement which shall be in the

         form of Exhibit H to this Tariff, or in any other form that is mutually

         agreed to.

47.2 Network Operating Agreement: The terms and conditions under which

the Network Customer shall operate its facilities and the technical

and operational matters associated with the implementation of Part VI

of the Tariff shall be specified in the Network Operating Agreement.

The Network Operating Agreement shall provide for the Parties to (i)

operate and maintain equipment necessary for integrating the Network

Customer within the NEPOOL Transmission System (including, but not

limited to, remote terminal units, metering, communications equipment

and relaying equipment), (ii) transfer data between the System

Operator and the Network Customer (including, but not limited to, heat

rates and operational characteristics of Network Resources,

generation schedules for units outside the NEPOOL Transmission System,

interchange schedules, unit

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 188

         outputs for redispatch required under Section 45, voltage schedules,

         loss factors and other real time data), (iii) use software programs

         required for data links and constraint dispatching, (iv) exchange data

         on forecasted loads and resources necessary for long-term planning, and

         memorandum address any other technical and operational considerations

         required for implementation of Part VI of this Tariff, including

         scheduling protocols.  The Network Operating Agreement will recognize

         that the Network Customer shall either (i) operate as a Control Area

         under applicable guidelines of the North American Electric Reliability

         Council (NERC) and the Northeast Power Coordinating Council (NPCC),

         (ii) satisfy its Control Area requirements, including all necessary

         Ancillary Services, by contracting with the System Operator and the

         Participants, or (iii) satisfy its Control Area requirements, including

         all necessary Ancillary Services, by contracting with another entity,

         consistent with Good Utility Practice, which satisfies NERC and NPCC

         requirements.  The System Operator shall not unreasonably refuse to

         accept


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 189

         contractual arrangements with another entity for Ancillary Services.

47.3 Network Operating Committee: A Network Operating Committee

(Committee) shall be established to coordinate operating criteria for

the Parties' respective responsibilities under the Network Operating

Agreement, where the Network Customer is not a Participant. Each

Network Customer shall be entitled to have at least one representative

on the Committee. The Committee shall meet from time to time as need

requires, but no less than once each calendar year.

48 Scope of Application of Part VI to Participants

(a) All Participants which are receiving Regional Network Service on the

Compliance Effective Date shall be deemed to have requested to

continue Regional Network Service and to have identified as their

Network Resources and Network Load all of their resources and load as

of the Compliance Effective Date, unless they elect in accordance with

Section 3.3 of this Tariff to receive Internal Point-to-Point Service

at one or more Points of Delivery from one or more Point(s) of

Receipt.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 190


    (b)  In view of the operational, informational and financial obligations

         imposed on Participants by the Agreement, the NEPOOL Financial

         Assurance Policy and NEPOOL rules, the following requirements of Part

         VI of this Tariff shall not be applicable to Participants:

         (1)  the Application requirement specified in Sections 41.1(i) and 42

              of this Tariff;

         (2)  the deposit requirement specified in Section 41.2 of this Tariff;

         (3)  the requirement that a Network Customer execute a Service

              Agreement, as specified in Section 41.1 (iii) of this Tariff;

              provided that a Service Agreement shall be required (i) for any

              Participant initially taking Regional Network Service after the

              Compliance Effective Date, (ii) if a Participant serves load not

              physically interconnected with the NEPOOL Transmission System

              pursuant to Section 43.3 of this Tariff or (iii) if a new

              facility or upgrade is to be constructed pursuant to Section 44.4

              of this Tariff;


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 191

         (4)  the requirement that a Network Customer execute a Network

              Operating Agreement, as specified in Section 41.1(iv) of this

              Tariff; provided that a Network Operating Agreement shall be

              required if a Participant serves load not physically

              interconnected with the NEPOOL Transmission System pursuant to

              Section 43.3 of this Tariff; and

         (5)  the requirement that a Network Customer provide an annual update

              of Network Load and Network Resource forecasts, as specified in

              Section 43.6 of the Tariff.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the System Operator determines at any

time that it requires information from a Participant which would be

contained in an Application submitted pursuant to Section 41.2 or an annual

update of Network Load and Network Resource forecasts provided pursuant to

Section 43.6, it has the right to require that the Customer provide the

information.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 192

VII.INTERCONNECTIONS

49 Interconnection Requirements

Any Participant or Non-Participant which proposes to site a new generating

unit at a site owned by it, or which it has the right to acquire, or to

materially change and increase the capacity of an existing generating unit,

located in the NEPOOL Control Area, shall be obligated to:

(a) satisfy any applicable requirements under the local tariff of the

Transmission Provider in whose Local Network the generator would be

located or to which the interconnection would be connected, including

the filing with the Commission of an interconnection agreement, which

interconnection agreement may be filed by the Transmission Provider

unsigned either on its own or at the request of the Generator Owner;

(b) submit to the System Operator an interconnection application complying

with requirements specified by the System Operator, and enter into an

agreement with the System Operator and, if necessary, one or more

affected Transmission Providers to provide for the conduct of a

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 193

         System Impact Study and, if required, enter into an agreement with one

         or more Transmission Providers to provide for the conduct of a

         Facilities Study, to determine what additions or upgrades to the NEPOOL

         Transmission System and to the Non-PTF System are required in order to

         permit the full integration of its generating unit into the NEPOOL

         system.  The System Impact Study and Facilities Study shall be

         conducted in accordance with the procedures, and subject to the

         obligations, specified in Section 33 of this Tariff; and

    (c)  submit its proposal for review in accordance with Section 18.4 of the

         Agreement and to take any action required pursuant to Section 18.5 of

         the Agreement as a result of such review in order that its generating

         unit will be fully integrated into the NEPOOL Transmission System on a

         basis which permits the firm delivery of the output of the unit;

         provided that the Participant or Non-Participant may proceed with the

         siting of a new or materially changed generating unit under

         circumstances which do not permit full integration of the unit

         temporarily or permanently if it agrees in writing that


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 194

         the output of the unit will be limited to below its full capacity, to

         the levels which can be delivered on a firm basis as identified in

         accordance with Sections 18.4 and 18.5 of the Agreement except in

         emergency conditions, as such conditions are determined by the System

         Operator; and upon the satisfaction of the obligations described in

         (a), (b) and (c) above the Generator Owner shall have the right to be

         interconnected to the NEPOOL Transmission System.  (If required, any

         preliminary feasibility study shall be performed under a separate

         agreement.)

If the studies conducted pursuant to this Section indicate that new PTF

facilities or a facility modification or other PTF upgrades are necessary

in connection with a new or materially changed generating unit, or

otherwise in order to ensure adequate, economic and reliable operation of

the bulk power supply systems of the Participants for regional purposes,

whether or not a particular customer is benefited, upon approval of the

studies by the Regional Transmission Planning Committee, subject to review

by the System Operator, one or more Transmission Providers or their

designees shall be designated by the Regional Transmission Planning

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 195

Committee, subject to review by the System Operator, to design and effect

the construction or modification.

Upon the designation of a Transmission Provider or its designee to design

and effect a PTF addition or upgrade and the fixing of the cost

responsibilities of the Participants and Non-Participants and agreement as

to the security and other provisions of said arrangement, the Transmission

Provider or its designee designated to perform the construction shall, (i)

in accordance with the terms of the arrangements described in this

paragraph and subject to Sections 18.4 and 18.5 of the Agreement, use its

best efforts to design and effect the proposed construction or modification

and (ii) enter into an interconnection agreement with the Generator Owner

as described in paragraph (a) of this Section 49.

Any facilities required in connection with a new generating unit or the

material change of an existing generating unit which constitute a Direct

Assignment Facility shall be fully paid for by the Participant or Non-

Participant proposing the new generating unit or material change under an

interconnection agreement with the Transmission Provider.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 196

Subject to the foregoing, a Participant or Non-Participant proposing a new

or materially changed generating unit, shall be obligated to pay, under an

interconnection agreement with the Transmission Provider, a share of the

full costs of any new PTF facilities or facility modification or other PTF

upgrade which is required and to provide security for its obligations in

accordance with Schedule 11 to this Tariff.

For purposes of determining whether a generating unit is placed in service

after the Compliance Effective Date for purposes of Section 42.6 of this

Tariff or is obligated to satisfy the requirements of this Section, on

January 1, 1999 and thereafter, any unit in active or deactivated status,

as classified in the April 1998 NEPOOL Capacity, Energy, Loads and

Transmission Report and any other generating unit in active status on that

date may receive deactivated status, subject to criteria developed by the

appropriate NEPOOL committee. If so designated, the deactivated unit may

retain this status for a period not to exceed three (3) years from the date

the unit receives deactivated status and shall not be obligated to comply

with this Section if it is reactivated during such period, but if not

reactivated during such period

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 197

shall be deemed retired at the end of such period for purposes of this

Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a proposal is submitted and

approved under Section 18.4 of the Agreement during the three-year period to

1) reactivate, 2) materially modify and reactivate or 3) replace the

deactivated unit, the unit may be reactivated without material modification

without compliance with this Section. The cost of any PTF upgrade required

by 2) or 3) above shall be shared in accordance with Schedule 11 of this

Tariff. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any unit in deactivated status prior

to January 1, 1999 shall be entitled to retain such status through December

31, 2001 whether or not a submission is made under Section 18.4 during such

period.

50 Rights of Generator Owners

Upon compliance with the applicable requirements of the Tariff, (i) any

generating unit located in the NEPOOL Control Area which is in service on

the Compliance Effective Date (including a unit that has lost its capacity

value when its capacity value is restored or a deactivated unit which may

be reactivated without satisfying the requirements of Section 49 of this

Tariff in accordance with the provisions thereof);

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 198

(ii) any generating unit located in the NEPOOL Control Area which is placed

in service after the Compliance Effective Date after complying with Section

49 and Schedule 11 of the Tariff; and (iii) any resource outside the NEPOOL

Control Area that is the subject of a Firm Transmission Service transaction

shall with respect to NEPOOL internal services have rights equal to all

other firmly integrated resources, and shall not at any later time (other

than in connection with service over the Ties not specifically referred to

in the Section 18.4 approval) be required to pay for any additional Network

or other upgrades or costs required in order to further reinforce the

transmission system; provided that any generating unit placed in service

after the Compliance Effective Date, the output of which is limited in

accordance with Section 18.4 of the Agreement to below its full capacity

shall have such rights only up to the permitted output level(s); provided

further that there will be no adverse distinctions in the planning process

or with respect to transmission facility construction between Firm

Transmission Service Customers, any generators referred to in (i) or (ii)

above, and any resources referred to in (iii)

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 199

above. It is further provided that, in accordance with Section 18.4 of the

Agreement, no generator referred to in (i) or (ii) above shall have its

established operating limits reduced, except for emergency situations, as a

result of any new request for NEPOOL interconnection or subsequent Section

18.4 approvals.

51 New Interconnection to Other Control Area

The allocation of PTF upgrade costs associated with interconnections to

other Control Areas placed in service or modified after the Compliance

Effective Date ("New Interconnections") is not presently addressed in this

Tariff. The Participants intend to address in a filing with the Commission

prior to the Compliance Effective Date arrangements for the allocation and

payment of such PTF upgrade costs as follows:

(i) costs of PTF upgrades for New Interconnections to accommodate a

reservation for In Service shall be allocated and paid in a manner

that is consistent with the cost allocation mechanism set forth in

Schedule 11 to this Tariff; and

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 200

(ii) costs of PTF upgrades for New Interconnections to accommodate a

reservation for Through or Out Service shall be allocated and paid in

a manner that is consistent with Section 20 of this Tariff.

It is expected that the rights associated with these reservations will be

equal to the rights for similar reservations for service on existing Ties

that are in service on the Compliance Effective Date.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 201

SCHEDULE 1

Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service

Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service is the service required to

schedule at the pool level the movement of power through, out of, within, or

into the NEPOOL Control Area. It is anticipated that local level service would

be provided under the Local Network Service tariffs of the individual

Transmission Providers. For transmission service under this Tariff, this

Ancillary Service can be provided only by the System Operator and the

Transmission Customer must purchase this service from the System Operator.

Charges for Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service are to be based on

the expenses incurred by the System Operator, the satellite dispatch centers

and the Participants to provide these services. A surcharge for these services

will be added to the Internal Point-to-Point Service rate, to the Through or

Out Service rate and to the Regional Network Service rate.

The System Operator expenses will be based on the functions required to

provide these services and include, but are not limited to:

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 202

    o       Processing and implementation of requests for service, including

            support of the NEPOOL OASIS node;

    o       Coordination of transmission system operation and implementation of

            necessary control actions by the System Operator and support for

            these functions;

    o       Billing associated with transmission services provided under this

            Tariff;

    o       Transmission system planning which supports this service;

    o       Administrative costs associated with the aforementioned functions.

The satellite dispatch center expenses and the Participant expenses will in

each case be an allocated portion of dispatch center expense for the PTF

dispatch functions performed.

This amended Schedule 1 shall be effective as of September 1, 1997 and the

initial surcharge herein under shall be effective from September 1, 1997 to

June 1, 1998. The surcharge shall be redetermined annually as of June 1 in

each year and shall be in effect for the succeeding twelve months. The rate

surcharge per kilowatt for each month is one-twelfth of the amount derived by

dividing the total annual expenses for providing the service by the sum of the

average of the coincident Monthly Peaks (as defined in Section 46.1) of all

Local Networks for the prior calendar year.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 203

The rate surcharge for each Participant or Non-Participant which pays the

Regional Network Service rate for a month shall be based on the number of

kilowatts of its Monthly Network Load (as defined in Section 46.1) for the

month. The rate surcharge for each Participant or Non-Participant which is

obligated to pay the Internal Point-to-Point Service rate or the Through or Out

Service rate for the month shall be based on the highest amount of its Reserved

Capacity for each transaction scheduled as Internal Point-to-Point Service

and/or Through or Out Service for the month.

The revenues received by the System Operator for NEPOOL for providing

Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service shall be allocated each month

among the System Operator and the Participants whose satellite or other costs

are reflected in the computation of the surcharge for the service in proportion

to the costs for each which are reflected in the computation of the surcharge.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 204

SCHEDULE 2

Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation Sources Service

In order to maintain transmission voltages on the NEPOOL Transmission

System within acceptable limits, generation facilities are operated to produce

(or absorb) reactive power. Thus, Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from

Generation Sources Service must be provided for each transaction on the NEPOOL

Transmission System. The amount of Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from

Generation Sources Service that must be supplied with respect to a Transmission

Customer's transaction will be determined based on the reactive power support

necessary to maintain transmission voltages within limits that are generally

accepted in the region and consistently adhered to by the Participants.

Reactive Supply and Voltage Control from Generation Sources Service is to

be provided through the Participants and the System Operator and the

Transmission Customer must purchase this service from the Participants through

the System Operator. The charge for each hour for such service shall be paid

by each Participant or

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 205

Non-Participant which receives either Regional Network Service or Internal

Point-to-Point Service or Through or Out Service and shall be determined in

accordance with the following formula:

CH = (CC + LOC + SCL) (HL{1} + RC{1})
(HL + RC)

in which

CH = the amount to be paid by the Participant or Non-

Participant for the hour;

CC = the capacity costs for the hour, which shall be stated

in an informational filing with the Commission;

              LOC   =    the lost opportunity costs for the hour to be paid to

                         Participants who provide VAR support in accordance

                         with Section 14.5(a) of the Agreement commencing on

                         the Second Effective Date;


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 206



              SCL  =     the cost of energy used in the hour by generating

                         facilities, synchronous condensers or static

                         controlled VAR regulators in order to provide VAR

                         support to the transmission system;

HL{1} = the Network Load of the Participant or Non-Participant

for the hour;

HL = the aggregate of the Network Loads of all Participants

and Non-Participants for the hour;

              RC{1} =    the Reserved Capacity for Internal Point-to-Point

                         Service and/or Through or Out Service of the

                         Participant or Non-Participant for the hour; and



              RC   =     the aggregate Reserved Capacity for Internal Point-to-

                         Point Service and/or Through or Out Service of all


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 207

                         Participants and Non-Participants for the hour.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 208

SCHEDULE 3

Regulation and Frequency Response Service

(Automatic Generator Control)

Regulation and Frequency Response Service (Automatic Generator Control) is

necessary to provide for continuous balancing of resources (generation and

interchange) with Load, and for maintaining scheduled interconnection frequency

at sixty cycles per second (60 Hz). Regulation and Frequency Response Service

(Automatic Generation Control) is accomplished by committing on-line generation

whose output is raised or lowered (predominantly through the use of automatic

generating control equipment) as necessary to follow the moment-by-moment

changes in load. The obligation to maintain this balance between resources and

load lies with the System Operator and this service will be available to all

Participants and other entities that serve load within the NEPOOL Control Area

which enter into separate agreements with NEPOOL through Interchange

Transactions pursuant to the Agreement which result from NEPOOL central

dispatch. The

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 209

Transmission Customer must either take this service from the System Operator or

through the Interchange or make alternative comparable arrangements to satisfy

its Regulation and Frequency Response Service (Automatic Generator Control or

AGC) obligation.

As of December 1, 1996, charges for this Service are determined under the

Prior Agreement as follows:

Payments and reimbursements under the current AGC Billing System fall into

two categories. First, those Participants who have either not made the

appropriate installation arrangements, or who have responsibility for units

that have not met the minimum AGC availability criterion, are required to

pay into a Fixed Cost fund. The dollars collected in the fund are paid to

lead Participants having AGC capability in accordance with a formula which

provides for distribution of the Fixed Cost Fund. The billing for fixed

costs is done on a calendar year basis, by April 1 of the following year.

Second, the AGC Billing system compensates the lead Participants for the

loss of efficiency and increased maintenance costs that are experienced as

a result of AGC operation of their units. An amount representing an

estimate of the total increased hourly operating costs is collected

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 210

from all Participants pro rata to their hourly load. These collected funds

are distributed to the lead Participants who incurred the costs. Billing

for hourly costs is done on a monthly basis.

As of the Second Effective Date, charges for this Service will be

determined on the basis of Bid Prices submitted by the Participants in

accordance with Section 14 of the Agreement.

The transmission service required with respect to Regulation and Frequency

Response Service (Automatic Generator Control) will be paid for as part of

Regional Network Service or Internal Point-to-Point Service by all Participants

and other entities serving load in the NEPOOL Control Area. The charge for

Regional Network Service is specified in Schedule 9. The charge for Internal

Point-to-Point Service is specified in Schedule 10.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 211

SCHEDULE 4

Energy Imbalance Service

Energy Imbalance Service is the service provided when a difference occurs

between the scheduled and the actual delivery of energy to a load located

within the NEPOOL Control Area during a single hour. This service will be

available to all Participants and other entities that serve load within the

NEPOOL Control Area which enter into separate agreements with NEPOOL through

Interchange Transactions resulting from NEPOOL central dispatch at prices which

will be determined in accordance with Section 12 of the Prior Agreement until

the Second Effective Date, and which will be determined in accordance with

Section 14 of the Agreement thereafter. The Transmission Customer may either

supply its load from its own resources or through bilateral transactions or

obtain the service through Interchange Transactions. The transmission service

required with respect to Interchange Transactions will be furnished as part of

Regional Network Service or Internal Point-to-Point Service to all Participants

and other entities serving load in the NEPOOL Control Area. The charges for

Regional Network

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 212

Service or Internal Point-to-Point Service are specified in Schedules 9 and 10.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 213

SCHEDULE 5

Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service

10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service is a service needed to serve load

immediately in the event of a system contingency. This service will be

available to all Participants and other entities that serve load within the

NEPOOL Control Area which enter into separate agreements with NEPOOL through

Interchange Transactions resulting from NEPOOL central dispatch. The

Transmission Customer may either supply this service with its own resources or

through bilateral transactions or obtain the service through Interchange

Transactions on terms determined until the Second Effective Date in accordance

with Section 12 of the Prior NEPOOL Agreement, and on terms determined

thereafter in accordance with Sections 14.4, 14.5 and 14.9 of the Agreement.

Under the Prior Agreement arrangements which will remain in effect until

the Second Effective Date, operating reserve is provided through central

dispatch and the after-the-fact own load energy billing arrangements. Prior

NEPOOL Agreement, <section><section>12.5 - 12.8. Participants that are deemed

to carry operating reserve in any hour are entitled to share in distributions

each month from

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 214

the Pool Savings Fund. Prior NEPOOL Agreement

<section><section>14.1(e)(viii)(B) and 14.8(d). These arrangements are equally

applicable to 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service, 10-Minute Non-Spinning

Reserve Service and 30-Minute Reserve Service. Prior NEPOOL Agreement,

<section><section>12.5, 14.1(e)(viii)(B) and 14.8(d).

Under Sections 14.4, 14.5 and 14.9 of the Agreement, as it will be in

effect after the Second Effective Date, the price to be paid for 10-Minute Non-

Spinning Reserve Service or 30-Minute Operating Reserve Service received in any

hour will be the Operating Reserve Clearing Price for the hour for that

category of reserve service, as determined on the basis of bid prices to

provide the service. Agreement, <section>14.9(a) and (b). After the Third

Effective Date, the price to be paid for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service

will be determined on the same basis. Agreement, <section>14.9(a) and (c).

During the period from the Second Effective Date until the Third Effective

Date, the price for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service will be equal to the

"Lost Opportunity Clearing Price" for the hour and the lost opportunity costs,

if any, for the generating units which supply the service, as determined in

accordance with Section 14.9 of the Agreement. Agreement, <section>14.9(c) and

(d).

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 215

The Transmission Service required with respect to Interchange Transactions

will be furnished as part of Regional Network Service or Internal Point-to-

Point Service to all Participants and other entities serving load in the NEPOOL

Control Area. The charge for Regional Network Service is determined in

accordance with Section 16 of the Tariff and Schedule 9. The charge for

Internal Point-to-Point Service is determined in accordance with Section 21 of

the Tariff and Schedule 10.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 216

SCHEDULE 6

Operating Reserve - 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve Service

10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve Service is a service needed to serve load in

the event of a system contingency. This service will be available to all

Participants and other entities that serve load within the NEPOOL Control Area

which enter into separate agreements with NEPOOL through Interchange

Transactions resulting from NEPOOL central dispatch. The Transmission Customer

may either supply this service with its own resources or through bilateral

transactions or obtain the service through Interchange Transactions on terms

determined until the Second Effective Date in accordance with Section 12 of the

Prior NEPOOL Agreement, and on terms determined thereafter in accordance with

Sections 14.4, 14.5 and 14.9 of the Agreement.

Under the Prior NEPOOL Agreement arrangements which will remain in effect

until the Second Effective Date, operating reserve is provided through central

dispatch and the after-the-fact own load energy billing arrangements. Prior

NEPOOL Agreement, <section><section>12.5 - 12.8. Participants that are deemed

to carry operating reserve in any hour are entitled to share in

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 217

distributions each month from the Pool Savings Fund. Prior NEPOOL Agreement

<section><section>14.1(e)(viii)(B) and 14.8(d). These arrangements are equally

applicable to 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service, 10-Minute Non-Spinning

Reserve Service and 30-Minute Reserve Service. Prior NEPOOL Agreement,

<section><section>12.5, 14.1(e)(viii)(B) and 14.8(d).

Under Sections 14.4, 14.5 and 14.9 of the Agreement, as it will be in

effect after the Second Effective Date, the price to be paid for 10-Minute Non-

Spinning Reserve Service or 30-Minute Operating Reserve Service received in any

hour will be the Operating Reserve Clearing Price for the hour for that

category of reserve service, as determined on the basis of bid prices to

provide the service. Agreement, <section>14.9(a) and (b). After the Third

Effective Date, the price to be paid for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service

will be determined on the same basis. Agreement, <section>14.9(a) and (c).

During the period from the Second Effective Date until the Third Effective

Date, the price for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service will be equal to the

"Lost Opportunity Clearing Price" for the hour and the lost opportunity costs,

if any, for the generating units which supply the service, as determined in

accordance with Section 14.9 of the Agreement. Agreement, <section>14.9(c) and

(d).

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 218

The Transmission Service required with respect to Interchange Transactions

will be furnished as part of Regional Network Service or Internal Point-to-

Point Service to all Participants and other entities serving load in the NEPOOL

Control Area. The charge for Regional Network Service is determined in

accordance with Section 16 of the Tariff and Schedule 9. The charge for

Internal Point-to-Point Service is determined in accordance with Section 21 of

the Tariff and Schedule 10.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 219

SCHEDULE 7

Operating Reserve - 30-Minute Reserve Service

30-Minute Reserve Service is a service needed to serve load in the event of

a system contingency. This service will be available to all Participants and

other entities that serve load within the NEPOOL Control Area which enter into

separate agreements with NEPOOL through Interchange Transactions resulting from

NEPOOL central dispatch. The Transmission Customer may either supply this

service with its own resources or through bilateral transactions or obtain the

service through Interchange Transactions on terms determined until the Second

Effective Date in accordance with Section 12 of the Prior NEPOOL Agreement, and

on terms determined thereafter in accordance with Sections 14.4, 14.5 and 14.9

of the Agreement.

Under the Prior NEPOOL Agreement arrangements which will remain in effect

until the Second Effective Date, operating reserve is provided through central

dispatch and the after-the-fact own load energy billing arrangements. Prior

NEPOOL Agreement, <section><section>12.5 - 12.8. Participants that are deemed

to carry operating reserve in any hour are entitled to share in

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 220

distributions each month from the Pool Savings Fund. Prior NEPOOL Agreement

<section><section>14.1(e)(viii)(B) and 14.8(d). These arrangements are equally

applicable to 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service, 10-Minute Non-Spinning

Reserve Service and 30-Minute Reserve Service. Prior NEPOOL Agreement,

<section><section>12.5, 14.1(e)(viii)(B) and 14.8(d).

Under Sections 14.4, 14.5 and 14.9 of the Agreement, as it will be in

effect after the Second Effective Date, the price to be paid for 10-Minute Non-

Spinning Reserve Service or 30-Minute Operating Reserve Service received in any

hour will be the Operating Reserve Clearing Price for the hour for that

category of reserve service, as determined on the basis of bid prices to

provide the service. Agreement, <section>14.9(a) and (b). After the Third

Effective Date, the price to be paid for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service

will be determined on the same basis. Agreement, <section>14.9(a) and (c).

During the period from the Second Effective Date until the Third Effective

Date, the price for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service will be equal to the

"Lost Opportunity Clearing Price" for the hour and the lost opportunity costs,

if any, for the generating units which supply the service, as determined in

accordance with Section 14.9 of the Agreement. Agreement, <section>14.9(c) and

(d).

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 221

The Transmission Service required with respect to Interchange Transactions

will be furnished as part of Regional Network Service or Internal Point-to-

Point Service to all Participants and other entities serving Load in the NEPOOL

Control Area. The charge for Regional Network Service is determined in

accordance with Section 16 of the Tariff and Schedule 9. The charge for

Internal Point-to-Point Service is determined in accordance with Section 21 of

the Tariff and Schedule 10.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 222

SCHEDULE 8

Through or Out Service -
The Pool PTF Rate

(1) A Transmission Customer shall pay to NEPOOL for firm or non-firm Through or

Out Service reserved for it in accordance with Section 19 of the Tariff the

highest of (a) the Pool PTF Rate or (b)a rate which is derived from the annual

incremental cost, not otherwise borne by the Transmission Customer or a

Generator Owner, of any new facilities or upgrades that would not be required

but for the need to provide the requested service or (c) a rate which is equal

to NEPOOL's opportunity cost (if and when available) capped at the cost of

expansion, as determined for the period of service in accordance with Section

20 of this Tariff. If at any time NEPOOL proposes to charge a rate based on

opportunity cost, it shall first file with the Commission procedures for

computing opportunity cost pricing for all Transmission Customers. The

Transmission Customer shall also be obligated to pay any applicable ancillary

service charges and any congestion or other uplift charge required to be paid

pursuant to Section 24 of this Tariff.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 223

(2) The Pool PTF Rate in effect at any time shall be determined annually on the

basis of the information for the most recent calendar year contained in Form 1

filings (or similar information on the books of Transmission Providers that are

not required to submit a Form 1 filing) and shall be changed annually effective

as of June 1 in each year. The Pool PTF rate shall be equal to (i) the sum for

all Participants of Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements determined in

accordance with Attachment F DIVIDED BY (ii) the sum of the coincident Monthly

Peaks (as defined in Section 46.1) of all Local Networks, excluding from the

Monthly Peak for each Local Network as applicable the loads at each applicable

Point of Delivery of each Participant or Non-Participant which has elected to

take Internal Point-to-Point Service in lieu of Regional Network Service at one

or more Points of Delivery; PLUS the Long-Term Firm Reserved Capacity amount

for each such Participant or Non-Participant which has elected to take Firm

Internal Point-to-Point Service in lieu of Regional Network Service at one or

more Points of Delivery PLUS the Long-Term Reserved Capacity amount for each

Participant or Non-Participant for Firm Through or Out Service. Revenues

associated with Short-Term Point-to-Point reservations will be credited to the

sum of

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 224

all Participants' Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements referred to

in (i) above.

(3) Discounts: Three principal requirements apply to discounts for Through or

Out Service as follows (1) any offer of a discount made by the Participants

must be announced to all Eligible Customers solely by posting on the OASIS, (2)

any customer-initiated requests for discounts (including requests for use by

one's wholesale merchant or an affiliate's use) must occur solely by posting on

the OASIS, and (3) once a discount is negotiated, details must be immediately

posted on the OASIS. For any discount agreed upon for service on a path, from

Point(s) of Receipt to Point(s) of Delivery, the Participants must offer the

same discounted transmission service rate for the same time period to all

Eligible Customers on all unconstrained transmission paths that go to the same

Point(s) of Delivery on the NEPOOL Transmission System.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 225

SCHEDULE 9

Regional Network Service

(1) A Transmission Customer which serves a Network Load in the NEPOOL Control

Area shall pay to NEPOOL each month for Regional Network Service the amount

determined in accordance with the following formula:

A = 1/12 (R {.} L)

in which

A = the amount to be paid

R = the Participant RNS Rate per Kilowatt for the current Year for the

Participant which owns the Local Network from which the Customer's

load is served

L = the Customer's Monthly Network Load for the month

It shall also be obligated to pay any applicable congestion or other uplift

charge required to be paid pursuant to Section 24 of this Tariff.

Each Participant RNS Rate is to be determined in accordance with the

remaining provisions of this Schedule 9. The Participants intend that the rate

will be determined by looking separately at the costs associated with

facilities which are in

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 226

service at December 31, 1996, and the costs associated with new facilities which

are placed in service after December 31, 1996. Costs of new facilities are to

be shared regionally on a per Kilowatt basis in determining the rates of each of

the Participants with a Local Network, unless otherwise allocated to a

particular entity pursuant to this Tariff.

Costs of existing facilities are to be determined separately for each

Participant and reflected in the rate for service to Transmission Customers

serving load in the Participant's Local Network. This is initially subject to

a band width which limits the variation of the Participant per Kilowatt cost

from the average per Kilowatt cost for all Participants to not less than 70%,

or more than 130%, of the average cost.

(2) The Pool RNS Rate per Kilowatt is $1 in Year One, $4 in Year Two, $7 in

Year Three, $10 in Year Four and $13 in Year Five and the period from the end

of Year Five to the next succeeding June 1, and is equal to the Pool PTF Rate

for each Year thereafter.

(3) The Participant RNS Rate for a Participant for a Year shall be a percentage

of the Pool RNS Rate for the year and shall be

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 227

equal to the Pool RNS Rate after the end of the transitional period described in

paragraph (4) of this Schedule. The percentage for each Participant for each

Year shall equal the percentage which the sum of (i) the Participant's pre-1997

Participant RNS Rate and (ii) the post-1996 Pool PTF Rate represents of (iii)

the Pool PTF Rate for the Year.

(4) The pre-1997 Participant RNS Rate for each Participant shall be determined

by comparing its individual pre-1997 PTF Rate, for the most recent calendar

year for which information is available from Form 1 filings or otherwise to the

pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate for the same calendar year. If the Participant's

individual pre-1997 PTF Rate for a Year is less than the pre-1997 Pool PTF

Rate, its pre-1997 Participant RNS Rate for the Year shall be the rate

determined by reducing the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate by the percentage which the

Participant's pre-1997 PTF Rate is less than the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate;

provided that in no event shall its pre-1997 Participant RNS Rate be less than

70% of the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate, until the end of Year Five, and thereafter

shall be no less than 50% of the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate for Year Six through

Year Ten, and shall be equal to the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 228

for Year Eleven and thereafter. If the Participant's individual pre-1997 PTF

Rate is greater than the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate, its pre-1997 Participant RNS

Rate shall be the rate determined by increasing the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate by

the percentage which its pre-1997 Participant PTF Rate is greater than the

pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate; provided that in no event shall its pre-1997 Participant

RNS Rate be greater than 130% of the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate until the end of

Year Five, and thereafter shall be no greater than 127% of the pre-1997 Pool PTF

Rate for Year Six, 123% of the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate for Year Seven, 118% of

the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate for Year Eight, 112% of the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate

for Year Nine, 105% of the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate for Year Ten, and shall be

equal to the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate for Year Eleven and thereafter. If for any

Year the revenues to be received from the payment by Participants or other

Transmission Customers of their respective applicable Participant RNS Rates will

average more or less than the Pool PTF Rate per Kilowatt for the Year, each

Participant RNS Rate will be increased or decreased, as appropriate, so that the

revenues to be received per Kilowatt per Year will equal the Pool PTF Rate per

Kilowatt for the Year.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 229

(5) The individual pre-1997 PTF Rate of a Participant which owns a Local

Network for a year is the amount derived annually by dividing its Annual

Transmission Revenue Requirements for the most recent calendar year for which

information is available from Form 1 filings (or similar information on the

books of Transmission Providers that are not required to submit a Form 1

filing) with respect to PTF placed in service before January 1, 1997, as

determined in accordance with Attachment F to this Tariff, by the average for

the twelve months of the calendar year on which the rate is based of the sum of

the coincident Monthly Peaks for the Local Network, as adjusted each month for

losses, excluding from the Monthly Peak the load at each applicable Point of

Delivery of each Participant or Non-Participant which has elected to take

Internal Point-to-Point Service in lieu of Regional Network Service at one or

more Points of Delivery; PLUS the Long-Term Firm Reserved Capacity amount for

each such Participant or Non-Participant which has elected to take Firm

Internal Point-to-Point Service in lieu of Regional Network Service at one or

more Points of Delivery.

(6) The pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate shall be determined in accordance with the

following formula:

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 230

    R =  ATRR
         ----
         ARNL

and the post-1996 Pool PTF Rate shall be determined in accordance with the

following formula:

R' = ATRR'

ARNL

in which

R = the pre-1997 Pool PTF Rate

R' = the post-1996 Pool PTF Rate

    ATRR =    the aggregate of the Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements of
              the Participants with respect to PTF placed in service before
              January 1, 1997, as determined in accordance with Attachment F to
              this Tariff.

    ATRR' =   the aggregate of the Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements of
              the Participants with respect to PTF placed in service on or
              after January 1, 1997, including upgrades, modifications or
              additions to PTF placed in service before January 1, 1997, as
              determined in accordance with Attachment F to this Tariff.

    ARNL =    the average for the twelve months of the calendar year on which
              the rate is based of the sum of the coincident Monthly Peaks for
              all Local Networks, as adjusted each month for NEPOOL losses,
              excluding from the Monthly Peak for each Local Network as
              applicable the load at each applicable Point of Delivery of each
              Participant or Non-Participant which has elected to take Internal
              Point-to-Point Service in lieu of Regional Network Service at one
              or more Points of Delivery; PLUS the Long-Term Firm Reserved
              Capacity amount for each such Participant


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 231

              or Non-Participant which has elected to take Firm Internal
              Point-to-Point Service in lieu of Regional Network Service at one
              or more Points of Delivery PLUS the Long-Term Reserved Capacity
              amount for each Participant or Non-Participant for Firm Through or
              Out Service.

(7) As used in this Schedule, "Monthly Peak" and "Monthly Network Load" each

has the meaning specified in Section 46.1 of this Tariff.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 232

SCHEDULE 10

Internal Point-to-Point Service

(1) A Transmission Customer shall pay to NEPOOL for firm or non-firm

Internal Point-to-Point Service reserved for it in accordance with Section 19

of the Tariff a charge per Kilowatt, as determined for the period of the

service in accordance with Section 21 of this Tariff, equal to the Internal

Point-to-Point Service Rate; provided if either or both (i) a rate which is

derived from the annual incremental cost not otherwise borne by the

Transmission Customer or a Generator Owner, of any new facilities or upgrades

that would not be required but for the need to provide the requested service or

(ii) a rate which is equal to NEPOOL's opportunity cost (if and when available)

capped at the cost of expansion, is greater than the Pool PTF Rate the charge

shall be the higher of such amounts; provided further that no such charge shall

be payable with respect to the use of Internal Point-to-Point Service to effect

a delivery to the NEPOOL power exchange in an Interchange Transaction. If at

any time NEPOOL proposes to charge a rate based on opportunity cost, it shall

first file with the Commission procedures for computing opportunity cost

pricing for all Transmission Customers. The Customer shall also be

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 233

obligated to pay any applicable ancillary service charge and any applicable

congestion or other uplift charge required to be paid pursuant to Section 24 of

this Tariff.

(2) Discounts: Three principal requirements apply to discounts for

Internal Point-to-Point Service as follows (1) any offer of a discount made by

the Participants must be announced to all Eligible Customers solely by posting

on the OASIS, (2) any customer-initiated requests for discounts (including

requests for use by one's wholesale merchant or an affiliate's use) must occur

solely by posting on the OASIS, and (3) once a discount is negotiated, details

must be immediately posted on the OASIS. For any discount agreed upon for

service on a path, from Point(s) of Receipt to Point(s) of Delivery, the

Participants must offer the same discounted transmission service rate for the

same time period to all Eligible Customers on all unconstrained transmission

paths that go to the same Point(s) of Delivery on the NEPOOL Transmission

System.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 234

SCHEDULE 11

Additions to or Upgrades of PTF

If any of the studies referred to in Sections 33, 44 or 49 of the Tariff

indicates that PTF upgrades are necessary to provide the requested service, or

in connection with a new or materially changed generating unit, responsibility

for the costs of the PTF upgrades shall, where necessary, be determined by the

Regional Transmission Planning Committee before construction is commenced,

subject to the following limitations:

(i) If the construction of a PTF or upgrade is required in connection with a

new generating unit or materially changed generating unit, one-half of the

Shared Amount(as defined below) of the capital cost of the PTF upgrade

shall be included in Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements under

Attachment F, and the Generator Owner shall be obligated to pay the other

half of the Shared Amount of the capital cost of the PTF upgrade and all of

the capital cost in excess of the Shared Amount, and any applicable tax

gross-up amounts. Following completion of the construction or

modification, the Generator Owner shall be obligated to pay its pro rata

share of all of the annual costs (including cost of capital,

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 235

federal and state income taxes, O&M and A&G expenses, annual property taxes

and other related costs) which are allocable to the PTF upgrade, pursuant to

the interconnection agreements with the individual Transmission Providers or

their designees which are responsible for the construction or modification,

which agreements may be filed with the Commission by a Transmission

Provider unsigned either on its own or at the request of the Generator

Owner.

(ii)In determining the cost responsibilities for a particular PTF upgrade,

the Regional Transmission Planning Committee, subject to review by the

System Operator, may determine that all or a portion of the proposed

facilities exceed regional system, regulatory or other public

requirements. In such a case, the Regional Transmission Planning

Committee, subject to review by the System Operator, shall determine

the amount of the excess costs of the PTF upgrade which shall be borne

by the entity which is responsible for requiring such excess costs,

and the excess costs shall not be included in the calculation of the

Shared Amount, if any, of the costs of the PTF upgrade and shall be

borne directly by the responsible entity.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 236

The Shared Amount of the capital cost of the PTF upgrade required in connection

with the installation or modification of a generating facility (excluding any

costs which are determined to be excess costs in accordance with paragraph (ii)

above) shall be initially determined as of the time that the System Impact

Study agreement is executed by all parties and the Generator Owner has paid the

cost of the study, (such initial determination to be based on the estimated

cost of the PTF upgrade, subject to later adjustment as set forth below)

subject to truing up the KW element of the following formula upon completion of

the PTF upgrade, and shall be the lesser of (a) the full actual capital cost of

the PTF upgrades (excluding any costs which are determined to be excess costs

in accordance with paragraph (ii) above) or (b) the amount determined in

accordance with the following formula:

P = KW (R)(.50)

C

in which:

P is the maximum amount to be shared;

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 237


         KW   in the case of a generating unit, is the actual demonstrated net

              capability of the new generating unit or increase in the capacity

              of an existing generating unit corrected to 50<circle>F, in

              kilowatts.  If winter operating conditions are shown in the

              System Impact Study and/or application under Section 18.4 of the

              Agreement to require additional transmission reinforcements

              beyond those reinforcements required for summer operating

              conditions, the net capability of the unit will be corrected to

              an ambient air temperature of 0<circle>F;

R is the Pool PTF Rate, as in effect on the Compliance Effective

Date; and

C is the weighted average carrying charge factor of all the

Transmission Providers which own PTF, determined, as of the

Compliance Effective Date, in accordance with Attachment F to the

Tariff, i.e., the sum for all Transmission Providers of the

amounts in Attachment F, Section I.A through I.H,

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 238

              divided by the sum of PTF Transmission Plant for all Transmission

              Providers as defined in Attachment F, Section I.A.1.a.

If the Regional Transmission Planning Committee (RTPC) and the System Operator

at the time of the review of a generation project under Section 18.4 of the

Agreement find that the proposed generation project would result in deferral

for two years or more or cancellation of transmission upgrade investments that

would have been required (subject to criteria proposed by the System Operator

and approved by the RTPC and the Executive Committee with respect to the siting

of generation in the most advantageous location and is only exercised when

there is a significant net benefit to load) BUT FOR the proposed generation

project in an amount that equals or exceeds 75% of the capital equivalent of

the Pool PTF Rate, then the Executive Committee shall have the authority to

vote to permit a deviation from the cost allocation formula in this Schedule 11

that would allow the cap on the Shared Amount to increase to as much as 100% of

the capital equivalent of the Pool PTF Rate.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 239

All payments required hereunder shall be determined initially on an estimated

basis, and then adjusted after the appropriate portion of the construction or

modification costs has been reflected in Tariff rates in the first adjustment

of Tariff rates after the PTF upgrade has been placed in commercial operation.

If a proposal for a new generating unit or a material change to a generating

unit requires the construction of a PTF upgrade to interconnect and/or

accommodate the generator, the Generator Owner requesting such interconnection

may, at the request of the Transmission Provider or its designee responsible

for effecting such construction, be obligated to pay to the Transmission

Provider or its designee constructing the PTF upgrade an amount equal to its

share of the estimated cost of the construction at one time or in monthly or

other periodic installments, including, without limitation, all costs

associated with acquiring land, rights of way easements, purchasing equipment

and materials, installing, constructing, interconnecting, and testing the

facilities; O&M and engineering costs; all related overheads; and any and all

associated taxes and government fees. In addition to, or in lieu of said

payment, the affected Transmission Provider or

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 240

its designee may require the Generator Owner to provide, as security for its

obligation to pay any unfunded balance of the construction costs, and its

obligation to pay the entire construction cost if the new PTF or upgrades are

partly or completely constructed and the Generator Owner then goes out of

business or abandons its project, a letter of credit or other reasonable form of

security acceptable to the Transmission Provider or its designee that will be

responsible for the construction equivalent to the cost of the new facilities or

upgrades and consistent with relevant commercial practices, as established by

the Uniform Commercial Code. As soon as reasonably practical, but in any event

within 180 days after completion of the construction, or as otherwise mutually

agreed, the Transmission Provider or its designee responsible for the

construction will determine the difference, if any, between the estimated cost

already paid by the Generator Owner to the Transmission Provider or its designee

responsible for the construction and its share of the actual cost of the

construction, and will either receive from the Generator Owner, with Interest

(if the sum paid is insufficient) or pay to the Generator Owner, with Interest,

(if the sum paid is surplus) the difference;

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 241

provided that if, at the time such determination is made, items of construction

remain to be completed and/or some construction costs have not been invoiced and

paid, the Transmission Provider or its designee responsible for the construction

shall continue to be entitled to recover from the Generator Owner the Generator

Owner's share of the costs of such remaining items and may retain a reserve to

cover such items. Furthermore, the Transmission Provider shall release any

letter of credit or other security instrument received by the Transmission

Provider, up to the amount allowed to be recovered through the Transmission

Provider's Annual Transmission Revenue Requirement, no later than 60 days after

the later of the reflection of such costs in the Pool rates and the commercial

operation of the generation addition or modification. To the extent PTF

upgrades, or any portion thereof, are completed in a calendar year, Transmission

Providers will use their best efforts to reflect such facilities in their Annual

Transmission Revenue Requirements calculated on the basis of that year. That

portion of the construction costs paid by the Generator Owner may, by mutual

agreement of the Transmission Provider and the Generator Owner, either be

retained by the Transmission Provider, or be refunded to the Generator Owner

upon the Generator Owner executing

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 242

a contract with the Transmission Provider obligating the Generator Owner to pay

the Transmission Provider the ongoing transmission revenue requirement

associated with its share of the PTF construction, including cost of capital,

federal and state income taxes, O&M and A&G costs, annual property taxes and all

other related costs, and providing the Transmission Provider with an irrevocable

letter of credit or other form of security acceptable to the Transmission

Provider. In the event the Generator Owner's portion of the construction costs

is retained by the Transmission Provider or its designee in accordance with the

preceding sentence, the Generator Owner be obligated (i) to pay the federal and

state income taxes required to be paid by the Transmission Provider with respect

to the retained amount, and (ii) to pay annually its percentage of the O&M and

A&G costs, annual property taxes and all other related costs in accordance with

the interconnection agreement; provided that in no event shall the Generator

Owner be obligated to pay any cost more than once. If the Generator Owner for

whatever reason goes out of business, or otherwise abandons its generation

project, and the PTF upgrade has already been partially or completely

constructed, the Generator Owner shall be responsible for all of the

unrecovered ongoing

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 243

costs of the PTF upgrade that would not have been incurred but for the proposed

generation project. Nothing contained herein shall prevent the Transmission

Provider or its designee responsible for the construction and the Generator

Owner from negotiating other methods for providing financial security associated

with the cost of a PTF upgrade to existing PTF deemed acceptable to the

Transmission Provider or other entity.

In any case other than the construction or modification of a PTF upgrade with

respect to a new or modified generating unit, a Transmission Customer shall

also be obligated to pay such costs and to provide such security for its

obligation as may be agreed to under an interconnection or other applicable

agreement with the Transmission Provider or its designee which will effect the

construction or modification.

Subject to the foregoing, the interconnection and support agreements for a PTF

upgrade may specify the basis for continued support of such upgrade in the

event of a termination of NEPOOL, the cancellation of the project due to a

failure to obtain regulatory approvals or permits or required rights of way or

other

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 244

property, or action to terminate the project before its completion for

whatever reason and any other matters.

Interest payable hereunder shall be calculated in accordance with Section 8.3

of the Tariff.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 245

ATTACHMENT A

Form of Service Agreement for

Through or Out Service or

Internal Point-To-Point Service

1.0 This Service Agreement, dated as of ____________, is entered into, by and

between the NEPOOL Participants acting through ____________________ (the

"System Operator") and _____________("Transmission Customer").

2.0 The Transmission Customer has been determined by the System Operator to

have a Completed Application for Firm [Non-Firm] Transmission Service under

this Tariff.

3.0 If required, the Transmission Customer has provided to the System Operator

an Application deposit in accordance with the provisions of this Tariff.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 246

4.0 Service under this Service Agreement shall commence on the later of (1) the

requested service commencement date, or (2) the date on which construction

or any Direct Assignment Facilities and/or facility additions or upgrades

are completed, or (3) such other date as it is permitted to become

effective by the Commission. Service under this Service Agreement shall

terminate on such date as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. [The

Service Agreement may be a blanket agreement for non-firm service.]

5.0 The Participants agree to provide, and the Transmission Customer agrees to

take and pay for, Transmission Service in accordance with the provisions of

the Tariff and this Service Agreement.

6.0 Any notice or request made to or by either party regarding this Service

Agreement shall be made to the representative of the other party as

indicated below.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 247

NEPOOL PARTICIPANTS:

New England Power Pool

One Sullivan Road

Holyoke, MA 01040-2841

TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER:




7.0 The Tariff is incorporated in this Service Agreement and made a part

hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Service Agreement to be

executed by their respective authorized officials.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 248

NEPOOL Participants:

By [System Operator]

By:___________________ __________ _____________

Name Title Date

TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER:

By:___________________ __________ _____________

   Name                  Title         Date



NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 249

SPECIFICATIONS FOR THROUGH OR OUT SERVICE

OR INTERNAL POINT-TO-POINT SERVICE

1.0 Term of Transaction: ________________________________

Start Date: _________________________________________

Termination Date: ___________________________________

2.0 Description of capacity and energy to be transmitted by Participants

including the electric Control Area in which the transaction originates.


3.0 Point(s) of Receipt:__________________________________

Delivering party:_____________________________________

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 250

4.0 Point(s) of Delivery:_________________________________

Receiving party:______________________________________

5.0 Maximum amount of capacity and energy to be transmitted (Reserved

Capacity):___________________________________

6.0 Designation of party(ies) or other entity(ies) subject to reciprocal

service obligation:____________________________________




7.0 Name(s) of any intervening systems providing transmission

service:__________________________________________________


NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 251

8.0 Service under this Service Agreement may be subject to some combination of

the charges detailed below. (The appropriate charges for individual

transactions will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions

of this Tariff.)

8.1 Transmission Charge:______________________________


8.2 System Impact Study and/or Facilities Study Charge(s):



8.3 direct assignment expansion charge [Need to define or reference

upgrade costs]:



NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 252

ATTACHMENT B

Form Of Service Agreement For

Regional Network Service

1.0 This Service Agreement, dated as of ______________, is entered into, by and

between the NEPOOL Participants acting through ___________________________

(the "System Operator"), and ____________ ("Transmission Customer").

2.0 The Transmission Customer has been determined by the System Operator to be

a Transmission Customer under the Tariff and has requested Regional Network

Service under the Tariff.

3.0 Regional Network Service (including, if requested, Network Integration

Transmission Service) under this Agreement shall be provided by the NEPOOL

Participants upon request by an authorized representative of the

Transmission Customer.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 253

4.0 The Transmission Customer agrees to supply information the System Operator

deems reasonably necessary in accordance with Good Utility Practice in

order for it to provide the requested service.

5.0 The Participants agree to provide and the Transmission Customer agrees to

take and pay for Regional Network Service in accordance with the provisions

of the Tariff and this Service Agreement.

6.0 Any notice or request made to or by either party regarding this Service

Agreement shall be made to the representative of the other party as

indicated below.

NEPOOL PARTICIPANTS:

NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL

ONE SULLIVAN ROAD

HOLYOKE, MA 01040-2841

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 254

TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER:




7.0 The Tariff is incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Service Agreement to be

executed by their respective authorized officials.

TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER:

By:______________________    ______________      ___________

   Name                      Title               Date


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 255

NEPOOL PARTICIPANTS:

By: [System Operator]

By:______________________    ______________      ___________

   Name                      Title               Date



NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 256

ATTACHMENT C

Methodology To Assess Available Transmission Capability

Available Transmission Capability (ATC) will be assessed based on industry-

accepted standards; currently, ATC will be established by reducing the

determined Total Transfer Capability (TTC) by the Transmission Reliability

Margin (TRM) and by transmission commitments.

Total Transfer Capability (TTC) is the determined amount of electric power that

can be reliably transferred over the network consistent with the following:

o Good utility practice

o NERC standards, guides, and procedures;

o NPCC criteria and guidelines;

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 257

o New England criteria, rules, procedures, and reliability standards;

o Applicable guides, standards, and criteria of the affected Transmission

Owner(s), whether Participant or Non-Participant;

o Other applicable guidelines and standards which may need to be

established from time to time.

As such, TTC will be determined at a level which maintains all of the

following:

o All equipment within its applicable capabilities;

o Voltages and reactive reserves within acceptable levels;

o Stability maintained with adequate levels of damping;

o Frequency (Hz) within acceptable levels.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 258

TTC will be evaluated using appropriate and suitable tools, data, and

information, considering the physical impacts of electric power transfers on

the interconnected transmission network. It will reflect anticipated system

conditions and equipment status to the degree practicable.

The Transmission Reliability Margin (TRM) will be established at a level which

incorporates the uncertainties and continued variability of system conditions

and the practical limitations of system control.

Transmission commitments include existing and pending requests for transmission

service and obligations of other existing contracts under which transmission

service is provided.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 259

ATTACHMENT D

Methodology for Completing a System Impact Study

The system impact study will be performed to evaluate the impact of the

requested service on the reliability and operating characteristics of the bulk

power system, consistent with:

o Good utility practice

o NERC standards, guides, and procedures;

o NPCC criteria and guidelines;

o New England criteria, rules, procedures, and reliability standards;

o Applicable guides, standards, and criteria of the impacted Transmission

Owner(s), whether Participant or Non-Participant;

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 260


o       Other applicable guidelines and standards which may need to be

        established from time to time.

As such, the study will examine the impact on the New England regional bulk

power system and its component systems and neighboring and external systems.

Consistent with the aforementioned, the ability to operate the system subject

to the following will be considered:

o All equipment within its applicable capabilities;

o Voltages and reactive reserves within acceptable levels;

o Stability maintained with adequate levels of damping;

o Frequency (Hz) within acceptable levels.

The study will consider the reliability requirements to meet existing and

pending obligations of the Participants and the obligations of the impacted

Transmission Owner(s).

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 261

The study will be performed using appropriate and suitable analysis tools and

modeling data consistent with the nature and duration of the requested service.

It is expected that the Eligible Customer will provide the information as

prescribed in Exhibit 1 of Attachment I, and such other information as may be

reasonably required and associated with the requested service and necessary for

its study. It is also recognized that it may be determined that additional or

specialized analysis tools or computer software are necessary for the study.

The responsibility for the provision of these items will be subject to the

System Impact Study Agreement.

The study will identify if the requested service or a portion of it can be

provided without adverse impact on the reliability and operating

characteristics of the system. The study will also identify if it appears that

modification of the system is necessary to provide the service.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 262

ATTACHMENT E

Local Networks

The Local Networks, as of the effective date of this Tariff, are those of

the following:

1. Bangor Hydro-Electric Company

2. Boston Edison Company

3. Central Maine Power Company

4. the Commonwealth Energy System companies

5. the Eastern Utility Associates companies

6. the New England Electric System companies

7. the Northeast Utilities companies

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 263


    8.   The United Illuminating Company


    9.   Vermont Electric Power Company and the entities which are grouped with

         it as a single Participant.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 264

ATTACHMENT F

Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements

The Transmission Revenue Requirements for each Participant will reflect the

Participants' costs for Pool Transmission Facilities (PTF). The Transmission

Revenue Requirements will be an annual calculation based on the previous

calendar year's data as shown, in the case of Transmission Providers which are

subject to the Commission's jurisdiction, in the Participants' FERC Form 1

report for that year, and shall be based on actual data in lieu of allocated

data if specifically identified in the Form 1 report, as set forth below:

I. The Transmission Revenue Requirement shall equal the sum of the

Transmission Provider's (A) Return and Associated Income Taxes, (B)

Transmission Depreciation Expense, (C) Transmission Related Amortization of

Loss on Reacquired Debt, (D) Transmission Related Amortization of

Investment Tax Credits, (E) Transmission Related Municipal Tax Expense, (F)

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 265

Transmission Operation and Maintenance Expense, (G) Transmission Related

Administrative and General Expense, (H) Transmission Related Integrated

Facilities Credit, minus (I) Transmission Support Revenue, plus (J)

Transmission Support Expense, plus (K) Transmission Related Expense from

Generators, plus (L) Transmission Related Taxes and Fees Charge.

A. RETURN AND ASSOCIATED INCOME TAXES shall equal the product of the

Transmission Investment Base and the Cost of Capital Rate.

1. TRANSMISSION INVESTMENT BASE

The Transmission Investment Base will be (a) PTF Transmission

Plant, plus (b) Transmission Related General Plant, plus (c)

Transmission Plant Held for Future Use, less (d) Transmission

Related Depreciation Reserve, less (e) Transmission Related

Accumulated Deferred Taxes, plus (f) Transmission Related Loss on

Reacquired Debt, plus (g) Other

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 266

              Regulatory Assets, plus (h) Transmission Prepayments, plus (i)

              Transmission Materials and Supplies, plus (j) Transmission Related

              Cash Working Capital.

(a) PTF TRANSMISSION PLANT will equal the balance of the

Transmission Provider's PTF Investment in Transmission

Plant, excluding (i) the Transmission Provider's capital

leases in the Hydro-Quebec DC facilities (HQ leases), and

(ii) the portion of any facilities, the cost of which is

directly assigned under the Tariff to a Transmission

Customer or a Generator Owner or Interconnection Requester.

(b) TRANSMISSION RELATED GENERAL PLANT shall equal the

Transmission Provider's balance of investment in General

Plant multiplied by the ratio of Transmission related direct

Wages and Salaries including those of the affiliated

Companies to the Transmission Provider's total

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 267

                   direct Wages and Salaries including those of the affiliated

                   Companies and excluding Administrative and General Wages and

                   Salaries (Transmission Wages and Salaries Allocation Factor),

                   multiplied by the ratio of PTF Transmission Plant to Total

                   Investment in Transmission Plant excluding HQ leases (PTF

                   Transmission Plant Allocation Factor).

(c) TRANSMISSION PLANT HELD FOR FUTURE USE shall equal the

balance of Transmission investment in FERC Account 105

multiplied by the PTF Transmission Plant Allocation Factor.

(d) TRANSMISSION RELATED DEPRECIATION RESERVE shall equal the

balance of Total Transmission Depreciation Reserve, plus the

monthly balance of Transmission Related General Plant

Depreciation Reserve. Transmission Related General Plant

Depreciation

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 268

                   Reserve shall equal the product of General Plant Depreciation

                   Reserve and the Transmission Wages and Salaries Allocation

                   Factor described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above.  This sum

                   shall be multiplied by the PTF Transmission Plant Allocation

                   Factor, described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above.

(e) TRANSMISSION RELATED ACCUMULATED DEFERRED TAXES shall equal

the Transmission Provider's balance of Total Accumulated

Deferred Income Taxes, multiplied by the ratio of Total

Investment in Transmission Plant excluding HQ leases to

Total Plant in service excluding General Plant and HQ Leases

(Plant Allocation Factor), further multiplied by the PTF

Transmission Plant Allocation Factor described in Section

(I)(A)(1)(b) above.

(f) TRANSMISSION RELATED LOSS ON REACQUIRED DEBT shall equal the

Transmission Provider's balance of Total Loss on Reacquired

Debt

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 269

                   multiplied by the Plant Allocation Factor as described in

                   Section (I)(A)(1)(e) above, further multiplied by the PTF

                   Transmission Plant Allocation Factor described in Section

                   (I)(A)(1)(b) above.

(g) OTHER REGULATORY ASSETS shall equal the Transmission

Provider's balance of any deferred rate recovery FAS 106

expenses multiplied by the Transmission Wages and Salaries

Allocation Factor described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b), plus

the Transmission Provider's year end balance of FAS 109

multiplied by the Plant Allocation Factor described in

Section (I)(A)(1)(e) above. This sum shall be multiplied by

the PTF Transmission Plant Allocation Factor, described in

Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above.

(h) TRANSMISSION PREPAYMENTS shall equal the Transmission

Provider's balance of prepayments

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 270

                   multiplied by the Wages and Salaries allocator described in

                   Section (I)(A)(1)(b) and further multiplied by the PTF

                   Transmission Plant Allocation Factor described in Section

                   (I)(A)(1)(b) above.

(i) TRANSMISSION MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES shall equal the

Transmission Provider's balance of Transmission Plant

Materials and Supplies, multiplied by the PTF Transmission

Plant Allocation Factor described in Section I(A)(1)(b)

above.

(j) TRANSMISSION RELATED CASH WORKING CAPITAL shall be a 12.5%

allowance (45 days/360 days) of Transmission Operation and

Maintenance Expense and Transmission Related Administrative

and General Expense.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 271


         2.   COST OF CAPITAL RATE

The Cost of Capital Rate will equal (a) the Transmission

Provider's Weighted Cost of Capital, plus (b) Federal Income Tax

plus (c) State Income Tax.

(a) THE WEIGHTED COST OF CAPITAL will be calculated based upon

the capital structure at the end of each year and will equal

the sum of:

(i) the LONG-TERM DEBT COMPONENT, which equals the product

of the actual weighted average embedded cost to

maturity of the Transmission Provider's long-term debt

then outstanding and the ratio that long-term debt is

to the Transmission Provider's total capital.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 272


                   (ii)  the PREFERRED STOCK COMPONENT, which equals the

                         product of the actual weighted average embedded cost

                         to maturity of the Transmission Provider's preferred

                         stock then outstanding and the ratio that preferred

                         stock is to the Transmission Provider's total capital.

(iii) the RETURN ON EQUITY COMPONENT, which equals the

product of the Transmission Provider's Return on

Equity as set in the Provider's LNS open access tariff

rate and the ratio that common equity is to the

Transmission Provider's total capital.

(b) FEDERAL INCOME TAX shall equal

A X FT

1 - FT

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 273


                   Where FT is the Federal Income Tax Rate and A is the sum of

                   the preferred stock component and the return on equity

                   component, as determined in Section (I)(A)(2)(a)(ii) and

                   Section (I)(A)(2)(a)(iii) above.

(c) STATE INCOME TAX shall equal

(A + FEDERAL INCOME TAX) x ST
1 - ST

where ST is the State Income Tax Rate, A is the sum of the

preferred stock component and the return on equity component

determined in Section (I)(A)(2)(a)(ii) and Section

(I)(A)(2)(a)(iii) above, and Federal Income Tax is the rate

determined in Section (I)(A)(2)(b) above.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 274


    B.   TRANSMISSION DEPRECIATION EXPENSE shall equal the PTF Transmission

         Plant Allocation Factor described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above,

         multiplied by the sum of Depreciation Expense for Transmission Plant,

         plus an allocation of General Plant Depreciation Expense calculated by

         multiplying General Plant Depreciation Expense by the Wages and

         Salaries Allocation Factor, described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above.

C. TRANSMISSION RELATED AMORTIZATION OF LOSS ON REACQUIRED DEBT shall

equal the Transmission Provider's Amortization of Loss on Reacquired

Debt multiplied by the Plant Allocation Factor as described in Section

(I)(A)(1)(e) above, and further multiplied by the PTF Transmission

Plant Allocation Factor described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above.

D. TRANSMISSION RELATED AMORTIZATION OF INVESTMENT TAX CREDITS shall

equal the Transmission Provider's Amortization of Investment Tax

Credits multiplied by the Plant Allocation Factor described in Section

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 275

(I)(A)(1)(e) above, and further multiplied by the PTF Transmission

Plant Allocation Factor described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above.

E. TRANSMISSION RELATED MUNICIPAL TAX EXPENSE shall equal the

Transmission Provider's total municipal tax expense multiplied by the

Plant Allocation Factor described in Section (I)(A)(1)(e) above, and

further multiplied by the PTF Transmission Plant Allocation Factor

described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above.

F. TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE EXPENSE shall equal all

expenses charged to FERC Account Numbers 560 through 573, excluding

those expenses in Account Numbers 561 and 565, and any expenses

included in Transmission Support Expense as described in section (J)

which are included in Account Numbers 560-573, multiplied by the PTF

Transmission Plant Allocation Factor described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b)

above.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 276

G. TRANSMISSION RELATED ADMINISTRATIVE AND GENERAL EXPENSES shall equal

the Transmission Provider's Administrative and General Expenses, plus

Payroll Taxes, multiplied by the Wages and Salaries Allocation Factor

described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b) above, further multiplied by the PTF

Transmission Plant Allocation Factor described in Section (I)(A)(1)(b)

above.

H. TRANSMISSION RELATED INTEGRATED FACILITIES CREDIT shall equal the

Transmission Provider's transmission payments to affiliates for use of

the integrated transmission facilities of those affiliates.

I. TRANSMISSION SUPPORT REVENUE shall equal Transmission Provider's

revenue received for PTF transmission support but excluding support

payments to Transmission Providers or their designees pursuant to

Schedule 11 of the Tariff.

J. TRANSMISSION SUPPORT EXPENSE shall equal the expense paid by

Transmission Providers or Network Customers for

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 277

         PTF transmission support other than expenses for payments made for

         transmission facilities or facility upgrades placed in service on or

         after January 1, 1997 where the support obligation is required to be

         borne by particular Participants or other entities in accordance with

         the Tariff.

K. TRANSMISSION RELATED EXPENSE FROM GENERATORS as may be determined by

the Management Committee.

L. TRANSMISSION RELATED TAXES AND FEES CHARGE shall include any fee or

assessment imposed by any governmental authority on service provided

under this Tariff which is not specifically identified under any other

Section of this Attachment.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 278

ATTACHMENT G: LIST OF EXCEPTED TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS

Attachment G is a listing of transmission agreements pertaining to certain

point-to-point wheeling transactions across or out of a Local Network. In

accordance with Section 25 of the Tariff, these agreements will continue to be

in effect at the rates and terms thereunder rather than under the Tariff.

Item                                                                     Effective  End       Amount            Comments
 #   Provider  Receiver    Description, Purpose or Service                 Date     Date      (MW's)         FERC Docket #'s
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1    CMP       Unitil      PTP firm wheeling of BHE QF's                  1/1/87    2/28/03   25       25.0MW since 11/1/91,
                                                                                                       dropping to 24.27 MW's on
                                                                                                       7/97, decreasing further
                                                                                                       later. 2 yr notification

2    BECO      Cambridge   Firm agreement to transfer energy/capacity     7/1/68    11/1/01   varies
                           from Canal 1 to Cambridge Electric Light
                           across BECO system

3    NEP       BECO        Long term wheeling of L'Energia{1}             7/9/96    3/13/13   65.048    See note #1

4    NEP       Braintree   Long term wheeling of system power{1}          7/9/96    10/31/04  2         See note #1, option to
                                                                                                        extend

5    NEP       CES         Long term non-firm wheeling of power           7/9/96    life      20        See note #1
                           from Boott Hydro{1}

6    NEP       CES         Long term non-firm wheeling of power           7/9/96    10/1/04   1.5       See note #1
                           from Collins Dam{1}

7    NEP       Hingham     Long term wheeling of power from               7/9/96    12/31/27  1.446     See note #1
                           Manchester street{1}

8    NEP       Hingham     Long term wheeling of power from Bear          7/9/96    11/1/05   5.02      See note #1
                           Swamp{1}

9    NEP       Hull        Long term wheeling of power from Refuse        7/9/96    10/31/05  .341      See note #1
                           Fuels{1}

10   NEP       Montaup     Long term wheeling of McNeil                   7/9/96    life      8         See note #1
                           Burlington{1}

11   NEP       Taunton     Long term wheeling of system power{1}          7/9/96    10/31/05  10        See note #1

12   NEP       Unitil      Long term wheeling power from Ocean            7/9/96    10/31/10  22.5      See note #1, amount
                           State I & II {1}                                                             changes over contract/
                                                                                                        seasons

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 279


13   NEP       Unitil      Long term wheeling of power from Salem         7/9/96    10/31/05  9.8       See note #1, amount
                           Harbor {1}                                                                   changes over contract/
                                                                                                        seasons

14   NEP       Unitil      Long term wheeling power from Maine            7/9/96    10/31/05  2
                           Yankee

15   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               9/1/94    2003      40        Madison Electric Works -
                                                                                                        ER94-1160-000

16   NU        Holyoke     Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               7/1/95    2003      4         NYPA Power - ER95-1354-
                                                                                                        0000

17   NU        CES         Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               5/1/85    2013      2         Swift River - Chicopee 1&2
                                                                                                        ER-86-85-000/ER86-79-000

18   NU        Groton      Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/89   1999      1         Glendale Hydro - ER92-66-
                                                                                                        000

19   NU        UI/Unitil   Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service BHS3 to       5/1/90    2010      15        TSA Corridor - ER92-65-000
                           Unitil

20   NU        Groton      Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               4/1/92    2010      1         Littleville Power Co-Texon
                                                                                                        Hydro
                                                                                                        ER92-458-000/ER92-66-000/
                                                                                                        ER93-219-000

21   NU        Fitchburg   Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               1/1/95    2012      3         Harris Hydro - ER94-559-
                                                                                                        000/ER95-357-000

22   NU        MASS        Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service{4}            7/31/93   2014      200       ER94-902-000/ER93-219-000
               POWER                                                                                    See note #6

23   NU        LILCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               5/1/94    1997      88        Fitzpatrich - ER94-1201-
                                                                                                        000

24   NU        Altresco    Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service{4}            1/1/95    2010      160       ER95-306-000, See note #6
               Pittsfield

25   NU        MMWEC       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/95   2003      27        NYPA Power - ER96-201-000

26   NU        Pascoag     Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/95   2003      3         NYPA Power - ER96-201-000
27   NU        Pontook     Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               7/26/85   2001      11        Pontook

28   NU        Suncook     Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               4/8/96    2021      3         Suncook - ER96-1277-000

29   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service{2}            10/1/96   2006      100/200   See Note #2, Suffolk
                                                                                                        County, NY - ER96-2338-000

30   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               12/1/81   2019      variable  MMWEC: Stonybrook
                                                                                                        ER83-358-000/ER93-219-000

31   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               6/1/94    2005      10        Unitil: Norwalk 1&2 -
                                                                                                        ER94-1088-0000

32   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/94   2004      15        Fitchburg Gas & Electric -
                                                                                                        ER93-417-001

33   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/94   2005      13        Reading Municipal Light -
                                                                                                        ER94-1591-000

34   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/93   1998      5         Middleton Municipal Light-
                                                                                                        ER93-901-000

35   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/93   1998      2         Georgetown Municipal
                                                                                                        Light - ER93-884-000

36   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/93   2004      1         Princeton Municipal Light:
                                                                                                        Holyoke Hydro
                                                                                                        ER93-915-000
37   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/93   1998      1         VT Public Power Supply -
                                                                                                        ER93-913-000


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 280

38   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               5/1/94    1999      25        Citizens Utility Co.
                                                                                                        ER94-1211-000/EC90-10-007

39   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/94   1998      5         Holyoke Gas & Electric -
                                                                                                        ER94-1592-000

40   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/94   2004      20        Danver Electric Dept. -
                                                                                                        ER94-1207-000

41   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/94   2004      20        Littleton Electric Light/
                                                                                                        Water
                                                                                                        ER94-1207-000

42   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/94   2004      10        Mansfield Municipal
                                                                                                        Electric
                                                                                                        ER94-1207-000

43   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               5/1/95    2004      1         Sterling Municipal
                                                                                                        Electric
                                                                                                        ER95-584-000

44   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               6/1/95    2002      3         Princeton Municipal
                                                                                                        Electric
                                                                                                        ER95-1137-000

45   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               8/1/95    1999      2         VT Marble Power Div. -
                                                                                                        ER95-1461-000

46   NU        NUSCO       Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service               11/1/95   2002      6         Rowley Municipal Lighting
                                                                                                        ER96-160-000

47   NU        Littleton   Non-Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service           10/30/91  n/a       1         Marlboro Hydro Corp/
                                                                                                        Minnewawa

48   NU        NEP         Non-Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service           12/6/91   n/a       3         Waste Mgmt of NH/Turnkey

49   NU        NEP         Non-Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service           11/1/93   1998      40        ER93-914-000/ER95-41-000

50   NU        CMEEC       Non-Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service           6/15/93             variable  Liquid Carbonic Ind
                                                                                                        Medical Corp
                                                                                                        ER93-663-000

51   NU        Wallingford Non-Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service           7/27/92             variable  Ct Steel - ER92-730-000

52   NU        CMP         Non-Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service           11/1/95   1999      50        ER94-48-000
                                                                                                        ER95-1635-000/ER95-1557-
                                                                                                        000

53   NU        CMP         Non-Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service           11/1/95   1999      150       ER94-48-000/ER95-1635-000

54   NU        BECO        Non-Firm PTP Trans. Wheeling Service           11/1/95   1997      100       ER94-48-000
                                                                                                        ER95-1851-000/ER96-3144-
                                                                                                        000

55   NU        NHEC        Firm Trans. Wheeling Services                  3/31/81   n/a       6         Maine Yankee Through PSNH


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 281

56   Montaup   MASS        Firm wheeling of Mass power                    7/31/93   12/31/13  29.3/25   ER93-624-000,
                                                                                                        ER97-2574-000
               POWER                                                      7/30/08   117/100

57   Montaup   Pittsfield  Firm wheeling of Pittsfield Generating         9/1/93    12/31/01  29.5 W    ER93-623-000,
                           Company (Altresco)                                                 26 S      ER97-2574-000


58   Montaup   North       Non-firm wheeling of Cleary 9cc to North       11/1/84   LOU       10        ER93-396-000
               Attleboro   Attleboro

59   Montaup   Hudson      Non-firm wheeling of Cleary 9cc to Hudson      11/1/86   LOU       5         ER87-362-000
                           Light & Power

60   Montaup   MMWEC       Firm wheeling of NYPA power to Braintree,      7/1/85    6/30/01   3.03/2.09 amounts in order of co.'s
                           Hingham, Hull, Wellesley, Reading, Belmont,                        1.11/2.33 listed & through 6/30/97,
                           Concord                                                            5.84/2.32 can be extended monthly
                                                                                              1.69      6/30/01 thru 10/31/03
                                                                                                        ER87-362-000
61   Montaup   Braintree   Non-firm wheeling of Cleary 9cc to Braintree   11/1/84(1)LOU       10        ER85-390-000/ER87-126-000
                                                                          11/1/86(2)

62   Montaup   Hingham     Non-firm wheeling of Cleary 9cc to Hingham     11/1/88   LOU       3         ER93-137-000/ER87-126-000

63   Montaup   CES         Non-firm backup wheeling agreement             7/31/93   8/31/01

64   Montaup   Pascoag     Firm transmission service                      11/1/81   11/1/97   5,        Contract Demand service
                                                                                                        agreement
               Fire                                                                 10/31/98,
                                                                                    9         5.3,      ER82-61-000
               District                                                             9,00      4.97,2.97

65   Montaup   Middle-     Firm transmission service                      5/1/83    11/1/97   8         Contract Demand service
               borough                                                              10/31/99  6         agreement
                                                                                                        ER83-485-000

66   UI        NU          Unit firm exchange of capacity, NU gas turbine 5/1/93    12/31/99  2.4:1     can be extended & requires
                           for UI base fossil                                                           notice of termination
                           Only BHS3 share - 25 MW's                                          120to50

67   PASNY     UI          Firm Niagara & St. Lawrence Hydro power        3/1/90    6/30/01
                           project contract


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 282

68   BECO      Altresco    Firm wheeling power contract                   9/1/93    12/31/11  29        ER93-786-000,ER97-2500-000

69   BECO      MMWEC       Wheeling contract from PASNY for Braintree               10/31/03  18
                           Hingham, Hull, Reading, Belmont, Concord                           total
                           Wellesley

70   CVPS      Unitil      Firm power & wheeling of Vermont Yankee        1991      2001      25        with CVPS termination
                           Bundled T & G                                                                right at 11/98

71   MPSNBP    CMP         Firm delivery of Beaver-Ashland NELP #2        1/1/93    12/31/16  34        See Note #3
     MEPCO                 output from MPS to CMP{3}

72   MPS/      CMP         Firm transmission of capacity/energy from      10/26/94  4/30/2000 26        amount varies with Houlton
                           Avec in excess of Houlton Water Req. for                                     load, See Note #3
                           CMP native load{3}

73   CMP       HWC         Firm power sales agreement for requirements    1/1/96    12/31/05  11-15     See Note #3 & #4
                           from CMP to Houlton Water Co.{3}



NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 283

ATTACHMENT G-1: LIST OF EXCEPTED AGREEMENTS

Attachment G-1 is a listing of comprehensive network service agreements. In

accordance with Section 25 of the Tariff, these agreements are to continue in

effect and transmission service for the transactions covered by such agreements

will continue to be provided at the rates and terms in effect thereunder rather

than under the Tariff. Further, service for the transactions covered by such

agreements shall continue to be excepted for their respective terms from the

requirement to pay a Local Network Service charge.

Item    Parties to the        Description, Purpose             Effective     End       Amount             Comments
 #        Agreement                or Service                    Date        Date      (MW's)          FERC Docket #'s
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1       WMECO/NEP         Service to French King/Shelburne     3/15/94   2 yr notice  varies    Transmission Service Agreement

2       WMECO/NEP         Service to SBNGB                     2/23/93   2 yr notice  varies    Transmission Service Agreement

3       Cambridge/BECO    Support Agreements                   1/1/75    open         n/a       Rights in perpetuity

4       UI/NU             Six UI Substations Agreement         8/24/93   10/31/98     varies

5       CMP/MEW/NU        Firm Transmission of Capacity/Energy 5/16/94   12/31/03     varies    1yr Notification, Can be
                          to serve Madison                                                       extended to 12/31/08

6       CMEEC/NU          Comprehensive Transmission Service   11/29/90  1/1/09       n/a       ER91-209-000, ER93-297-000
                          Agreement

7       Chicopee/NU       Comprehensive Transmission Service   11/1/95   10/31/09     n/a       ER85-689-000, ER93-219-000
                          Agreement

8       South Hadley/NU   Comprehensive Transmission Service   11/1/95   7/1/10       n/a       EC90-10-000, ER85-689-000,
                          Agreement                                                             ER720-000

9       Westfield/NU      Comprehensive Transmission Service   1/1/95    7/1/10       n/a       EC90-10-000
                          Agreement


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 284

10      Unitil/NU         Comprehensive Transmission Service   11/1/92   n/a          n/a       EL92-42-000
                          Agreement

11      CMP/NU            Firm Border Line Agreement for Bolt  12/15/81  open         35-40     Amount varies, 2yr Notification
                          Hill Substation

12      All VT Utilities  Velco 1991 Transmission Agreement    1991                   n/a       Transmission Service Agreement

13      CMP/Fox Island    Firm Transmission Assoc. with        1/1/94    12/31/98     varies    Can be extended to 12/31/03
                          Bundled Requirements Contract

14      CMP/Kennebunk     Firm Transmission Assoc. with        1/1/94    12/31/98     varies    Can be extended to 12/31/03
                          Bundled Requirements Contract

15      GMP/CVPS          Firm Network support with outflow-   10/19/93  10/19/08     varies    Transmission Interconnection
                          Interconnection agreement                                             Agreement



NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 285




                     ATTACHMENT G-2: LIST OF CERTAIN ARRANGEMENTS
                                  OVER EXTERNAL TIES



Attachment G-2 is a listing of agreements which relates to the use of the tie

lines to New York.

Item                                                                  Effective     End       Amount           Comments
 #     Provider       Receiver      Description, Purpose of Service     Date        Date      (MW's)        FERC Docket #'s
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1      VT Electric    VT Public     To import NYPA power              03/01/90      10/2003   14 MW
       Power Co.      Systems

2      VT Electric    VT Public     To import power from New York     02/16/95      10/2003   5 MW S
       Power Co.      Power Supply  State Electric & Gas Company                              7 MW W
                      Authority     (NYSE&G)
                      (VPPSA)

3      VT Electric    VPPSA         To import power from Niagara      11/01/93      10/98     9 MW
       Power Co.                    Mohawk

4      VT Electric    City of       To import power from NYSE&G -     05/01/98      12/2009   10 MW
       Power Co.      Burlington    signed 04/01/96

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 286

Notes to Attachments G, G-1 and G-2

1. NEP's long-term Point-to-Point transmission services will be grandfathered

at a fixed rate of $17.00/kW-yr. Distribution, transformation, and

metering surcharges when applicable, will be subject to NEP's applicable

point-to-point tariffs.

2. See FERC Contract for specific details of agreement. In general, 100MW's

until transmission upgrades are complete. This item is still under review

and is subject to further review dependent upon outcome of Congestion

Pricing.

3. Excepted status applies to transmission by CMP. Transmission by others

(MEPCO, NBP, MPS) remains under the rates, terms and conditions of

applicable agreements.

4. This Transmission Service Agreement is governed in part by a memorandum of

understanding, filed 6/13/97 in Docket nos. EC90-10-007, ER93-294-000,

ER95-1686-000, ER96-496-000, OA97-237-000, and ER97-1079-000.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 287

ATTACHMENT H

Form of

Network Operating Agreement

1.0 Preamble

This Network Operating Agreement is entered into by and between the NEPOOL

Participants (the "Transmission Provider") acting through __________ (the

"System Operator") and ____________ (the "Transmission Customer") as an

implementing agreement for the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff and

is subject to and in accordance with the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission

Tariff. All definitions and other terms and conditions of the NEPOOL Open

Access Transmission Tariff are incorporated herein by reference. The

Transmission Provider may designate a satellite dispatch center and/or one

or more Participants to act for it under this Agreement.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 288

2.0 General Terms and Conditions

The Transmission Provider agrees to provide transmission service to the

Transmission Customer's equipment or facilities, etc., subject to the

Transmission Customer operating its facilities in accordance with

applicable NEPOOL and NPCC criteria, rules, standards, procedures, or

guidelines as they may be adopted and/or amended from time to time. In

addition to the provisions defined in those documents, service to the

Transmission Customer's equipment or facilities, etc. is provided subject

to the following specified terms and conditions.

2.1 Electrical Supply: The electrical supply to the Point(s) of Delivery

shall be in the form of three-phase sixty-hertz alternating current at

a voltage class determined by mutual agreement of the parties.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 289


    2.2  Coordination of Operations: The Transmission Provider shall consult

the Transmission Customer and/or its Designated Agent regarding timing

of scheduled maintenance of the Transmission System and the

Transmission Provider shall schedule any shutdown or withdrawal of

facilities to coincide with the Transmission Customer's equipment or

facilities, etc. scheduled outages of the Transmission Customer's

resources, to the extent practicable. In the event the Transmission

Provider is unable to schedule the shutdown of its facilities to

coincide with Transmission Customer's schedule, the Transmission

Provider shall notify the Transmission Customer and/or its Designated

Agent, in advance if feasible, of reasons for the shutdown, the time

scheduled for it to take place, and its expected duration. The

Transmission Provider shall use due diligence to resume delivery of

electric power as quickly as possible.

2.3 Reporting Obligations: The Transmission Customer shall be responsible

for all information required by NPCC or

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 290

         NEPOOL.  The Transmission  Customer shall respond promptly and

completely to the Transmission Provider's reasonable requests for

information, including but not limited to, data necessary for

operations, maintenance, regulatory requirements and analysis. In

particular, that information may include:

For Network Loads:

- 10-year coincident, seasonal (summer, winter) Annual Peak Load

forecast, aggregated by geographic distribution area

- Load Power Factor performance by geographic distribution area

- Underfrequency load shedding capability aggregated by geographic

distribution area

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 291

         -    Block load shedding capability aggregated by geographic

              distribution area

         -    Disturbance/interruption reports

         -    Protection system setting conformance

         -    Protection system testing and maintenance conformance

         -    Planned changes to protection systems

         -    Metering testing and maintenance conformance

         -    Planned changes in transformation capability

         -    Conformance to harmonic and voltage fluctuation limits

         -    Dead station tripping conformance

         -    Voltage reduction capability conformance

For Network Resources and interconnected generators:

- 10-year forecast of generation capacity retirements and

additions, if applicable

- Generator reactive capability verification

- Generator underfrequency relaying conformance

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 292

         -    Protection system testing and maintenance conformance

         -    Planned changes to protection system

         -    Planned changes to generation parameters

         -    Metering testing and maintenance conformance

Failure by the Transmission Customer to do so may constitute default.

Delinquency in responding by the Transmission Customer will result in

a fine as described in 5.0 below.

The Transmission Customer shall supply accurate and reliable

information to the system operators regarding metered values for MW,

MVAR, volt, amp, frequency, breaker status indication, and all other

information deemed necessary by the Transmission Provider for reliable

operation. Information shall be gathered for electronic communication

using one or more of the following: supervisory control and data

acquisition (SCADA), remote terminal unit (RTU) equipment, and remote

access pulse recorders (RAPR). All equipment

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 293

         used for metering,  SCADA, RTU, RAPR, and communications must be

approved by the Transmission Provider.

2.4 Operational Obligations: The Transmission Customer shall request

permission from the system operators prior to opening and/or closing

circuit breakers per applicable switching and operating procedures.

The Transmission Customer shall carry out all switching orders from

the Transmission Provider, the System Operator or the Transmission

Provider's designee in a timely manner.

The Transmission Customer shall balance the load at the Point(s) of

Delivery such that the difference in the individual phase currents are

acceptable to the Transmission Provider.

The Transmission Customer's equipment shall conform with harmonic

distortion and voltage fluctuation standards of the Transmission

Provider.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 294


         The Transmission Customer's equipment must comply with all

         environmental requirements to the extent they impact the operation of

         the Transmission Provider's system.

The Transmission Customer shall operate all of its equipment and

facilities connected to the Transmission Provider's system in a safe

and efficient manner and in accordance with manufacturers'

recommendations, Good Utility Practice, applicable regulations, and

requirements of the Transmission Provider, the System Operator, and

NPCC.

2.5 Notice of Transmission Service Interruptions: If at any time, in the

reasonable exercise of the system operator's judgement, operation of

the Transmission Customer's equipment adversely affects the quality of

service or interferes with the safe and reliable operation of the

system, the Transmission Provider may discontinue transmission service

until the condition has been corrected. Unless the system operators

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 295


         perceive that an emergency exists or the risk of one is imminent, the

         system operators shall give the Transmission Customer and/or its

         Designated Agent reasonable notice of its intention to discontinue

         transmission service and, where practical, allow suitable time for the

         Transmission Customer to remove the interfering condition.  The

         Transmission Provider's judgement with regard to the discontinuance of

         service under this paragraph shall be made in accordance with Good

         Utility Practice.  In the case of such discontinuance, the

         Transmission Provider shall immediately confer with the Transmission

         Customer regarding the conditions causing such discontinuance and its

         recommendation concerning timely correction thereof.  Failure by a

         Customer to shed load would be subject to an additional charge of

         10<cent>/kWh for every kWh the Customer failed to shed.

2.6 Access and Control: Properly accredited representatives of the

Transmission Provider shall at all reasonable times have access to the

Transmission

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 296

         Customer's facilities to make reasonable inspections and obtain

         information required in connection with this Tariff.  Such

         representatives shall make themselves known to the Transmission

         Customer's personnel, state the object of their visit, and conduct

         themselves in a manner that will not interfere with the construction

         or operation of the Transmission Customer's facilities.  The

         Transmission Provider or its designee will have control such that it

         may open or close the circuit breaker or disconnect and place safety

         grounds at the Point(s) of Delivery, or at the station, if the

         Point(s) of Delivery is remote from the station.

2.7 Point(s) of Delivery: Network Integration Transmission Service will be

delivered by the Transmission Provider at the Point(s) of Delivery as

specified in the customer's Service Agreement, and as amended from

time to time. Each Point of Delivery shall have a unique identifier,

meter location, meter number, metered voltage, terms on meter

compensation and, the actual,

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 297

         or if not currently in service, the projected in-service year.

2.8 Maintenance of Equipment: The Transmission Customer shall maintain all

of its equipment and facilities connected to the Transmission

Provider's system in a safe and efficient manner and in accordance

with manufacturers' recommendations, Good Utility Practice, applicable

regulations, and requirements of NEPOOL, and NPCC.

The Transmission Provider may request that the Transmission Customer

test, calibrate, verify or validate the data link, metering, data

acquisition, transmission, protective, or other equipment or software

consistent with the Transmission Customer's routine obligation to

maintain its equipment and facilities or for the purposes of trouble

shooting problems on the network facilities. The Transmission

Customer will be responsible for the cost to test,

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 298

         calibrate, verify or validate the equipment or software.

The Transmission Provider shall have the right to inspect the tests,

calibrations, verifications and validations of the data link,

metering, data acquisition, transmission, protective, or other

equipment or other software connected to the Transmission Provider's

system.

The Transmission Customer, at the Transmission Provider's request,

shall supply the Transmission Provider with a copy of the

installation, test, and calibration records of the data link,

metering, data acquisition, transmission, protective or other

equipment or software connected to the Transmission Provider's system.

The Transmission Provider shall have the right, at the Transmission

Customer's expense, to monitor the factory acceptance test, the field

acceptance test,

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 299

         and the installation of any metering, data acquisition, transmission,

         protective or other equipment or software connected to the Transmission

         Provider's system.

2.9 Emergency System Operations: The Transmission Customer's equipment and

facilities, etc. shall be subject to all applicable emergency

operation standards required of and by the Transmission Provider to

operate in an interconnected transmission network.

The Transmission Provider reserves the right to have the system

operators take whatever actions or inactions they deem necessary

during emergency operating conditions to: (i) preserve the integrity

of the Transmission System, (ii) limit or prevent damage, (iii)

expedite restoration of service, or (iv) preserve public safety.

2.10 Cost Responsibility: The Transmission Customer shall be responsible

for all costs incurred by the

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 300

         Transmission Provider relative to the Transmission Customer's

         facilities.  Some costs may be allocated to several Transmission

         Customers.  If the method for allocating costs is not clearly defined,

         then the method for allocation will be at the Transmission Provider's

         discretion.

3.0 Service For a Network Resource

The following Terms and Conditions are specific to Service for a generator

Network Resource.

3.1 Voltage or Reactive Control Requirements: Unless directed otherwise,

the Transmission Customer will operate its existing interconnected

generation facility(ies) with an automatic voltage regulator(s). The

voltage regulator will control voltage at the Point(s) of Receipt

consistent with the range of voltage scheduled by the System Operator.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 301

         At the discretion of the Transmission Provider, the Transmission

         Customer may be directed to deactivate the automatic voltage regulator

         and to supply reactive power per a schedule provided by the

         Transmission Provider.

If the Transmission Customer has not installed capacity sufficient to

operate its generation facility consistent with recommendations of the

Transmission Provider resulting from the System Impact and Facilities

Studies or fails to operate at such capacity, the Transmission

Provider may install, at the Transmission Customer's expense, reactive

compensation equipment necessary to ensure the proper voltage or

reactive supply at the Point(s) of Receipt.

3.2 Station Service: When the Transmission Customer's generation facility

is producing electricity, the Customer must supply its own station

service power. If and when the Transmission Customer's generation

facility is not producing electricity, the Customer

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 302

         must obtain station service capacity and energy from another supplier

         or another of its resources.

3.3 Protection Requirements: Protection requirements are defined in NEPOOL

and NPCC documents as may be adopted or amended from time to time.

3.4 Operational Obligations The Transmission Provider may require the

generator to be equipped for Automatic Generation Control (AGC). The

Transmission Customer will be responsible for all costs associated

with installing and maintaining an AGC system on the generator(s).

The Transmission Provider retains the right to require reduced

generation at times when system conditions present transmission

restrictions or otherwise adversely affect the Transmission Provider's

other customers. The Transmission Provider will use due diligence to

resolve the problems to allow the generator to return to the operating

level prior to

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 303

         the Transmission Provider's notice to reduce generation.

All operations (including start-up, shutdown and determination of

hourly generation) will be coordinated by the Transmission Provider.

3.5 Coordination of Operations: The Transmission Customer shall furnish

the Transmission Provider with generator annual maintenance schedules,

advise the Transmission Provider if its Network Resource is capable of

participation in system restoration and/or if it has black start

capability.

The Transmission Provider reserves the right to specify turbine and/or

generator control (e.g., droop) settings as determined by the System

Impact or Facilities Study or subsequent studies. The Transmission

Customer agrees to comply with such specifications by the Transmission

Provider at the Transmission Customer's expense.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 304

         If the generator is not dispatchable by the Transmission Provider, the

         Transmission Customer shall notify the Transmission Provider at least

         48 hours in advance of its intent to take its resource temporarily

         off-line and its intent to resume generation.  In circumstances such

         as forced outages, the Transmission Customer shall notify the

         Transmission Provider as promptly as possible of the Network

         Resource's temporary interruption of generation and/or transmission.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 305

4.0 Service for Delivery to Load

The following Terms and Conditions are specific to Service for Delivery to

Load.

4.1 Power Factor Requirement: The Transmission Customer agrees to maintain

an overall Load Power Factor and reactive power supply within

predefined sub-areas as measured at the Point(s) of Delivery within

ranges specified by the Transmission Provider or NEPOOL criteria,

rules and standards which identify the power factor levels that must

be maintained throughout the applicable sub-area for each anticipated

level of total NEPOOL load. The Transmission Customer agrees to

maintain Load Power Factor and reactive power requirements within the

range specified by the Transmission Provider for the sub-area based on

total NEPOOL load during that hour. NEPOOL may revise the power

factor limits required from time to time. If the Transmission

Customer lacks the capability to

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 306

         maintain the Load Power Factor within the ranges specified, the

Transmission Provider may:

a) install, at the Transmission Customer's expense, reactive

compensation equipment necessary to ensure proper load power

factor at the Point(s) of Delivery;

b) charge the Transmission Customer per the Tariff.

4.2 Protection Requirements: The Transmission Customer's relay and

protection systems must comply with all applicable NEPOOL and NPCC

criteria, rules, procedures, guidelines, standards or requirements as

may be adopted or amended from time to time.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 307


    4.3  Operational Obligations: The Transmission Customer shall be

         responsible for operating and maintaining security of its electric

         system in a manner that avoids adverse impact to the Transmission

         Provider's or others' interconnected systems and complies with all

         applicable NEPOOL, and NPCC operating criteria, rules, procedures,

         guidelines and interconnection standards as may be amended or adopted

from time to time. These actions include, but are not limited to:

- Voltage Reduction Load Shedding

- Underfrequency Load Shedding

- Block Load Shedding

- Dead Station Tripping

- Transferring Load Between Point(s) of Delivery

- Implementing Voluntary Load Reductions Including Interruptible

Customers

- Starting Stand-by Generation

- Permitting Transmission Provider Controlled Service Restoration

Following Supply Delivery Contingencies on Transmission Provider

Facilities

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 308

5.0 Default

If the Transmission Customer's equipment fails to perform consistent with

the Terms and Conditions of this agreement, then the Transmission Customer

will be deemed to be in default and service may be suspended immediately

and subject to a termination through a FERC filing. If the Transmission

Customer fails to provide the information required in Section 2.3 in a

timely manner, the Transmission Provider shall be permitted to assess a

penalty of $100 per day until such information is provided in its entirety

to the Transmission Provider.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 309

The Parties whose authorizing signatures appear below warrant that they will

abide by the foregoing terms and conditions.


NEPOOL Participants (Transmission Customers)

By (System Operator)


By:                    By:



____________________          ____________________


           ____________________________

Title: Title:

____________________          ____________________



Date:                         Date:


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 310

ATTACHMENT I

Form of

System Impact Study Agreement

This Agreement dated __________, is entered into by (the

"Transmission Customer") and the NEPOOL Participants (the "Transmission

Provider") acting through (the "System Operator"), for the purpose

of setting forth the terms, conditions and costs for conducting a System Impact

Study relative to ,in accordance with the NEPOOL Open Access

Transmission Tariff ("Tariff"). All definitions and other terms and conditions

of that Tariff are incorporated herein by reference. The Transmission Provider

may designate one or more Participants or the System Operator to act for it

under this Agreement.

1. The Transmission Customer agrees to provide, in a timely and complete

manner, the information and technical data

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 311

specified in Exhibit 1 to this Agreement and reasonably necessary for the

Transmission Provider to conduct the System Impact study. The Transmission

Customer understands that it must provide all such information and data

prior to the Transmission Provider's commencement of the Study. Such

information and technical data is specified in Exhibit 1 to this Agreement.

2. All work pertaining to the System Impact Study that is the subject of this

Agreement will be approved and coordinated only through designated and

authorized representatives of the Transmission Provider and the

Transmission Customer. Each party shall inform the other in writing of its

designated and authorized representative.

3. The Transmission Provider will advise the Transmission Customer of any

additional information as it may in its sole reasonable discretion deem

necessary to complete the study. Any such additional information shall be

obtained only if required by Good Utility Practice and shall be

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 312

subject to the Transmission Customer's consent to proceed, such consent not

to be unreasonably withheld.

4. The Transmission Provider contemplates that it will require _________ to

complete the System Impact Study. Upon completion of the Study by the

Transmission Provider, the Transmission Provider will provide a report to

the Transmission Customer based on the information provided and developed

as a result of this effort. If, upon review of the Study results, the

Transmission Customer decides to pursue , the Transmission

Provider will, at the Transmission Customer's direction, tender a

Facilities Study Agreement within thirty (30) days. The System Impact and

Facilities Studies, together with any additional studies contemplated in

Paragraph 3, shall form the basis for the Transmission Customer's proposed

use of the Transmission Provider's transmission system and shall be

furthermore utilized in obtaining necessary third-party approvals of any

interconnection facilities and requested transmission services. The

Transmission Customer understands and acknowledges that any use of study

results

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 313

by the Transmission Customer or its agents, whether in preliminary

or final form, prior to NEPOOL l8.4 approval, is completely at the

Transmission Customer's risk and that the Transmission Provider will not

guarantee or warrant the completeness, validity or utility of study results

prior to NEPOOL 18.4 approval.

5. The estimated costs contained within this Agreement are the Transmission

Provider's good faith estimate of its costs to perform the System Impact

Study contemplated by this Agreement. The Transmission Provider's

estimates do not include any estimates for wheeling charges that may be

associated with the transmission of facility output to third parties or

with rates for station service. The actual costs charged to the

Transmission Customer by the Transmission Provider may change as set forth

in this Agreement. Prepayment will be required for all study, analysis,

and review work performed by the Transmission Provider or its Designated

Agent, all of which will be billed by the Transmission provider to the

Transmission Customer in accordance with Paragraph 6 of this Agreement.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 314

6. The payment required is $________ from the Transmission Customer to the

Transmission Provider for the primary system analysis, coordination, and

monitoring of the System Impact Study. The Transmission Provider will, in

writing, advise the Transmission Customer in advance of any cost increases

for work to be performed if total amount increases by 10% or more. Any

such changes to the Transmission Provider's costs for the study work shall

be subject to the Transmission Customer's consent, such consent not to be

unreasonably withheld. The Transmission Customer shall, within thirty (30)

days of the Transmission Provider's notice of increase, either authorize

such increases and make payment in the amount set forth in such notice, or

the Transmission Provider will suspend the System Impact Study and this

Agreement will terminate if so permitted by the Federal Energy Regulatory

Commission.

In the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the Transmission

Provider shall refund to the Transmission Customer the portion of the above

credit or any subsequent payment to the Transmission Provider by the

Transmission

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 315

Customer that the Transmission provider did not expend in performing its

obligations under this Agreement. Any additional billings under this

Agreement shall be subject to an interest charge computed in

accordance with the provisions of the Tariff. Payments for work performed

shall not be subject to refunding except in accordance with Paragraph 7

below.

7. If the actual costs for the work exceed prepaid estimated costs, the

Transmission Customer shall make payment to the Transmission Provider for

such actual costs within thirty(30) days of the date of the Transmission

Provider's invoice for such costs. If the actual costs for the work are

less than those prepaid, the Transmission Provider will credit such

difference toward Transmission Provider costs unbilled, or in the event

there will be no additional billed expenses, the amount of the overpayment

will be returned to the Transmission Customer with interest computed as

stated in Paragraph 6 of this Agreement, from the date of reconciliation.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 316

8. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to give the Transmission

Customer immediate rights to wheel over or interconnect with the

Transmission Provider's transmission or distribution system. Such rights

shall be provided for under separate agreement and in accordance with the

Transmission Provider's open access tariff.

9. Within one (1) year following the Transmission Provider's issuance of a

final bill under this Agreement, the Transmission Customer shall have the

right to audit the Transmission Provider's accounts and records at the

offices where such accounts and records are maintained, during normal

business hours; provided that appropriate notice shall have been given

prior to any audit and provided that the audit shall be limited to those

portions of such accounts and records that relate to service under this

Agreement. The Transmission Provider reserves the right to assess a

reasonable fee to compensate for the use of its personnel time in assisting

any inspection or audit of its books, records or accounts by the

Transmission Customer or its Designated Agent.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 317

10. Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other party and its Related

Persons of each of them (collectively "Affiliates") harmless from and

against any and all damages, costs (including attorney's fees), fines,

penalties and liabilities, in tort, contract, or otherwise (collectively

"Liabilities") resulting from claims of third parties arising, or claimed

to have arisen as a result of any acts or omissions of either party under

this Agreement. Each party hereby waives recourse against the other party

and its Related Persons for, and releases the other party and its Related

Persons from, any and all Liabilities for or arising from damage to its

property due to a performance under this Agreement by such other party

except in cases of negligence or intentional wrongdoing by either party.

11. If either party materially breaches any of its covenants hereunder, the

other party may terminate this Agreement by filing a notice of intent to

terminate with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and serving notice

of same on the other party to this Agreement. This remedy is in

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 318

addition to any other remedies available to the injured party.

12. This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws

of the State of Connecticut and with Part II of the Federal Power Act, 16

U.S.C. <section><section>824d et seq., and with Part 35 of Title 18 of the

Code of Federal Regulations, l8 C.F.R. <section><section>35 et seq.

13. All amendments to this Agreement shall be in written form executed by both

parties.

14. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the

successors and assigns of either party.

15. This Agreement will remain in effect for a period of up to two years from

its effective date as permitted by the Federal Energy Regulatory

Commission, and is subject to extension by mutual agreement. Either party

may terminate this Agreement by thirty (30) days' notice except as is

otherwise provided herein. If this Agreement expires by

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 319

its own terms, it shall be the Transmission Provider's responsibility to

make such filing.

TRANSMISSION CUSTOMER: NEPOOL Participants

By (System Operator)

Name: ____________________         Name:_______________________



Title:____________________         Title: _____________________

Date: ____________________         Date: ______________________


NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 320

EXHIBIT 1

Information to be Provided to the Transmission Provider

by the Transmission Customer for System Impact Study

1.0 FACILITIES IDENTIFICATION

1.1 Requested capability in MW and MVA; summer and winter

1.2 Site location and plot plan with clear geographical references

1.3 Preliminary one-line diagram showing major equipment and extent of

Transmission Customer ownership

1.4 Auxiliary power system requirements

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 321

1.5 Back-up facilities such as standby generation or alternate supply

sources

2.0 MAJOR EQUIPMENT

2.1 Power transformer(s): rated voltage, MVA and BIL of each winding, LTC

and or NLTC taps and range, Z{1} (positive sequence) and Z{o} (zero

sequence) impedances, and winding connections. Provide normal,

long-time emergency and short-time emergency thermal ratings.

2.2 Generator(s): rated MVA, speed and maximum and minimum MW output,

reactive capability curves, open circuit saturation curve, power factor

(V) curve, response (ramp) rates, H (inertia), D (speed damping), short

circuit ratio, X{1} (leakage), X{2}:(negative sequence), and X{o} (zero

sequence) reactances and other data:

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 322

Direct Quadrature

Axis Axis

Saturated synchronous reactance            X{dv}       X{qv}

unsaturated synchronous reactance          X{di}       X{qt}

saturated transient reactance              X'{dv}      X'{qv}

unsaturated transient reactance            X'{di}      X'{qi}

saturated subtransient reactance           X"{dv}      X"{qv}

unsaturated subtransient reactance         X"{di}      X"{qi}

transient open-circuit time                T'{do}      T'{qo}


   constant

transient short-circuit time               T"{d}       T"{q}

   constant

subtransient open-circuit time             T"{do}      T"{qo}

   constant

subtransient short-circuit time            T"{d}       T"{q}

constant

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 323

2.3 Excitation system, power system stabilizer and governor: manufacturer's

data in sufficient detail to allow modeling in transient stability

simulations.

2.4 Prime mover: manufacturer's data in sufficient detail to allow

modeling in transient stability simulations, if determined necessary.

2.5 Busses: rated voltage and ampacity (normal, long-time emergency and

short-time emergency thermal ratings), conductor type and

configuration.

2.6 Transmission lines: overhead line or underground cable rated voltage

and ampacity (normal, long-time emergency and short-time emergency

thermal ratings), Z{1} (positive sequence) and Z{o} (zero sequence)

impedances, conductor type, configuration, length and termination

points.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 324

2.7 Motors greater than 150 kW 3-phase or 50 kW single-phase: type

(induction or synchronous), rated hp, speed, voltage and current,

efficiency and power factor at 1/2, 3/4 and full load, stator

resistance and reactance, rotor resistance and reactance, magnetizing

reactance.

2.8 Circuit breakers and switches: rated voltage, interrupting time and

continuous, interrupting and momentary currents. Provide normal,

long-time emergency and short-time emergency thermal ratings.

2.9 Protective relays and systems: ANSI function number, quantity

manufacturer's catalog number, range, descriptive bulletin, tripping

diagram and three-line diagram showing AC connections to all relaying

and metering.

2.10 CT's and VT's: location, quantity, rated voltage, current and

ratio.

NEPOOL                              Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff
                                             Original Sheet No. 325


    2.11     Surge protective devices: location, quantity, rated voltage and

             energy capability.

3.0 OTHER

3.1 Additional data reasonably necessary to perform the System Impact Study

will be provided by the Transmission Customer as requested by the

Transmission Provider.

3.2 The Transmission Provider reserves the right to require that the

Transmission Customer accept the use in the study of specific equipment

settings or characteristics necessary to meet NEPOOL and NPCC criteria

and standards.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 326

ATTACHMENT J

Form of

Facilities Study Agreement

This agreement dated ________, is entered into by ____________ (the

Transmission Customer) and the NEPOOL Participants (the "Transmission

Operator") acting through the _______ ("System Provider"), for the purpose of

setting forth the terms, conditions and costs for conducting a Facilities Study

relative to ____________________, in accordance with the NEPOOL Open Access

Transmission Tariff ("Tariff"). All definitions and other terms and conditions

of that Tariff are incorporated herein by reference. The Transmission Provider

may designate one or more Participants or the System Operator to act for it

under this Agreement. The Facilities Study will determine the detailed

engineering, design and cost of the facilities necessary to satisfy the

Transmission Customer's request for service over the NEPOOL Transmission

System.

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 327

1. The Transmission customer agrees to provide, in a timely complete manner,

the information and technical data specified in Exhibit 1 to this Agreement

and reasonably necessary for the Transmission Provider to conduct the

Facilities Study. Where such information and technical data was provided

for the System Impact Study, it should be reviewed and updated with current

information, as required.

2. All work pertaining to the Facilities Study that is the subject of this

Agreement will be approved and coordinated only through designated and

authorized representatives of the Transmission Provider and the

Transmission Customer. Each party shall inform the other in writing of its

designated and authorized representative.

3. The Transmission Provider will advise the Transmission Customer of

additional information as may be reasonably deemed necessary to

complete the study by the Transmission

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 328

Provider. Any such additional information shall be obtained only if

required by Good Utility Practice and shall be subject to the Transmission

Customer's consent to proceed, such consent not to be unreasonably

withheld.

4. The Transmission Provider contemplates that it will require ____ days to

complete the Facilities Study. Upon completion of the study by the

Transmission Provider, the Transmission Provider will provide a report to

the Transmission Customer based on the information provided and developed

as a result of this effort. If, upon review of the study results, the

Transmission Customer decides to pursue its transmission service request,

the Transmission Customer must sign a supplemental Service Agreement with

the Transmission Provider under the Tariff. The System Impact and

Facilities Studies, together with any additional studies contemplated in

Paragraph 3, shall form the basis for the Transmission Customer's proposed

use of the Transmission Provider's Transmission System and shall be

furthermore utilized in obtaining necessary third-party approvals of any

facilities and requested transmission

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 329

services. The Transmission Customer understands and acknowledges that any

use of the study results by the Transmission Customer or its agents whether

in preliminary or final form, prior to approval under Section 18.4 of the

Restated NEPOOL Agreement, is completely at the Transmission Customer's risk

and that the Transmission Provider will not guarantee or warrant the

completeness, validity or utility of the study results prior to NEPOOL 18.4

approval.

5. The estimated costs contained within this Agreement are the Transmission

Provider's good faith estimate of its costs to perform the Facilities Study

contemplated by this Agreement. The Transmission Provider's estimates do

not include any estimates for wheeling charges that may be associated with

the transmission of facility output to third parties or with rates for

station service. The actual costs charged to the Transmission Customer by

the Transmission Provider may change as set forth in this Agreement.

Prepayment will be required for all study, analysis, and review work

performed by the Transmission

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 330

Provider's or its Designated Agent's personnel, all of which will be billed

by the Transmission Provider to the Transmission Customer in accordance with

Paragraph 6 of this Agreement.

6. The payment required is $______________ from the Transmission Customer to

the Transmission Provider for the primary system analysis, coordination,

and monitoring of the Facilities Study to be performed by the Transmission

Provider for the Transmission Customer's requested service. The

Transmission Provider will, in writing, advise the Transmission Customer in

advance of any cost increases for work to be performed if the total amount

increases by 10% or more. Any such changes to the Transmission Provider's

costs for the study work to be performed shall be subject to the

Transmission Customer's consent, such consent not to be unreasonably

withheld. The Transmission Customer shall, within thirty (30) days of the

Transmission Provider's notice of increase, either authorize such increases

and make payment in the amount set forth in such notice, or the

Transmission Provider will suspend the study and this

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 331

Agreement will terminate if so permitted by the Federal Energy Regulatory

Commission.

In the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the Transmission

Provider shall refund to the Transmission Customer the portion of the above

credit or any subsequent payment to the Transmission Provider by the

Transmission Customer that the Transmission Provider did not expend in

performing its obligations under this Agreement. Any additional billings

under this Agreement shall be subject to an interest charge computed in

accordance with the provisions of the Tariff. Payments for work performed

shall not be subject to refunding except in accordance with Paragraph 7

below.

7. If the actual costs for the work exceed prepaid estimated costs, the

Transmission Customer shall make payment to the Transmission Provider for

such actual costs within thirty (30) days of the date of the Transmission

Provider's invoice for such costs. If the actual costs for the work are

less than that prepaid, the Transmission Provider will

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 332

credit such difference toward Transmission Provider's costs unbilled, or in

the event there will be no additional billed expenses, the amount of the

overpayment will be returned to the Transmission Customer with interest

computed in accordance with the provisions of the Tariff.

8. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to give the Transmission

Customer immediate rights to interconnect to or wheel over the NEPOOL

Transmission System. Such rights shall be provided for under separate

agreement.

9. Within one (1) year following the Transmission Provider's issuance of a

final bill under this Agreement, the Transmission Customer shall have the

right to audit the Transmission Provider's accounts and records at the

offices where such accounts and records are maintained during normal

business hours; provided that appropriate notice shall have been given

prior to any audit and provided that the audit shall be limited to those

portions of such accounts and records that relate to service under this

Agreement. The Transmission Provider reserves the right to

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 333

assess a reasonable fee to compensate for the use of its personnel time in

assisting any inspection or audit of its books, records or accounts by the

Transmission Customer or its Designated Agent.

10. Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other party and its Related

Persons harmless from and against any and all damages, costs (including

attorney's fees), fines, penalties and liabilities, in tort, contract, or

otherwise (collectively "Liabilities") resulting from claims of third

parties arising, or claimed to have arisen as a result of any acts or

omissions of either party under this Agreement. Each party hereby waives

recourse against the other party and its Related Persons for, and releases

the other party and its Related Persons from, any and all Liabilities for

or arising from damage to its property due to performance under this

Agreement by such other party except in cases of negligence or intentional

wrongdoing by either party.

11. If any party materially breaches any of its covenants hereunder, the other

party may terminate this Agreement by

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 334

filing a notice of intent to terminate with the Federal Energy Regulatory

Commission and serving notice of same on the other party to this Agreement.

This remedy is in addition to any other remedies available for the injured

party.

12. This agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws

of the State of Connecticut and with Part II of the Federal Power Act, 16

U.S.C. <section><section>824d et seq., and with Part 35 of Title 18 of the

Code of Federal Regulations, l8 C.F.R. <section><section>35 et seq.

13. All amendments to this Agreement shall be in written form executed by both

parties.

14. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the

successors and assigns of either party.

15. This Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from its

effective date as permitted by the Federal

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. 335

Energy Regulatory Commission, and is subject to extension by mutual

agreement.

Either party may terminate this Agreement by thirty (30) days' notice

except as is otherwise provided herein. If this Agreement expires by its

own terms, it shall be the Transmission Provider's responsibility to make

such filing.

Transmission Customer: NEPOOL Participants

By (System Operator)

Name:______________________   Name:_____________________

Title:_____________________   Title:____________________

Date:______________________   Date:_____________________


Exhibit 10.23.3

THIRTY-SEVENTH AGREEMENT AMENDING
NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT

THIS THIRTY-SEVENTH AGREEMENT AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT, dated as of August 15, 1998 ("Thirty-Seventh Agreement"), is entered into by the signatory Participants to amend the New England Power Pool Agreement (the "NEPOOL Agreement"), as amended.

WHEREAS, the NEPOOL Agreement as in effect on December 1, 1996 was amended and restated by the Thirty-Third Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement dated as of December 1, 1996 (the "Thirty-Third Agreement") in the form of the Restated New England Power Pool Agreement ("Restated NEPOOL Agreement") attached to the Thirty-Third Agreement as Exhibit A thereto, and the Thirty-Third Agreement also provided for the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff ("Tariff") which is Attachment B to the Restated NEPOOL Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Restated NEPOOL Agreement and the Tariff have subsequently been amended by five supplements dated, respectively, as of February 7, June 1, September 1, November 1 and December 31, 1997 and by three additional amendatory agreements dated, respectively, as of September 1, 1997, November 15, 1997 and July 20, 1998; and

WHEREAS, the signatories hereto desire to amend the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, as amended by the Thirty-Sixth Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, dated July 20, 1998, to amend the definition of "Power Year" and to make certain related changes.

NOW, THEREFORE, the signatory Participants agree as follows:

SECTION 1

AMENDMENT TO RESTATED NEPOOL AGREEMENT

1.1 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 1.77. Section 1.77 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

POWER YEAR is (i) the period of twelve (12) months commencing on November 1, in each year to and including 1997; (ii) the period of seven (7) months commencing on November 1, 1998; and (iii) the period of twelve (12) months commencing on June 1, 1999 and each June 1 thereafter.

1.2 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 1.104. Section 1.104 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

WINTER PERIOD in each Power Year is (i) the seven-month period from November through May and the month of October for the Power Year commencing on November 1 in 1997 or a prior Power Year; (ii) the seven-month period from November through May for the Power Year commencing on November 1, 1998; and (iii) the eight-month period from October through May for the Power Year commencing on June 1, 1999 and each June 1 thereafter.

1.3 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 12.2(A)(1), DEFINITION OF "I". The definition of "I" in Section 12.2(a)(1) of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

I for the Participant for the month is the percentage which represents the weighted average (using the Installed Capability of each Installed Capability Entitlement for such month for the weighting) of the Four Year Installed Capability Target Availability Rates of the Installed Capability Entitlements which are included in the Participant's Installed System Capability during the hour of the coincident peak load of the Participants for the month. The Four Year Target Availability Rate for an Installed Capability Entitlement for any month is the average of the monthly Target Availability Rates for the forty-eight months which comprise the period of four consecutive calendar years ending within the Power Year which includes such month, as determined on the basis of the Target Availability Rates for each of the forty-eight months, and as applied on a basis which is consistent with the fuel or maturity status of the unit for each of the forty-eight months; provided, however, that for the purpose of determining the Four Year Target Availability Rate (i) for months included within the Power Year which commences June 1, 1999, the determination shall be made for the months of June through October on the basis of the calendar years 1995 through 1998, and shall be made for the months of November through May on the basis of the calendar years 1996 through 1999, and (ii) for months included within the Power Year which commences June 1, 2000, the determination shall be made on the basis of the calendar years 1996 through 1999. The Target Availability Rates shall be those utilized by the Management Committee in its most recent determination of NEPOOL Objective Capability pursuant to Section 6.14(e).

1.4 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 12.2(A)(1), DEFINITION OF "H". The definition of "H" in Section 12.2(a)(1) of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

H for the Participant for the month is the percentage which represents the weighted average (using the Installed Capability of each Installed Capability Entitlement for such month for the weighting) of the Four Year Actual Availability Rates of the Installed Capability Entitlements which are included in the Participant's Installed System Capability during the hour of the coincident peak load of the Participants for the month. The Four Year Actual Availability Rate for an Installed Capability Entitlement for any month is the percentage which represents the average of the amounts determined for H{1} for the four applicable Twelve-Month Measurement Periods within the forty-eight months which comprise the period of four consecutive calendar years ending within the Power Year which includes such month; provided, however, that for the purpose of determining the Four Year Actual Availability Rate (i) for months included within the Power Year which commences June 1, 1999, the determination shall be made for the months of June through October on the basis of the calendar years 1995 through 1998, and shall be made for the months of November through May on the basis of the calendar years 1996 through 1999, and (ii) for months included within the Power Year which commences June 1, 2000, the determination shall be made on the basis of the calendar years 1996 through 1999. A Twelve-Month Measurement Period is a period of twelve sequential months. For purposes of this sequence, the first month in the four years and the immediately succeeding months shall be considered to follow the forty-eighth month in the four-year period. The four applicable Twelve-Month Measurement Periods to be used in the determination of H{1} for an Installed Capability Entitlement shall be the four sequential Twelve-Month Measurement Periods out of the twelve possible combinations which yield the highest H{1}.

1.5 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 12.2(A)(1), DEFINITION OF "R". The definition of "R" in Section 12.2(a)(1) of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

R for the month is the phase-out factor for the month, which shall be as follows:

R=0.75    for the Power Year beginning November 1,
          1997.
R=0.50    for the 12 month period beginning November 1,
          1998.
R=0.25    for the 12 month period beginning November 1,
          1999.
R=0       for the 12 month period beginning November 1,
          2000 and all subsequent 12 month periods.

SECTION 2

MISCELLANEOUS

2.1 Following execution by the requisite number of Participants in accordance with the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, this Thirty- Seventh Agreement shall become effective November 1, 1998, or on such other date or dates as the Commission shall provide that the amendments provided for in this Agreement shall become effective; provided that such amendments shall not become effective if Participants having the requisite number of Voting Shares give notice in accordance with Section 21.11 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement that they object to the amendments.

2.2 Terms used in this Thirty-Seventh Agreement that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Restated NEPOOL Agreement.

2.3 This Thirty-Seventh Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each executed counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original instrument and as if all the parties to all the counterparts had signed the same instrument. Any signature page of this Thirty-Seventh Agreement may be detached from any counterpart of this Thirty-Seventh Agreement without impairing the legal effect of any signatures thereof, and may be attached to another counterpart of this Thirty-Seventh Agreement identical in form thereto but having attached to it one or more signature pages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the signatories has caused a counterpart signature page for this Thirty-Seventh Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of August 15, 1998.


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE
TO THIRTY-SEVENTH AGREEMENT
AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER
POOL AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this counterpart signature page to the Thirty-Seventh Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, dated as of August 15, 1998, to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of August 15, 1998.

Boston Edison Company________________
(Participant)

By:/s/ Douglas S. Horan______________
   Name: Douglas S. Horan

   Title: Senior Vice-President


Central Maine Power Company__________
(Participant)

By:/s/ Arthur Adelberg______________
   Name: Arthur Adelberg

   Title: Exec VP


Connecticut Municipal Electric Energy Cooperative
(Participant)

By:/s/ Maurice R. Scully_____________
   Name: Maurice R. Scully

   Title: Executive Director


COMMONWEALTH ENERGY SYSTEM COMPANIES_
(Participant)

Cambridge Electric Light Company
Canal Electric Company
Commonwealth Electric Company

By:/s/ James J. Keane________________
   Name: James J. Keane

   Title: Vice President
          Energy Supply & Engineering Services


EASTERN UTILITIES ASSOCIATES COMPANIES
Blackstone Valley Electric Company
Eastern Edison Company
Newport Electric Company
(Participants)

By:/s/ Kevin A. Kirby________________
   Name: Kevin A. Kirby

   Title: Vice President


Fitchburg Gas and Electric Light Company
(Participant)

By:/s/ David K. Foote________________
   Name: David K. Foote

   Title: Senior Vice President


Hingham Municipal Lighting Plant_____
(Participant)

By:/s/ Joseph K. Spadea, Jr._________
   Name: Joseph K. Spadea, Jr.

   Title: G.M.


Granite State Electric Company_______
(Participant)

By:/s/ John G. Cochrane______________
   Name: John G. Cochrane

   Title: Assistant Treasurer


Massachusetts Electric Company_______
(Participant)

By:/s/ John G. Cochrane______________
   Name: John G. Cochrane

   Title: Treasurer


The Narragansett Electric Company____
(Participant)

By:/s/ John G. Cochrane______________
   Name: John G. Cochrane

   Title: Treasurer


New England Power Company____________
(Participant)

By:/s/ Cheryl A. Lafleur_____________
   Name: Cheryl A. Lafleur

   Title: Vice President


North American Energy Conservation, Inc.
(Participant)

By:/s/ William J. Wagers_____________
   Name: William J. Wagers

   Title: Director, Electric
          Wholesale Marketing


NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM COMPANIES_
The Connecticut Light and Power Company
Holyoke Power and Electric Company
Holyoke Water Power Company
Public Service Company of New Hampshire
Western Massachusetts Electric Company
(Participants)

By:/s/ Frank P. Sabatino_____________
   Name: Frank P. Sabatino

   Title: Vice President of Wholesale Marketing


SOUTH HADLEY ELECTRIC LIGHT DEPARTMENT
(Participant)

By:/s/ Wayne D. Doerpholz____________
   Name: Wayne D. Doerpholz

   Title: Manager


PG&E Energy Trading-Power, L.P.______
(Participant)

By:/s/ Sarah M. Barpoulis____________
   Name: Sarah M. Barpoulis

   Title: Senior Vice President


Strategic Energy Ltd.________________
(Participant)

By:/s/ John E. Molinda_______________
   Name: John E. Molinda

   Title: Director, Electricity Market &
          Strategy Development


The United Illuminating Company______
(Participant)

By:/s/ Stephen Goldschmidt___________
   Name: Stephen Goldschmidt

   Title: VP Planning & Information Resources


Unitil Resources, Inc._______________
(Participant)

By:/s/ James G. Daly_________________
   Name: James G. Daly

   Title: President


Unitil Power Corp.___________________
(Participant)

By:/s/ David K. Foote________________
   Name: David K. Foote

   Title: Senior Vice President


Velco________________________________
(Participant)

By:/s/ Richard M. Chapman____________
   Name: Richard M. Chapman

   Title: President and CEO
          Pres/CEO



(Participant)

By:__________________________________
Name:

Title:


Exhibit 10.23.4

THIRTY-EIGHTH AGREEMENT AMENDING
NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT

THIS THIRTY-EIGHTH AGREEMENT AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT, dated as of October 30, 1998 ("Thirty-Eighth Agreement"), is entered into by the signatory Participants to amend the New England Power Pool Agreement (the "NEPOOL Agreement"), as amended.

WHEREAS, the NEPOOL Agreement as in effect on December 1, 1996 was amended and restated by the Thirty-Third Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement dated as of December 1, 1996 (the "Thirty-Third Agreement") in the form of the Restated New England Power Pool Agreement ("Restated NEPOOL Agreement") attached to the Thirty-Third Agreement as Exhibit A thereto, and the Thirty-Third Agreement also provided for the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff ("Tariff") which is Attachment B to the Restated NEPOOL Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Restated NEPOOL Agreement and the Tariff have subsequently been amended by five supplements dated, respectively, as of February 7, June 1, September 1, November 1 and December 31, 1997 and by four additional amendatory agreements dated, respectively, as of September 1, 1997, November 15, 1997, July 20, 1998 and August 15, 1998; and

WHEREAS, the signatories hereto desire to amend the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, including the Tariff, as heretofore amended, to reflect the revisions detailed below.

NOW, THEREFORE, the signatory Participants agree as follows:

SECTION 1

1.1 The Restated NEPOOL Agreement including the Tariff, as heretofore amended, is hereby amended as set forth in Appendix A hereto.

1.2 The Restated NEPOOL Agreement, as heretofore amended, is hereby amended to effect the errata corrections set forth in Appendix B hereto.

1.3 The Tariff, as heretofore amended, is hereby amended to effect the errata corrections set forth in Appendix C hereto.

SECTION 2

MISCELLANEOUS

2.1 Following execution by the requisite number of Participants in accordance with the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, this Thirty-Eighth Agreement shall become effective as follows, provided that the amendments contained herein shall not become effective if Participants having the requisite number of Voting Shares give notice in accordance with Section 21.11 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement that they object to such amendment:

(i) Appendix A hereto shall become effective on the later of (A) the Second Effective Date, or (B) the first day of the calendar month immediately following a Commission order accepting the provisions of Appendix A, or (C) on such other date as the Commission shall provide that the amendments reflected in Appendix A of this Agreement shall become effective; provided that, if the Commission has not issued an order with respect to Appendix A on or before January 1, 1999, Appendix A shall become effective on the later of January 1, 1999 or the Second Effective Date.

(ii) Appendix B and Appendix C hereto shall become effective on December 1, 1998 or on such other date as the Commission shall provide that the amendments reflected in Appendix B of this Agreement shall become effective.

2.2 Terms used in this Thirty-Eighth Agreement that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Restated NEPOOL Agreement and Tariff.

2.3 This Thirty-Eighth Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each executed counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original instrument and as if all the parties to all the counterparts had signed the same instrument. Any signature page of this Thirty-Eighth Agreement may be detached from any counterpart of this Thirty-Eighth Agreement without impairing the legal effect of any signatures thereof, and may be attached to another counterpart of this Thirty-Eighth Agreement identical in form thereto but having attached to it one or more signature pages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the signatories has caused a counterpart signature page for this Thirty-Eighth Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of October 30, 1998.


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE
TO THIRTY-EIGHTH AGREEMENT
AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER
POOL AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this counterpart signature page to the Thirty-Eighth Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, dated as of October 30, 1998, to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of October 30, 1998.


(Participant)

By:__________________________________
Name:
Title:


APPENDIX A

1. AMENDMENT OF SECTION 14.5(B).

Section 14.5(b) of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as

follows:

(b) A Participant that is deemed in an hour to furnish Operating

Reserve under the Agreement shall receive for each Kilowatt

of each category of Operating Reserve furnished by it the

applicable Operating Reserve Clearing Price as defined and

determined in accordance with Section 14.9 or the Bid Price

to provide such Kilowatt, if higher than the Operating

Reserve Clearing Price for the hour.

2. AMENDMENT OF SECTION 14.9.

Section 14.9 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended in its

entirety to read as follows:

14.9 DETERMINATION OF OPERATING RESERVE CLEARING PRICE.

(a) For each hour as necessary, the System Operator shall

determine the Operating Reserve Clearing Price for each

category of Operating Reserve as follows:

(i) The System Operator shall determine the aggregate

Kilowatts of the applicable category of Operating

Reserve that are deemed pursuant to Section 14.3(b) to

have been received by Participants for the hour.

(ii) For 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve and 30-Minute

Operating Reserve, the System Operator shall rank in

the order of lowest to highest the Bid Prices of the

resources designated by the System Operator for that

category of Operating Reserve for the hour. The

applicable Operating Reserve Clearing Price for 10-

Minute Non-Spinning Reserve or 30-Minute Operating

Reserve shall be the weighted average of the highest

Bid Prices for the 1000 Kilowatts (or such other number

as may be specified by the Regional Market Operations

Committee) of that category of Operating Reserve that

are designated by the System Operator for use in the

hour.

(iii)For 10-Minute Spinning Reserve the System Operator

shall rank in order of the lowest to highest the 10-

Minute Spinning Reserve Lost Opportunity Prices (as

defined in Section 14.9(b)) of the resources designated

by the System Operator for the hour. The Operating

Reserve Clearing Price for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve

shall be the weighted average for the 1,000 Kilowatts

(or such other number as may be specified by the

Regional Market Operations Committee) of the highest

10-Minute Spinning Reserve Lost Opportunity Prices for

the hour of the Entitlements that were designated by

the System Operator for use in the hour.

(b) The System Operator shall determine a 10-Minute Spinning

Reserve Lost Opportunity Price for each hour for use in

determining the Operating Reserve Clearing Price for 10-

Minute Spinning Reserve. For the purposes of Section 14.9,

the 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Lost Opportunity Price for a

Participant's resource shall be the amount by which the

Energy Clearing Price for the hour exceeds the resource's

Dispatch Price (not less than zero), PLUS the Bid Price in

the hour for each resource to provide 10-Minute Spinning

Reserve.

3. AMENDMENT OF SCHEDULES 5, 6 AND 7 TO TARIFF.

The third full paragraph of each of Schedules 5, 6 and 7 of the Tariff

is amended to read as follows:

Under Sections 14.4, 14.5 and 14.9 of the Agreement, as it will be in

effect after the Second Effective Date, the price to be paid for 10-Minute

Non-Spinning Reserve Service or 30-Minute Operating Reserve Service

received in any hour will be the Operating Reserve Clearing Price for the

hour for that category of reserve service, as determined on the basis of

bid prices to provide the service. Agreement, <section>14.9(a). The price

for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Service will be the Operating Reserve

Clearing Price for 10-Minute Spinning Reserve for the hour, as determined

on the basis of the 10-Minute Spinning Reserve Lost Opportunity Prices, in

accordance with Section 14.9(b) of the Agreement. Agreement,

<section>14.9(a) and (b).


APPENDIX B

ERRATA TO RESTATED
NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT

The Restated New England Power Pool Agreement (the "Agreement"), as amended and filed with the Commission on July 22, 1998, is amended to make the following errata corrections.

1. In Section 1.13 of the Agreement, "or Interconnection Requester" is deleted in two places.

2. In Section 1.17 of the Agreement, "person" in the fourth line of the definition is changed to "other entity" and "with which that end user is directly interconnected" is inserted after "Transmission Provider" in the last line of the definition.

3. In Section 1.100 of the Agreement, "in the case of a municipal Participant" is changed to "in the case of a state or municipal or cooperatively-owned Participant".

4. Paragraph 1 of Section 15.1 of the Agreement is revised to read as follows:

1. All transmission facilities owned by Participants classified as PTF on April 1, 1998, but only so long as, in the case of each such facility, the facility remains in service and continues to meet the definition of PTF as in effect under this Agreement on April 1, 1998.

5. The final sentence of Section 15.5 of the Agreement is revised to read as follows:

Responsibility for the costs of new PTF or any modification or other upgrade of PTF shall be determined, to the extent applicable, in accordance with Parts V and VI and Schedule 11 of the Tariff, including without limitation the provisions relating to responsibility for the costs of new PTF or modifications or other upgrades to PTF exceeding regional system, regulatory or other public requirements set forth in paragraph (ii) of Schedule 11 to the Tariff.

6. In paragraph (ii) of Section 16.3 of the Agreement, "Network Customers and Eligible Customers taking Internal Point-to-Point Service" is changed to "Eligible Customers taking Regional Network Service and Internal Point-to-Point Service".

7. Paragraph (iv) of Section 16.3 of the Agreement is revised to read as follows:

(iv) that if the Transmission Provider receives a distribution pursuant to Section 16.6 from NEPOOL out of revenues paid for Through or Out Service or for In Service (as defined in the Tariff), the amounts received shall reduce its Local Network Service revenue requirements; and

8. Paragraph C of Section 16.6 of the Agreement is revised to read as follows:

C. INTERNAL POINT-TO-POINT SERVICE REVENUES AND IN SERVICE REVENUES. The revenues received by NEPOOL each month for providing Internal Point-to-Point Service and the revenues, if any, received by NEPOOL each month for providing In Service (as defined in the Tariff) shall be distributed among the Participants owning or supporting PTF in proportion to their respective Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements for PTF under Attachment F to the Tariff.

9. Section 18.5 is revised to insert after "the Participant shall not proceed to implement such plan unless the Participant" the following:
"or the Non-Participant on whose behalf the Participant has submitted its plan".


APPENDIX C

ERRATA TO RESTATED
NEPOOL OPEN ACCESS TRANSMISSION TARIFF

The Restated NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff, as amended and filed with the Commission on July 22, 1998, is amended to make the following errata corrections. Page references are to the pages in the copies of the Tariff which were included in the July 22nd filing as Volume III.

1. Section 1.15. In the fifth line on page 17 "or Interconnection Requester" is deleted.

2. Section 1.28. The phrase "in accordance with Section 22A of this Tariff" is moved from the end of the Section to the first line and inserted after "NEPOOL". In the second line, "originating outside the NEPOOL Control Area" is inserted after "import transaction". In the fifth line "NEPOOL Transmission System" is substituted for "NEPOOL Control Area". In the sixth line, "to another Control Area or to the Maine Electric Power Company line" is inserted after "interconnection."

3. Section 1.32. In the fourth and fifth lines, "NEPOOL Transmission System" is substituted for "NEPOOL Control Area".

4. Section 1.34. A period is inserted after "Section 28.7" and the balance of the definition is deleted.

5. Section 1.77. "Part II" is substituted for "Section 14".

6. Section 1.95. In the fifth line of the Section on page 40 "state or municipal or cooperatively-owned" is substituted for "municipal".

7. Section 1.97. In the last sentence of the definition "kilowatts" is changed to "Kilowatts".

8. Section 3.4. At the beginning of the fourth line "effective" is deleted.

9. Section 16. At the beginning of the second line on page 69, "any ancillary service charges and" is inserted after "pay".

10. Part III. The following is inserted at the end of the title of

Part III: "; IN SERVICE".

11. Section 19.2. The first two and one-half lines of the final sentence of the Section are changed to read as follows: "Non-Firm Internal Point-to-Point Service shall be available to an entity to serve its load only if the entity (i)".

12. Section 20. In the first two lines of the Section "firm or non- firm" is changed to "Firm or Non-Firm". In the next to the last sentence on page 74 "any ancillary service charge and" is inserted after "pay". In the next to the last line on page 74 "firm" is changed to "Firm". On page 75 "non-firm" is changed to "Non-Firm" in the first sentence and in the last listing in the table.

13. Section 22A.1. The following is added at the end of the Section:
"Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of unauthorized use charges assessed under Section 27.7(c) (for Firm Transmission Service) and Section 28.5 (for Non-Firm Transmission Service), In Service provided in conjunction with Regional Network Service shall be treated as Point-to-Point Transmission Service."

14. Section 25. In the last line on page 87, "Exhibit" is changed to "Attachment".

15. Section 27.2. In the next to the last sentence of the Section "with Native Load Customers and" is deleted and replaced by "equal to Native Load Customers, Network Customers and customers for".

16. Section 27.6. The second sentence is modified to read as follows: If multiple transactions require Curtailment, to the extent practicable and consistent with Good Utility Practice, the System Operator will curtail service to Network Customers and Transmission Customers taking Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service on a non-discriminatory basis.

17. Section 27.7(c). The following phrase is inserted at the end of the second sentence: "and the Point of Receipt may be identified as the NEPOOL power exchange in circumstances where the System Operator does not require greater specificity". The first line on page 103 is modified to substitute the following for "Schedule 8 or Schedule 10": "Section 20, Section 21 or Section 22A".

18. Section 28.6. In the eighth line on page 112 "Receiving party" is changed to "Receiving Party". In the next to the last line in the Section on page 113 "Transmission" is changed to "transmission".

19. Section 31.5. In the third line on page 128 "completed applications" is changed to "Completed Applications".

20. Section 35.1. In the first line of the Section, "which is not the Transmission Customer" is inserted after "any Participant."

21. Section 40.4. The last sentence of the Section is changed to read as follows: "Deliveries in Interchange Transactions will have a higher priority than any Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service under this Tariff."

22. Section 40.5. At the end of the third sentence "to all load on a load ratio basis" is substituted for "on the basis of average losses as established by the System Operator". The last three sentences of the Section are deleted.

23. Section 42.1. The following sentence is inserted between the first and second sentences: "Each designation of a generating resource as a Network Resource (in accordance with the definition of Network Resource) shall be effective as of the beginning of a month, shall remain in effect for at least one full month, and shall only be terminated at the end of a month."

24. Section 42.2. The final sentence is deleted.

25. Section 45.5. The second sentence is modified to read as follows: "However, to the extent practicable and consistent with Good Utility Practice, any Curtailment will be shared by the customers taking Internal Point-to-Point Service, Through or Out Service and/or In Service and Network Customers on a non- discriminatory basis."

26. Section 48(a). At the end of the next to last line "Points" is changed to "Point(s)".

27. Section 49. In subparagraph (a) the third and fourth lines are changed to read as follows: "Network the generator is or would be located, including the filing". In paragraph (b) in the fifth line on page 193 "Non-PTF System" is changed to "Non- PTF system".

28. Section 50. The following is inserted at the end of the section:
"Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing set forth in this Part VII shall be deemed to relieve any Transmission Customer from its obligations to pay any charges or costs otherwise payable by it under Parts I through VI of this Tariff and the relevant schedules related thereto."

29. Schedule 9. In the sentence at the end of the first paragraph of subsection (1) "any ancillary service charges and" is inserted after "pay".

30. Schedule 11. In the first line of paragraph (i) on page 234 "or" is deleted after "PTF". The following is added at the end of the first sentence of paragraph (i) on page 234: "and such amounts to be paid by the Generator Owner shall not be included in Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements under Attachment F." On page 236 in the 12th line, "upgrades" is changed to "upgrade". In the 11th line on page 242 "will" is inserted after "Owner".

31. Attachment F. The phrase "or Interconnection Requester" is deleted at the end of paragraph (a) on page 266. On pages 276 and 277 paragraph J is modified to read as follows:

J. TRANSMISSION SUPPORT EXPENSE shall equal the expense paid by Transmission Providers or other Participants for PTF transmission support other than expenses for payments made for transmission facilities or facility upgrades placed in service on or after January 1, 1997 where the support obligation is required to be borne by particular Participants or other entities in accordance with Schedule 11 of the Tariff.

32. Attachment G. Item #9 on page 278 is deleted and the remaining items are renumbered.

33. Attachment G-1. Item #10 on page 284 is deleted and the remaining items are renumbered.


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE
TO THIRTY-EIGHTH AGREEMENT
AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER
POOL AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this counterpart signature page to the Thirty-Eighth Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, dated as of October 30, 1998, to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of October 30, 1998.

Boston Edison Company
(Participant)

/s/ By: __________________________________
        Name: Douglas S. Horan
        Title: Senior Vice President

COMMONWEALTH ENERGY SYSTEM COMPANIES

Cambridge Electric Light Company Canal Electric Company
COMMONWEALTH ELECTRIC COMPANY

(Participants)

/s/ By: ___________________________________
        Name: James J. Keane
        Title: Vice President
               Energy Supply & Engineering Services

COMMONWEALTH ENERGY SYSTEM COMPANIES

Cambridge Electric Light Company Canal Electric Company
COMMONWEALTH ELECTRIC COMPANY

(Participants)

/s/ By: ___________________________________
        Name: Deborah A. McLaughlin
        Title: President

EASTERN UTILITIES ASSOCIATES COMPANIES

Blackstone Valley Electric Company Eastern Edison Company Montaup Electric Company
NEWPORT ELECTRIC COMPANY

(Participants)

/s/ By: ___________________________________
        Name: Kevin A. Kirby
        Title: Vice President

Fitchburg Gas and Electric Light Company
(Participants)

/s/ By: ___________________________________
        Name: David K. Foote
        Title: Senior Vice President

THE NARRAGANSETT ELECTRIC COMPANY
(Participant)

/s/ By: ___________________________________
        Name: Robert L. McCabe
        Title: Chairman

MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY
(Participant)

/s/ By: ___________________________________
        Name: Robert L. McCabe
        Title: Chairman

NEW ENGLAND POWER COMPANY
(Participant)

/s/ By: ______________________________
        Name: John G. Cochrane
        Title: Treasurer

NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM COMPANIES

The Connecticut Light and Power Company Holyoke Power and Electric Company Holyoke Water Power Company Public Service Company of New Hampshire
WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY

(Participants)

/s/ By: Frank P. Sabatino__________________
        Name:
        Title:

THE UNITED ILLUMINATING COMPANY
(Participant)

/s/ By: ___________________________________
        Name: Stephen F. Goldschmidt
        Title: Vice-President, Planning and
               Information Resources

Unitil Power Corp.
(Participants)

/s/ By: ___________________________________
        Name: David K. Foote
        Title: Senior Vice President

Unitil Resources, Inc.
(Participant)

By: /s/ __________________________________
        Name: James G. Daly
        Title: President

Velco
(Participant)

By: /s/ __________________________________
        Name: Richard M. Chapman
        Title: President/CEO

GRANITE STATE ELECTRIC COMPANY
(Participant)

By: /s/ __________________________________
        Name: Robert L. McCabe
        Title: Chairman

PG&E PARTICIPANT COMPANIES
PG&E ENERGY TRADING - POWER, L.P.
By: PG&E Energy Trading - Power Holdings
Corporation, its sole general partner

By: /s/ __________________________________
        Name: Sarah M. Barpoulis
        Title: Senior Vice Presidnet

By: /s/ __________________________________
        Name: James V. Mahoney
        Title: Senior Vice Presidnet


Exhibit 10.23.5

THIRTY-NINTH AGREEMENT AMENDING
NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT

THIS THIRTY-NINTH AGREEMENT AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT, dated as of November 13, 1998 ("Thirty-Ninth Agreement"), is entered into by the signatory Participants to amend the New England Power Pool Agreement (the "NEPOOL Agreement"), as amended.

WHEREAS, the NEPOOL Agreement as in effect on December 1, 1996 was amended and restated by the Thirty-Third Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement dated as of December 1, 1996 (the "Thirty-Third Agreement") in the form of the Restated New England Power Pool Agreement ("Restated NEPOOL Agreement") attached to the Thirty-Third Agreement as Exhibit A thereto, and the Thirty-Third Agreement also provided for the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff ("Tariff") which is Attachment B to the Restated NEPOOL Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Restated NEPOOL Agreement and the Tariff have subsequently been amended by five supplements dated, respectively, as of February 7, June 1, September 1, November 1 and December 31, 1997 and by five additional amendatory agreements dated, respectively, as of September 1, 1997, November 15, 1997, July 20, 1998, August 15, 1998 and October 30, 1998; and

WHEREAS, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Order issued October 29, 1998 (the "Order") with respect to the Restated NEPOOL Agreement and the Tariff, as amended through July 20, 1998, has required that they be further amended by the date hereof in various respects; and

WHEREAS, the signatories hereto desire to implement the Order through a compliance filing to make changes required by the Order.

NOW, THEREFORE, the signatory Participants agree as follows:

SECTION 1
AMENDMENT OF RESTATED NEPOOL AGREEMENT

1.1 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 15.1. Section 15.1 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

15.1 DEFINITION OF PTF. PTF or pool transmission facilities are the transmission facilities owned by Participants rated 69 kV or above required to allow energy from significant power sources to move freely on the New England transmission network, and include:

1. All transmission lines and associated facilities owned by Participants rated 69 kV and above, except for lines and associated facilities that contribute little or no parallel capability to the NEPOOL Transmission System (as defined in the Tariff). The following do not constitute PTF:

(a) Those lines and associated facilities which are required to serve local load only.

(b) Generator leads, which are defined as radial transmission from a generation bus to the nearest point on the NEPOOL Transmission System.

(c) Lines that are normally operated open.

2. Parallel linkages in network stations owned by Participants (including substation facilities such as transformers, circuit breakers and associated equipment) interconnecting the lines which constitute PTF.

3. If a Participant with significant generation in its transmission and distribution system (initially 25 MW) is connected to the New England network and none of the transmission facilities owned by the Participant qualify to be included in PTF as defined in (1) and (2) above, then such Participant's connection to PTF will constitute PTF if both of the following requirements are met for this connection:

(a) The connection is rated 69 kV or above.

(b) The connection is the principal transmission link between the Participant and the remainder of the New England PTF network.

4. Rights of way and land owned by Participants required for the installation of facilities which constitute PTF under
(1), (2) or (3) above.

The Regional Transmission Planning Committee shall review at least annually the status of transmission lines and related facilities and determine whether such facilities constitute PTF and shall prepare and keep current a schedule or catalogue of PTF facilities.

The following examples indicate the intent of the above definitions:

(i) Radial tap lines to local load are excluded.

(ii) Lines which loop, from two geographically separate points on the NEPOOL Transmission System, the supply to a load bus from the NEPOOL Transmission System are included.

(iii)Lines which loop, from two geographically separate points on the NEPOOL Transmission System, the connections between a generator bus and the NEPOOL Transmission System are included.

(iv) Radial connections or connections from a generating station to a single substation or switching station on the NEPOOL Transmission System are excluded, unless the requirements of paragraph (3) above are met.

Transmission facilities owned by a Related Person of a Participant which are rated 69 kV or above and are required to allow Energy from significant power sources to move freely on the New England transmission network shall also constitute PTF provided (i) such Related Person files with the Secretary of the Management Committee its consent to such treatment; and (ii) the Management Committee determines that treatment of the facility as PTF will facilitate accomplishment of NEPOOL's objectives. If a facility constitutes PTF pursuant to this paragraph, it shall be treated as "owned" by a Participant for purposes of the Tariff and the other provisions of Part Four of the Agreement.

SECTION 2

AMENDMENT TO TARIFF

2.1 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 22A.3 Section 22A.3 of the Tariff is amended to read as follows:

22A.3A Transmission Customer which has Reserved Capacity for In Service as part of or in conjunction with Through or Out Service, Internal Point-to-Point Service or Regional Network Service shall receive such In Service as part of such other service without additional charge.

2.2 DELETION OF SECTION 22A.4. Section 22A.4 of the Tariff is deleted in its entirety.

2.3 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 33.4. Section 33.4 of the Tariff is amended to read as follows:

33.4 Facilities Study Procedures: If a System Impact Study indicates that additions or upgrades to the NEPOOL Transmission System are needed to supply the Eligible Customer's service request, the System Operator, within thirty days of the completion of the System Impact Study, will tender to the Eligible Customer a Facilities Study agreement in the form of Attachment J to this Tariff, or in any other form that is mutually agreed to, which is to be entered into by the Eligible Customer and the System Operator and, if deemed necessary by the System Operator, by one or more affected Transmission Provider(s) and pursuant to which the Eligible Customer shall agree to reimburse the System Operator and any affected Transmission Providers or other entity designated by the System Operator for performing any required Facilities Study. For a service request to remain a Completed Application, the Eligible Customer shall execute the Facilities Study agreement and return it to the System Operator within fifteen days. If the Eligible Customer elects not to execute the Facilities Study agreement, its application shall be deemed withdrawn and its deposit, if any (less the reasonable Administrative Costs incurred by the System Operator and any affected Participants in connection with the Application), will be returned with Interest. Upon receipt of an executed Facilities Study agreement, the System Operator and any affected Transmission Provider(s) or other designated entity will use due diligence to cause the required Facilities Study to be completed within a sixty-day period. If a Facilities Study cannot be completed in the allotted time period, the System Operator will notify the Transmission Customer and provide an estimate of the time needed to reach a final determination and any resulting increase in the cost, along with an explanation of the reasons that additional time is required to complete the study. When completed, the Facilities Study shall include a good faith estimate of (i) the cost of Direct Assignment Facilities to be charged to the Transmission Customer, or (ii) the Transmission Customer's appropriate share of the cost of any required additions or upgrades, and (iii) the time required to complete such construction and initiate the requested service. The Transmission Customer shall provide a letter of credit or other reasonable form of security acceptable to the Transmission Providers or other entities that will be responsible for the construction of the new facilities or upgrades equivalent to the costs of the new facilities or upgrades and consistent with relevant commercial practices, as established by the Uniform Commercial Code. The Transmission Customer shall have thirty days to execute a Service Agreement, if required, or request the filing of an unexecuted Service Agreement with the Commission and provide the required letter of credit or other form of security or the request will no longer be a Completed Application and shall be deemed terminated and withdrawn.

2.4 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 40.4. Section 40.4 of the Tariff is amended to read as follows:

The Network Customer may use the NEPOOL Transmission System to deliver energy and/or capacity to its Network Loads from resources that have not been designated as Network Resources. Such energy and capacity shall be transmitted, on an as-available basis, at no additional charge as part of Regional Network Service. Deliveries from resources other than Network Resources will have a higher priority than any Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service under this Tariff.

2.5 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 42.1. Section 42.1 of the Tariff is amended to delete the second sentence thereof (added in the Thirty-Eighth Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement).

2.6 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 44.4. Section 44.4 of the Tariff is amended to read as follows:

44.4 Facilities Study Procedures: If a System Impact Study indicates that additions or upgrades to the NEPOOL Transmission System are needed to supply the Eligible Customer's service request, the System Operator, within thirty days of the completion of the System Impact Study, shall tender to the Eligible Customer a Facilities Study agreement in the form of Attachment J to this Tariff, or in any other form that is mutually agreed to, which is to be entered into by the Eligible Customer and the System Operator and, if deemed necessary by the System Operator, by one or more affected Transmission Provider(s) and pursuant to which the Eligible Customer shall agree to reimburse the System Operator and any affected Transmission Provider(s) for performing the required Facilities Study. For a service request to remain a Completed Application, the Eligible Customer shall execute the Facilities Study agreement and return it to the System Operator within fifteen days. If the Eligible Customer elects not to execute a Facilities Study agreement, its Application shall be deemed withdrawn and its deposit, if any (less the reasonable Administrative Costs incurred by the System Operator and any affected Transmission Provider(s)), shall be returned with Interest. Upon receipt of an executed Facilities Study agreement, the System Operator and any affected Transmission Provider(s), will use due diligence to complete the required Facilities Study within a sixty-day period. If the System Operator and any affected Transmission Provider(s) are unable to complete the Facilities Study in the allotted time period, the System Operator shall notify the Eligible Customer and provide an estimate of the time needed to reach a final determination and any resulting increase in the cost, along with an explanation of the reasons that additional time is required to complete the study. When completed, the Facilities Study will include a good faith estimate of (i) the cost of Direct Assignment Facilities to be charged to the Eligible Customer, (ii) the Eligible Customer's appropriate share of the cost of any required Network Upgrades, and (iii) the time required to complete such construction and initiate the requested service. The Eligible Customer shall provide a letter of credit or other reasonable form of security acceptable to the affected Transmission Provider(s) or other entities that will be responsible for the construction of the new facilities or upgrades equivalent to the costs of new facilities or upgrades consistent with commercial practices as established by the Uniform Commercial Code. The Eligible Customer shall have thirty days to execute a Service Agreement or request the filing of an unexecuted Service Agreement and provide the required letter of credit or other form of security or the request no longer will be a Completed Application and shall be deemed terminated and withdrawn.

2.7 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 46.1. Section 46.1 of the Tariff is amended to read as follows:

46.1 Determination of Network Customer's Monthly Network Load: The Network Customer's "Monthly Network Load" is its hourly load (including its designated Network Load not physically interconnected with the Transmission Provider under Section 43.3) coincident with the coincident aggregate load of the Participants and other Network Customers served in each Local Network in the hour in which the coincident load is at its maximum for the month ("Monthly Peak").

2.8 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 49. Section 49 of the Tariff is amended to read as follows:

49 Interconnection Requirements

Any Participant or Non-Participant which proposes to site a new generating unit at a site owned or controlled by it, or which it has the right to acquire or control, or to materially change and increase the capacity of an existing generating unit, located in the NEPOOL Control Area ("Generator Owner"), shall be obligated to:

(a) complete and submit to the System Operator a standard application, which is available from the System Operator, entitled "Interconnection of New Generation to the New England Transmission System -Application for System Impact Study Agreement" ("Interconnection Application"), along with the administrative fee and description of its proposal and site information required by the Interconnection Application;

(b) within fifteen (15) days of its tender by the System Operator (which tender shall occur no later than thirty (30) days following System Operator's receipt of a complete Interconnection Application), enter into an agreement with the System Operator and, if deemed necessary by the System Operator, one or more affected Transmission Providers to provide for the conduct of a System Impact Study to determine what additions or upgrades to the NEPOOL Transmission System and to the Non-PTF system are required in order to permit its generating unit to interconnect in a manner that avoids any significant adverse effect on system reliability, stability, and operability, including protecting against the degradation of transfer capability for interfaces affected by the unit ("Minimum Interconnection Standard"). If the Generator Owner does not enter into the System Impact Study agreement within the above time period, its application shall be deemed withdrawn. The System Impact Study shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures, and subject to the obligations, specified in Sections 33.2 and 33.3 and Attachment D of this Tariff and using the form of agreement specified in Attachment I of this Tariff, except that: (1) references therein to transmission service shall be deemed to refer to interconnection; (2) references therein to Eligible Customer or Transmission Customer shall be deemed to refer to the Generator Owner; (3) Attachment D shall be applied so that the interconnection is studied on a Minimum Interconnection Standard basis; and (4)any references to, or requirements for, a Service Agreement in Section 33.3 shall be inapplicable.

(c) if a System Impact Study indicates that additions or upgrades to the NEPOOL Transmission System and to the Non-PTF system are required in order to permit its generating unit to interconnect to the NEPOOL system on a basis satisfying the Minimum Interconnection Standard, within fifteen (15) days of its tender by the System Operator (which tender shall occur no later than thirty (30) days following the completion of the System Impact Study), enter into an agreement with the System Operator and, if deemed necessary by the System Operator, one or more affected Transmission Providers to provide for the conduct of a Facilities Study. The Facilities Study shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures, and subject to the obligations, specified in Sections 33.4 and 33.5 of this Tariff, and using the form of agreement specified in Attachment J of this Tariff, except that: (1) references therein to transmission service shall be deemed to refer to interconnection;(2) references therein to Eligible Customer or Transmission Customer shall be deemed to refer to the Generator Owner; and (3) any references to, or requirements for, a Service Agreement in Section 33.4 shall be inapplicable. In lieu of a Facilities Study, if transmission system modifications are required, within 45 days of submission of the final System Impact Study report to the Generator Owner, the Generator Owner, the System Operator and the affected Transmission Provider(s) may establish an agreement for "Expedited Interconnection". While the Transmission Provider(s) or other entities that will be responsible for constructing the new facilities or upgrades on an expedited basis will provide the Generator Owner with its best estimate of the new facility costs and other charges that may be incurred, such estimate shall not be binding and the Generator Owner shall agree in writing to pay for all applicable costs incurred;

(d) in the event that transmission service will be needed under a Transmission Provider's local tariff or the unit will be interconnected to the Local Network of a Transmission Provider, satisfy any applicable requirements under the local tariff of the relevant Transmission Provider (except for those relating to System Impact Studies and Facilities Studies, which will be performed on a unified basis by the System Operator in accordance with this Section); and

(e) submit its proposal for review in accordance with Section 18.4 of the Agreement and to take any action required pursuant to Section 18.5 of the Agreement as a result of such review in order that its generating unit can be interconnected to the NEPOOL Transmission System in a manner to satisfy the Minimum Interconnection Standard or, if requested by the Generation Owner, to satisfy an enhanced interconnection option pursuant to additional studies as discussed below;

and upon the satisfaction of the obligations described in (a),
(b), (c), (d), and (e) above, the Generator Owner's unit shall have the right to be interconnected to the NEPOOL Transmission System.

In addition to obtaining the System Impact Study and Facilities Study described in Subsections (b), (c), and (d) above, a Generator Owner may elect to agree to an additional study to determine what further additions or upgrades to the NEPOOL Transmission System, beyond those required to satisfy the Minimum Interconnection Standard, would be required for potentially facilitating, under an enhanced interconnection option, a greater level of use of the System, as specified by the Generator Owner. A Participant other than the Generator Owner may also elect to have performed at its expense such an additional study if and to the extent the Generator Owner has decided not to elect such an additional study. Generator Owners that have received prior to October 29, 1998 all required NEPOOL approvals pursuant to Sections 18.4 and 18.5 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement for their interconnections shall be deemed to have requested such an enhanced interconnection option.

The completion of the portion of a System Impact Study or Facilities Study addressing the Minimum Interconnection Standard shall not be delayed by awaiting the results from any such additional study. The performance of such additional studies other than those underway as of October 29, 1998 shall be accomplished at a time and in a manner that avoids such additional studies unduly delaying the performance of studies for other Generator Owners based on the Minimum Interconnection Standard. The Generator Owner may, at its option, seek approval for interconnection in a manner consistent with the results of its System Impact Study and Facilities Study, as supplemented by the additional study in accordance with Subsection (e) above.

If the studies conducted pursuant to this Section indicate that new PTF or non-PTF facilities or a facility modification or other PTF upgrades are necessary to satisfy the Minimum Interconnection Standard or an enhanced interconnection option in connection with a new or materially changed generating unit, or otherwise, in order to interconnect, upon approval of the studies by the Regional Transmission Planning Committee, subject to review by the System Operator, one or more Transmission Providers or their designees shall be designated by the Regional Transmission Planning Committee, subject to review by the System Operator, to design and effect the construction or modification. Construction or modification of Non-PTF facilities shall be the obligation of the appropriate local Transmission Provider(s) or its designee(s).

Upon the designation of a Transmission Provider or its designee to design and effect a PTF addition or upgrade and agreement on the security and other provisions of the arrangement, the Transmission Provider or its designee designated to perform the construction shall, (i) in accordance with the terms of the arrangements described in this paragraph and subject to Sections 18.4 and 18.5 of the Agreement, use its best efforts to design and effect the proposed construction or modification and (ii) enter into an interconnection agreement with the Generator Owner, which interconnection agreement may be filed with the Commission by the Transmission Provider unsigned either on its own or at the request of the Generator Owner. Sections 34.1, 34.2 (other than those sentences referring to Service Agreements), 34.3 and 35 of the Tariff shall be applicable to the facilities construction, except that: (1) references therein to transmission service shall be deemed to refer to interconnection; and(2)references therein to Eligible Customer or Transmission Customer shall be deemed to refer to Generator Owner.

Any facilities required in connection with a new generating unit or the material change of an existing generating unit which constitute a Direct Assignment Facility shall be fully paid for by the Participant or Non-Participant proposing the new generating unit or material change under an interconnection agreement with the Transmission Provider.

A Participant or Non-Participant proposing a new or materially changed generating unit to be interconnected shall be responsible for the cost of whatever upgrades that are identified as a result of the study or studies performed at the request of such Participant or Non-Participant pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Section, including any new PTF or Non-PTF facilities or facility modification or other PTF or Non-PTF upgrade; provided, however, that with respect to any new PTF facilities or facility modification or other PTF upgrades that are required in order to interconnect, Schedule 11 of this Tariff shall apply, subject to such changes in the Schedule or otherwise as may be determined in connection with the development of the New CMS (as defined below) or as the Commission may otherwise require and subject further to any refund or surcharge requirements that may result from retroactive implementation of changes in Schedule 11 or otherwise as set forth in the New CMS or a Commission order.

For purposes of determining whether a generating unit is placed in service after the Compliance Effective Date for purposes of
Section 42.6 of this Tariff or is obligated to satisfy the requirements of this Section, on January 1, 1999 and thereafter, any unit in active or deactivated status, as classified in the April 1998 NEPOOL Capacity, Energy, Loads and Transmission Report and any other generating unit in active status on that date may receive deactivated status, subject to criteria developed by the appropriate NEPOOL committee. If so designated, the deactivated unit may retain this status for a period not to exceed three (3) years from the date the unit receives deactivated status and shall not be obligated to comply with this Section if it is reactivated during such period, but if not reactivated during such period shall be deemed retired at the end of such period for purposes of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a proposal is submitted and approved under Section 18.4 of the Agreement during the three-year period to 1) reactivate, 2) materially modify and reactivate or 3) replace the deactivated unit, the unit may be reactivated without material modification without compliance with this Section. The cost of any PTF upgrade required by 2) or 3) above shall be paid for or shared in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any unit in deactivated status prior to January 1, 1999 shall be entitled to retain such status through December 31, 2001 whether or not a submission is made under Section 18.4 during such period.

Unless amended, the Interconnection Requirements set forth in this Section shall remain in effect at least until such time as the substitute Congestion Management System contemplated by
Section 24 of this Tariff and by subsection (b) of Section 14.4 of the Agreement ("New CMS") has become effective. It is recognized that, in view of the pending development of the New CMS, there can be no assurance or implication as to the nature of the rights beyond physical interconnection, if any, or cost obligations that any existing or future Generator Owner may have as a result of compliance with the Minimum Interconnection Standard or the results of any additional studies as set forth in this Section, and that the rights beyond physical interconnection, if any, and obligations of all existing and future Generator Owners are subject to future determination and to the further orders of the Commission, including a determination of the extent to which particular Generator Owners are able to participate in Interchange Transactions and other transactions in the seven products which are defined in the Restated NEPOOL Agreement.

2.9 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 50. Section 50 of the Tariff is amended to read as follows:

50 Rights of Generator Owners

(a) Subsection (b) of this Section shall be of no force or effect until such time the New CMS (as defined in
Section 49) has become effective. The Participants shall delete or modify subsection (b) of this Section as appropriate in connection with the development of the CMS.

(b) Upon compliance with the applicable requirements of the Tariff, (i) any generating unit located in the NEPOOL Control Area which is in service on the Compliance Effective Date (including a unit that has lost its capacity value when its capacity value is restored or a deactivated unit which may be reactivated without satisfying the requirements of Section 49 of this Tariff in accordance with the provisions thereof); (ii) any generating unit located in the NEPOOL Control Area which is placed in service after the Compliance Effective Date after complying with Section 49 and Schedule 11 of the Tariff; and (iii) any resource outside the NEPOOL Control Area that is the subject of a Firm Transmission Service transaction shall with respect to NEPOOL internal services have rights equal to all other firmly integrated resources, and shall not at any later time (other than in connection with service over the Ties not specifically referred to in the Section 18.4 approval) be required to pay for any additional Network or other upgrades or costs required in order to further reinforce the transmission system; provided that any generating unit placed in service after the Compliance Effective Date, the output of which is limited in accordance with Section 18.4 of the Agreement to below its full capacity shall have such rights only up to the permitted output level(s); provided further that there will be no adverse distinctions in the planning process or with respect to transmission facility construction between Firm Transmission Service Customers, any generators referred to in (i) or (ii) above, and any resources referred to in (iii) above. It is further provided that, in accordance with Section 18.4 of the Agreement, no generator referred to in (i) or (ii) above shall have its established operating limits reduced, except for emergency situations, as a result of any new request for NEPOOL interconnection or subsequent Section 18.4 approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing set forth in this Part VII shall be deemed to relieve any Transmission Customer from its obligations to pay any charges or costs otherwise payable by it under Parts I through VI of this Tariff and the relevant schedules related thereto.

SECTION 3

MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 Following execution by the requisite number of Participants in accordance with the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, this Thirty-Ninth Agreement shall become effective December 15, 1998, or on such other date or dates as the Commission shall provide that the amendments provided for in this Agreement shall become effective; provided that such amendments shall not become effective if Participants having the requisite number of Voting Shares give notice in accordance with Section 21.11 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement that they object to the amendments.

3.2 Terms used in this Thirty-Ninth Agreement that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Tariff.

3.3 This Thirty-Ninth Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each executed counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original instrument and as if all the parties to all the counterparts had signed the same instrument. Any signature page of this Thirty-Ninth Agreement may be detached from any counterpart of this Thirty-Ninth Agreement without impairing the legal effect of any signatures thereof, and may be attached to another counterpart of this Thirty-Ninth Agreement identical in form thereto but having attached to it one or more signature pages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the signatories has caused a counterpart signature page for this Thirty-Ninth Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of November 13, 1998.


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE
TO THIRTY-NINTH AGREEMENT
AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER
POOL AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this counterpart signature page to the Thirty-Ninth Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, dated as of November 13, 1998, to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of November 13, 1998.


(Participant)

By:__________________________________
Name:

Title:


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE
TO THIRTY-NINTH AGREEMENT
AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER
POOL AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this counterpart signature page to the Thirty-Ninth Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, dated as of November 13, 1998, to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of November 13, 1998.

Boston Edison Company________________
(Participant)

By: /s/ Douglas S. Horan_____________
     Name: Douglas S. Horan

     Title: Senior Vice President

Central Maine Power Company__________
(Participant)

By: /s/ Arthur Adelberg______________
     Name: Arthur Adelberg

     Title: Exec. V.P.

COMMONWEALTH ENERGY SYSTEM COMPANIES_
Cambridge Electric Light Company
Canal Electric Company
Commonwealth Electric Company________
(Participants)

By: /s/ James J. Keane_______________
     Name: JAMES J. KEANE

     Title: VICE PRESIDENT-ENERGY SUPPLY AND
            ENGINEERING SERVICES

EASTERN UTILITIES ASSOCIATES COMPANIES
Blackstone Valley Electric Company
Eastern Edison Company
Montaup Electric Company
Newport Electric Company_____________
(Participants)

By: /s/ Kevin A. Kirby_______________
     Name: Kevin A. Kirby

     Title: Vice President

Granite State Electric Company_______
(Participant)

By: /s/ Richard P. Sergel____________
     Name:

     Title:

Massachusetts Electric Company_______
(Participant)

By: /s/ Richard P. Sergel____________
     Name:

     Title:

The Narragansett Electric Company____
(Participant)

By: /s/ Richard P. Sergel____________
     Name:

     Title:

New England Power Company____________
(Participant)

By: /s/ Masheed H. Rosenqvist________
     Name: Masheed H. Rosenqvist

     Title: Vice President

NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM COMPANIES_
The Connecticut Light and Power Company
Holyoke Power and Electric Company
Holyoke Water Power Company
Public Service Company of New Hampshire
Western Massachusetts Electric Company
(Participants)

By: /s/ Frank P. Sabatino____________
     Name: Frank P. Sabatino

     Title: Vice President-Wholesale Marketing

PG&E Corporation PARTICIPANT COMPANIES
PG&E Trading-Power, L.P.
USGen New England, Inc.______________
(Participants)

By: /s/ Sarah M. Barpoulis___________
     Name: Sarah M. Barpoulis

     Title: Sr. Vice President

Vermont Electric Power Company, Inc._
(Participant)

By: /s/ R.M. Chapman_________________
     Name:

     Title:


Exhibit 10.23.6

FORTIETH AGREEMENT AMENDING
NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT

THIS FORTIETH AGREEMENT AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER POOL AGREEMENT, dated as of December 15, 1998 ("Fortieth Agreement"), is entered into by the signatory Participants to amend the New England Power Pool Agreement (the "NEPOOL Agreement"), as amended.

WHEREAS, the NEPOOL Agreement as in effect on December 1, 1996 was amended and restated by the Thirty-Third Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement dated as of December 1, 1996 (the "Thirty-Third Agreement") in the form of the Restated New England Power Pool Agreement ("Restated NEPOOL Agreement") attached to the Thirty-Third Agreement as Exhibit A thereto, and the Thirty-Third Agreement also provided for the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff ("Tariff") which is Attachment B to the Restated NEPOOL Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Restated NEPOOL Agreement and the Tariff have subsequently been amended by five supplements dated, respectively, as of February 7, June 1, September 1, November 1 and December 31, 1997 and by six additional amendatory agreements dated, respectively, as of September 1, 1997, November 15, 1997, July 20, 1998, August 15, 1998, October 30, 1998, and November 13, 1998.

WHEREAS, the signatories hereto desire to amend the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, including the Tariff, as heretofore amended, to reflect the revisions detailed below.

NOW, THEREFORE, the signatory Participants agree as follows:

SECTION 1

AMENDMENT TO RESTATED NEPOOL AGREEMENT

1.1 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 6.3. The proviso which follows the definition of Y{1}, and the last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 6.3 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement are amended to read as follows:

6.3  . . . PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Participant and its Related
     Persons may not have aggregate Voting Shares exceeding 18%
     of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all Participants are
     entitled.  If the aggregate Voting Shares of a Participant
     and its Related Persons would be in excess of 18% if it were
     not for this limitation, the remaining Voting Shares to
     which such Participant and its Related Persons would
     otherwise be entitled shall be allocated on a per capita
     basis to those Participants which have a current Voting
     Share of less than 18% and which receive a credit in the
     computation of their Voting Shares under at least one of the
     P, E, C, X, M or R components of the Voting Shares formula
     as specified above.

1.2 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 6.4. Section 6.4 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

6.4 NUMBER OF VOTES NECESSARY FOR ACTION. Actions of the Management Committee shall be effected only upon an affirmative vote of members having at least 66% of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all members are entitled; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the negative votes of any six or more members representing Participants which are not Related Persons of each other and which have at least 20% of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all members are entitled shall defeat any proposed action. In determining whether the negative vote total specified above has been reached, the 18% limitation specified in Section 6.3 on the aggregate Voting Shares of any Participant and its Related Persons shall be applicable.

1.3 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 6.10. Section 6.10 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

6.10 ADOPTION OF BUDGETS. At each annual meeting, the Management Committee shall adopt a NEPOOL budget for the ensuing calendar year. In adopting budgets the Management Committee shall give due consideration to the budgetary requests of each committee. The Management Committee may modify any NEPOOL budget from time to time after its adoption.

1.4 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 7.2. The introductory portion of the first paragraph of Section 7.2 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

7.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Executive Committee shall be constituted as follows: the ISO shall have the right to appoint a non- voting member of the Committee; each Participant whose Voting Share equals or exceeds 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the Committee; the remaining Participants whose Voting Shares are less than 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall be divided into the following five groups, with each having the right to appoint one voting member of the Committee:

1.5 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 8.2. The introductory portion of the first paragraph of Section 8.2 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

8.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Market Reliability Planning Committee shall be constituted as follows: the ISO shall have the right to appoint a non-voting member of the Committee; each Participant whose Voting Share equals or exceeds 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the Committee; the remaining Participants whose Voting Shares are less than 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall be divided into the following five groups, with each having the right to appoint one voting member of the Committee:

1.6 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 9.2. Section 9.2 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

9.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Regional Transmission Planning Committee shall be constituted as follows:

(a) the ISO shall have the right to appoint a non-voting member of the Committee;

(b) Transmission Service Provider Members: each Participant which provides transmission service through NEPOOL under the Tariff as a Transmission Provider (a "Service Provider") and whose Voting Share equals or exceeds 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the Committee (a "Transmission Service Provider Member") and the remaining Service Providers aggregated together shall have the right to appoint one voting Transmission Service Provider Member.

(c) Non-Transmission Service Provider Members: each Participant which is not a Service Provider and whose Voting Shares equals or exceeds 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the Committee (a "Non- Transmission Service Provider Member") and the remaining Participants which are not Service Providers whose Voting Shares are less than 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall be divided into the following four groups, with each having the right to appoint one voting Non-Transmission Service Provider Member of the Committee:

(i) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are municipally-owned and cooperatively- owned utilities;

(ii) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in the business of owning or operating generation facilities and selling the output of such generation;

(iii)One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in a business other than the business of owning or operating generation or PTF facilities and selling the output of such generation; and

(iv) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are investor-owned utilities subject to traditional utility rate regulation or other Entities which do not qualify to be included in any of the other three groups.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Participant may elect to join a different group under (c) than the one to which it would be assigned under the foregoing provisions if this is acceptable to the members of the group it elects to join. In the event any Participant is a Related Person of another Participant which has the individual right to appoint a member of the Committee on the basis of its individual Voting Share the Participant shall be represented in the Committee by the member appointed by the Participant which is its Related Person and shall not be assigned to any of the four groups.

1.7 Amendment of Section 9.4. Section 9.4 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

9.4 VOTING. Each Transmission Service Provider Member (as defined in Section 9.2) of the Regional Transmission Planning Committee shall have the number of votes determined by the following formula:

X = 50 in which:

Y

X is the number of votes to which the member is entitled, and

Y is the number of Transmission Service Provider Members at the time.

Each Non-Transmission Service Provider Member (as defined in
Section 9.2) shall have the number of votes determined by the following formula:

A = 50 in which:

B

A is the number of votes to which the member is entitled, and

B is the number of Non-Transmission Service Provider Members at the time.

A member's vote may be cast in person by the member or the member's alternate or by another person pursuant to a written proxy dated not more than one year previous to the meeting and delivered to the Secretary of the Regional Transmission Planning Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the proxy vote is cast.

The voting member appointed by a group may divide the member's votes on the basis specified in a notice given to the Secretary of the Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast, to reflect the different positions of the members of the group.

The adoption of actions by the Regional Transmission Planning Committee shall require affirmative votes by voting members having in the aggregate at least 60% of the number of votes which the members in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present are entitled to cast. Voting members having a majority of the votes to which all members are entitled at any time shall constitute a quorum.

When the number of votes on any action is greater than or equal to 50% but less than 60% of the total votes, then the non-voting member of the Committee that is appointed by the ISO shall have the right to cast a vote and a positive vote by the ISO shall cause an action to pass.

1.8 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 10.2. The introductory portion of the first paragraph of Section 10.2 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

10.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Regional Market Operations Committee shall be constituted as follows: the ISO shall have the right to appoint a non-voting member of the Committee; each Participant whose Voting Share equals or exceeds 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the Committee; the remaining Participants whose Voting Shares are less than 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall be divided into the following five groups, with each having the right to appoint one voting member of the Regional Market Operations Committee:

1.9 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 11.2. Section 11.2 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

11.2 MEMBERSHIP. The Regional Transmission Operations Committee shall be constituted as follows:

(a) the ISO shall have the right to appoint a non-voting member of the Committee;

(b) Transmission Service Provider Members: each Participant which is a Service Provider (as defined in Section 9.2) and whose Voting Share equals or exceeds 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the Committee (a "Transmission Service Provider Member") and the remaining Service Providers aggregated together shall have the right to appoint one voting Transmission Service Provider Member.

(c) Non-Transmission Service Provider Members: each Participant which is not a Service Provider and whose Voting Shares equals or exceeds 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall have the right to appoint a voting member of the Committee (a "Non- Transmission Service Provider Member") and the remaining Participants which are not Service Providers which own PTF whose Voting Shares are less than 1% of the aggregate Voting Shares of all Participants shall be divided into the following four groups, with each having the right to appoint one voting Non-Transmission Service Provider Member of the Committee:

(i) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are municipally-owned and cooperatively- owned utilities;

(ii) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in the business of owning or operating generation facilities and selling the output of such generation;

(iii)One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are not subject to traditional utility rate regulation and which are engaged in the NEPOOL Control Area principally in a business other than the business of owning or operating generation or PTF facilities and selling the output of such generation; and

(iv) One group consisting of the remaining Participants which are investor-owned utilities subject to traditional utility rate regulation or other Entities which do not qualify to be included in any of the other three groups.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Participant may elect to join a different group under (c) than the one to which it would be assigned under the foregoing provisions if this is acceptable to the members of the group it elects to join. In the event any Participant is a Related Person of another Participant which has the individual right to appoint a member of the Committee on the basis of its individual Voting Share the Participant shall be represented in the Committee by the member appointed by the Participant which is its Related Person and shall not be assigned to any of the four groups.

1.10 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 11.4. Section 11.4 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

11.4 VOTING. Each Transmission Service Provider Member (as defined in Section 11.2) of the Regional Transmission Operations Committee shall have the number of votes determined by the following formula:

X = 50 in which:

Y

X is the number of votes to which the member is entitled, and

Y is the number of Transmission Service Provider Members at the time.

Each Non-Transmission Service Provider Member (as defined in
Section 11.2) shall have the number of votes determined by the following formula:

A = 50 in which:

B

A is the number of votes to which the member is entitled, and

B is the number of Non-Transmission Service Provider Members at the time.

A member's vote may be cast in person by the member or the member's alternate or by another person pursuant to a written proxy dated not more than one year previous to the meeting and delivered to the Secretary of the Regional Transmission Operations Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the proxy vote is cast.

The voting member appointed by a group may divide the member's votes on the basis specified in a notice given to the Secretary of the Committee at or prior to the meeting at which the vote is to be cast, to reflect the different positions of the members of the group.

The adoption of actions by the Regional Transmission Operations Committee shall require affirmative votes by voting members having in the aggregate at least 60% of the number of votes which the members in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present are entitled to cast. Voting members having a majority of the votes to which all members are entitled at any time shall constitute a quorum.

When the number of votes on any action is greater than or equal to 50% but less than 60% of the total votes, then the non-voting member of the Committee that is appointed by the ISO shall have the right to cast a vote and a positive vote by the ISO shall cause an action to pass.

1.11 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 16.7. Section 16.7 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

16.7 CHANGES TO TARIFF. The Tariff constitutes part of the Agreement and shall be subject to change either in accordance with Section 21.11 or by an affirmative vote of members of the Management Committee having at least 70% of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all members are entitled; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the negative votes of any six or more members representing Participants which are not Related Persons of each other and which have at least 20% of the aggregate Voting Shares to which all members are entitled shall defeat any proposed change. In determining whether the negative vote total specified above has been reached, the 18% limitation specified in Section 6.3 on the aggregate Voting Shares of any Participant and its Related Persons shall be applicable. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to affect in any way the ability of any Participant or Non-Participant to apply to the Commission under Section 205 or 206 of the Federal Power Act for a change in any rate, charge, term, condition or classification of service under the Tariff.

1.12 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 19.2. Paragraph 1 of Section 19.2 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

19.2 NEPOOL EXPENSES. Commencing on January 1, 1999, or such other date as the Commission may determine, most expenses of the System Operator are to be recovered by it directly from Participants and Non-Participants under the ISO's Tariff for Transmission Dispatch and Power Administration (the "ISO Tariff") and shall cease to be NEPOOL expenses. At such time, whether or not the Second Effective Date has occurred, the payment of a portion of NEPEX expenses from the Savings Fund in accordance with the Prior NEPOOL Agreement shall terminate.

Further, commencing as of such time, the balance of NEPOOL expenses remaining to be paid after the application of (i) the annual fee to be paid pursuant to Section 19.1, and (ii) any fees or other charges for services or other revenues received by NEPOOL, or collected on its behalf by the System Operator, shall, except as otherwise provided in Sections 19.3 and 19.4, be allocated among and paid monthly by the Participants in accordance with their respective Voting Shares.

1.13 NEW SECTION 19.3. Section 19 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended by adding a new Section 19.3 as follows:

19.3 REALLOCATION OF CERTAIN ISO CHARGES. Schedule 3 of the ISO Tariff (as defined in Section 19.2) provides for the allocation of a portion of the ISO's expenses (the "Schedule 3 Expenses") to Participants in accordance with their Voting Shares, as determined under the formula in Section 6.3, as in effect prior to December 31, 1998. However, effective commencing with the month for which the revised Voting Shares formula provided for in Section 1.1 of the Fortieth Agreement first becomes effective, the Schedule 3 Expenses for the remaining months of 1999 shall be reallocated in the monthly billings to Participants which combine charges for ISO and NEPOOL expenses as follows. Schedule 3 Expenses shall be allocated among Participants based on the Voting Share formula in Section 6.3 of this Agreement as in effect prior to December 31, 1998, but with a maximum allocation of 22% of Schedule 3 Expenses to any one Participant and its Related Persons. If the aggregate Schedule 3 Expenses of a Participant and its Related Persons would be in excess of 22% if it were not for this limitation, the remaining Schedule 3 Expenses for which such Participant and its Related Persons would otherwise be liable shall be allocated each month on a per capita basis to those Participants which receive a credit in the computation of their Voting Shares for the month under at least one of the P, E, C, X, M or R components of the Voting Share formula specified in Section
6.3. It is expected that commencing in 2000 all of the Schedule 3 Expenses may be recovered by the ISO under the ISO Tariff on a transaction basis.

1.14 NEW SECTION 19.4. Section 19 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended by adding a new Section 19.4 as follows:

19.4 RESTRUCTURING COSTS. The expense of restructuring NEPOOL
("Restructuring Expense"), including but not limited to (i) software development, hardware and system software costs for implementation of the Tariff and the new market system, (ii) the costs of the formation of the Independent System Operator and related separation costs, and (iii) legal and consultant costs related to the amendment of the NEPOOL Agreement (including the Tariff) and the proceeding with respect thereto at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, has been funded during the restructuring period by those Entities which have been the Participants during such period. Commencing as the Second Effective Date, the Restructuring Expense shall be amortized in equal monthly amounts and repaid over the next 60 months with interest thereon at the rate of 8% per annum from the date of payment. Each month during the first twelve months of such period each Participant shall pay its percentage "X", as determined below, of 1/60th of the Restructuring Expense, plus accumulated interest, and each Participant or other Entity which previously paid an unreimbursed portion of the aggregate Restructuring Expense shall be entitled to receive each month its percentage "Y", as determined below, of the aggregate amount to be paid for the month, including accumulated interest. "X" and "Y" shall be determined in accordance with the following formulas:

X = A
--- in which
A{1}

X is the percentage to be paid pursuant to this Section for a month by a Participant of the aggregate amount payable by all Participants for the month.

A is the amount payable by the Participant for the month under Schedule 2 of the ISO Tariff (as defined in
Section 19.2).

A{1} is the aggregate amount payable by all Participants for the month under Schedule 2 of the ISO Tariff.

B
B{1}

Y = in which

Y is the percentage to be received for a month by a Participant or other Entity of the aggregate amount to be received pursuant to this Section by all Participants or other Entities for the month.

B is the amount of Restructuring Expense paid by the Participant or other Entity with respect to the restructuring period which has not previously been reimbursed.

B{1} is the aggregate amount of Restructuring Expense paid by all Participants and other Entities with respect to the restructuring period which has not previously been reimbursed.

The Participants agree to amend the Agreement within twelve months after the Second Effective Date to specify how the balance of the Restructuring Expense is to be paid.

1.15 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 20(B). Section 20(b) of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

20(b)The fees and charges of the ISO (other than those recovered under the ISO Tariff, as defined in Section 19.2, and fees and charges for services which are separately billed), and any indemnification payable under the ISO Agreement, shall be shared by the Participants in accordance with Section 19.

1.16 AMENDMENT OF SECTION 21.11. The first Paragraph of Section 21.11 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement is amended to read as follows:

21.11AMENDMENT. This Agreement, including the Tariff, and any attachment or exhibit hereto may be amended from time to time by an instrument signed by Participants having aggregate Voting Shares equal to at least 70% of the Voting Shares of all Participants; provided that an amendment shall not become effective if six or more Participants which are not Related Persons of each other and which have aggregate Voting Shares at least equal to 20% of the Voting Shares of all Participants give notice to the Secretary of the Management Committee that they object to the amendment within thirty days after the giving of notice to them of the prospective effectiveness of the amendment. In determining whether the 20% requirement has been met, the 18% limitation specified in Section 6.3 on the aggregate Voting Shares of any Participant and its Related Persons shall be applicable.

SECTION 2

AMENDMENT TO RESTATED NEPOOL TARIFF

2.1 AMENDMENT OF SCHEDULE 1. Schedule 1 of the Restated NEPOOL Tariff is amended to read as shown in Attachment A to this Fortieth Agreement.

SECTION 3

MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 Following execution by the requisite number of Participants in accordance with the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, this Fortieth Agreement shall become effective January 1, 1999, or on such other date or dates as the Commission shall provide that the amendments provided for in this Agreement shall become effective, or as may be required in order to effect compliance with the requirements of Section 21.11 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement; provided that the amendment provided by Section 1.14 shall become effective as of the Second Effective Date or such other date or dates as the Commission shall provide; and provided further that the Amendment provided by Section 2.1 shall become effective as of the date that the ISO Tariff (as defined in Section 1.12 of this Fortieth Agreement) becomes effective or such other date or dates as the Commission shall provide; and provided further that such amendments shall not become effective if Participants having the requisite number of Voting Shares give notice in accordance with Section 21.11 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement that they object to the amendments.

3.2 Terms used in this Fortieth Agreement that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Restated NEPOOL Agreement.

3.3 This Fortieth Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each executed counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original instrument and as if all the parties to all the counterparts had signed the same instrument. Any signature page of this Fortieth Agreement may be detached from any counterpart of this Fortieth Agreement without impairing the legal effect of any signatures thereof, and may be attached to another counterpart of this Fortieth Agreement identical in form thereto but having attached to it one or more signature pages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the signatories has caused a counterpart signature page for this Fortieth Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of December 15, 1998.


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE
TO FORTIETH AGREEMENT
AMENDING NEW ENGLAND POWER
POOL AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this counterpart signature page to the Fortieth Agreement Amending New England Power Pool Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1998, to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of December 15, 1998.

Boston Edison
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: Douglas S. Horan
       Title: Senior Vice President and
              General Counsel

Granite State Electric Company
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: Christopher E. Root
       Title: Sr. V.P. of Operations

Massachusetts Electric Company
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: Christopher E. Root
       Title: Sr. V.P. of Operations

The Narragansett Electric Company
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: Christopher E. Root
       Title: Sr. V.P. of Operations

Unitil Resources, Inc.
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: James G. Daly
       Title: President

VERMONT ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY, INC.
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: RICHARD M. CHAPMAN
       Title: PRESIDENT AND CEO

Fitchburg Gas and Electric Light Company
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: David K. Foote
       Title: Senior Vice President

New England Power Company
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: Masheed H. Rosenquist
       Title: Vice President

Central Maine Power Company
(Participant)

/s/ By:__________________________________
       Name: Frederick Woodruff
       Title: Vice President-Maine Power
              Acting as Agent for Central
              Maine Power Co.

COMMONWEALTH ENERGY SYSTEM COMPANIES

Cambridge Electric Light Company Canal Electric Company Commonwealth Electric Company

(Participants)

/s/ By:_____________________________________
       Name: James J. Keane
       Title: Vice President - Energy Supply
              & Engineering Services

EASTERN UTILITIES ASSOCIATES COMPANIES

Blackstone Valley Electric Company Eastern Edison Company Montaup Electric Company Newport Electric Company

(Participants)

/s/ By:_____________________________________
        Name: Kevin A. Kirby
       Title: Vice President

NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM COMPANIES

The Connecticut Light and Power Company Holyoke Power and Electric Company Holyoke Water Power Company Public Service Company of New Hampshire Western Massachusetts Electric Company


(Participants)

/s/ By:_____________________________________
        Name:
        Title:

Sithe New England Holdings LLC
(Participant)

/s/ By:_____________________________________
        Name: Timothy R. Bush
        Title: Vice President

SOUTHERN COMPANY ENERGY MARKETING L.P.
(Participant)

/s/ By:_____________________________________
        Name: John W. Ragan
        Title: Vice President - Asset
               Management

The United Illuminating Company
(Participant)

/s/ By:_____________________________________
        Name: Stephen Goldschmidt
        Title: Vice President

UNITIL CORPORATION PARTICIPANT COMPANIES

Concord Electric Company Exeter & Hampton Electric Company Until Power Corporation

(Participants)

/s/ By:_____________________________________
        Name: David K. Foote
        Title: Senior Vice President
               Unitil Power Corp.


ATTACHMENT A

NEPOOL Restated Open Access Transmission Tariff Original Sheet No. _____

SCHEDULE 1

Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service

Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service is the service

required to schedule at the pool level the movement of power through, out

of, within, or into the NEPOOL Control Area. Local level service is

provided under the Local Network Service tariffs of the Participants which

are the individual Transmission Providers. For transmission service under

this Tariff, this Ancillary Service can be provided only by the System

Operator and the Transmission Customer must purchase this service from the

System Operator. Charges for Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch

Service are to be based on the expenses incurred by the System Operator,

and by the individual Transmission Providers in the operation of satellite

dispatch centers or otherwise, to provide these services. Effective as of

January 1, 1999, or such other date as the Commission may determine, the

expenses incurred by the System Operator in providing these services are to

be recovered under its Tariff for Transmission Dispatch and Power

Administration Services, which has been filed in Docket No. ER98-3554-000.

A surcharge for the expenses incurred by Participants in the provision of

these services will be added to the Internal Point-to-Point Service rate,

to the Through or Out Service rate and to the Regional Network Service

rate.

The expenses incurred in providing Scheduling, System Control and

Dispatch Service for each Participant will be determined by an annual

calculation based on the previous calendar year's data as shown, in the

case of Transmission Providers which are subject to the Commission's

jurisdiction, in the Participants' FERC Form 1 report for that year, and

shall be based on actual data in lieu of allocated data if specifically

identified in the Form 1 report.

This amended Schedule 1 shall be effective as of January 1, 1999, or

such other date as the Commission may determine. The surcharge shall be

redetermined annually as of June 1 in each year and shall be in effect for

the succeeding twelve months. The rate surcharge per kilowatt for each

month is one-twelfth of the amount derived by dividing the total annual

Participant expenses for providing the service by the sum of the average of

the coincident Monthly Peaks (as defined in Section 46.1) of all Local

Networks for the prior calendar year.

Each Participant or Non-Participant which is obligated to pay the rate

for Regional Network Service for a month shall pay the surcharge on the

basis of the number of kilowatts of its Monthly Network Load (as defined in

Section 46.1) for the month. Each Participant or Non-Participant which is

obligated to pay the rate for Internal Point-to-Point Service or Through or

Out Service for the applicable period shall pay the surcharge on the basis

of the highest amount of its Reserved Capacity for each transaction

scheduled as Internal Point-to-Point Service and/or Through or Out Service

for such period.

The revenues received under this Schedule 1 to cover the expenses

incurred by Participants for providing Scheduling, System Control and

Dispatch Service shall be allocated each month among the Participants whose

satellite or other costs are reflected in the computation of the surcharge

for the service in proportion to the costs for each which are reflected in

the computation of the surcharge.


Exhibit 10.23.7

ISO NEW ENGLAND INC.

FERC TARIFF FOR TRANSMISSION DISPATCH AND

POWER ADMINISTRATION SERVICES


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

1    Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     1.1 Automatic Generation Control Market. . . . . . . . . . 5
     1.2 Calendar Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     1.3 Commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     1.4 Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     1.5 Designated Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     1.6 Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     1.7 Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     1.8 Energy Administration Service (or "EAS") . . . . . . . 5
     1.9 Energy Market. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     1.10 Financial Assurance Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     1.11 Force Majeure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     1.12 Installed Capability Market . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     1.13 Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     1.14 ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     1.15 ISO Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.16 Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.17 Monthly RAS Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.18 NEPOOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.19 NEPOOL Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.20 NEPOOL Control Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.21 NEPOOL Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.22 Network Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.23 Operable Capability Market. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     1.24 Operating Reserve Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     1.25 Participant Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     1.26 Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     1.27 Policy Statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     1.28 RAS Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     1.29 Reliability Administration Service (or "RAS") . . . .11
     1.30 Reliability Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     1.31 Sanctions Rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     1.32 Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service (or
          "Scheduling Service") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     1.33 Service Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     1.34 Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     1.35 System Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     1.36 Transmission Service Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . .12

2    Purpose of This Tariff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

3    Billing and Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     3.1 Billing Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     3.2 Interest on Unpaid Balances. . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     3.3 Late Payment Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     3.4 Customer Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

4    Regulatory Filings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

5    Force Majeure and Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     5.1 Force Majeure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     5.2 Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     5.3 Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

6    Creditworthiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

7    Dispute Resolution Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     7.1 Dispute Resolution Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     7.2 Mediation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
     7.3 Selection of Arbitrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
     7.4 Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
     7.5 Hearing Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
     7.6 Rules and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

8    Direct Billing; Sanctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     8.1 Transmission Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     8.2 Information Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     8.3 Sanctions Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

9    Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     9.1 Customer Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     9.2 ISO Access to Metering Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . .25


Schedule 1
     Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service. . . . . .26

Schedule 2
     Energy Administration Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

Schedule 3
     Reliability Administration Service . . . . . . . . . . . .32

ATTACHMENT A

     Form of Service Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

ATTACHMENT B
     Definitions and Provisions Extracted From NEPOOL
     Agreement and NEPOOL Tariff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

ATTACHMENT C
     Financial Assurance Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

ATTACHMENT D
     RULE 13
     Imposition of Sanctions by the ISO . . . . . . . . . . . .58

ATTACHMENT E
     Policy Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101


1 Definitions

Whenever used in this Tariff, in either the singular or

plural number, capitalized terms shall have the meanings

specified in Sections 1.1 to 1.36 of this Tariff or in Attachment

B hereto. Attachment B consists of definitions and provisions

extracted from the NEPOOL Agreement and/or the NEPOOL Tariff.

1.1 Automatic Generation Control Market: The market for

Automatic Generation Control ("AGC") administered by the ISO

in accordance with the NEPOOL Agreement.

1.2 Calendar Year: A period of 365 or 366 days, whichever is

appropriate, commencing on January 1.

1.3 Commission: The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

1.4 Customer: Any Entity taking any of the Services provided

under this Tariff.

1.5 Designated Agent: Any Entity that performs actions or

functions required under this Tariff on behalf of a

Customer.

1.6 Effective Date: January 1, 1999.

1.7 Energy: Power produced in the form of electricity,

measured in kilowatthours or megawatthours.

1.8 Energy Administration Service (or "EAS"): The service

provided by the ISO, as described in Schedule 2 of this

Tariff, in order to facilitate: (1) bilateral Energy

transactions; (2) self-scheduling of Energy; (3) Interchange

Transactions in the Energy Market; and (4) Energy Imbalance

Service under the NEPOOL Tariff.

1.9 Energy Market: The NEPOOL market for Energy administered

by the ISO.

1.10 Financial Assurance Policy: The "Financial Assurance

Policy for NEPOOL Members" adopted by the Participants on

May 1, 1998, provided as Attachment C hereto, as utilized by

the ISO, as modified and amended from time to time.

1.11 Force Majeure: An event of Force Majeure means any act

of God, labor disturbance, act of the public enemy, war,

insurrection, riot, fire, storm or flood, explosion,

breakage or accident to machinery or equipment, any

Curtailment, order, regulation or restriction imposed by a

court or governmental military or lawfully established

civilian authorities, or any other cause beyond a Party's

control. A Force Majeure event does not include an act of

negligence or intentional wrongdoing.

1.12 Installed Capability Market: The NEPOOL market for

Installed Capability administered by the ISO.

1.13 Interest: Interest calculated in the manner specified in

Section 3.2 hereof.

1.14 ISO: ISO New England Inc., the non-profit independent

system operator that, pursuant to the ISO Agreement and the

authorization of the Commission: (i) operates the NEPOOL

Control Area consistent with proper standards of

reliability; (ii) administers the NEPOOL Tariff; and (iii)

administers a power exchange consisting of several markets

and provides support for bilateral and self-scheduled

transactions.

1.15 ISO Agreement: The Interim Independent System Operator

Agreement made and entered into as of July 1, 1997, as

modified from time to time, between the ISO and the

Participants, acting by and through the NEPOOL Management

Committee, or any successor agreement thereto.

1.16 Markets: Collectively, the Energy Market and the

Reliability Markets.

1.17 Monthly RAS Expenses: For a month, the expenses incurred

by the ISO during that month for providing RAS, less RAS

Fees received during that month.

1.18 NEPOOL: The New England Power Pool, the power pool

created under and governed by the NEPOOL Agreement, and the

Entities collectively participating in the New England Power

Pool.

1.19 NEPOOL Agreement: The New England Power Pool Agreement

dated as of September 1, 1971, as amended and restated from

time to time.

1.20 NEPOOL Control Area: The Control Area for NEPOOL.

1.21 NEPOOL Tariff: The Restated NEPOOL Open Access

Transmission Tariff and accompanying schedules and

attachments, as modified and amended from time to time.

1.22 Network Customer: An Entity receiving transmission

service pursuant to the terms of Part II and Part VI of the

NEPOOL Tariff.

1.23 Operable Capability Market: The NEPOOL market for

Operable Capability administered by the ISO.

1.24 Operating Reserve Markets: Collectively, the NEPOOL

markets for Operating Reserve administered by the ISO, and

pending the initiation of the market for 10-Minute Spinning

Reserve, the activities of the ISO supporting the provision

of such reserve.

1.25 Participant Share: Each Participant shall have a

Participant Share in any month which shall be determined in

accordance with the following formula:

P E C X M R Y
S=.15833(--)+.15833(--)+.15833(--)+.15833(--)+.15833(--)+.15833(--)+.05(--)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P E C X M R Y

in which

     S    =    the Participant Share as a percentage of the aggregate
               Participant Shares of all Participants;

     P    =    the average for each of the most recently completed
               twelve months of the Participant's maximum Load during
               any clock hour in a month;

     P{1} =    the average of the sums for each of the most recently
               completed twelve months of the noncoincidental maximum Load
               during any clock hour in a month of all Participants;

     E    =    the average for the most recently completed twelve
               months of the sum for each month of the Participant's
               Load for each hour of the month PLUS any kilowatthours
               delivered during the month to loads classified as
               interruptible under market operation rules approved by
               the NEPOOL Regional Market Operations Committee;

     E{1} =    the average for the most recently completed twelve months
               of the sum for each month of the Loads of all Participants
               for each hour of the month PLUS any kilowatthours delivered
               during the month to loads classified as interruptible under
               market operation rules approved by the NEPOOL Regional
               Market Operations Committee.

     C    =    the average in megawatts for the most recently
               completed twelve months of the sum for each month of
               the Generation Ownership Shares of the Participant;

     C{1} =    the average in megawatts for the most recently completed
               twelve months of the sum for each month of the Generation
               Ownership Shares of all Participants;

     X    =    the average for the most recently completed twelve
               months of the sum for each month of (i) a number of
               kilowatthours EQUAL TO the Kilowatts of the
               Participant's Generation Ownership Shares, TIMES the
               number of hours in the month, PLUS (ii) the number of
               kilowatthours that the Participant was entitled to
               receive in each hour with respect to its Energy
               Entitlements under Unit Contracts or System Contracts
               TIMES, in the case of each contract, the number of
               hours the contract was in effect in the month, as
               computed without giving effect to any resale in whole
               or part of any such Energy Entitlement;

     X{1} =    the average for the most recently completed twelve months
               of the sum for each month of (i) a number of kilowatthours
               EQUAL TO the Kilowatts of the Generation Ownership Shares of
               all Participants, TIMES the number of hours in the month,
               PLUS (ii) the number of kilowatthours that all Participants
               were entitled to receive in each hour with respect to their
               Energy Entitlements under Unit Contracts or System Contracts
               TIMES, in the case of each contract, the number of hours the
               contract was in effect in the month, as computed without
               giving effect to any resale in whole or part of any such
               Energy Entitlement;

     M    =    the circuit miles of the Participant's Transmission
               Ownership Shares of PTF transmission lines TIMES, in
               the case of each line, the nominal operating voltage of
               the line;

     M{1} =    the aggregate of the circuit miles of the Transmission
               Ownership Shares of PTF transmission lines of all
               Participants TIMES, in the case of each line, the nominal
               operating voltage of the line;

     R    =    the Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements of the
               Participant's PTF as of the beginning of the current
               calendar year as determined in accordance with
               Attachment F to the NEPOOL Tariff except that 1) such
               Revenue Requirements shall not be reduced by the
               transmission support revenue received as described in
               Section I of that Attachment and 2) such Revenue
               Requirements shall not include transmission support
               payments as described in Section J of that Attachment
               for support arrangements which were entered into after
               December 31, 1996;

     R{1} =    the aggregate Annual Transmission Revenue Requirements of
               the PTF of all Participants as of the beginning of the
               current calendar year as determined in accordance with
               Attachment F to the NEPOOL Tariff, except that 1) such
               Revenue Requirements shall not be reduced by the
               transmission support revenue received as described in
               Section I of that Attachment and 2) such Revenue
               Requirements shall not include transmission support payments
               as described in Section J of that Attachment for support
               arrangements which were entered into after December 31,
               1996;

     Y = 1;    and

     Y{1} =    the number of NEPOOL Participants at the beginning of the
               month;

               PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Participant and its Related
               Persons may not have aggregate Participant Shares exceeding
               25% of the aggregate Participant Shares of all Participants.
               If the aggregate Participant Shares of a Participant and
               its Related Persons would be in excess of 25% if it were not
               for this limitation, the remaining Participant Shares which
               would otherwise be allocated to such Participant and its
               Related Persons shall be allocated to the other Participants
               on a pro rata basis.

               For purposes of the preceding formula (i) if an Entity has
               been a Participant for less than twelve months, the amounts
               to be taken into account for purposes of "P", "E", "C" and
               "X" in the formula shall be for the period during which the
               Entity has been a Participant; (ii) for purposes of "X" and
               "X{1}" in the formula, the number of kilowatthours to be
               taken into account with respect to the HQ Phase II Firm
               Energy Contract for each Participant which has a share in
               the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract shall be computed on
               the basis of the number of Kilowatts of its HQ
               Interconnection Capability Credit, if any, for the month as
               calculated pursuant to the NEPOOL Agreement; and (iii) for
               purposes of "X" and "X{1}" in the formula, the number of
               kilowatthours to be taken into account with respect to an
               Energy Entitlement under a Unit Contract or System Contract,
               other than the HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract, under which
               a Participant is entitled to receive Energy from outside the
               NEPOOL Control Area shall be computed on the basis of the
               number of Kilowatts of Installed Capability credit, or
               Monthly Peak reduction, for which the Participant is given
               credit in determining whether it has satisfied its Installed
               Capability Responsibility pursuant to Section 12 of the
               NEPOOL Agreement.

1.26 Parties: Collectively, the ISO and the Customers; individually,

a "Party."

1.27 Policy Statement: The "Policy Statement for the

Financial Assurance Requirements and Administration Thereof

for NEPOOL Open Access Tariff," included as Attachment E to

this Tariff, as modified from time to time.

1.28 RAS Fee: The fee payable pursuant to Schedule 3 hereto

by Transmission Customers that are not Participants.

1.29 Reliability Administration Service (or "RAS"): The

service provided by the ISO, as described in Schedule 3 of

this Tariff, in order to administer the Reliability Markets

and provide other reliability-related and informational

functions.

1.30 Reliability Markets: Collectively, the Automatic

Generation Control Market, Installed Capability Market, the

Operable Capability Market, and the Operating Reserve

Markets.

1.31 Sanctions Rule: "Imposition of Sanctions by the ISO," a

rule administered by the ISO, and included as Attachment D

to this Tariff.

1.32 Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service (or

"Scheduling Service"): The service described in Schedule 1

of this Tariff.

1.33 Service Agreement: An agreement between the ISO and a

Customer in the form provided in Attachment A hereto.

1.34 Services: Collectively, the Scheduling Service, EAS and

RAS; individually, a "Service."

1.35 System Operator: ISO New England Inc.

1.36 Transmission Service Agreement: The initial agreement

and any amendments or supplements thereto entered into by

the Transmission Customer and the ISO on behalf of the

Participants (or filed in unexecuted form), for service

under the NEPOOL Tariff.

2 Purpose of This Tariff

This Tariff is the means by which the ISO collects the

revenues necessary to carry out its functions. This Tariff

contains rates, charges, terms and conditions for the following

Services, which together encompass the functions carried out by

the ISO: (1) Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service

(Schedule 1 hereto); (2) Energy Administration Service (Schedule

2 hereto); and (3) Reliability Administration Service (Schedule 3

hereto).

The rates and charges for each Service during a Calendar

Year are based on the allocated portion of that year's budgeted

total expense (the "Budget Amount"), as adjusted by true-ups

described herein. The portion of the Budget Amount allocated to

a Service consists of: (1) the direct (E.G., personnel, software

and equipment) costs of performing the Service; plus (2) in

general, the percentage of the ISO's general and administrative

costs determined by dividing the direct costs of providing that

Service by the direct costs of providing all Services.

By way of example, the Budget Amount for Calendar Year 1999

for all Services is $38,415,141. If the ISO determines during

Calendar Year 1999 that collections under this Tariff (for all

Services) will exceed 105 percent of the Budget Amount for 1999,

the ISO will file with the Commission an amended or superseding

tariff or rate schedule.

For the Services described in Schedules 1 and 2, deviations

between collections under the Tariff and the ISO's actual

expenses will be reconciled through a year-to-year, prospective

true-up. For example, before the close of Calendar Year 1999,

the ISO will compute the total actual-to-date and projected-to-

year-end expenses of providing each of those Services, and

compare these totals with the total charges actually collected

(and projected to be collected through 1999) under this Tariff

for each Service during Calendar Year 1999. Based on these

comparisons, the ISO will adjust the otherwise-projected revenue

requirement for Calendar Year 2000 (I.E., the Calendar Year 2000

Budget Amount) for either or both Services, as needed, downward

or upward to reflect the expected Calendar Year 1999 surplus or

deficit, respectively, while preserving a reasonable amount of

cash working capital. From these figures the ISO will calculate

rates for Calendar Year 2000, and make a rate change filing for

Calendar Year 2000 and succeeding years, as required, to reflect

the Budget Amount for the applicable Calendar Year and the true-

ups calculated by means of the foregoing analysis and

adjustments. Any deviation between projected and actual true-up

amounts for Calendar Year 1999 will be reflected in the rate

changes for Calendar Year 2001. The ISO will also analyze, as

necessary, the need for any adjustments to allocation methodology

or rate design.

The charges for Schedule 3 consist of actual monthly

expenses for RAS, and thus are not subject to true-up. The

provision noted above limiting total annual collections to 105

percent of the pertinent Budget Amount (for all Services)

effectively limits the amounts collected for RAS under Schedule

3.

The revenues collected through this Tariff are not

recovering funding and reimbursement of NEPOOL restructuring

costs, including the costs relating to the separation of NEPOOL

staff and costs associated with the design, installation and

implementation of the Markets, which are to be recovered by the

NEPOOL Participants through contractual arrangements. Budget

Amounts also do not reflect any amounts received by the ISO due

to indemnification payments.

3 Billing and Payment

3.1 Billing Procedure: By the 15th day of each month, the ISO

shall submit an invoice to each Customer for the charges for

all Services furnished under this Tariff during the

preceding month. The invoice shall be paid by the Customer

by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the first business day after

the 19th day of the calendar month. All payments shall be

made by electronic funds transfer to a bank account

designated by the ISO. The ISO may bill Participants more

frequently than monthly, in accordance with the Financial

Assurance Policy.

3.2 Interest on Unpaid Balances: Interest on any unpaid

amounts (including amounts placed in escrow due to a payment

dispute as described in Section 3.3 below) shall be

calculated and payable to the ISO in accordance with the

methodology specified for interest on refunds in the

Commission's regulations at 18 C.F.R. <section>

35.19a(a)(2)(iii); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that interest due on

amounts placed in escrow shall be limited to the interest

actually earned on those amounts while in escrow. Interest

on delinquent amounts will be calculated from the due date

of the bill to the date of payment.

3.3 Late Payment Charge: In order to cover ISO expenses

occasioned by Customers' late payments, if a Customer is

delinquent two or more times within any period of twelve

months in paying on time amounts owed to the ISO, the

Customer shall pay, in addition to interest on each late

payment, a late payment charge for its second failure to pay

on time, and for each subsequent failure to pay on time,

within the same twelve-month period, in an amount equal to

the greater of (i) two percent (2%) of the total amount of

such late payment and (ii) $250.00. Late payment charges

collected by the ISO will be credited proportionately to the

revenue requirement for each Service.

3.4 Customer Default: In the event a Customer fails, for any

reason other than a billing dispute as described below, to

make payment to the ISO on or before the due date as

described above, and such failure of payment is not

corrected within thirty (30) calendar days after the ISO

notifies the Customer to cure such failure, a default by the

Customer will be deemed to exist. Upon the occurrence of a

default, the ISO and NEPOOL may jointly initiate a

proceeding with the Commission to terminate the Service and

service under the NEPOOL Agreement and/or NEPOOL Tariff (as

applicable) but shall not terminate the Service until the

Commission approves such termination. In the event of a

billing dispute between the ISO and the Customer, the

Service will continue to be provided under the Service

Agreement as long as the Customer (i) continues to make all

payments not in dispute, and (ii) pays as of the bill due

date into an independent escrow account the portion of the

invoice in dispute, pending resolution of such dispute. If

the Customer fails to meet these two requirements for

continuation of the Service, then the ISO and NEPOOL may

jointly provide notice to the Customer of their intention to

suspend service in sixty (60) days or such longer period as

is provided for in the NEPOOL Agreement, in accordance with

Commission rules and regulations, and may proceed with such

suspension.

4 Regulatory Filings

Nothing contained in this Tariff or any Service Agreement

shall be construed as affecting in any way the right of the ISO

to file with the Commission under Section 205 of the Federal

Power Act and pursuant to the Commission's rules and regulations

promulgated thereunder for a change in any rates, terms and

conditions, charges, classification of service, Service

Agreement, rule or regulation.

Nothing contained in this Tariff or any Service Agreement

shall be construed as affecting in any way the ability of any

Customer receiving a Service under this Tariff to exercise its

rights under the Federal Power Act and pursuant to the

Commission's rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

5 Force Majeure and Indemnification

5.1 Force Majeure: Neither the ISO nor a Customer will be

considered in default as to any obligation under this Tariff

if prevented from fulfilling the obligation due to an event

of Force Majeure; provided that no event of Force Majeure

affecting any Entity shall excuse that Entity from making

any payment that it is obligated to make hereunder or under

a Service Agreement. However, an Entity whose performance

under this Tariff is hindered by an event of Force Majeure

shall make all reasonable efforts to perform its obligations

under this Tariff, and shall promptly notify the ISO or the

Customer, whichever is appropriate, of the commencement and

end of each event of Force Majeure .

5.2 Liability: The ISO shall not be liable for money damages

or other compensation to the Customer for actions or

omissions by the ISO in performing its obligations under

this Tariff or Service Agreement thereunder, provided it has

not willfully breached this Tariff or a Service Agreement or

engaged in willful misconduct. To the extent the Customer

has claims against the ISO, the Customer may only look to

the assets of the ISO for the enforcement of such claims and

may not seek to enforce any claims against the directors,

members, officers, employees or agents of the ISO who, the

Customer acknowledges and agrees, have no personal liability

for obligations of the ISO by reason of their status as

directors, members, officers, employees or agents of the

ISO. In no event shall either the ISO or any Customer be

liable for any incidental, consequential, multiple or

punitive damages, loss of revenues or profits, attorneys

fees or costs arising out of, or connected in any way with

the performance or non-performance of this Tariff, any

Service Agreement thereunder or the ISO Agreement.

5.3 Indemnification: Each Customer shall at all times

indemnify, defend, and save harmless the ISO and its

directors, officers, members, employees and agents from any

and all damages, losses, claims and liabilities by or to

third parties arising out of or resulting from the

performance by the ISO under this Tariff or Service

Agreement thereunder, any bankruptcy filings made by a

Customer, or the actions or omissions of the Customer in

connection with this Tariff or Service Agreement thereunder,

except in cases of gross negligence or willful misconduct by

the ISO or its directors, officers, members, employees or

agents. The amount of any indemnity payment hereunder shall

be reduced (including, without limitation, retroactively) by

any insurance proceeds or other amounts actually recovered

by the indemnified party in respect of the indemnified

action, claim, demand, cost, damage or liability. The

obligations of each Customer to indemnify the ISO shall be

several, and not joint or joint and several. A Customer's

obligation to contribute to any indemnity payment hereunder

shall be limited to a percentage thereof equal to the

Customer's payments under this Tariff over the twelve (12)

calendar months preceding the date of payment divided by the

total payments of all Customers under this Tariff over the

same period.

6 Creditworthiness

For the purpose of determining the ability of a Customer to

meet its obligations related to a Service hereunder, the ISO will

apply the Financial Assurance Policy (Attachment C hereto) to

Participants and the Policy Statement (Attachment E hereto) to

non-Participant Transmission Customers. The Customer shall

comply with the requirements of the Financial Assurance Policy or

Policy Statement, as applicable.

7 Dispute Resolution Procedures

7.1 Dispute Resolution Procedures: Any dispute between a

Customer and the ISO involving Service provided under this

Tariff (excluding applications for rate changes or other

changes to this Tariff, or to any Service Agreement entered

into under this Tariff, which shall be presented directly to

the Commission for resolution) shall be referred to a

designated senior representative of the Customer and a

senior representative of the ISO for resolution on an

informal basis as promptly as practicable. In the event the

designated representatives are unable to resolve the dispute

within thirty (30) days or such other period as the Parties

may fix by mutual agreement, a Party may invoke arbitration

by notice to the other Party and may also (with the

agreement of the other Party) submit such dispute to

mediation for resolution in accordance with the procedures

set forth below. The arbitration procedure shall not exceed

90 calendar days from the date of the notice by the Party

invoking arbitration (the "Aggrieved Party") to the

arbitrator's decision unless the Parties agree upon a longer

or shorter time. All agreements by the ISO and Customer to

use mediation shall establish a schedule which will control

unless later changed by mutual agreement.

7.2 Mediation: All mediation proceedings are confidential and

shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations

for purposes of applicable rules of evidence.

Notwithstanding the initiation of mediation, the arbitration

proceeding shall proceed concurrently with the selection of

the arbitrator pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof.

7.3 Selection of Arbitrator: The Parties shall attempt to

choose by mutual agreement a single neutral arbitrator to

hear the dispute. If the Parties fail to agree upon a

single arbitrator within ten calendar days of the giving of

notice of arbitration, the American Arbitration Association

shall be asked to appoint an arbitrator. In either case,

the arbitrator shall be knowledgeable in matters involving

the electric power industry, including the operation of

control areas and bulk power systems, and shall not have any

substantial business or financial relationships with the

ISO, NEPOOL or its Participants, or the Customer (other than

previous experience as an arbitrator) unless otherwise

mutually agreed by the Parties.

7.4 Costs: Each Party shall be responsible for the following

arbitration costs, if applicable:

(i) its own costs incurred during the arbitration process;

plus

(ii) One half of the common costs of the arbitration

including, but not limited to, the arbitrator's fee and

expenses, the rental charge for a hearing room and, if

both Parties agree to the necessity therefor, the cost

of a court reporter and transcript.

7.5 Hearing Location: Unless otherwise mutually agreed, the

site for all arbitration hearings shall be Springfield,

Massachusetts.

7.6 Rules and Procedures:

(1) PROCEDURE AND DISCOVERY: The procedural rules (if

any), the conduct of the arbitration and the

availability, extent and duration of pre-hearing

discovery (if any), which shall be limited to the

minimum necessary to resolve the matters in dispute,

shall be determined by the arbitrator in his/her sole

discretion at or prior to the initial hearing. The

arbitrator shall provide each of the Parties an

opportunity to be heard and, except as otherwise

provided herein, shall generally conduct the

arbitration in accordance with the COMMERCIAL

ARBITRATION RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION

ASSOCIATION. In addition, each Party shall designate

one or more individuals to be available to answer

questions the arbitrator may have on the documents or

other materials submitted by that Party. The answers

to all such questions shall be reduced to writing by

the Party providing the answer and a copy shall be

furnished to the other Party.

(2) PRE-HEARING SUBMISSIONS: The Aggrieved Party shall

provide the arbitrator with a brief written statement

of its complaint and a statement of the remedy or

remedies it seeks, accompanied by copies of any

documents or other materials it wishes the arbitrator

to review.

(3) INITIAL HEARING: An initial hearing will be held no

later than 10 days after the selection of the

arbitrator and shall be limited to issues raised in the

pre-hearing filings. The scheduling of further

hearings at the request of either Party or on the

arbitrator's own motion shall be within the sole

discretion of the arbitrator.

(4) DECISION: The arbitrator's decision shall be due,

unless the deadline is extended by mutual agreement of

the Parties, within thirty days of the initial hearing

or within ninety days of the Aggrieved Party's

initiation of arbitration, whichever occurs first. The

arbitrator shall be authorized only to interpret and

apply the provisions of this Tariff or Service

Agreement thereunder (or, to the extent applicable, the

NEPOOL Agreement, NEPOOL Tariff or ISO Agreement) and

the arbitrator shall have no power to modify or change

this Tariff or Service Agreement (or, to the extent

applicable, the NEPOOL Agreement, NEPOOL Tariff or ISO

Agreement) thereunder in any manner. The arbitrator's

decision shall be in writing and shall state the basis

for the decision.

(5) EFFECT OF ARBITRATION DECISION: The decision of the

arbitrator will be conclusive in a subsequent

regulatory or legal proceeding as to the facts

determined by the arbitrator but will not be conclusive

as to the law or constitute precedent on issues of law

in any subsequent regulatory or legal proceedings.

     An Aggrieved Party may initiate a proceeding  with

a court or with the Commission with respect to the

arbitration or arbitrator's decision only:

o if the arbitration process does not result in a

decision within the time period specified and the

proceeding is initiated within thirty days after

the expiration of such time period; or

o on the grounds specified in Sections 10 and 11

of Title 9 of the United States Code for judicial

vacation or modification of an arbitration award

and the proceeding is initiated within thirty days

of the issuance of the arbitrator's decision.

8 Direct Billing; Sanctions

8.1 Transmission Studies: The ISO will conduct and coordinate

certain System Impact Studies pursuant to, and in accordance

with, the NEPOOL Tariff and the NEPOOL Agreement. In

addition, the ISO will conduct and coordinate certain

Facilities Studies pursuant to, and in accordance with, the

NEPOOL Tariff and the NEPOOL Agreement. The costs of System

Impact Studies and Facilities Studies will be charged

directly to the pertinent Eligible Customers or

interconnection applicants. The ISO will include in a

separate operating revenue account or subaccount any

revenues received for System Impact Studies or Facilities

Studies (excluding the costs of study contractors which are

directly charged to study requestors) which represent costs

for ISO staff or related overhead, and these revenues and

any other miscellaneous revenues will be credited to revenue

requirements for the Scheduling Service.

8.2 Information Requests: In fulfilling information requests

of a significant and non-routine nature, the ISO will charge

its associated direct and indirect costs to the requestor.

Revenue from these charges will be credited to revenue

requirements for the Service to which the information

request is most closely related.

8.3 Sanctions Rule: Amounts collected by the ISO during a

month from Participants pursuant to the Sanctions Rule shall

be a credit to that month's Monthly RAS Expenses; provided,

however, that a sanctioned Participant shall receive no part

of such credit attributable to a payment made by such

sanctioned Participant. The part of such credit

attributable to the sanctioned Participant's payment shall

be allocated among the Participants (excluding the

sanctioned Participant) on the basis of a recalculation of

Voting Share (determined in accordance with the NEPOOL

Agreement) excluding the factors associated with the

sanctioned Customer.

9 Metering

9.1 Customer Obligations: The Customer shall be responsible

for compliance with metering requirements under the NEPOOL

Tariff and any applicable local transmission provider's

tariff and to communicate the metering information to the

ISO.

9.2 ISO Access to Metering Data: The ISO will have access to

such metering data as may reasonably be required to

facilitate measurements and billing under this Tariff and

Service Agreement, the NEPOOL Agreement, the NEPOOL Tariff,

or other arrangements for which the ISO is required to bill.


Schedule 1

Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service

Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service ("Scheduling

Service") is the service required to schedule at the pool level the

movement of power through, out of, within, or into the NEPOOL Control

Area. It is anticipated that local level service would be provided

under the Local Network Service tariffs of the individual Transmission

Providers. For Transmission Service under the NEPOOL Tariff,

Scheduling Service is an Ancillary Service that can be provided only

by the ISO and all Transmission Customers must be Customers under this

Tariff and purchase this Service from the ISO. Customers must enter

into a Service Agreement of the type specified in Attachment A hereto.

The ISO's charges stated herein for Scheduling Service are based on

the expenses incurred by the ISO in providing this Service. In

addition, the ISO acts as a billing agent for the operators of the

NEPOOL satellite dispatch centers and certain Participants in order to

collect their expenses incurred in providing this service pursuant to

Schedule 1 of the NEPOOL Tariff.

The ISO's expenses are based on the functions required to provide

this Service and include, but are not limited to:

o Processing and implementation of requests for

Transmission Service, including support of the NEPOOL OASIS

node;

o Coordination of transmission system operation (including

administration of reactive power requirements under Schedule

2 of the NEPOOL Tariff) and implementation of necessary

control actions by the ISO and support for these functions;

o Billing associated with transmission services provided

under the NEPOOL Tariff;

o Transmission system planning which supports this Service;

and

o Administrative costs associated with the aforementioned

functions.

The satellite dispatch center expenses and the Participant

expenses collected pursuant to Schedule 1 of the NEPOOL Tariff are in

each case an allocated portion of dispatch center expense for the PTF

dispatch functions performed.

For the ISO's expenses in providing transmission-related Scheduling

Service, each Customer that is obligated to pay the Regional Network

Service rate shall pay each month an amount equal to the product of

$0.0420 per kilowatt times its Monthly Network Load for that month;

the annual charge per kilowatt is $0.5036. Each Customer that is a

Transmission Customer receiving Point-to-Point Transmission Service

shall pay each month an amount equal to the product of the

Transmission Customer's highest amount of Reserved Capacity (expressed

in kilowatts) for each transaction scheduled to occur during the month

as Point-to-Point Transmission Service times:

(1) for each month of firm annual or monthly service, $0.0420;

(2) for each week of firm weekly service, $0.0097;

(3) for each day of firm daily service, $0.0019, but the rate for 5 to 7 consecutive days may not exceed the per-week rate;

(4) for each month of non-firm annual or monthly service, $0.0420;

(5) for each week of non-firm weekly service, $0.0097;

(6) for each day of non-firm daily service, $0.0014; and

(7) for each hour of non-firm hourly service, $0.0006.

The ISO shall also collect from each Customer, as billing agent,

the charges specified in Schedule 1 of the NEPOOL Tariff.

All general terms and conditions of this Tariff apply to this

Service.


Schedule 2

Energy Administration Service

Energy Administration Service ("EAS") is the Service provided by

the ISO to administer the Energy Market and facilitate Interchange

Transactions, bilateral transactions and self-scheduling in accordance

with the NEPOOL Agreement and the corresponding rules promulgated

thereunder. Each Participant that buys, sells, or produces Energy

utilizes EAS (even when utilizing bilateral transactions or self-

scheduling, because the ISO must account for these activities and

implement them) and must purchase EAS as a Customer hereunder. Each

non-Participant Transmission Customer that receives Energy pursuant to

Schedule 4 of the NEPOOL Tariff (I.E., Energy Imbalance Service)

utilizes EAS and must purchase EAS as a Customer hereunder. Each

Customer must enter into a Service Agreement of the type specified in

Attachment A hereto.

The ISO's expenses are based on the functions required to provide

this Service and include, but are not limited to:

o Core operation of the Energy Market;

o Generation dispatch related to the Energy Market;

o Energy accounting;

o Loss determination and allocation;

o Billing preparation;

o Administration of the Energy Imbalance Service under Schedule 4 of the NEPOOL Tariff;

o Market power monitoring and mitigation for the Energy Market;

o Sanctions activities;

o Market assessment and reports; and

o Formulation of additional market rules and proposals to modify existing rules.

For EAS, each Participant shall pay each month in arrears: (1)

an amount equal to the product of $0.0000698 per kilowatt-hour times

the Customer's total Electrical Load for all hours in that month; and

(2) an amount equal to the product of $0.0000263 per kilowatt-hour

times the sum of: (a) a number of kilowatt-hours equal to the

kilowatts of the Customer's Generation Ownership Shares for that

month, times the number of hours in the month, plus (b) the total

number of kilowatt-hours that the Customer was entitled to receive

during that month with respect to its Energy Entitlements under Unit

Contracts or System Contracts (taking into account, in the case of

each contract, the number of hours the contract was in effect in the

month), as computed without giving effect to any resale in whole or

part of any such Energy Entitlement; plus (c) the absolute value of

the sum of the kilowatt-hours of the Customer's ANI in the hours of

that month in which the Customer's ANI is a negative number; provided

that if a Participant has both a Generation Ownership Share in a

generating unit as the result of its Related Person affiliation with

the owner of the generating unit and an Energy Entitlement as the

result of its purchase of Energy from the same generating unit, the

Participant's Energy Entitlement with respect to such purchase shall

be excluded from consideration under Part (b) of the formula. For

purposes of this paragraph, a Customer's Electrical Load, Generation

Ownership Shares and Energy Entitlements shall be calculated subject

to the provisions of NEPOOL Agreement Section 3.2.

For EAS, a Customer that is not a Participant shall pay each

month in arrears an amount equal to the product of $0.0000263 per

kilowatt-hour times the number of kilowatt-hours of Energy Imbalance

Service taken by the Customer during that month.

All general terms and conditions of this Tariff apply to this

Service.


Schedule 3

Reliability Administration Service

Reliability Administration Service ("RAS") is the Service

provided by the ISO to administer the Reliability Markets (and

facilitate reliability-associated transactions and arrangements) in

accordance with the NEPOOL Agreement and the corresponding rules

promulgated thereunder, and to provide other reliability and

informational services. Each Participant (and each Transmission

Customer that is not a Participant) benefits (as do their respective

customers) from the reliability ensured by the administration of the

Reliability Markets and associated services, and therefore must

purchase RAS as a Customer hereunder. The Reliability Markets are

also a means by which certain Ancillary Services are obtained under

the NEPOOL Tariff. Each Customer must enter into a Service Agreement

of the type specified in Attachment A hereto.

The ISO's administrative expenses are based on the functions

required to provide this Service and include, but are not limited to:

o Generation dispatch associated with Reliability Markets;

o Reliability Markets accounting;

o Billing preparation;

o NEPOOL generation emissions analysis;

o Risk profile updates;

o Triennial review of resource adequacy;

o Preparation of regional reports and load forecasts and profiles (CELT, EIA, NERC);

o Support of power supply, environmental and market reliability planning activities;

o Reliability Markets: market power monitoring, mitigation and assessment; and

o Formulation of additional Market rules and proposals to

modify existing rules.

For RAS: (1) Each Transmission Customer that is not a

Participant shall pay each month, in arrears, a RAS Fee (corresponding

to the Transmission Service taken in that month) in the following

amounts:

(a) Entities required to make a payment for Regional Network Service in a month, $500 (whether firm or non-firm);

(b) for each month of annual or monthly Point-to-Point Transmission Service received, $500;

(c) for each week of weekly Point-to-Point Transmission Service received (whether firm or non-firm), $115.38;

(d) for each day of firm daily Point-to-Point Transmission Service received, $23.07, provided that the rate for 5 to 7 consecutive days may not exceed the "per week" rate;

(e) for each day of non-firm daily Point-to-Point Transmission Service received, $16.48; and

(f) for each hour of non-firm hourly Point-to-Point Transmission Service received, $0.69;

and (2) each Customer that is a Participant shall pay each month in

arrears, an amount equal to the product of its Participant Share as of

the end of that month and the Monthly RAS Expenses.

RAS does not include any amounts paid by the ISO on behalf of the

Participants to purchase emergency power. If one or more states

requires Participants to undertake disclosure or tracking obligations

that result in the ISO incurring expenses, the ISO will segregate the

expenses associated with such obligations.

All general terms and conditions of this Tariff apply to this

Service.


ATTACHMENT A

Form of Service Agreement

1.0 This Service Agreement, dated as of __________ , is entered into, by and between ISO New England Inc. __________________ (the "ISO") and __________ ("Customer") pursuant to the ISO's Tariff for Transmission Dispatch and Power Administration Services (the "Tariff").

2.0 Service under this Service Agreement shall commence on the later of (1) the requested service commencement date or (2) such other date as it is permitted to become effective by the Commission. Service under this Service Agreement shall terminate on such date as is mutually agreed upon by the parties, except as otherwise provided under the Tariff.

3.0 The ISO agrees to provide, and the Customer agrees to take and pay for, Services indicated below in accordance with the provisions of the Tariff and this Service Agreement:

Scheduling, System Control and Dispatch Service (Schedule 1) Energy Administration Service (Schedule 2) Reliability Administration Service (Schedule 3)

4.0 Any notice or request made to or by either party regarding this Service Agreement shall be made to the representative of the other party as indicated below.

ISO:

[Title]
ISO New England Inc.
One Sullivan Road
Holyoke, MA 01040-2841

CUSTOMER:




5.0 The Tariff is incorporated in this Service Agreement and made a part hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Service Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized officials.

ISO NEW ENGLAND INC.:

By:___________________ __________ _____________ Name Title Date

CUSTOMER:

By:___________________ __________ _____________ Name Title Date


ATTACHMENT B

Definitions and Provisions Extracted From NEPOOL Agreement and NEPOOL Tariff

Adjusted Net Interchange (or "ANI"): The Adjusted Net Interchange of a Participant for an hour is (a) the kilowatts produced by or delivered to the Participant from its Energy Entitlements or pursuant to arrangements entered into under Section 14.6 of the NEPOOL Agreement as adjusted in accordance with uniform market operation rules approved by NEPOOL's Regional Market Operations Committee to take account of losses, as appropriate, MINUS (b) the sum of (i) the Electrical Load of the Participant for the hour, and (ii) the kilowatt-hours delivered by such Participant to other Participants pursuant to Firm Contracts or System Contracts in accordance with the treatment agreed to by the parties thereto and reported to the ISO, together with any associated electrical losses.

Ancillary Services: Those services that are necessary to support the transmission of electric capacity and energy from resources to loads while maintaining reliable operation of the NEPOOL Transmission System in accordance with Good Utility Practice.

Automatic Generation Control (or "AGC"): A measure of the ability of a generating unit or portion thereof to respond automatically within a specified time to a remote direction from the ISO to increase or decrease the level of output in order to control frequency and to maintain currently proper power flows into and out of the NEPOOL Control Area.

Control Area: An electric power system or combination of electric power systems to which a common automatic generation control scheme is applied in order to:

(1) match, at all times, the power output of the generators within the electric power system(s) and capacity and energy purchased from entities outside the electric power system(s), with the load within the electric power system(s);
(2) maintain scheduled interchange with other Control Areas, within the limits of Good Utility Practice;
(3) maintain the frequency of the electric power system(s) within reasonable limits in accordance with Good Utility Practice and the criteria of the applicable regional reliability council or the North American Electric Reliability Council; and
(4) provide sufficient generating capacity to maintain operating reserves in accordance with Good Utility Practice.


Curtailment: A reduction in firm or non-firm transmission service in response to a transmission capacity shortage as a result of system reliability conditions.

Electrical Load: Electrical Load (in kilowatts) of a Participant during any particular hour is the total during such hour (eliminating any distortion arising out of (i) Interchange Transactions, or (ii) transactions across the system of such Participant, or (iii) deliveries between Entities constituting a single Participant, or (iv) other electrical losses, if and as appropriate), of

(a) kilowatt-hours provided by such Participant to its retail customers for consumption, PLUS
(b) kilowatt-hours of use by such Participant, PLUS
(c) kilowatt-hours of electrical losses and unaccounted for use by the Participant on its system, PLUS
(d) kilowatt-hours used by such Participant for pumping Energy for its Entitlements in pumped storage hydroelectric generating facilities, PLUS
(e) kilowatt-hours delivered by such Participant to Non- Participants.

The Electrical Load of a Participant may be calculated in any reasonable manner which substantially complies with this definition.

Eligible Customer: (i) Any Participant that is engaged, or proposes to engage, in the wholesale or retail electric power business is an Eligible Customer under the NEPOOL Tariff. (ii) Any electric utility (including any power marketer), Federal power marketing agency, or any other entity generating electric energy for sale for resale is an Eligible Customer under the NEPOOL Tariff. Electric energy sold or produced by such entity may be electric energy produced in the United States, Canada or Mexico. However, with respect to transmission service that the Commission is prohibited from ordering by Section 212(h) of the Federal Power Act, such entity is eligible only if the service is provided pursuant to a state requirement that the Transmission Provider with which the entity is directly interconnected offer the unbundled transmission service, or pursuant to a voluntary offer of such service by the Transmission Provider with which the entity is directly interconnected. (iii) Any end user taking or eligible to take unbundled transmission service pursuant to a state requirement that the Transmission Provider with which that end user is directly interconnected offer the transmission service, or pursuant to a voluntary offer of such service by the Transmission Provider with which that entity is directly interconnected, is an Eligible Customer under the NEPOOL Tariff.

Energy Entitlement: An Energy Entitlement is (i) a right to receive Energy under a System Contract or a Firm Contract, or (ii) a right to receive all or a portion of the electric output of a generating unit or units to which an Entity is entitled as an owner (either sole or in common) or as a purchaser pursuant to a Unit Contract, REDUCED BY (iii) any portion thereof which such Entity is selling pursuant to a Unit Contract. An Energy Entitlement in a generating unit or units may, but need not, be combined with any other Entitlements relating to such generating unit or units and may be transferred separately from the related Installed Capability Entitlement, Operable Capability Entitlement, Operating Reserve Entitlements, or AGC Entitlement.

Entitlement: An Installed Capability Entitlement, Operable Capability Entitlement, Energy Entitlement, Operating Reserve Entitlement, or AGC Entitlement. When used in the plural form, it may be any or all such Entitlements or combinations thereof, as the context requires.

Entity: Any person or organization whether in the United States of America or Canada or a state or province or a political subdivision thereof or a duly established agency of any of them, a private corporation, a partnership, an individual, an electric cooperative or any other person or organization recognized in law as capable of owning property and contracting with respect thereto that is either:

(a) engaged in the electric power business (the generation and/or transmission and/or distribution of electricity for consumption by the public or the purchase, as a principal or broker, of Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserve, and/or AGC for resale); or

(b) an end user of electricity that is taking or eligible to take unbundled transmission service pursuant to an effective state requirement that the Participant that is the Transmission Provider with which that end user is directly interconnected offer the transmission service, or pursuant to a voluntary offer of unbundled transmission service to that end user by the Participant that is the Transmission Provider with which that end user is directly interconnected.

Facilities Study: An engineering study conducted pursuant to the NEPOOL Agreement or the NEPOOL Tariff by the ISO and/or one or more affected Participants to determine the required modifications to the NEPOOL Transmission System, including the cost and scheduled completion date for such modifications, that will be required to provide a requested transmission service or interconnection.

Firm Contract: Any contract, other than a Unit Contract, for the purchase of Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves, and/or AGC, pursuant to which the purchaser's right to receive such Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves, and/or AGC is subject only to the supplier's inability to make deliveries thereunder as the result of events beyond the supplier's reasonable control.

Generator Owner: The owner, in whole or part, of a generating unit whether located within or outside of the NEPOOL Control Area.

Generation Ownership Shares: The Generation Ownership Shares of a Customer means and includes:

(a) the direct ownership interest which the Customer has as a sole or joint owner in the Installed Capability of a generating unit which is subject to NEPOOL central dispatch;

(b) the indirect ownership interest which the Customer has, as a shareholder in Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation or a similar corporation, or as a general or limited partner in Ocean State Power or a similar partnership, in the Installed Capability of a generating unit which is subject to NEPOOL central dispatch, provided the corporation or partnership is itself not a Participant;

(c) any other interest which the Customer has in the Installed Capability of a generating unit which is subject to NEPOOL central dispatch, under a lease or other contractual arrangement, provided the other party to the arrangement is itself not a Participant and the NEPOOL Management Committee determines, at the request of the affected Customer, that the Customer has benefits and rights, and assumes risks, under the arrangement with respect to the unit which are substantially equivalent to the benefits, rights and risks of an owner; and

(d) an interest which the Customer shall be deemed to have in the direct ownership interest, or the indirect ownership interest as a shareholder or general or limited partner, of a Related Person of the Customer in the Installed Capability of a generating unit which is subject to NEPOOL central dispatch, provided the Related Person is itself not a Participant.

Good Utility Practice: Any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric utility industry during the relevant time period, or any of the practices, methods and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method, or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather includes all acceptable practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region.


HQ Phase II Firm Energy Contract: The Firm Energy Contract dated as of October 14, 1985 between Hydro-Quebec and certain of the Participants, as it may be amended from time to time.

Installed Capability: The Installed Capability of an electric generating unit or combination of units during the Winter Period is the Winter Capability of such unit or units and during the Summer Period is the Summer Capability of such unit or units.

Interchange Transactions: Transactions deemed to be effected under
Section 12 of the Prior NEPOOL Agreement (that is, the agreement as in effect on December 1, 1996) prior to the Second Effective Date, and transactions deemed to be effected under Section 14 of the NEPOOL Agreement on and after the Second Effective Date.

Internal Point-to-Point Service: Point-to-Point Transmission Service with respect to a transaction where the Point of Receipt is at the boundary of or within the NEPOOL Transmission System and the Point of Delivery is within the NEPOOL Transmission System.

Load: (in Kilowatts) of a Participant during any particular hour is the total during such hour (eliminating any distortion arising out of (i) Interchange Transactions, or (ii) transactions across the system of such Participant, or (iii) deliveries between Entities constituting a single Participant, or (iv) other electrical losses, if and as appropriate) of

(a) kilowatthours provided by such Participant to its retail customers for consumption (excluding any kilowatthours which may be classified as interruptible under market operation rules approved by the NEPOOL Regional Market Operations Committee), PLUS

(b) kilowatthours delivered by such Participant pursuant to Firm Contracts to its wholesale customers for resale, PLUS

(c) kilowatthours of use by such Participant, exclusive of use by such Participant for the operation and maintenance of its generating unit or units, PLUS

(d) kilowatthours of electrical losses and unaccounted for use by the Participant on its system.

The Load of a Participant may be calculated in any reasonable manner which substantially complies with this definition.

For the purposes of calculating a Participant's Monthly Peak, the Load of a Participant shall be adjusted to eliminate any distortions resulting from voltage reductions. In addition, upon the request of any Participant, the NEPOOL Regional Market Operations Committee shall make, or supervise the making of, appropriate adjustments in the computation of Load for the purposes of calculating any Participant's Annual Peak, Adjusted Monthly Peak, Adjusted Annual Peak and Monthly Peak to eliminate any distortions resulting from emergency load curtailments which would significantly affect the Load of any Participant.

The definition of the term "Load" is modified as follows when a Participant purchases a portion of its requirements of electricity from another Participant pursuant to a Firm Contract:

(a) If the Firm Contract limits deliveries to a specifically stated number of Kilowatts and requires payment of a demand charge thereon (thus placing the responsibility for meeting additional demands on the purchasing Participant):

(1) in computing the ADJUSTED LOAD of the purchasing Participant, the Kilowatts received pursuant to such Firm Contract shall be deemed to be the number of Kilowatts specified in the Firm Contract; and

(2) in computing the LOAD of the supplying Participant, the Kilowatts delivered pursuant to such Firm Contract shall be deemed to be the number of Kilowatts specified in the Firm Contract.

(b) If the Firm Contract does not limit deliveries to a specifically stated number of Kilowatts, but entitles the Participant to receive such amounts of electricity as it may require to supply its electric needs (thus placing the responsibility for meeting additional demands on the supplying Participant):

(1) the INSTALLED CAPABILITY RESPONSIBILITY of the purchasing Participant shall be EQUAL TO the amount of its Installed Capability Entitlements;

(2) in computing the ADJUSTED LOAD of the purchasing Participant, the Kilowatts received pursuant to such Firm Contract shall be deemed to be a quantity R{l}; and

(3) in computing the LOAD of the supplying Participant, the Kilowatts delivered pursuant to such Firm Contract shall be deemed to be a quantity R{l}.

The quantity R{l} equals (i) the Load of the purchasing Participant less (ii) the amount of the purchasing Participant's Installed Capability Entitlements multiplied by a fraction X wherein:

Y

X is the maximum Load of the purchasing Participant in the month, and

Y is the NEPOOL Installed Capability Responsibility multiplied by the purchasing Participant's fraction P determined pursuant to Section 12.2(a)(1) of the NEPOOL Agreement, computed as if the Firm Contract did not exist.

Local Network: The transmission facilities, constituting a local network, of the following companies: (i) Bangor Hydro-Electric Company; (ii) Boston Edison Company; (iii) Central Maine Power Company; (iv) the Commonwealth Energy System companies; (v) the Eastern Utility Associates companies; (vi) the New England Electric System companies; (vii) the Northeast Utilities companies; (viii) The United Illuminating Company; and (ix) Vermont Electric Power Company and the entities which are grouped with it as a single Participant and any other local network or change in the designation of a Local Network which the NEPOOL Management Committee may designate or approve from time to time. The NEPOOL Management Committee may not unreasonably withhold approval of a request by a Participant that it effect such a change or designation.

Local Network Service: Local Network Service is the service provided, under a separate tariff or contract, by a Participant that is a Transmission Provider to another Participant, or other Entity connected to the Transmission Provider's Local Network to permit the other Participant or Entity to efficiently and economically utilize its resources to serve its load.

Monthly Network Load: A Customer's hourly load (including its designated Network Load not physically interconnected with the Transmission Provider under Section 43.3 of the NEPOOL Tariff) coincident with the coincident aggregate load of the Participants and other Network Customers served in each Local Network in the hour in which the coincident load is at its maximum for the month ("Monthly Peak").

NEPOOL Agreement Section 3.2: Subject to the reciprocity requirements of the NEPOOL Tariff, if a Participant serves a Load, or has rights in supply or demand-side resources or owns transmission and/or distribution facilities, located outside of the NEPOOL Control Area, such Load and resources shall not be included for purposes of determining the Participant's rights, responsibilities and obligations under the NEPOOL Agreement, except that the Participant's Entitlements in facilities or its rights in demand side-resources outside the NEPOOL Control Area shall be included in such determinations if, to the extent, and while such Entitlements are used for retail or wholesale sales within the NEPOOL Control Area or such Entitlements or rights are designated by a Participant for purposes of meeting its obligations under Section 12 of the NEPOOL Agreement.

NEPOOL Management Committee: The committee established pursuant to Section 6 of the NEPOOL Agreement.

NEPOOL Transmission System: The PTF transmission facilities.

Network Integration Transmission Service: Regional Network Service which may be used with respect to Network Resources or Network Load not physically interconnected with the NEPOOL Transmission System.

Network Load: The load that a Network Customer designates for Network Integration Transmission Service under Part II and Part VI of the NEPOOL Tariff. The Network Customer's Network Load shall include all load designated by the Network Customer (including losses) and shall not be credited or reduced for any behind-the-meter generation. A Network Customer may elect to designate less than its total load as Network Load but may not designate only part of the load at a discrete Point of Delivery. Where an Eligible Customer has elected not to designate a particular load at discrete Points of Delivery as Network Load, the Eligible Customer is responsible for making separate arrangements under Part III and Part V of the NEPOOL Tariff for any Point-to-Point Transmission Service that may be necessary for such non-designated load.

Network Resource: (1) With respect to Participants, (a) any generating resource located in the NEPOOL Control Area which has been placed in service prior to October 1, 1998 (including a unit that has lost its capacity value when its capacity value is restored and a deactivated unit which may be reactivated without satisfying the requirements of Section 49 of the NEPOOL Tariff in accordance with the provisions thereof) until retired; (b) any generating resource located in the NEPOOL Control Area which is placed in service after October 1, 1998 until retired, provided that (i) the Generator Owner has complied with the requirements of Section 49 of the NEPOOL Tariff, and (ii) the output of the unit shall be limited in accordance with Section 49, if required; and (c) any generating resource or combination of resources (including bilateral purchases) located outside the NEPOOL Control Area for so long as any Participant has an Entitlement in the resource or resources which is being delivered to it in the NEPOOL Control Area to serve Network Load located in the NEPOOL Control Area or other designated Network Loads contemplated by Section 43.3 of the NEPOOL Tariff taking Regional Network Service. (2) With respect to Non- Participant Network Customers, any generating resource owned, purchased or leased by the Network Customer which it designates to serve Network Load.

Open Access Same-Time Information System (OASIS): The NEPOOL information system and standards of conduct responding to requirements of 18 C.F.R. <section>37 of the Commission's regulations and all additional requirements implemented by subsequent Commission orders dealing with OASIS.

Operable Capability: Operable Capability of an electric generating unit or units in any hour is the portion of the Installed Capability of the unit or units which is operating or available to respond within an appropriate period (as identified in market operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee) to the ISO's call to meet the Energy and/or Operating Reserve and/or AGC requirements of the NEPOOL Control Area during a Scheduled Dispatch Period or is available to respond within an appropriate period to a schedule submitted by a Participant for the hour in accordance with market operation rules approved by the Regional Market Operations Committee.

Operating Reserve: Any or a combination of 10-Minute Spinning Reserve, 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve, and 30-Minute Operating Reserve, as the context requires.

Participant: A Participant is an eligible Entity (or group of Entities which has elected to be treated as a single Participant) which is a signatory to the NEPOOL Agreement and has become a Participant in accordance therewith until such time as such Entity's status as a Participant terminates.

Point-to-Point Transmission Service: The transmission of capacity and/or energy on either a firm or non-firm basis from the Point(s) of Receipt to the Point(s) of Delivery under the NEPOOL Tariff. NEPOOL Point-to-Point Transmission Service includes both Internal Point-to- Point Service and Through or Out Service.

Pool Transmission Facilities (or "PTF"): The transmission facilities owned by the Participants and their Related Persons which constitute PTF pursuant to the NEPOOL Agreement.

Power Year: The period of twelve months commencing on November 1.

Regional Market Operations Committee: The committee established pursuant to Section 10 of the NEPOOL Agreement.

Regional Network Service: Transmission service provided by the Participants pursuant to Part II and Part IV of the NEPOOL Tariff.

Related Persons: With respect to a Customer, either (i) a corporation, partnership, business trust or other business organization 10% or more of the stock or equity interest in which is owned directly or indirectly by, or is under common control with, the Customer, or (ii) a corporation, partnership, business trust or other business organization which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the stock or other equity interest in the Customer, or (iii) a corporation, partnership, business trust or other business organization 10% or more of the stock or other equity interest in which is owned, directly or indirectly by a corporation, partnership, business trust or other business organization which also owns 10% or more of the stock or other equity interest in the Customer.


Reserved Capacity: The maximum amount of capacity and energy that is committed to the Transmission Customer for transmission over the NEPOOL Transmission System between the Point(s) of Receipt and the Point(s) of Delivery under Part V of the NEPOOL Tariff. Reserved Capacity shall be expressed in terms of whole kilowatts on a sixty- minute interval (commencing on the clock hour) basis.

Scheduled Dispatch Period: The shortest period for which the ISO performs and publishes a projected dispatch schedule.

Second Effective Date: The date on which the provisions of Part Three of the NEPOOL Agreement (other than those relating to the Installed Capability Market) shall become effective and shall be such date as the Commission may fix on its own or pursuant to a request of the NEPOOL Management Committee.

System Contract: Any contract for the purchase of Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves and/or AGC, other than a Unit Contract or Firm Contract, pursuant to which the purchaser is entitled to a specifically determined or determinable amount of such Installed Capability, Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserves and/or AGC.

Summer Capability: Summer Capability of an electric generating unit or combination of units is the maximum dependable load carrying ability in Kilowatts of such unit or units (exclusive of capacity required for station use) during the Summer Period, as determined by the NEPOOL Regional Market Operations Committee.

Summer Period: Summer Period in each Power Year is the four- month period from June through September.

System Impact Study: An assessment of: (i) the adequacy of the NEPOOL Transmission System to accommodate a request for the interconnection of a new or materially changed generating unit or a new or materially changed interconnection to another Control Area or new Regional Network Service, internal Point-to-Point Service or Through or Out Service, and (ii) whether any additional costs may be required to be incurred in order to provide the interconnection or transmission service.

Through or Out Service: Point-to-Point Transmission Service provided by NEPOOL pursuant to Part III of the NEPOOL Tariff with respect to a transaction which requires the use of PTF and which goes through the NEPOOL Control Area, as, for example, from the Maine Electric Power Company line or New Brunswick to New York, or from one point on the NEPOOL Control Area boundary with New York to another point on the Control Area boundary with New York, or with respect to a transaction which goes out of the NEPOOL Control Area from a point in the NEPOOL Control Area, as, for example, from Boston to New York.

Transmission Customer: Any Eligible Customer that (i) is a Participant which is not required to sign a Transmission Service Agreement with respect to a service to be furnished to it in accordance with Section 48 of the NEPOOL Tariff, or (ii) executes, on its own behalf or through its Designated Agent, a Transmission Service Agreement, or (iii) requests in writing, on its own behalf or through its Designated Agent, that NEPOOL file with the Commission, a proposed unexecuted Transmission Service Agreement in order that the Eligible Customer may receive transmission service under the NEPOOL Tariff. This term is used in Part I of the NEPOOL Tariff to include customers receiving transmission service under the NEPOOL Tariff.

Transmission Ownership Shares: The Transmission Ownership Shares of a Participant means and includes:

(A) the direct ownership interest which the Participant has as a sole or joint owner of PTF;

(B) the indirect ownership interest which the Participant has, as a shareholder in a corporation, or as a general or limited partner in a partnership, in PTF owned by such corporation or partnership, provided the corporation or partnership is not itself a Participant;

(C) any other interest which the Participant has in PTF under a lease or other contractual arrangement, provided the other party to the arrangement is not itself a Participant and the NEPOOL Management Committee determines, at the request of the affected Participant, that the Participant has benefits and rights, and assumes risks, under the arrangement with respect to the PTF which are substantially equivalent to the benefits, rights and risks of an owner; and

(D) an interest which the Participant shall be deemed to have in the direct ownership interest, or the indirect ownership interest as a shareholder or general or limited partner, of a Related Person of the Participant in PTF, provided the Related Person is itself not a Participant.

Transmission Provider: The Participants, collectively, which own PTF and are in the business of providing transmission service or provide service under a local open access transmission tariff, or in the case of a state or municipal or cooperatively-owned Participant, would be required to do so if requested pursuant to the reciprocity requirements specified in the NEPOOL Tariff, or an individual such Participant, whichever is appropriate.

Unit Contract: A purchase contract pursuant to which the purchaser is in effect currently entitled either (i) to a specifically determined or determinable portion of the Installed Capability of a specific electric generating unit or units, or (ii) to a specifically determined or determinable amount of Operable Capability, Energy, Operating Reserve and/or AGC if, or to the extent that, a specific electric generating unit or units is or can be operated.

Winter Capability: Winter Capability of an electric generating unit or combination of units is the maximum dependable load carrying ability in Kilowatts of such unit or units (exclusive of capacity required for station use) during the Winter Period, as determined by the NEPOOL Regional Market Operations Committee.

Winter Period: Winter Period in each Power Year is the seven- month period from November through May and the month of October.


ATTACHMENT C

Financial Assurance Policy

FINANCIAL ASSURANCE POLICY FOR NEPOOL MEMBERS

This Financial Assurance Policy for NEPOOL Members ("Policy") shall become effective on the Second Effective Date.

The purpose of this Policy is (i) to establish a financial assurance policy for NEPOOL members ("Participants") that includes commercially reasonable credit review procedures to assess the financial ability of an applicant for membership in NEPOOL ("Applicant") or of a Participant to pay for service transactions under the Restated NEPOOL Agreement and the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff (the "Tariff") and to pay its share of NEPOOL expenses, including amounts owed to ISO New England Inc. under its tariff, (ii) to set forth requirements for alternative forms of security that will be deemed acceptable to NEPOOL and consistent with commercial practices established by the Uniform Commercial Code that protects the Participants against the risk of non-payment by other, defaulting Participants, (iii) to set forth the conditions under which NEPOOL will conduct business so as to avoid the possibility of failure of payment for services rendered under the Tariff or the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, and (iv) to collect amounts past due, make up shortfalls in payments, and terminate membership of defaulting Participants.

In accordance with Sections 3.5 and 6.14 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, NEPOOL requires the following procedures and requirements to apply to all Applicants and Participants. Generally, any Applicant or Participant that does not have an investment grade rating by either Standard & Poor's, Moody's, Duff & Phelps, or Fitch will be required to provide financial assurances, as described in detail below.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Each Applicant or Participant must comply with the following general requirements.

In the case of a group of members that are treated as a single Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, the group members shall be deemed to have elected to be jointly and severally liable for all debts to NEPOOL of any of the group members unless (i) charges of an individual member can be tracked and allocated to the member incurring such charges by the System Operator {1} utilizing all information available to the System Operator determined by it to be reliable, including information from Participants or from a single Participant's representative, (ii) an alternate form of financial assurance is provided as set forth below,
(iii) the group members agree to allocate amongst themselves responsibility for payment of group member charges on a percentage basis in a manner acceptable to NEPOOL, with additional financial assurance to be provided by those members, if any, that do not satisfy the minimum corporate debt rating, or (iv) the group members when evaluated as a whole (at their expense by one of the above rating agencies) satisfy the minimum corporate debt rating requirement set forth above and, in addition, provide a corporate guaranty from a parent or other responsible affiliate, which parent or affiliate satisfies the minimum corporate debt rating. For the fourth type of consolidated Participant, NEPOOL will conduct a financial assurances review based on the credit rating of only the rated members of the group.

For the purposes of these financial assurance provisions, the term "Participant" shall, in the case of a group of members that are treated as a single Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement, be deemed to refer to the group of members as a whole unless the group members have affirmatively indicated to NEPOOL, and NEPOOL has agreed, that they are to be treated pursuant to options (i) or (iii) above, in which case the term "Participant" shall be deemed to refer to each individual group member and not to the aggregate of such group; and the terms "charges" and fees" shall, likewise, be deemed to refer to the charges and fees allocable to the individual group member as opposed to the aggregate of such group.

PROOF OF FINANCIAL VIABILITY

Each Applicant must with its application submit proof of financial viability, as described below, satisfying NEPOOL requirements to demonstrate the Applicant's ability to meet its obligations, or must provide prior to its membership becoming effective financial assurance in the form of a cash deposit, letter of credit or performance bond as set forth below. An Applicant that chooses to provide a cash deposit, letter of credit or performance bond will not be required to provide financial information to NEPOOL.

Generally, each Applicant must submit a current rating agency report, which report must indicate an investment grade rating by either Standard & Poor's, Moody's, Duff & Phelps, or Fitch for the Applicant to be considered as a candidate for NEPOOL membership without furnishing additional financial assurances as described below.

Current Participants must also provide a current rating agency report by the Second Effective Date, as well as any of the financial statements and information set forth below if and as requested by NEPOOL within ten (10) days of such request. Those Participants that do not satisfy the rating requirement as set forth above must provide instead on the Second Effective Date one form of the financial assurances set forth below. A Participant's failure to meet these requirements may result in termination proceedings by NEPOOL.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Each Applicant must submit, if and as requested by NEPOOL and within ten (10) days of such request, audited financial statements for at least the immediately preceding three years, or the period of its existence, if shorter, including, but not limited to, the following information:

Balance Sheets Income Statements Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Financial Statements

Additionally, the following information for at least the immediately preceding three years, if available, must be submitted if and as requested by NEPOOL and within ten (10) days of such request:

Annual and Quarterly Reports 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K Reports

Where the above financial statements are available on the Internet, the Applicant may provide instead a letter to NEPOOL stating where such statements may be located and retrieved by NEPOOL.

Each Applicant may also be required to provide at least one bank reference and three (3) Utility credit references. In those cases where an Applicant does not have three (3) Utility credit references, three (3) trade payable vendor references may be substituted.

Each Applicant may also be required to include information as to any known or anticipated material lawsuits, as well as any prior bankruptcy declarations by the Applicant, or by its predecessor(s), if any.

In the case of certain Applicants, some of the above financial submittals may not be applicable, and alternate requirements may be specified by NEPOOL.

ONGOING FINANCIAL REVIEW

Each Participant that has not provided a cash deposit, letter of credit, performance bond, or corporate guaranty must submit at least annually its current rating agency report promptly upon its issuance, and 8-K Reports promptly upon their issuance.

In addition, each Participant is responsible for informing NEPOOL in writing within ten (10) business days of any material change in its financial status. A material change in financial status includes, but is not limited to, the following: a downgrade of long or short term debt rating by a major rating agency, being placed on credit watch with negative implication by a major rating agency, a bankruptcy filing, insolvency, a report of a significant quarterly loss or decline of earnings, the resignation of key officer(s), and/or the filing of a material lawsuit that could materially adversely impact current or future financial results. A Participant's failure to provide this information may result in termination proceedings by NEPOOL.

If there is a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Participant, NEPOOL may require the Participant to provide one of the forms of other financial assurances set forth below. If the Participant fails to do so, NEPOOL may initiate termination proceedings in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 21.2(d) of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement.

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSURANCES

Applicants or Participants that do not satisfy the rating requirement or NEPOOL's credit review process must submit instead one of the following additional financial assurances, depending on the type of transactions they anticipate engaging in as Participants.

In general, Participants must provide additional financial assurance in the following amounts, based on their average or expected monthly charges for interchange and transmission service under the Tariff (which would include charges for Regional Network Service or Through or Out Service) and the Restated NEPOOL Agreement (which would include energy and other services received through NEPOOL) and NEPOOL expenses for services, including amounts owed to ISO New England Inc. under its tariff (collectively the "NEPOOL Charges"):

MONTHLY NEPOOL CHARGES         FINANCIAL ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT

    $0 - $15,000                  0 months' NEPOOL Charges

    $15,001 - $30,000             1 month's NEPOOL Charges

    $30,001 - $50,000             2 months' NEPOOL Charges


    $50,001 or more               3 1/2  months' NEPOOL Charges

The three and one-half months is based on the time required for a FERC filing made by NEPOOL to suspend service to be effective.

Therefore, a Participant with $32,000 in monthly NEPOOL Charges that does not satisfy the rating requirement or NEPOOL credit review process must provide additional financial assurances in the amount of $64,000 to NEPOOL.

In the case of new Participants, the additional financial assurance requirement will be based on estimated monthly NEPOOL Charges, which estimate NEPOOL has the right to adjust in light of subsequent experience as to actual monthly NEPOOL Charges.

CASH DEPOSIT

A cash deposit for the full value of the Financial Assurance Requirement based on actual or anticipated NEPOOL Charges, as determined by NEPOOL, provides an acceptable form of financial assurance to NEPOOL.

If it is necessary to use all or a portion of the deposit to pay the Participant's obligation, the deposit must be promptly replenished to the required level; otherwise, termination proceedings may be initiated. In the event that actual NEPOOL Charges exceed those anticipated, the anticipated charges will be increased accordingly and the Participant must augment its cash deposit to reach the required level.

The cash deposit will be invested by NEPOOL in investments as may be designated by the Participant in direct obligations of the United States or its agencies and interest earned will be paid to the Participant. NEPOOL may sell or otherwise liquidate such investments at its discretion to meet the Participant's obligations to NEPOOL.

The requirement to continue the deposit may be reviewed by NEPOOL after one year. Consideration will be given to replacing the cash deposit with a corporate guaranty if certain conditions are met, as discussed below in the Corporate Guaranty section.

LETTER OF CREDIT

An unconditional and irrevocable standby letter of credit for the full value of the Financial Assurance Requirement based on actual or anticipated NEPOOL Charges, as determined by NEPOOL, provides an acceptable form of financial assurance to NEPOOL. The letter of credit will renew automatically unless the issuing bank provides notice to NEPOOL at least ninety (90) days prior to the letter of credit's expiration of the bank's decision not to renew the letter of credit.

If the letter of credit amount falls below the required level because of a drawing, it must be replenished immediately; otherwise, termination proceedings may be initiated by NEPOOL. If actual NEPOOL Charges exceed those anticipated, the Participant must obtain a substitute letter of credit that equals the actual NEPOOL Charges.

The form, substance, and provider of the letter of credit must all be acceptable to NEPOOL. The letter of credit should clearly state the full names of the "Issuer," "Account Party" and "Beneficiary" (NEPOOL), the dollar amount available for drawings, and should include a statement required on the drawing certificate and other terms and conditions that should apply. It should also specify that funds will be disbursed, in accordance with the instructions, within one (1) business day after due presentation of the drawing certificate. The bank issuing the letter of credit must have a minimum corporate debt rating of an "A-" by Standard & Poor's, or "A3" by Moody's, or "A-" by Duff & Phelps, or "A-" by Fitch, or an equivalent short term debt rating by one of these agencies.

Please refer to Attachment 1, which provides an example of a generally acceptable sample "clean" letter of credit. All costs associated with obtaining financial security and meeting the Policy provisions are the responsibility of the Applicant or Participant.

The requirement to continue to provide a letter of credit may be reviewed by NEPOOL after one year. Consideration will be given to replacing the letter of credit with a corporate guaranty if certain conditions are met, as discussed below in the Corporate Guaranty section.

PERFORMANCE BOND

A performance bond complying with the requirements set forth herein provides an acceptable form of financial assurance to NEPOOL. The penal sum of such performance bond shall be in an amount equal to the full value of the Financial Assurance Requirement based on actual or anticipated NEPOOL charges, as determined by NEPOOL, and shall automatically be adjusted to reflect any adjustment in such Financial Assurance Requirement. The bond shall permit suit thereunder until two years after the date that all of the Applicant's or Participant's obligations to NEPOOL expire.

If the amount of penal sum of the performance bond available to NEPOOL falls below the required level because of a payment thereon, it must be increased to the required level immediately; otherwise, termination proceedings may be initiated by NEPOOL. If actual NEPOOL Charges exceed those anticipated, the Participant must either cause the penal sum of such performance bond to be increased accordingly or must obtain a substitute performance bond in the appropriate amount.

The form, substance and provider of the performance bond must be acceptable to NEPOOL. The performance bond should clearly state the full names of the "Principal," the "Surety" and the "Obligee" (NEPOOL) and the penal sum and should include a clear statement that the surety will promptly and faithfully perform the Participant's obligations to NEPOOL if the Participant fails to do so. The insurance company issuing the performance bond must be rated "A" or better by A.M. Best & Co.

Please refer to Attachment 2, which provides an example of a generally acceptable sample performance bond. All costs associated with obtaining financial security and meeting the Policy provisions, including without limitation the cost of the premiums for such performance bond, are the responsibility of the Applicant or Participant.

The requirement to continue to provide a performance bond may be reviewed by NEPOOL after one year. Consideration will given to replacing the performance bond with a corporate guaranty if certain conditions are met, as discussed below in the Corporate Guaranty section.

WEEKLY PAYMENTS

A Participant that does not satisfy the rating requirement may request that, in lieu of providing one of the additional financial assurances set forth above, a weekly billing schedule be implemented for it. NEPOOL may, in its discretion, agree to such a request.

If NEPOOL agrees to implement a weekly billing schedule for a Participant, the Participant shall be billed weekly in arrears on an estimated basis for all amounts owed to NEPOOL and the System Operator for the week, with an adjustment for each month as part of the regular NEPOOL monthly billing to reflect any under or over collection for the month. The Participant shall be obligated to pay each such weekly bill within five business days after it is received.

If a weekly billing schedule is implemented for a Participant in lieu of requiring the Participant to provide an additional financial assurance, the Participant may be required to provide an additional financial assurance at any time if the Participant fails to pay when due any weekly bill.

USE OF TRANSACTION SETOFFS

Under certain conditions, NEPOOL may be obligated to make payments to a Participant. In this event, the amount of the cash deposit, letter of credit or performance bond required for financial assurance for the contemplated transactions may be reduced ("setoff") by an amount equal to NEPOOL's unpaid balance or expected billing under the other transactions. The terms and the amount of the setoff must be approved by NEPOOL.

CORPORATE GUARANTY

An unconditional and irrevocable corporate guaranty obtained from a Participant's affiliated company ("Guarantor") for the full value of the Financial Assurance Requirement based on actual or anticipated NEPOOL Charges, as determined by NEPOOL, may provide an acceptable form of financial assurance to NEPOOL.

If actual NEPOOL Charges exceed those anticipated, the Participant must provide a substitute corporate guaranty that equals the actual NEPOOL Charges.

A Participant for which a letter of credit, performance bond or cash deposit was initially required may have the opportunity to substitute a corporate guaranty if the following conditions are met:

1. NEPOOL determines that the Participant has satisfactorily met its payment obligations in NEPOOL for at least one-year, which one-year period may in whole or in part pre-date the Second Effective Date;

2. NEPOOL determines that the financial condition of the Guarantor meets the requirements of this Policy; and

3. The form and substance of the corporate guaranty are acceptable to NEPOOL.

Upon NEPOOL's written authorization, the Participant may substitute a corporate guaranty that is issued by the Guarantor for a cash deposit, bank letter of credit or performance bond when it has satisfied the conditions stipulated above. The corporate guaranty is considered to be a lesser form of financial assurance than a cash deposit, letter of credit or performance bond, and therefore is allowed as an acceptable form of financial assurance only to those Participants that have satisfied their payment obligations to NEPOOL in a timely manner for at least one year.

The corporate guaranty may only be used if the Participant is affiliated with a Guarantor that has greater financial assets, a strong balance sheet and income statements, and at minimum an investment grade rating by either Standard & Poor's, Moody's, Duff & Phelps, or Fitch.

The corporate guaranty should clearly state the identities of the "Guarantor," "Beneficiary" and "Obligor," and the relationship between the Guarantor and the Participant Obligor. The corporate guaranty must be duly authorized by the Guarantor, must be signed by an officer of the Guarantor, and must be furnished with either an opinion satisfactory to NEPOOL of the Guarantor's counsel with respect to the enforceability of the guaranty or accompanied by a certificate of corporate guarantee that includes a seal of the corporation with signature of the corporate secretary. Additionally, adequate documentation regarding the signature authority of the person signing the corporate guaranty must be provided with the corporate guaranty.

A corporate guaranty must also obligate the Guarantor to submit at least annually a current rating agency report promptly upon its issuance, to submit 8-K Reports promptly upon their issuance, to submit financial reports if and as requested by NEPOOL within ten (10) days of such request, and to inform NEPOOL in writing within ten (10) business days of any material change in its financial status. A material change in financial status includes, but is not limited to, the following: a downgrade of long or short term debt by a major rating agency, being placed on credit watch with negative implication by a major rating agency, a bankruptcy filing, insolvency, a report of a significant quarterly loss or decline of earnings, the resignation of key officer(s), and/or the filing of a material lawsuit that could materially adversely impact current or future financial results. A Guarantor's failure to provide this information may result in proceedings by NEPOOL to terminate the Participant Obligor. If there is a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Guarantor, NEPOOL may require the Participant Obligor to provide another form of financial assurance, either a cash deposit or a letter of credit or a performance bond.

NON-PAYMENT OF AMOUNTS DUE
If a Participant does not pay amounts billed when due and as a result a letter of credit or cash deposit is drawn down or a performance bond is paid on, then the Participant must immediately replenish the letter of credit or cash deposit to the required amount or cause the penal sum of the performance bond to be increased to equal the required amount plus all amounts paid thereunder. If a Participant fails to do so, NEPOOL may initiate termination proceedings against the Participant in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 21.2(d) of the Restated NEPOOL Agreement.

In order to encourage prompt payment by Participants of amounts owed to NEPOOL and the ISO, if a Participant is delinquent two or more times within any period of twelve months in paying on time its NEPOOL Charges, the Participant shall pay, in addition to interest on each late payment, a late payment charge for its second failure to pay on time, and for each subsequent failure to pay on time, within the same twelve-month period, in an amount equal to the greater of (i) two percent (2%) of the total amount of such late payment and (ii) $250.00.

In the case of a former Participant that applies again for membership in NEPOOL, a determination of delinquency shall be based on the Participant's history of payment of its NEPOOL Charges in its last twelve (12) months of membership.

**FOOTNOTES**

1 The System Operator will act as NEPOOL's agent in managing and enforcing this Policy with the exception of termination of membership issues, which are specifically reserved to the NEPOOL Participants and will be addressed by the NEPOOL Executive Committee Membership Subcommittee, subject to appeal to the Management Committee. Accordingly, all financial information required pursuant to this Policy is to be provided to the System Operator, which will keep all such information confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 of NEPOOL Criteria, Rules and Standards No. 45.


ATTACHMENT D

RULE 13
Imposition of Sanctions by the ISO

13.1 Purpose.

(a) This Rule sets forth the procedures and standards under which the

ISO can impose sanctions for certain violations of Participants'

obligations under the NEPOOL Agreement, the Interim Independent System

Operator Agreement dated July 1, 1997 between the Participants and the ISO

(as amended and supplemented, the "ISO Agreement"), the NEPOOL Tariff and

NEPOOL Rules (collectively, "Participant Obligations"). The NEPOOL Rules

embody procedures and standards of conduct that are intended to assure

Short-Term Reliability and the competitiveness and efficiency of the

markets. The ISO's ability to impose sanctions under this rule is intended

to deter noncompliance by Participants with Participant Obligations that

(i) materially impairs or threatens to materially impair Short-Term

Reliability, (ii) materially impairs or threatens to materially impair the

competitiveness or efficiency of the markets, (iii) involves unexcused

failure to follow certain ISO instructions, or (iv) involves unexcused

failure to provide to the ISO in certain circumstances accurate and timely

information required and requested by the ISO.

(b) When in the course of the conduct of system operations or its

normal monitoring of the competitiveness and efficiency of the markets, the

ISO identifies potentially Sanctionable Behavior, the ISO will make inquiry

of the Participant, express the ISO's concerns and allow the Participant to

explain its actions and the circumstances. If, following its inquiry, the

ISO reasonably concludes that the actions constitute Sanctionable Behavior,

it may (but is not required to) impose sanctions pursuant to this Rule.

(c) If the NEPOOL Rules are inadequate to assure Short-Term

Reliability and the efficiency and competitiveness of markets, the ISO is

authorized, with the Regional Market Operations Committee or unilaterally

to the extent permitted under the ISO Agreement, to promulgate new or

changed rules to address the problem. The sanctions set forth in this Rule

are intended to assure compliance by the Participants with NEPOOL Rules

from time to time in effect, and are not a substitute for the appropriate

modification of NEPOOL Rules. Where a NEPOOL Rule is ambiguous, it is

expected that the ISO will seek clarification of the rule, and will not

impose sanctions on behavior that a Participant could reasonably believe

was in compliance with Participant Obligations. Behavior not constituting

a violation by a Participant of its Participant Obligations, and not

otherwise specifically made subject to sanction by another rule, is not

Sanctionable Behavior under this Rule.

(d) It is an objective of the NEPOOL Agreement to provide for

equitable sharing of the responsibilities, benefits and costs resulting

from the establishment of markets and the maintenance of proper standards

of reliability for the NEPOOL Control Area. Each Participant is entitled

to expect performance by other Participants of their Participant

Obligations. Pursuant to the ISO Agreement, and with the approval of the

FERC, the Participants have delegated to the ISO certain authority to

interpret and implement the NEPOOL Rules on behalf of the Participants.

This Rule is intended to create an efficient deterrent to noncompliance by

Participants of their Participant Obligations. The ISO will not impose

sanctions if it believes that the consequences of Sanctionable Behavior in

the markets are a sufficient deterrent.

(e) In order for this Rule to be an effective deterrent, the

application by the ISO of this Rule must be consistent and non-

discriminatory.

(f) This Rule is not intended to sanction any failure by a

Participant to perform any Participant Obligation which occurs

notwithstanding the good faith efforts of the Participants to perform.

Neither this Rule nor the ISO's failure to impose sanctions is intended to

excuse performance by Participants of Participant Obligations.

(g) The remaining provisions of this Rule shall be interpreted and

applied consistently with this Section 13.l.

13.2 Definitions.

13.2.1 Each of the following capitalized terms used in this Rule has

the meaning given to it in Section 1.1 of Market Rule 1 (Market Information):

Automatic Low Limit
Desired Dispatch Point
Dispatchable Load
Generator
High Operating Limit
Installed Capability
Load Available for Interruption NEPOOL Control Area
Operable Capability
Operable Capability Entitlement Operating Reserve
Participant
Redeclaration
Scheduled Dispatch Period Settlement
Settlement Period
TMSR or Ten-Minute Spinning Reserve TMNSR or Ten-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve TMOR or Thirty-Minute Operating Reserve

13.2.2 Each of the following capitalized terms used in this Rule is

defined as set forth below:

(a) ADR and alternate dispute resolution means the dispute resolution process described in Section 13.7 or a substitute process referred to in Section 13.7.7.

(b) ADR Neutral means a person selected and serving pursuant to Subsection 13.7.6.3.

(c) Administrative Sanction has the meaning set forth in paragraph 13.5.1(b).

(d) Affiliate means, with respect to any person or entity, a person or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person or entity.

(e) Bid has the meaning set forth in Market Rule 3 (Bidding Process) or any successor Rule thereto.

(f) Bid Parameter has the meaning set forth in Market Rule 14 (Resource Performance Monitoring) and any successor Rule thereto.

(g) FERC means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

(h) Force Majeure means any act of God, labor disturbance, act of the public enemy, war, insurrection, riot, fire, storm or flood, explosion, breakage or accident to machinery or equipment not due to lack of proper care or maintenance, any order, regulation or restriction imposed by a court or governmental military or lawfully established civilian authorities, or any other cause or condition beyond a party's reasonable control.

(i) Formal Warning has the meaning set forth in paragraph 13.5.l(a).

(j) Formula-Based Sanctions has the meaning set forth in paragraph 13.5.l(c).

(k) Good Utility Practice means any practice, method, or act engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric utility industry during the relevant time period, or any practice, method, or act which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not limited to a single, optimum practice, method or act to the exclusion of others, but rather is intended to include acceptable practices, methods, or acts generally accepted in the region.

(l) ISO Tariff means the ISO New England Inc. FERC Tariff for Transmission Dispatch and Power Administration Service.

(m) NEPOOL Agreement means the Restated New England Power Pool Agreement as restated as of December 1, 1996 among the Participants, as amended from time to time.

(n) Market Rule means any one of the Market Rules & Procedures adopted by NEPOOL to govern the operation of the NEPOOL markets for energy, reserves and capability, as amended from time to time.

(o) NEPOOL Rules and Rules mean all NEPOOL rules, including the Market Rules and the System Rules and Procedures (as defined in the ISO Agreement).

(p) NEPOOL Tariff means the NEPOOL Open Access Transmission Tariff, as amended from time to time.

(q) Participant Obligations has the meaning set forth in paragraph 13.l(a).

(r) Resource has the meaning set forth in Market Rule 14 (Resource Performance Monitoring) or any successor Rule thereto.

(s) Sanctionable Behavior has the meaning set forth in Section 13.4.

(t) Short-Term Reliability means real-time preservation of system security of the NEPOOL Control Area while minimizing involuntary load shedding for the current Scheduled Dispatch Period or at any time during the next two weeks.

(u) System Emergency means any period (i) during which the ISO is taking actions to preserve Short-Term Reliability under NEPEX Operating Procedure No. 4 (Action During a Capacity Deficiency) (actions 9 through 15), or NEPEX Operating Procedure No. 7 (Action in an Emergency), or NEPEX Operating Procedure No. 14 (Action During Extremely Light Load Conditions) or to preserve transmission security under emergency conditions pursuant to CRS 19 (Transmission Operations) or any successor Rules thereto or any new emergency Rule whether the NEPOOL emergency condition is a result of a response to conditions in the NEPOOL Control Area or another control area. When the need to take emergency action is confined to a portion of the NEPOOL Control Area, and there is no system-wide emergency, behavior of a Participant with respect to Resources located in the affected area will be considered as occurring during a System Emergency.

(v) Voting Shares has the meaning set forth in the NEPOOL Agreement.

13.3 Application of Sanctions.

13.3.1 General Rule.

The ISO may impose sanctions on any Participant that directly

engages in Sanctionable Behavior.

13.3.2 Control of Resources.

With respect to a Resource, sanctions may be imposed on the

Participant with operating control of the Resource or Bid authority for the

Resource, as appropriate. A Participant that has Bid authority with

respect to a Resource as to which its non-Participant Affiliate has

operating control will be deemed to have operating control of such Resource

for purposes of this rule. An Entitlement that does not provide a right to

operating control or Bid authority for a Resource shall not serve as a

basis for imposition of sanctions except as set forth in Section 13.3.3.

13.3.3 Special Rule for Contract Rights.

With respect to (i) a Resource that is a contract

Entitlement for a Generator or Type 3 or 4 Dispatchable Load within the

NEPOOL Control Area that is not subject to the operating control of a

Participant or (ii) a Resource that is an External Contract:

(a) The Participant with Bid authority for such a

Resource is entitled to rely in good faith on Bid Parameters and

information as to Resource availability, capability and operating

conditions supplied by the person with operating control of the Resource

unless the Participant knew, or would have known if it had exercised the

degree of diligence required by Good Utility Practice, that such Bid

Parameters or information as to Resource availability, capability and

operating condition were inaccurate.

(b) A Participant that, 30 days or more after this

Rule is submitted to the FERC, enters into a contract or new transaction

under an existing service agreement which is structured in a way that

provides such Participant Bid authority for such a Resource shall include

in such contract or a supplement thereto the language with respect to

contracts of the type entered into set forth in Appendix B to this Rule.

(c) The Participant with Bid authority for such a

Resource shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure operation of such

Resource in accordance with NEPOOL Rules, consistent with its rights under

its contract. The Participant with Bid authority shall be subject to

sanction as if it were the Participant with operating control of such

Resource if (i) the person with operating control is not a Participant and

engages in conduct that would be sanctionable if such person were a

Participant and (ii) the Participant with Bid authority fails to use

reasonable efforts, consistent with its rights under its contract, to

prevent operation that would otherwise be sanctionable.

13.3.4 Transmission Facilities.

To the extent identified in this Rule, a Participant with

operating control of transmission facilities may be subject to sanction

with respect to operation of such facilities.

13.4 Sanctionable Behavior.

An act or omission described in any of Sections 13.4.l.1 through

13.4.1.3, 13.4.2.1 through 13.4.2.3, 13.4.3.1 through 13.4.4.5 and 13.4.5

(any such act or omission being referred to as "Sanctionable Behavior") is

subject to sanction under this Rule pursuant to the process and subject to

the standards, exclusions and evaluative factors set forth in Sections 13.4

through 13.6.

13.4.1 Failure to Perform in Markets.

13.4.1.1 Failure to Provide Energy.

Failure to provide Energy means (i) a shortfall, by

more than the permitted deviation provided for in Appendix 14-A

to Market Rule 14, in attaining within the time intervals

provided in Appendix 14-A to Market Rule 14, in response to

instructions from the ISO, a Generator's High Operating Limit Bid

Parameter, or (ii) a shortfall, as measured in a manner

consistent with Appendix 14-K to Market Rule 14, by more than the

permitted deviation provided for in Appendix 14-K to Market Rule

14, in attaining, in response to instruction from the ISO, a Type

3 or 4 Dispatchable Load's Load Available for Interruption Bid

Parameter that, in either case, is intentional and is not excused

under the provisions of Subsection 13.4.1.4 or 13.4.1.5 or

Section 13.4.6.

13.4.1.2 Failure to Provide Services.

Failure to provide services means a failure, in

response to instructions from the ISO (i) to begin to move a

Resource that is on line and operating at or above its Low

Operating Limit to a new Desired Dispatch Point within the time

limit specified in Appendix 14-I to Market Rule 14, or (ii) to

provide AGC by failing, by more than the permitted deviation

provided for in Appendix 14-C to Market Rule 14, to attain within

the intervals provided for in Appendix 14-C to Market Rule 14, a

Resource's Automatic Low Limit or its Automatic High Limit in

response to AGC signals or by failing to provide AGC Services in

response to AGC signals at the Automatic Response Rate by more

than the permitted deviation and within the intervals provided

for in Appendix 14-D to Market Rule 14 that, in either case, is

intentional and is not excused under the provisions of Subsection

13.4.1.4 or 13.4.1.5 or Section 13.4.6.

13.4.1.3 Failure to Respond to Dispatch Instructions.

Failure to Respond to Dispatch Instructions means a

departure, by more than the permitted deviation provided for in

the applicable Appendix to Rule 14, in meeting, in response to

instructions from the ISO, the operating response Bid Parameter

time for a Resource (i) in starting up a Generator, (ii) in

shutting down a Generator, (iii) in interrupting a Type 3 or 4

Dispatchable Load or (iv) in turning on a Type 3 or 4

Dispatchable Load that, in each case, is intentional and is not

excused under the provisions of Subsection 13.4.1.4 or 13.4.1.5

or Section 13.4.6.

13.4.1.4 Relationship to Rule 14.

(a) Failure to perform in markets may be determined

based on Market Rule 14 audits or on other suitable information

available to the ISO.

(b) Failure to perform in markets is not subject to

sanction if a Participant makes a timely Redeclaration as

permitted under Market Rule 14 and performs in accordance with

such Redeclaration, but if a Participant's Redeclaration

constitutes a misrepresentation of a Resource's ability to

perform, this may be subject to sanction under Section 13.4.2.

13.4.1.5 Other Facility Failures Excluded.

Failure to perform in markets does not include the

effect of any failure or other unavailability of transmission,

distribution or communications facilities so long as such failure

or other unavailability is outside the reasonable control of the

Participant.

13.4.2 Inaccurate Bid or Operating Information.

13.4.2.1 Understatement of High Operating Limit.

(a) Understatement of High Operating Limit means the

submission of a High Operating Limit Bid Parameter, including any

Redeclaration of the High Operating Limit, in circumstances where

the Participant knew or should have known that the Resource could

currently attain a High Operating Limit consistent with Good

Utility Practice that is at least five percent (or 25 MW,

whichever is less) greater than the High Operating Limit Bid

Parameter submitted by the Participant, and which submission is

not excused under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this

Subsection or Subsection 13.4.2.4 or 13.4.2.5 or Section 13.4.6.

(b) The ability of a Resource to perform for short

periods during System Emergencies may vary from the long-run

performance to be expected in accordance with Good Utility

Practice. The demonstration that a Resource is capable of

higher output on a short-term basis during System Emergencies

shall not be evidence of the Resource's long-run performance.

13.4.2.2 Misrepresentation Regarding Operating Conditions.

A misrepresentation regarding operating conditions

means the making by a Participant of any statement to the ISO

regarding inability or restricted ability of its Resource to

perform, or the unavailability or restricted availability of its

transmission facilities, including any statement as to the

existence of a forced outage, Force Majeure or System Emergency

affecting its facilities, in circumstances where the Participant

knew or should have known the statement to be materially

inaccurate and such misrepresentation is not excused under the

provisions of Subsection 13.4.2.4 or 13.4.2.5 or Section 13.4.6.

13.4.2.3 Misrepresentation of Resource Availability.

Misrepresentation with respect to Resource availability

means (i) a failure by a Participant to advise the ISO as soon as

reasonably practical that a Resource or Type 3 or 4 Dispatchable

Load which the Participant has Bid for Operating Reserve could

not respond upon request in accordance with the Bid Parameters

submitted by the Participant for TMSR, TMNSR, or TMOR, in

circumstances where the Participant knew or should have known

such Resource's inability to respond, unless such failure is

excused under the provisions of Subsection 13.4.2.4 or 13.4.2.5

or Section 13.4.6, or (ii) a failure by a Participant to advise

the ISO as soon as reasonably practical that one or more of its

Resources for which the Participant will receive credit or a

payment for an hour is not available, in whole or in part, and

therefore does not meet the criteria for an Operable Capability

Entitlement in circumstances where the Participant knew or should

have known that such Resource or Resources fail to meet Operable

Capability criteria unless such failure to meet Operable

Capability criteria is excused under the provisions of Subsection

13.4.2.4 or 13.4.2.5 or Section 13.4.6.

13.4.2.4 Excuse for Good Faith Description.

(a) Resource performance and availability are subject

to, among other factors, climatic variations and emissions,

license and other limitations. A good faith effort to describe

in a Bid the technical abilities of equipment in expected

operating conditions is not subject to sanction if actual

operating conditions vary. However, a Participant is still

expected to provide an appropriate Redeclaration if operating

conditions vary materially from an applicable Bid.

(b) A Participant shall be deemed to have satisfied its

obligation to deliver accurate information as to operating

conditions or Resource availability if it had made a good faith

effort to supply accurate, responsive information; inadvertent

errors or omissions shall not be Sanctionable Behavior.

13.4.2.5 Certain Economic Decisions Excused.

Participants may make decisions affecting the

availability of a Resource for reasons relating to the economics

of operating that Resource. Such decisions may include, but are

not limited to, sale of gas available to the Participant as fuel

for such Resource, reducing output temporarily to defer

maintenance in response to unanticipated operating difficulties

or refueling, or shutting down a Resource during a period when

the Participant does not reasonably expect the Resource-specific

NEPOOL market revenues to justify operation of the Resource in

that period. For such decisions, the Participant shall not be

subject to sanction under Subsection 13.4.2.1 or 13.4.2.2 so long

as it provides to the ISO timely information that accurately

describes the nature of the Participant's decision and result of

such decision on the performance of such Resource and otherwise

acts in accordance with the applicable provisions of NEPOOL

Operating Procedure 5 (Unit Outages) or any other rule that

provides for the coordination required to minimize the impact of

Resource unavailability on Short-Term Reliability, including

obtaining permission to the extent required by Operating

Procedure 5 or such other rule. It is not the intent of this

Subsection's reference to Operating Procedure 5 or other rules to

require a Participant to provide services from all or a portion

of a Resource where the Resource-specific NEPOOL market revenues

derived from the provision of such service do not justify the

associated operating costs or lost opportunity costs of providing

such service from such Resource. It is also not the intent of

this Subsection to provide a basis for a Participant to

circumvent the Market Power Mitigation Rule or any other NEPOOL

Rule.

13.4.3 Failure to Follow ISO Instructions.

13.4.3.1 Failure to Follow Scheduling Procedures.

Failure to comply with applicable NEPOOL Rules for

scheduling or rescheduling Resource maintenance, including

failure to follow an established schedule without rescheduling,

which failure is intentional on the part of the Participant and

is not excused under the provisions of Section 13.4.6.

13.4.3.2 Failure to Follow Transmission Instructions.

Failure to follow transmission instructions means (i)

failure to follow routine ISO transmission dispatch instructions,

or (ii) failure to follow ISO operating instructions during a

System Emergency with respect to transmission facilities or (iii)

failure to comply with applicable NEPOOL Rules for scheduling or

rescheduling transmission maintenance, including failure to

follow an established schedule without rescheduling, which

failure, in any such case, is intentional on the part of the

Participant and is not excused under the provisions of Section

13.4.6.

13.4.4 Failure to Provide Information.

13.4.4.1 Routine Reports.

Failure to provide timely, accurate routine scheduled

reports, which is not excused by Subsection 13.4.4.6 or Section

13.4.6.

13.4.4.2  Emergencies or System Disturbances.

          Failure to provide timely, accurate information in

response to ISO inquiries about System Emergencies or

disturbances in the NEPOOL Control Area, which is not excused by

Subsection 13.4.4.6(b) or Section 13.4.6.

13.4.4.3 Special Information Requests.

Failure by a Participant to meet an agreed schedule to

provide information that the ISO needs to perform its obligations

under the ISO Agreement, for purposes other than current

operations, that is not contained in routine scheduled reports,

or to work in good faith to establish such a schedule that is

reasonable based on the complexity of the information request and

the urgency of the ISO's need for the information that, in either

case, is not excused by Subsection 13.4.4.6 or Section 13.4.6.

13.4.4.4 Market Settlement Information.

Failure to provide timely or accurate billing or

metering information or similar information used in Settlement,

which is not excused by Subsection 13.4.4.6(b) or Section 13.4.6.

13.4.4.5 Resource Information

Failure to provide, in response to an ISO inquiry,

pertinent information that a Participant knew or should have

known about the ability of its Resource to perform, which failure

is not excused under the provisions of Subsection 13.4.4.6(b) or

Section 13.4.6.

13.4.4.6 Timeliness and Accuracy.

(a) If a Participant, for good cause, requests an

extension of time to deliver information subject to a routine

scheduled report or a special information request, the ISO shall

grant a reasonable extension, and failure to provide information

by the original delivery date shall not be Sanctionable Behavior.

(b) A Participant shall be deemed to have satisfied its

obligation to deliver accurate information if it has made a good

faith effort to supply accurate, responsive information;

inadvertent errors or omissions shall not be Sanctionable

Behavior.

13.4.5 Relationship with and Failure to Comply with Market Mitigation

Rule

(a) Certain Participant conduct may be both Sanctionable

Behavior and among the Participant actions identified by the ISO as a basis

for imposing a mitigation remedy under the Market Power Mitigation Rule.

Provided that the ISO makes the necessary findings and follows the

applicable procedures under this Rule, the ISO may impose sanctions under

this Rule for Sanctionable Behavior without regard to whether the ISO also

imposes or seeks to impose any mitigation remedy on the Participant for the

same conduct under the Market Power Mitigation Rule. In addition, provided

that the ISO makes the necessary findings and follows the applicable

procedures under the Market Power Mitigation Rule, the ISO may impose one

or more mitigation remedies under the Market Power Mitigation Rule without

regard to whether the ISO seeks to impose or imposes sanctions under this

Rule for Sanctionable Behavior that forms the basis for a mitigation

remedy.

(b) To the extent that compliance with a Market Power

Mitigation Rule remedy requires specific actions by a Participant, and such

mitigation remedy is not currently the subject of ADR review under that

Rule and has not been removed as the result of ADR review, the ISO may

sanction a Participant under this Rule for a failure by that Participant to

comply with such mitigation remedy whether or not such failure is

intentional, unless such failure is excused under the provisions of Section

13.4.6.

13.4.6 Certain Behavior Excused.

13.4.6.1 Force Majeure.

No failure by a Participant to perform Participant

Obligations shall be Sanctionable Behavior to the extent and for

the period that the Participant's inability to perform is caused

by an event or condition of Force Majeure affecting the

Participant; provided that the Participant gives notice to the

ISO of the event or condition as promptly as possible after it

knows of the event or condition and makes all reasonable efforts

to cure, mitigate or remedy the effects of the Force Majeure

event or condition.

13.4.6.2 Safety, Licensing or Other Requirements.

No failure by a Participant to perform Participant

Obligations shall be Sanctionable Behavior if the Participant is

acting in good faith to preserve the safety of persons or the

safety or integrity of equipment subject to Dispatch Instructions

or to comply with facility licensing, environmental or other

requirements of law.

13.4.6.3 Emergencies.

No failure by a Participant to perform Participant

Obligations shall be Sanctionable Behavior if the Participant is

acting in good faith and consistent with Good Utility Practice to

preserve system reliability in a System Emergency or other system

disturbance; provided that a Participant shall not override

direct ISO instructions except in cases described in Subsection

13.4.6.2.

13.4.6.4  Conflicting Directives.

          To the extent that any action or omission by a

Participant is specifically required by the NEPOOL Rules or by

ISO instructions, such action or omission shall not be

Sanctionable Behavior.

13.4.6.5 Time Limitation.

No failure by a Participant to perform Participant

Obligations shall be subject to sanction if the Participant's

failure occurred more than six months prior to the ISO providing

written notice to the Participant pursuant to Section 13.6.1 of

the ISO's belief that such failure may constitute Sanctionable

Behavior.

13.4.7 Interpretation.

13.4.7.1 Intent.

Where any subsection of Section 13.4 requires that

behavior be intentional to constitute Sanctionable Behavior, the

ISO may make a finding that behavior is intentional if it finds

(i) direct evidence of intent, (ii) evidence of reckless

endangerment of Short-Term Reliability or (iii) evidence of a

pattern of unexcused behavior or circumstances from which the ISO

may reasonably infer that the behavior was intentional. In

making an inference as to intent pursuant to clause (iii) above,

the ISO shall consider the financial benefits or detriments to

the Participant of its behavior and the adequacy of any

alternative explanation provided by the Participant for its

behavior. Actions taken by a Participant in good faith shall not

be viewed as part of a pattern of unexcused behavior or otherwise

serve as the basis of a finding of intent. The ISO shall also

consider the degree to which the Participant's behavior

materially impaired or threatened to materially impair Short-Term

Reliability or the competitiveness or efficiency of the markets

and shall not infer intent pursuant to clause (iii) above unless

the ISO finds that the Participant's behavior materially impaired

or threatened to materially impair Short-Term Reliability or the

competitiveness or efficiency of the markets. Small variations

from permitted deviations or specified time limits provided in

the applicable Appendices to Rule 14 shall be presumed to be

inadvertent unless there is specific evidence to the contrary.

Behavior that would materially impair Short-Term Reliability or

the competitiveness or efficiency of the markets if it were

engaged in on a widespread basis by other Participants to the

same degree and at the same time as by the Participant engaging

in the behavior, shall be deemed to threaten to materially impair

Short-Term Reliability or the competitiveness or efficiency of

the markets, as the case may be.

13.4.7.2 Knowledge.

Where any subsection of Section 13.4 requires that the

ISO determine that a Participant "knew or should have known"

particular information as an element of a determination that

Sanctionable Behavior has occurred, the ISO may only make a

finding based on evidence that the Participant's operating

personnel, other persons responsible for communicating such

information to the ISO, or management personnel supervising such

persons (i) knew the relevant information, (ii) had the relevant

information readily available to them in normal control room

displays or operating records or (iii) failed to obtain the

relevant information, and such information was readily available

to them from third parties, but only to the extent that failure

to obtain such third-party information constitutes reckless

endangerment of Short-Term Reliability. Failure of a Resource to

attain one or more Bid Parameters on one or more occasions does

not constitute evidence that a Participant knew or should have

known that the Resource could not subsequently attain such Bid

Parameters. The ISO may consider a Participant's efforts (or

lack of efforts) to investigate a Resource's failure to perform,

its efforts to correct any deficiencies and the Participant's

conclusions as to whether they have been corrected. Failure to

obtain information that is readily available as described in

clauses (ii) or (iii) above is excused during the continuance of

the circumstances described in Sections 13.4.6.1 through

13.4.6.3.

13.5 Sanctions.

13.5.1 Amount and Nature.

Appendix A to this Rule sets forth the maximum applicable

sanctions with respect to each category of Sanctionable Behavior set forth

in Section 13.4 subject to potential increase under Section 13.5.3 in

certain circumstances. In most cases the ISO may impose three categories

of sanctions:

(a) FORMAL WARNING. A Formal Warning consists of written

notification from the ISO to a Participant stating that Sanctionable

Behavior has occurred and directing the Participant not to engage in

further Sanctionable Behavior.

(b) ADMINISTRATIVE SANCTIONS. Administrative Sanctions consist

of fixed, per-event monetary charges set forth in Appendix A imposed on

Sanctionable Behavior.

(c) FORMULA-BASED SANCTIONS. Formula-Based Sanctions are

monetary charges determined by a formula set forth in Appendix A imposed on

Sanctionable Behavior.

In imposing an Administrative Sanction or a Formula-Based

Sanction, the ISO may impose the sanction in a lesser amount than that

specified in Appendix A if it determines that the lesser amount will have a

sufficient deterrent effect.

13.5.2 Cumulative Effect.

(a) Sanctions imposed under this Rule are in addition to (i) any

consequences for Settlement set forth in Rule 14 and (ii) any mitigation

remedies available to the ISO under the Market Power Mitigation Rule.

(b) The ISO may impose both an Administrative Sanction and a

Formula-Based Sanction with respect to the same Sanctionable Behavior if it

believes both sanctions are necessary for appropriate deterrence.

(c) If a single event is sanctionable under two different

sections or subsections of this Rule, the ISO may only impose a sanction

under one of such sections or subsections; provided that if an event is

sanctionable under one or more sections or subsections and is also

sanctionable under Section 13.4.5, the ISO may impose Administrative

Sanctions under Section 13.4.5 and a sanction under one other section or

subsection. For purposes of this Rule an "event" means the facts and

circumstances constituting a single occurrence of behavior, or multiple

occurrences of the same sanctionable behavior within a day, sanctionable

under this rule. While the ISO may review a pattern of behavior, for

example, to make a finding of intent under Subsection 13.4.7.1, the pattern

of behavior may consist of multiple events, each one of which is subject to

sanction once a finding of intent is made. With respect to operating

behavior, an event relates to a single operating action. For example, if

the ISO gives an instruction to ramp up a Resource and the Participant

fails to ramp up, that failure is a single event even if it continues over

several hours and despite repeated instructions. However, providing

inaccurate information about the Resource to the ISO in response to

questions about the failure to ramp up is a separate event as is failure of

the same Resource to ramp down later in the day. Failure to provide

information relates to a particular report or a particular request for

information, and separate inaccuracies in the same report or in response to

the same information request are not separate events.

13.5.3 Increased Sanctions.

The ISO may increase Administrative Sanctions and Formula-

Based Sanctions to an amount up to triple the base amount of the sanction

in the following circumstances:

(a) If Sanctionable Behavior occurs during a System Emergency; or

(b) If the ISO determines that the Sanctionable Behavior is part

of a continuing pattern of Sanctionable Behavior for which one or more

monetary sanctions have previously been imposed upon the Participant; or

(c) If the Sanctionable Behavior is a failure by a Participant

to comply with any market mitigation remedy the ISO has imposed on such

Participant pursuant to the Market Power Mitigation Rule that is not

currently the subject of ADR review under that Rule and has not been

removed as the result of such ADR review.

13.5.4 Costs.

In addition to applicable sanctions, if a monetary sanction

is imposed, the ISO may charge to the sanctioned Participant the reasonable

costs of the ISO's investigation of the Sanctionable Behavior. Such costs

will be payable after the deadline for requesting ADR has passed and any

requested ADR proceedings are complete and the ADR decision in any such

proceeding sustains the imposition of a monetary sanction.

13.5.5 Disclosure.

Except as provided in this Section 13.5.5, the ISO will not

disclose the imposition of particular sanctions on a particular

Participant, but will make periodic reports of sanctions imposed and the

Sanctionable Behavior upon which such sanctions were imposed that do not

identify Participants by name or provide a basis for identifying such

Participants. However, the ISO may make disclosure of monetary sanctions

imposed on a particular Participant if in the ISO's judgment such

disclosure is warranted by the nature of the Sanctionable Behavior and

monetary sanctions previously imposed on the Participant have been

unsuccessful in deterring repeated Sanctionable Behavior. The ISO shall

notify the Participant before making disclosure, and the Participant shall

be entitled to obtain ADR review of the proposed disclosure. No disclosure

of a monetary sanction will be made until after the deadlines for

requesting ADR with respect to the sanction and proposed disclosure have

passed and any requested ADR proceedings are complete and the ADR decision

sustains the ISO's actions.

13.6 Process for Imposing Sanctions.

13.6.1 Observation and Communication.

If, in the conduct of system operations or Settlement, in

auditing Resource performance under Rule 14, in making inquiry of

Participants about operating problems, in monitoring the competitiveness

and efficiency of the markets, or otherwise in the receipt of information

relevant to the performance of its duties, the ISO discovers behavior that

it believes may constitute Sanctionable Behavior, the ISO shall:

(a) make a record of the information leading to ISO's belief

that Sanctionable Behavior may have occurred; and

(b) contact the Participant whose behavior is in question,

inform the Participant of the information leading to the ISO's belief that

Sanctionable Behavior may have occurred, and provide the Participant the

opportunity to discuss the behavior observed or documented by the ISO and

to offer additional facts or explanation of circumstances (i) that tend to

show that no Sanctionable Behavior occurred or (ii) that should be weighed

in determining whether to impose a sanction and, if so, what level of

sanction to impose.

The ISO may make use of information provided by third parties in

forming the basis for an inquiry to a Participant about possible

Sanctionable Behavior, and is not required to reveal the identity or

existence of such third parties. However, unsubstantiated statements by

third parties may not serve as the basis for the imposition of sanctions.

13.6.2 Consideration by ISO.

13.6.2.1 Occurrence of Sanctionable Behavior.

Based upon information in its possession and

information provided by the Participant, the ISO shall first

determine if Sanctionable Behavior has occurred. To conclude

that Sanctionable Behavior has occurred under any specific

subsection of Section 13.4, the ISO must make (i) a written

finding with respect to each element of such Sanctionable

Behavior, as set forth in the relevant subsection, including the

basis of any finding as to intent or state of knowledge under

Section 13.4.7, (ii) a written finding with respect to the

duration of the Sanctionable Behavior and (iii) a written finding

that the Sanctionable Behavior is not excused by any specific

provision of Section 13.4;

13.6.2.2 Level of Sanction.

(a) If the ISO determines that Sanctionable Behavior

has occurred, the ISO may impose a sanction under Section 13.5.

In determining which sanction or sanctions to apply, the ISO

shall consider:

o The nature of the Sanctionable Behavior and the degree of

impact on Short-Term Reliability or the competitiveness and

efficiency of markets;

o The Participant's past history of Sanctionable Behavior

and the nature of sanctions previously imposed; and

o The promptness and effectiveness of the Participant's

response in correcting the Sanctionable Behavior.

(b) Ordinarily, the ISO will issue a Formal Warning

before imposing a monetary sanction for similar behavior.

However, in cases of Sanctionable Behavior that materially

impairs Short-Term Reliability or the competitiveness or

efficiency of markets, or reflects the sanctioned Participant's

unexcused failure to obey ISO instructions, the ISO may directly

impose a monetary sanction. The ISO has no obligation to

consider a Formal Warning with respect to sanctions imposed under

Section 13.4.5. The ISO will select the level of sanction based

on its determination of the need for effective deterrence and

consistency with sanctions imposed in similar circumstances.

(c) The ISO shall make (i) a written finding with

respect to the level of sanction imposed and the factors

considered by it pursuant to Subsection 13.6.2.2(a), (ii) a

written finding with respect to the basis of any increased

sanction pursuant to Section 13.5.3, (iii) a calculation of the

amount of any monetary sanction, and (iv), if disclosure of a

sanction is proposed, a written finding as to why disclosure of

the sanction is appropriate.

13.6.3 Notice and Payments.

The ISO shall give written notice to the Participant of the

imposition of any sanction, together with its written findings as required

under Section 13.6.1 and 13.6.2. The ISO's invoice for the amount of a

sanction will be sent to the sanctioned Participant with the notice of the

sanction. Payments of sanctions received shall be reflected as a credit to

Schedule 3 charges under the ISO Tariff (allocated on a Voting Share basis)

for Participants other than the sanctioned Participant. The Participant

shall pay the amount of the sanction to the ISO or post a bond for the

amount of the sanction if the Participant is seeking review of such

sanction under the ADR process of Section 13.7 within 30 days of the date

of the ISO's invoice.

13.6.4 No Limitations on Other Rights of the ISO.

Nothing contained in this Rule shall limit the ability of

the ISO to collect information from Participants or to institute new rules

pursuant to Section 6.17 of the ISO Agreement.

13.7 ADR Review of Sanctions.

13.7.1 Actions That Can Be Reviewed.

(a) A Participant may obtain prompt ADR review of any

sanction (other than a formal warning) imposed by the ISO on that

Participant and any proposed disclosure of a sanction. Actions subject to

review are:

o Imposition of a sanction;

o Level of sanction imposed;

o Increase of a sanction under Section 13.5.3;

o Basis of calculation of a Formula-Based Sanction; and

o Proposed disclosure of a sanction.

The Participant must make a written request for ADR review

within 30 days of the delivery of the ISO's notice of imposition of the

sanction and a bill for the amount of the sanction, or the delivery of the

ISO's notice of proposed disclosure of a sanction, if the Participant

proposes to seek ADR review.

(b) A Participant may not obtain ADR review of the issuance of a

Formal Warning. It may, however, deliver to the ISO within 30 days of the

issuance of the Formal Warning a written statement of its reasons for

disputing the imposition of the Formal Warning. The ISO shall retain any

such written statement with its record of the imposition of the Formal

Warning. If the ISO relies on its prior imposition of the Formal Warning

as a basis for imposing a more severe sanction for subsequent Sanctionable

Behavior, the written statement shall also be made part of the record in

any ADR proceeding relating to the subsequent Sanctionable Behavior. The

ISO may, but is not obligated to, reconsider its decision to issue the

Formal Warning upon receipt of the written statement. If the ISO

determines to withdraw the Formal Warning, it shall so notify the

Participant in writing, and the Formal Warning shall not be referred to in

any subsequent proceeding or report or made the basis for any subsequent

action.

(c) A Participant may seek ADR review of the actions described

in Section 13.7.1(a), and any request for ADR review will be deemed to be

properly and timely made, if the Participant (i) timely pays the full

amount of the sanction imposed or (ii) timely posts a bond with the ISO

assuring payment in full of the sanction. Unless such timely payment or

posting of a bond occurs, the Participant may not obtain ADR review of the

imposition of a monetary sanction. If the Participant makes payment in

full of the sanction amount, it may, by notice accompanying its payment,

state that it is paying subject to the outcome of the ADR review. The ISO

will hold in escrow and invest any payment accompanied by such a notice

pending the outcome of the ADR process, and will refund any amount by which

the sanction is reduced or refund the entire amount if the sanction is

removed, in either case, together with interest at the rate specified in

the NEPOOL Tariff, within 30 days of the decision rendered by the ADR

Neutral.

     13.7.2    Factual Basis for ADR Review; Preliminary Meeting.

               (a)  In connection with its request for ADR review, the

Participant shall deliver to the ISO any information that it believes is

pertinent to the ISO's decision that it wishes to submit to the ADR

Neutral. The ISO will deliver to the Participant within ten business days

thereafter a listing of all information on which it relied in making its

decision and any other information that it intends to provide to the ADR

Neutral, together with copies of any of such information not previously

supplied to the Participant. The ISO shall provide, together with its

listing of information, a notice setting a date not sooner than five

working days after the date of the notice, for a meeting between the

Participant and the ISO to discuss their differences. The Participant may

supply prior to the date of the meeting additional information in response

to any new information delivered by the ISO. If the parties are unable to

resolve their differences at the meeting, an ADR Neutral shall be selected

as provided in Section 13.7.6.3 and the written information from both

parties shall be forwarded to the ADR Neutral.

(b) The written record for the ADR review will consist of (i)

all information provided by the Participant to the ISO up to the date of

the meeting held pursuant to paragraph (a) above and identified by the

Participant as relevant to the action of the ISO under review, and (ii) all

information furnished by the ISO to the Participant that supports its prior

written determination, and (iii) position statements by the Participant and

the ISO. The Participant's statement of position shall include a brief

written statement of its disagreement with the determination of the ISO and

the specific relief that it requests. The ISO's statement of position may

supplement its written notice given pursuant to Section 13.6.3 and may

specify any change in its position from that notice. Each party shall

provide the other with copies of all material submitted by it to the ADR

Neutral.

     13.7.3    Nature of Review.

               On the basis of the written record and the presentations of

the ISO and the Participant, the ADR Neutral shall review the facts and

circumstances which relate to the ISO decision and the sanction imposed by

the ISO including any proposed disclosure. The ADR Neutral shall remove or

reduce the ISO's sanction or prohibit the disclosure if it concludes that

the ISO could not reasonably make its findings with respect to the

occurrence of Sanctionable Behavior pursuant to Section 13.6.2.1 or the

level of the sanction and the appropriateness of a proposed disclosure

pursuant to Section 13.6.2.2 in light of the entire factual record

presented to the ADR Neutral and applicable law. The ADR Neutral shall

separately consider the ISO's findings as to (i) the occurrence and

duration of the Sanctionable Behavior, (ii) the level of the sanction

imposed, (iii) the basis for an increased sanction imposed pursuant to

Section 13.5.3, (iv) the basis of calculation of any monetary sanction and

(v) the appropriateness of disclosure.

13.7.4 Parties to ADR Review.

The ADR review is confidential. The only parties to an ADR

review are the ISO and the Participant or Participants upon whom the

disputed sanction is imposed. The ADR review and any record are not open

to nonparties.

13.7.5 Remedies and Standard of Review.

(a) The ADR Neutral shall either affirm, reduce or remove a

sanction and affirm or prohibit disclosure of a sanction. The ADR Neutral

shall remove the ISO's sanction or prohibit the disclosure if it concludes

that the ISO could not reasonably make its findings with respect to the

occurrence of the Sanctionable Behavior pursuant to Section 13.6.2.1(i) or

(ii) or the appropriateness of a proposed disclosure pursuant to Section

13.5.5 in light of the entire factual record presented to the ADR Neutral

and applicable law. The ADR Neutral shall reduce a sanction if it

concludes that the ISO could not reasonably make its findings in light of

the entire factual record presented to the ADR Neutral and applicable law

with respect to (i) the duration of the Sanctionable Behavior pursuant to

Section 13.6.2.1(ii), or (ii) the level of the sanction imposed pursuant to

Section 13.6.2.2, or (iii) the basis of any increased sanction pursuant to

Section 13.5.3, or (iv) the calculation of a monetary sanction. The ADR

Neutral may not compromise or reduce a sanction without a specific

determination respecting one of the four factors above, and any reduction

in the sanction shall specifically identify each finding that could not

reasonably be made in light of the entire factual record presented to the

ADR Neutral and applicable law. In reaching its decision, the ADR Neutral

shall be entitled to consider the level of sanctions imposed in similar

circumstances as set forth in the ISO's periodic reports.

(b) The decision of the ADR Neutral shall be included as a part

of any file or record the ISO maintains concerning the imposition of a

sanction or the disclosure of a sanction for so long as the ISO maintains

such file or record.

13.7.6 Procedure.

13.7.6.1 Object.

It is the intent of the ADR process that disputes be

resolved as expeditiously as possible.

13.7.6.2 Confidentiality.

All information disclosed in the course of ADR review

shall be subject to confidentiality protections that satisfy the

requirements of the NEPOOL Information Policy.

13.7.6.3 Selection and Compensation of Neutrals.

(a) NEPOOL and the ISO shall identify not fewer than

three persons who they mutually agree would be appropriate to

serve as ADR Neutral under this Rule and shall obtain the advance

consent of such persons to serve as ADR Neutrals for the ADR

procedure described in this Section. An appropriate retainer may

be paid to such persons in return for their agreement to serve,

which retainer shall be made a part of the ISO's budget. The ISO

and NEPOOL may from time to time mutually select additional

persons to fill vacancies or expand the roster of ADR Neutrals as

needed. Each ADR Neutral shall enter into a confidentiality

agreement with NEPOOL and the ISO.

(b) When an ADR Neutral is to be selected from the

roster pursuant to Section 13.7.2(a), such selection shall be

made within five business days using the following procedure:

o Except as otherwise provided for in Section 13.7.6.7

below, ADR processes shall be assigned to the ADR Neutral

whose most recent ADR process handled under this Section

13.7 was longest ago.

o If the schedule of such member of the roster does not

permit meeting the required schedule for the ADR process,

that ADR process shall be assigned to the member whose most

recent ADR process was next longest ago and so forth.

o If two or more members of the roster have not handled at

least one ADR process or handled ADR processes as to which

hearings were held on the same day, the ADR process shall be

assigned among such members by lot.

The ADR Neutral shall have no financial interest in the

proceeding and no affiliation with any party that would tend to

create a conflict of interest.

13.7.6.4 Hearing.

(a) The ADR Neutral who is assigned to an ADR process

shall receive the complete written record at the time of

assignment. The ADR Neutral, in consultation with the parties,

shall schedule a hearing to be held not later than ten business

days after the ADR Neutral is selected. The schedule may be

altered either by consent of all parties or, if it is clearly not

possible to provide a fair review within the schedule given the

complexity of the record, at the direction of the ADR Neutral.

(b) After reviewing the written record, the ADR Neutral

may pose questions in writing or in a conference call with

representatives of both parties that he or she would like to have

addressed at the hearing. All parties shall be copied on any

written communications between the ADR Neutral and any other

party. There shall be no oral communications between the ADR

Neutral and any party unless all parties have been given notice

and an opportunity to participate, other than as necessary for

administrative purposes.

(c) At the hearing, each party will have up to four

hours to present its views regarding the written record and

applicable law. A party may, subject to such limitations as the

ADR Neutral may impose, pose questions to the other party;

provided that the time spent in responding to questions shall be

counted against the time limit of the party asking the question.

A party may reserve time for rebuttal. There will be no

witnesses or cross examination, but a party may choose to have

experts or counsel make all or a portion of its presentation.

The ADR Neutral is free to question any presenter.

(d) The hearing shall be held in Springfield,

Massachusetts, or such other location as the parties and the ADR

Neutral may agree.

13.7.6.5 Decision.

The ADR Neutral shall render a reasoned decision in

writing, stating whether the sanction is affirmed, reduced or

removed or the proposed disclosure may be made and setting forth

a statement of reasons for the decision, within five business

days of the hearing. Any party may request a meeting with the

ADR Neutral to discuss the ADR Neutral's decision.

13.7.6.6 Costs.

The costs of the ADR process (including any fees for

the participation of the ADR Neutral in the specific proceeding

but not including any retainer for the ADR Neutral) shall be

assessed to the Participant if the sanction is affirmed, to the

ISO if the sanction is removed, and apportioned by the ADR

Neutral among the parties if the sanction is reduced. Costs

assessed to the ISO shall be automatically included in the ISO's

budget.

13.7.6.7  Related ADR Review.

          ADR reviews involving the same Resource or Resources or

Participant or Participants may be determined by the same ADR

Neutral and may, in appropriate cases, with the consent of all

parties, be consolidated subject to appropriate confidentiality

requirements.

13.7.6.8 Effect of ADR Process, Other Proceedings.

The decision of the ADR Neutral is binding on the ISO

and the Participant except as specifically provided in this

Section 13.7.6.8. The ISO may appeal the removal or reduction of

a sanction to the FERC. A Participant may appeal the imposition

of a sanction to the FERC whether or not it has requested an ADR

process. Except for this ADR process, a Participant may not seek

removal or reduction of the sanction in any forum other than the

FERC. The ISO may not contest the removal or reduction of a

sanction in any forum other than the FERC.

13.7.7 Superseding Agreement.

The provisions of Section 13.7 of this Rule shall cease to

be in effect at such time as the ISO and the Participants have in effect an

amendment to the ISO Agreement, or an agreement which replaces the ISO

Agreement, which includes ADR provisions and provides that those provisions

are to supersede Section 13.7.


APPENDIX A
SANCTIONABLE EVENTS

                     Sanctionable Event                                   Administrative           Formula-Based Sanction*
                                                                             Sanction
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I.   Failure to Perform in Markets as Defined in Section 13.4.1:


     A.   Failure to Provide Energy as defined in Subsection 13.4.1.1:
            Attain High Operating Limit                                   $1000/Event              MW Dev. * 1/2 ECP * Hrs.
            Attain Loan Available for Interruption                        $1000/Event              MW Dev. * 1/2 ECP * Hrs.

     B.   Failure to Provide Services as defined in Subsection 13.4.1.2:
            Failure to Move to Desired Dispatch Point                     $1000/Event              MW Dev. * 1/2 ECP * Hrs.
            Activate Operating Reserve                                    $1500/Event              MW Dev. * TMNSR CP * Hrs.
            AGC:                                                          $500/Event

               - Automatic High Limit                                                              MW Dev. * 1/2 ECP * Hrs.
               - Automatic Low Limit                                                               -----
               - Automatic Response Rate                                                           Reg. Dev. * AGC CP * Hrs.

     C.   Failure to Respond to Dispatch Instructions as defined in
          Subsection 13.4.1.3:
            Start-up Generator                                            $500/Event               MW Dev. * TMNSR CP * Hrs.
            Shut-down Generator                                           $500/Event               -----
            Interrupt Dispatchable Load                                   $500/Event               MW Dev. * TMNSR CP * Hrs.
            Turn-On Dispatchable Load                                     $500/Event               MW Dev. * TMNSR CP * Hrs.


APPENDIX A
SANCTIONABLE EVENTS

                     Sanctionable Event                                   Administrative           Formula-Based Sanction*
                                                                             Sanction
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

II.  Inaccurate Bid or Operating Information as Defined in
     Section 13.4.2:

     A.   Understatement of High Operating Limit as defined in
          Subsection 13.4.2.1:
            On Bid                                                        $1000/Event              MW Dev. * 1/2 ECP * Hrs.
            On Redeclaration                                              $2000/Event              MW Dev. * 1/2 ECP * Hrs.

     B.   Misrepresentation of Operating Conditions as defined in
          Subsection 13.4.2.2:                                            $5000/Event              MW Dev. * 1/2 ECP * Hrs.

     C.   Misrepresentation of Resource Availability as defined in
          Subsection 13.4.2.3:                                            $1000/Event              MW Dev. * 1/2 CP * Hrs.

III. Failure to Follow ISO Instructions as Defined in Section 13.4.3:

     A.   Failure to Follow Scheduling Procedures as defined in
          Subsection 13.4.3.1:
            Maintenance Scheduling Procedures                             $1000/Event              -----

     B.   Failure to Follow Transmission Instructions as defined in
          Subsection 13.4.3.2:
            Routine Dispatch                                              $1000/Event              -----
            During System Emergency                                       $5000/Event              -----
            Maintenance Scheduling Procedures                             $1000/Event              -----


APPENDIX A
SANCTIONABLE EVENTS

                     Sanctionable Event                                   Administrative           Formula-Based Sanction*
                                                                             Sanction
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IV.  Failure to Provide Information as Defined in Section 13.4.4:                                  N/A

     A.   Routine, Scheduled Reports as defined in Subsection 13.4.4.1:
            Late                                                            $500/Event
            Inaccurate                                                      $1000/Event

     B.   Emergencies or System Disturbances as defined in Subsection
          13.4.4.2:                                                         $2000/Event

     C.   Special Information Requests as defined in Subsection 13.4.4.3:   $1000/Event

     D.   Market Settlement Information as defined in Subsection 13.4.4.4:
            Late                                                            $2000/day
            Inaccurate                                                      $2000/Event

     E.   Resource Information as defined in Section 13.4.4.5               $1500/Event

V.   Disregard of Mitigation Remedies as Defined in Section 13.4.5          $1500/day


* As used in this Appendix A, capitalized terms that are defined in Section 1.1 of Rule 1 (Market Information) are used as defined therein. The following capitalized terms or abbreviations used in this Appendix are defined as set forth below:

MW DEV. - (i) for purposes of Section 13.4.1, the difference in megawatts between the value fixed by the Participant's Bid for the applicable Resource and the comparable value actually achieved by the Resource in response to ISO instructions; (ii) for the purposes of Subsection 13.4.2.1, the difference in megawatts between the value fixed by a Participant's Bid for the High Operating Limit of a Resource and the actual High Operating Limit; (iii) for purposes of Subsection 13.4.2.3, clause (i), the difference in megawatts between the Bid Parameter fixed by a Participant's Bid for TMSR, TMNSR or TMOR for a Resource and the actual amount of TMSR, TMNSR or TMOR which the Resource can provide; and (iv) for purposes of Subsection 13.4.2.3, clause (ii), the number of megawatts of Operable Capability claimed for an Operable Capability Entitlement which cannot meet the criteria for an Operable Capability Entitlement.

REG. DEV. - the difference in Reg (a quantity used to represent a Generator's regulating capability) between the value fixed by the Participant's Bid for the applicable Resource to provide Automatic Generation Control (AGC) and the comparable value actually achieved by the Resource.

ECP - the Energy Clearing Price during the hour in which the Sanctionable Behavior occurs.

CP - the Clearing Price for the applicable market, other than Energy, during the hour in which the Sanctionable Behavior occurs.

TMNSR CP - the Clearing Price for 10-Minute Non-Spinning Reserve during the hour in which Sanctionable Behavior occurs.

AGC CP - the Clearing Price for AGC during the hour in which the Sanctionable Behavior occurs.

HRS. - the number of hours (or fraction thereof) during which Sanctionable Behavior occurs over a period not earlier than six months prior to the date the ISO provides written notice to the Participant pursuant to Section 6.1(b).

EVENT - has the meaning specified in Subsection 5.2(c).


APPENDIX B

Participants shall include language substantially as follows in contracts

for services from entities who are not NEPOOL participants:

"Article X. Compliance with NEPOOL Market Rules

Seller agrees that it is familiar with the applicable NEPOOL Market Rules

relating to the bidding of its resources into the NEPOOL markets. Seller

further agrees to comply in all respects with these Rules, and to exercise

the degree of diligence required by Good Utility Practice to assure that

Bid Parameters or information provided to Buyer as to Resource

availability, capability and operating conditions are accurate. Seller

acknowledges that market settlement consequences and sanctions may be

imposed on Buyer by ISO New England for Seller's failure to meet Bid

Parameters or to respond to operating instructions in accordance with

Section 14 of the market Rules and for Seller's actions that would

constitute Sanctionable Behavior, as defined in Section 13 of the Market

Rules, respectively. Seller agrees to comply with NEPOOL dispatch

instructions and to provide such information as ISO New England reasonably

requests in order for ISO New England to maintain Short Term Reliability

and determine whether Seller's resource is in compliance with its bid

parameters or whether a Sanctionable Behavior has occurred.


ATTACHMENT E

Policy Statement

POLICY STATEMENT FOR THE FINANCIAL ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS AND ADMINISTRATION THEREOF FOR NEPOOL OPEN ACCESS TARIFF:

Section 11 of the above Tariff provides that each Transmission Customer which is not a signatory of the NEPOOL Agreement ("NON-PARTICIPANT") may be subject to a reasonable credit review by NEPOOL to assure that it has the financial ability to pay for services provided under the Tariff. In addition, Section 31.3 of the Tariff sets forth SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR DEPOSITS FOR FIRM POINT-TO-POINT TRANSMISSION SERVICE to be provided at the time of application regardless of an entity's demonstration to NEPOOL of its financial ability to pay for services under the Tariff.

The purpose of this policy is (i) to establish for NEPOOL commercially reasonable credit review procedures to assess the financial ability of a Non-Participant to pay for services under the Tariff (ii) to set forth requirements for alternative forms of security that will be deemed acceptable to NEPOOL and consistent with commercial practices established by the Uniform Commercial Code that protects the Participants against the risk of non-payment by Non-Participants, and (iii) to set forth the conditions under which NEPOOL will conduct business so as to avoid the possibility of failure of payment for services rendered under the Tariff.

The following procedures and requirements will apply to all Non- Participants. Generally, any such Non-Participant whose long-term debt is not rated at least "A-" or its equivalent by Standard & Poor's (or, if such debt is not rated by Standard & Poor's, by another nationally recognized credit rating agency acceptable to NEPOOL), will be required to provide additional financial assurances, which additional financial assurances may be in the form of prepayments, cash deposits, letters of credit and corporate guaranties, as described in detail below. The requirement to continue the prepayment, cash deposit or letter or credit may be reviewed by NEPOOL after one year of providing service to such Non-Participant.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Each Non-Participant applicant for service under the Tariff should submit proof of financial viability to NEPOOL's satisfaction with its application to demonstrate the applicant's ability to meet its obligations.

Applicants for Tariffs or their parent company (if applicable) should submit audited financial statements for at least the immediately preceding three years including, but not limited to, the following information:

Balance Sheets
Income Statements
Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Financial Statements

Additionally, the following information for at least the immediately preceding three years, if available, should be included in the application:

Annual and Quarterly Reports 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K Reports

Non-Participants should also include at least one back reference and three
(3) Utility credit references. In those cases where a Non-Participant does not have three (3) Utility credit references, up to three (3) trade payable vendor references may be substituted.

Non-Participants must also include any information as to any known or anticipated material lawsuits, as well as any prior bankruptcy declarations by the Non-Participant, or by its predecessor(s), if any.

In the case of certain municipals, public power entities or privately owned companies, some of the above financial submittals may not be applicable.

CHANGE OF FINANCIAL STATUS
Each Non-Participant receiving service under the Tariff is responsible for informing NEPOOL in writing, within ten (10) business days, of any material change in its financial status during the period that the Tariff is in effect. A material change in financial status includes, but it not limited to the following: a downgrade of long or short term debt by a major rating agency, a bankruptcy filing, insolvency, a report of a significant quarterly loss or decline of earnings, the resignation of key officer(s), and/or the filing of a material lawsuit that could materially impact current or future financial results. NEPOOL will use this information to evaluate whether a change to the financial assurance requirements is necessary.

PREPAYMENT
For the Tariff listed above, prepayment of anticipated Tariff charges provides an acceptable form of financial assurance to NEPOOL. The prepayment must be wire transferred to the account of NEPOOL prior to the start of the transaction. No interest will be credited by NEPOOL on the prepayment and any overpayment in excess of the actual billed amount will be returned. In the absence of a prepayment, service under the Tariff will be suspended unless another acceptable form of financial assurance is provided, as described below.

CASH DEPOSIT
For the Tariff listed above, a cash deposit provides an acceptable form of financial assurance to NEPOOL. If the transaction is for three (3) months or less, the amount of the deposit should equal the contemplated charges for the transaction. If the transaction is for greater than three (3) months, the amount of the deposit must equal at least three and one-half consecutive months of contemplated charges. The three and one-half months is based on the time lag between when service is initially provided and when NEPOOL can prepare the required FERC filing to suspend service. If the deposit amount falls below the required level, it must be replenished; otherwise, service under the Tariff will be suspended. For a long-term contract (greater than one year), the minimum length of time that the deposit will be required is one year plus three and one-half months following the effective date of the Tariff agreement. The requirement to continue the deposit may be reviewed by NEPOOL after one year of providing service. Consideration will be given to replacing the cash deposit with a corporate guaranty if certain conditions are met, as discussed below in the Corporate Guaranty section.

LETTER OF CREDIT
An unconditional and irrevocable standby letter of credit may be provided in lieu of a prepayment or cash deposit for receipt of service under the Tariff, but is subject to the same conditions as stated above in the paragraph addressing cash deposits. A single letter of credit may be established to provide financial assurance for a customer under multiple tariffs that are in effect.

Depending on the conditions of the transaction, the duration of the letter of credit may vary. For transactions of relatively short duration (i.e., 3 months or less), a separate renewable letter of credit may be prepared for each transaction. For transactions of longer duration, the letter of credit must equal at least three and one-half consecutive months of anticipated charges for the transaction (for the same reasons stated above under "Cash Deposit"). In either case, the letter of credit will expire only when full payment has been received by NEPOOL and NEPOOL has provided a written release to the financial institution that issued the letter of credit. Consideration will be given to replacing the letter of credit with a corporate guaranty if certain conditions are met, as discussed below in the Corporate Guaranty section.

The form, substance, and provider of the letter of credit must all be acceptable to NEPOOL. The letter of credit should clearly state the full names of the "Issuer," "Account Party" and "Beneficiary" (NEPOOL), the dollar amount available for drawings, and should include a statement required on the drawing certificate and other terms and conditions that should apply. It should also specify that funds will be disbursed, in accordance with the instructions, within one (1) business day after due presentation of the drawing certificate. The financial institution issuing the letter of credit must have a minimum of an "A-" by Standard and Poor's or equivalent long-term debt rating by either Moody's or one other nationally recognized rating agency. Additionally, adequate documentation regarding the signature authority of the person signing the letter of credit.

Please refer to Attachment 1, which provides a generally acceptable sample Letter of Credit.

USE OF TRANSACTION SETOFFS
Under certain conditions, NEPOOL may be involved in other transactions with a wheeling customer in which NEPOOL is the buyer. In this event, the amount of the prepayment, cash deposit or letter of credit required for financial assurance for the contemplated tariff transactions may be reduced ("setoff") by an amount equal to NEPOOL's unpaid balance or expected billing under the other transaction. The terms and the amount of the setoff must be approved by the Tariff Account Administrator. The Tariff Account Administrator handling the tariff transaction is responsible for monitoring the status of the setoff and ensuring that an adequate financial assurance balance is maintained at all times until the transaction is settle.

CORPORATE GUARANTY
A corporate guaranty as a form of financial assurance may be appropriate for Non-Participants who are owned by a parent company ("Guarantor"). A company for which a letter of credit, prepayment or cash deposit was initially required may have the opportunity to substitute to a corporate guaranty if the following conditions are met:

1. NEPOOL determines that the Non-Participant has satisfactorily met its payment obligations for service rendered under the Tariff for at least one-year;
2. NEPOOL determines that there has been no deterioration of the financial condition of either the Non-Participant or its Guarantor, based on audited financial statements; and
3. The form of the corporate guaranty is acceptable to NEPOOL.

Upon NEPOOL's written authorization, the Non-Participant may substitute a corporate guaranty that is issued by the Guarantor for a cash deposit or bank letter of credit when it has satisfied the conditions stipulated above. The corporate guaranty is considered to be a lesser form of financial assurance than a cash deposit or letter of credit, and therefore is allowed as an acceptable form of financial assurance only to those customers which have satisfied their payment obligations to NEPOOL in a timely manner for at least one year.

The corporate guaranty may only be used if the customer is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a larger corporate entity that has greater financial assets, a strong balance sheet and income statement, and an investment grade long-term debt rating (Standard & Poor's "A-" or better). If the long term credit rating of the Guarantor is not considered to be at least investment grade, the corporate guaranty may not be used to replace the Non-Participant's required prepayment cash, deposit or letter of credit.

The corporate guaranty should clearly state the identities of the "Guarantor," "Beneficiary," and "Obligor," and the relationship between the Guarantor and the Non-Participant Obligor. Additionally, it should specify the term of the guaranty and the conditions under which payment to the Beneficiary will be made. The corporate guaranty must be signed by an officer of the Guarantor. Additionally, adequate documentation regarding the signature authority of the person signing the corporate guaranty must be provided with the corporate guaranty.


SAMPLE LETTER OF CREDIT

Three Riverway, Suite 1700
Houston, Texas 77056
Tel: (713) 629-8666
Fax: (713) 629-7533 April 6, 1995 Telex: 6868916, 794538, 794505
Swift: ABNAUS4H

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

EXPIRY: 15IAN96 AT OUR COUNTERS

WE DO HEREBY ISSUE AN IRREVOCABLE NON-TRANSFERABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT BY ORDER OF AND FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ON BEHALF OF
IN FAVOR OF SERVICE COMPANY ("NUSCO") IN AN AMOUNT NOT EXCEEDING US$400,000.00 (UNITED STATES DOLLARS FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100) AGAINST PRESENTATION TO US OF A DRAWING CERTIFICATE SIGNED BY A PURPORTED OFFICER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT OF NUSCO AND DATED THE DATE OF PRESENTATION CONTAINING THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT:

"THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES TO ABN AMRO BANK N.V., HOUSTON AGENCY ("BANK"), WITH REFERENCE TO IRREVOCABLE NON-TRANSFERABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. ISSUED BY ABN AMRO BANK N.V., HOUSTON AGENCY IN FAVOR OF
THAT HAS FAILED TO PAY NUSCO IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE 1995 POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN AND , AND THUS IS DRAWING UPON THE LETTER OF CREDIT IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO $__________"

IF PRESENTATION OF ANY DRAWING CERTIFICATE IS MADE ON A BUSINESS DAY AND SUCH PRESENTATION IS MADE ON OR BEFORE 10:00 A.M. HOUSTON TIME, THE BANK SHALL SATISFY SUCH DRAWING REQUEST ON THE SAME BUSINESS DAY. IF THE DRAWING CERTIFICATE IS RECEIVED AFTER 10:00 A.M. HOUSTON TIME, THE BANK WILL SATISFY SUCH DRAWING REQUEST ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION, A BUSINESS DAY MEANS A DAY, OTHER THAN A SATURDAY OR SUNDAY, ON WHICH COMMERCIAL BANKS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED TO BE CLOSED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK.

DISBURSEMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS OF

THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY:

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EXPIRE AT THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS JANUARY
15, 1996.

THE AMOUNT WHICH MAY BE DRAWN BY YOU UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT OF ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER. ANY NUMBER OF PARTIAL DRAWINGS ARE PERMITTED FROM TIME TO TIME HEREUNDER.

ALL COMMISSIONS AND CHARGES WILL BE BORNE BY

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS NOT TRANSFERABLE OR ASSIGNABLE.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DOES NOT INCORPORATE AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED MODIFIED, AMENDED OR AMPLIFIED BY REFERENCE TO ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT (A) THAT IS REFERRED TO HEREIN (EXCEPT FOR THE UCP, AS DEFINED BELOW) OR (B) IN WHICH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS REFERRED TO OR TO WHICH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT RELATES.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS, 1993 REVISION, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 500 (THE "UCP"), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT TERMS HEREOF ARE INCONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE UCP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ARTICLES 13(b) AND 17 OF THE UCP, IN WHICH CASE THE TERMS OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL GOVERN.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT BE AMENDED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NUSCO, AND ABN AMRO BANK N.V., HOUSTON AGENCY.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT DOCUMENTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION AS SPECIFIED.

PRESENTATION OF ANY DRAWING CERTIFICATE UNDER THE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE SENT TO ABN AMRO BANK BY COURIER, CERTIFIED MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL, TELEGRAM, TELEX TO THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW, OR SUCH OTHER ADDRESS AS MAY HEREAFTER BE FURNISHED BY ABN AMRO BANK. OTHER NOTICES CONCERNING THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE SENT BY FACSIMILE OR SIMILAR COMMUNICATIONS FACILITY TO ITS RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW. ALL SUCH NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS SHALL BE EFFECTIVE WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE INTENDED RECIPIENT PARTY.

IF TO THE BENEFICIARY OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT:

IF TO THE ACCOUNT PARTY:

IF TO ABN AMRO BANK N.V., HOUSTON AGENCY:

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.
THREE RIVERWAY, SUITE 1700
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77056
ATTN: LETTERS OF CREDIT DEPARTMENT

FAX: (713) 629-7533
TELEX: 794538, 794505, OR 6868916

_____________________________           _____________________________
C.A. ISELT                              S.J. JEBAMONY
TRADE SERVICES MANAGER                  TRADE SERVICES MANAGER


Exhibit 10.35.1

Northeast Utilities
Incentive Plan

Adopted by Northeast Utilities Board of Trustees on January 13, 1998

Approved by Northeast Utilities Shareholders on May 12, 1998

ARTICLE I
PURPOSE

The purpose of the Northeast Utilities Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to provide (i) designated employees of the Company (as hereinafter defined) and
(ii) non-employee members of the Board of Trustees (the "Board") of Northeast Utilities, a Massachusetts business trust, ("NU") with the opportunity to receive annual incentive compensation and grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance units. The Company believes that the Plan will assist it in recruiting talented employees who will contribute materially to the growth of the Company, thereby benefitting NU's shareholders, and will align the economic interests of the participants with those of the shareholders.

ARTICLE II
ADMINISTRATION

1. Committee. The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Board's Compensation Committee, or the person or persons to which such committee delegates any of its functions under the Plan (the "Committee"). The Committee may consist of two or more persons appointed by the Board, all of whom shall be "outside directors" as defined under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and related Treasury regulations and "non-employee directors" as defined under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). However, the Board may ratify or approve any grants as it deems appropriate or as are submitted by the Committee.

2. Committee Authority. The Committee shall have the sole authority to (i) establish, and review the Company's and the Grantee's, as defined below, performance against, annual goals for purpose of the annual incentives to be distributed and determine the individuals to whom grants shall be made under the Plan, (ii) determine the type, size and terms of the grants to be made to each such individual, (iii) determine the time when the grants will be made and the duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the criteria for exercisability and the acceleration of exercisability and (iv) deal with any other matters arising under the Plan.

3. Committee Determinations. The Committee shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make factual determinations and to adopt or amend such rules, regulations, agreements and instruments for implementing the Plan and for the conduct of its business as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion. The Committee's interpretations of the Plan and all determinations made by the Committee pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having any interest in the Plan or in any awards granted hereunder. All powers of the Committee shall be executed in its sole discretion, in the best interest of the Company, not as a fiduciary, and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan and need not be uniform as to similarly situated individuals.

ARTICLE III
ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARDS

1. Eligibility for Participation. Each employee of the Company classified as a Vice President or higher (an "Executive Employee") shall be eligible to receive an annual incentive award (an "Award") under the Plan.

2. Annual Awards.

(a) As soon as practicable after the start of each fiscal year of NU, but in any event within 90 days, the Committee shall set the financial target for the Company which shall be the basis for determining the Awards to be paid to each Executive Employee for such fiscal year. The financial target shall be based on the growth of NU's stock price, earnings per share, net earnings, operating earnings, return on assets, shareholder return, return on equity, growth in assets, unit volume, sales, market share, or strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified revenue goals, market penetration goals, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures and the Committee shall communicate the target and the percentages (including minimums and maximums) for each Executive Employee applicable to each level of achievement against the target set. In no event may an individual Award for an Executive Employee exceed $3,500,000.

(b) The maximum amount of an Award for an Executive Employee shall be based upon the Company's performance compared against the financial target set for that fiscal year. The actual amount of the Award for any Executive Employee may be reduced by the Committee if the Executive Employee does not satisfy one or more of the individual financial or nonfinancial objectives set by the Committee for that Executive Employee as of the beginning of the relevant fiscal year. Any such objectives for an Executive Employee shall be set by the Committee and announced to the affected Executive Employee no later than 90 days after the commencement of the relevant fiscal year of NU.

(c) The Committee shall certify and announce the Awards that will be paid by the Company to each Executive Employee as soon as practicable following the final determination of the Company's financial results for the relevant fiscal year. Payment shall normally be made, in cash, or in shares of Company Stock (as hereinafter defined) or Options (as hereinafter defined) the value of which shall equal the amount to be distributed, all as determined by the Committee, within 90 days following the end of such fiscal year, provided that the Executive Employee has not separated from employment by the Company prior to the date that payment is due except as otherwise specifically provided in a contract between the Company and the Executive Employee. If an Executive Employee's employment terminated for Retirement (as hereinafter defined), death or Disability (as hereinafter defined) a full Award shall be paid (unless such event occurred during the fiscal year for which the Award is earned, in which case the Award will be pro-rated as of the date of termination) when all other payments are made in accordance with the first sentence of this Section.

ARTICLE IV
STOCK-BASED GRANTS

1. Grants. Grants under the Plan may consist of grants of incentive stock options ("Incentive Stock Options") or nonqualified stock options ("Nonqualified Stock Options")(Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options are collectively referred to as "Options"), restricted stock (Restricted Stock"), stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), and/or performance units ("Performance Units") (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Grants"). All Grants shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and to such other terms and conditions consistent with this Plan as the Committee deems appropriate and as are specified in writing by the Committee to the individual in a grant instrument or an amendment to the grant instrument (the "Grant Instrument"). The Committee shall approve the form and provisions of each Grant Instrument. Grants under a particular
Section of the Plan need not be uniform as among the Grantees, as defined below.

2. Eligibility for Participation.

(a) Eligible Persons. All employees of the Company ("Employees"), including Employees who are officers or members of the Board, contractors of the Company ("Contractors"), and members of the Board who are not Employees ("Non-Employee Trustees") shall be eligible to receive Grants under the Plan. Contractors shall be eligible to receive Grants only of Nonqualified Stock Options. Non-Employee Trustees shall be eligible to receive Grants only under Article V of the Plan.

(b) Selection of Grantees. The Committee shall select the Employees and Contractors to receive Grants and shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock subject to a particular Grant in such manner as the Committee determines. Employees, Contractors and Non-Employee Trustees who receive Grants under this Plan shall hereinafter be referred to as "Grantees".

(c) Collective Bargaining Employees. Anything to the contrary in this Plan notwithstanding, no Employee whose terms and conditions of employment are subject to negotiation with a collective bargaining agent shall be eligible to receive Grants under this Plan until the agreement between the Company and such collective bargaining agent with respect to the Employee provides for participation in the Plan.

3. Granting of Options.

(a) Number of Shares. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock that will be subject to each Grant of Options to Employees and Contractors subject to the overall limits of Article IX.

(b) Type of Option and Price.

(i) The Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options that are intended to qualify as "incentive stock options" within the meaning of section 422 of the Code or Nonqualified Stock Options that are not intended so to qualify or any combination of Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options, all in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Nonqualified Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Contractors and Non- Employee Trustees.

(ii) The purchase price (the "Exercise Price") of Company Stock subject to an Option shall be determined by the Committee and shall be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of a share of Company Stock on the date the Option is granted; provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may not be granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, unless the Exercise Price per share is not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on the date of grant.

(iii) If the Company Stock is publicly traded, then the Fair Market Value per share shall be the closing price of the Company Stock as reported in the Wall Street Journal as composite transactions for the relevant date (or the latest date for which such price was reported if such date is not a business day), or if not available, determined as follows: (x) if the principal trading market for the Company Stock is the New York Stock Exchange, the last reported sale price thereof on the relevant date or (if there were no trades on that date) the latest preceding date upon which a sale was reported, (y) if the principal trading market for the Company Stock is a national securities exchange other than the New York Stock Exchange or is the Nasdaq National Market, the last reported sale price thereof on the relevant date or (if there were no trades on that date) the latest preceding date upon which a sale was reported, or (z) if the Company Stock is not principally traded on such exchange or market, the mean between the last reported "bid" and "asked" prices of Company Stock on the relevant date, as reported on Nasdaq or, if not so reported, as reported by the National Daily Quotation Bureau, Inc. or as reported in a customary financial reporting service, as applicable and as the Committee determines. If the Company Stock is not publicly traded or, if publicly traded, is not subject to reported transactions or "bid" or "asked" quotations as set forth above, the Fair Market Value per share shall be as determined by the Committee.

(c) Option Term. The Committee shall determine the term of each Option. The term of any Option shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant. However, an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, may not have a term that exceeds five years from the date of grant.

(d) Exercisability of Options. Options shall become exercisable in accordance with such terms and conditions, consistent with the Plan, as may be determined by the Committee and specified in the Grant Instrument. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding Options at any time for any reason.

(e) Termination of Employment, Retirement, Disability or Death.

(i) Except as provided below, an Option may only be exercised while the Grantee is employed by, or providing service to, the Company as an Employee, a Contractor, or a member of the Board. In the event that a Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company for any reason other than a "Retirement," "Disability," death, or termination for "Cause" (as hereinafter defined), any Option which is otherwise exercisable by the Grantee shall terminate unless exercised within 90 days after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company (or within such other period of time as may be specified by the Committee), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option term. Any of the Grantee's Options that are not otherwise exercisable as of the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company shall terminate as of such date.

(ii) In the event the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company on account of a termination for Cause by the Company, any Option held by the Grantee shall terminate as of the date the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company.

(iii) In the event the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company because the Grantee Retires or is Disabled, any Option which is otherwise exercisable by the Grantee shall terminate unless exercised within one year after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company (or within such other period of time as may be specified by the Committee), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option term. Any of the Grantee's Options which are not otherwise exercisable as of the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company shall terminate as of such date.

(iv) If the Grantee dies while employed by, or providing service to, the Company or within 90 days after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed or provide service on account of a termination specified in
Section 5(e)(i) above (or within such other period of time as may be specified by the Committee), any Option that is otherwise exercisable by the Grantee shall terminate unless exercised within one year after the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company (or within such other period of time as may be specified by the Committee), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option term. Any of the Grantee's Options that are not otherwise exercisable as of the date on which the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company shall terminate as of such date.

(v) For purposes of this Plan:

(A) "Cause" shall mean, except to the extent specified otherwise by the Committee acting on behalf of the Company, (i) the Grantee's conviction of a felony, (ii) in the reasonable determination of the Committee, the Grantee's (x) commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, or theft in connection with the Grantee's duties in the course of the Grantee's employment with the Company, (y) acts or omissions causing intentional, wrongful damage to the property of the Company or intentional and wrongful disclosure of confidential information of the Company, or (z) engaging in gross misconduct or gross negligence in the course of the Grantee's employment with the Company, or (iii) the Grantee's material breach of his or her obligations under any written agreement with the Company if such breach shall not have been remedied within 30 days after receiving written notice from the Committee specifying the details thereof. For purposes of this Program, an act or omission on the part of a Grantee shall be deemed "intentional" only if it was not due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence and was done by Grantee not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interest of the Company. In the event a Grantee's employment or service is terminated for cause, in addition to the immediate termination of all Grants, the Grantee shall automatically forfeit all shares underlying any exercised portion of an Option for which the Company has not yet delivered the share certificates, upon refund by the Company of the Exercise Price paid by the Grantee for such shares.

(B) "Disability" shall mean a Grantee's becoming disabled within the meaning of the Company's long-term disability plan.

(C) "Employed by, or provide service to, the Company" shall mean employment or service as an Employee, Contractor or member of the Board (so that, for purposes of exercising Options and SARs and satisfying conditions with respect to Restricted Stock and Performance Units, a Grantee shall not be considered to have terminated employment or service until the Grantee ceases to be an Employee, Contractor and member of the Board), unless the Committee determines otherwise.

(D) "Retired" shall mean a termination of employment from the Company on or after attaining age 65 or eligibility for normal or early retirement under any retirement plan maintained by the Company.

(f) Exercise of Options. A Grantee may exercise an Option that has become exercisable, in whole or in part, by delivering a notice of exercise to the Company with payment of the Exercise Price. The Grantee shall pay the Exercise Price for an Option as specified by the Committee (x) in cash, (y) with the approval of the Committee, by delivering shares of Company Stock owned by the Grantee (including Company Stock acquired in connection with the exercise of an Option or Restricted Stock, as defined below, granted under this Plan, subject to such restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate including placing the same restrictions on the shares of Company Stock obtained through the exchange of the Restricted Stock) and having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price or (z) by such other method as the Committee may approve, including payment through a broker in accordance with procedures permitted by Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board. Shares of Company Stock used to exercise an Option shall have been held by the Grantee for the requisite period of time to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company with respect to the Option. The Grantee shall pay the Exercise Price and the amount of any withholding tax due at the time of exercise.

(g) Limits on Incentive Stock Options. Each Incentive Stock Option shall provide that, if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the stock on the date of the grant with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year, under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company exceeds $100,000, then the option, as to the excess, shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company.

ARTICLE V
STOCK OPTION GRANTS TO NON-EMPLOYEE TRUSTEES

1. Formula Option Grants to Non-Employee Trustees. A Non-Employee Trustee shall be entitled to receive Nonqualified Stock Options in accordance with this Article V.

(a) Initial Grant. Each Non-Employee Trustee who first becomes a member of the Board after the effective date of this Plan shall receive, on the date as of which he or she first becomes a member of the Board, a grant of a Nonqualified Stock Option to purchase 2,500 shares of Company Stock.

(b) Annual Grants. On each date that NU holds its annual meeting of shareholders, commencing with the 1998 annual meeting, each Non-Employee Trustee who is in office immediately after the annual election of directors
(other than a director who is first elected to the Board at such meeting) shall receive a grant of a Nonqualified Stock Option to purchase 2,500 shares of Company Stock. The date of grant of each such annual Grant shall be the date of the annual meeting of the Company's shareholders.

(c) Exercise Price. The Exercise Price per share of Company Stock subject to an Option granted under this Article shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the date of grant.

(d) Option Term and Exercisability. The term of each Option granted pursuant to this Article shall be 10 years. Options granted under this Article shall vest one-half on the date of grant and the other one-half on the first anniversary of the date of grant if the Non-Employee Trustee is still a member of the Board on each such date. Options shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Article IV, Section 3(e) except that only the provisions of subsections (e)(i), (iii) where the Non-Employee Trustee ceases to serve on the Board on or after age 70 and (iv) shall be applicable.

(e) Payment of Exercise Price.

(i) The Non-Employee Trustee shall pay the Exercise Price for an Option (x) in cash, (y) by delivering shares of Company Stock owned by the Non-Employee Trustee and having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price or (z) by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures permitted by Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board. Shares of Company Stock used to exercise an Option shall have been held by the Grantee for the requisite period of time to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company with respect to the Option. The Non-Employee Trustee shall pay the Exercise Price at the time of exercise. Shares of Company Stock shall not be issued upon exercise of an Option until the Exercise Price is fully paid.

(ii) A Grantee may exercise an Option granted under this Article by delivering to the Committee a notice of exercise as described below, with accompanying payment of the Exercise Price in accordance with Subsection (i) above. The notice of exercise may instruct the Company to deliver shares of Company Stock due upon the exercise of the Option to any registered broker or dealer designated by the Committee in lieu of delivery to the Grantee, and shall designate the account into which the shares are to be deposited.

(f) Applicability of Plan Provisions. Except as otherwise provided in this Article, Nonqualified Stock Options granted to Non-Employee Trustees shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan applicable to Nonqualified Stock Options granted to other persons, provided however that (i) if an event described in Article IV, Section 3(b) occurs, appropriate adjustments, as described in that Section, shall be made automatically, (ii) with respect to the provisions of Article IV, Section 3(e), the Committee shall not have discretion to modify the terms of such provisions in the Grant Instrument, and (iii) in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Article XI), the provisions of Article XI, Section 2 shall apply to Options granted pursuant to this Article, except that the Committee shall not have discretion under subsection (c) thereof to modify the automatic provisions of that Section.

(g) Administration. The provisions of this Article are intended to operate automatically and not require administration. To the extent that any administrative determinations are required, any determinations with respect to the provisions of this Article shall be made by the members of the Board who are not eligible to receive Grants under this Article, but in no event shall such determinations affect the eligibility of Grantees, the determination of the Exercise Price, the timing of the Grants or the number of shares subject to Options granted hereunder. If at any time there are not sufficient shares available under the Plan to permit an automatic Grant as described in this Article, the Grant shall be reduced pro rata (to zero, if necessary) so as not to exceed the number of shares then available under the Plan.

ARTICLE VI
RESTRICTED STOCK GRANTS

1. Restricted Stock Grants. The Committee may issue or transfer shares of Company Stock to an Employee with such restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate ("Restricted Stock"). The following provisions are applicable to Restricted Stock:

(a) General Requirements. Shares of Company Stock issued or transferred pursuant to Restricted Stock Grants may be issued or transferred in exchange for services performed or to be performed. The Committee may establish conditions under which restrictions on shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse over a period of time or according to such other criteria as the Committee deems appropriate. The period of time during which the Restricted Stock will remain subject to restrictions will be designated in the Grant Instrument as the "Restriction Period."

(b) Number of Shares. The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock to be issued or transferred pursuant to a Restricted Stock Grant and the restrictions applicable to such shares, subject to the limitations contained in Article IX.

(c) Requirement of Employment or Service. If the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company during a period designated in the Grant Instrument as the Restriction Period, or if other specified conditions are not met, the Restricted Stock Grant shall terminate as to all shares covered by the Grant as to which the restrictions have not lapsed, and those shares of Company Stock must be immediately returned to the Company. The Committee may, however, provide for complete or partial exceptions to this requirement as it deems appropriate.

(d) Restrictions on Transfer and Legend on Stock Certificate. During the Restriction Period, a Grantee may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of Restricted Stock except to a Successor Grantee, as defined below. Each certificate for a share of Restricted Stock shall contain a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions in the Grant. The Grantee shall be entitled to have the legend removed from the stock certificate covering the shares subject to restrictions when all restrictions on such shares have lapsed. The Committee may determine that the Company will not issue certificates for shares of Restricted Stock until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed, or that the Company will retain possession of certificates for shares of Restricted Stock until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed.

(e) Right to Vote and to Receive Dividends. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, during the Restriction Period, the Grantee shall have the right to vote shares of Restricted Stock and to receive any dividends or other distributions paid on such shares, subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.

(f) Lapse of Restrictions. All restrictions imposed on Restricted Stock shall lapse upon the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period and the satisfaction of all conditions imposed by the Committee. The Committee may determine, as to any or all Restricted Stock Grants, that the restrictions shall lapse without regard to any Restriction Period.

ARTICLE VII
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

1. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) General Requirements. The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights ("SARs") to an Employee separately or in tandem with any Option (for all or a portion of the applicable Option). Tandem SARs may be granted either at the time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter while the Option remains outstanding; provided, however, that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, SARs may be granted only at the time of the Grant of the Incentive Stock Option. The Committee shall establish the base amount of the SAR at the time the SAR is granted. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the base amount of each SAR shall be equal to the per share Exercise Price of the related Option or, if there is no related Option, the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock as of the date of Grant of the
SAR.

(b) Tandem SARs. In the case of tandem SARs, the number of SARs granted to a Grantee that shall be exercisable during a specified period shall not exceed the number of shares of Company Stock that the Grantee may purchase upon the exercise of the related Option during such period. Upon the exercise of an Option, the SARs relating to the Company Stock covered by such Option shall terminate. Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall terminate to the extent of an equal number of shares of Company Stock.

(c) Exercisability. An SAR shall be exercisable during the period specified by the Committee in the Grant Instrument and shall be subject to such vesting and other restrictions as may be specified in the Grant Instrument. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any or all outstanding SARs at any time for any reason. SARs may only be exercised while the Grantee is employed by the Company or during the applicable period after termination of employment as described in Article IV, Section 3(e). A tandem SAR shall be exercisable only during the period when the Option to which it is related is also exercisable.

(d) Value of SARs. When a Grantee exercises SARs, the Grantee shall receive in settlement of such SARs an amount equal to the value of the stock appreciation for the number of SARs exercised, payable in cash, Company Stock or a combination thereof. The stock appreciation for an SAR is the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the underlying Company Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR exceeds the base amount of the SAR as described in Subsection (a).

(e) Form of Payment. The Committee shall determine whether the appreciation in an SAR shall be paid in the form of cash, shares of Company Stock, or a combination of the two, in such proportion as the Committee deems appropriate. For purposes of calculating the number of shares of Company Stock to be received, shares of Company Stock shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the SAR. If shares of Company Stock are to be received upon exercise of an SAR, cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional share.

ARTICLE VIII
PERFORMANCE UNITS

1. Performance Units.

(a) General Requirements. The Committee may grant performance units ("Performance Units") to an Employee. Each Performance Unit shall represent the right of the Grantee to receive an amount based on the value of the Performance Unit, if performance goals established by the Committee are met. A Performance Unit shall be based on the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock or on such other measurement base as the Committee deems appropriate. The Committee shall determine the number of Performance Units to be granted and the requirements applicable to such Units, subject to the limitations contained in Article IX.

(b) Performance Period and Performance Goals. When Performance Units are granted, the Committee shall establish the performance period during which performance shall be measured (the "Performance Period"), performance goals applicable to the Units ("Performance Goals") and such other conditions of the Grant as the Committee deems appropriate. Performance Goals may relate to the financial performance of the Company or its operating units, the performance of Company Stock, individual performance, or such other criteria as the Committee deems appropriate.

(c) Payment with respect to Performance Units. At the end of each Performance Period, the Committee shall determine to what extent the Performance Goals and other conditions of the Performance Units are met and the amount, if any, to be paid with respect to the Performance Units. Payments with respect to Performance Units shall be made in cash, in Company Stock, or in a combination of the two, as determined by the Committee.

(d) Requirement of Employment or Service. If the Grantee ceases to be employed by, or provide service to, the Company (as defined in Article IV,
Section 3(e)) during a Performance Period, or if other conditions established by the Committee are not met, the Grantee's Performance Units shall be forfeited. The Committee may, however, provide for complete or partial exceptions to this requirement as it deems appropriate.

(e) Designation as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. The Committee may determine that Performance Units granted to an Employee shall be considered "qualified performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. The provisions of this subsection (e) shall apply to Grants of Performance Units that are to be considered "qualified performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(i) Performance Goals. When Performance Units that are to be considered "qualified performance-based compensation" are Granted, the Committee shall establish in writing (i) the objective performance goals that must be met in order for amounts to be paid under the Performance Units, (ii) the Performance Period during which the performance goals must be met, (iii) the threshold, target and maximum amounts that may be paid if the performance goals are met, and (iv) any other conditions, including without limitation provisions relating to death, disability, other termination of employment or Change of Control, that the Committee deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan and Section 162(m) of the Code. The performance goals may relate to the Employee's business unit or the performance of the Company and its subsidiaries as a whole, or any combination of the foregoing. The Committee shall use objectively determinable performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria: stock price, earnings per share, net earnings, operating earnings, return on assets, shareholder return, return on equity, growth in assets, unit volume, sales, market share, or strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified revenue goals, market penetration goals, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures.

(ii) Establishment of Goals. The Committee shall establish the performance goals in writing either before the beginning of the Performance Period or during a period ending no later than the earlier of (i) 90 days after the beginning of the Performance Period or (ii) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has been completed, or such other date as may be required or permitted under applicable regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code. The performance goals shall satisfy the requirements for "qualified performance-based compensation," including the requirement that the achievement of the goals be substantially uncertain at the time they are established and that the goals be established in such a way that a third party with knowledge of the relevant facts could determine whether and to what extent the performance goals have been met. The Committee shall not have discretion to increase the amount of compensation that is payable upon achievement of the designated performance goals.

(iii) Maximum Payment. If Performance Units measured with respect to the fair market value of Company Stock, are granted, not more than 25% of the total number of shares of Company Stock subject to the Plan in the aggregate may be granted to an Employee under the Performance Units for any Performance Period. If Performance Units are measured with respect to other criteria, the maximum amount that may be paid to an Employee with respect to a Performance Period is $3,500,000.

(iv) Announcement of Grants. The Committee shall certify and announce the results for each Performance Period to all Grantees immediately following the announcement of the Company's financial results for the Performance Period. If and to the extent that the Committee does not so certify that the performance goals have been met, the grants of Performance Units for the Performance Period shall be forfeited.

ARTICLE IX
AUTHORIZED SHARES

1. Shares Subject to the Plan.

(a) Shares Authorized. Subject to the adjustment specified below, the aggregate number of common shares of NU, par value $5.00, ("Company Stock") that may be subject to Grants of Options, or transferred on account of other Grants or Awards, under the Plan in any fiscal year of NU is one percent of the total number of shares of Company Stock outstanding as of the first day of such fiscal year; provided, however, that sum of the total number of shares of Company Stock that may be granted as Restricted Stock plus the number of Performance Units that may be granted, in any fiscal year, shall not exceed 30% of the total number of shares of Company Stock available under the Plan for such year; and provided, further, that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or transferred under the Plan subject to Incentive Stock Options is 10% of the number of shares of Company Stock outstanding as of December 31, 1997. The shares may be authorized but unissued shares of Company Stock or reacquired shares of Company Stock, including shares purchased by the Company on the open market for purposes of the Plan. If and to the extent (i) less than the full number of shares available for use under the Plan, as set forth above, are made the subject of Grants or Awards in any year, or (ii) Options or SARs granted under the Plan terminate, expire, or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised, or (iii) any shares of Restricted Stock or Performance Units are forfeited, then the shares not made the subject of Grants and Awards, and the shares subject to such terminated, expired, canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered Grants and Awards shall again be available for purposes of the Plan in addition to the number of shares of Company Stock otherwise available for Grants and Awards. No Grantee under the Plan may receive aggregate Grants in excess of 2.5% of the total number of shares of Company Stock outstanding as of December 31, 1997.

(b) Adjustments. If there is any change in the number or kind of shares of Company Stock outstanding (i) by reason of a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, or combination or exchange of shares,
(ii) by reason of a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which NU is the surviving entity, (iii) by reason of a reclassification or change in par value, or (iv) by reason of any other extraordinary or unusual event affecting the outstanding Company Stock as a class without NU's receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of Company Stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spinoff or NU's payment of an extraordinary dividend or distribution, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock available for Grants, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock that any individual participating in the Plan may be granted in any year, the number of shares covered by outstanding Grants, the kind of shares issued under the Plan, and the price per share or the applicable market value of such Grants shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of, or change in the kind or value of, issued shares of Company Stock to preclude, to the extent practicable, the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such Grants; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated. Any adjustments determined by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.

ARTICLE X
OPERATING RULES

1. Withholding of Taxes. All Grants under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal (including FICA), state and local tax withholding requirements. The Company shall have the right to deduct from all Grants paid in cash, or from other wages paid to the Grantee, any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such Grants. In the case of Options and other Grants paid in Company Stock, the Company may require the Grantee or other person receiving such shares to pay to the Company the amount of any such taxes that the Company is required to withhold with respect to such Grants, or the Company may deduct from other wages paid by the Company the amount of any withholding taxes due with respect to such Grants. If the Committee so permits, a Grantee may elect to satisfy the Company's income tax withholding obligation with respect to an Option, SAR, Restricted Stock or Performance Units paid in Company Stock by having shares withheld up to an amount that does not exceed the Grantee's minimum applicable withholding tax rate for federal (including FICA), state and local tax liabilities. The election must be in a form and manner prescribed by the Committee.

2. Transferability of Grants.

(a) Nontransferability of Grants. Except as provided below, only the Grantee may exercise rights under a Grant during the Grantee's lifetime. A Grantee may not transfer those rights except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, with respect to Grants other than Incentive Stock Options, if permitted in any specific case by the Committee, pursuant to a domestic relations order (as defined under the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the regulations thereunder). When a Grantee dies, the personal representative or other person entitled to succeed to the rights of the Grantee ("Successor Grantee") may exercise such rights. A Successor Grantee must furnish proof satisfactory to the Company of his or her right to receive the Grant under the Grantee's will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Transfer of Nonqualified Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide, in a Grant Instrument, that a Grantee may transfer Nonqualified Stock Options to family members, one or more trusts for the benefit of family members, or one or more partnerships of which family members are the only partners, according to such terms as the Committee may determine; provided that the Grantee receives no consideration for the transfer of an Option and the transferred Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the Option immediately before the transfer.

3. Requirements for Issuance or Transfer of Shares. No Company Stock shall be issued or transferred in connection with any Grant hereunder unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such Company Stock have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee shall have the right to condition any Grant made to any Grantee hereunder on such Grantee's undertaking in writing to comply with such restrictions on his or her subsequent disposition of such shares of Company Stock as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable as a result of any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof, and certificates representing such shares may be legended to reflect any such restrictions. Certificates representing shares of Company Stock issued or transferred under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as may be required by applicable laws, regulations and interpretations, including any requirement that a legend be placed thereon.

4. Funding of the Plan. This Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Grants under this Plan. In no event shall interest be paid or accrued on any Grant, including unpaid installments of Grants.

5. Rights of Participants. Nothing in this Plan shall entitle any Employee or Non-Employee Director or other person to any claim or right to be granted a Grant under this Plan except as provided in Article V. Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any rights to be retained by or in the employ of the Company or any other employment rights.

6. No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Company Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Grant. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

7. Headings. Section headings are for reference only. In the event of a conflict between a title and the content of a Section, the content of the Section shall control.

8. Effective Date of the Plan. Subject to approval by NU's shareholders, the Plan shall be effective on January 1, 1998.

9. Definition of Company. "Company" means NU and any Affiliate which is authorized by the Board to adopt the Plan and cover its eligible employees and whose designation as such has become effective upon acceptance of such status by the board of directors of the Affiliate. An Affiliate may revoke its acceptance of such designation at any time, but until such acceptance has been revoked, all the provisions of the Plan, including the authority of the Board and the Committee, and amendments thereto shall apply to the eligible employees of the Affiliate. In the event the designation is revoked by the board of directors of an Affiliate, the Plan shall be deemed terminated only with respect to such Affiliate. For the purposes hereof, "Affiliate" means each direct and indirect affiliated company that directly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with NU.

ARTICLE XI
CHANGE OF CONTROL OF NU

1. Change of Control of NU.

As used herein, a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred:

(i) When any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than the Company, its affiliates, or any Company or NU employee benefit plan (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of NU representing more than 20% of the combined voting power of either (i) the then outstanding common shares of NU (the "Outstanding Common Shares") or (ii) the then outstanding voting securities of NU entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Securities"); or

(ii) Individuals who, as of the beginning of any twenty-four month period, constitute the Trustees (the "Incumbent Trustees") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Trustees or cease to be able to exercise the powers of the majority of the Trustees, provided that any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Trustees shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Trustees, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Trustees of NU (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

(iii) Consummation by NU of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation, business trust or other entity resulting from or being the surviving entity in such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(iv) Consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of NU or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of NU other than to a corporation, business trust or other entity with respect to which, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such sale or disposition, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, is then owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

2. Consequences of a Change of Control.

(a) Notice and Acceleration. Upon a Change of Control, unless the Committee determines otherwise, (i) the Company shall provide each Grantee with outstanding Grants written notice of such Change of Control, (ii) all outstanding Options and SARs shall automatically accelerate and become fully exercisable, (iii) the restrictions and conditions on all outstanding Restricted Stock shall immediately lapse, and (iv) Grantees holding Performance Units shall receive a payment in settlement of such Performance Units, in an amount determined by the Committee, based on the Grantee's target payment for the Performance Period and the portion of the Performance Period that precedes the Change of Control.

(b) Assumption of Grants. Upon a Change of Control where the Company is not the surviving corporation (or survives only as a subsidiary of another corporation), unless the Committee determines otherwise, all outstanding Options and SARs that are not exercised shall be assumed by, or replaced with comparable options or rights by, the surviving corporation.

(c) Other Alternatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to subsection (d) below, in the event of a Change of Control, the Committee may take one or both of the following actions: the Committee may (i) require that Grantees surrender their outstanding Options and SARs in exchange for a payment by the Company, in cash or Company Stock as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to the amount by which the then Fair Market Value of the shares of Company Stock subject to the Grantee's unexercised Options and SARs exceeds the Exercise Price of the Options or the base amount of the SARs, as applicable, or (ii) after giving Grantees an opportunity to exercise their outstanding Options and SARs, terminate any or all unexercised Options and SARs at such time as the Committee deems appropriate. Such surrender or termination shall take place as of the date of the Change of Control or such other date as the Committee may specify.

(d) Committee. The Committee making the determinations under this Article XI, Section 2(d) following a Change of Control must comprise the same members as those on the Committee immediately before the Change of Control. If the Committee members do not meet this requirement, the automatic provisions of Subsections (a) and (b) shall apply, and the Committee shall not have discretion to vary them.

(e) Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control, the Committee shall not have the right to take any actions described in the Plan (including without limitation actions described in Subsection (c) above) that would make the Change of Control ineligible for pooling of interests accounting treatment or that would make the Change of Control ineligible for desired tax treatment if, in the absence of such right, the Change of Control would qualify for such treatment and the Company intends to use such treatment with respect to the Change of Control.

ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

1. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that the Board shall not amend the Plan without shareholder approval if such approval is required by section 422 of the Code or section 162(m) of the Code.

(b) Termination of Plan. The Plan shall terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless the Plan is terminated earlier by the Board or is extended by the Board with the approval of the shareholders.

(c) Termination and Amendment of Outstanding Grants. A termination or amendment of the Plan that occurs after a Grant is made shall not materially impair the rights of a Grantee unless the Grantee consents or unless the Committee acts under Article XI, Section 2(c). The termination of the Plan shall not impair the power and authority of the Committee with respect to an outstanding Grant.

(d) Governing Document. The Plan shall be the controlling document. No other statements, representations, explanatory materials or examples, oral or written, may amend the Plan in any manner. The Plan shall be binding upon and enforceable against the Company and its successors and assigns.

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

1. Grants in Connection with Corporate Transactions and Otherwise. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed to (i) limit the right of the Committee to make Grants under this Plan in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business or assets of any corporation, firm or association, including Grants to employees thereof who become Employees of the Company, or for other proper corporate purposes, or (ii) limit the right of the Company to grant stock options or make other awards outside of this Plan. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may make a Grant to an employee of another corporation who becomes an Employee by reason of a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or property, reorganization or liquidation involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries in substitution for a stock option or restricted stock grant made by such corporation. The terms and conditions of the substitute grants may vary from the terms and conditions required by the Plan and from those of the substituted stock incentives. The Committee shall prescribe the provisions of the substitute grants.

2. Compliance with Law. The Plan, the exercise of Options and SARs and the obligations of the Company to issue or transfer shares of Company Stock under Grants shall be subject to all applicable laws and to approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be required. With respect to persons subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and all transactions under the Plan comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. In addition, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and applicable Grants under the Plan comply with the applicable provisions of sections 162(m) and 422 of the Code. To the extent that any legal requirement of section 16 of the Exchange Act or section 162(m) or 422 of the Code as set forth in the Plan ceases to be required under section 16 of the Exchange Act or section 162(m) or 422 of the Code, that Plan provision shall cease to apply. The Committee may revoke any Grant if it is contrary to law or modify a Grant to bring it into compliance with any valid and mandatory government regulation. The Committee may also adopt rules regarding the withholding of taxes on payments to Grantees. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, agree to limit its authority under this Section.

3. Governing Law. The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of the Plan and Grant Instruments issued under the Plan shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the law of the State of Connecticut.

4. Disclaimer of Liability. The Declaration of Trust of NU provides that no shareholder of NU shall be held to any liability whatever for the payment of any sum of money, or for damages or otherwise under any contract, obligation or undertaking made, entered into or issued by the Board or by any officer, agent or representative elected or appointed by the Board, and no such contract, obligation or undertaking shall be enforceable against the Board or any of them in their or his or her individual capacities or capacity and all such contracts, obligations and undertakings shall be enforceable only against the Board as such, and every person or entity, having any claim or demand arising out of any such contract, obligation or undertaking shall

look only to the trust estate for the payment or satisfaction thereof.


Exhibit 10.35.1.1

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO NORTHEAST UTILITIES INCENTIVE PLAN

Adopted by Northeast Utilities Board of Trustees - February 23, 1999

The Northeast Utilities Incentive Plan is amended, effective February 23, 1999, as follows:

A. By deleting Article V and inserting the following in its place:

ARTICLE V
STOCK-BASED GRANTS TO NON-EMPLOYEE TRUSTEES

1. Non-Employee Trustees shall be eligible to receive Grants as set forth in Article IV; provided, that the number of shares of Company Stock subject to each Grant of Options, as well as the terms of all Grants, to Non- Employee Trustees shall be approved by the Board, in accordance with Article
(9) of the Declaration of Trust of Northeast Utilities, as amended.

2. The words "age 65" in the definition of "Retired" in Section 3(e)(v)(D) of Article IV shall be read as "age 70" with respect to Non- Employee Trustees.

B. By changing the words "an Employee" to "a Grantee" in each of Sections 1 of Article VI, 1(a) of Article VII, 1(a) and 1(e) of Article VIII,

C. By changing the word "Director" to "Trustee" in Section 5 of Article X.


Exhibit 10.37
As approved and adopted by subsidiaries of Northeast Utilities on June 9, 1997 and modified effective January 13, 1998 pursuant to action of the Board of Trustees on January 13, 1998 and approved by subsidiaries of Northeast Utilities on July 15, 1998.

SPECIAL SEVERANCE PROGRAM
FOR OFFICERS OF NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM COMPANIES

I. Purpose

The purpose of this Special Severance Program for Officers of Northeast Utilities System Companies (the "Program") is to provide certain executives with severance payments and benefits in the event of "Termination upon a Change of Control", as hereinafter defined. The Program is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401 of the Code or to be an "employee pension benefit plan" as defined in ERISA. The Program is not intended to affect eligibility for or payment of any other compensation or benefits in accordance with the terms of any applicable plans or programs of the Company.

II. Definitions

When used herein with initial capital letters, each of the following terms shall have the corresponding meaning set forth below unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context in which the term is used:

"Administrator" shall mean the Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of NUSCO.

"Affiliate" shall mean an "affiliate" as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

"Base Compensation" for any Participant shall mean the Participant's annualized base rate of salary plus all short-term incentive compensation at the target level for the Participant specified under compensation programs established by the Company for its officers generally, received by the Participant in all capacities with the Company, as would be reported for federal income tax purposes on Form W-2, together with any and all salary reduction authorized amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans or programs, for the most recent full calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year in which occurs Participant's Termination Date or preceding the Change of Control, if higher. "Base Compensation" shall not include the value of any stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, or restricted stock units granted to Participant by the Company.

"Board" shall mean the Board of Trustees of Northeast Utilities.

"Cause" with respect to the Termination of Employment of a Participant shall mean (i) the Participant's conviction of a felony, (ii) in the reasonable determination of the Board, the Participant's (x) commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, or theft in connection with Participant's duties in the course of Participant's employment with the Company, (y) acts or omissions causing intentional, wrongful damage to the property of the Company or intentional and wrongful disclosure of Confidential Information, or (z) engaging in gross misconduct or gross negligence in the course of the Participant's employment with the Company, or (iii) the Participant's material breach of his or her obligations under any written agreement with the Company if such breach shall not have been remedied within 30 days after receiving written notice from the Administrator specifying the details thereof. For purposes of this Program, an act or omission on the part of a Participant shall be deemed "intentional" only if it was not due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence and was done by Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

"Change of Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following:

(i) Any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than Northeast Utilities, its Affiliates, or any Company employee benefit plan (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Northeast Utilities representing more than 20% of the combined voting power of either
(i) the Outstanding Common Shares or (ii) the Voting Securities; or

(ii) Individuals who, as of the beginning of any twenty-four month period, constitute the trustees of NU (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board or cease to be able to exercise the powers of the majority of the Board, provided that any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election by the common shareholders of Northeast Utilities was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the trustees of Northeast Utilities (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

(iii) Consummation by Northeast Utilities of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation, business trust or other entity resulting from or being the surviving entity in such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(iv) Consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Northeast Utilities or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Northeast Utilities other than to a corporation, business trust or other entity with respect to which, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such sale or disposition, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, is then owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Committee" shall mean the Committee on Organization, Compensation and Board Affairs that has been established by the Board, or any subsequent committee of the Board that has primary responsibility for compensation policies. In the absence of such a committee, "Committee" shall mean the Board or any committee of the Board designated by the Board to perform the functions of the Committee under the Program.

"Company" includes, individually and/or collectively as the context requires, Northeast Utilities, NUSCO, and all other entities that have approved and adopted this Program pursuant to Article VII, whether or not an individual such entity directly compensates the Participant or the Participant appears on the payroll of such entity.

"Disability" shall mean the inability of a Participant substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the full extent required by the Board, by reason of illness, injury or incapacity for six consecutive months, or for more than six months in the aggregate during any period of twelve calendar months.

"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Notice of Termination" means a written notice given in accordance with
Section 3(d) which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Program relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a Termination of Employment and the applicable provision hereof, and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Termination Date (which date shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice).

"NUSCO" shall mean Northeast Utilities Service Company, its successors and assigns.

"Outstanding Common Shares" at any time shall mean the then outstanding common shares of Northeast Utilities.

"Participant" at any time shall mean each person then holding the office of vice president or higher level of the Company, not including assistant officers, who (a) has signed a non-competition agreement with the Company in the form of Annex 1 hereto or in such form as has been approved by the Administrator for this purpose from time to time, and (b) is not a party to a then effective separate written agreement with the Company which has been adopted by the Board and expressly provides benefits following a change of control of Northeast Utilities (unless such agreement expressly provides for participation in this Program).

"Termination Date" with respect to any Participant shall mean the date of any action by the Company constituting a Termination upon a Change of Control of such Participant.

"Termination of Employment" of a Participant shall mean the termination of the Participant's actual employment relationship with the Company occasioned by the Company's action.

"Termination upon a Change of Control" of a Participant shall mean a Termination of Employment upon or within two years after a Change of Control either (i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than (w) Disability,
(x) death, (y) retirement on or after attaining age 65, or (z) Cause, or (ii) initiated by the Participant (A) upon any significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Participant, any reduction of the Participant's compensation or benefits other than a reduction applicable to all employees generally, or the assignment to Participant of duties which are materially inconsistent with the duties of Participant's position with the Company, or (B) if Participant is transferred, without Participant's written consent, to a location that is more than 50 miles from Participant's principal place of business immediately preceding the Change of Control.

"Voting Securities" at any time shall mean the then outstanding voting securities of Northeast Utilities entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees of Northeast Utilities.

III. Benefits

(a) Benefits Following Termination Upon a Change of Control. So long as a Participant executes a written release substantially in the form of Annex 2 hereto, upon such Participant's Termination upon a Change of Control,
(i) the Company will pay to Participant, in a single cash payment within 30 days after the later of the Termination Date and the date the Participant executes such release, an amount equal to two times the Participant's Base Compensation, (ii) each of the Participant, his or her eligible spouse and dependents shall be eligible for a continuation of all employee health plan benefits as then in effect for such persons, as if the Participant had remained actively employed by the Company, such benefits to continue until the earlier of two years following the Termination Date or the date such person has coverage through another group health plan or plans and to count as "continuation coverage" pursuant to the requirements of Section 4980B of the Code, and (iii) on such Participant's Termination Date, all performance share units, stock options or restricted shares previously granted to the Participant, to the extent not already vested prior to the Termination Date, shall be fully vested and exercisable or paid as if the Participant had remained actively employed by the Company, including the right of exercise, where appropriate, within 36 months after the Termination Date; provided, however, that the performance share units shall be paid as if the Company had met all performance targets during the applicable performance period.

(b) Certain Reduction of Payments.

(i) Anything in this Program to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of a Participant, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Program or otherwise (the "Payment"), would constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and that such Participant would receive a greater net amount if the Payment to Participant were reduced to avoid the taxation of excess parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code, the aggregate present value of amounts payable or distributable to or for the benefit of Participant pursuant to this Program (such payments or distributions pursuant to this Program are hereinafter referred to as "Program Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the Reduced Amount. The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate present value of Program Payments without causing any Payment to be subject to the taxation under Section 4999 of the Code. For purposes of this Section
3(b), present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

(ii) All determinations to be made under this Section 3(b) shall be made by the Company's independent public accountant immediately prior to the Change of Control (the "Accounting Firm"), which firm shall provide its determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company and the affected Participant within 10 days of the Termination Date of such Participant. Any such determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Participant; provided, however, that Participant shall, in his or her sole discretion, determine whether, which and how much of the Program Payments shall be eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this Section 3(b). Within five days after the Participant's determination, the Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or distribute (or cause to be distributed) to or for the benefit of the Participant such amounts as are then due to the Participant under this Program.

(iii) As a result of the uncertainty in the application of
Section 280G of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Program Payments will have been made by the Company which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or that additional Program Payments which have not been made by the Company could have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. Within two years after the Termination of Employment of any Participant, the Accounting Firm shall review the determination made by it pursuant to Section 3(b)(ii). In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Overpayment has been made, any such Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to the Participant which the Participant shall repay to the Company together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code (the "Federal Rate"); provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by the Participant to the Company if and to the extent such payment would not increase the net amount which is payable to the Participant after taking into account the provisions of Section 4999 of the Code. In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant together with interest at the Federal Rate.

(iv) All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in subsections 3(b)(ii) and 3(b)(iii) above shall be borne solely by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm of and from any and all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its determinations pursuant to subsections 3(b)(ii) and 3(b)(iii) above, except for claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

(b) Vesting. A Participant shall be vested and shall have a nonforfeitable right with respect to the benefits to be provided hereunder from and after the Termination Date. The respective rights and obligations of the Company and the Participant under this Program shall survive any termination of Participant's employment to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

(c) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Program shall prevent or limit any Participant's continuing or future participation in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company and for which such Participant may qualify; provided, however, that if such Participant becomes entitled to and receives all of the payments provided for in this Program, the Participant hereby waives his or her right to receive payments under any severance plan or similar program applicable to employees of the Company generally.

(d) Notice of Termination. No Termination upon a Change of Control shall be effective unless accompanied or preceded by a Notice of Termination.

IV. Funding

Benefits payable under this Program shall be unfunded, as that term is used in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(a)(6) of ERISA, with respect to unfunded plans maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees, and the Administrator shall administer this Program in a manner that will ensure that benefits are unfunded and that Participants will not be considered to have received a taxable economic benefit prior to the time at which benefits are actually payable hereunder. Accordingly, the Company shall not be required to segregate or earmark any of its assets for the benefit of Participants or their spouses or other beneficiaries, and each such person shall have only a contractual right against the Company for benefits hereunder. The Company may from time to time establish a trust and deposit with the trustee thereof funds to be held in trust for the payment of benefits hereunder; provided, that the use of such funds for such purpose shall be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors as set forth in the agreement establishing any such trust. The rights and interests of a Participant under this Program shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance by a Participant or any person claiming under or through a Participant, nor shall they be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of a Participant or anyone else prior to payment. The Treasurer of NUSCO may from time to time appoint an investment manager or managers for the funds held in any such trust.

V. Administration

The Program shall be operated under the direction of the Committee and administered by the Administrator. The calculation of all benefits payable under the Program shall be performed by the Administrator, subject to the review of the Committee.

VI. Claims Procedure

All claims for benefits under this Program shall be determined under the claims procedure in effect under the Northeast Utilities Service Company Retirement Plan on the date that such claims are submitted, except that the Administrator shall make initial determinations with respect to claims hereunder and the Committee shall decide appeals of such determinations. In the event that any dispute under the provisions of this Program is not resolved to the satisfaction of the affected Participant, other than a dispute in which the primary relief sought is an equitable remedy such as an injunction, the parties shall be required to have the dispute, controversy or claim settled by arbitration in the City of Hartford, Connecticut in accordance with National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, two of whom shall be selected by the Company and the affected Participant, respectively, and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two arbitrators. Any award entered by the arbitrators shall be final, binding and nonappealable (except as provided in Section 52-418 of the Connecticut General Statutes) and judgment may be entered thereon by either party in accordance with applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable. The arbitrators shall have no authority to modify any provision of this Program or to award a remedy for a dispute involving this Program other than a benefit specifically provided under or by virtue of the Program. If a Participant prevails on any material issue which is the subject of any such arbitration or lawsuit, the Company shall be responsible for all of the fees of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators and any expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration (including the Company's and the Participant's reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses). Otherwise, each party shall be responsible for its own expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) and shall share the fees of the American Arbitration Association.

VII. Adoption by Company: Obligations of Company.

(a) At the earliest feasible time or times, Northeast Utilities shall cause each entity in which it now or hereafter holds, directly or indirectly, more than a 50 percent voting interest to approve and adopt this Program and, by such approval and adoption, to be bound by the terms hereof.

(b) Benefits under this Program shall, in the first instance, be paid and satisfied by NUSCO. If NUSCO shall be dissolved or for any other reason shall fail to pay and satisfy such benefits, each individual entity referred to in (a) above shall pay and satisfy its share of such benefits, such share to be the ratio of the Participant's Base Compensation charged to such entity during the three calendar years immediately preceding the Participant's Termination Upon a Change of Control to the total of the Participant's Base Compensation charged to all such entities during the same period.

(c) The Declaration of Trust of Northeast Utilities provides that no shareholder of Northeast Utilities shall be held to any liability whatever for the payment of any sum of money, or for damages or otherwise under any contract, obligation or undertaking made, entered into or issued by the trustees of Northeast Utilities or by any officer, agent or representative elected or appointed by the trustees and no such contract, obligation or undertaking shall be enforceable against the trustees or any of them in their or his individual capacities or capacity and all such contracts, obligations and undertakings shall be enforceable only against the trustees as such and every person, firm, association, trust and corporation having any claim or demand arising out of any such contract, obligation or undertaking shall look only to the trust estate for the payment or satisfaction thereof. Any liability for benefits under this Program incurred by Northeast Utilities shall be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 (c).

VIII. Miscellaneous

(a) Amendment or Termination. Prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Board may amend or discontinue this Program at any time, on at least two (2) years prior written notice to each Participant of the Board's intention to do so and specifying the changes to be made. Upon and following a Change of Control, this Program may not be amended or terminated in any way that would eliminate or reduce the payments and benefits owing to Participants under the Program.

(b) Headings. Headings are included in the Program for convenience only and are not substantive provisions of the Program.

(c) Applicable Law. The interpretation of the provisions and the administration of the Program shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions, and to the extent applicable, the United States of America.

(d) Mitigation. No Participant shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Program by seeking other employment or otherwise and there shall be no offset against amounts due any Participant under this Program on account of any remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment that may be obtained.

(e) Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Program or necessary or convenient in connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail to the last known address of the Company or the Participant, as the case may be, reflected upon Company records. Notices to the Company shall be addressed to:

Northeast Utilities Service Company P.O. Box 270
Hartford, CT 06141-0270
Attention: Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer

(f) Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions of this Program shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties and responsibilities of the Participants under this Program are of a personal nature and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by the Participants. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Participants, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to the extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(g) Severability. If any provision of this Program or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Program which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

(h) Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver. No remedy conferred upon a party by this Program is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedy given under this Program or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission by a party in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Program or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by such party from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.

(i) Beneficiaries/References. Each Participant shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable under this Program following his or her death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of a Participant's death or a judicial determination of a Participant's incompetence, reference in this Program to "Participant" shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to such Participant's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

(j) Withholding. The Company may withhold from any payments under this Program all federal, state and local taxes as the Company is required to withhold pursuant to any law or governmental rule or regulation. Each Participant shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, all federal, state and local taxes due with respect to any payment received under this Program. .
(k) Establishment of Trust. The Company may establish an irrevocable trust fund pursuant to a trust agreement to hold assets to satisfy any of its obligations under this Program. Funding of such trust fund shall be subject to the Board's discretion, as set forth in the agreement pursuant to which

the fund will be established.


Exhibit 10.37.1
AMENDMENT TO SPECIAL SEVERANCE PROGRAM
FOR OFFICERS OF NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM COMPANIES

The definition of "Termination upon a Change of Control" set forth in Article II of the Special Severance Program for Officers of Northeast Utilities System Companies is amended to read in its entirety as follows, effective February 23, 1999:

"Termination upon a Change of Control" of a Participant shall mean a Termination of Employment during the period beginning on the earlier of (a) approval by the shareholders of Northeast Utilities of a Change of Control or
(b) consummation of a Change of Control and, in either case, ending on the second anniversary of the consummation of the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control (or if such period started on shareholder approval and after such shareholder approval the Board abandons the transaction, on the date the Board abandoned the transaction) either:

(i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than (w) Disability, (x) death, (y) retirement on or after attaining age 65, or (z) Cause, or

(ii) initiated by the Participant (A) upon any significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Participant, any reduction of the Participant's compensation or benefits other than a reduction applicable to all employees generally, or the assignment to Participant of duties which are materially inconsistent with the duties of Participant's position with the Company, or (B) if Participant is transferred, without Participant's written consent, to a location that is more than 50 miles from Participant's principal place of business immediately preceding such approval or consummation.

Approved in accordance with resolutions of the Board of Trustees of Northeast Utilities adopted on February 23, 1999.

Cheryl W. Grise
Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

I waive the two-year notice period of a change to the Special Severance Program provided for in Section VIII(a) thereof:

Name:

Date:


Exhibit 10.39.1
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 23, 1999, amends the Employment Agreement, dated as of August 20, 1997, between Northeast Utilities ("NU") and Michael G. Morris, as follows:

A. The phrase "a Termination upon Change of Control, as defined in Section 6.1(f)" in Section 1.9 of the Employment Agreement is amended to read "a Change of Control, as defined in Section 6.1(c)".

B. Section 6.1(f) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(f) "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a Termination of Employment during the period beginning on the earlier of (a) approval by the shareholders of NU of a Change of Control or (b) consummation of a Change of Control and, in either case, ending on the second anniversary of the consummation of the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control (or if such period started on shareholder approval and after such shareholder approval the Board abandons the transaction, on the date the Board abandoned the transaction) either:

(i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than Executive's (w) disability, as described in Section 5.1 hereof, (x) death, (y) retirement on or after attaining age 65, or (z) "cause," as defined in Section 5.3 hereof, or

(ii) initiated by Executive (A) upon any failure of the Company materially to comply with and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement, including any significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive, any reduction of Executive's compensation or benefits due hereunder, or the assignment to Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the duties of Executive's position as defined in
Section 1.2 above, or (B) if Executive is transferred, without Executive's written consent, to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive's principal place of business immediately preceding such approval or consummation; provided, that the imposition on Executive following a Change of Control of a limitation of Executive's scope of authority such that Executive's responsibilities relate primarily to a company or companies whose common equity is not publicly held shall be considered a "significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive" for purposes hereof.

C. Section 6.4(c) of the Employment Agreement is deleted, and the following paragraph is added at the beginning of Section 6.4:

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Compensation Committee of the Northeast Utilities Board of Trustees is comprised of the same members as those on the Committee immediately before the Change of Control and determines otherwise, (i) the Option and any subsequent stock option grants previously granted to Executive, to the extent not already vested prior to such occurrence, shall be fully vested and immediately exercisable as if Executive had satisfied all requirements as to exercise, including the right of exercise where appropriate within 36 months of such occurrence, and if the Change of Control results in the Voting Securities of NU ceasing to be traded on a national securities exchange or through the national market system of the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc., the price at which the Option shall be exercised shall be the average of the closing prices for the five trading days preceding the day such Voting Securities cease trading; and
(ii) if the Company is not the surviving corporation (or survives only as a subsidiary of another corporation), that portion of the Option that has not been exercised shall be assumed by, or replaced with comparable options or rights by, the surviving corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Committee (if comprised of the same members as those on the Committee immediately before the Change of Control) may require Executive to surrender the remainder of the Option in exchange for a payment by the Company, in cash or common shares as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to the amount by which the then fair market value of the common shares subject to the Option exceeds $9.625 per share, or, after giving Executive an opportunity to exercise the Option, terminate the Option at such time as the Committee deems appropriate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES

/s/Michael G. Morris
                                                        By/s/Cheryl Grise
                                                        Senior Vice President, Secretary
                                                        and General Counsel
3/3/99                                          3/3/99


Exhibit 10.41.1
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of January 13, 1998, amends the Employment Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1997, between Northeast Utilities Service Company and Bruce D. Kenyon.

1. Section 3.1(a) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

During his employment by the Company and for a period of two years after Executive's termination of employment for any reason, within the Company's "service area," as defined below, Executive will not, except with the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise with, or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any business or enterprise which is engaged in any business that is competitive with any business or enterprise in which the Company is engaged. For the purposes of this Section, "service area" shall mean the geographic area within the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont, or any other state in which the Company, in the aggregate, generates 25% or more of its revenues in the fiscal year of NU in which Executive's termination of employment occurs. Executive acknowledges that the listed service area is the area in which the Company presently does business.

2. Section 6.1(c) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Change of Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following:

(i) When any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than the Company, its Affiliates, or any Company or NU employee benefit plan (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of NU representing more than 20% of the combined voting power of either (i) the then outstanding common shares of NU (the "Outstanding Common Shares") or (ii) the Voting Securities; or

(ii) Individuals who, as of the beginning of any twenty-four month period, constitute the Trustees (the "Incumbent Trustees") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Trustees or cease to be able to exercise the powers of the majority of the Trustees, provided that any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Trustees shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Trustees, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Trustees of NU (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

(iii) Consummation by NU of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation, business trust or other entity resulting from or being the surviving entity in such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(iv) Consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of NU or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of NU other than to a corporation, business trust or other entity with respect to which, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such sale or disposition, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, is then owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES
SERVICE COMPANY

/s/Bruce D. Kenyon                              By: /s/Cheryl Grise
Executive                                                       Senior Vice President

6/25/98                                                 6/26/98


Exhibit 10.41.2
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 23, 1999, amends
Section 6.1(f) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of August 21, 1996, between Northeast Utilities Service Company and Bruce D. Kenyon, to read as follows:

(f) "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a Termination of Employment during the period beginning on the earlier of (a) approval by the shareholders of NU of a Change of Control or (b) consummation of a Change of Control and, in either case, ending on the second anniversary of the consummation of the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control (or if such period started on shareholder approval and after such shareholder approval the Board abandons the transaction, on the date the Board abandoned the transaction) either:

(i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than Executive's (w) disability, as described in Section 5.1 hereof, (x) death, (y) retirement on or after attaining age 65, or (z) "cause," as defined in Section 5.3 hereof, or

(ii) initiated by Executive (A) upon any failure of the Company materially to comply with and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement, including any significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive, any reduction of Executive's compensation or benefits due hereunder, or the assignment to Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the duties of Executive's position as defined in
Section 1.2 above, or (B) if Executive is transferred, without Executive's written consent, to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive's principal place of business immediately preceding such approval or consummation; provided, that the imposition on Executive following a Change of Control of a limitation of Executive's scope of authority such that Executive's responsibilities relate primarily to a company or companies whose common equity is not publicly held shall be considered a "significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive" for purposes hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES SERVICE COMPANY

/s/Bruce D. Kenyon
3/5/99
                                                        By /s/Cheryl Grise
                                                        Senior Vice President, Secretary
                                                        and General Counsel
                                                        3/4/99


Exhibit 10.42.1
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of January 13, 1998, amends the Employment Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1997, between Northeast Utilities Service Company and John H. Forsgren.

1. Section 3.1(a) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

During his employment by the Company and for a period of two years after Executive's termination of employment for any reason, within the Company's "service area," as defined below, Executive will not, except with the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise with, or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any business or enterprise which is engaged in any business that is competitive with any business or enterprise in which the Company is engaged. For the purposes of this Section, "service area" shall mean the geographic area within the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont, or any other state in which the Company, in the aggregate, generates 25% or more of its revenues in the fiscal year of NU in which Executive's termination of employment occurs. Executive acknowledges that the listed service area is the area in which the Company presently does business.

2. Section 6.1(c) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Change of Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following:

(i) When any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than the Company, its Affiliates, or any Company or NU employee benefit plan (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of NU representing more than 20% of the combined voting power of either (i) the then outstanding common shares of NU (the "Outstanding Common Shares") or (ii) the Voting Securities; or

(ii) Individuals who, as of the beginning of any twenty-four month period, constitute the Trustees (the "Incumbent Trustees") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Trustees or cease to be able to exercise the powers of the majority of the Trustees, provided that any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Trustees shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Trustees, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Trustees of NU (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

(iii) Consummation by NU of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation, business trust or other entity resulting from or being the surviving entity in such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(iv) Consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of NU or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of NU other than to a corporation, business trust or other entity with respect to which, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such sale or disposition, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, is then owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES
SERVICE COMPANY

/s/John H. Forsgren                             By: /s/Cheryl Grise
Executive                                                   Senior Vice President
6/25/98                                                 6/26/98


Exhibit 10.42.2
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 23, 1999, amends
Section 6.1(f) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1996, between Northeast Utilities Service Company and John H. Forsgren, to read as follows:

(f) "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a Termination of Employment during the period beginning on the earlier of (a) approval by the shareholders of NU of a Change of Control or (b) consummation of a Change of Control and, in either case, ending on the second anniversary of the consummation of the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control (or if such period started on shareholder approval and after such shareholder approval the Board abandons the transaction, on the date the Board abandoned the transaction) either:

(i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than Executive's (w) disability, as described in Section 5.1 hereof, (x) death, (y) retirement on or after attaining age 65, or (z) "cause," as defined in Section 5.3 hereof, or

(ii) initiated by Executive (A) upon any failure of the Company materially to comply with and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement, including any significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive, any reduction of Executive's compensation or benefits due hereunder, or the assignment to Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the duties of Executive's position as defined in
Section 1.2 above, or (B) if Executive is transferred, without Executive's written consent, to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive's principal place of business immediately preceding such approval or consummation; provided, that the imposition on Executive following a Change of Control of a limitation of Executive's scope of authority such that Executive's responsibilities relate primarily to a company or companies whose common equity is not publicly held shall be considered a "significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive" for purposes hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES SERVICE COMPANY

/s/John H. Forsgren                     /s/Cheryl Grise
3/8/99                          Senior Vice President, Secretary and
                                        General Counsel
                                        3/4/99


Exhibit 10.43.1
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of January 13, 1998, amends the Employment Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1997, between Northeast Utilities Service Company and Hugh C. MacKenzie.

1. Section 3.1(a) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

During his employment by the Company and for a period of two years after Executive's termination of employment for any reason, within the Company's "service area," as defined below, Executive will not, except with the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise with, or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any business or enterprise which is engaged in any business that is competitive with any business or enterprise in which the Company is engaged. For the purposes of this Section, "service area" shall mean the geographic area within the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont, or any other state in which the Company, in the aggregate, generates 25% or more of its revenues in the fiscal year of NU in which Executive's termination of employment occurs. Executive acknowledges that the listed service area is the area in which the Company presently does business.

2. Section 6.1(c) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Change of Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following:

(i) When any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than the Company, its Affiliates, or any Company or NU employee benefit plan (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of NU representing more than 20% of the combined voting power of either (i) the then outstanding common shares of NU (the "Outstanding Common Shares") or (ii) the Voting Securities; or

(ii) Individuals who, as of the beginning of any twenty-four month period, constitute the Trustees (the "Incumbent Trustees") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Trustees or cease to be able to exercise the powers of the majority of the Trustees, provided that any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Trustees shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Trustees, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Trustees of NU (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

(iii) Consummation by NU of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation, business trust or other entity resulting from or being the surviving entity in such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(iv) Consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of NU or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of NU other than to a corporation, business trust or other entity with respect to which, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such sale or disposition, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, is then owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES
SERVICE COMPANY

/s/Hugh C. MacKenzie                    By: /s/Cheryl Grise
Executive                                                       Senior Vice President
6/25/98                                                 6/26/98


Exhibit 10.43.2
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 23, 1999, amends
Section 6.1(f) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1997, between Northeast Utilities Service Company and Hugh C. MacKenzie ("Executive"), to read as follows:

(f) "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a Termination of Employment during the period beginning on the earlier of (a) approval by the shareholders of NU of a Change of Control or (b) consummation of a Change of Control and, in either case, ending on the second anniversary of the consummation of the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control (or if such period started on shareholder approval and after such shareholder approval the Board abandons the transaction, on the date the Board abandoned the transaction) either:

(i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than Executive's (w) disability, as described in Section 5.1 hereof, (x) death, (y) retirement on or after attaining age 65, or (z) "cause," as defined in Section 5.3 hereof, or

(ii) initiated by Executive (A) upon any failure of the Company materially to comply with and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement, including any significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive, any reduction of Executive's compensation or benefits due hereunder, or the assignment to Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the duties of Executive's position as defined in
Section 1.2 above, or (B) if Executive is transferred, without Executive's written consent, to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive's principal place of business immediately preceding such approval or consummation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

/s/Hugh C. MacKenzie                    NORTHEAST UTILITIES SERVICE COMPANY
Executive                                               /s/Cheryl Grise
3/5/99                                          Senior Vice President, Secretary
                                                        and General Counsel
                                                        3/4/99


Exhibit 10.44
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") entered into as of February 25, 1997, by and between Northeast Utilities Service Company, a Connecticut corporation (the "Company"), with its principal office in Berlin, Connecticut, and Cheryl W. Grise, a resident of West Hartford, Connecticut ("Executive").

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed as the Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Company and both parties desire to enter into an agreement to reflect Executive's contribution to the Company's business in Executive's executive capacities and to provide for Executive's continued employment by the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein:
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to continue the employment of Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to perform Executive's duties and responsibilities, in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions hereinafter set forth.

1.1. Employment Term. The term of Executive's employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof (the "Effective Date") and shall continue until December 31, 1998, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Section 5 or Section 6 hereof, and shall automatically renew for periods of one year unless one party gives written notice to the other, at least six months prior to December 31, 1998 or at least six months prior to the end of any one-year renewal period, that the Agreement shall not be further extended. The period commencing as of the Effective Date and ending on the date on which the term of Executive's employment under the Agreement shall terminate is hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Term".

1.2. Duties and Responsibilities. Executive shall serve in such senior positions as directed by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") or the Board of Trustees (the "Trustees") of Northeast Utilities ("NU") that provide Executive with duties and compensation that are substantially equivalent to Executive's current position in terms of duties and responsibilities. During the Employment Term, Executive shall perform all duties and accept all responsibilities incident to such positions as may be assigned to Executive by the Board.

1.3. Extent of Service. During the Employment Term, Executive agrees to use Executive's best efforts to carry out Executive's duties and responsibilities under Section 1.2 hereof and, consistent with the other provisions of this Agreement, to devote substantially all Executive's business time, attention and energy thereto. Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, the foregoing shall not be construed as preventing Executive from making minority investments in other businesses or enterprises provided that Executive agrees not to become engaged in any other business activity which, in the reasonable judgment of the Board, is likely to interfere with Executive's ability to discharge Executive's duties and responsibilities to the Company.

1.4. Base Salary. For all the services rendered by Executive hereunder, the Company shall pay Executive a base salary ("Base Salary"), commencing on the Effective Date, at the annual rate then being paid to Executive by the Company, payable in installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its other senior level executives (but in any event no less often than monthly). Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed annually for appropriate adjustment (but shall not be reduced below that in effect on the Effective Date without Executive's written consent) by the Trustees pursuant to its normal performance review policies for senior level executives.

1.5. Retirement and Benefit Coverages. During the Employment Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all (a) employee pension and retirement plans and programs ("Retirement Plans") and (b) welfare benefit plans and programs ("Benefit Coverages"), in each case made available to the Company's senior level executives as a group or to its employees generally, as such Retirement Plans or Benefit Coverages may be in effect from time to time, including, without limitation, the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Officers (the "Supplemental Plan"), both as to the Make- Whole Benefit and the Target Benefit.

1.6. Reimbursement of Expenses; Vacation. Executive shall be provided with reimbursement of expenses related to Executive's employment by the Company on a basis no less favorable than that which may be authorized from time to time for senior level executives as a group, and shall be entitled to vacation and holidays in accordance with the Company's normal personnel policies for senior level executives.

1.7. Short-Term Incentive Compensation. If the Employment Term has not previously terminated, beginning on January 1, 1999, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any short-term incentive compensation programs established by the Company for its senior level executives generally depending upon achievement of certain annual individual or business performance objectives specified and approved by the Trustees (or a Committee thereof) in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Executive's "target opportunity" and "maximum opportunity" under any such program shall be at least at the same level as in effect for Executive on January 1, 1996. Executive's short-term incentive compensation, either in shares of NU or cash, as applicable from time to time, shall be paid to Executive, subject to the Board's or the Trustee's reasonable discretion, not later than such payments are made to the Company's senior level executives generally.

1.8. Long-Term Incentive Compensation. On and after the Effective Date and until December 31, 1998, Executive shall participate in the NU Stock Price Recovery Plan, in accordance with the terms adopted by the Trustees and NU's Organization, Compensation and Board Affairs Committee on December 21, 1996. If the Employment Term has not previously terminated, beginning on January 1, 1999, Executive shall also be entitled to participate in any long-term incentive compensation programs established by the Company for its senior level executives generally depending upon achievement of certain business performance objectives specified and approved by the Trustees (or a Committee thereof) in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Executive's "target opportunity" and "maximum opportunity" under any such program shall be at least at the same level as in effect for Executive on January 1, 1996. Executive's long-term incentive compensation, either in shares of NU or cash, as applicable from time to time, shall be paid to Executive, subject to the Board's or the Trustee's reasonable discretion, not later than such payments are made to the Company's senior level executives generally.

2. Confidential Information. Executive recognizes and acknowledges that by reason of Executive's employment by and service to the Company before, during and, if applicable, after the Employment Term Executive has had and will continue to have access to certain confidential and proprietary information relating to the business of the Company, which may include, but is not limited to, trade secrets, trade "know-how", customer information, supplier information, cost and pricing information, marketing and sales techniques, strategies and programs, computer programs and software and financial information (collectively referred to as "Confidential Information"). Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is a valuable and unique asset of the Company and Executive covenants that Executive will not, unless expressly authorized in writing by the Board, at any time during the course of Executive's employment use any Confidential Information or divulge or disclose any Confidential Information to any person, firm or corporation except in connection with the performance of Executive's duties for the Company and in a manner consistent with the Company's policies regarding Confidential Information. Executive also covenants that at any time after the termination of such employment, directly or indirectly, Executive will not use any Confidential Information or divulge or disclose any Confidential Information to any person, firm or corporation, unless such information is in the public domain through no fault of Executive or except when required to do so by a court of law, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order Executive to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information, in which case Executive will inform the Company in writing promptly of such required disclosure, but in any event at least two business days prior to disclosure. All written Confidential Information (including, without limitation, in any computer or other electronic format) which comes into Executive's possession during the course of Executive's employment shall remain the property of the Company. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties for the Company, or unless expressly authorized in writing by the Board, Executive shall not remove any written Confidential Information from the Company's premises, except in connection with the performance of Executive's duties for the Company and in a manner consistent with the Company's policies regarding Confidential Information. Upon termination of Executive's employment, Executive agrees immediately to return to the Company all written Confidential Information in Executive's possession. For the purposes of this Section 2, the term "Company" shall be deemed to include NU and the Affiliates, as defined in Section 6.1(a), of NU and the Company.

3. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.

(a) During Executive's employment by the Company and for a period of two years after Executive's termination of employment for any reason, within the Company's "service area," as defined below, Executive will not, except with the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise with, or use or permit Executive's name to be used in connection with, any business or enterprise which is engaged in any business that is competitive with any business or enterprise in which the Company is engaged. For the purposes of this Section, "service area" shall mean the geographic area within the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont, or any other geographic area in which, at the time of Executive's termination of employment from the Company, the Company is doing business. Executive acknowledges that the listed service area is the area in which the Company presently does business.

(b) The foregoing restrictions shall not be construed to prohibit the ownership by Executive of less than five percent (5%) of any class of securities of any corporation which is engaged in any of the foregoing businesses having a class of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), provided that such ownership represents a passive investment and that neither Executive nor any group of persons including Executive in any way, either directly or indirectly, manages or exercises control of any such corporation, guarantees any of its financial obligations, otherwise takes any part in its business, other than exercising Executive's rights as a shareholder, or seeks to do any of the foregoing.

(c) Executive further covenants and agrees that during Executive's employment by the Company and for the period of two years thereafter, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, divert, take away, or attempt to solicit, divert or take away, any of the Company's "Principal Customers," defined for the purposes hereof to include any customer of the Company, from which $100,000 or more of annual gross revenues are derived at such time, or (ii) encourage any Principal Customer to reduce its patronage of the Company.

(d) Executive further covenants and agrees that during Executive's employment by the Company and for the period of two years thereafter, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or hire, or encourage the solicitation or hiring of, any person who was a managerial or higher level employee of the Company at any time during the term of Executive's employment by the Company by any employer other than the Company for any position as an employee, independent contractor, consultant or otherwise. The foregoing covenant of Executive shall not apply to any person after 12 months have elapsed subsequent to the date on which such person's employment by the Company has terminated.

(e) Nothing in this Section 3 shall be construed to prohibit Executive, if Executive is a lawyer, from being connected as a partner, principal, shareholder, associate, counsel or otherwise with another lawyer or a law firm which performs services for clients engaged in any business or enterprise that is competitive with any business or enterprise in which the Company is engaged, provided that Executive is not personally involved, directly or indirectly, in performing services for any such clients during the period specified in Section 3(a) and provided further that such lawyer or law firm takes reasonable precautions to screen Executive from participating for the period specified in Section 3(a) in the representation of any such clients. The parties agree that any such personal performance of services by Executive for any such clients during such period would create an unreasonable risk of violation by Executive of the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, and Executive agrees (and the Company may elect) to notify in writing any lawyer or law firm with which Executive may be connected during the period specified in Section 3(a) of Executive's Agreement as set forth herein. The parties further agree that, in addition to the nondisclosure obligations of Section 2 of this Agreement, Executive remains subject to all ethical obligations relating to confidentiality of information to the extent that Executive acted as a lawyer for the Company, but Executive's knowledge of such confidential information shall not be imputed to such other lawyer or law firm with which Executive subsequently may become connected. Executive agrees to notify the Company in writing in advance of the precautions to be taken by such lawyer or law firm to screen Executive from any representation of such competing client of such lawyer or law firm.

(f) For the purposes of this Section 3, the term "Company" shall be deemed to include NU and the Affiliates, as defined in Section 6.1(a), of NU and the Company.

4. Equitable Relief.

(a) Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in Sections 2 and 3 are reasonable and necessary to protect and preserve the legitimate interests, properties, goodwill and business of the Company, that the Company would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such restrictions and that irreparable injury will be suffered by the Company should Executive breach any of the provisions of those Sections. Executive represents and acknowledges that (i) Executive has been advised by the Company to consult Executive's own legal counsel in respect of this Agreement, and (ii) that Executive has had full opportunity, prior to execution of this Agreement, to review thoroughly this Agreement with Executive's counsel.

(b) Executive further acknowledges and agrees that a breach of any of the restrictions in Sections 2 and 3 cannot be adequately compensated by monetary damages. Executive agrees that the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without the necessity of proving actual damages, as well as an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any violation of Sections 2 or 3 hereof, which rights shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Company may be entitled. In the event that any of the provisions of Sections 2 or 3 hereof should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic, service, or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any jurisdiction, it is the intention of the parties that the provision shall be amended to the extent of the maximum time, geographic, service, or other limitations permitted by applicable law, that such amendment shall apply only within the jurisdiction of the court that made such adjudication and that the provision otherwise be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(c) If Executive breaches any of Executive's obligations under Sections 2 or 3 hereof, and such breach constitutes "Cause," as defined in Section 5.3 hereof, or would constitute Cause if it had occurred during the Employment Term, the Company shall thereafter have no Target Benefit obligation pursuant to the Supplemental Plan, but shall remain obligated for the Make-Whole Benefit under the Supplemental Plan, but only to the extent not modified by the terms of this Agreement, and compensation and other benefits provided in any plans, policies or practices then applicable to Executive in accordance with the terms thereof.

(d) Executive irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees that any suit, action or other legal proceeding arising out of Sections 2 or 3 hereof, including without limitation, any action commenced by the Company for preliminary and permanent injunctive relief and other equitable relief, may be brought in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut, or if such court does not have jurisdiction or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of general jurisdiction in Hartford, Connecticut,
(ii) consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding, and (iii) waives any objection which Executive may have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court. Executive also irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the service of any process, pleadings, notices or other papers in a manner permitted by the notice provisions of Section 10 hereof.

(e) Executive agrees that for a period of five years following the termination of Executive's employment by the Company Executive will provide, and that at all times after the date hereof the Company may similarly provide, a copy of Sections 2 and 3 hereof to any business or enterprise (i) which Executive may directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, finance, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation, financing, or control of, or (ii) with which Executive may be connected as an officer, director, employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise, or in connection with which Executive may use or permit Executive's name to be used; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply in respect of Section 3 hereof after expiration of the time periods set forth therein.

(f) For the purposes of this Section 4, the term "Company" shall be deemed to include NU and the Affiliates, as defined in Section 6.1(a), of NU and the Company.

5. Termination. The Employment Term shall terminate upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

5.1. Disability. The Company may terminate the Employment Term if Executive is unable substantially to perform Executive's duties and responsibilities hereunder to the full extent required by the Board by reason of illness, injury or incapacity for six consecutive months, or for more than six months in the aggregate during any period of twelve calendar months; provided, however, that the Company shall continue to pay Executive's Base Salary until the Company acts to terminate the Employment Term. In addition, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) any amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid under Section 1 above and (ii) any other benefits in accordance with the terms of any applicable plans and programs of the Company. Otherwise, the Company shall have no further liability or obligation to Executive for compensation under this Agreement. Executive agrees, in the event of a dispute under this Section 5.1, to submit to a physical examination by a licensed physician selected by the Board.

5.2. Death. The Employment Term shall terminate in the event of Executive's death. In such event, the Company shall pay to Executive's executors, legal representatives or administrators, as applicable, an amount equal to the installment of Executive's Base Salary set forth in Section 1.4 hereof for the month in which Executive dies. In addition, Executive's estate shall be entitled to receive (i) any other amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid under Section 1 above and (ii) any other benefits in accordance with the terms of any applicable plans and programs of the Company. Otherwise, the Company shall have no further liability or obligation under this Agreement to Executive's executors, legal representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other person claiming under or through Executive.

5.3. Cause. The Company may terminate the Employment Term, at any time, for "cause" upon written notice, in which event all payments under this Agreement shall cease, except for Base Salary to the extent already accrued, and no Target Benefit shall be due under the Supplemental Plan, but Executive shall remain entitled to the Make-Whole Benefit under the Supplemental Plan, but only to the extent not modified by the terms of this Agreement, and any other benefits in accordance with the terms of any applicable plans and programs of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, Executive's employment may be terminated for "cause" if (i) Executive is convicted of a felony, (ii) in the reasonable determination of the Board, Executive has (x) committed an act of fraud, embezzlement, or theft in connection with Executive's duties in the course of Executive's employment with the Company, (y) caused intentional, wrongful damage to the property of the Company or intentionally and wrongfully disclosed Confidential Information, or (z) engaged in gross misconduct or gross negligence in the course of Executive's employment with the Company or (iii) Executive materially breached Executive's obligations under this Agreement and shall not have remedied such breach within 30 days after receiving written notice from the Board specifying the details thereof. For purposes of this Agreement, an act or omission on the part of Executive shall be deemed "intentional" only if it was not due primarily to an error in judgment or negligence and was done by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

5.4. Termination Without Cause and Non-Renewal.

(a) The Company may remove Executive, at any time, without cause from the position in which Executive is employed hereunder (in which case the Employment Term shall be deemed to have ended) upon not less than 60 days' prior written notice to Executive; provided, however, that, in the event that such notice is given, Executive shall be under no obligation to render any additional services to the Company and, subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, shall be allowed to seek other employment. Upon any such removal or if the Company informs Executive that the Agreement will not be renewed after December 31, 1998 or at the end of any subsequent renewal period, Executive shall be entitled to receive, as liquidated damages for the failure of the Company to continue to employ Executive, only the amount due to Executive under the Company's then current severance pay plan for employees. No other payments or benefits shall be due under this Agreement to Executive, but Executive shall be entitled to any other benefits in accordance with the terms of any applicable plans and programs of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, on or after Executive attains age 65, no action by the Company shall be treated as a removal from employment or non-renewal if on the effective date of such action Executive satisfies all of the requirements for the executive or high policy-making exception to applicable provisions of state and federal age discrimination legislation.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Executive executes a written release upon such removal or non-renewal, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex 1, (the "Release"), of any and all claims against the Company and all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of Executive's employment by the Company (other than any entitlements under the terms of this Agreement or under any other plans or programs of the Company in which Executive participated and under which Executive has accrued a benefit), or the termination thereof, Executive shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the payment described in subsection (a) hereof, which Executive agrees to waive,

(i) as liquidated damages for the failure of the Company to continue to employ Executive, a single cash payment, within 30 days after the effective date of the removal or non-renewal, equal to Executive's Base Compensation, as defined in Section 6.1(a) below, which shall not constitute a "severance benefit" to Executive for purposes of the Target Benefit under the Supplemental Plan;

(ii) for a period of two years following the end of the Employment Term, Executive and Executive's spouse and dependents shall be eligible for a continuation of those Benefit Coverages, as in effect at the time of such termination or removal, and as the same may be changed from time to time, as if Executive had been continued in employment during said period or to receive cash in lieu of such benefits or premiums, as applicable, where such Benefit Coverages may not be continued (or where such continuation would adversely affect the tax status of the plan pursuant to which the Benefit Coverage is provided) under applicable law or regulations;

(iii) any other amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid under
Section 1 above;

(iv) any other benefits in accordance with the terms of any applicable plans and programs of the Company and a payment equal to any unused vacation;

(v) as additional consideration for the non-competition and non-solicitation covenant contained in Section 3, a single cash payment, within 30 days after the effective date of the removal or non-renewal, equal to Executive's Base Compensation, as defined in Section 6.1(a) below, which shall not constitute a "severance benefit" to Executive for purposes of the Target Benefit under the Supplemental Plan;

(vi) Executive's years of service with the Company through the 24th month following the Termination Date shall be taken into account in determining the amount of, and eligibility for, the Target Benefit and Make-Whole Benefit under the Supplemental Plan and 24 months shall be added to Executive's age for purposes of determining Executive's eligibility for both such Benefits and the actuarial reduction under the Plan; and

(vii) All stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units granted to Executive under NU's Stock Price Recovery Plan or stock options or restricted shares previously granted to Executive, to the extent not already vested prior to the removal or non-renewal, shall be fully vested and exercisable or paid as if Executive had remained actively employed by the Company, including the right of exercise, where appropriate, within 36 months after the removal or non-renewal; provided, however, that the stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units shall be paid on a pro rata basis for the number of completed months in the applicable period for any such stock appreciation rights or restricted stock units during which Executive was employed by the Company.

5.5. Voluntary Termination. Executive may voluntarily terminate the Employment Term upon 30 days' prior written notice for any reason. In such event, after the effective date of such termination, no further payments shall be due under this Agreement except that Executive shall be entitled to any benefits due in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan and programs of the Company.

6. Payments Upon a Change in Control.

6.1. Definitions. For all purposes of this Section 6, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 6.1 unless the context otherwise clearly requires:

(a) "Affiliate" shall mean an "affiliate" as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

(b) "Base Compensation" shall mean Executive's annualized Base Salary and all short-term incentive compensation at the target level for Executive (but in no event less than the target level for Executive in effect on January 1, 1996), specified under programs established by the Company for its senior level executives generally, received by Executive in all capacities with the Company, as would be reported for federal income tax purposes on Form W-2, together with any and all salary reduction authorized amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans or programs, for the most recent full calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year in which occurs Executive's Termination Date or preceding the Change of Control, if higher. "Base Compensation" shall not include the value of any stock appreciation rights or restricted stock units granted to Executive under NU's Stock Price Recovery Plan.

(c) "Change of Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following:

(i) When any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than the Company, its Affiliates, or any Company or NU employee benefit plan (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of NU representing more than 20% of the combined voting power of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of NU (the "Outstanding Common Stock") or (ii) the then outstanding voting securities of NU entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Securities"); or

(ii) Individuals who, as of the beginning of any twenty-four month period, constitute the Trustees (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Trustees or cease to be able to exercise the powers of the majority of the Board, provided that any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Trustees of NU (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

(iii) Consummation by NU of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation, business trust or other entity resulting from or being the surviving entity in such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(iv) Consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of NU or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of NU other than to a corporation, business trust or other entity with respect to which, following such sale or disposition, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, is then owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Stock and Voting Securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

(d) "Termination Date" shall mean the date of receipt of a Notice of Termination of this Agreement or any later date specified therein.

(e) "Termination of Employment" shall mean the termination of Executive's actual employment relationship with the Company, including a failure to renew the Agreement after December 31, 1998 or at the end of any subsequent renewal period, in either case occasioned by the Company's action.

(f) "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a Termination of Employment upon or within two years after a Change of Control either:

(i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than Executive's (w) disability, as described in Section 5.1 hereof, (x) death, (y) retirement on or after attaining age 65, or (z) "cause," as defined in Section 5.3 hereof, or (ii) initiated by Executive (A) upon any failure of the Company materially to comply with and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement, including any significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive, any reduction of Executive's compensation or benefits due hereunder, or the assignment to Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the duties of Executive's position as defined in
Section 1.2 above, or (B) if Executive is transferred, without Executive's written consent, to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive's principal place of business immediately preceding the Change of Control.

6.2. Notice of Termination. Any Termination upon a Change of Control shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 10 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a Termination of Employment and the applicable provision hereof, and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Termination Date (which date shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice).

6.3. Payments upon Termination. Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7 hereof, in the event of Executive's Termination upon a Change of Control, the Company agrees (a) in the event Executive executes the Release required by Section 5.4(b), to pay to Executive, in a single cash payment, within thirty days after the Termination Date, two multiplied by Executive's Base Compensation and, in addition, all amounts, benefits and Benefit Coverages described in Section 5.4(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), provided that in (ii) Benefit Coverages shall continue for three years instead of two, or
(b) in the event Executive fails or refuses to execute the Release required by Section 5.4(b), to pay to Executive, in a single cash payment, within thirty days after the Termination Date, the amount due under Section 5.4(a) above and, in addition, all other amounts and benefits described in Section 5.4(a).

6.4. Other Payments, Supplemental Plan, Stock Option and Stock Grants, etc. Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7 hereof, in the event of Executive's Termination upon a Change of Control, and the execution of the Release required by Section 5.4(b):

(a) Under the Supplemental Plan, Executive shall be entitled to a Target Benefit and a Make-Whole Benefit commencing as provided below with an actuarial reduction in the event the Target Benefit and Make-Whole Benefit commence prior to age 65 (age 60 if Executive has attained age 60 and completed at least 30 years of service at the Termination Date), whether or not Executive is then age 60 and notwithstanding the Plan's requirement that a participant retire on or after age 60 and be entitled to a vested benefit under the Company's Retirement Plan. The actuarial reduction shall be 2% for each year younger than age 65 to age 60, if applicable, 3% for each year younger than age 60 to age 55 and a full actuarial reduction, as determined by the enrolled actuary for the Retirement Plan, for each year younger than
55. Executive's years of service with the Company through the 36th month following the Termination Date shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the Target Benefit and Make-Whole Benefit and 36 months shall be added to Executive's age for purposes of determining Executive's eligibility for both such Benefits and the actuarial reduction under the Plan as modified herein. Executive shall determine the form of payment in which the Target Benefit and Make-Whole Benefit shall be paid, in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Plan or may elect to receive a single sum payment equal to the then actuarial present value (computed using the 1983 GAM (50%/Male/50%/ Female) Mortality Table and at an interest rate equal to the discount rate used in the Retirement Plan's previous year's FASB 87 accounting) of the amount of the Target Benefit and Make-Whole Benefit as determined in accordance with the first three sentences of this subsection (a). Payment shall commence or be made within 30 days after the Termination Date or on any date thereafter, as specified by Executive in a written election. Such election may be made at any time and amended at any time but any election or amendment, other than one made within 30 days of the Effective Date, shall be ineffective if made within six months prior to the Termination Date. In the absence of any election or determination provided for herein, the terms of the Supplemental Plan shall govern the form and time of payment.

(b) Executive's years of service with the Company through the 36th month following the Termination Date shall be taken into account in determining Executive's eligibility for, but not amount of cost sharing under, the Company's retiree health plan and, in addition, 36 months shall be added to Executive's age for this purpose.

(c) On Executive's Termination Date, all stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units granted to Executive under NU's Stock Price Recovery Plan or stock options or restricted shares previously granted to Executive, to the extent not already vested prior to the Termination Date, shall be fully vested and exercisable or paid as if Executive had remained actively employed by the Company, including the right of exercise, where appropriate, within 36 months after the Termination Date and, if the Change of Control results in the Voting Securities of NU ceasing to be traded on a national securities exchange or though the national market system of the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc., the price at which the rights or units may be exercised shall be the average of the closing prices for the five trading days preceding the day such Voting Securities cease trading.

6.5. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive's continuing or future participation in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company and for which Executive may qualify; provided, however, that if Executive becomes entitled to and receives all of the payments provided for in this Agreement, Executive hereby waives Executive's right to receive payments under any severance plan or similar program applicable to all employees of the Company.

6.6. Certain Increase in Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the "Payment"), would constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Executive shall be paid an additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount retained by Executive after deduction of any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, and any federal, state and local income and employment tax and excise tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment shall be equal to the Payment. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income tax and employment taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income and employment taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of Executive's residence on the Termination Date, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes that may be obtained from the deduction of such state and local taxes.

(b) All determinations to be made under this Section 6 shall be made by the Company's independent public accountant immediately prior to the Change of Control (the "Accounting Firm"), which firm shall provide its determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within 10 days of the Termination Date. Any such determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. Within five days after the Accounting Firm's determination, the Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or distribute (or cause to be distributed) to or for the benefit of Executive such amounts as are then due to Executive under this Agreement.

(c) In the event that upon any audit by the Internal Revenue Service, or by a state or local taxing authority, of the Payment or Gross-Up Payment, a change is finally determined to be required in the amount of taxes paid by Executive, appropriate adjustments shall be made under this Agreement such that the net amount which is payable to Executive after taking into account the provisions of Section 4999 of the Code shall reflect the intent of the parties as expressed in subsection (a) above, in the manner determined by the Accounting Firm.

(d) All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in subsections (b) and (c) above shall be borne solely by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm of and from any and all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its determinations pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, except for claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

6.7 Changes to Sections 6.3 and 6.4. The payments, benefits and other compensation provided under Sections 6.3 and 6.4 may be revised, in the sole discretion of the Board, after the expiration of two years following written notice to Executive of the Board's intention to do so and the changes to be made; provided, however, that no revision may be made that would reduce the payments, benefits and other compensation below those provided under Section 5.4 in the event Executive's employment is terminated without cause or this Agreement is not renewed; and provided, further, that no such notice may be given and no such revision may become effective following a Change of Control. Notice under this Section 6.7 shall not constitute a non-renewal or removal of Executive, nor shall any such actual revision be grounds for a determination that this Agreement is not being renewed or that Executive has been removed, for purposes of Section 5.4.

7. Survivorship. The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive any termination of Executive's employment to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

8. Mitigation. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise and there shall be no offset against amounts due Executive under this Agreement on account of any remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment that Executive may obtain.

9. Arbitration; Expenses. In the event of any dispute under the provisions of this Agreement other than a dispute in which the primary relief sought is an equitable remedy such as an injunction, the parties shall be required to have the dispute, controversy or claim settled by arbitration in the City of Hartford, Connecticut in accordance with National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, two of whom shall be selected by the Company and Executive, respectively, and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two arbitrators. Any award entered by the arbitrators shall be final, binding and nonappealable (except as provided in Section 52-418 of the Connecticut General Statutes) and judgment may be entered thereon by either party in accordance with applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable. The arbitrators shall have no authority to modify any provision of this Agreement or to award a remedy for a dispute involving this Agreement other than a benefit specifically provided under or by virtue of the Agreement. If Executive prevails on any material issue which is the subject of such arbitration or lawsuit, the Company shall be responsible for all of the fees of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators and any expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration (including the Company's and Executive's reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses). Otherwise, each party shall be responsible for its own expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) and shall share the fees of the American Arbitration Association.

10. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement or necessary or convenient in connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, as follows (provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed given only when received):

If to the Company, to:

Northeast Utilities Service Company
P.O. Box 270
Hartford, CT 06141-0270
Attention: Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

With a required copy to:

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
2000 One Logan Square
Philadelphia, PA 19103-6993
Attention: Robert J. Lichtenstein, Esquire

If to Executive, to:

With a required copy to:

Shipman & Goodwin
One American Row
Hartford, CT 06103-2819
Attention: Brian Clemow, Esquire

or to such other names or addresses as the Company or Executive, as the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

11. Contents of Agreement; Amendment and Assignment.

(a) This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified, extended or terminated except upon written amendment approved by the Board and executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer and by Executive.

(b) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties and responsibilities of Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by Executive. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

12. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

13. Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver. No remedy conferred upon a party by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission by a party in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by such party from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.

14. Beneficiaries/References. Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following Executive's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Executive's death or a judicial determination of Executive's incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to Executive's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

15. Miscellaneous. All section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.

16. Withholding. The Company may withhold from any payments under this Agreement all federal, state and local taxes as the Company is required to withhold pursuant to any law or governmental rule or regulation. Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, all federal, state and local taxes due with respect to any payment received under this Agreement.

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the State of Connecticut without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions.

18. Adoption by Affiliates; Obligations. The obligations under this Agreement shall, in the first instance, be paid and satisfied by the Company; provided, however, that the Company will use its best efforts to cause NU and each entity in which NU (or its successors or assigns) now or hereafter holds, directly or indirectly, more than a 50 percent voting interest and that has at least fifty (50) employees on its direct payroll (an "Employer") to approve and adopt this Agreement and, by such approval and adoption, to be bound by the terms hereof as though a signatory hereto. If the Company shall be dissolved or for any other reason shall fail to pay and satisfy the obligations, each individual Employer shall thereafter shall be jointly and severally liable to pay and satisfy the obligations to Executive.

19. Establishment of Trust. The Company may establish an irrevocable trust fund pursuant to a trust agreement to hold assets to satisfy any of its obligations under this Agreement. Funding of such trust fund shall be subject to the Board's discretion, as set forth in the agreement pursuant to which the fund will be established.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES
SERVICE COMPANY

/s/Cheryl Grise                 /s/Bernard Fox
Executive                                       2/25/97
2/23/97


Exhibit 10.44.1
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of January 13, 1998, amends the Employment Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1997, between Northeast Utilities Service Company and Cheryl W. Grise.

1. Section 3.1(a) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

During his employment by the Company and for a period of two years after Executive's termination of employment for any reason, within the Company's "service area," as defined below, Executive will not, except with the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise with, or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any business or enterprise which is engaged in any business that is competitive with any business or enterprise in which the Company is engaged. For the purposes of this Section, "service area" shall mean the geographic area within the states of Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont, or any other state in which the Company, in the aggregate, generates 25% or more of its revenues in the fiscal year of NU in which Executive's termination of employment occurs. Executive acknowledges that the listed service area is the area in which the Company presently does business.

2. Section 6.1(c) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Change of Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following:

(i) When any "person," as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than the Company, its Affiliates, or any Company or NU employee benefit plan (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of NU representing more than 20% of the combined voting power of either (i) the then outstanding common shares of NU (the "Outstanding Common Shares") or (ii) the Voting Securities; or

(ii) Individuals who, as of the beginning of any twenty-four month period, constitute the Trustees (the "Incumbent Trustees") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Trustees or cease to be able to exercise the powers of the majority of the Trustees, provided that any individual becoming a trustee subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the trustees then comprising the Incumbent Trustees shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Trustees, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Trustees of NU (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act); or

(iii) Consummation by NU of a reorganization, merger or consolidation (a "Business Combination"), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination do not, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such Business Combination, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation, business trust or other entity resulting from or being the surviving entity in such Business Combination in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(iv) Consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of NU or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of NU other than to a corporation, business trust or other entity with respect to which, following consummation of all transactions intended to constitute part of such sale or disposition, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, is then owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Shares and Voting Securities, as the case may be, immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

NORTHEAST UTILITIES
SERVICE COMPANY

/s/Cheryl Grise                                 /s/Robert Wax
Executive                                                       Senior Vice President, Secretary
6/23/98                                                 and General Counsel
                                                                7/7/98


Exhibit 10.44.2
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 23, 1999, amends
Section 6.1(f) of the Employment Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1997, between Northeast Utilities Service Company and Cheryl W. Grise, to read as follows:

(f) "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a Termination of Employment during the period beginning on the earlier of (a) approval by the shareholders of NU of a Change of Control or (b) consummation of a Change of Control and, in either case, ending on the second anniversary of the consummation of the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control (or if such period started on shareholder approval and after such shareholder approval the Board abandons the transaction, on the date the Board abandoned the transaction) either:

(i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than Executive's (w) disability, as described in Section 5.1 hereof, (x) death, (y) retirement on or after attaining age 65, or (z) "cause," as defined in Section 5.3 hereof, or

(ii) initiated by Executive (A) upon any failure of the Company materially to comply with and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement, including any significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive, any reduction of Executive's compensation or benefits due hereunder, or the assignment to Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the duties of Executive's position as defined in
Section 1.2 above, or (B) if Executive is transferred, without Executive's written consent, to a location that is more than 50 miles from Executive's principal place of business immediately preceding such approval or consummation; provided, that the imposition on Executive following a Change of Control of a limitation of Executive's scope of authority such that Executive's responsibilities relate primarily to a company or companies whose common equity is not publicly held shall be considered a "significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of Executive" for purposes hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

/s/Cheryl Grise                                 /s/Michael G. Morris
3/4/99                                                  Chairman, President and CEO
                                                                3/4/99


Exhibit 10.49.1

As of September 29, 1998

The CL&P Receivables Corporation
107 Selden Street
Berlin, Connecticut 06037

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of September 30, 1997, among CL&P Receivables Corporation, The Connecticut Light and Power Company, Corporate Asset Funding Company, Inc., Citibank, N.A., and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Agent. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms used herein are used with the meanings specified in the Agreement. This letter modifies certain terms of the Agreement and the Fee Agreement executed and delivered in connection therewith.

1. Clause (a) of the definition of "Commitment Termination Date" in Article I of the Agreement is hereby amended by substituting "September 28, 1999" for "September 29, 1998"; provided, that it shall be a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this amendment that the Originator shall have filed an application for the approval of the Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control (the "PUC") described in paragraph 2 below.

2. Item 4 of the second paragraph (relating to the Liquidity Fee) and the third paragraph of the Fee Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1997, are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:

Second Paragraph - Item 4

The Seller shall pay to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks providing Bank Commitments a Liquidity Fee on the aggregate Purchase Limit in effect from time to time at the per annum rate of 0.375 percent.

Third Paragraph

All fees are payable in arrears on each Settlement Date during the term of the Receivables Purchase Agreement until the later of the Facility Termination Date or the date on which the Capital and Yield of all Receivable Interests have been paid in full. The Seller shall pay such fees to the Agent by deposit of the appropriate amounts in a special account (account number 4063-6695) maintained with Citibank at its address specified on the signature page to the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Provided that such amendment shall only be effective at such time as the approval of the PUC is obtained, at which point such amendment shall be effective retroactive to September 29, 1998, with a payment to be made for the difference between 0.375 percent and the period prior to approval. The Seller agrees that it, or the Originator on its behalf, will uses its best efforts to obtain the approval of the PUC, but that, in any event, failure to obtain such approval by November 30, 1998 shall constitute an Event of Termination.

Except as modified herein, the Agreement and all documents executed and delivered thereunder shall continue in full force and effect. This letter shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as Agent

By:

        Name:  /s/Robert P. DiLeo
        Title:  Vice President

Agreed and accepted as of the date first above written:

CL&P RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

By:

        Name:  /s/Randy Shoop
        Title:  Assistant Treasurer

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY

By:

        Name:  /s/Randy Shoop
        Title:  Assistant Treasurer

CORPORATE ASSET FUNDING, INC.

By: Citicorp North American, Inc.
as Attorney-in-Fact

By:

                Name:  /s/Robert P. DiLeo
                Title:  Vice President

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:

Name:  /s/Robert P. DiLeo

Title:  Attorney-in-Fact


FINANCIAL AND STATISTICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS

12 Management's Discussion and Analysis

20 Company Report

20 Report of Independent Public Accountants

21 Consolidated Financial Statements

29 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and related schedules

11

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

FINANCIAL CONDITION

OVERVIEW
Northeast Utilities' (NU) financial outlook improved in 1998 despite retail rate decreases for each of the company's regulated subsidiaries. The improved outlook is a result of the successful restart of the Millstone 3 nuclear power plant, significant progress toward the restart of Millstone 2 and significant reductions in operating expenses.
NU lost $1.12 a share in 1998, compared with a loss of $1.01 a share in 1997 and a profit of $0.30 a share in 1996. The loss was greater in 1998 as a result of significant write-offs of The Connecticut Light and Power Company's (CL&P) investment in the retired Millstone 1 nuclear power plant and the accelerated amortization of regulatory assets as ordered by Connecticut state regulators in CL&P's February 1999 retail rate decision.
Operation and maintenance (O&M) costs at Millstone Station declined to $392 million in 1998 from $551 million in 1997. That decline was driven primarily by the decision to retire Millstone 1 and the return to service of Millstone 3.
Aside from Millstone, nonfuel O&M costs totaled $984 million in 1998, compared with $1,055 million in 1997. That reduction continued a two-year trend of declining costs at NU. In 1996, nonfuel O&M costs, not including Millstone costs, totaled $1,170 million.
Partially offsetting the benefits from lower O&M was a 2 percent drop in total revenues, which fell to $3.77 billion in 1998 from $3.83 billion in 1997. The fall in revenues occurred, despite a 1.9 percent increase in retail kilowatt-hour sales for the year, as a result of a series of retail rate decreases implemented by regulators in the three states served by the NU system. CL&P's annual revenues were reduced by a total of $68 million in 1998 as a result of the removal of the Millstone units from rate base. A 10 percent reduction in Western Massachusetts Electric Company (WMECO) rates occurred in two steps in 1998, and a 6.87 percent reduction in Public Service Company of New Hampshire (PSNH) base rates went into effect December 1, 1997.
Also offsetting the lower O&M were significant increases in certain noncash expenses. Primarily as a result of Connecticut regulatory decisions, amortization of regulatory assets totaled $203 million, up from $124 million in 1997.
NU's ability to improve its financial performance in 1999 will depend primarily on its success in bringing Millstone 2 back on line and further reducing its operating costs to help offset continued downward pressure on retail revenues. CL&P will continue to be negatively affected by the $232 million reduction in revenue requirements ordered by Connecticut state regulators in February 1999. WMECO's financial performance will be affected by the carryover of 1998 rate reductions, plus another 5 percent rate reduction, adjusted for inflation, that is scheduled to take effect September 1, 1999. A final decision in PSNH's rate case and the resolution of New Hampshire restructuring could have substantial impacts on both NU and PSNH if completed in 1999.
NU's financial performance also will be affected by the performance of Select Energy, Inc. (Select), NU's unregulated marketing subsidiary. In December 1998, Select began serving two contracts covering a 13-month period with Boston Edison that will provide approximately $300 million in revenues through December 31, 1999. Select has a number of other contracts in effect in 1999 with other retail and wholesale customers. Select expects total revenues to exceed $600 million in 1999.
NU also expects that 1999 will be a pivotal year in implementing the company's strategy of becoming one of the leading energy providers in the Northeast United States. During the first quarter of 1999, NU established three new subsidiaries: NU Enterprises, Inc., Northeast Generation Company and Northeast Generation Services Company. These entities will engage in a variety of energy-related activities, including the acquisition and management of non-nuclear generating plants. The scope and success of NU's strategy, however, will depend on many factors, including the outcome and timing of restructuring decisions or settlements, its ability to successfully bid in auctions and to finance the activities of its unregulated businesses and other factors affecting the energy market that cannot be estimated at this time.
CL&P and WMECO are in the process of auctioning approximately 4,000 megawatts (MW) of fossil and hydroelectric generating capacity. Management also hopes in 1999 to begin the process of securitizing stranded costs, a means of monetizing the NU system companies' regulatory assets and certain other stranded costs. The companies intend to use most of the proceeds from asset sales and securitization to repay outstanding debt and preferred securities.
Management expects a relatively modest portion of those proceeds to be used to reduce common equity investment in the subsidiaries through payment of special dividends to the parent company. Proceeds received by the parent company could be used to repurchase common shares or to invest further in regulated energy delivery businesses, unregulated generation or marketing ventures. In 1998, the Board of Trustees approved the repurchase of up to 10 million shares through July 1, 2000.

12

RESTRUCTURING

Although the NU system companies continue to operate under cost-of-service based regulation, future rates and the recovery of stranded costs are issues under various restructuring plans in each of the NU system companies' service territories. Stranded costs are expenditures or commitments that have been made to meet public service obligations with the expectation that they would be recovered from customers. However, under certain circumstances these costs might not be recoverable from customers in a fully competitive electric utility industry (i.e., the costs may result in above-market energy prices).
The NU system has exposure to stranded costs for its investments in high-cost nuclear generating plants, state-mandated purchased-power obligations and significant regulatory assets. As of December 31, 1998, the system companies' net investment in nuclear generating plants, excluding its investment in certain regional nuclear companies, was approximately $2.9 billion ($1.9 billion for CL&P, $83 million for PSNH, $365 million for WMECO and $591 million for North Atlantic Energy Corporation [NAEC]) and its regulatory assets were approximately $2.3 billion ($1.4 billion for CL&P, $610 million for PSNH and $322 million for WMECO).
The NU system's financial strength and resulting ability to compete in a restructured environment will be negatively affected if the NU system companies are unable to recover their past investments and commitments.

CONNECTICUT
In April 1998, Connecticut enacted comprehensive electric utility restructuring legislation. The act provides for rates to be capped at December 31, 1996, levels until December 31, 1999. Retail choice will be phased in over six months beginning January 1, 2000, and will extend to all retail customers by July 2000. Customers not choosing an alternate supplier can continue to receive service until January 2004 at a rate that is at least 10 percent less than 1996 rates. The law allows for recovery of all prudently incurred stranded costs and mandates the functional separation of competitive and regulated businesses. To qualify for stranded cost recovery, CL&P must auction off all fossil and hydroelectric generating facilities prior to January 2000 and its nuclear generating assets prior to January 2004. CL&P also received regulatory approval to auction any of its purchased-power contracts which cannot be renegotiated by March 1999.
The Connecticut legislation allows the use of securitization after January 1, 2000, to further reduce the costs of the transition to a competitive marketplace. The use of securitization is limited, however, to non-nuclear generation-related regulatory assets and costs associated with the renegotiation of purchased-power contracts. CL&P may not securitize nuclear stranded costs. The Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control (DPUC) will initiate an investigation into CL&P's stranded costs in the spring of 1999 with a final decision expected before the end of the year.
As a result of the corporate unbundling and divestiture proposals, CL&P will redefine itself as a distribution company under the restructuring legislation, and will provide generation services only to the extent necessary to provide standard offer, backup and default services as required by customers who have not chosen an alternate energy supplier.

NEW HAMPSHIRE
Restructuring efforts in New Hampshire have resulted in numerous proceedings within the federal and state court systems. The New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission's (NHPUC) 1997 restructuring orders have been prevented from being implemented as a result of various court actions pending the outcome of a full trial in the U.S. District Court. The 1997 orders would have forced PSNH and NAEC to write off substantially all of their regulatory assets. A trial is expected to begin in mid to late 1999.
The litigation has caused New Hampshire to fall behind several other Northeast states in implementing industry restructuring. PSNH believes that a negotiated resolution of outstanding restructuring and rate issues would be in the best interests of the state, PSNH and customers.

MASSACHUSETTS
In November 1997, Massachusetts enacted comprehensive electric utility industry restructuring legislation. As required by that legislation, WMECO instituted a 10 percent rate reduction in 1998 and continues to work with the Massachusetts Department of Telecommunications and Energy (DTE) on implementing WMECO's restructuring plan. In September 1999, WMECO must institute another 5 percent rate reduction, adjusted for inflation.
In January 1999, WMECO announced the sale of approximately 290 MW of fossil and hydroelectric generating capacity to Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc. for $47 million. The sale price is approximately 3.8 times greater than the assets' 1997 book value of $12.5 million. WMECO hopes to close on that transaction in midsummer and expects to use the majority of the proceeds to repay outstanding debt. The sale of these assets and future asset sales will be used to reduce WMECO's stranded costs. WMECO will auction another 270 MW of pumped storage and conventional hydroelectric plant later in 1999. WMECO has notified the DTE that it will seek to auction its ownership in the Millstone units.
The rate reductions caused WMECO's annual revenues to decline to $393 million in 1998 from $426 million in 1997. WMECO's ability to improve financial performance in 1999 will be driven by containing operating costs and using the proceeds from asset sales and securitization to reduce financing costs. WMECO expects to seek approval to securitize up to $500 million in stranded costs.
Following the sale of its generating assets, WMECO will continue to operate and maintain the transmission and local distribution network and deliver electricity to its customers.

13

RATE MATTERS

CONNECTICUT
In February 1999, the DPUC issued a final order in CL&P's retail rate proceeding reducing CL&P's revenue requirements by approximately $232 million retroactive to September 28, 1998. To implement that reduction, the DPUC ordered CL&P to reduce its retail base rates by approximately $96 million annually and to increase its amortization of regulatory assets by $136 million annually. The rate order allowed CL&P to earn a return on equity of 10.3 percent. The DPUC also said it would allow CL&P to recover only $126 million of its investment in Millstone 1 undepreciated plant and related assets. As a result of this decision, CL&P reflected in 1998 a one-time pretax charge of $116.5 million and began amortizing its remaining Millstone 1 investment over three years.
In a February 1998 decision, the DPUC removed Millstone 2 from CL&P's rate base effective May 1, 1998, and Millstone 3 effective July 1, 1998. On July 18, 1998, Millstone 3 returned to rate base. Millstone 1 previously had been removed from CL&P's rate base effective March 1, 1998, with customers receiving a temporary credit of approximately 1.4 percent, or $30 million annually, on their bills.
The removal of Millstone 2 reduced CL&P's noncash revenues by approximately $3 million a month. This reduction was increased in the 1999 rate order to nearly $6.6 million per month to reflect lower fuel costs. Actual fuel costs are subject to true-up in the Energy Adjustment Clause.

NEW HAMPSHIRE
In May 1998, the NHPUC approved slightly more than a 1 percent net increase in PSNH's fuel and purchased-power adjustment clause (FPPAC) rate for the period June through November 1998. As part of this proceeding, PSNH agreed to offset in base rates the scheduled reduction in acquisition premium amortization with the scheduled amortization of the Seabrook deferred return.
On December 1, 1998, the NHPUC approved a Stipulation and Settlement executed by PSNH, the NHPUC staff, and the Governor's Office of Energy and Community Services. They recommended that PSNH's currently effective FPPAC rate be continued for another six-month period -- December 1, 1998, through May 31, 1999. The FPPAC rate currently in effect will produce an estimated $80 million underrecovery as of May 31, 1999. All other FPPAC costs are being recovered on a current basis.
A PSNH rate case has been pending at the NHPUC since May 1997 but was delayed in connection with various restructuring proceedings. In November 1997, the NHPUC ordered a temporary rate reduction of 6.87 percent effective December 1, 1997. A final rate case decision currently is scheduled to be issued by June 1, 1999, the same date when PSNH's FPPAC rate is scheduled to be set for the second half of 1999. The final decision will be reconciled to July 1, 1997. PSNH's ongoing settlement negotiations with the state of New Hampshire could resolve both the rate case and FPPAC issues discussed above.

MILLSTONE NUCLEAR UNITS

The NU system owns 100 percent of Millstone 2 and approximately 68 percent of Millstone 3. NU's poor financial performance from 1996 through 1998 was due primarily to the lengthy outages at Millstone. Costs peaked in 1997 when replacement power costs and operation and maintenance costs totaled nearly $900 million. In 1998, Millstone-related costs fell significantly as Millstone 3 returned to service and Millstone 1 began to prepare for decommissioning.
After a 27-month outage, Millstone 3 received Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) permission to restart in June 1998 and reached full power in July. The unit achieved a capacity factor of approximately 70 percent in the second half of 1998. NU's share of the operation, maintenance and replacement power costs associated with Millstone 3 totaled approximately $164 million in 1998, down from $304 million in 1997. The unit remains on the NRC's watch list with a Category 2 designation, which means that it will continue to be subject to heightened NRC oversight. A refueling and maintenance outage is scheduled to begin in May 1999.
Millstone 2 remains on the NRC watch list with a Category 3 designation, meaning that NRC commissioners must formally vote to allow restart. Key steps before restart include final verification that the unit is in conformance with its design and licensing basis; that management processes support safe and conservative operations; and that the employees are effective at identifying and correcting deficiencies at the unit. Millstone 2 is on schedule for a spring 1999 restart following final NRC review and approval. Millstone 2's return is expected to restore $6.6 million a month in noncash revenues to CL&P, reduce fuel and purchased-power expense by approximately $8 million a month, and significantly reduce the unit's operation and maintenance expenses, which totaled $220 million in 1998. In a July 1998 filing with the DPUC, management concluded that Millstone 2 had over $400 million of economic value over the 17 years remaining on its license life. In its February rate decision, the DPUC concurred that the unit was economic for customers and ordered it to be restored to CL&P rate base once it operates at 75 percent or more power for 100 consecutive hours.

14

SEABROOK
The NU system owns 40 percent of the Seabrook nuclear unit. Seabrook's capacity factor was 82.8 percent in 1998. The unit operated well, except for two unplanned outages, one in late 1997 through early 1998 and the other in mid-1998, to repair the control building's air-conditioning system. Seabrook is scheduled to begin a refueling outage in March 1999.

LIQUIDITY

The NU system successfully refinanced more than $1 billion in expiring debt obligations and bank commitments in 1998 despite a significant reported loss. CL&P, PSNH and WMECO converted a total of $535 million variable-rate tax exempt debt to fixed-rate tax exempt debt carrying interest rates of 5.85 to 6.0 percent. Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (NBFT), which finances CL&P's and WMECO's nuclear fuel at Millstone, converted $180 million of maturing notes and bank lines to five-year 8.59 percent notes. Also, PSNH successfully extended $190 million in credit ($75 million in bank credit lines and $115 million in letters of credit).
The success in refinancing the NU system obligations was due primarily to the progress shown in 1998 by returning Millstone 3 to service and improved cash flows. Net cash flows from operations totaled approximately $689 million in 1998, up sharply from $377 million in 1997. Approximately $321 million of net cash flow was used for investment activities, including construction expenditures and investments in nuclear decommissioning trusts, compared with $330 million in 1997. Another $26 million was used to pay preferred dividends, compared with $62 million in common and preferred dividends in 1997. The majority of the balance of cash used for financing activities, approximately $351 million, was used to pay off long-term debt, short-term debt and preferred stock, a significant shift from 1997 when net debt and preferred stock levels were reduced by only $43 million.
The return to service of Millstone 3 and resulting reduction in costs stabilized the NU system's credit ratings in mid-1998 after repeated downgrades in 1996 and 1997. Moody's Investors Service, which had downgraded CL&P, WMECO and NU debt in April 1998, upgraded those same ratings in July 1998 and established a "positive" outlook. Also in July, Standard & Poor's (S&P) removed the NU system from "CreditWatch--negative" for the first time in more than two years. In September 1998, S&P upgraded CL&P, WMECO and PSNH first mortgage bonds.
The rating agency actions also were due in part to the NU system's success in 1998 in maintaining access to its various credit lines. Key covenants on a $313.75 million revolving credit line primarily serving CL&P and WMECO were adjusted in the fall. The CL&P rate decision resulted in the need for a waiver of the revolver's equity test in the fourth quarter, which was negotiated with banks in March 1999. PSNH renegotiated a one-year extension of a $75 million revolving credit line in April 1998 and NU currently is seeking to extend a $25 million credit line that expires in March 1999.
The $313.75 million revolving credit line will expire on November 21, 1999. As of February 23, 1999, CL&P and WMECO had $165 million and $60 million, respectively, outstanding under that line. CL&P met a $140 million bond maturity on February 1, 1999. Management expects those borrowings to increase in the first half of 1999 as CL&P pays off a $74 million bond issue that matures July 1, 1999, and WMECO pays off a $40 million issue that matures March 1, 1999. In 1999, the NU system faces nearly $400 million of maturities and sinking-fund payments, all of which it expects to meet through cash on hand, operating cash flows and borrowings through its short-term facilities.
PSNH's $75 million revolving credit agreement expires on April 22, 1999, and the company currently does not intend to renew it. PSNH will fund its needs through operating cash flows or other short-term credit arrangements which may be negotiated later in the year. PSNH has had no borrowings under that line since October 1998. PSNH expects to renew the bank letters of credit that support nearly $110 million of taxable variable-rate pollution control bonds. Those letters of credit also expire April 22, 1999.
CL&P and WMECO also have arranged financing agreements through the sale of their accounts receivables. CL&P can finance up to $200 million and WMECO up to $40 million through these facilities. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P had financed $105 million through its accounts receivable line and WMECO had financed $20 million.
CL&P is party to an operating lease with General Electric Capital Corporation related to the use of four turbine generators having an installed cost of approximately $70 million and a stipulated loss value of $59 million. CL&P must meet certain financial covenants that are substantially similar to the revolving credit line. CL&P has received a waiver of these tests for the fourth quarter of 1998 as a result of the CL&P rate decision.
The permanent shutdown of Millstone 1 in July 1998 could require CL&P and WMECO to immediately repay the NBFT approximately $80 million of capital lease obligations. The companies are seeking consents from the note holders to amend the lease so that they will not be obligated to make this payment. As consideration for the note holders' consent, the companies intend to issue an additional $80 million of first mortgage bonds in mid-1999.
NU has provided credit assurance in the form of guarantees of a letter of credit, performance guarantees and other assurances for the financial and performance obligations of certain of its unregulated subsidiaries. NU currently is limited by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to an aggregate of $75 million of such credit assurance arrangements. It is expected that NU will seek to increase this limitation in the future.

15

NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING

The staff of the SEC has questioned certain current accounting practices of the electric utility industry regarding the recognition, measurement and classification of decommissioning costs for nuclear generating units in the financial statements. In response to these questions, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) had agreed to review the accounting for closure and removal costs, including decommissioning. If current electric utility industry accounting practices for nuclear power plant decommissioning are changed, the annual provision for decommissioning could increase relative to 1998, and the estimated cost for decommissioning could be recorded as a liability (rather than as accumulated depreciation), with recognition of an increase in the cost of the related nuclear power plant. As management believes decommissioning costs will continue to be recovered through rates, changes to the accounting practices will not affect net income.

MILLSTONE 1
CL&P and WMECO have ownership interests of 81 percent and 19 percent, respectively, in Millstone 1. Based on a continued unit operation study filed with the Connecticut DPUC in July 1998, CL&P and WMECO decided to retire Millstone 1 and begin decommissioning activities. Subsequently, Millstone 1 was removed from the NRC's watch list.
The total estimated decommissioning costs for Millstone 1, which have been updated to reflect the early shutdown of the unit, are approximately $692.0 million in December 1998 dollars. CL&P and WMECO use external trusts to fund the decommissioning costs. In 1998, CL&P recorded a charge of approximately $143.2 million for the write-off of its investment in Millstone 1 as a result of the February 1999 rate decision and an earlier settlement with the Connecticut Municipal Electric Energy Cooperative (CMEEC). At December 31, 1998, the NU system had unrecovered plant and related assets for Millstone 1 of $190 million and an unrecovered decommissioning obligation of $386 million. These amounts have been recorded as a regulatory asset, while decommissioning and closure obligations have been recorded as a liability. CL&P has been allowed to recover its remaining investment in Millstone 1 over three years beginning October 1998. The rate decision also stated that CL&P would be allowed to recover its decommissioning costs and could defer pre-decommissioning costs commencing July 1, 1999, for future recovery. Management expects the DTE to decide on the recovery of WMECO's share of Millstone 1 investment and decommissioning liability as part of the ongoing restructuring docket.

YANKEE COMPANIES
The NU system has a 49 percent ownership interest in the Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (CYAPC), a 38.5 percent ownership interest in Yankee Atomic Electric Company (YAEC), a 20 percent ownership interest in Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (MYAPC) and a 16 percent ownership interest in Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (VYNPC). The nuclear plants owned by YAEC, CYAPC and MYAPC were shut down permanently on February 26, 1992, December 4, 1996, and August 6, 1997, respectively.
At December 31, 1998, the NU system's share of its estimated remaining contract obligations, including decommissioning, amounted to approximately $418.8 million: $244.3 million for CYAPC, $143.0 million for MYAPC and $31.5 million for YAEC. Under the terms of the contracts with the Yankee companies, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO are responsible for their proportionate share of the costs of the units including decommissioning. Management expects to recover these costs from customers. Accordingly, NU system companies have recognized these costs as regulatory assets, with corresponding obligations on their balance sheets.
The NU system companies have exposure for their investment in CYAPC as a result of an initial decision at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). Additionally, in January 1999, MYAPC filed an offer of settlement which, if accepted by the FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. NU management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the FERC proceedings at this time, but believes that the associated regulatory assets are probable of recovery. For further information on Yankee companies see "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 7B.
The NU system's ownership share of estimated costs, in year-end 1998 dollars, of decommissioning the nuclear plant owned by VYNPC is approximately $84.8 million.

MILLSTONE 2, 3 AND SEABROOK 1
NU's estimated cost to decommission its shares of Millstone 2, Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1 is approximately $974 million in year-end 1998 dollars. These costs are being recognized over the lives of the respective units with a portion currently being recovered through rates. As of December 31, 1998, the market value of the contributions already made to the decommissioning trusts, including their investment returns, was approximately $350 million. See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 2, for further information on nuclear decommissioning.

YEAR 2000 ISSUES

The NU system has established an action plan by which identified processes must be completed by certain dates in order to ensure its operating systems, including nuclear systems, and reporting systems are able to properly recognize the year 2000. This action plan has three phases: the inventory phase, the detailed assessment phase and the remediation phase. The inventory phase, which has been completed, identified operating and reporting systems which may need to be fixed. The detailed assessment phase, which has been completed, determined exactly what needed to be done in order to ensure that the systems identified

16

during the inventory phase are able to recognize properly and process the year 2000. The final phase is the remediation phase. By the end of this phase, mission critical systems (systems that are related to safety, keeping the lights on, regulatory requirements, and other systems that could have a significant financial impact) will be year 2000 ready; that is, these systems will perform their business functions properly in the year 2000. This phase includes making modifications, testing and validating changes and verifying that the year 2000 issues have been resolved.
Although the identification and detailed assessment phases are complete, newly identified items, such as new software purchases, are added to the inventory as they are identified and are subject to detailed assessment and, if needed, remediation. NU system purchasing policies require newly purchased software and devices to be year 2000 compliant. None of these newly identified items are expected to materially impact completion of the remediation phase.
The NU system has identified and inventoried 2,497 computer systems (software) and over 24,000 devices (hardware) broken down into 3,450 device types containing date-sensitive computer chips. As of December 31, 1998, 73 percent of the software systems and 81 percent of the hardware were year 2000 ready, as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage Complete               Software      Hardware
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Generation
    Fossil/Hydro                     58%           86%
    Millstone Nuclear                76%           85%
    Seabrook Nuclear                 77%           81%
Transmission/Distribution            84%           70%
Other Business Systems               56%           92%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The remaining items are in various stages of modification or testing. Management anticipates the remediation phase for mission critical systems to be completed by mid-1999.
In addition, the NU system has been contacting its key suppliers and business partners to determine their ability to manage the year 2000 problem successfully. The NU system is adjusting its inventories, working with suppliers to provide backup inventories, and changing suppliers as needed to provide for an adequate supply of materials needed to conduct business into the year 2000.
The NU system also has worked actively with the Independent System Operator (ISO) New England, the operator of the New England power grid, and with the North American Electric Reliability Council to provide for the year 2000 readiness of the New England power grid.
The NU system has utilized both internal and external resources to identify, assess, test and reprogram or replace the computer systems for year 2000 readiness. The current projected total cost of the Year 2000 Program is $30 million. The total estimated remaining cost is $18 million, which is being funded through operating cash flows. The majority of these costs will be expensed as incurred in 1999. Since 1996, the NU system has incurred and expensed approximately $12 million related to year 2000 readiness efforts. Total expenditures related to the year 2000 are not expected to have a material effect on the operations or financial condition of the NU system.
The costs of the project and the date on which the NU system plans to complete the year 2000 modifications are based on management's best estimates, which were derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events, including the continued availability of certain resources, third-party modification plans and other factors. However, there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be achieved, and actual results could differ materially from those plans. If the NU system's remediation plans or those of third parties are not successful, there could be a significant disruption of the NU system's operations. The most likely worst case scenario is a limited number of localized interruptions to electric service which can be restored within a few hours. As a precautionary measure, NU is formulating contingency plans that will evaluate alternatives that could be implemented if our remediation efforts are not successful. The contingency plans are being developed by enhancing existing emergency operating procedures to include year 2000 issues. In addition, the NU system plans to have staff available to respond to any year 2000 situations that might arise. The contingency plan is expected to be available by July 30, 1999.
The NU system is committed to assuring that adequate resources are available in order to implement any changes necessary for its nuclear and other operations to be compatible with the new millennium.

RISK-MANAGEMENT INSTRUMENTS

The following discussion about the NU system's risk-management activities includes forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward looking statements.
This analysis presents the hypothetical loss in earnings related to the NU system's fuel price and interest rate market risks at December 31, 1998. The NU system uses swaps and collars to manage the market risk exposures associated with changes in fuel prices and variable interest rates. The NU system uses these instruments to reduce risk by essentially creating offsetting market exposures. Based on the derivative instruments which currently are being utilized by NU system companies to hedge some of their fuel price and interest rate risks, there will be an impact on earnings upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which management cannot estimate at this time. For more information on NU's use of risk-management instruments, see the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Notes 1N and 8.

17

FUEL-PRICE RISK-MANAGEMENT INSTRUMENTS
In the generation of electricity, the most significant segment of the variable cost component is the cost of fuel. Typically, most of CL&P's fuel purchases are protected by a regulatory fuel price adjustment clause. However, for a specific, well-defined volume of fuel that is excluded from the fuel price adjustment clause, CL&P employs fuel-price risk-management instruments to protect itself against the risk of rising fuel prices, thereby limiting fuel costs and protecting its profit margins. These risks are primarily created by the sale of long-term, fixed-price electricity contracts to wholesale customers.
At December 31, 1998, CL&P had outstanding fuel-price management instrument agreements with a total notional value of approximately $422 million and a negative mark-to-market position of approximately $45 million. A hypothetical 10 percent decrease in average 1998 fuel prices during 1999 may result in a $10 million decrease in the fair value of the fuel-price risk-management instruments. Because these instruments are used to hedge the fuel price risk created by the sale of long-term, fixed-price electricity contracts, it is expected that the hypothetical decrease in fuel prices during 1999 would result in a corresponding increase in the fair value of these contracts.
This analysis is based on the assumption that the amount of fuel-price risk-management instruments and the amount of long-term, fixed-price electricity sales contracts to wholesale customers will not fluctuate during 1999. This analysis is subject to change as these assumptions change.

INTEREST-RATE RISK-MANAGEMENT INSTRUMENTS
Several NU subsidiaries hold variable-rate long-term debt, exposing the NU system to interest rate risk. In order to hedge some of this risk, interest-rate risk-management instruments have been entered into on NAEC's $200 million variable-rate note, effectively fixing the interest on this note at 7.823 percent. As of December 31, 1998, NAEC had outstanding agreements with a total notional value of approximately $200 million and a negative mark-to-market position of approximately $2.3 million. The remaining variable-rate debt is unhedged.
At December 31, 1998, NU had $210 million of long-term, variable-rate debt which is not hedged and is subject to actual market rates for 1999. A 10 percent increase in market interest rates above the 1998 weighted average variable rate during 1999 would result in an immaterial impact on interest expense. The difference is no longer material, primarily as a result of converting $535 million variable-rate debt to fixed-rate debt during 1998.
See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 10, for the fair value of NU's financial instruments.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
NU's subsidiaries are potentially liable for environmental cleanup costs at a number of sites inside and outside their service territories. To date, the future estimated environmental remediation liability has not been material with respect to the earnings or financial position of the NU system. At December 31, 1998, NU's subsidiaries had recorded an environmental reserve of approximately $21.5 million. See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 7D, for further information on environmental matters.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The components of significant income statement variances for the past two years are provided in the table below. The relative magnitude of how revenues earned in 1998 were used by NU's continuing operations in 1998 is illustrated in the chart on page 19.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Income Statement Variances
                                                                          (Millions of Dollars)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1998 over/(under) 1997             1997 over/(under) 1996
                                                       ----------------------             ----------------------
                                                       Amount         Percent              Amount         Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating revenues                                     $(67)            (2)%               $ 43              1%

Fuel, purchased and net interchange power                 3             --                  154             13
Other operation                                        (127)           (12)                  10              1
Maintenance                                            (103)           (20)                  86             21
Depreciation                                            (22)            (6)                  (5)            (1)
Amortization of regulatory assets, net                   79             64                    1              1
Federal and state income taxes                            4             (a)                 (94)           (98)
Millstone 1 unrecoverable costs                        (143)          (100)                  --             --
Other income, net                                        19             50                  (69)            (a)

Net loss                                                (17)           (13)                (169)            (a)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) Percentage greater than 100.

18

OPERATING REVENUES
Retail revenues decreased by $199 million in 1998 due to retail rate reductions for CL&P, PSNH and WMECO and the accounting impact of Millstone 2 and Millstone 3 being removed from CL&P's rates. Wholesale revenues decreased by $32 million primarily as a result of the terminated contract with CMEEC. Other revenues decreased approximately $50 million due to lower billings to outside companies for reimbursable costs and price differences among customer classes. These decreases were partially offset by higher fuel recoveries and higher retail sales volumes. Fuel recoveries increased by $166 million primarily due to higher fuel revenues for PSNH as a result of a higher FPPAC rate. Retail kilowatt-hour sales were 1.9 percent higher and contributed $48 million to nonfuel revenues in 1998 primarily as a result of economic growth in all three states.
Total operating revenues increased in 1997, primarily due to higher fuel recoveries and higher conservation recoveries. Fuel recoveries increased $32 million, primarily due to higher fuel revenues for CL&P as a result of a lower fuel rate in 1996. Conservation recoveries increased by $17 million, primarily due to a 1996 reserve for overrecoveries of CL&P demand-side management costs. Retail kilowatt-hour sales were 0.3 percent lower in 1997 as a result of mild winter weather.

FUEL, PURCHASED AND NET INTERCHANGE POWER
The change in fuel, purchased and net interchange power expense in 1998 was not significant.
Fuel, purchased and net interchange power expense increased in 1997, primarily due to replacement power costs associated with the Millstone outages and the expensing in 1997 of replacement power costs incurred in 1996.

OTHER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Other operation and maintenance expenses decreased in 1998, primarily due to lower costs at the Millstone nuclear units ($159 million), lower costs at the Seabrook and Yankee nuclear units ($50 million), the recognition of environmental insurance proceeds ($27 million), and lower administrative and general expenses ($26 million). These decreases were offset partially by higher recognition of nuclear refueling outage costs primarily as a result of the 1996 CL&P rate settlement ($29 million).
Other operation and maintenance expenses increased in 1997, primarily due to higher costs associated with the Millstone restart effort ($216 million), higher costs as a result of Seabrook outages ($23 million) and higher capacity charges from MYAPC ($16 million). These were partially offset by lower recognition of nuclear refueling outage costs primarily as a result of the 1996 CL&P rate settlement ($72 million), lower capacity charges from CYAPC ($35 million) primarily as a result of a property tax refund, and lower administrative and general expenses ($41 million) primarily due to lower pension and benefit costs, and lower storm expenses.

DEPRECIATION
Depreciation decreased in 1998, primarily due to the retirement of Millstone 1.

AMORTIZATION OF REGULATORY ASSETS, NET
Amortization of regulatory assets, net increased in 1998, primarily due to accelerated amortizations in accordance with regulatory decisions for CL&P, the amortization of NAEC's Seabrook deferred return and the beginning of the amortization of CL&P's Millstone 1 investment. These increases were partially offset by the lower amortization of the PSNH acquisition premium.
Amortization of regulatory assets, net increased in 1997, primarily due to the completion of the CL&P cogeneration deferrals in 1996, increased amortization in 1997, and the beginning of the amortization of NAEC's Seabrook deferred return in December 1997. This was partially offset by the completion of CL&P's Seabrook amortization and WMECO's Millstone 3 amortization in 1996.

FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAXES
Federal and state income taxes increased in 1998, primarily due to higher book taxable income, partially offset by an increase in income tax credits primarily due to the Millstone 1 write-off of unrecoverable costs as a result of the February 1999 CL&P rate decision.
Federal and state income taxes decreased in 1997, primarily due to lower book taxable income.

MILLSTONE 1 UNRECOVERABLE COSTS
Millstone 1 unrecoverable costs represents the write-off of the Millstone 1 entitlement formerly held by CMEEC and the write-off of unrecoverable costs as a result of the February 1999 CL&P rate decision.

OTHER INCOME, NET
Other income, net increased in 1998, primarily due to the proceeds resulting from the shareholder derivative suit.
Other income, net decreased in 1997, primarily due to a $25 million reserve for anticipated losses on the sale of investments by Charter Oak Energy (COE), equity losses on COE investments, costs associated with the accounts receivable facility, nonutility marketing and advertising costs and lower miscellaneous income.

1998 USE OF REVENUE AND RETAINED EARNINGS

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

     TAXES                                              7%
     DEPRECIATION, AMORITIZATION AND OTHER EXPENSES    17%
     WAGES AND BENEFITS                                12%
     INTEREST CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS           8%
     NONFUEL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE EXPENSES        23%
     ENERGY COSTS                                      33%

19

COMPANY REPORT

The consolidated financial statements of Northeast Utilities and subsidiaries and other sections of this Annual Report were prepared by the company. These financial statements, which were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles using estimates and judgment, where required, and giving consideration to materiality.
The company has endeavored to establish a control environment that encourages the maintenance of high standards of conduct in all of its business activities. The company maintains a system of internal controls over financial reporting which is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the company's management and Board of Trustees regarding the preparation of reliable, published financial statements. The system is supported by an organization of trained management personnel, policies and procedures, and a comprehensive program of internal audits. Through established programs, the company regularly communicates to its management employees their internal control responsibilities and policies prohibiting conflict of interest.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Trustees is composed entirely of outside trustees. This committee meets periodically with management, the internal auditors and the independent auditors to review the activities of each and to discuss audit matters, financial reporting and the adequacy of internal controls.
Because of inherent limitations in any system of internal controls, errors or irregularities may occur and not be detected. The company believes, however, that its system of internal accounting controls and control environment provide reasonable assurance that its assets are safeguarded from loss or unauthorized use and that its financial records, which are the basis for the preparation of all financial statements, are reliable.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Trustees and
Shareholders of Northeast Utilities:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of capitalization of Northeast Utilities (a Massachusetts trust) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, cash flows and income taxes for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northeast Utilities and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Hartford, Connecticut
February 23, 1999

20

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     For the Years Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars, except share information)                                   1998           1997            1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING REVENUES......................................................    $ 3,767,714    $ 3,834,806    $  3,792,148
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operation --
    Fuel, purchased and net interchange power...........................      1,296,480      1,293,518       1,139,848
    Other...............................................................        977,139      1,104,479       1,094,078
Maintenance.............................................................        399,165        501,693         415,532
Depreciation............................................................        332,807        354,329         359,507
Amortization of regulatory assets, net..................................        203,132        123,718         122,573
Federal and state income taxes (See Consolidated........................
    Statements of Income Taxes).........................................         82,332         12,650          94,363
Taxes other than income taxes...........................................        251,932        253,637         257,577
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total operating expenses............................................      3,542,987      3,644,024       3,483,478
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING INCOME........................................................        224,727        190,782         308,670
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER (LOSS)/INCOME:
Deferred nuclear plants return -- other funds...........................          6,896          7,288           8,988
Equity in earnings of regional nuclear generating
    and transmission companies..........................................         12,420         11,306          13,155
Millstone 1 -- unrecoverable costs (Note 1M)............................       (143,239)            --              --
Other, net..............................................................        (19,121)       (38,473)         30,932
Minority interest in income of subsidiary...............................         (9,300)        (9,300)         (9,300)
Income taxes............................................................         76,393         10,702          (1,747)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Other (loss)/ income, net...........................................        (75,951)       (18,477)         42,028
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Income before interest charges......................................        148,776        172,305         350,698
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTEREST CHARGES:
Interest on long-term debt..............................................        273,824        282,095         285,463
Other interest..........................................................          7,808          3,561           7,649
Deferred nuclear plants return -- borrowed funds........................        (12,543)       (13,675)        (15,119)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Interest charges, net...............................................        269,089        271,981         277,993
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Loss)/income after interest charges................................       (120,313)       (99,676)         72,705
PREFERRED DIVIDENDS OF SUBSIDIARIES.....................................         26,440         30,286          33,776
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET (LOSS)/INCOME.......................................................    $  (146,753)   $  (129,962)   $     38,929
================================================================================================================================
(LOSS)/EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE -- BASIC AND DILUTED...................    $     (1.12)   $     (1.01)   $       0.30
================================================================================================================================
COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (AVERAGE).....................................    130,549,760    129,567,708     127,960,382
================================================================================================================================

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     For the Years Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                                                             1998           1997            1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET (LOSS)/INCOME.......................................................    $  (146,753)   $  (129,962)   $     38,929
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:
Foreign currency translation adjustments................................             --           (499)            433
Unrealized gains on securities..........................................          2,019             --              --
Minimum pension liability adjustments...................................           (613)            --              --
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax (Note  12)...................          1,406           (499)            433
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME.............................................    $  (145,347)   $  (130,461)   $     39,362
================================================================================================================================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

21

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     At December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                                                                            1998            1997
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
UTILITY PLANT, AT COST:
    Electric...........................................................................     $9,570,547     $ 9,869,561
    Other..............................................................................        195,325         186,130
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             9,765,872      10,055,691
    Less: Accumulated provision for depreciation.......................................      4,224,416       4,330,599
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             5,541,456       5,725,092
PSNH acquisition costs.................................................................        352,855         402,285
Construction work in progress..........................................................        143,159         141,077
Nuclear fuel, net......................................................................        133,411         194,704
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total net utility plant............................................................      6,170,881       6,463,158
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER PROPERTY AND INVESTMENTS:
Nuclear decommissioning trusts, at market..............................................        619,143         502,749
Investments in regional nuclear generating companies, at equity........................         85,791          86,955
Investments in transmission companies, at equity.......................................         17,692          19,635
Other, at cost.........................................................................        136,812          95,352
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               859,438         704,691
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................        136,155         143,403
Investments in securitizable assets....................................................        182,118         230,905
Receivables, less accumulated provision for uncollectible
    accounts of $2,416 in 1998 and $2,052 in 1997......................................        237,207         214,914
Accrued utility revenues...............................................................         42,145          36,885
Fuel, materials and supplies, at average cost..........................................        202,661         212,721
Recoverable energy costs, net -- current portion.......................................         67,181          59,959
Prepayments and other..................................................................         65,440          71,896
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               932,907         970,683
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED CHARGES:
Regulatory assets (Note 1H)............................................................      2,328,949       2,173,278
Unamortized debt expense...............................................................         40,416          38,758
Other..................................................................................         54,790          63,844
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             2,424,155       2,275,880
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


TOTAL ASSETS...........................................................................    $10,387,381     $10,414,412
================================================================================================================================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

22

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     At December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                                                                            1998            1997
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
CAPITALIZATION: (See Consolidated Statements of Capitalization)
Common shareholders' equity (See Note (a) -- Consolidated Statements of
    Shareholders' Equity):
    Common shares, $5 par value -- authorized 225,000,000 shares; 137,031,264
        shares issued and 130,954,740 shares outstanding in 1998 and 136,842,170
        shares issued and 130,182,736 shares outstanding in 1997........................    $  685,156     $   684,211
    Capital surplus, paid in............................................................       940,661         932,494
    Deferred contribution plan -- employee stock ownership plan (ESOP)..................      (140,619)       (154,141)
    Retained earnings...................................................................       560,769         707,522
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (Note 12)....................................         1,405              (1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total common shareholders' equity...................................................     2,047,372       2,170,085
Preferred stock not subject to mandatory redemption.....................................       136,200         136,200
Preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption.........................................       167,539         245,750
Long-term debt..........................................................................     3,282,138       3,645,659
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total capitalization................................................................     5,633,249       6,197,694
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MINORITY INTEREST IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES..........................................       100,000         100,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES (Note 4)...............................................        88,423          30,427
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Notes payable to banks..................................................................        30,000          50,000
Long-term debt and preferred stock -- current portion...................................       397,153         274,810
Obligations under capital leases -- current portion.....................................       120,856         177,304
Accounts payable........................................................................       338,612         402,870
Accrued taxes...........................................................................        50,755          46,016
Accrued interest........................................................................        51,044          30,786
Accrued pension benefits................................................................        33,034          77,186
Other...................................................................................       106,333          88,396
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             1,127,787       1,147,368
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED CREDITS:
Accumulated deferred income taxes.......................................................     1,848,694       1,984,513
Accumulated deferred investment tax credits.............................................       143,369         158,837
Decommissioning obligation -- Millstone 1 (Note 2)......................................       692,000              --
Deferred contractual obligations (Note 2)...............................................       418,760         525,076
Other...................................................................................       335,099         270,497
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             3,437,922       2,938,923
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)

TOTAL CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES....................................................    $10,387,381    $10,414,412
================================================================================================================================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

23

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     For the Years Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                                                             1998           1997            1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
(Loss)/income before preferred dividends of subsidiaries..................     $(120,313)     $(99,676)      $  72,705
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash from operating activities:
    Depreciation..........................................................      332,807        354,329         359,507
    Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net.................       23,502         26,435          71,832
    Deferred nuclear plants return........................................      (19,439)       (20,963)        (24,107)
    Amortization of nuclear plants return.................................       50,386             --              --
    Amortization of demand-side management costs, net.....................       42,085         38,029          26,941
    Amortization/(deferral) of recoverable energy costs...................       38,356        (54,102)        (14,289)
    Amortization of PSNH acquisition costs................................       49,431         89,424          89,744
    Amortization of regulatory asset -- income taxes......................       68,684         19,379          22,266
    Amortization of cogeneration deferral.................................       29,559         37,338          28,162
    Amortization of regulatory liability -- PSNH..........................      (32,860)       (32,860)        (32,860)
    Amortization of other regulatory assets...............................       37,932         10,437          15,261
    Millstone 1 -- unrecoverable costs (Note 1M)..........................      143,239             --              --
    Other sources of cash.................................................      181,591         77,248         186,173
    Other uses of cash....................................................      (81,271)       (86,202)        (41,589)
Changes in working capital:
    Receivables and accrued utility revenues, net.........................      (62,553)       262,384         (31,992)
    Fuel, materials and supplies..........................................       10,060         (1,307)        (10,834)
    Accounts payable......................................................      (64,258)      (104,269)        188,101
    Accrued taxes.........................................................        4,739         38,966         (68,168)
    Sale of receivables and accrued utility revenues......................       35,000         90,000              --
    Investments in securitizable assets...................................       48,787       (230,905)             --
    Other working capital (excludes cash).................................      (26,714)       (36,464)        (21,383)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash flows from operating activities..................................      688,750        377,221         815,470
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Issuance of common shares.................................................        2,659          6,502          10,622
Issuance of long-term debt................................................          275        260,000         222,150
Net (decrease)/increase in short-term debt................................      (20,000)        11,250         (60,250)
Reacquisitions and retirements of long-term debt..........................     (269,555)      (288,793)       (248,142)
Reacquisitions and retirements of preferred stock.........................      (62,211)       (25,000)        (36,500)
Cash dividends on preferred stock.........................................      (26,440)       (30,286)        (33,776)
Cash dividends on common shares...........................................           --        (32,134)       (176,277)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash flows used for financing activities..............................     (375,272)       (98,461)       (322,173)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES:
Investment in plant:
    Electric and other utility plant......................................     (217,009)      (233,399)       (222,829)
    Nuclear fuel..........................................................      (17,026)        (6,852)        (14,529)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash flows used for investments in plant..............................     (234,035)      (240,251)       (237,358)
Investment in nuclear decommissioning trusts..............................      (75,551)       (61,046)        (65,716)
Other investment activities, net..........................................      (11,140)       (28,257)        (25,064)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash flows used for investments.......................................     (320,726)      (329,554)       (328,138)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH FOR THE PERIOD............................       (7,248)       (50,794)        165,159
Cash and cash equivalents -- beginning of period..........................      143,403        194,197          29,038
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- END OF PERIOD................................     $136,155       $143,403       $ 194,197
================================================================================================================================
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid/(refunded) during the year for:
Interest, net of amounts capitalized......................................     $238,990       $291,335       $ 268,129
================================================================================================================================
Income taxes..............................................................     $ 19,454       $(26,387)      $  64,189
================================================================================================================================
Increase in obligations:
    Niantic Bay Fuel Trust and other capital leases.......................     $  5,064       $  3,475       $   3,524
================================================================================================================================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

24

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   Accumulated
                                                                                                      Other
                                                                        Deferred                   Comprehensive
                                             Common   Capital Surplus Contribution    Retained        Income
(Thousands of Dollars)                     Shares (a)     Paid In     Plan -- ESOP   Earnings (b)   (Note 12)      Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance as of January 1, 1996.............  $678,056     $936,197      $(198,152)     $1,007,340     $   65    $2,423,506
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net income for 1996...................                                               38,929                    38,929
    Cash dividends on common shares --
        $1.38 per share...................                                             (176,277)                 (176,277)
    Loss on retirement of preferred stock.                                                 (374)                     (374)
    Issuance of 440,772 common shares,
        $5 par value......................     2,204        8,418                                                  10,622
    Allocation of benefits -- ESOP........                 (8,103)        22,061                                   13,958
    Capital stock expenses, net...........                  3,077                                                   3,077
    Other comprehensive income............                                                              433           433
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as of December 31, 1996...........   680,260      939,589       (176,091)       869,618         498     2,313,874
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net loss for 1997 ....................                                             (129,962)                 (129,962)
    Cash dividends on common shares --
        $0.25 per share...................                                              (32,134)                  (32,134)
    Issuance of 790,232 common shares,
        $5 par value......................     3,951        2,551                                                   6,502
    Allocation of benefits -- ESOP........                (12,238)        21,950                                    9,712
    Capital stock expenses, net...........                  2,592                                                   2,592
    Other comprehensive income............                                                             (499)         (499)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997...........   684,211      932,494       (154,141)       707,522          (1)    2,170,085
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net loss for 1998 ....................                                             (146,753)                 (146,753)
    Issuance of 189,094 common shares,
        $5 par value......................       945        1,714                                                   2,659
    Allocation of benefits -- ESOP........                 (4,769)        13,522                                    8,753
    Unearned stock compensation...........                   (537)                                                   (537)
    Capital stock expenses, net...........                  3,560                                                   3,560
    Gain on equity investment.............                  8,140                                                   8,140
    Gain on repurchase of preferred stock.                     59                                                      59
    Other comprehensive income............                                                            1,406         1,406
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998...........  $685,156     $940,661      $(140,619)     $ 560,769      $1,405    $2,047,372
================================================================================================================================

(a) NU issued 8,430,910 warrants as part of its acquisition of PSNH. These warrants, which expired on June 5, 1997, entitled the holder to purchase one share of NU common stock at an exercise price of $24 per share. As of June 5, 1997, 464,678 shares had been purchased through the exercise of warrants.

(b) Certain consolidated subsidiaries have dividend restrictions imposed by their long-term debt agreements. These restrictions also limit the amount of retained earnings available for NU common dividends. At December 31, 1998, these restrictions totaled approximately $832.2 million.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

25

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CAPITALIZATION

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     At December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                                                                            1998            1997
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (See Consolidated Balance Sheets) .............................  $2,047,372     $2,170,085
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES:
    $25 par value - authorized 36,600,000 shares at December 31, 1998 and 1997;
        3,780,000 shares outstanding in 1998 and 4,840,000 shares outstanding in
        1997
    $50 par value - authorized 9,000,000 shares at December 31, 1998 and 1997;
        4,709,774 shares outstanding in 1998 and 5,424,000 shares outstanding in
        1997
    $100 par value - authorized 1,000,000 shares at December 31, 1998 and 1997;
        200,000 shares outstanding in 1998 and 1997
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividend Rates             Current Redemption Prices (a)    Current Shares Outstanding
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOT SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION:
$50 par value -- $1.90 to $3.28       $50.50 to $54.00                       2,324,000.....    116,200         116,200
$100 par value -- $7.72               $103.51                                  200,000.....     20,000          20,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Preferred Stock Not Subject to Mandatory Redemption..................................    136,200         136,200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION: (b)
$25 par value -- $1.90 to $2.65       $25.00 to $25.51                       3,780,000.....     94,500         121,000
$50 par value -- $2.65 to $3.615      $50.67 to $52.17                       2,385,774.....    119,289         155,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Preferred Stock Subject to Mandatory Redemption......................................    213,789         276,000
Less:  Preferred Stock to be redeemed within one year......................................     46,250          30,250
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preferred Stock Subject to Mandatory Redemption, net.......................................    167,539         245,750
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG-TERM DEBT (c)
First Mortgage Bonds --
Maturity         Interest Rates
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1998         6.50% to 9.17%............................................................         --         199,800
    1999         5.50% to 7.25%............................................................    254,000         279,000
    2000         5.75% to 6.875%...........................................................    260,000         260,000
    2001         7.375% to 7.875%..........................................................    220,000         220,000
    2002         7.75% to 9.05%............................................................    560,000         580,000
    2004         6.125%....................................................................    140,000         140,000
    2019-2023    7.375% to 7.50%...........................................................    120,000         120,000
    2024-2025    7.375% to 8.50%...........................................................    430,000         430,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total First Mortgage Bonds.............................................................  1,984,000       2,228,800
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Long-Term Debt -- (d)
    Pollution Control Notes and Other Notes --
    2000         Adjustable Rate (e) and 7.67%.............................................    212,022         218,033
    2005-2006    8.38% to 8.58%............................................................    177,000         194,000
    2013-2018    Adjustable Rate and 5.90% (d).............................................     33,400          33,400
    2020         Adjustable Rate...........................................................     15,300          15,300
    2021-2022    5.85% to 7.65% and Adjustable Rate (d)....................................    552,485         552,485
    2028         5.85% to 5.95% (d)........................................................    369,300         369,300
    2031         Adjustable Rate...........................................................     62,000          62,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Pollution Control Notes and Other Notes..........................................  1,421,507       1,444,518
Fees and interest due for spent nuclear fuel disposal costs (Note 7E)......................    216,377         205,502
Other......................................................................................     17,043          18,513
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Other Long-Term Debt.................................................................  1,654,927       1,668,533
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unamortized premium and discount, net......................................................     (5,886)         (7,113)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Long-Term Debt.......................................................................  3,633,041       3,890,220
Less:  Amounts due within one year.........................................................    350,903         244,561
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term Debt, net........................................................................  3,282,138       3,645,659
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL CAPITALIZATION.......................................................................  $5,633,249     $6,197,694
================================================================================================================================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

26

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CAPITALIZATION

(a) Each of these series is subject to certain refunding limitations for the first five years after issuance. Redemption prices reduce in future years.

(b) Changes in Preferred Stock Subject to Mandatory Redemption:


(Thousands of Dollars)

Balance at December 31, 1995................     $304,000
  Reacquisitions and Retirements............       (3,000)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1996................      301,000
  Reacquisitions and Retirements............      (25,000)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1997................      276,000
  Reacquisitions and Retirements............      (62,211)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1998................     $213,789
================================================================================

The minimum sinking-fund requirements of the series subject each year to mandatory redemption aggregate approximately $46.3 million each year in 1999, 2000 and 2001; $21.3 million in 2002 and $7.7 million in 2003. In case of default on sinking-fund payments, no payments may be made on any junior stock by way of dividends or otherwise (other than in shares of junior stock) so long as the default continues. If a subsidiary is in arrears in the payment of dividends on any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the subsidiary is prohibited from redeeming or purchasing less than all of the outstanding preferred stock.

(c) Long-term debt maturities and cash sinking-fund requirements, excluding fees and interest due for spent nuclear fuel disposal costs, on debt outstanding at December 31, 1998, for the years 1999 through 2003 are approximately $350.9 million, $557.8 million, $313.2 million, $375.4 million and $25.6 million, respectively. In addition, there are annual one percent sinking- and improvement-fund requirements of approximately $1.5 million for 1999 and 2000, $900,000 for 2001 and 2002, and no requirements for 2003 for certain series of Western Massachusetts Electric Company (WMECO) first mortgage bonds which expire in 2003. The WMECO sinking- and improvement-fund requirements may be satisfied by the deposit of cash or bonds or by certification of property additions. Essentially all utility plant of The Connecticut Light and Power Company (CL&P), Public Service Company of New Hampshire (PSNH), WMECO and North Atlantic Energy Corporation (NAEC) is subject to the liens of each company's respective first mortgage bond indenture. NAEC's first mortgage bonds also are secured by payments made to NAEC by PSNH under the terms of the Seabrook Power Contracts. CL&P and WMECO have secured $369.3 million of pollution control notes with second mortgage liens on Millstone 1, junior to the liens of their respective first mortgage bond indentures. CL&P and WMECO have issued $225 million and $80 million, respectively, of first mortgage bonds as collateral to enable them to borrow under a three-year revolving credit agreement. At December 31, 1998, CL&P and WMECO had $10 million and $20 million, respectively, in borrowings under this agreement. PSNH's Revolving Credit Facility is secured by $75 million of first mortgage bonds and substantially all of PSNH's accounts receivable. At December 31, 1998, PSNH had no borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. See Note 3, "Short-Term Debt," for further information. CL&P has $62 million of tax-exempt Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (PCRBs) with bond insurance secured by first mortgage bonds and a liquidity facility. Concurrent with the issuance of PSNH's Series A and B first mortgage bonds, PSNH entered into financing arrangements with the Business Finance Authority (BFA) of the state of New Hampshire. Pursuant to these arrangements, the BFA issued seven series of PCRBs and loaned the proceeds to PSNH. At December 31, 1998, $516.5 million of the PCRBs were outstanding. PSNH's obligation to repay each series of PCRBs is secured by first mortgage bonds. Each such series of first mortgage bonds contains similar terms and provisions as the applicable series of PCRBs. For financial reporting purposes, these bonds would not be considered outstanding unless PSNH failed to meet its obligations under the PCRBs.

(d) The average effective interest rates on the variable-rate pollution control notes ranged from 3.1 percent to 5.6 percent for 1998 and 3.4 percent to 5.6 percent for 1997. During 1998, approximately $535 million of adjustable-rate debt was converted to fixed-rate debt at rates ranging from 5.85 percent to 6.0 percent. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, adjustable-rate debt totaled $410 million and $945 million, respectively.

(e) Interest-rate swaps effectively fix the interest rate of NAEC's $200 million variable-rate bank note at 7.823 percent. For further information, see Note 8, "Interest-Rate and Fuel-Price Risk-Management."

27

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME TAXES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     For the Years Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                                                             1998           1997            1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The components of the federal and state income tax provisions charged to
operations are:
Current income taxes:
    Federal................................................................    $(13,660)      $(22,760)       $ 13,500
    State..................................................................      (3,903)        (1,727)         10,778
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current..............................................................     (17,563)       (24,487)         24,278
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred income taxes, net:
    Federal................................................................      51,913         46,871          90,093
    State..................................................................     (12,948)       (10,841)         (8,667)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred.............................................................      38,965         36,030          81,426
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment tax credits, net................................................     (15,463)        (9,595)         (9,594)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE...................................................     $ 5,939        $ 1,948        $ 96,110
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The components of total income tax expense are classified as follows:
    Income taxes charged to operating expenses ............................     $82,332        $12,650        $ 94,363
    Other income taxes ....................................................     (76,393)       (10,702)          1,747
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE ..................................................     $ 5,939        $ 1,948        $ 96,110
================================================================================================================================
Deferred income taxes are comprised of the tax effects of temporary differences
as follows:
    Deferred tax asset associated with net operating losses................     $69,212        $    --        $ 96,756
    Depreciation, leased nuclear fuel, settlement credits
      and disposal costs...................................................      16,217         32,932          18,401
    Energy adjustment clauses..............................................     (22,308)         5,916          (8,268)
    Nuclear plant deferrals................................................      (2,291)        13,989         (15,549)
    Bond redemptions.......................................................      (2,809)        (4,260)         (4,685)
    Amortization of New Hampshire regulatory settlement....................      11,501         11,501          11,501
    Demand-side management.................................................     (13,688)       (12,169)        (14,954)
    State net operating loss carryforward..................................       1,150         (7,670)             --
    Millstone revenue out of rate base.....................................     (18,080)            --              --
    Other .................................................................          61         (4,209)         (1,776)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES, NET.................................................     $38,965        $36,030        $ 81,426
================================================================================================================================
A reconciliation between income tax expense and the expected tax expense at 35
percent of pretax income:
Expected federal income tax................................................    $(40,031)      $(34,205)       $ 59,085
Tax effect of differences:
    Depreciation...........................................................      27,630         20,566          22,537
    Deferred nuclear plants return.........................................      (2,414)        (2,551)         (3,146)
    Amortization of regulatory assets......................................      30,740          5,498           7,910
    Amortization of PSNH acquisition costs.................................      17,301         31,298          31,410
    Seabrook intercompany gains and losses.................................         630         (3,898)         (7,503)
    Investment tax credit amortization and write-off.......................     (15,463)        (9,595)         (9,594)
    State income taxes, net of federal benefit.............................      (4,759)        (7,839)          1,372
    Nondeductible penalties................................................       3,589            648             846
    Adjustment for prior years' taxes......................................     (15,369)        (1,712)           (962)
    Employee stock ownership plan..........................................      (1,670)        (4,648)         (4,007)
    Dividends received deduction...........................................      (3,218)        (1,563)         (3,027)
    Loss reserve on sale of investment.....................................       7,000          8,750              --
    Other, net.............................................................       1,973          1,199           1,189
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE...................................................     $ 5,939        $ 1,948        $ 96,110
================================================================================================================================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

28

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A. ABOUT NORTHEAST UTILITIES
Northeast Utilities (NU or the company) is the parent company of the Northeast Utilities system (the NU system). The NU system furnishes franchised retail electric service in Connecticut, New Hampshire and western Massachusetts through three wholly owned subsidiaries: CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. Another wholly owned subsidiary, NAEC, sells all of its entitlement to the capacity and output of the Seabrook nuclear power plant (Seabrook 1 or Seabrook) to PSNH under two life-of-unit, full cost recovery contracts. A fifth wholly owned subsidiary, Holyoke Water Power Company (HWP), also is engaged in the production and distribution of electric power. The NU system also furnishes firm and other wholesale electric services to various municipalities and other utilities, and participates in limited retail access programs, providing off-system retail electric service. The NU system serves in excess of 30 percent of New England's electric needs and is one of the 24 largest electric utility systems in the country as measured by revenues.
NU is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a holding company under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 (1935 Act). NU and its subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of the 1935 Act. Arrangements among the NU system companies, outside agencies and other utilities covering interconnections, interchange of electric power and sales of utility property are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) and/or the SEC. The operating subsidiaries are subject to further regulation for rates, accounting and other matters by the FERC and/or applicable state regulatory commissions.
Several wholly owned subsidiaries of NU provide support services for the NU system companies and, in some cases, for other New England utilities. Northeast Utilities Service Company (NUSCO) provides centralized accounting, administrative, information resources, engineering, financial, legal, operational, planning, purchasing and other services to the NU system companies. Northeast Nuclear Energy Company (NNECO) acts as agent for the NU system companies and other New England utilities in operating the Millstone nuclear generating facilities. North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation (NAESCO) has operational responsibility for Seabrook. Three other subsidiaries construct, acquire or lease some of the property and facilities used by the NU system companies. In addition, CL&P and WMECO each have established a special purpose subsidiary whose business consists of the purchase and resale of receivables.
Select Energy, Inc. (Select), HEC Inc. (HEC), Mode 1 Communications, Inc. (Mode 1), and Charter Oak Energy, Inc. (COE) are other NU system companies which engage in a variety of activities. During 1998, revenues from these four subsidiaries accounted for approximately one percent of consolidated revenues.
Currently, Select serves as a vehicle for participation in other retail pilot competition programs and open-access retail and wholesale electric markets in the Northeast and other areas of the country as appropriate. In addition, Select develops and markets energy-related products and services in order to enhance its core electric service and customer relationships. Select has taken steps to establish strategic alliances with other companies in various energy-related fields including fuel supply and management, power quality, energy efficiency and load management services.
HEC provides energy management services for the NU system's and other utilities' commercial, industrial and institutional electric customers. Mode 1 is a wholly owned subsidiary of NU which develops and invests in telecommunications and related activities.
COE has an investment in a foreign utility company as permitted under the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Energy Act). This investment is accounted for on the equity basis based upon COE's level of participation. NU has put COE up for sale.
During the first quarter of 1999, NU established three new subsidiaries: NU Enterprises, Inc., Northeast Generation Company and Northeast Generation Services Company. Directly or through multiple subsidiaries, these entities will engage in a variety of energy-related activities, including the acquisition and management of non-nuclear generating plants.

B. PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements of the NU system include the accounts of all wholly owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Certain reclassifications of prior years' data have been made to conform with the current year's presentation.

C. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued two new accounting standards during 1998: Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 132, "Employers' Disclosures About Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits," and SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS 132 revises employers' disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit plans, but it does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. See

29

Note 5A, "Pension Benefits and Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," for
further information on the NU system's pension and postretirement benefits disclosures.
SFAS 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. This statement becomes effective for the NU system companies on January 1, 2000, and will require derivative instruments used by the NU system companies to be recognized on the balance sheets as assets or liabilities at fair value. The NU system uses derivative instruments for hedging purposes. The accounting for these hedging instruments will depend on which hedging classification each derivative instrument falls under, as defined by SFAS 133, offset by any changes in the market value of the hedged item.
Based on the derivative instruments which currently are being utilized by NU system companies to hedge some of their fuel price and interest rate risks, there will be an impact on earnings upon adoption of SFAS 133 which management cannot estimate at this time. For further information regarding derivative instruments, see Note 1N, "Interest-Rate and Fuel-Price Risk-Management." In November 1998, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a final consensus on EITF Issue No. 98-10, "Accounting for Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities." The Task Force determined in its consensus that when an operation's activities are considered to be trading activities, its energy trading and risk-management contracts should be marked to market with the gains and losses included in earnings. The consensus on this Issue is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after December 15, 1998. Management has determined that EITF 98-10 currently has no effect on its financial statements.
During June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS 131 determines the standards for reporting and disclosing qualitative and quantitative information about a company's operating segments. More specifically, it requires financial information to be disclosed for segments whose operating results are received by the chief operating officer for decisions on resource allocation. It also requires related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The NU system currently evaluates management performance using a cost-based budget, and the information required by SFAS 131 is not available.
As a result of the changes the NU system and the industry are undergoing, the company will implement business segment reporting in 1999. This reporting will provide management with revenue and expense information at the business segment level. Management has identified significant segments to include transmission, distribution, generation-related and energy marketing.
The NU system's revenues primarily are derived from residential, commercial and industrial customers. A breakdown of revenues by class of customers is shown on the Consolidated Sales Statistics table.

D. INVESTMENTS AND JOINTLY OWNED ELECTRIC UTILITY PLANT
Regional Nuclear Generating Companies: CL&P, PSNH and WMECO own common stock of four regional nuclear generating companies (Yankee companies) which are accounted for on the equity basis due to the NU system companies' ability to exercise significant influence over their operating and financial policies. The NU system's equity investments and ownership interests in the Yankee companies at December 31, 1998, are:


(Thousands of Dollars, except for percentages)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Connecticut Yankee Atomic
  Power Company (CYAPC)............. $51,685        49.0%
Yankee Atomic Electric
  Company (YAEC)....................   7,632        38.5
Maine Yankee Atomic
  Power Company (MYAPC).............  17,342        20.0
Vermont Yankee Nuclear
  Power Corporation (VYNPC).........   9,132        16.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Equity Investment............. $85,791
================================================================================

Each Yankee company owns a single nuclear generating unit. YAEC's, CYAPC's and MYAPC's nuclear power plants were shut down permanently on February 26, 1992, December 4, 1996, and August 6, 1997, respectively. For further information on the Yankee companies, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs."
Millstone: CL&P and WMECO together own 100 percent of both Millstone 1, a 660 megawatt (MW) nuclear generating unit and Millstone 2, a 870 MW nuclear generating unit. CL&P, PSNH and WMECO together have a 68.02 percent joint ownership interest in Millstone 3, a 1,154 MW nuclear generating unit. During the third quarter of 1998, CL&P and WMECO decided to retire Millstone 1 and prepare for final decommissioning. For further information on the Millstone 1 closure, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," and Management's Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). For further information on Millstone 2 and 3, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," Note 7C, "Commitments and Contingencies -- Nuclear Performance," and the MD&A.
Seabrook 1: CL&P and NAEC together have a 40.04 percent joint ownership interest in Seabrook 1, a 1,148 MW nuclear generating unit. NAEC sells all of its share of the power generated by Seabrook 1 to PSNH under two long-term contracts (the Seabrook Power Contracts).

30

Plant-in-service and the accumulated provision for depreciation for the NU system's share of the three Millstone units and Seabrook 1 are as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          At December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Millions of Dollars)                   1998         1997
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plant-in-service
Millstone 1........................ $     --     $  478.7
Millstone 2........................    936.8        857.1
Millstone 3........................  2,407.4      2,404.3
Seabrook 1.........................    895.5        897.5
Accumulated provision
  for depreciation
Millstone 1........................ $     --     $  212.1
Millstone 2........................    379.6        306.7
Millstone 3........................    765.9        695.1
Seabrook 1.........................    170.0        150.0
================================================================================

The NU system's share of Millstone and Seabrook 1 expenses are included in operating expenses on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
Hydro-Quebec: NU has a 22.66 percent equity ownership interest, totaling approximately $17.7 million, in two companies that transmit electricity imported from the Hydro-Quebec system in Canada.

E. DEPRECIATION
The provision for depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based on estimated remaining lives of depreciable utility plant-in-service, adjusted for salvage value and removal costs, as approved by the appropriate regulatory agency. Except for major facilities, depreciation rates are applied to the average plant-in-service during the period. Major facilities are depreciated from the time they are placed in service. When plant is retired from service, the original cost of plant, including cost of removal, less salvage, is charged to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The costs of closure and removal of non-nuclear facilities are accrued over the life of the plant as a component of depreciation. The depreciation rates for the several classes of electric plant-in-service are equivalent to a composite rate of 3.3 percent in 1998 and 3.8 percent for 1997 and 1996, respectively. See Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," for information on nuclear plant decommissioning.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the accumulated provision for depreciation included approximately $88.4 million and $83.2 million, respectively, accrued for the cost of removal, net of salvage, for non-nuclear generation property.

F. REVENUES
Other than revenues under fixed-rate agreements negotiated with certain wholesale, commercial and industrial customers and limited retail access programs, utility revenues are based on authorized rates applied to each customer's use of electricity. In general, rates can be changed only through a formal proceeding before the appropriate regulatory commission. Regulatory commissions also have authority over the terms and conditions of nontraditional ratemaking arrangements. At the end of each accounting period, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO accrue an estimate for the amount of energy delivered but unbilled.
For information on rate proceedings and their potential impact on CL&P and PSNH, see Note 7B, "Commitments and Contingencies -- Rate Matters."

G. PSNH ACQUISITION COSTS
The PSNH acquisition costs represent the aggregate value placed by the 1989 rate agreement with the state of New Hampshire (Rate Agreement) on PSNH's assets in excess of the net book value of PSNH's non-Seabrook assets, plus the $700 million value assigned to Seabrook by the Rate Agreement, as part of the bankruptcy resolution on June 5, 1992 (Acquisition Date). The Rate Agreement provides for the recovery through rates, with a return, of the PSNH acquisition costs. The unrecovered balance was approximately $352.9 million at December 31, 1998, and is being recovered ratably over a 20-year period through May 1, 2011, in accordance with the Rate Agreement. Through December 31, 1998, $640.0 million has been collected.

H. REGULATORY ACCOUNTING AND ASSETS
The accounting policies of the utility operating companies and the accompanying consolidated financial statements conform to generally accepted accounting principles applicable to rate-regulated enterprises and reflect the effects of the ratemaking process in accordance with SFAS 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." Assuming a cost-of-service based regulatory structure, regulators may permit incurred costs, normally treated as expenses, to be deferred and recovered through future revenues. Through their actions, regulators also may reduce or eliminate the value of an asset, or create a liability. If any of the operating companies were no longer subject to the provisions of SFAS 71, the company would be required to write off all of its related regulatory assets and liabilities unless there is a formal transition plan which provides for the recovery, through established rates, for the collection of these costs through a portion of the business which would remain regulated on a cost-of-service basis. At the time of transition, the operating companies also would be required to determine any impairment to the carrying costs of deregulated plant and inventory assets.
Restructuring programs are being implemented within each of the NU system operating companies' respective jurisdictions, however, management continues to believe the application of SFAS 71 remains appropriate at this time. Once the NU system operating companies' respective restructuring plans have been formally approved by the appropriate regulatory agency and management can determine the impacts of restructuring, the NU system operating companies' generation businesses no longer will be rate regulated on a cost-of-service basis. The majority of the NU system operating companies' regulatory assets are related to their respective generation business. Management expects that the transmission and distribution business

31

within each of the NU system operating companies' respective jurisdictions will continue to be rate regulated on a cost-of-service basis and restructuring plans will allow for the recovery of regulatory assets through this portion of the business.
For further information on the NU system companies' respective regulatory environments and the potential impacts of restructuring, see Note 7A, "Commitments and Contingencies -- Restructuring" and the MD&A.
Based on a current evaluation of the various factors and conditions that are expected to impact future cost recovery, management continues to believe it is probable that the NU system operating companies will recover their investments in long-lived assets, including regulatory assets. The components of the NU system companies' regulatory assets are as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         At December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                  1998         1997
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes, net
  (Note 1I)......................  $ 762,495   $  938,564
Recoverable energy costs,
  net (Note 1J)..................    279,232      324,809
Deferred costs -- nuclear
  plants (Note 1K)...............    187,132      208,129
Unrecovered contractual
  obligations (Note 1L)..........    407,926      515,076
Millstone 1 (Note 1M)............    576,323           --
Other............................    115,841      186,700
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   $2,328,949  $2,173,278
================================================================================

I. INCOME TAXES
The tax effect of temporary differences (differences between the periods in which transactions affect income in the financial statements and the periods in which they affect the determination of taxable income) is accounted for in accordance with the ratemaking treatment of the applicable regulatory commissions. See the Consolidated Statements of Income Taxes for the components of income tax expense.
The tax effect of temporary differences, including timing differences accrued under previously approved accounting standards, that give rise to the accumulated deferred tax obligation is as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         At December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                   1998         1997
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accelerated depreciation and other
  plant-related differences....... $1,537,903   $1,567,597
Net operating loss
  carryforwards...................    (33,387)    (102,492)
Regulatory assets -- income
  tax gross up....................    370,029      395,619
Other.............................    (25,851)     123,789
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   $1,848,694   $1,984,513
================================================================================

At December 31, 1998, PSNH had a federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforward of approximately $94 million that can be used against PSNH's federal taxable income and which if unused expires between the years 2005 and 2006. CL&P had a state of Connecticut NOL carryforward of approximately $149 million that can be used against CL&P and affiliates' combined Connecticut taxable income and which if unused expires in the year 2002. PSNH also had Investment Tax Credit (ITC) carryforwards of $37 million which if unused expire between the years 1999 and 2004. The reorganization of PSNH under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code limits the annual amount of PSNH ITC carryforward that may be used. Approximately $6 million of the ITC carryforward is subject to this limitation.

J. RECOVERABLE ENERGY COSTS
Energy Act: Under the Energy Act, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC are assessed for their proportionate shares of the costs of decontaminating and decommissioning uranium enrichment plants owned by the United States Department of Energy (D&D assessment). The Energy Act requires that regulators treat D&D assessments as a reasonable and necessary current cost of fuel, to be fully recovered in rates like any other fuel cost. CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC currently are recovering these costs through rates. As of December 31, 1998, the NU system's total D&D deferrals were approximately $57.5 million.
CL&P: CL&P has in place an energy adjustment clause under which fuel prices above or below base-rate levels are charged or credited to customers. At December 31, 1998, recoverable energy costs included $78.1 million of costs previously deferred.
PSNH: The Rate Agreement includes a comprehensive fuel and purchased-power adjustment clause (FPPAC) permitting PSNH to pass through to retail customers, for a ten-year period that began in May 1991, the retail portion of differences between the fuel and purchased-power costs assumed in the Rate Agreement and PSNH's actual costs, which include the costs related to the Seabrook Power Contracts and the Clean Air Act Amendment. The cost components of the FPPAC are subject to a prudence review by the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission (NHPUC). At December 31, 1998, PSNH had $156.3 million of noncurrent recoverable energy costs deferred under the FPPAC.
WMECO: Prior to March 1, 1998, WMECO had in place a comprehensive fuel adjustment clause which allowed for the collection or refund of fuel price differences between the cost of fuel and the amounts collected. Management expects the deferred fuel balance will be collected as part of the restructuring proceeding.
For further information on rate matters, see Note 7B, "Commitments and Contingencies -- Rate Matters" and the MD&A.

32

K. DEFERRED COSTS -- NUCLEAR PLANTS
Under the Rate Agreement, the plant costs of Seabrook were phased into rates over a seven-year period beginning May 15, 1991. Total costs deferred under the phase-in plan were approximately $288 million. This plan is in compliance with SFAS 92, "Regulated Enterprises - Accounting for Phase-In Plans." These deferred costs are being billed to PSNH by NAEC through the Seabrook Power Contracts beginning December 1, 1997, and will be recovered fully from PSNH's customers by May 2001.

L. UNRECOVERED CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Under the terms of contracts with MYAPC, CYAPC and YAEC, the shareholder-sponsor companies, including CL&P, PSNH and WMECO, are responsible for their proportionate share of the remaining costs of the units, including decommissioning. As management expects that the NU system companies will be allowed to recover these costs from their customers, the NU system companies have recorded regulatory assets, with corresponding obligations, on their respective balance sheets. For further information, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs."

M. MILLSTONE 1
The Millstone 1 regulatory asset includes the recoverable portion of the undepreciated plant and related balances of approximately $190.3 million, and the regulatory asset associated with the decommissioning and closure obligation of $386.0 million. See Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," for further information.

N. INTEREST-RATE AND FUEL-PRICE RISK-MANAGEMENT
The NU system utilizes market risk-management instruments to hedge well-defined risks associated with variable interest rates and changes in fuel prices. To qualify for hedge treatment, the underlying hedged item must expose the company to risks associated with market fluctuations and the market risk-management instrument used must be designated as a hedge and must reduce the NU system's exposure to market fluctuations throughout the period.
Amounts receivable or payable under fuel-price management instruments are recognized in operating expenses when realized. Amounts receivable or payable under interest-rate management instruments are accrued and offset against interest expense. For further information, see Note 8, "Interest-Rate and Fuel-Price Risk-Management."

O. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and short-term cash investments which are highly liquid in nature and have original maturities of three months or less.

2. NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING AND PLANT CLOSURE COSTS Millstone 2 and 3 and Seabrook 1: The NU system operating nuclear power plants have service lives that are expected to end during the years 2015 through 2026. Upon retirement, these units must be decommissioned. Current decommissioning studies conclude that complete and immediate dismantlement at retirement continues to be the most viable and economic method of decommissioning the units. Decommissioning studies are reviewed and updated periodically to reflect changes in decommissioning requirements, costs, technology and inflation. The estimated cost of decommissioning Millstone 2, in year-end 1998 dollars, is $397.5 million. The NU system's ownership share of the estimated cost of decommissioning Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1 in year-end 1998 dollars is $380.6 million and $195.8 million, respectively. Millstone 2 and 3 and Seabrook 1 decommissioning costs will be increased annually by their respective escalation rates. Nuclear decommissioning costs are accrued over the expected service lives of the units and are included in depreciation expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Nuclear decommissioning costs for these units amounted to $27.9 million in 1998, $28.6 million in 1997 and $27.6 million in 1996. Nuclear decommissioning, as a cost of removal, is included in the accumulated provision for depreciation on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the decommissioning balance in the accumulated provision for depreciation amounted to $229.7 million and $202.1 million, respectively. External decommissioning trusts have been established for the costs of decommissioning Millstone 2 and 3. Payments for the company's portions of the cost of decommissioning Seabrook 1 are paid to an independent decommissioning financing fund managed by the state of New Hampshire. Funding of the estimated decommissioning costs assumes levelized collections for the Millstone units and escalated collections for Seabrook 1 and after-tax earnings on the Millstone and Seabrook decommissioning funds of approximately 5.5 percent and 6.5 percent, respectively. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO collected a total of $229.7 million through rates toward the future decommissioning costs of their share of Millstone 2 and 3 and Seabrook, of which $209.9 million has been transferred to external decommissioning trusts. Earnings on the decommissioning trusts increase the decommissioning trust balance and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. Unrealized gains and losses associated with the decommissioning trusts and financing fund also impact the balance of the trusts and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. The fair value of the amounts in the external decommissioning trusts was $349.9 million at December 31, 1998. Changes in requirements or technology, the timing of funding or dismantling or adoption of a decommissioning method other than immediate dismantlement would change decommissioning cost estimates and the amounts required to be recovered. CL&P, PSNH and WMECO attempt to

33

recover sufficient amounts through their allowed rates to cover their expected decommissioning costs. Only the portion of currently estimated total decommissioning costs that has been accepted by regulatory agencies is reflected in rates of the NU system companies. Based on present estimates and assuming its nuclear units operate to the end of their respective license periods, the NU system expects that the decommissioning trusts and financing fund will be substantially funded when the units are retired from service.
Millstone 1: The total estimated decommissioning costs for Millstone 1, which have been updated to reflect the early shutdown of the unit, are approximately $692.0 million as of December 31, 1998. The company has recorded the decommissioning and closure obligation as a liability. Nuclear decommissioning costs for Millstone 1 were $19.8 million in 1998 and $20.2 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively.
In February 1999, the DPUC issued a decision on CL&P's rate case filing. The decision allowed for recovery over a three-year period, without a return, of $126.0 million of CL&P's remaining investment in Millstone 1. As a result, CL&P recorded an after-tax loss of approximately $80 million, related to the write-down of its investment in Millstone 1. The decision allowed for the recovery of CL&P's decommissioning and closure obligations. Accordingly, CL&P recorded a regulatory asset for its portion of the decommissioning and closure obligation. For further information on the DPUC decision, see Note 7B, "Commitments and Contingencies - Rate Matters" and the MD&A.
During 1998, CL&P recorded a loss of approximately $27.9 million related to the termination of an approximate 4.3 percent entitlement contract of CL&P's share of Millstone 1, formerly held by the Connecticut Municipal Electric Energy Cooperative.
WMECO will seek recovery of unrecovered Millstone 1 balances of approximately $60.8 million and decommissioning related costs of approximately $63.3 million as part of its restructuring regulatory proceedings. Based upon the restructuring law in Massachusetts, management believes it is probable that WMECO will be allowed the recovery of these costs and has recorded a regulatory asset.
CL&P and WMECO use external trusts to fund the estimated decommissioning costs of Millstone 1. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P and WMECO had collected a total of $182.0 million through rates toward the future decommissioning costs of their share of Millstone 1, of which $160.1 million has been transferred to external decommissioning trusts. At December 31, 1998, the fair market value of the balance in the external trusts was approximately $269.2 million.
Yankee Companies: VYNPC owns and operates a nuclear generating unit with a service life that is expected to end in 2012. The NU system's ownership share of estimated costs, in year-end 1998 dollars, of decommissioning this unit is approximately $84.8 million.
At December 31, 1998, the remaining estimated obligation, including decommissioning, for the Yankee companies' nuclear generating facilities which have been shut down were:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Total        NU's
(Thousands of Dollars)             Obligation       Share
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maine Yankee.....................    $715,065     $143,013
Connecticut Yankee...............    $498,557     $244,293
Yankee Atomic....................    $ 81,699     $ 31,454
================================================================================

For further information on the Yankee companies, see Note 7B, "Commitments and Contingencies -- Rate Matters."
For information on proposed changes to the accounting for decommissioning, see the MD&A.

3. SHORT-TERM DEBT Limits: The amount of short-term borrowings that may be incurred by NU and the NU system operating companies is subject to periodic approval by either the SEC under the 1935 Act or by the respective state regulators. SEC authorization allowed CL&P, WMECO and NAEC, as of January 1, 1999, to incur total short-term borrowings up to a maximum of $375 million, $150 million and $60 million, respectively. In addition, the charters of CL&P and WMECO contain preferred stock provisions restricting the amount of unsecured debt those companies may incur. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P's and WMECO's charters permit CL&P and WMECO to incur an additional $466 million and $96 million, respectively, of unsecured debt. Effective April 1998, PSNH is authorized under a NHPUC order to incur short-term borrowings up to a maximum of $75 million. Credit Agreements: NU, CL&P and WMECO are parties to a $313.75 million revolving credit agreement (Credit Agreement). Under the Credit Agreement amended on September 11, 1998, CL&P and WMECO are able to borrow, subject to the availability of first mortgage bond collateral, up to $313.75 million and $150 million, respectively. At December 31, 1998, CL&P and WMECO have issued first mortgage bonds to enable borrowings under this facility up to a maximum of $225 million and $80 million, respectively. NU, which cannot issue first mortgage bonds, would be able to borrow up to $50 million if NU consolidated, CL&P and WMECO each meet certain interest coverage tests for two consecutive quarters. This requirement for NU has not been met. In addition, CL&P and WMECO each must meet certain minimum quarterly financial ratios to access the Credit Agreement. CL&P currently is in the process of obtaining a waiver of the equity financial ratio requirement for the quarter ended December 31, 1998. WMECO satisfied these requirements for the quarter ending December 31, 1998. In connection with obtaining the waiver for the equity test, NU's participation in the Credit Agreement will be terminated. The overall limit for all of the NU system companies under the entire Credit Agreement is $313.75 million. The NU system companies

34

are obligated to pay a facility fee of .50 percent per annum of each bank's total commitment under this Credit Agreement, which will expire in November 1999. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, there were $30 million and $50 million, respectively, in borrowings under this Credit Agreement.
In February 1998, NU entered into a separate $25 million 364-day revolving credit facility (Credit Facility) with one bank. NU is obligated to pay a facility fee of .625 percent per annum on the unused commitment. At December 31, 1998, there were no borrowings under the Credit Facility. NU currently is seeking an extension for this Credit Facility.
PSNH has access to a $75 million revolving credit agreement entered into in April 1998 with a group of 16 banks. The borrowing level under this agreement was reduced from a previous level of $125 million. The agreement will expire in April 1999. Under the terms of this agreement, PSNH is obligated to pay a facility fee of .50 percent per annum on the commitment. PSNH's borrowings under the $75 million agreement are secured, per dollar of borrowing, by $75 million of first mortgage bonds and substantially all of PSNH's accounts receivable. There were no borrowings under this facility at December 31, 1998 and 1997.
On March 20, 1998, in connection with the $75 million PSNH credit agreement, the NHPUC issued an order requiring PSNH to obtain NHPUC approval before paying any dividends on its common stock and before investing any PSNH funds in the NU system Money Pool during the expected 364-day term of the facilities. PSNH has not sought such authorization.
Under the credit facilities discussed above, with the exception of the $25 million NU Credit Facility, the NU system companies may borrow funds on a short-term revolving basis under their respective agreements, using either fixed-rate loans or standby loans. Fixed rates are set using competitive bidding. Standby loans are based upon several alternative variable rates. Loans advanced under the $25 million NU Credit Facility are on a standby basis only. The weighted average annual interest rate on the NU system companies' notes payable to banks outstanding on December 31, 1998 and 1997, was 6.53 percent and 6.95 percent, respectively.
Maturities of short-term debt obligations were for periods of three months or less.
For further information on NU system companies' short-term debt, see the MD&A.

4. LEASES CL&P and WMECO finance their nuclear fuel for Millstone 2 and their respective shares of the nuclear fuel for Millstone 3 under the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (NBFT) capital lease agreement. This lease agreement has an expiration date of June 1, 2040. On June 5, 1998, the NBFT issued $180 million Series G intermediate term notes (ITNs) through a private placement offering. The five-year notes mature June 5, 2003, and will bear interest at a rate of 8.59 percent per annum, payable semiannually. At December 31, 1998, the capital lease obligation to the NBFT was approximately $178.7 million. The permanent shutdown of Millstone 1 in July 1998 afforded the NBFT ITN holders the right to seek repurchase of a pro rata share of their notes based upon the stipulated loss value of Millstone 1 fuel compared to the stipulated loss value of all fuel then under the NBFT. This amount was approximately $80 million. The shutdown also obligates CL&P and WMECO to pay such amount to the NBFT under the NBFT lease whether or not any ITN holders request repurchase. The NU system companies are seeking consents from the ITN holders to amend this lease provision so that they will not be obligated to make this payment, but instead will issue an additional $80 million of collateral first mortgage bonds in mid-1999. CL&P and WMECO make quarterly lease payments for the cost of nuclear fuel consumed in the reactors based on a units-of-production method at rates which reflect estimated kilowatt-hours of energy provided plus financing costs associated with the fuel in the reactors. Upon permanent discharge from the reactors, ownership of the nuclear fuel transfers to CL&P and WMECO. The NU system companies also have entered into lease agreements, some of which are capital leases, for the use of data processing and office equipment, vehicles, gas turbines, nuclear control room simulators and office space. The provisions of these lease agreements generally provide for renewal options. Capital lease rental payments charged to operating expense were $31.0 million in 1998, $19.0 million in 1997 and $28.2 million in 1996. Interest included in capital lease rental payments was $18.3 million in 1998, $13.6 million in 1997 and $14.1 million in 1996. Operating lease rental payments charged to expense were $15.7 million in 1998, $17.3 million in 1997 and $18.3 million in 1996. Future minimum rental payments, excluding annual nuclear fuel lease payments and executory costs such as property taxes, state use taxes, insurance and maintenance, under long-term noncancelable leases, as of December 31, 1998, are:


(Thousands of Dollars)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Capital             Operating
Year                                               Leases                Leases
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 ...........................................  $ 8,500              $ 28,400
2000 ...........................................    8,000                26,200
2001 ...........................................    5,800                21,600
2002 ...........................................    3,400                11,600
2003 ...........................................    3,500                 7,000
After 2003 .....................................   47,700                24,200
===============================================================================
Future minimum
  lease payments ...............................   76,900              $119,000
Less amount
  representing interest ........................   46,300
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present value of future
  minimum lease payments
  for other than nuclear fuel ..................   30,600
Present value of future
  nuclear fuel lease payments ..................  178,700
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present value of future
  minimum lease payments ....................... $209,300
===============================================================================

35

5. EMPLOYEE BENEfiTS

A. PENSION BENEFITS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS The NU system subsidiaries participate in a uniform noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan covering all regular NU system employees. Benefits are based on years of service and the employees' highest eligible compensation during 60 consecutive months of employment. Total pension (credit)/cost, part of which was (credited)/charged to utility plant, approximated $(44.1) million in 1998, $(22.5) million in 1997 and $9.1 million in 1996.
Currently, the NU system subsidiaries annually fund an amount at least equal to that which will satisfy the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and the Internal Revenue Code. Pension costs are determined using market-related values of pension assets.
The NU system subsidiaries also provide certain health care benefits, primarily medical and dental, and life insurance benefits through a benefit plan to retired employees. These benefits are available for employees retiring from the NU system who have met specified service requirements. For current employees and certain retirees, the total benefit is limited to two times the 1993 per-retiree health care cost. These costs are charged to expense over the future estimated work life of the employee. The NU system subsidiaries are funding postretirement costs through external trusts. The NU system subsidiaries are funding, on an annual basis, amounts that have been rate-recovered and which also are tax deductible under the Internal Revenue Code.
Pension and trust assets are invested primarily in domestic and international equity securities and bonds.
The following table represents the plans' beginning benefit obligation balance reconciled to the ending benefit obligation balance, beginning fair value of plan assets balance reconciled to the ending fair value of plan assets balance and the respective funds' funded status reconciled to the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

The components of net cost are:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             At December 31,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Pension Benefits          Postretirement Benefits
                                                                             -------------------        -----------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                                                       1998           1997            1998           1997
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation at beginning of year ............................. $(1,392,833)   $(1,321,146)      $(285,959)      $(306,082)
Service cost ........................................................     (37,420)       (34,903)         (6,625)         (5,746)
Interest cost .......................................................     (96,785)       (98,621)        (20,920)        (20,556)
Transfers ...........................................................       8,510             --              --             --
Actuarial (loss)/gain ...............................................     (37,656)       (18,956)        (16,077)         20,926
Benefits paid .......................................................      76,951         78,188          24,393          25,499
Curtailments and settlements ........................................          --          2,605              --              --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year ................................... $(1,479,233)   $(1,392,833)      $(305,188)      $(285,959)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year ...................... $ 1,919,414    $ 1,660,404       $ 129,434       $ 105,086
Actual return on plan assets ........................................     264,717        337,198          17,353          21,132
Employer contribution ...............................................          --             --          28,831          28,715
Benefits paid .......................................................     (76,951)       (78,188)        (24,393)        (25,499)
Transfers ...........................................................      (9,160)            --              --              --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year ............................ $ 2,098,020    $ 1,919,414       $ 151,225       $ 129,434
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status at December 31 ........................................ $   618,787    $   526,581       $(153,963)      $(156,525)
Unrecognized transition amount ......................................      (9,019)       (10,562)        211,881         227,015
Unrecognized prior service cost .....................................      27,620         29,711              --              --
Unrecognized net gain ...............................................    (670,422)      (622,916)        (57,918)        (70,391)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Accrued)/prepaid benefit cost ...................................... $   (33,034)   $   (77,186)      $      --       $      99
================================================================================================================================

36

The following actuarial assumptions were used in calculating the plans' year-end funded status:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           At December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Pension Benefits         Postretirement Benefits
                                                                          -------------------        -----------------------
                                                                          1998           1997            1998           1997
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discount rate .....................................................       7.00%          7.25%           7.00%          7.25%
Compensation/progression rate .....................................       4.25           4.25            4.25           4.25
Health care cost trend rate (a) ...................................        N/A            N/A            5.22           5.76
================================================================================================================================

(a) The annual growth in per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed to decrease to 4.40 percent by 2001.

The components of net periodic benefit cost are:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         For the Years Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Pension Benefits                        Postretirement Benefits
                                                     -------------------------------             -------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)                               1998          1997         1996             1998          1997         1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service cost ................................... $ 37,420     $  34,903    $  35,435          $ 6,625       $ 5,746      $ 7,457
Interest cost ..................................   96,785        98,621       94,723           20,920        20,556       22,698
Expected return on
    plan assets ................................ (153,152)     (135,093)    (117,882)          (9,871)       (8,065)      (3,969)
Amortization of unrecognized
    transition (asset)/obligation ..............   (1,543)       (1,543)      (1,543)          15,134        15,134       15,134
Amortization of prior
    service costs ..............................    2,091         2,091        2,091               --            --           --
Amortization of
    actuarial gain .............................  (25,739)      (18,901)     (11,526)              --            --           --
Other amortization, net ........................       --            --           --           (3,879)       (5,060)      (2,167)
Curtailment ....................................       --        (2,605)       7,771              --            --            --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic benefit (credit)/cost ............. $(44,138)    $ (22,527)   $   9,069          $28,929       $28,311      $39,153
================================================================================================================================

For calculating pension and postretirement benefit costs, the following assumptions were used:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         For the Years Ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Pension Benefits                        Postretirement Benefits
                                                     -------------------------------             -------------------------------
                                                     1998          1997         1996             1998          1997         1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discount rate ..................................     7.25%         7.75%        7.50%            7.25%         7.75%        7.50%
Expected long-term
    rate of return .............................     9.50          9.25         8.75              N/A           N/A          N/A
Compensation/
    progression rate ...........................     4.25          4.75         4.75             4.25          4.75         4.75
Long-term rate of return --
    Health assets, net of tax ..................      N/A           N/A          N/A             7.75          7.50         5.25
    Life assets ................................      N/A           N/A          N/A             9.50          9.25         8.75
================================================================================================================================

37

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. The effect of changing the assumed health care cost trend rate by one percentage point in each year would have the following effects:

-------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 One Percentage      One Percentage
(Thousands of Dollars)           Point Increase      Point Decrease
-------------------------------------------------------------------

Effect on total service and
  interest cost components ...........  $ 1,294             $(1,325)
Effect on postretirement
  benefit obligation .................   16,214             (16,141)
===================================================================

The trust holding the health plan assets is subject to federal income taxes at a 39.6 percent tax rate.

B. 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
NU maintains a 401(k) Savings Plan for substantially all NU system employees. This savings plan provides for employee contributions up to specified limits. The company matches, with cash and company stock, employee contributions up to a maximum of 3 percent of eligible compensation. The matching contributions made by the company were $13.2 million for 1998, $12.0 million for 1997 and $11.8 million for 1996.

C. ESOP
NU maintains an ESOP for purposes of allocating shares to employees participating in the NU system's 401(k) Savings Plan. Under this arrangement, NU issued unsecured notes during 1991 and 1992 totaling $250 million, the proceeds of which were lent to the ESOP trust for purchase of approximately 10.8 million newly issued NU common shares (ESOP shares). The ESOP trust is obligated to make principal and interest payments on the ESOP notes at the same rate that ESOP shares are allocated to employees. NU makes annual contributions to the ESOP equal to the ESOP's debt service, less dividends received by the ESOP. All dividends received by the ESOP on unallocated shares are used to pay debt service and are not considered dividends for financial reporting purposes. During 1998, there were no dividends on NU stock.
In 1998 and 1997, the ESOP trust issued approximately 584,000 and 948,000 of NU common shares, respectively, to satisfy 401(k) Savings Plan obligations to employees. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the total allocated ESOP shares were 4,724,858 and 4,140,751, respectively, and total unallocated ESOP shares were 6,075,327 and 6,659,434, respectively. The fair market value of unallocated ESOP shares as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, was approximately $97.2 million and $78.7 million, respectively.

D. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
Employee Stock Purchase Plan: Beginning in July 1998, the NU system has an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) for all eligible employees. Under the ESPP, shares of NU common stock may be purchased at six-month intervals at 85 percent of the lower of the price on the first or last day of each six-month period. Employees may purchase shares having a value not exceeding 25 percent of their compensation at the beginning of the purchase period. During 1998, employees purchased 129,471 shares at a discounted price of $13.60 per share. At December 31, 1998, 1,870,529 shares remained reserved for future issuance under the ESPP.
Incentive Plans: The NU system has long-term incentive plans authorizing various types of stock based awards, including stock options, to be made to eligible employees and board members. The exercise price of stock options, as set at the time of grant, is equal to the fair market value per share at the date of grant. Under the Northeast Utilities Incentive Plan (Incentive Plan) approved by shareholders in May 1998, the number of shares which may be utilized for awards granted during a given calendar year may not exceed 1 percent of the total number of shares of NU common stock outstanding as of the first day of that calendar year.

No stock options were granted in 1996. Stock option transactions for 1997 and 1998 are as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         Price Per Share
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                        Weighted
                                                                               Options                     Range         Average
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 1996 .............................................         --                        --              --
Granted ...................................................................    500,000                    $9.625        $  9.625
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 1997 .............................................    500,000                  $  9.625        $  9.625
Granted ...................................................................    741,273        $14.875 - $16.8125        $ 16.178
Forfeited .................................................................     (7,595)                 $16.3125        $16.3125
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OUTSTANDING DECEMBER 31, 1998 .............................................  1,233,678        $ 9.625 - $16.8125        $13.5213
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXERCISABLE DECEMBER 31, 1998 .............................................    232,936        $14.875 - $16.8125        $16.2972
================================================================================================================================

38

The vesting schedule for the options granted in 1997 is 50 percent after two years, 75 percent after three years and 100 percent after four years. The vesting schedule for the options granted in 1998 is one-third upon grant, two-thirds after one year and the total award after two years.
Under the Incentive Plan, the NU system awarded 49,973 shares of restricted stock in 1998. These shares have the same vesting schedule as the options granted under the Incentive Plan. During 1997, certain key officers were awarded restricted stock totaling 25,700 shares and which vest pro rata over three years from the date of grant. During 1996, the same key officers were awarded 43,000 shares of restricted stock which vest upon meeting specific performance goals. The NU system also has made several small grants of restricted stock and other incentive-based stock compensation.
During 1998, 1997 and 1996, approximately $795,000, $246,000 and $411,000, respectively, was expensed for stock based compensation.
Had compensation cost been determined for the stock options and the ESPP under the fair value method as opposed to the intrinsic value method followed by the NU system, the effect on net loss and loss per share would have been as follows:

---------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars,
except per share amounts)                1998        1997
---------------------------------------------------------
Net loss ........................... $149,054    $130,035
Basic and diluted loss
  per share ........................ $   1.14    $   1.01
=========================================================

The fair value of each stock option grant has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

---------------------------------------------------------
                                         1998        1997
---------------------------------------------------------
Risk-free interest rate ............     5.82%       6.41%
Expected life ......................  10 years    10 years
Expected volatility ................    35.05%      31.89%
Expected dividend yield ............     5.46%       7.42%
=========================================================

The weighted average grant date fair values of options granted during 1998 and 1997 were $3.98 and $1.68, respectively.

6. SALE OF CUSTOMER RECEIVABLES AND ACCRUED UTILITY REVENUES CL&P and WMECO have entered into agreements to sell up to $200 million and $40 million, respectively, of undivided ownership interests in eligible customer receivables and accrued utility revenues (receivables). CL&P and WMECO each have established a special purpose, wholly owned subsidiary whose business consists of the purchase and resale of receivables:
CL&P Receivables Corporation (CRC), and WMECO Receivables Corporation (WRC), respectively. For receivables sold, both CL&P and WMECO have retained collection responsibilities as agent for the purchaser under each company's respective agreements. As collections reduce previously sold receivables, new receivables may be sold. At December 31, 1998, approximately $105 million and $20 million of receivables had been sold to third-party purchasers by CL&P and WMECO, respectively. All receivables sold to CRC and WRC are not available to pay CL&P's or WMECO's creditors.
The receivables are sold to third-party purchasers with limited recourse. The sales agreements provide for a formula-based loss reserve in which additional receivables may be assigned to the third-party purchasers for costs such as bad debt. The third-party purchasers absorb the excess amount in the event that actual loss experience exceeds the loss reserve. At December 31, 1998, approximately $11.6 million and $2.9 million were the formula-based amounts of credit exposure and have been reserved as collateral by CRC and WRC, respectively. Historical losses for bad debt for both CL&P and WMECO have been substantially less.
As a result of prior period downgrades on WMECO's first mortgage bonds, the current bond rating is at a level where the sponsor of WMECO's accounts receivable program could take various actions at its discretion, which would have the practical effect of limiting WMECO's ability to utilize the facility. To date, the sponsor has not notified WMECO that it will elect to exercise those rights and the program is functioning in its normal mode.
Concentrations of credit risk to the respective purchasers under each company's agreements with respect to the receivables are limited due to CL&P's and WMECO's diverse customer base within their respective service territories.

39

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

A. RESTRUCTURING
Connecticut: During April 1998, the utility restructuring bill was signed into law by the governor of the state of Connecticut. The legislation provides for electric utilities, including CL&P, to recover stranded costs. The legislation also allows for securitization of generation-related regulatory assets and the costs associated with renegotiated above-market purchased-power contracts and requires divestiture of generation-related assets through public auction.
As a result of the restructuring legislation, CL&P will sell non-nuclear generating assets and purchased-power contracts with nonutility generators through public auction. CL&P also will transfer its ownership interests in Millstone 2 and 3 and Seabrook to a corporate affiliate or division, subject to prior federal regulatory approvals, which would assume CL&P's responsibilities related to the plants for the period prior to offering them for sale. In February 1999, the DPUC announced the offering for sale of CL&P's fossil fuel and hydroelectric generating facilities. Interested parties will be required to submit nonbinding bids by April 8, 1999. A smaller field of qualified bidders will be selected to participate in the second round of the auction and will be invited to submit binding bids. A winning bidder will be chosen by mid-1999 and the sale will be completed by the end of 1999. At December 31, 1998, the book value of assets to be auctioned during 1999 was approximately $170 million.
After restructuring is complete, CL&P will be an electric transmission and distribution company which will continue to provide transmission and distribution services on a cost-of-service basis.
Management continues to believe that it is probable that CL&P will recover fully its prudently incurred costs, including regulatory assets and stranded investments.
New Hampshire: In 1996, New Hampshire enacted legislation requiring a competitive electric industry beginning in 1998. In February 1997, the NHPUC issued its restructuring order, which would have forced PSNH and NAEC to write off all of their regulatory assets, and possibly to seek protection under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy laws. The amount of potential write-off which would have been triggered by the order currently is estimated to be in excess of $400 million, after taxes.
Following the issuance of these orders, PSNH immediately sought declaratory and injunctive relief on various grounds in federal district court and has received a preliminary injunction that freezes implementation of the NHPUC's restructuring orders. Restructuring in New Hampshire has resulted in numerous subsequent proceedings within the federal and state legal systems.
As the court proceedings are ongoing, PSNH continues to be involved in settlement discussions with representatives from the state of New Hampshire. PSNH hopes to reach a settlement which would include, among other things, recovery of regulatory assets and stranded costs, rate reductions, an auction of PSNH's generating units and securitization of PSNH's stranded costs. If a settlement is not reached, a trial is expected to begin in mid to late 1999.
As a result of the NHPUC decision and the potential consequences discussed above, the reports of our auditors on the individual financial statements of PSNH and NAEC contain explanatory paragraphs. Those explanatory paragraphs indicate that a substantial doubt exists currently about the ability of PSNH and NAEC to continue as going concerns. The accounts of PSNH and NAEC are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements on the basis of a going concern. While the effect of the implementation of that decision would have a material adverse impact on NU's financial position, results of operations and cash flows, it would not in and of itself result in defaults under borrowing or other financial agreements of NU or its other subsidiaries.
Management believes that PSNH is entitled to full recovery of its prudently incurred costs, including regulatory assets and other stranded costs. It bases this belief both on the general nature of public utility industry cost-of-service based regulation and the specific circumstances of the resolution of PSNH's previous bankruptcy proceedings and its acquisition by NU, including the recoveries provided by the Rate Agreement and related agreements.
Massachusetts: Electric utility industry restructuring within the state of Massachusetts became effective March 1, 1998. As required by the legislation enacted in November 1997, WMECO will continue to operate and maintain its transmission and local distribution network and deliver electricity to all customers. The restructuring legislation specifically provides for the cost recovery of generation-related assets. The legislation gives the DTE the authority to determine the amount of stranded costs that will be eligible for recovery by utilities. Costs which will qualify as stranded costs and be eligible for recovery include, but are not limited to, certain above-market costs associated with generating facilities, costs associated with long-term commitments to purchase power at above-market prices from small-power producers and nonutility generators (NUGs), and regulatory assets and associated liabilities related to the generation portion of WMECO's business.
Effective March 1, 1998, WMECO's restructuring plan has been filed with the DTE and includes a 10 percent rate reduction, divestiture of generation assets, securitization of approximately $500 million of stranded costs and customer choice of supplier. The DTE has not approved WMECO's plan yet and rates are being charged under an interim order. A final decision is expected in mid-1999.
On January 22, 1999, WMECO signed an agreement to sell 290 MW of fossil and hydroelectric generation assets to Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc. of New York for $47 million. The sale price is approximately 3.8 times greater

40

than the assets' 1997 book value of $12.5 million. WMECO did not offer its 19 percent share of the Northfield Mountain pumped storage generating facility and associated hydroelectric facilities. WMECO's book value in Northfield Mountain was $13.0 million at December 31, 1998. This asset will be auctioned in conjunction with CL&P's fossil/hydroelectric auction discussed above. The net proceeds in excess of book value received from the actual divestiture of these units will be used to mitigate stranded costs.
Based upon the legislation and regulatory proceedings to date, management continues to believe that the NU system companies will recover their prudently incurred costs, including regulatory assets and generation-related investments. However, a change in one or more of these factors could affect the recovery of stranded costs and may result in a loss to the company.

B. RATE MATTERS
Connecticut: On February 25, 1998, the DPUC issued its decision in CL&P's Interim Rate case. During the period from March 1, 1998, through September 28, 1998, rates were charged under an interim rate which required a $30.5 million annual credit to customer bills to reflect the removal of Millstone 1 from rates.
During April 1998, the DPUC issued a decision finding Millstone 2 unlikely to restart in 1998 and ordered its removal from rate base effective May 1, 1998. The DPUC allowed the revenue requirement reductions related to this decision to be potentially applied against regulatory asset balances. As a result, there was no change in rates or CL&P's cash flow from rates. CL&P has accounted for these reductions as a reserve against revenues until such time when the regulatory asset balances are reduced. At December 31, 1998, the amount of revenue reductions related to this decision totaled approximately $36.4 million. The unit will remain out of rate base until the plant is restarted.
On June 1, 1998, CL&P filed its rate application for a comprehensive rate proceeding. On February 5, 1999, the DPUC issued its final decision in CL&P's rate case. The DPUC concluded that CL&P's annual revenue requirements should be reduced by approximately $232 million, or 9.68 percent, through a combination of a 4 percent reduction to CL&P's rates and accelerated amortization of approxi- mately $136 million of its deferred tax regulatory asset. The decision is retroactive to September 28, 1998. The retroactive portion of the decision did not require a base-rate decrease. It resulted in accelerated amortization of the deferred tax regulatory asset in the amount of $27.6 million. The decision also resulted in an after-tax write-off of approximately $80 million related to CL&P's investment in Millstone 1. For further information, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," and the MD&A.
New Hampshire: PSNH's Rate Agreement between NU, PSNH and the state of New Hampshire provided for seven base-rate increases of 5.5 percent per year beginning in 1990 and provided for the FPPAC. The final base-rate increase went into effect on June 1, 1996. The Rate Agreement contemplates that PSNH's rates are subject to traditional rate regulation after the fixed-rate period, which expired on May 31, 1997. The FPPAC, however, would continue through May 31, 2001, and other Rate Agreement requirements would continue in accordance with the terms of the agreement.
A PSNH base-rate case was filed in May 1997, but was delayed in connection with the restructuring proceedings discussed above. In November 1997, the NHPUC ordered a temporary base-rate reduction for PSNH of 6.87 percent effective December 1, 1997. The NHPUC also set an interim return on equity of 11 percent. In December 1998, the base-rate case was reopened and an updated rate case was filed. A final decision, which will be retroactive to July 1, 1997, currently is scheduled to be issued by June 1, 1999.
Concurrently with the 6.87 percent rate reduction beginning in December 1997, the NHPUC allowed an FPPAC increase of approximately 6 percent. This rate increase was effective for the period from December 1, 1997, through May 31, 1998. On May 29, 1998, the NHPUC approved slightly more than a 1 percent increase in PSNH's FPPAC rate for the period June through November 1998. On December 1, 1998, the NHPUC allowed the current FPPAC rate to remain in place through May 31, 1999. As a result of this decision, the current portion of un- recovered energy costs are projected to increase by approximately $17.4 million from January 1, 1999, through May 31, 1999, to an estimated balance of approximately $79.7 million. PSNH's ongoing restructuring settlement negotiations with the state of New Hampshire could resolve both the base-rate case and the FPPAC proceedings discussed above.
FERC: During November 1997, MYAPC filed an amendment to its power contracts clarifying the obligations of its purchasing utilities following the decision to cease power production. During January 1998, the FERC accepted the amendments and proposed rates, subject to a refund. On January 18, 1999, MYAPC filed with the FERC Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) an Offer of Settlement which if accepted by the FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. The settlement provides, among other things, the following: (1) MYAPC will collect $33.6 million annually to pay for decommissioning and spent fuel; (2) its return on equity will be set at 6.5 percent; (3) MYAPC is permitted full recovery of all unamortized investment in MY, including fuel, and
(4) an incentive budget for decommissioning is set at $436.3 million. During late December 1996, CYAPC filed an amendment to its power contracts clarifying the obligations of its purchasing utilities following the decision to cease power production. On February 27, 1997, the FERC accepted

41

CYAPC's contract amendment. The new rates became effective March 1, 1997, subject to a refund.
On August 31, 1998, the FERC ALJ released an initial decision regarding the December 1996 filing. The decision contained provisions which would allow for the recovery, through rates, of the balance of the NU system companies' net unamortized investment in CYAPC, which was approximately $51.7 million as of December 31, 1998. The decision also called for the disallowance of the recovery of a portion of the return on the CY investment. The ALJ's decision also stated that decommissioning collections should continue to be based on the previously approved estimate of $309.1 million (in 1992 dollars), with an inflation adjustment of 3.8 percent per year, until a new, more reliable estimate has been prepared and tested.
During October 1998, CYAPC, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO filed briefs on exceptions to the ALJ decision. If the initial ALJ decision is upheld, CYAPC could be required to write off a portion of the regulatory asset associated with the plant closing.
If upheld, CYAPC's management has estimated the effect of the ALJ decision on CYAPC's earnings would be approximately $37.5 million, of which the NU system's share would be approximately $18.4 million. NU management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the hearing at this time, however, management believes that the associated regulatory assets are probable of recovery.

C. NUCLEAR PERFORMANCE
Millstone: The three Millstone units are managed by NNECO. All three units were placed on the NRC watch list on January 29, 1996. The units cannot be restarted without appropriate NRC approvals. Millstone 3 has received these approvals and resumed operation in July 1998. Restart efforts continue for Millstone 2 and it is expected to be ready to restart in the spring of 1999. The estimated replacement power costs are approximately $8 million per month while Millstone 2 remains out of service. In July 1998, CL&P and WMECO decided to retire Millstone 1 and prepare for final decommissioning.
Litigation: Several shareholder class-action lawsuits have been filed against the company and certain present and former officers and employees of NU in connection with the company's nuclear operations. Management cannot estimate the potential outcome of these suits, but believes these suits are without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously in all these actions.
In addition, certain of the non-NU joint owners of Millstone 3 filed demands for arbitration with CL&P and WMECO as well as lawsuits in Massachusetts Superior Court against NU and its current and former trustees related to the company's operation of Millstone 3. The arbitrations and lawsuits seek to recover compensatory damages in excess of $200 million, together with punitive damages, treble damages and attorney's fees. Management cannot estimate the potential outcome of these suits but believes there is no legal basis for the claims and intends to defend against them vigorously.

D. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The NU system is subject to regulation by federal, state and local authorities with respect to air and water quality, the handling and disposal of toxic substances and hazardous and solid wastes, and the handling and use of chemical products. The NU system has an active environmental auditing and training program and believes that it is in substantial compliance with current environmental laws and regulations. However, the NU system is subject to certain pending enforcement actions and governmental investigations in the environmental area. Management cannot predict the outcome of these enforcement actions and investigations.
Environmental requirements could hinder the construction of new generating units, transmission and distribution lines, substations and other facilities. Changing environmental requirements could also require extensive and costly modifications to the NU system's existing generating units and transmission and distribution systems, and could raise operating costs significantly. As a result, the NU system may incur significant additional environmental costs, greater than amounts included in cost of removal and other reserves, in connection with the generation and transmission of electricity and the storage, transportation and disposal of byproducts and wastes. The NU system also may encounter significantly increased costs to remedy the environmental effects of prior waste handling activities. The cumulative long-term cost impact of increasingly stringent environmental requirements cannot be estimated accurately.
The NU system has recorded a liability based upon currently available information for the estimated environmental remediation costs that the NU system subsidiaries expect to incur. In most cases, additional future environmental cleanup costs are not reasonably estimable due to a number of factors, including the unknown magnitude of possible contamination, the appropriate remediation methods, the possible effects of future legislation or regulation and the possible effects of technological changes. At December 31, 1998, the liability recorded by the NU system for its estimated environmental remediation costs, not considering any possible recoveries from third parties, amounted to approximately $21.5 million, within a range of $21.5 million to $36.4 million.
The NU system companies have received proceeds from several insurance carriers for the settlement with certain insurance companies of all past, present and future environmental matters. As a result of these settlements, the NU system companies will retain the risk loss, in part, for some environmental remediation costs.
The NU system cannot estimate the potential liability for future claims, including environmental remediation costs, that may be brought against it. However, considering known facts, existing laws and regulatory practices, management does not believe the matters disclosed above will have a material effect on the NU system's financial position or future results of operations.

42

E. SPENT NUCLEAR FUEL DISPOSAL COSTS
Under the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and NAEC must pay the United States Department of Energy (DOE) for the disposal of spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. The DOE is responsible for the selection and development of repositories for, and the disposal of, spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. Fees for nuclear fuel burned on or after April 7, 1983, are billed currently to customers and paid to the DOE on a quarterly basis. For nuclear fuel used to generate electricity prior to April 7, 1983 (prior period fuel), payment must be made prior to the first delivery of spent fuel to the DOE. Until such payment is made, the outstanding balance will continue to accrue interest at the three-month Treasury Bill Yield Rate. At December 31, 1998, fees due to the DOE for the disposal of prior period fuel were approximately $216.1 million, including interest costs of $134.0 million.
The DOE originally was scheduled to begin accepting delivery of spent fuel in 1998. However, delays in identifying a permanent storage site continually have postponed plans for the DOE's long-term storage and disposal site. Extended delays or a default by the DOE could lead to consideration of costly alternatives. The company has primary responsibility for the interim storage of its spent nuclear fuel. Adequate storage capacity exists to accommodate all spent nuclear fuel at Millstone 1. With the addition of new storage racks, storage facilities for Millstone 3 are expected to be adequate for the projected life of the unit. With the implementation of currently planned modifications, the storage facilities for Millstone 2 are expected to be adequate to accommodate a full-core discharge from the reactor until 2005. Fuel consolidation, which has been licensed for Millstone 2, could provide adequate storage capability for its projected life. Seabrook is expected to have spent fuel storage capacity until at least 2010. Meeting spent fuel storage requirements beyond these periods could require new and separate storage facilities, the costs for which have not been determined.
In November 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit ruled that the lack of an interim storage facility does not excuse the DOE from meeting its contractual obligation to begin accepting spent nuclear fuel no later than January 31, 1998. The 1997 ruling by the appeals court said, however, that the 1982 federal law could not require the DOE to accept waste when it did not have a suitable storage facility. The court directed the plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE. Based on this ruling, since the DOE did not take the spent nuclear fuel as scheduled, it may have to pay contract damages.
In May 1998, the same court denied petitions from 60 states and state agencies, collectively, and 41 utilities, including the company, asking the court to compel the DOE to submit a program, beginning immediately, for disposing of spent nuclear fuel. The petitions were filed after the DOE defaulted on its January 31, 1998 obligation to begin accepting the fuel. The court directed the company and other plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE.
In a petition filed in August 1998, the court's May 1998 decision was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. In November 1998, the Supreme Court declined to review the lower court ruling that said utilities should go to court and seek monetary damages from the DOE. The ultimate outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this time.

F. NUCLEAR INSURANCE CONTINGENCIES
Under certain circumstances, in the event of a nuclear incident at one of the nuclear facilities in the country covered by the federal government's third-party liability indemnification program, the NU system could be assessed in proportion to its ownership interest in each of its nuclear units up to $83.9 million. The NU system's payments of this assessment would be limited to, in proportion to its ownership interest in each of its nuclear units, $10 million in any one year per nuclear unit. In addition, if the sum of all claims and costs from any one nuclear incident exceeds the maximum amount of financial protection, the NU system would be subject to an additional 5 percent or $4.2 million, in proportion to its ownership interests in each of its nuclear units. Based upon its ownership interests in Millstone 1, 2 and 3 and in Seabrook 1, the NU system's maximum liability, including any additional assessments, would be $271.0 million per incident, of which payments would be limited to $30.8 million per year. In addition, through purchased-power contracts with VYNPC, the NU system would be responsible for up to an additional $14.1 million per incident, of which payments would be limited to $1.6 million per year.
The NRC approved CYAPC's and MYAPC's requests for withdrawal from participation in the secondary financial protection program effective November 19, 1998, and January 17, 1999, respectively, due to their permanently shutdown and defueled status. Therefore, neither CYAPC, MYAPC nor their sponsor companies have any future obligations for potential assessment.
Insurance has been purchased to cover the primary cost of repair, replacement or decontamination of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. The NU system is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessment against the NU system with respect to losses arising during the current policy year is approximately $14.2 million under the primary property insurance program.
Insurance has been purchased to cover certain extra costs incurred in obtaining replacement power during prolonged accidental outages and the excess cost of repair, replacement or decontamination or premature decommis-

43

sioning of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. The NU system is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessments against the NU system with respect to losses arising during current policy years are approximately $6.9 million under the replacement power policies and $16.4 million under the excess property damage, decontamination and decommissioning policies. The cost of a nuclear incident could exceed available insurance proceeds.
Insurance has been purchased aggregating $200 million on an industry basis for coverage of worker claims.

G. CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM
The construction program is subject to periodic review and revision by management. The NU system companies currently forecast construction expenditures of approximately $2.1 billion for the years 1999-2003, including $364 million for 1999. In addition, the NU system companies estimate that nuclear fuel requirements, including nuclear fuel financed through the NBFT, will be approximately $252.2 million for the years 1999-2003, including $34.0 million for 1999. See Note 4, "Leases," for additional information about the financing of nuclear fuel.

H. LONG-TERM CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS
Yankee Companies: The NU system companies rely on VY for approximately 1.4 percent of their capacity under long-term contracts. Under the terms of their agreements, the NU system companies pay their ownership (or entitlement) shares of costs, which include depreciation, O&M expenses, taxes, the estimated cost of decommissioning and a return on invested capital. These costs are recorded as purchased-power expense and recovered through the companies' rates. The total cost of purchases under contracts with VYNPC amounted to $27.3 million in 1998, $24.2 million in 1997 and $25.5 million in 1996. CL&P, PSNH and WMECO also may be asked to provide direct or indirect financial support for one or more of the Yankee companies, including VYNPC.
NUGs: CL&P, PSNH and WMECO have entered into various arrangements for the purchase of capacity and energy from NUGs. These arrangements have terms from 10 to 30 years, currently expiring in the years 1999 through 2029, and require the companies to purchase energy at specified prices or formula rates. For the 12-month period ending December 31, 1998, approximately 13 percent of NU system electricity requirements was met by NUGs. The total cost of purchases under these arrangements amounted to $459.7 million in 1998, $447.6 million in 1997 and $441.6 million in 1996.
New Hampshire Electric Cooperative: PSNH entered into a buy-back agreement to purchase the capacity and energy of the New Hampshire Electric Cooperative, Inc.'s (NHEC) share of Seabrook 1 and to pay all of NHEC's Seabrook 1 costs for a 10-year period, which began on July 1, 1990. The total cost of purchases under this agreement was $29.7 million in 1998, $23.4 million in 1997 and $14.6 million in 1996. The total cost of these purchases has been collected through the FPPAC in accordance with the Rate Agreement.
Although under the agreement NHEC agreed to continue as a firm-requirements customer of PSNH for 15 years, it has recently received a FERC ruling allowing it to purchase power from qualifying facilities. The ruling allows that the price for such purchases may be determined through negotiation between NHEC and the qualifying facility. The financial impact of this decision in the future will vary depending upon the level of purchases made by NHEC from the qualifying purchasers.
NHEC also is seeking to be able to purchase energy under the agreement from competitive sources once competition has begun in its service territory. A final FERC decision is expected by March 1999. The financial impact of this decision in the future will depend upon the implementation of restructuring in NHEC's service territory.
Hydro-Quebec: Along with other New England utilities, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and HWP have entered into agreements to support transmission and terminal facilities to import electricity from the Hydro-Quebec system in Canada. CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and HWP are obligated to pay, over a 30-year period ending in 2020, their proportionate shares of the annual O&M and capital costs of these facilities.
Estimated Annual Costs: The estimated annual costs of the NU system's significant long-term contractual arrangements are as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------
(Millions of Dollars)     1999    2000    2001    2002    2003
--------------------------------------------------------------
VYNPC ................. $ 29.2  $ 27.0  $ 29.4  $ 30.0  $ 27.9
NUGs ..................  473.3   476.8   484.9   493.5   505.1
NHEC ..................   30.0    14.6      --      --      --
Hydro-Quebec ..........   32.2    30.9    30.0    29.3    28.5
==============================================================

8. INTEREST-RATE AND FUEL-PRICE RISK-MANAGEMENT Interest-Rate Risk-Management: NAEC uses swap instruments with financial institutions to hedge against interest rate risk associated with its $200 million variable-rate bank note. The interest-rate management instruments employed eliminate the exposure associated with rising interest rates, and effectively fix the interest rate for this borrowing arrangement. Under the agreements, NAEC exchanges quarterly payments based on a differential between a fixed

44

contractual interest rate and the three-month LIBOR rate at a given time. As of December 31, 1998, NAEC had outstanding agreements with a total notional value of approximately $200 million and a negative mark-to-market position of approximately $2.3 million.
Fuel-Price Risk-Management: CL&P uses swap instruments with financial institutions to hedge against some of the fuel price risk created by long-term negotiated energy contracts. These agreements minimize exposure associated with rising fuel prices by managing a portion of CL&P's cost of producing power for these negotiated energy contracts. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P had outstanding agreements with a total notional value of approximately $422.2 million, and a negative mark-to-market position of approximately $44.9 million.
The terms of the agreements require CL&P to post cash collateral with its counterparties in the event of negative mark-to-market positions and lowered credit ratings. The amount of the collateral is to be returned to CL&P when the mark-to-market position becomes positive, when CL&P meets specified credit ratings or when an agreement ends and all open positions are properly settled. At December 31, 1998, cash collateral in the amount of $45.7 million was posted under these terms. This amount has been recorded in Other Investments on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Credit Risk: These agreements have been made with various financial institutions, each of which is rated "A3" or better by Moody's rating group. Each respective system company will be exposed to credit risk on their respective market risk-management instruments if the counterparties fail to perform their obligations. Management anticipates that the counterparties will fully satisfy their obligations under the agreements.

9. MINORITY INTEREST IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY CL&P Capital LP (CL&P LP, a subsidiary of CL&P) previously had issued $100 million of cumulative 9.3 percent Monthly Income Preferred Securities (MIPS), Series A. CL&P has the sole ownership interest in CL&P LP, as a general partner, and is the guarantor of the MIPS securities. Subsequent to the MIPS issuance, CL&P LP loaned the proceeds of the MIPS issuance, along with CL&P's $3.1 million capital contribution, back to CL&P in the form of an unsecured debenture. CL&P consolidates CL&P LP for financial reporting purposes. Upon consolidation, the unsecured debenture is eliminated, and the MIPS securities are accounted for as minority interests.

10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each of the following financial instruments:
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of cash and cash equivalents.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan investments: SFAS 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," requires investments in debt and equity securities to be presented at fair value. As a result of this requirement, the investments having a cost basis of $5.4 million held for benefit of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan were recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their fair market value at December 31, 1998, of $8.7 million.
Nuclear decommissioning trusts: The investments held in the NU system companies' nuclear decommissioning trusts were adjusted to market by approximately $110.4 million as of December 31, 1998, and $69.6 million as of December 31, 1997, with corresponding offsets to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The amounts adjusted in 1998 and in 1997 represent cumulative net unrealized gains. The cumulative gross unrealized holding losses were immaterial for both 1998 and 1997.
Preferred stock and long-term debt: The fair value of the NU system's fixed-rate securities is based upon the quoted market price for those issues or similar issues. Adjustable rate securities are assumed to have a fair value equal to their carrying value. The carrying amounts of the NU system's financial instruments and the estimated fair values are as follows:

---------------------------------------------------------
                                     At December 31, 1998
---------------------------------------------------------
                                    Carrying         Fair
(Thousands of Dollars)                Amount        Value
---------------------------------------------------------
Preferred stock not subject
  to mandatory redemption ....... $  136,200   $   97,017
Preferred stock subject to
  mandatory redemption ..........    213,789      205,905
Long-term debt --
  First mortgage bonds ..........  1,984,000    2,003,630
  Other long-term debt ..........  1,654,927    1,682,722
MIPS ............................    100,000      102,000
=========================================================


---------------------------------------------------------
                                     At December 31, 1997
---------------------------------------------------------
                                    Carrying         Fair
(Thousands of Dollars)                Amount        Value
---------------------------------------------------------

Preferred stock not subject
  to mandatory redemption ....... $  136,200   $   79,141
Preferred stock subject to
  mandatory redemption ..........    276,000      255,180
Long-term debt --
  First mortgage bonds ..........  2,228,800    2,210,423
  Other long-term debt ..........  1,668,533    1,691,362
MIPS ............................    100,000      100,760
=========================================================

45

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE Earnings per share is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the potential dilution effect if certain securities are converted into common stock. The following table sets forth the components of basic and diluted earnings per share:

---------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars,
 except per share data)         1998          1997         1996
---------------------------------------------------------------
(Loss)/ income after
  interest charges .....   $(120,313)    $ (99,676)     $72,705
Preferred dividends
  of subsidiaries ......      26,440        30,286       33,776
---------------------------------------------------------------
Net (loss)/income ......   $(146,753)    $(129,962)     $38,929
===============================================================
Basic EPS common
  shares outstanding
  (average) ............ 130,549,760   129,567,708  127,960,382
Dilutive effect of
  employee stock
  options ..............        --(a)         --(a)     112,879
---------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted EPS common
  shares outstanding
  (average) ............ 130,549,760   129,567,708  128,073,261
===============================================================
Basic earnings
  per share ............    $  (1.12)    $   (1.01)     $  0.30
Diluted earnings
  per share ............    $  (1.12)    $   (1.01)     $  0.30
===============================================================

(a) The addition of dilutive potential common shares would be anti-dilutive for 1998 and 1997 and, therefore, are not included.

12. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME During 1998, the NU system adopted SFAS 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," which established standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. The accumulated balance for each other comprehensive income item is as follows:

                                           Current
                           December 31,     Period DECEMBER 31,
(Thousands of Dollars)             1997     Change         1998
---------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign currency
  translation adjustments ........  $(1)     $  --       $   (1)
Unrealized gains on
  securities .....................   --      2,019        2,019
Minimum pension liability
  adjustment .....................   --       (613)        (613)
---------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated other
  comprehensive income ...........  $(1)    $1,406       $1,405
===============================================================

The changes in the components of other comprehensive income are reported on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income net of the following income tax effects:

---------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars)             1998       1997         1996
---------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign currency
  translation
  adjustments ................  $    --       $359        $(313)
Unrealized gains
  on securities ..............   (1,222)        --           --
Minimum pension
  liability
  adjustment .................      398         --           --
---------------------------------------------------------------
Other comprehensive
  income .....................  $  (824)      $359        $(313)
===============================================================

13. MODE 1 In July 1998, Mode 1's equity investments, FiveCom LLC and NECOM LLC, reorganized along with other related companies to form a new company, NorthEast Optic Network, Inc. ("NEON"). Mode 1's ownership interest of 40.78 percent in the new company was equal to its combined ownership interest in FiveCom LLC and NECOM LLC. In August 1998, NEON issued 4,000,000 new common shares on the open market in an initial public offering (IPO). NEON's IPO had the effect of decreasing Mode 1's ownership interest from 40.78 percent to 30.74 percent. The shares were issued at an amount greater than Mode 1's investment, resulting in a $13.7 million pretax increase to Mode 1's equity. NU's accounting policy is to recognize the gain or loss from this type of change in ownership interest in net income. Based upon new information received regarding the startup nature of NEON's operations, this change in ownership interest was recognized in additional paid in capital instead of net income. In conjunction with the IPO, Mode 1 sold 217,997 NEON shares, resulting in a pretax gain of $1.7 million and further reducing its ownership interest to 29.4 percent of the outstanding common shares of NEON.

46

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
(UNAUDITED)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998                                                                                Quarter Ended (a)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars, except per share data)                   March 31        June 30    September 30    December 31
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Revenues ...........................................  $958,905       $874,809        $974,382      $ 959,618
======================================================================================================================
Operating Income .............................................  $ 40,488       $ 76,296        $ 82,675      $  25,268
======================================================================================================================
Net (Loss)/Income ............................................  $(17,949)      $  6,273        $ (3,075)(b)  $(132,002)
======================================================================================================================
Basic and Diluted (Loss)/Earnings Per Common Share ...........  $  (0.14)      $   0.05        $  (0.02)(b)  $  (1.01)
======================================================================================================================

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Revenues ...........................................  $975,368       $903,323        $977,127      $ 978,988
======================================================================================================================
Operating Income .............................................  $ 69,377       $ 23,542        $ 46,361      $  51,502
======================================================================================================================
Net Income/(Loss) ............................................  $    876       $(47,017)       $(30,832)     $ (52,989)
======================================================================================================================
Basic and Diluted Earnings/(Loss) Per Common Share ...........  $   0.01       $  (0.37)       $ (0.24)      $   (0.41)
======================================================================================================================

CONSOLIDATED GENERATION STATISTICS
(UNAUDITED)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998            1997           1996            1995           1994
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOURCE OF ELECTRIC ENERGY: (kWh-millions)

Nuclear -- Steam (c) ..........................    5,679           3,778          9,405          18,235         19,443
Fossil -- Steam ...............................   12,505          13,155          9,188           9,162          8,292
Hydro -- Conventional .........................    1,510           1,260          1,544           1,099          1,239
Hydro -- Pumped Storage .......................      819             959          1,217           1,209          1,195
Internal Combustion ...........................       80             184            206              37             13
Energy Used for Pumping .......................   (1,130)         (1,327)        (1,668)         (1,674)        (1,629)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Generation ................................   19,463          18,009         19,892          28,068         28,553
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchased and Net Interchange .................   24,945          24,377         22,111          14,256         14,028
Company Use and Unaccounted for ...............   (2,566)         (2,802)        (2,473)         (2,706)        (2,535)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Energy Sold ...............................   41,842          39,584         39,530          39,618         40,046
======================================================================================================================
System Capability -- MW (c)(d) ................  8,169.6         8,312.0(e)     8,894.0         8,394.8        8,494.8
System Peak Demand -- MW ......................  6,454.7         6,455.5        5,946.9         6,358.2        6,338.5
Nuclear Capacity -- MW (c)(d) .................  2,217.8         2,785.0(e)     3,117.8         3,239.6        3,272.6
Nuclear Contribution to
    Total Energy Requirements (%)(c) ..........     19.0            13.0           28.0            52.0           54.0
Nuclear Capacity Factor (%)(e) ................     32.8            19.6           38.0            69.9           67.5
======================================================================================================================

(a) Reclassifications of prior years' data have been made to conform with the current presentation.
(b) During the third quarter of 1998, Mode 1 classified the change in ownership interest in NEON as a gain in net income. In the fourth quarter, the gain was reclassified to additional paid in capital. See Note 13, "Mode 1" for further information. Amounts previously reported for the third quarter were net income of $4,976 and earnings per common share of $0.04.
(c) Includes the NU system's entitlements in regional nuclear generating companies, net of capacity sales and purchases.
(d) Millstone 2 has been out of service since February 21, 1996. The NU system hopes to return Millstone 2 to service in the spring of 1999. Millstone 3 returned to service during the third quarter of 1998 following NRC approval. During the third quarter of 1998, CL&P and WMECO decided to retire Millstone 1 and prepare for final decommissioning.
(e) Represents the average capacity factor for the nuclear units operated by the NU system.

47

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Thousands of Dollars, except percentages and per share data)    1998           1997           1996            1995           1994
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Net Utility Plant (a) ................................. $   6,170,881    $ 6,463,158    $ 6,732,165    $  7,000,837   $  7,282,421
Total Assets ..........................................    10,387,381     10,414,412     10,741,748      10,559,574     10,584,880
Total Capitalization (b) ..............................     6,030,402      6,472,504      6,659,617       6,820,624      7,035,989
Obligations Under Capital Leases (b) ..................       209,279        207,731        206,165         230,482        239,121
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME DATA:
Operating Revenues ....................................  $  3,767,714    $ 3,834,806    $ 3,792,148    $  3,750,560   $  3,642,742
Net (Loss)/Income .....................................      (146,753)      (129,962)        38,929         282,434        286,874
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON SHARE DATA:
Basic and Diluted (Loss)/Earnings
    Per Share .........................................        $(1.12)        $(1.01)         $0.30           $2.24          $2.30
Dividends Per Share (c) ...............................           $--          $0.25          $1.38           $1.76          $1.76
Number of Shares Outstanding -- Average ...............   130,549,760    129,567,708    127,960,382     126,083,645    124,678,192
Market Price -- High ..................................       $17 1/4        $14 1/4        $25 1/4         $25 3/8        $25 3/4
Market Price -- Low ...................................     $11 11/16         $7 5/8         $9 1/2             $21        $20 3/8
Market Price -- Closing (end of year) .................           $16      $11 13/16        $13 1/8         $24 1/4        $21 5/8
Book Value Per Share (end of year) ....................        $15.63         $16.67         $18.02          $19.08         $18.47
Rate of Return Earned on Average
    Common Equity (%) .................................          (7.0)          (5.8)           1.6            12.0           12.7
Market-to-Book Ratio (end of year) ....................           1.0            0.7            0.7             1.3            1.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAPITALIZATION:
Common Shareholders' Equity ...........................            34%            34%            35%             36%            33%
Preferred Stock (b)(d) ................................             5              6              6               7              9
Long-Term Debt (b) ....................................            61             60             59              57             58
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Capitalization ..................................           100%           100%           100%            100%           100%
==================================================================================================================================

(a) Restated to include the reclassification of the PSNH acquisition costs to net utility plant.
(b) Includes portions due within one year.
(c) On March 25, 1997, the NU Board of Trustees adopted a resolution suspending the quarterly dividends on NU's common shares.
(d) Excludes $100 million of Monthly Income Preferred Securities.

48

CONSOLIDATED SALES STATISTICS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1998           1997           1996            1995           1994
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVENUES: (thousands)
Residential ..................................    $1,475,363     $1,499,394     $1,501,465      $1,469,988     $1,430,239
Commercial ...................................     1,273,146      1,266,449      1,246,822       1,230,608      1,173,808
Industrial ...................................       568,913        560,782        565,900         583,204        559,801
Other Utilities ..............................       336,623        329,764        315,577         303,004        330,801
Streetlighting and Railroads .................        47,682         48,867         48,053          47,510         45,943
Nonfranchised Sales ..........................        22,479         21,476          8,360              --             --
Miscellaneous ................................        16,429         47,446         23,513          50,353         44,140
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Electric ...........................     3,740,635      3,774,178      3,709,690       3,684,667      3,584,732
Other ........................................        27,079         60,628         82,458          65,893         58,010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total ....................................    $3,767,714     $3,834,806     $3,792,148      $3,750,560     $3,642,742
=========================================================================================================================
SALES: (kWh - millions)
Residential ..................................        12,162         12,099         12,241          12,005         12,231
Commercial ...................................        12,477         12,091         12,012          11,737         11,649
Industrial ...................................         6,948          6,801          6,820           6,842          6,729
Other Utilities ..............................         9,742          8,034          8,032           8,718          9,123
Streetlighting and Railroads .................           320            318            319             316            314
Nonfranchised Sales ..........................           193            241             50              --             --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total ....................................        41,842         39,584         39,474          39,618         40,046
=========================================================================================================================
CUSTOMERS: (average)
Residential ..................................     1,555,013      1,535,134      1,532,015       1,526,127      1,513,987
Commercial ...................................       162,500        159,350        157,347         156,652        154,703
Industrial ...................................         7,847          7,804          7,792           7,861          7,813
Other ........................................         3,890          3,929          3,916           3,878          3,818
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total ....................................     1,729,250      1,706,217      1,701,070       1,694,518      1,680,321
=========================================================================================================================
AVERAGE ANNUAL USE PER RESIDENTIAL
    CUSTOMER (kWh) ...........................         7,799          7,898          8,005           7,880(a)       8,152
=========================================================================================================================
AVERAGE ANNUAL BILL PER RESIDENTIAL
    CUSTOMER .................................    $   946.80     $   978.72     $   980.19      $   964.88(a)  $   953.23
=========================================================================================================================
AVERAGE REVENUE PER KWH:
Residential ..................................         12.14(cent)    12.39(cent)    12.27(cent)     12.24(cent)    11.69(cent)
Commercial ...................................         10.20          10.47          10.38           10.49          10.08
Industrial ...................................          8.19           8.25           8.30            8.52           8.32
=========================================================================================================================

(a) Effective January 1, 1996, the amounts shown reflect billed and unbilled sales. 1995 has been restated to reflect this change.

49

NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM OFFICERS* As of March 1, 1999

CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Michael G. Morris

GROUP PRESIDENTS

Bruce D. Kenyon
Generation Group

Hugh C. MacKenzie
Retail Business Group

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENTS

Ted C. Feigenbaum
Nuclear Group

John H. Forsgren
Chief Financial Officer

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENTS

Cheryl W. Grise
Secretary and General Counsel

Leon J. Olivier
Chief Nuclear Officer

Gary D. Simon
Strategy and Development

VICE PRESIDENTS

David B. Amerine
Nuclear Technical Services

David H. Boguslawski
Energy Delivery

Michael H. Brothers
Nuclear Operations

Gregory B. Butler
Governmental Affairs

John T. Carlin
Human Services, Nuclear

Stephen J. Fabiani
Retail Sales and Marketing

Barry Ilberman
Human Resources and General Services

John B. Keane
Administration

Mary Jo Keating
Corporate Communications

Keith R. Marvin
Chief Information Officer

David R. McHale
Treasurer

William J. Nadeau
Fossil/Hydro Engineering and Operations

Raymond P. Necci
Nuclear Oversight and Regulatory Affairs

Thomas W. Philbin
Energy Services

John J. Roman
Controller

Frank C. Rothen
Nuclear Work Services

Frank P. Sabatino
Wholesale Marketing

Lisa J. Thibdaue
Rates, Regulatory Affairs
and Compliance

Dennis E. Welch
Environmental, Safety and Ethics

Roger C. Zaklukiewicz
Transmission and Distribution

ELECTRIC OPERATING COMPANY OFFICERS

William T. Frain, Jr.
President and Chief Operating Officer - PSNH

Robert G. Abair**
Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer - WMECO

Robert J. Kost
Vice President - Western Region - CL&P

Kerry J. Kuhlman
Vice President - Customer Operations - WMECO

Gary A. Long
Vice President - Customer Service and Economic Development - PSNH

Rodney O. Powell
Vice President - Central Region - CL&P

Paul E. Ramsey
Vice President - Customer Operations - PSNH

Richard L. Tower
Vice President - Eastern Region - CL&P

OTHER OFFICER

John P. Stack
Executive Director - Corporate Accounting and Taxes

ASSISTANT CONTROLLERS

Deborah L. Canyock
Management Information and Budgeting Services

Lori A. Mahler
Accounting Services

William J. Starr
Taxes

ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Robert C. Aronson
Treasury Operations

Randy A. Shoop
Finance

ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND CLERKS

Theresa Hopkins Allsop
Robert A. Bersak - PSNH
O. Kay Comendul
Thomas V. Foley, Clerk - HWP
Patricia A. Wood, Clerk - WMECO
Margaret L. Morton

HEC INC., OFFICERS

Thomas W. Philbin
President

H. Donald Burbank
Vice President - Customer Service

David S. Dayton
Vice President

Linda A. Jensen
Vice President - Finance, Treasurer and Clerk

James B. Redden
Vice President - Operations

* All officers shown are for Northeast Utilities Service Company, unless otherwise indicated.

** Mr. Abair will retire effective April 1, 1999.

50

1998 Annual Report

The Connecticut Light and Power Company and Subsidiaries

Index

Contents                                                          Page

Consolidated Balance Sheets...............................         2-3

Consolidated Statements of Income.........................          4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income...........          4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.....................          5

Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholder's Equity....          6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................          7

Report of Independent Public Accountants..................         40

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations.....................         41

Selected Financial Data...................................         53

Statements of Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)........         53

Statistics (Unaudited)....................................         54

Preferred Stockholder and Bondholder Information..........      Back Cover

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31,                                                  1998           1997

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (Thousands of Dollars)
ASSETS
------
Utility Plant, at original cost:
  Electric................................................  $  6,173,871   $  6,411,018

     Less: Accumulated provision for depreciation.........     2,758,012      2,902,673
                                                            -------------  -------------
                                                               3,415,859      3,508,345
  Construction work in progress...........................        83,477         93,692
  Nuclear fuel, net.......................................        87,867        135,076
                                                            -------------  -------------
      Total net utility plant.............................     3,587,203      3,737,113
                                                            -------------  -------------

Other Property and Investments:
  Nuclear decommissioning trusts, at market...............       452,755        369,162
  Investments in regional nuclear generating
   companies, at equity...................................        56,999         58,061
  Other, at cost..........................................        93,864         66,615
                                                            -------------  -------------
                                                                 603,618        493,838
                                                            -------------  -------------
Current Assets:
  Cash....................................................           434            459
  Investment in securitizable assets......................       160,253        205,625
  Notes receivable from affiliated companies..............         6,600           -
  Receivables, less accumulated provision for
   uncollectible accounts of $300,000 in 1998 and 1997....        22,186         50,671
  Accounts receivable from affiliated companies...........         1,721          3,150
  Taxes receivable........................................        26,478         70,311
  Fuel, materials and supplies, at average cost...........        71,982         81,878
  Recoverable energy costs, net--current portion..........          -            28,073
  Prepayments and other...................................       121,514         79,642
                                                            -------------  -------------
                                                                 411,168        519,809
                                                            -------------  -------------
Deferred Charges:
  Regulatory assets (Note 1G).............................     1,415,838      1,292,818
  Unamortized debt expense................................        19,603         19,286
  Other...................................................        12,768         18,359
                                                            -------------  -------------
                                                               1,448,209      1,330,463
                                                            -------------  -------------







      Total Assets........................................  $  6,050,198   $  6,081,223
                                                            =============  =============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31,                                                    1998           1997

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (Thousands of Dollars)
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
------------------------------
Capitalization:
  Common stock--$10 par value. Authorized
   24,500,000 shares; outstanding 12,222,930
   shares...................................................  $    122,229   $    122,229
  Capital surplus, paid in..................................       664,156        641,333
  Retained earnings.........................................       210,108        419,972
  Accumulated other comprehensive income....................           378           -
                                                              -------------  -------------
           Total common stockholder's equity................       996,871      1,183,534
  Preferred stock not subject to mandatory
   redemption...............................................       116,200        116,200
  Preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption...........        99,539        151,250
  Long-term debt............................................     1,793,952      2,023,316
                                                              -------------  -------------
           Total capitalization.............................     3,006,562      3,474,300
                                                              -------------  -------------
Minority Interest in Consolidated Subsidiary................       100,000        100,000
                                                              -------------  -------------
Obligations Under Capital Leases............................        68,444         18,042
                                                              -------------  -------------
Current Liabilities:
  Notes payable to banks....................................        10,000         35,000
  Notes payable to affiliated companies.....................          -            61,300
  Long-term debt and preferred stock--current
   portion..................................................       233,755         23,761
  Obligations under capital leases--current
   portion..................................................        94,440        140,076
  Accounts payable..........................................       121,040        124,427
  Accounts payable to affiliated companies..................        32,758         92,963
  Accrued taxes.............................................        19,396         33,017
  Accrued interest..........................................        31,409         14,650
  Other.....................................................        34,872         23,495
                                                              -------------  -------------
                                                                   577,670        548,689
                                                              -------------  -------------
Deferred Credits:
  Accumulated deferred income taxes.........................     1,194,722      1,348,617
  Accumulated deferred investment tax credits...............       114,457        127,713
  Decommissioning obligation--Millstone 1 (Note 3)..........       560,500           -
  Deferred contractual obligations..........................       277,826        348,406
  Other.....................................................       150,017        115,456
                                                              -------------  -------------
                                                                 2,297,522      1,940,192
                                                              -------------  -------------

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)



           Total Capitalization and Liabilities.............  $  6,050,198   $  6,081,223
                                                              =============  =============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the Years Ended December 31,                        1998        1997        1996

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues................................. $2,386,864  $2,465,587  $2,397,460
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating Expenses:
  Operation --
     Fuel, purchased and net interchange power.....    887,224     977,543     831,079
     Other.........................................    703,971     726,420     727,674
  Maintenance......................................    271,317     355,772     300,005
  Depreciation.....................................    216,509     238,667     247,109
  Amortization of regulatory assets, net...........    120,884      61,648      57,432
  Federal and state income taxes...................    (11,642)    (59,436)        957
  Taxes other than income taxes....................    170,347     172,592     174,062
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
        Total operating expenses...................  2,358,610   2,473,206   2,338,318
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating Income/(Loss)............................     28,254      (7,619)     59,142
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------

Other Income:
  Equity in earnings of regional nuclear
    generating companies...........................      6,241       5,672       6,619
  Millstone 1--unrecoverable costs (Note 1K).......   (143,239)       -           -
  Other, net.......................................     (6,075)     (1,856)     20,710
  Minority interest in income of subsidiary........     (9,300)     (9,300)     (9,300)
  Income taxes.....................................     67,127       7,573         160
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
        Other (loss)/income, net...................    (85,246)      2,089      18,189
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
        (Loss)/income before interest charges......    (56,992)     (5,530)     77,331
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------

Interest Charges:
  Interest on long-term debt.......................    133,192     132,127     127,198
  Other interest...................................      5,541       1,940       1,001
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
        Interest charges, net......................    138,733     134,067     128,199
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------

Net Loss........................................... $ (195,725) $ (139,597) $  (50,868)
                                                    =========== =========== ===========

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net Loss........................................... $ (195,725) $ (139,597) $  (50,868)
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
Other comprehensive income, net of tax (Note 15):
Unrealized gains on securities.....................        638        -           -
Minimum pension liability adjustments..............       (260)       -           -
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax...........        378        -           -
                                                    ----------- ----------- -----------
Comprehensive Loss                                  $ (195,347) $ (139,597) $  (50,868)
                                                     ========== =========== ===========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the Years Ended December 31,                                   1998       1997       1996
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Operating Activities:
  Net loss.................................................... $(195,725) $(139,597) $ (50,868)
  Adjustments to reconcile to net cash
   from operating activities:
    Depreciation..............................................   216,509    238,667    247,109
    Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net.....   (65,689)   (10,401)   (39,642)
    Amortization of deferred demand-side-management costs, net    42,085     38,029     26,941
    Amortization/(deferral) of recoverable energy costs.......    30,745     (9,533)   (35,567)
    Amortization of cogeneration deferral.....................    29,559     37,338     19,221
    Amortization of regulatory asset - income taxes...........    66,027     13,927     19,349
    Amortization of other regulatory asset ...................    25,298     10,383     18,862
    Deferred nuclear refueling outage, net of amortization ...         -    (45,333)    45,643
    Millstone 1--unrecoverable costs..........................   143,239        -          -
    Other sources of cash.....................................    82,109     35,065     51,823
    Other uses of cash........................................   (23,561)   (50,417)   (23,862)
  Changes in working capital:
    Receivables and accrued utility revenues..................    (5,086)   184,223    (22,378)
    Fuel, materials and supplies..............................     9,896     (1,941)   (11,455)
    Accounts payable..........................................   (63,592)   (22,036)    83,951
    Accrued taxes.............................................   (13,621)     4,310    (23,561)
    Sale of receivables and accrued utility revenues..........    35,000     70,000        -
    Investment in securitizable assets........................    45,372   (205,625)       -
    Other working capital (excludes cash).....................    30,097    (74,266)    (5,385)
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
Net cash flows from operating activities......................   388,662     72,793    300,181
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------


Financing Activities:
  Issuance of long-term debt..................................       -      200,000    222,000
  Net (decrease)/increase in short-term debt..................   (86,300)    96,300    (51,750)
  Reacquisitions and retirements of long-term debt............   (45,006)  (204,116)   (14,329)
  Reacquisitions and retirements of preferred stock...........   (35,711)       -          -
  Cash dividends on preferred stock...........................   (14,139)   (15,221)   (15,221)
  Cash dividends on common stock..............................         -     (5,989)  (138,608)
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
Net cash flows (used for)/from financing activities...........  (181,156)    70,974      2,092
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
Investment Activities:
  Investment in plant:
    Electric utility plant....................................  (132,194)  (155,550)  (140,086)
    Nuclear fuel..............................................    (8,444)      (702)       553
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
      Net cash flows used for investments in plant............  (140,638)  (156,252)  (139,533)
  Investment in NU system Money Pool..........................    (6,600)   109,050   (109,050)
  Investment in nuclear decommissioning trusts................   (54,106)   (45,314)   (50,998)
  Other investment activities, net............................   (26,187)   (51,196)    (2,625)
  Capital contributions from Northeast Utilities..............    20,000        -          -
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
Net cash flows used for investments...........................  (207,531)  (143,712)  (302,206)
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
Net (Decrease)/Increase In Cash For The Period................       (25)        55         67
Cash - beginning of period....................................       459        404        337
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
Cash - end of period.......................................... $     434  $     459  $     404
                                                               ========== ========== ==========

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid/(refunded) during the year for:
  Interest, net of amounts capitalized........................ $ 110,119  $ 145,962  $ 114,458
                                                               ========== ========== ==========
  Income taxes................................................ $ (46,747) $ (22,338) $  77,790
                                                               ========== ========== ==========
Increase in obligations:
  Niantic Bay Fuel Trust and other capital leases............. $   4,102  $   2,815  $   2,855
                                                               ========== ========== ==========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Accumulated
                                                   Capital    Retained        Other
                                         Common    Surplus,   Earnings    Comprehensive
                                         Stock     Paid In       (a)         Income         Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (Thousands of Dollars)


Balance at January 1, 1996..........   $122,229   $637,981   $ 785,476   $         -     $1,545,686

    Net loss........................                           (50,868)                     (50,868)
    Cash dividends on preferred
      stock.........................                           (15,221)                     (15,221)
    Cash dividends..................                          (138,608)                    (138,608)
    Capital stock expenses, net.....                 1,676                                    1,676
                                       ---------  ---------  ----------  --------------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1996........    122,229    639,657     580,779             -      1,342,665

    Net loss........................                          (139,597)                    (139,597)
    Cash dividends on preferred
      stock.........................                           (15,221)                     (15,221)
    Cash dividends..................                            (5,989)                      (5,989)
    Capital stock expenses, net.....                 1,676                                    1,676
                                       ---------  ---------  ----------  --------------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1997........    122,229    641,333     419,972             -      1,183,534

    Net loss........................                          (195,725)                    (195,725)
    Cash dividends..................                           (14,139)                     (14,139)
    Capital stock expenses, net.....                 2,764                                    2,764
    Capital contribution from
      Northeast Utilities...........                20,000                                   20,000
    Gain on repurchase of preferred
      stock.........................                    59                                       59
    Other comprehensive income......                                               378          378
                                       ---------  ---------  ----------  --------------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1998........   $122,229   $664,156   $ 210,108   $         378   $  996,871
                                       =========  =========  ==========  ==============  ===========

(a) The company has dividend restrictions imposed by its long-term debt agreements. At December 31, 1998, these restrictions totaled approximately $540 million.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A. About The Connecticut Light and Power Company The Connecticut Light and Power Company (the company or CL&P) and subsidiaries, Western Massachusetts Electric Company (WMECO), Holyoke Water Power Company (HWP), Public Service Company of New Hampshire (PSNH) and North Atlantic Energy Corporation (NAEC) are the operating subsidiaries comprising the Northeast Utilities system (the NU system) and are wholly owned by Northeast Utilities (NU).

The NU system furnishes franchised retail electric service in Connecticut, New Hampshire and western Massachusetts through CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. NAEC sells all of its entitlement to the capacity and output of the Seabrook nuclear power plant (Seabrook 1 or Seabrook) to PSNH under two life-of-unit, full cost recovery contracts. HWP also is engaged in the production and distribution of electric power. The NU system also furnishes firm and other wholesale electric services to various municipalities and other utilities, and participates in limited retail access programs, providing off-system retail electric service. The NU system serves in excess of 30 percent of New England's electric needs and is one of the 24 largest electric utility systems in the country as measured by revenues.

NU is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a holding company under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 (1935 Act). NU and its subsidiaries, including CL&P, are subject to the provisions of the 1935 Act. Arrangements among the NU system companies, outside agencies and other utilities covering interconnections, interchange of electric power and sales of utility property are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) and/or the SEC. CL&P is subject to further regulation for rates, accounting and other matters by the FERC and/or applicable state regulatory commissions.

Other wholly owned subsidiaries of NU provide support services for the NU system companies and, in some cases, for other New England utilities. Northeast Utilities Service Company (NUSCO) provides centralized accounting, administrative, information resources, engineering, financial, legal, operational, planning, purchasing and other services to the NU system companies. Northeast Nuclear Energy Company (NNECO) acts as agent for the NU system companies and other New England utilities in operating the Millstone nuclear generating facilities. North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation (NAESCO) has operational responsibilities for Seabrook. In addition, CL&P and WMECO each have established a special purpose subsidiary whose business consists of the purchase and resale of receivables.

During the first quarter of 1999, NU established three new subsidiaries: NU Enterprises, Inc., Northeast Generation Company and Northeast Generation Services Company. Directly or through multiple subsidiaries, these entities will engage in a variety of energy- related activities, including the acquisition and management of non- nuclear generating plants.

B. Presentation
The consolidated financial statements of CL&P include the accounts of all wholly owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain reclassifications of prior years' data have been made to conform with the current year's presentation.

All transactions among affiliated companies are on a recovery of cost basis which may include amounts representing a return on equity and are subject to approval by various federal and state regulatory agencies.

C. New Accounting Standards
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued two new accounting standards during 1998: Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 132, "Employers' Disclosures About Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits," and SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities."

SFAS 132 revises employers' disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit plans, but it does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. See Note 9, "Pension Benefits and Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," for further information on CL&P's pension and postretirement benefits disclosures.

SFAS 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. This statement becomes effective for CL&P on January 1, 2000, and will require derivative instruments used by CL&P to be recognized on the balance sheets as assets or liabilities at fair value. CL&P uses derivative instruments for hedging purposes. The accounting for these hedging instruments will depend on which hedging classification each derivative instrument falls under, as defined by SFAS 133, offset by any changes in the market value of the hedged item. Based on the derivative instruments which currently are being utilized by CL&P to hedge some of its fuel price risks, there will be an impact on earnings upon adoption of SFAS 133 which management cannot estimate at this time. For further information see Note 12, "Fuel-Price Risk- Management."

During June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS 131 determines the standards for reporting and disclosing qualitative and quantitative information about a company's operating segments. More specifically, it requires financial information to be disclosed for segments whose operating results are received by the chief operating officer for decisions on resource allocation. It also requires related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. CL&P currently evaluates management performance using a cost-based budget and the information required by SFAS 131 is not available.

As a result of the changes the NU system and the industry are undergoing, the company will implement business segment reporting in 1999. This reporting will provide management with revenue and expense information at the business segment level. Management has identified significant segments to include transmission, distribution, generation-related and energy marketing.

D. Investments and Jointly Owned Electric Utility Plant Regional Nuclear Generating Companies: CL&P owns common stock of four regional nuclear generating companies (Yankee companies) which are accounted for on the equity basis due to CL&P's ability to exercise significant influence over their operating and financial policies. CL&P's equity investments and ownership interests in the Yankee companies at December 31, 1998 are:

(Thousands of Dollars, Except for Percentages)

Connecticut Yankee Atomic
  Power Company (CYAPC).............   $36,254       34.5%
Yankee Atomic Electric
  Company (YAEC)....................     4,882       24.5
Maine Yankee Atomic Power
  Company (MYAPC)...................    10,400       12.0
Vermont Yankee Nuclear
  Power Corporation (VYNPC).........     5,463        9.5
Total Equity Investment.............   $56,999

Each Yankee company owns a single nuclear generating unit. YAEC's, CYAPC's and MYAPC's nuclear power plants were shut down permanently on February 26, 1992, December 4, 1996, and August 6, 1997, respectively. For additional information on the Yankee companies, see Note 3, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs."

Millstone: CL&P has an 81 percent joint ownership in both Millstone 1, a 660-megawatt (MW) nuclear generating unit and Millstone 2, a 870-MW nuclear generating unit. CL&P has a 52.93 percent joint-ownership interest in Millstone 3, a 1,154-MW nuclear generating unit. During the third quarter of 1998, management decided to retire Millstone 1 and prepare for final decommissioning. For further information on the Millstone 1 closure, see Note 3, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A). For further information on Millstone 2 and 3, see Note 3, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," Note 11C, "Commitments and Contingencies - Nuclear Performance," and the MD&A.

Seabrook 1: CL&P has a 4.06 percent joint ownership interest in Seabrook 1, a 1,148-MW nuclear generating unit.

Plant-in-service and the accumulated provision for depreciation for CL&P's share of the three Millstone units and Seabrook are as follows:

                                                     At December 31,
(Millions of Dollars)                             1998            1997

Plant-in-service
Millstone 1..................................  $     -         $  387.7
Millstone 2..................................     759.3           694.7
Millstone 3..................................   1,909.4         1,906.9
Seabrook 1...................................     174.3           174.3
Accumulated provision for depreciation
Millstone 1..................................  $     -         $  172.0
Millstone 2..................................     309.2           249.1
Millstone 3..................................     609.3           552.7
Seabrook 1...................................      39.3            33.9

CL&P's share of Millstone and Seabrook 1 expenses are included in operating expenses on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

E. Depreciation
The provision for depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based on estimated remaining lives of depreciable utility plant-in-service, adjusted for salvage value and removal costs, as approved by the appropriate regulatory agency.

Except for major facilities, depreciation rates are applied to the average plant-in-service during the period. Major facilities are depreciated from the time they are placed in service. When plant is retired from service, the original cost of plant, including costs of removal, less salvage, is charged to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The costs of closure and removal of non-nuclear facilities are accrued over the life of the plant as a component of depreciation. The depreciation rates for the several classes of electric plant-in-service are equivalent to a composite rate of 3.2 percent in 1998 and 3.8 percent in 1997 and 4.0 percent in 1996. See Note 3, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," for information on nuclear decommissioning.

At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the accumulated provision for depreciation included approximately $47.9 million and $45.8 million, respectively, accrued for the cost of removal, net of salvage value for non-nuclear generation property.

F. Revenues
Other than revenues under fixed-rate agreements negotiated with certain wholesale, commercial and industrial customers and limited retail access programs, utility revenues are based on authorized rates applied to each customer's use of electricity. In general, rates can be changed only through a formal proceeding before the appropriate regulatory commission. Regulatory commissions also have authority over the terms and conditions of nontraditional rate making arrangements. At the end of each accounting period, CL&P accrues an estimate for the amount of energy delivered but unbilled.

G. Regulatory Accounting and Assets
The accounting policies of CL&P and the accompanying consolidated financial statements conform to generally accepted accounting principles applicable to rate-regulated enterprises and reflect the effects of the ratemaking process in accordance with SFAS 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." Assuming a cost-of-service based regulatory structure, regulators may permit incurred costs, normally treated as expenses, to be deferred and recovered through future revenues. Through their actions, regulators may also reduce or eliminate the value of an asset, or create a liability. If CL&P was no longer subject to the provisions of SFAS 71, CL&P would be required to write off all of its related regulatory assets and liabilities unless there is a formal transition plan which provides for the recovery, through established rates, for the collection of these costs through a portion of the business which would remain regulated on a cost-of-service basis. At the time of transition, CL&P also would be required to determine any impairment of the carrying costs of deregulated plant and inventory assets.

A restructuring program is being implemented within CL&P's jurisdiction, however, management continues to believe the application of SFAS 71 remains appropriate at this time. Once CL&P's restructuring plan has been formally approved by the appropriate regulatory agency and management can determine the impacts of restructuring, CL&P's generation business will no longer be rate regulated on a cost-of-service basis. The majority of CL&P's regulatory assets are related to its respective generation business. Management expects that CL&P's transmission and distribution business will continue to be rate-regulated on a cost-of-service basis and restructuring plans will allow for the recovery of regulatory assets through this portion of the business.

For further information on CL&P's regulatory environment and the potential impacts of restructuring, see Note 11A, "Commitments and Contingencies - Restructuring," and the MD&A.

Based on a current evaluation of the various factors and conditions that are expected to impact future cost recovery, management continues to believe it is probable that CL&P will recover its investments in long-lived assets, including regulatory assets.

The components of CL&P's regulatory assets are as follows:

At December 31,                                   1998            1997
                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)

Income taxes, net (Note 1H)................   $  538,521      $  709,896
Recoverable energy costs,
  net (Note 1I)............................      102,124         104,796
Deferred demand-side management
  costs....................................       10,014          52,100
Cogeneration costs.........................        5,779          33,505
Unrecovered contractual
  obligations (Note 1J)....................      266,992         338,406
Millstone 1 (Note 1K)......................      442,669            -
Other......................................       49,739          54,115

                                              $1,415,838      $1,292,818

H. Income Taxes
The tax effect of temporary differences (differences between the periods in which transactions affect income in the financial statements and the periods in which they affect the determination of taxable income) is accounted for in accordance with the ratemaking treatment of the applicable regulatory commissions. See Note 8, "Income Tax Expense" for the components of income tax expense.

The tax effect of temporary differences, including timing differences accrued under previously approved accounting standards, which give rise to the accumulated deferred tax obligation is as follows:

At December 31,                                   1998            1997
                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)

Accelerated depreciation and other
  plant-related differences................   $1,002,725      $1,056,690

Regulatory assets - income tax
  gross up.................................      279,823         304,276

Net operating loss carryforwards...........       (7,777)         (7,670)

Other......................................      (80,049)         (4,679)

                                              $1,194,722       $1,348,617

At December 31, 1998, CL&P had a state of Connecticut net operating loss carryforward of approximately $149 million which can be used against CL&P and its affiliates' combined Connecticut taxable income and which if unused, expires in the year 2002.

I. Recoverable Energy Costs
Under the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Energy Act), CL&P is assessed for its proportionate share of the costs of decontaminating and decommissioning uranium enrichment plants owned by the United States Department of Energy (D&D assessment). The Energy Act requires that regulators treat D&D assessments as a reasonable and necessary current cost of fuel, to be fully recovered in rates like any other fuel cost. CL&P is currently recovering these costs through rates. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P's total D&D deferrals were approximately $44.9 million.

CL&P has in place an energy adjustment clause under which fuel prices above or below base-rate levels are charged or credited to customers. At December 31, 1998, recoverable energy costs included $78.1 million of costs previously deferred.

J. Unrecovered Contractual Obligations Under the terms of contracts with MYAPC, CYAPC and YAEC, the shareholder-sponsor companies, including CL&P, PSNH and WMECO, are responsible for their proportionate share of the remaining costs of the units, including decommissioning. As management expects that the NU system companies will be allowed to recover these costs from their customers, the NU system companies have recorded regulatory assets, with corresponding obligations, on their respective balance sheets. For further information, see Note 3, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs."

K. Millstone 1
The Millstone 1 regulatory asset includes the recoverable portion of the undepreciated plant and related balances of approximately $129.5 million, and the regulatory asset associated with the decommissioning and closure obligation of $313.5 million. See Note 3, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," for further information.

L. Market Risk-Management Policies
CL&P utilizes swap instruments to hedge well-defined risks associated with changes in fuel prices. To qualify for hedge treatment, the underlying hedged item must expose CL&P to risks associated with market fluctuations and the market-risk management instrument used must be designated as a hedge and must reduce the company's exposure to market fluctuations throughout the period.

Amounts receivable or payable under fuel-price management instruments are recognized in operating expenses when realized. For further information, see Note 12, "Fuel-Price Risk- Management."

2. LEASES

CL&P finances its nuclear fuel for Millstone 2 and its respective share of the nuclear fuel for Millstone 3 under the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (NBFT) capital lease agreement. This lease agreement has an expiration date of June 1, 2040. On June 5, 1998, the NBFT issued $180 million Series G intermediate term notes (ITNs) through a private placement offering. The five-year notes mature June 5, 2003 and will bear interest at a rate of 8.59 percent per annum, payable semiannually. At December 31, 1998, CL&P's capital lease obligation to the NBFT was approximately $144.8 million.

The permanent shutdown of Millstone 1 in July 1998 afforded the NBFT ITN holders the right to seek repurchase of a pro rata share of their notes based upon the stipulated loss value of Millstone 1 fuel compared to the stipulated loss value of all fuel then under the NBFT, approximately $80 million. The shutdown also obligates CL&P to pay such amount to the NBFT under the NBFT lease whether or not any ITN holders request repurchase. CL&P is seeking consents from the ITN holders to amend this lease provision so that they will not be obligated to make this payment, but instead will issue an additional $80 million of collateral first mortgage bonds in mid-1999.

CL&P makes quarterly lease payments for the cost of nuclear fuel consumed in the reactors based on a units-of-production method at rates which reflect estimated kilowatt-hours of energy provided plus financing costs associated with the fuel in the reactors. Upon permanent discharge from the reactors, ownership of the nuclear fuel transfers to CL&P. CL&P also has entered into lease agreements, some of which are capital leases, for the use of data processing and office equipment, vehicles, gas turbines, nuclear control room simulators and office space. The provisions of these lease agreements generally provide for renewal options.

The following rental payments have been charged to expense:

Year                  Capital Leases    Operating Leases

1998................    $20,494,000        $17,914,000
1997................     10,457,000         19,749,000
1996................     17,993,000         22,032,000

Interest included in capital lease rental payments was $14,083,000 in 1998, $9,948,000 in 1997 and $10,144,000 in 1996.

Future minimum rental payments, excluding executory costs such as property taxes, state use taxes, insurance and maintenance, under long- term noncancelable leases as of December 31, 1998, are:

Year                  Capital Leases    Operating Leases
                           (Thousands of Dollars)

1999................    $  2,900           $22,700
2000................       2,900            21,200
2001................       2,900            15,600
2002................       3,000             6,700
2003................       3,000             4,200
After 2003..........      46,200            11,500

Future minimum lease
  payments..........      60,900           $80,900

Less amount
  representing
  interest..........      42,859


Present value of
  future minimum
  lease payments....      18,041

Present value of
  future nuclear
  fuel lease
  payments..........     144,843


Present value of
  future minimum
  lease payments....    $162,884

3. NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING AND PLANT CLOSURE COSTS

Millstone 2 and 3 and Seabrook 1: CL&P's operating nuclear power plants have service lives that are expected to end during the years 2015 through 2026. Upon retirement, these units must be decommissioned. Current decommissioning studies concluded that complete and immediate dismantlement at retirement continues to be the most viable and economic method of decommissioning the units. Decommissioning studies are reviewed and updated periodically to reflect changes in decommissioning requirements, costs, technology and inflation.

The estimated cost of decommissioning CL&P's ownership share of Millstone 2, in year-end 1998 dollars, is $322.0 million. CL&P's ownership share of the estimated cost of decommissioning Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1 in year-end 1998 dollars, is $296.2 million and $19.9 million, respectively. Millstone 2 and 3 and Seabrook 1 decommissioning costs will be increased annually by their respective escalation rates. Nuclear decommissioning costs are accrued over the expected service lives of the units and are included in depreciation expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Nuclear decommissioning costs for these units amounted to $19.1 million in 1998 and $20.0 million each year in 1997 and 1996. Nuclear decommissioning, as a cost of removal, is included in the accumulated provision for depreciation on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the decommissioning balance in the accumulated reserve for depreciation amounted to $165.6 million and $146.5 million, respectively.

CL&P has established external decommissioning trusts for its portion of the costs of decommissioning Millstone 2 and 3. Payments for CL&P's portion of the cost of decommissioning Seabrook 1 are paid to an independent decommissioning financing fund managed by the state of New Hampshire. Funding of the estimated decommissioning costs assumes levelized collections for the Millstone units and escalated collections for Seabrook 1 and after-tax earnings on the Millstone and Seabrook decommissioning funds of approximately 5.5 percent and 6.5 percent, respectively.

As of December 31, 1998, CL&P collected a total of $162.2 million through rates toward the future decommissioning costs of its share of Millstone 2 and 3, of which $142.8 million has been transferred to external decommissioning trusts. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P paid approximately $3.0 million into Seabrook 1's external decommissioning financing fund. Earnings on the decommissioning trusts and financing fund increase the decommissioning trust balance and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. Unrealized gains and losses associated with the decommissioning trusts and financing fund also impact the balance of the trusts and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. The fair value of the units in the external decommissioning trusts was $242.2 million at December 31, 1998.

Changes in requirements or technology, the timing of funding or dismantling or adoption of a decommissioning method other than immediate dismantlement would change decommissioning cost estimates and the amounts required to be recovered. CL&P attempts to recover sufficient amounts through its allowed rates to cover its expected decommissioning costs. Only the portion of currently estimated total decommissioning costs that have been accepted by regulatory agencies is reflected in CL&P's rates. Based on present estimates and assuming its nuclear units operate to the end of their respective license periods, CL&P expects that the decommissioning trusts and financing fund will be substantially funded when the units are retired from service.

Millstone 1: CL&P's share of the total estimated decommissioning costs for Millstone 1, which have been updated to reflect the early shutdown of the unit, are approximately $560.5 million as of December 31, 1998. The company has recorded the decommissioning and closure obligation as a liability. Nuclear decommissioning costs for Millstone 1 were $17.3 million in 1998, $17.7 million in 1997 and $17.8 million in 1996.

In February 1999, the DPUC issued a decision on CL&P's rate case filing. The decision allowed for recovery over a three-year period, without a return, of $126.0 million of CL&P's remaining investment in Millstone 1. As a result, CL&P recorded an after-tax loss of approximately $80 million, related to the write down of its investment in Millstone 1. The decision allowed for the recovery of CL&P's decommissioning and closure obligations. Accordingly, CL&P recorded a regulatory asset for its portion of the decommissioning and closure obligation. For further information on the DPUC decision, see Note 1B, "Commitments and Contingencies - Rate Matters" and the MD&A.

During 1998, CL&P recorded a loss of approximately $27.9 million related to the termination of approximately a 4.3 percent entitlement contract of CL&P's share of Millstone 1, formerly held by the Connecticut Municipal Electric Energy Cooperative.

CL&P uses external trusts to fund the estimated decommissioning costs of Millstone 1. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P had collected a total of $151.7 million through rates toward the future decommissioning costs of its share of Millstone 1, of which $129.8 million has been transferred to external decommissioning trusts. At December 31, 1998, the fair market value of the balance in the external trusts was approximately $210.5 million.

Yankee Companies: VYNPC owns and operates a nuclear generating unit with a service life that is expected to end in 2012. CL&P's ownership share of estimated costs, in year-end 1998 dollars, of decommissioning this unit is $50.4 million.

At December 31, 1998, the remaining estimated obligation, including decommissioning, for the Yankee companies' nuclear generating facilities which have been shut down were:

                                            Total        CL&P's
(Thousands of Dollars)                   Obligation      Share

Maine Yankee.....................         $715,065     $ 85,808
Connecticut Yankee...............         $498,557     $172,002
Yankee Atomic....................         $ 81,699     $ 20,016

For further information on the Yankee companies, see Note 11B, "Commitments and Contingencies - Rate Matters."

For information on proposed changes to the accounting for decommissioning, see the MD&A.

4. SHORT-TERM DEBT

Limits: The amount of short-term borrowings that may be incurred by CL&P is subject to periodic approval by either the SEC under the 1935 Act or by the DPUC. SEC authorization allowed CL&P, as of January 1, 1999, to incur total short-term borrowings up to a maximum of $375 million. In addition, the charter of CL&P contains preferred stock provisions restricting the amount of unsecured debt the company may incur. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P's charter permits CL&P to incur an additional $466 million of unsecured debt.

Credit Agreements: NU, CL&P and WMECO are parties to a $313.75 million revolving credit agreement (Credit Agreement). Under the Credit Agreement amended on September 11, 1998, CL&P and WMECO are able to borrow, subject to the availability of first mortgage bond collateral, up to $313.75 million and $150 million, respectively. At December 31, 1998, CL&P and WMECO have issued first mortgage bonds to enable borrowings under this facility up to a maximum of $225 million and $80 million, respectively. NU, which cannot issue first mortgage bonds, would be able to borrow up to $50 million if NU consolidated, CL&P and WMECO each meet certain interest coverage tests for two consecutive quarters. This requirement for NU has not been met. In addition, CL&P and WMECO each must meet certain minimum quarterly financial ratios to access the Credit Agreement. CL&P is currently in the process of obtaining a waiver of the equity financial ratio requirement for the quarter ended December 31, 1998. WMECO satisfied these ratios for the quarter ending December 31, 1998. In connection with obtaining the waiver for the equity test, NU's participation in the Credit Agreement will be terminated. The overall limit for all of the borrowing system companies under the entire Credit Agreement is $313.75 million. The companies are obligated to pay a facility fee of .50 percent per annum of each bank's total commitment under the Credit Agreement, which will expire in November 1999. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, there were $30 million and $50 million, respectively, in borrowings under this Credit Agreement. Of these amounts, CL&P had $10 million borrowed in 1998 and $35 million borrowed in 1997.

Under the credit facility discussed above, CL&P may borrow funds on a short-term revolving basis under its agreement, using either fixed-rate loans or standby loans. Fixed rates are set using competitive bidding. Standby loans are based upon several alternative variable rates. The weighted average annual interest rate on CL&P's notes payable to banks outstanding on December 31, 1998 and 1997, was 6.53 percent and 6.95 percent, respectively.

Money Pool: Certain subsidiaries of NU, including CL&P, are members of the Northeast Utilities System Money Pool (Pool). The Pool provides a more efficient use of the cash resources of the NU system, and reduces outside short-term borrowings. NUSCO administers the Pool as agent for the member companies. Short-term borrowing needs of the member companies are first met with available funds of other member companies, including funds borrowed by NU parent. NU parent may lend to the Pool but may not borrow. Funds may be withdrawn from or repaid to the Pool at any time without prior notice. Investing and borrowing subsidiaries receive or pay interest based on the average daily Federal Funds rate. Borrowings based on loans from NU parent, however, bear interest at NU parent's cost and must be repaid based upon the terms of NU parent's original borrowing. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, CL&P had no borrowings and $61.3 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding from the Pool. The interest rate on borrowings from the Pool on December 31, 1998 and 1997 was 5.8 percent, respectively. Maturities of short-term debt obligations were for periods of three months or less.

For further information on short-term debt, including the ability to access these agreements, see the MD&A.

5. PREFERRED STOCK NOT SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION

Details of preferred stock not subject to mandatory redemption are:

                         December 31,     Shares
                            1998        Outstanding
                          Redemption    December 31,        December 31,
Description                 Price          1998       1998     1997      1996
                                                     (Thousands of Dollars)

$1.90  Series of 1947      $52.50         163,912  $  8,196  $  8,196  $  8,196
$2.00  Series of 1947       54.00         336,088    16,804    16,804    16,804
$2.04  Series of 1949       52.00         100,000     5,000     5,000     5,000
$2.06  Series E of 1954     51.00         200,000    10,000    10,000    10,000
$2.09  Series F of 1955     51.00         100,000     5,000     5,000     5,000
$2.20  Series of 1949       52.50         200,000    10,000    10,000    10,000
$3.24  Series G of 1968     51.84         300,000    15,000    15,000    15,000
 3.90% Series of 1949       50.50         160,000     8,000     8,000     8,000
 4.50% Series of 1956       50.75         104,000     5,200     5,200     5,200
 4.50% Series of 1963       50.50         160,000     8,000     8,000     8,000
 4.96% Series of 1958       50.50         100,000     5,000     5,000     5,000
 5.28% Series of 1967       51.43         200,000    10,000    10,000    10,000
 6.56% Series of 1968       51.44         200,000    10,000    10,000    10,000
Total                                              $116,200  $116,200  $116,200

All or any part of each outstanding series of such preferred stock may be redeemed by CL&P at any time at established redemption prices plus accrued dividends to the date of redemption.

6. PREFERRED STOCK SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION

Details of preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption are:

                         December 31,      Shares
                            1998        Outstanding
                          Redemption    December 31,       December 31,
Description                Price*           1998      1998     1997      1996
                                                       (Thousands of Dollars)

7.23%  Series of 1992      $52.17       1,056,434   $ 52,822 $ 75,000 $ 75,000
5.30%  Series of 1993       51.00       1,329,340     66,467   80,000   80,000
                                                     119,289  155,000  155,000

Less preferred stock
  to be redeemed
  within one year......                   395,000     19,750    3,750     -

Total..................                             $ 99,539 $151,250 $155,000

*Each of these series is subject to certain refunding limitations for the first five years after they were issued. Redemption prices reduce in future years.

The following table details redemption and sinking fund activity for preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption:

                              Minimum
                              Annual
                            Sinking-Fund          Shares Reacquired
Series                      Requirement        1998     1997     1996
                       (Thousand of Dollars)

7.23%  Series of 1992  (1)     $ 3,750        443,566     -        -
5.30%  Series of 1993  (2)      16,000        270,660     -        -

(1) Sinking fund requirements commence September 1, 1998.
(2) Sinking fund requirements commence October 1, 1999.

The minimum sinking-fund provisions of the series subject to mandatory redemption, for the years 1999 through 2003, aggregate approximately $19.8 million each year for 1999 through 2002 and $6.2 million for 2003. In case of default on sinking-fund payments, no payments may be made on any junior stock by way of dividends or otherwise (other than in shares of junior stock) so long as the default continues. If CL&P is in arrears in the payment of dividends on any outstanding shares of preferred stock, CL&P would be prohibited from redeeming or purchasing less than all of the preferred stock outstanding. All or part of each of the series named above may be redeemed by CL&P at any time at established redemption prices plus accrued dividends to the date of redemption, subject to certain refunding limitations.

7. LONG-TERM DEBT

Details of long-term debt outstanding are:

                                                December 31,
                                              1998        1997
                                          (Thousands of Dollars)
First mortgage bonds:

6 1/2%  Series T     due 1998..........   $    -      $   20,000
7 1/4%  Series VV    due 1999..........       74,000      99,000
5 1/2%  Series A     due 1999..........      140,000     140,000
5 3/4%  Series XX    due 2000..........      200,000     200,000
7 7/8%  Series A     due 2001..........      160,000     160,000
7 3/4%  Series C     due 2002..........      200,000     200,000
6 1/8%  Series B     due 2004..........      140,000     140,000
7 3/8%  Series TT    due 2019..........       20,000      20,000
7 1/2%  Series YY    due 2023..........      100,000     100,000
8 1/2%  Series C     due 2024..........      115,000     115,000
7 7/8%  Series D     due 2024..........      140,000     140,000
7 3/8%  Series ZZ    due 2025..........      125,000     125,000
        Total                              1,414,000   1,459,000

Pollution Control Notes:
  Variable rate, due 2016-2022.........       46,400      46,400
  Variable tax exempt, due 2028-2031...      377,500     377,500
Fees and interest due for spent
  fuel disposal costs (Note 11E).......      175,022     166,458
Other..................................           81          86
Less amounts due within one year.......      214,005      20,011
Unamortized premium and discount, net..       (5,045)     (6,117)
  Long-term debt, net..................   $1,793,953  $2,023,316

Long-term debt and cash sinking-fund requirements on debt outstanding at December 31, 1998, for the years 1999 through 2002 are approximately $214.0 million, $200.0 million, $160.0 million, $200.0 million, respectively, and no requirements for 2003.

All or any part of each outstanding series of first mortgage bonds may be redeemed by CL&P at any time at established redemption prices plus accrued interest to the date of redemption, except certain series which are subject to certain refunding limitations during their respective initial five-year redemption periods.

Essentially all of CL&P's utility plant is subject to the lien of its first mortgage bond indenture. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, CL&P has secured $369.3 million and $315.5 million, respectively, of pollution control notes with second mortgage liens on Millstone 1, junior to the lien of its first mortgage bond indenture. The average effective interest rate on the variable-rate pollution control notes ranged from 3.6 percent to 3.7 percent for 1998 and from 3.6 percent to 3.7 percent for 1997.

CL&P has $62 million of tax-exempt Pollution Control Revenue Bonds with a bond insurance secured by first mortgage bonds and a liquid facility.

8. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

The components of the federal and state income tax provisions were(credited)/ charged as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,        1998        1997         1996
                                           (Thousands of Dollars)

Current income taxes:
  Federal.......................     $ (9,217)   $(53,339)    $ 30,650
  State.........................       (3,863)     (3,270)       9,789
    Total current...............     $(13,080)   $(56,609)    $ 40,439

Deferred income taxes, net:
  Federal.......................      (34,880)      8,436      (22,866)
  State.........................      (17,553)    (11,470)      (9,409)
    Total deferred..............      (52,433)     (3,034)     (32,275)

Investment tax credits, net.....      (13,256)     (7,366)      (7,367)
    Total income tax
    (credit)/expense............     $(78,769)   $(67,009)    $    797

The components of total income tax expense are classified as follows:

Income taxes charged to
  operating expenses............    $(11,642)    $(59,436)    $    957
Other income taxes..............     (67,127)      (7,573)        (160)
Total income tax
    (credit)/expense............    $(78,769)    $(67,009)    $    797

Deferred income taxes are comprised of the tax effects of temporary differences as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,        1998        1997         1996
                                           (Thousands of Dollars)
Depreciation, leased nuclear fuel,
  settlement credits and
  disposal costs................     $ (5,572)   $  11,991     $  3,981
Energy adjustment clauses.......      (24,932)     (14,039)      (1,654)
Demand-side management..........      (12,474)     (12,408)     (17,099)
Nuclear plant deferrals.........          674       14,007      (18,861)
Bond redemptions................          152       (1,339)      (1,789)
Contractual settlements.........        1,252        1,754        2,513
Pension accruals................        8,872        6,524        2,944
State net operating loss
  carryforwards.................        1,150       (7,670)        -
Millstone revenue out of
  rate base.....................      (18,080)        -            -
Other...........................       (3,475)      (1,854)      (2,310)
Deferred income taxes, net......     $(52,433)    $ (3,034)    $(32,275)

A reconciliation between income tax expense and the expected tax expense at the applicable statutory rate is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,        1998        1997         1996
                                           (Thousands of Dollars)

Expected federal income tax at
  35 percent of pretax income...     $(96,073)    $(72,312)    $(18,257)
Tax effect of differences:
  State income taxes, net of
    federal benefit.............       (7,358)      (8,966)         248
  Depreciation..................       25,368       18,944       20,470
  Amortization of
    regulatory assets...........       22,725        3,901        8,601
  Investment tax credit
    amortization and write off..      (13,256)      (7,366)      (7,367)
  Adjustment for prior years'
    taxes.......................      (10,991)         (10)        -
  Nondeductible penalties.......        2,551          (82)         717
  Other, net....................       (1,735)      (1,118)      (3,615)
      Total income tax
      (credits)/expense.........     $(78,769)    $(67,009)    $    797

9. PENSION BENEFITS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

The NU system subsidiaries participate in a uniform noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan covering all regular NU system employees. Benefits are based on years of service and the employees' highest eligible compensation during 60 consecutive months of employment. CL&P's direct portion of the NU system's pension cost/(credit), part of which was credited to utility plant, approximated $32.6 million in 1998, ($22.5) million in 1997 and ($8.8) million in 1996.

Currently, CL&P annually funds an amount at least equal to that which will satisfy the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and the Internal Revenue Code. Pension costs are determined using market-related values of pension assets.

The NU system's subsidiaries also provide certain health care benefits, primarily medical and dental, and life insurance benefits through a benefit plan to retired employees. These benefits are available for employees retiring from the company who have met specified service requirements. For current employees and certain retirees, the total benefit is limited to two times the 1993 per-retiree health care cost. These costs are charged to expense over the future estimated work life of the employee. CL&P is funding postretirement costs through external trusts. CL&P is funding, on an annual basis, amounts that have been rate-recovered and which also are tax deductible under the Internal Revenue Code.

Pension and trust assets are invested primarily in domestic and international equity securities and bonds.

The following table represents the plans' beginning benefit obligation balance reconciled to the ending benefit obligation balance, beginning fair value of plan assets balance reconciled to the ending fair value of plan assets balance and the respective funds' funded status reconciled to the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

The components of net cost are:

                                         At December 31,
                                                       Postretirement
                                 Pension Benefits         Benefits
                                 1998       1997       1998        1997
(Thousands of Dollars)

Change in benefit
 obligation
Benefit obligation at
 beginning of year...........$(531,564)  $(514,989)  $(126,576)  $(137,377)
Service cost.................   (9,782)     (8,836)     (2,006)     (1,692)
Interest Cost................  (37,452)    (37,938)     (9,221)     (9,152)
Transfers....................   (6,324)      2,625        -           -
Actuarial (loss)/gain........  (12,451)     (9,666)     (7,703)      8,475
Benefits paid................   34,900      36,291      11,705      13,170
Curtailments and Settlements.     -            949        -           -
Benefit obligation at
  end of year................$(562,673)  $(531,564)  $(133,801)  $(126,576)

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at
  beginning of year..........$ 846,366   $ 736,448   $  46,055   $  38,783
Actual return on  plan assets  117,889     148,834       6,143       7,639
Employer contribution........     -           -         13,299      12,803
Benefits paid................  (34,900)    (36,291)    (11,705)    (13,170)
Transfers....................    6,324      (2,625)       -           -
Fair value of plan assets
  at end of year.............$ 935,679   $ 846,366   $ 53,792    $  46,055
Funded status at
  December 31................  373,006     314,802    (80,009)   $ (80,521)
Unrecognized transition
  amount.....................   (5,525)     (6,445)   102,818      110,162
Unrecognized prior service
  cost.......................    3,231       3,524       -            -
Unrecognized net gain........ (295,763)   (269,560)   (22,809)     (29,641)
Prepaid benefit cost.........$  74,949   $  42,321   $   -       $    -

The following actuarial assumptions were used in calculating the plans' year-end funded status:

                                      At December 31,
                                                  Postretirement
                             Pension Benefits        Benefits
                              1998     1997        1998    1997
Discount rate..............   7.00%    7.25%       7.00%   7.25%
Compensation/
  progression rate.........   4.25%    4.25%       4.25%   4.25%
Health care cost
  trend rate (a)...........    N/A      N/A        5.22%   5.76%

(a) The annual growth in per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed to decrease to 4.40 percent by 2001.

The components of net periodic benefit cost are:

For the Years Ended December 31,

                                Pension Benefits        Postretirement Benefits
                             1998     1997     1996     1998     1997     1996
    (Thousands of Dollars)

Service cost.............. $ 9,782  $ 8,836  $ 9,058  $ 2,006  $ 1,692  $ 2,270
Interest cost.............  37,452   37,938   37,227    9,221    9,152   10,211
Expected return
  on plan assets.......... (68,364) (59,608) (52,258)  (3,555)  (3,132)    (981)
Amortization of
  unrecognized
  transition
  obligation/(asset)......    (921)    (921)    (921)   7,344    7,344    7,344
Amortization of prior
  service costs...........     292      292      292     -        -        -
Amortization of
  actuarial (gain)/loss... (10,873)  (8,085)  (5,062)    -        -        -
Other amortization,
  net.....................    -        -        -      (1,717)  (2,253)    (967)
Curtailments and
  settlements.............    -        (949)   2,838     -        -        -
Net periodic benefit
  cost/(credit)........... $32,632 $(22,497) $(8,826) $13,299  $12,803  $17,877

For calculating pension and postretirement benefit costs, the following assumptions were used:

                                For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                            Postretirement
                                Pension Benefits               Benefits
                             1998     1997     1996     1998     1997     1996
Discount rate.............   7.25%    7.75%    7.50%    7.25%    7.75%    7.50%
Expected long-term
  rate of return..........   9.50%    9.25%    8.75%     N/A      N/A      N/A
Compensation/
  progression rate........   4.25%    4.75%    4.75%    4.25%    4.75%    4.75%
Long-term rate
  of return-
  Health assets,
    net of tax............    N/A      N/A      N/A     7.75%    7.50%    5.25%
  Life assets.............    N/A      N/A      N/A     9.50%    9.25%    8.75%

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. The effect of changing the assumed health care cost trend rate by one percentage point in each year would have the following effects:

                               One Percentage    One Percentage
(Thousands of Dollars)         Point Increase    Point Decrease

Effect on  total service
  and interest cost
  components...............       $  553            $  (560)
Effect on post-
  retirement benefit
  obligation...............        7,358             (7,275)

The trust holding the health plan assets is subject to federal income taxes at a 39.6 percent tax rate.

10. SALE OF CUSTOMER RECEIVABLES AND ACCRUED UTILITY REVENUES CL&P has entered into an agreement to sell up to $200 million of undivided ownership interests in eligible customer receivables and accrued utility revenues (receivables).

CL&P has established a special purpose, wholly owned subsidiary whose business consists of the purchase and resale of receivables, CL&P Receivables Corporation (CRC). For receivables sold, CL&P has retained collection responsibilities as agent for the purchaser under the company's agreement. As collections reduce previously sold receivables, new receivables may be sold. At December 31, 1998, approximately $105 million of receivables had been sold to third-party purchasers by CL&P. All receivables sold to CRC are not available to pay CL&P's creditors.

The receivables are sold to a third-party purchaser with limited recourse. The sales agreements provide for a formula-based loss reserve in which additional receivables may be assigned to the third-party purchaser for costs such as bad debt. The third-party purchaser absorbs the excess amount in the event that actual loss experience exceeds the loss reserve. At December 31, 1998, approximately $11.6 million was the formula-based amount of credit exposure and has been reserved as collateral by CRC. Historical losses for bad debt for CL&P has been substantially less.

Concentrations of credit risk to the purchaser under CL&P's agreement with respect to the receivables are limited due to CL&P's diverse customer base within its service territory.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

A. Restructuring
During April 1998, the utility restructuring bill was signed into law by the governor of the state of Connecticut. The legislation provides for electric utilities, including CL&P, to recover stranded costs. The legislation also allows for securitization of generation-related regulatory assets and the costs associated with renegotiated above-market purchased-power contracts and requires divestiture of generation-related assets through public auction.

As a result of the restructuring legislation, CL&P will sell non- nuclear generating assets and purchased-power contracts with nonutility generators through public auction. CL&P also will transfer its ownership interests in Millstone 2 and 3 and Seabrook to a corporate affiliate or division, subject to prior federal regulatory approvals, which would assume CL&P's responsibilities related to the plants for the period prior to offering them for the sale. In February 1999, the DPUC announced the offering for sale of CL&P's fossil fueled and hydroelectric generating facilities. Interested parties will be required to submit nonbinding bids by April 8, 1999. A smaller field of qualified bidders will be selected to participate in the second round of the auction and will be invited to submit binding bids. A winning bidder will be chosen by mid-1999 and the sale will be completed by the end of 1999. At December 31, 1998, the book value of assets to be auctioned during 1999 was approximately $170 million.

After restructuring is complete, CL&P will be an electric transmission and distribution company which will continue to provide transmission and distribution services on a cost-of-service basis.

Management continues to believe that it is probable that CL&P will fully recover its prudently incurred costs, including regulatory assets and stranded investments.

B. Rate Matters
On February 25, 1998, the DPUC issued its decision in CL&P's Interim Rate case. During the period from March 1, 1998 through September 28, 1998, rates were charged under an interim rate which required a $30.5 million annual credit to customer bills to reflect the removal of Millstone 1 from rates.

During April 1998, the DPUC issued a decision finding Millstone 2 unlikely to restart in 1998 and ordered its removal from rate base effective May 1, 1998. The DPUC allowed the revenue requirement reductions related to this decision to be potentially applied against regulatory asset balances. As a result, there was no change in rates or CL&P's cash flow from rates. CL&P has accounted for these reductions as a reserve against revenues until such time when the regulatory asset balances are reduced. At December 31, 1998, the amount of revenue reductions related to this decision totaled approximately $36.4 million. The unit will remain out of rate base until the plant is restarted.

On June 1, 1998, CL&P filed its rate application for a comprehensive rate proceeding. On February 5, 1999, the DPUC issued its final decision in CL&P's rate case. The DPUC concluded that CL&P's annual revenue requirements should be reduced by approximately $232 million, or 9.68 percent, through a combination of a 4 percent reduction to CL&P's rates and accelerated amortization of approximately $136 million of its deferred tax regulatory asset. The decision is retroactive to September 28, 1998. The retroactive portion of the decision did not require a base-rate decrease. It resulted in accelerated amortization of the deferred tax regulatory asset in the amount of $27.6 million. The decision also resulted in an after-tax write-off of approximately $80 million related to CL&P's investment in Millstone 1. For further information, see Note 3, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," and the MD&A.

FERC: During November 1997, MYAPC filed an amendment to its power contracts clarifying the obligations of its purchasing utilities following the decision to cease power production. During January 1998, the FERC accepted the amendments and proposed rates, subject to a refund. On January 18, 1999, MYAPC filed with the FERC Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) an Offer of Settlement which if accepted by the FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. The settlement provides, among other things, the following: (1) MYAPC will collect $33.6 million annually to pay for decommissioning and spent fuel; (2) its return on equity will be set at 6.5 percent; (3) MYAPC is permitted full recovery of all unamortized investment in MY, including fuel, and (4) an incentive budget for decommissioning is set at $436.3 million.

During late December 1996, CYAPC filed an amendment to its power contracts clarifying the obligations of its purchasing utilities following the decision to cease power production. On February 27, 1997, the FERC accepted CYAPC's contract amendment. The new rates became effective March 1, 1997, subject to a refund.

On August 31, 1998, the FERC ALJ released an initial decision regarding the December 1996 filing. The decision contained provisions which would allow for the recovery, through rates, of the balance of the NU system companies' net unamortized investment in CYAPC, which was approximately $51.7 million as of December 31, 1998. The decision also called for the disallowance of the recovery of a portion of the return on the CY investment. The ALJ's decision also stated that decommissioning collections should continue to be based on the previously approved estimate of $309.1 million (in 1992 dollars), with an inflation adjustment of 3.8 percent per year, until a new, more reliable estimate has been prepared and tested.

During October 1998, CYAPC, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO filed briefs on exceptions to the ALJ decision. If the initial ALJ decision is upheld, CYAPC could be required to write off a portion of the regulatory asset associated with the plant closing.

If upheld, CYAPC's management has estimated the effect of the ALJ decision on CYAPC's earnings would be approximately $37.5 million, of which CL&P's share would be approximately $6.4 million. NU management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the hearing at this time, however, management believes that the associated regulatory assets are probable of recovery.

C. Nuclear Performance
Millstone: The three Millstone units are managed by NNECO. All three units were placed on the NRC watch list on January 29, 1996. The units cannot be restarted without appropriate NRC approvals. Millstone 3 has received these approvals and resumed operation in July 1998. Restart efforts continue for Millstone 2 and it is expected to be ready to restart in the spring of 1999. The estimated replacement power costs are approximately $7 million per month while Millstone 2 remains out of service. In July 1998, CL&P and WMECO decided to retire Millstone 1 and prepare for final decommissioning.

Litigation: Certain of the non-NU joint owners of Millstone 3 have filed demands for arbitration with CL&P and WMECO as well as lawsuits in Massachusetts Superior Court against NU and its current and former trustees related to the company's operation of Millstone 3. The arbitrations and lawsuits seek to recover compensatory damages in excess of $200 million, together with punitive damages, treble damages and attorney's fees. Management cannot estimate the potential outcome of these suits but believes there is no legal basis for the claims and intends to defend against them vigorously.

D. Environmental Matters
The NU system is subject to regulation by federal, state and local authorities with respect to air and water quality, the handling and disposal of toxic substances and hazardous and solid wastes, and the handling and use of chemical products. The NU system has an active environmental auditing and training program and believes that it is in substantial compliance with current environmental laws and regulations. However, the NU system is subject to certain pending enforcement actions and governmental investigations in the environmental area. Management cannot predict the outcome of these enforcement actions and investigations.

Environmental requirements could hinder the construction of new generating units, transmission and distribution lines, substations and other facilities. Changing environmental requirements could also require extensive and costly modifications to CL&P's existing generating units and transmission and distribution systems, and could raise operating costs significantly. As a result, CL&P may incur significant additional environmental costs, greater than amounts included in cost of removal and other reserves, in connection with the generation and transmission of electricity and the storage, transportation and disposal of byproducts and wastes. CL&P also may encounter significantly increased costs to remedy the environmental effects of prior waste handling activities. The cumulative long-term cost impact of increasingly stringent environmental requirements cannot be estimated accurately.

CL&P has recorded a liability based upon currently available information for the estimated environmental remediation costs that it expects to incur. In most cases, additional future environmental cleanup costs are not reasonably estimable due to a number of factors, including the unknown magnitude of possible contamination, the appropriate remediation methods, the possible effects of future legislation or regulation and the possible effects of technological changes. At December 31, 1998, the liability recorded by CL&P for its estimated environmental remediation costs, not considering any possible recoveries from third parties, amounted to approximately $8.0 million, within a range of $8.0 million to $19.3 million.

CL&P has received proceeds from several insurance carriers for the settlement with certain insurance companies of all past, present and future environmental matters. As a result of these settlements, CL&P will retain the risk loss, in part, for some environmental remediation costs.

CL&P cannot estimate the potential liability for future claims, including environmental remediation costs, that may be brought against it. However, considering known facts, existing laws and regulatory practices, management does not believe the matters disclosed above will have a material effect on the NU system's financial position or future results of operations.

E. Spent Nuclear Fuel Disposal Costs Under the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, CL&P must pay the United States Department of Energy (DOE) for the disposal of spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. The DOE is responsible for the selection and development of repositories for, and the disposal of, spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. Fees for nuclear fuel burned on or after April 7, 1983, are billed currently to customers and paid to the DOE on a quarterly basis. For nuclear fuel used to generate electricity prior to April 7, 1983 (prior period fuel), payment must be made prior to the first delivery of spent fuel to the DOE. Until such payment is made, the outstanding balance will continue to accrue interest at the three-month Treasury Bill Yield Rate. At December 31, 1998, fees due to the DOE for the disposal of prior period fuel were approximately $175.0 million, including interest costs of $108.5 million.

The DOE was originally scheduled to begin accepting delivery of spent fuel in 1998. However, delays in identifying a permanent storage site have continually postponed plans for the DOE's long- term storage and disposal site. Extended delays or a default by the DOE could lead to consideration of costly alternatives. The company has primary responsibility for the interim storage of its spent nuclear fuel. Adequate storage capacity exists to accommodate all spent nuclear fuel at Millstone 1. With the addition of new storage racks, storage facilities for Millstone 3 are expected to be adequate for the projected life of the unit. With the implementation of currently planned modifications, the storage facilities for Millstone 2 are expected to be adequate to accommodate a full-core discharge from the reactor until 2005. Fuel consolidation, which has been licensed for Millstone 2, could provide adequate storage capability for its projected life. Seabrook is expected to have spent fuel storage capacity until at least 2010. Meeting spent fuel storage requirements beyond these periods could require new and separate storage facilities, the costs for which have not been determined.

In November 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit ruled that the lack of an interim storage facility does not excuse the DOE from meeting its contractual obligation to begin accepting spent nuclear fuel no later than January 31, 1998. The 1997 ruling by the appeals court said, however, that the 1982 federal law could not require the DOE to accept waste when it did not have a suitable storage facility. The court directed the plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE. Based on this ruling, since the DOE did not take the spent nuclear fuel as scheduled, it may have to pay contract damages.

In May 1998, the same court denied petitions from 60 states and state agencies, collectively, and 41 utilities, including the company, asking the court to compel the DOE to submit a program, beginning immediately, for disposing of spent nuclear fuel. The petitions were filed after the DOE defaulted on its January 31, 1998 obligation to begin accepting the fuel. The court directed the company and other plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE.

In a petition filed in August 1998, the court's May 1998 decision was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. In November 1998, the Supreme Court declined to review the lower court ruling that said utilities should go to court and seek monetary damages from the DOE. The ultimate outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this time.

F. Nuclear Insurance Contingencies
Under certain circumstances, in the event of a nuclear incident at one of the nuclear facilities in the country covered by the federal government's third-party liability indemnification program, an owner of a nuclear unit could be assessed in proportion to its ownership interest in each of its nuclear units up to $83.9 million. Payments of this assessment would be limited to $10.0 million in any one year per nuclear incident based upon the owner's pro rata ownership interest in each of its nuclear units. In addition, the owner would be subject to an additional 5 percent or $4.2 million, in proportion to its ownership interests in each of its nuclear units, if the sum of all claims and costs from any one nuclear incident exceeds the maximum amount of financial protection. Based upon its ownership interests in Millstone 1, 2 and 3 and in Seabrook 1, CL&P's maximum liability, including any additional assessments, would be $192.9 million per incident, of which payments would be limited to $21.9 million per year. In addition, through power purchase contracts with VYNPC and CYAPC, CL&P would be responsible for up to an additional $8.4 million per incident, of which payments would be limited to $1.0 million per year.

Insurance has been purchased to cover the primary cost of repair, replacement or decontamination of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. CL&P is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessment against CL&P with respect to losses arising during the current policy year is approximately $9.5 million under the primary property insurance program.

Insurance has been purchased to cover certain extra costs incurred in obtaining replacement power during prolonged accidental outages and the excess cost of repair, replacement or decontamination or premature decommissioning of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. CL&P is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessments against CL&P with respect to losses arising during current policy years are approximately $4.6 million under the replacement power policies and $10.0 million under the excess property damage, decontamination and decommissioning policies. The cost of a nuclear incident could exceed available insurance proceeds.

Insurance has been purchased aggregating $200 million on an industry basis for coverage of worker claims.

G. Construction Program
The construction program is subject to periodic review and revision by management. CL&P currently forecasts construction expenditures of approximately $1.5 billion for the years 1999-2003, including $231 million for 1999. In addition, CL&P estimates that nuclear fuel requirements, including nuclear fuel financed through the NBFT, will be approximately $158.5 million for the years 1999-2003, including $25.2 million for 1999. See Note 2, "Leases," for additional information about the financing of nuclear fuel.

H. Long-Term Contractual Arrangements Yankee Companies: CL&P, WMECO and PSNH rely on VY for approximately 1.4 percent of their capacity under long-term contracts. Under the terms of their agreements, the NU system companies pay their ownership (or entitlement) shares of costs which include depreciation, operation and maintenance expenses, taxes, the estimated cost of decommissioning and a return on invested capital. These costs are recorded as purchased-power expense and are recovered through the companies' rates. CL&P's total cost of purchases under contracts with VYNPC amounted to $15.9 million in 1998, $14.1 million in 1997 and $14.8 million in 1996.

Nonutility Generators: CL&P has entered into various arrangements for the purchase of capacity and energy from nonutility generators (NUGs). These arrangements have terms from 10 to 30 years, currently expiring in the years 1999 through 2029, and require CL&P to purchase energy at specified prices or formula rates. For the 12-month period ending December 31, 1998, approximately 13 percent of NU system electricity requirements were met by NUGs. CL&P's total cost of purchases under these arrangements amounted to $290.7 million in 1998, $283.2 million in 1997 and $279.5 million in 1996.

Hydro-Quebec: Along with other New England utilities, CL&P, PSNH, WMECO and HWP have entered into agreements to support transmission and terminal facilities to import electricity from the Hydro-Quebec system in Canada. CL&P is obligated to pay, over a 30-year period ending in 2020, its proportionate share of the annual O&M and capital costs of these facilities.

Estimated Annual Costs: The estimated annual costs of CL&P's significant long-term contractual arrangements are as follows:

                      1999    2000     2001     2002     2003
                               (Millions of Dollars)

VYNPC               $ 17.0   $ 15.8   $ 17.2   $ 17.5   $ 16.3
NUGs                 290.3    298.7    292.3    296.1    301.6
Hydro-Quebec          18.3     17.6     17.1     16.7     16.2

12. FUEL-PRICE RISK-MANAGEMENT

CL&P uses swap instruments with financial institutions to hedge against some of the fuel price risk created by long-term negotiated energy contracts. These agreements minimize exposure associated with rising fuel prices by managing a portion of CL&P's cost of producing power for these negotiated energy contracts. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P had outstanding agreements with a total notional value of approximately $422.2 million and a negative mark-to-market position of approximately $44.9 million.

The terms of the agreements require CL&P to post cash collateral with its counterparties in the event of negative mark-to-market positions and lowered credit ratings. The amount of the collateral is to be returned to CL&P when the mark-to-market position becomes positive, when CL&P meets specified credit ratings or when an agreement ends and all open positions are properly settled. At December 31, 1998, cash collateral in the amount of $45.7 million was posted under these terms. This amount has been recorded in Other Investments on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

These agreements have been made with various financial institutions, each of which is rated "A3" or better by Moody's rating group. CL&P will be exposed to credit risk on its respective market risk management instruments if the counterparties fail to perform their obligations. However, management anticipates that the counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the agreements.

13. MINORITY INTEREST IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY

CL&P Capital LP (CL&P LP, a subsidiary of CL&P) had previously issued $100 million of cumulative 9.3 percent Monthly Income Preferred Securities (MIPS), Series A. CL&P has the sole ownership interest in CL&P LP, as a general partner, and is the guarantor of the MIPS securities. Subsequent to the MIPS issuance, CL&P LP loaned the proceeds of the MIPS issuance, along with CL&P's $3.1 million capital contribution, back to CL&P in the form of an unsecured debenture. CL&P consolidates CL&P LP for financial reporting purposes. Upon consolidation, the unsecured debenture is eliminated and the MIPS securities are accounted for as minority interests.

14. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each of the following financial instruments:

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan investments: SFAS 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," requires investments in debt and equity securities to be presented at fair value. As a result of this requirement, the investments having a cost basis of $5.4 million held for benefit of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan were recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair market value at December 31, 1998 of $8.7 million.

Nuclear decommissioning trusts: The investments held in the NU system companies' nuclear decommissioning trusts were adjusted to market by approximately $110.4 million as of December 31, 1998 and $69.6 million as of December 31, 1997, with corresponding offsets to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The amounts adjusted in 1998 and in 1997 represent cumulative net unrealized gains. The cumulative gross unrealized holding losses were immaterial for both 1998 and 1997.

Preferred stock and long-term debt: The fair value of the NU system's fixed-rate securities is based upon the quoted market price for those issues or similar issues. Adjustable rate securities are assumed to have a fair value equal to their carrying value. The carrying amounts of CL&P's financial instruments and the estimated fair values are as follows:

                                      Carrying         Fair
At December 31, 1998                   Amount          Value
                                      (Thousands of Dollars)

Preferred stock not subject
  to mandatory redemption..........   $  116,200     $   77,217

Preferred stock subject to
  mandatory redemption.............      119,289        108,108

Long-term debt -
  First mortgage bonds.............    1,414,000      1,421,926

  Other long-term debt.............      599,003        601,158

MIPS...............................      100,000        102,000




                                      Carrying         Fair
At December 31, 1997                   Amount          Value
                                      (Thousands of Dollars)

Preferred stock not subject
  to mandatory redemption..........   $  116,200     $  62,889

Preferred stock subject to
  mandatory redemption.............      155,000       135,600

Long-term debt -
  First mortgage bonds.............    1,459,000     1,435,772

  Other long-term debt.............      590,443       590,443

MIPS...............................      100,000       100,760

The fair values shown above have been reported to meet disclosure requirements and do not purport to represent the amounts at which those obligations would be settled.

15. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

During 1998, CL&P adopted SFAS 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," which established standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. During 1997 and 1996, CL&P had no material other comprehensive income items.

The accumulated balance for each other comprehensive income item is as follows:

                                                Current
                                 December 31,   Period    December 31,
                                    1997        Change       1998
(Thousands of Dollars)
Unrealized gain on
  securities..................     $  -          $ 638       $ 638
Minimum pension
  liability adjustment........        -           (260)       (260)
Accumulated other
  comprehensive income........     $  -          $ 378       $ 378

The changes in the components of other comprehensive income are reported on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income net of the following income tax effects.

                                    1998         1997        1996
(Thousands of Dollars)
Unrealized gain on
  securities..................     $(446)        $  -        $  -
Minimum pension
  liability adjustment........       182            -           -
Other comprehensive
  income......................     $(264)        $  -        $  -

To the Board of Directors
of The Connecticut Light and Power Company:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Connecticut Light and Power Company (a Connecticut corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, common stockholder's equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Connecticut Light and Power Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                             /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

                                                 ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Hartford, Connecticut
February 23, 1999

The Connecticut Light and Power Company and Subsidiaries

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section contains management's assessment of Connecticut Light and Power's (CL&P or the company) financial condition and the principal factors having an impact on the results of operations. The company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities (NU). This discussion should be read in conjunction with the company's consolidated financial statements and footnotes.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

CL&P's financial outlook improved in 1998 despite reductions in retail rates. The improved outlook is a result of the successful restart of the Millstone 3 nuclear power plant, significant progress toward the restart of Millstone 2 and significant reductions in operating expenses.

CL&P had a net loss of approximately $196 million in 1998, compared to a net loss of approximately $140 million in 1997. The greater loss in 1998 was the result of significant write-offs of the company's investment in the retired Millstone 1 nuclear power plant and the accelerated amortization of regulatory assets as ordered by Connecticut regulators in a February 1999 retail rate decision.

Operation and maintenance (O&M) costs at Millstone Station declined to $315 million in 1998 from $440 million in 1997. These decreases were driven primarily by the decision to retire Millstone 1 and the return to service of Millstone 3. In addition, total fuel and purchased power costs decreased to $887 million in 1998 as compared to $977 million in 1997, primarily due to the restart of Millstone 3.

Total revenues fell 3 percent to $2.39 billion in 1998 from $2.47 billion in 1997. The fall in revenues occurred despite a 2.2 percent increase in retail kilowatt-hour sales for the year. The lower revenues resulted primarily from the removal of the Millstone units from the company's retail rate base.

Also offsetting the lower O&M were significant increases in certain noncash expenses. Primarily as a result of Connecticut regulatory decisions, amortization of regulatory assets totaled $121 million in 1998, up from $62 million in 1997.

CL&P's ability to improve its financial performance in 1999 will depend primarily on its success in bringing Millstone 2 back on line, and further reducing its operating costs to help offset continued downward pressure on retail revenues. CL&P will continue to be negatively impacted by the $232 million reduction in revenue requirements ordered by Connecticut state regulators in February 1999.

Restructuring

Although CL&P continues to operate under cost-of-service based regulation, future rates and the recovery of stranded costs are issues that will be addressed as restructuring legislation is implemented. Stranded costs are expenditures or commitments that have been made to meet public service obligations with the expectation that they would be recovered from customers. However, under certain circumstances these costs might not be recoverable from customers in a fully competitive electric utility industry (i.e., the costs may result in above-market energy prices).

CL&P has exposure to stranded costs for its investments in high-cost nuclear generating plants, state-mandated purchased-power obligations and significant regulatory assets. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P's net investment in nuclear generating plants was approximately $1.9 billion and its regulatory assets were approximately $1.4 billion. CL&P's financial strength will be negatively affected if it is unable to recover past investments and commitments.

In April 1998, Connecticut enacted comprehensive electric utility restructuring legislation. The act provides for rates to be capped at December 31, 1996, levels until December 31, 1999. Retail choice will be phased in over six months beginning January 1, 2000, and will extend to all retail customers by July 2000. Customers not choosing an alternate supplier can continue to receive service until January 2004 at a rate that is at least 10 percent less than 1996 rates. The law allows for recovery of all prudently incurred stranded costs and mandates the functional separation of competitive and regulated businesses. To qualify for stranded cost recovery, CL&P must auction off its fossil and hydroelectric generating facilities prior to January 2000, and its nuclear generating assets prior to January 2004. CL&P also received regulatory approval to auction any of its purchased- power contracts which cannot be renegotiated by March 1999.

The Connecticut legislation allows the use of securitization after January 1, 2000, to further reduce the costs of the transition to a competitive marketplace. The use of securitization is limited, however, to non-nuclear generation-related regulatory assets and costs associated with the renegotiation of purchased-power contracts. CL&P may not securitize nuclear stranded costs. The Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control (DPUC) will initiate an investigation into CL&P's stranded costs in the spring of 1999 with a final decision expected before the end of the year.

As a result of the corporate unbundling and divestiture proposals, CL&P would redefine itself as a distribution company under the restructuring legislation, and would provide generation services only to the extent necessary to provide standard offer, backup and default services as required by customers who have not chosen an alternate energy supplier.

Rate Matters

In February 1999, the DPUC issued a final order in CL&P's retail rate proceeding reducing CL&P's revenue requirements by $232 million retroactive to September 28, 1998. To implement that reduction, the DPUC ordered CL&P to reduce its retail base rates by approximately $96 million annually and to increase its amortization of regulatory assets by $136 million annually. The rate order allowed CL&P to earn a return on equity of 10.3 percent. The DPUC also said it would allow CL&P to recover only $126 million of its investment in Millstone 1 undepreciated plant and related assets. As a result of this decision, CL&P reflected in 1998 a one-time pre-tax charge of $116.5 million and began amortizing its remaining Millstone 1 investment over three years.

In a February 1998 decision, the DPUC removed Millstone 2 from CL&P's rate base effective May 1, 1998, and Millstone 3 effective July 1, 1998. On July 18, 1998, Millstone 3 returned to rate base. Millstone 1 previously had been removed from CL&P's rate base effective March 1, 1998, with customers receiving a temporary credit of approximately 1.4 percent, or $30 million annually, on their bills.

The removal of Millstone 2 reduced CL&P's noncash revenues by approximately $3 million a month. This reduction was increased in the 1999 rate order to nearly $6.6 million per month to reflect lower fuel costs. Actual fuel costs are subject to true-up in the Energy Adjustment Clause.

Millstone Nuclear Units
CL&P owns 81.0 percent of Millstone 2 and approximately 52.9 percent of Millstone 3. CL&P's poor financial performance from 1996 through 1998 was primarily due to the lengthy outages at Millstone. Costs peaked in 1997 when replacement power costs and operation and maintenance costs totaled nearly $730 million. In 1998, Millstone-related costs fell significantly as Millstone 3 returned to service and Millstone 1 began to prepare for decommissioning.

After a 27-month outage, Millstone 3 received Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) permission to restart in June 1998 and reached full power in July. The unit achieved a capacity factor of approximately 70 percent in 1998 following its return to service. CL&P's share of the operation, maintenance and replacement power costs associated with Millstone 3 totaled approximately $131 million in 1998, down from $241 million in 1997. The unit remains on the NRC's watch list with a Category 2 designation, which means that it will continue to be subject to heightened NRC oversight. A refueling and maintenance outage is scheduled to begin in May 1999.

Millstone 2 remains on the NRC watch list with a Category 3 designation, meaning that NRC commissioners must formally vote to allow restart. Key steps before restart include final verification that the unit is in conformance with its design and licensing basis; that management processes support safe and conservative operations; and that the employees are effective at identifying and correcting deficiencies at the unit. Millstone 2 is on schedule for a spring 1999 restart following final NRC review and approval. Millstone 2's return is expected to restore $6.6 million a month in noncash revenues to CL&P, reduce fuel and purchased-power expense by approximately $7 million a month, and significantly reduce the unit's operation and maintenance expenses, which totaled $178 million in 1998. In a July 1998 filing with the DPUC, management concluded that Millstone 2 had over $400 million of economic value over the 17 years remaining on its license life. In its February rate decision, the DPUC concurred that the unit was economic for customers and ordered it to be restored to CL&P rate base once it operates at 75 percent or more power for 100 consecutive hours.

Liquidity

CL&P successfully refinanced more than $600 million in expiring debt obligations and bank commitments in 1998 despite a significant reported loss. CL&P converted a total of $362 million variable-rate tax exempt debt to fixed-rate tax exempt debt carrying interest rates of 5.85 to 5.95 percent. Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (NBFT), which finances CL&P's and WMECO's nuclear fuel at Millstone, refinanced maturing notes and bank lines through the issuance of $180 million of five-year 8.59 percent notes. The success in refinancing CL&P's obligations was due primarily to the progress shown in 1998 by returning Millstone 3 to service and improved cash flows.

Net cash flows from operations totaled approximately $389 million in 1998, up sharply from $73 million in 1997. Approximately $208 million of net cash flow was used for investment activities, including construction expenditures and investments in nuclear decommissioning trusts, compared with $144 million in 1997. Another $14 million was used to pay preferred dividends, compared with $21 million in common and preferred dividends in 1997. The balance of cash used for financing activities, approximately $167 million, was used to pay off long-term, short-term debt and preferred stock, a significant shift from 1997 when net debt and preferred stock levels increased by $92 million.

The return to service of Millstone 3 and resulting reduction in costs stabilized the NU system's credit ratings in mid-1998 after repeated downgrades in 1996 and 1997. Moody's Investors Service, which had downgraded CL&P, WMECO, and NU debt in April 1998, upgraded those same ratings in July 1998 and established a "positive" outlook. Also in July, Standard & Poor's (S&P) removed the NU system from "CreditWatch--negative" for the first time in more than two years. In September 1998, S&P upgraded CL&P, WMECO and PSNH first mortgage bonds.

The rating agency actions also were due in part to the NU system's success in 1998 in maintaining access to its various credit lines. Key covenants on a $313.75 million revolving credit line primarily serving CL&P and WMECO were adjusted in the fall. The CL&P rate decision resulted in the need for a waiver of the revolver's equity test in the fourth quarter, which was negotiated with banks in March 1999.

The $313.75 million revolving credit line will expire on November 21, 1999. As of February 23, 1999, CL&P had $165 million outstanding under that line. CL&P met a $140 million bond maturity on February 1, 1999. Management expects those borrowings to increase further in the first half of 1999 as CL&P pays off a $74 million bond issue that matures July 1, 1999.

CL&P has also arranged financing agreements through the sale of its accounts receivables. CL&P can finance up to $200 million through these facilities. As of December 31, 1998, CL&P had financed $105 million through its accounts receivable line.

For additional information on the sales of accounts receivable, see "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 10.

CL&P is party to an operating lease with General Electric Capital Corporation related to the use of four turbine generators having an installed cost of approximately $70 million and a stipulated loss value of $59 million. CL&P must meet certain financial covenants that are substantially similar to the revolving credit line. CL&P has received a waiver of these tests for the fourth quarter of 1998 as a result of the CL&P rate decision.

The permanent shutdown of Millstone 1 in July 1998 could require CL&P and WMECO to immediately repay the NBFT approximately $80 million of capital lease obligations. CL&P is seeking consents from the note holders to amend the lease so that they will not be obligated to make this payment. As consideration for the note holders' consents, the companies intend to issue an additional $80 million of first mortgage bonds in mid-1999.

Nuclear Decommissioning

The staff of the SEC has questioned certain current accounting practices of the electric utility industry, regarding the recognition, measurement and classification of decommissioning costs for nuclear generating units in the financial statements. In response to these questions, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) had agreed to review the accounting for closure and removal costs, including decommissioning. If current electric utility industry accounting practices for nuclear power plant decommissioning are changed, the annual provision for decommissioning could increase relative to 1998, and the estimated cost for decommissioning could be recorded as a liability (rather than as accumulated depreciation), with recognition of an increase in the cost of the related nuclear power plant. As management believes decommissioning costs will continue to be recovered through rates, changes to the accounting will not affect net income.

Millstone 1

CL&P has an ownership interest of 81 percent in Millstone 1. Based on a continued unit operation study filed with the DPUC in July 1998, CL&P and WMECO decided to retire Millstone 1 and begin decommissioning activities. Subsequently, Millstone 1 was removed from the NRC's watch list.

CL&P's share of the total estimated decommissioning costs for Millstone 1, which have been updated to reflect the early shutdown of the unit, is approximately $560.5 million in December 1998 dollars. CL&P uses external trusts to fund the decommissioning costs. In 1998, CL&P recorded a charge of approximately $143.2 million for the write-off of its investment in Millstone 1 as a result of the February 1999 rate decision and an earlier settlement with the Connecticut Municipal Electric Energy Cooperative (CMEEC). At December 31, 1998, CL&P had unrecovered plant and related assets for Millstone 1 of $129.5 million and an unrecovered decommissioning obligation of $313.5 million. These amounts have been recorded as a regulatory asset, while decommissioning and closure obligations have been recorded as a liability. CL&P has been allowed to recover its remaining investment in Millstone 1 over three years beginning October 1998. The rate decision also stated that CL&P would be allowed to recover its decommissioning costs and could defer pre-decommissioning costs commencing July 1, 1999 for future recovery.

Yankee Companies

CL&P has a 34.5 percent ownership interest in the Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (CYAPC), a 24.5 percent ownership interest in Yankee Atomic Electric Company (YAEC), a 12 percent ownership interest in Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (MYAPC) and a 9.5 percent ownership interest in Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (VYNPC). The nuclear plants owned by YAEC, CYAPC and MYAPC were shut down permanently on February 26, 1992, December 4, 1996, and August 6, 1997, respectively.

At December 31, 1998, CL&P's share of its estimated remaining contract obligations, including decommissioning, amounted to approximately $277.8 million; $20.0 million for YAEC, $172.0 million for CYAPC and $85.8 million for MYAPC. Under the terms of the contracts with the Yankee companies, CL&P is responsible for its proportionate share of the costs of the units including decommissioning. Management expects to recover these costs from customers. Accordingly, CL&P has recognized these costs as a regulatory asset, with a corresponding obligation on its balance sheet.

CL&P has exposure for its investment in CYAPC as a result of an initial decision at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). Additionally, in January 1999, MYAPC filed an offer of settlement which, if accepted by the FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. CL&P management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the FERC proceedings at this time, but believes that the associated regulatory assets are probable of recovery. For further information on these proceedings see "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 11B.

CL&P's ownership share of the estimated costs of decommissioning the nuclear plant owned by VYNPC is approximately $50.4 million in year-end 1998 dollars.

Millstone 2, 3 and Seabrook 1

CL&P's estimated cost to decommission its shares of Millstone 2, Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1 is approximately $638 million in year-end 1998 dollars. These costs are being recognized over the lives of the respective units with a portion currently being recovered through rates. As of December 31, 1998, the market value of the contributions already made to the decommissioning trusts, including their investment returns, was approximately $242 million. See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 3, for further information on nuclear decommissioning.

Year 2000 Issues

The NU system has established an action plan by which identified processes must be completed by certain dates in order to ensure its operating systems, including nuclear systems, and reporting systems are able to properly recognize the year 2000. This action plan has three phases: the inventory phase, the detailed assessment phase and the remediation phase. The inventory phase, which has been completed, identified operating and reporting systems which may need to be fixed. The detailed assessment phase, which has been completed, determined exactly what needed to be done in order to ensure that the systems identified during the inventory phase are able to recognize properly and process the year 2000. The final phase is the remediation phase. By the end of this phase, mission critical systems (systems that are related to safety, keeping the lights on, regulatory requirements, and other systems that could have a significant financial impact) will be year 2000 ready; that is, these systems will perform their business functions properly in the year 2000. This phase includes making modifications, testing and validating changes and verifying that the year 2000 issues have been resolved.

Although the identification and detailed assessment phases are complete, newly identified items, such as new software purchases, are added to the inventory as they are identified and are subject to detailed assessment and, if needed, remediation. The NU system purchasing policies require newly purchased software and devices to be year 2000 compliant. None of these newly identified items are expected to materially impact completion of the remediation phase.

The NU system has identified and inventoried 2,497 computer systems (software) and over 24,000 devices (hardware) broken down into 3,450 device types containing date-sensitive computer chips. As of December 31, 1998, 73 percent of the software systems and 81 percent of the hardware were year 2000 ready.

The remaining items are in various stages of modification or testing. Management anticipates the remediation phase for mission critical systems to be completed by mid-1999.

In addition, the NU system has been contacting its key suppliers and business partners to determine their ability to manage the year 2000 problem successfully. The NU system is adjusting its inventories, working with suppliers to provide backup inventories, and changing suppliers as needed to provide for an adequate supply of materials needed to conduct business into the year 2000.

The NU system also has worked actively with the Independent System Operator (ISO) New England, the operator of the New England power grid and with the North American Electric Reliability Council to provide for the year 2000 readiness of the New England power grid.

The NU system has utilized both internal and external resources to identify, assess, test and reprogram or replace the computer systems for year 2000 readiness. The current projected total cost of the Year 2000 Program to the NU system is $30 million. The total estimated remaining cost is $18 million, which is being funded through operating cash flows. The majority of these costs will be expensed as incurred in 1999. Since 1996, the NU system has incurred and expensed approximately $12 million related to year 2000 readiness efforts. Total expenditures related to the year 2000 are not expected to have a material effect on the operations or financial condition of the NU system.

The costs of the project and the date on which the NU system plans to complete the year 2000 modifications are based on management's best estimates, which were derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events, including the continued availability of certain resources, third- party modification plans and other factors. However, there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be achieved, and actual results could differ materially from those plans. If the NU system's remediation plans or those of third parties are not successful, there could be a significant disruption of the NU system's operations. The most likely worst case scenario is a limited number of localized interruptions to electric service which can be restored within a few hours. As a precautionary measure, the NU system is formulating contingency plans that will evaluate alternatives that could be implemented if our remediation efforts are not successful. The contingency plans are being developed by enhancing existing emergency operating procedures to include year 2000 issues. In addition, the NU system plans to have staff available to respond to any year 2000 situations that might arise. The contingency plan is expected to be available by July 30, 1999.

The NU system is committed to assuring that adequate resources are available in order to implement any changes necessary for its nuclear and other operations to be compatible with the new millennium.

Risk-Management Instruments

The following discussion about CL&P's risk-management activities includes forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward looking statements.

This analysis presents the hypothetical loss in earnings related to the fuel price and interest rate market risks at December 31, 1998. CL&P uses swaps to manage the market risk exposures associated with changes in fuel prices and variable interest rates. CL&P uses these instruments to reduce risk by essentially creating offsetting market exposures. Based on the derivative instruments which are currently being utilized by CL&P to hedge some of their fuel price and interest rate risks, there will be an impact on earnings upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which management cannot estimate at this time. For more information on CL&P's use of risk-management instruments, see the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Notes 1L and 12.

Fuel-Price Risk-Management Instruments

In the generation of electricity, the most significant segment of the variable cost component is the cost of fuel. Typically, most of CL&P's fuel purchases are protected by a regulatory fuel price adjustment clause. However, for a specific, well-defined volume of fuel that is excluded from the fuel price adjustment clause, CL&P employs fuel-price risk-management instruments to protect itself against the risk of rising fuel prices, thereby limiting fuel costs and protecting its profit margins. These risks are primarily created by the sale of long-term, fixed-price electricity contracts to wholesale customers.

At December 31, 1998, CL&P had outstanding fuel-price management instrument agreements with a total notional value of approximately $422 million and a negative mark-to-market position of approximately $45 million. A hypothetical 10 percent decrease in average 1998 fuel prices during 1999 may result in a $10 million decrease in the fair value of the fuel-price risk-management instruments. Because these instruments are used to hedge the fuel price risk created by the sale of long-term, fixed-price electricity contracts, it is expected that the hypothetical decrease in fuel prices during 1999 would result in a corresponding increase in the fair value of these contracts.

This analysis is based on the assumption that the amount of fuel-price risk- management instruments and the amount of long-term fixed-price electricity sales contracts to wholesale customers will not fluctuate during 1999. This analysis is subject to change as these assumptions change.

Environmental Matters

CL&P is potentially liable for environmental cleanup costs at a number of sites inside and outside its service territory. To date, the future estimated environmental remediation liability has not been material with respect to the earnings or financial position of CL&P. CL&P had recorded an environmental reserve of approximately $8.0 and $6.4 million, at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 11D, for further information on environmental matters.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                                        Income Statement Variances
                                           (Millions of Dollars)

                             1998 over/(under) 1997   1997 over/(under) 1996

                                Amount  Percent        Amount  Percent

Operating revenues              $(79)     (3)%          $ 68      3%
Fuel, purchased and net
  interchange power              (90)     (9)            146     18
Other operation                  (22)     (3)             (1)     -
Maintenance                      (84)    (24)             56     19
Depreciation                     (22)     (9)             (8)    (3)
Amortization of regulatory
  assets, net                     59      96               4      7
Federal and state income
  taxes                          (12)    (18)            (68)    (a)
Millstone 1 unrecoverable
  costs                         (143)   (100)              -      -
Other income, net                 (4)     (a)            (16)    (89)
Net loss                         (56)    (40)            (89)     (a)

(a) Percentage greater than 100.

Operating Revenues

The removal of the Millstone units from CL&P's rate base reduced revenues by $68 million in 1998. Wholesale revenues decreased by $33 million primarily as a result of the terminated contract with CMEEC. These decreases were partially offset by higher retail sales volumes. Retail kilowatt-hour sales were 2.2 percent higher and contributed $36 million to nonfuel revenues in 1998 primarily as a result of economic growth.

Total operating revenues increased in 1997, primarily due to higher fuel recoveries and higher conservation recoveries. Fuel recoveries increased $33 million, primarily due to higher fuel revenues as a result of a lower fuel rate in 1996. Conservation recoveries increased by $17 million, primarily due to a 1996 reserve for overrecoveries of demand-side management costs.

Fuel, Purchased and Net Interchange Power

The change in fuel, purchased and net interchange power expense in 1998 is primarily due to lower replacement power costs due to the return to service of Millstone 3.

Fuel, purchased and net interchange power expense increased in 1997, primarily due to replacement power costs associated with the Millstone outages.

Other Operation and Maintenance

Other operation and maintenance expenses decreased in 1998, primarily due to lower costs at the Millstone nuclear units ($125 million), lower costs at the Yankee nuclear units ($21 million), lower administrative and general expenses ($12 million), the recognition of environmental insurance proceeds ($9 million), lower distribution costs ($8 million), a decrease in sales and marketing expenses ($8 million), and lower costs from ISO New England for interchange services ($7 million). These decreases were partially offset by higher capacity charges ($51 million) and the recognition of nuclear refueling outage costs primarily as a result of the 1996 Rate Settlement ($34 million).

Other operation and maintenance expenses increased in 1997, primarily due to higher costs associated with the Millstone restart effort ($173 million) and higher charges from MYAPC ($9 million), partially offset by lower recognition of nuclear refueling outage costs primarily as a result of the 1996 Rate Settlement ($72 million), lower capacity charges from CYAPC as a result of a property tax refund ($27 million), lower administrative and general expenses ($23 million) primarily due to lower pensions and benefit costs, and lower storm expenses.

Depreciation

Depreciation decreased in 1998, primarily due to the retirement of Millstone 1.

Depreciation decreased in 1997, primarily due to lower depreciation rates partially offset by higher plant balances.

Amortization of Regulatory Assets, Net

Amortization of regulatory assets, net increased in 1998, primarily due to accelerated amortizations in accordance with retail regulatory decisions and the beginning of the amortization of the Millstone 1 remaining investment.

Amortization of regulatory assets, net increased in 1997, primarily due to the completion of cogeneration deferrals in 1996 and increased amortization in 1997, partially offset by the completion of CL&P's Seabrook amortization in 1996.

Federal and State Income Taxes

Federal and state income taxes decreased in 1998 primarily due to lower book taxable income and the increase in income tax credits due to the Millstone 1 write off.

Federal and state income taxes decreased in 1997 primarily due to lower book taxable income.

Millstone 1 Unrecoverable Costs

Millstone 1 unrecoverable costs represents the write-off of the Millstone 1 entitlement formerly held by CMEEC and the write-off of unrecoverable costs as a result of the February 1999 rate decision.

Other Income, Net

The change in other income, net in 1998 was not significant. Other income, net decreased in 1997, primarily due to costs associated with the sale of accounts receivable facility and lower miscellaneous income.

The Connecticut Light and Power Company and Subsidiaries

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA(a)

                         1998         1997       1996        1995        1994
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues....$2,386,864  $2,465,587  $2,397,460  $2,387,069  $2,328,052

Operating Income/
  (Loss)..............    28,254     (12,399)     29,773     324,026     286,948

Net (Loss)/Income.....  (195,725)   (144,377)    (80,237)    205,216     198,288

Cash Dividends on
  Common Stock........      -          5,989     138,608     164,154     159,388

Total Assets.......... 6,050,198   6,081,223   6,244,036   6,045,631   6,217,457

Long-Term Debt (c)....      -      2,043,327   2,038,521   1,822,018   1,823,690

Preferred Stock Not
  Subject to Mandatory
  Redemption..........   116,200     116,200     116,200     116,200     166,200

Preferred Stock
  Subject to Mandatory
  Redemption(c).......   119,289     155,000     155,000     155,000     230,000

Obligations Under
  Capital Leases(c)...   162,884     158,118     155,708     172,264     175,969

STATEMENTS OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

                                         Quarter Ended(a)
1998                     March 31     June 30    September 30    December 31
                                      (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues       $608,961    $561,224      $628,148       $ 588,531

Operating Income/(Loss)  $  6,261    $ 11,066      $ 29,945       $ (19,018)

Net Loss                 $(30,979)   $(26,361)     $(20,405)      $(117,980)

1997

Operating Revenues       $624,908    $574,841      $627,712        $638,126

Operating Income/(Loss)  $ 23,148    $(33,587)     $(15,552)       $ 13,592

Net Loss                 $ (6,431)   $(64,089)     $(50,077)       $(23,780)

(a) Reclassifications of prior data have been made to conform with the current presentation.

(b) Includes the cumulative effect of change in accounting for municipal property tax expense, which increased earnings for common shares by $47.7 million.

(c) Includes portion due within one year.

The Connecticut Light and Power Company and Subsidiaries

STATISTICS (Unaudited)

        Gross Electric                  Average
        Utility Plant                    Annual
         December 31,               Use Per Electric
        (Thousands of   kWh Sales     Residential      Customers    Employees
          Dollars)      (Millions)   Customer (kWh)    (Average)  (December 31)

1998    $6,345,215        27,356         8,476         1,113,370      2,336
1997     6,639,786        26,766         8,526         1,103,309      2,163
1996     6,512,659        26,043         8,639         1,099,340      2,194
1995     6,389,190        26,366         8,506(a)      1,094,527      2,270
1994     6,327,967        26,975         8,775         1,086,400      2,587

(a) Effective January 1, 1996, the amounts shown reflect billed and unbilled sales. 1995 has been restated to reflect this change.


1998 Annual Report

Western Massachusetts Electric Company and Subsidiary

Index

Contents                                                            Page

Consolidated Balance Sheets.....................................     2-3

Consolidated Statements of Income...............................      4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.................      4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...........................      5

Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholder's Equity..........      6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................      7

Report of Independent Public Accountants........................     36

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations...........................     37

Selected Financial Data.........................................     45

Statements of Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)..............     45

Statistics (Unaudited)..........................................     46

Preferred Stockholder and Bondholder Information................  Back Cover

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT DECEMBER 31,                                                  1998          1997
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (Thousands of Dollars)
ASSETS
------
Utility Plant, at original cost:
  Electric................................................  $  1,221,257   $ 1,284,288

     Less: Accumulated provision for depreciation.........       517,401       559,119
                                                            -------------  ------------
                                                                 703,856       725,169
  Construction work in progress...........................        14,858        19,038
  Nuclear fuel, net.......................................        19,931        30,907
                                                            -------------  ------------
      Total net utility plant.............................       738,645       775,114
                                                            -------------  ------------

Other Property and Investments:
  Nuclear decommissioning trusts, at market...............       125,598       102,708
  Investments in regional nuclear generating
   companies, at equity...................................        15,440        15,741
  Other, at cost..........................................         7,322         4,900
                                                            -------------  ------------
                                                                 148,360       123,349
                                                            -------------  ------------
Current Assets:
  Cash....................................................           106           105
  Investments in securitizable assets.....................        21,865        25,280
  Receivables, less accumulated provision for
    uncollectible accounts of $50,000 in 1998 and 1997....           862         2,739
  Accounts receivable from affiliated companies...........         4,188         3,933
  Taxes receivable........................................        14,255        10,768
  Fuel, materials and supplies, at average cost...........         5,053         5,860
  Recoverable energy costs, net--current portion..........         1,924          -
  Prepayments and other...................................        23,996        14,945
                                                            -------------  ------------
                                                                  72,249        63,630
                                                            -------------  ------------
Deferred Charges:
  Regulatory assets (Note 1G).............................       322,435       211,377
  Unamortized debt expense................................         2,298         2,695
  Other...................................................         3,695         2,963
                                                            -------------  ------------
                                                                 328,428       217,035
                                                            -------------  ------------



      Total Assets........................................  $  1,287,682   $ 1,179,128
                                                            =============  ============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT DECEMBER 31,                                                  1998          1997
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (Thousands of Dollars)
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
------------------------------
Capitalization:
  Common stock--$25 par value.
   Authorized and outstanding 1,072,471 shares............  $     26,812   $    26,812
  Capital surplus, paid in................................       151,431       151,171
  Retained earnings.......................................        46,003        58,608
  Accumulated other comprehensive income..................           150          -
                                                            -------------  ------------
           Total common stockholder's equity..............       224,396       236,591
  Preferred stock not subject to mandatory redemption.....        20,000        20,000
  Preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption.........        18,000        19,500
  Long-term debt..........................................       349,314       386,849
                                                            -------------  ------------
           Total capitalization...........................       611,710       662,940
                                                            -------------  ------------
Obligations Under Capital Leases..........................        12,129           217
                                                            -------------  ------------
Current Liabilities:
  Notes payable to banks..................................        20,000        15,000
  Notes payable to affiliated companies...................        30,900        14,350
  Long-term debt and preferred stock--current
   portion................................................        41,500        11,300
  Obligations under capital leases--current
   portion................................................        21,964        32,670
  Accounts payable........................................        17,952        30,571
  Accounts payable to affiliated companies................        12,866        21,209
  Accrued taxes...........................................         1,264           522
  Accrued interest........................................         8,030         3,318
  Other...................................................         6,831         2,446
                                                            -------------  ------------
                                                                 161,307       131,386
                                                            -------------  ------------
Deferred Credits:
  Accumulated deferred income taxes.......................       248,985       246,453
  Accumulated deferred investment tax credits.............        21,895        23,364
  Decommissioning obligation--Millstone 1 (Note 2)........       131,500          -
  Deferred contractual obligations........................        74,534        93,628
  Other...................................................        25,622        21,140
                                                            -------------  ------------
                                                                 502,536       384,585
                                                            -------------  ------------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)


           Total Capitalization and Liabilities...........  $  1,287,682   $ 1,179,128
                                                            =============  ============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   1998       1997       1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues............................. $ 393,322  $426,447   $421,337
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
Operating Expenses:
  Operation --
     Fuel, purchased and net interchange power.   113,148   140,976    115,691
     Other.....................................   134,916   153,399    136,897
  Maintenance..................................    56,622    81,466     56,201
  Depreciation.................................    40,901    39,753     39,710
  Amortization of regulatory assets............     6,016     6,428      9,170
  Federal and state income taxes...............     2,109   (15,142)    10,628
  Taxes other than income taxes................    19,756    19,316     19,850
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
        Total operating expenses...............   373,468   426,196    388,147
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
Operating Income...............................    19,854       251     33,190
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------

Other Income:
  Equity in earnings of regional nuclear
    generating companies.......................     1,699     1,524      1,800
  Other, net...................................    (1,905)   (1,106)     1,153
  Income taxes.................................     2,198     1,026      1,068
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
        Other income, net......................     1,992     1,444      4,021
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
        Income before interest charges.........    21,846     1,695     37,211
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------


Interest Charges:
  Interest on long-term debt...................    28,027    26,046     24,094
  Other interest...............................     3,398     3,109      2,028
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
        Interest charges, net..................    31,425    29,155     26,122
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------


Net (Loss)/Income.............................. $  (9,579) $(27,460)  $ 11,089
                                                ========== =========  =========




CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net (Loss)/Income.............................. $  (9,579) $(27,460)  $ 11,089
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized gains on securities.................       183      -          -
Minimum pension liability adjustments..........       (33)     -          -
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
   Other comprehensive income, net of tax......       150      -          -
                                                ---------- ---------  ---------
Comprehensive (Loss)/Income.................... $  (9,429) $(27,460)  $ 11,089
                                                ========== =========  =========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the Years Ended December 31,                                   1998        1997        1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Operating Activities:
  Net (Loss)/Income........................................... $   (9,579) $  (27,460) $   11,089
  Adjustments to reconcile to net cash
   from operating activities:
    Depreciation..............................................     40,901      39,753      39,710
    Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net.....      7,405      (1,256)      1,194
    Amortization of regulatory assets - income taxes..........      2,657       5,452       2,917
    Amortization of other regulatory assets...................      3,359         976       6,253
    Other sources of cash.....................................     14,395      22,011       7,749
    Other uses of cash........................................    (11,809)    (21,215)    (10,270)
  Changes in working capital:
    Receivables and accrued utility revenues..................      1,622      29,415      (1,853)
    Fuel, materials and supplies..............................        807        (543)       (203)
    Accounts payable..........................................    (20,962)      4,826      20,875
    Sale of receivables and accrued utility revenues, net.....       -         20,000        -
    Investment in securitizable assets........................      3,415     (25,280)       -
    Accrued taxes.............................................        742      (2,137)       (805)
    Other working capital (excludes cash).....................     (3,441)    (16,882)     (8,144)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows from operating activities......................     29,512      27,660      68,512
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Financing Activities:
  Issuance of long-term debt..................................       -         60,000        -
  Net increase/(decrease) in short-term debt..................     21,550     (18,050)     23,350
  Reacquisitions and retirements of long-term debt............     (9,800)    (14,700)       -
  Reacquisitions and retirements of preferred stock...........     (1,500)       -        (36,500)
  Cash dividends on preferred stock...........................     (3,026)     (3,140)     (5,305)
  Cash dividends on common stock..............................          -     (15,004)    (16,494)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows from/(used for) financing activities...........      7,224       9,106     (34,949)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Investment Activities:
  Investment in plant:
    Electric utility plant....................................    (19,895)    (26,249)    (23,468)
    Nuclear fuel..............................................     (1,801)         (8)        541
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
      Net cash flows used for investments in plant............    (21,696)    (26,257)    (22,927)

  Investment in nuclear decommissioning trusts................    (12,918)     (9,645)     (9,794)
  Other investment activities, net............................     (2,121)       (826)       (977)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows used for investments...........................    (36,735)    (36,728)    (33,698)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net Increase/(Decrease) In Cash For The Period................          1          38        (135)
Cash - beginning of period....................................        105          67         202
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash - end of period.......................................... $      106  $      105  $       67
                                                               =========== =========== ===========
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid/(refunded) during the year for:
  Interest, net of amounts capitalized........................ $   22,902  $   28,711  $   21,725
                                                               =========== =========== ===========
  Income taxes................................................ $   (2,624) $   (1,121) $    7,816
                                                               =========== =========== ===========
Increase in obligations:
  Niantic Bay Fuel Trust...................................... $      962  $      660  $      669
                                                               =========== =========== ===========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Accumulated
                                                       Capital     Retained        Other
                                            Common     Surplus,    Earnings    Comprehensive
                                             Stock     Paid In       (a)          Income         Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Balance at January 1, 1996...............  $26,812    $150,182    $115,296    $         -      $292,290

    Net income for 1996..................                           11,089                       11,089
    Cash dividends on preferred
      stock..............................                           (5,305)                      (5,305)
    Cash dividends on common stock.......                          (16,494)                     (16,494)
    Loss on the retirement of preferred
      stock..............................                             (374)                        (374)
    Capital stock expenses, net..........                  729                                      729
                                           --------   ---------   ---------    -------------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.............   26,812     150,911     104,212              -       281,935

    Net income for 1997..................                          (27,460)                     (27,460)
    Cash dividends on preferred
      stock..............................                           (3,140)                      (3,140)
    Cash dividends on common stock.......                          (15,004)                     (15,004)
    Capital stock expenses, net..........                  260                                      260
                                           --------   ---------   ---------    -------------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997.............   26,812     151,171      58,608              -       236,591

    Net loss for 1998....................                           (9,579)                      (9,579)
    Cash dividends on preferred
      stock..............................                           (3,026)                      (3,026)
    Capital stock expenses, net..........                  260                                      260
    Other comprehensive income...........                                               150         150
                                           --------   ---------   ---------    -------------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1998.............  $26,812    $151,431    $ 46,003    $         150    $224,396
                                           ========   =========   =========    =============   =========

(a) The company has dividend restrictions imposed by its long-term debt agreements. At December 31, 1998, these restrictions totaled approximately $33.8 million.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A. About Western Massachusetts Electric Company Western Massachusetts Electric Company and Subsidiary (WMECO or the company), The Connecticut Light and Power Company (CL&P), Holyoke Water Power Company (HWP), Public Service Company of New Hampshire (PSNH) and North Atlantic Energy Corporation (NAEC) are the operating subsidiaries comprising the Northeast Utilities system (the NU system) and are wholly owned by Northeast Utilities (NU).

The NU system furnishes franchised retail electric service in Connecticut, New Hampshire and western Massachusetts through CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. NAEC sells all of its entitlement to the capacity and output of the Seabrook nuclear power plant (Seabrook) to PSNH under two life-of-unit, full cost recovery contracts. HWP is engaged in the production and distribution of electric power. The NU system also furnishes firm and other wholesale electric services to various municipalities and other utilities, and participates in limited retail access programs, providing off-system retail electric service. The NU system serves in excess of 30 percent of New England's electric needs and is one of the 24 largest electric utility systems in the country as measured by revenues.

NU is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a holding company under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 (1935 Act). NU and its subsidiaries, including WMECO, are subject to the provisions of the 1935 Act. Arrangements among the NU system companies, outside agencies and other utilities covering inter- connections, interchange of electric power and sales of utility property are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) and/or the SEC. WMECO is subject to further regulation for rates, accounting, and other matters by the FERC and/or the applicable state regulatory commissions.

Several wholly owned subsidiaries of NU provide support services for the NU system companies and, in some cases, for other New England utilities. Northeast Utilities Service Company (NUSCO) provides centralized accounting, administrative, information resources, engineering, financial, legal, operational, planning, purchasing and other services to the NU system companies. Northeast Nuclear Energy Company (NNECO) acts as agent for the NU system companies and other New England utilities in operating the Millstone nuclear generating facilities. In addition, CL&P and WMECO each have established a special purpose subsidiary whose business consists of the purchase and resale of receivables.

During the first quarter of 1999, NU established three new subsidiaries: NU Enterprises, Inc., Northeast Generation Company and Northeast Generation Services Company. Directly or through multiple subsidiaries, these entities will engage in a variety of energy- related activities, including the acquisition and management of non- nuclear generating plants.

B. Presentation The consolidated financial statements of WMECO include the accounts of its wholly owned subsidiary. Significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain reclassifications of prior years' data have been made to conform with the current year's presentation.

All transactions among affiliated companies are on a recovery of cost basis which may include amounts representing a return on equity and are subject to approval by various federal and state regulatory agencies.

C. New Accounting Standards The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 132, "Employers' Disclosures About Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits," in 1998. SFAS 132 revises employers' disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit plans but it does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. See Note 9, "Pension Benefits and Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," for further information on WMECO's pension and postretirement benefits disclosures.

During June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS 131 determines the standards for reporting and disclosing qualitative and quantitative information about a company's operating segments. More specifically, it requires financial information to be disclosed for segments whose operating results are received by the chief operating officer for decisions on resource allocation. It also requires related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. WMECO currently evaluates management performance using a cost-based budget, and the information required by SFAS 131 is not available.

As a result of the changes WMECO and the industry are undergoing, the company will implement business segment reporting in 1999. This reporting will provide management with revenue and expense information at the business segment level. Management has identified significant segments to include transmission, distribution, generation-related and energy marketing.

D. Investments and Jointly Owned Electric Utility Plant Regional Nuclear Generating Companies: WMECO owns common stock of four regional nuclear generating companies (Yankee companies) which are accounted for on the equity basis due to WMECO's ability to exercise significant influence over their operating and financial policies. WMECO's equity investments and ownership interests in the Yankee companies at December 31, 1998 are:

(Thousands of Dollars, except for percentages)

Connecticut Yankee Atomic
  Power Company (CYAPC)..................   $ 9,974         9.5%
Yankee Atomic Electric
  Company (YAEC).........................     1,395         7.0
Maine Yankee Atomic Power
  Company (MYAPC)........................     2,629         3.0
Vermont Yankee Nuclear
  Power Corporation (VYNPC)..............     1,442         2.5
                                            $15,440

Each Yankee company owns a single nuclear generating unit. YAEC's, CYAPC's and MYAPC's nuclear power plants were shut down permanently on February 26, 1992, December 4, 1996, and August 6, 1997, respectively. For additional information on the Yankee companies, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs."

Millstone: WMECO has 19 percent joint-ownership interest in Millstone 1, a 660-megawatt (MW) nuclear generating unit and Millstone 2, a 870-MW nuclear generating unit. WMECO has a 12.24 percent joint-ownership interest in Millstone 3, a 1,154-MW nuclear generating unit. During the third quarter of 1998, management decided to retire Millstone 1 and prepare for final decommissioning. For further information on the Millstone 1 closure, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," and Management's Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). For further information on Millstone 2 and 3, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," Note 11C, "Commitments and Contingencies - Nuclear Performance," and the MD&A.

Plant-in-service and the accumulated provision for depreciation for WMECO's share of the three Millstone units are as follows:

                                                        At December 31,
(Millions of Dollars)                                   1998       1997

Plant-in-service
Millstone 1......................................       $  -     $ 91.0
Millstone 2......................................        177.5    162.4
Millstone 3......................................        379.2    378.7
Accumulated provision for depreciation
Millstone 1......................................       $  -     $ 40.1
Millstone 2......................................         70.4     57.6
Millstone 3......................................        121.1    110.1

WMECO's share of Millstone expenses are included in operating expenses on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

E. Depreciation The provision for depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based on estimated remaining lives of depreciable utility plant-in-service, adjusted for salvage value and removal costs, as approved by the appropriate regulatory agency. Except for major facilities, depreciation rates are applied to the average plant-in-service during the period. Major facilities are depreciated from the time they are placed in service. When plant is retired from service, the original cost of plant, including costs of removal, less salvage, is charged to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The costs of closure and removal of non-nuclear facilities are accrued over the life of the plant as a component of depreciation. The depreciation rates for the several classes of electric plant-in-service are equivalent to a composite rate of 2.9 percent in 998 and 3.2 percent in 1997 and 1996. See Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," for information on nuclear plant decommissioning.

At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the accumulated provision for depreciation included approximately $3.2 million accrued for the cost of removal, net of salvage, for non-nuclear generation property. WMECO is currently in the process of selling its non-nuclear generation. See 11A, "Commitment and Contingencies - Restructuring" for further information.

F. Revenues Other than revenues under fixed-rate agreements negotiated with certain wholesale, commercial and industrial customers and limited retail access programs, utility revenues are based on authorized rates applied to each customer's use of electricity. In general, rates can be changed only through a formal proceeding before the appropriate regulatory commission. Regulatory commissions also have authority over the terms and conditions of nontraditional rate making arrangements. At the end of each accounting period, WMECO accrues an estimate for the amount of energy delivered but unbilled.

G. Regulatory Accounting and Assets The accounting policies of WMECO and the accompanying consolidated financial statements conform to generally accepted accounting principles applicable to rate-regulated enterprises and reflect the effects of the ratemaking process in accordance with SFAS 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." Assuming a cost-of-service based regulatory structure, regulators may permit incurred costs, normally treated as expenses, to be deferred and recovered through future revenues. Through their actions, regulators also may reduce or eliminate the value of an asset, or create a liability. If WMECO was no longer subject to the provisions of SFAS 71, the company would be required to write-off all of its related regulatory assets and liabilities unless there is a formal transition plan which provides for the recovery, through established rates, for the collection of these costs through a portion of the business which would remain regulated on a cost of service basis. At the time of transition, WMECO would also be required to determine any impairment to the carrying costs of deregulated plant and inventory assets.

Electric utility industry restructuring in Massachusetts was effective March 1, 1998, however, management continues to believe the application of SFAS 71 remains appropriate at this time. Once WMECO's restructuring plan has been formally approved by the Massachusetts Department of Telecommunications and Energy (DTE) and management can determine the impacts of restructuring, WMECO's generation business will no longer be rate regulated on a cost-of- service basis. The majority of WMECO's regulatory assets are generation-related. Management expects that WMECO's transmission and distribution business will continue to be rate-regulated on a cost- of-service basis and the restructuring plan will allow for the recovery of regulatory assets through this portion of the business.

For further information on WMECO's regulatory environment and the potential impacts of restructuring, see Note 11A, "Commitments and Contingencies-Restructuring," and the MD&A.

Based on a current evaluation of the various factors and conditions that are expected to impact future cost recovery, management continues to believe it is probable that WMECO will recover its investments in long-lived assets, including regulatory assets. The components of WMECO's regulatory assets are as follows:

At December 31,                             1998               1997
                                             (Thousands of Dollars)

Income taxes, net (Note 1H)............   $57,079          $ 63,716
Unrecovered contractual obligations
  (Note 1J)............................    74,534            93,628
Recoverable energy costs (Note 1I).....    18,980            26,270
Millstone 1 (Note 1K)..................   133,653              -
Standard service offer deferral
  (Note 1L)............................    13,271              -
Other..................................    24,918            27,763
                                         $322,435          $211,377

H. Income Taxes The tax effect of temporary differences (differences between the periods in which transactions affect income in the financial statements and the periods in which they affect the determination of taxable income) is accounted for in accordance with the ratemaking treatment of the applicable regulatory commissions. See Note 7, "Income Tax Expense" for the components of income tax expense.

The tax effect of temporary differences, including timing differences accrued under previously approved accounting standards, that give rise to the accumulated deferred tax obligation is as follows:

At December 31,                             1998               1997
                                             (Thousands of Dollars)

Accelerated depreciation and
other plant-related differences........  $228,059          $223,038

Regulatory assets - income tax gross up    29,286            30,175

Other..................................    (8,360)           (6,760)

                                         $248,985          $246,453

I. Recoverable Energy Costs Under the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Energy Act), WMECO is assessed for its proportionate share of the costs of decontaminating and decommissioning uranium enrichment plants owned by the United States Department of Energy (D&D assessment). The Energy Act requires that regulators treat D&D assessments as a reasonable and necessary current cost of fuel, to be fully recovered in rates like any other fuel cost. WMECO is currently recovering these costs through rates. As of December 31, 1998, WMECO's total D&D deferrals were approximately $10.5 million.

Prior to March 1, 1998, WMECO had in place a comprehensive fuel adjustment clause which allowed for the collection or refund of fuel price differences between the cost of fuel and the amounts collected. Management expects the deferred fuel balance will be collected as part of the restructuring proceeding.

J. Unrecovered Contractual Obligations Under the terms of contracts with MYAPC, CYAPC and YAEC, the shareholder-sponsor companies, including WMECO, are responsible for their proportionate share of the remaining costs of the units, including decommissioning. As management expects that WMECO will be allowed to recover these costs from its customers, WMECO has recorded regulatory assets, with corresponding obligations, on its balance sheets. For further information, see Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs."

K. Millstone 1 The Millstone 1 regulatory asset includes the recoverable portion of the undepreciated plant and related balances of approximately $60.8 million, and the regulatory asset associated with the decommissioning and closure obligation of $72.8 million. See Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," for further information.

L. Standard Service Offer Deferral For the period March 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, WMECO has recorded a standard service offer deferral regulatory asset representing a portion of the costs of providing energy in excess of the standard offer rate as allowed by the restructuring legislation. Management expects WMECO will be allowed to recover these costs under the restructuring plan.

2. NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING AND PLANT CLOSURE COSTS

Millstone 2 and 3: WMECO's operating nuclear power plants have service lives that are expected to end during the years 2015 through 2025. Upon retirement, these units must be decommissioned. Current decommissioning studies conclude that complete and immediate dismantlement at retirement continues to be the most viable and economic method of decommissioning the units. Decommissioning studies are reviewed and updated periodically to reflect changes in decommissioning requirements, costs, technology and inflation.

The estimated cost of decommissioning WMECO's ownership share of Millstone 2 and 3, in year-end 1998 dollars, is $75.5 million and $68.5 million, respectively. Millstone 2 and 3 decommissioning costs will be increased annually by their respective escalation rates. Nuclear decommissioning costs are accrued over the expected service lives of the units and are included in depreciation expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Nuclear decommissioning costs for these units amounted to $3.7 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Nuclear decommissioning, as a cost of removal, is included in the accumulated provision for depreciation on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the decommissioning balance in the accumulated provision for depreciation amounted to $35.5 million and $31.9 million, respectively.

WMECO has established external decommissioning trusts for its portion of the costs of decommissioning Millstone 2 and 3. Funding of the estimated decommissioning costs for these units assumes levelized collections and after-tax earnings on the decommissioning funds of approximately 5.5 percent.

As of December 31, 1998, WMECO has collected a total of $35.5 million through rates toward the future decommissioning costs of its share of Millstone 2 and 3, all of which has been transferred to the external decommissioning trusts. Earnings on the decommissioning trusts increase the decommissioning trust balance and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. Unrealized gains and losses associated with the decommissioning trusts also impact the balance of the trust and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. The fair value of the amounts in the external decommissioning trusts was $66.9 million at December 31, 1998.

Changes in requirements or technology, the timing of funding or dismantling, or adoption of a decommissioning method other than immediate dismantlement would change decommissioning cost estimates and the amounts required to be recovered. WMECO attempts to recover sufficient amounts through its allowed rates to cover its expected decommissioning costs. Only the portion of currently estimated total decommissioning costs that has been accepted by regulatory agencies is reflected in the rates of WMECO. Based on present estimates and assuming its nuclear units operate to the end of their respective license periods, WMECO expects that the decommissioning trusts will be substantially funded when the units are retired from service.

Millstone 1: WMECO's share of the total estimated decommissioning costs for Millstone 1, which have been updated to reflect the early shutdown of the unit, are approximately $131.5 million as of December 31, 1998. The company has recorded the decommissioning and closure obligation as a liability. Nuclear decommissioning costs for Millstone 1 were $2.5 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

WMECO will seek recovery of unrecovered Millstone 1 balances of approximately $60.8 million and decommissioning related costs of approximately $63.3 million as part of its restructuring regulatory proceedings. Based upon the restructuring law in Massachusetts, management believes it is probable that WMECO will be allowed the recovery of these costs and has recorded a regulatory asset.

WMECO uses external trusts to fund its estimated Millstone 1 decommissioning costs. As of December 31, 1998, WMECO had collected a total of $30.3 million through rates toward the future decommissioning costs of its share of Millstone 1, all of which has been transferred to external decommissioning trusts. At December 31, 1998, the fair market value of the balance in the external trusts was approximately $58.7 million.

Yankee Companies: VYNPC owns and operates a nuclear generating unit with a service life that is expected to end in 2012. WMECO's ownership share of estimated costs, in year-end 1998 dollars, of decommissioning this unit is $13.2 million.

At December 31, 1998, the remaining estimated obligation, including decommissioning, for the Yankee company nuclear generating facilities which have been shut down were:

                                                Total         WMECO's
(Thousands of Dollars)                        Obligation      Share

Maine Yankee.............................      $715,065       $21,452
Connecticut Yankee.......................      $498,557       $47,363
Yankee Atomic............................      $ 81,699       $ 5,719

For further information on the Yankee companies, see Note 11B, "Commitments and Contingencies - Rate Matters."

For information on proposed changes to the accounting for decommissioning, see the MD&A.

3. SHORT-TERM DEBT

Limits: The amount of short-term borrowings that may be incurred by WMECO is subject to periodic approval by either the SEC under the 1935 Act or by the DTE. SEC authorization allowed WMECO, as of January 1, 1999, to incur short-term borrowings up to a maximum of $150 million. In addition, the charter of WMECO contains a preferred stock provision restricting the amount of unsecured debt that the company may incur. As of December 31, 1998, this charter permits WMECO to incur an additional $96 million of unsecured debt.

Credit Agreements: NU, CL&P and WMECO are parties to a $313.75 million revolving credit agreement (Credit Agreement). Under the Credit Agreement amended on September 11, 1998, CL&P and WMECO are able to borrow, subject to the availability of first mortgage bond collateral, up to $313.75 million and $150 million, respectively. At December 31, 1998, CL&P and WMECO have issued first mortgage bonds to enable borrowings under this facility up to a maximum of $225 million and $80 million, respectively. NU, which cannot issue first mortgage bonds, would be able to borrow up to $50 million if NU consolidated, CL&P and WMECO each meet certain interest coverage tests for two consecutive quarters. This requirement for NU has not been met. In addition, CL&P and WMECO each must meet certain minimum quarterly financial ratios to access the Credit Agreement. CL&P is currently in the process of obtaining a waiver of the equity financial ratio requirement for the quarter ended December 31, 1998. WMECO satisfied these requirements for the quarter ending December 31, 1998. In connection with obtaining the waiver for the equity test, NU's participation in the Credit Agreement will be terminated. The overall limit for all of the NU system companies under the entire Credit Agreement is $313.75 million. The NU system companies are obligated to pay a facility fee of .50 percent per annum of each bank's total commitment under the Credit Agreement which will expire in November 1999. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, there were $30 million and $50 million, respectively, in borrowings under this Credit Agreement. Of these borrowings, $20 million was borrowed by WMECO in 1998 and $15 million was borrowed by WMECO in 1997.

Under the credit facility discussed above, WMECO may borrow funds on a short-term revolving basis under its agreement, using either fixed-rate loans or standby loans. Fixed rates are set using competitive bidding. Standby loans are based upon several alternative variable rates. The weighted average annual interest rate on WMECO's notes payable to banks outstanding on December 31, 1998 and 1997 was 6.53 percent and 6.95 percent, respectively.

Money Pool: Certain subsidiaries of NU, including WMECO, are members of the Northeast Utilities System Money Pool (Pool). The Pool provides a more efficient use of the cash resources of the NU system, and reduces outside short-term borrowings. NUSCO administers the Pool as agent for the member companies. Short-term borrowing needs of the member companies are first met with available funds of other member companies, including funds borrowed by NU parent. NU parent may lend to the Pool but may not borrow. Funds may be withdrawn from or repaid to the Pool at any time without prior notice. Investing and borrowing subsidiaries receive or pay interest based on the average daily Federal Funds rate. Borrowings based on loans from NU parent, however, bear interest at NU parent's cost and must be repaid based upon the terms of NU parent's original borrowing. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, WMECO had $30.9 million and $14.4 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding from the Pool. The interest rate on borrowings from the Pool at December 31, 1998 and 1997, was 5.8 percent each year.

Maturities of short-term debt obligations were for periods of three months or less.

For further information on WMECO's short-term debt, see the MD&A.

4. PREFERRED STOCK NOT SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION

Details of preferred stock not subject to mandatory redemptions are:

                  December 31,      Shares
                     1998         Outstanding
                   Redemption     December 31,         December 31,
Description          Price           1998         1998     1997     1996
                                                  (Thousands of Dollars)

7.72% Series B
of 1971....... $103.51 200,000 $20,000 $20,000 $20,000

All or any part of the outstanding preferred stock may be redeemed by the company at any time at established redemption prices plus accrued dividends to the date of redemption.

5. PREFERRED STOCK SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION

Details of preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption are:

                  December 31,      Shares
                      1998        Outstanding
                   Redemption     December 31,         December 31,
Description          Price*           1998        1998     1997     1996
                                                  (Thousands of Dollars)
7.60% Series

of 1987....... $25.51 780,000 $19,500 $21,000 $21,000

Less preferred stock to be
redeemed within one
year, net of reacquired
stock......... 60,000 1,500 1,500 - Total........... $18,000 $19,500 $21,000

*Redemption price reduces in future years.

The minimum sinking-fund provisions of the 1987 Series subject to mandatory redemption at December 31, 1998, for the years 1999 through 2003 is $1.5 million per year. In case of default on sinking-fund payments, no payments may be made on any junior stock by way of dividends or otherwise (other than in shares of junior stock) so long as the default continues. If the company is in arrears in the payment of dividends on any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the company would be prohibited from redemption or purchase of less than all of the preferred stock outstanding. All or part of the 7.60% Series of 1987 may be redeemed by the company at any time at an established redemption price plus accrued dividends to the date of redemption subject to certain refunding limitations.

6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Details of long-term debt outstanding are:

                                                         December 31,
                                                    1998            1997
                                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
First mortgage bonds:

 6 3/4% Series G, due 1998..................      $   -        $   9,800
 6 1/4% Series X, due 1999..................        40,000        40,000
 6 7/8% Series W, due 2000..................        60,000        60,000
 7 3/8% Series B, due 2001..................        60,000        60,000
 7 3/4% Series V, due 2002..................        85,000        85,000
 7 3/4% Series Y, due 2024..................        50,000        50,000
Total                                              295,000       304,800

Pollution control notes:
 Tax Exempt 1993 A Series, 5.85% due 2028...        53,800        53,800
Fees and interest due for spent
 fuel disposal costs (Note 11E).............        41,355        39,045
Less:  Amounts due within one year..........        40,000         9,800
Unamortized premium and discount, net.......          (841)         (996)
Long-term debt, net.........................      $349,314      $386,849

On October 1, 1998, the variable interest rate on WMECO's $53.8 million principal amount PCRB, 1993 A Series, due September 1, 2028, was fixed at a rate of 5.85 percent per annum.

Long-term debt maturities and cash sinking-fund requirements on debt outstanding at December 31, 1998 for the years 1999 through 2002 are approximately $40 million, $60 million, $60 million, and $85 million, respectively. There are no long-term debt maturities or cash sinking- fund requirements for 2003. In addition, there are annual one-percent sinking- and improvement-fund requirements, currently amounting to $1.5 million for 1999 and 2000, $900 thousand for 2001 and 2002 and no requirement for 2003. Such sinking- and improvement-fund requirements may be satisfied by the deposit of cash or bonds by certification of property additions.

All or any part of each outstanding series of first mortgage bonds may be redeemed by WMECO at any time at established redemption prices plus accrued interest to the date of redemption, except certain series which are subject to certain refunding limitations during their respective initial five-year redemption periods.

Essentially all of WMECO's utility plant is subject to the lien of its first mortgage bond indenture. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, WMECO has secured $53.8 million of pollution control notes with second mortgage liens on Millstone 1, junior to the liens of its first mortgage bond indenture. The average effective interest rate on the variable-rate pollution control notes was 3.2 percent for 1998 and 3.5 percent for 1997.

7. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

The components of the federal and state income tax provisions were charged as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,             1998         1997        1996
                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)
Current income taxes:
  Federal............................      $(7,412)    $(14,277)    $7,007
  State..............................          (82)        (635)     1,358
    Total current....................       (7,494)     (14,912)     8,365

Deferred income taxes, net:
  Federal............................        6,535            3      2,054
  State..............................        2,339          210        609
    Total deferred...................        8,874          213      2,663

Investment tax credits, net..........       (1,469)      (1,469)    (1,468)
Total income tax (credit)/
  expense............................      $   (89)    $(16,168)    $9,560

The components of total income tax expense are classified as follows:

Income taxes charged to
  operating expenses.................      $  2,109    $(15,142)   $10,628
Other income taxes...................        (2,198)     (1,026)    (1,068)

Total income tax (credit)/
  expense............................      $    (89)   $(16,168)   $ 9,560

Deferred income taxes are comprised of the tax effects of temporary differences as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,             1998         1997       1996
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)
Depreciation, leased nuclear
  fuel, settlement credits,
  and disposal costs.................      $  5,808    $ 1,407     $    32
Energy adjustment clause.............         3,389      3,115       4,102
Demand side management...............        (1,192)       321       1,557
Nuclear plant deferrals..............          (897)    (3,431)     (2,258)
Pension..............................           950        999         (57)
Bond redemptions.....................          (500)      (535)       (502)
Other................................         1,316     (1,663)       (211)
Deferred income taxes, net...........       $ 8,874     $  213     $ 2,663

A reconciliation between income tax expense and the expected tax expense at the applicable statutory rate is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,             1998         1997       1996
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)

Expected federal income tax at
  35 percent of pretax income for.....       $(3,384)   $(15,270)   $7,076
Tax effect of differences:
  Depreciation........................         1,765         630     1,499
  Amortization of regulatory assets...           938       1,916     1,029
  Investment tax credit amortization..        (1,469)     (1,469)   (1,468)
  Nondeductible penalties.............           599         (19)       89
  State income taxes, net of
    federal benefit...................         1,052        (225)    1,279
  Adjustment for prior years' taxes...           692        (967)     -
  Dividends received reduction........          (666)       (408)     (378)
  Other, net..........................           384        (356)      434
Total income tax (credit)/expense.....       $   (89)   $(16,168)   $9,560

8. LEASES

WMECO finances its share of the nuclear fuel for Millstone 2 and Millstone 3 under the Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (NBFT) capital lease agreement. This lease agreement has an expiration date of June 1, 2040. On June 5, 1998, the NBFT issued $180 million Series G intermediate term notes (ITNs) through a private placement offering. The five-year notes mature on June 5, 2003 and will bear interest at a rate of 8.59 percent per annum, payable semiannually. At December 31, 1998, WMECO's capital lease obligation to the NBFT was approximately $33.9 million.

The permanent shutdown of Millstone 1 in July 1998 afforded the NBFT ITN holders the right to seek repurchase of a pro rata share of their notes based upon the stipulated loss value of Millstone 1 fuel compared to the stipulated loss value of all fuel then under the NBFT. This amount was approximately $80 million. The shutdown also obligates WMECO to pay such amount to the NBFT under the NBFT lease whether or not any ITN holders request repurchase. WMECO is seeking consents from the ITN holders to amend this lease provision so that they will not be obligated to make this payment, but instead will issue an additional $80 million of collateral first mortgage bonds in mid-1999.

WMECO makes quarterly lease payments for the cost of nuclear fuel consumed in the reactors based on a units-of-production method at rates which reflect estimated kilowatt-hours of energy provided plus financing costs associated with the fuel in the reactors. Upon permanent discharge from the reactors, ownership of the nuclear fuel transfers to WMECO. WMECO's current portion of the NBFT lease obligation at December 31, 1998 was approximately $21.9 million, including approximately $15.2 million reclassified to current as a result of the shutdown of Millstone 1. Future minimum lease payments under the nuclear fuel capital lease for the remaining portion of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated on an annual basis due to variations in the usage of nuclear fuel.

WMECO also has entered into nonfuel lease agreements, some of which may be capital leases, for the use of data processing and office equipment, vehicles, nuclear control room simulators and office space. The provisions of these lease agreements generally provide for renewal options. Future minimum lease payments for nonfuel capital leases as of December 31, 1998, were approximately $36 thousand each year for 1999 through 2003. Future minimum rental payments, excluding executory costs such as property taxes, state use taxes, insurance and maintenance under long-term noncancelable operating leases, as of December 31, 1998, are:

Year                           (Thousands of Dollars)

1999.........................        $ 3,902
2000.........................          3,594
2001.........................          3,217
2002.........................          2,785
2003.........................          2,233
After 2003...................         15,460
                                     $31,191

The following rental payments have been charged to expense:

Year                             Capital Leases    Operating Leases

1998.........................     $4,137,000          $5,790,000
1997.........................      1,820,000           5,968,000
1996.........................      3,598,000           6,410,000

Interest included in capital lease rental payments was $2,796,000 in 1998, $1,820,000 in 1997, and $1,858,000 in 1996.

9. PENSION BENEFITS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

The NU system subsidiaries participate in a uniform non-contributory defined benefit retirement plan covering all regular NU system employees. Benefits are based on years of service and the employees' highest eligible compensation during 60 consecutive months of employment. WMECO's direct portion of the NU system's pension credit, part of which was credited to utility plant, approximated $7.4 million in 1998, $5.7 million in 1997, and $2.0 million in 1996.

Currently, WMECO funds annually an amount at least equal to that which will satisfy the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and the Internal Revenue Code. Pension costs are determined using market-related values of pension assets.

The NU system subsidiaries also provide certain health care benefits, primarily medical and dental, and life insurance benefits through a benefit plan to retired employees. These benefits are available for employees retiring from the company who have met specified service requirements. For current employees and certain retirees, the total benefit is limited to two times the 1993 per-retiree health care cost. These costs are charged to expense over the future estimated work life of the employee. WMECO is funding postretirement costs through external trusts. WMECO is funding, on an annual basis, amounts that have been rate-recovered and which are also tax deductible under the Internal Revenue Code.

Pension and trust assets are invested primarily in domestic and international equity securities and bonds.

The following table represents the plans' beginning benefit obligation balance reconciled to the ending benefit obligation balance, beginning fair value of plan assets balance reconciled to the ending fair value of plan assets balance and the respective funds' funded status reconciled to the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

The components of net cost are:

                                             At December 31,
                                                         Postretirement
                                  Pension Benefits           Benefits
                                  1998        1997        1998      1997
(Thousands of Dollars)

Change in benefit
 obligation
Benefit obligation at
 beginning of year............ $(109,536)  $(107,816)  $(27,826)  $(30,091)
Service cost..................    (2,192)     (1,876)      (460)      (355)
Interest Cost.................    (7,914)     (7,858)    (2,074)    (2,011)
Transfers.....................    (3,044)        820       -          -
Actuarial (loss)/gain.........    (3,751)     (1,224)    (2,415)     2,028
Benefits paid.................     7,700       7,889      2,661      2,603
Curtailments and settlements..      -            529       -          -
Benefit obligation at
  end of year................. $(118,737)  $(109,536)  $(30,114)  $(27,826)

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at
  beginning of year...........  $181,028    $157,863   $ 12,838   $ 10,215
Actual return on  plan assets.    25,229      31,874      1,588      2,058
Employer contribution.........      -           -         2,870      3,168
Benefits paid.................    (7,700)     (7,889)    (2,661)    (2,603)
Transfers.....................     3,044        (820)      -          -
Fair value of plan assets
  at end of year..............  $201,601    $181,028   $ 14,635   $ 12,838
Funded status at
  December 31.................  $ 82,864    $ 71,492   $(15,479)  $(14,988)
Unrecognized transition
  amount......................    (1,492)     (1,727)    22,977     24,618
Unrecognized prior service
  cost........................     1,070       1,142       -          -
Unrecognized net gain.........   (66,542)    (62,370)    (7,498)    (9,630)
Prepaid benefit cost..........   $15,900    $  8,537   $   -      $   -

The following actuarial assumptions were used in calculating the plans' year-end funded status:

                                             At December 31,
                                                          Postretirement
                                  Pension Benefits           Benefits
                                  1998        1997        1998      1997

Discount rate.................    7.00%       7.25%       7.00%     7.25%
Compensation/
  progression rate............    4.25%       4.25%       4.25%     4.25%
Health care cost
  trend rate (a)..............     N/A         N/A        5.22%     5.76%

(a) The annual growth in per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed to decrease to 4.40 percent by 2001.

The components of net periodic benefit cost are:

For the Years Ended December 31,

                              Pension Benefits       Postretirement Benefits
                           1998      1997     1996    1998    1997     1996
(Thousands of Dollars)

Service cost............$  2,192  $  1,876  $ 1,979  $  460  $  355  $  490
Interest cost...........   7,914     7,858    7,786   2,074   2,011   2,236
Expected return on plan
  assets................ (14,754)  (12,746) (11,216)   (935)   (736)   (330)
Amortization of
  unrecognized transition
  (asset)/obligation....    (235)     (235)    (235)  1,641   1,641   1,641
Amortization of prior
  service cost..........      72        72       72    -       -       -
Amortization of actuarial
  gain..................  (2,551)   (2,022)  (1,337)   -       -       -
Other amortization, net.    -         -        -       (370)   (484)   (200)
Curtailments and
  settlements...........    -         (529)     953    -       -       -

Net periodic benefit
  (credit)/cost.........$ (7,362) $ (5,726) $(1,998) $2,870  $2,787  $3,837

For calculating pension and postretirement benefit costs, the following assumptions were used:

                                  For the Years Ended December 31,
                              Pension Benefits       Postretirement Benefits
                           1998     1997     1996    1998     1997    1996

Discount rate..........    7.25%    7.75%    7.50%   7.25%    7.75%    7.50%
Expected long-term
  rate of return.......    9.50%    9.25%    8.75%    N/A      N/A      N/A
Compensation/
  progression rate.....    4.25%    4.75%    4.75%   4.25%    4.75%    4.75%
Long-term rate
  of return-
  Health assets
  net of tax...........     N/A      N/A      N/A    7.75%    7.50%    5.25%
Life assets............     N/A      N/A      N/A    9.50%    9.25%    8.75%

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. The effect of changing the assumed health care cost trend rate by one percentage point in each year would have the following effects:

                                   One Percentage    One Percentage
(Thousands of Dollars)             Point Increase    Point Decrease

Effect on  total service
  and interest cost
  components..................        $  130            $  (131)
Effect on post-
  retirement benefit
  obligation..................         1,740             (1,698)

The trust holding the health plan assets is subject to federal income taxes at a 39.6 percent tax rate.

10. SALE OF CUSTOMER RECEIVABLES AND ACCRUED UTILITY REVENUES

WMECO has entered into an agreement to sell up to $40 million of undivided ownership interests in eligible customer receivables and accrued utility revenues (receivables).

WMECO has established a special purpose, wholly owned subsidiary, WMECO Receivables Corporation (WRC), whose business consists of the purchase and resale of receivables. For receivables sold, WMECO has retained collection responsibilities as agent for the purchaser under its agreement. As collections reduce previously sold receivables, new receivables may be sold. At December 31, 1998, approximately $20 million of receivables had been sold to a third-party purchaser by WMECO. All receivables sold to WRC are not available to pay WMECO's creditors.

The receivables are sold to a third-party purchaser with limited recourse. The sales agreement provides for a formula-based loss reserve in which additional receivables may be assigned to the third-party purchaser for costs such as bad debt. The third-party purchaser absorbs the excess amount in the event that actual loss experience exceeds the loss reserve. At December 31, 1998 approximately $2.9 million was the formula-based amount of credit exposure and has been reserved as collateral by WRC. Historical losses for bad debt for WMECO have been substantially less.

As a result of prior period downgrades on WMECO's first mortgage bonds, the current bond rating is at a level where the sponsor of WMECO's accounts receivable program could take various actions at its discretion, which would have the practical effect of limiting WMECO's ability to utilize the facility. To date, the sponsor has not notified WMECO that it will elect to exercise those rights and the program is functioning in its normal mode.

Concentrations of credit risk to the purchaser under WMECO's agreement with respect to the receivables are limited due to WMECO's diverse customer base within its service territory.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

A. Restructuring
Electric utility industry restructuring in Massachusetts became effective March 1, 1998. As required by the legislation enacted in November 1997, WMECO will continue to operate and maintain its transmission and local distribution network and deliver electricity to all customers. The restructuring legislation specifically provides for the cost recovery of generation-related assets. The legislation gives the DTE the authority to determine the amount of stranded costs that will be eligible for recovery by utilities. Costs which will qualify as stranded costs and be eligible for recovery include, but are not limited to, certain above-market costs associated with generating facilities, costs associated with long-term commitments to purchase power at above-market prices from small-power producers and nonutility generators (NUGs), and regulatory assets and associated liabilities related to the generation portion of WMECO's business.

Effective March 1, 1998, WMECO's restructuring plan has been filed with the DTE and includes a 10 percent rate reduction, divestiture of generation assets, securitization of approximately $500 million of stranded costs and customer choice of supplier. The DTE has not approved WMECO's plan yet and rates are being charged under an interim order. A final decision is expected in mid-1999.

On January 22, 1999, WMECO signed an agreement to sell 290-MW of fossil and hydroelectric generation assets to Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc. of New York for $47 million. The sale price is approximately 3.8 times greater than the assets' 1997 book value of $12.5 million. WMECO did not offer its 19 percent share of the Northfield Mountain pumped storage generating facility and associated hydroelectric facilities. WMECO's book value in Northfield Mountain was $13.0 million at December 31, 1998. This asset will be auctioned in conjunction with CL&P's fossil/hydro auction to take place before 2000. The net proceeds in excess of book value received from the actual divestiture of these units will be used to mitigate stranded costs.

Based upon the legislation and regulatory proceedings to date, management continues to believe that the company will recover its prudently incurred costs, including regulatory assets and generation-related investments. However, a change in one or more of these factors could affect the recovery of stranded costs and may result in a loss to the company.

B. Rate Matters
During November 1997, MYAPC filed an amendment to its power contracts clarifying the obligations of its purchasing utilities following the decision to cease power production. During January 1998, the FERC accepted the amendments and proposed rates, subject to a refund. On January 18, 1999, MYAPC filed with the FERC Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) an Offer of Settlement which if accepted by the FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. The settlement provides, among other things, the following: (1) MYAPC will collect $33.6 million annually to pay for decommissioning and spent fuel; (2) its return on equity will be set at 6.5 percent; (3) MYAPC is permitted full recovery of all unamortized investment in MY, including fuel, and (4) an incentive budget for decommissioning is set at $436.3 million.

During late December 1996, CYAPC filed an amendment to its power contracts clarifying the obligations of its purchasing utilities following the decision to cease power production. On February 27, 1997, the FERC accepted CYAPC's contract amendment. The new rates became effective March 1, 1997, subject to a refund.

On August 31, 1998, the FERC ALJ released an initial decision regarding the December 1996 filing. The decision contained provisions which would allow for the recovery, through rates, of the balance of WMECO's net unamortized investment in CYAPC, which was approximately $10 million as of December 31, 1998. The decision also called for the disallowance of the recovery of a portion of the return on the CY investment. The ALJ's decision also stated that decommissioning collections should continue to be based on the previously approved estimate of $309.1 million (in 1992 dollars), with an inflation adjustment of 3.8 percent per year, until a new, more reliable estimate has been prepared and tested.

During October 1998, CYAPC, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO filed briefs on exceptions to the ALJ decision. If the initial ALJ decision is upheld, CYAPC could be required to write-off a portion of the regulatory asset associated with the plant closing.

If upheld, CYAPC's management has estimated the effect of the ALJ decision on CYAPC's earnings would be approximately $37.5 million of which WMECO's share would be approximately $3.6 million. WMECO's management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the hearing at this time, however, management believes that the associated regulatory assets are probable of recovery.

C. Nuclear Performance
Millstone: The three Millstone units are managed by NNECO. All three units were placed on the NRC watch list on January 29, 1996. The units cannot be restarted without appropriate NRC approvals. Millstone 3 has received these approvals and resumed operation in July 1998. Restart efforts continue for Millstone 2 and it is expected to be ready to restart in the spring of 1999. WMECO's estimated replacement power costs are approximately $1 million per month while Millstone 2 remains out of service. In July 1998, CL&P and WMECO decided to retire Millstone 1 and prepare for final decommissioning.

Litigation: Certain of the non-NU joint owners of Millstone 3 have filed demands for arbitration with CL&P and WMECO as well as lawsuits in Massachusetts Superior Court against NU and its current and former trustees related to the company's operation of Millstone 3. The arbitrations and lawsuits seek to recover compensatory damages in excess of $200 million, together with punitive damages, treble damages and attorneys' fees. Management cannot estimate the potential outcome of these suits but believes there is no legal basis for the claims and intends to defend against them vigorously.

D. Environmental Matters
The NU system is subject to regulation by federal, state and local authorities with respect to air and water quality, the handling and disposal of toxic substances and hazardous and solid wastes, and the handling and use of chemical products. The NU system has an active environmental auditing and training program and believes that it is in substantial compliance with current environmental laws and regulations. However, the NU system is subject to certain enforcement actions and governmental investigations in the environmental area. Management cannot predict the outcome of these enforcement acts and investigations.

Environmental requirements could hinder the construction of new generating units, transmission and distribution lines, substations and other facilities. Changing environmental requirements could also require extensive and costly modifications to WMECO's existing generating units, and transmission and distribution systems, and could raise operating costs significantly. As a result, WMECO may incur significant additional environmental costs, greater than amounts included in cost of removal and other reserves, in connection with the generation and transmission of electricity and the storage, transportation and disposal of by-products and wastes. WMECO also may encounter significantly increased costs to remedy the environmental effects of prior waste handling activities. The cumulative long-term cost impact of increasingly stringent environmental requirements cannot be estimated accurately.

WMECO has recorded a liability based upon currently available information for the estimated environmental remediation costs that it expects to incur. In most cases, additional future environmental cleanup costs are not reasonably estimable due to a number of factors, including the unknown magnitude of possible contamination, the appropriate remediation methods, the possible effects of future legislation or regulation and the possible effects of technological changes. At December 31, 1998, the liability recorded by WMECO for its estimated environmental remediation costs, not considering any possible recoveries from third parties, amounted to approximately $1.9 million, within a range of $1.9 million to $3.1 million.

WMECO has received proceeds from several insurance carriers for the settlement with certain insurance companies of all past, present and future environmental matters. As a result of these settlements, WMECO will retain the risk loss, in part, for some environmental remediation costs.

WMECO cannot estimate the potential liability for future claims, including environmental remediation costs, that may be brought against it. However, considering known facts, existing laws and regulatory practices, management does not believe the matters disclosed above will have a material effect on WMECO's financial position or future results of operations.

E. Spent Nuclear Fuel Disposal Costs Under the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, WMECO must pay the United States Department of Energy (DOE) for the disposal of spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. The DOE is responsible for the selection and development of repositories for, and the disposal of, spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. Fees for nuclear fuel burned on or after April 7, 1983, are billed currently to customers and paid to the DOE on a quarterly basis. For nuclear fuel used to generate electricity prior to April 7, 1983 (prior period fuel), payment must be made prior to the first delivery of spent fuel to the DOE. Until such payment is made, the outstanding balance will continue to accrue interest at the three-month Treasury Bill Yield Rate. At December 31, 1998, fees due to the DOE for the disposal of prior period fuel were approximately $41.1 million, including interest costs of $25.5 million.

The DOE originally was scheduled to begin accepting delivery of spent fuel in 1998. However, delays in identifying a permanent storage site have continually postponed plans for the DOE's long- term storage and disposal site. Extended delays or a default by the DOE could lead to consideration of costly alternatives. The company has primary responsibility for the interim storage of its spent nuclear fuel. Adequate storage capacity exists to accommodate all spent nuclear fuel at Millstone 1. With the addition of new storage racks, storage facilities for Millstone 3 are expected to be adequate for the projected life of the unit. With the implementation of currently planned modifications, the storage facilities for Millstone 2 are expected to be adequate to accommodate a full-core discharge from the reactor until 2005. Fuel consolidation, which has been licensed for Millstone 2, could provide adequate storage capability for its projected life. Meeting spent fuel storage requirements beyond these periods could require new and separate storage facilities, the costs for which have not been determined.

In November 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit ruled that the lack of an interim storage facility does not excuse the DOE from meeting its contractual obligation to begin accepting spent nuclear fuel no later than January 31, 1998. The 1997 ruling by the appeals court said, however, that the 1982 federal law could not require the DOE to accept waste when it did not have a suitable storage facility. The court directed the plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE. Based on this ruling, since the DOE did not take the spent nuclear fuel as scheduled, it may have to pay contract damages.

In May 1998, the same court denied petitions from 60 states and state agencies, collectively, and 41 utilities, including the company, asking the court to compel the DOE to submit a program, beginning immediately, for disposing of spent nuclear fuel. The petitions were filed after the DOE defaulted on its January 31, 1998 obligation to begin accepting the fuel. The court directed the company and other plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE.

In a petition filed in August 1998, the court's May 1998 decision was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. In November 1998, the Supreme Court declined to review the lower court ruling that said utilities should go to court and seek monetary damages from the DOE. The ultimate outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this time.

F. Nuclear Insurance Contingencies
Under certain circumstances, in the event of a nuclear incident at one of the nuclear facilities in the country covered by the federal government's third-party liability indemnification program, WMECO could be assessed in proportion to its ownership interest in each of its nuclear units up to $83.9 million. WMECO's payments of this assessment would be limited to, in proportion to its ownership interest in each of its nuclear units, $10.0 million in any one year per nuclear incident. In addition, if the sum of all claims and costs from any one nuclear incident exceeds the maximum amount of financial protection, WMECO would be subject to an additional 5 percent, or $4.2 million, in proportion to its ownership interests in each of its nuclear units. Based upon its ownership interests in Millstone 1, 2 and 3, WMECO's maximum liability, including any additional assessments, would be $44.3 million per incident, of which payments would be limited to $5.0 million per year. In addition, through power purchase contracts with VYNPC, WMECO would be responsible for up to an additional $2.2 million per incident, of which payments would be limited to $0.3 million per year.

The NRC approved CYAPC's and MYAPC's requests for withdrawal from participation in the secondary financial protection program, effective November 19, 1998, and January 17, 1999, respectively, due to their permanently shutdown and defueled status. Therefore, neither CYAPC, MYAPC, nor their sponsor companies have any future obligations for potential assessments.

Insurance has been purchased to cover the primary cost of repair, replacement or decontamination of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. WMECO is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessment against WMECO with respect to losses arising during the current policy year is approximately $2.2 million under the primary property insurance program.

Insurance has been purchased to cover certain extra costs incurred in obtaining replacement power during prolonged accidental outages and the excess cost of repair, replacement, or decontamination or premature decommissioning of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. WMECO is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessments against WMECO with respect to losses arising during current policy years are approximately $1.0 million under the replacement power policies and $2.3 million under the excess property damage, decontamination and decommissioning policies. The cost of a nuclear incident could exceed available insurance proceeds.

Insurance has been purchased aggregating $200 million on an industry basis for coverage of worker claims.

G. Construction Program
The construction program is subject to periodic review and revision by management. WMECO currently forecasts construction expenditures of approximately $167.8 million for the years 1999-2003, including $33.5 million for 1999. In addition, WMECO estimates that nuclear fuel requirements, including nuclear fuel financed through the NBFT, will be approximately $35.5 million for the years 1999-2003, including $5.8 million for 1999. See Note 8, "Leases" for additional information about the financing of nuclear fuel.

H. Long-Term Contractual Arrangements Yankee Companies: The NU system companies rely on VY for approximately 1.4 percent of their capacity under long-term contracts. Under the terms of their agreements, the NU system companies pay their ownership (or entitlement) shares of costs, which include depreciation, operation and maintenance expenses, taxes, the estimated cost of decommissioning and a return on invested capital. These costs are recorded as purchased- power expense and are recovered through the companies' rates. WMECO's total cost of purchases under contracts with VYNPC amounted to $4.4 million in 1998, $3.9 million in 1997 and $4.1 million in 1996. WMECO may also be asked to provide direct or indirect financial support from one or more of the Yankee companies, including VYNPC.

NUGs: WMECO has entered into arrangements for the purchase of capacity and energy from two NUGs. These arrangements have terms from 15 to 25 years, currently expiring in the years 2008 through 2013, and require WMECO to purchase energy at specified prices or formula rates. For the 12-month period ending December 31, 1998, approximately 13 percent of NU system electricity requirements were met by NUGs. WMECO's total cost of purchases under these arrangements amounted to $29.9 million in 1998, $31.2 million in 1997 and $29.5 million in 1996.

Hydro-Quebec: Along with other New England utilities, WMECO, CL&P, PSNH and HWP have entered into agreements to support transmission and terminal facilities to import electricity from the Hydro-Quebec system in Canada. WMECO is obligated to pay, over a 30-year period ending in 2020, its proportionate share of the annual O&M and capital costs of these facilities.

Estimated Annual Costs: The estimated annual costs of WMECO's significant long-term contractual arrangements are as follows:

                                  1999    2000    2001    2002    2003
                                         (Millions of Dollars)

VYNPC.........................    $ 4.7   $ 4.3   $ 4.7   $ 4.8   $ 4.5
NUGs..........................     31.1    32.2    33.1    33.9    34.9
Hydro-Quebec..................      3.7     3.6     3.5     3.4     3.3

12. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each of the following financial instruments:

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan investments: SFAS 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," requires investments in debt and equity securities to be presented at fair value. As a result of this requirement, the investments having a cost basis of $52,000 held for the benefit of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan were recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair market value at December 31, 1998 of $352,000.

Nuclear decommissioning trusts: The investments held in WMECO's nuclear decommissioning trusts were adjusted to market by approximately $27.8 million as of December 31, 1998 and $17.9 million as of December 31, 1997, with corresponding offsets to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The amounts adjusted in 1998 and 1997 represent cumulative net unrealized gains. The cumulative gross unrealized holding losses were immaterial for both 1998 and 1997.

Preferred stock and long-term debt: The fair value of WMECO's fixed- rate securities is based upon the quoted market price for those issues or similar issues. Adjustable rate securities are assumed to have a fair value equal to their carrying value. The carrying amount of WMECO's financial instruments and the estimated fair values are as follows:

                                                Carrying        Fair
At December 31, 1998                             Amount         Value
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)

Preferred stock not subject to
  mandatory redemption...................       $ 20,000      $ 19,800

Preferred stock subject to
  mandatory redemption...................         19,500        19,796

Long-term debt - first mortgage bonds....        295,000       297,162

Other long-term debt.....................         95,155        95,419


                                                Carrying        Fair
At December 31, 1997                             Amount         Value
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)

Preferred stock not subject to
  mandatory redemption...................       $ 20,000      $ 16,252

Preferred stock subject to
  mandatory redemption...................         21,000        20,580

Long-term debt - first mortgage bonds....        304,800       302,627

Other long-term debt.....................         92,845        92,845

13. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

During 1998, WMECO adopted SFAS 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," which established standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. During 1997 and 1996, WMECO had no material other comprehensive income items.

The accumulated balance for each other comprehensive income item is as follows:

                                                   Current
                                    December 31,   Period     December 31,
                                       1997        Change         1998
(Thousands of Dollars)

Unrealized gains on
  securities....................      $  -          $183          $183
Minimum pension
  liability adjustment..........         -           (33)          (33)
Accumulated other
  comprehensive income..........      $  -          $150          $150

The changes in the components of other comprehensive income are reported on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income net of the following income tax effects:

                                       1998         1997          1996
(Thousands of Dollars)

Unrealized gains
  on securities.................      $(117)        $ -           $ -

Minimum pension
  liability adjustment..........         21           -             -
Other comprehensive
  income........................      $ (96)        $ -           $ -

To the Board of Directors
of Western Massachusetts Electric Company:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Western Massachusetts Electric Company (a Massachusetts corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities) and subsidiary as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, common stockholder's equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Western Massachusetts Electric Company and subsidiary as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                              /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
                                                  ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Hartford, Connecticut
February 23, 1999

Western Massachusetts Electric Company and Subsidiary

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section contains management's assessment of Western Massachusetts Electric Company's (WMECO or the company) financial condition and the principal factors having an impact on the results of operations. The company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities (NU). This discussion should be read in conjunction with the company's consolidated financial statements and footnotes.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Overview

WMECO's financial results improved in 1998 despite a reduction in retail rates. The improved results are a result of the successful restart of the Millstone 3 nuclear power plant, significant progress toward the restart of Millstone 2 and significant reductions in operating expenses.

WMECO had a net loss of approximately $10 million in 1998, compared to a net loss of approximately $28 million in 1997. Improved results in 1998 were primarily due to a $43 million reduction in nonfuel operation and maintenance costs and a $28 million reduction in fuel and purchased power expense, partially offset by a reduction in operating revenues.

Total revenues fell 8 percent to $393 million in 1998 from $426 million in 1997. The fall in revenues occurred despite a 1.3 percent increase in retail kilowatt-hour sales for the year. The revenue reduction primarily resulted from a 10 percent retail rate decrease required by Massachusetts restructuring legislation.

WMECO's ability to improve its financial performance in 1999 will depend primarily on its success in bringing Millstone 2 back on line, and further reducing its operating costs to help offset continued downward pressure on retail revenues. WMECO's financial performance will be affected by the carryover of 1998 rate reductions, plus another 5 percent rate reduction, adjusted for inflation, that is scheduled to take effect September 1, 1999.

WMECO is in the process of auctioning approximately 560 megawatts (MW) of fossil and hydroelectric generating capacity. Management also hopes in 1999 to begin the process of securitizing stranded costs, a means of monetizing the company's regulatory assets and certain other stranded costs. WMECO intends to use most of the proceeds from asset sales and securitization to repay outstanding debt and preferred securities.

Restructuring

In November 1997, Massachusetts enacted comprehensive electric utility industry restructuring legislation. As required by that legislation, WMECO instituted a 10 percent rate reduction in 1998 and continues to work with the Massachusetts Department of Telecommunications and Energy (DTE) on implementing WMECO's restructuring plan. In September 1999, WMECO must institute another 5 percent rate reduction, adjusted for inflation.

In January 1999, WMECO announced the sale of approximately 290 MW of fossil/hydro generating capacity to Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc. for $47 million. The sale price is approximately 3.8 times greater than the assets' 1997 book value of $12.5 million. WMECO hopes to close on that transaction in midsummer and expects to use the majority of the proceeds to repay outstanding debt. The sale of these assets and future asset sales will be used to reduce WMECO's stranded costs. WMECO will auction another 270 MW of pumped storage and conventional hydroelectric plant later in 1999. WMECO has notified the DTE that it will also seek to auction its ownership in the Millstone units. WMECO expects to seek approval to securitize up to $500 million in stranded costs.

Following the sale of its generating assets, WMECO will continue to operate and maintain the transmission and local distribution network and deliver electricity to its customers.

Millstone Nuclear Units

WMECO has a 19 percent ownership interest in Millstone 2 and a 12.24 percent ownership interest in Millstone 3. In 1998, Millstone-related costs fell significantly as Millstone 3 returned to service and Millstone 1 began to prepare for decommissioning.

After a 27-month outage, Millstone 3 received Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) permission to restart in June 1998 and reached full power in July. The unit achieved a capacity factor of approximately 70 percent in 1998 following its return to service. WMECO's share of the operation, maintenance and replacement power costs associated with Millstone 3 totaled approximately $28 million in 1998, down from $52 million in 1997. The unit remains on the NRC's watch list with a Category 2 designation, which means that it will continue to be subject to heightened NRC oversight. A refueling and maintenance outage is scheduled to begin in May 1999.

Millstone 2 remains on the NRC watch list with a Category 3 designation, meaning that NRC commissioners must formally vote to allow restart. Key steps before restart include final verification that the unit is in conformance with its design and licensing basis; that management processes support safe and conservative operations; and that the employees are effective at identifying and correcting deficiencies at the unit. Millstone 2 is on schedule for a spring 1999 restart following final NRC review and approval. Millstone 2's return to service will reduce WMECO's fuel and purchased-power expense by approximately $1 million a month and significantly reduce O&M which totaled $42 million in 1998.

Liquidity

WMECO converted a total of $53.8 million variable-rate tax exempt debt to fixed-rate tax exempt debt carrying an interest rate of 5.85 percent. Niantic Bay Fuel Trust (NBFT), which finances CL&P's and WMECO's nuclear fuel at Millstone, refinanced maturing notes and bank lines through the issuance of $180 million of five-year 8.59 percent notes.

Net cash flows from operations totaled approximately $30 million in 1998, up from $28 million in 1997. Approximately $37 million of net cash flow was used for investment activities, including construction expenditures and investments in nuclear decommissioning trusts, essentially unchanged from 1997. Approximately $7 million of net cash flows was from financing activities, compared with $9 million in 1997. Short-term debt increased by $22 million while long-term debt and preferred stock levels were reduced by $11 million in 1998. In 1997, debt levels increased a net of $27 million. Approximately $3 million was used to pay preferred dividends in 1998, compared with $18 million in preferred and common dividends in 1997.

The return to service of Millstone 3 and resulting reduction in costs stabilized the NU system's credit ratings in mid-1998 after repeated downgrades in 1996 and 1997. Moody's Investors Service, which had downgraded CL&P, WMECO, and NU debt in April 1998, upgraded those same ratings in July 1998 and established a "positive" outlook. Also in July, Standard & Poor's (S&P) removed the NU system from "CreditWatch--negative" for the first time in more than two years. In September 1998, S&P upgraded CL&P, WMECO and PSNH first mortgage bonds.

Key covenants on a $313.75 million revolving credit line primarily serving CL&P and WMECO were adjusted in the fall. The $313.75 million revolving credit line will expire on November 21, 1999. As of February 23, 1999, WMECO had $60 million outstanding under that line. WMECO paid off a $40 million bond issue that matured on March 1, 1999.

WMECO has arranged financing agreements through the sale of its accounts receivables. WMECO can finance up to $40 million through this facility. As of December 31, 1998, WMECO had financed $20 million through its accounts receivable line.

The permanent shutdown of Millstone 1 in July 1998 could require CL&P and WMECO to immediately repay the NBFT approximately $80 million of capital lease obligations. The companies are seeking consents from the note holders to amend the lease so that they will not be obligated to make this payment. As consideration for the note holders' consent, the companies intend to issue an additional $80 million of first mortgage bonds in mid-1999.

Nuclear Decommissioning

Millstone 1

WMECO has a 19 percent ownership interest in Millstone 1. Based on a continued unit operation study filed with the Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control (DPUC) in July 1998, management decided to retire Millstone 1 and begin decommissioning activities. Subsequently, Millstone 1 was removed from the NRC's watch list.

WMECO's share of the total estimated decommissioning costs for Millstone 1, which have been updated to reflect the early shutdown of the unit, are approximately $131.5 million in December 1998 dollars. WMECO uses external trusts to fund the decommissioning costs. At December 31, 1998, WMECO had unrecovered plant and related assets for Millstone 1 of $60.8 million and unrecovered decommissioning obligation of $72.8 million. These amounts have been recorded as a regulatory asset, while decommissioning and closure obligations have been recorded as a liability. Management expects the DTE to decide on the recovery of WMECO's share of Millstone 1 investment and decommissioning liability as part of the ongoing restructuring docket.

Yankee Companies

WMECO has a 9.5 percent ownership interest in the Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (CYAPC), a 7.0 percent ownership interest in Yankee Atomic Electric Company (YAEC), a 3.0 percent ownership interest in Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (MYAPC) and a 2.5 percent ownership interest in Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (VYNPC). The nuclear plants owned by YAEC, CYAPC and MYAPC were shut down permanently on February 26, 1992, December 4, 1996, and August 6, 1997, respectively.

At December 31, 1998, WMECO's share of its estimated remaining contract obligations, including decommissioning, amounted to approximately $74.6 million: $47.4 million for CYAPC, $21.5 million for MYAPC and $5.7 million for YAEC. Under the terms of the contracts with the Yankee companies, WMECO is responsible for its proportionate share of the costs of the units including decommissioning. Management expects to recover these costs from customers. Accordingly, WMECO has recognized these costs as regulatory assets, with corresponding obligations on its balance sheet.

WMECO has exposure for its investment in CYAPC as a result of an initial decision at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). Additionally, in January 1999, MYAPC filed an offer of settlement which, if accepted by the FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. Management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the FERC proceedings at this time, but believes that the associated regulatory assets are probable of recovery. For further information on Yankee companies see "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 11B.

WMECO's share of estimated costs of decommissioning the nuclear plant owned by VYNPC is approximately $13.2 million in year-end 1998 dollars.

Millstone 2 and 3

WMECO's estimated cost to decommission its shares of Millstone 2 and Millstone 3 is approximately $144.0 million in year-end 1998 dollars. These costs are being recognized over the lives of the respective units with a portion currently being recovered through rates. As of December 31, 1998, the market value of the contributions already made to the decommissioning trusts, including their investment returns, was approximately $66.9 million. See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 2, for further information on nuclear decommissioning.

Year 2000 Issues

The NU system has established an action plan by which identified processes must be completed by certain dates in order to ensure its operating systems, including nuclear systems, and reporting systems are able to properly recognize the year 2000. This action plan has three phases: the inventory phase, the detailed assessment phase and the remediation phase. The inventory phase, which has been completed, identified operating and reporting systems which may need to be fixed. The detailed assessment phase, which has been completed, determined exactly what needed to be done in order to ensure that the systems identified during the inventory phase are able to recognize properly and process the year 2000. The final phase is the remediation phase. By the end of this phase, mission critical systems (systems that are related to safety, keeping the lights on, regulatory requirements, and other systems that could have a significant financial impact) will be year 2000 ready; that is, these systems will perform their business functions properly in the year 2000. This phase includes making modifications, testing and validating changes and verifying that the year 2000 issues have been resolved.

Although the identification and detailed assessment phases are complete, newly identified items, such as new software purchases, are added to the inventory as they are identified and are subject to detailed assessment and, if needed, remediation. NU system purchasing policies require newly purchased software and devices to be year 2000 compliant. None of these newly identified items are expected to materially impact completion of the remediation phase.

The NU system has identified and inventoried 2,497 computer systems (software) and over 24,000 devices (hardware) broken down into 3,450 device types containing date-sensitive computer chips. As of December 31, 1998, 73 percent of the software systems and 81 percent of the hardware were year 2000 ready.

The remaining items are in various stages of modification or testing. Management anticipates the remediation phase for mission critical systems to be completed by mid-1999.

In addition, the NU system has been contacting its key suppliers and business partners to determine their ability to manage the year 2000 problem successfully. The NU system is adjusting its inventories, working with suppliers to provide backup inventories, and changing suppliers as needed to provide for an adequate supply of materials needed to conduct business into the year 2000.

The NU system also has worked actively with the Independent System Operator (ISO) New England, the operator of the New England power grid, and with the North American Electric Reliability Council to provide for the year 2000 readiness of the New England power grid.

The NU system has utilized both internal and external resources to identify, assess, test and reprogram or replace the computer systems for year 2000 readiness. The current projected total cost of the Year 2000 Program to the NU system is $30 million. The total estimated remaining cost is $18 million, which is being funded through operating cash flows. The majority of these costs will be expensed as incurred in 1999. Since 1996, the NU system has incurred and expensed approximately $12 million related to Year 2000 readiness efforts. Total expenditures related to the year 2000 are not expected to have a material effect on the operations or financial condition of the NU system.

The costs of the project and the date on which the NU system plans to complete the year 2000 modifications are based on management's best estimates, which were derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events, including the continued availability of certain resources, third- party modification plans and other factors. However, there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be achieved, and actual results could differ materially from those plans. If the NU system's remediation plans or those of third parties are not successful, there could be a significant disruption of the NU system's operations. The most likely worst case scenario is a limited number of localized interruptions to electric service which can be restored within a few hours. As a precautionary measure, the NU system is formulating contingency plans that will evaluate alternatives that could be implemented if our remediation efforts are not successful. The contingency plans are being developed by enhancing existing emergency operating procedures to include year 2000 issues. In addition, the NU system plans to have staff available to respond to any year 2000 situations that might arise. The contingency plan is expected to be available by July 30, 1999.

The NU system is committed to assuring that adequate resources are available in order to implement any changes necessary for its nuclear and other operations to be compatible with the new millennium.

Environmental Matters

WMECO is potentially liable for environmental cleanup costs at a number of sites inside and outside its service territory. To date, the future estimated environmental remediation liability has not been material with respect to the earnings or financial position of WMECO. At December 31, 1998, WMECO had recorded an environmental reserve of approximately $1.9 million. See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 11D, for further information on environmental matters.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                                     Income Statement Variances
                                         Millions of Dollars

                           1998 over/(under) 1997   1997 over/(under) 1996

                             Amount      Percent      Amount      Percent

Operating revenues          $  (33)        (8)%        $  5          1 %
Fuel, purchased and net
  interchange power            (28)       (20)           25         22
Other operation                (18)       (12)           17         12
Maintenance                    (25)       (30)           25         45
Amortization of regulatory
  assets, net                    -          -            (3)       (30)
Federal and state
  income taxes                  16        (99)          (26)        (a)
Net income                      18        (65)          (39)        (a)

(a) Percentage greater than 100.

Operating Revenues

Total operating revenues decreased in 1998, primarily due to a 10 percent retail rate decrease in 1998, partially offset by higher retail sales. Retail kilowatt-hour sales were 1.3 percent higher than 1997.

Total operating revenues increased in 1997, primarily due to higher transmission and capacity revenues, partially offset by lower retail sales. Retail kilowatt-hour sales were 1.0 percent lower in 1997 as a result of mild winter weather.

Fuel, Purchased and Net Interchange Power

Fuel, purchased and net interchange power expense decreased in 1998, primarily due to lower replacement power costs as a result of the return to service of Millstone 3.

Fuel, purchased and net interchange power expense increased in 1997, primarily due to replacement power costs associated with the Millstone outages.

Other Operation and Maintenance

Other operation and maintenance expense decreased in 1998, primarily due to lower costs at the Millstone units ($30 million), lower capacity charges from CYAPC and MYAPC ($10 million) and the recognition of environmental insurance proceeds ($2 million).

Other operation and maintenance expense increased in 1997, primarily due to higher costs associated with the Millstone restart effort ($40 million), higher capacity charges from MYAPC ($2 million) and higher costs to ensure adequate capacity ($6 million), partially offset by lower capacity charges from CYAPC as a result of a property tax refund ($4 million) and lower administrative and general expenses primarily due to lower pensions and benefit costs ($5 million).

Amortization of Regulatory Assets, Net

The change in amortization of regulatory assets, net in 1998 was not significant.

Amortization of regulatory assets, net decreased in 1997, primarily due to the completion of the amortization of Millstone 3 investment in 1996.

Federal and State Income Taxes

Federal and state income taxes increased in 1998, primarily due to higher book taxable income.

Federal and state income taxes decreased in 1997, primarily due to lower book taxable income.

Western Massachusetts Electric Company And Subsidiary

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (a)

                          1998        1997        1996        1995        1994
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues....$  393,322  $  426,447  $  421,337  $  420,434  $  421,477

Operating Income/
  (Loss)..............    19,854         251      33,190      63,064      70,940

Net (Loss)/Income.....    (9,579)    (27,460)     11,089      39,133      49,457
Cash Dividends on
  Common Stock........      -         15,004      16,494      30,223      29,514

Total Assets.......... 1,287,682   1,179,128   1,191,915   1,142,346   1,183,618

Long-Term Debt (b)....   389,314     396,649     349,442     347,470     379,969

Preferred Stock Not
  Subject to Mandatory
  Redemption..........    20,000      20,000      20,000      53,500      68,500

Preferred Stock Subject
  to Mandatory
  Redemption(b).......    19,500      21,000      21,000      24,000      24,675

Obligations Under
  Capital Leases(b)...    34,093      32,887      32,234      36,011      36,797

(a) Reclassifications of prior data have been made to conform with the current presentation.

(b) Includes portion due within one year.

STATEMENTS OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

                                             Quarter Ended (a)

  1998                        March 31     June 30       Sept. 30      Dec. 31

Operating Revenues.........   $107,189     $ 90,649      $93,839       $101,645

Operating Income...........   $  7,838     $  6,614      $ 4,301       $  1,101

Net Income/(Loss)..........   $  1,367     $   (738)     $(3,546)      $ (6,662)


  1997

Operating Revenues.........   $106,054     $104,130     $111,166       $105,097

Operating Income/(Loss)....   $    675     $ (4,794)    $  1,875       $  2,495

Net Loss...................   $ (5,033)    $(11,492)    $ (5,303)      $ (5,632)

Western Massachusetts Electric Company and Subsidiary

STATISTICS (Unaudited)

        Gross Electric                  Average
        Utility Plant                   Annual
        December 31,                    Use Per        Electric
        (Thousands      kWh Sales     Residential      Customers     Employees
        of Dollars)     (Millions)    Customer (kWh)   (Average)   (December 31)

1998    $1,256,046         4,091         6,979          196,339         533
1997     1,334,233         4,300         7,121          195,324         507
1996     1,303,361         4,626         7,335          194,705         497
1995     1,285,269         4,846         7,105*         193,964         527
1994     1,271,513         4,978         7,433          193,187         617

*Effective January 1, 1996, the amounts shown reflect billed and unbilled sales. 1995 has been restated to reflect this change.


1998 Annual Report

Public Service Company of New Hampshire

Index

Contents                                                            Page

Balance Sheets                                                        2

Statements of Income                                                  4

Statements of Comprehensive Income                                    4

Statements of Cash Flows                                              5

Statements of Common Stockholder's Equity                             6

Notes to Financial Statements                                         7

Report of Independent Public Accountants                             39

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations                                41

Selected Financial Data                                              50

Statistics (Unaudited)                                               52

Statements of Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)                   52

Preferred Stockholder and Bondholder Information                Back Cover

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

BALANCE SHEETS

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT DECEMBER 31,                                                   1998           1997
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)
ASSETS
------

Utility Plant, at cost:
  Electric................................................   $  1,927,341   $  1,898,319

     Less: Accumulated provision for depreciation.........        631,584        590,056
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                1,295,757      1,308,263
  Unamortized acquisition costs...........................        352,855        402,285
  Construction work in progress...........................         20,735         10,716
  Nuclear fuel, net.......................................          1,323          1,308
                                                             -------------  -------------
      Total net utility plant.............................      1,670,670      1,722,572
                                                             -------------  -------------
Other Property and Investments:
  Nuclear decommissioning trusts, at market...............          5,580          4,332
  Investments in regional nuclear generating
   companies and subsidiary company, at equity............         19,836         19,169
  Other, at cost..........................................          4,319          3,773
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                   29,735         27,274
                                                             -------------  -------------
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...............................         60,885         94,459
  Receivables, less accumulated provision for
    uncollectible accounts of $2,041,000 in 1998
    and of $1,702,000 in 1997.............................         89,044         89,338
  Accounts receivable from affiliated companies...........         12,018         38,520
  Accrued utility revenues................................         42,145         36,885
  Fuel, materials and supplies, at average cost...........         36,642         40,161
  Recoverable energy costs--current portion...............         65,257         31,886
  Prepayments and other...................................         22,744         11,271
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                  328,735        342,520
                                                             -------------  -------------
Deferred Charges:
  Regulatory assets.......................................        610,222        695,418
  Deferred receivable from affiliated company.............         22,728         32,472
  Unamortized debt expense................................         13,995         11,749
  Other...................................................          5,510          5,154
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                  652,455        744,793
                                                             -------------  -------------




      Total Assets........................................   $  2,681,595   $  2,837,159
                                                             =============  =============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

BALANCE SHEETS

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT DECEMBER 31,                                                   1998           1997
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
------------------------------

Capitalization:
  Common stock--$1 par value.
   Authorized and outstanding 1,000 shares................   $          1   $          1
  Capital surplus, paid in................................        424,250        423,713
  Retained earnings.......................................        252,912        170,501
  Accumulated other comprehensive income..................          1,004           -
                                                             -------------  -------------
           Total common stockholder's equity..............        678,167        594,215
  Preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption.........         50,000         75,000
  Long-term debt..........................................        516,485        516,485
                                                             -------------  -------------
           Total capitalization...........................      1,244,652      1,185,700
                                                             -------------  -------------

Obligations Under Seabrook Power Contracts
 and Other Capital Leases.................................        703,411        799,450
                                                             -------------  -------------
Current Liabilities:
  Long-term debt and preferred stock--current portion.....         25,000        195,000
  Obligations under Seabrook Power Contracts and other
   capital leases--current portion........................        138,812        122,363
  Accounts payable........................................         26,227         21,231
  Accounts payable to affiliated companies................         28,410         32,677
  Accrued taxes...........................................         82,743         69,445
  Accrued interest........................................          5,894          7,197
  Accrued pension benefits................................         46,004         46,061
  Other...................................................          8,540          9,417
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                  361,630        503,391
                                                             -------------  -------------
Deferred Credits:
  Accumulated deferred income taxes.......................        225,091        204,406
  Accumulated deferred investment tax credits.............          3,460          3,972
  Deferred contractual obligations........................         66,400         83,042
  Deferred revenue from affiliated company................         22,728         32,472
  Other...................................................         54,223         24,726
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                  371,902        348,618
                                                             -------------  -------------


Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)


                                                             -------------  -------------
           Total Capitalization and Liabilities...........   $  2,681,595   $  2,837,159
                                                             =============  =============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        1998         1997         1996
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues................................. $ 1,087,247  $ 1,108,459  $ 1,110,169
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating Expenses:
  Operation --
     Fuel, purchased and net interchange power.....     322,071      326,745      356,679
     Other.........................................     402,012      368,363      326,337
  Maintenance......................................      51,734       38,320       45,728
  Depreciation.....................................      45,342       44,377       42,983
  Amortization of regulatory assets, net...........      26,758       56,557       56,884
  Federal and state income taxes...................      65,079       86,450       80,677
  Taxes other than income taxes....................      43,052       43,623       45,123
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
        Total operating expenses...................     956,048      964,435      954,411
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating Income...................................     131,199      144,024      155,758
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------

Other Income:
  Equity in earnings of regional nuclear
    generating companies and subsidary company.....       2,649        1,373        2,075
  Other, net.......................................       9,222          698        8,075
  Income taxes.....................................      (7,473)      (2,391)      (7,723)
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
        Other income, net..........................       4,398         (320)       2,427
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
        Income before interest charges.............     135,597      143,704      158,185
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------

Interest Charges:
  Interest on long-term debt.......................      43,317       51,259       57,557
  Other interest...................................         594          273        3,163
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
        Interest charges, net......................      43,911       51,532       60,720
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------


Net Income......................................... $    91,686  $    92,172  $    97,465
                                                    ============ ============ ============




STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net Income......................................... $    91,686  $    92,172  $    97,465
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized gains on securities.....................       1,198         -            -
Minimum pension liability adjustments..............        (194)        -            -
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax...........       1,004         -            -
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------
Comprehensive Income............................... $    92,690  $    92,172  $    97,465
                                                    ============ ============ ============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the Years Ended December 31,                                   1998        1997        1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Operating Activities:
  Net Income.................................................. $   91,686  $   92,172  $   97,465
  Adjustments to reconcile to net cash
   from operating activities:
    Depreciation..............................................     45,342      44,377      42,983
    Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net.....     78,366      21,645      94,983
    Recoverable energy costs, net of amortization.............      2,065     (12,336)     31,663
    Amortization of acquisition costs.........................     49,431      89,417      89,744
    Amortization of regulatory liability......................    (32,860)    (32,860)    (32,860)
    Amortization of other regulatory assets...................     10,187        -           -
    Deferred Seabrook capital costs ..........................    (31,587)     (8,376)       -
    Other sources of cash.....................................     32,255      51,054      65,922
    Other uses of cash........................................    (53,615)    (67,590)    (51,188)
  Changes in working capital:
    Receivables and accrued utility revenues..................     21,536       9,407     (36,907)
    Fuel, materials and supplies..............................      3,519       4,691      (3,135)
    Accounts payable..........................................        729     (14,897)     (7,714)
    Accrued taxes.............................................     13,298      69,364        (717)
    Other working capital (excludes cash).....................    (13,710)    (13,365)    (13,559)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows from operating activities......................    216,642     232,703     276,680
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------


Financing Activities:
  Reacquisitions and retirements of long-term debt............   (170,000)       -       (172,500)
  Reacquisitions and retirements of preferred stock...........    (25,000)    (25,000)       -
  Cash dividends on preferred stock...........................     (9,275)    (11,925)    (13,250)
  Cash dividends on common stock..............................          -     (85,000)    (52,000)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows used for financing activities..................   (204,275)   (121,925)   (237,750)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------

Investment Activities:
  Investment in plant:
    Electric utility plant....................................    (43,780)    (33,570)    (37,480)
    Nuclear fuel..............................................       (307)          5         129
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
      Net cash flows used for investments in plant............    (44,087)    (33,565)    (37,351)
  Investment in NU system Money Pool..........................       -         18,250         850
  Investment in nuclear decommissioning trusts................       (641)       (490)       (521)
  Other investment activities, net............................     (1,213)     (1,529)     (1,010)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows used for investments...........................    (45,941)    (17,334)    (38,032)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net (decrease)/increase in cash for the period................    (33,574)     93,444         898
Cash and cash equivalents- beginning of period................     94,459       1,015         117
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents- end of period...................... $   60,885  $   94,459  $    1,015
                                                               =========== =========== ===========
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid/(refunded) during the year for:
  Interest, net of amounts capitalized........................ $   42,677  $   51,775  $   58,835
                                                               =========== =========== ===========
  Income taxes................................................ $   18,948  $   10,612  $     (457)
                                                               =========== =========== ===========
(Decrease)/increase in obligations:
  Seabrook Power Contracts and other capital leases........... $  (78,939) $    6,197  $       93
                                                               =========== =========== ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Accumulated
                                                       Capital                     Other
                                            Common     Surplus,    Retained    Comprehensive
                                             Stock     Paid In     Earnings       Income         Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Balance at January 1, 1996...............  $     1    $422,385    $143,039    $        -       $565,425
    Net income...........................                           97,465                       97,465
    Cash dividends on preferred stock....                          (13,250)                     (13,250)
    Cash dividends on common stock.......                          (52,000)                     (52,000)
    Capital stock expenses, net..........                  673                                      673
                                           --------   ---------   ---------    -------------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.............        1     423,058     175,254             -        598,313
    Net income...........................                           92,172                       92,172
    Cash dividends on preferred stock....                          (11,925)                     (11,925)
    Cash dividends on common stock.......                          (85,000)                     (85,000)
    Capital stock expenses, net..........                  655                                      655
                                           --------   ---------   ---------    -------------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997.............        1     423,713     170,501             -        594,215
    Net income...........................                           91,686                       91,686
    Cash dividends on preferred stock....                           (9,275)                      (9,275)
    Capital stock expenses, net..........                  537                                      537
    Other comprehensive income...........                                             1,004       1,004
                                           --------   ---------   ---------    -------------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 1998.............  $     1    $424,250    $252,912    $       1,004    $678,167
                                           ========   =========   =========    =============   =========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A. About Public Service Company of New Hampshire Public Service Company of New Hampshire (PSNH or the company), The Connecticut Light and Power Company (CL&P), Western Massachusetts Electric Company (WMECO),North Atlantic Energy Corporation (NAEC) and Holyoke Water Power Company (HWP) are the operating subsidiaries comprising the Northeast Utilities system (the NU system) and are wholly owned by Northeast Utilities (NU).

The NU system furnishes franchised retail electric service in Connecticut, New Hampshire, and western Massachusetts through CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. NAEC sells all of its entitlement to the capacity and output of the Seabrook nuclear power plant (Seabrook, a 1,148 megawatt (MW) nuclear power generating unit) to PSNH under two life- of-unit, full cost recovery contracts (the Seabrook Power Contracts). HWP is also engaged in the production and distribution of electric power. The NU system also furnishes firm and other wholesale electric services to various municipalities and other utilities, and participates in limited retail access programs, providing off-system retail electric service. The NU system serves in excess of 30 percent of New England's electric needs and is one of the 24 largest electric utility systems in the country as measured by revenues.

NU is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a holding company under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 (1935 Act). NU and its subsidiaries, including PSNH, are subject to the provisions of the 1935 Act. Arrangements among the NU system companies, outside agencies and other utilities covering interconnections, interchange of electric power and sales of utility property are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) and/or the SEC. PSNH is subject to further regulation for rates, accounting and other matters by the FERC and/or the applicable state regulatory commissions.

Other wholly owned subsidiaries of NU provide support services for the NU system companies and, in some cases, for other New England utilities. Northeast Utilities Service Company (NUSCO) provides centralized accounting, administrative, information resources, engineering, financial, legal, operational, planning, purchasing and other services to the NU system companies. North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation (NAESCO) acts as agent for CL&P and NAEC, and has operational responsibilities for Seabrook. Northeast Nuclear Energy Company (NNECO) acts as agent for the NU system companies and other New England utilities in operating the Millstone nuclear generating facilities.

During the first quarter of 1999, NU established three new subsidiaries: NU Enterprises, Inc., Northeast Generation Company, and Northeast Generation Services Company. Directly or through multiple subsidiaries, these entities will engage in a variety of energy-related activities, including the acquisition and management of non-nuclear generating plants.

B. Presentation The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain reclassifications of prior years' data have been made to conform with the current year's presentation.

All transactions among affiliated companies are on a recovery of cost basis which may include amounts representing a return on equity and are subject to approval by various federal and state regulatory agencies.

C. New Accounting Standards The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued a new accounting standard during 1998: Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 132, "Employers' Disclosures About Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits."

SFAS 132 revises employers' disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit plans, but it does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. See Note 6, "Pension Benefits and Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," for further information on PSNH's pension and postretirement benefits disclosures.

During June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS 131 determines the standards for reporting and disclosing qualitative and quantitative information about a company's operating segments. More specifically, it requires financial information to be disclosed for segments whose operating results are received by the chief operating officer for decisions on resource allocation. It also requires related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. PSNH currently evaluates management performance using a cost-based budget, and the information required by SFAS 131 is not available.

As a result of the changes which PSNH and the industry are undergoing the company will implement business segment reporting in 1999. This reporting will provide management with revenue and expense information at the business segment level. Management has identified significant segments to include transmission, distribution, generation-related and energy marketing.

D. Investments and Jointly Owned Electric Utility Plant Regional Nuclear Generating Companies: PSNH owns common stock of four regional nuclear generating companies (Yankee companies) which are accounted for on the equity basis due to PSNH's ability to exercise significant influence over their operating and financial policies. PSNH's ownership interests in the Yankee companies at December 31, 1998 are:

Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (CYAPC)         5.0%
Yankee Atomic Electric Company (YAEC)                   7.0
Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (MYAPC)               5.0
Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (VYNPC)        4.0

PSNH's equity investments in the Yankee companies at December 31, 1998 are:

(Thousands of Dollars)

CYAPC.......................        $ 5,457
YAEC........................          1,356
MYAPC.......................          4,312
VYNPC.......................          2,227
                                    $13,352

Each Yankee company owns a single nuclear generating unit. YAEC's, CYAPC's and MYAPC's nuclear power plants were shut down permanently on February 26, 1992, December 4, 1996 and August 6, 1997, respectively. For further information on the Yankee companies, see Note 4, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs."

Millstone 3: PSNH has a 2.85 percent joint ownership interest in Millstone 3, a 1,154 MW nuclear generating unit. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, plant-in-service included approximately $118.8 million and $118.7 million, respectively, and the accumulated provision for depreciation included approximately $35.5 million and $32.3 million, respectively, for PSNH's share of Millstone 3. PSNH's share of Millstone 3 expenses is included in the corresponding operating expenses on the accompanying Statements of Income. For further information on the Millstone 3 unit, see Note 10C, "Commitments and Contingencies - Nuclear Performance."

Wyman Unit 4: PSNH has a 3.14 percent ownership interest in Wyman Unit 4 (Wyman), a 632 MW oil-fired generating unit. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, plant-in-service included approximately $6.1 million and $6.0 million, respectively and the accumulated provision for depreciation included approximately $4.0 million and $3.9 million, respectively, for PSNH's share of Wyman. PSNH's share of Wyman expenses is included in the corresponding operating expenses on the accompanying Statements of Income.

E. Depreciation The provision for depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based on estimated remaining lives of depreciable utility plant-in-service, adjusted for salvage value and removal costs, as approved by the appropriate regulatory agency. Except for major facilities, depreciation rates are applied to the average plant-in- service during the period. Major facilities are depreciated from the time they are placed in service. When plant is retired from service, the original cost of plant, including costs of removal, less salvage, is charged to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The costs of closure and removal of non-nuclear facilities are accrued over the life of the plant as a component of depreciation. The depreciation rates for the several classes of electric plant-in-service are equivalent to a composite rate of 3.6 percent in 1998 and 3.7 percent in 1997 and 1996. See Note 4, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs," for information on nuclear plant decommissioning.

At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the accumulated provision for depreciation included approximately $37.3 million and $34.2 million, respectively, accrued for the cost of removal, net of salvage for non-nuclear generation property.

F. Revenues Other than revenues under fixed-rate agreements negotiated with certain wholesale, commercial and industrial customers and limited retail access programs, utility revenues are based on authorized rates applied to each customer's use of electricity. In general, rates can be changed only through a formal proceeding before the appropriate regulatory commission. Regulatory commissions also have authority over the terms and conditions of nontraditional rate making arrangements. At the end of each accounting period, PSNH accrues an estimate for the amount of energy delivered but unbilled.

For information on PSNH rate proceedings and the impact on PSNH, see Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A), and Note 10B, "Commitments and Contingencies - Rate Matters."

G. Acquisition Costs The PSNH acquisition costs represent the aggregate value placed by the 1989 rate agreement with the state of New Hampshire (Rate Agreement) on PSNH's assets in excess of the net book value of PSNH's non-Seabrook assets, plus the $700 million value assigned to Seabrook by the Rate Agreement, as part of the bankruptcy resolution on June 5, 1992 (Acquisition Date). The Rate Agreement provides for the recovery through rates, with a return, of the PSNH acquisition costs. The unrecovered balance at December 31, 1998, was approximately $352.9 million and is being recovered ratably over a 20-year period through May 1, 2011 in accordance with the Rate Agreement. Through December 31, 1998, PSNH has collected approximately $640.0 million of acquisition costs.

H. Regulatory Accounting and Assets The accounting policies of PSNH and the accompanying financial statements conform to generally accepted accounting principles applicable to rate-regulated enterprises and reflect the effects of the ratemaking process in accordance with SFAS 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." Assuming a cost-of- service based regulatory structure, regulators may permit incurred costs, normally treated as expenses, to be deferred and recovered through future revenues. Through their actions, regulators may also reduce or eliminate the value of an asset, or create a liability. If any portion of PSNH's operations were no longer subject to the provisions of SFAS 71, PSNH would be required to write off all of its related regulatory assets and liabilities unless there is a formal transition plan which provides for the recovery, through established rates, for the collection of these costs through a portion of the business which would remain regulated on a cost-of-service basis. At the time of transition, PSNH would be required to determine any impairment to the carrying costs of deregulated plant and inventory assets.

Management anticipates that a restructuring program will be implemented in New Hampshire, and such a program is currently the focus of negotiations and proceedings within the federal and state legal systems. However, management continues to believe the application of SFAS 71 remains appropriate at this time. Once PSNH's restructuring plan has been formally approved by the appropriate regulatory agency and management can determine the impacts of restructuring, PSNH's generation businesses no longer will be rate regulated on a cost-of-service basis. The majority of PSNH's regulatory assets are related to its generation business. Management expects that the transmission and distribution business within New Hampshire will continue to be rate-regulated on a cost-of-service basis and restructuring plans will allow for the recovery of regulatory assets through this portion of the business.

For further information on PSNH's regulatory environment and the potential impacts of restructuring, see Note 10A, "Commitments and Contingencies - Restructuring" and the MD&A.

Based on a current evaluation of the various factors and conditions that are expected to impact future cost recovery, management continues to believe it is probable that PSNH will recover its investments in long-lived assets, including regulatory assets. The components of PSNH's regulatory assets are as follows:

At December 31,                           1998          1997
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)

Recoverable energy costs, net
  (Note 1J).........................    $156,250      $191,686
Income taxes, net (Note 1I).........     139,739       128,244
Unrecovered contractual
  obligations (Note 1K).............      66,400        83,042
Deferred costs - nuclear
  plants (Note 1L)..................     244,599       290,232
Other...............................       3,234         2,214
                                        $610,222      $695,418

I. Income Taxes The tax effect of temporary differences (differences between the periods in which transactions affect income in the financial statements and the periods in which they affect the determination of taxable income) is accounted for in accordance with the ratemaking treatment of the applicable regulatory commissions. See Note 9, "Income Tax Expense" for the components of income tax expense.

The tax effect of temporary differences, including timing differences accrued under previously approved accounting standards, that give rise to the accumulated deferred tax obligation is as follows:

At December 31,                           1998          1997
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)

Accelerated depreciation and
  other plant-related differences....  $100,786       $103,985
Net operating loss (NOL)
  carryforwards......................   (25,610)       (94,822)
Regulatory assets - income tax
  gross up...........................    52,425         49,101
Other................................    97,490        146,142
                                       $225,091       $204,406

At December 31, 1998, PSNH had a federal NOL carryforward of approximately $94 million that can be used against PSNH's federal taxable income and which if unused, expires between the years 2005 and 2006. PSNH also had Investment Tax Credit (ITC) carryforwards of $37 million which if unused, expire between the years 1999 and 2004. The reorganization of PSNH under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code limits the annual amount of ITC carryforward that may be used. Approximately $6 million of the ITC carryforward is subject to this limitation.

J. Recoverable Energy Costs Under the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Energy Act), PSNH is assessed for its proportionate share of the costs of decontaminating and decommissioning uranium enrichment plants owned by the United States Department of Energy (D&D assessment). The Energy Act requires that regulators treat D&D assessments as a reasonable and necessary current cost of fuel, to be fully recovered in rates like any other fuel cost. PSNH is currently recovering these costs through rates. As of December 31, 1998, PSNH's total D&D deferrals were approximately $237,000.

The Rate Agreement includes a comprehensive fuel and purchased power adjustment clause (FPPAC) permitting PSNH to pass through to retail customers, for a 10-year period that began in May 1991, the retail portion of differences between the fuel and purchased power costs assumed in the Rate Agreement and PSNH's actual costs, which include the costs related to the Seabrook Power Contracts and the Clean Air Act Amendment. The cost components of the FPPAC are subject to a prudence review by the New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission (NHPUC). At December 31, 1998, recoverable energy costs include $156.3 million of noncurrent recoverable energy costs deferred under the FPPAC.

Under the Rate Agreement, charges made by NAEC through the Seabrook Power Contracts, including the deferred Seabrook capital expenses, are to be deferred by PSNH and subsequently billed and collected by PSNH through the FPPAC. PSNH began to defer the amount of these costs on December 1, 1997 and continued to do so for the period December 1, 1997 through May 31, 1998. Beginning on June 1, 1998, these costs began to be recovered over a 36-month period. At December 31, 1998, PSNH has deferred approximately $40.0 million of these costs, which balance is recorded in PSNH's deferred costs, nuclear plants.

See Note 10A, "Commitments and Contingencies - Restructuring" for the possible impacts on PSNH of the NHPUC's decision related to industry restructuring.

K. Unrecovered Contractual Obligations Under the terms of contracts with MYAPC, CYAPC, and YAEC, the shareholder-sponsor companies, including CL&P, PSNH and WMECO, are responsible for their proportionate share of the remaining costs of the units, including decommissioning. As management expects that the NU system companies will be allowed to recover these costs from their customers, the NU system companies have recorded regulatory assets, with corresponding obligations on their respective balance sheets. For further information, see Note 4, "Nuclear Decommissioning and Plant Closure Costs."

L. Deferred Costs - Nuclear Plants Under the Rate Agreement, the plant costs of Seabrook were phased into rates over a seven-year period beginning May 15, 1991. These deferred costs are being billed to PSNH by NAEC through the Seabrook Power Contracts beginning December 1, 1997, and will be fully recovered from PSNH's customers by May 2001.

M. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and short-term cash investments which are highly liquid in nature and have original maturities of three months or less.

2. SEABROOK POWER CONTRACTS

PSNH and NAEC have entered into two power contracts that obligate PSNH to purchase NAEC's 35.98 percent ownership of the capacity and output of Seabrook for the term of Seabrook's Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) operating license. Under these power contracts, PSNH is obligated to pay NAEC's cost of service during this period, regardless of whether Seabrook 1 is operating. NAEC's cost of service includes all of its Seabrook-related costs, including operation and maintenance (O&M) expenses, fuel expense, income and property tax expense, depreciation expense, certain overhead and other costs and a return on its allowed investment.

PSNH has included its right to buy power from NAEC on its Balance Sheets as part of utility plant and regulatory assets with a corresponding obligation. At December 31, 1998, this right was valued at approximately $838.1 million.

The contracts established the value of the initial investment in Seabrook (initial investment) at $700 million. As prescribed by the Rate Agreement, as of May 1, 1996, NAEC phased into rates 100 percent of its investment in Seabrook 1. This plan is in compliance with SFAS 92,"Regulated Enterprises-Accounting for Phase-in Plans." From the Acquisition Date through November 1997, NAEC recorded $203.9 million of deferred return on its investment in Seabrook 1. At November 30, 1997, NAEC's utility plant included $84.1 million of deferred return that was transferred as part of the Seabrook plant assets to NAEC on the Acquisition Date. Beginning on December 1, 1997, the deferred return, including the portion transferred to NAEC, is currently being billed through the Seabrook Power Contracts to PSNH and will be fully recovered from customers by May 2001. NAEC depreciated its initial investment over the term of Seabrook 1's operating license (39 years), and any subsequent plant additions are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the power contracts at the time the subsequent additions are placed in service.

If Seabrook 1 is shut down prior to the expiration of the NRC operating license, PSNH will be unconditionally required to pay NAEC termination costs for 39 years, less the period during which Seabrook 1 has operated. These termination costs will reimburse NAEC for its share of Seabrook 1 shut-down and decommissioning costs, and will pay NAEC a return of and on any undepreciated balance of its initial investment over the remaining term of the power contracts, and the return of and on any capital additions to the plant made after the Acquisition Date over a period of five years after shut down (net of any tax benefits to NAEC attributable to the cancellation).

Contract payments charged to operating expenses are approximately:

Year                                Contract Payments
                                 (Thousands of Dollars)

1998............................       $272,000
1997............................        188,000
1996............................        159,000

Interest included in the contract payment was $54 million in 1998, $57 million in 1997, and $55 million in 1996.

Future minimum payments, excluding executory costs, such as property taxes, state use taxes, insurance and maintenance, under the terms of the contracts, as of December 31, 1998, are approximately:

Year                            Seabrook Power Contracts
                                 (Thousands of Dollars)

1999...........................      $   195,000
2000...........................          193,000
2001...........................          117,000
2002...........................           78,100
2003...........................           76,000
After 2003.....................        1,095,000

Future minimum payments........        1,754,000

Less amount representing
  interest.....................          916,000

Present value of Seabrook Power
  Contracts payments...........      $   838,100

See Note 10A, "Commitments and Contingencies - Restructuring" for the possible impacts the NHPUC's restructuring decision may have on the Seabrook Power Contracts.

3. LEASES

PSNH has entered into lease agreements, some of which are capital leases, for the use of data processing and office equipment, vehicles and office space. The provisions of these lease agreements generally provide for renewal options. The following rental payments have been charged to expense:

Year                   Capital Leases          Operating Leases

1998.................    $1,584,000                $5,392,000
1997.................     1,579,000                 5,657,000
1996.................     1,105,000                 4,884,000

Interest included in capital lease rental payments was $193,000 in 1998, $272,000 in 1997 and $292,000 in 1996.

Future minimum rental payments, excluding executory costs, such as property taxes, state use taxes, insurance and maintenance, under long- term noncancellable leases, as of December 31, 1998, are:

Year                   Capital Leases          Operating Leases
                               (Thousands of Dollars)

1999....................     $1,400                  $ 5,800
2000....................      1,200                    5,100
2001....................      1,200                    4,600
2002....................        400                    2,500
2003....................        400                    1,300
After 2003..............      1,500                    3,000
Future minimum lease
 payments...............      6,100                  $22,300

Less amount representing
 interest...............      2,000

Present value of future
minimum lease payments. $4,100

4. NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING AND PLANT CLOSURE COSTS

Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1: Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1 have service lives that are expected to end during the years 2025 and 2026, respectively. Upon retirement, these units must be decommissioned. Current decommissioning studies conclude that complete and immediate dismantlement at retirement continues to be the most viable and economic method of decommissioning Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1. Decommissioning studies are reviewed and updated periodically to reflect changes in decommissioning requirements, costs, technology and inflation.

The estimated cost of decommissioning PSNH's 2.85 percent ownership share of Millstone 3 and NAEC's 35.98 percent share of Seabrook 1, in year-end 1998 dollars is $15.9 million and $175.9 million, respectively. Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1 decommissioning costs will be increased annually by their respective escalation rates. PSNH's Millstone 3 decommissioning costs are accrued over the expected service life of the unit and are included in depreciation expense on its Statements of Income. Nuclear decommissioning costs related to PSNH's share of Millstone 3 amounted to $0.4 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996. Nuclear decommissioning, as a cost of removal, is included in the accumulated provision for depreciation on PSNH's Balance Sheets. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the balance in the accumulated reserve for depreciation amounted to $3.0 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

PSNH makes payments to an independent decommissioning trust for its portion of the costs of decommissioning Millstone 3. NAEC's portion of the cost of decommissioning Seabrook 1 is paid to an independent decommissioning financing fund managed by the state of New Hampshire. Funding of the estimated decommissioning costs assumes levelized collections for Millstone 3 and escalated collections for Seabrook 1, and after-tax earnings on the Millstone and Seabrook decommissioning funds of approximately 5.5 percent and 6.5 percent, respectively. Under the terms of the Rate Agreement, PSNH is obligated to pay NAEC's share of Seabrook's decommissioning costs, even if the unit is shut down prior to the expiration of its operating license. Accordingly, NAEC bills PSNH directly for its share of the costs of decommissioning Seabrook 1. PSNH records its Seabrook decommissioning costs as a component of purchased power expense on its Statements of Income. Under the Rate Agreement, PSNH's Seabrook decommissioning costs are recovered through base rates.

As of December 31, 1998, PSNH collected through rates approximately $3.0 million toward the future decommissioning costs of its share of Millstone 3, which has been transferred to the external decommissioning trust. As of December 31, 1998, NAEC has paid approximately $25.6 million (including payments made prior to the Acquisition Date by PSNH), into Seabrook 1's decommissioning financing fund. Earnings on the decommissioning trust and financing fund increase the decommissioning trust balance and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. Unrealized gains and losses associated with the decommissioning trust and financing fund also impact the balance of the trust, and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. The fair value of the amounts in the external decommissioning trust and financing fund was $5.6 million and $35.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 1998.

Changes in requirements or technology, the timing of funding or dismantling, or adoption of a decommissioning method other than immediate dismantlement would change decommissioning cost estimates and the amounts required to be recovered. PSNH attempts to recover sufficient amounts through its allowed rates to cover its expected decommissioning costs. Only the portion of currently estimated total decommissioning costs that has been accepted by regulatory agencies is reflected in rates of PSNH. Based on present estimates and assuming its nuclear units operate to the end of their respective licensing periods, PSNH expects that the decommissioning trust and financing fund will be substantially funded when the units are retired from service.

Yankee Companies: VYNPC owns and operates a nuclear generating unit with a service life that is expected to end in 2012. PSNH's ownership share of estimated costs, in year-end 1998 dollars, of decommissioning the unit owned and operated by VYNPC is approximately $21.2 million.

At December 31, 1998, the remaining estimated obligation, including decommissioning, for the Yankee company nuclear generating facilities which have been shut down were:

                                        Total        PSNH's
(Thousands of Dollars)               Obligation      Share

Maine Yankee....................      $715,065     $ 35,753
Connecticut Yankee..............       498,557       24,928
Yankee Atomic...................        81,699        5,719

For further information on the Yankee companies, see Note 10B, "Commitments and Contingencies - Rate Matters."

For information on proposed changes to the accounting for decommissioning, see the MD&A.

5. SHORT-TERM DEBT

The amount of short-term borrowings that may be incurred by PSNH is subject to periodic approval by either the SEC under the 1935 Act or by the NHPUC. Effective April 1998, PSNH was authorized under a waiver from the NHPUC, to incur short-term borrowings up to a maximum of $75 million.

PSNH has access to a $75 million revolving credit agreement entered into in April 1998 with a group of 16 banks. The borrowing level under this agreement was reduced from the previous $125 million level. The agreement will expire in April 1999. Under the terms of this agreement, PSNH is obligated to pay a facility fee of .50 percent per annum on the commitment. PSNH's borrowings under the $75 million agreement are secured, per dollar of borrowing, by $75 million of first mortgage bonds and substantially all of PSNH's accounts receivable. There were no borrowings under this facility at December 31, 1998.

On March 20, 1998, in connection with the $75 million PSNH credit agreement, the NHPUC issued an order requiring PSNH to obtain NHPUC approval before paying any dividends on its common stock and before investing any PSNH funds in the NU system Money Pool during the expected 364-day term of the facilities. PSNH has not sought such authorization.

Under the credit agreement discussed above, PSNH may borrow funds on a short-term revolving basis under its agreement, using either fixed-rate loans or standby loans. Fixed rates are set using competitive bidding. Standby loans are based upon several alternative variable rates.

Money Pool: Certain subsidiaries of NU, including PSNH, are members of the Northeast Utilities System Money Pool (Pool). The Pool provides a more efficient use of the cash resources of the NU system, and reduces outside short-term borrowings. NUSCO administers the Pool as agent for the member companies. Short-term borrowing needs of the member companies are first met with available funds of other member companies, including funds borrowed by NU parent. NU parent may lend to the Pool but may not borrow. Funds may be withdrawn from or repaid to the Pool at any time without prior notice. Investing and borrowing subsidiaries receive or pay interest based on the average daily Federal Funds rate. However, borrowings based on loans from NU parent bear interest at NU parent's cost and must be repaid based upon the terms of NU parent's original borrowing. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, PSNH had no outstanding borrowings from the Pool. Due to the conditions placed on PSNH by lenders and the NHPUC during April 1998 refinancings, PSNH is presently restricted from lending money to the NU System Money Pool.

Maturities of PSNH's short-term debt obligations are for periods of three months or less.

6. PENSION BENEFITS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS The NU system's subsidiaries participate in a uniform noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan covering all regular NU system employees. Benefits are based on years of service and employees' highest eligible compensation during 60 consecutive months of employment. PSNH's direct portion of the NU system's pension (credit)/cost, part of which was charged to utility plant, approximated $(0.06) million in 1998, $1.3 million in 1997 and $6.2 million in 1996.

Currently, PSNH annually funds an amount at least equal to that which will satisfy the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and the Internal Revenue Code. Pension costs are determined using market-related values of pension assets.

PSNH also provides certain health care benefits, primarily medical and dental, and life insurance benefits through a benefit plan to retired employees. These benefits are available for employees retiring from PSNH who have met specified service requirements. For current employees and certain retirees, the total benefit is limited to two times the 1993 per- retiree health care cost. These costs are charged to expense over the future estimated work life of the employee. PSNH is funding postretirement costs through external trusts. PSNH is funding, on an annual basis, amounts that have been rate-recovered and which also are tax deductible under the Internal Revenue Code.

Pension and trust assets are invested primarily in domestic and international equity securities and bonds.

The following table represents the plans' beginning benefit obligation balance reconciled to the ending benefit obligation balance, beginning fair value of plan assets balance reconciled to the ending fair value of plan assets balance and the respective funds' funded status reconciled to the Balance Sheets:

The components of net cost are:

                                             At December 31,
                                                              Postretirement
                                    Pension Benefits            Benefits
                                     1998       1997         1998       1997
(Thousands of Dollars)

Change in benefit
 obligation
Benefit obligation at
  beginning of year...........   $(187,968)  $(179,192)  $(46,609)  $(47,963)
Service cost..................      (4,275)     (4,021)      (858)      (802)
Interest Cost.................     (13,192)    (13,398)    (3,439)    (3,352)
Transfers.....................        (729)      1,049       -          -
Actuarial (loss)/gain.........      (5,128)     (4,434)    (2,807)     1,782
Benefits paid.................      10,249      10,995      3,644      3,726
Special termination benefits..        -          1,033       -          -
Benefit obligation at
  end of year.................   $(201,043)  $(187,968)  $(50,069)  $(46,609)

Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at
  beginning of year...........   $ 195,612   $ 173,035   $ 22,908   $ 17,882
Actual return on  plan assets.      27,088      34,621      3,211      3,697
Employer contribution.........        -           -         4,847      5,055
Benefits paid.................     (10,249)    (10,995)    (3,644)    (3,726)
Transfers.....................         729      (1,049)      -          -
Fair value of plan assets
  at end of year..............   $ 213,180   $ 195,612   $ 27,322   $ 22,908
Funded status at
  December 31.................   $  12,137   $   7,644   $(22,747)  $(23,701)
Unrecognized transition
  amount......................       3,670       4,003     41,167     44,108
Unrecognized prior service
  cost........................       7,058       7,597       -          -
Unrecognized net gain.........     (68,869)    (65,305)   (18,420)   (20,407)
Accrued benefit cost..........   $ (46,004)   $(46,061)  $   -      $   -

The following actuarial assumptions were used in calculating the plan's year- end funded status:

                                              At December 31,
                                       Pension        Postretirement
                                      Benefits           Benefits
                                   1998      1997     1998      1997

Discount rate....................  7.00%     7.25%    7.00%     7.25%
Compensation/progression rate....  4.25%     4.25%    4.25%     4.25%
Health care cost trend rate (a)..  N/A       N/A      5.22%     5.76%

(a) The annual growth in per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed to decrease to 4.40 percent by 2001.

The components of net periodic benefit cost are:

For the Years Ended December 31,

                               Pension Benefits       Postretirement Benefits
                          1998      1997      1996     1998     1997     1996
(Thousands of Dollars)

Service cost.......... $  4,275  $  4,021 $   4,245  $   858  $   802  $   914
Interest cost.........   13,192    13,398    12,808    3,439    3,352    3,559
Expected return on
  plan assets.........  (15,626)  (13,873)  (12,344)  (1,767)  (1,385)    (821)
Amortization of
  unrecognized transition
  obligation..........      334       334       334    2,941    2,941    2,941
Amortization of prior
  service cost........      539       539       539     -        -        -
Amortization of
  actuarial
  gain................   (2,771)   (2,115)   (1,315)    -        -        -
Other amortization,
  net.................     -         -         -       (624)    (827)     (352)
Curtailment...........     -       (1,033)    1,917      -       -        -
Net periodic
  (credit)/cost....... $    (57) $  1,271  $  6,184 $ 4,847  $  4,883  $  6,241

For calculating pension and postretirement benefit costs, the following assumptions were used:

                            For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                   Postretirement
                          Pension Benefits            Benefits
                        1998    1997    1996    1998    1997    1996
Discount rate........   7.25%   7.75%   7.50%   7.25%   7.75%   7.50%
Expected long-term
 rate of return......   9.50%   9.25%   8.75%    N/A     N/A     N/A
Compensation/
 progression rate....   4.25%   4.75%   4.75%   4.25%   4.75%   4.75%
Long-term rate
 of return-
 Health assets
  net of tax.........   N/A     N/A     N/A     7.75%   7.50%   5.25%
 Life assets.........   N/A     N/A     N/A     9.50%   9.25%   8.75%

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. The effect of changing the assumed health care cost trend rate by one percentage point in each year would have the following effects:

                                   One Percentage    One Percentage
(Thousands of Dollars)             Point Increase    Point Decrease

Effect on  total service
 and interest cost
 components of net periodic
 retirement health care
 benefit costs.................       $  236           $  (224)

 Effect on accumulated post-
 retirement benefit
 obligation....................        3,178            (2,952)

The trust holding the health plan assets is subject to federal income taxes at a 39.6 percent tax rate.

7. PREFERRED STOCK SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION

Details of preferred stock subject to mandatory redemption are:

                          Shares
                        Outstanding                  December 31,
Description          December 31, 1998       1998      1997        1996
                                               (Thousands of Dollars)

10.60%
Series A of 1991......   3,000,000        $ 75,000   $100,000   $125,000

Less preferred stock
  to be redeemed
  within one year.....   1,000,000          25,000     25,000     25,000

Total.................                    $ 50,000   $ 75,000   $100,000

In case of default on dividends or sinking-fund payments, no payments may be made on any junior stock by way of dividends or otherwise (other than in shares of junior stock) so long as the default continues. If PSNH is in arrears in the payment of dividends on any outstanding shares of preferred stock, PSNH would be prohibited from redemption or purchase of less than all of the preferred stock outstanding. The Series A Preferred Stock is not subject to optional redemption by PSNH. It is subject to an annual sinking fund requirement of $25 million, which began on June 30, 1997, sufficient to retire annually 1,000,000 shares at $25 per share.

8. LONG-TERM DEBT

Details of long-term debt outstanding are:

                                                  At December 31,
                                                  1998         1997
                                                  ----         ----
                                               (Thousands of Dollars)
First Mortgage Bonds:
 9.17%  Series B, due 1998                     $   -         $170,000

Pollution Control Revenue Bonds:
7.65%   Tax-Exempt Series A, due 2021........    66,000        66,000
7.50%   Tax-Exempt Series B, due 2021........   108,985       108,985
7.65%   Tax-Exempt Series C, due 2021........   112,500       112,500
Adjustable Rate, Taxable, Series D,due 2021..    39,500        39,500
Adjustable Rate, Taxable, Series E, due 2021.    69,700        69,700
6% Tax-Exempt, Series D, due 2021............    75,000        75,000
6% Tax-Exempt, Series E due 2021 (a).........    44,800        44,800

Less:  Amounts due within one year...........      -          170,000
         Long-term debt, net.................  $516,485      $516,485

(a) On April 23, 1998, PSNH amended and extended letters of credit and reimbursement agreements that provide credit support for $39.5 million principal amount of taxable Pollution Control Refunding Revenue Bonds (PCRB), 1991 Series D, due May 1, 2021, and $69.7 million principal amount of taxable PCRB, 1991 Series E, due 2021.

The Series D and E taxable PCRB's are special limited obligations of the Business Finance Authority of the State of New Hampshire (BFA) and are payable solely by PSNH under the applicable loan and trust agreements. PSNH's obligations to make payments under the loan and trust agreements, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements are secured by approximately $110 million of first mortgage bonds and substantially all of PSNH's accounts receivable.

On May 1, 1998, the $75 million principal amount of tax-exempt PCRB, 1992 Series D, due May 1, 2021, and $44.8 million principal amount of tax-exempt PCRB, 1993 Series E, due May 1, 2021, which were previously issued by the BFA on PSNH's behalf as variable rate bonds, were converted to fixed rate bonds bearing interest at 6 percent per annum. These bonds are special limited obligations of the BFA and are payable solely by PSNH under the applicable loan and trust agreement.

There are neither cash sinking-fund requirements nor debt maturities existing for the years 1999 through 2003. There are annual renewal and replacement fund requirements equal to 2.25 percent of the average of net depreciable utility property owned by PSNH at the reorganization date, plus cumulative gross property additions thereafter. PSNH expects to meet these future fund requirements by certifying property additions. Any deficiency would need to be satisfied by the deposit of cash or bonds.

PSNH's $75 million Revolving Credit Facility has a lien, on all PSNH property located in New Hampshire which will expire in April 1999. At December 31, 1998, there were no borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Concurrent with the issuance of PSNH's Series A and B First Mortgage Bonds, PSNH entered into financing arrangements with the BFA. Pursuant to these arrangements, the BFA issued seven series of Pollution Control Revenue Bonds (PCRBs) and loaned the proceeds to PSNH. The average effective interest rates on the variable-rate pollution control notes ranged from 3.1 percent to 5.6 percent in 1998 and from 3.8 percent to 5.6 percent in 1997. PSNH's obligation to repay each series of PCRBs is secured by a series of first mortgage bonds that were issued under its indenture. Each such series of first mortgage bonds contains terms and provisions with respect to maturity, principal payment, interest rate, and redemption that correspond to those of the applicable series of PCRBs. For financial reporting purposes, these bonds would not be considered outstanding unless PSNH fails to meet its obligations under the PCRBs.

The PCRBs, except for taxable Series D and E and tax-exempt Series D and E, are redeemable on or after May 1, 2001 and May 1, 2008, respectively, at the option of the company with accrued interest and at specified premiums. Under current interest rate elections by PSNH, the Series D and E PCRBs are redeemable at par plus accrued interest at the end of each interest-rate period. Future interest-rate elections by PSNH could significantly defer or eliminate the availability of optional redemptions by PSNH and could affect costs as well.

9. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

The components of the federal and state income tax provisions charged to operations are:

For the Years Ended December 31,             1998       1997      1996
                                               (Thousands of Dollars)

Current income taxes:
  Federal..............................   $(6,573)    $67,148   $(4,978)
  State................................       759          48    (1,605)
    Total current......................    (5,814)     67,196    (6,583)

Deferred income taxes, net:
  Federal..............................    78,022      20,983    95,225
  State................................       855       1,202       306
    Total deferred.....................    78,877      22,185    95,531

Investment tax credits, net............      (511)       (540)     (548)
Total income tax expense...............   $72,552     $88,841   $88,400

The components of total income tax expense are classified as follows:

Income taxes charged to operating
  expenses.............................   $65,079     $86,450   $80,677
Other income taxes.....................     7,473       2,391     7,723
Total income tax expense...............   $72,552     $88,841   $88,400

Deferred income taxes are comprised of the tax effects of temporary differences as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,            1998        1997      1996
                                              (Thousands of Dollars)

Depreciation...........................   $(4,317)    $(1,937)  $(1,055)
Deferred tax asset associated
 with NOL..............................    69,212        -       96,756
Energy adjustment clauses..............      (765)     16,839   (10,716)
Proceeds from the sale of NOX Credits..    (7,813)       -         -
Nuclear plant deferrals................    11,836        -         -
Amortization of regulatory
  settlement...........................    11,501      11,501    11,501
Other..................................      (777)     (4,218)     (955)
Deferred income taxes, net.............   $78,877     $22,185   $95,531

A reconciliation between income tax expense and the expected tax expense at the applicable statutory rate is as follows:

   For the Years Ended December 31,            1998        1997      1996
                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)


   Expected federal income tax at
     35 percent of pretax income..........   $57,484     $63,355   $64,931
     Tax effect of differences:
     Depreciation.........................       (38)      1,890     1,841
     Amortization of acquisition costs....    17,301      31,298    31,410
     Seabrook intercompany gains
       and losses.........................       630      (3,898)   (7,504)
     Adjustment for prior years' taxes....    (1,974)     (2,034)   (2,182)
     Investment tax credit amortization...      (511)       (540)     (548)
     State income taxes, net of
       federal benefit....................       306       1,085      (845)
     Other, net...........................      (646)     (2,315)    1,297
   Total income tax expense...............   $72,552     $88,841   $88,400


10.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

A. Restructuring New Hampshire: In 1996, New Hampshire enacted legislation requiring a competitive electric industry beginning in 1998. In February 1997, the NHPUC issued its restructuring order, which would have forced PSNH and NAEC to write off all of their regulatory assets, and possibly to seek protection under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy laws. The amount of potential write-off which would have been triggered by the order is currently estimated to be in excess of approximately $400 million, after taxes.

Following the issuance of these orders, PSNH immediately sought declaratory and injunctive relief on various grounds in federal district court and has received a preliminary injunction that freezes implementation of the NHPUC's restructuring orders. Restructuring in New Hampshire has resulted in numerous subsequent proceedings within the federal and state legal systems.

As the court proceedings are ongoing, PSNH continues to be involved in settlement discussions with representatives from the state of New Hampshire. PSNH hopes to reach a settlement, which would include, among other things, recovery of regulatory assets and stranded costs, rate reductions, an auction of PSNH's generating units and securitization of PSNH's stranded costs. If a settlement is not reached, a trial is expected to begin mid to late 1999.

As a result of the February 1997 NHPUC decision and the potential consequences discussed above, the reports of our auditors on the individual financial statements of PSNH and NAEC contain explanatory paragraphs. Those explanatory paragraphs indicate that a substantial doubt exists currently about the ability of PSNH and NAEC to continue as going concerns.

Management believes that PSNH is entitled to full recovery of its prudently incurred costs, including regulatory assets and other stranded costs. It bases this belief both on the general nature of public utility industry cost-of-service based regulation and the specific circumstances of the resolution of PSNH's previous bankruptcy proceedings and its acquisition by NU, including the recoveries provided by the Rate Agreement and related agreements.

B. Rate Matters PSNH's Rate Agreement between NU, PSNH and the state of New Hampshire provided for seven base-rate increases of 5.5 percent per year beginning in 1990 and for the FPPAC. The final base-rate increase went into effect on June 1, 1996. The Rate Agreement contemplates that PSNH's rates are subject to traditional rate regulation after the fixed-rate period, which expired on May 31, 1997. The FPPAC, however, would continue through May 31, 2001, and other Rate Agreement requirements would continue in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

A PSNH base-rate case was filed in May 1997, but was delayed in connection with the restructuring proceedings discussed above. In November 1997, the NHPUC ordered a temporary base rate reduction for PSNH of 6.87 percent effective December 1, 1997. The NHPUC also set an interim return on equity of 11 percent. In December 1998, the base-rate case was reopened and an updated rate case was filed. A final decision, which will be reconciled to July 1, 1997, is currently scheduled to be issued by June 1, 1999.

Concurrently with the 6.87 percent rate reduction beginning in December 1997, the NHPUC allowed an FPPAC increase of approximately 6 percent. This rate increase was effective for the period from December 1, 1997, through May 31, 1998. On May 29, 1998, the NHPUC approved slightly more than a one percent increase in PSNH's FPPAC rate for the period June through November 1998. On December 1, 1998, the NHPUC allowed the current FPPAC rate to remain in place through May 31, 1999. As a result of this decision, unrecovered energy costs are projected to increase by approximately $17.4 million from January 1, 1999 through May 31, 1999, to an estimated balance of approximately $79.7 million. PSNH's ongoing restructuring settlement negotiations with the state of New Hampshire could resolve both the base-rate case and the FPPAC proceedings discussed above.

FERC: During November 1997, MYAPC filed an amendment to its power contracts clarifying the obligations of its purchasing utilities following the decision to cease power production. During January 1998, the FERC accepted the amendments and proposed rates, subject to a refund. On January 18, 1999, MYAPC filed with the FERC Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) an Offer of Settlement which, if accepted by the FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. The settlement provides, among other things, the following: (1) MYAPC will collect $33.6 million annually to pay for decommissioning and spent fuel;
(2) its return on equity will be set at 6.5 percent; (3) MYAPC is permitted full recovery of all unamortized investment in MY, including fuel, and (4) an incentive budget for decommissioning is set at $436.3 million.

During late December 1996, CYAPC filed an amendment to its power contracts clarifying the obligations of its purchasing utilities following the decision to cease power production. On February 27, 1997, the FERC accepted CYAPC's contract amendment. The new rates became effective March 1, 1997, subject to a refund.

On August 31, 1998, the FERC ALJ released an initial decision regarding the December 1996 filing. The decision contained provisions which would allow for the recovery, through rates, of the balance of PSNH's net unamortized investment in CYAPC, which was approximately $5.5 million as of December 31, 1998. The decision also called for the disallowance of the recovery of a portion of the return on the CY investment. The ALJ's decision also stated that decommissioning collections should continue to be based on the previously approved estimate of $309.1 million (in 1992 dollars), with an inflation adjustment of 3.8 percent per year, until a new, more reliable estimate has been prepared and tested.

During October 1998, CYAPC, CL&P, PSNH and WMECO filed briefs on exceptions to the ALJ decision. If the initial ALJ decision is upheld, CYAPC could be required to write off a portion of the regulatory asset associated with the plant closing.

If upheld, CYAPC's management has estimated the effect of the ALJ decision on CYAPC's earnings would be approximately $37.5 million, of which PSNH's share would be approximately $1.9 million. NU management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the hearing at this time, however, management believes that the associated regulatory assets are probable of recovery.

C. Nuclear Performance Millstone: The three Millstone units are managed by NNECO. All three units were placed on the NRC watch list on January 29, 1996. The units cannot be restarted without appropriate NRC approvals. Millstone 3 has received these approvals and resumed operation in July 1998.

Litigation: Certain of the non-NU joint owners of Millstone 3 have filed demands for arbitration with CL&P and WMECO as well as lawsuits in Massachusetts Superior Court against NU and its current and former trustees related to the company's operation of Millstone 3. The arbitrations and lawsuits seek to recover compensatory damages in excess of $200 million, together with punitive damages, treble damages and attorney's fees. Management cannot estimate the potential outcome of these suits but believes there is no legal basis for the claims and intends to defend against them vigorously.

D. Environmental Matters PSNH is subject to regulation by federal, state and local authorities with respect to air and water quality, the handling and disposal of toxic substances and hazardous and solid wastes, and the handling and use of chemical products. The NU system has an active environmental auditing and training program and believes that it is in substantial compliance with current environmental laws and regulations. However, the NU system is subject to certain pending enforcement actions and governmental investigations in the environmental area. Management cannot predict the outcome of these enforcement actions and investigations.

Environmental requirements could hinder the construction of new generating units, transmission and distribution lines, substations and other facilities. Changing environmental requirements could also require extensive and costly modifications to PSNH's existing generating units, and transmission and distribution systems, and could raise operating costs significantly. As a result, PSNH may incur significant additional environmental costs, greater than amounts included in cost of removal and other reserves, in connection with the generation and transmission of electricity and the storage, transportation and disposal of by-products and wastes. PSNH may also encounter significantly increased costs to remedy the environmental effects of prior waste handling activities. The cumulative long-term cost impact of increasingly stringent environmental requirements cannot be estimated accurately.

PSNH has recorded a liability based upon currently available information for what it believes are its estimated environmental remediation costs that it expects to incur for waste disposal sites. In most cases, additional future environmental cleanup costs are not reasonably estimable due to a number of factors, including the unknown magnitude of possible contamination, the appropriate remediation methods, the possible effects of future legislation or regulation and the possible effects of technological changes. At December 31, 1998, the liability recorded by PSNH for its estimated environmental remediation costs, not considering any possible recoveries from third parties, amounted to approximately $7.9 million within a range of $7.9 million to $9.0 million.

PSNH has received proceeds from several insurance carriers for the settlement with certain insurance companies of all past, present and future environmental matters. As a result of these settlements, PSNH will retain the risk loss, in part, for some environmental remediation costs.

PSNH cannot estimate the potential liability for future claims, including environmental remediation costs, that may be brought against it. However, considering known facts, existing laws, and regulatory practices, management does not believe the matters disclosed above will have a material effect on PSNH's financial position or future results of operations.

E. Spent Nuclear Fuel Disposal Costs Under the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, PSNH must pay the United States Department of Energy (DOE) for the disposal of spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. The DOE is responsible for the selection and development of repositories for, and the disposal of, spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. Fees are billed currently to customers and paid to the DOE on a quarterly basis.

The DOE was originally scheduled to begin accepting delivery of spent fuel in 1998. However, delays in identifying a permanent storage site have continually postponed plans for the DOE's long-term storage and disposal site. Extended delays or a default by the DOE could lead to consideration of costly alternatives. The company has primary responsibility for the interim storage of its spent nuclear fuel. Current capability to store spent fuel at Seabrook are estimated to be adequate until at least the year 2010. Meeting spent fuel storage requirements beyond this period could require new and separate storage facilities, the costs for which have not been determined.

In November 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit ruled that the lack of an interim storage facility does not excuse the DOE from meeting its contractual obligation to begin accepting spent nuclear fuel no later than January 31, 1998. The 1997 ruling by the appeals court said, however, that the 1982 federal law could not require the DOE to accept waste when it did not have a suitable storage facility. The court directed the plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE. Based on this ruling, since the DOE did not take the spent nuclear fuel as scheduled, it may have to pay contract damages.

In May 1998, the same court denied petitions from 60 states and state agencies, collectively, and 41 utilities, including the company, asking the court to compel the DOE to submit a program, beginning immediately, for disposing of spent nuclear fuel. The petitions were filed after the DOE defaulted on its January 31, 1998 obligation to begin accepting the fuel. The court directed the company and other plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE.

In a petition filed in August 1998, the court's May 1998 decision was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. In November 1998, the Supreme Court declined to review the lower court ruling that said utilities should go to court and seek monetary damages from the DOE. The ultimate outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this time.

F. Nuclear Insurance Contingencies Under certain circumstances, in the event of a nuclear incident at one of the nuclear facilities in the country covered by the federal government's third-party liability indemnification program, an owner of a nuclear unit could be assessed in proportion to its ownership interest in each of its nuclear units up to $83.9 million. Payments of this assessment would be limited to $10.0 million in any one year per nuclear incident based upon the owner's pro rata ownership interest in each of its nuclear units. In addition, the owner would be subject to an additional 5 percent or $4.2 million, in proportion to its ownership interests in each of its nuclear units, if the sum of all claims and costs from any one nuclear incident exceeds the maximum amount of financial protection. Under the terms of the Seabrook Power Contracts with NAEC, PSNH could be obligated to pay for any assessment charged to NAEC as a "cost of service." Based on its ownership interest in Millstone 3 and NAEC's ownership interest in Seabrook 1, PSNH's maximum liability, including any additional assessments, would be $28.8 million per incident of which payments would be limited to $3.8 million per year. In addition, through power purchase contracts with VYNPC, PSNH would be responsible for up to an additional $3.5 million per incident, of which payments would be limited to a maximum of $0.4 million per year.

Insurance has been purchased to cover the primary cost of repair, replacement or decontamination of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. PSNH is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessment against PSNH with respect to losses arising during the current policy year is approximately $0.4 million under the primary property insurance program.

Insurance has been purchased to cover certain extra costs incurred in obtaining replacement power during prolonged accidental outages and the excess cost of repair, replacement, or decontamination or premature decommissioning of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. PSNH is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessments against PSNH (including costs resulting from PSNH's contracts with NAEC), with respect to losses arising during current policy years are approximately $1.3 million under the replacement power policies and $4.1 million under the excess property damage, decontamination and decommissioning policies. Although PSNH has purchased the limits of coverage currently available from the conventional nuclear insurance pools, the cost of a nuclear incident could exceed available insurance proceeds.

The NRC approved CYAPC's and MYAPC's requests for withdrawal from participation in the secondary financial protection program on November 19, 1998 and January 17, 1999, respectively, due to their permanently shutdown and defueled status. Therefore, neither CYAPC nor their sponsor companies have any future obligations for potential assessment.

Insurance has been purchased aggregating $200 million on an industry basis for coverage of worker claims.

G. Construction Program The construction program is subject to periodic review and revision by management. PSNH currently forecasts construction expenditures of approximately $331.4 million for the years 1999-2003, including approximately $68.0 million for 1999. In addition, PSNH estimates that nuclear fuel requirements, for its share of Millstone 3, will be $4.5 million for the years 1999-2003, including $1.4 million for 1999.

H. Long-Term Contractual Arrangements Yankee Companies: PSNH, CL&P and WMECO rely on VY for approximately 1.4 percent of their capacity under long-term contracts. Under the terms of their agreements, the NU system companies pay their ownership (or entitlement) shares of costs, which include depreciation, O&M expenses, taxes, the estimated cost of decommissioning and a return on invested capital. These costs are recorded as purchased-power expense and are recovered through the companies' rates. PSNH's total cost of purchases under contracts with VYNPC, amounted to $7.0 million in 1998, $6.2 million in 1997 and $6.5 million in 1996. PSNH may also be asked to provide direct or indirect financial support for one or more of the Yankee companies, including VYNPC.

Nonutility Generators (NUGs): PSNH has requirements under various arrangements for the purchase of capacity and energy from NUGs. These arrangements have terms from 20 to 30 years, currently expiring in the years 1998 through 2023, and require PSNH to purchase energy at specified prices or formula rates. For the 12- month period ending December 31, 1998, approximately 13 percent of the NU system electricity requirements were met by NUGs. PSNH's total cost of purchases under these arrangements amounted to $139.1 million in 1998, $133.1 million in 1997 and $132.6 million in 1996.

New Hampshire Electric Cooperative: PSNH entered into a buy-back agreement to purchase the capacity and energy of the New Hampshire Electric Cooperative, Inc.'s (NHEC) share of Seabrook 1 and to pay all of NHEC's Seabrook 1 costs for a ten-year period, which began on July 1, 1990. The total cost of purchases under this agreement was $29.7 million in 1998, $23.4 million in 1997 and $14.6 million in 1996. The total cost of these purchases has been collected through the FPPAC in accordance with the Rate Agreement.

Although under the agreement NHEC agreed to continue as a firm- requirements customer of PSNH for 15 years, it has recently received a FERC ruling allowing it to purchase power from qualifying facilities. The ruling allows that the price for such purchases may be determined through negotiation between NHEC and the qualifying facility. The financial impact of this decision in the future will vary depending upon the level of purchases made by NHEC from the qualifying purchasers.

NHEC also is seeking to be able to purchase energy under the agreement from competitive sources once competition has begun in its service territory. A final FERC decision is expected by March 1999. The financial impact of this decision in the future will depend upon the implementation of restructuring in NHEC's service territory.

Hydro-Quebec: Along with other New England utilities, PSNH, CL&P, WMECO, and HWP have entered into agreements to support transmission and terminal facilities to import electricity from the Hydro-Quebec system in Canada. PSNH is obligated to pay, over a 30-year period ending in 2020, its proportionate share of the annual O&M and capital costs of these facilities.

Estimated Annual Costs: The estimated annual costs of PSNH's significant long-term contractual arrangements are as follows:

                 1999      2000      2001      2002       2003
                 ----      ----      ----      ----       ----
                              (Millions of Dollars)

VYNPC.........  $  7.5    $  6.9    $  7.5    $  7.7     $  7.1
NUGs..........   142.9     147.1     151.3     155.5      160.3
NHEC..........    30.0      14.6        -         -          -
Hydro-Quebec..    10.0       9.6       9.3       9.1        8.9

I. Deferred Receivable from Affiliated Company At the time PSNH emerged from bankruptcy on May 16, 1991, in accordance with the phase-in under the Rate Agreement, it began accruing a deferred return on a portion of its Seabrook investment. From May 16, 1991 to the Acquisition Date, PSNH accrued a deferred return of $50.9 million. On the Acquisition Date, PSNH sold the $50.9 million deferred return to NAEC as part of the Seabrook- related assets.

At the time PSNH transferred the deferred return to NAEC, it realized, for income tax purposes, a gain that is deferred under the consolidated income tax rules. Beginning December 1, 1997, this gain is being restored for income tax purposes, as the deferred return of $50.9 million, and the associated income taxes of $32.9 million, are being collected by NAEC through the Seabrook Power Contracts. As NAEC recovers the $32.9 million in years eight through ten of the Rate Agreement, it will be obligated to make these corresponding payments to PSNH.

On the Acquisition Date, PSNH recorded the $32.9 million of income taxes associated with the deferred return as a deferred receivable from NAEC, with a corresponding entry to deferred revenue, on its Balance Sheet. In 1993, due to changes in tax rates, this amount was adjusted to $33.2 million.

For further information related to the phase-in of the Seabrook power plant, see Note 2, "Seabrook Power Contracts."

See Note 10A, "Commitments and Contingencies - Restructuring" for the possible impacts of the NHPUC's decision related to industry restructuring on this intercompany transaction between PSNH and NAEC.

11. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each of the following financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to short-term nature of cash and cash equivalents.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan investments: SFAS 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," requires investments in debt and equity securities to be presented at fair value. As a result of this requirement, the investments having a cost basis of $321,000 held for benefit of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan were recorded on the balance sheet at their fair market value at December 31, 1998, of $2.2 million.

Preferred stock and long-term debt: The fair value of PSNH's fixed-rate securities is based upon the quoted market price for those issues or similar issues. Adjustable rate securities are assumed to have a fair value equal to their carrying value. The carrying amounts of PSNH's financial instruments and the estimated fair values are as follows:

                                        Carrying        Fair
At December 31, 1998                     Amount         Value
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)

Preferred stock subject to
  mandatory redemption...............   $ 75,000       $ 78,000

Other long-term debt.................   $516,485       $535,401


                                        Carrying        Fair
At December 31, 1997                     Amount         Value
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)

Preferred stock subject to
  mandatory redemption...............   $100,000       $ 99,000

Long-term debt - First mortgage bonds    170,000        170,424

Other long-term debt.................    516,485        537,599

The fair values shown above have been reported to meet the disclosure requirements and do not purport to represent the amounts at which those obligations would be settled.

12. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

During 1998, the NU system adopted SFAS 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," which established standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. During 1997 and 1996, PSNH had no material other comprehensive income items.

The accumulated balance for each other comprehensive income item is as follows:

                                            Current
                            December 31     Period      December 31,
                                1997        Change         1998

(Thousands of Dollars)

Unrealized gain on
  securities..............      $ -         $1,198         $1,198
Minimum pension
  liability adjustment....        -           (194)          (194)
Accumulated other
  comprehensive income....      $ -         $1,004         $1,004

The changes in the components of other comprehensive income are reported on the Statements of Comprehensive Income net of the following income tax effects:

                                1998          1997         1996
(Thousands of Dollars)

Unrealized gain on
  securities.............     $(660)         $ -          $ -
Minimum pension
  liability adjustment...        107            -            -
Other comprehensive
  income.................      $ 553          $ -          $ -

To the Board of Directors
of Public Service Company of New Hampshire:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Public Service Company of New Hampshire (a New Hampshire corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, common stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Public Service Company of New Hampshire as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 10A, on February 28, 1997, the State of New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission (the NHPUC) issued an order outlining its final plan to restructure the electric utility industry. The final plan announced a departure from cost-based rate making, which, if implemented, would require the company to discontinue the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation," (FAS 71). The implementation of the final plan, including the effect of the discontinuation of FAS 71, would result in after tax write-off of over $400 million. Such a write-off would cause the company to be in technical default under financial covenants imposed by lenders, which, would, if not waived or renegotiated, give rise to the rights of lenders to accelerate the repayment of approximately $516 million of the company's indebtedness and approximately $475 million of an affiliated company's indebtedness.

These conditions raise substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements referred to above do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

                                              /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

                                                  ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Hartford, Connecticut
February 23, 1999

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This section contains management's assessment of Public Service Company of New Hampshire's (PSNH or the company) financial condition and the principal factors having an impact on the results of operations. The company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities (NU). This discussion should be read in conjunction with the company's financial statements and footnotes.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Earnings Overview

PSNH had net income of approximately $92 million for 1998, essentially unchanged from the same period in 1997.

Lower operating revenues as a result of rate decreases were offset by lower operating expenses and lower interest costs. Operating revenues fell 2 percent despite a 2.3 percent increase in retail kilowatt-hour sales.

The resolution of New Hampshire restructuring and the final decision in PSNH's rate case, that is currently scheduled to be issued in 1999, will impact PSNH's ability to improve its results in 1999.

Restructuring

Although PSNH continues to operate under cost-of-service based regulation, future rates and the recovery of stranded costs are issues that will be addressed as restructuring legislation is implemented. Stranded costs are expenditures or commitments that have been made to meet public service obligations with the expectation that they would be recovered from customers. However, under certain circumstances these costs might not be recoverable from customers in a fully competitive electric utility industry (i.e., the costs may result in above-market energy prices).

PSNH has exposure to stranded costs for its investments in high-cost nuclear generating plants, state-mandated purchased-power obligations and significant regulatory assets. As of December 31, 1998, PSNH's net investment in nuclear generating plants, was approximately $83 million, and its regulatory assets were approximately $610 million. PSNH's financial strength will be negatively affected if it is unable to recover their past investments and commitments.

Restructuring efforts in New Hampshire have resulted in numerous proceedings within the federal and state court systems. The New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission's (NHPUC) 1997 restructuring orders have been prevented from being implemented as a result of various court actions pending the outcome of a full trial in the U.S. District Court. The 1997 orders would have forced PSNH to write-off substantially all of its regulatory assets. A trial is expected to begin in mid to late 1999.

In January 1999, the NHPUC issued an order stating that it intends to reopen restructuring hearings. PSNH has requested the federal court to enforce its preliminary injunction barring the NHPUC from proceeding with restructuring efforts pending the court's decision on the merits after trial. The NHPUC has agreed to delay this new proceeding until the federal court has had an opportunity to rule on PSNH's enforcement motion.

The litigation has caused New Hampshire to fall behind several other Northeast states in implementing industry restructuring. PSNH hopes to reach a settlement that would include, among other things, substantial rate reductions, customer choice, an auction of PSNH's generating units and securitization of PSNH's stranded costs. PSNH believes that a negotiated resolution of outstanding restructuring and rate issues would be in the best interests of the state, the company and customers.

Rate Matters

In May 1998, the NHPUC approved slightly more than a 1 percent net increase in PSNH's fuel and purchased-power adjustment clause (FPPAC) rate for the period June through November 1998. As part of this proceeding, PSNH agreed to offset in base rates the scheduled reduction in acquisition premium amortization with the scheduled amortization of the Seabrook deferred return.

On December 1, 1998, the NHPUC approved a Stipulation and Settlement executed by PSNH, the NHPUC staff, and the Governor's Office of Energy and Community Services. They recommended that PSNH's currently effective FPPAC rate be continued for another six-month period - December 1, 1998, through May 31, 1999. The FPPAC rate currently in effect will produce an estimated $80 million underrecovery as of May 31, 1999. All other FPPAC costs are being recovered on a current basis.

A PSNH rate case has been pending at the NHPUC since May 1997 but was delayed in connection with various restructuring proceedings. In November 1997, the NHPUC ordered a temporary rate reduction of 6.87 percent effective December 1, 1997. A final rate case decision currently is scheduled to be issued by June 1, 1999, the same date when PSNH's FPPAC rate is scheduled to be set for the second half of 1999. The final decision will be reconciled to July 1, 1997. PSNH's ongoing settlement negotiations with the State of New Hampshire could resolve both the rate case and FPPAC issues discussed above.

Millstone 3

PSNH has a 2.85 percent joint ownership interest in Millstone 3. After a 27-month outage, Millstone 3 received Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) permission to restart in June 1998 and reached full power in July. The unit achieved a capacity factor of approximately 70 percent in 1998 following its return to service. PSNH's share of the operation, maintenance and replacement power costs associated with Millstone 3 totaled approximately $5 million in 1998, down from $11 million in 1997. The unit remains on the NRC's watch list with a Category 2 designation, which means that it will continue to be subject to heightened NRC oversight. A refueling and maintenance outage is scheduled to begin in May 1999.

Seabrook

PSNH is obligated to purchase North Atlantic Energy Corporation's (NAEC) 35.98 percent share of the capacity and output generated by Seabrook 1(Seabrook) under the Seabrook Power Contract for a period equal to the length of the NRC full-power operating license for Seabrook (through 2026) whether or not Seabrook is operating and without regard to the cost of alternative sources of power. North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation is the managing agent and operates Seabrook.

Seabrook operated at a capacity factor of 82.8 percent in 1998, compared to 78.3 percent for the same period in 1997. The unit operated well, except for two unplanned outages, one in late 1997 through early 1998 and the other in mid-1998, to repair the control building's air-conditioning system. Seabrook is scheduled to begin a refueling outage in March 1999.

Liquidity And Capital Resources

Cash provided from operations totaled approximately $217 million in 1998 compared to $233 million in 1997, primarily due to the billing from NAEC of the Seabrook phase-in costs beginning in December 1997 which were not being recovered from customers for the first six months of 1998. Approximately $195 million of net cash flows were used to repay long-term debt and preferred stock in 1998, compared to only $25 million in 1997. Another $9 million was used to pay cash dividends on preferred stock in 1998 compared to $97 million in 1997 for common and preferred dividends. Approximately $46 million of net cash flows was used for investment in plant and other investment activities compared to a net of $17 million in 1997.

During 1998 PSNH converted a total of $119.8 million variable-rate tax exempt debt to fixed-rate tax exempt debt carrying an interest rate of 6.0 percent. PSNH met a $170 million bond maturity in May 1998 with cash on hand and operating cash flows and successfully extended $190 million in credit ($75 million in bank credit lines and $115 million in letters of credit).

In September 1998, S&P upgraded PSNH's first mortgage bonds. The rating agency actions were due in part to the NU system's success in 1998 in maintaining access to its various credit lines. PSNH renegotiated a one-year extension of the $75 million revolving credit agreement in April 1998.

PSNH's revolving credit agreement expires on April 22, 1999, and the company currently does not intend to renew it. PSNH will fund its needs through operating cash flows or other short-term credit arrangements which may be negotiated later in the year. PSNH has had no borrowings under that line since October 1998. PSNH expects to renew the bank letters of credit that support nearly $110 million of taxable variable-rate pollution control bonds. Those letters of credit also expire April 22, 1999.

Nuclear Decommissioning

The staff of the SEC has questioned certain current accounting practices of the electric utility industry, regarding the recognition, measurement and classification of decommissioning costs for nuclear generating units in the financial statements. In response to these questions, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) had agreed to review the accounting for closure and removal costs, including decommissioning. If current electric utility industry accounting practices for nuclear power plant decommissioning are changed, the annual provision for decommissioning could increase relative to 1998, and the estimated cost for decommissioning could be recorded as a liability (rather than as accumulated depreciation), with recognition of an increase in the cost of the related nuclear power plant. As management believes decommissioning costs will continue to be recovered through rates, changes to the accounting will not affect net income.

Yankee Companies

PSNH has a 5 percent ownership interest in the Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (CYAPC), a 7 percent ownership interest in Yankee Atomic Electric Company (YAEC), a 5 percent ownership interest in Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (MYAPC)and a 4 percent ownership interest in Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (VYNPC). The nuclear plants owned by YAEC, CYAPC and MYAPC were shut down permanently on February 26, 1992, December 4, 1996, and August 6, 1997, respectively.

At December 31, 1998, PSNH's share of its estimated remaining contract obligations, including decommissioning, amounted to approximately $66.5 million: $5.7 million for YAEC, $24.9 million for CYAPC and $35.8 million for MYAPC. Under the terms of the contracts with the Yankee companies, PSNH is responsible for its proportionate share of the costs of the units including decommissioning. Management expects to recover these costs from customers. Accordingly, PSNH has recognized these costs as a regulatory asset, with a corresponding obligation on its balance sheet.

PSNH has exposure for its investment in CYAPC as a result of an initial decision at the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). Additionally, in January 1999, MYAPC filed an offer of settlement which, if accepted by FERC, will resolve all the issues in the FERC decommissioning rate case proceeding. NU management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the FERC proceedings at this time, but believes that the associated regulatory assets are probable of recovery. For further information on these proceedings see the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 10B.

PSNH's ownership share of estimated costs, in year-end 1998 dollars, of decommissioning the nuclear plant owned by VYNPC is approximately $21.2 million.

Millstone 3 and Seabrook 1

PSNH's estimated cost to decommission its share of Millstone 3 is approximately $15.9 million in year-end 1998 dollars. These costs are being recognized over the life of the unit with a portion currently being recovered through rates. As of December 31, 1998, the market value of the contributions already made to the decommissioning trust, including its investment return, was approximately $5.6 million.

PSNH is obligated to pay NAEC's share of Seabrook's decommissioning costs even if the unit is shut down prior to the expiration of its license. NAEC's estimated cost to decommission its share of Seabrook is approximately $175.9 million in year-end 1998 dollars. These costs are being recognized over the life of the unit with a portion currently being recovered through PSNH's rates. As of December 31, 1998, the market value of the contributions already made to Seabrook's decommissioning financing fund, including its investment returns, was approximately $35.2 million.

See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 4, for further information on nuclear decommissioning.

Year 2000 Issue

The NU system has established an action plan by which identified processes must be completed by certain dates in order to ensure its operating systems, including nuclear systems and reporting systems, are able to properly recognize the year 2000. This action plan has three phases: the inventory phase, the detailed assessment phase and the remediation phase. The inventory phase, which has been completed, identified operating and reporting systems which may need to be fixed. The detailed assessment phase, which has been completed, determined exactly what needed to be done in order to ensure that the systems identified during the inventory phase are able to recognize properly and process the year 2000. The final phase is the remediation phase. By the end of this phase, mission critical systems (systems that are related to safety, keeping the lights on, regulatory requirements, and other systems that could have a significant financial impact) will be year 2000 ready; that is, these systems will perform their business functions properly in the year 2000. This phase includes making modifications, testing and validating changes and verifying that the year 2000 issues have been resolved.

Although the identification and detailed assessment phases are complete, newly identified items, such as new software purchases, are added to the inventory as they are identified and are subject to detailed assessment and, if needed, remediation. NU system purchasing policies require newly purchased software and devices to be year 2000 compliant. None of these newly identified items are expected to materially impact completion of the remediation phase.

The NU system has identified and inventoried 2,497 computer systems (software) and over 24,000 devices (hardware) broken down into 3,450 device types containing date-sensitive computer chips. As of December 31, 1998, 73 percent of the software systems and 81 percent of the hardware were year 2000 ready.

The remaining items are in various stages of modification or testing. Management anticipates the remediation phase for mission critical systems to be completed by mid-1999.

In addition, the NU system has been contacting its key suppliers and business partners to determine their ability to manage the year 2000 problem successfully. The NU system is adjusting its inventories, working with suppliers to provide backup inventories, and changing suppliers as needed to provide for an adequate supply of materials needed to conduct business into the year 2000.

The NU system also has worked actively with the Independent System Operator (ISO) New England, the operator of the New England power grid, and with the North American Electric Reliability Council to provide for the year 2000 readiness of the New England power grid.

The NU system has utilized both internal and external resources to identify, assess, test and reprogram or replace the computer systems for year 2000 readiness. The current projected total cost of the Year 2000 Program to the NU system is $30 million. The total estimated remaining cost is $18 million, which is being funded through operating cash flows. The majority of these costs will be expensed as incurred in 1999. Since 1996, the NU system has incurred and expensed approximately $12 million related to year 2000 readiness efforts. Total expenditures related to the year 2000 are not expected to have a material effect on the operations or financial condition of the NU system.

The costs of the project and the date on which the NU system plans to complete the year 2000 modifications are based on management's best estimates, which were derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events, including the continued availability of certain resources, third- party modification plans and other factors. However, there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be achieved, and actual results could differ materially from those plans. If the NU system's remediation plans or those of third parties are not successful, there could be a significant disruption of the NU system's operations. The most likely worst case scenario is a limited number of localized interruptions to electric service which can be restored within a few hours. As a precautionary measure, the NU system is formulating contingency plans that will evaluate alternatives that could be implemented if our remediation efforts are not successful. The contingency plans are being developed by enhancing existing emergency operating procedures to include year 2000 issues. In addition, the NU system plans to have staff available to respond to any year 2000 situations that might arise. The contingency plan is expected to be available by July 30, 1999.

The NU system is committed to assuring that adequate resources are available in order to implement any changes necessary for its nuclear and other operations to be compatible with the new millennium.

Environmental Matters

PSNH is potentially liable for environmental cleanup costs at a number of sites inside and outside its service territory. To date, the future estimated environmental remediation liability has not been material with respect to the earnings or financial position of PSNH. At December 31, 1998, PSNH had recorded an environmental reserve of approximately $7.9 million. See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 10D, for further information on environmental matters.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                                   Income Statement Variances
                                       Millions of Dollars

                            1998 over/(under) 1997   1997 over/(under) 1996
                            ----------------------   ----------------------
                            Amount         Percent   Amount         Percent

Operating revenues          $(21)            (2)%    $ (2)            (-)%

Fuel, purchased and net
  interchange power           (5)            (1)      (30)            (8)
Other operation               34              9        42             13
Maintenance                   13             35        (7)           (16)
Amortization of
  regulatory assets, net     (30)           (53)        -              -
Federal and state income
  taxes                      (16)           (18)        -              -
Other, net                     9             12        (7)           (92)
Interest on long-term debt    (8)           (15)       (6)           (11)
Other interest expense         -              -        (3)           (91)

(a)  Percent greater than 100.

Operating Revenues

Retail nonfuel revenues decreased $97 million due to the 1997 retail rate decrease and the June 1998 base rate offset described under "Rate Matters." This decrease was partially offset by higher fuel recoveries and higher retail sales. Fuel recoveries increased $66 million due to the higher FPPAC rate and the base rate offset. Retail kilowatt-hour sales were 2.3 percent higher for 1998 and contributed approximately $9 million to nonfuel revenues.

Total operating revenues decreased in 1997 primarily due to lower fuel recoveries, partially offset by higher retail revenues. Fuel recoveries decreased approximately $12 million, primarily due to the customer refund ordered by the NHPUC. Retail revenues increased approximately $9 million, primarily due to the June 1996 rate increase, partially offset by the December 1997 rate decrease and higher price discounts to retain customers. Retail sales were essentially unchanged.

Fuel Expense

The change in fuel, purchased and net interchange power expense was not significant in 1998.

Fuel, purchased and net interchange power expense decreased in 1997, primarily due to the timing in the recognition of fuel expenses under the FPPAC, partially offset by higher purchased power costs.

Other Operation and Maintenance Expense

Other operation maintenance increased in 1998 primarily due to higher costs associated with the Seabrook Power Contract as a result of the amortization of Seabrook phase-in costs that began in June 1998 ($57 million) and higher costs related to the January ice storm, net of insurance proceeds, ($8 million); partially offset by the recognition of environmental insurance proceeds ($12 million) and lower costs at Millstone 3 and the Maine Yankee nuclear unit ($10 million).

Other operation and maintenance expense increased in 1997 primarily due to higher capacity charges under the Seabrook Power Contract as a result of the scheduled May 1997 refueling and maintenance outage and the unplanned December 1997 outage ($23 million), higher capacity purchases from the New Hampshire Electric Cooperative ($11 million), higher capacity charges from MYAPC ($4 million) and higher costs for PSNH's share of Millstone 3 ($2 million), partially offset by lower fossil costs ($4 million) and lower administration and sales costs ($3 million).

Amortization of Regulatory Assets

Amortization of regulatory assets decreased in 1998, primarily due to the completion of the amortization of a portion of the company's acquisition premium ($40 million), partially offset by the additional amortization of Seabrook phase-in costs($10 million).

The change in amortization of regulatory assets in 1997 was not significant.

Federal and State Income taxes

Federal and state income taxes decreased in 1998 compared to 1997 primarily due to lower taxable income.

The change in federal and state income taxes was not significant in 1997.

Other, net income

Other, net income increased in 1998, primarily due to the amortization of the taxes associated with the Seabrook-phase-in costs which began in December 1997.

Other, net income decreased in 1997, primarily due to the deferral in 1996 of interest expense ($5 million) associated with the FPPAC refund.

Interest on Long-Term Debt

Interest on long-term debt decreased due to the maturity of bonds ($170 million) in May 1998.

Interest on long-term debt decreased in 1997, primarily due to the repayment of the $172.5 million Series A first-mortgage bond in May 1996.

Other Interest Expense

The change in other interest in 1998 was not significant.

Other interest expense decreased in 1997, primarily due to 1996 interest expense ($5 million) associated with the FPPAC refund.

Public Service Company of New Hampshire

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (a)

                                 Jan. 1, 1998    Jan. 1, 1997    Jan. 1, 1996
                                     to              to              to
For the Periods                 Dec. 31, 1998   Dec. 31, 1997   Dec. 31, 1996
                                -------------   -------------   --------------
                                            (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues...........     $1,087,247      $1,108,459      $1,110,169

Operating Income.............        131,199         144,024         155,758

Net Income...................         91,686          92,172          97,465

Cash Dividends on
  Common Stock...............           -             85,000          52,000


At                              Dec. 31, 1998   Dec. 31, 1997   Dec. 31, 1996
                                -------------   -------------   -------------

Total Assets.................     $2,681,595      $2,837,159      $2,851,212

Long-Term Debt (b)...........        516,485         686,485         686,485

Preferred Stock
  Subject to Mandatory
  Redemption(b)..............         75,000         100,000         125,000

Obligations Under
  Seabrook Power
  Contracts and Other
  Capital Leases(b)..........        838,100         921,813         914,617

(a) Reclassifications of prior data have been made to conform with the current presentation.
(b) Includes portions due within one year.

Public Service Company of New Hampshire

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Jan. 1, 1995    Jan. 1, 1994
     to              to
Dec. 31, 1995   Dec. 31, 1994
-------------   -------------
    (Thousands of Dollars)

   $979,971       $922,039


    155,628        152,086

     83,255         77,444


     52,000           -


Dec. 31,1995    Dec. 31, 1994
------------    -------------

 $2,920,487      $2,845,967

    858,985         999,985

125,000 125,000

915,288 887,967

Public Service Company of New Hampshire


STATISTICS (Unaudited)

                                   Average
        Gross Electric              Annual
        Utility Plant              Use Per
        December 31,      kWh     Residential     Electric
        (Thousands of    Sales     Customer      Customers      Employees
        Dollars)(a)    (Millions)   (kWh)        (Average)    (December 31)

1998    $2,302,254      12,579      6,347         421,602         1,265
1997     2,312,628      13,340      6,528         407,642         1,254
1996     2,382,009      13,601      6,567         407,082         1,279
1995     2,469,474      11,001      6,524(c)      406,077         1,325
1994     2,521,960      11,008      6,768         400,775         1,374


STATEMENTS OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

                                              Quarter Ended (b)
                                              -----------------
1999                   March 31        June 30          Sept.30        Dec. 31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating Revenues...  $261,745        $250,784        $286,614        $288,104

Operating Income.....  $ 18,769        $ 42,406        $ 37,434        $ 32,590

Net Income...........  $  6,791        $ 31,601        $ 29,892        $ 23,402

1997                   March 31        June 30          Sept.30         Dec. 31
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating Revenues...  $278,321        $257,098        $285,390        $287,650

Operating Income.....  $ 44,776        $ 34,190        $ 32,166        $ 32,892

Net Income...........  $ 32,295        $ 21,289        $ 18,900        $ 19,688

(a) Includes reclassification of the unamortized acquisition costs to gross utility plant.
(b) Reclassifications of prior data have been made to conform with the current presentation.
(c) Effective January 1, 1996, the amounts shown reflect billed and unbilled sales. 1995 has been restated to reflect this change.


1998 Annual Report

North Atlantic Energy Corporation

Index

Contents                                                     Page

Balance Sheets........................................         2

Statements of Income..................................         4

Statements of Cash Flows..............................         5

Statements of Common Stockholder's Equity.............         6

Notes to Financial Statements.........................         7

Report of Independent Public Accountants..............        22

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations.................        24

Selected Financial Data...............................        30

Statistics (Unaudited)................................        30

Statements of Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)....        30

Bondholder Information................................     Back Cover

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION

BALANCE SHEETS

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31,                                                   1998           1997
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)
ASSETS
------

Utility Plant, at original cost:
  Electric................................................   $    753,379   $    779,111

     Less: Accumulated provision for depreciation.........        165,114        143,778
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                  588,265        635,333
  Construction work in progress...........................          7,090          4,616
  Nuclear fuel, net.......................................         23,644         27,413
                                                             -------------  -------------
      Total net utility plant.............................        618,999        667,362
                                                             -------------  -------------

Other Property and Investments:
  Nuclear decommissioning trust, at market................         35,210         26,547
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                   35,210         26,547
                                                             -------------  -------------
Current Assets:
  Cash....................................................             71             13
  Special deposits........................................         11,198           -
  Notes receivable from affiliated companies..............         30,350           -
  Receivables from affiliated companies...................         23,804         25,695
  Taxes receivable........................................          7,887          4,613
  Materials and supplies, at average cost.................         12,812         13,003
  Prepayments and other...................................          2,198          4,220
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                   88,320         47,544
                                                             -------------  -------------
Deferred Charges:
  Regulatory assets.......................................        199,882        269,484
  Unamortized debt expense................................          2,742          3,702
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                  202,624        273,186
                                                             -------------  -------------



      Total Assets........................................   $    945,153   $  1,014,639
                                                             =============  =============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION

BALANCE SHEETS

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31,                                                   1998           1997
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
------------------------------

Capitalization:
  Common stock--$1 par value. Authorized
   and outstanding 1,000 shares..........................    $          1   $          1
  Capital surplus, paid in................................        160,999        160,999
  Retained earnings.......................................         43,196         58,702
                                                             -------------  -------------
           Total common stockholder's equity..............        204,196        219,702
  Long-term debt..........................................        405,000        475,000
                                                             -------------  -------------
           Total capitalization...........................        609,196        694,702
                                                             -------------  -------------


Current Liabilities:
  Notes payable to affiliated companies...................           -             9,950
  Long-term debt--current portion.........................         70,000         20,000
  Accounts payable........................................          5,924          7,912
  Accounts payable to affiliated companies................            867          6,040
  Accrued interest........................................          2,987          3,025
  Accrued taxes...........................................            710           -
  Other...................................................            285          1,055
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                   80,773         47,982
                                                             -------------  -------------

Deferred Credits:
  Accumulated deferred income taxes.......................        209,634        216,701
  Deferred obligation to affiliated company...............         22,728         32,472
  Other...................................................         22,822         22,782
                                                             -------------  -------------
                                                                  255,184        271,955
                                                             -------------  -------------


Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)


                                                             -------------  -------------
           Total Capitalization and Liabilities...........   $    945,153   $  1,014,639
                                                             =============  =============

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF INCOME

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the Years Ended December 31,                       1998       1997       1996
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues................................. $ 276,685  $ 192,381  $ 162,152
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating Expenses:
  Operation --
     Fuel..........................................    13,305     13,405     15,013
     Other.........................................    36,763     39,091     35,268
  Maintenance......................................    14,120     24,146      9,154
  Depreciation.....................................    25,381     25,170     24,056
  Amortization of regulatory assets, net...........    85,464      6,270       (912)
  Federal and state income taxes...................    36,194     14,845     12,341
  Taxes other than income taxes....................    11,401     12,393     12,343
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------
        Total operating expenses...................   222,628    135,320    107,263
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating Income...................................    54,057     57,061     54,889
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------

Other Income:
  Deferred Seabrook return--other funds............     6,731      7,205      7,700
  Other, net.......................................    (8,435)      (747)     1,200
  Income taxes.....................................    14,378      4,394      5,052
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------
        Other income, net..........................    12,674     10,852     13,952
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------
        Income before interest charges.............    66,731     67,913     68,841
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------
Interest Charges:
  Interest on long-term debt.......................    50,082     50,722     52,414
  Other interest...................................      (676)       649       (697)
  Deferred Seabrook return--borrowed funds.........   (12,169)   (13,411)   (14,948)
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------
        Interest charges, net......................    37,237     37,960     36,769
                                                    ---------- ---------- ----------

Net Income......................................... $  29,494  $  29,953  $  32,072
                                                    ========== ========== ==========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the Years Ended December 31,                                   1998        1997        1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Operating Activities:
  Net Income.................................................. $   29,494  $   29,953  $   32,072
  Adjustments to reconcile to net cash
   from operating activities:
    Depreciation..............................................     25,381      25,170      24,056
    Amortization of nuclear fuel..............................     10,453      10,705      11,668
    Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net.....      6,010      22,649      15,749
    Deferred return - Seabrook................................    (18,900)    (20,616)    (22,648)
    Amortization of nuclear plants return.....................     86,376       7,182        -
    Amortization of other regulatory assets...................       (912)       (912)       (912)
    Amortization of deferred obligation to affiliated company.     (9,744)       (812)       -
    Sale of Seabrook 2 steam generator........................       -           -         20,931
    Other sources of cash.....................................     24,643      12,776      10,087
    Other uses of cash........................................     (6,429)     (9,406)     (2,582)
  Changes in working capital:
    Receivables...............................................      1,891      (9,273)      2,270
    Materials and supplies....................................        191          90        (824)
    Accounts payable..........................................     (7,161)    (11,835)     19,509
    Accrued taxes.............................................        710      (3,486)      2,140
    Other working capital (excludes cash).....................    (13,258)      3,429      (7,675)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows from operating activities......................    128,745      55,614     103,841
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------

Financing Activities:
  Net (decrease)/increase in short-term debt..................     (9,950)      7,450      (5,500)
  Reacquisitions and retirements of long-term debt............    (20,000)    (20,000)    (45,000)
  Cash dividends on common stock..............................    (45,000)    (25,000)    (38,000)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows used for financing activities..................    (74,950)    (37,550)    (88,500)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------

Investment Activities:
  Investment in plant:
    Electric utility plant....................................     (9,028)     (6,606)     (5,921)
    Nuclear fuel..............................................     (6,474)     (6,147)    (15,752)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
      Net cash flows used for investments in plant............    (15,502)    (12,753)    (21,673)
  Investment in NU system Money Pool..........................    (30,350)       -          2,500
  Investment in nuclear decommissioning trusts................     (7,885)     (5,597)     (4,404)
  Other investment activities, net............................          -        -            222
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash flows used for investments...........................    (53,737)    (18,350)    (23,355)
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net increase/(decrease) in cash for the period................         58        (286)     (8,014)
Cash - beginning of period....................................         13         299       8,313
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash - end of period.......................................... $       71  $       13  $      299
                                                               =========== =========== ===========

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid/(refunded) during the year for:
  Interest, net of amounts capitalized........................ $   42,498  $   45,297  $   46,322
                                                               =========== =========== ===========
  Income taxes................................................ $   22,136  $     -     $  (13,160)
                                                               =========== =========== ===========

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Capital    Retained
                                           Common    Surplus,   Earnings
                                           Stock     Paid In      (a)      Total
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   (Thousands of Dollars)

Balance at January 1, 1996 ............. $       1  $ 160,999  $ 59,677  $ 220,677

    Net income..........................                         32,072     32,072
    Cash dividends......................                        (38,000)   (38,000)
                                         ---------- ---------- --------- ----------

Balance at December 31, 1996............         1    160,999    53,749    214,749

    Net income..........................                         29,953     29,953
    Cash dividends......................                        (25,000)   (25,000)
                                         ---------- ---------- --------- ----------

Balance at December 31, 1997............         1    160,999    58,702    219,702

    Net income..........................                         29,494     29,494
    Cash dividends......................                        (45,000)   (45,000)
                                         ---------- ---------- --------- ----------

Balance at December 31, 1998............ $       1  $ 160,999  $ 43,196  $ 204,196
                                         ========== ========== ========= ==========

(a) All retained earnings are available for distribution, plus an allowance of $10 million. However, there is a 25% common equity ratio test that must be met in order to comply with the 1995 Term Credit Agreement maturing November 2000. Therefore, the company can pay out all of its retained earnings plus a portion of the allowance. Currently there is $45.8 million available for dividends.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A. About North Atlantic Energy Corporation North Atlantic Energy Corporation (NAEC or the company), The Connecticut Light and Power Company (CL&P), Public Service Company of New Hampshire (PSNH), Western Massachusetts Electric Company (WMECO), and Holyoke Water Power Company (HWP), are the operating subsidiaries comprising the Northeast Utilities system (the NU system) and are wholly owned by Northeast Utilities (NU).

The NU system furnishes franchised retail electric service in Connecticut, New Hampshire, and western Massachusetts through CL&P, PSNH and WMECO. NAEC sells all of its entitlement to the capacity and output of the Seabrook nuclear power plant, (Seabrook or Seabrook 1, a 1,148 megawatt nuclear generating unit) to PSNH under two life- of-unit full cost recovery contracts (the Seabrook Power Contracts). HWP is also engaged in the production and distribution of electric power. The NU system also furnishes firm and other wholesale electric services to various municipalities and other utilities, and participates in limited retail access programs, providing off- system retail electric service. The NU system serves in excess of 30 percent of New England's electric needs and is one of the 24 largest electric utility systems in the country as measured by revenues.

NU is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a holding company under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 (1935 Act). NU and its subsidiaries, including NAEC, are subject to the provisions of the 1935 Act. Arrangements among the NU system companies, outside agencies and other utilities covering interconnections, interchange of electric power and sales of utility property are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) and/or the SEC. NAEC is subject to further regulation for rates, accounting and other matters by the FERC and/or applicable state regulatory commissions.

Other wholly owned subsidiaries of NU provide support services for the NU system companies and, in some cases, for other New England utilities. Northeast Utilities Service Company (NUSCO) provides centralized accounting, administrative, information resources, engineering, financial, legal, operational, planning, purchasing and other services to the NU system companies. North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation (NAESCO) acts as agent for NAEC and CL&P and has operational responsibility for Seabrook. Northeast Nuclear Energy Company (NNECO) acts as agent for the NU system companies and other New England utilities in operating the Millstone nuclear generating facilities.

During the first quarter of 1999, NU established three new subsidiaries: NU Enterprises, Inc., Northeast Generation Company, and Northeast Generation Services Company. Directly or through multiple subsidiaries, these entities will engage in a variety of energy-related activities, including the acquisition and management of non-nuclear generating plants.

B. Presentation
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain reclassifications of prior years' data have been made to conform with the current year's presentation.

All transactions among affiliated companies are on a recovery of cost basis which may include amounts representing a return on equity and are subject to approval by various federal and state regulatory agencies.

C. New Accounting Standards
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued a new accounting standard during 1998: Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities."

SFAS 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. This statement becomes effective for NAEC on January 1, 2000 and will require derivative instruments used by NAEC to be recognized on the balance sheets as assets or liabilities at fair value. NAEC uses derivative instruments for hedging purposes. The accounting for these hedging instruments will depend on which hedging classification each derivative instrument falls under, as defined by SFAS 133, offset by any changes in the market value of the hedged item.

Based on the derivative instruments which are currently being utilized by NAEC to hedge some of its interest-rate risks, there will be an impact on earnings upon adoption of SFAS 133 which management cannot estimate at this time. For further information regarding derivative instruments, see Note 8, "Market Risk-Management."

D. Jointly Owned Electric Utility Plant NAEC has a 35.98 percent joint-ownership interest in Seabrook which includes the 0.4 percent ownership interest in Seabrook 1 which NAEC acquired from Vermont Electric Generation and Transmission Cooperative in February 1994. NAEC sells all of its entitlement to the capacity and output of the Seabrook nuclear generating unit to PSNH under the Seabrook Power Contracts.

As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, plant-in-service included approximately $721.2 million and $723.2 million, respectively, and the accumulated provision for depreciation included approximately $130.7 million and $116.1 million, respectively, for NAEC's share of Seabrook 1. NAEC's share of Seabrook 1 expenses is included in the corresponding operating expenses on the accompanying Statements of Income.

E. Depreciation
The provision for depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based on estimated remaining lives of depreciable utility plant-in-service, adjusted for salvage value and removal costs, as approved by the appropriate regulatory agency. Except for major facilities, depreciation rates are applied to the average plant-in service during the period. Major facilities are depreciated from the time they are placed in service. When plant is retired from service, the original cost of plant, including costs of removal, less salvage, is charged to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The costs of closure and removal of non-nuclear facilities are accrued over the life of the plant as a component of depreciation. The depreciation rates for the several classes of electric plant-in-service are equivalent to a composite rate of 3.5 percent in 1998 and 1997, and 3.4 percent in 1996. See Note 2, "Nuclear Decommissioning" for additional information on nuclear plant decommissioning.

F. Seabrook Power Contracts
PSNH and NAEC have entered into the Seabrook Power Contracts which obligate PSNH to purchase NAEC's 35.98 percent ownership of the capacity and output of Seabrook 1 for the term of Seabrook 1's Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) operating license. Under these contracts, PSNH is obligated to pay NAEC's cost of service during this period, regardless if Seabrook 1 is operating. NAEC's cost of service includes all of its Seabrook-related costs, including operation and maintenance (O&M) expenses, fuel expense, income and property tax expense, depreciation expense, certain overhead and other costs and a return on its allowed investment.

The Seabrook Power Contracts established the value of the initial investment in Seabrook (initial investment) at $700-million. As prescribed by the 1989 rate agreement between NU, PSNH, the State of New Hampshire (Rate Agreement), as of May 1, 1996, NAEC phased into rates 100 percent of the recoverable portion of its investment in Seabrook 1. From June 5, 1992 (the date NU acquired PSNH and NAEC acquired Seabrook 1 from PSNH - the Acquisition Date) through November 1997, NAEC recorded $203.9 million of deferred return on its investment in Seabrook 1. At November 30, 1997, NAEC's utility plant included $84.1 million of deferred return that was transferred as part of the Seabrook plant assets to NAEC on the Acquisition Date.

Beginning on December 1, 1997, the deferred return, including the portion transferred to NAEC began to be billed through the Seabrook Power Contracts to PSNH, and will be fully recovered from customers by May 2001. NAEC is depreciating its initial investment over the term of Seabrook 1's operating license (39 years), and any subsequent plant additions are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the Seabrook Power Contracts at the time the subsequent additions are placed in service.

If Seabrook 1 is shut down prior to the expiration of the NRC operating license, PSNH will be unconditionally required to pay NAEC termination costs for 39 years, less the period during which Seabrook 1 has operated. These termination costs will reimburse NAEC for its share of Seabrook 1 shut-down and decommissioning costs, and will pay NAEC a return of and on any undepreciated balance of its initial investment over the remaining term of the Seabrook Power Contracts, and the return of and on any capital additions to the plant made after the Acquisition Date over a period of five years after shut down (net of any tax benefits to NAEC attributable to the cancellation).

G. Regulatory Accounting and Assets
The accounting policies of the company and the accompanying financial statements conform to generally accepted accounting principles applicable to rate-regulated enterprises and reflect the effects of the ratemaking process in accordance with SFAS 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." Assuming a cost-of- service based regulatory structure, regulators may permit incurred costs, normally treated as expenses, to be deferred and recovered through future revenues. Through their actions, regulators also may reduce or eliminate the value of an asset, or create a liability. If any portion of the company's operations were no longer subject to the provisions of SFAS 71, the company would be required to write off all of its related regulatory assets and liabilities unless there is a formal transition plan which provides for the recovery, through established rates, for the collection of these costs through a portion of the business which would remain regulated on a cost-of- service basis. At the time of transition, NAEC would be required to determine any impairment to the carrying costs of deregulated plant and inventory assets.

The issue of restructuring the electric utility industry in New Hampshire is currently the focus of negotiations and proceedings within the federal and state legal systems. The outcome of these court proceedings will impact NAEC due to NAEC's contractual relationship with PSNH through the Seabrook Power Contracts. Management continues to believe that NAEC's use of regulatory accounting emains appropriate while this issue remains in litigation.

For further information on NAEC's regulatory environment and the potential impacts of restructuring, see Note 7A, "Commitments and Contingencies - Restructuring," and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A).

Based on a current evaluation of the various factors and conditions that are expected to impact future cost recovery, management continues to believe it is probable that the operating companies, including NAEC, will recover their investments in long-lived assets, including regulatory assets. The components of NAEC's regulatory assets are as follows:

At December 31,                               1998        1997
                                           (Thousands of Dollars)

Deferred costs-Seabrook 1
  (Note 1J)...........................      $147,169    $199,753
Income taxes, net (Note 1H)...........        39,472      48,736
Recoverable energy costs (Note 1I)....         1,878       2,057
Unamortized loss on reacquired
  debt................................        11,363      18,938
                                            $199,882    $269,484

H. Income Taxes
The tax effect of temporary differences (differences between the periods in which transactions affect income in the financial statements and the periods in which they affect the determination of taxable income) is accounted for in accordance with the ratemaking treatment of the applicable regulatory commissions. See Note 5, "Income Tax Expense" for the components of income tax expense.

The tax effect of temporary differences, including timing differences accrued under previously approved accounting standards, which give rise to the accumulated deferred tax obligation is as follows:

At December 31,                               1998        1997
                                           (Thousands of Dollars)

Accelerated depreciation and
  other plant-related differences.....      $182,170    $159,251
Regulatory assets - income tax
  gross up............................        13,640      17,094
Other.................................        13,824      40,356
                                            $209,634    $216,701

I. Recoverable Energy Costs
Under the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Energy Act), NAEC is assessed for its proportionate share of the costs of decontaminating and decommissioning uranium enrichment plants owned by the United States Department of Energy (D&D assessment). The Energy Act requires that regulators treat D&D assessments as a reasonable and necessary current cost of fuel, to be fully recovered in rates, like any other fuel cost. NAEC is currently recovering these costs through the Seabrook Power Contracts. As of December 31, 1998, NAEC's total D&D deferral was approximately $1.9 million.

J. Deferred Cost - Seabrook 1
Under the Rate Agreement, the plant costs of Seabrook were phased into rates over a seven-year period beginning May 15, 1991. Total costs deferred under the phase-in plan were approximately $288 million. This plan is in compliance with SFAS 92, "Regulated Enterprises - Accounting for Phase-In Plans." These deferred costs are being billed to PSNH by NAEC through the Seabrook Power Contracts beginning December 1, 1997, and will be fully recovered from PSNH by NAEC through the Seabrook Power Contracts beginning December 1, 1997, and will be fully recovered from PSNH's customers by May 2001. See Note 1F, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Seabrook Power Contracts," for terms of Seabrook 1's phase-in. See Note 7A, "Commitments and Contingencies - Restructuring" for the possible impacts of the NHPUC's decision related to industry restructuring.

K. Market Risk-Management Policies
NAEC utilizes market risk-management instruments to hedge well- defined risks associated with variable interest rates. To qualify for hedge treatment, the underlying hedged item must expose the company to risks associated with market fluctuations and the market risk-management instrument used must be designated as a hedge and must reduce the company's exposure to market fluctuations throughout the period.

Amounts receivable or payable under interest-rate management instruments are accrued and offset against interest expense. For further information, see Note 8, "Market Risk-Management."

2. NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING

The Seabrook 1 nuclear power plant has a service life that is expected to end in the year 2026. Upon retirement, this unit must be decommissioned. A current decommissioning study concluded that complete and immediate dismantlement at retirement continues to be the most viable and economic method of decommissioning Seabrook 1. Decommissioning studies are reviewed and updated periodically to reflect changes in decommissioning requirements, costs, technology and inflation.

NAEC's 35.98 percent ownership of the estimated costs of decommissioning Seabrook 1, in year-end 1998 dollars, is $175.9 million. Seabrook 1 decommissioning costs will be increased annually by an escalation rate. Nuclear decommissioning costs are accrued over the expected service life of the unit and are included in depreciation expense on the Statements of Income. Nuclear decommissioning costs amounted to $4.7 million in 1998, $4.5 million in 1997 and $3.5 million in 1996. Nuclear decommissioning, as a cost of removal, is included in the accumulated provision for depreciation on the Balance Sheets. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the balance in the accumulated reserve for depreciation amounted to $25.6 million and $21.1 million, respectively.

Under the terms of the Rate Agreement, PSNH is obligated to pay NAEC's share of Seabrook 1's decommissioning costs, even if the unit is shut down prior to the expiration of its operating license. NAEC's portion of the cost of decommissioning Seabrook 1 is paid to an independent decommissioning financing fund managed by the state of New Hampshire. Funding of the estimated decommissioning costs assumes escalated collections for Seabrook 1 and after-tax earnings on the Seabrook decommissioning fund of 6.5 percent.

As of December 31, 1998, NAEC (including payments made prior to the Acquisition Date by PSNH) had paid approximately $25.6 million into Seabrook 1's decommissioning financing fund. Earnings on the decommissioning financing fund increase the decommissioning trust balance and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. Unrealize gains and losses associated with the decommissioning financing fund also impact the balance of the trust and the accumulated reserve for depreciation. The fair value of the amounts in the external decommissioning trusts was $35.2 million as of December 31, 1998.

Changes in requirements or technology, the timing of funding or dismantling, or adoption of a decommissioning method other than immediate dismantlement would change decommissioning cost estimates and the amounts required to be recovered. PSNH attempts to recover sufficient amounts through its allowed rates to cover NAEC's expected decommissioning costs. Only the portion of currently estimated total decommissioning cost that has been accepted by regulatory agencies is reflected in PSNH's rates. Based on present estimates and assuming Seabrook 1 operates to the end of its licensing period, NAEC expects that the decommissioning financing fund will be substantially funded when Seabrook 1 is retired from service.

3. SHORT-TERM DEBT

The amount of short-term borrowings that may be incurred by NAEC is subject to periodic approval by either the SEC under the 1935 Act or by its state regulator. Under the SEC restrictions, NAEC was authorized, as of January 1, 1999, to incur short-term borrowings up to a maximum of $60 million.

Money Pool: Certain subsidiaries of NU, including NAEC, are members of the Northeast Utilities System Money Pool (Pool). The Pool provides a more efficient use of the cash resources of the system, and reduces outside short-term borrowings. NUSCO administers the Pool as agent for the member companies. Short-term borrowing needs of the member companies are first met with available funds of other member companies, including funds borrowed by NU parent. NU parent may lend to the Pool but may not borrow. Funds may be withdrawn from or repaid to the Pool at any time without prior notice. Investing and borrowing subsidiaries receive or pay interest based on the average daily Federal Funds rate. However, borrowings based on loans from NU parent bear interest at NU parent's cost and must be repaid based upon the terms of NU parent's original borrowing. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, NAEC had no borrowings and $9.95 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding from the Pool. The interest rate on borrowings from the Pool at December 31, 1998 and 1997 was 5.8 percent, respectively.

Maturities of NAEC's short-term debt obligations were for periods of three months or less.

4. LONG-TERM DEBT

Details of long-term debt outstanding are:

                                                 December 31,
                                             1998            1997
                                            (Thousands of Dollars)
First Mortgage Bonds:
  9.05% Series A, due 2002.............    $275,000        $295,000
Notes:
  Variable - Rate Facility, due 2000...     200,000         200,000
Less:  Amounts due within one year.....      70,000          20,000
       Long-term debt, net.............    $405,000        $475,000

Long-term debt maturities and cash sinking-fund requirements on debt outstanding at December 31, 1998 is $70 million for 1999, $270 million for 2000, $70 million for 2001, $65 million for 2002 and no requirements for the year 2003.

Market risk-management instruments with financial institutions effectively fix the interest rate on NAEC's $200 million variable-rate bank note at 7.823 percent. For more information on the interest-rate management instruments, see Note 8, "Market Risk- Management."

The Series A Bonds are not redeemable prior to maturity except out of proceeds of sales of property subject to the lien of the Series A First Mortgage Bond Indenture (Indenture), at general redemption prices established by the Indenture, and out of condemnation or insurance proceeds and through the operation of the sinking fund. Essentially all of NAEC's utility plant is subject to the lien of its Indenture.

5. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

The components of the federal and state income tax provisions were charged as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,               1998      1997      1996
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)
Current income taxes:
  Federal................................    $15,206  $(11,889)  $(8,570)
  State..................................        600      (309)      110
    Total current........................     15,806   (12,198)   (8,460)

Deferred income taxes, net:
  Federal................................      4,032    21,528    14,884
  State..................................      1,978     1,121       865
    Total deferred.......................      6,010    22,649    15,749

    Total income tax expense.............    $21,816   $10,451   $ 7,289

The components of total income tax expense are classified as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,               1998      1997      1996
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)
Income taxes charged to
  operating expenses.....................    $36,194   $14,845   $12,341
Other income taxes.......................    (14,378)   (4,394)   (5,052)
  Total income tax expense...............    $21,816   $10,451   $ 7,289

Deferred income taxes are comprised of the tax effects of temporary differences as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,               1998      1997      1996
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)

Depreciation.............................    $ 21,828  $20,823   $12,730
Bond redemptions.........................      (2,824)  (2,351)   (2,359)
Seabrook 1 deferred return...............     (14,233)   3,338     5,438
Other....................................       1,239      839       (60)
  Deferred income taxes, net.............    $  6,010  $22,649   $15,749

A reconciliation between income tax expense and the expected tax expense at the applicable statutory rate is as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,               1998      1997      1996
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)

Expected federal income tax
  at 35 percent of
  pretax income..........................    $17,959   $14,141   $13,776
Tax effect of differences:
  Amortization of regulatory
    assets...............................      7,077      (319)     -
  Depreciation...........................        949    (1,049)   (1,343)
  Deferred Seabrook 1 return.............     (2,356)   (2,522)   (2,695)
  State income taxes,
    net of federal benefit...............      1,657       718       634
  Allocation of Parent
    Company's loss.......................     (3,874)     (615)     (578)
Sale of Seabrook 2 steam
  generator..............................       -         -       (2,516)
Other, net...............................        404        97        11
Total income tax expense.................    $21,816   $10,451   $ 7,289

6. DEFERRED OBLIGATION TO AFFILIATED COMPANY

At the time PSNH emerged from bankruptcy on May 16, 1991, in accordance with the phase-in under the Rate Agreement, it began accruing a deferred return on the unphased-in portion of its Seabrook 1 investment. From May 16, 1991 to the Acquisition Date, PSNH accrued a deferred return of $50.9 million. On the Acquisition Date, PSNH transferred the $50.9 million deferred return to NAEC as part of the Seabrook-related assets.

At the time PSNH transferred the deferred return to NAEC, it realized, for income tax purposes, a gain that is deferred under the consolidated income tax rules. Beginning December 1, 1997, this gain is being restored for income tax purposes as the deferred return of $50.9 million, and the associated income taxes of $33.2 million, are collected by NAEC through the Seabrook Power Contracts. As NAEC recovers the $33.2 million in years eight through ten of the Rate Agreement, it will be obligated to make corresponding payments to PSNH.

See Note 1F, "Seabrook Power Contracts" for further information on the phase-in of the Seabrook power plant and see Note 7A, "Commitments and Contingencies - Restructuring" for the possible impacts on NAEC from the NHPUC's decision related to industry restructuring.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

A. Restructuring
New Hampshire: In 1996, New Hampshire enacted legislation requiring a competitive electric industry beginning in 1998. In February 1997, the NHPUC issued its restructuring order, which would have forced PSNH and NAEC to write off all of their regulatory assets, and possibly to seek protection under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy laws. The amount of potential write-off which would have been triggered by the order is currently estimated to be in excess of $400 million, after taxes.

Following the issuance of these orders, PSNH immediately sought declaratory and injunctive relief on various grounds in federal district court and has received a preliminary injunction that freezes implementation of the NHPUC's restructuring orders. Restructuring in New Hampshire has resulted in numerous subsequent proceedings within the federal and state legal systems.

As the court proceedings are ongoing, PSNH continues to be involved in settlement discussions with representatives from the state of New Hampshire. PSNH hopes to reach a settlement, which would include, among other things, recovery of regulatory assets and stranded costs, rate reductions, an auction of PSNH's generating units and securitization of PSNH's stranded costs. If a settlement is not reached a trial is expected to begin mid to late 1999.

As a result of the NHPUC decision and the potential consequences discussed above, the reports of our auditors on the individual financial statements of PSNH and NAEC contain explanatory paragraphs. Those explanatory paragraphs indicate that a substantial doubt exists currently about the ability of PSNH and NAEC to continue as going concerns.

Management believes that PSNH is entitled to full recovery of its prudently incurred costs, including regulatory assets and other stranded costs (such as its obligations to NAEC under the Seabrook Power Contracts). It bases this belief both on the general nature of public utility industry cost-of-service based regulation and the specific circumstances of the resolution of PSNH's previous bankruptcy proceedings and its acquisition by NU, including the recoveries provided by the Rate Agreement and related agreements.

B. Environmental Matters
NAEC is subject to regulation by federal, state and local authorities with respect to air and water quality, the handling and disposal of toxic substances and hazardous and solid wastes, and the handling and use of chemical products. NAESCO, on behalf of NAEC and the other Seabrook joint owners, has an active environmental auditing and training program and believes that it is in substantial compliance with current environmental laws and regulations. However, the NU system is subject to certain pending enforcement actions and governmental investigations in the environmental area. Management cannot predict the outcome of these enforcement actions and investigations.

Environmental requirements could hinder future construction. Changing environmental requirements could also require extensive and costly modifications to NAEC's existing investment in Seabrook 1 and could raise operating costs significantly. As a result, NAEC may incur significant additional environmental costs, greater than amounts included in cost of removal and other reserves, in connection with the generation of electricity and the storage, transportation, and disposal of by-products and wastes. NAEC may also encounter significantly increased costs to remedy the environmental effects of prior waste handling activities. The cumulative long-term cost impact of increasingly stringent environmental requirements cannot be estimated accurately.

NAEC cannot estimate the potential liability for future claims, including environmental remediation costs, that may be brought against it. However, considering known facts, existing laws and regulatory practices, management does not believe the matters disclosed above will have a material effect on NAEC's financial position or future results of operations.

C. Spent Nuclear Fuel Disposal Costs Under the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, NAEC must pay the United States Department of Energy (DOE) for the disposal of spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. The DOE is responsible for the selection and development of repositories for, and the disposal of, spent nuclear fuel and high-level radioactive waste. Fees for nuclear fuel burned on or after April 7, 1983, are billed currently to customers and paid to the DOE on a quarterly basis.

The DOE was originally scheduled to begin accepting delivery of spent fuel in 1998. However, delays in identifying a permanent storage site have continually postponed plans for the DOE's long-term storage and disposal site. Extended delays or a default by the DOE could lead to consideration of costly alternatives. The company has primary responsibility for the interim storage of its spent nuclear fuel. Current capability to store spent fuel at Seabrook 1 is expected to have spent fuel storage capacity until at least 2010. Meeting spent fuel storage requirements beyond this period could require new and separate storage facilities, the costs for which have not been determined.

In November 1997, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit ruled that the lack of an interim storage facility does not excuse the DOE from meeting its contractual obligation to begin accepting spent nuclear fuel no later than January 31, 1998. The 1997 ruling by the appeals court said, however, that the 1982 federal law could not require the DOE to accept waste when it did not have a suitable storage facility. The court directed the plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE. Based on this ruling, since the DOE did not take the spent nuclear fuel as scheduled, it may have to pay contract damages.

In May 1998, the same court denied petitions from 60 states and state agencies, collectively, and 41 utilities, including the company, asking the court to compel the DOE to submit a program, beginning immediately, for disposing of spent nuclear fuel. The petitions were filed after the DOE defaulted on its January 31, 1998 obligation to begin accepting the fuel. The court directed the company and other plaintiffs to pursue relief under the terms of their contracts with the DOE.

In a petition filed in August 1998, the court's May 1998 decision was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. In November 1998, the Supreme Court declined to review the lower court ruling that said utilities should go to court and seek monetary damages from the DOE. The ultimate outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this time.

D. Nuclear Insurance Contingencies
Under certain circumstances, in the event of a nuclear incident at one of the nuclear facilities in the country covered by the federal government's third-party liability indemnification program, an owner of a nuclear unit could be assessed in proportion to its ownership interest in each of its nuclear units up to $83.9 million. Payments of this assessment would be limited to, in proportion to its ownership interest in each of its nuclear units, $10.0 million in any one year per nuclear incident. In addition, if the sum of all claims and costs from any one nuclear incident exceeds the maximum amount of financial protection, the owner would be subject to an additional five percent or $4.2 million, in proportion to its ownership interests in each of its nuclear units. Based upon its ownership interest in Seabrook 1, NAEC's maximum liability, including any additional assessments, would be $31.3 million per incident, of which payments would be limited to $3.6 million per year.

Insurance has been purchased to cover the primary cost of repair, replacement or decontamination of utility property resulting from insured occurrences at Seabrook station. NAEC is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessment against NAEC with respect to losses arising during the current policy year is approximately $2.0 million.

Insurance has been purchased to cover certain extra costs of repair, replacement or decontamination or premature decommissioning of utility property resulting from insured occurrences. NAEC is subject to retroactive assessments if losses exceed the accumulated funds available to the insurer. The maximum potential assessment against NAEC with respect to losses arising during current policy years is approximately $3.2 million. The cost of a nuclear incident could exceed available insurance proceeds.

Insurance has been purchased aggregating $200 million on an industry basis for coverage of worker claims.

Under the terms of the Seabrook Power Contracts, any nuclear insurance assessments described above would be passed on to PSNH as a "cost of service."

E. Seabrook 1 Construction Program
The construction program for Seabrook 1 is subject to periodic review and revision by management. NAEC currently forecasts construction expenditures for its share of Seabrook 1 to be $27.3 million for the years 1999-2003, including approximately $8.2 million for 1999. In addition, NAEC estimates that its share of Seabrook 1 nuclear fuel requirements will be approximately $53.7 million for the years 1999- 2003, including $1.6 million for 1999.

8. MARKET RISK-MANAGEMENT

NAEC uses swap instruments with financial institutions to hedge against interest-rate risk associated with its $200 million variable rate bank note. The interest-rate management instruments employed eliminate the exposure associated with rising interest rates, and effectively fix the interest rate for this borrowing arrangement. Under the agreements, NAEC exchanges quarterly payments based on a differential between a fixed contractual interest rate and the three-month LIBOR rate at a given time. As of December 31, 1998, NAEC had outstanding agreements with a total notional value of $200 million and a negative mark-to-market position of approximately $2.3 million.

Credit Risk: These agreements have been made with various financial institutions, each of which is rated "A3" or better by Moody's rating group. NAEC will be exposed to credit risk on its respective market risk-management instruments if the counterparties fail to perform their obligations. However, management anticipates that the counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the agreements.

9. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each of the following financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of cash and cash equivalents.

Nuclear decommissioning trust: The investments held in NAEC's nuclear decommissioning fund were adjusted to market by approximately $2.3 million as of December 31, 1998 and by approximately $1.5 million as of December 31, 1997 with corresponding offsets to the accumulated provision for depreciation. The amounts adjusted in 1998 and 1997 represent cumulative gross unrealized holding gains. The cumulative gross unrealized holding losses were immaterial for 1998 and 1997.

Long-term debt: The fair value of NAEC's fixed-rate security is based upon the quoted market price for that issue or similar issue. The adjustable rate security is assumed to have a fair value equal to its carrying value.

The carrying amounts of NAEC's financial instruments and the estimated fair values are as follows:

                                         Carrying        Fair
At December 31, 1998                      Amount         Value
                                         (Thousands of Dollars)

First mortgage bonds.................    $275,000       $284,543
Other long-term debt.................    $200,000       $200,000


                                         Carrying        Fair
At December 31, 1997                      Amount         Value
                                         (Thousands of Dollars)

First mortgage bonds.................    $295,000       $301,599
Other long-term debt.................    $200,000       $200,000

The fair values shown above have been reported to meet the disclosure requirements and do not purport to represent the amounts at which those obligations would be settled.

10. NUCLEAR PERFORMANCE

For information on nuclear performance related to the Seabrook nuclear power plant, see the MD&A.

To the Board of Directors
of North Atlantic Energy Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of North Atlantic Energy Corporation (a New Hampshire corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of income, common stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of North Atlantic Energy Corporation as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 7A, on February 28, 1997, the State of New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission (the NHPUC) issued an order outlining its final plan to restructure the electric utility industry. The final plan announced a departure from cost- based ratemaking for Public Service Company of New Hampshire (PSNH). PSNH is the sole customer of the company. The final plan, if implemented, would require PSNH to discontinue the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation," (FAS 71). The effects of such a discontinuation would cause PSNH and the company to be in technical default under their current financial covenants, which would, if not waived or renegotiated, give rise to the rights of lenders to accelerate the repayment of approximately $516 million of PSNH's indebtedness and approximately $475 million of the company's indebtedness. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements referred to above do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

                                                 /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

                                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Hartford, Connecticut
February 23, 1999

North Atlantic Energy Corporation

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This section contains management's assessment of North Atlantic Energy Corporation's (NAEC or the company) financial condition and the principal factors having an impact on the results of operations. The company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northeast Utilities (NU). This discussion should be read in conjunction with the company's financial statements and notes to financial statements.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Earnings Overview

NAEC's net income for 1998 was essentially unchanged. NAEC had net income of approximately $29 million in 1998 compared to approximately $30 million in 1997.

The company's only assets are Seabrook and other Seabrook-related assets and its only source of revenues are the power contracts between PSNH and the company. PSNH's obligations under the Power Contracts are solely its own and have not been guaranteed by NU. The Power Contracts contain no provisions entitling PSNH to terminate its obligations. If, however, PSNH were to fail to perform its obligation under the Power Contracts, the company would be required to find other purchasers for Seabrook power.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Net cash flows from operations totaled approximately $129 million in 1998, up sharply from $56 million in 1997. The increase resulted from the recovery of the Seabrook deferred nuclear costs beginning in December 1997. Approximately $54 million of net cash flow was used for investment activities, including construction expenditures, investments in the NU system money pool and investments in nuclear decommissioning trusts, compared with $18 million in 1997. Another $45 million was used to pay common dividends, compared with $25 million in 1997. The balance of cash used for financing activities, approximately $30 million, was used to pay off long-term and short-term debt. In 1997 net debt and preferred stock levels were reduced by only $13 million.

PSNH Restructuring

Restructuring efforts in New Hampshire have resulted in numerous proceedings within the federal and state court systems. The New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission's (NHPUC) 1997 restructuring orders have been prevented from being implemented as a result of various court actions pending the outcome of a full trial in the U.S. District Court. The 1997 orders would have forced PSNH and NAEC to write off substantially all of their regulatory assets. A trial is expected to begin in mid to late 1999.

In January 1999, the NHPUC issued an order stating that it intends to reopen restructuring hearings. PSNH has requested the federal court to enforce its preliminary injunction barring the NHPUC from proceeding with restructuring efforts pending the court's decision on the merits after trial. The NHPUC has agreed to delay this new proceeding until the federal court has had an opportunity to rule on PSNH's enforcement motion.

The litigation has caused New Hampshire to fall behind several other Northeast states in implementing industry restructuring. PSNH hopes to reach a settlement that would include, among other things, substantial rate reductions, customer choice, an auction of PSNH's generating units and securitization of PSNH's stranded costs. PSNH believes that a negotiated resolution of outstanding restructuring and rate issues would be in the best interests of the state, PSNH and customers.

Seabrook Performance

Seabrook operated at a capacity factor of 82.8 percent through December 1998, compared to 78.3 percent for the same period in 1997. The unit operated well, except for two unplanned outages, one in late 1997 through early 1998 and the other in mid-1998, to repair control building's air conditioning system. Seabrook is scheduled to begin a refueling outage in March 1999.

Seabrook Decommissioning

NAEC's estimated cost to decommission its share of Seabrook is approximately $175.9 million in year-end 1998 dollars. These costs are being recognized over the life of the unit with a portion currently being recovered through PSNH's rates. PSNH is obligated to pay NAEC's share of Seabrook's decommissioning costs even if the unit is shut down prior to the expiration of its license. As of December 31, 1998, the market value of the contributions already made to the decommissioning trusts, including their investment returns, was approximately $35.2 million.

See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 2, for further information on nuclear decommissioning.

Year 2000 Issue

The NU system has established an action plan by which identified processes must be completed by certain dates in order to ensure its operating systems, including nuclear systems, and reporting systems are able to properly recognize the year 2000. This action plan has three phases: the inventory phase, the detailed assessment phase and the remediation phase. The inventory phase, which has been completed, identified operating and reporting systems which may need to be fixed. The detailed assessment phase, which has been completed, determined exactly what needed to be done in order to ensure that the systems identified during the inventory phase are able to recognize properly and process the year 2000. The final phase is the remediation phase. By the end of this phase, mission critical systems (systems that are related to safety, keeping the lights on, regulatory requirements, and other systems that could have a significant financial impact) will be year 2000 ready; that is, these systems will perform their business functions properly in the year 2000. This phase includes making modifications, testing and validating changes and verifying that the year 2000 issues have been resolved.

Although the identification and detailed assessment phases are complete, newly identified items, such as new software purchases, are added to the inventory as they are identified and are subject to detailed assessment and, if needed, remediation. NU system purchasing policies require newly purchased software and devices to be year 2000 compliant. None of these newly identified items are expected to materially impact completion of the remediation phase.

The NU system has identified and inventoried 2,497 computer systems (software) and over 24,000 devices (hardware) broken down into 3,450 device types containing date-sensitive computer chips. As of December 31, 1998, 77 percent of the software systems and 81 percent of the hardware at Seabrook were year 2000 ready.

The remaining items are in various stages of modification or testing. Management anticipates the remediation phase for mission critical systems to be completed by mid-1999.

In addition, the NU system has been contacting its key suppliers and business partners to determine their ability to manage the year 2000 problem successfully. The NU system is adjusting its inventories, working with suppliers to provide backup inventories, and changing suppliers as needed to provide for an adequate supply of materials needed to conduct business into the year 2000.

The NU system has utilized both internal and external resources to identify, assess, test and reprogram or replace the computer systems for year 2000 readiness. The current projected total cost of the Year 2000 Program to the NU system is $30 million. The total estimated remaining cost is $18 million, which is being funded through operating cash flows. The majority of these costs will be expensed as incurred in 1999. Since 1996, the NU system has incurred and expensed approximately $12 million related to Year 2000 readiness efforts. Total expenditures related to the year 2000 are not expected to have a material effect on the operations or financial condition of the NU system.

The costs of the project and the date on which the NU system plans to complete the year 2000 modifications are based on management's best estimates, which were derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events, including the continued availability of certain resources, third- party modification plans and other factors. However, there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be achieved, and actual results could differ materially from those plans. If the NU system's remediation plans or those of third parties are not successful, there could be a significant disruption of the NU system's operations. The most likely worst case scenario is a limited number of localized interruptions to electric service which can be restored within a few hours. As a precautionary measure, NU is formulating contingency plans that will evaluate alternatives that could be implemented if our remediation efforts are not successful. The contingency plans are being developed by enhancing existing emergency operating procedures to include year 2000 issues. In addition, the NU system plans to have staff available to respond to any year 2000 situations that might arise. The contingency plan is expected to be available by July 30, 1999.

The NU system is committed to assuring that adequate resources are available in order to implement any changes necessary for its nuclear and other operations to be compatible with the new millennium.

Risk-Management Instruments

NAEC uses swaps to manage the market risk exposures associated with changes in variable interest rates. NAEC uses these instruments to reduce risk by essentially creating offsetting market exposures. Based on the derivative instruments which currently are being utilized by NAEC to hedge some of its interest rate risks, there will be an impact on earnings upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which management cannot estimate at this time. For more information on NU's use of risk-management instruments, see the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Notes 1K and 8.

NEAC holds a variable-rate long-term note, exposing the company to interest rate risk. In order to hedge some of this risk, interest rate risk- management instruments have been entered into on NAEC's $200 million variable-rate note, effectively fixing the interest on this note at 7.823 percent. As of December 31, 1998, NAEC had outstanding agreements with a total notional value of approximately $200 million and a negative mark-to- market position of approximately $2.3 million.

Environmental Matters

NAEC is potentially liable for environmental cleanup costs at a number of sites inside and outside of its service territory. To date, the future estimated environmental remediation liability has not been material with respect to the earnings or financial position of the company. See the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," Note 7B, for further information on environmental matters.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                                         Income Statement Variances
                                             Increase/(Decrease)
                                             Millions of Dollars

                                  1998 over/(under)1997   1997 over/(under)1996
                                     Amount   Percent        Amount   Percent

Operating revenues                    $84       44%           $30       19%

Other operation and
  maintenance expense                $(12)     (20%)          $20       45%
Amortization of Regulatory
  Assets, net                        $ 79        (a)          $ 6       (a)
Federal and State Income Taxes       $ 11        (a)          $ 3       43%
Other, net                           $ (8)       (a)          $(2)      (a)


(a)  Percent greater than 100.

Operating Revenues

Operating revenues represent amounts billed to PSNH under the terms of the Power Contracts and billings to PSNH for decommissioning expense.

Operating revenues increased in 1998 primarily due to amounts billed to PSNH for the amortization of the Seabrook deferred return which began in December 1997.

Operating revenues increased in 1997 primarily due to higher operation and maintenance expenses and the increased return associated with the phase-in of the final 15 percent of the Seabrook plant investment in May, 1996.

Other Operation and Maintenance Expense

Other operation and maintenance expenses decreased in 1998 primarily due to lower costs associated with Seabrook outages in 1998.

Other operation and maintenance expenses increased in 1997 primarily due to higher costs associated with a planned refueling and unplanned Seabrook outages in 1997.

Amortization of Regulatory Assets, net

Amortization of Regulatory Assets, net increased in 1998 and 1997 primarily due to the amortization of the Seabrook deferred return which began in December 1997.

Federal and State Income Taxes

Federal and State income taxes increased in 1998 primarily due to higher taxable income.

Federal and State income taxes increased in 1997 primarily due to deferred tax benefits in 1996 associated with proceeds from the sale of the Seabrook Unit 2 steam generators.

Other, net

Other, net income decreased in 1998 primarily due to the amortization of the taxes associated with the Seabrook-phase-in costs which began in December 1997.

Other, net income decreased in 1997 primarily due to lower income from temporary cash investments and the amortization of the Seabrook deferred charges associated with the taxes on the purchased return.

North Atlantic Energy Corporation

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (a)    1998       1997       1996       1995     1994
                                             (Thousands of Dollars)

Operating Revenues.........  $276,685 $  192,381 $  162,152 $  157,183 $145,751

Operating Income...........  $ 54,057 $   57,061 $   54,889 $   51,394 $ 42,950

Net Income.................  $ 29,494 $   29,953 $   32,072 $   24,441 $ 30,535

Cash Dividends on
  Common Stock.............  $ 45,000 $   25,000 $   38,000 $   24,000 $ 10,000

Total Assets...............  $945,153 $1,014,639 $1,017,388 $1,014,649 $963,579

Long-Term Debt (b).........  $475,000 $  495,000 $  515,000 $  560,000 $560,000


STATISTICS (Unaudited)         1998       1997       1996       1995     1994
Gross Electric Utility
  Plant at December 31,
(Thousands of Dollars).....  $784,113 $  811,140 $  816,446 $  806,892 $792,880

kWh Sales (Millions) for
  the twelve month period
  ending December 31,......     3,018      2,859      3,542      3,016    2,229

STATEMENTS OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) (Thousands of Dollars)

                                         Quarter Ended (a)
1998                         March 31   June 30    Sept. 30   Dec. 31

Operating Revenues.........  $68,169    $69,627    $69,087    $69,802

Operating Income...........  $13,648    $13,365    $13,159    $13,885

Net Income.................  $ 6,909    $ 8,303    $ 7,170    $ 7,112


1997

Operating Revenues.........  $41,976    $50,128    $45,943    $54,334

Operating Income...........  $14,406    $14,183    $14,124    $14,348

Net Income.................  $ 7,240    $ 6,958    $ 8,086    $ 7,669

(a) Reclassifications of prior data have been made to conform with the current presentation.
(b) Includes portion due within one year.


NORTHEAST UTILITIES SYSTEM Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Northeast Utilities

The Connecticut Light and Power Company (100%)

- CL&P Capital, L.P. (3%)
- Research Park, Inc. (100%)
- The City and Suburban Electric and Gas Company (100%)
- Electric Power Incorporated (100%)
- The Connecticut Transmission Corporation (100%)
- The Nutmeg Power Company (100%)
- The Connecticut Steam Company (100%)
- CL&P Receivables Corporation (100%)
- Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (34.5%)
- Yankee Atomic Electric Company (24.5%)
- Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (12%)
- Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (9.5%)

Public Service Company of New Hampshire (100%)
- Properties, Inc. (100%)
- New Hampshire Electric Company (100%)
- Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (5%)
- Yankee Atomic Electric Company (7%)
- Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (5%)
- Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (4%)

North Atlantic Energy Corporation (100%)

North Atlantic Energy Service Corporation (100%)

Western Massachusetts Electric Company (100%)

- WMECO Receivables Corporation (100%)
- Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company (9.5%)
- Yankee Atomic Electric Company (7%)
- Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (3%)
- Vermont Yankee Nuclear Power Corporation (2.5%)

Holyoke Water Power Company (100%)
- Holyoke Power and Electric Company (100%)

Charter Oak Energy, Inc. (100%)
- COE Development Corporation (100%)
- COE Argentina II Corp. (100%)
- COE Ave Fenix Corporation (100%)

Northeast Nuclear Energy Company (100%)

Northeast Utilities Service Company (100%)

The Quinnehtuk Company (100%)

The Rocky River Realty Company (100%)

NU Enterprises, Inc. (100%)
- Northeast Generation Company (100%)
- Northeast Generation Services Company (100%)
- Mode 1 Communications, Inc. (100%)
- Select Energy, Inc. (100%)
- HEC Inc. (100%)
- HEC International Corporation (100%)
- HEC Energy Consulting Canada, Inc. (100%)
- Southwest HEC Energy Services L.L.C. (99%)


ARTICLE UT
CIK: 0000072741
NAME: NORTHEAST UTILITIES AND SUBSIDIARIES
MULTIPLIER:1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1998
PERIOD END DEC 31 1998
BOOK VALUE PER BOOK
TOTAL NET UTILITY PLANT 6,170,881
OTHER PROPERTY AND INVEST 859,438
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 932,907
TOTAL DEFERRED CHARGES 2,424,155
OTHER ASSETS 0
TOTAL ASSETS 10,387,381
COMMON 685,156
CAPITAL SURPLUS PAID IN 940,661
RETAINED EARNINGS 560,769
TOTAL COMMON STOCKHOLDERS EQ 2,047,372
PREFERRED MANDATORY 167,539
PREFERRED 136,200
LONG TERM DEBT NET 3,282,138
SHORT TERM NOTES 30,000
LONG TERM NOTES PAYABLE 0
COMMERCIAL PAPER OBLIGATIONS 0
LONG TERM DEBT CURRENT PORT 350,903
PREFERRED STOCK CURRENT 46,250
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS 88,423
LEASES CURRENT 120,856
OTHER ITEMS CAPITAL AND LIAB 3,978,486
TOT CAPITALIZATION AND LIAB 10,387,381
GROSS OPERATING REVENUE 3,767,714
INCOME TAX EXPENSE 5,939
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES 3,460,655
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES 3,542,987
OPERATING INCOME LOSS 224,727
OTHER INCOME NET (152,344)
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPEN 148,776
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 269,089
NET INCOME (120,313)
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS 26,440
EARNINGS AVAILABLE FOR COMM (146,753)
COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS 0
TOTAL INTEREST ON BONDS 273,824
CASH FLOW OPERATIONS 688,750
EPS PRIMARY (1.12)
EPS DILUTED (1.12)

ARTICLE UT
CIK: 0000023426
NAME: THE CONNECTICUT LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
MULTIPLIER:1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1998
PERIOD END DEC 31 1998
BOOK VALUE PER BOOK
TOTAL NET UTILITY PLANT 3,587,203
OTHER PROPERTY AND INVEST 603,618
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 411,168
TOTAL DEFERRED CHARGES 1,448,209
OTHER ASSETS 0
TOTAL ASSETS 6,050,198
COMMON 122,229
CAPITAL SURPLUS PAID IN 664,534
RETAINED EARNINGS 210,108
TOTAL COMMON STOCKHOLDERS EQ 996,871
PREFERRED MANDATORY 99,539
PREFERRED 116,200
LONG TERM DEBT NET 1,793,952
SHORT TERM NOTES 10,000
LONG TERM NOTES PAYABLE 0
COMMERCIAL PAPER OBLIGATIONS 0
LONG TERM DEBT CURRENT PORT 214,005
PREFERRED STOCK CURRENT 19,750
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS 68,444
LEASES CURRENT 94,440
OTHER ITEMS CAPITAL AND LIAB 2,636,997
TOT CAPITALIZATION AND LIAB 6,050,198
GROSS OPERATING REVENUE 2,386,864
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (78,769)
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES 2,370,252
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES 2,358,610
OPERATING INCOME LOSS 28,254
OTHER INCOME NET (152,373)
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPEN (56,992)
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 138,733
NET INCOME (195,725)
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS 14,139
EARNINGS AVAILABLE FOR COMM (209,864)
COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS 0
TOTAL INTEREST ON BONDS 133,192
CASH FLOW OPERATIONS 388,662
EPS PRIMARY 0.00
EPS DILUTED 0.00

ARTICLE UT
CIK: 0000106170
NAME:WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS ELECTRIC COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
MULTIPLIER:1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1998
PERIOD END DEC 31 1998
BOOK VALUE PER BOOK
TOTAL NET UTILITY PLANT 738,645
OTHER PROPERTY AND INVEST 148,360
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 72,249
TOTAL DEFERRED CHARGES 328,428
OTHER ASSETS 0
TOTAL ASSETS 1,287,682
COMMON 26,812
CAPITAL SURPLUS PAID IN 151,431
RETAINED EARNINGS 46,003
TOTAL COMMON STOCKHOLDERS EQ 224,396
PREFERRED MANDATORY 18,000
PREFERRED 20,000
LONG TERM DEBT NET 349,314
SHORT TERM NOTES 50,900
LONG TERM NOTES PAYABLE 0
COMMERCIAL PAPER OBLIGATIONS 0
LONG TERM DEBT CURRENT PORT 40,000
PREFERRED STOCK CURRENT 1,500
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS 12,129
LEASES CURRENT 21,964
OTHER ITEMS CAPITAL AND LIAB 549,479
TOT CAPITALIZATION AND LIAB 1,287,682
GROSS OPERATING REVENUE 393,322
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (89)
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES 371,359
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES 373,468
OPERATING INCOME LOSS 19,854
OTHER INCOME NET (206)
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPEN 21,846
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 31,425
NET INCOME (9,579)
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS 3,026
EARNINGS AVAILABLE FOR COMM (12,605)
COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS 0
TOTAL INTEREST ON BONDS 28,027
CASH FLOW OPERATIONS 29,512
EPS PRIMARY 0.00
EPS DILUTED 0.00

ARTICLE UT
CIK: 0000315256
NAME:PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
MULTIPLIER:1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1998
PERIOD END DEC 31 1998
BOOK VALUE PER BOOK
TOTAL NET UTILITY PLANT 1,670,670
OTHER PROPERTY AND INVEST 29,735
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 328,735
TOTAL DEFERRED CHARGES 652,455
OTHER ASSETS 0
TOTAL ASSETS 2,681,595
COMMON 1
CAPITAL SURPLUS PAID IN 424,250
RETAINED EARNINGS 252,912
TOTAL COMMON STOCKHOLDERS EQ 678,167
PREFERRED MANDATORY 50,000
PREFERRED 0
LONG TERM DEBT NET 516,485
SHORT TERM NOTES 0
LONG TERM NOTES PAYABLE 0
COMMERCIAL PAPER OBLIGATIONS 0
LONG TERM DEBT CURRENT PORT 0
PREFERRED STOCK CURRENT 25,000
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS 703,411
LEASES CURRENT 138,812
OTHER ITEMS CAPITAL AND LIAB 569,720
TOT CAPITALIZATION AND LIAB 2,681,595
GROSS OPERATING REVENUE 1,087,247
INCOME TAX EXPENSE 72,552
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES 890,969
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES 956,048
OPERATING INCOME LOSS 131,199
OTHER INCOME NET 11,871
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPEN 135,597
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 43,911
NET INCOME 91,686
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS 9,275
EARNINGS AVAILABLE FOR COMM 82,411
COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS 0
TOTAL INTEREST ON BONDS 43,317
CASH FLOW OPERATIONS 216,642
EPS PRIMARY 0.00
EPS DILUTED 0.00

ARTICLE UT
CIK: 0000880416
NAME:NORTH ATLANTIC ENERGY CORPORATION
MULTIPLIER:1,000


PERIOD TYPE YEAR
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1998
PERIOD END DEC 31 1998
BOOK VALUE PER BOOK
TOTAL NET UTILITY PLANT 618,999
OTHER PROPERTY AND INVEST 35,210
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 88,320
TOTAL DEFERRED CHARGES 202,624
OTHER ASSETS 0
TOTAL ASSETS 945,153
COMMON 1
CAPITAL SURPLUS PAID IN 160,999
RETAINED EARNINGS 43,196
TOTAL COMMON STOCKHOLDERS EQ 204,196
PREFERRED MANDATORY 0
PREFERRED 0
LONG TERM DEBT NET 405,000
SHORT TERM NOTES 0
LONG TERM NOTES PAYABLE 0
COMMERCIAL PAPER OBLIGATIONS 0
LONG TERM DEBT CURRENT PORT 70,000
PREFERRED STOCK CURRENT 0
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS 0
LEASES CURRENT 0
OTHER ITEMS CAPITAL AND LIAB 265,957
TOT CAPITALIZATION AND LIAB 945,153
GROSS OPERATING REVENUE 276,685
INCOME TAX EXPENSE 21,816
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES 186,434
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES 222,628
OPERATING INCOME LOSS 54,057
OTHER INCOME NET (1,704)
INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPEN 66,731
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE 37,237
NET INCOME 29,494
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS 0
EARNINGS AVAILABLE FOR COMM 29,494
COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS 45,000
TOTAL INTEREST ON BONDS 50,082
CASH FLOW OPERATIONS 128,745
EPS PRIMARY 0.00
EPS DILUTED 0.00